From c1381b220f9ef8933198401c6bf7f0be957ef75c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Yoshi Automation Date: Tue, 26 Nov 2024 07:08:49 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 01/31] chore: update docs/dyn/index.md --- docs/dyn/index.md | 5 +++++ 1 file changed, 5 insertions(+) diff --git a/docs/dyn/index.md b/docs/dyn/index.md index 0b9e336946..e285bc1569 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/index.md +++ b/docs/dyn/index.md @@ -932,6 +932,11 @@ * [v5](http://googleapis.github.io/google-api-python-client/docs/dyn/pagespeedonline_v5.html) +## parallelstore +* [v1](http://googleapis.github.io/google-api-python-client/docs/dyn/parallelstore_v1.html) +* [v1beta](http://googleapis.github.io/google-api-python-client/docs/dyn/parallelstore_v1beta.html) + + ## paymentsresellersubscription * [v1](http://googleapis.github.io/google-api-python-client/docs/dyn/paymentsresellersubscription_v1.html) From e23053832e761b9b52ceb74ae8934968a6a81e37 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Yoshi Automation Date: Tue, 26 Nov 2024 07:08:50 +0000 Subject: [PATCH 02/31] feat(aiplatform): update the api #### aiplatform:v1 The following keys were deleted: - schemas.GoogleCloudAiplatformV1VertexRagStore.properties.ragCorpora (Total Keys: 3) The following keys were added: - resources.media.methods.upload (Total Keys: 16) - resources.projects.resources.locations.methods.augmentPrompt (Total Keys: 12) - resources.projects.resources.locations.methods.corroborateContent (Total Keys: 12) - resources.projects.resources.locations.methods.retrieveContexts (Total Keys: 12) - resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.cachedContents.methods.create (Total Keys: 12) - resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.cachedContents.methods.delete (Total Keys: 11) - resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.cachedContents.methods.get (Total Keys: 11) - resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.cachedContents.methods.list (Total Keys: 16) - resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.cachedContents.methods.patch (Total Keys: 15) - resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.ragCorpora.methods.create (Total Keys: 12) - resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.ragCorpora.methods.delete (Total Keys: 13) - resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.ragCorpora.methods.get (Total Keys: 11) - resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.ragCorpora.methods.list (Total Keys: 16) - resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.ragCorpora.methods.patch (Total Keys: 12) - resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.ragCorpora.resources.ragFiles.methods.delete (Total Keys: 11) - resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.ragCorpora.resources.ragFiles.methods.get (Total Keys: 11) - resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.ragCorpora.resources.ragFiles.methods.import (Total Keys: 12) - resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.ragCorpora.resources.ragFiles.methods.list (Total Keys: 16) - resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.reasoningEngines.methods.query (Total Keys: 12) - schemas.GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ApiAuth (Total Keys: 6) - schemas.GoogleCloudAiplatformV1AugmentPromptRequest (Total Keys: 10) - schemas.GoogleCloudAiplatformV1AugmentPromptResponse (Total Keys: 6) - schemas.GoogleCloudAiplatformV1CachedContent (Total Keys: 35) - schemas.GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Claim (Total Keys: 11) - schemas.GoogleCloudAiplatformV1CorpusStatus (Total Keys: 6) - schemas.GoogleCloudAiplatformV1CorroborateContentRequest (Total Keys: 10) - schemas.GoogleCloudAiplatformV1CorroborateContentResponse (Total Keys: 6) - schemas.GoogleCloudAiplatformV1DedicatedResources.properties.requiredReplicaCount (Total Keys: 2) - schemas.GoogleCloudAiplatformV1DeployedModel.properties.status (Total Keys: 2) - schemas.GoogleCloudAiplatformV1DeployedModelStatus (Total Keys: 10) - schemas.GoogleCloudAiplatformV1DirectUploadSource (Total Keys: 2) - schemas.GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Fact (Total Keys: 10) - schemas.GoogleCloudAiplatformV1FileStatus (Total Keys: 6) - schemas.GoogleCloudAiplatformV1GenerateContentRequest.properties.cachedContent.type (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.GoogleCloudAiplatformV1GenerateContentResponseUsageMetadata.properties.cachedContentTokenCount (Total Keys: 3) - schemas.GoogleCloudAiplatformV1GoogleDriveSource (Total Keys: 8) - schemas.GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ImportRagFilesConfig (Total Keys: 13) - schemas.GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ImportRagFilesRequest (Total Keys: 3) - schemas.GoogleCloudAiplatformV1JiraSource (Total Keys: 13) - schemas.GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ListCachedContentsResponse (Total Keys: 5) - schemas.GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ListRagCorporaResponse (Total Keys: 5) - schemas.GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ListRagFilesResponse (Total Keys: 5) - schemas.GoogleCloudAiplatformV1QueryReasoningEngineRequest (Total Keys: 5) - schemas.GoogleCloudAiplatformV1QueryReasoningEngineResponse (Total Keys: 3) - schemas.GoogleCloudAiplatformV1RagContexts (Total Keys: 11) - schemas.GoogleCloudAiplatformV1RagCorpus (Total Keys: 14) - schemas.GoogleCloudAiplatformV1RagEmbeddingModelConfig (Total Keys: 10) - schemas.GoogleCloudAiplatformV1RagFile (Total Keys: 33) - schemas.GoogleCloudAiplatformV1RagQuery (Total Keys: 4) - schemas.GoogleCloudAiplatformV1RagRetrievalConfig (Total Keys: 12) - schemas.GoogleCloudAiplatformV1RagVectorDbConfig (Total Keys: 13) - schemas.GoogleCloudAiplatformV1RetrieveContextsRequest (Total Keys: 16) - schemas.GoogleCloudAiplatformV1RetrieveContextsResponse (Total Keys: 3) - schemas.GoogleCloudAiplatformV1SlackSource (Total Keys: 16) - schemas.GoogleCloudAiplatformV1TuningJob.properties.serviceAccount.type (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.GoogleCloudAiplatformV1UploadRagFileConfig (Total Keys: 3) - schemas.GoogleCloudAiplatformV1UploadRagFileRequest (Total Keys: 4) - schemas.GoogleCloudAiplatformV1UploadRagFileResponse (Total Keys: 4) - schemas.GoogleCloudAiplatformV1VertexRagStore.properties.ragRetrievalConfig.$ref (Total Keys: 1) #### aiplatform:v1beta1 The following keys were added: - schemas.GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1DedicatedResources.properties.requiredReplicaCount (Total Keys: 2) - schemas.GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1DeployedModel.properties.status (Total Keys: 2) - schemas.GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1DeployedModelStatus (Total Keys: 10) - schemas.GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Extension.properties.satisfiesPzi (Total Keys: 2) - schemas.GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Extension.properties.satisfiesPzs (Total Keys: 2) - schemas.GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Fact.properties.score (Total Keys: 2) - schemas.GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1ImportRagFilesConfig.properties.ragFileTransformationConfig.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1RagContextsContext.properties.score (Total Keys: 2) - schemas.GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1RagContextsContext.properties.sourceDisplayName.type (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1RagCorpus.properties.vectorDbConfig.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1RagCorpus.properties.vertexAiSearchConfig.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1RagFileChunkingConfig.properties.fixedLengthChunking.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1RagFileChunkingConfigFixedLengthChunking (Total Keys: 6) - schemas.GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1RagFileParsingConfig.properties.advancedParser.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1RagFileParsingConfig.properties.layoutParser.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1RagFileParsingConfigAdvancedParser (Total Keys: 3) - schemas.GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1RagFileParsingConfigLayoutParser (Total Keys: 5) - schemas.GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1RagFileTransformationConfig (Total Keys: 3) - schemas.GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1RagQuery.properties.ragRetrievalConfig.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1RagRetrievalConfig (Total Keys: 28) - schemas.GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1RagVectorDbConfig.properties.ragEmbeddingModelConfig.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1TuningJob.properties.serviceAccount.type (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1UploadRagFileConfig.properties.ragFileTransformationConfig.$ref (Total Keys: 1) - schemas.GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1VertexAiSearchConfig (Total Keys: 3) - schemas.GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1VertexRagStore.properties.ragRetrievalConfig.$ref (Total Keys: 1) --- docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.endpoints.html | 37 +- docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.html | 5 + docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.media.html | 252 +++ ..._v1.projects.locations.cachedContents.html | 1416 +++++++++++++ ...jects.locations.customJobs.operations.html | 4 +- ...locations.dataLabelingJobs.operations.html | 4 +- ...s.datasets.annotationSpecs.operations.html | 4 +- ...sets.dataItems.annotations.operations.html | 4 +- ...cations.datasets.dataItems.operations.html | 4 +- ...rojects.locations.datasets.operations.html | 4 +- ...ions.datasets.savedQueries.operations.html | 4 +- ...cts.locations.deploymentResourcePools.html | 10 + ...ns.deploymentResourcePools.operations.html | 4 +- ...tform_v1.projects.locations.endpoints.html | 85 +- ...ojects.locations.endpoints.operations.html | 4 +- ...tores.entityTypes.features.operations.html | 4 +- ....featurestores.entityTypes.operations.html | 4 +- ...ts.locations.featurestores.operations.html | 4 +- .../dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.html | 281 +++ ...s.hyperparameterTuningJobs.operations.html | 4 +- ..._v1.projects.locations.indexEndpoints.html | 7 + ...s.locations.indexEndpoints.operations.html | 4 +- ...projects.locations.indexes.operations.html | 4 +- ...s.metadataStores.artifacts.operations.html | 4 +- ...ns.metadataStores.contexts.operations.html | 4 +- ....metadataStores.executions.operations.html | 4 +- ...s.locations.metadataStores.operations.html | 4 +- ...ations.migratableResources.operations.html | 4 +- ...elDeploymentMonitoringJobs.operations.html | 4 +- ...cations.models.evaluations.operations.html | 4 +- ....projects.locations.models.operations.html | 4 +- ...ions.notebookExecutionJobs.operations.html | 4 +- ...s.notebookRuntimeTemplates.operations.html | 4 +- ...locations.notebookRuntimes.operations.html | 4 +- ...form_v1.projects.locations.operations.html | 4 +- ...ations.persistentResources.operations.html | 4 +- ...cts.locations.pipelineJobs.operations.html | 4 +- ....projects.locations.publishers.models.html | 37 +- ...form_v1.projects.locations.ragCorpora.html | 404 ++++ ...rojects.locations.ragCorpora.ragFiles.html | 411 ++++ ...1.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.html | 32 + ...locations.reasoningEngines.operations.html | 4 +- ...ojects.locations.schedules.operations.html | 4 +- ....locations.specialistPools.operations.html | 4 +- ...projects.locations.studies.operations.html | 4 +- ...s.locations.studies.trials.operations.html | 4 +- ...s.tensorboards.experiments.operations.html | 4 +- ...sorboards.experiments.runs.operations.html | 4 +- ...xperiments.runs.timeSeries.operations.html | 4 +- ...cts.locations.tensorboards.operations.html | 4 +- ...ocations.trainingPipelines.operations.html | 4 +- ...form_v1.projects.locations.tuningJobs.html | 5 + ...jects.locations.tuningJobs.operations.html | 4 +- docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.publishers.models.html | 39 +- docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.endpoints.html | 57 + docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.media.html | 14 + ....projects.locations.agents.operations.html | 4 +- ...a1.projects.locations.apps.operations.html | 4 +- ...ta1.projects.locations.cachedContents.html | 114 ++ ...jects.locations.customJobs.operations.html | 4 +- ...locations.dataLabelingJobs.operations.html | 4 +- ...s.datasets.annotationSpecs.operations.html | 4 +- ...sets.dataItems.annotations.operations.html | 4 +- ...cations.datasets.dataItems.operations.html | 4 +- ...rojects.locations.datasets.operations.html | 4 +- ...ions.datasets.savedQueries.operations.html | 4 +- ...cts.locations.deploymentResourcePools.html | 10 + ...ns.deploymentResourcePools.operations.html | 4 +- ...ects.locations.edgeDevices.operations.html | 4 +- ..._v1beta1.projects.locations.endpoints.html | 105 + ...ojects.locations.endpoints.operations.html | 4 +- ...ts.locations.exampleStores.operations.html | 4 +- ...tions.extensionControllers.operations.html | 4 +- ...v1beta1.projects.locations.extensions.html | 10 + ...jects.locations.extensions.operations.html | 4 +- ...tores.entityTypes.features.operations.html | 4 +- ....featurestores.entityTypes.operations.html | 4 +- ...ts.locations.featurestores.operations.html | 4 +- ...aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.html | 42 + ...s.hyperparameterTuningJobs.operations.html | 4 +- ...ta1.projects.locations.indexEndpoints.html | 7 + ...s.locations.indexEndpoints.operations.html | 4 +- ...projects.locations.indexes.operations.html | 4 +- ...s.metadataStores.artifacts.operations.html | 4 +- ...ns.metadataStores.contexts.operations.html | 4 +- ....metadataStores.executions.operations.html | 4 +- ...s.locations.metadataStores.operations.html | 4 +- ...ations.migratableResources.operations.html | 4 +- ...elDeploymentMonitoringJobs.operations.html | 4 +- ...ts.locations.modelMonitors.operations.html | 4 +- ...cations.models.evaluations.operations.html | 4 +- ....projects.locations.models.operations.html | 4 +- ...ions.notebookExecutionJobs.operations.html | 4 +- ...s.notebookRuntimeTemplates.operations.html | 4 +- ...locations.notebookRuntimes.operations.html | 4 +- ...v1beta1.projects.locations.operations.html | 4 +- ...ations.persistentResources.operations.html | 4 +- ...cts.locations.pipelineJobs.operations.html | 4 +- ....projects.locations.publishers.models.html | 57 + ...v1beta1.projects.locations.ragCorpora.html | 272 +++ ...jects.locations.ragCorpora.operations.html | 4 +- ...rojects.locations.ragCorpora.ragFiles.html | 23 +- ...ations.ragCorpora.ragFiles.operations.html | 4 +- ...locations.reasoningEngines.operations.html | 4 +- ...ojects.locations.schedules.operations.html | 4 +- ....locations.specialistPools.operations.html | 4 +- ...projects.locations.studies.operations.html | 4 +- ...s.locations.studies.trials.operations.html | 4 +- ...s.tensorboards.experiments.operations.html | 4 +- ...sorboards.experiments.runs.operations.html | 4 +- ...xperiments.runs.timeSeries.operations.html | 4 +- ...cts.locations.tensorboards.operations.html | 4 +- ...ocations.trainingPipelines.operations.html | 4 +- ...v1beta1.projects.locations.tuningJobs.html | 5 + .../aiplatform_v1beta1.publishers.models.html | 61 + .../documents/aiplatform.v1.json | 1772 ++++++++++++++++- .../documents/aiplatform.v1beta1.json | 362 +++- 117 files changed, 5972 insertions(+), 312 deletions(-) create mode 100644 docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.media.html create mode 100644 docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.cachedContents.html create mode 100644 docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.ragCorpora.html create mode 100644 docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.ragCorpora.ragFiles.html diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.endpoints.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.endpoints.html index 9872490666..8a35e6f957 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.endpoints.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.endpoints.html @@ -395,9 +395,6 @@

Method Details

"datastore": "A String", # Required. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` }, "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService. - "ragCorpora": [ # Optional. Deprecated. Please use rag_resources instead. - "A String", - ], "ragResources": [ # Optional. The representation of the rag source. It can be used to specify corpus only or ragfiles. Currently only support one corpus or multiple files from one corpus. In the future we may open up multiple corpora support. { # The definition of the Rag resource. "ragCorpus": "A String", # Optional. RagCorpora resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/ragCorpora/{rag_corpus}` @@ -406,6 +403,14 @@

Method Details

], }, ], + "ragRetrievalConfig": { # Specifies the context retrieval config. # Optional. The retrieval config for the Rag query. + "filter": { # Config for filters. # Optional. Config for filters. + "metadataFilter": "A String", # Optional. String for metadata filtering. + "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector distance smaller than the threshold. + "vectorSimilarityThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector similarity larger than the threshold. + }, + "topK": 42, # Optional. The number of contexts to retrieve. + }, "similarityTopK": 42, # Optional. Number of top k results to return from the selected corpora. "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only return results with vector distance smaller than the threshold. }, @@ -438,6 +443,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Request message for [PredictionService.GenerateContent]. + "cachedContent": "A String", # Optional. The name of the cached content used as context to serve the prediction. Note: only used in explicit caching, where users can have control over caching (e.g. what content to cache) and enjoy guaranteed cost savings. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cachedContents/{cachedContent}` "contents": [ # Required. The content of the current conversation with the model. For single-turn queries, this is a single instance. For multi-turn queries, this is a repeated field that contains conversation history + latest request. { # The base structured datatype containing multi-part content of a message. A `Content` includes a `role` field designating the producer of the `Content` and a `parts` field containing multi-part data that contains the content of the message turn. "parts": [ # Required. Ordered `Parts` that constitute a single message. Parts may have different IANA MIME types. @@ -669,9 +675,6 @@

Method Details

"datastore": "A String", # Required. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` }, "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService. - "ragCorpora": [ # Optional. Deprecated. Please use rag_resources instead. - "A String", - ], "ragResources": [ # Optional. The representation of the rag source. It can be used to specify corpus only or ragfiles. Currently only support one corpus or multiple files from one corpus. In the future we may open up multiple corpora support. { # The definition of the Rag resource. "ragCorpus": "A String", # Optional. RagCorpora resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/ragCorpora/{rag_corpus}` @@ -680,6 +683,14 @@

Method Details

], }, ], + "ragRetrievalConfig": { # Specifies the context retrieval config. # Optional. The retrieval config for the Rag query. + "filter": { # Config for filters. # Optional. Config for filters. + "metadataFilter": "A String", # Optional. String for metadata filtering. + "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector distance smaller than the threshold. + "vectorSimilarityThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector similarity larger than the threshold. + }, + "topK": 42, # Optional. The number of contexts to retrieve. + }, "similarityTopK": 42, # Optional. Number of top k results to return from the selected corpora. "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only return results with vector distance smaller than the threshold. }, @@ -840,6 +851,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "usageMetadata": { # Usage metadata about response(s). # Usage metadata about the response(s). + "cachedContentTokenCount": 42, # Output only. Number of tokens in the cached part in the input (the cached content). "candidatesTokenCount": 42, # Number of tokens in the response(s). "promptTokenCount": 42, # Number of tokens in the request. When `cached_content` is set, this is still the total effective prompt size meaning this includes the number of tokens in the cached content. "totalTokenCount": 42, # Total token count for prompt and response candidates. @@ -857,6 +869,7 @@

Method Details

The object takes the form of: { # Request message for [PredictionService.GenerateContent]. + "cachedContent": "A String", # Optional. The name of the cached content used as context to serve the prediction. Note: only used in explicit caching, where users can have control over caching (e.g. what content to cache) and enjoy guaranteed cost savings. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cachedContents/{cachedContent}` "contents": [ # Required. The content of the current conversation with the model. For single-turn queries, this is a single instance. For multi-turn queries, this is a repeated field that contains conversation history + latest request. { # The base structured datatype containing multi-part content of a message. A `Content` includes a `role` field designating the producer of the `Content` and a `parts` field containing multi-part data that contains the content of the message turn. "parts": [ # Required. Ordered `Parts` that constitute a single message. Parts may have different IANA MIME types. @@ -1088,9 +1101,6 @@

Method Details

"datastore": "A String", # Required. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}` }, "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService. - "ragCorpora": [ # Optional. Deprecated. Please use rag_resources instead. - "A String", - ], "ragResources": [ # Optional. The representation of the rag source. It can be used to specify corpus only or ragfiles. Currently only support one corpus or multiple files from one corpus. In the future we may open up multiple corpora support. { # The definition of the Rag resource. "ragCorpus": "A String", # Optional. RagCorpora resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/ragCorpora/{rag_corpus}` @@ -1099,6 +1109,14 @@

Method Details

], }, ], + "ragRetrievalConfig": { # Specifies the context retrieval config. # Optional. The retrieval config for the Rag query. + "filter": { # Config for filters. # Optional. Config for filters. + "metadataFilter": "A String", # Optional. String for metadata filtering. + "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector distance smaller than the threshold. + "vectorSimilarityThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector similarity larger than the threshold. + }, + "topK": 42, # Optional. The number of contexts to retrieve. + }, "similarityTopK": 42, # Optional. Number of top k results to return from the selected corpora. "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only return results with vector distance smaller than the threshold. }, @@ -1259,6 +1277,7 @@

Method Details

], }, "usageMetadata": { # Usage metadata about response(s). # Usage metadata about the response(s). + "cachedContentTokenCount": 42, # Output only. Number of tokens in the cached part in the input (the cached content). "candidatesTokenCount": 42, # Number of tokens in the response(s). "promptTokenCount": 42, # Number of tokens in the request. When `cached_content` is set, this is still the total effective prompt size meaning this includes the number of tokens in the cached content. "totalTokenCount": 42, # Total token count for prompt and response candidates. diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.html index ab37fba9b8..3e7e70f1c4 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.html @@ -84,6 +84,11 @@

Instance Methods

Returns the endpoints Resource.

+

+ media() +

+

Returns the media Resource.

+

projects()

diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.media.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.media.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..029ba8a16a --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.media.html @@ -0,0 +1,252 @@ + + + +

Vertex AI API . media

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ upload(parent, body=None, media_body=None, media_mime_type=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Upload a file into a RagCorpus.

+

Method Details

+
+ close() + 
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ upload(parent, body=None, media_body=None, media_mime_type=None, x__xgafv=None) + 
Upload a file into a RagCorpus.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The name of the RagCorpus resource into which to upload the file. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/ragCorpora/{rag_corpus}` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for VertexRagDataService.UploadRagFile.
+  "ragFile": { # A RagFile contains user data for chunking, embedding and indexing. # Required. The RagFile to upload.
+    "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this RagFile was created.
+    "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the RagFile.
+    "directUploadSource": { # The input content is encapsulated and uploaded in the request. # Output only. The RagFile is encapsulated and uploaded in the UploadRagFile request.
+    },
+    "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the RagFile. The name can be up to 128 characters long and can consist of any UTF-8 characters.
+    "fileStatus": { # RagFile status. # Output only. State of the RagFile.
+      "errorStatus": "A String", # Output only. Only when the `state` field is ERROR.
+      "state": "A String", # Output only. RagFile state.
+    },
+    "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # Output only. Google Cloud Storage location of the RagFile. It does not support wildcards in the Cloud Storage uri for now.
+      "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "googleDriveSource": { # The Google Drive location for the input content. # Output only. Google Drive location. Supports importing individual files as well as Google Drive folders.
+      "resourceIds": [ # Required. Google Drive resource IDs.
+        { # The type and ID of the Google Drive resource.
+          "resourceId": "A String", # Required. The ID of the Google Drive resource.
+          "resourceType": "A String", # Required. The type of the Google Drive resource.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "jiraSource": { # The Jira source for the ImportRagFilesRequest. # The RagFile is imported from a Jira query.
+      "jiraQueries": [ # Required. The Jira queries.
+        { # JiraQueries contains the Jira queries and corresponding authentication.
+          "apiKeyConfig": { # The API secret. # Required. The SecretManager secret version resource name (e.g. projects/{project}/secrets/{secret}/versions/{version}) storing the Jira API key. See [Manage API tokens for your Atlassian account](https://support.atlassian.com/atlassian-account/docs/manage-api-tokens-for-your-atlassian-account/).
+            "apiKeySecretVersion": "A String", # Required. The SecretManager secret version resource name storing API key. e.g. projects/{project}/secrets/{secret}/versions/{version}
+          },
+          "customQueries": [ # A list of custom Jira queries to import. For information about JQL (Jira Query Language), see https://support.atlassian.com/jira-service-management-cloud/docs/use-advanced-search-with-jira-query-language-jql/
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "email": "A String", # Required. The Jira email address.
+          "projects": [ # A list of Jira projects to import in their entirety.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "serverUri": "A String", # Required. The Jira server URI.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the RagFile.
+    "slackSource": { # The Slack source for the ImportRagFilesRequest. # The RagFile is imported from a Slack channel.
+      "channels": [ # Required. The Slack channels.
+        { # SlackChannels contains the Slack channels and corresponding access token.
+          "apiKeyConfig": { # The API secret. # Required. The SecretManager secret version resource name (e.g. projects/{project}/secrets/{secret}/versions/{version}) storing the Slack channel access token that has access to the slack channel IDs. See: https://api.slack.com/tutorials/tracks/getting-a-token.
+            "apiKeySecretVersion": "A String", # Required. The SecretManager secret version resource name storing API key. e.g. projects/{project}/secrets/{secret}/versions/{version}
+          },
+          "channels": [ # Required. The Slack channel IDs.
+            { # SlackChannel contains the Slack channel ID and the time range to import.
+              "channelId": "A String", # Required. The Slack channel ID.
+              "endTime": "A String", # Optional. The ending timestamp for messages to import.
+              "startTime": "A String", # Optional. The starting timestamp for messages to import.
+            },
+          ],
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this RagFile was last updated.
+  },
+  "uploadRagFileConfig": { # Config for uploading RagFile. # Required. The config for the RagFiles to be uploaded into the RagCorpus. VertexRagDataService.UploadRagFile.
+    "ragFileTransformationConfig": { # Specifies the transformation config for RagFiles. # Specifies the transformation config for RagFiles.
+      "ragFileChunkingConfig": { # Specifies the size and overlap of chunks for RagFiles. # Specifies the chunking config for RagFiles.
+        "fixedLengthChunking": { # Specifies the fixed length chunking config. # Specifies the fixed length chunking config.
+          "chunkOverlap": 42, # The overlap between chunks.
+          "chunkSize": 42, # The size of the chunks.
+        },
+      },
+    },
+  },
+}
+
+  media_body: string, The filename of the media request body, or an instance of a MediaUpload object.
+  media_mime_type: string, The MIME type of the media request body, or an instance of a MediaUpload object.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for VertexRagDataService.UploadRagFile.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error that occurred while processing the RagFile.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "ragFile": { # A RagFile contains user data for chunking, embedding and indexing. # The RagFile that had been uploaded into the RagCorpus.
+    "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this RagFile was created.
+    "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the RagFile.
+    "directUploadSource": { # The input content is encapsulated and uploaded in the request. # Output only. The RagFile is encapsulated and uploaded in the UploadRagFile request.
+    },
+    "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the RagFile. The name can be up to 128 characters long and can consist of any UTF-8 characters.
+    "fileStatus": { # RagFile status. # Output only. State of the RagFile.
+      "errorStatus": "A String", # Output only. Only when the `state` field is ERROR.
+      "state": "A String", # Output only. RagFile state.
+    },
+    "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # Output only. Google Cloud Storage location of the RagFile. It does not support wildcards in the Cloud Storage uri for now.
+      "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "googleDriveSource": { # The Google Drive location for the input content. # Output only. Google Drive location. Supports importing individual files as well as Google Drive folders.
+      "resourceIds": [ # Required. Google Drive resource IDs.
+        { # The type and ID of the Google Drive resource.
+          "resourceId": "A String", # Required. The ID of the Google Drive resource.
+          "resourceType": "A String", # Required. The type of the Google Drive resource.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "jiraSource": { # The Jira source for the ImportRagFilesRequest. # The RagFile is imported from a Jira query.
+      "jiraQueries": [ # Required. The Jira queries.
+        { # JiraQueries contains the Jira queries and corresponding authentication.
+          "apiKeyConfig": { # The API secret. # Required. The SecretManager secret version resource name (e.g. projects/{project}/secrets/{secret}/versions/{version}) storing the Jira API key. See [Manage API tokens for your Atlassian account](https://support.atlassian.com/atlassian-account/docs/manage-api-tokens-for-your-atlassian-account/).
+            "apiKeySecretVersion": "A String", # Required. The SecretManager secret version resource name storing API key. e.g. projects/{project}/secrets/{secret}/versions/{version}
+          },
+          "customQueries": [ # A list of custom Jira queries to import. For information about JQL (Jira Query Language), see https://support.atlassian.com/jira-service-management-cloud/docs/use-advanced-search-with-jira-query-language-jql/
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "email": "A String", # Required. The Jira email address.
+          "projects": [ # A list of Jira projects to import in their entirety.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "serverUri": "A String", # Required. The Jira server URI.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the RagFile.
+    "slackSource": { # The Slack source for the ImportRagFilesRequest. # The RagFile is imported from a Slack channel.
+      "channels": [ # Required. The Slack channels.
+        { # SlackChannels contains the Slack channels and corresponding access token.
+          "apiKeyConfig": { # The API secret. # Required. The SecretManager secret version resource name (e.g. projects/{project}/secrets/{secret}/versions/{version}) storing the Slack channel access token that has access to the slack channel IDs. See: https://api.slack.com/tutorials/tracks/getting-a-token.
+            "apiKeySecretVersion": "A String", # Required. The SecretManager secret version resource name storing API key. e.g. projects/{project}/secrets/{secret}/versions/{version}
+          },
+          "channels": [ # Required. The Slack channel IDs.
+            { # SlackChannel contains the Slack channel ID and the time range to import.
+              "channelId": "A String", # Required. The Slack channel ID.
+              "endTime": "A String", # Optional. The ending timestamp for messages to import.
+              "startTime": "A String", # Optional. The starting timestamp for messages to import.
+            },
+          ],
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this RagFile was last updated.
+  },
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.cachedContents.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.cachedContents.html new file mode 100644 index 0000000000..6056a8bd70 --- /dev/null +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.cachedContents.html @@ -0,0 +1,1416 @@ + + + +

Vertex AI API . projects . locations . cachedContents

+

Instance Methods

+

+ close()

+

Close httplib2 connections.

+

+ create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Creates cached content, this call will initialize the cached content in the data storage, and users need to pay for the cache data storage.

+

+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Deletes cached content

+

+ get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+

Gets cached content configurations

+

+ list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Lists cached contents in a project

+

+ list_next()

+

Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+

Updates cached content configurations

+

Method Details

+
+ close() + 
Close httplib2 connections.
+
+ +
+ create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None) + 
Creates cached content, this call will initialize the cached content in the data storage, and users need to pay for the cache data storage.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent resource where the cached content will be created (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # A resource used in LLM queries for users to explicitly specify what to cache and how to cache.
+  "contents": [ # Optional. Input only. Immutable. The content to cache
+    { # The base structured datatype containing multi-part content of a message. A `Content` includes a `role` field designating the producer of the `Content` and a `parts` field containing multi-part data that contains the content of the message turn.
+      "parts": [ # Required. Ordered `Parts` that constitute a single message. Parts may have different IANA MIME types.
+        { # A datatype containing media that is part of a multi-part `Content` message. A `Part` consists of data which has an associated datatype. A `Part` can only contain one of the accepted types in `Part.data`. A `Part` must have a fixed IANA MIME type identifying the type and subtype of the media if `inline_data` or `file_data` field is filled with raw bytes.
+          "fileData": { # URI based data. # Optional. URI based data.
+            "fileUri": "A String", # Required. URI.
+            "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data.
+          },
+          "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values.
+            "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details.
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+            },
+            "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches [FunctionDeclaration.name].
+          },
+          "functionResponse": { # The result output from a [FunctionCall] that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing any output from the function is used as context to the model. This should contain the result of a [FunctionCall] made based on model prediction. # Optional. The result output of a [FunctionCall] that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing any output from the function call. It is used as context to the model.
+            "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches [FunctionDeclaration.name] and [FunctionCall.name].
+            "response": { # Required. The function response in JSON object format. Use "output" key to specify function output and "error" key to specify error details (if any). If "output" and "error" keys are not specified, then whole "response" is treated as function output.
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+            },
+          },
+          "inlineData": { # Content blob. It's preferred to send as text directly rather than raw bytes. # Optional. Inlined bytes data.
+            "data": "A String", # Required. Raw bytes.
+            "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data.
+          },
+          "text": "A String", # Optional. Text part (can be code).
+          "videoMetadata": { # Metadata describes the input video content. # Optional. Video metadata. The metadata should only be specified while the video data is presented in inline_data or file_data.
+            "endOffset": "A String", # Optional. The end offset of the video.
+            "startOffset": "A String", # Optional. The start offset of the video.
+          },
+        },
+      ],
+      "role": "A String", # Optional. The producer of the content. Must be either 'user' or 'model'. Useful to set for multi-turn conversations, otherwise can be left blank or unset.
+    },
+  ],
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Creatation time of the cache entry.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. The user-generated meaningful display name of the cached content.
+  "expireTime": "A String", # Timestamp of when this resource is considered expired. This is *always* provided on output, regardless of what was sent on input.
+  "model": "A String", # Immutable. The name of the publisher model to use for cached content. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/{publisher}/models/{model}
+  "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. The server-generated resource name of the cached content Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cachedContents/{cached_content}
+  "systemInstruction": { # The base structured datatype containing multi-part content of a message. A `Content` includes a `role` field designating the producer of the `Content` and a `parts` field containing multi-part data that contains the content of the message turn. # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Developer set system instruction. Currently, text only
+    "parts": [ # Required. Ordered `Parts` that constitute a single message. Parts may have different IANA MIME types.
+      { # A datatype containing media that is part of a multi-part `Content` message. A `Part` consists of data which has an associated datatype. A `Part` can only contain one of the accepted types in `Part.data`. A `Part` must have a fixed IANA MIME type identifying the type and subtype of the media if `inline_data` or `file_data` field is filled with raw bytes.
+        "fileData": { # URI based data. # Optional. URI based data.
+          "fileUri": "A String", # Required. URI.
+          "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data.
+        },
+        "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values.
+          "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details.
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+          },
+          "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches [FunctionDeclaration.name].
+        },
+        "functionResponse": { # The result output from a [FunctionCall] that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing any output from the function is used as context to the model. This should contain the result of a [FunctionCall] made based on model prediction. # Optional. The result output of a [FunctionCall] that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing any output from the function call. It is used as context to the model.
+          "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches [FunctionDeclaration.name] and [FunctionCall.name].
+          "response": { # Required. The function response in JSON object format. Use "output" key to specify function output and "error" key to specify error details (if any). If "output" and "error" keys are not specified, then whole "response" is treated as function output.
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+          },
+        },
+        "inlineData": { # Content blob. It's preferred to send as text directly rather than raw bytes. # Optional. Inlined bytes data.
+          "data": "A String", # Required. Raw bytes.
+          "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data.
+        },
+        "text": "A String", # Optional. Text part (can be code).
+        "videoMetadata": { # Metadata describes the input video content. # Optional. Video metadata. The metadata should only be specified while the video data is presented in inline_data or file_data.
+          "endOffset": "A String", # Optional. The end offset of the video.
+          "startOffset": "A String", # Optional. The start offset of the video.
+        },
+      },
+    ],
+    "role": "A String", # Optional. The producer of the content. Must be either 'user' or 'model'. Useful to set for multi-turn conversations, otherwise can be left blank or unset.
+  },
+  "toolConfig": { # Tool config. This config is shared for all tools provided in the request. # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tool config. This config is shared for all tools
+    "functionCallingConfig": { # Function calling config. # Optional. Function calling config.
+      "allowedFunctionNames": [ # Optional. Function names to call. Only set when the Mode is ANY. Function names should match [FunctionDeclaration.name]. With mode set to ANY, model will predict a function call from the set of function names provided.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "mode": "A String", # Optional. Function calling mode.
+    },
+  },
+  "tools": [ # Optional. Input only. Immutable. A list of `Tools` the model may use to generate the next response
+    { # Tool details that the model may use to generate response. A `Tool` is a piece of code that enables the system to interact with external systems to perform an action, or set of actions, outside of knowledge and scope of the model. A Tool object should contain exactly one type of Tool (e.g FunctionDeclaration, Retrieval or GoogleSearchRetrieval).
+      "functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 128 function declarations can be provided.
+        { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client.
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function.
+          "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots and dashes, with a maximum length of 64.
+          "parameters": { # Schema is used to define the format of input/output data. Represents a select subset of an [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). More fields may be added in the future as needed. # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1
+            "anyOf": [ # Optional. The value should be validated against any (one or more) of the subschemas in the list.
+              # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Schema
+            ],
+            "default": "", # Optional. Default value of the data.
+            "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the data.
+            "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the element of primitive type with enum format. Examples: 1. We can define direction as : {type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]} 2. We can define apartment number as : {type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "example": "", # Optional. Example of the object. Will only populated when the object is the root.
+            "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. Supported formats: for NUMBER type: "float", "double" for INTEGER type: "int32", "int64" for STRING type: "email", "byte", etc
+            "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Schema # Optional. SCHEMA FIELDS FOR TYPE ARRAY Schema of the elements of Type.ARRAY.
+            "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. Maximum number of the elements for Type.ARRAY.
+            "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. Maximum length of the Type.STRING
+            "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. Maximum number of the properties for Type.OBJECT.
+            "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. Maximum value of the Type.INTEGER and Type.NUMBER
+            "minItems": "A String", # Optional. Minimum number of the elements for Type.ARRAY.
+            "minLength": "A String", # Optional. SCHEMA FIELDS FOR TYPE STRING Minimum length of the Type.STRING
+            "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. Minimum number of the properties for Type.OBJECT.
+            "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. SCHEMA FIELDS FOR TYPE INTEGER and NUMBER Minimum value of the Type.INTEGER and Type.NUMBER
+            "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value may be null.
+            "pattern": "A String", # Optional. Pattern of the Type.STRING to restrict a string to a regular expression.
+            "properties": { # Optional. SCHEMA FIELDS FOR TYPE OBJECT Properties of Type.OBJECT.
+              "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Schema
+            },
+            "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. The order of the properties. Not a standard field in open api spec. Only used to support the order of the properties.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "required": [ # Optional. Required properties of Type.OBJECT.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "title": "A String", # Optional. The title of the Schema.
+            "type": "A String", # Optional. The type of the data.
+          },
+          "response": { # Schema is used to define the format of input/output data. Represents a select subset of an [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). More fields may be added in the future as needed. # Optional. Describes the output from this function in JSON Schema format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Response Object. The Schema defines the type used for the response value of the function.
+            "anyOf": [ # Optional. The value should be validated against any (one or more) of the subschemas in the list.
+              # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Schema
+            ],
+            "default": "", # Optional. Default value of the data.
+            "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the data.
+            "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the element of primitive type with enum format. Examples: 1. We can define direction as : {type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]} 2. We can define apartment number as : {type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "example": "", # Optional. Example of the object. Will only populated when the object is the root.
+            "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. Supported formats: for NUMBER type: "float", "double" for INTEGER type: "int32", "int64" for STRING type: "email", "byte", etc
+            "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Schema # Optional. SCHEMA FIELDS FOR TYPE ARRAY Schema of the elements of Type.ARRAY.
+            "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. Maximum number of the elements for Type.ARRAY.
+            "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. Maximum length of the Type.STRING
+            "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. Maximum number of the properties for Type.OBJECT.
+            "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. Maximum value of the Type.INTEGER and Type.NUMBER
+            "minItems": "A String", # Optional. Minimum number of the elements for Type.ARRAY.
+            "minLength": "A String", # Optional. SCHEMA FIELDS FOR TYPE STRING Minimum length of the Type.STRING
+            "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. Minimum number of the properties for Type.OBJECT.
+            "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. SCHEMA FIELDS FOR TYPE INTEGER and NUMBER Minimum value of the Type.INTEGER and Type.NUMBER
+            "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value may be null.
+            "pattern": "A String", # Optional. Pattern of the Type.STRING to restrict a string to a regular expression.
+            "properties": { # Optional. SCHEMA FIELDS FOR TYPE OBJECT Properties of Type.OBJECT.
+              "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Schema
+            },
+            "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. The order of the properties. Not a standard field in open api spec. Only used to support the order of the properties.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "required": [ # Optional. Required properties of Type.OBJECT.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "title": "A String", # Optional. The title of the Schema.
+            "type": "A String", # Optional. The type of the data.
+          },
+        },
+      ],
+      "googleSearchRetrieval": { # Tool to retrieve public web data for grounding, powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleSearchRetrieval tool type. Specialized retrieval tool that is powered by Google search.
+        "dynamicRetrievalConfig": { # Describes the options to customize dynamic retrieval. # Specifies the dynamic retrieval configuration for the given source.
+          "dynamicThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. The threshold to be used in dynamic retrieval. If not set, a system default value is used.
+          "mode": "A String", # The mode of the predictor to be used in dynamic retrieval.
+        },
+      },
+      "retrieval": { # Defines a retrieval tool that model can call to access external knowledge. # Optional. Retrieval tool type. System will always execute the provided retrieval tool(s) to get external knowledge to answer the prompt. Retrieval results are presented to the model for generation.
+        "disableAttribution": True or False, # Optional. Deprecated. This option is no longer supported.
+        "vertexAiSearch": { # Retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore for grounding. See https://cloud.google.com/products/agent-builder # Set to use data source powered by Vertex AI Search.
+          "datastore": "A String", # Required. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}`
+        },
+        "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService.
+          "ragResources": [ # Optional. The representation of the rag source. It can be used to specify corpus only or ragfiles. Currently only support one corpus or multiple files from one corpus. In the future we may open up multiple corpora support.
+            { # The definition of the Rag resource.
+              "ragCorpus": "A String", # Optional. RagCorpora resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/ragCorpora/{rag_corpus}`
+              "ragFileIds": [ # Optional. rag_file_id. The files should be in the same rag_corpus set in rag_corpus field.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+            },
+          ],
+          "ragRetrievalConfig": { # Specifies the context retrieval config. # Optional. The retrieval config for the Rag query.
+            "filter": { # Config for filters. # Optional. Config for filters.
+              "metadataFilter": "A String", # Optional. String for metadata filtering.
+              "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector distance smaller than the threshold.
+              "vectorSimilarityThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector similarity larger than the threshold.
+            },
+            "topK": 42, # Optional. The number of contexts to retrieve.
+          },
+          "similarityTopK": 42, # Optional. Number of top k results to return from the selected corpora.
+          "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only return results with vector distance smaller than the threshold.
+        },
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+  "ttl": "A String", # Input only. The TTL for this resource. The expiration time is computed: now + TTL.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. When the cache entry was last updated in UTC time.
+  "usageMetadata": { # Metadata on the usage of the cached content. # Output only. Metadata on the usage of the cached content.
+    "audioDurationSeconds": 42, # Duration of audio in seconds.
+    "imageCount": 42, # Number of images.
+    "textCount": 42, # Number of text characters.
+    "totalTokenCount": 42, # Total number of tokens that the cached content consumes.
+    "videoDurationSeconds": 42, # Duration of video in seconds.
+  },
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A resource used in LLM queries for users to explicitly specify what to cache and how to cache.
+  "contents": [ # Optional. Input only. Immutable. The content to cache
+    { # The base structured datatype containing multi-part content of a message. A `Content` includes a `role` field designating the producer of the `Content` and a `parts` field containing multi-part data that contains the content of the message turn.
+      "parts": [ # Required. Ordered `Parts` that constitute a single message. Parts may have different IANA MIME types.
+        { # A datatype containing media that is part of a multi-part `Content` message. A `Part` consists of data which has an associated datatype. A `Part` can only contain one of the accepted types in `Part.data`. A `Part` must have a fixed IANA MIME type identifying the type and subtype of the media if `inline_data` or `file_data` field is filled with raw bytes.
+          "fileData": { # URI based data. # Optional. URI based data.
+            "fileUri": "A String", # Required. URI.
+            "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data.
+          },
+          "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values.
+            "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details.
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+            },
+            "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches [FunctionDeclaration.name].
+          },
+          "functionResponse": { # The result output from a [FunctionCall] that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing any output from the function is used as context to the model. This should contain the result of a [FunctionCall] made based on model prediction. # Optional. The result output of a [FunctionCall] that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing any output from the function call. It is used as context to the model.
+            "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches [FunctionDeclaration.name] and [FunctionCall.name].
+            "response": { # Required. The function response in JSON object format. Use "output" key to specify function output and "error" key to specify error details (if any). If "output" and "error" keys are not specified, then whole "response" is treated as function output.
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+            },
+          },
+          "inlineData": { # Content blob. It's preferred to send as text directly rather than raw bytes. # Optional. Inlined bytes data.
+            "data": "A String", # Required. Raw bytes.
+            "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data.
+          },
+          "text": "A String", # Optional. Text part (can be code).
+          "videoMetadata": { # Metadata describes the input video content. # Optional. Video metadata. The metadata should only be specified while the video data is presented in inline_data or file_data.
+            "endOffset": "A String", # Optional. The end offset of the video.
+            "startOffset": "A String", # Optional. The start offset of the video.
+          },
+        },
+      ],
+      "role": "A String", # Optional. The producer of the content. Must be either 'user' or 'model'. Useful to set for multi-turn conversations, otherwise can be left blank or unset.
+    },
+  ],
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Creatation time of the cache entry.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. The user-generated meaningful display name of the cached content.
+  "expireTime": "A String", # Timestamp of when this resource is considered expired. This is *always* provided on output, regardless of what was sent on input.
+  "model": "A String", # Immutable. The name of the publisher model to use for cached content. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/{publisher}/models/{model}
+  "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. The server-generated resource name of the cached content Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cachedContents/{cached_content}
+  "systemInstruction": { # The base structured datatype containing multi-part content of a message. A `Content` includes a `role` field designating the producer of the `Content` and a `parts` field containing multi-part data that contains the content of the message turn. # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Developer set system instruction. Currently, text only
+    "parts": [ # Required. Ordered `Parts` that constitute a single message. Parts may have different IANA MIME types.
+      { # A datatype containing media that is part of a multi-part `Content` message. A `Part` consists of data which has an associated datatype. A `Part` can only contain one of the accepted types in `Part.data`. A `Part` must have a fixed IANA MIME type identifying the type and subtype of the media if `inline_data` or `file_data` field is filled with raw bytes.
+        "fileData": { # URI based data. # Optional. URI based data.
+          "fileUri": "A String", # Required. URI.
+          "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data.
+        },
+        "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values.
+          "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details.
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+          },
+          "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches [FunctionDeclaration.name].
+        },
+        "functionResponse": { # The result output from a [FunctionCall] that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing any output from the function is used as context to the model. This should contain the result of a [FunctionCall] made based on model prediction. # Optional. The result output of a [FunctionCall] that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing any output from the function call. It is used as context to the model.
+          "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches [FunctionDeclaration.name] and [FunctionCall.name].
+          "response": { # Required. The function response in JSON object format. Use "output" key to specify function output and "error" key to specify error details (if any). If "output" and "error" keys are not specified, then whole "response" is treated as function output.
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+          },
+        },
+        "inlineData": { # Content blob. It's preferred to send as text directly rather than raw bytes. # Optional. Inlined bytes data.
+          "data": "A String", # Required. Raw bytes.
+          "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data.
+        },
+        "text": "A String", # Optional. Text part (can be code).
+        "videoMetadata": { # Metadata describes the input video content. # Optional. Video metadata. The metadata should only be specified while the video data is presented in inline_data or file_data.
+          "endOffset": "A String", # Optional. The end offset of the video.
+          "startOffset": "A String", # Optional. The start offset of the video.
+        },
+      },
+    ],
+    "role": "A String", # Optional. The producer of the content. Must be either 'user' or 'model'. Useful to set for multi-turn conversations, otherwise can be left blank or unset.
+  },
+  "toolConfig": { # Tool config. This config is shared for all tools provided in the request. # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tool config. This config is shared for all tools
+    "functionCallingConfig": { # Function calling config. # Optional. Function calling config.
+      "allowedFunctionNames": [ # Optional. Function names to call. Only set when the Mode is ANY. Function names should match [FunctionDeclaration.name]. With mode set to ANY, model will predict a function call from the set of function names provided.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "mode": "A String", # Optional. Function calling mode.
+    },
+  },
+  "tools": [ # Optional. Input only. Immutable. A list of `Tools` the model may use to generate the next response
+    { # Tool details that the model may use to generate response. A `Tool` is a piece of code that enables the system to interact with external systems to perform an action, or set of actions, outside of knowledge and scope of the model. A Tool object should contain exactly one type of Tool (e.g FunctionDeclaration, Retrieval or GoogleSearchRetrieval).
+      "functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 128 function declarations can be provided.
+        { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client.
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function.
+          "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots and dashes, with a maximum length of 64.
+          "parameters": { # Schema is used to define the format of input/output data. Represents a select subset of an [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). More fields may be added in the future as needed. # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1
+            "anyOf": [ # Optional. The value should be validated against any (one or more) of the subschemas in the list.
+              # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Schema
+            ],
+            "default": "", # Optional. Default value of the data.
+            "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the data.
+            "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the element of primitive type with enum format. Examples: 1. We can define direction as : {type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]} 2. We can define apartment number as : {type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "example": "", # Optional. Example of the object. Will only populated when the object is the root.
+            "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. Supported formats: for NUMBER type: "float", "double" for INTEGER type: "int32", "int64" for STRING type: "email", "byte", etc
+            "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Schema # Optional. SCHEMA FIELDS FOR TYPE ARRAY Schema of the elements of Type.ARRAY.
+            "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. Maximum number of the elements for Type.ARRAY.
+            "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. Maximum length of the Type.STRING
+            "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. Maximum number of the properties for Type.OBJECT.
+            "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. Maximum value of the Type.INTEGER and Type.NUMBER
+            "minItems": "A String", # Optional. Minimum number of the elements for Type.ARRAY.
+            "minLength": "A String", # Optional. SCHEMA FIELDS FOR TYPE STRING Minimum length of the Type.STRING
+            "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. Minimum number of the properties for Type.OBJECT.
+            "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. SCHEMA FIELDS FOR TYPE INTEGER and NUMBER Minimum value of the Type.INTEGER and Type.NUMBER
+            "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value may be null.
+            "pattern": "A String", # Optional. Pattern of the Type.STRING to restrict a string to a regular expression.
+            "properties": { # Optional. SCHEMA FIELDS FOR TYPE OBJECT Properties of Type.OBJECT.
+              "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Schema
+            },
+            "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. The order of the properties. Not a standard field in open api spec. Only used to support the order of the properties.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "required": [ # Optional. Required properties of Type.OBJECT.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "title": "A String", # Optional. The title of the Schema.
+            "type": "A String", # Optional. The type of the data.
+          },
+          "response": { # Schema is used to define the format of input/output data. Represents a select subset of an [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). More fields may be added in the future as needed. # Optional. Describes the output from this function in JSON Schema format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Response Object. The Schema defines the type used for the response value of the function.
+            "anyOf": [ # Optional. The value should be validated against any (one or more) of the subschemas in the list.
+              # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Schema
+            ],
+            "default": "", # Optional. Default value of the data.
+            "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the data.
+            "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the element of primitive type with enum format. Examples: 1. We can define direction as : {type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]} 2. We can define apartment number as : {type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "example": "", # Optional. Example of the object. Will only populated when the object is the root.
+            "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. Supported formats: for NUMBER type: "float", "double" for INTEGER type: "int32", "int64" for STRING type: "email", "byte", etc
+            "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Schema # Optional. SCHEMA FIELDS FOR TYPE ARRAY Schema of the elements of Type.ARRAY.
+            "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. Maximum number of the elements for Type.ARRAY.
+            "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. Maximum length of the Type.STRING
+            "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. Maximum number of the properties for Type.OBJECT.
+            "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. Maximum value of the Type.INTEGER and Type.NUMBER
+            "minItems": "A String", # Optional. Minimum number of the elements for Type.ARRAY.
+            "minLength": "A String", # Optional. SCHEMA FIELDS FOR TYPE STRING Minimum length of the Type.STRING
+            "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. Minimum number of the properties for Type.OBJECT.
+            "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. SCHEMA FIELDS FOR TYPE INTEGER and NUMBER Minimum value of the Type.INTEGER and Type.NUMBER
+            "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value may be null.
+            "pattern": "A String", # Optional. Pattern of the Type.STRING to restrict a string to a regular expression.
+            "properties": { # Optional. SCHEMA FIELDS FOR TYPE OBJECT Properties of Type.OBJECT.
+              "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Schema
+            },
+            "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. The order of the properties. Not a standard field in open api spec. Only used to support the order of the properties.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "required": [ # Optional. Required properties of Type.OBJECT.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "title": "A String", # Optional. The title of the Schema.
+            "type": "A String", # Optional. The type of the data.
+          },
+        },
+      ],
+      "googleSearchRetrieval": { # Tool to retrieve public web data for grounding, powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleSearchRetrieval tool type. Specialized retrieval tool that is powered by Google search.
+        "dynamicRetrievalConfig": { # Describes the options to customize dynamic retrieval. # Specifies the dynamic retrieval configuration for the given source.
+          "dynamicThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. The threshold to be used in dynamic retrieval. If not set, a system default value is used.
+          "mode": "A String", # The mode of the predictor to be used in dynamic retrieval.
+        },
+      },
+      "retrieval": { # Defines a retrieval tool that model can call to access external knowledge. # Optional. Retrieval tool type. System will always execute the provided retrieval tool(s) to get external knowledge to answer the prompt. Retrieval results are presented to the model for generation.
+        "disableAttribution": True or False, # Optional. Deprecated. This option is no longer supported.
+        "vertexAiSearch": { # Retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore for grounding. See https://cloud.google.com/products/agent-builder # Set to use data source powered by Vertex AI Search.
+          "datastore": "A String", # Required. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}`
+        },
+        "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService.
+          "ragResources": [ # Optional. The representation of the rag source. It can be used to specify corpus only or ragfiles. Currently only support one corpus or multiple files from one corpus. In the future we may open up multiple corpora support.
+            { # The definition of the Rag resource.
+              "ragCorpus": "A String", # Optional. RagCorpora resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/ragCorpora/{rag_corpus}`
+              "ragFileIds": [ # Optional. rag_file_id. The files should be in the same rag_corpus set in rag_corpus field.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+            },
+          ],
+          "ragRetrievalConfig": { # Specifies the context retrieval config. # Optional. The retrieval config for the Rag query.
+            "filter": { # Config for filters. # Optional. Config for filters.
+              "metadataFilter": "A String", # Optional. String for metadata filtering.
+              "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector distance smaller than the threshold.
+              "vectorSimilarityThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector similarity larger than the threshold.
+            },
+            "topK": 42, # Optional. The number of contexts to retrieve.
+          },
+          "similarityTopK": 42, # Optional. Number of top k results to return from the selected corpora.
+          "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only return results with vector distance smaller than the threshold.
+        },
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+  "ttl": "A String", # Input only. The TTL for this resource. The expiration time is computed: now + TTL.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. When the cache entry was last updated in UTC time.
+  "usageMetadata": { # Metadata on the usage of the cached content. # Output only. Metadata on the usage of the cached content.
+    "audioDurationSeconds": 42, # Duration of audio in seconds.
+    "imageCount": 42, # Number of images.
+    "textCount": 42, # Number of text characters.
+    "totalTokenCount": 42, # Total number of tokens that the cached content consumes.
+    "videoDurationSeconds": 42, # Duration of video in seconds.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ delete(name, x__xgafv=None) + 
Deletes cached content
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The resource name referring to the cached content (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }
+}
+
+ +
+ get(name, x__xgafv=None) + 
Gets cached content configurations
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The resource name referring to the cached content (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A resource used in LLM queries for users to explicitly specify what to cache and how to cache.
+  "contents": [ # Optional. Input only. Immutable. The content to cache
+    { # The base structured datatype containing multi-part content of a message. A `Content` includes a `role` field designating the producer of the `Content` and a `parts` field containing multi-part data that contains the content of the message turn.
+      "parts": [ # Required. Ordered `Parts` that constitute a single message. Parts may have different IANA MIME types.
+        { # A datatype containing media that is part of a multi-part `Content` message. A `Part` consists of data which has an associated datatype. A `Part` can only contain one of the accepted types in `Part.data`. A `Part` must have a fixed IANA MIME type identifying the type and subtype of the media if `inline_data` or `file_data` field is filled with raw bytes.
+          "fileData": { # URI based data. # Optional. URI based data.
+            "fileUri": "A String", # Required. URI.
+            "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data.
+          },
+          "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values.
+            "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details.
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+            },
+            "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches [FunctionDeclaration.name].
+          },
+          "functionResponse": { # The result output from a [FunctionCall] that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing any output from the function is used as context to the model. This should contain the result of a [FunctionCall] made based on model prediction. # Optional. The result output of a [FunctionCall] that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing any output from the function call. It is used as context to the model.
+            "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches [FunctionDeclaration.name] and [FunctionCall.name].
+            "response": { # Required. The function response in JSON object format. Use "output" key to specify function output and "error" key to specify error details (if any). If "output" and "error" keys are not specified, then whole "response" is treated as function output.
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+            },
+          },
+          "inlineData": { # Content blob. It's preferred to send as text directly rather than raw bytes. # Optional. Inlined bytes data.
+            "data": "A String", # Required. Raw bytes.
+            "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data.
+          },
+          "text": "A String", # Optional. Text part (can be code).
+          "videoMetadata": { # Metadata describes the input video content. # Optional. Video metadata. The metadata should only be specified while the video data is presented in inline_data or file_data.
+            "endOffset": "A String", # Optional. The end offset of the video.
+            "startOffset": "A String", # Optional. The start offset of the video.
+          },
+        },
+      ],
+      "role": "A String", # Optional. The producer of the content. Must be either 'user' or 'model'. Useful to set for multi-turn conversations, otherwise can be left blank or unset.
+    },
+  ],
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Creatation time of the cache entry.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. The user-generated meaningful display name of the cached content.
+  "expireTime": "A String", # Timestamp of when this resource is considered expired. This is *always* provided on output, regardless of what was sent on input.
+  "model": "A String", # Immutable. The name of the publisher model to use for cached content. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/{publisher}/models/{model}
+  "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. The server-generated resource name of the cached content Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cachedContents/{cached_content}
+  "systemInstruction": { # The base structured datatype containing multi-part content of a message. A `Content` includes a `role` field designating the producer of the `Content` and a `parts` field containing multi-part data that contains the content of the message turn. # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Developer set system instruction. Currently, text only
+    "parts": [ # Required. Ordered `Parts` that constitute a single message. Parts may have different IANA MIME types.
+      { # A datatype containing media that is part of a multi-part `Content` message. A `Part` consists of data which has an associated datatype. A `Part` can only contain one of the accepted types in `Part.data`. A `Part` must have a fixed IANA MIME type identifying the type and subtype of the media if `inline_data` or `file_data` field is filled with raw bytes.
+        "fileData": { # URI based data. # Optional. URI based data.
+          "fileUri": "A String", # Required. URI.
+          "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data.
+        },
+        "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values.
+          "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details.
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+          },
+          "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches [FunctionDeclaration.name].
+        },
+        "functionResponse": { # The result output from a [FunctionCall] that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing any output from the function is used as context to the model. This should contain the result of a [FunctionCall] made based on model prediction. # Optional. The result output of a [FunctionCall] that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing any output from the function call. It is used as context to the model.
+          "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches [FunctionDeclaration.name] and [FunctionCall.name].
+          "response": { # Required. The function response in JSON object format. Use "output" key to specify function output and "error" key to specify error details (if any). If "output" and "error" keys are not specified, then whole "response" is treated as function output.
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+          },
+        },
+        "inlineData": { # Content blob. It's preferred to send as text directly rather than raw bytes. # Optional. Inlined bytes data.
+          "data": "A String", # Required. Raw bytes.
+          "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data.
+        },
+        "text": "A String", # Optional. Text part (can be code).
+        "videoMetadata": { # Metadata describes the input video content. # Optional. Video metadata. The metadata should only be specified while the video data is presented in inline_data or file_data.
+          "endOffset": "A String", # Optional. The end offset of the video.
+          "startOffset": "A String", # Optional. The start offset of the video.
+        },
+      },
+    ],
+    "role": "A String", # Optional. The producer of the content. Must be either 'user' or 'model'. Useful to set for multi-turn conversations, otherwise can be left blank or unset.
+  },
+  "toolConfig": { # Tool config. This config is shared for all tools provided in the request. # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tool config. This config is shared for all tools
+    "functionCallingConfig": { # Function calling config. # Optional. Function calling config.
+      "allowedFunctionNames": [ # Optional. Function names to call. Only set when the Mode is ANY. Function names should match [FunctionDeclaration.name]. With mode set to ANY, model will predict a function call from the set of function names provided.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "mode": "A String", # Optional. Function calling mode.
+    },
+  },
+  "tools": [ # Optional. Input only. Immutable. A list of `Tools` the model may use to generate the next response
+    { # Tool details that the model may use to generate response. A `Tool` is a piece of code that enables the system to interact with external systems to perform an action, or set of actions, outside of knowledge and scope of the model. A Tool object should contain exactly one type of Tool (e.g FunctionDeclaration, Retrieval or GoogleSearchRetrieval).
+      "functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 128 function declarations can be provided.
+        { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client.
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function.
+          "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots and dashes, with a maximum length of 64.
+          "parameters": { # Schema is used to define the format of input/output data. Represents a select subset of an [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). More fields may be added in the future as needed. # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1
+            "anyOf": [ # Optional. The value should be validated against any (one or more) of the subschemas in the list.
+              # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Schema
+            ],
+            "default": "", # Optional. Default value of the data.
+            "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the data.
+            "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the element of primitive type with enum format. Examples: 1. We can define direction as : {type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]} 2. We can define apartment number as : {type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "example": "", # Optional. Example of the object. Will only populated when the object is the root.
+            "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. Supported formats: for NUMBER type: "float", "double" for INTEGER type: "int32", "int64" for STRING type: "email", "byte", etc
+            "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Schema # Optional. SCHEMA FIELDS FOR TYPE ARRAY Schema of the elements of Type.ARRAY.
+            "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. Maximum number of the elements for Type.ARRAY.
+            "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. Maximum length of the Type.STRING
+            "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. Maximum number of the properties for Type.OBJECT.
+            "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. Maximum value of the Type.INTEGER and Type.NUMBER
+            "minItems": "A String", # Optional. Minimum number of the elements for Type.ARRAY.
+            "minLength": "A String", # Optional. SCHEMA FIELDS FOR TYPE STRING Minimum length of the Type.STRING
+            "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. Minimum number of the properties for Type.OBJECT.
+            "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. SCHEMA FIELDS FOR TYPE INTEGER and NUMBER Minimum value of the Type.INTEGER and Type.NUMBER
+            "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value may be null.
+            "pattern": "A String", # Optional. Pattern of the Type.STRING to restrict a string to a regular expression.
+            "properties": { # Optional. SCHEMA FIELDS FOR TYPE OBJECT Properties of Type.OBJECT.
+              "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Schema
+            },
+            "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. The order of the properties. Not a standard field in open api spec. Only used to support the order of the properties.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "required": [ # Optional. Required properties of Type.OBJECT.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "title": "A String", # Optional. The title of the Schema.
+            "type": "A String", # Optional. The type of the data.
+          },
+          "response": { # Schema is used to define the format of input/output data. Represents a select subset of an [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). More fields may be added in the future as needed. # Optional. Describes the output from this function in JSON Schema format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Response Object. The Schema defines the type used for the response value of the function.
+            "anyOf": [ # Optional. The value should be validated against any (one or more) of the subschemas in the list.
+              # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Schema
+            ],
+            "default": "", # Optional. Default value of the data.
+            "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the data.
+            "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the element of primitive type with enum format. Examples: 1. We can define direction as : {type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]} 2. We can define apartment number as : {type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "example": "", # Optional. Example of the object. Will only populated when the object is the root.
+            "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. Supported formats: for NUMBER type: "float", "double" for INTEGER type: "int32", "int64" for STRING type: "email", "byte", etc
+            "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Schema # Optional. SCHEMA FIELDS FOR TYPE ARRAY Schema of the elements of Type.ARRAY.
+            "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. Maximum number of the elements for Type.ARRAY.
+            "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. Maximum length of the Type.STRING
+            "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. Maximum number of the properties for Type.OBJECT.
+            "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. Maximum value of the Type.INTEGER and Type.NUMBER
+            "minItems": "A String", # Optional. Minimum number of the elements for Type.ARRAY.
+            "minLength": "A String", # Optional. SCHEMA FIELDS FOR TYPE STRING Minimum length of the Type.STRING
+            "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. Minimum number of the properties for Type.OBJECT.
+            "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. SCHEMA FIELDS FOR TYPE INTEGER and NUMBER Minimum value of the Type.INTEGER and Type.NUMBER
+            "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value may be null.
+            "pattern": "A String", # Optional. Pattern of the Type.STRING to restrict a string to a regular expression.
+            "properties": { # Optional. SCHEMA FIELDS FOR TYPE OBJECT Properties of Type.OBJECT.
+              "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Schema
+            },
+            "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. The order of the properties. Not a standard field in open api spec. Only used to support the order of the properties.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "required": [ # Optional. Required properties of Type.OBJECT.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "title": "A String", # Optional. The title of the Schema.
+            "type": "A String", # Optional. The type of the data.
+          },
+        },
+      ],
+      "googleSearchRetrieval": { # Tool to retrieve public web data for grounding, powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleSearchRetrieval tool type. Specialized retrieval tool that is powered by Google search.
+        "dynamicRetrievalConfig": { # Describes the options to customize dynamic retrieval. # Specifies the dynamic retrieval configuration for the given source.
+          "dynamicThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. The threshold to be used in dynamic retrieval. If not set, a system default value is used.
+          "mode": "A String", # The mode of the predictor to be used in dynamic retrieval.
+        },
+      },
+      "retrieval": { # Defines a retrieval tool that model can call to access external knowledge. # Optional. Retrieval tool type. System will always execute the provided retrieval tool(s) to get external knowledge to answer the prompt. Retrieval results are presented to the model for generation.
+        "disableAttribution": True or False, # Optional. Deprecated. This option is no longer supported.
+        "vertexAiSearch": { # Retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore for grounding. See https://cloud.google.com/products/agent-builder # Set to use data source powered by Vertex AI Search.
+          "datastore": "A String", # Required. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}`
+        },
+        "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService.
+          "ragResources": [ # Optional. The representation of the rag source. It can be used to specify corpus only or ragfiles. Currently only support one corpus or multiple files from one corpus. In the future we may open up multiple corpora support.
+            { # The definition of the Rag resource.
+              "ragCorpus": "A String", # Optional. RagCorpora resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/ragCorpora/{rag_corpus}`
+              "ragFileIds": [ # Optional. rag_file_id. The files should be in the same rag_corpus set in rag_corpus field.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+            },
+          ],
+          "ragRetrievalConfig": { # Specifies the context retrieval config. # Optional. The retrieval config for the Rag query.
+            "filter": { # Config for filters. # Optional. Config for filters.
+              "metadataFilter": "A String", # Optional. String for metadata filtering.
+              "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector distance smaller than the threshold.
+              "vectorSimilarityThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector similarity larger than the threshold.
+            },
+            "topK": 42, # Optional. The number of contexts to retrieve.
+          },
+          "similarityTopK": 42, # Optional. Number of top k results to return from the selected corpora.
+          "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only return results with vector distance smaller than the threshold.
+        },
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+  "ttl": "A String", # Input only. The TTL for this resource. The expiration time is computed: now + TTL.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. When the cache entry was last updated in UTC time.
+  "usageMetadata": { # Metadata on the usage of the cached content. # Output only. Metadata on the usage of the cached content.
+    "audioDurationSeconds": 42, # Duration of audio in seconds.
+    "imageCount": 42, # Number of images.
+    "textCount": 42, # Number of text characters.
+    "totalTokenCount": 42, # Total number of tokens that the cached content consumes.
+    "videoDurationSeconds": 42, # Duration of video in seconds.
+  },
+}
+
+ +
+ list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None) + 
Lists cached contents in a project
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent, which owns this collection of cached contents. (required)
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of cached contents to return. The service may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, some default (under maximum) number of items will be returned. The maximum value is 1000; values above 1000 will be coerced to 1000.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListCachedContents` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListCachedContents` must match the call that provided the page token.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response with a list of CachedContents.
+  "cachedContents": [ # List of cached contents.
+    { # A resource used in LLM queries for users to explicitly specify what to cache and how to cache.
+      "contents": [ # Optional. Input only. Immutable. The content to cache
+        { # The base structured datatype containing multi-part content of a message. A `Content` includes a `role` field designating the producer of the `Content` and a `parts` field containing multi-part data that contains the content of the message turn.
+          "parts": [ # Required. Ordered `Parts` that constitute a single message. Parts may have different IANA MIME types.
+            { # A datatype containing media that is part of a multi-part `Content` message. A `Part` consists of data which has an associated datatype. A `Part` can only contain one of the accepted types in `Part.data`. A `Part` must have a fixed IANA MIME type identifying the type and subtype of the media if `inline_data` or `file_data` field is filled with raw bytes.
+              "fileData": { # URI based data. # Optional. URI based data.
+                "fileUri": "A String", # Required. URI.
+                "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data.
+              },
+              "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values.
+                "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details.
+                  "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                },
+                "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches [FunctionDeclaration.name].
+              },
+              "functionResponse": { # The result output from a [FunctionCall] that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing any output from the function is used as context to the model. This should contain the result of a [FunctionCall] made based on model prediction. # Optional. The result output of a [FunctionCall] that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing any output from the function call. It is used as context to the model.
+                "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches [FunctionDeclaration.name] and [FunctionCall.name].
+                "response": { # Required. The function response in JSON object format. Use "output" key to specify function output and "error" key to specify error details (if any). If "output" and "error" keys are not specified, then whole "response" is treated as function output.
+                  "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                },
+              },
+              "inlineData": { # Content blob. It's preferred to send as text directly rather than raw bytes. # Optional. Inlined bytes data.
+                "data": "A String", # Required. Raw bytes.
+                "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data.
+              },
+              "text": "A String", # Optional. Text part (can be code).
+              "videoMetadata": { # Metadata describes the input video content. # Optional. Video metadata. The metadata should only be specified while the video data is presented in inline_data or file_data.
+                "endOffset": "A String", # Optional. The end offset of the video.
+                "startOffset": "A String", # Optional. The start offset of the video.
+              },
+            },
+          ],
+          "role": "A String", # Optional. The producer of the content. Must be either 'user' or 'model'. Useful to set for multi-turn conversations, otherwise can be left blank or unset.
+        },
+      ],
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Creatation time of the cache entry.
+      "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. The user-generated meaningful display name of the cached content.
+      "expireTime": "A String", # Timestamp of when this resource is considered expired. This is *always* provided on output, regardless of what was sent on input.
+      "model": "A String", # Immutable. The name of the publisher model to use for cached content. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/{publisher}/models/{model}
+      "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. The server-generated resource name of the cached content Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cachedContents/{cached_content}
+      "systemInstruction": { # The base structured datatype containing multi-part content of a message. A `Content` includes a `role` field designating the producer of the `Content` and a `parts` field containing multi-part data that contains the content of the message turn. # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Developer set system instruction. Currently, text only
+        "parts": [ # Required. Ordered `Parts` that constitute a single message. Parts may have different IANA MIME types.
+          { # A datatype containing media that is part of a multi-part `Content` message. A `Part` consists of data which has an associated datatype. A `Part` can only contain one of the accepted types in `Part.data`. A `Part` must have a fixed IANA MIME type identifying the type and subtype of the media if `inline_data` or `file_data` field is filled with raw bytes.
+            "fileData": { # URI based data. # Optional. URI based data.
+              "fileUri": "A String", # Required. URI.
+              "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data.
+            },
+            "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values.
+              "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details.
+                "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+              },
+              "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches [FunctionDeclaration.name].
+            },
+            "functionResponse": { # The result output from a [FunctionCall] that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing any output from the function is used as context to the model. This should contain the result of a [FunctionCall] made based on model prediction. # Optional. The result output of a [FunctionCall] that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing any output from the function call. It is used as context to the model.
+              "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches [FunctionDeclaration.name] and [FunctionCall.name].
+              "response": { # Required. The function response in JSON object format. Use "output" key to specify function output and "error" key to specify error details (if any). If "output" and "error" keys are not specified, then whole "response" is treated as function output.
+                "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+              },
+            },
+            "inlineData": { # Content blob. It's preferred to send as text directly rather than raw bytes. # Optional. Inlined bytes data.
+              "data": "A String", # Required. Raw bytes.
+              "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data.
+            },
+            "text": "A String", # Optional. Text part (can be code).
+            "videoMetadata": { # Metadata describes the input video content. # Optional. Video metadata. The metadata should only be specified while the video data is presented in inline_data or file_data.
+              "endOffset": "A String", # Optional. The end offset of the video.
+              "startOffset": "A String", # Optional. The start offset of the video.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        "role": "A String", # Optional. The producer of the content. Must be either 'user' or 'model'. Useful to set for multi-turn conversations, otherwise can be left blank or unset.
+      },
+      "toolConfig": { # Tool config. This config is shared for all tools provided in the request. # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tool config. This config is shared for all tools
+        "functionCallingConfig": { # Function calling config. # Optional. Function calling config.
+          "allowedFunctionNames": [ # Optional. Function names to call. Only set when the Mode is ANY. Function names should match [FunctionDeclaration.name]. With mode set to ANY, model will predict a function call from the set of function names provided.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "mode": "A String", # Optional. Function calling mode.
+        },
+      },
+      "tools": [ # Optional. Input only. Immutable. A list of `Tools` the model may use to generate the next response
+        { # Tool details that the model may use to generate response. A `Tool` is a piece of code that enables the system to interact with external systems to perform an action, or set of actions, outside of knowledge and scope of the model. A Tool object should contain exactly one type of Tool (e.g FunctionDeclaration, Retrieval or GoogleSearchRetrieval).
+          "functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 128 function declarations can be provided.
+            { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client.
+              "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function.
+              "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots and dashes, with a maximum length of 64.
+              "parameters": { # Schema is used to define the format of input/output data. Represents a select subset of an [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). More fields may be added in the future as needed. # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1
+                "anyOf": [ # Optional. The value should be validated against any (one or more) of the subschemas in the list.
+                  # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Schema
+                ],
+                "default": "", # Optional. Default value of the data.
+                "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the data.
+                "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the element of primitive type with enum format. Examples: 1. We can define direction as : {type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]} 2. We can define apartment number as : {type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+                "example": "", # Optional. Example of the object. Will only populated when the object is the root.
+                "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. Supported formats: for NUMBER type: "float", "double" for INTEGER type: "int32", "int64" for STRING type: "email", "byte", etc
+                "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Schema # Optional. SCHEMA FIELDS FOR TYPE ARRAY Schema of the elements of Type.ARRAY.
+                "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. Maximum number of the elements for Type.ARRAY.
+                "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. Maximum length of the Type.STRING
+                "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. Maximum number of the properties for Type.OBJECT.
+                "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. Maximum value of the Type.INTEGER and Type.NUMBER
+                "minItems": "A String", # Optional. Minimum number of the elements for Type.ARRAY.
+                "minLength": "A String", # Optional. SCHEMA FIELDS FOR TYPE STRING Minimum length of the Type.STRING
+                "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. Minimum number of the properties for Type.OBJECT.
+                "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. SCHEMA FIELDS FOR TYPE INTEGER and NUMBER Minimum value of the Type.INTEGER and Type.NUMBER
+                "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value may be null.
+                "pattern": "A String", # Optional. Pattern of the Type.STRING to restrict a string to a regular expression.
+                "properties": { # Optional. SCHEMA FIELDS FOR TYPE OBJECT Properties of Type.OBJECT.
+                  "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Schema
+                },
+                "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. The order of the properties. Not a standard field in open api spec. Only used to support the order of the properties.
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+                "required": [ # Optional. Required properties of Type.OBJECT.
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+                "title": "A String", # Optional. The title of the Schema.
+                "type": "A String", # Optional. The type of the data.
+              },
+              "response": { # Schema is used to define the format of input/output data. Represents a select subset of an [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). More fields may be added in the future as needed. # Optional. Describes the output from this function in JSON Schema format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Response Object. The Schema defines the type used for the response value of the function.
+                "anyOf": [ # Optional. The value should be validated against any (one or more) of the subschemas in the list.
+                  # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Schema
+                ],
+                "default": "", # Optional. Default value of the data.
+                "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the data.
+                "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the element of primitive type with enum format. Examples: 1. We can define direction as : {type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]} 2. We can define apartment number as : {type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+                "example": "", # Optional. Example of the object. Will only populated when the object is the root.
+                "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. Supported formats: for NUMBER type: "float", "double" for INTEGER type: "int32", "int64" for STRING type: "email", "byte", etc
+                "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Schema # Optional. SCHEMA FIELDS FOR TYPE ARRAY Schema of the elements of Type.ARRAY.
+                "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. Maximum number of the elements for Type.ARRAY.
+                "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. Maximum length of the Type.STRING
+                "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. Maximum number of the properties for Type.OBJECT.
+                "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. Maximum value of the Type.INTEGER and Type.NUMBER
+                "minItems": "A String", # Optional. Minimum number of the elements for Type.ARRAY.
+                "minLength": "A String", # Optional. SCHEMA FIELDS FOR TYPE STRING Minimum length of the Type.STRING
+                "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. Minimum number of the properties for Type.OBJECT.
+                "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. SCHEMA FIELDS FOR TYPE INTEGER and NUMBER Minimum value of the Type.INTEGER and Type.NUMBER
+                "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value may be null.
+                "pattern": "A String", # Optional. Pattern of the Type.STRING to restrict a string to a regular expression.
+                "properties": { # Optional. SCHEMA FIELDS FOR TYPE OBJECT Properties of Type.OBJECT.
+                  "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Schema
+                },
+                "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. The order of the properties. Not a standard field in open api spec. Only used to support the order of the properties.
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+                "required": [ # Optional. Required properties of Type.OBJECT.
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+                "title": "A String", # Optional. The title of the Schema.
+                "type": "A String", # Optional. The type of the data.
+              },
+            },
+          ],
+          "googleSearchRetrieval": { # Tool to retrieve public web data for grounding, powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleSearchRetrieval tool type. Specialized retrieval tool that is powered by Google search.
+            "dynamicRetrievalConfig": { # Describes the options to customize dynamic retrieval. # Specifies the dynamic retrieval configuration for the given source.
+              "dynamicThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. The threshold to be used in dynamic retrieval. If not set, a system default value is used.
+              "mode": "A String", # The mode of the predictor to be used in dynamic retrieval.
+            },
+          },
+          "retrieval": { # Defines a retrieval tool that model can call to access external knowledge. # Optional. Retrieval tool type. System will always execute the provided retrieval tool(s) to get external knowledge to answer the prompt. Retrieval results are presented to the model for generation.
+            "disableAttribution": True or False, # Optional. Deprecated. This option is no longer supported.
+            "vertexAiSearch": { # Retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore for grounding. See https://cloud.google.com/products/agent-builder # Set to use data source powered by Vertex AI Search.
+              "datastore": "A String", # Required. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}`
+            },
+            "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService.
+              "ragResources": [ # Optional. The representation of the rag source. It can be used to specify corpus only or ragfiles. Currently only support one corpus or multiple files from one corpus. In the future we may open up multiple corpora support.
+                { # The definition of the Rag resource.
+                  "ragCorpus": "A String", # Optional. RagCorpora resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/ragCorpora/{rag_corpus}`
+                  "ragFileIds": [ # Optional. rag_file_id. The files should be in the same rag_corpus set in rag_corpus field.
+                    "A String",
+                  ],
+                },
+              ],
+              "ragRetrievalConfig": { # Specifies the context retrieval config. # Optional. The retrieval config for the Rag query.
+                "filter": { # Config for filters. # Optional. Config for filters.
+                  "metadataFilter": "A String", # Optional. String for metadata filtering.
+                  "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector distance smaller than the threshold.
+                  "vectorSimilarityThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector similarity larger than the threshold.
+                },
+                "topK": 42, # Optional. The number of contexts to retrieve.
+              },
+              "similarityTopK": 42, # Optional. Number of top k results to return from the selected corpora.
+              "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only return results with vector distance smaller than the threshold.
+            },
+          },
+        },
+      ],
+      "ttl": "A String", # Input only. The TTL for this resource. The expiration time is computed: now + TTL.
+      "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. When the cache entry was last updated in UTC time.
+      "usageMetadata": { # Metadata on the usage of the cached content. # Output only. Metadata on the usage of the cached content.
+        "audioDurationSeconds": 42, # Duration of audio in seconds.
+        "imageCount": 42, # Number of images.
+        "textCount": 42, # Number of text characters.
+        "totalTokenCount": 42, # Total number of tokens that the cached content consumes.
+        "videoDurationSeconds": 42, # Duration of video in seconds.
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.
+}
+
+ +
+ list_next() + 
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+
+
+ +
+ patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None) + 
Updates cached content configurations
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Immutable. Identifier. The server-generated resource name of the cached content Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cachedContents/{cached_content} (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # A resource used in LLM queries for users to explicitly specify what to cache and how to cache.
+  "contents": [ # Optional. Input only. Immutable. The content to cache
+    { # The base structured datatype containing multi-part content of a message. A `Content` includes a `role` field designating the producer of the `Content` and a `parts` field containing multi-part data that contains the content of the message turn.
+      "parts": [ # Required. Ordered `Parts` that constitute a single message. Parts may have different IANA MIME types.
+        { # A datatype containing media that is part of a multi-part `Content` message. A `Part` consists of data which has an associated datatype. A `Part` can only contain one of the accepted types in `Part.data`. A `Part` must have a fixed IANA MIME type identifying the type and subtype of the media if `inline_data` or `file_data` field is filled with raw bytes.
+          "fileData": { # URI based data. # Optional. URI based data.
+            "fileUri": "A String", # Required. URI.
+            "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data.
+          },
+          "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values.
+            "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details.
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+            },
+            "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches [FunctionDeclaration.name].
+          },
+          "functionResponse": { # The result output from a [FunctionCall] that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing any output from the function is used as context to the model. This should contain the result of a [FunctionCall] made based on model prediction. # Optional. The result output of a [FunctionCall] that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing any output from the function call. It is used as context to the model.
+            "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches [FunctionDeclaration.name] and [FunctionCall.name].
+            "response": { # Required. The function response in JSON object format. Use "output" key to specify function output and "error" key to specify error details (if any). If "output" and "error" keys are not specified, then whole "response" is treated as function output.
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+            },
+          },
+          "inlineData": { # Content blob. It's preferred to send as text directly rather than raw bytes. # Optional. Inlined bytes data.
+            "data": "A String", # Required. Raw bytes.
+            "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data.
+          },
+          "text": "A String", # Optional. Text part (can be code).
+          "videoMetadata": { # Metadata describes the input video content. # Optional. Video metadata. The metadata should only be specified while the video data is presented in inline_data or file_data.
+            "endOffset": "A String", # Optional. The end offset of the video.
+            "startOffset": "A String", # Optional. The start offset of the video.
+          },
+        },
+      ],
+      "role": "A String", # Optional. The producer of the content. Must be either 'user' or 'model'. Useful to set for multi-turn conversations, otherwise can be left blank or unset.
+    },
+  ],
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Creatation time of the cache entry.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. The user-generated meaningful display name of the cached content.
+  "expireTime": "A String", # Timestamp of when this resource is considered expired. This is *always* provided on output, regardless of what was sent on input.
+  "model": "A String", # Immutable. The name of the publisher model to use for cached content. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/{publisher}/models/{model}
+  "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. The server-generated resource name of the cached content Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cachedContents/{cached_content}
+  "systemInstruction": { # The base structured datatype containing multi-part content of a message. A `Content` includes a `role` field designating the producer of the `Content` and a `parts` field containing multi-part data that contains the content of the message turn. # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Developer set system instruction. Currently, text only
+    "parts": [ # Required. Ordered `Parts` that constitute a single message. Parts may have different IANA MIME types.
+      { # A datatype containing media that is part of a multi-part `Content` message. A `Part` consists of data which has an associated datatype. A `Part` can only contain one of the accepted types in `Part.data`. A `Part` must have a fixed IANA MIME type identifying the type and subtype of the media if `inline_data` or `file_data` field is filled with raw bytes.
+        "fileData": { # URI based data. # Optional. URI based data.
+          "fileUri": "A String", # Required. URI.
+          "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data.
+        },
+        "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values.
+          "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details.
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+          },
+          "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches [FunctionDeclaration.name].
+        },
+        "functionResponse": { # The result output from a [FunctionCall] that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing any output from the function is used as context to the model. This should contain the result of a [FunctionCall] made based on model prediction. # Optional. The result output of a [FunctionCall] that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing any output from the function call. It is used as context to the model.
+          "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches [FunctionDeclaration.name] and [FunctionCall.name].
+          "response": { # Required. The function response in JSON object format. Use "output" key to specify function output and "error" key to specify error details (if any). If "output" and "error" keys are not specified, then whole "response" is treated as function output.
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+          },
+        },
+        "inlineData": { # Content blob. It's preferred to send as text directly rather than raw bytes. # Optional. Inlined bytes data.
+          "data": "A String", # Required. Raw bytes.
+          "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data.
+        },
+        "text": "A String", # Optional. Text part (can be code).
+        "videoMetadata": { # Metadata describes the input video content. # Optional. Video metadata. The metadata should only be specified while the video data is presented in inline_data or file_data.
+          "endOffset": "A String", # Optional. The end offset of the video.
+          "startOffset": "A String", # Optional. The start offset of the video.
+        },
+      },
+    ],
+    "role": "A String", # Optional. The producer of the content. Must be either 'user' or 'model'. Useful to set for multi-turn conversations, otherwise can be left blank or unset.
+  },
+  "toolConfig": { # Tool config. This config is shared for all tools provided in the request. # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tool config. This config is shared for all tools
+    "functionCallingConfig": { # Function calling config. # Optional. Function calling config.
+      "allowedFunctionNames": [ # Optional. Function names to call. Only set when the Mode is ANY. Function names should match [FunctionDeclaration.name]. With mode set to ANY, model will predict a function call from the set of function names provided.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "mode": "A String", # Optional. Function calling mode.
+    },
+  },
+  "tools": [ # Optional. Input only. Immutable. A list of `Tools` the model may use to generate the next response
+    { # Tool details that the model may use to generate response. A `Tool` is a piece of code that enables the system to interact with external systems to perform an action, or set of actions, outside of knowledge and scope of the model. A Tool object should contain exactly one type of Tool (e.g FunctionDeclaration, Retrieval or GoogleSearchRetrieval).
+      "functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 128 function declarations can be provided.
+        { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client.
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function.
+          "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots and dashes, with a maximum length of 64.
+          "parameters": { # Schema is used to define the format of input/output data. Represents a select subset of an [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). More fields may be added in the future as needed. # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1
+            "anyOf": [ # Optional. The value should be validated against any (one or more) of the subschemas in the list.
+              # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Schema
+            ],
+            "default": "", # Optional. Default value of the data.
+            "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the data.
+            "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the element of primitive type with enum format. Examples: 1. We can define direction as : {type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]} 2. We can define apartment number as : {type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "example": "", # Optional. Example of the object. Will only populated when the object is the root.
+            "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. Supported formats: for NUMBER type: "float", "double" for INTEGER type: "int32", "int64" for STRING type: "email", "byte", etc
+            "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Schema # Optional. SCHEMA FIELDS FOR TYPE ARRAY Schema of the elements of Type.ARRAY.
+            "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. Maximum number of the elements for Type.ARRAY.
+            "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. Maximum length of the Type.STRING
+            "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. Maximum number of the properties for Type.OBJECT.
+            "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. Maximum value of the Type.INTEGER and Type.NUMBER
+            "minItems": "A String", # Optional. Minimum number of the elements for Type.ARRAY.
+            "minLength": "A String", # Optional. SCHEMA FIELDS FOR TYPE STRING Minimum length of the Type.STRING
+            "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. Minimum number of the properties for Type.OBJECT.
+            "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. SCHEMA FIELDS FOR TYPE INTEGER and NUMBER Minimum value of the Type.INTEGER and Type.NUMBER
+            "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value may be null.
+            "pattern": "A String", # Optional. Pattern of the Type.STRING to restrict a string to a regular expression.
+            "properties": { # Optional. SCHEMA FIELDS FOR TYPE OBJECT Properties of Type.OBJECT.
+              "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Schema
+            },
+            "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. The order of the properties. Not a standard field in open api spec. Only used to support the order of the properties.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "required": [ # Optional. Required properties of Type.OBJECT.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "title": "A String", # Optional. The title of the Schema.
+            "type": "A String", # Optional. The type of the data.
+          },
+          "response": { # Schema is used to define the format of input/output data. Represents a select subset of an [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). More fields may be added in the future as needed. # Optional. Describes the output from this function in JSON Schema format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Response Object. The Schema defines the type used for the response value of the function.
+            "anyOf": [ # Optional. The value should be validated against any (one or more) of the subschemas in the list.
+              # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Schema
+            ],
+            "default": "", # Optional. Default value of the data.
+            "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the data.
+            "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the element of primitive type with enum format. Examples: 1. We can define direction as : {type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]} 2. We can define apartment number as : {type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "example": "", # Optional. Example of the object. Will only populated when the object is the root.
+            "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. Supported formats: for NUMBER type: "float", "double" for INTEGER type: "int32", "int64" for STRING type: "email", "byte", etc
+            "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Schema # Optional. SCHEMA FIELDS FOR TYPE ARRAY Schema of the elements of Type.ARRAY.
+            "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. Maximum number of the elements for Type.ARRAY.
+            "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. Maximum length of the Type.STRING
+            "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. Maximum number of the properties for Type.OBJECT.
+            "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. Maximum value of the Type.INTEGER and Type.NUMBER
+            "minItems": "A String", # Optional. Minimum number of the elements for Type.ARRAY.
+            "minLength": "A String", # Optional. SCHEMA FIELDS FOR TYPE STRING Minimum length of the Type.STRING
+            "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. Minimum number of the properties for Type.OBJECT.
+            "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. SCHEMA FIELDS FOR TYPE INTEGER and NUMBER Minimum value of the Type.INTEGER and Type.NUMBER
+            "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value may be null.
+            "pattern": "A String", # Optional. Pattern of the Type.STRING to restrict a string to a regular expression.
+            "properties": { # Optional. SCHEMA FIELDS FOR TYPE OBJECT Properties of Type.OBJECT.
+              "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Schema
+            },
+            "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. The order of the properties. Not a standard field in open api spec. Only used to support the order of the properties.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "required": [ # Optional. Required properties of Type.OBJECT.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "title": "A String", # Optional. The title of the Schema.
+            "type": "A String", # Optional. The type of the data.
+          },
+        },
+      ],
+      "googleSearchRetrieval": { # Tool to retrieve public web data for grounding, powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleSearchRetrieval tool type. Specialized retrieval tool that is powered by Google search.
+        "dynamicRetrievalConfig": { # Describes the options to customize dynamic retrieval. # Specifies the dynamic retrieval configuration for the given source.
+          "dynamicThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. The threshold to be used in dynamic retrieval. If not set, a system default value is used.
+          "mode": "A String", # The mode of the predictor to be used in dynamic retrieval.
+        },
+      },
+      "retrieval": { # Defines a retrieval tool that model can call to access external knowledge. # Optional. Retrieval tool type. System will always execute the provided retrieval tool(s) to get external knowledge to answer the prompt. Retrieval results are presented to the model for generation.
+        "disableAttribution": True or False, # Optional. Deprecated. This option is no longer supported.
+        "vertexAiSearch": { # Retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore for grounding. See https://cloud.google.com/products/agent-builder # Set to use data source powered by Vertex AI Search.
+          "datastore": "A String", # Required. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}`
+        },
+        "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService.
+          "ragResources": [ # Optional. The representation of the rag source. It can be used to specify corpus only or ragfiles. Currently only support one corpus or multiple files from one corpus. In the future we may open up multiple corpora support.
+            { # The definition of the Rag resource.
+              "ragCorpus": "A String", # Optional. RagCorpora resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/ragCorpora/{rag_corpus}`
+              "ragFileIds": [ # Optional. rag_file_id. The files should be in the same rag_corpus set in rag_corpus field.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+            },
+          ],
+          "ragRetrievalConfig": { # Specifies the context retrieval config. # Optional. The retrieval config for the Rag query.
+            "filter": { # Config for filters. # Optional. Config for filters.
+              "metadataFilter": "A String", # Optional. String for metadata filtering.
+              "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector distance smaller than the threshold.
+              "vectorSimilarityThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector similarity larger than the threshold.
+            },
+            "topK": 42, # Optional. The number of contexts to retrieve.
+          },
+          "similarityTopK": 42, # Optional. Number of top k results to return from the selected corpora.
+          "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only return results with vector distance smaller than the threshold.
+        },
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+  "ttl": "A String", # Input only. The TTL for this resource. The expiration time is computed: now + TTL.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. When the cache entry was last updated in UTC time.
+  "usageMetadata": { # Metadata on the usage of the cached content. # Output only. Metadata on the usage of the cached content.
+    "audioDurationSeconds": 42, # Duration of audio in seconds.
+    "imageCount": 42, # Number of images.
+    "textCount": 42, # Number of text characters.
+    "totalTokenCount": 42, # Total number of tokens that the cached content consumes.
+    "videoDurationSeconds": 42, # Duration of video in seconds.
+  },
+}
+
+  updateMask: string, Required. The list of fields to update.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A resource used in LLM queries for users to explicitly specify what to cache and how to cache.
+  "contents": [ # Optional. Input only. Immutable. The content to cache
+    { # The base structured datatype containing multi-part content of a message. A `Content` includes a `role` field designating the producer of the `Content` and a `parts` field containing multi-part data that contains the content of the message turn.
+      "parts": [ # Required. Ordered `Parts` that constitute a single message. Parts may have different IANA MIME types.
+        { # A datatype containing media that is part of a multi-part `Content` message. A `Part` consists of data which has an associated datatype. A `Part` can only contain one of the accepted types in `Part.data`. A `Part` must have a fixed IANA MIME type identifying the type and subtype of the media if `inline_data` or `file_data` field is filled with raw bytes.
+          "fileData": { # URI based data. # Optional. URI based data.
+            "fileUri": "A String", # Required. URI.
+            "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data.
+          },
+          "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values.
+            "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details.
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+            },
+            "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches [FunctionDeclaration.name].
+          },
+          "functionResponse": { # The result output from a [FunctionCall] that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing any output from the function is used as context to the model. This should contain the result of a [FunctionCall] made based on model prediction. # Optional. The result output of a [FunctionCall] that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing any output from the function call. It is used as context to the model.
+            "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches [FunctionDeclaration.name] and [FunctionCall.name].
+            "response": { # Required. The function response in JSON object format. Use "output" key to specify function output and "error" key to specify error details (if any). If "output" and "error" keys are not specified, then whole "response" is treated as function output.
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+            },
+          },
+          "inlineData": { # Content blob. It's preferred to send as text directly rather than raw bytes. # Optional. Inlined bytes data.
+            "data": "A String", # Required. Raw bytes.
+            "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data.
+          },
+          "text": "A String", # Optional. Text part (can be code).
+          "videoMetadata": { # Metadata describes the input video content. # Optional. Video metadata. The metadata should only be specified while the video data is presented in inline_data or file_data.
+            "endOffset": "A String", # Optional. The end offset of the video.
+            "startOffset": "A String", # Optional. The start offset of the video.
+          },
+        },
+      ],
+      "role": "A String", # Optional. The producer of the content. Must be either 'user' or 'model'. Useful to set for multi-turn conversations, otherwise can be left blank or unset.
+    },
+  ],
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Creatation time of the cache entry.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. The user-generated meaningful display name of the cached content.
+  "expireTime": "A String", # Timestamp of when this resource is considered expired. This is *always* provided on output, regardless of what was sent on input.
+  "model": "A String", # Immutable. The name of the publisher model to use for cached content. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/{publisher}/models/{model}
+  "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. The server-generated resource name of the cached content Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cachedContents/{cached_content}
+  "systemInstruction": { # The base structured datatype containing multi-part content of a message. A `Content` includes a `role` field designating the producer of the `Content` and a `parts` field containing multi-part data that contains the content of the message turn. # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Developer set system instruction. Currently, text only
+    "parts": [ # Required. Ordered `Parts` that constitute a single message. Parts may have different IANA MIME types.
+      { # A datatype containing media that is part of a multi-part `Content` message. A `Part` consists of data which has an associated datatype. A `Part` can only contain one of the accepted types in `Part.data`. A `Part` must have a fixed IANA MIME type identifying the type and subtype of the media if `inline_data` or `file_data` field is filled with raw bytes.
+        "fileData": { # URI based data. # Optional. URI based data.
+          "fileUri": "A String", # Required. URI.
+          "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data.
+        },
+        "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values.
+          "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details.
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+          },
+          "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches [FunctionDeclaration.name].
+        },
+        "functionResponse": { # The result output from a [FunctionCall] that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing any output from the function is used as context to the model. This should contain the result of a [FunctionCall] made based on model prediction. # Optional. The result output of a [FunctionCall] that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing any output from the function call. It is used as context to the model.
+          "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches [FunctionDeclaration.name] and [FunctionCall.name].
+          "response": { # Required. The function response in JSON object format. Use "output" key to specify function output and "error" key to specify error details (if any). If "output" and "error" keys are not specified, then whole "response" is treated as function output.
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+          },
+        },
+        "inlineData": { # Content blob. It's preferred to send as text directly rather than raw bytes. # Optional. Inlined bytes data.
+          "data": "A String", # Required. Raw bytes.
+          "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data.
+        },
+        "text": "A String", # Optional. Text part (can be code).
+        "videoMetadata": { # Metadata describes the input video content. # Optional. Video metadata. The metadata should only be specified while the video data is presented in inline_data or file_data.
+          "endOffset": "A String", # Optional. The end offset of the video.
+          "startOffset": "A String", # Optional. The start offset of the video.
+        },
+      },
+    ],
+    "role": "A String", # Optional. The producer of the content. Must be either 'user' or 'model'. Useful to set for multi-turn conversations, otherwise can be left blank or unset.
+  },
+  "toolConfig": { # Tool config. This config is shared for all tools provided in the request. # Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tool config. This config is shared for all tools
+    "functionCallingConfig": { # Function calling config. # Optional. Function calling config.
+      "allowedFunctionNames": [ # Optional. Function names to call. Only set when the Mode is ANY. Function names should match [FunctionDeclaration.name]. With mode set to ANY, model will predict a function call from the set of function names provided.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "mode": "A String", # Optional. Function calling mode.
+    },
+  },
+  "tools": [ # Optional. Input only. Immutable. A list of `Tools` the model may use to generate the next response
+    { # Tool details that the model may use to generate response. A `Tool` is a piece of code that enables the system to interact with external systems to perform an action, or set of actions, outside of knowledge and scope of the model. A Tool object should contain exactly one type of Tool (e.g FunctionDeclaration, Retrieval or GoogleSearchRetrieval).
+      "functionDeclarations": [ # Optional. Function tool type. One or more function declarations to be passed to the model along with the current user query. Model may decide to call a subset of these functions by populating FunctionCall in the response. User should provide a FunctionResponse for each function call in the next turn. Based on the function responses, Model will generate the final response back to the user. Maximum 128 function declarations can be provided.
+        { # Structured representation of a function declaration as defined by the [OpenAPI 3.0 specification](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3). Included in this declaration are the function name, description, parameters and response type. This FunctionDeclaration is a representation of a block of code that can be used as a `Tool` by the model and executed by the client.
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. Description and purpose of the function. Model uses it to decide how and whether to call the function.
+          "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Must start with a letter or an underscore. Must be a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or contain underscores, dots and dashes, with a maximum length of 64.
+          "parameters": { # Schema is used to define the format of input/output data. Represents a select subset of an [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). More fields may be added in the future as needed. # Optional. Describes the parameters to this function in JSON Schema Object format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Parameter Object. string Key: the name of the parameter. Parameter names are case sensitive. Schema Value: the Schema defining the type used for the parameter. For function with no parameters, this can be left unset. Parameter names must start with a letter or an underscore and must only contain chars a-z, A-Z, 0-9, or underscores with a maximum length of 64. Example with 1 required and 1 optional parameter: type: OBJECT properties: param1: type: STRING param2: type: INTEGER required: - param1
+            "anyOf": [ # Optional. The value should be validated against any (one or more) of the subschemas in the list.
+              # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Schema
+            ],
+            "default": "", # Optional. Default value of the data.
+            "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the data.
+            "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the element of primitive type with enum format. Examples: 1. We can define direction as : {type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]} 2. We can define apartment number as : {type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "example": "", # Optional. Example of the object. Will only populated when the object is the root.
+            "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. Supported formats: for NUMBER type: "float", "double" for INTEGER type: "int32", "int64" for STRING type: "email", "byte", etc
+            "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Schema # Optional. SCHEMA FIELDS FOR TYPE ARRAY Schema of the elements of Type.ARRAY.
+            "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. Maximum number of the elements for Type.ARRAY.
+            "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. Maximum length of the Type.STRING
+            "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. Maximum number of the properties for Type.OBJECT.
+            "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. Maximum value of the Type.INTEGER and Type.NUMBER
+            "minItems": "A String", # Optional. Minimum number of the elements for Type.ARRAY.
+            "minLength": "A String", # Optional. SCHEMA FIELDS FOR TYPE STRING Minimum length of the Type.STRING
+            "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. Minimum number of the properties for Type.OBJECT.
+            "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. SCHEMA FIELDS FOR TYPE INTEGER and NUMBER Minimum value of the Type.INTEGER and Type.NUMBER
+            "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value may be null.
+            "pattern": "A String", # Optional. Pattern of the Type.STRING to restrict a string to a regular expression.
+            "properties": { # Optional. SCHEMA FIELDS FOR TYPE OBJECT Properties of Type.OBJECT.
+              "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Schema
+            },
+            "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. The order of the properties. Not a standard field in open api spec. Only used to support the order of the properties.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "required": [ # Optional. Required properties of Type.OBJECT.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "title": "A String", # Optional. The title of the Schema.
+            "type": "A String", # Optional. The type of the data.
+          },
+          "response": { # Schema is used to define the format of input/output data. Represents a select subset of an [OpenAPI 3.0 schema object](https://spec.openapis.org/oas/v3.0.3#schema-object). More fields may be added in the future as needed. # Optional. Describes the output from this function in JSON Schema format. Reflects the Open API 3.03 Response Object. The Schema defines the type used for the response value of the function.
+            "anyOf": [ # Optional. The value should be validated against any (one or more) of the subschemas in the list.
+              # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Schema
+            ],
+            "default": "", # Optional. Default value of the data.
+            "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the data.
+            "enum": [ # Optional. Possible values of the element of primitive type with enum format. Examples: 1. We can define direction as : {type:STRING, format:enum, enum:["EAST", NORTH", "SOUTH", "WEST"]} 2. We can define apartment number as : {type:INTEGER, format:enum, enum:["101", "201", "301"]}
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "example": "", # Optional. Example of the object. Will only populated when the object is the root.
+            "format": "A String", # Optional. The format of the data. Supported formats: for NUMBER type: "float", "double" for INTEGER type: "int32", "int64" for STRING type: "email", "byte", etc
+            "items": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Schema # Optional. SCHEMA FIELDS FOR TYPE ARRAY Schema of the elements of Type.ARRAY.
+            "maxItems": "A String", # Optional. Maximum number of the elements for Type.ARRAY.
+            "maxLength": "A String", # Optional. Maximum length of the Type.STRING
+            "maxProperties": "A String", # Optional. Maximum number of the properties for Type.OBJECT.
+            "maximum": 3.14, # Optional. Maximum value of the Type.INTEGER and Type.NUMBER
+            "minItems": "A String", # Optional. Minimum number of the elements for Type.ARRAY.
+            "minLength": "A String", # Optional. SCHEMA FIELDS FOR TYPE STRING Minimum length of the Type.STRING
+            "minProperties": "A String", # Optional. Minimum number of the properties for Type.OBJECT.
+            "minimum": 3.14, # Optional. SCHEMA FIELDS FOR TYPE INTEGER and NUMBER Minimum value of the Type.INTEGER and Type.NUMBER
+            "nullable": True or False, # Optional. Indicates if the value may be null.
+            "pattern": "A String", # Optional. Pattern of the Type.STRING to restrict a string to a regular expression.
+            "properties": { # Optional. SCHEMA FIELDS FOR TYPE OBJECT Properties of Type.OBJECT.
+              "a_key": # Object with schema name: GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Schema
+            },
+            "propertyOrdering": [ # Optional. The order of the properties. Not a standard field in open api spec. Only used to support the order of the properties.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "required": [ # Optional. Required properties of Type.OBJECT.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "title": "A String", # Optional. The title of the Schema.
+            "type": "A String", # Optional. The type of the data.
+          },
+        },
+      ],
+      "googleSearchRetrieval": { # Tool to retrieve public web data for grounding, powered by Google. # Optional. GoogleSearchRetrieval tool type. Specialized retrieval tool that is powered by Google search.
+        "dynamicRetrievalConfig": { # Describes the options to customize dynamic retrieval. # Specifies the dynamic retrieval configuration for the given source.
+          "dynamicThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. The threshold to be used in dynamic retrieval. If not set, a system default value is used.
+          "mode": "A String", # The mode of the predictor to be used in dynamic retrieval.
+        },
+      },
+      "retrieval": { # Defines a retrieval tool that model can call to access external knowledge. # Optional. Retrieval tool type. System will always execute the provided retrieval tool(s) to get external knowledge to answer the prompt. Retrieval results are presented to the model for generation.
+        "disableAttribution": True or False, # Optional. Deprecated. This option is no longer supported.
+        "vertexAiSearch": { # Retrieve from Vertex AI Search datastore for grounding. See https://cloud.google.com/products/agent-builder # Set to use data source powered by Vertex AI Search.
+          "datastore": "A String", # Required. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}`
+        },
+        "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService.
+          "ragResources": [ # Optional. The representation of the rag source. It can be used to specify corpus only or ragfiles. Currently only support one corpus or multiple files from one corpus. In the future we may open up multiple corpora support.
+            { # The definition of the Rag resource.
+              "ragCorpus": "A String", # Optional. RagCorpora resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/ragCorpora/{rag_corpus}`
+              "ragFileIds": [ # Optional. rag_file_id. The files should be in the same rag_corpus set in rag_corpus field.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+            },
+          ],
+          "ragRetrievalConfig": { # Specifies the context retrieval config. # Optional. The retrieval config for the Rag query.
+            "filter": { # Config for filters. # Optional. Config for filters.
+              "metadataFilter": "A String", # Optional. String for metadata filtering.
+              "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector distance smaller than the threshold.
+              "vectorSimilarityThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector similarity larger than the threshold.
+            },
+            "topK": 42, # Optional. The number of contexts to retrieve.
+          },
+          "similarityTopK": 42, # Optional. Number of top k results to return from the selected corpora.
+          "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only return results with vector distance smaller than the threshold.
+        },
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+  "ttl": "A String", # Input only. The TTL for this resource. The expiration time is computed: now + TTL.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. When the cache entry was last updated in UTC time.
+  "usageMetadata": { # Metadata on the usage of the cached content. # Output only. Metadata on the usage of the cached content.
+    "audioDurationSeconds": 42, # Duration of audio in seconds.
+    "imageCount": 42, # Number of images.
+    "textCount": 42, # Number of text characters.
+    "totalTokenCount": 42, # Total number of tokens that the cached content consumes.
+    "videoDurationSeconds": 42, # Duration of video in seconds.
+  },
+}
+
+ + \ No newline at end of file diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.customJobs.operations.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.customJobs.operations.html index 9d3a4ab8ed..a00c2affa0 100644 --- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.customJobs.operations.html +++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.customJobs.operations.html @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@

Vertex AI API . cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)

-

Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+

Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

close()

Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@

Instance Methods

Method Details

cancel(name, x__xgafv=None) - 
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.dataLabelingJobs.operations.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.dataLabelingJobs.operations.html
index 178463af7e..4ed33ac286 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.dataLabelingJobs.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.dataLabelingJobs.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Vertex AI API . 
   cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.datasets.annotationSpecs.operations.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.datasets.annotationSpecs.operations.html
index 2420c0be72..8f41adecc4 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.datasets.annotationSpecs.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.datasets.annotationSpecs.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Vertex AI API . 
   cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.datasets.dataItems.annotations.operations.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.datasets.dataItems.annotations.operations.html
index 0c36b16c1a..1af2fb663e 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.datasets.dataItems.annotations.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.datasets.dataItems.annotations.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Vertex AI API . 
   cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.datasets.dataItems.operations.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.datasets.dataItems.operations.html
index 4c54067a6f..6775b267a9 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.datasets.dataItems.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.datasets.dataItems.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Vertex AI API . 
   cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.datasets.operations.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.datasets.operations.html
index df9251ba71..ba9ef16b92 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.datasets.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.datasets.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Vertex AI API . 
   cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.datasets.savedQueries.operations.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.datasets.savedQueries.operations.html
index 0f3ee85c15..e8b49b60df 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.datasets.savedQueries.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.datasets.savedQueries.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Vertex AI API . 
   cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.deploymentResourcePools.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.deploymentResourcePools.html
index 3707b034d6..b783df35aa 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.deploymentResourcePools.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.deploymentResourcePools.html
@@ -146,6 +146,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
       "maxReplicaCount": 42, # Immutable. The maximum number of replicas this DeployedModel may be deployed on when the traffic against it increases. If the requested value is too large, the deployment will error, but if deployment succeeds then the ability to scale the model to that many replicas is guaranteed (barring service outages). If traffic against the DeployedModel increases beyond what its replicas at maximum may handle, a portion of the traffic will be dropped. If this value is not provided, will use min_replica_count as the default value. The value of this field impacts the charge against Vertex CPU and GPU quotas. Specifically, you will be charged for (max_replica_count * number of cores in the selected machine type) and (max_replica_count * number of GPUs per replica in the selected machine type).
       "minReplicaCount": 42, # Required. Immutable. The minimum number of machine replicas this DeployedModel will be always deployed on. This value must be greater than or equal to 1. If traffic against the DeployedModel increases, it may dynamically be deployed onto more replicas, and as traffic decreases, some of these extra replicas may be freed.
+      "requiredReplicaCount": 42, # Optional. Number of required available replicas for the deployment to succeed. This field is only needed when partial model deployment/mutation is desired. If set, the model deploy/mutate operation will succeed once available_replica_count reaches required_replica_count, and the rest of the replicas will be retried. If not set, the default required_replica_count will be min_replica_count.
       "spot": True or False, # Optional. If true, schedule the deployment workload on [spot VMs](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/spot-vms).
     },
     "disableContainerLogging": True or False, # If the DeploymentResourcePool is deployed with custom-trained Models or AutoML Tabular Models, the container(s) of the DeploymentResourcePool will send `stderr` and `stdout` streams to Cloud Logging by default. Please note that the logs incur cost, which are subject to [Cloud Logging pricing](https://cloud.google.com/logging/pricing). User can disable container logging by setting this flag to true.
@@ -262,6 +263,7 @@ 
Method Details

     },
     "maxReplicaCount": 42, # Immutable. The maximum number of replicas this DeployedModel may be deployed on when the traffic against it increases. If the requested value is too large, the deployment will error, but if deployment succeeds then the ability to scale the model to that many replicas is guaranteed (barring service outages). If traffic against the DeployedModel increases beyond what its replicas at maximum may handle, a portion of the traffic will be dropped. If this value is not provided, will use min_replica_count as the default value. The value of this field impacts the charge against Vertex CPU and GPU quotas. Specifically, you will be charged for (max_replica_count * number of cores in the selected machine type) and (max_replica_count * number of GPUs per replica in the selected machine type).
     "minReplicaCount": 42, # Required. Immutable. The minimum number of machine replicas this DeployedModel will be always deployed on. This value must be greater than or equal to 1. If traffic against the DeployedModel increases, it may dynamically be deployed onto more replicas, and as traffic decreases, some of these extra replicas may be freed.
+    "requiredReplicaCount": 42, # Optional. Number of required available replicas for the deployment to succeed. This field is only needed when partial model deployment/mutation is desired. If set, the model deploy/mutate operation will succeed once available_replica_count reaches required_replica_count, and the rest of the replicas will be retried. If not set, the default required_replica_count will be min_replica_count.
     "spot": True or False, # Optional. If true, schedule the deployment workload on [spot VMs](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/spot-vms).
   },
   "disableContainerLogging": True or False, # If the DeploymentResourcePool is deployed with custom-trained Models or AutoML Tabular Models, the container(s) of the DeploymentResourcePool will send `stderr` and `stdout` streams to Cloud Logging by default. Please note that the logs incur cost, which are subject to [Cloud Logging pricing](https://cloud.google.com/logging/pricing). User can disable container logging by setting this flag to true.
@@ -317,6 +319,7 @@ 
Method Details

         },
         "maxReplicaCount": 42, # Immutable. The maximum number of replicas this DeployedModel may be deployed on when the traffic against it increases. If the requested value is too large, the deployment will error, but if deployment succeeds then the ability to scale the model to that many replicas is guaranteed (barring service outages). If traffic against the DeployedModel increases beyond what its replicas at maximum may handle, a portion of the traffic will be dropped. If this value is not provided, will use min_replica_count as the default value. The value of this field impacts the charge against Vertex CPU and GPU quotas. Specifically, you will be charged for (max_replica_count * number of cores in the selected machine type) and (max_replica_count * number of GPUs per replica in the selected machine type).
         "minReplicaCount": 42, # Required. Immutable. The minimum number of machine replicas this DeployedModel will be always deployed on. This value must be greater than or equal to 1. If traffic against the DeployedModel increases, it may dynamically be deployed onto more replicas, and as traffic decreases, some of these extra replicas may be freed.
+        "requiredReplicaCount": 42, # Optional. Number of required available replicas for the deployment to succeed. This field is only needed when partial model deployment/mutation is desired. If set, the model deploy/mutate operation will succeed once available_replica_count reaches required_replica_count, and the rest of the replicas will be retried. If not set, the default required_replica_count will be min_replica_count.
         "spot": True or False, # Optional. If true, schedule the deployment workload on [spot VMs](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/spot-vms).
       },
       "disableContainerLogging": True or False, # If the DeploymentResourcePool is deployed with custom-trained Models or AutoML Tabular Models, the container(s) of the DeploymentResourcePool will send `stderr` and `stdout` streams to Cloud Logging by default. Please note that the logs incur cost, which are subject to [Cloud Logging pricing](https://cloud.google.com/logging/pricing). User can disable container logging by setting this flag to true.
@@ -380,6 +383,7 @@ 
Method Details

     },
     "maxReplicaCount": 42, # Immutable. The maximum number of replicas this DeployedModel may be deployed on when the traffic against it increases. If the requested value is too large, the deployment will error, but if deployment succeeds then the ability to scale the model to that many replicas is guaranteed (barring service outages). If traffic against the DeployedModel increases beyond what its replicas at maximum may handle, a portion of the traffic will be dropped. If this value is not provided, will use min_replica_count as the default value. The value of this field impacts the charge against Vertex CPU and GPU quotas. Specifically, you will be charged for (max_replica_count * number of cores in the selected machine type) and (max_replica_count * number of GPUs per replica in the selected machine type).
     "minReplicaCount": 42, # Required. Immutable. The minimum number of machine replicas this DeployedModel will be always deployed on. This value must be greater than or equal to 1. If traffic against the DeployedModel increases, it may dynamically be deployed onto more replicas, and as traffic decreases, some of these extra replicas may be freed.
+    "requiredReplicaCount": 42, # Optional. Number of required available replicas for the deployment to succeed. This field is only needed when partial model deployment/mutation is desired. If set, the model deploy/mutate operation will succeed once available_replica_count reaches required_replica_count, and the rest of the replicas will be retried. If not set, the default required_replica_count will be min_replica_count.
     "spot": True or False, # Optional. If true, schedule the deployment workload on [spot VMs](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/spot-vms).
   },
   "disableContainerLogging": True or False, # If the DeploymentResourcePool is deployed with custom-trained Models or AutoML Tabular Models, the container(s) of the DeploymentResourcePool will send `stderr` and `stdout` streams to Cloud Logging by default. Please note that the logs incur cost, which are subject to [Cloud Logging pricing](https://cloud.google.com/logging/pricing). User can disable container logging by setting this flag to true.
@@ -474,6 +478,7 @@ 
Method Details

         },
         "maxReplicaCount": 42, # Immutable. The maximum number of replicas this DeployedModel may be deployed on when the traffic against it increases. If the requested value is too large, the deployment will error, but if deployment succeeds then the ability to scale the model to that many replicas is guaranteed (barring service outages). If traffic against the DeployedModel increases beyond what its replicas at maximum may handle, a portion of the traffic will be dropped. If this value is not provided, will use min_replica_count as the default value. The value of this field impacts the charge against Vertex CPU and GPU quotas. Specifically, you will be charged for (max_replica_count * number of cores in the selected machine type) and (max_replica_count * number of GPUs per replica in the selected machine type).
         "minReplicaCount": 42, # Required. Immutable. The minimum number of machine replicas this DeployedModel will be always deployed on. This value must be greater than or equal to 1. If traffic against the DeployedModel increases, it may dynamically be deployed onto more replicas, and as traffic decreases, some of these extra replicas may be freed.
+        "requiredReplicaCount": 42, # Optional. Number of required available replicas for the deployment to succeed. This field is only needed when partial model deployment/mutation is desired. If set, the model deploy/mutate operation will succeed once available_replica_count reaches required_replica_count, and the rest of the replicas will be retried. If not set, the default required_replica_count will be min_replica_count.
         "spot": True or False, # Optional. If true, schedule the deployment workload on [spot VMs](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/spot-vms).
       },
       "disableContainerLogging": True or False, # For custom-trained Models and AutoML Tabular Models, the container of the DeployedModel instances will send `stderr` and `stdout` streams to Cloud Logging by default. Please note that the logs incur cost, which are subject to [Cloud Logging pricing](https://cloud.google.com/logging/pricing). User can disable container logging by setting this flag to true.
@@ -602,6 +607,11 @@ 
Method Details

       },
       "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account that the DeployedModel's container runs as. Specify the email address of the service account. If this service account is not specified, the container runs as a service account that doesn't have access to the resource project. Users deploying the Model must have the `iam.serviceAccounts.actAs` permission on this service account.
       "sharedResources": "A String", # The resource name of the shared DeploymentResourcePool to deploy on. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/deploymentResourcePools/{deployment_resource_pool}`
+      "status": { # Runtime status of the deployed model. # Output only. Runtime status of the deployed model.
+        "availableReplicaCount": 42, # Output only. The number of available replicas of the deployed model.
+        "lastUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the status was last updated.
+        "message": "A String", # Output only. The latest deployed model's status message (if any).
+      },
       "systemLabels": { # System labels to apply to Model Garden deployments. System labels are managed by Google for internal use only.
         "a_key": "A String",
       },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.deploymentResourcePools.operations.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.deploymentResourcePools.operations.html
index 205a337e4e..b59fe274bf 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.deploymentResourcePools.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.deploymentResourcePools.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Vertex AI API . 
   cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.endpoints.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.endpoints.html
index 807834446d..3a33595cdb 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.endpoints.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.endpoints.html
@@ -462,9 +462,6 @@ 
Method Details

           "datastore": "A String", # Required. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}`
         },
         "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService.
-          "ragCorpora": [ # Optional. Deprecated. Please use rag_resources instead.
-            "A String",
-          ],
           "ragResources": [ # Optional. The representation of the rag source. It can be used to specify corpus only or ragfiles. Currently only support one corpus or multiple files from one corpus. In the future we may open up multiple corpora support.
             { # The definition of the Rag resource.
               "ragCorpus": "A String", # Optional. RagCorpora resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/ragCorpora/{rag_corpus}`
@@ -473,6 +470,14 @@ 
Method Details

               ],
             },
           ],
+          "ragRetrievalConfig": { # Specifies the context retrieval config. # Optional. The retrieval config for the Rag query.
+            "filter": { # Config for filters. # Optional. Config for filters.
+              "metadataFilter": "A String", # Optional. String for metadata filtering.
+              "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector distance smaller than the threshold.
+              "vectorSimilarityThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector similarity larger than the threshold.
+            },
+            "topK": 42, # Optional. The number of contexts to retrieve.
+          },
           "similarityTopK": 42, # Optional. Number of top k results to return from the selected corpora.
           "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only return results with vector distance smaller than the threshold.
         },
@@ -540,6 +545,7 @@ 
Method Details

         },
         "maxReplicaCount": 42, # Immutable. The maximum number of replicas this DeployedModel may be deployed on when the traffic against it increases. If the requested value is too large, the deployment will error, but if deployment succeeds then the ability to scale the model to that many replicas is guaranteed (barring service outages). If traffic against the DeployedModel increases beyond what its replicas at maximum may handle, a portion of the traffic will be dropped. If this value is not provided, will use min_replica_count as the default value. The value of this field impacts the charge against Vertex CPU and GPU quotas. Specifically, you will be charged for (max_replica_count * number of cores in the selected machine type) and (max_replica_count * number of GPUs per replica in the selected machine type).
         "minReplicaCount": 42, # Required. Immutable. The minimum number of machine replicas this DeployedModel will be always deployed on. This value must be greater than or equal to 1. If traffic against the DeployedModel increases, it may dynamically be deployed onto more replicas, and as traffic decreases, some of these extra replicas may be freed.
+        "requiredReplicaCount": 42, # Optional. Number of required available replicas for the deployment to succeed. This field is only needed when partial model deployment/mutation is desired. If set, the model deploy/mutate operation will succeed once available_replica_count reaches required_replica_count, and the rest of the replicas will be retried. If not set, the default required_replica_count will be min_replica_count.
         "spot": True or False, # Optional. If true, schedule the deployment workload on [spot VMs](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/spot-vms).
       },
       "disableContainerLogging": True or False, # For custom-trained Models and AutoML Tabular Models, the container of the DeployedModel instances will send `stderr` and `stdout` streams to Cloud Logging by default. Please note that the logs incur cost, which are subject to [Cloud Logging pricing](https://cloud.google.com/logging/pricing). User can disable container logging by setting this flag to true.
@@ -668,6 +674,11 @@ 
Method Details

       },
       "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account that the DeployedModel's container runs as. Specify the email address of the service account. If this service account is not specified, the container runs as a service account that doesn't have access to the resource project. Users deploying the Model must have the `iam.serviceAccounts.actAs` permission on this service account.
       "sharedResources": "A String", # The resource name of the shared DeploymentResourcePool to deploy on. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/deploymentResourcePools/{deployment_resource_pool}`
+      "status": { # Runtime status of the deployed model. # Output only. Runtime status of the deployed model.
+        "availableReplicaCount": 42, # Output only. The number of available replicas of the deployed model.
+        "lastUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the status was last updated.
+        "message": "A String", # Output only. The latest deployed model's status message (if any).
+      },
       "systemLabels": { # System labels to apply to Model Garden deployments. System labels are managed by Google for internal use only.
         "a_key": "A String",
       },
@@ -811,6 +822,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
       "maxReplicaCount": 42, # Immutable. The maximum number of replicas this DeployedModel may be deployed on when the traffic against it increases. If the requested value is too large, the deployment will error, but if deployment succeeds then the ability to scale the model to that many replicas is guaranteed (barring service outages). If traffic against the DeployedModel increases beyond what its replicas at maximum may handle, a portion of the traffic will be dropped. If this value is not provided, will use min_replica_count as the default value. The value of this field impacts the charge against Vertex CPU and GPU quotas. Specifically, you will be charged for (max_replica_count * number of cores in the selected machine type) and (max_replica_count * number of GPUs per replica in the selected machine type).
       "minReplicaCount": 42, # Required. Immutable. The minimum number of machine replicas this DeployedModel will be always deployed on. This value must be greater than or equal to 1. If traffic against the DeployedModel increases, it may dynamically be deployed onto more replicas, and as traffic decreases, some of these extra replicas may be freed.
+      "requiredReplicaCount": 42, # Optional. Number of required available replicas for the deployment to succeed. This field is only needed when partial model deployment/mutation is desired. If set, the model deploy/mutate operation will succeed once available_replica_count reaches required_replica_count, and the rest of the replicas will be retried. If not set, the default required_replica_count will be min_replica_count.
       "spot": True or False, # Optional. If true, schedule the deployment workload on [spot VMs](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/spot-vms).
     },
     "disableContainerLogging": True or False, # For custom-trained Models and AutoML Tabular Models, the container of the DeployedModel instances will send `stderr` and `stdout` streams to Cloud Logging by default. Please note that the logs incur cost, which are subject to [Cloud Logging pricing](https://cloud.google.com/logging/pricing). User can disable container logging by setting this flag to true.
@@ -939,6 +951,11 @@ 
Method Details

     },
     "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account that the DeployedModel's container runs as. Specify the email address of the service account. If this service account is not specified, the container runs as a service account that doesn't have access to the resource project. Users deploying the Model must have the `iam.serviceAccounts.actAs` permission on this service account.
     "sharedResources": "A String", # The resource name of the shared DeploymentResourcePool to deploy on. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/deploymentResourcePools/{deployment_resource_pool}`
+    "status": { # Runtime status of the deployed model. # Output only. Runtime status of the deployed model.
+      "availableReplicaCount": 42, # Output only. The number of available replicas of the deployed model.
+      "lastUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the status was last updated.
+      "message": "A String", # Output only. The latest deployed model's status message (if any).
+    },
     "systemLabels": { # System labels to apply to Model Garden deployments. System labels are managed by Google for internal use only.
       "a_key": "A String",
     },
@@ -1389,6 +1406,7 @@ 
Method Details

     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for [PredictionService.GenerateContent].
+  "cachedContent": "A String", # Optional. The name of the cached content used as context to serve the prediction. Note: only used in explicit caching, where users can have control over caching (e.g. what content to cache) and enjoy guaranteed cost savings. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cachedContents/{cachedContent}`
   "contents": [ # Required. The content of the current conversation with the model. For single-turn queries, this is a single instance. For multi-turn queries, this is a repeated field that contains conversation history + latest request.
     { # The base structured datatype containing multi-part content of a message. A `Content` includes a `role` field designating the producer of the `Content` and a `parts` field containing multi-part data that contains the content of the message turn.
       "parts": [ # Required. Ordered `Parts` that constitute a single message. Parts may have different IANA MIME types.
@@ -1620,9 +1638,6 @@ 
Method Details

           "datastore": "A String", # Required. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}`
         },
         "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService.
-          "ragCorpora": [ # Optional. Deprecated. Please use rag_resources instead.
-            "A String",
-          ],
           "ragResources": [ # Optional. The representation of the rag source. It can be used to specify corpus only or ragfiles. Currently only support one corpus or multiple files from one corpus. In the future we may open up multiple corpora support.
             { # The definition of the Rag resource.
               "ragCorpus": "A String", # Optional. RagCorpora resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/ragCorpora/{rag_corpus}`
@@ -1631,6 +1646,14 @@ 
Method Details

               ],
             },
           ],
+          "ragRetrievalConfig": { # Specifies the context retrieval config. # Optional. The retrieval config for the Rag query.
+            "filter": { # Config for filters. # Optional. Config for filters.
+              "metadataFilter": "A String", # Optional. String for metadata filtering.
+              "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector distance smaller than the threshold.
+              "vectorSimilarityThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector similarity larger than the threshold.
+            },
+            "topK": 42, # Optional. The number of contexts to retrieve.
+          },
           "similarityTopK": 42, # Optional. Number of top k results to return from the selected corpora.
           "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only return results with vector distance smaller than the threshold.
         },
@@ -1791,6 +1814,7 @@ 
Method Details

     ],
   },
   "usageMetadata": { # Usage metadata about response(s). # Usage metadata about the response(s).
+    "cachedContentTokenCount": 42, # Output only. Number of tokens in the cached part in the input (the cached content).
     "candidatesTokenCount": 42, # Number of tokens in the response(s).
     "promptTokenCount": 42, # Number of tokens in the request. When `cached_content` is set, this is still the total effective prompt size meaning this includes the number of tokens in the cached content.
     "totalTokenCount": 42, # Total token count for prompt and response candidates.
@@ -1848,6 +1872,7 @@ 
Method Details

         },
         "maxReplicaCount": 42, # Immutable. The maximum number of replicas this DeployedModel may be deployed on when the traffic against it increases. If the requested value is too large, the deployment will error, but if deployment succeeds then the ability to scale the model to that many replicas is guaranteed (barring service outages). If traffic against the DeployedModel increases beyond what its replicas at maximum may handle, a portion of the traffic will be dropped. If this value is not provided, will use min_replica_count as the default value. The value of this field impacts the charge against Vertex CPU and GPU quotas. Specifically, you will be charged for (max_replica_count * number of cores in the selected machine type) and (max_replica_count * number of GPUs per replica in the selected machine type).
         "minReplicaCount": 42, # Required. Immutable. The minimum number of machine replicas this DeployedModel will be always deployed on. This value must be greater than or equal to 1. If traffic against the DeployedModel increases, it may dynamically be deployed onto more replicas, and as traffic decreases, some of these extra replicas may be freed.
+        "requiredReplicaCount": 42, # Optional. Number of required available replicas for the deployment to succeed. This field is only needed when partial model deployment/mutation is desired. If set, the model deploy/mutate operation will succeed once available_replica_count reaches required_replica_count, and the rest of the replicas will be retried. If not set, the default required_replica_count will be min_replica_count.
         "spot": True or False, # Optional. If true, schedule the deployment workload on [spot VMs](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/spot-vms).
       },
       "disableContainerLogging": True or False, # For custom-trained Models and AutoML Tabular Models, the container of the DeployedModel instances will send `stderr` and `stdout` streams to Cloud Logging by default. Please note that the logs incur cost, which are subject to [Cloud Logging pricing](https://cloud.google.com/logging/pricing). User can disable container logging by setting this flag to true.
@@ -1976,6 +2001,11 @@ 
Method Details

       },
       "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account that the DeployedModel's container runs as. Specify the email address of the service account. If this service account is not specified, the container runs as a service account that doesn't have access to the resource project. Users deploying the Model must have the `iam.serviceAccounts.actAs` permission on this service account.
       "sharedResources": "A String", # The resource name of the shared DeploymentResourcePool to deploy on. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/deploymentResourcePools/{deployment_resource_pool}`
+      "status": { # Runtime status of the deployed model. # Output only. Runtime status of the deployed model.
+        "availableReplicaCount": 42, # Output only. The number of available replicas of the deployed model.
+        "lastUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the status was last updated.
+        "message": "A String", # Output only. The latest deployed model's status message (if any).
+      },
       "systemLabels": { # System labels to apply to Model Garden deployments. System labels are managed by Google for internal use only.
         "a_key": "A String",
       },
@@ -2074,6 +2104,7 @@ 
Method Details

             },
             "maxReplicaCount": 42, # Immutable. The maximum number of replicas this DeployedModel may be deployed on when the traffic against it increases. If the requested value is too large, the deployment will error, but if deployment succeeds then the ability to scale the model to that many replicas is guaranteed (barring service outages). If traffic against the DeployedModel increases beyond what its replicas at maximum may handle, a portion of the traffic will be dropped. If this value is not provided, will use min_replica_count as the default value. The value of this field impacts the charge against Vertex CPU and GPU quotas. Specifically, you will be charged for (max_replica_count * number of cores in the selected machine type) and (max_replica_count * number of GPUs per replica in the selected machine type).
             "minReplicaCount": 42, # Required. Immutable. The minimum number of machine replicas this DeployedModel will be always deployed on. This value must be greater than or equal to 1. If traffic against the DeployedModel increases, it may dynamically be deployed onto more replicas, and as traffic decreases, some of these extra replicas may be freed.
+            "requiredReplicaCount": 42, # Optional. Number of required available replicas for the deployment to succeed. This field is only needed when partial model deployment/mutation is desired. If set, the model deploy/mutate operation will succeed once available_replica_count reaches required_replica_count, and the rest of the replicas will be retried. If not set, the default required_replica_count will be min_replica_count.
             "spot": True or False, # Optional. If true, schedule the deployment workload on [spot VMs](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/spot-vms).
           },
           "disableContainerLogging": True or False, # For custom-trained Models and AutoML Tabular Models, the container of the DeployedModel instances will send `stderr` and `stdout` streams to Cloud Logging by default. Please note that the logs incur cost, which are subject to [Cloud Logging pricing](https://cloud.google.com/logging/pricing). User can disable container logging by setting this flag to true.
@@ -2202,6 +2233,11 @@ 
Method Details

           },
           "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account that the DeployedModel's container runs as. Specify the email address of the service account. If this service account is not specified, the container runs as a service account that doesn't have access to the resource project. Users deploying the Model must have the `iam.serviceAccounts.actAs` permission on this service account.
           "sharedResources": "A String", # The resource name of the shared DeploymentResourcePool to deploy on. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/deploymentResourcePools/{deployment_resource_pool}`
+          "status": { # Runtime status of the deployed model. # Output only. Runtime status of the deployed model.
+            "availableReplicaCount": 42, # Output only. The number of available replicas of the deployed model.
+            "lastUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the status was last updated.
+            "message": "A String", # Output only. The latest deployed model's status message (if any).
+          },
           "systemLabels": { # System labels to apply to Model Garden deployments. System labels are managed by Google for internal use only.
             "a_key": "A String",
           },
@@ -2298,6 +2334,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
       "maxReplicaCount": 42, # Immutable. The maximum number of replicas this DeployedModel may be deployed on when the traffic against it increases. If the requested value is too large, the deployment will error, but if deployment succeeds then the ability to scale the model to that many replicas is guaranteed (barring service outages). If traffic against the DeployedModel increases beyond what its replicas at maximum may handle, a portion of the traffic will be dropped. If this value is not provided, will use min_replica_count as the default value. The value of this field impacts the charge against Vertex CPU and GPU quotas. Specifically, you will be charged for (max_replica_count * number of cores in the selected machine type) and (max_replica_count * number of GPUs per replica in the selected machine type).
       "minReplicaCount": 42, # Required. Immutable. The minimum number of machine replicas this DeployedModel will be always deployed on. This value must be greater than or equal to 1. If traffic against the DeployedModel increases, it may dynamically be deployed onto more replicas, and as traffic decreases, some of these extra replicas may be freed.
+      "requiredReplicaCount": 42, # Optional. Number of required available replicas for the deployment to succeed. This field is only needed when partial model deployment/mutation is desired. If set, the model deploy/mutate operation will succeed once available_replica_count reaches required_replica_count, and the rest of the replicas will be retried. If not set, the default required_replica_count will be min_replica_count.
       "spot": True or False, # Optional. If true, schedule the deployment workload on [spot VMs](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/spot-vms).
     },
     "disableContainerLogging": True or False, # For custom-trained Models and AutoML Tabular Models, the container of the DeployedModel instances will send `stderr` and `stdout` streams to Cloud Logging by default. Please note that the logs incur cost, which are subject to [Cloud Logging pricing](https://cloud.google.com/logging/pricing). User can disable container logging by setting this flag to true.
@@ -2426,6 +2463,11 @@ 
Method Details

     },
     "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account that the DeployedModel's container runs as. Specify the email address of the service account. If this service account is not specified, the container runs as a service account that doesn't have access to the resource project. Users deploying the Model must have the `iam.serviceAccounts.actAs` permission on this service account.
     "sharedResources": "A String", # The resource name of the shared DeploymentResourcePool to deploy on. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/deploymentResourcePools/{deployment_resource_pool}`
+    "status": { # Runtime status of the deployed model. # Output only. Runtime status of the deployed model.
+      "availableReplicaCount": 42, # Output only. The number of available replicas of the deployed model.
+      "lastUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the status was last updated.
+      "message": "A String", # Output only. The latest deployed model's status message (if any).
+    },
     "systemLabels": { # System labels to apply to Model Garden deployments. System labels are managed by Google for internal use only.
       "a_key": "A String",
     },
@@ -2507,6 +2549,7 @@ 
Method Details

         },
         "maxReplicaCount": 42, # Immutable. The maximum number of replicas this DeployedModel may be deployed on when the traffic against it increases. If the requested value is too large, the deployment will error, but if deployment succeeds then the ability to scale the model to that many replicas is guaranteed (barring service outages). If traffic against the DeployedModel increases beyond what its replicas at maximum may handle, a portion of the traffic will be dropped. If this value is not provided, will use min_replica_count as the default value. The value of this field impacts the charge against Vertex CPU and GPU quotas. Specifically, you will be charged for (max_replica_count * number of cores in the selected machine type) and (max_replica_count * number of GPUs per replica in the selected machine type).
         "minReplicaCount": 42, # Required. Immutable. The minimum number of machine replicas this DeployedModel will be always deployed on. This value must be greater than or equal to 1. If traffic against the DeployedModel increases, it may dynamically be deployed onto more replicas, and as traffic decreases, some of these extra replicas may be freed.
+        "requiredReplicaCount": 42, # Optional. Number of required available replicas for the deployment to succeed. This field is only needed when partial model deployment/mutation is desired. If set, the model deploy/mutate operation will succeed once available_replica_count reaches required_replica_count, and the rest of the replicas will be retried. If not set, the default required_replica_count will be min_replica_count.
         "spot": True or False, # Optional. If true, schedule the deployment workload on [spot VMs](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/spot-vms).
       },
       "disableContainerLogging": True or False, # For custom-trained Models and AutoML Tabular Models, the container of the DeployedModel instances will send `stderr` and `stdout` streams to Cloud Logging by default. Please note that the logs incur cost, which are subject to [Cloud Logging pricing](https://cloud.google.com/logging/pricing). User can disable container logging by setting this flag to true.
@@ -2635,6 +2678,11 @@ 
Method Details

       },
       "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account that the DeployedModel's container runs as. Specify the email address of the service account. If this service account is not specified, the container runs as a service account that doesn't have access to the resource project. Users deploying the Model must have the `iam.serviceAccounts.actAs` permission on this service account.
       "sharedResources": "A String", # The resource name of the shared DeploymentResourcePool to deploy on. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/deploymentResourcePools/{deployment_resource_pool}`
+      "status": { # Runtime status of the deployed model. # Output only. Runtime status of the deployed model.
+        "availableReplicaCount": 42, # Output only. The number of available replicas of the deployed model.
+        "lastUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the status was last updated.
+        "message": "A String", # Output only. The latest deployed model's status message (if any).
+      },
       "systemLabels": { # System labels to apply to Model Garden deployments. System labels are managed by Google for internal use only.
         "a_key": "A String",
       },
@@ -2720,6 +2768,7 @@ 
Method Details

         },
         "maxReplicaCount": 42, # Immutable. The maximum number of replicas this DeployedModel may be deployed on when the traffic against it increases. If the requested value is too large, the deployment will error, but if deployment succeeds then the ability to scale the model to that many replicas is guaranteed (barring service outages). If traffic against the DeployedModel increases beyond what its replicas at maximum may handle, a portion of the traffic will be dropped. If this value is not provided, will use min_replica_count as the default value. The value of this field impacts the charge against Vertex CPU and GPU quotas. Specifically, you will be charged for (max_replica_count * number of cores in the selected machine type) and (max_replica_count * number of GPUs per replica in the selected machine type).
         "minReplicaCount": 42, # Required. Immutable. The minimum number of machine replicas this DeployedModel will be always deployed on. This value must be greater than or equal to 1. If traffic against the DeployedModel increases, it may dynamically be deployed onto more replicas, and as traffic decreases, some of these extra replicas may be freed.
+        "requiredReplicaCount": 42, # Optional. Number of required available replicas for the deployment to succeed. This field is only needed when partial model deployment/mutation is desired. If set, the model deploy/mutate operation will succeed once available_replica_count reaches required_replica_count, and the rest of the replicas will be retried. If not set, the default required_replica_count will be min_replica_count.
         "spot": True or False, # Optional. If true, schedule the deployment workload on [spot VMs](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/spot-vms).
       },
       "disableContainerLogging": True or False, # For custom-trained Models and AutoML Tabular Models, the container of the DeployedModel instances will send `stderr` and `stdout` streams to Cloud Logging by default. Please note that the logs incur cost, which are subject to [Cloud Logging pricing](https://cloud.google.com/logging/pricing). User can disable container logging by setting this flag to true.
@@ -2848,6 +2897,11 @@ 
Method Details

       },
       "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account that the DeployedModel's container runs as. Specify the email address of the service account. If this service account is not specified, the container runs as a service account that doesn't have access to the resource project. Users deploying the Model must have the `iam.serviceAccounts.actAs` permission on this service account.
       "sharedResources": "A String", # The resource name of the shared DeploymentResourcePool to deploy on. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/deploymentResourcePools/{deployment_resource_pool}`
+      "status": { # Runtime status of the deployed model. # Output only. Runtime status of the deployed model.
+        "availableReplicaCount": 42, # Output only. The number of available replicas of the deployed model.
+        "lastUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the status was last updated.
+        "message": "A String", # Output only. The latest deployed model's status message (if any).
+      },
       "systemLabels": { # System labels to apply to Model Garden deployments. System labels are managed by Google for internal use only.
         "a_key": "A String",
       },
@@ -3208,6 +3262,7 @@ 
Method Details

     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for [PredictionService.GenerateContent].
+  "cachedContent": "A String", # Optional. The name of the cached content used as context to serve the prediction. Note: only used in explicit caching, where users can have control over caching (e.g. what content to cache) and enjoy guaranteed cost savings. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cachedContents/{cachedContent}`
   "contents": [ # Required. The content of the current conversation with the model. For single-turn queries, this is a single instance. For multi-turn queries, this is a repeated field that contains conversation history + latest request.
     { # The base structured datatype containing multi-part content of a message. A `Content` includes a `role` field designating the producer of the `Content` and a `parts` field containing multi-part data that contains the content of the message turn.
       "parts": [ # Required. Ordered `Parts` that constitute a single message. Parts may have different IANA MIME types.
@@ -3439,9 +3494,6 @@ 
Method Details

           "datastore": "A String", # Required. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}`
         },
         "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService.
-          "ragCorpora": [ # Optional. Deprecated. Please use rag_resources instead.
-            "A String",
-          ],
           "ragResources": [ # Optional. The representation of the rag source. It can be used to specify corpus only or ragfiles. Currently only support one corpus or multiple files from one corpus. In the future we may open up multiple corpora support.
             { # The definition of the Rag resource.
               "ragCorpus": "A String", # Optional. RagCorpora resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/ragCorpora/{rag_corpus}`
@@ -3450,6 +3502,14 @@ 
Method Details

               ],
             },
           ],
+          "ragRetrievalConfig": { # Specifies the context retrieval config. # Optional. The retrieval config for the Rag query.
+            "filter": { # Config for filters. # Optional. Config for filters.
+              "metadataFilter": "A String", # Optional. String for metadata filtering.
+              "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector distance smaller than the threshold.
+              "vectorSimilarityThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector similarity larger than the threshold.
+            },
+            "topK": 42, # Optional. The number of contexts to retrieve.
+          },
           "similarityTopK": 42, # Optional. Number of top k results to return from the selected corpora.
           "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only return results with vector distance smaller than the threshold.
         },
@@ -3610,6 +3670,7 @@ 
Method Details

     ],
   },
   "usageMetadata": { # Usage metadata about response(s). # Usage metadata about the response(s).
+    "cachedContentTokenCount": 42, # Output only. Number of tokens in the cached part in the input (the cached content).
     "candidatesTokenCount": 42, # Number of tokens in the response(s).
     "promptTokenCount": 42, # Number of tokens in the request. When `cached_content` is set, this is still the total effective prompt size meaning this includes the number of tokens in the cached content.
     "totalTokenCount": 42, # Total token count for prompt and response candidates.
@@ -3748,6 +3809,7 @@ 
Method Details

           },
           "maxReplicaCount": 42, # Immutable. The maximum number of replicas this DeployedModel may be deployed on when the traffic against it increases. If the requested value is too large, the deployment will error, but if deployment succeeds then the ability to scale the model to that many replicas is guaranteed (barring service outages). If traffic against the DeployedModel increases beyond what its replicas at maximum may handle, a portion of the traffic will be dropped. If this value is not provided, will use min_replica_count as the default value. The value of this field impacts the charge against Vertex CPU and GPU quotas. Specifically, you will be charged for (max_replica_count * number of cores in the selected machine type) and (max_replica_count * number of GPUs per replica in the selected machine type).
           "minReplicaCount": 42, # Required. Immutable. The minimum number of machine replicas this DeployedModel will be always deployed on. This value must be greater than or equal to 1. If traffic against the DeployedModel increases, it may dynamically be deployed onto more replicas, and as traffic decreases, some of these extra replicas may be freed.
+          "requiredReplicaCount": 42, # Optional. Number of required available replicas for the deployment to succeed. This field is only needed when partial model deployment/mutation is desired. If set, the model deploy/mutate operation will succeed once available_replica_count reaches required_replica_count, and the rest of the replicas will be retried. If not set, the default required_replica_count will be min_replica_count.
           "spot": True or False, # Optional. If true, schedule the deployment workload on [spot VMs](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/spot-vms).
         },
         "disableContainerLogging": True or False, # For custom-trained Models and AutoML Tabular Models, the container of the DeployedModel instances will send `stderr` and `stdout` streams to Cloud Logging by default. Please note that the logs incur cost, which are subject to [Cloud Logging pricing](https://cloud.google.com/logging/pricing). User can disable container logging by setting this flag to true.
@@ -3876,6 +3938,11 @@ 
Method Details

         },
         "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account that the DeployedModel's container runs as. Specify the email address of the service account. If this service account is not specified, the container runs as a service account that doesn't have access to the resource project. Users deploying the Model must have the `iam.serviceAccounts.actAs` permission on this service account.
         "sharedResources": "A String", # The resource name of the shared DeploymentResourcePool to deploy on. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/deploymentResourcePools/{deployment_resource_pool}`
+        "status": { # Runtime status of the deployed model. # Output only. Runtime status of the deployed model.
+          "availableReplicaCount": 42, # Output only. The number of available replicas of the deployed model.
+          "lastUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the status was last updated.
+          "message": "A String", # Output only. The latest deployed model's status message (if any).
+        },
         "systemLabels": { # System labels to apply to Model Garden deployments. System labels are managed by Google for internal use only.
           "a_key": "A String",
         },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.endpoints.operations.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.endpoints.operations.html
index 43329eac1a..ae8f4d846e 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.endpoints.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.endpoints.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Vertex AI API . 
   cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.featurestores.entityTypes.features.operations.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.featurestores.entityTypes.features.operations.html
index 81122a0492..47a26c5759 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.featurestores.entityTypes.features.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.featurestores.entityTypes.features.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Vertex AI API . 
   cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.featurestores.entityTypes.operations.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.featurestores.entityTypes.operations.html
index a243709363..919561ce85 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.featurestores.entityTypes.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.featurestores.entityTypes.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Vertex AI API . 
   cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.featurestores.operations.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.featurestores.operations.html
index 8d06ea6daa..95c1f1722a 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.featurestores.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.featurestores.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Vertex AI API . 
   cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.html
index a40900f83f..9fb5beecaf 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.html
@@ -79,6 +79,11 @@ 
Instance Methods

 

 
Returns the batchPredictionJobs Resource.

 
+

+  cachedContents()
+

+
Returns the cachedContents Resource.

+
 

   customJobs()
 

@@ -194,6 +199,11 @@ 
Instance Methods

 

 
Returns the publishers Resource.

 
+

+  ragCorpora()
+

+
Returns the ragCorpora Resource.

+
 

   reasoningEngines()
 

@@ -229,9 +239,15 @@ 
Instance Methods

 

 
Returns the tuningJobs Resource.

 
+

+  augmentPrompt(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Given an input prompt, it returns augmented prompt from vertex rag store to guide LLM towards generating grounded responses.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

+

+  corroborateContent(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Given an input text, it returns a score that evaluates the factuality of the text. It also extracts and returns claims from the text and provides supporting facts.

 

   evaluateInstances(location, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

 
Evaluates instances based on a given metric.

@@ -244,12 +260,221 @@ 
Instance Methods

 

   list_next()

 
Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+  retrieveContexts(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Retrieves relevant contexts for a query.

 
Method Details

+

+    augmentPrompt(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Given an input prompt, it returns augmented prompt from vertex rag store to guide LLM towards generating grounded responses.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The resource name of the Location from which to augment prompt. The users must have permission to make a call in the project. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for AugmentPrompt.
+  "contents": [ # Optional. Input content to augment, only text format is supported for now.
+    { # The base structured datatype containing multi-part content of a message. A `Content` includes a `role` field designating the producer of the `Content` and a `parts` field containing multi-part data that contains the content of the message turn.
+      "parts": [ # Required. Ordered `Parts` that constitute a single message. Parts may have different IANA MIME types.
+        { # A datatype containing media that is part of a multi-part `Content` message. A `Part` consists of data which has an associated datatype. A `Part` can only contain one of the accepted types in `Part.data`. A `Part` must have a fixed IANA MIME type identifying the type and subtype of the media if `inline_data` or `file_data` field is filled with raw bytes.
+          "fileData": { # URI based data. # Optional. URI based data.
+            "fileUri": "A String", # Required. URI.
+            "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data.
+          },
+          "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values.
+            "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details.
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+            },
+            "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches [FunctionDeclaration.name].
+          },
+          "functionResponse": { # The result output from a [FunctionCall] that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing any output from the function is used as context to the model. This should contain the result of a [FunctionCall] made based on model prediction. # Optional. The result output of a [FunctionCall] that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing any output from the function call. It is used as context to the model.
+            "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches [FunctionDeclaration.name] and [FunctionCall.name].
+            "response": { # Required. The function response in JSON object format. Use "output" key to specify function output and "error" key to specify error details (if any). If "output" and "error" keys are not specified, then whole "response" is treated as function output.
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+            },
+          },
+          "inlineData": { # Content blob. It's preferred to send as text directly rather than raw bytes. # Optional. Inlined bytes data.
+            "data": "A String", # Required. Raw bytes.
+            "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data.
+          },
+          "text": "A String", # Optional. Text part (can be code).
+          "videoMetadata": { # Metadata describes the input video content. # Optional. Video metadata. The metadata should only be specified while the video data is presented in inline_data or file_data.
+            "endOffset": "A String", # Optional. The end offset of the video.
+            "startOffset": "A String", # Optional. The start offset of the video.
+          },
+        },
+      ],
+      "role": "A String", # Optional. The producer of the content. Must be either 'user' or 'model'. Useful to set for multi-turn conversations, otherwise can be left blank or unset.
+    },
+  ],
+  "model": { # Metadata of the backend deployed model. # Optional. Metadata of the backend deployed model.
+    "model": "A String", # Optional. The model that the user will send the augmented prompt for content generation.
+    "modelVersion": "A String", # Optional. The model version of the backend deployed model.
+  },
+  "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Optional. Retrieves contexts from the Vertex RagStore.
+    "ragResources": [ # Optional. The representation of the rag source. It can be used to specify corpus only or ragfiles. Currently only support one corpus or multiple files from one corpus. In the future we may open up multiple corpora support.
+      { # The definition of the Rag resource.
+        "ragCorpus": "A String", # Optional. RagCorpora resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/ragCorpora/{rag_corpus}`
+        "ragFileIds": [ # Optional. rag_file_id. The files should be in the same rag_corpus set in rag_corpus field.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+    ],
+    "ragRetrievalConfig": { # Specifies the context retrieval config. # Optional. The retrieval config for the Rag query.
+      "filter": { # Config for filters. # Optional. Config for filters.
+        "metadataFilter": "A String", # Optional. String for metadata filtering.
+        "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector distance smaller than the threshold.
+        "vectorSimilarityThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector similarity larger than the threshold.
+      },
+      "topK": 42, # Optional. The number of contexts to retrieve.
+    },
+    "similarityTopK": 42, # Optional. Number of top k results to return from the selected corpora.
+    "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only return results with vector distance smaller than the threshold.
+  },
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for AugmentPrompt.
+  "augmentedPrompt": [ # Augmented prompt, only text format is supported for now.
+    { # The base structured datatype containing multi-part content of a message. A `Content` includes a `role` field designating the producer of the `Content` and a `parts` field containing multi-part data that contains the content of the message turn.
+      "parts": [ # Required. Ordered `Parts` that constitute a single message. Parts may have different IANA MIME types.
+        { # A datatype containing media that is part of a multi-part `Content` message. A `Part` consists of data which has an associated datatype. A `Part` can only contain one of the accepted types in `Part.data`. A `Part` must have a fixed IANA MIME type identifying the type and subtype of the media if `inline_data` or `file_data` field is filled with raw bytes.
+          "fileData": { # URI based data. # Optional. URI based data.
+            "fileUri": "A String", # Required. URI.
+            "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data.
+          },
+          "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values.
+            "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details.
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+            },
+            "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches [FunctionDeclaration.name].
+          },
+          "functionResponse": { # The result output from a [FunctionCall] that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing any output from the function is used as context to the model. This should contain the result of a [FunctionCall] made based on model prediction. # Optional. The result output of a [FunctionCall] that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing any output from the function call. It is used as context to the model.
+            "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches [FunctionDeclaration.name] and [FunctionCall.name].
+            "response": { # Required. The function response in JSON object format. Use "output" key to specify function output and "error" key to specify error details (if any). If "output" and "error" keys are not specified, then whole "response" is treated as function output.
+              "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+            },
+          },
+          "inlineData": { # Content blob. It's preferred to send as text directly rather than raw bytes. # Optional. Inlined bytes data.
+            "data": "A String", # Required. Raw bytes.
+            "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data.
+          },
+          "text": "A String", # Optional. Text part (can be code).
+          "videoMetadata": { # Metadata describes the input video content. # Optional. Video metadata. The metadata should only be specified while the video data is presented in inline_data or file_data.
+            "endOffset": "A String", # Optional. The end offset of the video.
+            "startOffset": "A String", # Optional. The start offset of the video.
+          },
+        },
+      ],
+      "role": "A String", # Optional. The producer of the content. Must be either 'user' or 'model'. Useful to set for multi-turn conversations, otherwise can be left blank or unset.
+    },
+  ],
+  "facts": [ # Retrieved facts from RAG data sources.
+    { # The fact used in grounding.
+      "query": "A String", # Query that is used to retrieve this fact.
+      "score": 3.14, # If present, according to the underlying Vector DB and the selected metric type, the score can be either the distance or the similarity between the query and the fact and its range depends on the metric type. For example, if the metric type is COSINE_DISTANCE, it represents the distance between the query and the fact. The larger the distance, the less relevant the fact is to the query. The range is [0, 2], while 0 means the most relevant and 2 means the least relevant.
+      "summary": "A String", # If present, the summary/snippet of the fact.
+      "title": "A String", # If present, it refers to the title of this fact.
+      "uri": "A String", # If present, this uri links to the source of the fact.
+      "vectorDistance": 3.14, # If present, the distance between the query vector and this fact vector.
+    },
+  ],
+}

+

+
 

     close()
   
Close httplib2 connections.

 

 
+

+    corroborateContent(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Given an input text, it returns a score that evaluates the factuality of the text. It also extracts and returns claims from the text and provides supporting facts.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The resource name of the Location from which to corroborate text. The users must have permission to make a call in the project. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for CorroborateContent.
+  "content": { # The base structured datatype containing multi-part content of a message. A `Content` includes a `role` field designating the producer of the `Content` and a `parts` field containing multi-part data that contains the content of the message turn. # Optional. Input content to corroborate, only text format is supported for now.
+    "parts": [ # Required. Ordered `Parts` that constitute a single message. Parts may have different IANA MIME types.
+      { # A datatype containing media that is part of a multi-part `Content` message. A `Part` consists of data which has an associated datatype. A `Part` can only contain one of the accepted types in `Part.data`. A `Part` must have a fixed IANA MIME type identifying the type and subtype of the media if `inline_data` or `file_data` field is filled with raw bytes.
+        "fileData": { # URI based data. # Optional. URI based data.
+          "fileUri": "A String", # Required. URI.
+          "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data.
+        },
+        "functionCall": { # A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing the parameters and their values. # Optional. A predicted [FunctionCall] returned from the model that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] with the parameters and their values.
+          "args": { # Optional. Required. The function parameters and values in JSON object format. See [FunctionDeclaration.parameters] for parameter details.
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+          },
+          "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches [FunctionDeclaration.name].
+        },
+        "functionResponse": { # The result output from a [FunctionCall] that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing any output from the function is used as context to the model. This should contain the result of a [FunctionCall] made based on model prediction. # Optional. The result output of a [FunctionCall] that contains a string representing the [FunctionDeclaration.name] and a structured JSON object containing any output from the function call. It is used as context to the model.
+          "name": "A String", # Required. The name of the function to call. Matches [FunctionDeclaration.name] and [FunctionCall.name].
+          "response": { # Required. The function response in JSON object format. Use "output" key to specify function output and "error" key to specify error details (if any). If "output" and "error" keys are not specified, then whole "response" is treated as function output.
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+          },
+        },
+        "inlineData": { # Content blob. It's preferred to send as text directly rather than raw bytes. # Optional. Inlined bytes data.
+          "data": "A String", # Required. Raw bytes.
+          "mimeType": "A String", # Required. The IANA standard MIME type of the source data.
+        },
+        "text": "A String", # Optional. Text part (can be code).
+        "videoMetadata": { # Metadata describes the input video content. # Optional. Video metadata. The metadata should only be specified while the video data is presented in inline_data or file_data.
+          "endOffset": "A String", # Optional. The end offset of the video.
+          "startOffset": "A String", # Optional. The start offset of the video.
+        },
+      },
+    ],
+    "role": "A String", # Optional. The producer of the content. Must be either 'user' or 'model'. Useful to set for multi-turn conversations, otherwise can be left blank or unset.
+  },
+  "facts": [ # Optional. Facts used to generate the text can also be used to corroborate the text.
+    { # The fact used in grounding.
+      "query": "A String", # Query that is used to retrieve this fact.
+      "score": 3.14, # If present, according to the underlying Vector DB and the selected metric type, the score can be either the distance or the similarity between the query and the fact and its range depends on the metric type. For example, if the metric type is COSINE_DISTANCE, it represents the distance between the query and the fact. The larger the distance, the less relevant the fact is to the query. The range is [0, 2], while 0 means the most relevant and 2 means the least relevant.
+      "summary": "A String", # If present, the summary/snippet of the fact.
+      "title": "A String", # If present, it refers to the title of this fact.
+      "uri": "A String", # If present, this uri links to the source of the fact.
+      "vectorDistance": 3.14, # If present, the distance between the query vector and this fact vector.
+    },
+  ],
+  "parameters": { # Parameters that can be overrided per request. # Optional. Parameters that can be set to override default settings per request.
+    "citationThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only return claims with citation score larger than the threshold.
+  },
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for CorroborateContent.
+  "claims": [ # Claims that are extracted from the input content and facts that support the claims.
+    { # Claim that is extracted from the input text and facts that support it.
+      "endIndex": 42, # Index in the input text where the claim ends (exclusive).
+      "factIndexes": [ # Indexes of the facts supporting this claim.
+        42,
+      ],
+      "score": 3.14, # Confidence score of this corroboration.
+      "startIndex": 42, # Index in the input text where the claim starts (inclusive).
+    },
+  ],
+  "corroborationScore": 3.14, # Confidence score of corroborating content. Value is [0,1] with 1 is the most confidence.
+}

+

+
 

     evaluateInstances(location, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
   
Evaluates instances based on a given metric.
@@ -750,4 +975,60 @@ 
Method Details

         

 

 
+

+    retrieveContexts(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Retrieves relevant contexts for a query.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The resource name of the Location from which to retrieve RagContexts. The users must have permission to make a call in the project. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for VertexRagService.RetrieveContexts.
+  "query": { # A query to retrieve relevant contexts. # Required. Single RAG retrieve query.
+    "ragRetrievalConfig": { # Specifies the context retrieval config. # Optional. The retrieval config for the query.
+      "filter": { # Config for filters. # Optional. Config for filters.
+        "metadataFilter": "A String", # Optional. String for metadata filtering.
+        "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector distance smaller than the threshold.
+        "vectorSimilarityThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector similarity larger than the threshold.
+      },
+      "topK": 42, # Optional. The number of contexts to retrieve.
+    },
+    "text": "A String", # Optional. The query in text format to get relevant contexts.
+  },
+  "vertexRagStore": { # The data source for Vertex RagStore. # The data source for Vertex RagStore.
+    "ragResources": [ # Optional. The representation of the rag source. It can be used to specify corpus only or ragfiles. Currently only support one corpus or multiple files from one corpus. In the future we may open up multiple corpora support.
+      { # The definition of the Rag resource.
+        "ragCorpus": "A String", # Optional. RagCorpora resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/ragCorpora/{rag_corpus}`
+        "ragFileIds": [ # Optional. rag_file_id. The files should be in the same rag_corpus set in rag_corpus field.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+    ],
+    "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only return contexts with vector distance smaller than the threshold.
+  },
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for VertexRagService.RetrieveContexts.
+  "contexts": { # Relevant contexts for one query. # The contexts of the query.
+    "contexts": [ # All its contexts.
+      { # A context of the query.
+        "score": 3.14, # According to the underlying Vector DB and the selected metric type, the score can be either the distance or the similarity between the query and the context and its range depends on the metric type. For example, if the metric type is COSINE_DISTANCE, it represents the distance between the query and the context. The larger the distance, the less relevant the context is to the query. The range is [0, 2], while 0 means the most relevant and 2 means the least relevant.
+        "sourceDisplayName": "A String", # The file display name.
+        "sourceUri": "A String", # If the file is imported from Cloud Storage or Google Drive, source_uri will be original file URI in Cloud Storage or Google Drive; if file is uploaded, source_uri will be file display name.
+        "text": "A String", # The text chunk.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+}

+

+
 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.hyperparameterTuningJobs.operations.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.hyperparameterTuningJobs.operations.html
index 622b4d47b0..949db64010 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.hyperparameterTuningJobs.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.hyperparameterTuningJobs.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Vertex AI API . 
   cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.indexEndpoints.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.indexEndpoints.html
index f9885f3e21..d1ee2f8f97 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.indexEndpoints.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.indexEndpoints.html
@@ -161,6 +161,7 @@ 
Method Details

         },
         "maxReplicaCount": 42, # Immutable. The maximum number of replicas this DeployedModel may be deployed on when the traffic against it increases. If the requested value is too large, the deployment will error, but if deployment succeeds then the ability to scale the model to that many replicas is guaranteed (barring service outages). If traffic against the DeployedModel increases beyond what its replicas at maximum may handle, a portion of the traffic will be dropped. If this value is not provided, will use min_replica_count as the default value. The value of this field impacts the charge against Vertex CPU and GPU quotas. Specifically, you will be charged for (max_replica_count * number of cores in the selected machine type) and (max_replica_count * number of GPUs per replica in the selected machine type).
         "minReplicaCount": 42, # Required. Immutable. The minimum number of machine replicas this DeployedModel will be always deployed on. This value must be greater than or equal to 1. If traffic against the DeployedModel increases, it may dynamically be deployed onto more replicas, and as traffic decreases, some of these extra replicas may be freed.
+        "requiredReplicaCount": 42, # Optional. Number of required available replicas for the deployment to succeed. This field is only needed when partial model deployment/mutation is desired. If set, the model deploy/mutate operation will succeed once available_replica_count reaches required_replica_count, and the rest of the replicas will be retried. If not set, the default required_replica_count will be min_replica_count.
         "spot": True or False, # Optional. If true, schedule the deployment workload on [spot VMs](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/spot-vms).
       },
       "deployedIndexAuthConfig": { # Used to set up the auth on the DeployedIndex's private endpoint. # Optional. If set, the authentication is enabled for the private endpoint.
@@ -329,6 +330,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
       "maxReplicaCount": 42, # Immutable. The maximum number of replicas this DeployedModel may be deployed on when the traffic against it increases. If the requested value is too large, the deployment will error, but if deployment succeeds then the ability to scale the model to that many replicas is guaranteed (barring service outages). If traffic against the DeployedModel increases beyond what its replicas at maximum may handle, a portion of the traffic will be dropped. If this value is not provided, will use min_replica_count as the default value. The value of this field impacts the charge against Vertex CPU and GPU quotas. Specifically, you will be charged for (max_replica_count * number of cores in the selected machine type) and (max_replica_count * number of GPUs per replica in the selected machine type).
       "minReplicaCount": 42, # Required. Immutable. The minimum number of machine replicas this DeployedModel will be always deployed on. This value must be greater than or equal to 1. If traffic against the DeployedModel increases, it may dynamically be deployed onto more replicas, and as traffic decreases, some of these extra replicas may be freed.
+      "requiredReplicaCount": 42, # Optional. Number of required available replicas for the deployment to succeed. This field is only needed when partial model deployment/mutation is desired. If set, the model deploy/mutate operation will succeed once available_replica_count reaches required_replica_count, and the rest of the replicas will be retried. If not set, the default required_replica_count will be min_replica_count.
       "spot": True or False, # Optional. If true, schedule the deployment workload on [spot VMs](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/spot-vms).
     },
     "deployedIndexAuthConfig": { # Used to set up the auth on the DeployedIndex's private endpoint. # Optional. If set, the authentication is enabled for the private endpoint.
@@ -566,6 +568,7 @@ 
Method Details

         },
         "maxReplicaCount": 42, # Immutable. The maximum number of replicas this DeployedModel may be deployed on when the traffic against it increases. If the requested value is too large, the deployment will error, but if deployment succeeds then the ability to scale the model to that many replicas is guaranteed (barring service outages). If traffic against the DeployedModel increases beyond what its replicas at maximum may handle, a portion of the traffic will be dropped. If this value is not provided, will use min_replica_count as the default value. The value of this field impacts the charge against Vertex CPU and GPU quotas. Specifically, you will be charged for (max_replica_count * number of cores in the selected machine type) and (max_replica_count * number of GPUs per replica in the selected machine type).
         "minReplicaCount": 42, # Required. Immutable. The minimum number of machine replicas this DeployedModel will be always deployed on. This value must be greater than or equal to 1. If traffic against the DeployedModel increases, it may dynamically be deployed onto more replicas, and as traffic decreases, some of these extra replicas may be freed.
+        "requiredReplicaCount": 42, # Optional. Number of required available replicas for the deployment to succeed. This field is only needed when partial model deployment/mutation is desired. If set, the model deploy/mutate operation will succeed once available_replica_count reaches required_replica_count, and the rest of the replicas will be retried. If not set, the default required_replica_count will be min_replica_count.
         "spot": True or False, # Optional. If true, schedule the deployment workload on [spot VMs](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/spot-vms).
       },
       "deployedIndexAuthConfig": { # Used to set up the auth on the DeployedIndex's private endpoint. # Optional. If set, the authentication is enabled for the private endpoint.
@@ -684,6 +687,7 @@ 
Method Details

             },
             "maxReplicaCount": 42, # Immutable. The maximum number of replicas this DeployedModel may be deployed on when the traffic against it increases. If the requested value is too large, the deployment will error, but if deployment succeeds then the ability to scale the model to that many replicas is guaranteed (barring service outages). If traffic against the DeployedModel increases beyond what its replicas at maximum may handle, a portion of the traffic will be dropped. If this value is not provided, will use min_replica_count as the default value. The value of this field impacts the charge against Vertex CPU and GPU quotas. Specifically, you will be charged for (max_replica_count * number of cores in the selected machine type) and (max_replica_count * number of GPUs per replica in the selected machine type).
             "minReplicaCount": 42, # Required. Immutable. The minimum number of machine replicas this DeployedModel will be always deployed on. This value must be greater than or equal to 1. If traffic against the DeployedModel increases, it may dynamically be deployed onto more replicas, and as traffic decreases, some of these extra replicas may be freed.
+            "requiredReplicaCount": 42, # Optional. Number of required available replicas for the deployment to succeed. This field is only needed when partial model deployment/mutation is desired. If set, the model deploy/mutate operation will succeed once available_replica_count reaches required_replica_count, and the rest of the replicas will be retried. If not set, the default required_replica_count will be min_replica_count.
             "spot": True or False, # Optional. If true, schedule the deployment workload on [spot VMs](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/spot-vms).
           },
           "deployedIndexAuthConfig": { # Used to set up the auth on the DeployedIndex's private endpoint. # Optional. If set, the authentication is enabled for the private endpoint.
@@ -805,6 +809,7 @@ 
Method Details

     },
     "maxReplicaCount": 42, # Immutable. The maximum number of replicas this DeployedModel may be deployed on when the traffic against it increases. If the requested value is too large, the deployment will error, but if deployment succeeds then the ability to scale the model to that many replicas is guaranteed (barring service outages). If traffic against the DeployedModel increases beyond what its replicas at maximum may handle, a portion of the traffic will be dropped. If this value is not provided, will use min_replica_count as the default value. The value of this field impacts the charge against Vertex CPU and GPU quotas. Specifically, you will be charged for (max_replica_count * number of cores in the selected machine type) and (max_replica_count * number of GPUs per replica in the selected machine type).
     "minReplicaCount": 42, # Required. Immutable. The minimum number of machine replicas this DeployedModel will be always deployed on. This value must be greater than or equal to 1. If traffic against the DeployedModel increases, it may dynamically be deployed onto more replicas, and as traffic decreases, some of these extra replicas may be freed.
+    "requiredReplicaCount": 42, # Optional. Number of required available replicas for the deployment to succeed. This field is only needed when partial model deployment/mutation is desired. If set, the model deploy/mutate operation will succeed once available_replica_count reaches required_replica_count, and the rest of the replicas will be retried. If not set, the default required_replica_count will be min_replica_count.
     "spot": True or False, # Optional. If true, schedule the deployment workload on [spot VMs](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/spot-vms).
   },
   "deployedIndexAuthConfig": { # Used to set up the auth on the DeployedIndex's private endpoint. # Optional. If set, the authentication is enabled for the private endpoint.
@@ -914,6 +919,7 @@ 
Method Details

         },
         "maxReplicaCount": 42, # Immutable. The maximum number of replicas this DeployedModel may be deployed on when the traffic against it increases. If the requested value is too large, the deployment will error, but if deployment succeeds then the ability to scale the model to that many replicas is guaranteed (barring service outages). If traffic against the DeployedModel increases beyond what its replicas at maximum may handle, a portion of the traffic will be dropped. If this value is not provided, will use min_replica_count as the default value. The value of this field impacts the charge against Vertex CPU and GPU quotas. Specifically, you will be charged for (max_replica_count * number of cores in the selected machine type) and (max_replica_count * number of GPUs per replica in the selected machine type).
         "minReplicaCount": 42, # Required. Immutable. The minimum number of machine replicas this DeployedModel will be always deployed on. This value must be greater than or equal to 1. If traffic against the DeployedModel increases, it may dynamically be deployed onto more replicas, and as traffic decreases, some of these extra replicas may be freed.
+        "requiredReplicaCount": 42, # Optional. Number of required available replicas for the deployment to succeed. This field is only needed when partial model deployment/mutation is desired. If set, the model deploy/mutate operation will succeed once available_replica_count reaches required_replica_count, and the rest of the replicas will be retried. If not set, the default required_replica_count will be min_replica_count.
         "spot": True or False, # Optional. If true, schedule the deployment workload on [spot VMs](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/spot-vms).
       },
       "deployedIndexAuthConfig": { # Used to set up the auth on the DeployedIndex's private endpoint. # Optional. If set, the authentication is enabled for the private endpoint.
@@ -1020,6 +1026,7 @@ 
Method Details

         },
         "maxReplicaCount": 42, # Immutable. The maximum number of replicas this DeployedModel may be deployed on when the traffic against it increases. If the requested value is too large, the deployment will error, but if deployment succeeds then the ability to scale the model to that many replicas is guaranteed (barring service outages). If traffic against the DeployedModel increases beyond what its replicas at maximum may handle, a portion of the traffic will be dropped. If this value is not provided, will use min_replica_count as the default value. The value of this field impacts the charge against Vertex CPU and GPU quotas. Specifically, you will be charged for (max_replica_count * number of cores in the selected machine type) and (max_replica_count * number of GPUs per replica in the selected machine type).
         "minReplicaCount": 42, # Required. Immutable. The minimum number of machine replicas this DeployedModel will be always deployed on. This value must be greater than or equal to 1. If traffic against the DeployedModel increases, it may dynamically be deployed onto more replicas, and as traffic decreases, some of these extra replicas may be freed.
+        "requiredReplicaCount": 42, # Optional. Number of required available replicas for the deployment to succeed. This field is only needed when partial model deployment/mutation is desired. If set, the model deploy/mutate operation will succeed once available_replica_count reaches required_replica_count, and the rest of the replicas will be retried. If not set, the default required_replica_count will be min_replica_count.
         "spot": True or False, # Optional. If true, schedule the deployment workload on [spot VMs](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/spot-vms).
       },
       "deployedIndexAuthConfig": { # Used to set up the auth on the DeployedIndex's private endpoint. # Optional. If set, the authentication is enabled for the private endpoint.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.indexEndpoints.operations.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.indexEndpoints.operations.html
index 1f925e2036..d3b94cb0bb 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.indexEndpoints.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.indexEndpoints.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Vertex AI API . 
   cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.indexes.operations.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.indexes.operations.html
index 028433bb3f..da9b028d21 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.indexes.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.indexes.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Vertex AI API . 
   cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.metadataStores.artifacts.operations.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.metadataStores.artifacts.operations.html
index 20aea5ec3f..c191cf2810 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.metadataStores.artifacts.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.metadataStores.artifacts.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Vertex AI API . 
   cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.metadataStores.contexts.operations.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.metadataStores.contexts.operations.html
index efc17c3662..d2b2e686dc 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.metadataStores.contexts.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.metadataStores.contexts.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Vertex AI API . 
   cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.metadataStores.executions.operations.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.metadataStores.executions.operations.html
index 57a712ac57..f282a1bc75 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.metadataStores.executions.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.metadataStores.executions.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Vertex AI API . 
   cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.metadataStores.operations.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.metadataStores.operations.html
index 19430e69e4..3a2f81b762 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.metadataStores.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.metadataStores.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Vertex AI API . 
   cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.migratableResources.operations.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.migratableResources.operations.html
index 4f9548c3bc..5c6c5bfec3 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.migratableResources.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.migratableResources.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Vertex AI API . 
   cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.modelDeploymentMonitoringJobs.operations.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.modelDeploymentMonitoringJobs.operations.html
index fb7bc8ad21..6ec9d650f9 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.modelDeploymentMonitoringJobs.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.modelDeploymentMonitoringJobs.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Vertex AI API . 
   cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.models.evaluations.operations.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.models.evaluations.operations.html
index d0ede13b98..6ce15ef774 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.models.evaluations.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.models.evaluations.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Vertex AI API . 
   cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.models.operations.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.models.operations.html
index b269308205..d0fca414c4 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.models.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.models.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Vertex AI API . 
   cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.notebookExecutionJobs.operations.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.notebookExecutionJobs.operations.html
index 58a3a70af2..e253e9678c 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.notebookExecutionJobs.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.notebookExecutionJobs.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Vertex AI API . 
   cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.notebookRuntimeTemplates.operations.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.notebookRuntimeTemplates.operations.html
index 52e94e5d7e..a82ef1ac3b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.notebookRuntimeTemplates.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.notebookRuntimeTemplates.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Vertex AI API . 
   cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.notebookRuntimes.operations.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.notebookRuntimes.operations.html
index 0bed849d2e..39a7c0c0f7 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.notebookRuntimes.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.notebookRuntimes.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Vertex AI API . 
   cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.operations.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.operations.html
index 09a2f0156a..c21ac9c250 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Vertex AI API . 
   cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.persistentResources.operations.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.persistentResources.operations.html
index 39c1167b1d..a8883e8820 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.persistentResources.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.persistentResources.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Vertex AI API . 
   cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.pipelineJobs.operations.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.pipelineJobs.operations.html
index 03bc8fdc96..372f1edf6d 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.pipelineJobs.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.pipelineJobs.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Vertex AI API . 
   cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.publishers.models.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.publishers.models.html
index 87ca98ab1e..5ca40c908a 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.publishers.models.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.publishers.models.html
@@ -413,9 +413,6 @@ 
Method Details

           "datastore": "A String", # Required. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}`
         },
         "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService.
-          "ragCorpora": [ # Optional. Deprecated. Please use rag_resources instead.
-            "A String",
-          ],
           "ragResources": [ # Optional. The representation of the rag source. It can be used to specify corpus only or ragfiles. Currently only support one corpus or multiple files from one corpus. In the future we may open up multiple corpora support.
             { # The definition of the Rag resource.
               "ragCorpus": "A String", # Optional. RagCorpora resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/ragCorpora/{rag_corpus}`
@@ -424,6 +421,14 @@ 
Method Details

               ],
             },
           ],
+          "ragRetrievalConfig": { # Specifies the context retrieval config. # Optional. The retrieval config for the Rag query.
+            "filter": { # Config for filters. # Optional. Config for filters.
+              "metadataFilter": "A String", # Optional. String for metadata filtering.
+              "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector distance smaller than the threshold.
+              "vectorSimilarityThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector similarity larger than the threshold.
+            },
+            "topK": 42, # Optional. The number of contexts to retrieve.
+          },
           "similarityTopK": 42, # Optional. Number of top k results to return from the selected corpora.
           "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only return results with vector distance smaller than the threshold.
         },
@@ -498,6 +503,7 @@ 
Method Details

     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for [PredictionService.GenerateContent].
+  "cachedContent": "A String", # Optional. The name of the cached content used as context to serve the prediction. Note: only used in explicit caching, where users can have control over caching (e.g. what content to cache) and enjoy guaranteed cost savings. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cachedContents/{cachedContent}`
   "contents": [ # Required. The content of the current conversation with the model. For single-turn queries, this is a single instance. For multi-turn queries, this is a repeated field that contains conversation history + latest request.
     { # The base structured datatype containing multi-part content of a message. A `Content` includes a `role` field designating the producer of the `Content` and a `parts` field containing multi-part data that contains the content of the message turn.
       "parts": [ # Required. Ordered `Parts` that constitute a single message. Parts may have different IANA MIME types.
@@ -729,9 +735,6 @@ 
Method Details

           "datastore": "A String", # Required. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}`
         },
         "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService.
-          "ragCorpora": [ # Optional. Deprecated. Please use rag_resources instead.
-            "A String",
-          ],
           "ragResources": [ # Optional. The representation of the rag source. It can be used to specify corpus only or ragfiles. Currently only support one corpus or multiple files from one corpus. In the future we may open up multiple corpora support.
             { # The definition of the Rag resource.
               "ragCorpus": "A String", # Optional. RagCorpora resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/ragCorpora/{rag_corpus}`
@@ -740,6 +743,14 @@ 
Method Details

               ],
             },
           ],
+          "ragRetrievalConfig": { # Specifies the context retrieval config. # Optional. The retrieval config for the Rag query.
+            "filter": { # Config for filters. # Optional. Config for filters.
+              "metadataFilter": "A String", # Optional. String for metadata filtering.
+              "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector distance smaller than the threshold.
+              "vectorSimilarityThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector similarity larger than the threshold.
+            },
+            "topK": 42, # Optional. The number of contexts to retrieve.
+          },
           "similarityTopK": 42, # Optional. Number of top k results to return from the selected corpora.
           "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only return results with vector distance smaller than the threshold.
         },
@@ -900,6 +911,7 @@ 
Method Details

     ],
   },
   "usageMetadata": { # Usage metadata about response(s). # Usage metadata about the response(s).
+    "cachedContentTokenCount": 42, # Output only. Number of tokens in the cached part in the input (the cached content).
     "candidatesTokenCount": 42, # Number of tokens in the response(s).
     "promptTokenCount": 42, # Number of tokens in the request. When `cached_content` is set, this is still the total effective prompt size meaning this includes the number of tokens in the cached content.
     "totalTokenCount": 42, # Total token count for prompt and response candidates.
@@ -1226,6 +1238,7 @@ 
Method Details

     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for [PredictionService.GenerateContent].
+  "cachedContent": "A String", # Optional. The name of the cached content used as context to serve the prediction. Note: only used in explicit caching, where users can have control over caching (e.g. what content to cache) and enjoy guaranteed cost savings. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cachedContents/{cachedContent}`
   "contents": [ # Required. The content of the current conversation with the model. For single-turn queries, this is a single instance. For multi-turn queries, this is a repeated field that contains conversation history + latest request.
     { # The base structured datatype containing multi-part content of a message. A `Content` includes a `role` field designating the producer of the `Content` and a `parts` field containing multi-part data that contains the content of the message turn.
       "parts": [ # Required. Ordered `Parts` that constitute a single message. Parts may have different IANA MIME types.
@@ -1457,9 +1470,6 @@ 
Method Details

           "datastore": "A String", # Required. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}`
         },
         "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService.
-          "ragCorpora": [ # Optional. Deprecated. Please use rag_resources instead.
-            "A String",
-          ],
           "ragResources": [ # Optional. The representation of the rag source. It can be used to specify corpus only or ragfiles. Currently only support one corpus or multiple files from one corpus. In the future we may open up multiple corpora support.
             { # The definition of the Rag resource.
               "ragCorpus": "A String", # Optional. RagCorpora resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/ragCorpora/{rag_corpus}`
@@ -1468,6 +1478,14 @@ 
Method Details

               ],
             },
           ],
+          "ragRetrievalConfig": { # Specifies the context retrieval config. # Optional. The retrieval config for the Rag query.
+            "filter": { # Config for filters. # Optional. Config for filters.
+              "metadataFilter": "A String", # Optional. String for metadata filtering.
+              "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector distance smaller than the threshold.
+              "vectorSimilarityThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector similarity larger than the threshold.
+            },
+            "topK": 42, # Optional. The number of contexts to retrieve.
+          },
           "similarityTopK": 42, # Optional. Number of top k results to return from the selected corpora.
           "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only return results with vector distance smaller than the threshold.
         },
@@ -1628,6 +1646,7 @@ 
Method Details

     ],
   },
   "usageMetadata": { # Usage metadata about response(s). # Usage metadata about the response(s).
+    "cachedContentTokenCount": 42, # Output only. Number of tokens in the cached part in the input (the cached content).
     "candidatesTokenCount": 42, # Number of tokens in the response(s).
     "promptTokenCount": 42, # Number of tokens in the request. When `cached_content` is set, this is still the total effective prompt size meaning this includes the number of tokens in the cached content.
     "totalTokenCount": 42, # Total token count for prompt and response candidates.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.ragCorpora.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.ragCorpora.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..62fbccb85e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.ragCorpora.html
@@ -0,0 +1,404 @@
+
+
+
+
Vertex AI API . projects . locations . ragCorpora

+
Instance Methods

+

+  ragFiles()
+

+
Returns the ragFiles Resource.

+
+

+  close()

+
Close httplib2 connections.

+

+  create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Creates a RagCorpus.

+

+  delete(name, force=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Deletes a RagCorpus.

+

+  get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+
Gets a RagCorpus.

+

+  list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Lists RagCorpora in a Location.

+

+  list_next()

+
Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+  patch(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Updates a RagCorpus.

+
Method Details

+

+    close()
+  
Close httplib2 connections.

+

+
+

+    create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Creates a RagCorpus.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The resource name of the Location to create the RagCorpus in. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # A RagCorpus is a RagFile container and a project can have multiple RagCorpora.
+  "corpusStatus": { # RagCorpus status. # Output only. RagCorpus state.
+    "errorStatus": "A String", # Output only. Only when the `state` field is ERROR.
+    "state": "A String", # Output only. RagCorpus life state.
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this RagCorpus was created.
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the RagCorpus.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the RagCorpus. The name can be up to 128 characters long and can consist of any UTF-8 characters.
+  "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the RagCorpus.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this RagCorpus was last updated.
+  "vectorDbConfig": { # Config for the Vector DB to use for RAG. # Optional. Immutable. The config for the Vector DBs.
+    "apiAuth": { # The generic reusable api auth config. # Authentication config for the chosen Vector DB.
+      "apiKeyConfig": { # The API secret. # The API secret.
+        "apiKeySecretVersion": "A String", # Required. The SecretManager secret version resource name storing API key. e.g. projects/{project}/secrets/{secret}/versions/{version}
+      },
+    },
+    "pinecone": { # The config for the Pinecone. # The config for the Pinecone.
+      "indexName": "A String", # Pinecone index name. This value cannot be changed after it's set.
+    },
+    "ragEmbeddingModelConfig": { # Config for the embedding model to use for RAG. # Optional. Immutable. The embedding model config of the Vector DB.
+      "vertexPredictionEndpoint": { # Config representing a model hosted on Vertex Prediction Endpoint. # The Vertex AI Prediction Endpoint that either refers to a publisher model or an endpoint that is hosting a 1P fine-tuned text embedding model. Endpoints hosting non-1P fine-tuned text embedding models are currently not supported. This is used for dense vector search.
+        "endpoint": "A String", # Required. The endpoint resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/{publisher}/models/{model}` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}`
+        "model": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the model that is deployed on the endpoint. Present only when the endpoint is not a publisher model. Pattern: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/models/{model}`
+        "modelVersionId": "A String", # Output only. Version ID of the model that is deployed on the endpoint. Present only when the endpoint is not a publisher model.
+      },
+    },
+    "vertexVectorSearch": { # The config for the Vertex Vector Search. # The config for the Vertex Vector Search.
+      "index": "A String", # The resource name of the Index. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/indexes/{index}`
+      "indexEndpoint": "A String", # The resource name of the Index Endpoint. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/indexEndpoints/{index_endpoint}`
+    },
+  },
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}

+

+
+

+    delete(name, force=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Deletes a RagCorpus.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the RagCorpus resource to be deleted. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/ragCorpora/{rag_corpus}` (required)
+  force: boolean, Optional. If set to true, any RagFiles in this RagCorpus will also be deleted. Otherwise, the request will only work if the RagCorpus has no RagFiles.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}

+

+
+

+    get(name, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Gets a RagCorpus.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the RagCorpus resource. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/ragCorpora/{rag_corpus}` (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A RagCorpus is a RagFile container and a project can have multiple RagCorpora.
+  "corpusStatus": { # RagCorpus status. # Output only. RagCorpus state.
+    "errorStatus": "A String", # Output only. Only when the `state` field is ERROR.
+    "state": "A String", # Output only. RagCorpus life state.
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this RagCorpus was created.
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the RagCorpus.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the RagCorpus. The name can be up to 128 characters long and can consist of any UTF-8 characters.
+  "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the RagCorpus.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this RagCorpus was last updated.
+  "vectorDbConfig": { # Config for the Vector DB to use for RAG. # Optional. Immutable. The config for the Vector DBs.
+    "apiAuth": { # The generic reusable api auth config. # Authentication config for the chosen Vector DB.
+      "apiKeyConfig": { # The API secret. # The API secret.
+        "apiKeySecretVersion": "A String", # Required. The SecretManager secret version resource name storing API key. e.g. projects/{project}/secrets/{secret}/versions/{version}
+      },
+    },
+    "pinecone": { # The config for the Pinecone. # The config for the Pinecone.
+      "indexName": "A String", # Pinecone index name. This value cannot be changed after it's set.
+    },
+    "ragEmbeddingModelConfig": { # Config for the embedding model to use for RAG. # Optional. Immutable. The embedding model config of the Vector DB.
+      "vertexPredictionEndpoint": { # Config representing a model hosted on Vertex Prediction Endpoint. # The Vertex AI Prediction Endpoint that either refers to a publisher model or an endpoint that is hosting a 1P fine-tuned text embedding model. Endpoints hosting non-1P fine-tuned text embedding models are currently not supported. This is used for dense vector search.
+        "endpoint": "A String", # Required. The endpoint resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/{publisher}/models/{model}` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}`
+        "model": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the model that is deployed on the endpoint. Present only when the endpoint is not a publisher model. Pattern: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/models/{model}`
+        "modelVersionId": "A String", # Output only. Version ID of the model that is deployed on the endpoint. Present only when the endpoint is not a publisher model.
+      },
+    },
+    "vertexVectorSearch": { # The config for the Vertex Vector Search. # The config for the Vertex Vector Search.
+      "index": "A String", # The resource name of the Index. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/indexes/{index}`
+      "indexEndpoint": "A String", # The resource name of the Index Endpoint. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/indexEndpoints/{index_endpoint}`
+    },
+  },
+}

+

+
+

+    list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Lists RagCorpora in a Location.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The resource name of the Location from which to list the RagCorpora. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}` (required)
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. The standard list page size.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. The standard list page token. Typically obtained via ListRagCorporaResponse.next_page_token of the previous VertexRagDataService.ListRagCorpora call.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for VertexRagDataService.ListRagCorpora.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token to retrieve the next page of results. Pass to ListRagCorporaRequest.page_token to obtain that page.
+  "ragCorpora": [ # List of RagCorpora in the requested page.
+    { # A RagCorpus is a RagFile container and a project can have multiple RagCorpora.
+      "corpusStatus": { # RagCorpus status. # Output only. RagCorpus state.
+        "errorStatus": "A String", # Output only. Only when the `state` field is ERROR.
+        "state": "A String", # Output only. RagCorpus life state.
+      },
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this RagCorpus was created.
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the RagCorpus.
+      "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the RagCorpus. The name can be up to 128 characters long and can consist of any UTF-8 characters.
+      "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the RagCorpus.
+      "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this RagCorpus was last updated.
+      "vectorDbConfig": { # Config for the Vector DB to use for RAG. # Optional. Immutable. The config for the Vector DBs.
+        "apiAuth": { # The generic reusable api auth config. # Authentication config for the chosen Vector DB.
+          "apiKeyConfig": { # The API secret. # The API secret.
+            "apiKeySecretVersion": "A String", # Required. The SecretManager secret version resource name storing API key. e.g. projects/{project}/secrets/{secret}/versions/{version}
+          },
+        },
+        "pinecone": { # The config for the Pinecone. # The config for the Pinecone.
+          "indexName": "A String", # Pinecone index name. This value cannot be changed after it's set.
+        },
+        "ragEmbeddingModelConfig": { # Config for the embedding model to use for RAG. # Optional. Immutable. The embedding model config of the Vector DB.
+          "vertexPredictionEndpoint": { # Config representing a model hosted on Vertex Prediction Endpoint. # The Vertex AI Prediction Endpoint that either refers to a publisher model or an endpoint that is hosting a 1P fine-tuned text embedding model. Endpoints hosting non-1P fine-tuned text embedding models are currently not supported. This is used for dense vector search.
+            "endpoint": "A String", # Required. The endpoint resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/{publisher}/models/{model}` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}`
+            "model": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the model that is deployed on the endpoint. Present only when the endpoint is not a publisher model. Pattern: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/models/{model}`
+            "modelVersionId": "A String", # Output only. Version ID of the model that is deployed on the endpoint. Present only when the endpoint is not a publisher model.
+          },
+        },
+        "vertexVectorSearch": { # The config for the Vertex Vector Search. # The config for the Vertex Vector Search.
+          "index": "A String", # The resource name of the Index. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/indexes/{index}`
+          "indexEndpoint": "A String", # The resource name of the Index Endpoint. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/indexEndpoints/{index_endpoint}`
+        },
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+}

+

+
+

+    list_next()
+  
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        

+

+
+

+    patch(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Updates a RagCorpus.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Output only. The resource name of the RagCorpus. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # A RagCorpus is a RagFile container and a project can have multiple RagCorpora.
+  "corpusStatus": { # RagCorpus status. # Output only. RagCorpus state.
+    "errorStatus": "A String", # Output only. Only when the `state` field is ERROR.
+    "state": "A String", # Output only. RagCorpus life state.
+  },
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this RagCorpus was created.
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the RagCorpus.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the RagCorpus. The name can be up to 128 characters long and can consist of any UTF-8 characters.
+  "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the RagCorpus.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this RagCorpus was last updated.
+  "vectorDbConfig": { # Config for the Vector DB to use for RAG. # Optional. Immutable. The config for the Vector DBs.
+    "apiAuth": { # The generic reusable api auth config. # Authentication config for the chosen Vector DB.
+      "apiKeyConfig": { # The API secret. # The API secret.
+        "apiKeySecretVersion": "A String", # Required. The SecretManager secret version resource name storing API key. e.g. projects/{project}/secrets/{secret}/versions/{version}
+      },
+    },
+    "pinecone": { # The config for the Pinecone. # The config for the Pinecone.
+      "indexName": "A String", # Pinecone index name. This value cannot be changed after it's set.
+    },
+    "ragEmbeddingModelConfig": { # Config for the embedding model to use for RAG. # Optional. Immutable. The embedding model config of the Vector DB.
+      "vertexPredictionEndpoint": { # Config representing a model hosted on Vertex Prediction Endpoint. # The Vertex AI Prediction Endpoint that either refers to a publisher model or an endpoint that is hosting a 1P fine-tuned text embedding model. Endpoints hosting non-1P fine-tuned text embedding models are currently not supported. This is used for dense vector search.
+        "endpoint": "A String", # Required. The endpoint resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/{publisher}/models/{model}` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}`
+        "model": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the model that is deployed on the endpoint. Present only when the endpoint is not a publisher model. Pattern: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/models/{model}`
+        "modelVersionId": "A String", # Output only. Version ID of the model that is deployed on the endpoint. Present only when the endpoint is not a publisher model.
+      },
+    },
+    "vertexVectorSearch": { # The config for the Vertex Vector Search. # The config for the Vertex Vector Search.
+      "index": "A String", # The resource name of the Index. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/indexes/{index}`
+      "indexEndpoint": "A String", # The resource name of the Index Endpoint. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/indexEndpoints/{index_endpoint}`
+    },
+  },
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}

+

+
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.ragCorpora.ragFiles.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.ragCorpora.ragFiles.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..745c7b8467
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.ragCorpora.ragFiles.html
@@ -0,0 +1,411 @@
+
+
+
+
Vertex AI API . projects . locations . ragCorpora . ragFiles

+
Instance Methods

+

+  close()

+
Close httplib2 connections.

+

+  delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

+
Deletes a RagFile.

+

+  get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+
Gets a RagFile.

+

+  import_(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Import files from Google Cloud Storage or Google Drive into a RagCorpus.

+

+  list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Lists RagFiles in a RagCorpus.

+

+  list_next()

+
Retrieves the next page of results.

+
Method Details

+

+    close()
+  
Close httplib2 connections.

+

+
+

+    delete(name, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Deletes a RagFile.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the RagFile resource to be deleted. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/ragCorpora/{rag_corpus}/ragFiles/{rag_file}` (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}

+

+
+

+    get(name, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Gets a RagFile.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the RagFile resource. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/ragCorpora/{rag_corpus}/ragFiles/{rag_file}` (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A RagFile contains user data for chunking, embedding and indexing.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this RagFile was created.
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the RagFile.
+  "directUploadSource": { # The input content is encapsulated and uploaded in the request. # Output only. The RagFile is encapsulated and uploaded in the UploadRagFile request.
+  },
+  "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the RagFile. The name can be up to 128 characters long and can consist of any UTF-8 characters.
+  "fileStatus": { # RagFile status. # Output only. State of the RagFile.
+    "errorStatus": "A String", # Output only. Only when the `state` field is ERROR.
+    "state": "A String", # Output only. RagFile state.
+  },
+  "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # Output only. Google Cloud Storage location of the RagFile. It does not support wildcards in the Cloud Storage uri for now.
+    "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+  },
+  "googleDriveSource": { # The Google Drive location for the input content. # Output only. Google Drive location. Supports importing individual files as well as Google Drive folders.
+    "resourceIds": [ # Required. Google Drive resource IDs.
+      { # The type and ID of the Google Drive resource.
+        "resourceId": "A String", # Required. The ID of the Google Drive resource.
+        "resourceType": "A String", # Required. The type of the Google Drive resource.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "jiraSource": { # The Jira source for the ImportRagFilesRequest. # The RagFile is imported from a Jira query.
+    "jiraQueries": [ # Required. The Jira queries.
+      { # JiraQueries contains the Jira queries and corresponding authentication.
+        "apiKeyConfig": { # The API secret. # Required. The SecretManager secret version resource name (e.g. projects/{project}/secrets/{secret}/versions/{version}) storing the Jira API key. See [Manage API tokens for your Atlassian account](https://support.atlassian.com/atlassian-account/docs/manage-api-tokens-for-your-atlassian-account/).
+          "apiKeySecretVersion": "A String", # Required. The SecretManager secret version resource name storing API key. e.g. projects/{project}/secrets/{secret}/versions/{version}
+        },
+        "customQueries": [ # A list of custom Jira queries to import. For information about JQL (Jira Query Language), see https://support.atlassian.com/jira-service-management-cloud/docs/use-advanced-search-with-jira-query-language-jql/
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "email": "A String", # Required. The Jira email address.
+        "projects": [ # A list of Jira projects to import in their entirety.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "serverUri": "A String", # Required. The Jira server URI.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the RagFile.
+  "slackSource": { # The Slack source for the ImportRagFilesRequest. # The RagFile is imported from a Slack channel.
+    "channels": [ # Required. The Slack channels.
+      { # SlackChannels contains the Slack channels and corresponding access token.
+        "apiKeyConfig": { # The API secret. # Required. The SecretManager secret version resource name (e.g. projects/{project}/secrets/{secret}/versions/{version}) storing the Slack channel access token that has access to the slack channel IDs. See: https://api.slack.com/tutorials/tracks/getting-a-token.
+          "apiKeySecretVersion": "A String", # Required. The SecretManager secret version resource name storing API key. e.g. projects/{project}/secrets/{secret}/versions/{version}
+        },
+        "channels": [ # Required. The Slack channel IDs.
+          { # SlackChannel contains the Slack channel ID and the time range to import.
+            "channelId": "A String", # Required. The Slack channel ID.
+            "endTime": "A String", # Optional. The ending timestamp for messages to import.
+            "startTime": "A String", # Optional. The starting timestamp for messages to import.
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this RagFile was last updated.
+}

+

+
+

+    import_(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Import files from Google Cloud Storage or Google Drive into a RagCorpus.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The name of the RagCorpus resource into which to import files. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/ragCorpora/{rag_corpus}` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for VertexRagDataService.ImportRagFiles.
+  "importRagFilesConfig": { # Config for importing RagFiles. # Required. The config for the RagFiles to be synced and imported into the RagCorpus. VertexRagDataService.ImportRagFiles.
+    "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # Google Cloud Storage location. Supports importing individual files as well as entire Google Cloud Storage directories. Sample formats: - `gs://bucket_name/my_directory/object_name/my_file.txt` - `gs://bucket_name/my_directory`
+      "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+    },
+    "googleDriveSource": { # The Google Drive location for the input content. # Google Drive location. Supports importing individual files as well as Google Drive folders.
+      "resourceIds": [ # Required. Google Drive resource IDs.
+        { # The type and ID of the Google Drive resource.
+          "resourceId": "A String", # Required. The ID of the Google Drive resource.
+          "resourceType": "A String", # Required. The type of the Google Drive resource.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "jiraSource": { # The Jira source for the ImportRagFilesRequest. # Jira queries with their corresponding authentication.
+      "jiraQueries": [ # Required. The Jira queries.
+        { # JiraQueries contains the Jira queries and corresponding authentication.
+          "apiKeyConfig": { # The API secret. # Required. The SecretManager secret version resource name (e.g. projects/{project}/secrets/{secret}/versions/{version}) storing the Jira API key. See [Manage API tokens for your Atlassian account](https://support.atlassian.com/atlassian-account/docs/manage-api-tokens-for-your-atlassian-account/).
+            "apiKeySecretVersion": "A String", # Required. The SecretManager secret version resource name storing API key. e.g. projects/{project}/secrets/{secret}/versions/{version}
+          },
+          "customQueries": [ # A list of custom Jira queries to import. For information about JQL (Jira Query Language), see https://support.atlassian.com/jira-service-management-cloud/docs/use-advanced-search-with-jira-query-language-jql/
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "email": "A String", # Required. The Jira email address.
+          "projects": [ # A list of Jira projects to import in their entirety.
+            "A String",
+          ],
+          "serverUri": "A String", # Required. The Jira server URI.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "maxEmbeddingRequestsPerMin": 42, # Optional. The max number of queries per minute that this job is allowed to make to the embedding model specified on the corpus. This value is specific to this job and not shared across other import jobs. Consult the Quotas page on the project to set an appropriate value here. If unspecified, a default value of 1,000 QPM would be used.
+    "partialFailureBigquerySink": { # The BigQuery location for the output content. # The BigQuery destination to write partial failures to. It should be a bigquery table resource name (e.g. "bq://projectId.bqDatasetId.bqTableId"). The dataset must exist. If the table does not exist, it will be created with the expected schema. If the table exists, the schema will be validated and data will be added to this existing table. Deprecated. Prefer to use `import_result_bq_sink`.
+      "outputUri": "A String", # Required. BigQuery URI to a project or table, up to 2000 characters long. When only the project is specified, the Dataset and Table is created. When the full table reference is specified, the Dataset must exist and table must not exist. Accepted forms: * BigQuery path. For example: `bq://projectId` or `bq://projectId.bqDatasetId` or `bq://projectId.bqDatasetId.bqTableId`.
+    },
+    "partialFailureGcsSink": { # The Google Cloud Storage location where the output is to be written to. # The Cloud Storage path to write partial failures to. Deprecated. Prefer to use `import_result_gcs_sink`.
+      "outputUriPrefix": "A String", # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI to output directory. If the uri doesn't end with '/', a '/' will be automatically appended. The directory is created if it doesn't exist.
+    },
+    "ragFileTransformationConfig": { # Specifies the transformation config for RagFiles. # Specifies the transformation config for RagFiles.
+      "ragFileChunkingConfig": { # Specifies the size and overlap of chunks for RagFiles. # Specifies the chunking config for RagFiles.
+        "fixedLengthChunking": { # Specifies the fixed length chunking config. # Specifies the fixed length chunking config.
+          "chunkOverlap": 42, # The overlap between chunks.
+          "chunkSize": 42, # The size of the chunks.
+        },
+      },
+    },
+    "slackSource": { # The Slack source for the ImportRagFilesRequest. # Slack channels with their corresponding access tokens.
+      "channels": [ # Required. The Slack channels.
+        { # SlackChannels contains the Slack channels and corresponding access token.
+          "apiKeyConfig": { # The API secret. # Required. The SecretManager secret version resource name (e.g. projects/{project}/secrets/{secret}/versions/{version}) storing the Slack channel access token that has access to the slack channel IDs. See: https://api.slack.com/tutorials/tracks/getting-a-token.
+            "apiKeySecretVersion": "A String", # Required. The SecretManager secret version resource name storing API key. e.g. projects/{project}/secrets/{secret}/versions/{version}
+          },
+          "channels": [ # Required. The Slack channel IDs.
+            { # SlackChannel contains the Slack channel ID and the time range to import.
+              "channelId": "A String", # Required. The Slack channel ID.
+              "endTime": "A String", # Optional. The ending timestamp for messages to import.
+              "startTime": "A String", # Optional. The starting timestamp for messages to import.
+            },
+          ],
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}

+

+
+

+    list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Lists RagFiles in a RagCorpus.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The resource name of the RagCorpus from which to list the RagFiles. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/ragCorpora/{rag_corpus}` (required)
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. The standard list page size.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. The standard list page token. Typically obtained via ListRagFilesResponse.next_page_token of the previous VertexRagDataService.ListRagFiles call.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for VertexRagDataService.ListRagFiles.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token to retrieve the next page of results. Pass to ListRagFilesRequest.page_token to obtain that page.
+  "ragFiles": [ # List of RagFiles in the requested page.
+    { # A RagFile contains user data for chunking, embedding and indexing.
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this RagFile was created.
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the RagFile.
+      "directUploadSource": { # The input content is encapsulated and uploaded in the request. # Output only. The RagFile is encapsulated and uploaded in the UploadRagFile request.
+      },
+      "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name of the RagFile. The name can be up to 128 characters long and can consist of any UTF-8 characters.
+      "fileStatus": { # RagFile status. # Output only. State of the RagFile.
+        "errorStatus": "A String", # Output only. Only when the `state` field is ERROR.
+        "state": "A String", # Output only. RagFile state.
+      },
+      "gcsSource": { # The Google Cloud Storage location for the input content. # Output only. Google Cloud Storage location of the RagFile. It does not support wildcards in the Cloud Storage uri for now.
+        "uris": [ # Required. Google Cloud Storage URI(-s) to the input file(s). May contain wildcards. For more information on wildcards, see https://cloud.google.com/storage/docs/gsutil/addlhelp/WildcardNames.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
+      "googleDriveSource": { # The Google Drive location for the input content. # Output only. Google Drive location. Supports importing individual files as well as Google Drive folders.
+        "resourceIds": [ # Required. Google Drive resource IDs.
+          { # The type and ID of the Google Drive resource.
+            "resourceId": "A String", # Required. The ID of the Google Drive resource.
+            "resourceType": "A String", # Required. The type of the Google Drive resource.
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+      "jiraSource": { # The Jira source for the ImportRagFilesRequest. # The RagFile is imported from a Jira query.
+        "jiraQueries": [ # Required. The Jira queries.
+          { # JiraQueries contains the Jira queries and corresponding authentication.
+            "apiKeyConfig": { # The API secret. # Required. The SecretManager secret version resource name (e.g. projects/{project}/secrets/{secret}/versions/{version}) storing the Jira API key. See [Manage API tokens for your Atlassian account](https://support.atlassian.com/atlassian-account/docs/manage-api-tokens-for-your-atlassian-account/).
+              "apiKeySecretVersion": "A String", # Required. The SecretManager secret version resource name storing API key. e.g. projects/{project}/secrets/{secret}/versions/{version}
+            },
+            "customQueries": [ # A list of custom Jira queries to import. For information about JQL (Jira Query Language), see https://support.atlassian.com/jira-service-management-cloud/docs/use-advanced-search-with-jira-query-language-jql/
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "email": "A String", # Required. The Jira email address.
+            "projects": [ # A list of Jira projects to import in their entirety.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "serverUri": "A String", # Required. The Jira server URI.
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+      "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the RagFile.
+      "slackSource": { # The Slack source for the ImportRagFilesRequest. # The RagFile is imported from a Slack channel.
+        "channels": [ # Required. The Slack channels.
+          { # SlackChannels contains the Slack channels and corresponding access token.
+            "apiKeyConfig": { # The API secret. # Required. The SecretManager secret version resource name (e.g. projects/{project}/secrets/{secret}/versions/{version}) storing the Slack channel access token that has access to the slack channel IDs. See: https://api.slack.com/tutorials/tracks/getting-a-token.
+              "apiKeySecretVersion": "A String", # Required. The SecretManager secret version resource name storing API key. e.g. projects/{project}/secrets/{secret}/versions/{version}
+            },
+            "channels": [ # Required. The Slack channel IDs.
+              { # SlackChannel contains the Slack channel ID and the time range to import.
+                "channelId": "A String", # Required. The Slack channel ID.
+                "endTime": "A String", # Optional. The ending timestamp for messages to import.
+                "startTime": "A String", # Optional. The starting timestamp for messages to import.
+              },
+            ],
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+      "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this RagFile was last updated.
+    },
+  ],
+}

+

+
+

+    list_next()
+  
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        

+

+
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.html
index 0fd78d6bdf..32f2f8fe9b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.html
@@ -100,6 +100,9 @@ 
Instance Methods

 

   patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

 
Updates a reasoning engine.

+

+  query(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Queries using a reasoning engine.

 
Method Details

 

     close()
@@ -358,4 +361,33 @@ 
Method Details

 }

 

 
+

+    query(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Queries using a reasoning engine.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The name of the ReasoningEngine resource to use. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/reasoningEngines/{reasoning_engine}` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for ReasoningEngineExecutionService.Query.
+  "classMethod": "A String", # Optional. Class method to be used for the query. It is optional and defaults to "query" if unspecified.
+  "input": { # Optional. Input content provided by users in JSON object format. Examples include text query, function calling parameters, media bytes, etc.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+  },
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for ReasoningEngineExecutionService.Query
+  "output": "", # Response provided by users in JSON object format.
+}

+

+
 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.operations.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.operations.html
index 2bbf3baf51..28a6479ec8 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Vertex AI API . 
   cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.schedules.operations.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.schedules.operations.html
index 8fc4e8e1f0..70d9eb6a19 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.schedules.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.schedules.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Vertex AI API . 
   cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.specialistPools.operations.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.specialistPools.operations.html
index 8ce6b2fab1..c1a4e2ea57 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.specialistPools.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.specialistPools.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Vertex AI API . 
   cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.studies.operations.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.studies.operations.html
index b0c16a4c41..6ac87560a4 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.studies.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.studies.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Vertex AI API . 
   cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.studies.trials.operations.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.studies.trials.operations.html
index 4d68bf586b..1588284a9c 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.studies.trials.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.studies.trials.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Vertex AI API . 
   cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.tensorboards.experiments.operations.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.tensorboards.experiments.operations.html
index b3cc8e81b6..5f2b27b550 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.tensorboards.experiments.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.tensorboards.experiments.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Vertex AI API . 
   cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.tensorboards.experiments.runs.operations.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.tensorboards.experiments.runs.operations.html
index 1890518f37..3a0d5a9d08 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.tensorboards.experiments.runs.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.tensorboards.experiments.runs.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Vertex AI API . 
   cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.tensorboards.experiments.runs.timeSeries.operations.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.tensorboards.experiments.runs.timeSeries.operations.html
index fc33064c60..24277073c9 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.tensorboards.experiments.runs.timeSeries.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.tensorboards.experiments.runs.timeSeries.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Vertex AI API . 
   cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.tensorboards.operations.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.tensorboards.operations.html
index 24882b426d..de306f329a 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.tensorboards.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.tensorboards.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Vertex AI API . 
   cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.trainingPipelines.operations.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.trainingPipelines.operations.html
index 12c0ea2471..81baf42e37 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.trainingPipelines.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.trainingPipelines.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Vertex AI API . 
   cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.tuningJobs.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.tuningJobs.html
index 64c28d2c03..643ee79938 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.tuningJobs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.tuningJobs.html
@@ -161,6 +161,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "a_key": "A String",
   },
   "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. Resource name of a TuningJob. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/tuningJobs/{tuning_job}`
+  "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account that the tuningJob workload runs as. If not specified, the Vertex AI Secure Fine-Tuned Service Agent in the project will be used. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-agents#vertex-ai-secure-fine-tuning-service-agent Users starting the pipeline must have the `iam.serviceAccounts.actAs` permission on this service account.
   "startTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the TuningJob for the first time entered the `JOB_STATE_RUNNING` state.
   "state": "A String", # Output only. The detailed state of the job.
   "supervisedTuningSpec": { # Tuning Spec for Supervised Tuning for first party models. # Tuning Spec for Supervised Fine Tuning.
@@ -308,6 +309,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "a_key": "A String",
   },
   "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. Resource name of a TuningJob. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/tuningJobs/{tuning_job}`
+  "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account that the tuningJob workload runs as. If not specified, the Vertex AI Secure Fine-Tuned Service Agent in the project will be used. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-agents#vertex-ai-secure-fine-tuning-service-agent Users starting the pipeline must have the `iam.serviceAccounts.actAs` permission on this service account.
   "startTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the TuningJob for the first time entered the `JOB_STATE_RUNNING` state.
   "state": "A String", # Output only. The detailed state of the job.
   "supervisedTuningSpec": { # Tuning Spec for Supervised Tuning for first party models. # Tuning Spec for Supervised Fine Tuning.
@@ -462,6 +464,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "a_key": "A String",
   },
   "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. Resource name of a TuningJob. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/tuningJobs/{tuning_job}`
+  "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account that the tuningJob workload runs as. If not specified, the Vertex AI Secure Fine-Tuned Service Agent in the project will be used. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-agents#vertex-ai-secure-fine-tuning-service-agent Users starting the pipeline must have the `iam.serviceAccounts.actAs` permission on this service account.
   "startTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the TuningJob for the first time entered the `JOB_STATE_RUNNING` state.
   "state": "A String", # Output only. The detailed state of the job.
   "supervisedTuningSpec": { # Tuning Spec for Supervised Tuning for first party models. # Tuning Spec for Supervised Fine Tuning.
@@ -622,6 +625,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "a_key": "A String",
       },
       "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. Resource name of a TuningJob. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/tuningJobs/{tuning_job}`
+      "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account that the tuningJob workload runs as. If not specified, the Vertex AI Secure Fine-Tuned Service Agent in the project will be used. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-agents#vertex-ai-secure-fine-tuning-service-agent Users starting the pipeline must have the `iam.serviceAccounts.actAs` permission on this service account.
       "startTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the TuningJob for the first time entered the `JOB_STATE_RUNNING` state.
       "state": "A String", # Output only. The detailed state of the job.
       "supervisedTuningSpec": { # Tuning Spec for Supervised Tuning for first party models. # Tuning Spec for Supervised Fine Tuning.
@@ -797,6 +801,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "a_key": "A String",
     },
     "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. Resource name of a TuningJob. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/tuningJobs/{tuning_job}`
+    "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account that the tuningJob workload runs as. If not specified, the Vertex AI Secure Fine-Tuned Service Agent in the project will be used. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-agents#vertex-ai-secure-fine-tuning-service-agent Users starting the pipeline must have the `iam.serviceAccounts.actAs` permission on this service account.
     "startTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the TuningJob for the first time entered the `JOB_STATE_RUNNING` state.
     "state": "A String", # Output only. The detailed state of the job.
     "supervisedTuningSpec": { # Tuning Spec for Supervised Tuning for first party models. # Tuning Spec for Supervised Fine Tuning.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.tuningJobs.operations.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.tuningJobs.operations.html
index 36b549c039..247de0bc9a 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.tuningJobs.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.projects.locations.tuningJobs.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Vertex AI API . 
   cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.publishers.models.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.publishers.models.html
index 54bf5d5e5b..24769deb12 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.publishers.models.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1.publishers.models.html
@@ -398,9 +398,6 @@ 
Method Details

           "datastore": "A String", # Required. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}`
         },
         "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService.
-          "ragCorpora": [ # Optional. Deprecated. Please use rag_resources instead.
-            "A String",
-          ],
           "ragResources": [ # Optional. The representation of the rag source. It can be used to specify corpus only or ragfiles. Currently only support one corpus or multiple files from one corpus. In the future we may open up multiple corpora support.
             { # The definition of the Rag resource.
               "ragCorpus": "A String", # Optional. RagCorpora resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/ragCorpora/{rag_corpus}`
@@ -409,6 +406,14 @@ 
Method Details

               ],
             },
           ],
+          "ragRetrievalConfig": { # Specifies the context retrieval config. # Optional. The retrieval config for the Rag query.
+            "filter": { # Config for filters. # Optional. Config for filters.
+              "metadataFilter": "A String", # Optional. String for metadata filtering.
+              "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector distance smaller than the threshold.
+              "vectorSimilarityThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector similarity larger than the threshold.
+            },
+            "topK": 42, # Optional. The number of contexts to retrieve.
+          },
           "similarityTopK": 42, # Optional. Number of top k results to return from the selected corpora.
           "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only return results with vector distance smaller than the threshold.
         },
@@ -441,6 +446,7 @@ 
Method Details

     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for [PredictionService.GenerateContent].
+  "cachedContent": "A String", # Optional. The name of the cached content used as context to serve the prediction. Note: only used in explicit caching, where users can have control over caching (e.g. what content to cache) and enjoy guaranteed cost savings. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cachedContents/{cachedContent}`
   "contents": [ # Required. The content of the current conversation with the model. For single-turn queries, this is a single instance. For multi-turn queries, this is a repeated field that contains conversation history + latest request.
     { # The base structured datatype containing multi-part content of a message. A `Content` includes a `role` field designating the producer of the `Content` and a `parts` field containing multi-part data that contains the content of the message turn.
       "parts": [ # Required. Ordered `Parts` that constitute a single message. Parts may have different IANA MIME types.
@@ -672,9 +678,6 @@ 
Method Details

           "datastore": "A String", # Required. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}`
         },
         "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService.
-          "ragCorpora": [ # Optional. Deprecated. Please use rag_resources instead.
-            "A String",
-          ],
           "ragResources": [ # Optional. The representation of the rag source. It can be used to specify corpus only or ragfiles. Currently only support one corpus or multiple files from one corpus. In the future we may open up multiple corpora support.
             { # The definition of the Rag resource.
               "ragCorpus": "A String", # Optional. RagCorpora resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/ragCorpora/{rag_corpus}`
@@ -683,6 +686,14 @@ 
Method Details

               ],
             },
           ],
+          "ragRetrievalConfig": { # Specifies the context retrieval config. # Optional. The retrieval config for the Rag query.
+            "filter": { # Config for filters. # Optional. Config for filters.
+              "metadataFilter": "A String", # Optional. String for metadata filtering.
+              "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector distance smaller than the threshold.
+              "vectorSimilarityThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector similarity larger than the threshold.
+            },
+            "topK": 42, # Optional. The number of contexts to retrieve.
+          },
           "similarityTopK": 42, # Optional. Number of top k results to return from the selected corpora.
           "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only return results with vector distance smaller than the threshold.
         },
@@ -843,6 +854,7 @@ 
Method Details

     ],
   },
   "usageMetadata": { # Usage metadata about response(s). # Usage metadata about the response(s).
+    "cachedContentTokenCount": 42, # Output only. Number of tokens in the cached part in the input (the cached content).
     "candidatesTokenCount": 42, # Number of tokens in the response(s).
     "promptTokenCount": 42, # Number of tokens in the request. When `cached_content` is set, this is still the total effective prompt size meaning this includes the number of tokens in the cached content.
     "totalTokenCount": 42, # Total token count for prompt and response candidates.
@@ -976,6 +988,7 @@ 
Method Details

         },
         "maxReplicaCount": 42, # Immutable. The maximum number of replicas this DeployedModel may be deployed on when the traffic against it increases. If the requested value is too large, the deployment will error, but if deployment succeeds then the ability to scale the model to that many replicas is guaranteed (barring service outages). If traffic against the DeployedModel increases beyond what its replicas at maximum may handle, a portion of the traffic will be dropped. If this value is not provided, will use min_replica_count as the default value. The value of this field impacts the charge against Vertex CPU and GPU quotas. Specifically, you will be charged for (max_replica_count * number of cores in the selected machine type) and (max_replica_count * number of GPUs per replica in the selected machine type).
         "minReplicaCount": 42, # Required. Immutable. The minimum number of machine replicas this DeployedModel will be always deployed on. This value must be greater than or equal to 1. If traffic against the DeployedModel increases, it may dynamically be deployed onto more replicas, and as traffic decreases, some of these extra replicas may be freed.
+        "requiredReplicaCount": 42, # Optional. Number of required available replicas for the deployment to succeed. This field is only needed when partial model deployment/mutation is desired. If set, the model deploy/mutate operation will succeed once available_replica_count reaches required_replica_count, and the rest of the replicas will be retried. If not set, the default required_replica_count will be min_replica_count.
         "spot": True or False, # Optional. If true, schedule the deployment workload on [spot VMs](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/spot-vms).
       },
       "deployMetadata": { # Metadata information about the deployment for managing deployment config. # Optional. Metadata information about this deployment config.
@@ -1075,6 +1088,7 @@ 
Method Details

             },
             "maxReplicaCount": 42, # Immutable. The maximum number of replicas this DeployedModel may be deployed on when the traffic against it increases. If the requested value is too large, the deployment will error, but if deployment succeeds then the ability to scale the model to that many replicas is guaranteed (barring service outages). If traffic against the DeployedModel increases beyond what its replicas at maximum may handle, a portion of the traffic will be dropped. If this value is not provided, will use min_replica_count as the default value. The value of this field impacts the charge against Vertex CPU and GPU quotas. Specifically, you will be charged for (max_replica_count * number of cores in the selected machine type) and (max_replica_count * number of GPUs per replica in the selected machine type).
             "minReplicaCount": 42, # Required. Immutable. The minimum number of machine replicas this DeployedModel will be always deployed on. This value must be greater than or equal to 1. If traffic against the DeployedModel increases, it may dynamically be deployed onto more replicas, and as traffic decreases, some of these extra replicas may be freed.
+            "requiredReplicaCount": 42, # Optional. Number of required available replicas for the deployment to succeed. This field is only needed when partial model deployment/mutation is desired. If set, the model deploy/mutate operation will succeed once available_replica_count reaches required_replica_count, and the rest of the replicas will be retried. If not set, the default required_replica_count will be min_replica_count.
             "spot": True or False, # Optional. If true, schedule the deployment workload on [spot VMs](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/spot-vms).
           },
           "deployMetadata": { # Metadata information about the deployment for managing deployment config. # Optional. Metadata information about this deployment config.
@@ -1253,6 +1267,7 @@ 
Method Details

     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for [PredictionService.GenerateContent].
+  "cachedContent": "A String", # Optional. The name of the cached content used as context to serve the prediction. Note: only used in explicit caching, where users can have control over caching (e.g. what content to cache) and enjoy guaranteed cost savings. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cachedContents/{cachedContent}`
   "contents": [ # Required. The content of the current conversation with the model. For single-turn queries, this is a single instance. For multi-turn queries, this is a repeated field that contains conversation history + latest request.
     { # The base structured datatype containing multi-part content of a message. A `Content` includes a `role` field designating the producer of the `Content` and a `parts` field containing multi-part data that contains the content of the message turn.
       "parts": [ # Required. Ordered `Parts` that constitute a single message. Parts may have different IANA MIME types.
@@ -1484,9 +1499,6 @@ 
Method Details

           "datastore": "A String", # Required. Fully-qualified Vertex AI Search data store resource ID. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{dataStore}`
         },
         "vertexRagStore": { # Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding. # Set to use data source powered by Vertex RAG store. User data is uploaded via the VertexRagDataService.
-          "ragCorpora": [ # Optional. Deprecated. Please use rag_resources instead.
-            "A String",
-          ],
           "ragResources": [ # Optional. The representation of the rag source. It can be used to specify corpus only or ragfiles. Currently only support one corpus or multiple files from one corpus. In the future we may open up multiple corpora support.
             { # The definition of the Rag resource.
               "ragCorpus": "A String", # Optional. RagCorpora resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/ragCorpora/{rag_corpus}`
@@ -1495,6 +1507,14 @@ 
Method Details

               ],
             },
           ],
+          "ragRetrievalConfig": { # Specifies the context retrieval config. # Optional. The retrieval config for the Rag query.
+            "filter": { # Config for filters. # Optional. Config for filters.
+              "metadataFilter": "A String", # Optional. String for metadata filtering.
+              "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector distance smaller than the threshold.
+              "vectorSimilarityThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector similarity larger than the threshold.
+            },
+            "topK": 42, # Optional. The number of contexts to retrieve.
+          },
           "similarityTopK": 42, # Optional. Number of top k results to return from the selected corpora.
           "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only return results with vector distance smaller than the threshold.
         },
@@ -1655,6 +1675,7 @@ 
Method Details

     ],
   },
   "usageMetadata": { # Usage metadata about response(s). # Usage metadata about the response(s).
+    "cachedContentTokenCount": 42, # Output only. Number of tokens in the cached part in the input (the cached content).
     "candidatesTokenCount": 42, # Number of tokens in the response(s).
     "promptTokenCount": 42, # Number of tokens in the request. When `cached_content` is set, this is still the total effective prompt size meaning this includes the number of tokens in the cached content.
     "totalTokenCount": 42, # Total token count for prompt and response candidates.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.endpoints.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.endpoints.html
index 326b42a2b2..50190c1138 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.endpoints.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.endpoints.html
@@ -432,6 +432,25 @@ 
Method Details

               ],
             },
           ],
+          "ragRetrievalConfig": { # Specifies the context retrieval config. # Optional. The retrieval config for the Rag query.
+            "filter": { # Config for filters. # Optional. Config for filters.
+              "metadataFilter": "A String", # Optional. String for metadata filtering.
+              "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector distance smaller than the threshold.
+              "vectorSimilarityThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector similarity larger than the threshold.
+            },
+            "hybridSearch": { # Config for Hybrid Search. # Optional. Config for Hybrid Search.
+              "alpha": 3.14, # Optional. Alpha value controls the weight between dense and sparse vector search results. The range is [0, 1], while 0 means sparse vector search only and 1 means dense vector search only. The default value is 0.5 which balances sparse and dense vector search equally.
+            },
+            "ranking": { # Config for ranking and reranking. # Optional. Config for ranking and reranking.
+              "llmRanker": { # Config for LlmRanker. # Optional. Config for LlmRanker.
+                "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. Format: `gemini-1.5-pro`
+              },
+              "rankService": { # Config for Rank Service. # Optional. Config for Rank Service.
+                "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name of the rank service. Format: `semantic-ranker-512@latest`
+              },
+            },
+            "topK": 42, # Optional. The number of contexts to retrieve.
+          },
           "similarityTopK": 42, # Optional. Number of top k results to return from the selected corpora.
           "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only return results with vector distance smaller than the threshold.
         },
@@ -725,6 +744,25 @@ 
Method Details

               ],
             },
           ],
+          "ragRetrievalConfig": { # Specifies the context retrieval config. # Optional. The retrieval config for the Rag query.
+            "filter": { # Config for filters. # Optional. Config for filters.
+              "metadataFilter": "A String", # Optional. String for metadata filtering.
+              "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector distance smaller than the threshold.
+              "vectorSimilarityThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector similarity larger than the threshold.
+            },
+            "hybridSearch": { # Config for Hybrid Search. # Optional. Config for Hybrid Search.
+              "alpha": 3.14, # Optional. Alpha value controls the weight between dense and sparse vector search results. The range is [0, 1], while 0 means sparse vector search only and 1 means dense vector search only. The default value is 0.5 which balances sparse and dense vector search equally.
+            },
+            "ranking": { # Config for ranking and reranking. # Optional. Config for ranking and reranking.
+              "llmRanker": { # Config for LlmRanker. # Optional. Config for LlmRanker.
+                "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. Format: `gemini-1.5-pro`
+              },
+              "rankService": { # Config for Rank Service. # Optional. Config for Rank Service.
+                "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name of the rank service. Format: `semantic-ranker-512@latest`
+              },
+            },
+            "topK": 42, # Optional. The number of contexts to retrieve.
+          },
           "similarityTopK": 42, # Optional. Number of top k results to return from the selected corpora.
           "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only return results with vector distance smaller than the threshold.
         },
@@ -1175,6 +1213,25 @@ 
Method Details

               ],
             },
           ],
+          "ragRetrievalConfig": { # Specifies the context retrieval config. # Optional. The retrieval config for the Rag query.
+            "filter": { # Config for filters. # Optional. Config for filters.
+              "metadataFilter": "A String", # Optional. String for metadata filtering.
+              "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector distance smaller than the threshold.
+              "vectorSimilarityThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector similarity larger than the threshold.
+            },
+            "hybridSearch": { # Config for Hybrid Search. # Optional. Config for Hybrid Search.
+              "alpha": 3.14, # Optional. Alpha value controls the weight between dense and sparse vector search results. The range is [0, 1], while 0 means sparse vector search only and 1 means dense vector search only. The default value is 0.5 which balances sparse and dense vector search equally.
+            },
+            "ranking": { # Config for ranking and reranking. # Optional. Config for ranking and reranking.
+              "llmRanker": { # Config for LlmRanker. # Optional. Config for LlmRanker.
+                "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. Format: `gemini-1.5-pro`
+              },
+              "rankService": { # Config for Rank Service. # Optional. Config for Rank Service.
+                "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name of the rank service. Format: `semantic-ranker-512@latest`
+              },
+            },
+            "topK": 42, # Optional. The number of contexts to retrieve.
+          },
           "similarityTopK": 42, # Optional. Number of top k results to return from the selected corpora.
           "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only return results with vector distance smaller than the threshold.
         },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.media.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.media.html
index 54ff4e6970..af29d1a534 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.media.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.media.html
@@ -178,6 +178,20 @@ 
Method Details

     "ragFileChunkingConfig": { # Specifies the size and overlap of chunks for RagFiles. # Specifies the size and overlap of chunks after uploading RagFile.
       "chunkOverlap": 42, # The overlap between chunks.
       "chunkSize": 42, # The size of the chunks.
+      "fixedLengthChunking": { # Specifies the fixed length chunking config. # Specifies the fixed length chunking config.
+        "chunkOverlap": 42, # The overlap between chunks.
+        "chunkSize": 42, # The size of the chunks.
+      },
+    },
+    "ragFileTransformationConfig": { # Specifies the transformation config for RagFiles. # Specifies the transformation config for RagFiles.
+      "ragFileChunkingConfig": { # Specifies the size and overlap of chunks for RagFiles. # Specifies the chunking config for RagFiles.
+        "chunkOverlap": 42, # The overlap between chunks.
+        "chunkSize": 42, # The size of the chunks.
+        "fixedLengthChunking": { # Specifies the fixed length chunking config. # Specifies the fixed length chunking config.
+          "chunkOverlap": 42, # The overlap between chunks.
+          "chunkSize": 42, # The size of the chunks.
+        },
+      },
     },
   },
 }
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.agents.operations.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.agents.operations.html
index 268e58d96d..0488ae8b8a 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.agents.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.agents.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Vertex AI API . 
   cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.apps.operations.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.apps.operations.html
index bba2d40043..ac856babdf 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.apps.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.apps.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Vertex AI API . 
   cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.cachedContents.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.cachedContents.html
index 6a6229f4c2..da9d3682c7 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.cachedContents.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.cachedContents.html
@@ -307,6 +307,25 @@ 
Method Details

               ],
             },
           ],
+          "ragRetrievalConfig": { # Specifies the context retrieval config. # Optional. The retrieval config for the Rag query.
+            "filter": { # Config for filters. # Optional. Config for filters.
+              "metadataFilter": "A String", # Optional. String for metadata filtering.
+              "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector distance smaller than the threshold.
+              "vectorSimilarityThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector similarity larger than the threshold.
+            },
+            "hybridSearch": { # Config for Hybrid Search. # Optional. Config for Hybrid Search.
+              "alpha": 3.14, # Optional. Alpha value controls the weight between dense and sparse vector search results. The range is [0, 1], while 0 means sparse vector search only and 1 means dense vector search only. The default value is 0.5 which balances sparse and dense vector search equally.
+            },
+            "ranking": { # Config for ranking and reranking. # Optional. Config for ranking and reranking.
+              "llmRanker": { # Config for LlmRanker. # Optional. Config for LlmRanker.
+                "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. Format: `gemini-1.5-pro`
+              },
+              "rankService": { # Config for Rank Service. # Optional. Config for Rank Service.
+                "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name of the rank service. Format: `semantic-ranker-512@latest`
+              },
+            },
+            "topK": 42, # Optional. The number of contexts to retrieve.
+          },
           "similarityTopK": 42, # Optional. Number of top k results to return from the selected corpora.
           "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only return results with vector distance smaller than the threshold.
         },
@@ -529,6 +548,25 @@ 
Method Details

               ],
             },
           ],
+          "ragRetrievalConfig": { # Specifies the context retrieval config. # Optional. The retrieval config for the Rag query.
+            "filter": { # Config for filters. # Optional. Config for filters.
+              "metadataFilter": "A String", # Optional. String for metadata filtering.
+              "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector distance smaller than the threshold.
+              "vectorSimilarityThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector similarity larger than the threshold.
+            },
+            "hybridSearch": { # Config for Hybrid Search. # Optional. Config for Hybrid Search.
+              "alpha": 3.14, # Optional. Alpha value controls the weight between dense and sparse vector search results. The range is [0, 1], while 0 means sparse vector search only and 1 means dense vector search only. The default value is 0.5 which balances sparse and dense vector search equally.
+            },
+            "ranking": { # Config for ranking and reranking. # Optional. Config for ranking and reranking.
+              "llmRanker": { # Config for LlmRanker. # Optional. Config for LlmRanker.
+                "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. Format: `gemini-1.5-pro`
+              },
+              "rankService": { # Config for Rank Service. # Optional. Config for Rank Service.
+                "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name of the rank service. Format: `semantic-ranker-512@latest`
+              },
+            },
+            "topK": 42, # Optional. The number of contexts to retrieve.
+          },
           "similarityTopK": 42, # Optional. Number of top k results to return from the selected corpora.
           "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only return results with vector distance smaller than the threshold.
         },
@@ -776,6 +814,25 @@ 
Method Details

               ],
             },
           ],
+          "ragRetrievalConfig": { # Specifies the context retrieval config. # Optional. The retrieval config for the Rag query.
+            "filter": { # Config for filters. # Optional. Config for filters.
+              "metadataFilter": "A String", # Optional. String for metadata filtering.
+              "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector distance smaller than the threshold.
+              "vectorSimilarityThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector similarity larger than the threshold.
+            },
+            "hybridSearch": { # Config for Hybrid Search. # Optional. Config for Hybrid Search.
+              "alpha": 3.14, # Optional. Alpha value controls the weight between dense and sparse vector search results. The range is [0, 1], while 0 means sparse vector search only and 1 means dense vector search only. The default value is 0.5 which balances sparse and dense vector search equally.
+            },
+            "ranking": { # Config for ranking and reranking. # Optional. Config for ranking and reranking.
+              "llmRanker": { # Config for LlmRanker. # Optional. Config for LlmRanker.
+                "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. Format: `gemini-1.5-pro`
+              },
+              "rankService": { # Config for Rank Service. # Optional. Config for Rank Service.
+                "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name of the rank service. Format: `semantic-ranker-512@latest`
+              },
+            },
+            "topK": 42, # Optional. The number of contexts to retrieve.
+          },
           "similarityTopK": 42, # Optional. Number of top k results to return from the selected corpora.
           "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only return results with vector distance smaller than the threshold.
         },
@@ -1009,6 +1066,25 @@ 
Method Details

                   ],
                 },
               ],
+              "ragRetrievalConfig": { # Specifies the context retrieval config. # Optional. The retrieval config for the Rag query.
+                "filter": { # Config for filters. # Optional. Config for filters.
+                  "metadataFilter": "A String", # Optional. String for metadata filtering.
+                  "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector distance smaller than the threshold.
+                  "vectorSimilarityThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector similarity larger than the threshold.
+                },
+                "hybridSearch": { # Config for Hybrid Search. # Optional. Config for Hybrid Search.
+                  "alpha": 3.14, # Optional. Alpha value controls the weight between dense and sparse vector search results. The range is [0, 1], while 0 means sparse vector search only and 1 means dense vector search only. The default value is 0.5 which balances sparse and dense vector search equally.
+                },
+                "ranking": { # Config for ranking and reranking. # Optional. Config for ranking and reranking.
+                  "llmRanker": { # Config for LlmRanker. # Optional. Config for LlmRanker.
+                    "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. Format: `gemini-1.5-pro`
+                  },
+                  "rankService": { # Config for Rank Service. # Optional. Config for Rank Service.
+                    "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name of the rank service. Format: `semantic-ranker-512@latest`
+                  },
+                },
+                "topK": 42, # Optional. The number of contexts to retrieve.
+              },
               "similarityTopK": 42, # Optional. Number of top k results to return from the selected corpora.
               "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only return results with vector distance smaller than the threshold.
             },
@@ -1250,6 +1326,25 @@ 
Method Details

               ],
             },
           ],
+          "ragRetrievalConfig": { # Specifies the context retrieval config. # Optional. The retrieval config for the Rag query.
+            "filter": { # Config for filters. # Optional. Config for filters.
+              "metadataFilter": "A String", # Optional. String for metadata filtering.
+              "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector distance smaller than the threshold.
+              "vectorSimilarityThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector similarity larger than the threshold.
+            },
+            "hybridSearch": { # Config for Hybrid Search. # Optional. Config for Hybrid Search.
+              "alpha": 3.14, # Optional. Alpha value controls the weight between dense and sparse vector search results. The range is [0, 1], while 0 means sparse vector search only and 1 means dense vector search only. The default value is 0.5 which balances sparse and dense vector search equally.
+            },
+            "ranking": { # Config for ranking and reranking. # Optional. Config for ranking and reranking.
+              "llmRanker": { # Config for LlmRanker. # Optional. Config for LlmRanker.
+                "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. Format: `gemini-1.5-pro`
+              },
+              "rankService": { # Config for Rank Service. # Optional. Config for Rank Service.
+                "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name of the rank service. Format: `semantic-ranker-512@latest`
+              },
+            },
+            "topK": 42, # Optional. The number of contexts to retrieve.
+          },
           "similarityTopK": 42, # Optional. Number of top k results to return from the selected corpora.
           "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only return results with vector distance smaller than the threshold.
         },
@@ -1473,6 +1568,25 @@ 
Method Details

               ],
             },
           ],
+          "ragRetrievalConfig": { # Specifies the context retrieval config. # Optional. The retrieval config for the Rag query.
+            "filter": { # Config for filters. # Optional. Config for filters.
+              "metadataFilter": "A String", # Optional. String for metadata filtering.
+              "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector distance smaller than the threshold.
+              "vectorSimilarityThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector similarity larger than the threshold.
+            },
+            "hybridSearch": { # Config for Hybrid Search. # Optional. Config for Hybrid Search.
+              "alpha": 3.14, # Optional. Alpha value controls the weight between dense and sparse vector search results. The range is [0, 1], while 0 means sparse vector search only and 1 means dense vector search only. The default value is 0.5 which balances sparse and dense vector search equally.
+            },
+            "ranking": { # Config for ranking and reranking. # Optional. Config for ranking and reranking.
+              "llmRanker": { # Config for LlmRanker. # Optional. Config for LlmRanker.
+                "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. Format: `gemini-1.5-pro`
+              },
+              "rankService": { # Config for Rank Service. # Optional. Config for Rank Service.
+                "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name of the rank service. Format: `semantic-ranker-512@latest`
+              },
+            },
+            "topK": 42, # Optional. The number of contexts to retrieve.
+          },
           "similarityTopK": 42, # Optional. Number of top k results to return from the selected corpora.
           "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only return results with vector distance smaller than the threshold.
         },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.customJobs.operations.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.customJobs.operations.html
index ca50c612b1..dc573a0833 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.customJobs.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.customJobs.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Vertex AI API . 
   cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.dataLabelingJobs.operations.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.dataLabelingJobs.operations.html
index f8b33e4e24..3de6b43e3b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.dataLabelingJobs.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.dataLabelingJobs.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Vertex AI API . 
   cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.annotationSpecs.operations.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.annotationSpecs.operations.html
index fa8ac59b7e..0760e42450 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.annotationSpecs.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.annotationSpecs.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Vertex AI API . 
   cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.dataItems.annotations.operations.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.dataItems.annotations.operations.html
index 16523d4697..01e8e6c852 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.dataItems.annotations.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.dataItems.annotations.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Vertex AI API . 
   cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.dataItems.operations.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.dataItems.operations.html
index 87808c81af..4df85bab4e 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.dataItems.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.dataItems.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Vertex AI API . 
   cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.operations.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.operations.html
index bce298bfa0..896aedf5c4 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Vertex AI API . 
   cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.savedQueries.operations.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.savedQueries.operations.html
index 55ae03b4f9..476fab18fa 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.savedQueries.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.savedQueries.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Vertex AI API . 
   cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.deploymentResourcePools.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.deploymentResourcePools.html
index 7c387bd41d..1ff7d9a0ed 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.deploymentResourcePools.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.deploymentResourcePools.html
@@ -146,6 +146,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
       "maxReplicaCount": 42, # Immutable. The maximum number of replicas this DeployedModel may be deployed on when the traffic against it increases. If the requested value is too large, the deployment will error, but if deployment succeeds then the ability to scale the model to that many replicas is guaranteed (barring service outages). If traffic against the DeployedModel increases beyond what its replicas at maximum may handle, a portion of the traffic will be dropped. If this value is not provided, will use min_replica_count as the default value. The value of this field impacts the charge against Vertex CPU and GPU quotas. Specifically, you will be charged for (max_replica_count * number of cores in the selected machine type) and (max_replica_count * number of GPUs per replica in the selected machine type).
       "minReplicaCount": 42, # Required. Immutable. The minimum number of machine replicas this DeployedModel will be always deployed on. This value must be greater than or equal to 1. If traffic against the DeployedModel increases, it may dynamically be deployed onto more replicas, and as traffic decreases, some of these extra replicas may be freed.
+      "requiredReplicaCount": 42, # Optional. Number of required available replicas for the deployment to succeed. This field is only needed when partial model deployment/mutation is desired. If set, the model deploy/mutate operation will succeed once available_replica_count reaches required_replica_count, and the rest of the replicas will be retried. If not set, the default required_replica_count will be min_replica_count.
       "spot": True or False, # Optional. If true, schedule the deployment workload on [spot VMs](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/spot-vms).
     },
     "disableContainerLogging": True or False, # If the DeploymentResourcePool is deployed with custom-trained Models or AutoML Tabular Models, the container(s) of the DeploymentResourcePool will send `stderr` and `stdout` streams to Cloud Logging by default. Please note that the logs incur cost, which are subject to [Cloud Logging pricing](https://cloud.google.com/logging/pricing). User can disable container logging by setting this flag to true.
@@ -262,6 +263,7 @@ 
Method Details

     },
     "maxReplicaCount": 42, # Immutable. The maximum number of replicas this DeployedModel may be deployed on when the traffic against it increases. If the requested value is too large, the deployment will error, but if deployment succeeds then the ability to scale the model to that many replicas is guaranteed (barring service outages). If traffic against the DeployedModel increases beyond what its replicas at maximum may handle, a portion of the traffic will be dropped. If this value is not provided, will use min_replica_count as the default value. The value of this field impacts the charge against Vertex CPU and GPU quotas. Specifically, you will be charged for (max_replica_count * number of cores in the selected machine type) and (max_replica_count * number of GPUs per replica in the selected machine type).
     "minReplicaCount": 42, # Required. Immutable. The minimum number of machine replicas this DeployedModel will be always deployed on. This value must be greater than or equal to 1. If traffic against the DeployedModel increases, it may dynamically be deployed onto more replicas, and as traffic decreases, some of these extra replicas may be freed.
+    "requiredReplicaCount": 42, # Optional. Number of required available replicas for the deployment to succeed. This field is only needed when partial model deployment/mutation is desired. If set, the model deploy/mutate operation will succeed once available_replica_count reaches required_replica_count, and the rest of the replicas will be retried. If not set, the default required_replica_count will be min_replica_count.
     "spot": True or False, # Optional. If true, schedule the deployment workload on [spot VMs](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/spot-vms).
   },
   "disableContainerLogging": True or False, # If the DeploymentResourcePool is deployed with custom-trained Models or AutoML Tabular Models, the container(s) of the DeploymentResourcePool will send `stderr` and `stdout` streams to Cloud Logging by default. Please note that the logs incur cost, which are subject to [Cloud Logging pricing](https://cloud.google.com/logging/pricing). User can disable container logging by setting this flag to true.
@@ -317,6 +319,7 @@ 
Method Details

         },
         "maxReplicaCount": 42, # Immutable. The maximum number of replicas this DeployedModel may be deployed on when the traffic against it increases. If the requested value is too large, the deployment will error, but if deployment succeeds then the ability to scale the model to that many replicas is guaranteed (barring service outages). If traffic against the DeployedModel increases beyond what its replicas at maximum may handle, a portion of the traffic will be dropped. If this value is not provided, will use min_replica_count as the default value. The value of this field impacts the charge against Vertex CPU and GPU quotas. Specifically, you will be charged for (max_replica_count * number of cores in the selected machine type) and (max_replica_count * number of GPUs per replica in the selected machine type).
         "minReplicaCount": 42, # Required. Immutable. The minimum number of machine replicas this DeployedModel will be always deployed on. This value must be greater than or equal to 1. If traffic against the DeployedModel increases, it may dynamically be deployed onto more replicas, and as traffic decreases, some of these extra replicas may be freed.
+        "requiredReplicaCount": 42, # Optional. Number of required available replicas for the deployment to succeed. This field is only needed when partial model deployment/mutation is desired. If set, the model deploy/mutate operation will succeed once available_replica_count reaches required_replica_count, and the rest of the replicas will be retried. If not set, the default required_replica_count will be min_replica_count.
         "spot": True or False, # Optional. If true, schedule the deployment workload on [spot VMs](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/spot-vms).
       },
       "disableContainerLogging": True or False, # If the DeploymentResourcePool is deployed with custom-trained Models or AutoML Tabular Models, the container(s) of the DeploymentResourcePool will send `stderr` and `stdout` streams to Cloud Logging by default. Please note that the logs incur cost, which are subject to [Cloud Logging pricing](https://cloud.google.com/logging/pricing). User can disable container logging by setting this flag to true.
@@ -380,6 +383,7 @@ 
Method Details

     },
     "maxReplicaCount": 42, # Immutable. The maximum number of replicas this DeployedModel may be deployed on when the traffic against it increases. If the requested value is too large, the deployment will error, but if deployment succeeds then the ability to scale the model to that many replicas is guaranteed (barring service outages). If traffic against the DeployedModel increases beyond what its replicas at maximum may handle, a portion of the traffic will be dropped. If this value is not provided, will use min_replica_count as the default value. The value of this field impacts the charge against Vertex CPU and GPU quotas. Specifically, you will be charged for (max_replica_count * number of cores in the selected machine type) and (max_replica_count * number of GPUs per replica in the selected machine type).
     "minReplicaCount": 42, # Required. Immutable. The minimum number of machine replicas this DeployedModel will be always deployed on. This value must be greater than or equal to 1. If traffic against the DeployedModel increases, it may dynamically be deployed onto more replicas, and as traffic decreases, some of these extra replicas may be freed.
+    "requiredReplicaCount": 42, # Optional. Number of required available replicas for the deployment to succeed. This field is only needed when partial model deployment/mutation is desired. If set, the model deploy/mutate operation will succeed once available_replica_count reaches required_replica_count, and the rest of the replicas will be retried. If not set, the default required_replica_count will be min_replica_count.
     "spot": True or False, # Optional. If true, schedule the deployment workload on [spot VMs](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/spot-vms).
   },
   "disableContainerLogging": True or False, # If the DeploymentResourcePool is deployed with custom-trained Models or AutoML Tabular Models, the container(s) of the DeploymentResourcePool will send `stderr` and `stdout` streams to Cloud Logging by default. Please note that the logs incur cost, which are subject to [Cloud Logging pricing](https://cloud.google.com/logging/pricing). User can disable container logging by setting this flag to true.
@@ -474,6 +478,7 @@ 
Method Details

         },
         "maxReplicaCount": 42, # Immutable. The maximum number of replicas this DeployedModel may be deployed on when the traffic against it increases. If the requested value is too large, the deployment will error, but if deployment succeeds then the ability to scale the model to that many replicas is guaranteed (barring service outages). If traffic against the DeployedModel increases beyond what its replicas at maximum may handle, a portion of the traffic will be dropped. If this value is not provided, will use min_replica_count as the default value. The value of this field impacts the charge against Vertex CPU and GPU quotas. Specifically, you will be charged for (max_replica_count * number of cores in the selected machine type) and (max_replica_count * number of GPUs per replica in the selected machine type).
         "minReplicaCount": 42, # Required. Immutable. The minimum number of machine replicas this DeployedModel will be always deployed on. This value must be greater than or equal to 1. If traffic against the DeployedModel increases, it may dynamically be deployed onto more replicas, and as traffic decreases, some of these extra replicas may be freed.
+        "requiredReplicaCount": 42, # Optional. Number of required available replicas for the deployment to succeed. This field is only needed when partial model deployment/mutation is desired. If set, the model deploy/mutate operation will succeed once available_replica_count reaches required_replica_count, and the rest of the replicas will be retried. If not set, the default required_replica_count will be min_replica_count.
         "spot": True or False, # Optional. If true, schedule the deployment workload on [spot VMs](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/spot-vms).
       },
       "disableExplanations": True or False, # If true, deploy the model without explainable feature, regardless the existence of Model.explanation_spec or explanation_spec.
@@ -607,6 +612,11 @@ 
Method Details

       },
       "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account that the DeployedModel's container runs as. Specify the email address of the service account. If this service account is not specified, the container runs as a service account that doesn't have access to the resource project. Users deploying the Model must have the `iam.serviceAccounts.actAs` permission on this service account.
       "sharedResources": "A String", # The resource name of the shared DeploymentResourcePool to deploy on. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/deploymentResourcePools/{deployment_resource_pool}`
+      "status": { # Runtime status of the deployed model. # Output only. Runtime status of the deployed model.
+        "availableReplicaCount": 42, # Output only. The number of available replicas of the deployed model.
+        "lastUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the status was last updated.
+        "message": "A String", # Output only. The latest deployed model's status message (if any).
+      },
       "systemLabels": { # System labels to apply to Model Garden deployments. System labels are managed by Google for internal use only.
         "a_key": "A String",
       },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.deploymentResourcePools.operations.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.deploymentResourcePools.operations.html
index 4f9c1e5878..71c0f6f2dd 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.deploymentResourcePools.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.deploymentResourcePools.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Vertex AI API . 
   cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.edgeDevices.operations.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.edgeDevices.operations.html
index bde538268e..a88e044587 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.edgeDevices.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.edgeDevices.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Vertex AI API . 
   cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.endpoints.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.endpoints.html
index 85a6f68c4f..c5c8ffc678 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.endpoints.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.endpoints.html
@@ -508,6 +508,25 @@ 
Method Details

               ],
             },
           ],
+          "ragRetrievalConfig": { # Specifies the context retrieval config. # Optional. The retrieval config for the Rag query.
+            "filter": { # Config for filters. # Optional. Config for filters.
+              "metadataFilter": "A String", # Optional. String for metadata filtering.
+              "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector distance smaller than the threshold.
+              "vectorSimilarityThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector similarity larger than the threshold.
+            },
+            "hybridSearch": { # Config for Hybrid Search. # Optional. Config for Hybrid Search.
+              "alpha": 3.14, # Optional. Alpha value controls the weight between dense and sparse vector search results. The range is [0, 1], while 0 means sparse vector search only and 1 means dense vector search only. The default value is 0.5 which balances sparse and dense vector search equally.
+            },
+            "ranking": { # Config for ranking and reranking. # Optional. Config for ranking and reranking.
+              "llmRanker": { # Config for LlmRanker. # Optional. Config for LlmRanker.
+                "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. Format: `gemini-1.5-pro`
+              },
+              "rankService": { # Config for Rank Service. # Optional. Config for Rank Service.
+                "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name of the rank service. Format: `semantic-ranker-512@latest`
+              },
+            },
+            "topK": 42, # Optional. The number of contexts to retrieve.
+          },
           "similarityTopK": 42, # Optional. Number of top k results to return from the selected corpora.
           "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only return results with vector distance smaller than the threshold.
         },
@@ -575,6 +594,7 @@ 
Method Details

         },
         "maxReplicaCount": 42, # Immutable. The maximum number of replicas this DeployedModel may be deployed on when the traffic against it increases. If the requested value is too large, the deployment will error, but if deployment succeeds then the ability to scale the model to that many replicas is guaranteed (barring service outages). If traffic against the DeployedModel increases beyond what its replicas at maximum may handle, a portion of the traffic will be dropped. If this value is not provided, will use min_replica_count as the default value. The value of this field impacts the charge against Vertex CPU and GPU quotas. Specifically, you will be charged for (max_replica_count * number of cores in the selected machine type) and (max_replica_count * number of GPUs per replica in the selected machine type).
         "minReplicaCount": 42, # Required. Immutable. The minimum number of machine replicas this DeployedModel will be always deployed on. This value must be greater than or equal to 1. If traffic against the DeployedModel increases, it may dynamically be deployed onto more replicas, and as traffic decreases, some of these extra replicas may be freed.
+        "requiredReplicaCount": 42, # Optional. Number of required available replicas for the deployment to succeed. This field is only needed when partial model deployment/mutation is desired. If set, the model deploy/mutate operation will succeed once available_replica_count reaches required_replica_count, and the rest of the replicas will be retried. If not set, the default required_replica_count will be min_replica_count.
         "spot": True or False, # Optional. If true, schedule the deployment workload on [spot VMs](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/spot-vms).
       },
       "disableExplanations": True or False, # If true, deploy the model without explainable feature, regardless the existence of Model.explanation_spec or explanation_spec.
@@ -708,6 +728,11 @@ 
Method Details

       },
       "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account that the DeployedModel's container runs as. Specify the email address of the service account. If this service account is not specified, the container runs as a service account that doesn't have access to the resource project. Users deploying the Model must have the `iam.serviceAccounts.actAs` permission on this service account.
       "sharedResources": "A String", # The resource name of the shared DeploymentResourcePool to deploy on. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/deploymentResourcePools/{deployment_resource_pool}`
+      "status": { # Runtime status of the deployed model. # Output only. Runtime status of the deployed model.
+        "availableReplicaCount": 42, # Output only. The number of available replicas of the deployed model.
+        "lastUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the status was last updated.
+        "message": "A String", # Output only. The latest deployed model's status message (if any).
+      },
       "systemLabels": { # System labels to apply to Model Garden deployments. System labels are managed by Google for internal use only.
         "a_key": "A String",
       },
@@ -852,6 +877,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
       "maxReplicaCount": 42, # Immutable. The maximum number of replicas this DeployedModel may be deployed on when the traffic against it increases. If the requested value is too large, the deployment will error, but if deployment succeeds then the ability to scale the model to that many replicas is guaranteed (barring service outages). If traffic against the DeployedModel increases beyond what its replicas at maximum may handle, a portion of the traffic will be dropped. If this value is not provided, will use min_replica_count as the default value. The value of this field impacts the charge against Vertex CPU and GPU quotas. Specifically, you will be charged for (max_replica_count * number of cores in the selected machine type) and (max_replica_count * number of GPUs per replica in the selected machine type).
       "minReplicaCount": 42, # Required. Immutable. The minimum number of machine replicas this DeployedModel will be always deployed on. This value must be greater than or equal to 1. If traffic against the DeployedModel increases, it may dynamically be deployed onto more replicas, and as traffic decreases, some of these extra replicas may be freed.
+      "requiredReplicaCount": 42, # Optional. Number of required available replicas for the deployment to succeed. This field is only needed when partial model deployment/mutation is desired. If set, the model deploy/mutate operation will succeed once available_replica_count reaches required_replica_count, and the rest of the replicas will be retried. If not set, the default required_replica_count will be min_replica_count.
       "spot": True or False, # Optional. If true, schedule the deployment workload on [spot VMs](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/spot-vms).
     },
     "disableExplanations": True or False, # If true, deploy the model without explainable feature, regardless the existence of Model.explanation_spec or explanation_spec.
@@ -985,6 +1011,11 @@ 
Method Details

     },
     "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account that the DeployedModel's container runs as. Specify the email address of the service account. If this service account is not specified, the container runs as a service account that doesn't have access to the resource project. Users deploying the Model must have the `iam.serviceAccounts.actAs` permission on this service account.
     "sharedResources": "A String", # The resource name of the shared DeploymentResourcePool to deploy on. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/deploymentResourcePools/{deployment_resource_pool}`
+    "status": { # Runtime status of the deployed model. # Output only. Runtime status of the deployed model.
+      "availableReplicaCount": 42, # Output only. The number of available replicas of the deployed model.
+      "lastUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the status was last updated.
+      "message": "A String", # Output only. The latest deployed model's status message (if any).
+    },
     "systemLabels": { # System labels to apply to Model Garden deployments. System labels are managed by Google for internal use only.
       "a_key": "A String",
     },
@@ -1824,6 +1855,25 @@ 
Method Details

               ],
             },
           ],
+          "ragRetrievalConfig": { # Specifies the context retrieval config. # Optional. The retrieval config for the Rag query.
+            "filter": { # Config for filters. # Optional. Config for filters.
+              "metadataFilter": "A String", # Optional. String for metadata filtering.
+              "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector distance smaller than the threshold.
+              "vectorSimilarityThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector similarity larger than the threshold.
+            },
+            "hybridSearch": { # Config for Hybrid Search. # Optional. Config for Hybrid Search.
+              "alpha": 3.14, # Optional. Alpha value controls the weight between dense and sparse vector search results. The range is [0, 1], while 0 means sparse vector search only and 1 means dense vector search only. The default value is 0.5 which balances sparse and dense vector search equally.
+            },
+            "ranking": { # Config for ranking and reranking. # Optional. Config for ranking and reranking.
+              "llmRanker": { # Config for LlmRanker. # Optional. Config for LlmRanker.
+                "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. Format: `gemini-1.5-pro`
+              },
+              "rankService": { # Config for Rank Service. # Optional. Config for Rank Service.
+                "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name of the rank service. Format: `semantic-ranker-512@latest`
+              },
+            },
+            "topK": 42, # Optional. The number of contexts to retrieve.
+          },
           "similarityTopK": 42, # Optional. Number of top k results to return from the selected corpora.
           "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only return results with vector distance smaller than the threshold.
         },
@@ -2053,6 +2103,7 @@ 
Method Details

         },
         "maxReplicaCount": 42, # Immutable. The maximum number of replicas this DeployedModel may be deployed on when the traffic against it increases. If the requested value is too large, the deployment will error, but if deployment succeeds then the ability to scale the model to that many replicas is guaranteed (barring service outages). If traffic against the DeployedModel increases beyond what its replicas at maximum may handle, a portion of the traffic will be dropped. If this value is not provided, will use min_replica_count as the default value. The value of this field impacts the charge against Vertex CPU and GPU quotas. Specifically, you will be charged for (max_replica_count * number of cores in the selected machine type) and (max_replica_count * number of GPUs per replica in the selected machine type).
         "minReplicaCount": 42, # Required. Immutable. The minimum number of machine replicas this DeployedModel will be always deployed on. This value must be greater than or equal to 1. If traffic against the DeployedModel increases, it may dynamically be deployed onto more replicas, and as traffic decreases, some of these extra replicas may be freed.
+        "requiredReplicaCount": 42, # Optional. Number of required available replicas for the deployment to succeed. This field is only needed when partial model deployment/mutation is desired. If set, the model deploy/mutate operation will succeed once available_replica_count reaches required_replica_count, and the rest of the replicas will be retried. If not set, the default required_replica_count will be min_replica_count.
         "spot": True or False, # Optional. If true, schedule the deployment workload on [spot VMs](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/spot-vms).
       },
       "disableExplanations": True or False, # If true, deploy the model without explainable feature, regardless the existence of Model.explanation_spec or explanation_spec.
@@ -2186,6 +2237,11 @@ 
Method Details

       },
       "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account that the DeployedModel's container runs as. Specify the email address of the service account. If this service account is not specified, the container runs as a service account that doesn't have access to the resource project. Users deploying the Model must have the `iam.serviceAccounts.actAs` permission on this service account.
       "sharedResources": "A String", # The resource name of the shared DeploymentResourcePool to deploy on. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/deploymentResourcePools/{deployment_resource_pool}`
+      "status": { # Runtime status of the deployed model. # Output only. Runtime status of the deployed model.
+        "availableReplicaCount": 42, # Output only. The number of available replicas of the deployed model.
+        "lastUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the status was last updated.
+        "message": "A String", # Output only. The latest deployed model's status message (if any).
+      },
       "systemLabels": { # System labels to apply to Model Garden deployments. System labels are managed by Google for internal use only.
         "a_key": "A String",
       },
@@ -2319,6 +2375,7 @@ 
Method Details

             },
             "maxReplicaCount": 42, # Immutable. The maximum number of replicas this DeployedModel may be deployed on when the traffic against it increases. If the requested value is too large, the deployment will error, but if deployment succeeds then the ability to scale the model to that many replicas is guaranteed (barring service outages). If traffic against the DeployedModel increases beyond what its replicas at maximum may handle, a portion of the traffic will be dropped. If this value is not provided, will use min_replica_count as the default value. The value of this field impacts the charge against Vertex CPU and GPU quotas. Specifically, you will be charged for (max_replica_count * number of cores in the selected machine type) and (max_replica_count * number of GPUs per replica in the selected machine type).
             "minReplicaCount": 42, # Required. Immutable. The minimum number of machine replicas this DeployedModel will be always deployed on. This value must be greater than or equal to 1. If traffic against the DeployedModel increases, it may dynamically be deployed onto more replicas, and as traffic decreases, some of these extra replicas may be freed.
+            "requiredReplicaCount": 42, # Optional. Number of required available replicas for the deployment to succeed. This field is only needed when partial model deployment/mutation is desired. If set, the model deploy/mutate operation will succeed once available_replica_count reaches required_replica_count, and the rest of the replicas will be retried. If not set, the default required_replica_count will be min_replica_count.
             "spot": True or False, # Optional. If true, schedule the deployment workload on [spot VMs](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/spot-vms).
           },
           "disableExplanations": True or False, # If true, deploy the model without explainable feature, regardless the existence of Model.explanation_spec or explanation_spec.
@@ -2452,6 +2509,11 @@ 
Method Details

           },
           "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account that the DeployedModel's container runs as. Specify the email address of the service account. If this service account is not specified, the container runs as a service account that doesn't have access to the resource project. Users deploying the Model must have the `iam.serviceAccounts.actAs` permission on this service account.
           "sharedResources": "A String", # The resource name of the shared DeploymentResourcePool to deploy on. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/deploymentResourcePools/{deployment_resource_pool}`
+          "status": { # Runtime status of the deployed model. # Output only. Runtime status of the deployed model.
+            "availableReplicaCount": 42, # Output only. The number of available replicas of the deployed model.
+            "lastUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the status was last updated.
+            "message": "A String", # Output only. The latest deployed model's status message (if any).
+          },
           "systemLabels": { # System labels to apply to Model Garden deployments. System labels are managed by Google for internal use only.
             "a_key": "A String",
           },
@@ -2549,6 +2611,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
       "maxReplicaCount": 42, # Immutable. The maximum number of replicas this DeployedModel may be deployed on when the traffic against it increases. If the requested value is too large, the deployment will error, but if deployment succeeds then the ability to scale the model to that many replicas is guaranteed (barring service outages). If traffic against the DeployedModel increases beyond what its replicas at maximum may handle, a portion of the traffic will be dropped. If this value is not provided, will use min_replica_count as the default value. The value of this field impacts the charge against Vertex CPU and GPU quotas. Specifically, you will be charged for (max_replica_count * number of cores in the selected machine type) and (max_replica_count * number of GPUs per replica in the selected machine type).
       "minReplicaCount": 42, # Required. Immutable. The minimum number of machine replicas this DeployedModel will be always deployed on. This value must be greater than or equal to 1. If traffic against the DeployedModel increases, it may dynamically be deployed onto more replicas, and as traffic decreases, some of these extra replicas may be freed.
+      "requiredReplicaCount": 42, # Optional. Number of required available replicas for the deployment to succeed. This field is only needed when partial model deployment/mutation is desired. If set, the model deploy/mutate operation will succeed once available_replica_count reaches required_replica_count, and the rest of the replicas will be retried. If not set, the default required_replica_count will be min_replica_count.
       "spot": True or False, # Optional. If true, schedule the deployment workload on [spot VMs](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/spot-vms).
     },
     "disableExplanations": True or False, # If true, deploy the model without explainable feature, regardless the existence of Model.explanation_spec or explanation_spec.
@@ -2682,6 +2745,11 @@ 
Method Details

     },
     "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account that the DeployedModel's container runs as. Specify the email address of the service account. If this service account is not specified, the container runs as a service account that doesn't have access to the resource project. Users deploying the Model must have the `iam.serviceAccounts.actAs` permission on this service account.
     "sharedResources": "A String", # The resource name of the shared DeploymentResourcePool to deploy on. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/deploymentResourcePools/{deployment_resource_pool}`
+    "status": { # Runtime status of the deployed model. # Output only. Runtime status of the deployed model.
+      "availableReplicaCount": 42, # Output only. The number of available replicas of the deployed model.
+      "lastUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the status was last updated.
+      "message": "A String", # Output only. The latest deployed model's status message (if any).
+    },
     "systemLabels": { # System labels to apply to Model Garden deployments. System labels are managed by Google for internal use only.
       "a_key": "A String",
     },
@@ -2763,6 +2831,7 @@ 
Method Details

         },
         "maxReplicaCount": 42, # Immutable. The maximum number of replicas this DeployedModel may be deployed on when the traffic against it increases. If the requested value is too large, the deployment will error, but if deployment succeeds then the ability to scale the model to that many replicas is guaranteed (barring service outages). If traffic against the DeployedModel increases beyond what its replicas at maximum may handle, a portion of the traffic will be dropped. If this value is not provided, will use min_replica_count as the default value. The value of this field impacts the charge against Vertex CPU and GPU quotas. Specifically, you will be charged for (max_replica_count * number of cores in the selected machine type) and (max_replica_count * number of GPUs per replica in the selected machine type).
         "minReplicaCount": 42, # Required. Immutable. The minimum number of machine replicas this DeployedModel will be always deployed on. This value must be greater than or equal to 1. If traffic against the DeployedModel increases, it may dynamically be deployed onto more replicas, and as traffic decreases, some of these extra replicas may be freed.
+        "requiredReplicaCount": 42, # Optional. Number of required available replicas for the deployment to succeed. This field is only needed when partial model deployment/mutation is desired. If set, the model deploy/mutate operation will succeed once available_replica_count reaches required_replica_count, and the rest of the replicas will be retried. If not set, the default required_replica_count will be min_replica_count.
         "spot": True or False, # Optional. If true, schedule the deployment workload on [spot VMs](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/spot-vms).
       },
       "disableExplanations": True or False, # If true, deploy the model without explainable feature, regardless the existence of Model.explanation_spec or explanation_spec.
@@ -2896,6 +2965,11 @@ 
Method Details

       },
       "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account that the DeployedModel's container runs as. Specify the email address of the service account. If this service account is not specified, the container runs as a service account that doesn't have access to the resource project. Users deploying the Model must have the `iam.serviceAccounts.actAs` permission on this service account.
       "sharedResources": "A String", # The resource name of the shared DeploymentResourcePool to deploy on. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/deploymentResourcePools/{deployment_resource_pool}`
+      "status": { # Runtime status of the deployed model. # Output only. Runtime status of the deployed model.
+        "availableReplicaCount": 42, # Output only. The number of available replicas of the deployed model.
+        "lastUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the status was last updated.
+        "message": "A String", # Output only. The latest deployed model's status message (if any).
+      },
       "systemLabels": { # System labels to apply to Model Garden deployments. System labels are managed by Google for internal use only.
         "a_key": "A String",
       },
@@ -2982,6 +3056,7 @@ 
Method Details

         },
         "maxReplicaCount": 42, # Immutable. The maximum number of replicas this DeployedModel may be deployed on when the traffic against it increases. If the requested value is too large, the deployment will error, but if deployment succeeds then the ability to scale the model to that many replicas is guaranteed (barring service outages). If traffic against the DeployedModel increases beyond what its replicas at maximum may handle, a portion of the traffic will be dropped. If this value is not provided, will use min_replica_count as the default value. The value of this field impacts the charge against Vertex CPU and GPU quotas. Specifically, you will be charged for (max_replica_count * number of cores in the selected machine type) and (max_replica_count * number of GPUs per replica in the selected machine type).
         "minReplicaCount": 42, # Required. Immutable. The minimum number of machine replicas this DeployedModel will be always deployed on. This value must be greater than or equal to 1. If traffic against the DeployedModel increases, it may dynamically be deployed onto more replicas, and as traffic decreases, some of these extra replicas may be freed.
+        "requiredReplicaCount": 42, # Optional. Number of required available replicas for the deployment to succeed. This field is only needed when partial model deployment/mutation is desired. If set, the model deploy/mutate operation will succeed once available_replica_count reaches required_replica_count, and the rest of the replicas will be retried. If not set, the default required_replica_count will be min_replica_count.
         "spot": True or False, # Optional. If true, schedule the deployment workload on [spot VMs](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/spot-vms).
       },
       "disableExplanations": True or False, # If true, deploy the model without explainable feature, regardless the existence of Model.explanation_spec or explanation_spec.
@@ -3115,6 +3190,11 @@ 
Method Details

       },
       "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account that the DeployedModel's container runs as. Specify the email address of the service account. If this service account is not specified, the container runs as a service account that doesn't have access to the resource project. Users deploying the Model must have the `iam.serviceAccounts.actAs` permission on this service account.
       "sharedResources": "A String", # The resource name of the shared DeploymentResourcePool to deploy on. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/deploymentResourcePools/{deployment_resource_pool}`
+      "status": { # Runtime status of the deployed model. # Output only. Runtime status of the deployed model.
+        "availableReplicaCount": 42, # Output only. The number of available replicas of the deployed model.
+        "lastUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the status was last updated.
+        "message": "A String", # Output only. The latest deployed model's status message (if any).
+      },
       "systemLabels": { # System labels to apply to Model Garden deployments. System labels are managed by Google for internal use only.
         "a_key": "A String",
       },
@@ -3795,6 +3875,25 @@ 
Method Details

               ],
             },
           ],
+          "ragRetrievalConfig": { # Specifies the context retrieval config. # Optional. The retrieval config for the Rag query.
+            "filter": { # Config for filters. # Optional. Config for filters.
+              "metadataFilter": "A String", # Optional. String for metadata filtering.
+              "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector distance smaller than the threshold.
+              "vectorSimilarityThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector similarity larger than the threshold.
+            },
+            "hybridSearch": { # Config for Hybrid Search. # Optional. Config for Hybrid Search.
+              "alpha": 3.14, # Optional. Alpha value controls the weight between dense and sparse vector search results. The range is [0, 1], while 0 means sparse vector search only and 1 means dense vector search only. The default value is 0.5 which balances sparse and dense vector search equally.
+            },
+            "ranking": { # Config for ranking and reranking. # Optional. Config for ranking and reranking.
+              "llmRanker": { # Config for LlmRanker. # Optional. Config for LlmRanker.
+                "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. Format: `gemini-1.5-pro`
+              },
+              "rankService": { # Config for Rank Service. # Optional. Config for Rank Service.
+                "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name of the rank service. Format: `semantic-ranker-512@latest`
+              },
+            },
+            "topK": 42, # Optional. The number of contexts to retrieve.
+          },
           "similarityTopK": 42, # Optional. Number of top k results to return from the selected corpora.
           "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only return results with vector distance smaller than the threshold.
         },
@@ -4127,6 +4226,7 @@ 
Method Details

           },
           "maxReplicaCount": 42, # Immutable. The maximum number of replicas this DeployedModel may be deployed on when the traffic against it increases. If the requested value is too large, the deployment will error, but if deployment succeeds then the ability to scale the model to that many replicas is guaranteed (barring service outages). If traffic against the DeployedModel increases beyond what its replicas at maximum may handle, a portion of the traffic will be dropped. If this value is not provided, will use min_replica_count as the default value. The value of this field impacts the charge against Vertex CPU and GPU quotas. Specifically, you will be charged for (max_replica_count * number of cores in the selected machine type) and (max_replica_count * number of GPUs per replica in the selected machine type).
           "minReplicaCount": 42, # Required. Immutable. The minimum number of machine replicas this DeployedModel will be always deployed on. This value must be greater than or equal to 1. If traffic against the DeployedModel increases, it may dynamically be deployed onto more replicas, and as traffic decreases, some of these extra replicas may be freed.
+          "requiredReplicaCount": 42, # Optional. Number of required available replicas for the deployment to succeed. This field is only needed when partial model deployment/mutation is desired. If set, the model deploy/mutate operation will succeed once available_replica_count reaches required_replica_count, and the rest of the replicas will be retried. If not set, the default required_replica_count will be min_replica_count.
           "spot": True or False, # Optional. If true, schedule the deployment workload on [spot VMs](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/spot-vms).
         },
         "disableExplanations": True or False, # If true, deploy the model without explainable feature, regardless the existence of Model.explanation_spec or explanation_spec.
@@ -4260,6 +4360,11 @@ 
Method Details

         },
         "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account that the DeployedModel's container runs as. Specify the email address of the service account. If this service account is not specified, the container runs as a service account that doesn't have access to the resource project. Users deploying the Model must have the `iam.serviceAccounts.actAs` permission on this service account.
         "sharedResources": "A String", # The resource name of the shared DeploymentResourcePool to deploy on. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/deploymentResourcePools/{deployment_resource_pool}`
+        "status": { # Runtime status of the deployed model. # Output only. Runtime status of the deployed model.
+          "availableReplicaCount": 42, # Output only. The number of available replicas of the deployed model.
+          "lastUpdateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time at which the status was last updated.
+          "message": "A String", # Output only. The latest deployed model's status message (if any).
+        },
         "systemLabels": { # System labels to apply to Model Garden deployments. System labels are managed by Google for internal use only.
           "a_key": "A String",
         },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.endpoints.operations.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.endpoints.operations.html
index c3106f35d7..919eda45ad 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.endpoints.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.endpoints.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Vertex AI API . 
   cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.exampleStores.operations.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.exampleStores.operations.html
index c20da4bfe9..83841b0aef 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.exampleStores.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.exampleStores.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Vertex AI API . 
   cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.extensionControllers.operations.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.extensionControllers.operations.html
index e1cb015905..93de51e178 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.extensionControllers.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.extensionControllers.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Vertex AI API . 
   cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.extensions.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.extensions.html
index e09a3f9499..6f3cfb3fe9 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.extensions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.extensions.html
@@ -341,6 +341,8 @@ 
Method Details

       "servingConfigName": "A String", # Optional. Vertex AI Search serving config name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/servingConfigs/{serving_config}`
     },
   },
+  "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use.
+  "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use.
   "toolUseExamples": [ # Optional. Examples to illustrate the usage of the extension as a tool.
     { # A single example of the tool usage.
       "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name for example.
@@ -501,6 +503,8 @@ 
Method Details

       "servingConfigName": "A String", # Optional. Vertex AI Search serving config name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/servingConfigs/{serving_config}`
     },
   },
+  "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use.
+  "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use.
   "toolUseExamples": [ # Optional. Examples to illustrate the usage of the extension as a tool.
     { # A single example of the tool usage.
       "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name for example.
@@ -700,6 +704,8 @@ 
Method Details

           "servingConfigName": "A String", # Optional. Vertex AI Search serving config name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/servingConfigs/{serving_config}`
         },
       },
+      "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use.
+      "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use.
       "toolUseExamples": [ # Optional. Examples to illustrate the usage of the extension as a tool.
         { # A single example of the tool usage.
           "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name for example.
@@ -877,6 +883,8 @@ 
Method Details

       "servingConfigName": "A String", # Optional. Vertex AI Search serving config name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/servingConfigs/{serving_config}`
     },
   },
+  "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use.
+  "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use.
   "toolUseExamples": [ # Optional. Examples to illustrate the usage of the extension as a tool.
     { # A single example of the tool usage.
       "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name for example.
@@ -1036,6 +1044,8 @@ 
Method Details

       "servingConfigName": "A String", # Optional. Vertex AI Search serving config name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/servingConfigs/{serving_config}`
     },
   },
+  "satisfiesPzi": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use.
+  "satisfiesPzs": True or False, # Output only. Reserved for future use.
   "toolUseExamples": [ # Optional. Examples to illustrate the usage of the extension as a tool.
     { # A single example of the tool usage.
       "displayName": "A String", # Required. The display name for example.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.extensions.operations.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.extensions.operations.html
index 316157e1b6..e294b01548 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.extensions.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.extensions.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Vertex AI API . 
   cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.featurestores.entityTypes.features.operations.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.featurestores.entityTypes.features.operations.html
index a5c81bcc44..1a1dccb6e1 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.featurestores.entityTypes.features.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.featurestores.entityTypes.features.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Vertex AI API . 
   cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.featurestores.entityTypes.operations.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.featurestores.entityTypes.operations.html
index 55dd2f5e15..419bde2f59 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.featurestores.entityTypes.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.featurestores.entityTypes.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Vertex AI API . 
   cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.featurestores.operations.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.featurestores.operations.html
index 1bc92740dc..ba55f03bef 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.featurestores.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.featurestores.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Vertex AI API . 
   cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.html
index a8a7ee4d34..8154d02dfb 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.html
@@ -377,6 +377,25 @@ 
Method Details

         ],
       },
     ],
+    "ragRetrievalConfig": { # Specifies the context retrieval config. # Optional. The retrieval config for the Rag query.
+      "filter": { # Config for filters. # Optional. Config for filters.
+        "metadataFilter": "A String", # Optional. String for metadata filtering.
+        "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector distance smaller than the threshold.
+        "vectorSimilarityThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector similarity larger than the threshold.
+      },
+      "hybridSearch": { # Config for Hybrid Search. # Optional. Config for Hybrid Search.
+        "alpha": 3.14, # Optional. Alpha value controls the weight between dense and sparse vector search results. The range is [0, 1], while 0 means sparse vector search only and 1 means dense vector search only. The default value is 0.5 which balances sparse and dense vector search equally.
+      },
+      "ranking": { # Config for ranking and reranking. # Optional. Config for ranking and reranking.
+        "llmRanker": { # Config for LlmRanker. # Optional. Config for LlmRanker.
+          "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. Format: `gemini-1.5-pro`
+        },
+        "rankService": { # Config for Rank Service. # Optional. Config for Rank Service.
+          "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name of the rank service. Format: `semantic-ranker-512@latest`
+        },
+      },
+      "topK": 42, # Optional. The number of contexts to retrieve.
+    },
     "similarityTopK": 42, # Optional. Number of top k results to return from the selected corpora.
     "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only return results with vector distance smaller than the threshold.
   },
@@ -436,6 +455,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "facts": [ # Retrieved facts from RAG data sources.
     { # The fact used in grounding.
       "query": "A String", # Query that is used to retrieve this fact.
+      "score": 3.14, # If present, according to the underlying Vector DB and the selected metric type, the score can be either the distance or the similarity between the query and the fact and its range depends on the metric type. For example, if the metric type is COSINE_DISTANCE, it represents the distance between the query and the fact. The larger the distance, the less relevant the fact is to the query. The range is [0, 2], while 0 means the most relevant and 2 means the least relevant.
       "summary": "A String", # If present, the summary/snippet of the fact.
       "title": "A String", # If present, it refers to the title of this fact.
       "uri": "A String", # If present, this uri links to the source of the fact.
@@ -503,6 +523,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "facts": [ # Optional. Facts used to generate the text can also be used to corroborate the text.
     { # The fact used in grounding.
       "query": "A String", # Query that is used to retrieve this fact.
+      "score": 3.14, # If present, according to the underlying Vector DB and the selected metric type, the score can be either the distance or the similarity between the query and the fact and its range depends on the metric type. For example, if the metric type is COSINE_DISTANCE, it represents the distance between the query and the fact. The larger the distance, the less relevant the fact is to the query. The range is [0, 2], while 0 means the most relevant and 2 means the least relevant.
       "summary": "A String", # If present, the summary/snippet of the fact.
       "title": "A String", # If present, it refers to the title of this fact.
       "uri": "A String", # If present, this uri links to the source of the fact.
@@ -1048,6 +1069,25 @@ 
Method Details

 
 { # Request message for VertexRagService.RetrieveContexts.
   "query": { # A query to retrieve relevant contexts. # Required. Single RAG retrieve query.
+    "ragRetrievalConfig": { # Specifies the context retrieval config. # Optional. The retrieval config for the query.
+      "filter": { # Config for filters. # Optional. Config for filters.
+        "metadataFilter": "A String", # Optional. String for metadata filtering.
+        "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector distance smaller than the threshold.
+        "vectorSimilarityThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector similarity larger than the threshold.
+      },
+      "hybridSearch": { # Config for Hybrid Search. # Optional. Config for Hybrid Search.
+        "alpha": 3.14, # Optional. Alpha value controls the weight between dense and sparse vector search results. The range is [0, 1], while 0 means sparse vector search only and 1 means dense vector search only. The default value is 0.5 which balances sparse and dense vector search equally.
+      },
+      "ranking": { # Config for ranking and reranking. # Optional. Config for ranking and reranking.
+        "llmRanker": { # Config for LlmRanker. # Optional. Config for LlmRanker.
+          "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. Format: `gemini-1.5-pro`
+        },
+        "rankService": { # Config for Rank Service. # Optional. Config for Rank Service.
+          "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name of the rank service. Format: `semantic-ranker-512@latest`
+        },
+      },
+      "topK": 42, # Optional. The number of contexts to retrieve.
+    },
     "ranking": { # Configurations for hybrid search results ranking. # Optional. Configurations for hybrid search results ranking.
       "alpha": 3.14, # Optional. Alpha value controls the weight between dense and sparse vector search results. The range is [0, 1], while 0 means sparse vector search only and 1 means dense vector search only. The default value is 0.5 which balances sparse and dense vector search equally.
     },
@@ -1083,6 +1123,8 @@ 
Method Details

     "contexts": [ # All its contexts.
       { # A context of the query.
         "distance": 3.14, # The distance between the query dense embedding vector and the context text vector.
+        "score": 3.14, # According to the underlying Vector DB and the selected metric type, the score can be either the distance or the similarity between the query and the context and its range depends on the metric type. For example, if the metric type is COSINE_DISTANCE, it represents the distance between the query and the context. The larger the distance, the less relevant the context is to the query. The range is [0, 2], while 0 means the most relevant and 2 means the least relevant.
+        "sourceDisplayName": "A String", # The file display name.
         "sourceUri": "A String", # If the file is imported from Cloud Storage or Google Drive, source_uri will be original file URI in Cloud Storage or Google Drive; if file is uploaded, source_uri will be file display name.
         "sparseDistance": 3.14, # The distance between the query sparse embedding vector and the context text vector.
         "text": "A String", # The text chunk.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.hyperparameterTuningJobs.operations.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.hyperparameterTuningJobs.operations.html
index 2e4bf2bfd2..b9b3ffb080 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.hyperparameterTuningJobs.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.hyperparameterTuningJobs.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Vertex AI API . 
   cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.indexEndpoints.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.indexEndpoints.html
index 2064f73d97..56efe4a789 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.indexEndpoints.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.indexEndpoints.html
@@ -161,6 +161,7 @@ 
Method Details

         },
         "maxReplicaCount": 42, # Immutable. The maximum number of replicas this DeployedModel may be deployed on when the traffic against it increases. If the requested value is too large, the deployment will error, but if deployment succeeds then the ability to scale the model to that many replicas is guaranteed (barring service outages). If traffic against the DeployedModel increases beyond what its replicas at maximum may handle, a portion of the traffic will be dropped. If this value is not provided, will use min_replica_count as the default value. The value of this field impacts the charge against Vertex CPU and GPU quotas. Specifically, you will be charged for (max_replica_count * number of cores in the selected machine type) and (max_replica_count * number of GPUs per replica in the selected machine type).
         "minReplicaCount": 42, # Required. Immutable. The minimum number of machine replicas this DeployedModel will be always deployed on. This value must be greater than or equal to 1. If traffic against the DeployedModel increases, it may dynamically be deployed onto more replicas, and as traffic decreases, some of these extra replicas may be freed.
+        "requiredReplicaCount": 42, # Optional. Number of required available replicas for the deployment to succeed. This field is only needed when partial model deployment/mutation is desired. If set, the model deploy/mutate operation will succeed once available_replica_count reaches required_replica_count, and the rest of the replicas will be retried. If not set, the default required_replica_count will be min_replica_count.
         "spot": True or False, # Optional. If true, schedule the deployment workload on [spot VMs](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/spot-vms).
       },
       "deployedIndexAuthConfig": { # Used to set up the auth on the DeployedIndex's private endpoint. # Optional. If set, the authentication is enabled for the private endpoint.
@@ -330,6 +331,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
       "maxReplicaCount": 42, # Immutable. The maximum number of replicas this DeployedModel may be deployed on when the traffic against it increases. If the requested value is too large, the deployment will error, but if deployment succeeds then the ability to scale the model to that many replicas is guaranteed (barring service outages). If traffic against the DeployedModel increases beyond what its replicas at maximum may handle, a portion of the traffic will be dropped. If this value is not provided, will use min_replica_count as the default value. The value of this field impacts the charge against Vertex CPU and GPU quotas. Specifically, you will be charged for (max_replica_count * number of cores in the selected machine type) and (max_replica_count * number of GPUs per replica in the selected machine type).
       "minReplicaCount": 42, # Required. Immutable. The minimum number of machine replicas this DeployedModel will be always deployed on. This value must be greater than or equal to 1. If traffic against the DeployedModel increases, it may dynamically be deployed onto more replicas, and as traffic decreases, some of these extra replicas may be freed.
+      "requiredReplicaCount": 42, # Optional. Number of required available replicas for the deployment to succeed. This field is only needed when partial model deployment/mutation is desired. If set, the model deploy/mutate operation will succeed once available_replica_count reaches required_replica_count, and the rest of the replicas will be retried. If not set, the default required_replica_count will be min_replica_count.
       "spot": True or False, # Optional. If true, schedule the deployment workload on [spot VMs](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/spot-vms).
     },
     "deployedIndexAuthConfig": { # Used to set up the auth on the DeployedIndex's private endpoint. # Optional. If set, the authentication is enabled for the private endpoint.
@@ -567,6 +569,7 @@ 
Method Details

         },
         "maxReplicaCount": 42, # Immutable. The maximum number of replicas this DeployedModel may be deployed on when the traffic against it increases. If the requested value is too large, the deployment will error, but if deployment succeeds then the ability to scale the model to that many replicas is guaranteed (barring service outages). If traffic against the DeployedModel increases beyond what its replicas at maximum may handle, a portion of the traffic will be dropped. If this value is not provided, will use min_replica_count as the default value. The value of this field impacts the charge against Vertex CPU and GPU quotas. Specifically, you will be charged for (max_replica_count * number of cores in the selected machine type) and (max_replica_count * number of GPUs per replica in the selected machine type).
         "minReplicaCount": 42, # Required. Immutable. The minimum number of machine replicas this DeployedModel will be always deployed on. This value must be greater than or equal to 1. If traffic against the DeployedModel increases, it may dynamically be deployed onto more replicas, and as traffic decreases, some of these extra replicas may be freed.
+        "requiredReplicaCount": 42, # Optional. Number of required available replicas for the deployment to succeed. This field is only needed when partial model deployment/mutation is desired. If set, the model deploy/mutate operation will succeed once available_replica_count reaches required_replica_count, and the rest of the replicas will be retried. If not set, the default required_replica_count will be min_replica_count.
         "spot": True or False, # Optional. If true, schedule the deployment workload on [spot VMs](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/spot-vms).
       },
       "deployedIndexAuthConfig": { # Used to set up the auth on the DeployedIndex's private endpoint. # Optional. If set, the authentication is enabled for the private endpoint.
@@ -686,6 +689,7 @@ 
Method Details

             },
             "maxReplicaCount": 42, # Immutable. The maximum number of replicas this DeployedModel may be deployed on when the traffic against it increases. If the requested value is too large, the deployment will error, but if deployment succeeds then the ability to scale the model to that many replicas is guaranteed (barring service outages). If traffic against the DeployedModel increases beyond what its replicas at maximum may handle, a portion of the traffic will be dropped. If this value is not provided, will use min_replica_count as the default value. The value of this field impacts the charge against Vertex CPU and GPU quotas. Specifically, you will be charged for (max_replica_count * number of cores in the selected machine type) and (max_replica_count * number of GPUs per replica in the selected machine type).
             "minReplicaCount": 42, # Required. Immutable. The minimum number of machine replicas this DeployedModel will be always deployed on. This value must be greater than or equal to 1. If traffic against the DeployedModel increases, it may dynamically be deployed onto more replicas, and as traffic decreases, some of these extra replicas may be freed.
+            "requiredReplicaCount": 42, # Optional. Number of required available replicas for the deployment to succeed. This field is only needed when partial model deployment/mutation is desired. If set, the model deploy/mutate operation will succeed once available_replica_count reaches required_replica_count, and the rest of the replicas will be retried. If not set, the default required_replica_count will be min_replica_count.
             "spot": True or False, # Optional. If true, schedule the deployment workload on [spot VMs](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/spot-vms).
           },
           "deployedIndexAuthConfig": { # Used to set up the auth on the DeployedIndex's private endpoint. # Optional. If set, the authentication is enabled for the private endpoint.
@@ -808,6 +812,7 @@ 
Method Details

     },
     "maxReplicaCount": 42, # Immutable. The maximum number of replicas this DeployedModel may be deployed on when the traffic against it increases. If the requested value is too large, the deployment will error, but if deployment succeeds then the ability to scale the model to that many replicas is guaranteed (barring service outages). If traffic against the DeployedModel increases beyond what its replicas at maximum may handle, a portion of the traffic will be dropped. If this value is not provided, will use min_replica_count as the default value. The value of this field impacts the charge against Vertex CPU and GPU quotas. Specifically, you will be charged for (max_replica_count * number of cores in the selected machine type) and (max_replica_count * number of GPUs per replica in the selected machine type).
     "minReplicaCount": 42, # Required. Immutable. The minimum number of machine replicas this DeployedModel will be always deployed on. This value must be greater than or equal to 1. If traffic against the DeployedModel increases, it may dynamically be deployed onto more replicas, and as traffic decreases, some of these extra replicas may be freed.
+    "requiredReplicaCount": 42, # Optional. Number of required available replicas for the deployment to succeed. This field is only needed when partial model deployment/mutation is desired. If set, the model deploy/mutate operation will succeed once available_replica_count reaches required_replica_count, and the rest of the replicas will be retried. If not set, the default required_replica_count will be min_replica_count.
     "spot": True or False, # Optional. If true, schedule the deployment workload on [spot VMs](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/spot-vms).
   },
   "deployedIndexAuthConfig": { # Used to set up the auth on the DeployedIndex's private endpoint. # Optional. If set, the authentication is enabled for the private endpoint.
@@ -917,6 +922,7 @@ 
Method Details

         },
         "maxReplicaCount": 42, # Immutable. The maximum number of replicas this DeployedModel may be deployed on when the traffic against it increases. If the requested value is too large, the deployment will error, but if deployment succeeds then the ability to scale the model to that many replicas is guaranteed (barring service outages). If traffic against the DeployedModel increases beyond what its replicas at maximum may handle, a portion of the traffic will be dropped. If this value is not provided, will use min_replica_count as the default value. The value of this field impacts the charge against Vertex CPU and GPU quotas. Specifically, you will be charged for (max_replica_count * number of cores in the selected machine type) and (max_replica_count * number of GPUs per replica in the selected machine type).
         "minReplicaCount": 42, # Required. Immutable. The minimum number of machine replicas this DeployedModel will be always deployed on. This value must be greater than or equal to 1. If traffic against the DeployedModel increases, it may dynamically be deployed onto more replicas, and as traffic decreases, some of these extra replicas may be freed.
+        "requiredReplicaCount": 42, # Optional. Number of required available replicas for the deployment to succeed. This field is only needed when partial model deployment/mutation is desired. If set, the model deploy/mutate operation will succeed once available_replica_count reaches required_replica_count, and the rest of the replicas will be retried. If not set, the default required_replica_count will be min_replica_count.
         "spot": True or False, # Optional. If true, schedule the deployment workload on [spot VMs](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/spot-vms).
       },
       "deployedIndexAuthConfig": { # Used to set up the auth on the DeployedIndex's private endpoint. # Optional. If set, the authentication is enabled for the private endpoint.
@@ -1024,6 +1030,7 @@ 
Method Details

         },
         "maxReplicaCount": 42, # Immutable. The maximum number of replicas this DeployedModel may be deployed on when the traffic against it increases. If the requested value is too large, the deployment will error, but if deployment succeeds then the ability to scale the model to that many replicas is guaranteed (barring service outages). If traffic against the DeployedModel increases beyond what its replicas at maximum may handle, a portion of the traffic will be dropped. If this value is not provided, will use min_replica_count as the default value. The value of this field impacts the charge against Vertex CPU and GPU quotas. Specifically, you will be charged for (max_replica_count * number of cores in the selected machine type) and (max_replica_count * number of GPUs per replica in the selected machine type).
         "minReplicaCount": 42, # Required. Immutable. The minimum number of machine replicas this DeployedModel will be always deployed on. This value must be greater than or equal to 1. If traffic against the DeployedModel increases, it may dynamically be deployed onto more replicas, and as traffic decreases, some of these extra replicas may be freed.
+        "requiredReplicaCount": 42, # Optional. Number of required available replicas for the deployment to succeed. This field is only needed when partial model deployment/mutation is desired. If set, the model deploy/mutate operation will succeed once available_replica_count reaches required_replica_count, and the rest of the replicas will be retried. If not set, the default required_replica_count will be min_replica_count.
         "spot": True or False, # Optional. If true, schedule the deployment workload on [spot VMs](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/spot-vms).
       },
       "deployedIndexAuthConfig": { # Used to set up the auth on the DeployedIndex's private endpoint. # Optional. If set, the authentication is enabled for the private endpoint.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.indexEndpoints.operations.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.indexEndpoints.operations.html
index 7738006c61..d65d85540e 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.indexEndpoints.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.indexEndpoints.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Vertex AI API . 
   cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.indexes.operations.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.indexes.operations.html
index 07daf01331..66886e7190 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.indexes.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.indexes.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Vertex AI API . 
   cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.metadataStores.artifacts.operations.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.metadataStores.artifacts.operations.html
index d113d57ae0..3639d3e3fb 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.metadataStores.artifacts.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.metadataStores.artifacts.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Vertex AI API . 
   cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.metadataStores.contexts.operations.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.metadataStores.contexts.operations.html
index 010d81cc15..5e9338b2db 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.metadataStores.contexts.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.metadataStores.contexts.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Vertex AI API . 
   cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.metadataStores.executions.operations.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.metadataStores.executions.operations.html
index bcd61c3769..0a8c4ba338 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.metadataStores.executions.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.metadataStores.executions.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Vertex AI API . 
   cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.metadataStores.operations.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.metadataStores.operations.html
index 342abe7ddf..f8abe9e983 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.metadataStores.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.metadataStores.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Vertex AI API . 
   cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.migratableResources.operations.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.migratableResources.operations.html
index e871fac5ea..35cd3f0c9e 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.migratableResources.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.migratableResources.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Vertex AI API . 
   cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.modelDeploymentMonitoringJobs.operations.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.modelDeploymentMonitoringJobs.operations.html
index 2f119dadca..1434d4a358 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.modelDeploymentMonitoringJobs.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.modelDeploymentMonitoringJobs.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Vertex AI API . 
   cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.modelMonitors.operations.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.modelMonitors.operations.html
index d77985c8f4..eb27331412 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.modelMonitors.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.modelMonitors.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Vertex AI API . 
   cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.models.evaluations.operations.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.models.evaluations.operations.html
index 0416cb905b..8f24da9f9e 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.models.evaluations.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.models.evaluations.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Vertex AI API . 
   cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.models.operations.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.models.operations.html
index 77fe42d3d9..01eff45710 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.models.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.models.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Vertex AI API . 
   cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.notebookExecutionJobs.operations.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.notebookExecutionJobs.operations.html
index fca086e172..9c991fd995 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.notebookExecutionJobs.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.notebookExecutionJobs.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Vertex AI API . 
   cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.notebookRuntimeTemplates.operations.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.notebookRuntimeTemplates.operations.html
index 2e405636a6..53dd4a7d48 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.notebookRuntimeTemplates.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.notebookRuntimeTemplates.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Vertex AI API . 
   cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.notebookRuntimes.operations.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.notebookRuntimes.operations.html
index 067902ece4..29f7b3b56a 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.notebookRuntimes.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.notebookRuntimes.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Vertex AI API . 
   cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.operations.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.operations.html
index e54844c776..e8bcc22bcc 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Vertex AI API . 
   cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.persistentResources.operations.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.persistentResources.operations.html
index 537838c50f..489e1ffe16 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.persistentResources.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.persistentResources.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Vertex AI API . 
   cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.pipelineJobs.operations.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.pipelineJobs.operations.html
index 5b1b42c950..6dec31ce86 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.pipelineJobs.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.pipelineJobs.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Vertex AI API . 
   cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.publishers.models.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.publishers.models.html
index dfc602f26e..48eff82874 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.publishers.models.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.publishers.models.html
@@ -453,6 +453,25 @@ 
Method Details

               ],
             },
           ],
+          "ragRetrievalConfig": { # Specifies the context retrieval config. # Optional. The retrieval config for the Rag query.
+            "filter": { # Config for filters. # Optional. Config for filters.
+              "metadataFilter": "A String", # Optional. String for metadata filtering.
+              "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector distance smaller than the threshold.
+              "vectorSimilarityThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector similarity larger than the threshold.
+            },
+            "hybridSearch": { # Config for Hybrid Search. # Optional. Config for Hybrid Search.
+              "alpha": 3.14, # Optional. Alpha value controls the weight between dense and sparse vector search results. The range is [0, 1], while 0 means sparse vector search only and 1 means dense vector search only. The default value is 0.5 which balances sparse and dense vector search equally.
+            },
+            "ranking": { # Config for ranking and reranking. # Optional. Config for ranking and reranking.
+              "llmRanker": { # Config for LlmRanker. # Optional. Config for LlmRanker.
+                "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. Format: `gemini-1.5-pro`
+              },
+              "rankService": { # Config for Rank Service. # Optional. Config for Rank Service.
+                "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name of the rank service. Format: `semantic-ranker-512@latest`
+              },
+            },
+            "topK": 42, # Optional. The number of contexts to retrieve.
+          },
           "similarityTopK": 42, # Optional. Number of top k results to return from the selected corpora.
           "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only return results with vector distance smaller than the threshold.
         },
@@ -788,6 +807,25 @@ 
Method Details

               ],
             },
           ],
+          "ragRetrievalConfig": { # Specifies the context retrieval config. # Optional. The retrieval config for the Rag query.
+            "filter": { # Config for filters. # Optional. Config for filters.
+              "metadataFilter": "A String", # Optional. String for metadata filtering.
+              "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector distance smaller than the threshold.
+              "vectorSimilarityThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector similarity larger than the threshold.
+            },
+            "hybridSearch": { # Config for Hybrid Search. # Optional. Config for Hybrid Search.
+              "alpha": 3.14, # Optional. Alpha value controls the weight between dense and sparse vector search results. The range is [0, 1], while 0 means sparse vector search only and 1 means dense vector search only. The default value is 0.5 which balances sparse and dense vector search equally.
+            },
+            "ranking": { # Config for ranking and reranking. # Optional. Config for ranking and reranking.
+              "llmRanker": { # Config for LlmRanker. # Optional. Config for LlmRanker.
+                "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. Format: `gemini-1.5-pro`
+              },
+              "rankService": { # Config for Rank Service. # Optional. Config for Rank Service.
+                "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name of the rank service. Format: `semantic-ranker-512@latest`
+              },
+            },
+            "topK": 42, # Optional. The number of contexts to retrieve.
+          },
           "similarityTopK": 42, # Optional. Number of top k results to return from the selected corpora.
           "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only return results with vector distance smaller than the threshold.
         },
@@ -1582,6 +1620,25 @@ 
Method Details

               ],
             },
           ],
+          "ragRetrievalConfig": { # Specifies the context retrieval config. # Optional. The retrieval config for the Rag query.
+            "filter": { # Config for filters. # Optional. Config for filters.
+              "metadataFilter": "A String", # Optional. String for metadata filtering.
+              "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector distance smaller than the threshold.
+              "vectorSimilarityThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector similarity larger than the threshold.
+            },
+            "hybridSearch": { # Config for Hybrid Search. # Optional. Config for Hybrid Search.
+              "alpha": 3.14, # Optional. Alpha value controls the weight between dense and sparse vector search results. The range is [0, 1], while 0 means sparse vector search only and 1 means dense vector search only. The default value is 0.5 which balances sparse and dense vector search equally.
+            },
+            "ranking": { # Config for ranking and reranking. # Optional. Config for ranking and reranking.
+              "llmRanker": { # Config for LlmRanker. # Optional. Config for LlmRanker.
+                "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. Format: `gemini-1.5-pro`
+              },
+              "rankService": { # Config for Rank Service. # Optional. Config for Rank Service.
+                "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name of the rank service. Format: `semantic-ranker-512@latest`
+              },
+            },
+            "topK": 42, # Optional. The number of contexts to retrieve.
+          },
           "similarityTopK": 42, # Optional. Number of top k results to return from the selected corpora.
           "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only return results with vector distance smaller than the threshold.
         },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.ragCorpora.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.ragCorpora.html
index b93f089f63..b2ff60200f 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.ragCorpora.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.ragCorpora.html
@@ -159,6 +159,27 @@ 
Method Details

     "pinecone": { # The config for the Pinecone. # The config for the Pinecone.
       "indexName": "A String", # Pinecone index name. This value cannot be changed after it's set.
     },
+    "ragEmbeddingModelConfig": { # Config for the embedding model to use for RAG. # Optional. Immutable. The embedding model config of the Vector DB.
+      "hybridSearchConfig": { # Config for hybrid search. # Configuration for hybrid search.
+        "denseEmbeddingModelPredictionEndpoint": { # Config representing a model hosted on Vertex Prediction Endpoint. # Required. The Vertex AI Prediction Endpoint that hosts the embedding model for dense embedding generations.
+          "endpoint": "A String", # Required. The endpoint resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/{publisher}/models/{model}` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}`
+          "model": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the model that is deployed on the endpoint. Present only when the endpoint is not a publisher model. Pattern: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/models/{model}`
+          "modelVersionId": "A String", # Output only. Version ID of the model that is deployed on the endpoint. Present only when the endpoint is not a publisher model.
+        },
+        "sparseEmbeddingConfig": { # Configuration for sparse emebdding generation. # Optional. The configuration for sparse embedding generation. This field is optional the default behavior depends on the vector database choice on the RagCorpus.
+          "bm25": { # Message for BM25 parameters. # Use BM25 scoring algorithm.
+            "b": 3.14, # Optional. The parameter to control document length normalization. It determines how much the document length affects the final score. b is in the range of [0, 1]. The default value is 0.75.
+            "k1": 3.14, # Optional. The parameter to control term frequency saturation. It determines the scaling between the matching term frequency and final score. k1 is in the range of [1.2, 3]. The default value is 1.2.
+            "multilingual": True or False, # Optional. Use multilingual tokenizer if set to true.
+          },
+        },
+      },
+      "vertexPredictionEndpoint": { # Config representing a model hosted on Vertex Prediction Endpoint. # The Vertex AI Prediction Endpoint that either refers to a publisher model or an endpoint that is hosting a 1P fine-tuned text embedding model. Endpoints hosting non-1P fine-tuned text embedding models are currently not supported. This is used for dense vector search.
+        "endpoint": "A String", # Required. The endpoint resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/{publisher}/models/{model}` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}`
+        "model": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the model that is deployed on the endpoint. Present only when the endpoint is not a publisher model. Pattern: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/models/{model}`
+        "modelVersionId": "A String", # Output only. Version ID of the model that is deployed on the endpoint. Present only when the endpoint is not a publisher model.
+      },
+    },
     "ragManagedDb": { # The config for the default RAG-managed Vector DB. # The config for the RAG-managed Vector DB.
     },
     "vertexFeatureStore": { # The config for the Vertex Feature Store. # The config for the Vertex Feature Store.
@@ -174,6 +195,53 @@ 
Method Details

     },
   },
   "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this RagCorpus was last updated.
+  "vectorDbConfig": { # Config for the Vector DB to use for RAG. # Optional. Immutable. The config for the Vector DBs.
+    "apiAuth": { # The generic reusable api auth config. # Authentication config for the chosen Vector DB.
+      "apiKeyConfig": { # The API secret. # The API secret.
+        "apiKeySecretVersion": "A String", # Required. The SecretManager secret version resource name storing API key. e.g. projects/{project}/secrets/{secret}/versions/{version}
+      },
+    },
+    "pinecone": { # The config for the Pinecone. # The config for the Pinecone.
+      "indexName": "A String", # Pinecone index name. This value cannot be changed after it's set.
+    },
+    "ragEmbeddingModelConfig": { # Config for the embedding model to use for RAG. # Optional. Immutable. The embedding model config of the Vector DB.
+      "hybridSearchConfig": { # Config for hybrid search. # Configuration for hybrid search.
+        "denseEmbeddingModelPredictionEndpoint": { # Config representing a model hosted on Vertex Prediction Endpoint. # Required. The Vertex AI Prediction Endpoint that hosts the embedding model for dense embedding generations.
+          "endpoint": "A String", # Required. The endpoint resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/{publisher}/models/{model}` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}`
+          "model": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the model that is deployed on the endpoint. Present only when the endpoint is not a publisher model. Pattern: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/models/{model}`
+          "modelVersionId": "A String", # Output only. Version ID of the model that is deployed on the endpoint. Present only when the endpoint is not a publisher model.
+        },
+        "sparseEmbeddingConfig": { # Configuration for sparse emebdding generation. # Optional. The configuration for sparse embedding generation. This field is optional the default behavior depends on the vector database choice on the RagCorpus.
+          "bm25": { # Message for BM25 parameters. # Use BM25 scoring algorithm.
+            "b": 3.14, # Optional. The parameter to control document length normalization. It determines how much the document length affects the final score. b is in the range of [0, 1]. The default value is 0.75.
+            "k1": 3.14, # Optional. The parameter to control term frequency saturation. It determines the scaling between the matching term frequency and final score. k1 is in the range of [1.2, 3]. The default value is 1.2.
+            "multilingual": True or False, # Optional. Use multilingual tokenizer if set to true.
+          },
+        },
+      },
+      "vertexPredictionEndpoint": { # Config representing a model hosted on Vertex Prediction Endpoint. # The Vertex AI Prediction Endpoint that either refers to a publisher model or an endpoint that is hosting a 1P fine-tuned text embedding model. Endpoints hosting non-1P fine-tuned text embedding models are currently not supported. This is used for dense vector search.
+        "endpoint": "A String", # Required. The endpoint resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/{publisher}/models/{model}` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}`
+        "model": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the model that is deployed on the endpoint. Present only when the endpoint is not a publisher model. Pattern: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/models/{model}`
+        "modelVersionId": "A String", # Output only. Version ID of the model that is deployed on the endpoint. Present only when the endpoint is not a publisher model.
+      },
+    },
+    "ragManagedDb": { # The config for the default RAG-managed Vector DB. # The config for the RAG-managed Vector DB.
+    },
+    "vertexFeatureStore": { # The config for the Vertex Feature Store. # The config for the Vertex Feature Store.
+      "featureViewResourceName": "A String", # The resource name of the FeatureView. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featureOnlineStores/{feature_online_store}/featureViews/{feature_view}`
+    },
+    "vertexVectorSearch": { # The config for the Vertex Vector Search. # The config for the Vertex Vector Search.
+      "index": "A String", # The resource name of the Index. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/indexes/{index}`
+      "indexEndpoint": "A String", # The resource name of the Index Endpoint. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/indexEndpoints/{index_endpoint}`
+    },
+    "weaviate": { # The config for the Weaviate. # The config for the Weaviate.
+      "collectionName": "A String", # The corresponding collection this corpus maps to. This value cannot be changed after it's set.
+      "httpEndpoint": "A String", # Weaviate DB instance HTTP endpoint. e.g. 34.56.78.90:8080 Vertex RAG only supports HTTP connection to Weaviate. This value cannot be changed after it's set.
+    },
+  },
+  "vertexAiSearchConfig": { # Config for the Vertex AI Search. # Optional. Immutable. The config for the Vertex AI Search.
+    "servingConfig": "A String", # Vertex AI Search Serving Config resource full name. For example, `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/servingConfigs/{serving_config}` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/servingConfigs/{serving_config}`.
+  },
 }
 
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
@@ -294,6 +362,27 @@ 
Method Details

     "pinecone": { # The config for the Pinecone. # The config for the Pinecone.
       "indexName": "A String", # Pinecone index name. This value cannot be changed after it's set.
     },
+    "ragEmbeddingModelConfig": { # Config for the embedding model to use for RAG. # Optional. Immutable. The embedding model config of the Vector DB.
+      "hybridSearchConfig": { # Config for hybrid search. # Configuration for hybrid search.
+        "denseEmbeddingModelPredictionEndpoint": { # Config representing a model hosted on Vertex Prediction Endpoint. # Required. The Vertex AI Prediction Endpoint that hosts the embedding model for dense embedding generations.
+          "endpoint": "A String", # Required. The endpoint resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/{publisher}/models/{model}` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}`
+          "model": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the model that is deployed on the endpoint. Present only when the endpoint is not a publisher model. Pattern: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/models/{model}`
+          "modelVersionId": "A String", # Output only. Version ID of the model that is deployed on the endpoint. Present only when the endpoint is not a publisher model.
+        },
+        "sparseEmbeddingConfig": { # Configuration for sparse emebdding generation. # Optional. The configuration for sparse embedding generation. This field is optional the default behavior depends on the vector database choice on the RagCorpus.
+          "bm25": { # Message for BM25 parameters. # Use BM25 scoring algorithm.
+            "b": 3.14, # Optional. The parameter to control document length normalization. It determines how much the document length affects the final score. b is in the range of [0, 1]. The default value is 0.75.
+            "k1": 3.14, # Optional. The parameter to control term frequency saturation. It determines the scaling between the matching term frequency and final score. k1 is in the range of [1.2, 3]. The default value is 1.2.
+            "multilingual": True or False, # Optional. Use multilingual tokenizer if set to true.
+          },
+        },
+      },
+      "vertexPredictionEndpoint": { # Config representing a model hosted on Vertex Prediction Endpoint. # The Vertex AI Prediction Endpoint that either refers to a publisher model or an endpoint that is hosting a 1P fine-tuned text embedding model. Endpoints hosting non-1P fine-tuned text embedding models are currently not supported. This is used for dense vector search.
+        "endpoint": "A String", # Required. The endpoint resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/{publisher}/models/{model}` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}`
+        "model": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the model that is deployed on the endpoint. Present only when the endpoint is not a publisher model. Pattern: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/models/{model}`
+        "modelVersionId": "A String", # Output only. Version ID of the model that is deployed on the endpoint. Present only when the endpoint is not a publisher model.
+      },
+    },
     "ragManagedDb": { # The config for the default RAG-managed Vector DB. # The config for the RAG-managed Vector DB.
     },
     "vertexFeatureStore": { # The config for the Vertex Feature Store. # The config for the Vertex Feature Store.
@@ -309,6 +398,53 @@ 
Method Details

     },
   },
   "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this RagCorpus was last updated.
+  "vectorDbConfig": { # Config for the Vector DB to use for RAG. # Optional. Immutable. The config for the Vector DBs.
+    "apiAuth": { # The generic reusable api auth config. # Authentication config for the chosen Vector DB.
+      "apiKeyConfig": { # The API secret. # The API secret.
+        "apiKeySecretVersion": "A String", # Required. The SecretManager secret version resource name storing API key. e.g. projects/{project}/secrets/{secret}/versions/{version}
+      },
+    },
+    "pinecone": { # The config for the Pinecone. # The config for the Pinecone.
+      "indexName": "A String", # Pinecone index name. This value cannot be changed after it's set.
+    },
+    "ragEmbeddingModelConfig": { # Config for the embedding model to use for RAG. # Optional. Immutable. The embedding model config of the Vector DB.
+      "hybridSearchConfig": { # Config for hybrid search. # Configuration for hybrid search.
+        "denseEmbeddingModelPredictionEndpoint": { # Config representing a model hosted on Vertex Prediction Endpoint. # Required. The Vertex AI Prediction Endpoint that hosts the embedding model for dense embedding generations.
+          "endpoint": "A String", # Required. The endpoint resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/{publisher}/models/{model}` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}`
+          "model": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the model that is deployed on the endpoint. Present only when the endpoint is not a publisher model. Pattern: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/models/{model}`
+          "modelVersionId": "A String", # Output only. Version ID of the model that is deployed on the endpoint. Present only when the endpoint is not a publisher model.
+        },
+        "sparseEmbeddingConfig": { # Configuration for sparse emebdding generation. # Optional. The configuration for sparse embedding generation. This field is optional the default behavior depends on the vector database choice on the RagCorpus.
+          "bm25": { # Message for BM25 parameters. # Use BM25 scoring algorithm.
+            "b": 3.14, # Optional. The parameter to control document length normalization. It determines how much the document length affects the final score. b is in the range of [0, 1]. The default value is 0.75.
+            "k1": 3.14, # Optional. The parameter to control term frequency saturation. It determines the scaling between the matching term frequency and final score. k1 is in the range of [1.2, 3]. The default value is 1.2.
+            "multilingual": True or False, # Optional. Use multilingual tokenizer if set to true.
+          },
+        },
+      },
+      "vertexPredictionEndpoint": { # Config representing a model hosted on Vertex Prediction Endpoint. # The Vertex AI Prediction Endpoint that either refers to a publisher model or an endpoint that is hosting a 1P fine-tuned text embedding model. Endpoints hosting non-1P fine-tuned text embedding models are currently not supported. This is used for dense vector search.
+        "endpoint": "A String", # Required. The endpoint resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/{publisher}/models/{model}` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}`
+        "model": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the model that is deployed on the endpoint. Present only when the endpoint is not a publisher model. Pattern: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/models/{model}`
+        "modelVersionId": "A String", # Output only. Version ID of the model that is deployed on the endpoint. Present only when the endpoint is not a publisher model.
+      },
+    },
+    "ragManagedDb": { # The config for the default RAG-managed Vector DB. # The config for the RAG-managed Vector DB.
+    },
+    "vertexFeatureStore": { # The config for the Vertex Feature Store. # The config for the Vertex Feature Store.
+      "featureViewResourceName": "A String", # The resource name of the FeatureView. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featureOnlineStores/{feature_online_store}/featureViews/{feature_view}`
+    },
+    "vertexVectorSearch": { # The config for the Vertex Vector Search. # The config for the Vertex Vector Search.
+      "index": "A String", # The resource name of the Index. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/indexes/{index}`
+      "indexEndpoint": "A String", # The resource name of the Index Endpoint. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/indexEndpoints/{index_endpoint}`
+    },
+    "weaviate": { # The config for the Weaviate. # The config for the Weaviate.
+      "collectionName": "A String", # The corresponding collection this corpus maps to. This value cannot be changed after it's set.
+      "httpEndpoint": "A String", # Weaviate DB instance HTTP endpoint. e.g. 34.56.78.90:8080 Vertex RAG only supports HTTP connection to Weaviate. This value cannot be changed after it's set.
+    },
+  },
+  "vertexAiSearchConfig": { # Config for the Vertex AI Search. # Optional. Immutable. The config for the Vertex AI Search.
+    "servingConfig": "A String", # Vertex AI Search Serving Config resource full name. For example, `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/servingConfigs/{serving_config}` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/servingConfigs/{serving_config}`.
+  },
 }

 

 
@@ -370,6 +506,27 @@ 
Method Details

         "pinecone": { # The config for the Pinecone. # The config for the Pinecone.
           "indexName": "A String", # Pinecone index name. This value cannot be changed after it's set.
         },
+        "ragEmbeddingModelConfig": { # Config for the embedding model to use for RAG. # Optional. Immutable. The embedding model config of the Vector DB.
+          "hybridSearchConfig": { # Config for hybrid search. # Configuration for hybrid search.
+            "denseEmbeddingModelPredictionEndpoint": { # Config representing a model hosted on Vertex Prediction Endpoint. # Required. The Vertex AI Prediction Endpoint that hosts the embedding model for dense embedding generations.
+              "endpoint": "A String", # Required. The endpoint resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/{publisher}/models/{model}` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}`
+              "model": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the model that is deployed on the endpoint. Present only when the endpoint is not a publisher model. Pattern: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/models/{model}`
+              "modelVersionId": "A String", # Output only. Version ID of the model that is deployed on the endpoint. Present only when the endpoint is not a publisher model.
+            },
+            "sparseEmbeddingConfig": { # Configuration for sparse emebdding generation. # Optional. The configuration for sparse embedding generation. This field is optional the default behavior depends on the vector database choice on the RagCorpus.
+              "bm25": { # Message for BM25 parameters. # Use BM25 scoring algorithm.
+                "b": 3.14, # Optional. The parameter to control document length normalization. It determines how much the document length affects the final score. b is in the range of [0, 1]. The default value is 0.75.
+                "k1": 3.14, # Optional. The parameter to control term frequency saturation. It determines the scaling between the matching term frequency and final score. k1 is in the range of [1.2, 3]. The default value is 1.2.
+                "multilingual": True or False, # Optional. Use multilingual tokenizer if set to true.
+              },
+            },
+          },
+          "vertexPredictionEndpoint": { # Config representing a model hosted on Vertex Prediction Endpoint. # The Vertex AI Prediction Endpoint that either refers to a publisher model or an endpoint that is hosting a 1P fine-tuned text embedding model. Endpoints hosting non-1P fine-tuned text embedding models are currently not supported. This is used for dense vector search.
+            "endpoint": "A String", # Required. The endpoint resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/{publisher}/models/{model}` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}`
+            "model": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the model that is deployed on the endpoint. Present only when the endpoint is not a publisher model. Pattern: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/models/{model}`
+            "modelVersionId": "A String", # Output only. Version ID of the model that is deployed on the endpoint. Present only when the endpoint is not a publisher model.
+          },
+        },
         "ragManagedDb": { # The config for the default RAG-managed Vector DB. # The config for the RAG-managed Vector DB.
         },
         "vertexFeatureStore": { # The config for the Vertex Feature Store. # The config for the Vertex Feature Store.
@@ -385,6 +542,53 @@ 
Method Details

         },
       },
       "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this RagCorpus was last updated.
+      "vectorDbConfig": { # Config for the Vector DB to use for RAG. # Optional. Immutable. The config for the Vector DBs.
+        "apiAuth": { # The generic reusable api auth config. # Authentication config for the chosen Vector DB.
+          "apiKeyConfig": { # The API secret. # The API secret.
+            "apiKeySecretVersion": "A String", # Required. The SecretManager secret version resource name storing API key. e.g. projects/{project}/secrets/{secret}/versions/{version}
+          },
+        },
+        "pinecone": { # The config for the Pinecone. # The config for the Pinecone.
+          "indexName": "A String", # Pinecone index name. This value cannot be changed after it's set.
+        },
+        "ragEmbeddingModelConfig": { # Config for the embedding model to use for RAG. # Optional. Immutable. The embedding model config of the Vector DB.
+          "hybridSearchConfig": { # Config for hybrid search. # Configuration for hybrid search.
+            "denseEmbeddingModelPredictionEndpoint": { # Config representing a model hosted on Vertex Prediction Endpoint. # Required. The Vertex AI Prediction Endpoint that hosts the embedding model for dense embedding generations.
+              "endpoint": "A String", # Required. The endpoint resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/{publisher}/models/{model}` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}`
+              "model": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the model that is deployed on the endpoint. Present only when the endpoint is not a publisher model. Pattern: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/models/{model}`
+              "modelVersionId": "A String", # Output only. Version ID of the model that is deployed on the endpoint. Present only when the endpoint is not a publisher model.
+            },
+            "sparseEmbeddingConfig": { # Configuration for sparse emebdding generation. # Optional. The configuration for sparse embedding generation. This field is optional the default behavior depends on the vector database choice on the RagCorpus.
+              "bm25": { # Message for BM25 parameters. # Use BM25 scoring algorithm.
+                "b": 3.14, # Optional. The parameter to control document length normalization. It determines how much the document length affects the final score. b is in the range of [0, 1]. The default value is 0.75.
+                "k1": 3.14, # Optional. The parameter to control term frequency saturation. It determines the scaling between the matching term frequency and final score. k1 is in the range of [1.2, 3]. The default value is 1.2.
+                "multilingual": True or False, # Optional. Use multilingual tokenizer if set to true.
+              },
+            },
+          },
+          "vertexPredictionEndpoint": { # Config representing a model hosted on Vertex Prediction Endpoint. # The Vertex AI Prediction Endpoint that either refers to a publisher model or an endpoint that is hosting a 1P fine-tuned text embedding model. Endpoints hosting non-1P fine-tuned text embedding models are currently not supported. This is used for dense vector search.
+            "endpoint": "A String", # Required. The endpoint resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/{publisher}/models/{model}` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}`
+            "model": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the model that is deployed on the endpoint. Present only when the endpoint is not a publisher model. Pattern: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/models/{model}`
+            "modelVersionId": "A String", # Output only. Version ID of the model that is deployed on the endpoint. Present only when the endpoint is not a publisher model.
+          },
+        },
+        "ragManagedDb": { # The config for the default RAG-managed Vector DB. # The config for the RAG-managed Vector DB.
+        },
+        "vertexFeatureStore": { # The config for the Vertex Feature Store. # The config for the Vertex Feature Store.
+          "featureViewResourceName": "A String", # The resource name of the FeatureView. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featureOnlineStores/{feature_online_store}/featureViews/{feature_view}`
+        },
+        "vertexVectorSearch": { # The config for the Vertex Vector Search. # The config for the Vertex Vector Search.
+          "index": "A String", # The resource name of the Index. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/indexes/{index}`
+          "indexEndpoint": "A String", # The resource name of the Index Endpoint. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/indexEndpoints/{index_endpoint}`
+        },
+        "weaviate": { # The config for the Weaviate. # The config for the Weaviate.
+          "collectionName": "A String", # The corresponding collection this corpus maps to. This value cannot be changed after it's set.
+          "httpEndpoint": "A String", # Weaviate DB instance HTTP endpoint. e.g. 34.56.78.90:8080 Vertex RAG only supports HTTP connection to Weaviate. This value cannot be changed after it's set.
+        },
+      },
+      "vertexAiSearchConfig": { # Config for the Vertex AI Search. # Optional. Immutable. The config for the Vertex AI Search.
+        "servingConfig": "A String", # Vertex AI Search Serving Config resource full name. For example, `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/servingConfigs/{serving_config}` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/servingConfigs/{serving_config}`.
+      },
     },
   ],
 }

@@ -452,6 +656,27 @@ 
Method Details

     "pinecone": { # The config for the Pinecone. # The config for the Pinecone.
       "indexName": "A String", # Pinecone index name. This value cannot be changed after it's set.
     },
+    "ragEmbeddingModelConfig": { # Config for the embedding model to use for RAG. # Optional. Immutable. The embedding model config of the Vector DB.
+      "hybridSearchConfig": { # Config for hybrid search. # Configuration for hybrid search.
+        "denseEmbeddingModelPredictionEndpoint": { # Config representing a model hosted on Vertex Prediction Endpoint. # Required. The Vertex AI Prediction Endpoint that hosts the embedding model for dense embedding generations.
+          "endpoint": "A String", # Required. The endpoint resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/{publisher}/models/{model}` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}`
+          "model": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the model that is deployed on the endpoint. Present only when the endpoint is not a publisher model. Pattern: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/models/{model}`
+          "modelVersionId": "A String", # Output only. Version ID of the model that is deployed on the endpoint. Present only when the endpoint is not a publisher model.
+        },
+        "sparseEmbeddingConfig": { # Configuration for sparse emebdding generation. # Optional. The configuration for sparse embedding generation. This field is optional the default behavior depends on the vector database choice on the RagCorpus.
+          "bm25": { # Message for BM25 parameters. # Use BM25 scoring algorithm.
+            "b": 3.14, # Optional. The parameter to control document length normalization. It determines how much the document length affects the final score. b is in the range of [0, 1]. The default value is 0.75.
+            "k1": 3.14, # Optional. The parameter to control term frequency saturation. It determines the scaling between the matching term frequency and final score. k1 is in the range of [1.2, 3]. The default value is 1.2.
+            "multilingual": True or False, # Optional. Use multilingual tokenizer if set to true.
+          },
+        },
+      },
+      "vertexPredictionEndpoint": { # Config representing a model hosted on Vertex Prediction Endpoint. # The Vertex AI Prediction Endpoint that either refers to a publisher model or an endpoint that is hosting a 1P fine-tuned text embedding model. Endpoints hosting non-1P fine-tuned text embedding models are currently not supported. This is used for dense vector search.
+        "endpoint": "A String", # Required. The endpoint resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/{publisher}/models/{model}` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}`
+        "model": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the model that is deployed on the endpoint. Present only when the endpoint is not a publisher model. Pattern: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/models/{model}`
+        "modelVersionId": "A String", # Output only. Version ID of the model that is deployed on the endpoint. Present only when the endpoint is not a publisher model.
+      },
+    },
     "ragManagedDb": { # The config for the default RAG-managed Vector DB. # The config for the RAG-managed Vector DB.
     },
     "vertexFeatureStore": { # The config for the Vertex Feature Store. # The config for the Vertex Feature Store.
@@ -467,6 +692,53 @@ 
Method Details

     },
   },
   "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this RagCorpus was last updated.
+  "vectorDbConfig": { # Config for the Vector DB to use for RAG. # Optional. Immutable. The config for the Vector DBs.
+    "apiAuth": { # The generic reusable api auth config. # Authentication config for the chosen Vector DB.
+      "apiKeyConfig": { # The API secret. # The API secret.
+        "apiKeySecretVersion": "A String", # Required. The SecretManager secret version resource name storing API key. e.g. projects/{project}/secrets/{secret}/versions/{version}
+      },
+    },
+    "pinecone": { # The config for the Pinecone. # The config for the Pinecone.
+      "indexName": "A String", # Pinecone index name. This value cannot be changed after it's set.
+    },
+    "ragEmbeddingModelConfig": { # Config for the embedding model to use for RAG. # Optional. Immutable. The embedding model config of the Vector DB.
+      "hybridSearchConfig": { # Config for hybrid search. # Configuration for hybrid search.
+        "denseEmbeddingModelPredictionEndpoint": { # Config representing a model hosted on Vertex Prediction Endpoint. # Required. The Vertex AI Prediction Endpoint that hosts the embedding model for dense embedding generations.
+          "endpoint": "A String", # Required. The endpoint resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/{publisher}/models/{model}` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}`
+          "model": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the model that is deployed on the endpoint. Present only when the endpoint is not a publisher model. Pattern: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/models/{model}`
+          "modelVersionId": "A String", # Output only. Version ID of the model that is deployed on the endpoint. Present only when the endpoint is not a publisher model.
+        },
+        "sparseEmbeddingConfig": { # Configuration for sparse emebdding generation. # Optional. The configuration for sparse embedding generation. This field is optional the default behavior depends on the vector database choice on the RagCorpus.
+          "bm25": { # Message for BM25 parameters. # Use BM25 scoring algorithm.
+            "b": 3.14, # Optional. The parameter to control document length normalization. It determines how much the document length affects the final score. b is in the range of [0, 1]. The default value is 0.75.
+            "k1": 3.14, # Optional. The parameter to control term frequency saturation. It determines the scaling between the matching term frequency and final score. k1 is in the range of [1.2, 3]. The default value is 1.2.
+            "multilingual": True or False, # Optional. Use multilingual tokenizer if set to true.
+          },
+        },
+      },
+      "vertexPredictionEndpoint": { # Config representing a model hosted on Vertex Prediction Endpoint. # The Vertex AI Prediction Endpoint that either refers to a publisher model or an endpoint that is hosting a 1P fine-tuned text embedding model. Endpoints hosting non-1P fine-tuned text embedding models are currently not supported. This is used for dense vector search.
+        "endpoint": "A String", # Required. The endpoint resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/{publisher}/models/{model}` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}`
+        "model": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the model that is deployed on the endpoint. Present only when the endpoint is not a publisher model. Pattern: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/models/{model}`
+        "modelVersionId": "A String", # Output only. Version ID of the model that is deployed on the endpoint. Present only when the endpoint is not a publisher model.
+      },
+    },
+    "ragManagedDb": { # The config for the default RAG-managed Vector DB. # The config for the RAG-managed Vector DB.
+    },
+    "vertexFeatureStore": { # The config for the Vertex Feature Store. # The config for the Vertex Feature Store.
+      "featureViewResourceName": "A String", # The resource name of the FeatureView. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/featureOnlineStores/{feature_online_store}/featureViews/{feature_view}`
+    },
+    "vertexVectorSearch": { # The config for the Vertex Vector Search. # The config for the Vertex Vector Search.
+      "index": "A String", # The resource name of the Index. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/indexes/{index}`
+      "indexEndpoint": "A String", # The resource name of the Index Endpoint. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/indexEndpoints/{index_endpoint}`
+    },
+    "weaviate": { # The config for the Weaviate. # The config for the Weaviate.
+      "collectionName": "A String", # The corresponding collection this corpus maps to. This value cannot be changed after it's set.
+      "httpEndpoint": "A String", # Weaviate DB instance HTTP endpoint. e.g. 34.56.78.90:8080 Vertex RAG only supports HTTP connection to Weaviate. This value cannot be changed after it's set.
+    },
+  },
+  "vertexAiSearchConfig": { # Config for the Vertex AI Search. # Optional. Immutable. The config for the Vertex AI Search.
+    "servingConfig": "A String", # Vertex AI Search Serving Config resource full name. For example, `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/servingConfigs/{serving_config}` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/servingConfigs/{serving_config}`.
+  },
 }
 
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.ragCorpora.operations.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.ragCorpora.operations.html
index b7d266d2ba..ebe0738fcc 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.ragCorpora.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.ragCorpora.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Vertex AI API . 
   cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.ragCorpora.ragFiles.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.ragCorpora.ragFiles.html
index d8e620fab3..113f83288c 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.ragCorpora.ragFiles.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.ragCorpora.ragFiles.html
@@ -283,10 +283,31 @@ 
Method Details

     "ragFileChunkingConfig": { # Specifies the size and overlap of chunks for RagFiles. # Specifies the size and overlap of chunks after importing RagFiles.
       "chunkOverlap": 42, # The overlap between chunks.
       "chunkSize": 42, # The size of the chunks.
+      "fixedLengthChunking": { # Specifies the fixed length chunking config. # Specifies the fixed length chunking config.
+        "chunkOverlap": 42, # The overlap between chunks.
+        "chunkSize": 42, # The size of the chunks.
+      },
     },
-    "ragFileParsingConfig": { # Specifies the parsing config for RagFiles. # Specifies the parsing config for RagFiles.
+    "ragFileParsingConfig": { # Specifies the parsing config for RagFiles. # Optional. Specifies the parsing config for RagFiles. RAG will use the default parser if this field is not set.
+      "advancedParser": { # Specifies the advanced parsing for RagFiles. # The Advanced Parser to use for RagFiles.
+        "useAdvancedPdfParsing": True or False, # Whether to use advanced PDF parsing.
+      },
+      "layoutParser": { # Document AI Layout Parser config. # The Layout Parser to use for RagFiles.
+        "maxParsingRequestsPerMin": 42, # The maximum number of requests the job is allowed to make to the Document AI processor per minute. Consult https://cloud.google.com/document-ai/quotas and the Quota page for your project to set an appropriate value here. If unspecified, a default value of 120 QPM would be used.
+        "processorName": "A String", # The full resource name of a Document AI processor or processor version. The processor must have type `LAYOUT_PARSER_PROCESSOR`. If specified, the `additional_config.parse_as_scanned_pdf` field must be false. Format: * `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor_id}` * `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor_id}/processorVersions/{processor_version_id}`
+      },
       "useAdvancedPdfParsing": True or False, # Whether to use advanced PDF parsing.
     },
+    "ragFileTransformationConfig": { # Specifies the transformation config for RagFiles. # Specifies the transformation config for RagFiles.
+      "ragFileChunkingConfig": { # Specifies the size and overlap of chunks for RagFiles. # Specifies the chunking config for RagFiles.
+        "chunkOverlap": 42, # The overlap between chunks.
+        "chunkSize": 42, # The size of the chunks.
+        "fixedLengthChunking": { # Specifies the fixed length chunking config. # Specifies the fixed length chunking config.
+          "chunkOverlap": 42, # The overlap between chunks.
+          "chunkSize": 42, # The size of the chunks.
+        },
+      },
+    },
     "sharePointSources": { # The SharePointSources to pass to ImportRagFiles. # SharePoint sources.
       "sharePointSources": [ # The SharePoint sources.
         { # An individual SharePointSource.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.ragCorpora.ragFiles.operations.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.ragCorpora.ragFiles.operations.html
index 85864d3a0d..356efc0b53 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.ragCorpora.ragFiles.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.ragCorpora.ragFiles.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Vertex AI API . 
   cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.operations.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.operations.html
index affd9bc026..2b4256a03a 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Vertex AI API . 
   cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.schedules.operations.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.schedules.operations.html
index ae361e48a3..43bdc8e9d5 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.schedules.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.schedules.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Vertex AI API . 
   cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.specialistPools.operations.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.specialistPools.operations.html
index 87e76011fe..86e73c25e3 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.specialistPools.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.specialistPools.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Vertex AI API . 
   cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.studies.operations.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.studies.operations.html
index 8e4da7def0..cb507363e5 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.studies.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.studies.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Vertex AI API . 
   cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.studies.trials.operations.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.studies.trials.operations.html
index 1df89549b8..9d409730c9 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.studies.trials.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.studies.trials.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Vertex AI API . 
   cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.tensorboards.experiments.operations.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.tensorboards.experiments.operations.html
index 740725882e..681836566b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.tensorboards.experiments.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.tensorboards.experiments.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Vertex AI API . 
   cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.tensorboards.experiments.runs.operations.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.tensorboards.experiments.runs.operations.html
index 3803c32665..15e85ce844 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.tensorboards.experiments.runs.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.tensorboards.experiments.runs.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Vertex AI API . 
   cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.tensorboards.experiments.runs.timeSeries.operations.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.tensorboards.experiments.runs.timeSeries.operations.html
index 8b0ea7a2ea..53d80bfee6 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.tensorboards.experiments.runs.timeSeries.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.tensorboards.experiments.runs.timeSeries.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Vertex AI API . 
   cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.tensorboards.operations.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.tensorboards.operations.html
index d748650bb3..b0777452cf 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.tensorboards.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.tensorboards.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Vertex AI API . 
   cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.trainingPipelines.operations.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.trainingPipelines.operations.html
index 69efda644e..728ba30b8d 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.trainingPipelines.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.trainingPipelines.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Vertex AI API . 
   cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.tuningJobs.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.tuningJobs.html
index c9472bc66c..613ebe0055 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.tuningJobs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.projects.locations.tuningJobs.html
@@ -182,6 +182,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "validationDatasetUri": "A String", # Optional. Cloud Storage path to file containing validation dataset for tuning. The dataset must be formatted as a JSONL file.
   },
   "pipelineJob": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the PipelineJob associated with the TuningJob. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/pipelineJobs/{pipeline_job}`.
+  "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account that the tuningJob workload runs as. If not specified, the Vertex AI Secure Fine-Tuned Service Agent in the project will be used. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-agents#vertex-ai-secure-fine-tuning-service-agent Users starting the pipeline must have the `iam.serviceAccounts.actAs` permission on this service account.
   "startTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the TuningJob for the first time entered the `JOB_STATE_RUNNING` state.
   "state": "A String", # Output only. The detailed state of the job.
   "supervisedTuningSpec": { # Tuning Spec for Supervised Tuning for first party models. # Tuning Spec for Supervised Fine Tuning.
@@ -456,6 +457,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "validationDatasetUri": "A String", # Optional. Cloud Storage path to file containing validation dataset for tuning. The dataset must be formatted as a JSONL file.
   },
   "pipelineJob": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the PipelineJob associated with the TuningJob. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/pipelineJobs/{pipeline_job}`.
+  "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account that the tuningJob workload runs as. If not specified, the Vertex AI Secure Fine-Tuned Service Agent in the project will be used. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-agents#vertex-ai-secure-fine-tuning-service-agent Users starting the pipeline must have the `iam.serviceAccounts.actAs` permission on this service account.
   "startTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the TuningJob for the first time entered the `JOB_STATE_RUNNING` state.
   "state": "A String", # Output only. The detailed state of the job.
   "supervisedTuningSpec": { # Tuning Spec for Supervised Tuning for first party models. # Tuning Spec for Supervised Fine Tuning.
@@ -737,6 +739,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "validationDatasetUri": "A String", # Optional. Cloud Storage path to file containing validation dataset for tuning. The dataset must be formatted as a JSONL file.
   },
   "pipelineJob": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the PipelineJob associated with the TuningJob. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/pipelineJobs/{pipeline_job}`.
+  "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account that the tuningJob workload runs as. If not specified, the Vertex AI Secure Fine-Tuned Service Agent in the project will be used. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-agents#vertex-ai-secure-fine-tuning-service-agent Users starting the pipeline must have the `iam.serviceAccounts.actAs` permission on this service account.
   "startTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the TuningJob for the first time entered the `JOB_STATE_RUNNING` state.
   "state": "A String", # Output only. The detailed state of the job.
   "supervisedTuningSpec": { # Tuning Spec for Supervised Tuning for first party models. # Tuning Spec for Supervised Fine Tuning.
@@ -1024,6 +1027,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "validationDatasetUri": "A String", # Optional. Cloud Storage path to file containing validation dataset for tuning. The dataset must be formatted as a JSONL file.
       },
       "pipelineJob": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the PipelineJob associated with the TuningJob. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/pipelineJobs/{pipeline_job}`.
+      "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account that the tuningJob workload runs as. If not specified, the Vertex AI Secure Fine-Tuned Service Agent in the project will be used. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-agents#vertex-ai-secure-fine-tuning-service-agent Users starting the pipeline must have the `iam.serviceAccounts.actAs` permission on this service account.
       "startTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the TuningJob for the first time entered the `JOB_STATE_RUNNING` state.
       "state": "A String", # Output only. The detailed state of the job.
       "supervisedTuningSpec": { # Tuning Spec for Supervised Tuning for first party models. # Tuning Spec for Supervised Fine Tuning.
@@ -1326,6 +1330,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "validationDatasetUri": "A String", # Optional. Cloud Storage path to file containing validation dataset for tuning. The dataset must be formatted as a JSONL file.
     },
     "pipelineJob": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the PipelineJob associated with the TuningJob. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/pipelineJobs/{pipeline_job}`.
+    "serviceAccount": "A String", # The service account that the tuningJob workload runs as. If not specified, the Vertex AI Secure Fine-Tuned Service Agent in the project will be used. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-agents#vertex-ai-secure-fine-tuning-service-agent Users starting the pipeline must have the `iam.serviceAccounts.actAs` permission on this service account.
     "startTime": "A String", # Output only. Time when the TuningJob for the first time entered the `JOB_STATE_RUNNING` state.
     "state": "A String", # Output only. The detailed state of the job.
     "supervisedTuningSpec": { # Tuning Spec for Supervised Tuning for first party models. # Tuning Spec for Supervised Fine Tuning.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.publishers.models.html b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.publishers.models.html
index b41b8db274..091be787c9 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.publishers.models.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/aiplatform_v1beta1.publishers.models.html
@@ -441,6 +441,25 @@ 
Method Details

               ],
             },
           ],
+          "ragRetrievalConfig": { # Specifies the context retrieval config. # Optional. The retrieval config for the Rag query.
+            "filter": { # Config for filters. # Optional. Config for filters.
+              "metadataFilter": "A String", # Optional. String for metadata filtering.
+              "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector distance smaller than the threshold.
+              "vectorSimilarityThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector similarity larger than the threshold.
+            },
+            "hybridSearch": { # Config for Hybrid Search. # Optional. Config for Hybrid Search.
+              "alpha": 3.14, # Optional. Alpha value controls the weight between dense and sparse vector search results. The range is [0, 1], while 0 means sparse vector search only and 1 means dense vector search only. The default value is 0.5 which balances sparse and dense vector search equally.
+            },
+            "ranking": { # Config for ranking and reranking. # Optional. Config for ranking and reranking.
+              "llmRanker": { # Config for LlmRanker. # Optional. Config for LlmRanker.
+                "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. Format: `gemini-1.5-pro`
+              },
+              "rankService": { # Config for Rank Service. # Optional. Config for Rank Service.
+                "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name of the rank service. Format: `semantic-ranker-512@latest`
+              },
+            },
+            "topK": 42, # Optional. The number of contexts to retrieve.
+          },
           "similarityTopK": 42, # Optional. Number of top k results to return from the selected corpora.
           "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only return results with vector distance smaller than the threshold.
         },
@@ -734,6 +753,25 @@ 
Method Details

               ],
             },
           ],
+          "ragRetrievalConfig": { # Specifies the context retrieval config. # Optional. The retrieval config for the Rag query.
+            "filter": { # Config for filters. # Optional. Config for filters.
+              "metadataFilter": "A String", # Optional. String for metadata filtering.
+              "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector distance smaller than the threshold.
+              "vectorSimilarityThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector similarity larger than the threshold.
+            },
+            "hybridSearch": { # Config for Hybrid Search. # Optional. Config for Hybrid Search.
+              "alpha": 3.14, # Optional. Alpha value controls the weight between dense and sparse vector search results. The range is [0, 1], while 0 means sparse vector search only and 1 means dense vector search only. The default value is 0.5 which balances sparse and dense vector search equally.
+            },
+            "ranking": { # Config for ranking and reranking. # Optional. Config for ranking and reranking.
+              "llmRanker": { # Config for LlmRanker. # Optional. Config for LlmRanker.
+                "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. Format: `gemini-1.5-pro`
+              },
+              "rankService": { # Config for Rank Service. # Optional. Config for Rank Service.
+                "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name of the rank service. Format: `semantic-ranker-512@latest`
+              },
+            },
+            "topK": 42, # Optional. The number of contexts to retrieve.
+          },
           "similarityTopK": 42, # Optional. Number of top k results to return from the selected corpora.
           "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only return results with vector distance smaller than the threshold.
         },
@@ -1048,6 +1086,7 @@ 
Method Details

         },
         "maxReplicaCount": 42, # Immutable. The maximum number of replicas this DeployedModel may be deployed on when the traffic against it increases. If the requested value is too large, the deployment will error, but if deployment succeeds then the ability to scale the model to that many replicas is guaranteed (barring service outages). If traffic against the DeployedModel increases beyond what its replicas at maximum may handle, a portion of the traffic will be dropped. If this value is not provided, will use min_replica_count as the default value. The value of this field impacts the charge against Vertex CPU and GPU quotas. Specifically, you will be charged for (max_replica_count * number of cores in the selected machine type) and (max_replica_count * number of GPUs per replica in the selected machine type).
         "minReplicaCount": 42, # Required. Immutable. The minimum number of machine replicas this DeployedModel will be always deployed on. This value must be greater than or equal to 1. If traffic against the DeployedModel increases, it may dynamically be deployed onto more replicas, and as traffic decreases, some of these extra replicas may be freed.
+        "requiredReplicaCount": 42, # Optional. Number of required available replicas for the deployment to succeed. This field is only needed when partial model deployment/mutation is desired. If set, the model deploy/mutate operation will succeed once available_replica_count reaches required_replica_count, and the rest of the replicas will be retried. If not set, the default required_replica_count will be min_replica_count.
         "spot": True or False, # Optional. If true, schedule the deployment workload on [spot VMs](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/spot-vms).
       },
       "deployMetadata": { # Metadata information about the deployment for managing deployment config. # Optional. Metadata information about this deployment config.
@@ -1147,6 +1186,7 @@ 
Method Details

             },
             "maxReplicaCount": 42, # Immutable. The maximum number of replicas this DeployedModel may be deployed on when the traffic against it increases. If the requested value is too large, the deployment will error, but if deployment succeeds then the ability to scale the model to that many replicas is guaranteed (barring service outages). If traffic against the DeployedModel increases beyond what its replicas at maximum may handle, a portion of the traffic will be dropped. If this value is not provided, will use min_replica_count as the default value. The value of this field impacts the charge against Vertex CPU and GPU quotas. Specifically, you will be charged for (max_replica_count * number of cores in the selected machine type) and (max_replica_count * number of GPUs per replica in the selected machine type).
             "minReplicaCount": 42, # Required. Immutable. The minimum number of machine replicas this DeployedModel will be always deployed on. This value must be greater than or equal to 1. If traffic against the DeployedModel increases, it may dynamically be deployed onto more replicas, and as traffic decreases, some of these extra replicas may be freed.
+            "requiredReplicaCount": 42, # Optional. Number of required available replicas for the deployment to succeed. This field is only needed when partial model deployment/mutation is desired. If set, the model deploy/mutate operation will succeed once available_replica_count reaches required_replica_count, and the rest of the replicas will be retried. If not set, the default required_replica_count will be min_replica_count.
             "spot": True or False, # Optional. If true, schedule the deployment workload on [spot VMs](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/spot-vms).
           },
           "deployMetadata": { # Metadata information about the deployment for managing deployment config. # Optional. Metadata information about this deployment config.
@@ -1455,6 +1495,7 @@ 
Method Details

             },
             "maxReplicaCount": 42, # Immutable. The maximum number of replicas this DeployedModel may be deployed on when the traffic against it increases. If the requested value is too large, the deployment will error, but if deployment succeeds then the ability to scale the model to that many replicas is guaranteed (barring service outages). If traffic against the DeployedModel increases beyond what its replicas at maximum may handle, a portion of the traffic will be dropped. If this value is not provided, will use min_replica_count as the default value. The value of this field impacts the charge against Vertex CPU and GPU quotas. Specifically, you will be charged for (max_replica_count * number of cores in the selected machine type) and (max_replica_count * number of GPUs per replica in the selected machine type).
             "minReplicaCount": 42, # Required. Immutable. The minimum number of machine replicas this DeployedModel will be always deployed on. This value must be greater than or equal to 1. If traffic against the DeployedModel increases, it may dynamically be deployed onto more replicas, and as traffic decreases, some of these extra replicas may be freed.
+            "requiredReplicaCount": 42, # Optional. Number of required available replicas for the deployment to succeed. This field is only needed when partial model deployment/mutation is desired. If set, the model deploy/mutate operation will succeed once available_replica_count reaches required_replica_count, and the rest of the replicas will be retried. If not set, the default required_replica_count will be min_replica_count.
             "spot": True or False, # Optional. If true, schedule the deployment workload on [spot VMs](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/spot-vms).
           },
           "deployMetadata": { # Metadata information about the deployment for managing deployment config. # Optional. Metadata information about this deployment config.
@@ -1554,6 +1595,7 @@ 
Method Details

                 },
                 "maxReplicaCount": 42, # Immutable. The maximum number of replicas this DeployedModel may be deployed on when the traffic against it increases. If the requested value is too large, the deployment will error, but if deployment succeeds then the ability to scale the model to that many replicas is guaranteed (barring service outages). If traffic against the DeployedModel increases beyond what its replicas at maximum may handle, a portion of the traffic will be dropped. If this value is not provided, will use min_replica_count as the default value. The value of this field impacts the charge against Vertex CPU and GPU quotas. Specifically, you will be charged for (max_replica_count * number of cores in the selected machine type) and (max_replica_count * number of GPUs per replica in the selected machine type).
                 "minReplicaCount": 42, # Required. Immutable. The minimum number of machine replicas this DeployedModel will be always deployed on. This value must be greater than or equal to 1. If traffic against the DeployedModel increases, it may dynamically be deployed onto more replicas, and as traffic decreases, some of these extra replicas may be freed.
+                "requiredReplicaCount": 42, # Optional. Number of required available replicas for the deployment to succeed. This field is only needed when partial model deployment/mutation is desired. If set, the model deploy/mutate operation will succeed once available_replica_count reaches required_replica_count, and the rest of the replicas will be retried. If not set, the default required_replica_count will be min_replica_count.
                 "spot": True or False, # Optional. If true, schedule the deployment workload on [spot VMs](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/spot-vms).
               },
               "deployMetadata": { # Metadata information about the deployment for managing deployment config. # Optional. Metadata information about this deployment config.
@@ -2009,6 +2051,25 @@ 
Method Details

               ],
             },
           ],
+          "ragRetrievalConfig": { # Specifies the context retrieval config. # Optional. The retrieval config for the Rag query.
+            "filter": { # Config for filters. # Optional. Config for filters.
+              "metadataFilter": "A String", # Optional. String for metadata filtering.
+              "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector distance smaller than the threshold.
+              "vectorSimilarityThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector similarity larger than the threshold.
+            },
+            "hybridSearch": { # Config for Hybrid Search. # Optional. Config for Hybrid Search.
+              "alpha": 3.14, # Optional. Alpha value controls the weight between dense and sparse vector search results. The range is [0, 1], while 0 means sparse vector search only and 1 means dense vector search only. The default value is 0.5 which balances sparse and dense vector search equally.
+            },
+            "ranking": { # Config for ranking and reranking. # Optional. Config for ranking and reranking.
+              "llmRanker": { # Config for LlmRanker. # Optional. Config for LlmRanker.
+                "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. Format: `gemini-1.5-pro`
+              },
+              "rankService": { # Config for Rank Service. # Optional. Config for Rank Service.
+                "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name of the rank service. Format: `semantic-ranker-512@latest`
+              },
+            },
+            "topK": 42, # Optional. The number of contexts to retrieve.
+          },
           "similarityTopK": 42, # Optional. Number of top k results to return from the selected corpora.
           "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only return results with vector distance smaller than the threshold.
         },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/aiplatform.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/aiplatform.v1.json
index 5b6cf38332..f83d72419c 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/aiplatform.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/aiplatform.v1.json
@@ -790,6 +790,50 @@
 }
 }
 },
+"media": {
+"methods": {
+"upload": {
+"description": "Upload a file into a RagCorpus.",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/ragCorpora/{ragCorporaId}/ragFiles:upload",
+"httpMethod": "POST",
+"id": "aiplatform.media.upload",
+"mediaUpload": {
+"accept": [
+"*/*"
+],
+"protocols": {
+"simple": {
+"multipart": true,
+"path": "/upload/v1/{+parent}/ragFiles:upload"
+}
+}
+},
+"parameterOrder": [
+"parent"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"parent": {
+"description": "Required. The name of the RagCorpus resource into which to upload the file. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/ragCorpora/{rag_corpus}`",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/ragCorpora/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+parent}/ragFiles:upload",
+"request": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1UploadRagFileRequest"
+},
+"response": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1UploadRagFileResponse"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+],
+"supportsMediaUpload": true
+}
+}
+},
 "projects": {
 "methods": {
 "getCacheConfig": {
@@ -849,6 +893,62 @@
 "resources": {
 "locations": {
 "methods": {
+"augmentPrompt": {
+"description": "Given an input prompt, it returns augmented prompt from vertex rag store to guide LLM towards generating grounded responses.",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}:augmentPrompt",
+"httpMethod": "POST",
+"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.augmentPrompt",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"parent"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"parent": {
+"description": "Required. The resource name of the Location from which to augment prompt. The users must have permission to make a call in the project. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+parent}:augmentPrompt",
+"request": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1AugmentPromptRequest"
+},
+"response": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1AugmentPromptResponse"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
+"corroborateContent": {
+"description": "Given an input text, it returns a score that evaluates the factuality of the text. It also extracts and returns claims from the text and provides supporting facts.",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}:corroborateContent",
+"httpMethod": "POST",
+"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.corroborateContent",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"parent"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"parent": {
+"description": "Required. The resource name of the Location from which to corroborate text. The users must have permission to make a call in the project. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+parent}:corroborateContent",
+"request": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1CorroborateContentRequest"
+},
+"response": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1CorroborateContentResponse"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
 "evaluateInstances": {
 "description": "Evaluates instances based on a given metric.",
 "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}:evaluateInstances",
@@ -942,6 +1042,34 @@
 "scopes": [
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
 ]
+},
+"retrieveContexts": {
+"description": "Retrieves relevant contexts for a query.",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}:retrieveContexts",
+"httpMethod": "POST",
+"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.retrieveContexts",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"parent"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"parent": {
+"description": "Required. The resource name of the Location from which to retrieve RagContexts. The users must have permission to make a call in the project. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+parent}:retrieveContexts",
+"request": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1RetrieveContextsRequest"
+},
+"response": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1RetrieveContextsResponse"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
 }
 },
 "resources": {
@@ -1102,6 +1230,158 @@
 }
 }
 },
+"cachedContents": {
+"methods": {
+"create": {
+"description": "Creates cached content, this call will initialize the cached content in the data storage, and users need to pay for the cache data storage.",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/cachedContents",
+"httpMethod": "POST",
+"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.cachedContents.create",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"parent"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"parent": {
+"description": "Required. The parent resource where the cached content will be created",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+parent}/cachedContents",
+"request": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1CachedContent"
+},
+"response": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1CachedContent"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
+"delete": {
+"description": "Deletes cached content",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/cachedContents/{cachedContentsId}",
+"httpMethod": "DELETE",
+"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.cachedContents.delete",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "Required. The resource name referring to the cached content",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/cachedContents/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+name}",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "GoogleProtobufEmpty"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
+"get": {
+"description": "Gets cached content configurations",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/cachedContents/{cachedContentsId}",
+"httpMethod": "GET",
+"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.cachedContents.get",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "Required. The resource name referring to the cached content",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/cachedContents/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+name}",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1CachedContent"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
+"list": {
+"description": "Lists cached contents in a project",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/cachedContents",
+"httpMethod": "GET",
+"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.cachedContents.list",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"parent"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"pageSize": {
+"description": "Optional. The maximum number of cached contents to return. The service may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, some default (under maximum) number of items will be returned. The maximum value is 1000; values above 1000 will be coerced to 1000.",
+"format": "int32",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "integer"
+},
+"pageToken": {
+"description": "Optional. A page token, received from a previous `ListCachedContents` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListCachedContents` must match the call that provided the page token.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"parent": {
+"description": "Required. The parent, which owns this collection of cached contents.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+parent}/cachedContents",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ListCachedContentsResponse"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
+"patch": {
+"description": "Updates cached content configurations",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/cachedContents/{cachedContentsId}",
+"httpMethod": "PATCH",
+"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.cachedContents.patch",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "Immutable. Identifier. The server-generated resource name of the cached content Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cachedContents/{cached_content}",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/cachedContents/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"updateMask": {
+"description": "Required. The list of fields to update.",
+"format": "google-fieldmask",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+name}",
+"request": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1CachedContent"
+},
+"response": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1CachedContent"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+}
+}
+},
 "customJobs": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
@@ -1262,7 +1542,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/customJobs/{customJobsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.customJobs.operations.cancel",
@@ -1577,7 +1857,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/dataLabelingJobs/{dataLabelingJobsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.dataLabelingJobs.operations.cancel",
@@ -2092,7 +2372,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/datasets/{datasetsId}/annotationSpecs/{annotationSpecsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.datasets.annotationSpecs.operations.cancel",
@@ -2357,7 +2637,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/datasets/{datasetsId}/dataItems/{dataItemsId}/annotations/{annotationsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.datasets.dataItems.annotations.operations.cancel",
@@ -2510,7 +2790,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/datasets/{datasetsId}/dataItems/{dataItemsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.datasets.dataItems.operations.cancel",
@@ -2862,7 +3142,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/datasets/{datasetsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.datasets.operations.cancel",
@@ -3094,7 +3374,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/datasets/{datasetsId}/savedQueries/{savedQueriesId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.datasets.savedQueries.operations.cancel",
@@ -3437,7 +3717,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/deploymentResourcePools/{deploymentResourcePoolsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.deploymentResourcePools.operations.cancel",
@@ -4283,7 +4563,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/endpoints/{endpointsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.endpoints.operations.cancel",
@@ -6990,7 +7270,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/featurestores/{featurestoresId}/entityTypes/{entityTypesId}/features/{featuresId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.featurestores.entityTypes.features.operations.cancel",
@@ -7143,7 +7423,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/featurestores/{featurestoresId}/entityTypes/{entityTypesId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.featurestores.entityTypes.operations.cancel",
@@ -7296,7 +7576,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/featurestores/{featurestoresId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.featurestores.operations.cancel",
@@ -7606,7 +7886,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/hyperparameterTuningJobs/{hyperparameterTuningJobsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.hyperparameterTuningJobs.operations.cancel",
@@ -8062,7 +8342,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/indexEndpoints/{indexEndpointsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.indexEndpoints.operations.cancel",
@@ -8434,7 +8714,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/indexes/{indexesId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.indexes.operations.cancel",
@@ -8957,7 +9237,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/metadataStores/{metadataStoresId}/artifacts/{artifactsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.metadataStores.artifacts.operations.cancel",
@@ -9429,7 +9709,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/metadataStores/{metadataStoresId}/contexts/{contextsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.metadataStores.contexts.operations.cancel",
@@ -9840,7 +10120,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/metadataStores/{metadataStoresId}/executions/{executionsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.metadataStores.executions.operations.cancel",
@@ -10096,7 +10376,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/metadataStores/{metadataStoresId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.metadataStores.operations.cancel",
@@ -10309,7 +10589,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/migratableResources/{migratableResourcesId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.migratableResources.operations.cancel",
@@ -10709,7 +10989,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/modelDeploymentMonitoringJobs/{modelDeploymentMonitoringJobsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.modelDeploymentMonitoringJobs.operations.cancel",
@@ -11413,7 +11693,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/models/{modelsId}/evaluations/{evaluationsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.models.evaluations.operations.cancel",
@@ -11670,7 +11950,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/models/{modelsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.models.operations.cancel",
@@ -12211,7 +12491,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/notebookExecutionJobs/{notebookExecutionJobsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.notebookExecutionJobs.operations.cancel",
@@ -12627,7 +12907,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/notebookRuntimeTemplates/{notebookRuntimeTemplatesId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.notebookRuntimeTemplates.operations.cancel",
@@ -12998,7 +13278,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/notebookRuntimes/{notebookRuntimesId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.notebookRuntimes.operations.cancel",
@@ -13151,7 +13431,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.operations.cancel",
@@ -13487,7 +13767,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/persistentResources/{persistentResourcesId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.persistentResources.operations.cancel",
@@ -13863,7 +14143,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/pipelineJobs/{pipelineJobsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.pipelineJobs.operations.cancel",
@@ -14309,6 +14589,277 @@
 }
 }
 },
+"ragCorpora": {
+"methods": {
+"create": {
+"description": "Creates a RagCorpus.",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/ragCorpora",
+"httpMethod": "POST",
+"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.ragCorpora.create",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"parent"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"parent": {
+"description": "Required. The resource name of the Location to create the RagCorpus in. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+parent}/ragCorpora",
+"request": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1RagCorpus"
+},
+"response": {
+"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
+"delete": {
+"description": "Deletes a RagCorpus.",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/ragCorpora/{ragCorporaId}",
+"httpMethod": "DELETE",
+"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.ragCorpora.delete",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"force": {
+"description": "Optional. If set to true, any RagFiles in this RagCorpus will also be deleted. Otherwise, the request will only work if the RagCorpus has no RagFiles.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "boolean"
+},
+"name": {
+"description": "Required. The name of the RagCorpus resource to be deleted. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/ragCorpora/{rag_corpus}`",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/ragCorpora/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+name}",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
+"get": {
+"description": "Gets a RagCorpus.",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/ragCorpora/{ragCorporaId}",
+"httpMethod": "GET",
+"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.ragCorpora.get",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "Required. The name of the RagCorpus resource. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/ragCorpora/{rag_corpus}`",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/ragCorpora/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+name}",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1RagCorpus"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
+"list": {
+"description": "Lists RagCorpora in a Location.",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/ragCorpora",
+"httpMethod": "GET",
+"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.ragCorpora.list",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"parent"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"pageSize": {
+"description": "Optional. The standard list page size.",
+"format": "int32",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "integer"
+},
+"pageToken": {
+"description": "Optional. The standard list page token. Typically obtained via ListRagCorporaResponse.next_page_token of the previous VertexRagDataService.ListRagCorpora call.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"parent": {
+"description": "Required. The resource name of the Location from which to list the RagCorpora. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+parent}/ragCorpora",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ListRagCorporaResponse"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
+"patch": {
+"description": "Updates a RagCorpus.",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/ragCorpora/{ragCorporaId}",
+"httpMethod": "PATCH",
+"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.ragCorpora.patch",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "Output only. The resource name of the RagCorpus.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/ragCorpora/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+name}",
+"request": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1RagCorpus"
+},
+"response": {
+"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+}
+},
+"resources": {
+"ragFiles": {
+"methods": {
+"delete": {
+"description": "Deletes a RagFile.",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/ragCorpora/{ragCorporaId}/ragFiles/{ragFilesId}",
+"httpMethod": "DELETE",
+"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.ragCorpora.ragFiles.delete",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "Required. The name of the RagFile resource to be deleted. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/ragCorpora/{rag_corpus}/ragFiles/{rag_file}`",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/ragCorpora/[^/]+/ragFiles/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+name}",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
+"get": {
+"description": "Gets a RagFile.",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/ragCorpora/{ragCorporaId}/ragFiles/{ragFilesId}",
+"httpMethod": "GET",
+"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.ragCorpora.ragFiles.get",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "Required. The name of the RagFile resource. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/ragCorpora/{rag_corpus}/ragFiles/{rag_file}`",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/ragCorpora/[^/]+/ragFiles/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+name}",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1RagFile"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
+"import": {
+"description": "Import files from Google Cloud Storage or Google Drive into a RagCorpus.",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/ragCorpora/{ragCorporaId}/ragFiles:import",
+"httpMethod": "POST",
+"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.ragCorpora.ragFiles.import",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"parent"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"parent": {
+"description": "Required. The name of the RagCorpus resource into which to import files. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/ragCorpora/{rag_corpus}`",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/ragCorpora/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+parent}/ragFiles:import",
+"request": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ImportRagFilesRequest"
+},
+"response": {
+"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
+"list": {
+"description": "Lists RagFiles in a RagCorpus.",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/ragCorpora/{ragCorporaId}/ragFiles",
+"httpMethod": "GET",
+"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.ragCorpora.ragFiles.list",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"parent"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"pageSize": {
+"description": "Optional. The standard list page size.",
+"format": "int32",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "integer"
+},
+"pageToken": {
+"description": "Optional. The standard list page token. Typically obtained via ListRagFilesResponse.next_page_token of the previous VertexRagDataService.ListRagFiles call.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"parent": {
+"description": "Required. The resource name of the RagCorpus from which to list the RagFiles. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/ragCorpora/{rag_corpus}`",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/ragCorpora/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+parent}/ragFiles",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ListRagFilesResponse"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+}
+}
+}
+}
+},
 "reasoningEngines": {
 "methods": {
 "create": {
@@ -14463,13 +15014,41 @@
 "scopes": [
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
 ]
+},
+"query": {
+"description": "Queries using a reasoning engine.",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/reasoningEngines/{reasoningEnginesId}:query",
+"httpMethod": "POST",
+"id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.query",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "Required. The name of the ReasoningEngine resource to use. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/reasoningEngines/{reasoning_engine}`",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/reasoningEngines/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+name}:query",
+"request": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1QueryReasoningEngineRequest"
+},
+"response": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1QueryReasoningEngineResponse"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
 }
 },
 "resources": {
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/reasoningEngines/{reasoningEnginesId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.operations.cancel",
@@ -14840,7 +15419,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/schedules/{schedulesId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.schedules.operations.cancel",
@@ -15156,7 +15735,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/specialistPools/{specialistPoolsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.specialistPools.operations.cancel",
@@ -15455,7 +16034,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/studies/{studiesId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.studies.operations.cancel",
@@ -15892,7 +16471,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/studies/{studiesId}/trials/{trialsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.studies.trials.operations.cancel",
@@ -16529,7 +17108,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/tensorboards/{tensorboardsId}/experiments/{experimentsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.tensorboards.experiments.operations.cancel",
@@ -16911,7 +17490,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/tensorboards/{tensorboardsId}/experiments/{experimentsId}/runs/{runsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.tensorboards.experiments.runs.operations.cancel",
@@ -17334,7 +17913,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/tensorboards/{tensorboardsId}/experiments/{experimentsId}/runs/{runsId}/timeSeries/{timeSeriesId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.tensorboards.experiments.runs.timeSeries.operations.cancel",
@@ -17491,7 +18070,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/tensorboards/{tensorboardsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.tensorboards.operations.cancel",
@@ -17801,7 +18380,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/trainingPipelines/{trainingPipelinesId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.trainingPipelines.operations.cancel",
@@ -18108,7 +18687,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/tuningJobs/{tuningJobsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.tuningJobs.operations.cancel",
@@ -18411,7 +18990,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241112",
+"revision": "20241119",
 "rootUrl": "https://aiplatform.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "CloudAiLargeModelsVisionGenerateVideoResponse": {
@@ -19007,6 +19586,28 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ApiAuth": {
+"description": "The generic reusable api auth config.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ApiAuth",
+"properties": {
+"apiKeyConfig": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ApiAuthApiKeyConfig",
+"description": "The API secret."
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ApiAuthApiKeyConfig": {
+"description": "The API secret.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ApiAuthApiKeyConfig",
+"properties": {
+"apiKeySecretVersion": {
+"description": "Required. The SecretManager secret version resource name storing API key. e.g. projects/{project}/secrets/{secret}/versions/{version}",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Artifact": {
 "description": "Instance of a general artifact.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Artifact",
@@ -19167,6 +19768,64 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1AugmentPromptRequest": {
+"description": "Request message for AugmentPrompt.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1AugmentPromptRequest",
+"properties": {
+"contents": {
+"description": "Optional. Input content to augment, only text format is supported for now.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Content"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"model": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1AugmentPromptRequestModel",
+"description": "Optional. Metadata of the backend deployed model."
+},
+"vertexRagStore": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1VertexRagStore",
+"description": "Optional. Retrieves contexts from the Vertex RagStore."
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1AugmentPromptRequestModel": {
+"description": "Metadata of the backend deployed model.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1AugmentPromptRequestModel",
+"properties": {
+"model": {
+"description": "Optional. The model that the user will send the augmented prompt for content generation.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"modelVersion": {
+"description": "Optional. The model version of the backend deployed model.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1AugmentPromptResponse": {
+"description": "Response message for AugmentPrompt.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1AugmentPromptResponse",
+"properties": {
+"augmentedPrompt": {
+"description": "Augmented prompt, only text format is supported for now.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Content"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"facts": {
+"description": "Retrieved facts from RAG data sources.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Fact"
+},
+"type": "array"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1AutomaticResources": {
 "description": "A description of resources that to large degree are decided by Vertex AI, and require only a modest additional configuration. Each Model supporting these resources documents its specific guidelines.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1AutomaticResources",
@@ -19997,6 +20656,106 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1CachedContent": {
+"description": "A resource used in LLM queries for users to explicitly specify what to cache and how to cache.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1CachedContent",
+"properties": {
+"contents": {
+"description": "Optional. Input only. Immutable. The content to cache",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Content"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"createTime": {
+"description": "Output only. Creatation time of the cache entry.",
+"format": "google-datetime",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"displayName": {
+"description": "Optional. Immutable. The user-generated meaningful display name of the cached content.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"expireTime": {
+"description": "Timestamp of when this resource is considered expired. This is *always* provided on output, regardless of what was sent on input.",
+"format": "google-datetime",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"model": {
+"description": "Immutable. The name of the publisher model to use for cached content. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/{publisher}/models/{model}",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"name": {
+"description": "Immutable. Identifier. The server-generated resource name of the cached content Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cachedContents/{cached_content}",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"systemInstruction": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Content",
+"description": "Optional. Input only. Immutable. Developer set system instruction. Currently, text only"
+},
+"toolConfig": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ToolConfig",
+"description": "Optional. Input only. Immutable. Tool config. This config is shared for all tools"
+},
+"tools": {
+"description": "Optional. Input only. Immutable. A list of `Tools` the model may use to generate the next response",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Tool"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"ttl": {
+"description": "Input only. The TTL for this resource. The expiration time is computed: now + TTL.",
+"format": "google-duration",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"updateTime": {
+"description": "Output only. When the cache entry was last updated in UTC time.",
+"format": "google-datetime",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"usageMetadata": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1CachedContentUsageMetadata",
+"description": "Output only. Metadata on the usage of the cached content.",
+"readOnly": true
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1CachedContentUsageMetadata": {
+"description": "Metadata on the usage of the cached content.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1CachedContentUsageMetadata",
+"properties": {
+"audioDurationSeconds": {
+"description": "Duration of audio in seconds.",
+"format": "int32",
+"type": "integer"
+},
+"imageCount": {
+"description": "Number of images.",
+"format": "int32",
+"type": "integer"
+},
+"textCount": {
+"description": "Number of text characters.",
+"format": "int32",
+"type": "integer"
+},
+"totalTokenCount": {
+"description": "Total number of tokens that the cached content consumes.",
+"format": "int32",
+"type": "integer"
+},
+"videoDurationSeconds": {
+"description": "Duration of video in seconds.",
+"format": "int32",
+"type": "integer"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1CancelBatchPredictionJobRequest": {
 "description": "Request message for JobService.CancelBatchPredictionJob.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1CancelBatchPredictionJobRequest",
@@ -20216,6 +20975,36 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Claim": {
+"description": "Claim that is extracted from the input text and facts that support it.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Claim",
+"properties": {
+"endIndex": {
+"description": "Index in the input text where the claim ends (exclusive).",
+"format": "int32",
+"type": "integer"
+},
+"factIndexes": {
+"description": "Indexes of the facts supporting this claim.",
+"items": {
+"format": "int32",
+"type": "integer"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"score": {
+"description": "Confidence score of this corroboration.",
+"format": "float",
+"type": "number"
+},
+"startIndex": {
+"description": "Index in the input text where the claim starts (inclusive).",
+"format": "int32",
+"type": "integer"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ClientConnectionConfig": {
 "description": "Configurations (e.g. inference timeout) that are applied on your endpoints.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ClientConnectionConfig",
@@ -20630,6 +21419,88 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1CorpusStatus": {
+"description": "RagCorpus status.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1CorpusStatus",
+"properties": {
+"errorStatus": {
+"description": "Output only. Only when the `state` field is ERROR.",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"state": {
+"description": "Output only. RagCorpus life state.",
+"enum": [
+"UNKNOWN",
+"INITIALIZED",
+"ACTIVE",
+"ERROR"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"This state is not supposed to happen.",
+"RagCorpus resource entry is initialized, but hasn't done validation.",
+"RagCorpus is provisioned successfully and is ready to serve.",
+"RagCorpus is in a problematic situation. See `error_message` field for details."
+],
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1CorroborateContentRequest": {
+"description": "Request message for CorroborateContent.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1CorroborateContentRequest",
+"properties": {
+"content": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Content",
+"description": "Optional. Input content to corroborate, only text format is supported for now."
+},
+"facts": {
+"description": "Optional. Facts used to generate the text can also be used to corroborate the text.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Fact"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"parameters": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1CorroborateContentRequestParameters",
+"description": "Optional. Parameters that can be set to override default settings per request."
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1CorroborateContentRequestParameters": {
+"description": "Parameters that can be overrided per request.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1CorroborateContentRequestParameters",
+"properties": {
+"citationThreshold": {
+"description": "Optional. Only return claims with citation score larger than the threshold.",
+"format": "double",
+"type": "number"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1CorroborateContentResponse": {
+"description": "Response message for CorroborateContent.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1CorroborateContentResponse",
+"properties": {
+"claims": {
+"description": "Claims that are extracted from the input content and facts that support the claims.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Claim"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"corroborationScore": {
+"description": "Confidence score of corroborating content. Value is [0,1] with 1 is the most confidence.",
+"format": "float",
+"type": "number"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1CountTokensRequest": {
 "description": "Request message for PredictionService.CountTokens.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1CountTokensRequest",
@@ -21593,6 +22464,11 @@
 "format": "int32",
 "type": "integer"
 },
+"requiredReplicaCount": {
+"description": "Optional. Number of required available replicas for the deployment to succeed. This field is only needed when partial model deployment/mutation is desired. If set, the model deploy/mutate operation will succeed once available_replica_count reaches required_replica_count, and the rest of the replicas will be retried. If not set, the default required_replica_count will be min_replica_count.",
+"format": "int32",
+"type": "integer"
+},
 "spot": {
 "description": "Optional. If true, schedule the deployment workload on [spot VMs](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/spot-vms).",
 "type": "boolean"
@@ -22000,6 +22876,11 @@
 "description": "The resource name of the shared DeploymentResourcePool to deploy on. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/deploymentResourcePools/{deployment_resource_pool}`",
 "type": "string"
 },
+"status": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1DeployedModelStatus",
+"description": "Output only. Runtime status of the deployed model.",
+"readOnly": true
+},
 "systemLabels": {
 "additionalProperties": {
 "type": "string"
@@ -22025,6 +22906,30 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1DeployedModelStatus": {
+"description": "Runtime status of the deployed model.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1DeployedModelStatus",
+"properties": {
+"availableReplicaCount": {
+"description": "Output only. The number of available replicas of the deployed model.",
+"format": "int32",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "integer"
+},
+"lastUpdateTime": {
+"description": "Output only. The time at which the status was last updated.",
+"format": "google-datetime",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"message": {
+"description": "Output only. The latest deployed model's status message (if any).",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1DeploymentResourcePool": {
 "description": "A description of resources that can be shared by multiple DeployedModels, whose underlying specification consists of a DedicatedResources.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1DeploymentResourcePool",
@@ -22146,6 +23051,12 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1DirectUploadSource": {
+"description": "The input content is encapsulated and uploaded in the request.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1DirectUploadSource",
+"properties": {},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1DiskSpec": {
 "description": "Represents the spec of disk options.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1DiskSpec",
@@ -23796,6 +24707,40 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Fact": {
+"description": "The fact used in grounding.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Fact",
+"properties": {
+"query": {
+"description": "Query that is used to retrieve this fact.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"score": {
+"description": "If present, according to the underlying Vector DB and the selected metric type, the score can be either the distance or the similarity between the query and the fact and its range depends on the metric type. For example, if the metric type is COSINE_DISTANCE, it represents the distance between the query and the fact. The larger the distance, the less relevant the fact is to the query. The range is [0, 2], while 0 means the most relevant and 2 means the least relevant.",
+"format": "double",
+"type": "number"
+},
+"summary": {
+"description": "If present, the summary/snippet of the fact.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"title": {
+"description": "If present, it refers to the title of this fact.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"uri": {
+"description": "If present, this uri links to the source of the fact.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"vectorDistance": {
+"deprecated": true,
+"description": "If present, the distance between the query vector and this fact vector.",
+"format": "double",
+"type": "number"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1FasterDeploymentConfig": {
 "description": "Configuration for faster model deployment.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1FasterDeploymentConfig",
@@ -24954,6 +25899,33 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1FileStatus": {
+"description": "RagFile status.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1FileStatus",
+"properties": {
+"errorStatus": {
+"description": "Output only. Only when the `state` field is ERROR.",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"state": {
+"description": "Output only. RagFile state.",
+"enum": [
+"STATE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"ACTIVE",
+"ERROR"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"RagFile state is unspecified.",
+"RagFile resource has been created and indexed successfully.",
+"RagFile resource is in a problematic state. See `error_message` field for details."
+],
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1FilterSplit": {
 "description": "Assigns input data to training, validation, and test sets based on the given filters, data pieces not matched by any filter are ignored. Currently only supported for Datasets containing DataItems. If any of the filters in this message are to match nothing, then they can be set as '-' (the minus sign). Supported only for unstructured Datasets. ",
 "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1FilterSplit",
@@ -25365,6 +26337,10 @@
 "description": "Request message for [PredictionService.GenerateContent].",
 "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1GenerateContentRequest",
 "properties": {
+"cachedContent": {
+"description": "Optional. The name of the cached content used as context to serve the prediction. Note: only used in explicit caching, where users can have control over caching (e.g. what content to cache) and enjoy guaranteed cost savings. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/cachedContents/{cachedContent}`",
+"type": "string"
+},
 "contents": {
 "description": "Required. The content of the current conversation with the model. For single-turn queries, this is a single instance. For multi-turn queries, this is a repeated field that contains conversation history + latest request.",
 "items": {
@@ -25480,6 +26456,12 @@
 "description": "Usage metadata about response(s).",
 "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1GenerateContentResponseUsageMetadata",
 "properties": {
+"cachedContentTokenCount": {
+"description": "Output only. Number of tokens in the cached part in the input (the cached content).",
+"format": "int32",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "integer"
+},
 "candidatesTokenCount": {
 "description": "Number of tokens in the response(s).",
 "format": "int32",
@@ -25664,6 +26646,45 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1GoogleDriveSource": {
+"description": "The Google Drive location for the input content.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1GoogleDriveSource",
+"properties": {
+"resourceIds": {
+"description": "Required. Google Drive resource IDs.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1GoogleDriveSourceResourceId"
+},
+"type": "array"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1GoogleDriveSourceResourceId": {
+"description": "The type and ID of the Google Drive resource.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1GoogleDriveSourceResourceId",
+"properties": {
+"resourceId": {
+"description": "Required. The ID of the Google Drive resource.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"resourceType": {
+"description": "Required. The type of the Google Drive resource.",
+"enum": [
+"RESOURCE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"RESOURCE_TYPE_FILE",
+"RESOURCE_TYPE_FOLDER"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Unspecified resource type.",
+"File resource type.",
+"Folder resource type."
+],
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1GoogleSearchRetrieval": {
 "description": "Tool to retrieve public web data for grounding, powered by Google.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1GoogleSearchRetrieval",
@@ -26206,6 +27227,59 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ImportRagFilesConfig": {
+"description": "Config for importing RagFiles.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ImportRagFilesConfig",
+"properties": {
+"gcsSource": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1GcsSource",
+"description": "Google Cloud Storage location. Supports importing individual files as well as entire Google Cloud Storage directories. Sample formats: - `gs://bucket_name/my_directory/object_name/my_file.txt` - `gs://bucket_name/my_directory`"
+},
+"googleDriveSource": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1GoogleDriveSource",
+"description": "Google Drive location. Supports importing individual files as well as Google Drive folders."
+},
+"jiraSource": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1JiraSource",
+"description": "Jira queries with their corresponding authentication."
+},
+"maxEmbeddingRequestsPerMin": {
+"description": "Optional. The max number of queries per minute that this job is allowed to make to the embedding model specified on the corpus. This value is specific to this job and not shared across other import jobs. Consult the Quotas page on the project to set an appropriate value here. If unspecified, a default value of 1,000 QPM would be used.",
+"format": "int32",
+"type": "integer"
+},
+"partialFailureBigquerySink": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1BigQueryDestination",
+"deprecated": true,
+"description": "The BigQuery destination to write partial failures to. It should be a bigquery table resource name (e.g. \"bq://projectId.bqDatasetId.bqTableId\"). The dataset must exist. If the table does not exist, it will be created with the expected schema. If the table exists, the schema will be validated and data will be added to this existing table. Deprecated. Prefer to use `import_result_bq_sink`."
+},
+"partialFailureGcsSink": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1GcsDestination",
+"deprecated": true,
+"description": "The Cloud Storage path to write partial failures to. Deprecated. Prefer to use `import_result_gcs_sink`."
+},
+"ragFileTransformationConfig": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1RagFileTransformationConfig",
+"description": "Specifies the transformation config for RagFiles."
+},
+"slackSource": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1SlackSource",
+"description": "Slack channels with their corresponding access tokens."
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ImportRagFilesRequest": {
+"description": "Request message for VertexRagDataService.ImportRagFiles.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ImportRagFilesRequest",
+"properties": {
+"importRagFilesConfig": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ImportRagFilesConfig",
+"description": "Required. The config for the RagFiles to be synced and imported into the RagCorpus. VertexRagDataService.ImportRagFiles."
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Index": {
 "description": "A representation of a collection of database items organized in a way that allows for approximate nearest neighbor (a.k.a ANN) algorithms search.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1Index",
@@ -26673,6 +27747,53 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1JiraSource": {
+"description": "The Jira source for the ImportRagFilesRequest.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1JiraSource",
+"properties": {
+"jiraQueries": {
+"description": "Required. The Jira queries.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1JiraSourceJiraQueries"
+},
+"type": "array"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1JiraSourceJiraQueries": {
+"description": "JiraQueries contains the Jira queries and corresponding authentication.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1JiraSourceJiraQueries",
+"properties": {
+"apiKeyConfig": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ApiAuthApiKeyConfig",
+"description": "Required. The SecretManager secret version resource name (e.g. projects/{project}/secrets/{secret}/versions/{version}) storing the Jira API key. See [Manage API tokens for your Atlassian account](https://support.atlassian.com/atlassian-account/docs/manage-api-tokens-for-your-atlassian-account/)."
+},
+"customQueries": {
+"description": "A list of custom Jira queries to import. For information about JQL (Jira Query Language), see https://support.atlassian.com/jira-service-management-cloud/docs/use-advanced-search-with-jira-query-language-jql/",
+"items": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"email": {
+"description": "Required. The Jira email address.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"projects": {
+"description": "A list of Jira projects to import in their entirety.",
+"items": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"serverUri": {
+"description": "Required. The Jira server URI.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1LargeModelReference": {
 "description": "Contains information about the Large Model.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1LargeModelReference",
@@ -26766,6 +27887,24 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ListCachedContentsResponse": {
+"description": "Response with a list of CachedContents.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ListCachedContentsResponse",
+"properties": {
+"cachedContents": {
+"description": "List of cached contents.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1CachedContent"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"nextPageToken": {
+"description": "A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ListContextsResponse": {
 "description": "Response message for MetadataService.ListContexts.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ListContextsResponse",
@@ -27379,6 +28518,42 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ListRagCorporaResponse": {
+"description": "Response message for VertexRagDataService.ListRagCorpora.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ListRagCorporaResponse",
+"properties": {
+"nextPageToken": {
+"description": "A token to retrieve the next page of results. Pass to ListRagCorporaRequest.page_token to obtain that page.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"ragCorpora": {
+"description": "List of RagCorpora in the requested page.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1RagCorpus"
+},
+"type": "array"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ListRagFilesResponse": {
+"description": "Response message for VertexRagDataService.ListRagFiles.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ListRagFilesResponse",
+"properties": {
+"nextPageToken": {
+"description": "A token to retrieve the next page of results. Pass to ListRagFilesRequest.page_token to obtain that page.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"ragFiles": {
+"description": "List of RagFiles in the requested page.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1RagFile"
+},
+"type": "array"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ListReasoningEnginesResponse": {
 "description": "Response message for ReasoningEngineService.ListReasoningEngines",
 "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ListReasoningEnginesResponse",
@@ -32444,6 +33619,36 @@ false
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1QueryReasoningEngineRequest": {
+"description": "Request message for ReasoningEngineExecutionService.Query.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1QueryReasoningEngineRequest",
+"properties": {
+"classMethod": {
+"description": "Optional. Class method to be used for the query. It is optional and defaults to \"query\" if unspecified.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"input": {
+"additionalProperties": {
+"description": "Properties of the object.",
+"type": "any"
+},
+"description": "Optional. Input content provided by users in JSON object format. Examples include text query, function calling parameters, media bytes, etc.",
+"type": "object"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1QueryReasoningEngineResponse": {
+"description": "Response message for ReasoningEngineExecutionService.Query",
+"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1QueryReasoningEngineResponse",
+"properties": {
+"output": {
+"description": "Response provided by users in JSON object format.",
+"type": "any"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1QuestionAnsweringCorrectnessInput": {
 "description": "Input for question answering correctness metric.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1QuestionAnsweringCorrectnessInput",
@@ -32756,6 +33961,317 @@ false
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1RagContexts": {
+"description": "Relevant contexts for one query.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1RagContexts",
+"properties": {
+"contexts": {
+"description": "All its contexts.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1RagContextsContext"
+},
+"type": "array"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1RagContextsContext": {
+"description": "A context of the query.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1RagContextsContext",
+"properties": {
+"score": {
+"description": "According to the underlying Vector DB and the selected metric type, the score can be either the distance or the similarity between the query and the context and its range depends on the metric type. For example, if the metric type is COSINE_DISTANCE, it represents the distance between the query and the context. The larger the distance, the less relevant the context is to the query. The range is [0, 2], while 0 means the most relevant and 2 means the least relevant.",
+"format": "double",
+"type": "number"
+},
+"sourceDisplayName": {
+"description": "The file display name.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"sourceUri": {
+"description": "If the file is imported from Cloud Storage or Google Drive, source_uri will be original file URI in Cloud Storage or Google Drive; if file is uploaded, source_uri will be file display name.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"text": {
+"description": "The text chunk.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1RagCorpus": {
+"description": "A RagCorpus is a RagFile container and a project can have multiple RagCorpora.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1RagCorpus",
+"properties": {
+"corpusStatus": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1CorpusStatus",
+"description": "Output only. RagCorpus state.",
+"readOnly": true
+},
+"createTime": {
+"description": "Output only. Timestamp when this RagCorpus was created.",
+"format": "google-datetime",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"description": {
+"description": "Optional. The description of the RagCorpus.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"displayName": {
+"description": "Required. The display name of the RagCorpus. The name can be up to 128 characters long and can consist of any UTF-8 characters.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"name": {
+"description": "Output only. The resource name of the RagCorpus.",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"updateTime": {
+"description": "Output only. Timestamp when this RagCorpus was last updated.",
+"format": "google-datetime",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"vectorDbConfig": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1RagVectorDbConfig",
+"description": "Optional. Immutable. The config for the Vector DBs."
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1RagEmbeddingModelConfig": {
+"description": "Config for the embedding model to use for RAG.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1RagEmbeddingModelConfig",
+"properties": {
+"vertexPredictionEndpoint": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1RagEmbeddingModelConfigVertexPredictionEndpoint",
+"description": "The Vertex AI Prediction Endpoint that either refers to a publisher model or an endpoint that is hosting a 1P fine-tuned text embedding model. Endpoints hosting non-1P fine-tuned text embedding models are currently not supported. This is used for dense vector search."
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1RagEmbeddingModelConfigVertexPredictionEndpoint": {
+"description": "Config representing a model hosted on Vertex Prediction Endpoint.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1RagEmbeddingModelConfigVertexPredictionEndpoint",
+"properties": {
+"endpoint": {
+"description": "Required. The endpoint resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/publishers/{publisher}/models/{model}` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/endpoints/{endpoint}`",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"model": {
+"description": "Output only. The resource name of the model that is deployed on the endpoint. Present only when the endpoint is not a publisher model. Pattern: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/models/{model}`",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"modelVersionId": {
+"description": "Output only. Version ID of the model that is deployed on the endpoint. Present only when the endpoint is not a publisher model.",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1RagFile": {
+"description": "A RagFile contains user data for chunking, embedding and indexing.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1RagFile",
+"properties": {
+"createTime": {
+"description": "Output only. Timestamp when this RagFile was created.",
+"format": "google-datetime",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"description": {
+"description": "Optional. The description of the RagFile.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"directUploadSource": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1DirectUploadSource",
+"description": "Output only. The RagFile is encapsulated and uploaded in the UploadRagFile request.",
+"readOnly": true
+},
+"displayName": {
+"description": "Required. The display name of the RagFile. The name can be up to 128 characters long and can consist of any UTF-8 characters.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"fileStatus": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1FileStatus",
+"description": "Output only. State of the RagFile.",
+"readOnly": true
+},
+"gcsSource": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1GcsSource",
+"description": "Output only. Google Cloud Storage location of the RagFile. It does not support wildcards in the Cloud Storage uri for now.",
+"readOnly": true
+},
+"googleDriveSource": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1GoogleDriveSource",
+"description": "Output only. Google Drive location. Supports importing individual files as well as Google Drive folders.",
+"readOnly": true
+},
+"jiraSource": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1JiraSource",
+"description": "The RagFile is imported from a Jira query."
+},
+"name": {
+"description": "Output only. The resource name of the RagFile.",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"slackSource": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1SlackSource",
+"description": "The RagFile is imported from a Slack channel."
+},
+"updateTime": {
+"description": "Output only. Timestamp when this RagFile was last updated.",
+"format": "google-datetime",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1RagFileChunkingConfig": {
+"description": "Specifies the size and overlap of chunks for RagFiles.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1RagFileChunkingConfig",
+"properties": {
+"fixedLengthChunking": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1RagFileChunkingConfigFixedLengthChunking",
+"description": "Specifies the fixed length chunking config."
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1RagFileChunkingConfigFixedLengthChunking": {
+"description": "Specifies the fixed length chunking config.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1RagFileChunkingConfigFixedLengthChunking",
+"properties": {
+"chunkOverlap": {
+"description": "The overlap between chunks.",
+"format": "int32",
+"type": "integer"
+},
+"chunkSize": {
+"description": "The size of the chunks.",
+"format": "int32",
+"type": "integer"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1RagFileTransformationConfig": {
+"description": "Specifies the transformation config for RagFiles.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1RagFileTransformationConfig",
+"properties": {
+"ragFileChunkingConfig": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1RagFileChunkingConfig",
+"description": "Specifies the chunking config for RagFiles."
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1RagQuery": {
+"description": "A query to retrieve relevant contexts.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1RagQuery",
+"properties": {
+"ragRetrievalConfig": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1RagRetrievalConfig",
+"description": "Optional. The retrieval config for the query."
+},
+"text": {
+"description": "Optional. The query in text format to get relevant contexts.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1RagRetrievalConfig": {
+"description": "Specifies the context retrieval config.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1RagRetrievalConfig",
+"properties": {
+"filter": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1RagRetrievalConfigFilter",
+"description": "Optional. Config for filters."
+},
+"topK": {
+"description": "Optional. The number of contexts to retrieve.",
+"format": "int32",
+"type": "integer"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1RagRetrievalConfigFilter": {
+"description": "Config for filters.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1RagRetrievalConfigFilter",
+"properties": {
+"metadataFilter": {
+"description": "Optional. String for metadata filtering.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"vectorDistanceThreshold": {
+"description": "Optional. Only returns contexts with vector distance smaller than the threshold.",
+"format": "double",
+"type": "number"
+},
+"vectorSimilarityThreshold": {
+"description": "Optional. Only returns contexts with vector similarity larger than the threshold.",
+"format": "double",
+"type": "number"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1RagVectorDbConfig": {
+"description": "Config for the Vector DB to use for RAG.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1RagVectorDbConfig",
+"properties": {
+"apiAuth": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ApiAuth",
+"description": "Authentication config for the chosen Vector DB."
+},
+"pinecone": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1RagVectorDbConfigPinecone",
+"description": "The config for the Pinecone."
+},
+"ragEmbeddingModelConfig": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1RagEmbeddingModelConfig",
+"description": "Optional. Immutable. The embedding model config of the Vector DB."
+},
+"vertexVectorSearch": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1RagVectorDbConfigVertexVectorSearch",
+"description": "The config for the Vertex Vector Search."
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1RagVectorDbConfigPinecone": {
+"description": "The config for the Pinecone.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1RagVectorDbConfigPinecone",
+"properties": {
+"indexName": {
+"description": "Pinecone index name. This value cannot be changed after it's set.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1RagVectorDbConfigVertexVectorSearch": {
+"description": "The config for the Vertex Vector Search.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1RagVectorDbConfigVertexVectorSearch",
+"properties": {
+"index": {
+"description": "The resource name of the Index. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/indexes/{index}`",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"indexEndpoint": {
+"description": "The resource name of the Index Endpoint. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/indexEndpoints/{index_endpoint}`",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1RawPredictRequest": {
 "description": "Request message for PredictionService.RawPredict.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1RawPredictRequest",
@@ -33380,6 +34896,70 @@ false
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1RetrieveContextsRequest": {
+"description": "Request message for VertexRagService.RetrieveContexts.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1RetrieveContextsRequest",
+"properties": {
+"query": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1RagQuery",
+"description": "Required. Single RAG retrieve query."
+},
+"vertexRagStore": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1RetrieveContextsRequestVertexRagStore",
+"description": "The data source for Vertex RagStore."
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1RetrieveContextsRequestVertexRagStore": {
+"description": "The data source for Vertex RagStore.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1RetrieveContextsRequestVertexRagStore",
+"properties": {
+"ragResources": {
+"description": "Optional. The representation of the rag source. It can be used to specify corpus only or ragfiles. Currently only support one corpus or multiple files from one corpus. In the future we may open up multiple corpora support.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1RetrieveContextsRequestVertexRagStoreRagResource"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"vectorDistanceThreshold": {
+"deprecated": true,
+"description": "Optional. Only return contexts with vector distance smaller than the threshold.",
+"format": "double",
+"type": "number"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1RetrieveContextsRequestVertexRagStoreRagResource": {
+"description": "The definition of the Rag resource.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1RetrieveContextsRequestVertexRagStoreRagResource",
+"properties": {
+"ragCorpus": {
+"description": "Optional. RagCorpora resource name. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/ragCorpora/{rag_corpus}`",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"ragFileIds": {
+"description": "Optional. rag_file_id. The files should be in the same rag_corpus set in rag_corpus field.",
+"items": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"type": "array"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1RetrieveContextsResponse": {
+"description": "Response message for VertexRagService.RetrieveContexts.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1RetrieveContextsResponse",
+"properties": {
+"contexts": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1RagContexts",
+"description": "The contexts of the query."
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1RougeInput": {
 "description": "Input for rouge metric.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1RougeInput",
@@ -38476,6 +40056,59 @@ false
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1SlackSource": {
+"description": "The Slack source for the ImportRagFilesRequest.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1SlackSource",
+"properties": {
+"channels": {
+"description": "Required. The Slack channels.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1SlackSourceSlackChannels"
+},
+"type": "array"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1SlackSourceSlackChannels": {
+"description": "SlackChannels contains the Slack channels and corresponding access token.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1SlackSourceSlackChannels",
+"properties": {
+"apiKeyConfig": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1ApiAuthApiKeyConfig",
+"description": "Required. The SecretManager secret version resource name (e.g. projects/{project}/secrets/{secret}/versions/{version}) storing the Slack channel access token that has access to the slack channel IDs. See: https://api.slack.com/tutorials/tracks/getting-a-token."
+},
+"channels": {
+"description": "Required. The Slack channel IDs.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1SlackSourceSlackChannelsSlackChannel"
+},
+"type": "array"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1SlackSourceSlackChannelsSlackChannel": {
+"description": "SlackChannel contains the Slack channel ID and the time range to import.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1SlackSourceSlackChannelsSlackChannel",
+"properties": {
+"channelId": {
+"description": "Required. The Slack channel ID.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"endTime": {
+"description": "Optional. The ending timestamp for messages to import.",
+"format": "google-datetime",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"startTime": {
+"description": "Optional. The starting timestamp for messages to import.",
+"format": "google-datetime",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1SmoothGradConfig": {
 "description": "Config for SmoothGrad approximation of gradients. When enabled, the gradients are approximated by averaging the gradients from noisy samples in the vicinity of the inputs. Adding noise can help improve the computed gradients. Refer to this paper for more details: https://arxiv.org/pdf/1706.03825.pdf",
 "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1SmoothGradConfig",
@@ -40971,6 +42604,10 @@ false
 "readOnly": true,
 "type": "string"
 },
+"serviceAccount": {
+"description": "The service account that the tuningJob workload runs as. If not specified, the Vertex AI Secure Fine-Tuned Service Agent in the project will be used. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-agents#vertex-ai-secure-fine-tuning-service-agent Users starting the pipeline must have the `iam.serviceAccounts.actAs` permission on this service account.",
+"type": "string"
+},
 "startTime": {
 "description": "Output only. Time when the TuningJob for the first time entered the `JOB_STATE_RUNNING` state.",
 "format": "google-datetime",
@@ -41364,6 +43001,47 @@ false
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1UploadRagFileConfig": {
+"description": "Config for uploading RagFile.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1UploadRagFileConfig",
+"properties": {
+"ragFileTransformationConfig": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1RagFileTransformationConfig",
+"description": "Specifies the transformation config for RagFiles."
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1UploadRagFileRequest": {
+"description": "Request message for VertexRagDataService.UploadRagFile.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1UploadRagFileRequest",
+"properties": {
+"ragFile": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1RagFile",
+"description": "Required. The RagFile to upload."
+},
+"uploadRagFileConfig": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1UploadRagFileConfig",
+"description": "Required. The config for the RagFiles to be uploaded into the RagCorpus. VertexRagDataService.UploadRagFile."
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1UploadRagFileResponse": {
+"description": "Response message for VertexRagDataService.UploadRagFile.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1UploadRagFileResponse",
+"properties": {
+"error": {
+"$ref": "GoogleRpcStatus",
+"description": "The error that occurred while processing the RagFile."
+},
+"ragFile": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1RagFile",
+"description": "The RagFile that had been uploaded into the RagCorpus."
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1UpsertDatapointsRequest": {
 "description": "Request message for IndexService.UpsertDatapoints",
 "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1UpsertDatapointsRequest",
@@ -41444,14 +43122,6 @@ false
 "description": "Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1VertexRagStore",
 "properties": {
-"ragCorpora": {
-"deprecated": true,
-"description": "Optional. Deprecated. Please use rag_resources instead.",
-"items": {
-"type": "string"
-},
-"type": "array"
-},
 "ragResources": {
 "description": "Optional. The representation of the rag source. It can be used to specify corpus only or ragfiles. Currently only support one corpus or multiple files from one corpus. In the future we may open up multiple corpora support.",
 "items": {
@@ -41459,6 +43129,10 @@ false
 },
 "type": "array"
 },
+"ragRetrievalConfig": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1RagRetrievalConfig",
+"description": "Optional. The retrieval config for the Rag query."
+},
 "similarityTopK": {
 "deprecated": true,
 "description": "Optional. Number of top k results to return from the selected corpora.",
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/aiplatform.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/aiplatform.v1beta1.json
index d71743e5cd..c6f1b06891 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/aiplatform.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/aiplatform.v1beta1.json
@@ -1079,7 +1079,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/agents/{agentsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.agents.operations.cancel",
@@ -1234,7 +1234,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/apps/{appsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.apps.operations.cancel",
@@ -1853,7 +1853,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/customJobs/{customJobsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.customJobs.operations.cancel",
@@ -2168,7 +2168,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/dataLabelingJobs/{dataLabelingJobsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.dataLabelingJobs.operations.cancel",
@@ -2683,7 +2683,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/datasets/{datasetsId}/annotationSpecs/{annotationSpecsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.datasets.annotationSpecs.operations.cancel",
@@ -2948,7 +2948,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/datasets/{datasetsId}/dataItems/{dataItemsId}/annotations/{annotationsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.datasets.dataItems.annotations.operations.cancel",
@@ -3101,7 +3101,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/datasets/{datasetsId}/dataItems/{dataItemsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.datasets.dataItems.operations.cancel",
@@ -3453,7 +3453,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/datasets/{datasetsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.datasets.operations.cancel",
@@ -3685,7 +3685,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/datasets/{datasetsId}/savedQueries/{savedQueriesId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.datasets.savedQueries.operations.cancel",
@@ -4028,7 +4028,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/deploymentResourcePools/{deploymentResourcePoolsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.deploymentResourcePools.operations.cancel",
@@ -4183,7 +4183,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/edgeDevices/{edgeDevicesId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.edgeDevices.operations.cancel",
@@ -5115,7 +5115,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/endpoints/{endpointsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.endpoints.operations.cancel",
@@ -5400,7 +5400,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/exampleStores/{exampleStoresId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.exampleStores.operations.cancel",
@@ -5555,7 +5555,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/extensionControllers/{extensionControllersId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.extensionControllers.operations.cancel",
@@ -5927,7 +5927,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/extensions/{extensionsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.extensions.operations.cancel",
@@ -9062,7 +9062,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/featurestores/{featurestoresId}/entityTypes/{entityTypesId}/features/{featuresId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.featurestores.entityTypes.features.operations.cancel",
@@ -9215,7 +9215,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/featurestores/{featurestoresId}/entityTypes/{entityTypesId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.featurestores.entityTypes.operations.cancel",
@@ -9368,7 +9368,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/featurestores/{featurestoresId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.featurestores.operations.cancel",
@@ -9678,7 +9678,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/hyperparameterTuningJobs/{hyperparameterTuningJobsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.hyperparameterTuningJobs.operations.cancel",
@@ -10134,7 +10134,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/indexEndpoints/{indexEndpointsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.indexEndpoints.operations.cancel",
@@ -10506,7 +10506,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/indexes/{indexesId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.indexes.operations.cancel",
@@ -11029,7 +11029,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/metadataStores/{metadataStoresId}/artifacts/{artifactsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.metadataStores.artifacts.operations.cancel",
@@ -11501,7 +11501,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/metadataStores/{metadataStoresId}/contexts/{contextsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.metadataStores.contexts.operations.cancel",
@@ -11912,7 +11912,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/metadataStores/{metadataStoresId}/executions/{executionsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.metadataStores.executions.operations.cancel",
@@ -12168,7 +12168,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/metadataStores/{metadataStoresId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.metadataStores.operations.cancel",
@@ -12381,7 +12381,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/migratableResources/{migratableResourcesId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.migratableResources.operations.cancel",
@@ -12781,7 +12781,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/modelDeploymentMonitoringJobs/{modelDeploymentMonitoringJobsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.modelDeploymentMonitoringJobs.operations.cancel",
@@ -13297,7 +13297,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/modelMonitors/{modelMonitorsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.modelMonitors.operations.cancel",
@@ -13996,7 +13996,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/models/{modelsId}/evaluations/{evaluationsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.models.evaluations.operations.cancel",
@@ -14253,7 +14253,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/models/{modelsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.models.operations.cancel",
@@ -14850,7 +14850,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/notebookExecutionJobs/{notebookExecutionJobsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.notebookExecutionJobs.operations.cancel",
@@ -15266,7 +15266,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/notebookRuntimeTemplates/{notebookRuntimeTemplatesId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.notebookRuntimeTemplates.operations.cancel",
@@ -15693,7 +15693,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/notebookRuntimes/{notebookRuntimesId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.notebookRuntimes.operations.cancel",
@@ -15846,7 +15846,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.operations.cancel",
@@ -16182,7 +16182,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/persistentResources/{persistentResourcesId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.persistentResources.operations.cancel",
@@ -16558,7 +16558,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/pipelineJobs/{pipelineJobsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.pipelineJobs.operations.cancel",
@@ -17190,7 +17190,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/ragCorpora/{ragCorporaId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.ragCorpora.operations.cancel",
@@ -17459,7 +17459,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/ragCorpora/{ragCorporaId}/ragFiles/{ragFilesId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.ragCorpora.ragFiles.operations.cancel",
@@ -17799,7 +17799,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/reasoningEngines/{reasoningEnginesId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.reasoningEngines.operations.cancel",
@@ -18170,7 +18170,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/schedules/{schedulesId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.schedules.operations.cancel",
@@ -18585,7 +18585,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/specialistPools/{specialistPoolsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.specialistPools.operations.cancel",
@@ -18884,7 +18884,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/studies/{studiesId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.studies.operations.cancel",
@@ -19321,7 +19321,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/studies/{studiesId}/trials/{trialsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.studies.trials.operations.cancel",
@@ -19954,7 +19954,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/tensorboards/{tensorboardsId}/experiments/{experimentsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.tensorboards.experiments.operations.cancel",
@@ -20334,7 +20334,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/tensorboards/{tensorboardsId}/experiments/{experimentsId}/runs/{runsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.tensorboards.experiments.runs.operations.cancel",
@@ -20753,7 +20753,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/tensorboards/{tensorboardsId}/experiments/{experimentsId}/runs/{runsId}/timeSeries/{timeSeriesId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.tensorboards.experiments.runs.timeSeries.operations.cancel",
@@ -20910,7 +20910,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/tensorboards/{tensorboardsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.tensorboards.operations.cancel",
@@ -21220,7 +21220,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/trainingPipelines/{trainingPipelinesId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "aiplatform.projects.locations.trainingPipelines.operations.cancel",
@@ -21808,7 +21808,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241112",
+"revision": "20241119",
 "rootUrl": "https://aiplatform.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "CloudAiLargeModelsVisionGenerateVideoResponse": {
@@ -25705,6 +25705,11 @@
 "format": "int32",
 "type": "integer"
 },
+"requiredReplicaCount": {
+"description": "Optional. Number of required available replicas for the deployment to succeed. This field is only needed when partial model deployment/mutation is desired. If set, the model deploy/mutate operation will succeed once available_replica_count reaches required_replica_count, and the rest of the replicas will be retried. If not set, the default required_replica_count will be min_replica_count.",
+"format": "int32",
+"type": "integer"
+},
 "spot": {
 "description": "Optional. If true, schedule the deployment workload on [spot VMs](https://cloud.google.com/kubernetes-engine/docs/concepts/spot-vms).",
 "type": "boolean"
@@ -26123,6 +26128,11 @@
 "description": "The resource name of the shared DeploymentResourcePool to deploy on. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/deploymentResourcePools/{deployment_resource_pool}`",
 "type": "string"
 },
+"status": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1DeployedModelStatus",
+"description": "Output only. Runtime status of the deployed model.",
+"readOnly": true
+},
 "systemLabels": {
 "additionalProperties": {
 "type": "string"
@@ -26148,6 +26158,30 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1DeployedModelStatus": {
+"description": "Runtime status of the deployed model.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1DeployedModelStatus",
+"properties": {
+"availableReplicaCount": {
+"description": "Output only. The number of available replicas of the deployed model.",
+"format": "int32",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "integer"
+},
+"lastUpdateTime": {
+"description": "Output only. The time at which the status was last updated.",
+"format": "google-datetime",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"message": {
+"description": "Output only. The latest deployed model's status message (if any).",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1DeploymentResourcePool": {
 "description": "A description of resources that can be shared by multiple DeployedModels, whose underlying specification consists of a DedicatedResources.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1DeploymentResourcePool",
@@ -28097,6 +28131,16 @@
 "$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1RuntimeConfig",
 "description": "Optional. Runtime config controlling the runtime behavior of this Extension."
 },
+"satisfiesPzi": {
+"description": "Output only. Reserved for future use.",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "boolean"
+},
+"satisfiesPzs": {
+"description": "Output only. Reserved for future use.",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "boolean"
+},
 "toolUseExamples": {
 "description": "Optional. Examples to illustrate the usage of the extension as a tool.",
 "items": {
@@ -28186,6 +28230,11 @@
 "description": "Query that is used to retrieve this fact.",
 "type": "string"
 },
+"score": {
+"description": "If present, according to the underlying Vector DB and the selected metric type, the score can be either the distance or the similarity between the query and the fact and its range depends on the metric type. For example, if the metric type is COSINE_DISTANCE, it represents the distance between the query and the fact. The larger the distance, the less relevant the fact is to the query. The range is [0, 2], while 0 means the most relevant and 2 means the least relevant.",
+"format": "double",
+"type": "number"
+},
 "summary": {
 "description": "If present, the summary/snippet of the fact.",
 "type": "string"
@@ -31176,7 +31225,11 @@
 },
 "ragFileParsingConfig": {
 "$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1RagFileParsingConfig",
-"description": "Specifies the parsing config for RagFiles."
+"description": "Optional. Specifies the parsing config for RagFiles. RAG will use the default parser if this field is not set."
+},
+"ragFileTransformationConfig": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1RagFileTransformationConfig",
+"description": "Specifies the transformation config for RagFiles."
 },
 "sharePointSources": {
 "$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1SharePointSources",
@@ -39084,6 +39137,15 @@ false
 "format": "double",
 "type": "number"
 },
+"score": {
+"description": "According to the underlying Vector DB and the selected metric type, the score can be either the distance or the similarity between the query and the context and its range depends on the metric type. For example, if the metric type is COSINE_DISTANCE, it represents the distance between the query and the context. The larger the distance, the less relevant the context is to the query. The range is [0, 2], while 0 means the most relevant and 2 means the least relevant.",
+"format": "double",
+"type": "number"
+},
+"sourceDisplayName": {
+"description": "The file display name.",
+"type": "string"
+},
 "sourceUri": {
 "description": "If the file is imported from Cloud Storage or Google Drive, source_uri will be original file URI in Cloud Storage or Google Drive; if file is uploaded, source_uri will be file display name.",
 "type": "string"
@@ -39144,6 +39206,14 @@ false
 "format": "google-datetime",
 "readOnly": true,
 "type": "string"
+},
+"vectorDbConfig": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1RagVectorDbConfig",
+"description": "Optional. Immutable. The config for the Vector DBs."
+},
+"vertexAiSearchConfig": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1VertexAiSearchConfig",
+"description": "Optional. Immutable. The config for the Vertex AI Search."
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
@@ -39331,6 +39401,27 @@ false
 "description": "The size of the chunks.",
 "format": "int32",
 "type": "integer"
+},
+"fixedLengthChunking": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1RagFileChunkingConfigFixedLengthChunking",
+"description": "Specifies the fixed length chunking config."
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1RagFileChunkingConfigFixedLengthChunking": {
+"description": "Specifies the fixed length chunking config.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1RagFileChunkingConfigFixedLengthChunking",
+"properties": {
+"chunkOverlap": {
+"description": "The overlap between chunks.",
+"format": "int32",
+"type": "integer"
+},
+"chunkSize": {
+"description": "The size of the chunks.",
+"format": "int32",
+"type": "integer"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
@@ -39339,6 +39430,14 @@ false
 "description": "Specifies the parsing config for RagFiles.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1RagFileParsingConfig",
 "properties": {
+"advancedParser": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1RagFileParsingConfigAdvancedParser",
+"description": "The Advanced Parser to use for RagFiles."
+},
+"layoutParser": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1RagFileParsingConfigLayoutParser",
+"description": "The Layout Parser to use for RagFiles."
+},
 "useAdvancedPdfParsing": {
 "deprecated": true,
 "description": "Whether to use advanced PDF parsing.",
@@ -39347,10 +39446,52 @@ false
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1RagFileParsingConfigAdvancedParser": {
+"description": "Specifies the advanced parsing for RagFiles.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1RagFileParsingConfigAdvancedParser",
+"properties": {
+"useAdvancedPdfParsing": {
+"description": "Whether to use advanced PDF parsing.",
+"type": "boolean"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1RagFileParsingConfigLayoutParser": {
+"description": "Document AI Layout Parser config.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1RagFileParsingConfigLayoutParser",
+"properties": {
+"maxParsingRequestsPerMin": {
+"description": "The maximum number of requests the job is allowed to make to the Document AI processor per minute. Consult https://cloud.google.com/document-ai/quotas and the Quota page for your project to set an appropriate value here. If unspecified, a default value of 120 QPM would be used.",
+"format": "int32",
+"type": "integer"
+},
+"processorName": {
+"description": "The full resource name of a Document AI processor or processor version. The processor must have type `LAYOUT_PARSER_PROCESSOR`. If specified, the `additional_config.parse_as_scanned_pdf` field must be false. Format: * `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor_id}` * `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/processors/{processor_id}/processorVersions/{processor_version_id}`",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1RagFileTransformationConfig": {
+"description": "Specifies the transformation config for RagFiles.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1RagFileTransformationConfig",
+"properties": {
+"ragFileChunkingConfig": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1RagFileChunkingConfig",
+"description": "Specifies the chunking config for RagFiles."
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1RagQuery": {
 "description": "A query to retrieve relevant contexts.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1RagQuery",
 "properties": {
+"ragRetrievalConfig": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1RagRetrievalConfig",
+"description": "Optional. The retrieval config for the query."
+},
 "ranking": {
 "$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1RagQueryRanking",
 "deprecated": true,
@@ -39381,6 +39522,100 @@ false
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1RagRetrievalConfig": {
+"description": "Specifies the context retrieval config.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1RagRetrievalConfig",
+"properties": {
+"filter": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1RagRetrievalConfigFilter",
+"description": "Optional. Config for filters."
+},
+"hybridSearch": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1RagRetrievalConfigHybridSearch",
+"description": "Optional. Config for Hybrid Search."
+},
+"ranking": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1RagRetrievalConfigRanking",
+"description": "Optional. Config for ranking and reranking."
+},
+"topK": {
+"description": "Optional. The number of contexts to retrieve.",
+"format": "int32",
+"type": "integer"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1RagRetrievalConfigFilter": {
+"description": "Config for filters.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1RagRetrievalConfigFilter",
+"properties": {
+"metadataFilter": {
+"description": "Optional. String for metadata filtering.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"vectorDistanceThreshold": {
+"description": "Optional. Only returns contexts with vector distance smaller than the threshold.",
+"format": "double",
+"type": "number"
+},
+"vectorSimilarityThreshold": {
+"description": "Optional. Only returns contexts with vector similarity larger than the threshold.",
+"format": "double",
+"type": "number"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1RagRetrievalConfigHybridSearch": {
+"description": "Config for Hybrid Search.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1RagRetrievalConfigHybridSearch",
+"properties": {
+"alpha": {
+"description": "Optional. Alpha value controls the weight between dense and sparse vector search results. The range is [0, 1], while 0 means sparse vector search only and 1 means dense vector search only. The default value is 0.5 which balances sparse and dense vector search equally.",
+"format": "float",
+"type": "number"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1RagRetrievalConfigRanking": {
+"description": "Config for ranking and reranking.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1RagRetrievalConfigRanking",
+"properties": {
+"llmRanker": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1RagRetrievalConfigRankingLlmRanker",
+"description": "Optional. Config for LlmRanker."
+},
+"rankService": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1RagRetrievalConfigRankingRankService",
+"description": "Optional. Config for Rank Service."
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1RagRetrievalConfigRankingLlmRanker": {
+"description": "Config for LlmRanker.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1RagRetrievalConfigRankingLlmRanker",
+"properties": {
+"modelName": {
+"description": "Optional. The model name used for ranking. Format: `gemini-1.5-pro`",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1RagRetrievalConfigRankingRankService": {
+"description": "Config for Rank Service.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1RagRetrievalConfigRankingRankService",
+"properties": {
+"modelName": {
+"description": "Optional. The model name of the rank service. Format: `semantic-ranker-512@latest`",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1RagVectorDbConfig": {
 "description": "Config for the Vector DB to use for RAG.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1RagVectorDbConfig",
@@ -39393,6 +39628,10 @@ false
 "$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1RagVectorDbConfigPinecone",
 "description": "The config for the Pinecone."
 },
+"ragEmbeddingModelConfig": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1RagEmbeddingModelConfig",
+"description": "Optional. Immutable. The embedding model config of the Vector DB."
+},
 "ragManagedDb": {
 "$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1RagVectorDbConfigRagManagedDb",
 "description": "The config for the RAG-managed Vector DB."
@@ -48415,6 +48654,10 @@ false
 "readOnly": true,
 "type": "string"
 },
+"serviceAccount": {
+"description": "The service account that the tuningJob workload runs as. If not specified, the Vertex AI Secure Fine-Tuned Service Agent in the project will be used. See https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-agents#vertex-ai-secure-fine-tuning-service-agent Users starting the pipeline must have the `iam.serviceAccounts.actAs` permission on this service account.",
+"type": "string"
+},
 "startTime": {
 "description": "Output only. Time when the TuningJob for the first time entered the `JOB_STATE_RUNNING` state.",
 "format": "google-datetime",
@@ -48838,6 +49081,10 @@ false
 "$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1RagFileChunkingConfig",
 "deprecated": true,
 "description": "Specifies the size and overlap of chunks after uploading RagFile."
+},
+"ragFileTransformationConfig": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1RagFileTransformationConfig",
+"description": "Specifies the transformation config for RagFiles."
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
@@ -48948,6 +49195,17 @@ false
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1VertexAiSearchConfig": {
+"description": "Config for the Vertex AI Search.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1VertexAiSearchConfig",
+"properties": {
+"servingConfig": {
+"description": "Vertex AI Search Serving Config resource full name. For example, `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/engines/{engine}/servingConfigs/{serving_config}` or `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}/servingConfigs/{serving_config}`.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1VertexRagStore": {
 "description": "Retrieve from Vertex RAG Store for grounding.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1VertexRagStore",
@@ -48967,6 +49225,10 @@ false
 },
 "type": "array"
 },
+"ragRetrievalConfig": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1RagRetrievalConfig",
+"description": "Optional. The retrieval config for the Rag query."
+},
 "similarityTopK": {
 "deprecated": true,
 "description": "Optional. Number of top k results to return from the selected corpora.",

From 0592fb72a06a042f685758cafa46c1452a4d65cf Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Yoshi Automation 
Date: Tue, 26 Nov 2024 07:08:50 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 03/31] feat(alloydb): update the api

#### alloydb:v1

The following keys were added:
- resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.clusters.methods.export (Total Keys: 12)
- schemas.CsvExportOptions (Total Keys: 3)
- schemas.ExportClusterRequest (Total Keys: 5)
- schemas.ExportClusterResponse (Total Keys: 3)
- schemas.GcsDestination (Total Keys: 3)

#### alloydb:v1alpha

The following keys were added:
- resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.clusters.methods.export (Total Keys: 12)
- schemas.CsvExportOptions (Total Keys: 6)
- schemas.ExportClusterRequest (Total Keys: 6)
- schemas.GcsDestination (Total Keys: 3)
- schemas.SqlExportOptions (Total Keys: 7)

#### alloydb:v1beta

The following keys were added:
- resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.clusters.methods.export (Total Keys: 12)
- schemas.CsvExportOptions (Total Keys: 6)
- schemas.ExportClusterRequest (Total Keys: 6)
- schemas.GcsDestination (Total Keys: 3)
- schemas.SqlExportOptions (Total Keys: 7)
---
 ...lloydb_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html |  51 ++++++++
 ...b_v1alpha.projects.locations.clusters.html |  62 ++++++++++
 ...db_v1beta.projects.locations.clusters.html |  62 ++++++++++
 .../discovery_cache/documents/alloydb.v1.json |  82 ++++++++++++-
 .../documents/alloydb.v1alpha.json            | 113 +++++++++++++++++-
 .../documents/alloydb.v1beta.json             | 113 +++++++++++++++++-
 6 files changed, 480 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-)

diff --git a/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html b/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html
index 9747665695..f343f700c7 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html
@@ -96,6 +96,9 @@ 
Instance Methods

 

   delete(name, etag=None, force=None, requestId=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)

 
Deletes a single Cluster.

+

+  export(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Exports data from the cluster. Imperative only.

 

   get(name, view=None, x__xgafv=None)

 
Gets details of a single Cluster.

@@ -525,6 +528,54 @@ 
Method Details

 }

 

 
+

+    export(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Exports data from the cluster. Imperative only.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the cluster. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Export cluster request.
+  "csvExportOptions": { # Options for exporting data in CSV format. For now, we only support a query to get the data that needs to be exported. # Options for exporting data in CSV format. Required field to be set for CSV file type.
+    "selectQuery": "A String", # Required. The select_query used to extract the data.
+  },
+  "database": "A String", # Required. Name of the database where the query will be executed. Note - Value provided should be the same as expected from `SELECT current_database();` and NOT as a resource reference.
+  "gcsDestination": { # Destination for Export. Export will be done to cloud storage. # Required. Option to export data to cloud storage.
+    "uri": "A String", # Required. The path to the file in Google Cloud Storage where the export will be stored. The URI is in the form `gs://bucketName/fileName`. If the file already exists, the request succeeds, but the operation fails.
+  },
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}

+

+
 

     get(name, view=None, x__xgafv=None)
   
Gets details of a single Cluster.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1alpha.projects.locations.clusters.html b/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1alpha.projects.locations.clusters.html
index 661263c86a..b5b71311af 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1alpha.projects.locations.clusters.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1alpha.projects.locations.clusters.html
@@ -96,6 +96,9 @@ 
Instance Methods

 

   delete(name, etag=None, force=None, requestId=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)

 
Deletes a single Cluster.

+

+  export(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Exports data from the cluster. Imperative only.

 

   get(name, view=None, x__xgafv=None)

 
Gets details of a single Cluster.

@@ -545,6 +548,65 @@ 
Method Details

 }

 

 
+

+    export(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Exports data from the cluster. Imperative only.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the cluster. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Export cluster request.
+  "csvExportOptions": { # Options for exporting data in CSV format. For now, we only support a query to get the data that needs to be exported. # Options for exporting data in CSV format. Required field to be set for CSV file type.
+    "escapeCharacter": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the character that should appear before a data character that needs to be escaped. The default is the same as quote character. The value of this argument has to be a character in Hex ASCII Code.
+    "fieldDelimiter": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the character that separates columns within each row (line) of the file. The default is comma. The value of this argument has to be a character in Hex ASCII Code.
+    "quoteCharacter": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the quoting character to be used when a data value is quoted. The default is double-quote. The value of this argument has to be a character in Hex ASCII Code.
+    "selectQuery": "A String", # Required. The select_query used to extract the data.
+  },
+  "database": "A String", # Required. Name of the database where the query will be executed. Note - Value provided should be the same as expected from `SELECT current_database();` and NOT as a resource reference.
+  "gcsDestination": { # Destination for Export. Export will be done to cloud storage. # Required. Option to export data to cloud storage.
+    "uri": "A String", # Required. The path to the file in Google Cloud Storage where the export will be stored. The URI is in the form `gs://bucketName/fileName`. If the file already exists, the request succeeds, but the operation fails.
+  },
+  "sqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting data in SQL format. # Options for exporting data in SQL format. Required field to be set for SQL file type.
+    "cleanTargetObjects": True or False, # Optional. If true, output commands to DROP all the dumped database objects prior to outputting the commands for creating them.
+    "ifExistTargetObjects": True or False, # Optional. If true, use DROP ... IF EXISTS commands to check for the object's existence before dropping it in clean_target_objects mode.
+    "schemaOnly": True or False, # Optional. If true, only export the schema.
+    "tables": [ # Optional. Tables to export from.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+  },
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}

+

+
 

     get(name, view=None, x__xgafv=None)
   
Gets details of a single Cluster.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1beta.projects.locations.clusters.html b/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1beta.projects.locations.clusters.html
index f4ea0dd4aa..35ed14643a 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1beta.projects.locations.clusters.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/alloydb_v1beta.projects.locations.clusters.html
@@ -96,6 +96,9 @@ 
Instance Methods

 

   delete(name, etag=None, force=None, requestId=None, validateOnly=None, x__xgafv=None)

 
Deletes a single Cluster.

+

+  export(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Exports data from the cluster. Imperative only.

 

   get(name, view=None, x__xgafv=None)

 
Gets details of a single Cluster.

@@ -541,6 +544,65 @@ 
Method Details

 }

 

 
+

+    export(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Exports data from the cluster. Imperative only.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The resource name of the cluster. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Export cluster request.
+  "csvExportOptions": { # Options for exporting data in CSV format. For now, we only support a query to get the data that needs to be exported. # Options for exporting data in CSV format. Required field to be set for CSV file type.
+    "escapeCharacter": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the character that should appear before a data character that needs to be escaped. The default is the same as quote character. The value of this argument has to be a character in Hex ASCII Code.
+    "fieldDelimiter": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the character that separates columns within each row (line) of the file. The default is comma. The value of this argument has to be a character in Hex ASCII Code.
+    "quoteCharacter": "A String", # Optional. Specifies the quoting character to be used when a data value is quoted. The default is double-quote. The value of this argument has to be a character in Hex ASCII Code.
+    "selectQuery": "A String", # Required. The select_query used to extract the data.
+  },
+  "database": "A String", # Required. Name of the database where the query will be executed. Note - Value provided should be the same as expected from `SELECT current_database();` and NOT as a resource reference.
+  "gcsDestination": { # Destination for Export. Export will be done to cloud storage. # Required. Option to export data to cloud storage.
+    "uri": "A String", # Required. The path to the file in Google Cloud Storage where the export will be stored. The URI is in the form `gs://bucketName/fileName`. If the file already exists, the request succeeds, but the operation fails.
+  },
+  "sqlExportOptions": { # Options for exporting data in SQL format. # Options for exporting data in SQL format. Required field to be set for SQL file type.
+    "cleanTargetObjects": True or False, # Optional. If true, output commands to DROP all the dumped database objects prior to outputting the commands for creating them.
+    "ifExistTargetObjects": True or False, # Optional. If true, use DROP ... IF EXISTS commands to check for the object's existence before dropping it in clean_target_objects mode.
+    "schemaOnly": True or False, # Optional. If true, only export the schema.
+    "tables": [ # Optional. Tables to export from.
+      "A String",
+    ],
+  },
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}

+

+
 

     get(name, view=None, x__xgafv=None)
   
Gets details of a single Cluster.
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alloydb.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alloydb.v1.json
index 5218276c2c..347442b980 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alloydb.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alloydb.v1.json
@@ -517,6 +517,34 @@
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
 ]
 },
+"export": {
+"description": "Exports data from the cluster. Imperative only.",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/clusters/{clustersId}:export",
+"httpMethod": "POST",
+"id": "alloydb.projects.locations.clusters.export",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "Required. The resource name of the cluster.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/clusters/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+name}:export",
+"request": {
+"$ref": "ExportClusterRequest"
+},
+"response": {
+"$ref": "Operation"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
 "get": {
 "description": "Gets details of a single Cluster.",
 "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/clusters/{clustersId}",
@@ -1517,7 +1545,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241023",
+"revision": "20241106",
 "rootUrl": "https://alloydb.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AuthorizedNetwork": {
@@ -2251,6 +2279,17 @@ false
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"CsvExportOptions": {
+"description": "Options for exporting data in CSV format. For now, we only support a query to get the data that needs to be exported.",
+"id": "CsvExportOptions",
+"properties": {
+"selectQuery": {
+"description": "Required. The select_query used to extract the data.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "Empty": {
 "description": "A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }",
 "id": "Empty",
@@ -2298,6 +2337,36 @@ false
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"ExportClusterRequest": {
+"description": "Export cluster request.",
+"id": "ExportClusterRequest",
+"properties": {
+"csvExportOptions": {
+"$ref": "CsvExportOptions",
+"description": "Options for exporting data in CSV format. Required field to be set for CSV file type."
+},
+"database": {
+"description": "Required. Name of the database where the query will be executed. Note - Value provided should be the same as expected from `SELECT current_database();` and NOT as a resource reference.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"gcsDestination": {
+"$ref": "GcsDestination",
+"description": "Required. Option to export data to cloud storage."
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"ExportClusterResponse": {
+"description": "Response of export cluster rpc.",
+"id": "ExportClusterResponse",
+"properties": {
+"gcsDestination": {
+"$ref": "GcsDestination",
+"description": "Required. Option to export data to cloud storage."
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "FailoverInstanceRequest": {
 "description": "Message for triggering failover on an Instance",
 "id": "FailoverInstanceRequest",
@@ -2313,6 +2382,17 @@ false
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"GcsDestination": {
+"description": "Destination for Export. Export will be done to cloud storage.",
+"id": "GcsDestination",
+"properties": {
+"uri": {
+"description": "Required. The path to the file in Google Cloud Storage where the export will be stored. The URI is in the form `gs://bucketName/fileName`. If the file already exists, the request succeeds, but the operation fails.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "GoogleCloudLocationListLocationsResponse": {
 "description": "The response message for Locations.ListLocations.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudLocationListLocationsResponse",
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alloydb.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alloydb.v1alpha.json
index 9db9d8864a..082e71daa5 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alloydb.v1alpha.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alloydb.v1alpha.json
@@ -517,6 +517,34 @@
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
 ]
 },
+"export": {
+"description": "Exports data from the cluster. Imperative only.",
+"flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/clusters/{clustersId}:export",
+"httpMethod": "POST",
+"id": "alloydb.projects.locations.clusters.export",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "Required. The resource name of the cluster.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/clusters/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1alpha/{+name}:export",
+"request": {
+"$ref": "ExportClusterRequest"
+},
+"response": {
+"$ref": "Operation"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
 "get": {
 "description": "Gets details of a single Cluster.",
 "flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/clusters/{clustersId}",
@@ -1517,7 +1545,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241023",
+"revision": "20241106",
 "rootUrl": "https://alloydb.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AuthorizedNetwork": {
@@ -2304,6 +2332,29 @@ false
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"CsvExportOptions": {
+"description": "Options for exporting data in CSV format. For now, we only support a query to get the data that needs to be exported.",
+"id": "CsvExportOptions",
+"properties": {
+"escapeCharacter": {
+"description": "Optional. Specifies the character that should appear before a data character that needs to be escaped. The default is the same as quote character. The value of this argument has to be a character in Hex ASCII Code.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"fieldDelimiter": {
+"description": "Optional. Specifies the character that separates columns within each row (line) of the file. The default is comma. The value of this argument has to be a character in Hex ASCII Code.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"quoteCharacter": {
+"description": "Optional. Specifies the quoting character to be used when a data value is quoted. The default is double-quote. The value of this argument has to be a character in Hex ASCII Code.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"selectQuery": {
+"description": "Required. The select_query used to extract the data.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "Empty": {
 "description": "A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }",
 "id": "Empty",
@@ -2351,6 +2402,29 @@ false
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"ExportClusterRequest": {
+"description": "Export cluster request.",
+"id": "ExportClusterRequest",
+"properties": {
+"csvExportOptions": {
+"$ref": "CsvExportOptions",
+"description": "Options for exporting data in CSV format. Required field to be set for CSV file type."
+},
+"database": {
+"description": "Required. Name of the database where the query will be executed. Note - Value provided should be the same as expected from `SELECT current_database();` and NOT as a resource reference.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"gcsDestination": {
+"$ref": "GcsDestination",
+"description": "Required. Option to export data to cloud storage."
+},
+"sqlExportOptions": {
+"$ref": "SqlExportOptions",
+"description": "Options for exporting data in SQL format. Required field to be set for SQL file type."
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "FailoverInstanceRequest": {
 "description": "Message for triggering failover on an Instance",
 "id": "FailoverInstanceRequest",
@@ -2366,6 +2440,17 @@ false
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"GcsDestination": {
+"description": "Destination for Export. Export will be done to cloud storage.",
+"id": "GcsDestination",
+"properties": {
+"uri": {
+"description": "Required. The path to the file in Google Cloud Storage where the export will be stored. The URI is in the form `gs://bucketName/fileName`. If the file already exists, the request succeeds, but the operation fails.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "GeminiClusterConfig": {
 "description": "Cluster level configuration parameters related to the Gemini in Databases add-on.",
 "id": "GeminiClusterConfig",
@@ -3420,6 +3505,32 @@ false
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"SqlExportOptions": {
+"description": "Options for exporting data in SQL format.",
+"id": "SqlExportOptions",
+"properties": {
+"cleanTargetObjects": {
+"description": "Optional. If true, output commands to DROP all the dumped database objects prior to outputting the commands for creating them.",
+"type": "boolean"
+},
+"ifExistTargetObjects": {
+"description": "Optional. If true, use DROP ... IF EXISTS commands to check for the object's existence before dropping it in clean_target_objects mode.",
+"type": "boolean"
+},
+"schemaOnly": {
+"description": "Optional. If true, only export the schema.",
+"type": "boolean"
+},
+"tables": {
+"description": "Optional. Tables to export from.",
+"items": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"type": "array"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "SslConfig": {
 "description": "SSL configuration.",
 "id": "SslConfig",
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alloydb.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alloydb.v1beta.json
index 41c3d354d4..491120289d 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alloydb.v1beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/alloydb.v1beta.json
@@ -517,6 +517,34 @@
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
 ]
 },
+"export": {
+"description": "Exports data from the cluster. Imperative only.",
+"flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/clusters/{clustersId}:export",
+"httpMethod": "POST",
+"id": "alloydb.projects.locations.clusters.export",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "Required. The resource name of the cluster.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/clusters/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1beta/{+name}:export",
+"request": {
+"$ref": "ExportClusterRequest"
+},
+"response": {
+"$ref": "Operation"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
 "get": {
 "description": "Gets details of a single Cluster.",
 "flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/clusters/{clustersId}",
@@ -1514,7 +1542,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241023",
+"revision": "20241106",
 "rootUrl": "https://alloydb.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AuthorizedNetwork": {
@@ -2285,6 +2313,29 @@ false
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"CsvExportOptions": {
+"description": "Options for exporting data in CSV format. For now, we only support a query to get the data that needs to be exported.",
+"id": "CsvExportOptions",
+"properties": {
+"escapeCharacter": {
+"description": "Optional. Specifies the character that should appear before a data character that needs to be escaped. The default is the same as quote character. The value of this argument has to be a character in Hex ASCII Code.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"fieldDelimiter": {
+"description": "Optional. Specifies the character that separates columns within each row (line) of the file. The default is comma. The value of this argument has to be a character in Hex ASCII Code.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"quoteCharacter": {
+"description": "Optional. Specifies the quoting character to be used when a data value is quoted. The default is double-quote. The value of this argument has to be a character in Hex ASCII Code.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"selectQuery": {
+"description": "Required. The select_query used to extract the data.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "Empty": {
 "description": "A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }",
 "id": "Empty",
@@ -2332,6 +2383,29 @@ false
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"ExportClusterRequest": {
+"description": "Export cluster request.",
+"id": "ExportClusterRequest",
+"properties": {
+"csvExportOptions": {
+"$ref": "CsvExportOptions",
+"description": "Options for exporting data in CSV format. Required field to be set for CSV file type."
+},
+"database": {
+"description": "Required. Name of the database where the query will be executed. Note - Value provided should be the same as expected from `SELECT current_database();` and NOT as a resource reference.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"gcsDestination": {
+"$ref": "GcsDestination",
+"description": "Required. Option to export data to cloud storage."
+},
+"sqlExportOptions": {
+"$ref": "SqlExportOptions",
+"description": "Options for exporting data in SQL format. Required field to be set for SQL file type."
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "FailoverInstanceRequest": {
 "description": "Message for triggering failover on an Instance",
 "id": "FailoverInstanceRequest",
@@ -2347,6 +2421,17 @@ false
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"GcsDestination": {
+"description": "Destination for Export. Export will be done to cloud storage.",
+"id": "GcsDestination",
+"properties": {
+"uri": {
+"description": "Required. The path to the file in Google Cloud Storage where the export will be stored. The URI is in the form `gs://bucketName/fileName`. If the file already exists, the request succeeds, but the operation fails.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "GeminiClusterConfig": {
 "description": "Cluster level configuration parameters related to the Gemini in Databases add-on.",
 "id": "GeminiClusterConfig",
@@ -3372,6 +3457,32 @@ false
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"SqlExportOptions": {
+"description": "Options for exporting data in SQL format.",
+"id": "SqlExportOptions",
+"properties": {
+"cleanTargetObjects": {
+"description": "Optional. If true, output commands to DROP all the dumped database objects prior to outputting the commands for creating them.",
+"type": "boolean"
+},
+"ifExistTargetObjects": {
+"description": "Optional. If true, use DROP ... IF EXISTS commands to check for the object's existence before dropping it in clean_target_objects mode.",
+"type": "boolean"
+},
+"schemaOnly": {
+"description": "Optional. If true, only export the schema.",
+"type": "boolean"
+},
+"tables": {
+"description": "Optional. Tables to export from.",
+"items": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"type": "array"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "SslConfig": {
 "description": "SSL configuration.",
 "id": "SslConfig",

From 323f3e57028c2ee9468b777a7b1c279c6b7757bd Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Yoshi Automation 
Date: Tue, 26 Nov 2024 07:08:50 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 04/31] feat(analyticsdata): update the api

#### analyticsdata:v1beta

The following keys were added:
- schemas.EmptyFilter (Total Keys: 2)
- schemas.Filter.properties.emptyFilter.$ref (Total Keys: 1)
---
 docs/dyn/analyticsdata_v1beta.properties.html | 32 +++++++++++++++++++
 .../documents/analyticsdata.v1beta.json       | 12 ++++++-
 2 files changed, 43 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/docs/dyn/analyticsdata_v1beta.properties.html b/docs/dyn/analyticsdata_v1beta.properties.html
index 67dfdaf65d..2893041982 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/analyticsdata_v1beta.properties.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/analyticsdata_v1beta.properties.html
@@ -157,6 +157,8 @@ 
Method Details

                   "int64Value": "A String", # Integer value
                 },
               },
+              "emptyFilter": { # Filter for empty values. # A filter for empty values such as "(not set)" and "" values.
+              },
               "fieldName": "A String", # The dimension name or metric name. In most methods, dimensions & metrics can be used for the first time in this field. However in a RunPivotReportRequest, this field must be additionally specified by name in the RunPivotReportRequest's dimensions or metrics.
               "inListFilter": { # The result needs to be in a list of string values. # A filter for in list values.
                 "caseSensitive": True or False, # If true, the string value is case sensitive.
@@ -212,6 +214,8 @@ 
Method Details

               "int64Value": "A String", # Integer value
             },
           },
+          "emptyFilter": { # Filter for empty values. # A filter for empty values such as "(not set)" and "" values.
+          },
           "fieldName": "A String", # The dimension name or metric name. In most methods, dimensions & metrics can be used for the first time in this field. However in a RunPivotReportRequest, this field must be additionally specified by name in the RunPivotReportRequest's dimensions or metrics.
           "inListFilter": { # The result needs to be in a list of string values. # A filter for in list values.
             "caseSensitive": True or False, # If true, the string value is case sensitive.
@@ -276,6 +280,8 @@ 
Method Details

               "int64Value": "A String", # Integer value
             },
           },
+          "emptyFilter": { # Filter for empty values. # A filter for empty values such as "(not set)" and "" values.
+          },
           "fieldName": "A String", # The dimension name or metric name. In most methods, dimensions & metrics can be used for the first time in this field. However in a RunPivotReportRequest, this field must be additionally specified by name in the RunPivotReportRequest's dimensions or metrics.
           "inListFilter": { # The result needs to be in a list of string values. # A filter for in list values.
             "caseSensitive": True or False, # If true, the string value is case sensitive.
@@ -522,6 +528,8 @@ 
Method Details

                   "int64Value": "A String", # Integer value
                 },
               },
+              "emptyFilter": { # Filter for empty values. # A filter for empty values such as "(not set)" and "" values.
+              },
               "fieldName": "A String", # The dimension name or metric name. In most methods, dimensions & metrics can be used for the first time in this field. However in a RunPivotReportRequest, this field must be additionally specified by name in the RunPivotReportRequest's dimensions or metrics.
               "inListFilter": { # The result needs to be in a list of string values. # A filter for in list values.
                 "caseSensitive": True or False, # If true, the string value is case sensitive.
@@ -577,6 +585,8 @@ 
Method Details

               "int64Value": "A String", # Integer value
             },
           },
+          "emptyFilter": { # Filter for empty values. # A filter for empty values such as "(not set)" and "" values.
+          },
           "fieldName": "A String", # The dimension name or metric name. In most methods, dimensions & metrics can be used for the first time in this field. However in a RunPivotReportRequest, this field must be additionally specified by name in the RunPivotReportRequest's dimensions or metrics.
           "inListFilter": { # The result needs to be in a list of string values. # A filter for in list values.
             "caseSensitive": True or False, # If true, the string value is case sensitive.
@@ -645,6 +655,8 @@ 
Method Details

               "int64Value": "A String", # Integer value
             },
           },
+          "emptyFilter": { # Filter for empty values. # A filter for empty values such as "(not set)" and "" values.
+          },
           "fieldName": "A String", # The dimension name or metric name. In most methods, dimensions & metrics can be used for the first time in this field. However in a RunPivotReportRequest, this field must be additionally specified by name in the RunPivotReportRequest's dimensions or metrics.
           "inListFilter": { # The result needs to be in a list of string values. # A filter for in list values.
             "caseSensitive": True or False, # If true, the string value is case sensitive.
@@ -870,6 +882,8 @@ 
Method Details

           "int64Value": "A String", # Integer value
         },
       },
+      "emptyFilter": { # Filter for empty values. # A filter for empty values such as "(not set)" and "" values.
+      },
       "fieldName": "A String", # The dimension name or metric name. In most methods, dimensions & metrics can be used for the first time in this field. However in a RunPivotReportRequest, this field must be additionally specified by name in the RunPivotReportRequest's dimensions or metrics.
       "inListFilter": { # The result needs to be in a list of string values. # A filter for in list values.
         "caseSensitive": True or False, # If true, the string value is case sensitive.
@@ -933,6 +947,8 @@ 
Method Details

           "int64Value": "A String", # Integer value
         },
       },
+      "emptyFilter": { # Filter for empty values. # A filter for empty values such as "(not set)" and "" values.
+      },
       "fieldName": "A String", # The dimension name or metric name. In most methods, dimensions & metrics can be used for the first time in this field. However in a RunPivotReportRequest, this field must be additionally specified by name in the RunPivotReportRequest's dimensions or metrics.
       "inListFilter": { # The result needs to be in a list of string values. # A filter for in list values.
         "caseSensitive": True or False, # If true, the string value is case sensitive.
@@ -1127,6 +1143,8 @@ 
Method Details

               "int64Value": "A String", # Integer value
             },
           },
+          "emptyFilter": { # Filter for empty values. # A filter for empty values such as "(not set)" and "" values.
+          },
           "fieldName": "A String", # The dimension name or metric name. In most methods, dimensions & metrics can be used for the first time in this field. However in a RunPivotReportRequest, this field must be additionally specified by name in the RunPivotReportRequest's dimensions or metrics.
           "inListFilter": { # The result needs to be in a list of string values. # A filter for in list values.
             "caseSensitive": True or False, # If true, the string value is case sensitive.
@@ -1182,6 +1200,8 @@ 
Method Details

           "int64Value": "A String", # Integer value
         },
       },
+      "emptyFilter": { # Filter for empty values. # A filter for empty values such as "(not set)" and "" values.
+      },
       "fieldName": "A String", # The dimension name or metric name. In most methods, dimensions & metrics can be used for the first time in this field. However in a RunPivotReportRequest, this field must be additionally specified by name in the RunPivotReportRequest's dimensions or metrics.
       "inListFilter": { # The result needs to be in a list of string values. # A filter for in list values.
         "caseSensitive": True or False, # If true, the string value is case sensitive.
@@ -1246,6 +1266,8 @@ 
Method Details

           "int64Value": "A String", # Integer value
         },
       },
+      "emptyFilter": { # Filter for empty values. # A filter for empty values such as "(not set)" and "" values.
+      },
       "fieldName": "A String", # The dimension name or metric name. In most methods, dimensions & metrics can be used for the first time in this field. However in a RunPivotReportRequest, this field must be additionally specified by name in the RunPivotReportRequest's dimensions or metrics.
       "inListFilter": { # The result needs to be in a list of string values. # A filter for in list values.
         "caseSensitive": True or False, # If true, the string value is case sensitive.
@@ -1459,6 +1481,8 @@ 
Method Details

           "int64Value": "A String", # Integer value
         },
       },
+      "emptyFilter": { # Filter for empty values. # A filter for empty values such as "(not set)" and "" values.
+      },
       "fieldName": "A String", # The dimension name or metric name. In most methods, dimensions & metrics can be used for the first time in this field. However in a RunPivotReportRequest, this field must be additionally specified by name in the RunPivotReportRequest's dimensions or metrics.
       "inListFilter": { # The result needs to be in a list of string values. # A filter for in list values.
         "caseSensitive": True or False, # If true, the string value is case sensitive.
@@ -1526,6 +1550,8 @@ 
Method Details

           "int64Value": "A String", # Integer value
         },
       },
+      "emptyFilter": { # Filter for empty values. # A filter for empty values such as "(not set)" and "" values.
+      },
       "fieldName": "A String", # The dimension name or metric name. In most methods, dimensions & metrics can be used for the first time in this field. However in a RunPivotReportRequest, this field must be additionally specified by name in the RunPivotReportRequest's dimensions or metrics.
       "inListFilter": { # The result needs to be in a list of string values. # A filter for in list values.
         "caseSensitive": True or False, # If true, the string value is case sensitive.
@@ -1749,6 +1775,8 @@ 
Method Details

               "int64Value": "A String", # Integer value
             },
           },
+          "emptyFilter": { # Filter for empty values. # A filter for empty values such as "(not set)" and "" values.
+          },
           "fieldName": "A String", # The dimension name or metric name. In most methods, dimensions & metrics can be used for the first time in this field. However in a RunPivotReportRequest, this field must be additionally specified by name in the RunPivotReportRequest's dimensions or metrics.
           "inListFilter": { # The result needs to be in a list of string values. # A filter for in list values.
             "caseSensitive": True or False, # If true, the string value is case sensitive.
@@ -1804,6 +1832,8 @@ 
Method Details

           "int64Value": "A String", # Integer value
         },
       },
+      "emptyFilter": { # Filter for empty values. # A filter for empty values such as "(not set)" and "" values.
+      },
       "fieldName": "A String", # The dimension name or metric name. In most methods, dimensions & metrics can be used for the first time in this field. However in a RunPivotReportRequest, this field must be additionally specified by name in the RunPivotReportRequest's dimensions or metrics.
       "inListFilter": { # The result needs to be in a list of string values. # A filter for in list values.
         "caseSensitive": True or False, # If true, the string value is case sensitive.
@@ -1872,6 +1902,8 @@ 
Method Details

           "int64Value": "A String", # Integer value
         },
       },
+      "emptyFilter": { # Filter for empty values. # A filter for empty values such as "(not set)" and "" values.
+      },
       "fieldName": "A String", # The dimension name or metric name. In most methods, dimensions & metrics can be used for the first time in this field. However in a RunPivotReportRequest, this field must be additionally specified by name in the RunPivotReportRequest's dimensions or metrics.
       "inListFilter": { # The result needs to be in a list of string values. # A filter for in list values.
         "caseSensitive": True or False, # If true, the string value is case sensitive.
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsdata.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsdata.v1beta.json
index c2d9f0bbc4..c948abfa0b 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsdata.v1beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/analyticsdata.v1beta.json
@@ -440,7 +440,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20240825",
+"revision": "20241117",
 "rootUrl": "https://analyticsdata.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "ActiveMetricRestriction": {
@@ -1007,6 +1007,12 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"EmptyFilter": {
+"description": "Filter for empty values.",
+"id": "EmptyFilter",
+"properties": {},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "Filter": {
 "description": "An expression to filter dimension or metric values.",
 "id": "Filter",
@@ -1015,6 +1021,10 @@
 "$ref": "BetweenFilter",
 "description": "A filter for two values."
 },
+"emptyFilter": {
+"$ref": "EmptyFilter",
+"description": "A filter for empty values such as \"(not set)\" and \"\" values."
+},
 "fieldName": {
 "description": "The dimension name or metric name. In most methods, dimensions & metrics can be used for the first time in this field. However in a RunPivotReportRequest, this field must be additionally specified by name in the RunPivotReportRequest's dimensions or metrics.",
 "type": "string"

From 1c543a0842bdff312f5f8afa0520f0b6d6776a31 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Yoshi Automation 
Date: Tue, 26 Nov 2024 07:08:50 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 05/31] feat(apigee): update the api

#### apigee:v1

The following keys were added:
- schemas.GoogleCloudApigeeV1EnvironmentConfig.properties.clientIpResolutionConfig.$ref (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.GoogleCloudApigeeV1EnvironmentConfigClientIPResolutionConfig (Total Keys: 8)
---
 .../apigee_v1.organizations.environments.html |  6 ++++
 .../discovery_cache/documents/apigee.v1.json  | 33 ++++++++++++++++++-
 2 files changed, 38 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.environments.html b/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.environments.html
index c82ca9bf9b..29a3a162a7 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.environments.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.environments.html
@@ -528,6 +528,12 @@ 
Method Details

     "uid": "A String", # UID is to detect if config is recreated after deletion. The add-on config will only be deleted when the environment itself gets deleted, thus it will always be the same as the UID of EnvironmentConfig.
   },
   "arcConfigLocation": "A String", # The location for the config blob of API Runtime Control, aka Envoy Adapter, for op-based authentication as a URI, e.g. a Cloud Storage URI. This is only used by Envoy-based gateways.
+  "clientIpResolutionConfig": { # Configuration for resolving the client ip. # The algorithm to resolve IP.
+    "headerIndexAlgorithm": { # Resolves the client ip based on a custom header. # Resolves the client ip based on a custom header.
+      "ipHeaderIndex": 42, # The index of the ip in the header. (By default, value is 0 if missing)
+      "ipHeaderName": "A String", # The name of the header to extract the client ip from.
+    },
+  },
   "createTime": "A String", # Time that the environment configuration was created.
   "dataCollectors": [ # List of data collectors used by the deployments in the environment.
     { # Data collector and its configuration.
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigee.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigee.v1.json
index 483f1d4e35..5aa0d9bf8f 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigee.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/apigee.v1.json
@@ -10385,7 +10385,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241017",
+"revision": "20241116",
 "rootUrl": "https://apigee.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "EdgeConfigstoreBundleBadBundle": {
@@ -13492,6 +13492,10 @@
 "description": "The location for the config blob of API Runtime Control, aka Envoy Adapter, for op-based authentication as a URI, e.g. a Cloud Storage URI. This is only used by Envoy-based gateways.",
 "type": "string"
 },
+"clientIpResolutionConfig": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudApigeeV1EnvironmentConfigClientIPResolutionConfig",
+"description": "The algorithm to resolve IP."
+},
 "createTime": {
 "description": "Time that the environment configuration was created.",
 "format": "google-datetime",
@@ -13610,6 +13614,33 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"GoogleCloudApigeeV1EnvironmentConfigClientIPResolutionConfig": {
+"description": "Configuration for resolving the client ip.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudApigeeV1EnvironmentConfigClientIPResolutionConfig",
+"properties": {
+"headerIndexAlgorithm": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudApigeeV1EnvironmentConfigClientIPResolutionConfigHeaderIndexAlgorithm",
+"description": "Resolves the client ip based on a custom header."
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudApigeeV1EnvironmentConfigClientIPResolutionConfigHeaderIndexAlgorithm": {
+"description": "Resolves the client ip based on a custom header.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudApigeeV1EnvironmentConfigClientIPResolutionConfigHeaderIndexAlgorithm",
+"properties": {
+"ipHeaderIndex": {
+"description": "The index of the ip in the header. (By default, value is 0 if missing)",
+"format": "int32",
+"type": "integer"
+},
+"ipHeaderName": {
+"description": "The name of the header to extract the client ip from.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "GoogleCloudApigeeV1EnvironmentGroup": {
 "description": "EnvironmentGroup configuration. An environment group is used to group one or more Apigee environments under a single host name.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudApigeeV1EnvironmentGroup",

From 56c9ef728ba94a48c1e6b7e8b85ecec1529398ad Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Yoshi Automation 
Date: Tue, 26 Nov 2024 07:08:50 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 06/31] feat(appengine): update the api

#### appengine:v1

The following keys were added:
- schemas.ResourceEvent (Total Keys: 5)

#### appengine:v1alpha

The following keys were added:
- schemas.ResourceEvent (Total Keys: 5)

#### appengine:v1beta

The following keys were added:
- schemas.ResourceEvent (Total Keys: 5)
---
 .../documents/appengine.v1.json               | 21 ++++++++++++++++++-
 .../documents/appengine.v1alpha.json          | 21 ++++++++++++++++++-
 .../documents/appengine.v1beta.json           | 21 ++++++++++++++++++-
 3 files changed, 60 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-)

diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1.json
index 8a2af52f8a..a3f1865c3b 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1.json
@@ -1778,7 +1778,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241007",
+"revision": "20241118",
 "rootUrl": "https://appengine.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "ApiConfigHandler": {
@@ -3617,6 +3617,25 @@ true
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"ResourceEvent": {
+"description": "The request that is passed to CLH during per-resource events. The request will be sent with update semantics in all cases except for data governance purge events. These events will be sent with delete semantics and the CLH is expected to delete the resource receiving this event.",
+"id": "ResourceEvent",
+"properties": {
+"eventId": {
+"description": "The unique ID for this per-resource event. CLHs can use this value to dedup repeated calls. required",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"name": {
+"description": "The name of the resource for which this event is. required",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"state": {
+"$ref": "ContainerState",
+"description": "The state of the project that led to this event."
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "ResourceRecord": {
 "description": "A DNS resource record.",
 "id": "ResourceRecord",
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1alpha.json
index 7e653ab84b..3be061ce49 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1alpha.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1alpha.json
@@ -946,7 +946,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20240906",
+"revision": "20241118",
 "rootUrl": "https://appengine.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AuthorizedCertificate": {
@@ -1702,6 +1702,25 @@ true
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"ResourceEvent": {
+"description": "The request that is passed to CLH during per-resource events. The request will be sent with update semantics in all cases except for data governance purge events. These events will be sent with delete semantics and the CLH is expected to delete the resource receiving this event.",
+"id": "ResourceEvent",
+"properties": {
+"eventId": {
+"description": "The unique ID for this per-resource event. CLHs can use this value to dedup repeated calls. required",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"name": {
+"description": "The name of the resource for which this event is. required",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"state": {
+"$ref": "ContainerState",
+"description": "The state of the project that led to this event."
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "ResourceRecord": {
 "description": "A DNS resource record.",
 "id": "ResourceRecord",
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1beta.json
index 90edcad72c..3caa5d7053 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/appengine.v1beta.json
@@ -1978,7 +1978,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241007",
+"revision": "20241118",
 "rootUrl": "https://appengine.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "ApiConfigHandler": {
@@ -3868,6 +3868,25 @@ true
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"ResourceEvent": {
+"description": "The request that is passed to CLH during per-resource events. The request will be sent with update semantics in all cases except for data governance purge events. These events will be sent with delete semantics and the CLH is expected to delete the resource receiving this event.",
+"id": "ResourceEvent",
+"properties": {
+"eventId": {
+"description": "The unique ID for this per-resource event. CLHs can use this value to dedup repeated calls. required",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"name": {
+"description": "The name of the resource for which this event is. required",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"state": {
+"$ref": "ContainerState",
+"description": "The state of the project that led to this event."
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "ResourceRecord": {
 "description": "A DNS resource record.",
 "id": "ResourceRecord",

From 198e957680c1b12218e57c5f5061feb9852044e6 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Yoshi Automation 
Date: Tue, 26 Nov 2024 07:08:50 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 07/31] feat(bigquery): update the api

#### bigquery:v2

The following keys were added:
- schemas.Table.properties.managedTableType.type (Total Keys: 1)
---
 docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.tables.html               |  7 +++++++
 .../discovery_cache/documents/bigquery.v2.json | 18 ++++++++++++++++--
 2 files changed, 23 insertions(+), 2 deletions(-)

diff --git a/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.tables.html b/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.tables.html
index c3cc64b907..fcbea591f3 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.tables.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/bigquery_v2.tables.html
@@ -322,6 +322,7 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "lastModifiedTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when this table was last modified, in milliseconds since the epoch.
   "location": "A String", # Output only. The geographic location where the table resides. This value is inherited from the dataset.
+  "managedTableType": "A String", # Optional. If set, overrides the default managed table type configured in the dataset.
   "materializedView": { # Definition and configuration of a materialized view. # Optional. The materialized view definition.
     "allowNonIncrementalDefinition": True or False, # Optional. This option declares the intention to construct a materialized view that isn't refreshed incrementally.
     "enableRefresh": True or False, # Optional. Enable automatic refresh of the materialized view when the base table is updated. The default value is "true".
@@ -804,6 +805,7 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "lastModifiedTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when this table was last modified, in milliseconds since the epoch.
   "location": "A String", # Output only. The geographic location where the table resides. This value is inherited from the dataset.
+  "managedTableType": "A String", # Optional. If set, overrides the default managed table type configured in the dataset.
   "materializedView": { # Definition and configuration of a materialized view. # Optional. The materialized view definition.
     "allowNonIncrementalDefinition": True or False, # Optional. This option declares the intention to construct a materialized view that isn't refreshed incrementally.
     "enableRefresh": True or False, # Optional. Enable automatic refresh of the materialized view when the base table is updated. The default value is "true".
@@ -1227,6 +1229,7 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "lastModifiedTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when this table was last modified, in milliseconds since the epoch.
   "location": "A String", # Output only. The geographic location where the table resides. This value is inherited from the dataset.
+  "managedTableType": "A String", # Optional. If set, overrides the default managed table type configured in the dataset.
   "materializedView": { # Definition and configuration of a materialized view. # Optional. The materialized view definition.
     "allowNonIncrementalDefinition": True or False, # Optional. This option declares the intention to construct a materialized view that isn't refreshed incrementally.
     "enableRefresh": True or False, # Optional. Enable automatic refresh of the materialized view when the base table is updated. The default value is "true".
@@ -1758,6 +1761,7 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "lastModifiedTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when this table was last modified, in milliseconds since the epoch.
   "location": "A String", # Output only. The geographic location where the table resides. This value is inherited from the dataset.
+  "managedTableType": "A String", # Optional. If set, overrides the default managed table type configured in the dataset.
   "materializedView": { # Definition and configuration of a materialized view. # Optional. The materialized view definition.
     "allowNonIncrementalDefinition": True or False, # Optional. This option declares the intention to construct a materialized view that isn't refreshed incrementally.
     "enableRefresh": True or False, # Optional. Enable automatic refresh of the materialized view when the base table is updated. The default value is "true".
@@ -2182,6 +2186,7 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "lastModifiedTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when this table was last modified, in milliseconds since the epoch.
   "location": "A String", # Output only. The geographic location where the table resides. This value is inherited from the dataset.
+  "managedTableType": "A String", # Optional. If set, overrides the default managed table type configured in the dataset.
   "materializedView": { # Definition and configuration of a materialized view. # Optional. The materialized view definition.
     "allowNonIncrementalDefinition": True or False, # Optional. This option declares the intention to construct a materialized view that isn't refreshed incrementally.
     "enableRefresh": True or False, # Optional. Enable automatic refresh of the materialized view when the base table is updated. The default value is "true".
@@ -2724,6 +2729,7 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "lastModifiedTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when this table was last modified, in milliseconds since the epoch.
   "location": "A String", # Output only. The geographic location where the table resides. This value is inherited from the dataset.
+  "managedTableType": "A String", # Optional. If set, overrides the default managed table type configured in the dataset.
   "materializedView": { # Definition and configuration of a materialized view. # Optional. The materialized view definition.
     "allowNonIncrementalDefinition": True or False, # Optional. This option declares the intention to construct a materialized view that isn't refreshed incrementally.
     "enableRefresh": True or False, # Optional. Enable automatic refresh of the materialized view when the base table is updated. The default value is "true".
@@ -3148,6 +3154,7 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "lastModifiedTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when this table was last modified, in milliseconds since the epoch.
   "location": "A String", # Output only. The geographic location where the table resides. This value is inherited from the dataset.
+  "managedTableType": "A String", # Optional. If set, overrides the default managed table type configured in the dataset.
   "materializedView": { # Definition and configuration of a materialized view. # Optional. The materialized view definition.
     "allowNonIncrementalDefinition": True or False, # Optional. This option declares the intention to construct a materialized view that isn't refreshed incrementally.
     "enableRefresh": True or False, # Optional. Enable automatic refresh of the materialized view when the base table is updated. The default value is "true".
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigquery.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigquery.v2.json
index ab9b609b2d..676fb7c6cd 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigquery.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigquery.v2.json
@@ -2009,7 +2009,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241027",
+"revision": "20241111",
 "rootUrl": "https://bigquery.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AggregateClassificationMetrics": {
@@ -5610,7 +5610,7 @@
 "Default value, which will be treated as ENTERPRISE.",
 "Standard edition.",
 "Enterprise edition.",
-"Enterprise plus edition."
+"Enterprise Plus edition."
 ],
 "readOnly": true,
 "type": "string"
@@ -8524,6 +8524,20 @@
 "readOnly": true,
 "type": "string"
 },
+"managedTableType": {
+"description": "Optional. If set, overrides the default managed table type configured in the dataset.",
+"enum": [
+"MANAGED_TABLE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"NATIVE",
+"ICEBERG"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"No managed table type specified.",
+"The managed table is a native BigQuery table.",
+"The managed table is a BigQuery table for Apache Iceberg."
+],
+"type": "string"
+},
 "materializedView": {
 "$ref": "MaterializedViewDefinition",
 "description": "Optional. The materialized view definition."

From de951c3c2b336f1736ed21df3e0fd10be44b4eaa Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Yoshi Automation 
Date: Tue, 26 Nov 2024 07:08:50 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 08/31] feat(checks): update the api

#### checks:v1alpha

The following keys were added:
- resources.accounts.resources.repos.resources.scans.methods.generate (Total Keys: 11)
- resources.accounts.resources.repos.resources.scans.methods.get (Total Keys: 10)
- resources.accounts.resources.repos.resources.scans.methods.list (Total Keys: 17)
- schemas.GoogleChecksRepoScanV1alphaCliAnalysis (Total Keys: 6)
- schemas.GoogleChecksRepoScanV1alphaCodeAttribution (Total Keys: 4)
- schemas.GoogleChecksRepoScanV1alphaCodeScan (Total Keys: 8)
- schemas.GoogleChecksRepoScanV1alphaGenerateScanRequest (Total Keys: 6)
- schemas.GoogleChecksRepoScanV1alphaListRepoScansResponse (Total Keys: 5)
- schemas.GoogleChecksRepoScanV1alphaPullRequest (Total Keys: 4)
- schemas.GoogleChecksRepoScanV1alphaRepoScan (Total Keys: 9)
- schemas.GoogleChecksRepoScanV1alphaScmMetadata (Total Keys: 5)
- schemas.GoogleChecksRepoScanV1alphaSource (Total Keys: 12)
---
 docs/dyn/checks_v1alpha.accounts.repos.html   |   5 +
 .../checks_v1alpha.accounts.repos.scans.html  | 285 ++++++++++
 .../documents/checks.v1alpha.json             | 488 +++++++++++++++++-
 3 files changed, 777 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-)
 create mode 100644 docs/dyn/checks_v1alpha.accounts.repos.scans.html

diff --git a/docs/dyn/checks_v1alpha.accounts.repos.html b/docs/dyn/checks_v1alpha.accounts.repos.html
index aa32788975..bf289bd89d 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/checks_v1alpha.accounts.repos.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/checks_v1alpha.accounts.repos.html
@@ -79,6 +79,11 @@ 
Instance Methods

 

 
Returns the operations Resource.

 
+

+  scans()
+

+
Returns the scans Resource.

+
 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

diff --git a/docs/dyn/checks_v1alpha.accounts.repos.scans.html b/docs/dyn/checks_v1alpha.accounts.repos.scans.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1294e097a9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/checks_v1alpha.accounts.repos.scans.html
@@ -0,0 +1,285 @@
+
+
+
+
Checks API . accounts . repos . scans

+
Instance Methods

+

+  close()

+
Close httplib2 connections.

+

+  generate(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Uploads the results of local Code Compliance analysis and generates a scan of privacy issues. Returns a google.longrunning.Operation containing analysis and findings.

+

+  get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+
Gets a repo scan. By default, only the name and results_uri fields are returned. You can include other fields by listing them in the `fields` URL query parameter. For example, `?fields=name,sources` will return the name and sources fields.

+

+  list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Lists repo scans for the specified repo.

+

+  list_next()

+
Retrieves the next page of results.

+
Method Details

+

+    close()
+  
Close httplib2 connections.

+

+
+

+    generate(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Uploads the results of local Code Compliance analysis and generates a scan of privacy issues. Returns a google.longrunning.Operation containing analysis and findings.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. Resource name of the repo. Example: `accounts/123/repos/456` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # The request message for RepoScanService.GenerateScan.
+  "cliAnalysis": { # The results of a Code Compliance CLI analysis. # Required. CLI analysis results.
+    "codeScans": [ # Optional. Requested code scans resulting from preliminary CLI analysis.
+      { # A requested analysis of source code. Contains the source code and processing state.
+        "dataTypeClassifications": [ # Optional. Data type classification requests.
+          { # A request to classify data types.
+            "dataType": "A String", # Required. Candidate data type.
+            "lineNumber": 42, # Required. Line number (1-based).
+          },
+        ],
+        "sourceCode": { # Contains source code from a repo. # Required. Source code to analyze.
+          "code": "A String", # Required. Source code.
+          "endLine": 42, # Required. End line number (1-based).
+          "path": "A String", # Required. Path of the file.
+          "startLine": 42, # Required. Start line number (1-based).
+        },
+      },
+    ],
+    "sources": [ # Optional. Data sources detected in the scan.
+      { # Represents a data source finding.
+        "codeAttribution": { # Source code attribution. # Optional. Source code attribution for the finding.
+          "codeExcerpt": "A String", # Optional. Code excerpt where the source was detected along with surrounding code.
+          "lineNumber": 42, # Required. Line number (1-based).
+          "path": "A String", # Required. Path of the file.
+          "startLineNumber": 42, # Optional. Start line number of the code excerpt (1-based).
+        },
+        "dataType": "A String", # Required. Data type.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  "cliVersion": "A String", # Required. CLI version.
+  "localScanPath": "A String", # Required. Local scan path.
+  "scmMetadata": { # SCM metadata. # Required. SCM metadata.
+    "branch": "A String", # Required. Branch name.
+    "pullRequest": { # Pull request info. # Optional. Contains info about the associated pull request. This is only populated for pull request scans.
+      "baseBranch": "A String", # Required. For PR analysis, we compare against the most recent scan of the base branch to highlight new issues.
+      "prNumber": "A String", # Required. This can be supplied by the user or parsed automatically from predefined CI environment variables.
+    },
+    "remoteUri": "A String", # Required. Git remote URL.
+    "revisionId": "A String", # Required. Revision ID, e.g. Git commit hash.
+  },
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}

+

+
+

+    get(name, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Gets a repo scan. By default, only the name and results_uri fields are returned. You can include other fields by listing them in the `fields` URL query parameter. For example, `?fields=name,sources` will return the name and sources fields.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Resource name of the repo scan. Example: `accounts/123/repos/456/scans/789` (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Repo scan.
+  "cliVersion": "A String", # CLI version.
+  "localScanPath": "A String", # Local scan path.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of the scan.
+  "resultsUri": "A String", # A URL to view results.
+  "scmMetadata": { # SCM metadata. # SCM metadata.
+    "branch": "A String", # Required. Branch name.
+    "pullRequest": { # Pull request info. # Optional. Contains info about the associated pull request. This is only populated for pull request scans.
+      "baseBranch": "A String", # Required. For PR analysis, we compare against the most recent scan of the base branch to highlight new issues.
+      "prNumber": "A String", # Required. This can be supplied by the user or parsed automatically from predefined CI environment variables.
+    },
+    "remoteUri": "A String", # Required. Git remote URL.
+    "revisionId": "A String", # Required. Revision ID, e.g. Git commit hash.
+  },
+  "sources": [ # Data sources detected.
+    { # Represents a data source finding.
+      "codeAttribution": { # Source code attribution. # Optional. Source code attribution for the finding.
+        "codeExcerpt": "A String", # Optional. Code excerpt where the source was detected along with surrounding code.
+        "lineNumber": 42, # Required. Line number (1-based).
+        "path": "A String", # Required. Path of the file.
+        "startLineNumber": 42, # Optional. Start line number of the code excerpt (1-based).
+      },
+      "dataType": "A String", # Required. Data type.
+    },
+  ],
+}

+

+
+

+    list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Lists repo scans for the specified repo.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. Resource name of the repo. Example: `accounts/123/repos/456` (required)
+  filter: string, Optional. An [AIP-160](https://google.aip.dev/160) filter string to filter repo scans. Example: `scmMetadata.branch = main`
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of repo scans to return. If unspecified, at most 10 repo scans will be returned. The maximum value is 50; values above 50 will be coerced to 50.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. A page token received from a previous `ListRepoScans` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListRepoScans` must match the call that provided the page token.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The response message for RepoScanService.ListRepoScans.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.
+  "repoScans": [ # The repo scans for the specified app.
+    { # Repo scan.
+      "cliVersion": "A String", # CLI version.
+      "localScanPath": "A String", # Local scan path.
+      "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name of the scan.
+      "resultsUri": "A String", # A URL to view results.
+      "scmMetadata": { # SCM metadata. # SCM metadata.
+        "branch": "A String", # Required. Branch name.
+        "pullRequest": { # Pull request info. # Optional. Contains info about the associated pull request. This is only populated for pull request scans.
+          "baseBranch": "A String", # Required. For PR analysis, we compare against the most recent scan of the base branch to highlight new issues.
+          "prNumber": "A String", # Required. This can be supplied by the user or parsed automatically from predefined CI environment variables.
+        },
+        "remoteUri": "A String", # Required. Git remote URL.
+        "revisionId": "A String", # Required. Revision ID, e.g. Git commit hash.
+      },
+      "sources": [ # Data sources detected.
+        { # Represents a data source finding.
+          "codeAttribution": { # Source code attribution. # Optional. Source code attribution for the finding.
+            "codeExcerpt": "A String", # Optional. Code excerpt where the source was detected along with surrounding code.
+            "lineNumber": 42, # Required. Line number (1-based).
+            "path": "A String", # Required. Path of the file.
+            "startLineNumber": 42, # Optional. Start line number of the code excerpt (1-based).
+          },
+          "dataType": "A String", # Required. Data type.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+  ],
+}

+

+
+

+    list_next()
+  
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        

+

+
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/checks.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/checks.v1alpha.json
index ba8431aff1..80fbbddc83 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/checks.v1alpha.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/checks.v1alpha.json
@@ -396,6 +396,95 @@
 }
 }
 }
+},
+"scans": {
+"methods": {
+"generate": {
+"description": "Uploads the results of local Code Compliance analysis and generates a scan of privacy issues. Returns a google.longrunning.Operation containing analysis and findings.",
+"flatPath": "v1alpha/accounts/{accountsId}/repos/{reposId}/scans:generate",
+"httpMethod": "POST",
+"id": "checks.accounts.repos.scans.generate",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"parent"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"parent": {
+"description": "Required. Resource name of the repo. Example: `accounts/123/repos/456`",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^accounts/[^/]+/repos/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1alpha/{+parent}/scans:generate",
+"request": {
+"$ref": "GoogleChecksRepoScanV1alphaGenerateScanRequest"
+},
+"response": {
+"$ref": "Operation"
+}
+},
+"get": {
+"description": "Gets a repo scan. By default, only the name and results_uri fields are returned. You can include other fields by listing them in the `fields` URL query parameter. For example, `?fields=name,sources` will return the name and sources fields.",
+"flatPath": "v1alpha/accounts/{accountsId}/repos/{reposId}/scans/{scansId}",
+"httpMethod": "GET",
+"id": "checks.accounts.repos.scans.get",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "Required. Resource name of the repo scan. Example: `accounts/123/repos/456/scans/789`",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^accounts/[^/]+/repos/[^/]+/scans/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1alpha/{+name}",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "GoogleChecksRepoScanV1alphaRepoScan"
+}
+},
+"list": {
+"description": "Lists repo scans for the specified repo.",
+"flatPath": "v1alpha/accounts/{accountsId}/repos/{reposId}/scans",
+"httpMethod": "GET",
+"id": "checks.accounts.repos.scans.list",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"parent"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"filter": {
+"description": "Optional. An [AIP-160](https://google.aip.dev/160) filter string to filter repo scans. Example: `scmMetadata.branch = main`",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"pageSize": {
+"description": "Optional. The maximum number of repo scans to return. If unspecified, at most 10 repo scans will be returned. The maximum value is 50; values above 50 will be coerced to 50.",
+"format": "int32",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "integer"
+},
+"pageToken": {
+"description": "Optional. A page token received from a previous `ListRepoScans` call. Provide this to retrieve the subsequent page. When paginating, all other parameters provided to `ListRepoScans` must match the call that provided the page token.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"parent": {
+"description": "Required. Resource name of the repo. Example: `accounts/123/repos/456`",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^accounts/[^/]+/repos/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1alpha/{+parent}/scans",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "GoogleChecksRepoScanV1alphaListRepoScansResponse"
+}
+}
+}
 }
 }
 }
@@ -463,7 +552,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241114",
+"revision": "20241119",
 "rootUrl": "https://checks.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "CancelOperationRequest": {
@@ -690,6 +779,403 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"GoogleChecksRepoScanV1alphaCliAnalysis": {
+"description": "The results of a Code Compliance CLI analysis.",
+"id": "GoogleChecksRepoScanV1alphaCliAnalysis",
+"properties": {
+"codeScans": {
+"description": "Optional. Requested code scans resulting from preliminary CLI analysis.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "GoogleChecksRepoScanV1alphaCodeScan"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"sources": {
+"description": "Optional. Data sources detected in the scan.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "GoogleChecksRepoScanV1alphaSource"
+},
+"type": "array"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleChecksRepoScanV1alphaCodeAttribution": {
+"description": "Source code attribution.",
+"id": "GoogleChecksRepoScanV1alphaCodeAttribution",
+"properties": {
+"codeExcerpt": {
+"description": "Optional. Code excerpt where the source was detected along with surrounding code.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"lineNumber": {
+"description": "Required. Line number (1-based).",
+"format": "int32",
+"type": "integer"
+},
+"path": {
+"description": "Required. Path of the file.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"startLineNumber": {
+"description": "Optional. Start line number of the code excerpt (1-based).",
+"format": "int32",
+"type": "integer"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleChecksRepoScanV1alphaCodeScan": {
+"description": "A requested analysis of source code. Contains the source code and processing state.",
+"id": "GoogleChecksRepoScanV1alphaCodeScan",
+"properties": {
+"dataTypeClassifications": {
+"description": "Optional. Data type classification requests.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "GoogleChecksRepoScanV1alphaCodeScanDataTypeClassification"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"sourceCode": {
+"$ref": "GoogleChecksRepoScanV1alphaSourceCode",
+"description": "Required. Source code to analyze."
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleChecksRepoScanV1alphaCodeScanDataTypeClassification": {
+"description": "A request to classify data types.",
+"id": "GoogleChecksRepoScanV1alphaCodeScanDataTypeClassification",
+"properties": {
+"dataType": {
+"description": "Required. Candidate data type.",
+"enum": [
+"DATA_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"DATA_TYPE_APPROXIMATE_LOCATION",
+"DATA_TYPE_PRECISE_LOCATION",
+"DATA_TYPE_PERSONAL_NAME",
+"DATA_TYPE_EMAIL_ADDRESS",
+"DATA_TYPE_USER_IDS",
+"DATA_TYPE_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS",
+"DATA_TYPE_PHONE_NUMBER",
+"DATA_TYPE_RACE_AND_ETHNICITY",
+"DATA_TYPE_POLITICAL_OR_RELIGIOUS_BELIEFS",
+"DATA_TYPE_SEXUAL_ORIENTATION",
+"DATA_TYPE_OTHER_PERSONAL_INFO",
+"DATA_TYPE_PAYMENT_INFO",
+"DATA_TYPE_PURCHASE_HISTORY",
+"DATA_TYPE_CREDIT_SCORE",
+"DATA_TYPE_OTHER_FINANCIAL_INFO",
+"DATA_TYPE_HEALTH_INFO",
+"DATA_TYPE_FITNESS_INFO",
+"DATA_TYPE_EMAILS",
+"DATA_TYPE_TEXT_MESSAGES",
+"DATA_TYPE_OTHER_IN_APP_MESSAGES",
+"DATA_TYPE_PHOTOS",
+"DATA_TYPE_VIDEOS",
+"DATA_TYPE_VOICE_OR_SOUND_RECORDINGS",
+"DATA_TYPE_MUSIC_FILES",
+"DATA_TYPE_OTHER_AUDIO_FILES",
+"DATA_TYPE_FILES_AND_DOCS",
+"DATA_TYPE_CALENDAR_EVENTS",
+"DATA_TYPE_CONTACTS",
+"DATA_TYPE_APP_INTERACTIONS",
+"DATA_TYPE_IN_APP_SEARCH_HISTORY",
+"DATA_TYPE_INSTALLED_APPS",
+"DATA_TYPE_OTHER_USER_GENERATED_CONTENT",
+"DATA_TYPE_OTHER_ACTIONS",
+"DATA_TYPE_WEB_BROWSING_HISTORY",
+"DATA_TYPE_CRASH_LOGS",
+"DATA_TYPE_PERFORMANCE_DIAGNOSTICS",
+"DATA_TYPE_OTHER_APP_PERFORMANCE_DATA",
+"DATA_TYPE_DEVICE_OR_OTHER_IDS"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Not specified.",
+"User or device physical location to an area greater than or equal to 3 square kilometers, such as the city a user is in, or location provided by Android's ACCESS_COARSE_LOCATION permission.",
+"User or device physical location within an area less than 3 square kilometers, such as location provided by Android's ACCESS_FINE_LOCATION permission.",
+"How a user refers to themselves, such as their first or last name, or nickname.",
+"A user's email address.",
+"Identifiers that relate to an identifiable person. For example, an account ID, account number, or account name.",
+"A user's address, such as a mailing or home address.",
+"A user's phone number.",
+"Information about a user's race or ethnicity.",
+"Information about a user's political or religious beliefs.",
+"Information about a user's sexual orientation.",
+"Any other personal information such as date of birth, gender identity, veteran status, etc.",
+"Information about a user's financial accounts such as credit card number.",
+"Information about purchases or transactions a user has made.",
+"Information about a user's credit score.",
+"Any other financial information such as user salary or debts.",
+"Information about a user's health, such as medical records or symptoms.",
+"Information about a user's fitness, such as exercise or other physical activity.",
+"A user's emails including the email subject line, sender, recipients, and the content of the email.",
+"A user's text messages including the sender, recipients, and the content of the message.",
+"Any other types of messages. For example, instant messages or chat content.",
+"A user's photos.",
+"A user's videos.",
+"A user's voice such as a voicemail or a sound recording.",
+"A user's music files.",
+"Any other user-created or user-provided audio files.",
+"A user's files or documents, or information about their files or documents such as file names.",
+"Information from a user's calendar such as events, event notes, and attendees.",
+"Information about the user\u2019s contacts such as contact names, message history, and social graph information like usernames, contact recency, contact frequency, interaction duration and call history.",
+"Information about how a user interacts with your app, such as the number of page views or taps.",
+"Information about what a user has searched for in your app.",
+"Inventory of apps or packages installed on the user\u2019s device.",
+"Any other user-generated content not listed here, or in any other section. For example, user bios, notes, or open-ended responses.",
+"Any other user activity or actions in-app not listed here such as gameplay, likes, and dialog options.",
+"Information about the websites a user has visited.",
+"Crash log data from your app. For example, the number of times your app has crashed, stack traces, or other information directly related to a crash.",
+"Information about the performance of your app. For example battery life, loading time, latency, framerate, or any technical diagnostics.",
+"Any other app performance data not listed here.",
+"Identifiers that relate to an individual device, browser or app. For example, an IMEI number, MAC address, Widevine Device ID, Firebase installation ID, or advertising identifier."
+],
+"type": "string"
+},
+"lineNumber": {
+"description": "Required. Line number (1-based).",
+"format": "int32",
+"type": "integer"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleChecksRepoScanV1alphaGenerateScanRequest": {
+"description": "The request message for RepoScanService.GenerateScan.",
+"id": "GoogleChecksRepoScanV1alphaGenerateScanRequest",
+"properties": {
+"cliAnalysis": {
+"$ref": "GoogleChecksRepoScanV1alphaCliAnalysis",
+"description": "Required. CLI analysis results."
+},
+"cliVersion": {
+"description": "Required. CLI version.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"localScanPath": {
+"description": "Required. Local scan path.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"scmMetadata": {
+"$ref": "GoogleChecksRepoScanV1alphaScmMetadata",
+"description": "Required. SCM metadata."
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleChecksRepoScanV1alphaListRepoScansResponse": {
+"description": "The response message for RepoScanService.ListRepoScans.",
+"id": "GoogleChecksRepoScanV1alphaListRepoScansResponse",
+"properties": {
+"nextPageToken": {
+"description": "A token which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"repoScans": {
+"description": "The repo scans for the specified app.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "GoogleChecksRepoScanV1alphaRepoScan"
+},
+"type": "array"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleChecksRepoScanV1alphaPullRequest": {
+"description": "Pull request info.",
+"id": "GoogleChecksRepoScanV1alphaPullRequest",
+"properties": {
+"baseBranch": {
+"description": "Required. For PR analysis, we compare against the most recent scan of the base branch to highlight new issues.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"prNumber": {
+"description": "Required. This can be supplied by the user or parsed automatically from predefined CI environment variables.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleChecksRepoScanV1alphaRepoScan": {
+"description": "Repo scan.",
+"id": "GoogleChecksRepoScanV1alphaRepoScan",
+"properties": {
+"cliVersion": {
+"description": "CLI version.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"localScanPath": {
+"description": "Local scan path.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"name": {
+"description": "Identifier. Resource name of the scan.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"resultsUri": {
+"description": "A URL to view results.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"scmMetadata": {
+"$ref": "GoogleChecksRepoScanV1alphaScmMetadata",
+"description": "SCM metadata."
+},
+"sources": {
+"description": "Data sources detected.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "GoogleChecksRepoScanV1alphaSource"
+},
+"type": "array"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleChecksRepoScanV1alphaScmMetadata": {
+"description": "SCM metadata.",
+"id": "GoogleChecksRepoScanV1alphaScmMetadata",
+"properties": {
+"branch": {
+"description": "Required. Branch name.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"pullRequest": {
+"$ref": "GoogleChecksRepoScanV1alphaPullRequest",
+"description": "Optional. Contains info about the associated pull request. This is only populated for pull request scans."
+},
+"remoteUri": {
+"description": "Required. Git remote URL.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"revisionId": {
+"description": "Required. Revision ID, e.g. Git commit hash.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleChecksRepoScanV1alphaSource": {
+"description": "Represents a data source finding.",
+"id": "GoogleChecksRepoScanV1alphaSource",
+"properties": {
+"codeAttribution": {
+"$ref": "GoogleChecksRepoScanV1alphaCodeAttribution",
+"description": "Optional. Source code attribution for the finding."
+},
+"dataType": {
+"description": "Required. Data type.",
+"enum": [
+"DATA_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"DATA_TYPE_APPROXIMATE_LOCATION",
+"DATA_TYPE_PRECISE_LOCATION",
+"DATA_TYPE_PERSONAL_NAME",
+"DATA_TYPE_EMAIL_ADDRESS",
+"DATA_TYPE_USER_IDS",
+"DATA_TYPE_PHYSICAL_ADDRESS",
+"DATA_TYPE_PHONE_NUMBER",
+"DATA_TYPE_RACE_AND_ETHNICITY",
+"DATA_TYPE_POLITICAL_OR_RELIGIOUS_BELIEFS",
+"DATA_TYPE_SEXUAL_ORIENTATION",
+"DATA_TYPE_OTHER_PERSONAL_INFO",
+"DATA_TYPE_PAYMENT_INFO",
+"DATA_TYPE_PURCHASE_HISTORY",
+"DATA_TYPE_CREDIT_SCORE",
+"DATA_TYPE_OTHER_FINANCIAL_INFO",
+"DATA_TYPE_HEALTH_INFO",
+"DATA_TYPE_FITNESS_INFO",
+"DATA_TYPE_EMAILS",
+"DATA_TYPE_TEXT_MESSAGES",
+"DATA_TYPE_OTHER_IN_APP_MESSAGES",
+"DATA_TYPE_PHOTOS",
+"DATA_TYPE_VIDEOS",
+"DATA_TYPE_VOICE_OR_SOUND_RECORDINGS",
+"DATA_TYPE_MUSIC_FILES",
+"DATA_TYPE_OTHER_AUDIO_FILES",
+"DATA_TYPE_FILES_AND_DOCS",
+"DATA_TYPE_CALENDAR_EVENTS",
+"DATA_TYPE_CONTACTS",
+"DATA_TYPE_APP_INTERACTIONS",
+"DATA_TYPE_IN_APP_SEARCH_HISTORY",
+"DATA_TYPE_INSTALLED_APPS",
+"DATA_TYPE_OTHER_USER_GENERATED_CONTENT",
+"DATA_TYPE_OTHER_ACTIONS",
+"DATA_TYPE_WEB_BROWSING_HISTORY",
+"DATA_TYPE_CRASH_LOGS",
+"DATA_TYPE_PERFORMANCE_DIAGNOSTICS",
+"DATA_TYPE_OTHER_APP_PERFORMANCE_DATA",
+"DATA_TYPE_DEVICE_OR_OTHER_IDS"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Not specified.",
+"User or device physical location to an area greater than or equal to 3 square kilometers, such as the city a user is in, or location provided by Android's ACCESS_COARSE_LOCATION permission.",
+"User or device physical location within an area less than 3 square kilometers, such as location provided by Android's ACCESS_FINE_LOCATION permission.",
+"How a user refers to themselves, such as their first or last name, or nickname.",
+"A user's email address.",
+"Identifiers that relate to an identifiable person. For example, an account ID, account number, or account name.",
+"A user's address, such as a mailing or home address.",
+"A user's phone number.",
+"Information about a user's race or ethnicity.",
+"Information about a user's political or religious beliefs.",
+"Information about a user's sexual orientation.",
+"Any other personal information such as date of birth, gender identity, veteran status, etc.",
+"Information about a user's financial accounts such as credit card number.",
+"Information about purchases or transactions a user has made.",
+"Information about a user's credit score.",
+"Any other financial information such as user salary or debts.",
+"Information about a user's health, such as medical records or symptoms.",
+"Information about a user's fitness, such as exercise or other physical activity.",
+"A user's emails including the email subject line, sender, recipients, and the content of the email.",
+"A user's text messages including the sender, recipients, and the content of the message.",
+"Any other types of messages. For example, instant messages or chat content.",
+"A user's photos.",
+"A user's videos.",
+"A user's voice such as a voicemail or a sound recording.",
+"A user's music files.",
+"Any other user-created or user-provided audio files.",
+"A user's files or documents, or information about their files or documents such as file names.",
+"Information from a user's calendar such as events, event notes, and attendees.",
+"Information about the user\u2019s contacts such as contact names, message history, and social graph information like usernames, contact recency, contact frequency, interaction duration and call history.",
+"Information about how a user interacts with your app, such as the number of page views or taps.",
+"Information about what a user has searched for in your app.",
+"Inventory of apps or packages installed on the user\u2019s device.",
+"Any other user-generated content not listed here, or in any other section. For example, user bios, notes, or open-ended responses.",
+"Any other user activity or actions in-app not listed here such as gameplay, likes, and dialog options.",
+"Information about the websites a user has visited.",
+"Crash log data from your app. For example, the number of times your app has crashed, stack traces, or other information directly related to a crash.",
+"Information about the performance of your app. For example battery life, loading time, latency, framerate, or any technical diagnostics.",
+"Any other app performance data not listed here.",
+"Identifiers that relate to an individual device, browser or app. For example, an IMEI number, MAC address, Widevine Device ID, Firebase installation ID, or advertising identifier."
+],
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleChecksRepoScanV1alphaSourceCode": {
+"description": "Contains source code from a repo.",
+"id": "GoogleChecksRepoScanV1alphaSourceCode",
+"properties": {
+"code": {
+"description": "Required. Source code.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"endLine": {
+"description": "Required. End line number (1-based).",
+"format": "int32",
+"type": "integer"
+},
+"path": {
+"description": "Required. Path of the file.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"startLine": {
+"description": "Required. Start line number (1-based).",
+"format": "int32",
+"type": "integer"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "GoogleChecksReportV1alphaAnalyzeUploadRequest": {
 "description": "The request message for ReportService.AnalyzeUpload.",
 "id": "GoogleChecksReportV1alphaAnalyzeUploadRequest",

From 6e4eaaeff5e8298723db83db353badb878993fdf Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Yoshi Automation 
Date: Tue, 26 Nov 2024 07:08:50 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 09/31] feat(chromemanagement): update the api

#### chromemanagement:v1

The following keys were added:
- resources.customers.resources.profiles.methods.delete (Total Keys: 10)
- resources.customers.resources.profiles.methods.get (Total Keys: 10)
- resources.customers.resources.profiles.methods.list (Total Keys: 19)
- schemas.GoogleChromeManagementVersionsV1AttestationCredential (Total Keys: 12)
- schemas.GoogleChromeManagementVersionsV1ChromeBrowserProfile (Total Keys: 56)
- schemas.GoogleChromeManagementVersionsV1DeviceInfo (Total Keys: 10)
- schemas.GoogleChromeManagementVersionsV1ListChromeBrowserProfilesResponse (Total Keys: 7)
- schemas.GoogleChromeManagementVersionsV1ReportingData (Total Keys: 67)
- schemas.GoogleChromeManagementVersionsV1alpha1CertificateProvisioningProcess (Total Keys: 31)
- schemas.GoogleChromeManagementVersionsV1alpha1ChromeOsDevice (Total Keys: 6)
- schemas.GoogleChromeManagementVersionsV1alpha1ChromeOsUserSession (Total Keys: 8)
- schemas.GoogleChromeManagementVersionsV1alpha1SignDataMetadata (Total Keys: 5)
- schemas.GoogleChromeManagementVersionsV1alpha1SignDataResponse (Total Keys: 4)
---
 docs/dyn/chromemanagement_v1.customers.html   |   5 +
 ...hromemanagement_v1.customers.profiles.html | 354 ++++++++
 .../documents/chromemanagement.v1.json        | 764 +++++++++++++++++-
 3 files changed, 1122 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-)
 create mode 100644 docs/dyn/chromemanagement_v1.customers.profiles.html

diff --git a/docs/dyn/chromemanagement_v1.customers.html b/docs/dyn/chromemanagement_v1.customers.html
index 274af6efb9..57e10b97fe 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/chromemanagement_v1.customers.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/chromemanagement_v1.customers.html
@@ -79,6 +79,11 @@ 
Instance Methods

 

 
Returns the apps Resource.

 
+

+  profiles()
+

+
Returns the profiles Resource.

+
 

   reports()
 

diff --git a/docs/dyn/chromemanagement_v1.customers.profiles.html b/docs/dyn/chromemanagement_v1.customers.profiles.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ec487966ac
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/chromemanagement_v1.customers.profiles.html
@@ -0,0 +1,354 @@
+
+
+
+
Chrome Management API . customers . profiles

+
Instance Methods

+

+  close()

+
Close httplib2 connections.

+

+  delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

+
Deletes the data collected from a Chrome browser profile.

+

+  get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+
Gets a Chrome browser profile with customer ID and profile permanent ID.

+

+  list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Lists Chrome browser profiles of a customer based on the given search and sorting criteria.

+

+  list_next()

+
Retrieves the next page of results.

+
Method Details

+

+    close()
+  
Close httplib2 connections.

+

+
+

+    delete(name, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Deletes the data collected from a Chrome browser profile.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Format: customers/{customer_id}/profiles/{profile_permanent_id} (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }
+}

+

+
+

+    get(name, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Gets a Chrome browser profile with customer ID and profile permanent ID.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Format: customers/{customer_id}/profiles/{profile_permanent_id} (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A representation of a Chrome browser profile.
+  "affiliationState": "A String", # Output only. The specific affiliation state of the profile.
+  "annotatedLocation": "A String", # Optional. Location of the profile annotated by the admin.
+  "annotatedUser": "A String", # Optional. User of the profile annotated by the admin.
+  "attestationCredential": { # Information of public key associated with a Chrome browser profile. # Output only. Attestation credential information of the profile.
+    "keyRotationTime": "A String", # Output only. Latest rotation timestamp of the public key rotation.
+    "keyTrustLevel": "A String", # Output only. Trust level of the public key.
+    "keyType": "A String", # Output only. Type of the public key.
+    "publicKey": "A String", # Output only. Value of the public key.
+  },
+  "browserChannel": "A String", # Output only. Channel of the browser on which the profile exists.
+  "browserVersion": "A String", # Output only. Version of the browser on which the profile exists.
+  "deviceInfo": { # Information of a device that runs a Chrome browser profile. # Output only. Basic information of the device on which the profile exists. This information is only available for the affiliated profiles.
+    "affiliatedDeviceId": "A String", # Output only. Device ID that identifies the affiliated device on which the profile exists. If the device type is CHROME_BROWSER, then this represents a unique Directory API ID of the device that can be used in Admin SDK Browsers API.
+    "deviceType": "A String", # Output only. Type of the device on which the profile exists.
+    "hostname": "A String", # Output only. Hostname of the device on which the profile exists.
+    "machine": "A String", # Output only. Machine name of the device on which the profile exists. On platforms which do not report the machine name (currently iOS and Android) this is instead set to the browser's device_id - but note that this is a different device_id than the |affiliated_device_id|.
+  },
+  "displayName": "A String", # Output only. Profile display name set by client.
+  "etag": "A String", # Output only. Etag of this ChromeBrowserProfile resource. This etag can be used with UPDATE operation to ensure consistency.
+  "extensionCount": "A String", # Output only. Number of extensions installed on the profile.
+  "firstEnrollmentTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of the first enrollment of the profile.
+  "identityProvider": "A String", # Output only. Identify provider of the profile.
+  "lastActivityTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of the latest activity by the profile.
+  "lastPolicyFetchTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of the latest policy fetch by the profile.
+  "lastPolicySyncTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of the latest policy sync by the profile.
+  "lastStatusReportTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of the latest status report by the profile.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. Format: customers/{customer_id}/profiles/{profile_permanent_id}
+  "osPlatformType": "A String", # Output only. OS platform of the device on which the profile exists.
+  "osPlatformVersion": "A String", # Output only. Major OS version of the device on which the profile exists. (i.e. Windows 10)
+  "osVersion": "A String", # Output only. OS version of the device on which the profile exists.
+  "policyCount": "A String", # Output only. Number of policies applied on the profile.
+  "profileId": "A String", # Output only. Chrome client side profile ID.
+  "profilePermanentId": "A String", # Output only. Profile permanent ID is the unique identifier of a profile within one customer.
+  "reportingData": { # Reporting data of a Chrome browser profile. # Output only. Detailed reporting data of the profile. This information is only available when the profile reporting policy is enabled.
+    "browserExecutablePath": "A String", # Output only. Executable path of the installed Chrome browser. A valid path is included only in affiliated profiles.
+    "extensionData": [ # Output only. Information of the extensions installed on the profile.
+      { # Information of an extension installed on a Chrome browser profile.
+        "description": "A String", # Output only. Description of the extension.
+        "extensionId": "A String", # Output only. ID of the extension.
+        "extensionType": "A String", # Output only. Type of the extension.
+        "homepageUri": "A String", # Output only. The URL of the homepage of the extension.
+        "installationType": "A String", # Output only. Installation type of the extension.
+        "isDisabled": True or False, # Output only. Represents whether the user disabled the extension.
+        "isWebstoreExtension": True or False, # Output only. Represents whether the extension is from the webstore.
+        "manifestVersion": 42, # Output only. Manifest version of the extension.
+        "name": "A String", # Output only. Name of the extension.
+        "permissions": [ # Output only. Permissions requested by the extension.
+          "A String",
+        ],
+        "version": "A String", # Output only. Version of the extension.
+      },
+    ],
+    "extensionPolicyData": [ # Output only. Information of the policies applied on the extensions.
+      { # Information of the policies applied on an extension.
+        "extensionId": "A String", # Output only. ID of the extension.
+        "extensionName": "A String", # Output only. Name of the extension.
+        "policyData": [ # Output only. Information of the policies applied on the extension.
+          { # Information of a policy applied on a Chrome browser profile.
+            "conflicts": [ # Output only. Conflicting policy information.
+              { # Information of conflicting policy applied on a Chrome browser profile.
+                "source": "A String", # Output only. Source of the policy.
+              },
+            ],
+            "error": "A String", # Output only. Error message of the policy, if any.
+            "name": "A String", # Output only. Name of the policy.
+            "source": "A String", # Output only. Source of the policy.
+            "value": "A String", # Output only. Value of the policy.
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+    ],
+    "installedBrowserVersion": "A String", # Output only. Updated version of a browser, if it is different from the active browser version.
+    "policyData": [ # Output only. Information of the policies applied on the profile.
+      { # Information of a policy applied on a Chrome browser profile.
+        "conflicts": [ # Output only. Conflicting policy information.
+          { # Information of conflicting policy applied on a Chrome browser profile.
+            "source": "A String", # Output only. Source of the policy.
+          },
+        ],
+        "error": "A String", # Output only. Error message of the policy, if any.
+        "name": "A String", # Output only. Name of the policy.
+        "source": "A String", # Output only. Source of the policy.
+        "value": "A String", # Output only. Value of the policy.
+      },
+    ],
+    "profilePath": "A String", # Output only. Path of the profile. A valid path is included only in affiliated profiles.
+  },
+  "userEmail": "A String", # Output only. Email address of the user to which the profile belongs.
+  "userId": "A String", # Output only. Unique Directory API ID of the user that can be used in Admin SDK Users API.
+}

+

+
+

+    list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Lists Chrome browser profiles of a customer based on the given search and sorting criteria.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. Format: customers/{customer_id} (required)
+  filter: string, Optional. The filter used to filter profiles. The following fields can be used in the filter: - profile_id - display_name - user_email - last_activity_time - last_policy_sync_time - last_status_report_time - first_enrollment_time - os_platform_type - os_version - browser_version - browser_channel - policy_count - extension_count - identity_provider - affiliation_state - ouId Any of the above fields can be used to specify a filter, and filtering by multiple fields is supported with AND operator. String type fields and enum type fields support '=' and '!=' operators. The integer type and the timestamp type fields support '=', '!=', '<', '>', '<=' and '>=' operators. Timestamps expect an RFC-3339 formatted string (e.g. 2012-04-21T11:30:00-04:00). Wildcard '*' can be used with a string type field filter. In addition, string literal filtering is also supported, for example, 'ABC' as a filter maps to a filter that checks if any of the filterable string type fields contains 'ABC'. Organization unit number can be used as a filtering criteria here by specifying 'ouId = ${your_org_unit_id}', please note that only single OU ID matching is supported.
+  orderBy: string, Optional. The fields used to specify the ordering of the results. The supported fields are: - profile_id - display_name - user_email - last_activity_time - last_policy_sync_time - last_status_report_time - first_enrollment_time - os_platform_type - os_version - browser_version - browser_channel - policy_count - extension_count - identity_provider - affiliation_state By default, sorting is in ascending order, to specify descending order for a field, a suffix " desc" should be added to the field name. The default ordering is the descending order of last_status_report_time.
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of profiles to return. The default page size is 100 if page_size is unspecified, and the maximum page size allowed is 200.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. The page token used to retrieve a specific page of the listing request.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response to ListChromeBrowserProfiles method.
+  "chromeBrowserProfiles": [ # The list of profiles returned.
+    { # A representation of a Chrome browser profile.
+      "affiliationState": "A String", # Output only. The specific affiliation state of the profile.
+      "annotatedLocation": "A String", # Optional. Location of the profile annotated by the admin.
+      "annotatedUser": "A String", # Optional. User of the profile annotated by the admin.
+      "attestationCredential": { # Information of public key associated with a Chrome browser profile. # Output only. Attestation credential information of the profile.
+        "keyRotationTime": "A String", # Output only. Latest rotation timestamp of the public key rotation.
+        "keyTrustLevel": "A String", # Output only. Trust level of the public key.
+        "keyType": "A String", # Output only. Type of the public key.
+        "publicKey": "A String", # Output only. Value of the public key.
+      },
+      "browserChannel": "A String", # Output only. Channel of the browser on which the profile exists.
+      "browserVersion": "A String", # Output only. Version of the browser on which the profile exists.
+      "deviceInfo": { # Information of a device that runs a Chrome browser profile. # Output only. Basic information of the device on which the profile exists. This information is only available for the affiliated profiles.
+        "affiliatedDeviceId": "A String", # Output only. Device ID that identifies the affiliated device on which the profile exists. If the device type is CHROME_BROWSER, then this represents a unique Directory API ID of the device that can be used in Admin SDK Browsers API.
+        "deviceType": "A String", # Output only. Type of the device on which the profile exists.
+        "hostname": "A String", # Output only. Hostname of the device on which the profile exists.
+        "machine": "A String", # Output only. Machine name of the device on which the profile exists. On platforms which do not report the machine name (currently iOS and Android) this is instead set to the browser's device_id - but note that this is a different device_id than the |affiliated_device_id|.
+      },
+      "displayName": "A String", # Output only. Profile display name set by client.
+      "etag": "A String", # Output only. Etag of this ChromeBrowserProfile resource. This etag can be used with UPDATE operation to ensure consistency.
+      "extensionCount": "A String", # Output only. Number of extensions installed on the profile.
+      "firstEnrollmentTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of the first enrollment of the profile.
+      "identityProvider": "A String", # Output only. Identify provider of the profile.
+      "lastActivityTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of the latest activity by the profile.
+      "lastPolicyFetchTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of the latest policy fetch by the profile.
+      "lastPolicySyncTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of the latest policy sync by the profile.
+      "lastStatusReportTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of the latest status report by the profile.
+      "name": "A String", # Identifier. Format: customers/{customer_id}/profiles/{profile_permanent_id}
+      "osPlatformType": "A String", # Output only. OS platform of the device on which the profile exists.
+      "osPlatformVersion": "A String", # Output only. Major OS version of the device on which the profile exists. (i.e. Windows 10)
+      "osVersion": "A String", # Output only. OS version of the device on which the profile exists.
+      "policyCount": "A String", # Output only. Number of policies applied on the profile.
+      "profileId": "A String", # Output only. Chrome client side profile ID.
+      "profilePermanentId": "A String", # Output only. Profile permanent ID is the unique identifier of a profile within one customer.
+      "reportingData": { # Reporting data of a Chrome browser profile. # Output only. Detailed reporting data of the profile. This information is only available when the profile reporting policy is enabled.
+        "browserExecutablePath": "A String", # Output only. Executable path of the installed Chrome browser. A valid path is included only in affiliated profiles.
+        "extensionData": [ # Output only. Information of the extensions installed on the profile.
+          { # Information of an extension installed on a Chrome browser profile.
+            "description": "A String", # Output only. Description of the extension.
+            "extensionId": "A String", # Output only. ID of the extension.
+            "extensionType": "A String", # Output only. Type of the extension.
+            "homepageUri": "A String", # Output only. The URL of the homepage of the extension.
+            "installationType": "A String", # Output only. Installation type of the extension.
+            "isDisabled": True or False, # Output only. Represents whether the user disabled the extension.
+            "isWebstoreExtension": True or False, # Output only. Represents whether the extension is from the webstore.
+            "manifestVersion": 42, # Output only. Manifest version of the extension.
+            "name": "A String", # Output only. Name of the extension.
+            "permissions": [ # Output only. Permissions requested by the extension.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "version": "A String", # Output only. Version of the extension.
+          },
+        ],
+        "extensionPolicyData": [ # Output only. Information of the policies applied on the extensions.
+          { # Information of the policies applied on an extension.
+            "extensionId": "A String", # Output only. ID of the extension.
+            "extensionName": "A String", # Output only. Name of the extension.
+            "policyData": [ # Output only. Information of the policies applied on the extension.
+              { # Information of a policy applied on a Chrome browser profile.
+                "conflicts": [ # Output only. Conflicting policy information.
+                  { # Information of conflicting policy applied on a Chrome browser profile.
+                    "source": "A String", # Output only. Source of the policy.
+                  },
+                ],
+                "error": "A String", # Output only. Error message of the policy, if any.
+                "name": "A String", # Output only. Name of the policy.
+                "source": "A String", # Output only. Source of the policy.
+                "value": "A String", # Output only. Value of the policy.
+              },
+            ],
+          },
+        ],
+        "installedBrowserVersion": "A String", # Output only. Updated version of a browser, if it is different from the active browser version.
+        "policyData": [ # Output only. Information of the policies applied on the profile.
+          { # Information of a policy applied on a Chrome browser profile.
+            "conflicts": [ # Output only. Conflicting policy information.
+              { # Information of conflicting policy applied on a Chrome browser profile.
+                "source": "A String", # Output only. Source of the policy.
+              },
+            ],
+            "error": "A String", # Output only. Error message of the policy, if any.
+            "name": "A String", # Output only. Name of the policy.
+            "source": "A String", # Output only. Source of the policy.
+            "value": "A String", # Output only. Value of the policy.
+          },
+        ],
+        "profilePath": "A String", # Output only. Path of the profile. A valid path is included only in affiliated profiles.
+      },
+      "userEmail": "A String", # Output only. Email address of the user to which the profile belongs.
+      "userId": "A String", # Output only. Unique Directory API ID of the user that can be used in Admin SDK Users API.
+    },
+  ],
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # The pagination token that can be used to list the next page.
+  "totalSize": "A String", # Total size represents an estimated number of resources returned. Not guaranteed to be accurate above 10k profiles.
+}

+

+
+

+    list_next()
+  
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        

+

+
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromemanagement.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromemanagement.v1.json
index d12858c1e7..fdb7d8c008 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromemanagement.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromemanagement.v1.json
@@ -344,6 +344,97 @@
 }
 }
 },
+"profiles": {
+"methods": {
+"delete": {
+"description": "Deletes the data collected from a Chrome browser profile.",
+"flatPath": "v1/customers/{customersId}/profiles/{profilesId}",
+"httpMethod": "DELETE",
+"id": "chromemanagement.customers.profiles.delete",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "Required. Format: customers/{customer_id}/profiles/{profile_permanent_id}",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^customers/[^/]+/profiles/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+name}",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "GoogleProtobufEmpty"
+}
+},
+"get": {
+"description": "Gets a Chrome browser profile with customer ID and profile permanent ID.",
+"flatPath": "v1/customers/{customersId}/profiles/{profilesId}",
+"httpMethod": "GET",
+"id": "chromemanagement.customers.profiles.get",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "Required. Format: customers/{customer_id}/profiles/{profile_permanent_id}",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^customers/[^/]+/profiles/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+name}",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "GoogleChromeManagementVersionsV1ChromeBrowserProfile"
+}
+},
+"list": {
+"description": "Lists Chrome browser profiles of a customer based on the given search and sorting criteria.",
+"flatPath": "v1/customers/{customersId}/profiles",
+"httpMethod": "GET",
+"id": "chromemanagement.customers.profiles.list",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"parent"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"filter": {
+"description": "Optional. The filter used to filter profiles. The following fields can be used in the filter: - profile_id - display_name - user_email - last_activity_time - last_policy_sync_time - last_status_report_time - first_enrollment_time - os_platform_type - os_version - browser_version - browser_channel - policy_count - extension_count - identity_provider - affiliation_state - ouId Any of the above fields can be used to specify a filter, and filtering by multiple fields is supported with AND operator. String type fields and enum type fields support '=' and '!=' operators. The integer type and the timestamp type fields support '=', '!=', '<', '>', '<=' and '>=' operators. Timestamps expect an RFC-3339 formatted string (e.g. 2012-04-21T11:30:00-04:00). Wildcard '*' can be used with a string type field filter. In addition, string literal filtering is also supported, for example, 'ABC' as a filter maps to a filter that checks if any of the filterable string type fields contains 'ABC'. Organization unit number can be used as a filtering criteria here by specifying 'ouId = ${your_org_unit_id}', please note that only single OU ID matching is supported.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"orderBy": {
+"description": "Optional. The fields used to specify the ordering of the results. The supported fields are: - profile_id - display_name - user_email - last_activity_time - last_policy_sync_time - last_status_report_time - first_enrollment_time - os_platform_type - os_version - browser_version - browser_channel - policy_count - extension_count - identity_provider - affiliation_state By default, sorting is in ascending order, to specify descending order for a field, a suffix \" desc\" should be added to the field name. The default ordering is the descending order of last_status_report_time.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"pageSize": {
+"description": "Optional. The maximum number of profiles to return. The default page size is 100 if page_size is unspecified, and the maximum page size allowed is 200.",
+"format": "int32",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "integer"
+},
+"pageToken": {
+"description": "Optional. The page token used to retrieve a specific page of the listing request.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"parent": {
+"description": "Required. Format: customers/{customer_id}",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^customers/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+parent}/profiles",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "GoogleChromeManagementVersionsV1ListChromeBrowserProfilesResponse"
+}
+}
+}
+},
 "reports": {
 "methods": {
 "countChromeBrowsersNeedingAttention": {
@@ -1172,7 +1263,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241107",
+"revision": "20241121",
 "rootUrl": "https://chromemanagement.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "GoogleChromeManagementV1AndroidAppInfo": {
@@ -4780,6 +4871,677 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"GoogleChromeManagementVersionsV1AttestationCredential": {
+"description": "Information of public key associated with a Chrome browser profile.",
+"id": "GoogleChromeManagementVersionsV1AttestationCredential",
+"properties": {
+"keyRotationTime": {
+"description": "Output only. Latest rotation timestamp of the public key rotation.",
+"format": "google-datetime",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"keyTrustLevel": {
+"description": "Output only. Trust level of the public key.",
+"enum": [
+"KEY_TRUST_LEVEL_UNSPECIFIED",
+"CHROME_BROWSER_HW_KEY",
+"CHROME_BROWSER_OS_KEY"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Represents an unspecified public key trust level.",
+"Represents a HW key.",
+"Represents an OS key."
+],
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"keyType": {
+"description": "Output only. Type of the public key.",
+"enum": [
+"KEY_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"RSA_KEY",
+"EC_KEY"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Represents an unspecified public key type.",
+"Represents a RSA key.",
+"Represents an EC key."
+],
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"publicKey": {
+"description": "Output only. Value of the public key.",
+"format": "byte",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleChromeManagementVersionsV1ChromeBrowserProfile": {
+"description": "A representation of a Chrome browser profile.",
+"id": "GoogleChromeManagementVersionsV1ChromeBrowserProfile",
+"properties": {
+"affiliationState": {
+"description": "Output only. The specific affiliation state of the profile.",
+"enum": [
+"AFFILIATION_STATE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"UNAFFILIATED_GENERIC",
+"PROFILE_ONLY",
+"UNAFFILIATED_LOCAL_MACHINE",
+"UNAFFILIATED_CLOUD_MACHINE",
+"AFFILIATED_CLOUD_MANAGED"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Unspecified affiliation state.",
+"Unaffiliated - but we do not have the details for the type of unaffiliated profile.",
+"Unaffiliated - A managed profile that appears on a totally unamanaged browser.",
+"Unaffiliated - A managed profile that appears on a machine that is locally managed by a different organization (through platform management mechanisms like GPO).",
+"Unaffiliated - A managed profile that appears on a managed browser that is cloud managed by a different organization (using Chrome Browser Cloud Management).",
+"Affiliated - Both the profile and the managed browser are managed by the same organization."
+],
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"annotatedLocation": {
+"description": "Optional. Location of the profile annotated by the admin.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"annotatedUser": {
+"description": "Optional. User of the profile annotated by the admin.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"attestationCredential": {
+"$ref": "GoogleChromeManagementVersionsV1AttestationCredential",
+"description": "Output only. Attestation credential information of the profile.",
+"readOnly": true
+},
+"browserChannel": {
+"description": "Output only. Channel of the browser on which the profile exists.",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"browserVersion": {
+"description": "Output only. Version of the browser on which the profile exists.",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"deviceInfo": {
+"$ref": "GoogleChromeManagementVersionsV1DeviceInfo",
+"description": "Output only. Basic information of the device on which the profile exists. This information is only available for the affiliated profiles.",
+"readOnly": true
+},
+"displayName": {
+"description": "Output only. Profile display name set by client.",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"etag": {
+"description": "Output only. Etag of this ChromeBrowserProfile resource. This etag can be used with UPDATE operation to ensure consistency.",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"extensionCount": {
+"description": "Output only. Number of extensions installed on the profile.",
+"format": "int64",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"firstEnrollmentTime": {
+"description": "Output only. Timestamp of the first enrollment of the profile.",
+"format": "google-datetime",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"identityProvider": {
+"description": "Output only. Identify provider of the profile.",
+"enum": [
+"IDENTITY_PROVIDER_UNSPECIFIED",
+"GOOGLE_IDENTITY_PROVIDER",
+"EXTERNAL_IDENTITY_PROVIDER"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Represents an unspecified identity provider.",
+"Represents a Google identity provider.",
+"Represents an external identity provider."
+],
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"lastActivityTime": {
+"description": "Output only. Timestamp of the latest activity by the profile.",
+"format": "google-datetime",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"lastPolicyFetchTime": {
+"description": "Output only. Timestamp of the latest policy fetch by the profile.",
+"format": "google-datetime",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"lastPolicySyncTime": {
+"description": "Output only. Timestamp of the latest policy sync by the profile.",
+"format": "google-datetime",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"lastStatusReportTime": {
+"description": "Output only. Timestamp of the latest status report by the profile.",
+"format": "google-datetime",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"name": {
+"description": "Identifier. Format: customers/{customer_id}/profiles/{profile_permanent_id}",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"osPlatformType": {
+"description": "Output only. OS platform of the device on which the profile exists.",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"osPlatformVersion": {
+"description": "Output only. Major OS version of the device on which the profile exists. (i.e. Windows 10)",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"osVersion": {
+"description": "Output only. OS version of the device on which the profile exists.",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"policyCount": {
+"description": "Output only. Number of policies applied on the profile.",
+"format": "int64",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"profileId": {
+"description": "Output only. Chrome client side profile ID.",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"profilePermanentId": {
+"description": "Output only. Profile permanent ID is the unique identifier of a profile within one customer.",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"reportingData": {
+"$ref": "GoogleChromeManagementVersionsV1ReportingData",
+"description": "Output only. Detailed reporting data of the profile. This information is only available when the profile reporting policy is enabled.",
+"readOnly": true
+},
+"userEmail": {
+"description": "Output only. Email address of the user to which the profile belongs.",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"userId": {
+"description": "Output only. Unique Directory API ID of the user that can be used in Admin SDK Users API.",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleChromeManagementVersionsV1DeviceInfo": {
+"description": "Information of a device that runs a Chrome browser profile.",
+"id": "GoogleChromeManagementVersionsV1DeviceInfo",
+"properties": {
+"affiliatedDeviceId": {
+"description": "Output only. Device ID that identifies the affiliated device on which the profile exists. If the device type is CHROME_BROWSER, then this represents a unique Directory API ID of the device that can be used in Admin SDK Browsers API.",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"deviceType": {
+"description": "Output only. Type of the device on which the profile exists.",
+"enum": [
+"DEVICE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"CHROME_BROWSER"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Represents an unspecified device type.",
+"Represents a Chrome browser device."
+],
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"hostname": {
+"description": "Output only. Hostname of the device on which the profile exists.",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"machine": {
+"description": "Output only. Machine name of the device on which the profile exists. On platforms which do not report the machine name (currently iOS and Android) this is instead set to the browser's device_id - but note that this is a different device_id than the |affiliated_device_id|.",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleChromeManagementVersionsV1ListChromeBrowserProfilesResponse": {
+"description": "Response to ListChromeBrowserProfiles method.",
+"id": "GoogleChromeManagementVersionsV1ListChromeBrowserProfilesResponse",
+"properties": {
+"chromeBrowserProfiles": {
+"description": "The list of profiles returned.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "GoogleChromeManagementVersionsV1ChromeBrowserProfile"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"nextPageToken": {
+"description": "The pagination token that can be used to list the next page.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"totalSize": {
+"description": "Total size represents an estimated number of resources returned. Not guaranteed to be accurate above 10k profiles.",
+"format": "int64",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleChromeManagementVersionsV1ReportingData": {
+"description": "Reporting data of a Chrome browser profile.",
+"id": "GoogleChromeManagementVersionsV1ReportingData",
+"properties": {
+"browserExecutablePath": {
+"description": "Output only. Executable path of the installed Chrome browser. A valid path is included only in affiliated profiles.",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"extensionData": {
+"description": "Output only. Information of the extensions installed on the profile.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "GoogleChromeManagementVersionsV1ReportingDataExtensionData"
+},
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "array"
+},
+"extensionPolicyData": {
+"description": "Output only. Information of the policies applied on the extensions.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "GoogleChromeManagementVersionsV1ReportingDataExtensionPolicyData"
+},
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "array"
+},
+"installedBrowserVersion": {
+"description": "Output only. Updated version of a browser, if it is different from the active browser version.",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"policyData": {
+"description": "Output only. Information of the policies applied on the profile.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "GoogleChromeManagementVersionsV1ReportingDataPolicyData"
+},
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "array"
+},
+"profilePath": {
+"description": "Output only. Path of the profile. A valid path is included only in affiliated profiles.",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleChromeManagementVersionsV1ReportingDataConflictingPolicyData": {
+"description": "Information of conflicting policy applied on a Chrome browser profile.",
+"id": "GoogleChromeManagementVersionsV1ReportingDataConflictingPolicyData",
+"properties": {
+"source": {
+"description": "Output only. Source of the policy.",
+"enum": [
+"POLICY_SOURCE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"MACHINE_PLATFORM",
+"USER_PLATFORM",
+"MACHINE_LEVEL_USER_CLOUD",
+"USER_CLOUD",
+"MACHINE_MERGED"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Represents an unspecified policy source.",
+"Represents a machine level platform policy.",
+"Represents a user level platform policy.",
+"Represents a machine level user cloud policy.",
+"Represents a user level cloud policy.",
+"Represents a machine level merged policy."
+],
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleChromeManagementVersionsV1ReportingDataExtensionData": {
+"description": "Information of an extension installed on a Chrome browser profile.",
+"id": "GoogleChromeManagementVersionsV1ReportingDataExtensionData",
+"properties": {
+"description": {
+"description": "Output only. Description of the extension.",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"extensionId": {
+"description": "Output only. ID of the extension.",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"extensionType": {
+"description": "Output only. Type of the extension.",
+"enum": [
+"EXTENSION_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"EXTENSION",
+"APP",
+"THEME",
+"HOSTED_APP"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Represents an unspecified extension type.",
+"Represents an extension.",
+"Represents an app.",
+"Represents a theme.",
+"Represents a hosted app."
+],
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"homepageUri": {
+"description": "Output only. The URL of the homepage of the extension.",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"installationType": {
+"description": "Output only. Installation type of the extension.",
+"enum": [
+"INSTALLATION_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"MULTIPLE",
+"NORMAL",
+"ADMIN",
+"DEVELOPMENT",
+"SIDELOAD",
+"OTHER"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Represents an unspecified installation type.",
+"Represents instances of the extension having mixed installation types.",
+"Represents a normal installation type.",
+"Represents an installation by admin.",
+"Represents a development installation type.",
+"Represents a sideload installation type.",
+"Represents an installation type that is not covered in the other options."
+],
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"isDisabled": {
+"description": "Output only. Represents whether the user disabled the extension.",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "boolean"
+},
+"isWebstoreExtension": {
+"description": "Output only. Represents whether the extension is from the webstore.",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "boolean"
+},
+"manifestVersion": {
+"description": "Output only. Manifest version of the extension.",
+"format": "int32",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "integer"
+},
+"name": {
+"description": "Output only. Name of the extension.",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"permissions": {
+"description": "Output only. Permissions requested by the extension.",
+"items": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "array"
+},
+"version": {
+"description": "Output only. Version of the extension.",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleChromeManagementVersionsV1ReportingDataExtensionPolicyData": {
+"description": "Information of the policies applied on an extension.",
+"id": "GoogleChromeManagementVersionsV1ReportingDataExtensionPolicyData",
+"properties": {
+"extensionId": {
+"description": "Output only. ID of the extension.",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"extensionName": {
+"description": "Output only. Name of the extension.",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"policyData": {
+"description": "Output only. Information of the policies applied on the extension.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "GoogleChromeManagementVersionsV1ReportingDataPolicyData"
+},
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "array"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleChromeManagementVersionsV1ReportingDataPolicyData": {
+"description": "Information of a policy applied on a Chrome browser profile.",
+"id": "GoogleChromeManagementVersionsV1ReportingDataPolicyData",
+"properties": {
+"conflicts": {
+"description": "Output only. Conflicting policy information.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "GoogleChromeManagementVersionsV1ReportingDataConflictingPolicyData"
+},
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "array"
+},
+"error": {
+"description": "Output only. Error message of the policy, if any.",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"name": {
+"description": "Output only. Name of the policy.",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"source": {
+"description": "Output only. Source of the policy.",
+"enum": [
+"POLICY_SOURCE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"MACHINE_PLATFORM",
+"USER_PLATFORM",
+"MACHINE_LEVEL_USER_CLOUD",
+"USER_CLOUD",
+"MACHINE_MERGED"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Represents an unspecified policy source.",
+"Represents a machine level platform policy.",
+"Represents a user level platform policy.",
+"Represents a machine level user cloud policy.",
+"Represents a user level cloud policy.",
+"Represents a machine level merged policy."
+],
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"value": {
+"description": "Output only. Value of the policy.",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleChromeManagementVersionsV1alpha1CertificateProvisioningProcess": {
+"description": "A certificate provisioning process.",
+"id": "GoogleChromeManagementVersionsV1alpha1CertificateProvisioningProcess",
+"properties": {
+"caConnectionAdapterConfigReference": {
+"description": "Output only. A JSON string that contains the administrator-provided configuration for the certification authority service. This field can be missing if no configuration was given.",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"chromeOsDevice": {
+"$ref": "GoogleChromeManagementVersionsV1alpha1ChromeOsDevice",
+"description": "Output only. The client certificate is being provisioned for a ChromeOS device. This contains information about the device.",
+"readOnly": true
+},
+"chromeOsUserSession": {
+"$ref": "GoogleChromeManagementVersionsV1alpha1ChromeOsUserSession",
+"description": "Output only. The client certificate is being provisioned for a ChromeOS user session. This contains information about the user session.",
+"readOnly": true
+},
+"failureMessage": {
+"description": "Output only. A message describing why this `CertificateProvisioningProcess` failed. Presence of this field indicates that the `CertificateProvisioningProcess` has failed.",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"issuedCertificate": {
+"description": "Output only. The issued certificate for this `CertificateProvisioningProcess` in PEM format.",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"name": {
+"description": "Identifier. Resource name of the `CertificateProvisioningProcess`. The name pattern is given as `customers/{customer}/certificateProvisioningProcesses/{certificate_provisioning_process}` with `{customer}` being the obfuscated customer id and `{certificate_provisioning_process}` being the certificate provisioning process id.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"profileAdapterConfigReference": {
+"description": "Output only. A JSON string that contains the administrator-provided configuration for the certificate provisioning profile. This field can be missing if no configuration was given.",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"provisioningProfileId": {
+"description": "Output only. The ID of the certificate provisioning profile.",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"signData": {
+"description": "Output only. The data that the client was asked to sign. This field is only present after the `SignData` operation has been initiated.",
+"format": "byte",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"signature": {
+"description": "Output only. The signature of `signature_algorithm`, generated using the client's private key using `signature_algorithm`. This field is only present after the`SignData` operation has finished.",
+"format": "byte",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"signatureAlgorithm": {
+"description": "Output only. The signature algorithm that the adapter expects the client and backend components to use when processing `sign_data`. This field is only present after the `SignData` operation has been initiated.",
+"enum": [
+"SIGNATURE_ALGORITHM_UNSPECIFIED",
+"SIGNATURE_ALGORITHM_RSA_PKCS1_V1_5_SHA256",
+"SIGNATURE_ALGORITHM_ECDSA_SHA256"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Default value. This value is unused.",
+"The server-side builds the PKCS#1 DigestInfo, i.e., the SHA256 hash is constructed on the server-side. The client should sign using RSA with PKCS#1 v1.5 padding.",
+"The PKCS#1 digest info is built by the server-side and sent to the client unhashed. The client is responsible for signing and hashing. Uses the P-256 curve."
+],
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"startTime": {
+"description": "Output only. Server-generated timestamp of when the certificate provisioning process has been created.",
+"format": "google-datetime",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"subjectPublicKeyInfo": {
+"description": "Output only. The public key for which a certificate should be provisioned. Represented as a DER-encoded X.509 SubjectPublicKeyInfo.",
+"format": "byte",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleChromeManagementVersionsV1alpha1ChromeOsDevice": {
+"description": "Describes the ChromeOS device that a `CertificateProvisioningProcess` belongs to.",
+"id": "GoogleChromeManagementVersionsV1alpha1ChromeOsDevice",
+"properties": {
+"deviceDirectoryApiId": {
+"description": "Output only. The unique Directory API ID of the device. This value is the same as the Admin Console's Directory API ID in the ChromeOS Devices tab.",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"serialNumber": {
+"description": "Output only. Device serial number. This value is the same as the Admin Console's Serial Number in the ChromeOS Devices tab.",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleChromeManagementVersionsV1alpha1ChromeOsUserSession": {
+"description": "Describes the ChromeOS user session that a `CertificateProvisioningProcess` belongs to.",
+"id": "GoogleChromeManagementVersionsV1alpha1ChromeOsUserSession",
+"properties": {
+"chromeOsDevice": {
+"$ref": "GoogleChromeManagementVersionsV1alpha1ChromeOsDevice",
+"description": "Output only. This field contains information about the ChromeOS device that the user session is running on. It is only set if the user session is affiliated, i.e. if the user is managed by the same organization that managed the ChromeOS device.",
+"readOnly": true
+},
+"userDirectoryApiId": {
+"description": "Output only. The unique Directory API ID of the user.",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"userPrimaryEmail": {
+"description": "Output only. The primary e-mail address of the user.",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleChromeManagementVersionsV1alpha1SignDataMetadata": {
+"description": "Metadata for the long-running operation returned by signData.",
+"id": "GoogleChromeManagementVersionsV1alpha1SignDataMetadata",
+"properties": {
+"startTime": {
+"description": "Output only. Start time of the SignData operation.",
+"format": "google-datetime",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleChromeManagementVersionsV1alpha1SignDataResponse": {
+"description": "Response message for requesting a signature from the client that initated a certificate provisioning process.",
+"id": "GoogleChromeManagementVersionsV1alpha1SignDataResponse",
+"properties": {
+"certificateProvisioningProcess": {
+"$ref": "GoogleChromeManagementVersionsV1alpha1CertificateProvisioningProcess",
+"description": "Output only. The certificate provisioning process. The signature generated by the client will be available in the `signature` field of `CertificateProvisioningProcess`.",
+"readOnly": true
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "GoogleProtobufEmpty": {
 "description": "A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }",
 "id": "GoogleProtobufEmpty",

From 689741cb10db3b8dc9975a0c971de36a38d42a67 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Yoshi Automation 
Date: Tue, 26 Nov 2024 07:08:51 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 10/31] feat(classroom): update the api

#### classroom:v1

The following keys were added:
- resources.courses.resources.courseWork.methods.updateRubric (Total Keys: 19)
- resources.courses.resources.courseWork.resources.rubrics.methods.create (Total Keys: 14)
- resources.courses.resources.courseWork.resources.rubrics.methods.delete (Total Keys: 16)
- resources.courses.resources.courseWork.resources.rubrics.methods.get (Total Keys: 16)
- resources.courses.resources.courseWork.resources.rubrics.methods.list (Total Keys: 18)
- resources.courses.resources.courseWork.resources.rubrics.methods.patch (Total Keys: 20)
- schemas.Criterion (Total Keys: 5)
- schemas.Level (Total Keys: 5)
- schemas.ListRubricsResponse (Total Keys: 5)
- schemas.Rubric (Total Keys: 20)
- schemas.StudentSubmission.properties.assignedRubricGrades (Total Keys: 2)
- schemas.StudentSubmission.properties.draftRubricGrades (Total Keys: 2)
---
 docs/dyn/classroom_v1.courses.courseWork.html |  77 ++++
 ...assroom_v1.courses.courseWork.rubrics.html | 362 ++++++++++++++++
 ...courses.courseWork.studentSubmissions.html |  70 +++
 .../documents/classroom.v1.json               | 400 +++++++++++++++++-
 4 files changed, 908 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-)
 create mode 100644 docs/dyn/classroom_v1.courses.courseWork.rubrics.html

diff --git a/docs/dyn/classroom_v1.courses.courseWork.html b/docs/dyn/classroom_v1.courses.courseWork.html
index 257f715a83..76e0adac7a 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/classroom_v1.courses.courseWork.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/classroom_v1.courses.courseWork.html
@@ -79,6 +79,11 @@ 
Instance Methods

 

 
Returns the addOnAttachments Resource.

 
+

+  rubrics()
+

+
Returns the rubrics Resource.

+
 

   studentSubmissions()
 

@@ -111,6 +116,9 @@ 
Instance Methods

 

   patch(courseId, id, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

 
Updates one or more fields of a course work. See google.classroom.v1.CourseWork for details of which fields may be updated and who may change them. This request must be made by the Developer Console project of the [OAuth client ID](https://support.google.com/cloud/answer/6158849) used to create the corresponding course work item. This method returns the following error codes: * `PERMISSION_DENIED` if the requesting developer project did not create the corresponding course work, if the user is not permitted to make the requested modification to the student submission, or for access errors. * `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if the request is malformed. * `FAILED_PRECONDITION` if the requested course work has already been deleted. * `NOT_FOUND` if the requested course or course work does not exist.

+

+  updateRubric(courseId, courseWorkId, body=None, id=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Updates a rubric. See google.classroom.v1.Rubric for details of which fields can be updated. Rubric update capabilities are [limited](/classroom/rubrics/limitations) once grading has started. This request must be made by the Google Cloud console of the [OAuth client ID](https://support.google.com/cloud/answer/6158849) used to create the parent course work item. This method returns the following error codes: * `PERMISSION_DENIED` if the requesting developer project didn't create the corresponding course work, if the user isn't permitted to make the requested modification to the rubric, or for access errors. This error code is also returned if grading has already started on the rubric. * `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if the request is malformed and for the following request error: * `RubricCriteriaInvalidFormat` * `NOT_FOUND` if the requested course, course work, or rubric doesn't exist or if the user doesn't have access to the corresponding course work. * `INTERNAL` if grading has already started on the rubric.

 
Method Details

 

     close()
@@ -876,4 +884,73 @@ 
Method Details

 }

 

 
+

+    updateRubric(courseId, courseWorkId, body=None, id=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Updates a rubric. See google.classroom.v1.Rubric for details of which fields can be updated. Rubric update capabilities are [limited](/classroom/rubrics/limitations) once grading has started. This request must be made by the Google Cloud console of the [OAuth client ID](https://support.google.com/cloud/answer/6158849) used to create the parent course work item. This method returns the following error codes: * `PERMISSION_DENIED` if the requesting developer project didn't create the corresponding course work, if the user isn't permitted to make the requested modification to the rubric, or for access errors. This error code is also returned if grading has already started on the rubric. * `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if the request is malformed and for the following request error: * `RubricCriteriaInvalidFormat` * `NOT_FOUND` if the requested course, course work, or rubric doesn't exist or if the user doesn't have access to the corresponding course work. * `INTERNAL` if grading has already started on the rubric.
+
+Args:
+  courseId: string, Required. Identifier of the course. (required)
+  courseWorkId: string, Required. Identifier of the course work. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # The rubric of the course work. A rubric is a scoring guide used to evaluate student work and give feedback. For further details, see [Rubrics structure and known limitations](/classroom/rubrics/limitations).
+  "courseId": "A String", # Identifier of the course. Read-only.
+  "courseWorkId": "A String", # Identifier for the course work this corresponds to. Read-only.
+  "creationTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this rubric was created. Read-only.
+  "criteria": [ # List of criteria. Each criterion is a dimension on which performance is rated.
+    { # A rubric criterion. Each criterion is a dimension on which performance is rated.
+      "description": "A String", # The description of the criterion.
+      "id": "A String", # The criterion ID. On creation, an ID is assigned.
+      "levels": [ # The list of levels within this criterion.
+        { # A level of the criterion.
+          "description": "A String", # The description of the level.
+          "id": "A String", # The level ID. On creation, an ID is assigned.
+          "points": 3.14, # Optional points associated with this level. If set, all levels within the rubric must specify points and the value must be distinct across all levels within a single criterion. 0 is distinct from no points.
+          "title": "A String", # The title of the level. If the level has no points set, title must be set.
+        },
+      ],
+      "title": "A String", # The title of the criterion.
+    },
+  ],
+  "id": "A String", # Classroom-assigned identifier for the rubric. This is unique among rubrics for the relevant course work. Read-only.
+  "sourceSpreadsheetId": "A String", # Input only. Immutable. Google Sheets ID of the spreadsheet. This spreadsheet must contain formatted rubric settings. See [Create or reuse a rubric for an assignment](https://support.google.com/edu/classroom/answer/9335069). Use of this field requires the `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/spreadsheets.readonly` or `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/spreadsheets` scope.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of the most recent change to this rubric. Read-only.
+}
+
+  id: string, Optional. Identifier of the rubric.
+  updateMask: string, Optional. Mask that identifies which fields on the rubric to update. This field is required to do an update. The update fails if invalid fields are specified. There are multiple options to define the criteria of a rubric: the `source_spreadsheet_id` and the `criteria` list. Only one of these can be used at a time to define a rubric. The rubric `criteria` list is fully replaced by the rubric criteria specified in the update request. For example, if a criterion or level is missing from the request, it is deleted. New criteria and levels are added and an ID is assigned. Existing criteria and levels retain the previously assigned ID if the ID is specified in the request. The following fields can be specified by teachers: * `criteria` * `source_spreadsheet_id`
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The rubric of the course work. A rubric is a scoring guide used to evaluate student work and give feedback. For further details, see [Rubrics structure and known limitations](/classroom/rubrics/limitations).
+  "courseId": "A String", # Identifier of the course. Read-only.
+  "courseWorkId": "A String", # Identifier for the course work this corresponds to. Read-only.
+  "creationTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this rubric was created. Read-only.
+  "criteria": [ # List of criteria. Each criterion is a dimension on which performance is rated.
+    { # A rubric criterion. Each criterion is a dimension on which performance is rated.
+      "description": "A String", # The description of the criterion.
+      "id": "A String", # The criterion ID. On creation, an ID is assigned.
+      "levels": [ # The list of levels within this criterion.
+        { # A level of the criterion.
+          "description": "A String", # The description of the level.
+          "id": "A String", # The level ID. On creation, an ID is assigned.
+          "points": 3.14, # Optional points associated with this level. If set, all levels within the rubric must specify points and the value must be distinct across all levels within a single criterion. 0 is distinct from no points.
+          "title": "A String", # The title of the level. If the level has no points set, title must be set.
+        },
+      ],
+      "title": "A String", # The title of the criterion.
+    },
+  ],
+  "id": "A String", # Classroom-assigned identifier for the rubric. This is unique among rubrics for the relevant course work. Read-only.
+  "sourceSpreadsheetId": "A String", # Input only. Immutable. Google Sheets ID of the spreadsheet. This spreadsheet must contain formatted rubric settings. See [Create or reuse a rubric for an assignment](https://support.google.com/edu/classroom/answer/9335069). Use of this field requires the `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/spreadsheets.readonly` or `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/spreadsheets` scope.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of the most recent change to this rubric. Read-only.
+}

+

+
 
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/classroom_v1.courses.courseWork.rubrics.html b/docs/dyn/classroom_v1.courses.courseWork.rubrics.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..763e304a0a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/classroom_v1.courses.courseWork.rubrics.html
@@ -0,0 +1,362 @@
+
+
+
+
Google Classroom API . courses . courseWork . rubrics

+
Instance Methods

+

+  close()

+
Close httplib2 connections.

+

+  create(courseId, courseWorkId, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Creates a rubric. This request must be made by the Google Cloud console of the [OAuth client ID](https://support.google.com/cloud/answer/6158849) used to create the parent course work item. For further details, see [Rubrics structure and known limitations](/classroom/rubrics/limitations). This method returns the following error codes: * `PERMISSION_DENIED` if the requesting user isn't permitted to create rubrics for course work in the requested course. * `INTERNAL` if the request has insufficient OAuth scopes. * `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if the request is malformed and for the following request error: * `RubricCriteriaInvalidFormat` * `NOT_FOUND` if the requested course or course work don't exist or the user doesn't have access to the course or course work. * `FAILED_PRECONDITION` for the following request error: * `AttachmentNotVisible`

+

+  delete(courseId, courseWorkId, id, x__xgafv=None)

+
Deletes a rubric. This request must be made by the Google Cloud console of the [OAuth client ID](https://support.google.com/cloud/answer/6158849) used to create the corresponding rubric. This method returns the following error codes: * `PERMISSION_DENIED` if the requesting developer project didn't create the corresponding rubric, or if the requesting user isn't permitted to delete the requested rubric. * `NOT_FOUND` if no rubric exists with the requested ID or the user does not have access to the course, course work, or rubric. * `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if grading has already started on the rubric.

+

+  get(courseId, courseWorkId, id, x__xgafv=None)

+
Returns a rubric. This method returns the following error codes: * `PERMISSION_DENIED` for access errors. * `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if the request is malformed. * `NOT_FOUND` if the requested course, course work, or rubric doesn't exist or if the user doesn't have access to the corresponding course work.

+

+  list(courseId, courseWorkId, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Returns a list of rubrics that the requester is permitted to view. This method returns the following error codes: * `PERMISSION_DENIED` for access errors. * `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if the request is malformed. * `NOT_FOUND` if the requested course or course work doesn't exist or if the user doesn't have access to the corresponding course work.

+

+  list_next()

+
Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+  patch(courseId, courseWorkId, id, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Updates a rubric. See google.classroom.v1.Rubric for details of which fields can be updated. Rubric update capabilities are [limited](/classroom/rubrics/limitations) once grading has started. This request must be made by the Google Cloud console of the [OAuth client ID](https://support.google.com/cloud/answer/6158849) used to create the parent course work item. This method returns the following error codes: * `PERMISSION_DENIED` if the requesting developer project didn't create the corresponding course work, if the user isn't permitted to make the requested modification to the rubric, or for access errors. This error code is also returned if grading has already started on the rubric. * `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if the request is malformed and for the following request error: * `RubricCriteriaInvalidFormat` * `NOT_FOUND` if the requested course, course work, or rubric doesn't exist or if the user doesn't have access to the corresponding course work. * `INTERNAL` if grading has already started on the rubric.

+
Method Details

+

+    close()
+  
Close httplib2 connections.

+

+
+

+    create(courseId, courseWorkId, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Creates a rubric. This request must be made by the Google Cloud console of the [OAuth client ID](https://support.google.com/cloud/answer/6158849) used to create the parent course work item. For further details, see [Rubrics structure and known limitations](/classroom/rubrics/limitations). This method returns the following error codes: * `PERMISSION_DENIED` if the requesting user isn't permitted to create rubrics for course work in the requested course. * `INTERNAL` if the request has insufficient OAuth scopes. * `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if the request is malformed and for the following request error: * `RubricCriteriaInvalidFormat` * `NOT_FOUND` if the requested course or course work don't exist or the user doesn't have access to the course or course work. * `FAILED_PRECONDITION` for the following request error: * `AttachmentNotVisible`
+
+Args:
+  courseId: string, Required. Identifier of the course. (required)
+  courseWorkId: string, Required. Identifier of the course work. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # The rubric of the course work. A rubric is a scoring guide used to evaluate student work and give feedback. For further details, see [Rubrics structure and known limitations](/classroom/rubrics/limitations).
+  "courseId": "A String", # Identifier of the course. Read-only.
+  "courseWorkId": "A String", # Identifier for the course work this corresponds to. Read-only.
+  "creationTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this rubric was created. Read-only.
+  "criteria": [ # List of criteria. Each criterion is a dimension on which performance is rated.
+    { # A rubric criterion. Each criterion is a dimension on which performance is rated.
+      "description": "A String", # The description of the criterion.
+      "id": "A String", # The criterion ID. On creation, an ID is assigned.
+      "levels": [ # The list of levels within this criterion.
+        { # A level of the criterion.
+          "description": "A String", # The description of the level.
+          "id": "A String", # The level ID. On creation, an ID is assigned.
+          "points": 3.14, # Optional points associated with this level. If set, all levels within the rubric must specify points and the value must be distinct across all levels within a single criterion. 0 is distinct from no points.
+          "title": "A String", # The title of the level. If the level has no points set, title must be set.
+        },
+      ],
+      "title": "A String", # The title of the criterion.
+    },
+  ],
+  "id": "A String", # Classroom-assigned identifier for the rubric. This is unique among rubrics for the relevant course work. Read-only.
+  "sourceSpreadsheetId": "A String", # Input only. Immutable. Google Sheets ID of the spreadsheet. This spreadsheet must contain formatted rubric settings. See [Create or reuse a rubric for an assignment](https://support.google.com/edu/classroom/answer/9335069). Use of this field requires the `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/spreadsheets.readonly` or `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/spreadsheets` scope.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of the most recent change to this rubric. Read-only.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The rubric of the course work. A rubric is a scoring guide used to evaluate student work and give feedback. For further details, see [Rubrics structure and known limitations](/classroom/rubrics/limitations).
+  "courseId": "A String", # Identifier of the course. Read-only.
+  "courseWorkId": "A String", # Identifier for the course work this corresponds to. Read-only.
+  "creationTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this rubric was created. Read-only.
+  "criteria": [ # List of criteria. Each criterion is a dimension on which performance is rated.
+    { # A rubric criterion. Each criterion is a dimension on which performance is rated.
+      "description": "A String", # The description of the criterion.
+      "id": "A String", # The criterion ID. On creation, an ID is assigned.
+      "levels": [ # The list of levels within this criterion.
+        { # A level of the criterion.
+          "description": "A String", # The description of the level.
+          "id": "A String", # The level ID. On creation, an ID is assigned.
+          "points": 3.14, # Optional points associated with this level. If set, all levels within the rubric must specify points and the value must be distinct across all levels within a single criterion. 0 is distinct from no points.
+          "title": "A String", # The title of the level. If the level has no points set, title must be set.
+        },
+      ],
+      "title": "A String", # The title of the criterion.
+    },
+  ],
+  "id": "A String", # Classroom-assigned identifier for the rubric. This is unique among rubrics for the relevant course work. Read-only.
+  "sourceSpreadsheetId": "A String", # Input only. Immutable. Google Sheets ID of the spreadsheet. This spreadsheet must contain formatted rubric settings. See [Create or reuse a rubric for an assignment](https://support.google.com/edu/classroom/answer/9335069). Use of this field requires the `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/spreadsheets.readonly` or `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/spreadsheets` scope.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of the most recent change to this rubric. Read-only.
+}

+

+
+

+    delete(courseId, courseWorkId, id, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Deletes a rubric. This request must be made by the Google Cloud console of the [OAuth client ID](https://support.google.com/cloud/answer/6158849) used to create the corresponding rubric. This method returns the following error codes: * `PERMISSION_DENIED` if the requesting developer project didn't create the corresponding rubric, or if the requesting user isn't permitted to delete the requested rubric. * `NOT_FOUND` if no rubric exists with the requested ID or the user does not have access to the course, course work, or rubric. * `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if grading has already started on the rubric.
+
+Args:
+  courseId: string, Required. Identifier of the course. (required)
+  courseWorkId: string, Required. Identifier of the course work. (required)
+  id: string, Required. Identifier of the rubric. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }
+}

+

+
+

+    get(courseId, courseWorkId, id, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Returns a rubric. This method returns the following error codes: * `PERMISSION_DENIED` for access errors. * `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if the request is malformed. * `NOT_FOUND` if the requested course, course work, or rubric doesn't exist or if the user doesn't have access to the corresponding course work.
+
+Args:
+  courseId: string, Required. Identifier of the course. (required)
+  courseWorkId: string, Required. Identifier of the course work. (required)
+  id: string, Required. Identifier of the rubric. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The rubric of the course work. A rubric is a scoring guide used to evaluate student work and give feedback. For further details, see [Rubrics structure and known limitations](/classroom/rubrics/limitations).
+  "courseId": "A String", # Identifier of the course. Read-only.
+  "courseWorkId": "A String", # Identifier for the course work this corresponds to. Read-only.
+  "creationTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this rubric was created. Read-only.
+  "criteria": [ # List of criteria. Each criterion is a dimension on which performance is rated.
+    { # A rubric criterion. Each criterion is a dimension on which performance is rated.
+      "description": "A String", # The description of the criterion.
+      "id": "A String", # The criterion ID. On creation, an ID is assigned.
+      "levels": [ # The list of levels within this criterion.
+        { # A level of the criterion.
+          "description": "A String", # The description of the level.
+          "id": "A String", # The level ID. On creation, an ID is assigned.
+          "points": 3.14, # Optional points associated with this level. If set, all levels within the rubric must specify points and the value must be distinct across all levels within a single criterion. 0 is distinct from no points.
+          "title": "A String", # The title of the level. If the level has no points set, title must be set.
+        },
+      ],
+      "title": "A String", # The title of the criterion.
+    },
+  ],
+  "id": "A String", # Classroom-assigned identifier for the rubric. This is unique among rubrics for the relevant course work. Read-only.
+  "sourceSpreadsheetId": "A String", # Input only. Immutable. Google Sheets ID of the spreadsheet. This spreadsheet must contain formatted rubric settings. See [Create or reuse a rubric for an assignment](https://support.google.com/edu/classroom/answer/9335069). Use of this field requires the `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/spreadsheets.readonly` or `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/spreadsheets` scope.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of the most recent change to this rubric. Read-only.
+}

+

+
+

+    list(courseId, courseWorkId, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Returns a list of rubrics that the requester is permitted to view. This method returns the following error codes: * `PERMISSION_DENIED` for access errors. * `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if the request is malformed. * `NOT_FOUND` if the requested course or course work doesn't exist or if the user doesn't have access to the corresponding course work.
+
+Args:
+  courseId: string, Required. Identifier of the course. (required)
+  courseWorkId: string, Required. Identifier of the course work. (required)
+  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of rubrics to return. If unspecified, at most 1 rubric is returned. The maximum value is 1; values above 1 are coerced to 1.
+  pageToken: string, nextPageToken value returned from a previous list call, indicating that the subsequent page of results should be returned. The list request must be otherwise identical to the one that resulted in this token.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response when listing rubrics.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # Token identifying the next page of results to return. If empty, no further results are available.
+  "rubrics": [ # Rubrics that match the request.
+    { # The rubric of the course work. A rubric is a scoring guide used to evaluate student work and give feedback. For further details, see [Rubrics structure and known limitations](/classroom/rubrics/limitations).
+      "courseId": "A String", # Identifier of the course. Read-only.
+      "courseWorkId": "A String", # Identifier for the course work this corresponds to. Read-only.
+      "creationTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this rubric was created. Read-only.
+      "criteria": [ # List of criteria. Each criterion is a dimension on which performance is rated.
+        { # A rubric criterion. Each criterion is a dimension on which performance is rated.
+          "description": "A String", # The description of the criterion.
+          "id": "A String", # The criterion ID. On creation, an ID is assigned.
+          "levels": [ # The list of levels within this criterion.
+            { # A level of the criterion.
+              "description": "A String", # The description of the level.
+              "id": "A String", # The level ID. On creation, an ID is assigned.
+              "points": 3.14, # Optional points associated with this level. If set, all levels within the rubric must specify points and the value must be distinct across all levels within a single criterion. 0 is distinct from no points.
+              "title": "A String", # The title of the level. If the level has no points set, title must be set.
+            },
+          ],
+          "title": "A String", # The title of the criterion.
+        },
+      ],
+      "id": "A String", # Classroom-assigned identifier for the rubric. This is unique among rubrics for the relevant course work. Read-only.
+      "sourceSpreadsheetId": "A String", # Input only. Immutable. Google Sheets ID of the spreadsheet. This spreadsheet must contain formatted rubric settings. See [Create or reuse a rubric for an assignment](https://support.google.com/edu/classroom/answer/9335069). Use of this field requires the `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/spreadsheets.readonly` or `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/spreadsheets` scope.
+      "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of the most recent change to this rubric. Read-only.
+    },
+  ],
+}

+

+
+

+    list_next()
+  
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        

+

+
+

+    patch(courseId, courseWorkId, id, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Updates a rubric. See google.classroom.v1.Rubric for details of which fields can be updated. Rubric update capabilities are [limited](/classroom/rubrics/limitations) once grading has started. This request must be made by the Google Cloud console of the [OAuth client ID](https://support.google.com/cloud/answer/6158849) used to create the parent course work item. This method returns the following error codes: * `PERMISSION_DENIED` if the requesting developer project didn't create the corresponding course work, if the user isn't permitted to make the requested modification to the rubric, or for access errors. This error code is also returned if grading has already started on the rubric. * `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if the request is malformed and for the following request error: * `RubricCriteriaInvalidFormat` * `NOT_FOUND` if the requested course, course work, or rubric doesn't exist or if the user doesn't have access to the corresponding course work. * `INTERNAL` if grading has already started on the rubric.
+
+Args:
+  courseId: string, Required. Identifier of the course. (required)
+  courseWorkId: string, Required. Identifier of the course work. (required)
+  id: string, Optional. Identifier of the rubric. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # The rubric of the course work. A rubric is a scoring guide used to evaluate student work and give feedback. For further details, see [Rubrics structure and known limitations](/classroom/rubrics/limitations).
+  "courseId": "A String", # Identifier of the course. Read-only.
+  "courseWorkId": "A String", # Identifier for the course work this corresponds to. Read-only.
+  "creationTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this rubric was created. Read-only.
+  "criteria": [ # List of criteria. Each criterion is a dimension on which performance is rated.
+    { # A rubric criterion. Each criterion is a dimension on which performance is rated.
+      "description": "A String", # The description of the criterion.
+      "id": "A String", # The criterion ID. On creation, an ID is assigned.
+      "levels": [ # The list of levels within this criterion.
+        { # A level of the criterion.
+          "description": "A String", # The description of the level.
+          "id": "A String", # The level ID. On creation, an ID is assigned.
+          "points": 3.14, # Optional points associated with this level. If set, all levels within the rubric must specify points and the value must be distinct across all levels within a single criterion. 0 is distinct from no points.
+          "title": "A String", # The title of the level. If the level has no points set, title must be set.
+        },
+      ],
+      "title": "A String", # The title of the criterion.
+    },
+  ],
+  "id": "A String", # Classroom-assigned identifier for the rubric. This is unique among rubrics for the relevant course work. Read-only.
+  "sourceSpreadsheetId": "A String", # Input only. Immutable. Google Sheets ID of the spreadsheet. This spreadsheet must contain formatted rubric settings. See [Create or reuse a rubric for an assignment](https://support.google.com/edu/classroom/answer/9335069). Use of this field requires the `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/spreadsheets.readonly` or `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/spreadsheets` scope.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of the most recent change to this rubric. Read-only.
+}
+
+  updateMask: string, Optional. Mask that identifies which fields on the rubric to update. This field is required to do an update. The update fails if invalid fields are specified. There are multiple options to define the criteria of a rubric: the `source_spreadsheet_id` and the `criteria` list. Only one of these can be used at a time to define a rubric. The rubric `criteria` list is fully replaced by the rubric criteria specified in the update request. For example, if a criterion or level is missing from the request, it is deleted. New criteria and levels are added and an ID is assigned. Existing criteria and levels retain the previously assigned ID if the ID is specified in the request. The following fields can be specified by teachers: * `criteria` * `source_spreadsheet_id`
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The rubric of the course work. A rubric is a scoring guide used to evaluate student work and give feedback. For further details, see [Rubrics structure and known limitations](/classroom/rubrics/limitations).
+  "courseId": "A String", # Identifier of the course. Read-only.
+  "courseWorkId": "A String", # Identifier for the course work this corresponds to. Read-only.
+  "creationTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp when this rubric was created. Read-only.
+  "criteria": [ # List of criteria. Each criterion is a dimension on which performance is rated.
+    { # A rubric criterion. Each criterion is a dimension on which performance is rated.
+      "description": "A String", # The description of the criterion.
+      "id": "A String", # The criterion ID. On creation, an ID is assigned.
+      "levels": [ # The list of levels within this criterion.
+        { # A level of the criterion.
+          "description": "A String", # The description of the level.
+          "id": "A String", # The level ID. On creation, an ID is assigned.
+          "points": 3.14, # Optional points associated with this level. If set, all levels within the rubric must specify points and the value must be distinct across all levels within a single criterion. 0 is distinct from no points.
+          "title": "A String", # The title of the level. If the level has no points set, title must be set.
+        },
+      ],
+      "title": "A String", # The title of the criterion.
+    },
+  ],
+  "id": "A String", # Classroom-assigned identifier for the rubric. This is unique among rubrics for the relevant course work. Read-only.
+  "sourceSpreadsheetId": "A String", # Input only. Immutable. Google Sheets ID of the spreadsheet. This spreadsheet must contain formatted rubric settings. See [Create or reuse a rubric for an assignment](https://support.google.com/edu/classroom/answer/9335069). Use of this field requires the `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/spreadsheets.readonly` or `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/spreadsheets` scope.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Timestamp of the most recent change to this rubric. Read-only.
+}

+

+
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/classroom_v1.courses.courseWork.studentSubmissions.html b/docs/dyn/classroom_v1.courses.courseWork.studentSubmissions.html
index fb214ce4ab..3daeb37bba 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/classroom_v1.courses.courseWork.studentSubmissions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/classroom_v1.courses.courseWork.studentSubmissions.html
@@ -126,6 +126,13 @@ 
Method Details

     { # Student submission for course work. `StudentSubmission` items are generated when a `CourseWork` item is created. Student submissions that have never been accessed (i.e. with `state` = NEW) may not have a creation time or update time.
   "alternateLink": "A String", # Absolute link to the submission in the Classroom web UI. Read-only.
   "assignedGrade": 3.14, # Optional grade. If unset, no grade was set. This value must be non-negative. Decimal (that is, non-integer) values are allowed, but are rounded to two decimal places. This may be modified only by course teachers.
+  "assignedRubricGrades": { # Assigned rubric grades based on the rubric's Criteria. This map is empty if there is no rubric attached to this course work or if a rubric is attached, but no grades have been set on any Criteria. Entries are only populated for grades that have been set. Key: The rubric's criterion ID. Read-only.
+    "a_key": { # A rubric grade set for the student submission. There is at most one entry per rubric criterion.
+      "criterionId": "A String", # Optional. Criterion ID.
+      "levelId": "A String", # Optional. Optional level ID of the selected level. If empty, no level was selected.
+      "points": 3.14, # Optional. Optional points assigned for this criterion, typically based on the level. Levels might or might not have points. If unset, no points were set for this criterion.
+    },
+  },
   "assignmentSubmission": { # Student work for an assignment. # Submission content when course_work_type is ASSIGNMENT. Students can modify this content using ModifyAttachments.
     "attachments": [ # Attachments added by the student. Drive files that correspond to materials with a share mode of STUDENT_COPY may not exist yet if the student has not accessed the assignment in Classroom. Some attachment metadata is only populated if the requesting user has permission to access it. Identifier and alternate_link fields are always available, but others (for example, title) may not be.
       { # Attachment added to student assignment work. When creating attachments, setting the `form` field is not supported.
@@ -161,6 +168,13 @@ 
Method Details

   "courseWorkType": "A String", # Type of course work this submission is for. Read-only.
   "creationTime": "A String", # Creation time of this submission. This may be unset if the student has not accessed this item. Read-only.
   "draftGrade": 3.14, # Optional pending grade. If unset, no grade was set. This value must be non-negative. Decimal (that is, non-integer) values are allowed, but are rounded to two decimal places. This is only visible to and modifiable by course teachers.
+  "draftRubricGrades": { # Pending rubric grades based on the rubric's criteria. This map is empty if there is no rubric attached to this course work or if a rubric is attached, but no grades have been set on any criteria. Entries are only populated for grades that have been set. Key: The rubric's criterion ID. Read-only.
+    "a_key": { # A rubric grade set for the student submission. There is at most one entry per rubric criterion.
+      "criterionId": "A String", # Optional. Criterion ID.
+      "levelId": "A String", # Optional. Optional level ID of the selected level. If empty, no level was selected.
+      "points": 3.14, # Optional. Optional points assigned for this criterion, typically based on the level. Levels might or might not have points. If unset, no points were set for this criterion.
+    },
+  },
   "id": "A String", # Classroom-assigned Identifier for the student submission. This is unique among submissions for the relevant course work. Read-only.
   "late": True or False, # Whether this submission is late. Read-only.
   "multipleChoiceSubmission": { # Student work for a multiple-choice question. # Submission content when course_work_type is MULTIPLE_CHOICE_QUESTION.
@@ -228,6 +242,13 @@ 
Method Details

     { # Student submission for course work. `StudentSubmission` items are generated when a `CourseWork` item is created. Student submissions that have never been accessed (i.e. with `state` = NEW) may not have a creation time or update time.
       "alternateLink": "A String", # Absolute link to the submission in the Classroom web UI. Read-only.
       "assignedGrade": 3.14, # Optional grade. If unset, no grade was set. This value must be non-negative. Decimal (that is, non-integer) values are allowed, but are rounded to two decimal places. This may be modified only by course teachers.
+      "assignedRubricGrades": { # Assigned rubric grades based on the rubric's Criteria. This map is empty if there is no rubric attached to this course work or if a rubric is attached, but no grades have been set on any Criteria. Entries are only populated for grades that have been set. Key: The rubric's criterion ID. Read-only.
+        "a_key": { # A rubric grade set for the student submission. There is at most one entry per rubric criterion.
+          "criterionId": "A String", # Optional. Criterion ID.
+          "levelId": "A String", # Optional. Optional level ID of the selected level. If empty, no level was selected.
+          "points": 3.14, # Optional. Optional points assigned for this criterion, typically based on the level. Levels might or might not have points. If unset, no points were set for this criterion.
+        },
+      },
       "assignmentSubmission": { # Student work for an assignment. # Submission content when course_work_type is ASSIGNMENT. Students can modify this content using ModifyAttachments.
         "attachments": [ # Attachments added by the student. Drive files that correspond to materials with a share mode of STUDENT_COPY may not exist yet if the student has not accessed the assignment in Classroom. Some attachment metadata is only populated if the requesting user has permission to access it. Identifier and alternate_link fields are always available, but others (for example, title) may not be.
           { # Attachment added to student assignment work. When creating attachments, setting the `form` field is not supported.
@@ -263,6 +284,13 @@ 
Method Details

       "courseWorkType": "A String", # Type of course work this submission is for. Read-only.
       "creationTime": "A String", # Creation time of this submission. This may be unset if the student has not accessed this item. Read-only.
       "draftGrade": 3.14, # Optional pending grade. If unset, no grade was set. This value must be non-negative. Decimal (that is, non-integer) values are allowed, but are rounded to two decimal places. This is only visible to and modifiable by course teachers.
+      "draftRubricGrades": { # Pending rubric grades based on the rubric's criteria. This map is empty if there is no rubric attached to this course work or if a rubric is attached, but no grades have been set on any criteria. Entries are only populated for grades that have been set. Key: The rubric's criterion ID. Read-only.
+        "a_key": { # A rubric grade set for the student submission. There is at most one entry per rubric criterion.
+          "criterionId": "A String", # Optional. Criterion ID.
+          "levelId": "A String", # Optional. Optional level ID of the selected level. If empty, no level was selected.
+          "points": 3.14, # Optional. Optional points assigned for this criterion, typically based on the level. Levels might or might not have points. If unset, no points were set for this criterion.
+        },
+      },
       "id": "A String", # Classroom-assigned Identifier for the student submission. This is unique among submissions for the relevant course work. Read-only.
       "late": True or False, # Whether this submission is late. Read-only.
       "multipleChoiceSubmission": { # Student work for a multiple-choice question. # Submission content when course_work_type is MULTIPLE_CHOICE_QUESTION.
@@ -361,6 +389,13 @@ 
Method Details

     { # Student submission for course work. `StudentSubmission` items are generated when a `CourseWork` item is created. Student submissions that have never been accessed (i.e. with `state` = NEW) may not have a creation time or update time.
   "alternateLink": "A String", # Absolute link to the submission in the Classroom web UI. Read-only.
   "assignedGrade": 3.14, # Optional grade. If unset, no grade was set. This value must be non-negative. Decimal (that is, non-integer) values are allowed, but are rounded to two decimal places. This may be modified only by course teachers.
+  "assignedRubricGrades": { # Assigned rubric grades based on the rubric's Criteria. This map is empty if there is no rubric attached to this course work or if a rubric is attached, but no grades have been set on any Criteria. Entries are only populated for grades that have been set. Key: The rubric's criterion ID. Read-only.
+    "a_key": { # A rubric grade set for the student submission. There is at most one entry per rubric criterion.
+      "criterionId": "A String", # Optional. Criterion ID.
+      "levelId": "A String", # Optional. Optional level ID of the selected level. If empty, no level was selected.
+      "points": 3.14, # Optional. Optional points assigned for this criterion, typically based on the level. Levels might or might not have points. If unset, no points were set for this criterion.
+    },
+  },
   "assignmentSubmission": { # Student work for an assignment. # Submission content when course_work_type is ASSIGNMENT. Students can modify this content using ModifyAttachments.
     "attachments": [ # Attachments added by the student. Drive files that correspond to materials with a share mode of STUDENT_COPY may not exist yet if the student has not accessed the assignment in Classroom. Some attachment metadata is only populated if the requesting user has permission to access it. Identifier and alternate_link fields are always available, but others (for example, title) may not be.
       { # Attachment added to student assignment work. When creating attachments, setting the `form` field is not supported.
@@ -396,6 +431,13 @@ 
Method Details

   "courseWorkType": "A String", # Type of course work this submission is for. Read-only.
   "creationTime": "A String", # Creation time of this submission. This may be unset if the student has not accessed this item. Read-only.
   "draftGrade": 3.14, # Optional pending grade. If unset, no grade was set. This value must be non-negative. Decimal (that is, non-integer) values are allowed, but are rounded to two decimal places. This is only visible to and modifiable by course teachers.
+  "draftRubricGrades": { # Pending rubric grades based on the rubric's criteria. This map is empty if there is no rubric attached to this course work or if a rubric is attached, but no grades have been set on any criteria. Entries are only populated for grades that have been set. Key: The rubric's criterion ID. Read-only.
+    "a_key": { # A rubric grade set for the student submission. There is at most one entry per rubric criterion.
+      "criterionId": "A String", # Optional. Criterion ID.
+      "levelId": "A String", # Optional. Optional level ID of the selected level. If empty, no level was selected.
+      "points": 3.14, # Optional. Optional points assigned for this criterion, typically based on the level. Levels might or might not have points. If unset, no points were set for this criterion.
+    },
+  },
   "id": "A String", # Classroom-assigned Identifier for the student submission. This is unique among submissions for the relevant course work. Read-only.
   "late": True or False, # Whether this submission is late. Read-only.
   "multipleChoiceSubmission": { # Student work for a multiple-choice question. # Submission content when course_work_type is MULTIPLE_CHOICE_QUESTION.
@@ -440,6 +482,13 @@ 
Method Details

 { # Student submission for course work. `StudentSubmission` items are generated when a `CourseWork` item is created. Student submissions that have never been accessed (i.e. with `state` = NEW) may not have a creation time or update time.
   "alternateLink": "A String", # Absolute link to the submission in the Classroom web UI. Read-only.
   "assignedGrade": 3.14, # Optional grade. If unset, no grade was set. This value must be non-negative. Decimal (that is, non-integer) values are allowed, but are rounded to two decimal places. This may be modified only by course teachers.
+  "assignedRubricGrades": { # Assigned rubric grades based on the rubric's Criteria. This map is empty if there is no rubric attached to this course work or if a rubric is attached, but no grades have been set on any Criteria. Entries are only populated for grades that have been set. Key: The rubric's criterion ID. Read-only.
+    "a_key": { # A rubric grade set for the student submission. There is at most one entry per rubric criterion.
+      "criterionId": "A String", # Optional. Criterion ID.
+      "levelId": "A String", # Optional. Optional level ID of the selected level. If empty, no level was selected.
+      "points": 3.14, # Optional. Optional points assigned for this criterion, typically based on the level. Levels might or might not have points. If unset, no points were set for this criterion.
+    },
+  },
   "assignmentSubmission": { # Student work for an assignment. # Submission content when course_work_type is ASSIGNMENT. Students can modify this content using ModifyAttachments.
     "attachments": [ # Attachments added by the student. Drive files that correspond to materials with a share mode of STUDENT_COPY may not exist yet if the student has not accessed the assignment in Classroom. Some attachment metadata is only populated if the requesting user has permission to access it. Identifier and alternate_link fields are always available, but others (for example, title) may not be.
       { # Attachment added to student assignment work. When creating attachments, setting the `form` field is not supported.
@@ -475,6 +524,13 @@ 
Method Details

   "courseWorkType": "A String", # Type of course work this submission is for. Read-only.
   "creationTime": "A String", # Creation time of this submission. This may be unset if the student has not accessed this item. Read-only.
   "draftGrade": 3.14, # Optional pending grade. If unset, no grade was set. This value must be non-negative. Decimal (that is, non-integer) values are allowed, but are rounded to two decimal places. This is only visible to and modifiable by course teachers.
+  "draftRubricGrades": { # Pending rubric grades based on the rubric's criteria. This map is empty if there is no rubric attached to this course work or if a rubric is attached, but no grades have been set on any criteria. Entries are only populated for grades that have been set. Key: The rubric's criterion ID. Read-only.
+    "a_key": { # A rubric grade set for the student submission. There is at most one entry per rubric criterion.
+      "criterionId": "A String", # Optional. Criterion ID.
+      "levelId": "A String", # Optional. Optional level ID of the selected level. If empty, no level was selected.
+      "points": 3.14, # Optional. Optional points assigned for this criterion, typically based on the level. Levels might or might not have points. If unset, no points were set for this criterion.
+    },
+  },
   "id": "A String", # Classroom-assigned Identifier for the student submission. This is unique among submissions for the relevant course work. Read-only.
   "late": True or False, # Whether this submission is late. Read-only.
   "multipleChoiceSubmission": { # Student work for a multiple-choice question. # Submission content when course_work_type is MULTIPLE_CHOICE_QUESTION.
@@ -516,6 +572,13 @@ 
Method Details

     { # Student submission for course work. `StudentSubmission` items are generated when a `CourseWork` item is created. Student submissions that have never been accessed (i.e. with `state` = NEW) may not have a creation time or update time.
   "alternateLink": "A String", # Absolute link to the submission in the Classroom web UI. Read-only.
   "assignedGrade": 3.14, # Optional grade. If unset, no grade was set. This value must be non-negative. Decimal (that is, non-integer) values are allowed, but are rounded to two decimal places. This may be modified only by course teachers.
+  "assignedRubricGrades": { # Assigned rubric grades based on the rubric's Criteria. This map is empty if there is no rubric attached to this course work or if a rubric is attached, but no grades have been set on any Criteria. Entries are only populated for grades that have been set. Key: The rubric's criterion ID. Read-only.
+    "a_key": { # A rubric grade set for the student submission. There is at most one entry per rubric criterion.
+      "criterionId": "A String", # Optional. Criterion ID.
+      "levelId": "A String", # Optional. Optional level ID of the selected level. If empty, no level was selected.
+      "points": 3.14, # Optional. Optional points assigned for this criterion, typically based on the level. Levels might or might not have points. If unset, no points were set for this criterion.
+    },
+  },
   "assignmentSubmission": { # Student work for an assignment. # Submission content when course_work_type is ASSIGNMENT. Students can modify this content using ModifyAttachments.
     "attachments": [ # Attachments added by the student. Drive files that correspond to materials with a share mode of STUDENT_COPY may not exist yet if the student has not accessed the assignment in Classroom. Some attachment metadata is only populated if the requesting user has permission to access it. Identifier and alternate_link fields are always available, but others (for example, title) may not be.
       { # Attachment added to student assignment work. When creating attachments, setting the `form` field is not supported.
@@ -551,6 +614,13 @@ 
Method Details

   "courseWorkType": "A String", # Type of course work this submission is for. Read-only.
   "creationTime": "A String", # Creation time of this submission. This may be unset if the student has not accessed this item. Read-only.
   "draftGrade": 3.14, # Optional pending grade. If unset, no grade was set. This value must be non-negative. Decimal (that is, non-integer) values are allowed, but are rounded to two decimal places. This is only visible to and modifiable by course teachers.
+  "draftRubricGrades": { # Pending rubric grades based on the rubric's criteria. This map is empty if there is no rubric attached to this course work or if a rubric is attached, but no grades have been set on any criteria. Entries are only populated for grades that have been set. Key: The rubric's criterion ID. Read-only.
+    "a_key": { # A rubric grade set for the student submission. There is at most one entry per rubric criterion.
+      "criterionId": "A String", # Optional. Criterion ID.
+      "levelId": "A String", # Optional. Optional level ID of the selected level. If empty, no level was selected.
+      "points": 3.14, # Optional. Optional points assigned for this criterion, typically based on the level. Levels might or might not have points. If unset, no points were set for this criterion.
+    },
+  },
   "id": "A String", # Classroom-assigned Identifier for the student submission. This is unique among submissions for the relevant course work. Read-only.
   "late": True or False, # Whether this submission is late. Read-only.
   "multipleChoiceSubmission": { # Student work for a multiple-choice question. # Submission content when course_work_type is MULTIPLE_CHOICE_QUESTION.
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/classroom.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/classroom.v1.json
index 779f5f1e2a..c6bfef8709 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/classroom.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/classroom.v1.json
@@ -1223,6 +1223,51 @@
 "scopes": [
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/classroom.coursework.students"
 ]
+},
+"updateRubric": {
+"description": "Updates a rubric. See google.classroom.v1.Rubric for details of which fields can be updated. Rubric update capabilities are [limited](/classroom/rubrics/limitations) once grading has started. This request must be made by the Google Cloud console of the [OAuth client ID](https://support.google.com/cloud/answer/6158849) used to create the parent course work item. This method returns the following error codes: * `PERMISSION_DENIED` if the requesting developer project didn't create the corresponding course work, if the user isn't permitted to make the requested modification to the rubric, or for access errors. This error code is also returned if grading has already started on the rubric. * `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if the request is malformed and for the following request error: * `RubricCriteriaInvalidFormat` * `NOT_FOUND` if the requested course, course work, or rubric doesn't exist or if the user doesn't have access to the corresponding course work. * `INTERNAL` if grading has already started on the rubric.",
+"flatPath": "v1/courses/{courseId}/courseWork/{courseWorkId}/rubric",
+"httpMethod": "PATCH",
+"id": "classroom.courses.courseWork.updateRubric",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"courseId",
+"courseWorkId"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"courseId": {
+"description": "Required. Identifier of the course.",
+"location": "path",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"courseWorkId": {
+"description": "Required. Identifier of the course work.",
+"location": "path",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"id": {
+"description": "Optional. Identifier of the rubric.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"updateMask": {
+"description": "Optional. Mask that identifies which fields on the rubric to update. This field is required to do an update. The update fails if invalid fields are specified. There are multiple options to define the criteria of a rubric: the `source_spreadsheet_id` and the `criteria` list. Only one of these can be used at a time to define a rubric. The rubric `criteria` list is fully replaced by the rubric criteria specified in the update request. For example, if a criterion or level is missing from the request, it is deleted. New criteria and levels are added and an ID is assigned. Existing criteria and levels retain the previously assigned ID if the ID is specified in the request. The following fields can be specified by teachers: * `criteria` * `source_spreadsheet_id`",
+"format": "google-fieldmask",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/courses/{courseId}/courseWork/{courseWorkId}/rubric",
+"request": {
+"$ref": "Rubric"
+},
+"response": {
+"$ref": "Rubric"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/classroom.coursework.students"
+]
 }
 },
 "resources": {
@@ -1562,6 +1607,215 @@
 }
 }
 },
+"rubrics": {
+"methods": {
+"create": {
+"description": "Creates a rubric. This request must be made by the Google Cloud console of the [OAuth client ID](https://support.google.com/cloud/answer/6158849) used to create the parent course work item. For further details, see [Rubrics structure and known limitations](/classroom/rubrics/limitations). This method returns the following error codes: * `PERMISSION_DENIED` if the requesting user isn't permitted to create rubrics for course work in the requested course. * `INTERNAL` if the request has insufficient OAuth scopes. * `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if the request is malformed and for the following request error: * `RubricCriteriaInvalidFormat` * `NOT_FOUND` if the requested course or course work don't exist or the user doesn't have access to the course or course work. * `FAILED_PRECONDITION` for the following request error: * `AttachmentNotVisible`",
+"flatPath": "v1/courses/{courseId}/courseWork/{courseWorkId}/rubrics",
+"httpMethod": "POST",
+"id": "classroom.courses.courseWork.rubrics.create",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"courseId",
+"courseWorkId"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"courseId": {
+"description": "Required. Identifier of the course.",
+"location": "path",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"courseWorkId": {
+"description": "Required. Identifier of the course work.",
+"location": "path",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/courses/{courseId}/courseWork/{courseWorkId}/rubrics",
+"request": {
+"$ref": "Rubric"
+},
+"response": {
+"$ref": "Rubric"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/classroom.coursework.students"
+]
+},
+"delete": {
+"description": "Deletes a rubric. This request must be made by the Google Cloud console of the [OAuth client ID](https://support.google.com/cloud/answer/6158849) used to create the corresponding rubric. This method returns the following error codes: * `PERMISSION_DENIED` if the requesting developer project didn't create the corresponding rubric, or if the requesting user isn't permitted to delete the requested rubric. * `NOT_FOUND` if no rubric exists with the requested ID or the user does not have access to the course, course work, or rubric. * `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if grading has already started on the rubric.",
+"flatPath": "v1/courses/{courseId}/courseWork/{courseWorkId}/rubrics/{id}",
+"httpMethod": "DELETE",
+"id": "classroom.courses.courseWork.rubrics.delete",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"courseId",
+"courseWorkId",
+"id"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"courseId": {
+"description": "Required. Identifier of the course.",
+"location": "path",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"courseWorkId": {
+"description": "Required. Identifier of the course work.",
+"location": "path",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"id": {
+"description": "Required. Identifier of the rubric.",
+"location": "path",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/courses/{courseId}/courseWork/{courseWorkId}/rubrics/{id}",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "Empty"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/classroom.coursework.students"
+]
+},
+"get": {
+"description": "Returns a rubric. This method returns the following error codes: * `PERMISSION_DENIED` for access errors. * `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if the request is malformed. * `NOT_FOUND` if the requested course, course work, or rubric doesn't exist or if the user doesn't have access to the corresponding course work.",
+"flatPath": "v1/courses/{courseId}/courseWork/{courseWorkId}/rubrics/{id}",
+"httpMethod": "GET",
+"id": "classroom.courses.courseWork.rubrics.get",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"courseId",
+"courseWorkId",
+"id"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"courseId": {
+"description": "Required. Identifier of the course.",
+"location": "path",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"courseWorkId": {
+"description": "Required. Identifier of the course work.",
+"location": "path",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"id": {
+"description": "Required. Identifier of the rubric.",
+"location": "path",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/courses/{courseId}/courseWork/{courseWorkId}/rubrics/{id}",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "Rubric"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/classroom.coursework.me",
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/classroom.coursework.me.readonly",
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/classroom.coursework.students",
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/classroom.coursework.students.readonly"
+]
+},
+"list": {
+"description": "Returns a list of rubrics that the requester is permitted to view. This method returns the following error codes: * `PERMISSION_DENIED` for access errors. * `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if the request is malformed. * `NOT_FOUND` if the requested course or course work doesn't exist or if the user doesn't have access to the corresponding course work.",
+"flatPath": "v1/courses/{courseId}/courseWork/{courseWorkId}/rubrics",
+"httpMethod": "GET",
+"id": "classroom.courses.courseWork.rubrics.list",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"courseId",
+"courseWorkId"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"courseId": {
+"description": "Required. Identifier of the course.",
+"location": "path",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"courseWorkId": {
+"description": "Required. Identifier of the course work.",
+"location": "path",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"pageSize": {
+"description": "The maximum number of rubrics to return. If unspecified, at most 1 rubric is returned. The maximum value is 1; values above 1 are coerced to 1.",
+"format": "int32",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "integer"
+},
+"pageToken": {
+"description": "nextPageToken value returned from a previous list call, indicating that the subsequent page of results should be returned. The list request must be otherwise identical to the one that resulted in this token.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/courses/{courseId}/courseWork/{courseWorkId}/rubrics",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "ListRubricsResponse"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/classroom.coursework.me",
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/classroom.coursework.me.readonly",
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/classroom.coursework.students",
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/classroom.coursework.students.readonly"
+]
+},
+"patch": {
+"description": "Updates a rubric. See google.classroom.v1.Rubric for details of which fields can be updated. Rubric update capabilities are [limited](/classroom/rubrics/limitations) once grading has started. This request must be made by the Google Cloud console of the [OAuth client ID](https://support.google.com/cloud/answer/6158849) used to create the parent course work item. This method returns the following error codes: * `PERMISSION_DENIED` if the requesting developer project didn't create the corresponding course work, if the user isn't permitted to make the requested modification to the rubric, or for access errors. This error code is also returned if grading has already started on the rubric. * `INVALID_ARGUMENT` if the request is malformed and for the following request error: * `RubricCriteriaInvalidFormat` * `NOT_FOUND` if the requested course, course work, or rubric doesn't exist or if the user doesn't have access to the corresponding course work. * `INTERNAL` if grading has already started on the rubric.",
+"flatPath": "v1/courses/{courseId}/courseWork/{courseWorkId}/rubrics/{id}",
+"httpMethod": "PATCH",
+"id": "classroom.courses.courseWork.rubrics.patch",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"courseId",
+"courseWorkId",
+"id"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"courseId": {
+"description": "Required. Identifier of the course.",
+"location": "path",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"courseWorkId": {
+"description": "Required. Identifier of the course work.",
+"location": "path",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"id": {
+"description": "Optional. Identifier of the rubric.",
+"location": "path",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"updateMask": {
+"description": "Optional. Mask that identifies which fields on the rubric to update. This field is required to do an update. The update fails if invalid fields are specified. There are multiple options to define the criteria of a rubric: the `source_spreadsheet_id` and the `criteria` list. Only one of these can be used at a time to define a rubric. The rubric `criteria` list is fully replaced by the rubric criteria specified in the update request. For example, if a criterion or level is missing from the request, it is deleted. New criteria and levels are added and an ID is assigned. Existing criteria and levels retain the previously assigned ID if the ID is specified in the request. The following fields can be specified by teachers: * `criteria` * `source_spreadsheet_id`",
+"format": "google-fieldmask",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/courses/{courseId}/courseWork/{courseWorkId}/rubrics/{id}",
+"request": {
+"$ref": "Rubric"
+},
+"response": {
+"$ref": "Rubric"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/classroom.coursework.students"
+]
+}
+}
+},
 "studentSubmissions": {
 "methods": {
 "get": {
@@ -3695,7 +3949,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241007",
+"revision": "20241119",
 "rootUrl": "https://classroom.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AddOnAttachment": {
@@ -4409,6 +4663,32 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"Criterion": {
+"description": "A rubric criterion. Each criterion is a dimension on which performance is rated.",
+"id": "Criterion",
+"properties": {
+"description": {
+"description": "The description of the criterion.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"id": {
+"description": "The criterion ID. On creation, an ID is assigned.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"levels": {
+"description": "The list of levels within this criterion.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "Level"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"title": {
+"description": "The title of the criterion.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "Date": {
 "description": "Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp",
 "id": "Date",
@@ -4784,6 +5064,30 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"Level": {
+"description": "A level of the criterion.",
+"id": "Level",
+"properties": {
+"description": {
+"description": "The description of the level.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"id": {
+"description": "The level ID. On creation, an ID is assigned.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"points": {
+"description": "Optional points associated with this level. If set, all levels within the rubric must specify points and the value must be distinct across all levels within a single criterion. 0 is distinct from no points.",
+"format": "double",
+"type": "number"
+},
+"title": {
+"description": "The title of the level. If the level has no points set, title must be set.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "Link": {
 "description": "URL item.",
 "id": "Link",
@@ -4965,6 +5269,24 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"ListRubricsResponse": {
+"description": "Response when listing rubrics.",
+"id": "ListRubricsResponse",
+"properties": {
+"nextPageToken": {
+"description": "Token identifying the next page of results to return. If empty, no further results are available.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"rubrics": {
+"description": "Rubrics that match the request.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "Rubric"
+},
+"type": "array"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "ListStudentSubmissionsResponse": {
 "description": "Response when listing student submissions.",
 "id": "ListStudentSubmissionsResponse",
@@ -5225,6 +5547,68 @@
 "properties": {},
 "type": "object"
 },
+"Rubric": {
+"description": "The rubric of the course work. A rubric is a scoring guide used to evaluate student work and give feedback. For further details, see [Rubrics structure and known limitations](/classroom/rubrics/limitations).",
+"id": "Rubric",
+"properties": {
+"courseId": {
+"description": "Identifier of the course. Read-only.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"courseWorkId": {
+"description": "Identifier for the course work this corresponds to. Read-only.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"creationTime": {
+"description": "Output only. Timestamp when this rubric was created. Read-only.",
+"format": "google-datetime",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"criteria": {
+"description": "List of criteria. Each criterion is a dimension on which performance is rated.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "Criterion"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"id": {
+"description": "Classroom-assigned identifier for the rubric. This is unique among rubrics for the relevant course work. Read-only.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"sourceSpreadsheetId": {
+"description": "Input only. Immutable. Google Sheets ID of the spreadsheet. This spreadsheet must contain formatted rubric settings. See [Create or reuse a rubric for an assignment](https://support.google.com/edu/classroom/answer/9335069). Use of this field requires the `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/spreadsheets.readonly` or `https://www.googleapis.com/auth/spreadsheets` scope.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"updateTime": {
+"description": "Output only. Timestamp of the most recent change to this rubric. Read-only.",
+"format": "google-datetime",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"RubricGrade": {
+"description": "A rubric grade set for the student submission. There is at most one entry per rubric criterion.",
+"id": "RubricGrade",
+"properties": {
+"criterionId": {
+"description": "Optional. Criterion ID.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"levelId": {
+"description": "Optional. Optional level ID of the selected level. If empty, no level was selected.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"points": {
+"description": "Optional. Optional points assigned for this criterion, typically based on the level. Levels might or might not have points. If unset, no points were set for this criterion.",
+"format": "double",
+"type": "number"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "SharedDriveFile": {
 "description": "Drive file that is used as material for course work.",
 "id": "SharedDriveFile",
@@ -5346,6 +5730,13 @@
 "format": "double",
 "type": "number"
 },
+"assignedRubricGrades": {
+"additionalProperties": {
+"$ref": "RubricGrade"
+},
+"description": "Assigned rubric grades based on the rubric's Criteria. This map is empty if there is no rubric attached to this course work or if a rubric is attached, but no grades have been set on any Criteria. Entries are only populated for grades that have been set. Key: The rubric's criterion ID. Read-only.",
+"type": "object"
+},
 "assignmentSubmission": {
 "$ref": "AssignmentSubmission",
 "description": "Submission content when course_work_type is ASSIGNMENT. Students can modify this content using ModifyAttachments."
@@ -5388,6 +5779,13 @@
 "format": "double",
 "type": "number"
 },
+"draftRubricGrades": {
+"additionalProperties": {
+"$ref": "RubricGrade"
+},
+"description": "Pending rubric grades based on the rubric's criteria. This map is empty if there is no rubric attached to this course work or if a rubric is attached, but no grades have been set on any criteria. Entries are only populated for grades that have been set. Key: The rubric's criterion ID. Read-only.",
+"type": "object"
+},
 "id": {
 "description": "Classroom-assigned Identifier for the student submission. This is unique among submissions for the relevant course work. Read-only.",
 "type": "string"

From befe5be78828dfee6d3dbd00339b7f7ad248dc41 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Yoshi Automation 
Date: Tue, 26 Nov 2024 07:08:51 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 11/31] feat(cloudidentity): update the api

#### cloudidentity:v1

The following keys were changed:
- resources.inboundSamlSsoProfiles.methods.create.scopes (Total Keys: 1)
- resources.inboundSamlSsoProfiles.methods.delete.scopes (Total Keys: 1)
- resources.inboundSamlSsoProfiles.methods.get.scopes (Total Keys: 1)
- resources.inboundSamlSsoProfiles.methods.list.scopes (Total Keys: 1)
- resources.inboundSamlSsoProfiles.methods.patch.scopes (Total Keys: 1)
- resources.inboundSamlSsoProfiles.resources.idpCredentials.methods.add.scopes (Total Keys: 1)
- resources.inboundSamlSsoProfiles.resources.idpCredentials.methods.delete.scopes (Total Keys: 1)
- resources.inboundSamlSsoProfiles.resources.idpCredentials.methods.get.scopes (Total Keys: 1)
- resources.inboundSamlSsoProfiles.resources.idpCredentials.methods.list.scopes (Total Keys: 1)
- resources.inboundSsoAssignments.methods.create.scopes (Total Keys: 1)
- resources.inboundSsoAssignments.methods.delete.scopes (Total Keys: 1)
- resources.inboundSsoAssignments.methods.get.scopes (Total Keys: 1)
- resources.inboundSsoAssignments.methods.list.scopes (Total Keys: 1)
- resources.inboundSsoAssignments.methods.patch.scopes (Total Keys: 1)

#### cloudidentity:v1beta1

The following keys were added:
- resources.policies.methods.get.scopes (Total Keys: 1)
- resources.policies.methods.list.scopes (Total Keys: 1)

The following keys were changed:
- resources.inboundSamlSsoProfiles.methods.create.scopes (Total Keys: 1)
- resources.inboundSamlSsoProfiles.methods.delete.scopes (Total Keys: 1)
- resources.inboundSamlSsoProfiles.methods.get.scopes (Total Keys: 1)
- resources.inboundSamlSsoProfiles.methods.list.scopes (Total Keys: 1)
- resources.inboundSamlSsoProfiles.methods.patch.scopes (Total Keys: 1)
- resources.inboundSamlSsoProfiles.resources.idpCredentials.methods.add.scopes (Total Keys: 1)
- resources.inboundSamlSsoProfiles.resources.idpCredentials.methods.delete.scopes (Total Keys: 1)
- resources.inboundSamlSsoProfiles.resources.idpCredentials.methods.get.scopes (Total Keys: 1)
- resources.inboundSamlSsoProfiles.resources.idpCredentials.methods.list.scopes (Total Keys: 1)
- resources.inboundSsoAssignments.methods.create.scopes (Total Keys: 1)
- resources.inboundSsoAssignments.methods.delete.scopes (Total Keys: 1)
- resources.inboundSsoAssignments.methods.get.scopes (Total Keys: 1)
- resources.inboundSsoAssignments.methods.list.scopes (Total Keys: 1)
- resources.inboundSsoAssignments.methods.patch.scopes (Total Keys: 1)
---
 docs/dyn/cloudidentity_v1beta1.policies.html  |  4 +-
 .../documents/cloudidentity.v1.json           | 28 ++++++++++-
 .../documents/cloudidentity.v1beta1.json      | 48 +++++++++++++++++--
 3 files changed, 73 insertions(+), 7 deletions(-)

diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudidentity_v1beta1.policies.html b/docs/dyn/cloudidentity_v1beta1.policies.html
index c1e9f7d3e6..4f09db67de 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudidentity_v1beta1.policies.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudidentity_v1beta1.policies.html
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "group": "A String", # Immutable. The group that the query applies to. This field is only set if there is a single value for group that satisfies all clauses of the query. If no group applies, this will be the empty string.
     "orgUnit": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Non-empty default. The OrgUnit the query applies to. This field is only set if there is a single value for org_unit that satisfies all clauses of the query.
     "query": "A String", # Immutable. The CEL query that defines which entities the Policy applies to (ex. a User entity). For details about CEL see https://opensource.google.com/projects/cel. The OrgUnits the Policy applies to are represented by a clause like so: entity.org_units.exists(org_unit, org_unit.org_unit_id == orgUnitId('{orgUnitId}')) The Group the Policy applies to are represented by a clause like so: entity.groups.exists(group, group.group_id == groupId('{groupId}')) The Licenses the Policy applies to are represented by a clause like so: entity.licenses.exists(license, license in ['/product/{productId}/sku/{skuId}']) The above clauses can be present in any combination, and used in conjunction with the &&, || and ! operators. The org_unit and group fields below are helper fields that contain the corresponding value(s) as the query to make the query easier to use.
-    "sortOrder": 3.14, # Output only. The decimal sort order of this PolicyQuery. The value is relative to all other policies with the same setting type within the whole customer. (there are no duplicates within this set).
+    "sortOrder": 3.14, # Output only. The decimal sort order of this PolicyQuery. The value is relative to all other policies with the same setting type within the whole customer. (There are no duplicates within this set.)
   },
   "setting": { # Setting # Required. The Setting configured by this Policy.
     "type": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The type of the Setting. .
@@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "group": "A String", # Immutable. The group that the query applies to. This field is only set if there is a single value for group that satisfies all clauses of the query. If no group applies, this will be the empty string.
         "orgUnit": "A String", # Required. Immutable. Non-empty default. The OrgUnit the query applies to. This field is only set if there is a single value for org_unit that satisfies all clauses of the query.
         "query": "A String", # Immutable. The CEL query that defines which entities the Policy applies to (ex. a User entity). For details about CEL see https://opensource.google.com/projects/cel. The OrgUnits the Policy applies to are represented by a clause like so: entity.org_units.exists(org_unit, org_unit.org_unit_id == orgUnitId('{orgUnitId}')) The Group the Policy applies to are represented by a clause like so: entity.groups.exists(group, group.group_id == groupId('{groupId}')) The Licenses the Policy applies to are represented by a clause like so: entity.licenses.exists(license, license in ['/product/{productId}/sku/{skuId}']) The above clauses can be present in any combination, and used in conjunction with the &&, || and ! operators. The org_unit and group fields below are helper fields that contain the corresponding value(s) as the query to make the query easier to use.
-        "sortOrder": 3.14, # Output only. The decimal sort order of this PolicyQuery. The value is relative to all other policies with the same setting type within the whole customer. (there are no duplicates within this set).
+        "sortOrder": 3.14, # Output only. The decimal sort order of this PolicyQuery. The value is relative to all other policies with the same setting type within the whole customer. (There are no duplicates within this set.)
       },
       "setting": { # Setting # Required. The Setting configured by this Policy.
         "type": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The type of the Setting. .
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudidentity.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudidentity.v1.json
index e958d6e9ca..e3ffed4c40 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudidentity.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudidentity.v1.json
@@ -17,6 +17,12 @@
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-identity.groups.readonly": {
 "description": "See any Cloud Identity Groups that you can access, including group members and their emails"
 },
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-identity.inboundsso": {
+"description": "See and edit all of the Inbound SSO profiles and their assignments to any Org Units or Google Groups in your Cloud Identity Organization."
+},
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-identity.inboundsso.readonly": {
+"description": "See all of the Inbound SSO profiles and their assignments to any Org Units or Google Groups in your Cloud Identity Organization."
+},
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
 "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
 }
@@ -1610,6 +1616,7 @@
 "$ref": "Operation"
 },
 "scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-identity.inboundsso",
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
 ]
 },
@@ -1635,6 +1642,7 @@
 "$ref": "Operation"
 },
 "scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-identity.inboundsso",
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
 ]
 },
@@ -1660,6 +1668,8 @@
 "$ref": "InboundSamlSsoProfile"
 },
 "scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-identity.inboundsso",
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-identity.inboundsso.readonly",
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
 ]
 },
@@ -1692,6 +1702,8 @@
 "$ref": "ListInboundSamlSsoProfilesResponse"
 },
 "scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-identity.inboundsso",
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-identity.inboundsso.readonly",
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
 ]
 },
@@ -1726,6 +1738,7 @@
 "$ref": "Operation"
 },
 "scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-identity.inboundsso",
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
 ]
 }
@@ -1758,6 +1771,7 @@
 "$ref": "Operation"
 },
 "scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-identity.inboundsso",
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
 ]
 },
@@ -1783,6 +1797,7 @@
 "$ref": "Operation"
 },
 "scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-identity.inboundsso",
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
 ]
 },
@@ -1808,6 +1823,8 @@
 "$ref": "IdpCredential"
 },
 "scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-identity.inboundsso",
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-identity.inboundsso.readonly",
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
 ]
 },
@@ -1844,6 +1861,8 @@
 "$ref": "ListIdpCredentialsResponse"
 },
 "scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-identity.inboundsso",
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-identity.inboundsso.readonly",
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
 ]
 }
@@ -1868,6 +1887,7 @@
 "$ref": "Operation"
 },
 "scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-identity.inboundsso",
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
 ]
 },
@@ -1893,6 +1913,7 @@
 "$ref": "Operation"
 },
 "scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-identity.inboundsso",
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
 ]
 },
@@ -1918,6 +1939,8 @@
 "$ref": "InboundSsoAssignment"
 },
 "scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-identity.inboundsso",
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-identity.inboundsso.readonly",
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
 ]
 },
@@ -1950,6 +1973,8 @@
 "$ref": "ListInboundSsoAssignmentsResponse"
 },
 "scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-identity.inboundsso",
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-identity.inboundsso.readonly",
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
 ]
 },
@@ -1984,13 +2009,14 @@
 "$ref": "Operation"
 },
 "scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-identity.inboundsso",
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
 ]
 }
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241010",
+"revision": "20241119",
 "rootUrl": "https://cloudidentity.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AddIdpCredentialOperationMetadata": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudidentity.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudidentity.v1beta1.json
index 4486a9aa48..6fe85e116e 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudidentity.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudidentity.v1beta1.json
@@ -17,6 +17,18 @@
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-identity.groups.readonly": {
 "description": "See any Cloud Identity Groups that you can access, including group members and their emails"
 },
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-identity.inboundsso": {
+"description": "See and edit all of the Inbound SSO profiles and their assignments to any Org Units or Google Groups in your Cloud Identity Organization."
+},
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-identity.inboundsso.readonly": {
+"description": "See all of the Inbound SSO profiles and their assignments to any Org Units or Google Groups in your Cloud Identity Organization."
+},
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-identity.policies": {
+"description": "See and edit policies in your Cloud Identity Organization."
+},
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-identity.policies.readonly": {
+"description": "See policies in your Cloud Identity Organization."
+},
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
 "description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
 }
@@ -1559,6 +1571,7 @@
 "$ref": "Operation"
 },
 "scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-identity.inboundsso",
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
 ]
 },
@@ -1584,6 +1597,7 @@
 "$ref": "Operation"
 },
 "scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-identity.inboundsso",
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
 ]
 },
@@ -1609,6 +1623,8 @@
 "$ref": "InboundSamlSsoProfile"
 },
 "scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-identity.inboundsso",
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-identity.inboundsso.readonly",
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
 ]
 },
@@ -1641,6 +1657,8 @@
 "$ref": "ListInboundSamlSsoProfilesResponse"
 },
 "scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-identity.inboundsso",
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-identity.inboundsso.readonly",
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
 ]
 },
@@ -1675,6 +1693,7 @@
 "$ref": "Operation"
 },
 "scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-identity.inboundsso",
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
 ]
 }
@@ -1707,6 +1726,7 @@
 "$ref": "Operation"
 },
 "scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-identity.inboundsso",
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
 ]
 },
@@ -1732,6 +1752,7 @@
 "$ref": "Operation"
 },
 "scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-identity.inboundsso",
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
 ]
 },
@@ -1757,6 +1778,8 @@
 "$ref": "IdpCredential"
 },
 "scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-identity.inboundsso",
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-identity.inboundsso.readonly",
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
 ]
 },
@@ -1793,6 +1816,8 @@
 "$ref": "ListIdpCredentialsResponse"
 },
 "scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-identity.inboundsso",
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-identity.inboundsso.readonly",
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
 ]
 }
@@ -1817,6 +1842,7 @@
 "$ref": "Operation"
 },
 "scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-identity.inboundsso",
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
 ]
 },
@@ -1842,6 +1868,7 @@
 "$ref": "Operation"
 },
 "scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-identity.inboundsso",
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
 ]
 },
@@ -1867,6 +1894,8 @@
 "$ref": "InboundSsoAssignment"
 },
 "scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-identity.inboundsso",
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-identity.inboundsso.readonly",
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
 ]
 },
@@ -1899,6 +1928,8 @@
 "$ref": "ListInboundSsoAssignmentsResponse"
 },
 "scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-identity.inboundsso",
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-identity.inboundsso.readonly",
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
 ]
 },
@@ -1933,6 +1964,7 @@
 "$ref": "Operation"
 },
 "scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-identity.inboundsso",
 "https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
 ]
 }
@@ -2036,7 +2068,11 @@
 "path": "v1beta1/{+name}",
 "response": {
 "$ref": "Policy"
-}
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-identity.policies",
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-identity.policies.readonly"
+]
 },
 "list": {
 "description": "List Policies",
@@ -2065,12 +2101,16 @@
 "path": "v1beta1/policies",
 "response": {
 "$ref": "ListPoliciesResponse"
-}
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-identity.policies",
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-identity.policies.readonly"
+]
 }
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241021",
+"revision": "20241119",
 "rootUrl": "https://cloudidentity.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AddIdpCredentialOperationMetadata": {
@@ -4934,7 +4974,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "sortOrder": {
-"description": "Output only. The decimal sort order of this PolicyQuery. The value is relative to all other policies with the same setting type within the whole customer. (there are no duplicates within this set).",
+"description": "Output only. The decimal sort order of this PolicyQuery. The value is relative to all other policies with the same setting type within the whole customer. (There are no duplicates within this set.)",
 "format": "double",
 "readOnly": true,
 "type": "number"

From 9a2e3f12f62839106f4d0b9012e8bc14f81fdc61 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Yoshi Automation 
Date: Tue, 26 Nov 2024 07:08:51 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 12/31] feat(contactcenterinsights): update the api

#### contactcenterinsights:v1

The following keys were added:
- resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.authorizedViewSet.resources.authorizedView.methods.calculateStats (Total Keys: 13)
- resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.authorizedViewSet.resources.authorizedView.methods.queryMetrics (Total Keys: 12)
---
 ....projects.locations.authorizedViewSet.html |  5 --
 ...tcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.html |  5 ++
 ...ghts_v1.projects.locations.operations.html |  4 +-
 .../documents/contactcenterinsights.v1.json   | 70 ++++++++++++++++++-
 4 files changed, 75 insertions(+), 9 deletions(-)

diff --git a/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.authorizedViewSet.html b/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.authorizedViewSet.html
index 7e1a29ae59..2481935bd5 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.authorizedViewSet.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.authorizedViewSet.html
@@ -79,11 +79,6 @@ 
Instance Methods

 

 
Returns the authorizedView Resource.

 
-

-  authorizedViews()
-

-
Returns the authorizedViews Resource.

-
 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

diff --git a/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.html
index e6730f316c..12397bb810 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.html
@@ -79,6 +79,11 @@ 
Instance Methods

 

 
Returns the analysisRules Resource.

 
+

+  authorizedViewSet()
+

+
Returns the authorizedViewSet Resource.

+
 

   conversations()
 

diff --git a/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.operations.html b/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.operations.html
index 25ec021b2c..27680e9942 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Contact Center AI Insights API .
 
Instance Methods

 

   cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/contactcenterinsights.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/contactcenterinsights.v1.json
index 375d196d28..d59b626b00 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/contactcenterinsights.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/contactcenterinsights.v1.json
@@ -472,6 +472,72 @@
 }
 }
 },
+"authorizedViewSet": {
+"resources": {
+"authorizedView": {
+"methods": {
+"calculateStats": {
+"description": "Gets conversation statistics.",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/authorizedViewSet/{authorizedViewSetId}/authorizedView/{authorizedViewId}:calculateStats",
+"httpMethod": "GET",
+"id": "contactcenterinsights.projects.locations.authorizedViewSet.authorizedView.calculateStats",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"location"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"filter": {
+"description": "A filter to reduce results to a specific subset. This field is useful for getting statistics about conversations with specific properties.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"location": {
+"description": "Required. The location of the conversations.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/authorizedViewSet/[^/]+/authorizedView/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+location}:calculateStats",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1CalculateStatsResponse"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
+"queryMetrics": {
+"description": "Query metrics.",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/authorizedViewSet/{authorizedViewSetId}/authorizedView/{authorizedViewId}:queryMetrics",
+"httpMethod": "POST",
+"id": "contactcenterinsights.projects.locations.authorizedViewSet.authorizedView.queryMetrics",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"location"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"location": {
+"description": "Required. The location of the data. \"projects/{project}/locations/{location}\"",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/authorizedViewSet/[^/]+/authorizedView/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+location}:queryMetrics",
+"request": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1QueryMetricsRequest"
+},
+"response": {
+"$ref": "GoogleLongrunningOperation"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+}
+}
+}
+}
+},
 "conversations": {
 "methods": {
 "bulkAnalyze": {
@@ -1563,7 +1629,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "contactcenterinsights.projects.locations.operations.cancel",
@@ -2509,7 +2575,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241114",
+"revision": "20241119",
 "rootUrl": "https://contactcenterinsights.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "GoogleCloudContactcenterinsightsV1Analysis": {

From b0a07b8b67038a9df1f7267c36a4b96e59bdc103 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Yoshi Automation 
Date: Tue, 26 Nov 2024 07:08:51 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 13/31] feat(content): update the api

#### content:v2.1

The following keys were added:
- schemas.LoyaltyProgram.properties.shippingLabel.type (Total Keys: 1)
---
 .../content_v2_1.ordertrackingsignals.html    | 40 +++++++++----------
 docs/dyn/content_v2_1.products.html           | 16 ++++++++
 .../documents/content.v2.1.json               | 10 +++--
 3 files changed, 43 insertions(+), 23 deletions(-)

diff --git a/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.ordertrackingsignals.html b/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.ordertrackingsignals.html
index 4cc9c41e95..563836ccd9 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.ordertrackingsignals.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.ordertrackingsignals.html
@@ -125,8 +125,8 @@ 
Method Details

     "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0.
     "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
     "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone.
-      "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-      "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+      "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+      "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
     },
     "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }.
     "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year.
@@ -150,8 +150,8 @@ 
Method Details

         "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0.
         "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
         "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone.
-          "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-          "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+          "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+          "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
         },
         "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }.
         "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year.
@@ -166,8 +166,8 @@ 
Method Details

         "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0.
         "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
         "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone.
-          "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-          "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+          "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+          "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
         },
         "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }.
         "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year.
@@ -180,8 +180,8 @@ 
Method Details

         "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0.
         "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
         "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone.
-          "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-          "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+          "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+          "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
         },
         "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }.
         "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year.
@@ -197,8 +197,8 @@ 
Method Details

         "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0.
         "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
         "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone.
-          "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-          "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+          "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+          "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
         },
         "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }.
         "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year.
@@ -247,8 +247,8 @@ 
Method Details

     "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0.
     "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
     "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone.
-      "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-      "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+      "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+      "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
     },
     "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }.
     "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year.
@@ -272,8 +272,8 @@ 
Method Details

         "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0.
         "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
         "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone.
-          "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-          "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+          "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+          "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
         },
         "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }.
         "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year.
@@ -288,8 +288,8 @@ 
Method Details

         "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0.
         "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
         "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone.
-          "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-          "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+          "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+          "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
         },
         "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }.
         "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year.
@@ -302,8 +302,8 @@ 
Method Details

         "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0.
         "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
         "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone.
-          "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-          "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+          "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+          "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
         },
         "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }.
         "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year.
@@ -319,8 +319,8 @@ 
Method Details

         "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0.
         "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
         "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone.
-          "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-          "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+          "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+          "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
         },
         "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }.
         "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.products.html b/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.products.html
index 4da57c62e1..17add95357 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.products.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.products.html
@@ -253,6 +253,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "value": "A String", # The price represented as a number.
           },
           "programLabel": "A String", # Required. The label of the loyalty program. This is an internal label that uniquely identifies the relationship between a merchant entity and a loyalty program entity. It must be provided so that system can associate the assets below (for example, price and points) with a merchant. The corresponding program must be linked to the merchant account.
+          "shippingLabel": "A String", # Optional. The shipping label for the loyalty program. You can use this label to indicate whether this offer has the loyalty shipping benefit. If not specified, the item is not eligible for loyalty shipping for the given loyalty tier.
           "tierLabel": "A String", # Required. The label of the tier within the loyalty program. Must match one of the labels within the program.
         },
         "loyaltyPrograms": [ # Optional. A list of loyalty program information that is used to surface loyalty benefits (for example, better pricing, points, etc) to the user of this item.
@@ -268,6 +269,7 @@ 
Method Details

               "value": "A String", # The price represented as a number.
             },
             "programLabel": "A String", # Required. The label of the loyalty program. This is an internal label that uniquely identifies the relationship between a merchant entity and a loyalty program entity. It must be provided so that system can associate the assets below (for example, price and points) with a merchant. The corresponding program must be linked to the merchant account.
+            "shippingLabel": "A String", # Optional. The shipping label for the loyalty program. You can use this label to indicate whether this offer has the loyalty shipping benefit. If not specified, the item is not eligible for loyalty shipping for the given loyalty tier.
             "tierLabel": "A String", # Required. The label of the tier within the loyalty program. Must match one of the labels within the program.
           },
         ],
@@ -575,6 +577,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "value": "A String", # The price represented as a number.
           },
           "programLabel": "A String", # Required. The label of the loyalty program. This is an internal label that uniquely identifies the relationship between a merchant entity and a loyalty program entity. It must be provided so that system can associate the assets below (for example, price and points) with a merchant. The corresponding program must be linked to the merchant account.
+          "shippingLabel": "A String", # Optional. The shipping label for the loyalty program. You can use this label to indicate whether this offer has the loyalty shipping benefit. If not specified, the item is not eligible for loyalty shipping for the given loyalty tier.
           "tierLabel": "A String", # Required. The label of the tier within the loyalty program. Must match one of the labels within the program.
         },
         "loyaltyPrograms": [ # Optional. A list of loyalty program information that is used to surface loyalty benefits (for example, better pricing, points, etc) to the user of this item.
@@ -590,6 +593,7 @@ 
Method Details

               "value": "A String", # The price represented as a number.
             },
             "programLabel": "A String", # Required. The label of the loyalty program. This is an internal label that uniquely identifies the relationship between a merchant entity and a loyalty program entity. It must be provided so that system can associate the assets below (for example, price and points) with a merchant. The corresponding program must be linked to the merchant account.
+            "shippingLabel": "A String", # Optional. The shipping label for the loyalty program. You can use this label to indicate whether this offer has the loyalty shipping benefit. If not specified, the item is not eligible for loyalty shipping for the given loyalty tier.
             "tierLabel": "A String", # Required. The label of the tier within the loyalty program. Must match one of the labels within the program.
           },
         ],
@@ -903,6 +907,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "value": "A String", # The price represented as a number.
     },
     "programLabel": "A String", # Required. The label of the loyalty program. This is an internal label that uniquely identifies the relationship between a merchant entity and a loyalty program entity. It must be provided so that system can associate the assets below (for example, price and points) with a merchant. The corresponding program must be linked to the merchant account.
+    "shippingLabel": "A String", # Optional. The shipping label for the loyalty program. You can use this label to indicate whether this offer has the loyalty shipping benefit. If not specified, the item is not eligible for loyalty shipping for the given loyalty tier.
     "tierLabel": "A String", # Required. The label of the tier within the loyalty program. Must match one of the labels within the program.
   },
   "loyaltyPrograms": [ # Optional. A list of loyalty program information that is used to surface loyalty benefits (for example, better pricing, points, etc) to the user of this item.
@@ -918,6 +923,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "value": "A String", # The price represented as a number.
       },
       "programLabel": "A String", # Required. The label of the loyalty program. This is an internal label that uniquely identifies the relationship between a merchant entity and a loyalty program entity. It must be provided so that system can associate the assets below (for example, price and points) with a merchant. The corresponding program must be linked to the merchant account.
+      "shippingLabel": "A String", # Optional. The shipping label for the loyalty program. You can use this label to indicate whether this offer has the loyalty shipping benefit. If not specified, the item is not eligible for loyalty shipping for the given loyalty tier.
       "tierLabel": "A String", # Required. The label of the tier within the loyalty program. Must match one of the labels within the program.
     },
   ],
@@ -1206,6 +1212,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "value": "A String", # The price represented as a number.
     },
     "programLabel": "A String", # Required. The label of the loyalty program. This is an internal label that uniquely identifies the relationship between a merchant entity and a loyalty program entity. It must be provided so that system can associate the assets below (for example, price and points) with a merchant. The corresponding program must be linked to the merchant account.
+    "shippingLabel": "A String", # Optional. The shipping label for the loyalty program. You can use this label to indicate whether this offer has the loyalty shipping benefit. If not specified, the item is not eligible for loyalty shipping for the given loyalty tier.
     "tierLabel": "A String", # Required. The label of the tier within the loyalty program. Must match one of the labels within the program.
   },
   "loyaltyPrograms": [ # Optional. A list of loyalty program information that is used to surface loyalty benefits (for example, better pricing, points, etc) to the user of this item.
@@ -1221,6 +1228,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "value": "A String", # The price represented as a number.
       },
       "programLabel": "A String", # Required. The label of the loyalty program. This is an internal label that uniquely identifies the relationship between a merchant entity and a loyalty program entity. It must be provided so that system can associate the assets below (for example, price and points) with a merchant. The corresponding program must be linked to the merchant account.
+      "shippingLabel": "A String", # Optional. The shipping label for the loyalty program. You can use this label to indicate whether this offer has the loyalty shipping benefit. If not specified, the item is not eligible for loyalty shipping for the given loyalty tier.
       "tierLabel": "A String", # Required. The label of the tier within the loyalty program. Must match one of the labels within the program.
     },
   ],
@@ -1508,6 +1516,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "value": "A String", # The price represented as a number.
     },
     "programLabel": "A String", # Required. The label of the loyalty program. This is an internal label that uniquely identifies the relationship between a merchant entity and a loyalty program entity. It must be provided so that system can associate the assets below (for example, price and points) with a merchant. The corresponding program must be linked to the merchant account.
+    "shippingLabel": "A String", # Optional. The shipping label for the loyalty program. You can use this label to indicate whether this offer has the loyalty shipping benefit. If not specified, the item is not eligible for loyalty shipping for the given loyalty tier.
     "tierLabel": "A String", # Required. The label of the tier within the loyalty program. Must match one of the labels within the program.
   },
   "loyaltyPrograms": [ # Optional. A list of loyalty program information that is used to surface loyalty benefits (for example, better pricing, points, etc) to the user of this item.
@@ -1523,6 +1532,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "value": "A String", # The price represented as a number.
       },
       "programLabel": "A String", # Required. The label of the loyalty program. This is an internal label that uniquely identifies the relationship between a merchant entity and a loyalty program entity. It must be provided so that system can associate the assets below (for example, price and points) with a merchant. The corresponding program must be linked to the merchant account.
+      "shippingLabel": "A String", # Optional. The shipping label for the loyalty program. You can use this label to indicate whether this offer has the loyalty shipping benefit. If not specified, the item is not eligible for loyalty shipping for the given loyalty tier.
       "tierLabel": "A String", # Required. The label of the tier within the loyalty program. Must match one of the labels within the program.
     },
   ],
@@ -1822,6 +1832,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "value": "A String", # The price represented as a number.
         },
         "programLabel": "A String", # Required. The label of the loyalty program. This is an internal label that uniquely identifies the relationship between a merchant entity and a loyalty program entity. It must be provided so that system can associate the assets below (for example, price and points) with a merchant. The corresponding program must be linked to the merchant account.
+        "shippingLabel": "A String", # Optional. The shipping label for the loyalty program. You can use this label to indicate whether this offer has the loyalty shipping benefit. If not specified, the item is not eligible for loyalty shipping for the given loyalty tier.
         "tierLabel": "A String", # Required. The label of the tier within the loyalty program. Must match one of the labels within the program.
       },
       "loyaltyPrograms": [ # Optional. A list of loyalty program information that is used to surface loyalty benefits (for example, better pricing, points, etc) to the user of this item.
@@ -1837,6 +1848,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "value": "A String", # The price represented as a number.
           },
           "programLabel": "A String", # Required. The label of the loyalty program. This is an internal label that uniquely identifies the relationship between a merchant entity and a loyalty program entity. It must be provided so that system can associate the assets below (for example, price and points) with a merchant. The corresponding program must be linked to the merchant account.
+          "shippingLabel": "A String", # Optional. The shipping label for the loyalty program. You can use this label to indicate whether this offer has the loyalty shipping benefit. If not specified, the item is not eligible for loyalty shipping for the given loyalty tier.
           "tierLabel": "A String", # Required. The label of the tier within the loyalty program. Must match one of the labels within the program.
         },
       ],
@@ -2142,6 +2154,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "value": "A String", # The price represented as a number.
     },
     "programLabel": "A String", # Required. The label of the loyalty program. This is an internal label that uniquely identifies the relationship between a merchant entity and a loyalty program entity. It must be provided so that system can associate the assets below (for example, price and points) with a merchant. The corresponding program must be linked to the merchant account.
+    "shippingLabel": "A String", # Optional. The shipping label for the loyalty program. You can use this label to indicate whether this offer has the loyalty shipping benefit. If not specified, the item is not eligible for loyalty shipping for the given loyalty tier.
     "tierLabel": "A String", # Required. The label of the tier within the loyalty program. Must match one of the labels within the program.
   },
   "loyaltyPrograms": [ # Optional. A list of loyalty program information that is used to surface loyalty benefits (for example, better pricing, points, etc) to the user of this item.
@@ -2157,6 +2170,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "value": "A String", # The price represented as a number.
       },
       "programLabel": "A String", # Required. The label of the loyalty program. This is an internal label that uniquely identifies the relationship between a merchant entity and a loyalty program entity. It must be provided so that system can associate the assets below (for example, price and points) with a merchant. The corresponding program must be linked to the merchant account.
+      "shippingLabel": "A String", # Optional. The shipping label for the loyalty program. You can use this label to indicate whether this offer has the loyalty shipping benefit. If not specified, the item is not eligible for loyalty shipping for the given loyalty tier.
       "tierLabel": "A String", # Required. The label of the tier within the loyalty program. Must match one of the labels within the program.
     },
   ],
@@ -2444,6 +2458,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "value": "A String", # The price represented as a number.
     },
     "programLabel": "A String", # Required. The label of the loyalty program. This is an internal label that uniquely identifies the relationship between a merchant entity and a loyalty program entity. It must be provided so that system can associate the assets below (for example, price and points) with a merchant. The corresponding program must be linked to the merchant account.
+    "shippingLabel": "A String", # Optional. The shipping label for the loyalty program. You can use this label to indicate whether this offer has the loyalty shipping benefit. If not specified, the item is not eligible for loyalty shipping for the given loyalty tier.
     "tierLabel": "A String", # Required. The label of the tier within the loyalty program. Must match one of the labels within the program.
   },
   "loyaltyPrograms": [ # Optional. A list of loyalty program information that is used to surface loyalty benefits (for example, better pricing, points, etc) to the user of this item.
@@ -2459,6 +2474,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "value": "A String", # The price represented as a number.
       },
       "programLabel": "A String", # Required. The label of the loyalty program. This is an internal label that uniquely identifies the relationship between a merchant entity and a loyalty program entity. It must be provided so that system can associate the assets below (for example, price and points) with a merchant. The corresponding program must be linked to the merchant account.
+      "shippingLabel": "A String", # Optional. The shipping label for the loyalty program. You can use this label to indicate whether this offer has the loyalty shipping benefit. If not specified, the item is not eligible for loyalty shipping for the given loyalty tier.
       "tierLabel": "A String", # Required. The label of the tier within the loyalty program. Must match one of the labels within the program.
     },
   ],
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/content.v2.1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/content.v2.1.json
index 540731b84a..ea650e6535 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/content.v2.1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/content.v2.1.json
@@ -4570,7 +4570,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241023",
+"revision": "20241120",
 "rootUrl": "https://shoppingcontent.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "Account": {
@@ -8979,6 +8979,10 @@ false
 "description": "Required. The label of the loyalty program. This is an internal label that uniquely identifies the relationship between a merchant entity and a loyalty program entity. It must be provided so that system can associate the assets below (for example, price and points) with a merchant. The corresponding program must be linked to the merchant account.",
 "type": "string"
 },
+"shippingLabel": {
+"description": "Optional. The shipping label for the loyalty program. You can use this label to indicate whether this offer has the loyalty shipping benefit. If not specified, the item is not eligible for loyalty shipping for the given loyalty tier.",
+"type": "string"
+},
 "tierLabel": {
 "description": "Required. The label of the tier within the loyalty program. Must match one of the labels within the program.",
 "type": "string"
@@ -13897,11 +13901,11 @@ false
 "id": "TimeZone",
 "properties": {
 "id": {
-"description": "IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. \"America/New_York\".",
+"description": "IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example \"America/New_York\".",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "version": {
-"description": "Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. \"2019a\".",
+"description": "Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example \"2019a\".",
 "type": "string"
 }
 },

From 199c8117845c23ba083c4c30d34df020b608daae Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Yoshi Automation 
Date: Tue, 26 Nov 2024 07:08:51 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 14/31] feat(deploymentmanager): update the api

#### deploymentmanager:alpha

The following keys were deleted:
- schemas.ErrorInfo.properties.metadata (Total Keys: 2)

The following keys were added:
- schemas.ErrorInfo.properties.metadata (Total Keys: 2)

#### deploymentmanager:v2

The following keys were deleted:
- schemas.ErrorInfo.properties.metadata (Total Keys: 2)

The following keys were added:
- schemas.ErrorInfo.properties.metadata (Total Keys: 2)

#### deploymentmanager:v2beta

The following keys were deleted:
- schemas.ErrorInfo.properties.metadata (Total Keys: 2)

The following keys were added:
- schemas.ErrorInfo.properties.metadata (Total Keys: 2)
---
 ...eploymentmanager_alpha.compositeTypes.html | 18 +++++++--------
 .../deploymentmanager_alpha.deployments.html  | 22 +++++++++----------
 .../deploymentmanager_alpha.operations.html   |  4 ++--
 .../deploymentmanager_alpha.resources.html    |  4 ++--
 ...deploymentmanager_alpha.typeProviders.html | 18 +++++++--------
 docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_alpha.types.html   |  4 ++--
 .../dyn/deploymentmanager_v2.deployments.html | 22 +++++++++----------
 docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2.operations.html |  4 ++--
 docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2.resources.html  |  4 ++--
 docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2.types.html      |  2 +-
 ...ploymentmanager_v2beta.compositeTypes.html | 18 +++++++--------
 .../deploymentmanager_v2beta.deployments.html | 22 +++++++++----------
 .../deploymentmanager_v2beta.operations.html  |  4 ++--
 .../deploymentmanager_v2beta.resources.html   |  4 ++--
 ...eploymentmanager_v2beta.typeProviders.html | 18 +++++++--------
 docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2beta.types.html  |  2 +-
 .../documents/deploymentmanager.alpha.json    |  4 ++--
 .../documents/deploymentmanager.v2.json       |  4 ++--
 .../documents/deploymentmanager.v2beta.json   |  4 ++--
 19 files changed, 91 insertions(+), 91 deletions(-)

diff --git a/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_alpha.compositeTypes.html b/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_alpha.compositeTypes.html
index 47ca53f1e6..f5fd545a4d 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_alpha.compositeTypes.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_alpha.compositeTypes.html
@@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ 
Method Details

           {
             "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
               "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
-              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+              "metadata": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
               "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
@@ -287,7 +287,7 @@ 
Method Details

             {
               "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
                 "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
-                "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                "metadata": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
                   "a_key": "A String",
                 },
                 "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
@@ -440,7 +440,7 @@ 
Method Details

             {
               "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
                 "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
-                "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                "metadata": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
                   "a_key": "A String",
                 },
                 "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
@@ -581,7 +581,7 @@ 
Method Details

           {
             "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
               "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
-              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+              "metadata": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
               "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
@@ -730,7 +730,7 @@ 
Method Details

                 {
                   "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
                     "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
-                    "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                    "metadata": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
                       "a_key": "A String",
                     },
                     "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
@@ -901,7 +901,7 @@ 
Method Details

             {
               "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
                 "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
-                "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                "metadata": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
                   "a_key": "A String",
                 },
                 "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
@@ -1042,7 +1042,7 @@ 
Method Details

           {
             "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
               "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
-              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+              "metadata": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
               "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
@@ -1181,7 +1181,7 @@ 
Method Details

             {
               "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
                 "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
-                "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                "metadata": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
                   "a_key": "A String",
                 },
                 "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
@@ -1322,7 +1322,7 @@ 
Method Details

           {
             "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
               "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
-              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+              "metadata": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
               "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_alpha.deployments.html b/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_alpha.deployments.html
index ef3d459795..eaffcbde06 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_alpha.deployments.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_alpha.deployments.html
@@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ 
Method Details

           {
             "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
               "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
-              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+              "metadata": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
               "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
@@ -301,7 +301,7 @@ 
Method Details

           {
             "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
               "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
-              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+              "metadata": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
               "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
@@ -458,7 +458,7 @@ 
Method Details

             {
               "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
                 "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
-                "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                "metadata": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
                   "a_key": "A String",
                 },
                 "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
@@ -698,7 +698,7 @@ 
Method Details

             {
               "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
                 "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
-                "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                "metadata": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
                   "a_key": "A String",
                 },
                 "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
@@ -870,7 +870,7 @@ 
Method Details

           {
             "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
               "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
-              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+              "metadata": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
               "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
@@ -1031,7 +1031,7 @@ 
Method Details

                 {
                   "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
                     "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
-                    "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                    "metadata": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
                       "a_key": "A String",
                     },
                     "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
@@ -1239,7 +1239,7 @@ 
Method Details

             {
               "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
                 "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
-                "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                "metadata": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
                   "a_key": "A String",
                 },
                 "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
@@ -1415,7 +1415,7 @@ 
Method Details

           {
             "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
               "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
-              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+              "metadata": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
               "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
@@ -1656,7 +1656,7 @@ 
Method Details

           {
             "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
               "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
-              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+              "metadata": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
               "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
@@ -1839,7 +1839,7 @@ 
Method Details

             {
               "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
                 "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
-                "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                "metadata": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
                   "a_key": "A String",
                 },
                 "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
@@ -2015,7 +2015,7 @@ 
Method Details

           {
             "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
               "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
-              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+              "metadata": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
               "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_alpha.operations.html b/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_alpha.operations.html
index 53c3eb4094..d9e3ee0142 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_alpha.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_alpha.operations.html
@@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ 
Method Details

           {
             "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
               "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
-              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+              "metadata": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
               "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
@@ -269,7 +269,7 @@ 
Method Details

               {
                 "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
                   "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
-                  "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                  "metadata": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
                     "a_key": "A String",
                   },
                   "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_alpha.resources.html b/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_alpha.resources.html
index 8af628ebf4..b5f67c9581 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_alpha.resources.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_alpha.resources.html
@@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ 
Method Details

             {
               "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
                 "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
-                "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                "metadata": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
                   "a_key": "A String",
                 },
                 "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
@@ -313,7 +313,7 @@ 
Method Details

                 {
                   "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
                     "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
-                    "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                    "metadata": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
                       "a_key": "A String",
                     },
                     "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_alpha.typeProviders.html b/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_alpha.typeProviders.html
index 5aaa770a54..e05c0660c2 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_alpha.typeProviders.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_alpha.typeProviders.html
@@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ 
Method Details

           {
             "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
               "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
-              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+              "metadata": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
               "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
@@ -354,7 +354,7 @@ 
Method Details

             {
               "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
                 "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
-                "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                "metadata": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
                   "a_key": "A String",
                 },
                 "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
@@ -615,7 +615,7 @@ 
Method Details

             {
               "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
                 "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
-                "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                "metadata": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
                   "a_key": "A String",
                 },
                 "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
@@ -775,7 +775,7 @@ 
Method Details

           {
             "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
               "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
-              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+              "metadata": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
               "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
@@ -983,7 +983,7 @@ 
Method Details

                 {
                   "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
                     "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
-                    "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                    "metadata": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
                       "a_key": "A String",
                     },
                     "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
@@ -1282,7 +1282,7 @@ 
Method Details

             {
               "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
                 "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
-                "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                "metadata": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
                   "a_key": "A String",
                 },
                 "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
@@ -1442,7 +1442,7 @@ 
Method Details

           {
             "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
               "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
-              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+              "metadata": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
               "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
@@ -1639,7 +1639,7 @@ 
Method Details

             {
               "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
                 "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
-                "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                "metadata": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
                   "a_key": "A String",
                 },
                 "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
@@ -1799,7 +1799,7 @@ 
Method Details

           {
             "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
               "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
-              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+              "metadata": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
               "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_alpha.types.html b/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_alpha.types.html
index 8e3be44b0c..394d0885e5 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_alpha.types.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_alpha.types.html
@@ -230,7 +230,7 @@ 
Method Details

             {
               "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
                 "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
-                "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                "metadata": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
                   "a_key": "A String",
                 },
                 "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
@@ -471,7 +471,7 @@ 
Method Details

                 {
                   "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
                     "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
-                    "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                    "metadata": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
                       "a_key": "A String",
                     },
                     "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2.deployments.html b/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2.deployments.html
index 32588915ae..41a56efee9 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2.deployments.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2.deployments.html
@@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ 
Method Details

           {
             "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
               "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
-              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+              "metadata": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
               "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
@@ -301,7 +301,7 @@ 
Method Details

           {
             "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
               "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
-              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+              "metadata": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
               "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
@@ -448,7 +448,7 @@ 
Method Details

             {
               "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
                 "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
-                "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                "metadata": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
                   "a_key": "A String",
                 },
                 "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
@@ -662,7 +662,7 @@ 
Method Details

             {
               "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
                 "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
-                "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                "metadata": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
                   "a_key": "A String",
                 },
                 "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
@@ -817,7 +817,7 @@ 
Method Details

           {
             "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
               "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
-              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+              "metadata": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
               "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
@@ -968,7 +968,7 @@ 
Method Details

                 {
                   "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
                     "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
-                    "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                    "metadata": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
                       "a_key": "A String",
                     },
                     "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
@@ -1150,7 +1150,7 @@ 
Method Details

             {
               "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
                 "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
-                "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                "metadata": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
                   "a_key": "A String",
                 },
                 "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
@@ -1309,7 +1309,7 @@ 
Method Details

           {
             "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
               "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
-              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+              "metadata": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
               "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
@@ -1550,7 +1550,7 @@ 
Method Details

           {
             "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
               "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
-              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+              "metadata": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
               "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
@@ -1723,7 +1723,7 @@ 
Method Details

             {
               "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
                 "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
-                "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                "metadata": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
                   "a_key": "A String",
                 },
                 "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
@@ -1882,7 +1882,7 @@ 
Method Details

           {
             "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
               "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
-              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+              "metadata": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
               "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2.operations.html b/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2.operations.html
index 0bc1c83840..d982d088ec 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2.operations.html
@@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ 
Method Details

           {
             "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
               "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
-              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+              "metadata": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
               "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
@@ -269,7 +269,7 @@ 
Method Details

               {
                 "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
                   "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
-                  "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                  "metadata": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
                     "a_key": "A String",
                   },
                   "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2.resources.html b/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2.resources.html
index 94d1d61278..89d0126f64 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2.resources.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2.resources.html
@@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ 
Method Details

             {
               "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
                 "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
-                "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                "metadata": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
                   "a_key": "A String",
                 },
                 "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
@@ -264,7 +264,7 @@ 
Method Details

                 {
                   "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
                     "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
-                    "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                    "metadata": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
                       "a_key": "A String",
                     },
                     "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2.types.html b/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2.types.html
index 417da12ac6..6439f1e748 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2.types.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2.types.html
@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ 
Method Details

                 {
                   "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
                     "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
-                    "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                    "metadata": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
                       "a_key": "A String",
                     },
                     "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2beta.compositeTypes.html b/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2beta.compositeTypes.html
index 3642cef14b..9b924741f1 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2beta.compositeTypes.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2beta.compositeTypes.html
@@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ 
Method Details

           {
             "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
               "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
-              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+              "metadata": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
               "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
@@ -287,7 +287,7 @@ 
Method Details

             {
               "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
                 "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
-                "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                "metadata": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
                   "a_key": "A String",
                 },
                 "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
@@ -440,7 +440,7 @@ 
Method Details

             {
               "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
                 "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
-                "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                "metadata": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
                   "a_key": "A String",
                 },
                 "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
@@ -581,7 +581,7 @@ 
Method Details

           {
             "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
               "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
-              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+              "metadata": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
               "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
@@ -730,7 +730,7 @@ 
Method Details

                 {
                   "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
                     "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
-                    "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                    "metadata": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
                       "a_key": "A String",
                     },
                     "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
@@ -901,7 +901,7 @@ 
Method Details

             {
               "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
                 "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
-                "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                "metadata": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
                   "a_key": "A String",
                 },
                 "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
@@ -1042,7 +1042,7 @@ 
Method Details

           {
             "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
               "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
-              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+              "metadata": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
               "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
@@ -1181,7 +1181,7 @@ 
Method Details

             {
               "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
                 "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
-                "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                "metadata": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
                   "a_key": "A String",
                 },
                 "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
@@ -1322,7 +1322,7 @@ 
Method Details

           {
             "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
               "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
-              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+              "metadata": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
               "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2beta.deployments.html b/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2beta.deployments.html
index ca06779bee..7ad548e2fb 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2beta.deployments.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2beta.deployments.html
@@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ 
Method Details

           {
             "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
               "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
-              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+              "metadata": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
               "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
@@ -301,7 +301,7 @@ 
Method Details

           {
             "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
               "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
-              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+              "metadata": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
               "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
@@ -448,7 +448,7 @@ 
Method Details

             {
               "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
                 "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
-                "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                "metadata": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
                   "a_key": "A String",
                 },
                 "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
@@ -662,7 +662,7 @@ 
Method Details

             {
               "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
                 "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
-                "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                "metadata": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
                   "a_key": "A String",
                 },
                 "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
@@ -818,7 +818,7 @@ 
Method Details

           {
             "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
               "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
-              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+              "metadata": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
               "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
@@ -969,7 +969,7 @@ 
Method Details

                 {
                   "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
                     "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
-                    "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                    "metadata": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
                       "a_key": "A String",
                     },
                     "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
@@ -1151,7 +1151,7 @@ 
Method Details

             {
               "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
                 "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
-                "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                "metadata": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
                   "a_key": "A String",
                 },
                 "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
@@ -1311,7 +1311,7 @@ 
Method Details

           {
             "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
               "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
-              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+              "metadata": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
               "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
@@ -1552,7 +1552,7 @@ 
Method Details

           {
             "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
               "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
-              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+              "metadata": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
               "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
@@ -1725,7 +1725,7 @@ 
Method Details

             {
               "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
                 "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
-                "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                "metadata": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
                   "a_key": "A String",
                 },
                 "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
@@ -1885,7 +1885,7 @@ 
Method Details

           {
             "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
               "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
-              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+              "metadata": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
               "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2beta.operations.html b/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2beta.operations.html
index a7ffae3bff..f19b78dc6b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2beta.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2beta.operations.html
@@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ 
Method Details

           {
             "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
               "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
-              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+              "metadata": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
               "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
@@ -269,7 +269,7 @@ 
Method Details

               {
                 "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
                   "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
-                  "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                  "metadata": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
                     "a_key": "A String",
                   },
                   "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2beta.resources.html b/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2beta.resources.html
index 973ee59e53..0e300a8e86 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2beta.resources.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2beta.resources.html
@@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ 
Method Details

             {
               "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
                 "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
-                "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                "metadata": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
                   "a_key": "A String",
                 },
                 "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
@@ -264,7 +264,7 @@ 
Method Details

                 {
                   "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
                     "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
-                    "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                    "metadata": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
                       "a_key": "A String",
                     },
                     "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2beta.typeProviders.html b/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2beta.typeProviders.html
index cc73b3c88a..97a5624866 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2beta.typeProviders.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2beta.typeProviders.html
@@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ 
Method Details

           {
             "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
               "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
-              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+              "metadata": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
               "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
@@ -347,7 +347,7 @@ 
Method Details

             {
               "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
                 "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
-                "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                "metadata": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
                   "a_key": "A String",
                 },
                 "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
@@ -601,7 +601,7 @@ 
Method Details

             {
               "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
                 "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
-                "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                "metadata": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
                   "a_key": "A String",
                 },
                 "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
@@ -761,7 +761,7 @@ 
Method Details

           {
             "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
               "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
-              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+              "metadata": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
               "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
@@ -962,7 +962,7 @@ 
Method Details

                 {
                   "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
                     "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
-                    "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                    "metadata": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
                       "a_key": "A String",
                     },
                     "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
@@ -1254,7 +1254,7 @@ 
Method Details

             {
               "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
                 "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
-                "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                "metadata": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
                   "a_key": "A String",
                 },
                 "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
@@ -1414,7 +1414,7 @@ 
Method Details

           {
             "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
               "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
-              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+              "metadata": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
               "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
@@ -1604,7 +1604,7 @@ 
Method Details

             {
               "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
                 "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
-                "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                "metadata": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
                   "a_key": "A String",
                 },
                 "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
@@ -1764,7 +1764,7 @@ 
Method Details

           {
             "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
               "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
-              "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+              "metadata": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
               "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2beta.types.html b/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2beta.types.html
index 4af0a6bcdd..61f91e7376 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2beta.types.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2beta.types.html
@@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ 
Method Details

                 {
                   "errorInfo": { # Describes the cause of the error with structured details. Example of an error when contacting the "pubsub.googleapis.com" API when it is not enabled: { "reason": "API_DISABLED" "domain": "googleapis.com" "metadata": { "resource": "projects/123", "service": "pubsub.googleapis.com" } } This response indicates that the pubsub.googleapis.com API is not enabled. Example of an error that is returned when attempting to create a Spanner instance in a region that is out of stock: { "reason": "STOCKOUT" "domain": "spanner.googleapis.com", "metadata": { "availableRegions": "us-central1,us-east2" } }
                     "domain": "A String", # The logical grouping to which the "reason" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: "pubsub.googleapis.com". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is "googleapis.com".
-                    "metadatas": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
+                    "metadata": { # Additional structured details about this error. Keys must match /a-z+/ but should ideally be lowerCamelCase. Also they must be limited to 64 characters in length. When identifying the current value of an exceeded limit, the units should be contained in the key, not the value. For example, rather than {"instanceLimit": "100/request"}, should be returned as, {"instanceLimitPerRequest": "100"}, if the client exceeds the number of instances that can be created in a single (batch) request.
                       "a_key": "A String",
                     },
                     "reason": "A String", # The reason of the error. This is a constant value that identifies the proximate cause of the error. Error reasons are unique within a particular domain of errors. This should be at most 63 characters and match a regular expression of `A-Z+[A-Z0-9]`, which represents UPPER_SNAKE_CASE.
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/deploymentmanager.alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/deploymentmanager.alpha.json
index f9ce2207c6..4eca505739 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/deploymentmanager.alpha.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/deploymentmanager.alpha.json
@@ -1676,7 +1676,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241117",
+"revision": "20241122",
 "rootUrl": "https://deploymentmanager.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AsyncOptions": {
@@ -2214,7 +2214,7 @@
 "description": "The logical grouping to which the \"reason\" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: \"pubsub.googleapis.com\". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is \"googleapis.com\".",
 "type": "string"
 },
-"metadatas": {
+"metadata": {
 "additionalProperties": {
 "type": "string"
 },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/deploymentmanager.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/deploymentmanager.v2.json
index 339099e279..fe6361f85a 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/deploymentmanager.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/deploymentmanager.v2.json
@@ -1028,7 +1028,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241117",
+"revision": "20241122",
 "rootUrl": "https://deploymentmanager.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AuditConfig": {
@@ -1328,7 +1328,7 @@
 "description": "The logical grouping to which the \"reason\" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: \"pubsub.googleapis.com\". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is \"googleapis.com\".",
 "type": "string"
 },
-"metadatas": {
+"metadata": {
 "additionalProperties": {
 "type": "string"
 },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/deploymentmanager.v2beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/deploymentmanager.v2beta.json
index 811adab875..b721fb7a09 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/deploymentmanager.v2beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/deploymentmanager.v2beta.json
@@ -1636,7 +1636,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241117",
+"revision": "20241122",
 "rootUrl": "https://deploymentmanager.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AsyncOptions": {
@@ -2140,7 +2140,7 @@
 "description": "The logical grouping to which the \"reason\" belongs. The error domain is typically the registered service name of the tool or product that generates the error. Example: \"pubsub.googleapis.com\". If the error is generated by some common infrastructure, the error domain must be a globally unique value that identifies the infrastructure. For Google API infrastructure, the error domain is \"googleapis.com\".",
 "type": "string"
 },
-"metadatas": {
+"metadata": {
 "additionalProperties": {
 "type": "string"
 },

From a734566b1b29103cb5f5e252e7fe2b7a7c05fb30 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Yoshi Automation 
Date: Tue, 26 Nov 2024 07:08:51 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 15/31] feat(discoveryengine): update the api

#### discoveryengine:v1

The following keys were added:
- schemas.GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1Control.properties.promoteAction.$ref (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ControlPromoteAction (Total Keys: 4)
- schemas.GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1SearchLinkPromotion (Total Keys: 5)
- schemas.GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1SearchResponse.properties.searchLinkPromotions (Total Keys: 2)
- schemas.GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaControl.properties.promoteAction.$ref (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaControlPromoteAction (Total Keys: 4)
- schemas.GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchLinkPromotion (Total Keys: 5)
- schemas.GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaControl.properties.promoteAction.$ref (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaControlPromoteAction (Total Keys: 4)
- schemas.GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchLinkPromotion (Total Keys: 5)

#### discoveryengine:v1alpha

The following keys were added:
- schemas.GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1Control.properties.promoteAction.$ref (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ControlPromoteAction (Total Keys: 4)
- schemas.GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1SearchLinkPromotion (Total Keys: 5)
- schemas.GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaControl.properties.promoteAction.$ref (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaControlPromoteAction (Total Keys: 4)
- schemas.GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchLinkPromotion (Total Keys: 5)
- schemas.GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchResponse.properties.searchLinkPromotions (Total Keys: 2)
- schemas.GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaServingConfig.properties.promoteControlIds (Total Keys: 2)
- schemas.GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaControl.properties.promoteAction.$ref (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaControlPromoteAction (Total Keys: 4)
- schemas.GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchLinkPromotion (Total Keys: 5)

#### discoveryengine:v1beta

The following keys were added:
- schemas.GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1Control.properties.promoteAction.$ref (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ControlPromoteAction (Total Keys: 4)
- schemas.GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1SearchLinkPromotion (Total Keys: 5)
- schemas.GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaControl.properties.promoteAction.$ref (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaControlPromoteAction (Total Keys: 4)
- schemas.GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchLinkPromotion (Total Keys: 5)
- schemas.GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaControl.properties.promoteAction.$ref (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaControlPromoteAction (Total Keys: 4)
- schemas.GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchLinkPromotion (Total Keys: 5)
- schemas.GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchResponse.properties.searchLinkPromotions (Total Keys: 2)
- schemas.GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaServingConfig.properties.promoteControlIds (Total Keys: 2)
---
 ...ctions.dataStores.branches.operations.html |   4 +-
 ...tions.collections.dataStores.controls.html |  60 +++++++
 ...collections.dataStores.servingConfigs.html |  24 ++-
 ...ons.collections.dataStores.userEvents.html |   2 +-
 ...ocations.collections.engines.controls.html |  60 +++++++
 ...ns.collections.engines.servingConfigs.html |  24 ++-
 ...ations.dataStores.branches.operations.html |   4 +-
 ...rojects.locations.dataStores.controls.html |  60 +++++++
 ...s.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.html |  24 ++-
 ...jects.locations.dataStores.userEvents.html |   2 +-
 ...iscoveryengine_v1.projects.operations.html |   4 +-
 ...ctions.dataStores.branches.operations.html |   4 +-
 ...tions.collections.dataStores.controls.html |  60 +++++++
 ...collections.dataStores.servingConfigs.html |  36 +++-
 ...ons.collections.dataStores.userEvents.html |   2 +-
 ...ocations.collections.engines.controls.html |  60 +++++++
 ...ns.collections.engines.servingConfigs.html |  36 +++-
 ...ations.dataStores.branches.operations.html |   4 +-
 ...rojects.locations.dataStores.controls.html |  60 +++++++
 ...s.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.html |  36 +++-
 ...jects.locations.dataStores.userEvents.html |   2 +-
 ...1alpha.projects.locations.evaluations.html |   6 +-
 ...alpha.projects.locations.requirements.html |   4 +-
 ...ctions.dataStores.branches.operations.html |   4 +-
 ...tions.collections.dataStores.controls.html |  60 +++++++
 ...collections.dataStores.servingConfigs.html |  36 +++-
 ...ons.collections.dataStores.userEvents.html |   2 +-
 ...ocations.collections.engines.controls.html |  60 +++++++
 ...ns.collections.engines.servingConfigs.html |  36 +++-
 ...ations.dataStores.branches.operations.html |   4 +-
 ...rojects.locations.dataStores.controls.html |  60 +++++++
 ...s.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.html |  36 +++-
 ...jects.locations.dataStores.userEvents.html |   2 +-
 ...v1beta.projects.locations.evaluations.html |   6 +-
 .../documents/discoveryengine.v1.json         | 163 ++++++++++++++++-
 .../documents/discoveryengine.v1alpha.json    | 170 +++++++++++++++++-
 .../documents/discoveryengine.v1beta.json     | 166 ++++++++++++++++-
 37 files changed, 1303 insertions(+), 80 deletions(-)

diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.branches.operations.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.branches.operations.html
index 874f29cb02..28641ebdc8 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.branches.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.branches.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Discovery Engine API . 
   cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.controls.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.controls.html
index 7a4c339869..1383cad60d 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.controls.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.controls.html
@@ -142,6 +142,16 @@ 
Method Details

     "filter": "A String", # Required. A filter to apply on the matching condition results. Required Syntax documentation: https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/filter-and-order Maximum length is 5000 characters. Otherwise an INVALID ARGUMENT error is thrown.
   },
   "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/*/locations/global/dataStore/*/controls/*`
+  "promoteAction": { # Promote certain links based on some trigger queries. Example: Promote shoe store link when searching for `shoe` keyword. The link can be outside of associated data store. # Promote certain links based on predefined trigger queries. This now only supports basic site search.
+    "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Data store with which this promotion is attached to.
+    "searchLinkPromotion": { # Promotion proto includes uri and other helping information to display the promotion. # Required. Promotion attached to this action.
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. The Promotion description. Maximum length: 200 characters.
+      "enabled": True or False, # Optional. The enabled promotion will be returned for any serving configs associated with the parent of the control this promotion is attached to. This flag is used for basic site search only.
+      "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The promotion thumbnail image url.
+      "title": "A String", # Required. The title of the promotion. Maximum length: 160 characters.
+      "uri": "A String", # Required. The URL for the page the user wants to promote.
+    },
+  },
   "redirectAction": { # Redirects a shopper to the provided URI. # Defines a redirect-type control.
     "redirectUri": "A String", # Required. The URI to which the shopper will be redirected. Required. URI must have length equal or less than 2000 characters. Otherwise an INVALID ARGUMENT error is thrown.
   },
@@ -197,6 +207,16 @@ 
Method Details

     "filter": "A String", # Required. A filter to apply on the matching condition results. Required Syntax documentation: https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/filter-and-order Maximum length is 5000 characters. Otherwise an INVALID ARGUMENT error is thrown.
   },
   "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/*/locations/global/dataStore/*/controls/*`
+  "promoteAction": { # Promote certain links based on some trigger queries. Example: Promote shoe store link when searching for `shoe` keyword. The link can be outside of associated data store. # Promote certain links based on predefined trigger queries. This now only supports basic site search.
+    "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Data store with which this promotion is attached to.
+    "searchLinkPromotion": { # Promotion proto includes uri and other helping information to display the promotion. # Required. Promotion attached to this action.
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. The Promotion description. Maximum length: 200 characters.
+      "enabled": True or False, # Optional. The enabled promotion will be returned for any serving configs associated with the parent of the control this promotion is attached to. This flag is used for basic site search only.
+      "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The promotion thumbnail image url.
+      "title": "A String", # Required. The title of the promotion. Maximum length: 160 characters.
+      "uri": "A String", # Required. The URL for the page the user wants to promote.
+    },
+  },
   "redirectAction": { # Redirects a shopper to the provided URI. # Defines a redirect-type control.
     "redirectUri": "A String", # Required. The URI to which the shopper will be redirected. Required. URI must have length equal or less than 2000 characters. Otherwise an INVALID ARGUMENT error is thrown.
   },
@@ -276,6 +296,16 @@ 
Method Details

     "filter": "A String", # Required. A filter to apply on the matching condition results. Required Syntax documentation: https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/filter-and-order Maximum length is 5000 characters. Otherwise an INVALID ARGUMENT error is thrown.
   },
   "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/*/locations/global/dataStore/*/controls/*`
+  "promoteAction": { # Promote certain links based on some trigger queries. Example: Promote shoe store link when searching for `shoe` keyword. The link can be outside of associated data store. # Promote certain links based on predefined trigger queries. This now only supports basic site search.
+    "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Data store with which this promotion is attached to.
+    "searchLinkPromotion": { # Promotion proto includes uri and other helping information to display the promotion. # Required. Promotion attached to this action.
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. The Promotion description. Maximum length: 200 characters.
+      "enabled": True or False, # Optional. The enabled promotion will be returned for any serving configs associated with the parent of the control this promotion is attached to. This flag is used for basic site search only.
+      "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The promotion thumbnail image url.
+      "title": "A String", # Required. The title of the promotion. Maximum length: 160 characters.
+      "uri": "A String", # Required. The URL for the page the user wants to promote.
+    },
+  },
   "redirectAction": { # Redirects a shopper to the provided URI. # Defines a redirect-type control.
     "redirectUri": "A String", # Required. The URI to which the shopper will be redirected. Required. URI must have length equal or less than 2000 characters. Otherwise an INVALID ARGUMENT error is thrown.
   },
@@ -342,6 +372,16 @@ 
Method Details

         "filter": "A String", # Required. A filter to apply on the matching condition results. Required Syntax documentation: https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/filter-and-order Maximum length is 5000 characters. Otherwise an INVALID ARGUMENT error is thrown.
       },
       "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/*/locations/global/dataStore/*/controls/*`
+      "promoteAction": { # Promote certain links based on some trigger queries. Example: Promote shoe store link when searching for `shoe` keyword. The link can be outside of associated data store. # Promote certain links based on predefined trigger queries. This now only supports basic site search.
+        "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Data store with which this promotion is attached to.
+        "searchLinkPromotion": { # Promotion proto includes uri and other helping information to display the promotion. # Required. Promotion attached to this action.
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. The Promotion description. Maximum length: 200 characters.
+          "enabled": True or False, # Optional. The enabled promotion will be returned for any serving configs associated with the parent of the control this promotion is attached to. This flag is used for basic site search only.
+          "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The promotion thumbnail image url.
+          "title": "A String", # Required. The title of the promotion. Maximum length: 160 characters.
+          "uri": "A String", # Required. The URL for the page the user wants to promote.
+        },
+      },
       "redirectAction": { # Redirects a shopper to the provided URI. # Defines a redirect-type control.
         "redirectUri": "A String", # Required. The URI to which the shopper will be redirected. Required. URI must have length equal or less than 2000 characters. Otherwise an INVALID ARGUMENT error is thrown.
       },
@@ -415,6 +455,16 @@ 
Method Details

     "filter": "A String", # Required. A filter to apply on the matching condition results. Required Syntax documentation: https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/filter-and-order Maximum length is 5000 characters. Otherwise an INVALID ARGUMENT error is thrown.
   },
   "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/*/locations/global/dataStore/*/controls/*`
+  "promoteAction": { # Promote certain links based on some trigger queries. Example: Promote shoe store link when searching for `shoe` keyword. The link can be outside of associated data store. # Promote certain links based on predefined trigger queries. This now only supports basic site search.
+    "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Data store with which this promotion is attached to.
+    "searchLinkPromotion": { # Promotion proto includes uri and other helping information to display the promotion. # Required. Promotion attached to this action.
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. The Promotion description. Maximum length: 200 characters.
+      "enabled": True or False, # Optional. The enabled promotion will be returned for any serving configs associated with the parent of the control this promotion is attached to. This flag is used for basic site search only.
+      "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The promotion thumbnail image url.
+      "title": "A String", # Required. The title of the promotion. Maximum length: 160 characters.
+      "uri": "A String", # Required. The URL for the page the user wants to promote.
+    },
+  },
   "redirectAction": { # Redirects a shopper to the provided URI. # Defines a redirect-type control.
     "redirectUri": "A String", # Required. The URI to which the shopper will be redirected. Required. URI must have length equal or less than 2000 characters. Otherwise an INVALID ARGUMENT error is thrown.
   },
@@ -470,6 +520,16 @@ 
Method Details

     "filter": "A String", # Required. A filter to apply on the matching condition results. Required Syntax documentation: https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/filter-and-order Maximum length is 5000 characters. Otherwise an INVALID ARGUMENT error is thrown.
   },
   "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/*/locations/global/dataStore/*/controls/*`
+  "promoteAction": { # Promote certain links based on some trigger queries. Example: Promote shoe store link when searching for `shoe` keyword. The link can be outside of associated data store. # Promote certain links based on predefined trigger queries. This now only supports basic site search.
+    "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Data store with which this promotion is attached to.
+    "searchLinkPromotion": { # Promotion proto includes uri and other helping information to display the promotion. # Required. Promotion attached to this action.
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. The Promotion description. Maximum length: 200 characters.
+      "enabled": True or False, # Optional. The enabled promotion will be returned for any serving configs associated with the parent of the control this promotion is attached to. This flag is used for basic site search only.
+      "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The promotion thumbnail image url.
+      "title": "A String", # Required. The title of the promotion. Maximum length: 160 characters.
+      "uri": "A String", # Required. The URL for the page the user wants to promote.
+    },
+  },
   "redirectAction": { # Redirects a shopper to the provided URI. # Defines a redirect-type control.
     "redirectUri": "A String", # Required. The URI to which the shopper will be redirected. Required. URI must have length equal or less than 2000 characters. Otherwise an INVALID ARGUMENT error is thrown.
   },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.servingConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.servingConfigs.html
index 9172811b32..bff34ebe3f 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.servingConfigs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.servingConfigs.html
@@ -487,7 +487,7 @@ 
Method Details

     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for Recommend method.
-  "filter": "A String", # Filter for restricting recommendation results with a length limit of 5,000 characters. Currently, only filter expressions on the `filter_tags` attribute is supported. Examples: * `(filter_tags: ANY("Red", "Blue") OR filter_tags: ANY("Hot", "Cold"))` * `(filter_tags: ANY("Red", "Blue")) AND NOT (filter_tags: ANY("Green"))` If `attributeFilteringSyntax` is set to true under the `params` field, then attribute-based expressions are expected instead of the above described tag-based syntax. Examples: * (launguage: ANY("en", "es")) AND NOT (categories: ANY("Movie")) * (available: true) AND (launguage: ANY("en", "es")) OR (categories: ANY("Movie")) If your filter blocks all results, the API returns generic (unfiltered) popular Documents. If you only want results strictly matching the filters, set `strictFiltering` to `true` in RecommendRequest.params to receive empty results instead. Note that the API never returns Documents with `storageStatus` as `EXPIRED` or `DELETED` regardless of filter choices.
+  "filter": "A String", # Filter for restricting recommendation results with a length limit of 5,000 characters. Currently, only filter expressions on the `filter_tags` attribute is supported. Examples: * `(filter_tags: ANY("Red", "Blue") OR filter_tags: ANY("Hot", "Cold"))` * `(filter_tags: ANY("Red", "Blue")) AND NOT (filter_tags: ANY("Green"))` If `attributeFilteringSyntax` is set to true under the `params` field, then attribute-based expressions are expected instead of the above described tag-based syntax. Examples: * (language: ANY("en", "es")) AND NOT (categories: ANY("Movie")) * (available: true) AND (language: ANY("en", "es")) OR (categories: ANY("Movie")) If your filter blocks all results, the API returns generic (unfiltered) popular Documents. If you only want results strictly matching the filters, set `strictFiltering` to `true` in RecommendRequest.params to receive empty results instead. Note that the API never returns Documents with `storageStatus` as `EXPIRED` or `DELETED` regardless of filter choices.
   "pageSize": 42, # Maximum number of results to return. Set this property to the number of recommendation results needed. If zero, the service chooses a reasonable default. The maximum allowed value is 100. Values above 100 are set to 100.
   "params": { # Additional domain specific parameters for the recommendations. Allowed values: * `returnDocument`: Boolean. If set to `true`, the associated Document object is returned in RecommendResponse.RecommendationResult.document. * `returnScore`: Boolean. If set to true, the recommendation score corresponding to each returned Document is set in RecommendResponse.RecommendationResult.metadata. The given score indicates the probability of a Document conversion given the user's context and history. * `strictFiltering`: Boolean. True by default. If set to `false`, the service returns generic (unfiltered) popular Documents instead of empty if your filter blocks all recommendation results. * `diversityLevel`: String. Default empty. If set to be non-empty, then it needs to be one of: * `no-diversity` * `low-diversity` * `medium-diversity` * `high-diversity` * `auto-diversity` This gives request-level control and adjusts recommendation results based on Document category. * `attributeFilteringSyntax`: Boolean. False by default. If set to true, the `filter` field is interpreted according to the new, attribute-based syntax.
     "a_key": "",
@@ -734,7 +734,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "useSemanticChunks": True or False, # If true, answer will be generated from most relevant chunks from top search results. This feature will improve summary quality. Note that with this feature enabled, not all top search results will be referenced and included in the reference list, so the citation source index only points to the search results listed in the reference list.
     },
   },
-  "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specs defining dataStores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those dataStores. This is only considered for engines with multiple dataStores use case. For single dataStore within an engine, they should use the specs at the top level.
+  "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specs defining DataStores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. For engines with a single data store, the specs directly under SearchRequest should be used.
     { # A struct to define data stores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.
       "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`.
       "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata)
@@ -912,6 +912,15 @@ 
Method Details

       "id": "A String", # Document.id of the searched Document.
     },
   ],
+  "searchLinkPromotions": [ # Promotions for site search.
+    { # Promotion proto includes uri and other helping information to display the promotion.
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. The Promotion description. Maximum length: 200 characters.
+      "enabled": True or False, # Optional. The enabled promotion will be returned for any serving configs associated with the parent of the control this promotion is attached to. This flag is used for basic site search only.
+      "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The promotion thumbnail image url.
+      "title": "A String", # Required. The title of the promotion. Maximum length: 160 characters.
+      "uri": "A String", # Required. The URL for the page the user wants to promote.
+    },
+  ],
   "sessionInfo": { # Information about the session. # Session information. Only set if SearchRequest.session is provided. See its description for more details.
     "name": "A String", # Name of the session. If the auto-session mode is used (when SearchRequest.session ends with "-"), this field holds the newly generated session name.
     "queryId": "A String", # Query ID that corresponds to this search API call. One session can have multiple turns, each with a unique query ID. By specifying the session name and this query ID in the Answer API call, the answer generation happens in the context of the search results from this search call.
@@ -1029,7 +1038,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "useSemanticChunks": True or False, # If true, answer will be generated from most relevant chunks from top search results. This feature will improve summary quality. Note that with this feature enabled, not all top search results will be referenced and included in the reference list, so the citation source index only points to the search results listed in the reference list.
     },
   },
-  "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specs defining dataStores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those dataStores. This is only considered for engines with multiple dataStores use case. For single dataStore within an engine, they should use the specs at the top level.
+  "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specs defining DataStores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. For engines with a single data store, the specs directly under SearchRequest should be used.
     { # A struct to define data stores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.
       "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`.
       "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata)
@@ -1207,6 +1216,15 @@ 
Method Details

       "id": "A String", # Document.id of the searched Document.
     },
   ],
+  "searchLinkPromotions": [ # Promotions for site search.
+    { # Promotion proto includes uri and other helping information to display the promotion.
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. The Promotion description. Maximum length: 200 characters.
+      "enabled": True or False, # Optional. The enabled promotion will be returned for any serving configs associated with the parent of the control this promotion is attached to. This flag is used for basic site search only.
+      "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The promotion thumbnail image url.
+      "title": "A String", # Required. The title of the promotion. Maximum length: 160 characters.
+      "uri": "A String", # Required. The URL for the page the user wants to promote.
+    },
+  ],
   "sessionInfo": { # Information about the session. # Session information. Only set if SearchRequest.session is provided. See its description for more details.
     "name": "A String", # Name of the session. If the auto-session mode is used (when SearchRequest.session ends with "-"), this field holds the newly generated session name.
     "queryId": "A String", # Query ID that corresponds to this search API call. One session can have multiple turns, each with a unique query ID. By specifying the session name and this query ID in the Answer API call, the answer generation happens in the context of the search results from this search call.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.userEvents.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.userEvents.html
index 45e197bf12..9250f55836 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.userEvents.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.userEvents.html
@@ -311,7 +311,7 @@ 
Method Details

     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for PurgeUserEvents method.
-  "filter": "A String", # Required. The filter string to specify the events to be deleted with a length limit of 5,000 characters. The eligible fields for filtering are: * `eventType`: Double quoted UserEvent.event_type string. * `eventTime`: in ISO 8601 "zulu" format. * `userPseudoId`: Double quoted string. Specifying this will delete all events associated with a visitor. * `userId`: Double quoted string. Specifying this will delete all events associated with a user. Examples: * Deleting all events in a time range: `eventTime > "2012-04-23T18:25:43.511Z" eventTime < "2012-04-23T18:30:43.511Z"` * Deleting specific eventType: `eventType = "search"` * Deleting all events for a specific visitor: `userPseudoId = "visitor1024"` * Deleting all events inside a DataStore: `*` The filtering fields are assumed to have an implicit AND.
+  "filter": "A String", # Required. The filter string to specify the events to be deleted with a length limit of 5,000 characters. The eligible fields for filtering are: * `eventType`: Double quoted UserEvent.event_type string. * `eventTime`: in ISO 8601 "zulu" format. * `userPseudoId`: Double quoted string. Specifying this will delete all events associated with a visitor. * `userId`: Double quoted string. Specifying this will delete all events associated with a user. Note: This API only supports purging a max range of 30 days. Examples: * Deleting all events in a time range: `eventTime > "2012-04-23T18:25:43.511Z" eventTime < "2012-04-23T18:30:43.511Z"` * Deleting specific eventType in a time range: `eventTime > "2012-04-23T18:25:43.511Z" eventTime < "2012-04-23T18:30:43.511Z" eventType = "search"` * Deleting all events for a specific visitor in a time range: `eventTime > "2012-04-23T18:25:43.511Z" eventTime < "2012-04-23T18:30:43.511Z" userPseudoId = "visitor1024"` * Deleting the past 30 days of events inside a DataStore: `*` The filtering fields are assumed to have an implicit AND.
   "force": True or False, # The `force` field is currently not supported. Purge user event requests will permanently delete all purgeable events. Once the development is complete: If `force` is set to false, the method will return the expected purge count without deleting any user events. This field will default to false if not included in the request.
 }
 
diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.controls.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.controls.html
index b920b0378d..0832d94457 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.controls.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.controls.html
@@ -142,6 +142,16 @@ 
Method Details

     "filter": "A String", # Required. A filter to apply on the matching condition results. Required Syntax documentation: https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/filter-and-order Maximum length is 5000 characters. Otherwise an INVALID ARGUMENT error is thrown.
   },
   "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/*/locations/global/dataStore/*/controls/*`
+  "promoteAction": { # Promote certain links based on some trigger queries. Example: Promote shoe store link when searching for `shoe` keyword. The link can be outside of associated data store. # Promote certain links based on predefined trigger queries. This now only supports basic site search.
+    "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Data store with which this promotion is attached to.
+    "searchLinkPromotion": { # Promotion proto includes uri and other helping information to display the promotion. # Required. Promotion attached to this action.
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. The Promotion description. Maximum length: 200 characters.
+      "enabled": True or False, # Optional. The enabled promotion will be returned for any serving configs associated with the parent of the control this promotion is attached to. This flag is used for basic site search only.
+      "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The promotion thumbnail image url.
+      "title": "A String", # Required. The title of the promotion. Maximum length: 160 characters.
+      "uri": "A String", # Required. The URL for the page the user wants to promote.
+    },
+  },
   "redirectAction": { # Redirects a shopper to the provided URI. # Defines a redirect-type control.
     "redirectUri": "A String", # Required. The URI to which the shopper will be redirected. Required. URI must have length equal or less than 2000 characters. Otherwise an INVALID ARGUMENT error is thrown.
   },
@@ -197,6 +207,16 @@ 
Method Details

     "filter": "A String", # Required. A filter to apply on the matching condition results. Required Syntax documentation: https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/filter-and-order Maximum length is 5000 characters. Otherwise an INVALID ARGUMENT error is thrown.
   },
   "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/*/locations/global/dataStore/*/controls/*`
+  "promoteAction": { # Promote certain links based on some trigger queries. Example: Promote shoe store link when searching for `shoe` keyword. The link can be outside of associated data store. # Promote certain links based on predefined trigger queries. This now only supports basic site search.
+    "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Data store with which this promotion is attached to.
+    "searchLinkPromotion": { # Promotion proto includes uri and other helping information to display the promotion. # Required. Promotion attached to this action.
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. The Promotion description. Maximum length: 200 characters.
+      "enabled": True or False, # Optional. The enabled promotion will be returned for any serving configs associated with the parent of the control this promotion is attached to. This flag is used for basic site search only.
+      "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The promotion thumbnail image url.
+      "title": "A String", # Required. The title of the promotion. Maximum length: 160 characters.
+      "uri": "A String", # Required. The URL for the page the user wants to promote.
+    },
+  },
   "redirectAction": { # Redirects a shopper to the provided URI. # Defines a redirect-type control.
     "redirectUri": "A String", # Required. The URI to which the shopper will be redirected. Required. URI must have length equal or less than 2000 characters. Otherwise an INVALID ARGUMENT error is thrown.
   },
@@ -276,6 +296,16 @@ 
Method Details

     "filter": "A String", # Required. A filter to apply on the matching condition results. Required Syntax documentation: https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/filter-and-order Maximum length is 5000 characters. Otherwise an INVALID ARGUMENT error is thrown.
   },
   "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/*/locations/global/dataStore/*/controls/*`
+  "promoteAction": { # Promote certain links based on some trigger queries. Example: Promote shoe store link when searching for `shoe` keyword. The link can be outside of associated data store. # Promote certain links based on predefined trigger queries. This now only supports basic site search.
+    "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Data store with which this promotion is attached to.
+    "searchLinkPromotion": { # Promotion proto includes uri and other helping information to display the promotion. # Required. Promotion attached to this action.
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. The Promotion description. Maximum length: 200 characters.
+      "enabled": True or False, # Optional. The enabled promotion will be returned for any serving configs associated with the parent of the control this promotion is attached to. This flag is used for basic site search only.
+      "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The promotion thumbnail image url.
+      "title": "A String", # Required. The title of the promotion. Maximum length: 160 characters.
+      "uri": "A String", # Required. The URL for the page the user wants to promote.
+    },
+  },
   "redirectAction": { # Redirects a shopper to the provided URI. # Defines a redirect-type control.
     "redirectUri": "A String", # Required. The URI to which the shopper will be redirected. Required. URI must have length equal or less than 2000 characters. Otherwise an INVALID ARGUMENT error is thrown.
   },
@@ -342,6 +372,16 @@ 
Method Details

         "filter": "A String", # Required. A filter to apply on the matching condition results. Required Syntax documentation: https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/filter-and-order Maximum length is 5000 characters. Otherwise an INVALID ARGUMENT error is thrown.
       },
       "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/*/locations/global/dataStore/*/controls/*`
+      "promoteAction": { # Promote certain links based on some trigger queries. Example: Promote shoe store link when searching for `shoe` keyword. The link can be outside of associated data store. # Promote certain links based on predefined trigger queries. This now only supports basic site search.
+        "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Data store with which this promotion is attached to.
+        "searchLinkPromotion": { # Promotion proto includes uri and other helping information to display the promotion. # Required. Promotion attached to this action.
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. The Promotion description. Maximum length: 200 characters.
+          "enabled": True or False, # Optional. The enabled promotion will be returned for any serving configs associated with the parent of the control this promotion is attached to. This flag is used for basic site search only.
+          "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The promotion thumbnail image url.
+          "title": "A String", # Required. The title of the promotion. Maximum length: 160 characters.
+          "uri": "A String", # Required. The URL for the page the user wants to promote.
+        },
+      },
       "redirectAction": { # Redirects a shopper to the provided URI. # Defines a redirect-type control.
         "redirectUri": "A String", # Required. The URI to which the shopper will be redirected. Required. URI must have length equal or less than 2000 characters. Otherwise an INVALID ARGUMENT error is thrown.
       },
@@ -415,6 +455,16 @@ 
Method Details

     "filter": "A String", # Required. A filter to apply on the matching condition results. Required Syntax documentation: https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/filter-and-order Maximum length is 5000 characters. Otherwise an INVALID ARGUMENT error is thrown.
   },
   "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/*/locations/global/dataStore/*/controls/*`
+  "promoteAction": { # Promote certain links based on some trigger queries. Example: Promote shoe store link when searching for `shoe` keyword. The link can be outside of associated data store. # Promote certain links based on predefined trigger queries. This now only supports basic site search.
+    "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Data store with which this promotion is attached to.
+    "searchLinkPromotion": { # Promotion proto includes uri and other helping information to display the promotion. # Required. Promotion attached to this action.
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. The Promotion description. Maximum length: 200 characters.
+      "enabled": True or False, # Optional. The enabled promotion will be returned for any serving configs associated with the parent of the control this promotion is attached to. This flag is used for basic site search only.
+      "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The promotion thumbnail image url.
+      "title": "A String", # Required. The title of the promotion. Maximum length: 160 characters.
+      "uri": "A String", # Required. The URL for the page the user wants to promote.
+    },
+  },
   "redirectAction": { # Redirects a shopper to the provided URI. # Defines a redirect-type control.
     "redirectUri": "A String", # Required. The URI to which the shopper will be redirected. Required. URI must have length equal or less than 2000 characters. Otherwise an INVALID ARGUMENT error is thrown.
   },
@@ -470,6 +520,16 @@ 
Method Details

     "filter": "A String", # Required. A filter to apply on the matching condition results. Required Syntax documentation: https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/filter-and-order Maximum length is 5000 characters. Otherwise an INVALID ARGUMENT error is thrown.
   },
   "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/*/locations/global/dataStore/*/controls/*`
+  "promoteAction": { # Promote certain links based on some trigger queries. Example: Promote shoe store link when searching for `shoe` keyword. The link can be outside of associated data store. # Promote certain links based on predefined trigger queries. This now only supports basic site search.
+    "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Data store with which this promotion is attached to.
+    "searchLinkPromotion": { # Promotion proto includes uri and other helping information to display the promotion. # Required. Promotion attached to this action.
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. The Promotion description. Maximum length: 200 characters.
+      "enabled": True or False, # Optional. The enabled promotion will be returned for any serving configs associated with the parent of the control this promotion is attached to. This flag is used for basic site search only.
+      "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The promotion thumbnail image url.
+      "title": "A String", # Required. The title of the promotion. Maximum length: 160 characters.
+      "uri": "A String", # Required. The URL for the page the user wants to promote.
+    },
+  },
   "redirectAction": { # Redirects a shopper to the provided URI. # Defines a redirect-type control.
     "redirectUri": "A String", # Required. The URI to which the shopper will be redirected. Required. URI must have length equal or less than 2000 characters. Otherwise an INVALID ARGUMENT error is thrown.
   },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.servingConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.servingConfigs.html
index d27618c6ee..0fb842a2c3 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.servingConfigs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.collections.engines.servingConfigs.html
@@ -487,7 +487,7 @@ 
Method Details

     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for Recommend method.
-  "filter": "A String", # Filter for restricting recommendation results with a length limit of 5,000 characters. Currently, only filter expressions on the `filter_tags` attribute is supported. Examples: * `(filter_tags: ANY("Red", "Blue") OR filter_tags: ANY("Hot", "Cold"))` * `(filter_tags: ANY("Red", "Blue")) AND NOT (filter_tags: ANY("Green"))` If `attributeFilteringSyntax` is set to true under the `params` field, then attribute-based expressions are expected instead of the above described tag-based syntax. Examples: * (launguage: ANY("en", "es")) AND NOT (categories: ANY("Movie")) * (available: true) AND (launguage: ANY("en", "es")) OR (categories: ANY("Movie")) If your filter blocks all results, the API returns generic (unfiltered) popular Documents. If you only want results strictly matching the filters, set `strictFiltering` to `true` in RecommendRequest.params to receive empty results instead. Note that the API never returns Documents with `storageStatus` as `EXPIRED` or `DELETED` regardless of filter choices.
+  "filter": "A String", # Filter for restricting recommendation results with a length limit of 5,000 characters. Currently, only filter expressions on the `filter_tags` attribute is supported. Examples: * `(filter_tags: ANY("Red", "Blue") OR filter_tags: ANY("Hot", "Cold"))` * `(filter_tags: ANY("Red", "Blue")) AND NOT (filter_tags: ANY("Green"))` If `attributeFilteringSyntax` is set to true under the `params` field, then attribute-based expressions are expected instead of the above described tag-based syntax. Examples: * (language: ANY("en", "es")) AND NOT (categories: ANY("Movie")) * (available: true) AND (language: ANY("en", "es")) OR (categories: ANY("Movie")) If your filter blocks all results, the API returns generic (unfiltered) popular Documents. If you only want results strictly matching the filters, set `strictFiltering` to `true` in RecommendRequest.params to receive empty results instead. Note that the API never returns Documents with `storageStatus` as `EXPIRED` or `DELETED` regardless of filter choices.
   "pageSize": 42, # Maximum number of results to return. Set this property to the number of recommendation results needed. If zero, the service chooses a reasonable default. The maximum allowed value is 100. Values above 100 are set to 100.
   "params": { # Additional domain specific parameters for the recommendations. Allowed values: * `returnDocument`: Boolean. If set to `true`, the associated Document object is returned in RecommendResponse.RecommendationResult.document. * `returnScore`: Boolean. If set to true, the recommendation score corresponding to each returned Document is set in RecommendResponse.RecommendationResult.metadata. The given score indicates the probability of a Document conversion given the user's context and history. * `strictFiltering`: Boolean. True by default. If set to `false`, the service returns generic (unfiltered) popular Documents instead of empty if your filter blocks all recommendation results. * `diversityLevel`: String. Default empty. If set to be non-empty, then it needs to be one of: * `no-diversity` * `low-diversity` * `medium-diversity` * `high-diversity` * `auto-diversity` This gives request-level control and adjusts recommendation results based on Document category. * `attributeFilteringSyntax`: Boolean. False by default. If set to true, the `filter` field is interpreted according to the new, attribute-based syntax.
     "a_key": "",
@@ -734,7 +734,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "useSemanticChunks": True or False, # If true, answer will be generated from most relevant chunks from top search results. This feature will improve summary quality. Note that with this feature enabled, not all top search results will be referenced and included in the reference list, so the citation source index only points to the search results listed in the reference list.
     },
   },
-  "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specs defining dataStores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those dataStores. This is only considered for engines with multiple dataStores use case. For single dataStore within an engine, they should use the specs at the top level.
+  "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specs defining DataStores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. For engines with a single data store, the specs directly under SearchRequest should be used.
     { # A struct to define data stores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.
       "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`.
       "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata)
@@ -912,6 +912,15 @@ 
Method Details

       "id": "A String", # Document.id of the searched Document.
     },
   ],
+  "searchLinkPromotions": [ # Promotions for site search.
+    { # Promotion proto includes uri and other helping information to display the promotion.
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. The Promotion description. Maximum length: 200 characters.
+      "enabled": True or False, # Optional. The enabled promotion will be returned for any serving configs associated with the parent of the control this promotion is attached to. This flag is used for basic site search only.
+      "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The promotion thumbnail image url.
+      "title": "A String", # Required. The title of the promotion. Maximum length: 160 characters.
+      "uri": "A String", # Required. The URL for the page the user wants to promote.
+    },
+  ],
   "sessionInfo": { # Information about the session. # Session information. Only set if SearchRequest.session is provided. See its description for more details.
     "name": "A String", # Name of the session. If the auto-session mode is used (when SearchRequest.session ends with "-"), this field holds the newly generated session name.
     "queryId": "A String", # Query ID that corresponds to this search API call. One session can have multiple turns, each with a unique query ID. By specifying the session name and this query ID in the Answer API call, the answer generation happens in the context of the search results from this search call.
@@ -1029,7 +1038,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "useSemanticChunks": True or False, # If true, answer will be generated from most relevant chunks from top search results. This feature will improve summary quality. Note that with this feature enabled, not all top search results will be referenced and included in the reference list, so the citation source index only points to the search results listed in the reference list.
     },
   },
-  "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specs defining dataStores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those dataStores. This is only considered for engines with multiple dataStores use case. For single dataStore within an engine, they should use the specs at the top level.
+  "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specs defining DataStores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. For engines with a single data store, the specs directly under SearchRequest should be used.
     { # A struct to define data stores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.
       "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`.
       "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata)
@@ -1207,6 +1216,15 @@ 
Method Details

       "id": "A String", # Document.id of the searched Document.
     },
   ],
+  "searchLinkPromotions": [ # Promotions for site search.
+    { # Promotion proto includes uri and other helping information to display the promotion.
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. The Promotion description. Maximum length: 200 characters.
+      "enabled": True or False, # Optional. The enabled promotion will be returned for any serving configs associated with the parent of the control this promotion is attached to. This flag is used for basic site search only.
+      "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The promotion thumbnail image url.
+      "title": "A String", # Required. The title of the promotion. Maximum length: 160 characters.
+      "uri": "A String", # Required. The URL for the page the user wants to promote.
+    },
+  ],
   "sessionInfo": { # Information about the session. # Session information. Only set if SearchRequest.session is provided. See its description for more details.
     "name": "A String", # Name of the session. If the auto-session mode is used (when SearchRequest.session ends with "-"), this field holds the newly generated session name.
     "queryId": "A String", # Query ID that corresponds to this search API call. One session can have multiple turns, each with a unique query ID. By specifying the session name and this query ID in the Answer API call, the answer generation happens in the context of the search results from this search call.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.dataStores.branches.operations.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.dataStores.branches.operations.html
index 989295ed37..4ebdeca5eb 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.dataStores.branches.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.dataStores.branches.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Discovery Engine API . 
   cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.dataStores.controls.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.dataStores.controls.html
index 1d73149af5..35c9ac2f93 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.dataStores.controls.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.dataStores.controls.html
@@ -142,6 +142,16 @@ 
Method Details

     "filter": "A String", # Required. A filter to apply on the matching condition results. Required Syntax documentation: https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/filter-and-order Maximum length is 5000 characters. Otherwise an INVALID ARGUMENT error is thrown.
   },
   "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/*/locations/global/dataStore/*/controls/*`
+  "promoteAction": { # Promote certain links based on some trigger queries. Example: Promote shoe store link when searching for `shoe` keyword. The link can be outside of associated data store. # Promote certain links based on predefined trigger queries. This now only supports basic site search.
+    "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Data store with which this promotion is attached to.
+    "searchLinkPromotion": { # Promotion proto includes uri and other helping information to display the promotion. # Required. Promotion attached to this action.
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. The Promotion description. Maximum length: 200 characters.
+      "enabled": True or False, # Optional. The enabled promotion will be returned for any serving configs associated with the parent of the control this promotion is attached to. This flag is used for basic site search only.
+      "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The promotion thumbnail image url.
+      "title": "A String", # Required. The title of the promotion. Maximum length: 160 characters.
+      "uri": "A String", # Required. The URL for the page the user wants to promote.
+    },
+  },
   "redirectAction": { # Redirects a shopper to the provided URI. # Defines a redirect-type control.
     "redirectUri": "A String", # Required. The URI to which the shopper will be redirected. Required. URI must have length equal or less than 2000 characters. Otherwise an INVALID ARGUMENT error is thrown.
   },
@@ -197,6 +207,16 @@ 
Method Details

     "filter": "A String", # Required. A filter to apply on the matching condition results. Required Syntax documentation: https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/filter-and-order Maximum length is 5000 characters. Otherwise an INVALID ARGUMENT error is thrown.
   },
   "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/*/locations/global/dataStore/*/controls/*`
+  "promoteAction": { # Promote certain links based on some trigger queries. Example: Promote shoe store link when searching for `shoe` keyword. The link can be outside of associated data store. # Promote certain links based on predefined trigger queries. This now only supports basic site search.
+    "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Data store with which this promotion is attached to.
+    "searchLinkPromotion": { # Promotion proto includes uri and other helping information to display the promotion. # Required. Promotion attached to this action.
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. The Promotion description. Maximum length: 200 characters.
+      "enabled": True or False, # Optional. The enabled promotion will be returned for any serving configs associated with the parent of the control this promotion is attached to. This flag is used for basic site search only.
+      "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The promotion thumbnail image url.
+      "title": "A String", # Required. The title of the promotion. Maximum length: 160 characters.
+      "uri": "A String", # Required. The URL for the page the user wants to promote.
+    },
+  },
   "redirectAction": { # Redirects a shopper to the provided URI. # Defines a redirect-type control.
     "redirectUri": "A String", # Required. The URI to which the shopper will be redirected. Required. URI must have length equal or less than 2000 characters. Otherwise an INVALID ARGUMENT error is thrown.
   },
@@ -276,6 +296,16 @@ 
Method Details

     "filter": "A String", # Required. A filter to apply on the matching condition results. Required Syntax documentation: https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/filter-and-order Maximum length is 5000 characters. Otherwise an INVALID ARGUMENT error is thrown.
   },
   "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/*/locations/global/dataStore/*/controls/*`
+  "promoteAction": { # Promote certain links based on some trigger queries. Example: Promote shoe store link when searching for `shoe` keyword. The link can be outside of associated data store. # Promote certain links based on predefined trigger queries. This now only supports basic site search.
+    "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Data store with which this promotion is attached to.
+    "searchLinkPromotion": { # Promotion proto includes uri and other helping information to display the promotion. # Required. Promotion attached to this action.
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. The Promotion description. Maximum length: 200 characters.
+      "enabled": True or False, # Optional. The enabled promotion will be returned for any serving configs associated with the parent of the control this promotion is attached to. This flag is used for basic site search only.
+      "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The promotion thumbnail image url.
+      "title": "A String", # Required. The title of the promotion. Maximum length: 160 characters.
+      "uri": "A String", # Required. The URL for the page the user wants to promote.
+    },
+  },
   "redirectAction": { # Redirects a shopper to the provided URI. # Defines a redirect-type control.
     "redirectUri": "A String", # Required. The URI to which the shopper will be redirected. Required. URI must have length equal or less than 2000 characters. Otherwise an INVALID ARGUMENT error is thrown.
   },
@@ -342,6 +372,16 @@ 
Method Details

         "filter": "A String", # Required. A filter to apply on the matching condition results. Required Syntax documentation: https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/filter-and-order Maximum length is 5000 characters. Otherwise an INVALID ARGUMENT error is thrown.
       },
       "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/*/locations/global/dataStore/*/controls/*`
+      "promoteAction": { # Promote certain links based on some trigger queries. Example: Promote shoe store link when searching for `shoe` keyword. The link can be outside of associated data store. # Promote certain links based on predefined trigger queries. This now only supports basic site search.
+        "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Data store with which this promotion is attached to.
+        "searchLinkPromotion": { # Promotion proto includes uri and other helping information to display the promotion. # Required. Promotion attached to this action.
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. The Promotion description. Maximum length: 200 characters.
+          "enabled": True or False, # Optional. The enabled promotion will be returned for any serving configs associated with the parent of the control this promotion is attached to. This flag is used for basic site search only.
+          "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The promotion thumbnail image url.
+          "title": "A String", # Required. The title of the promotion. Maximum length: 160 characters.
+          "uri": "A String", # Required. The URL for the page the user wants to promote.
+        },
+      },
       "redirectAction": { # Redirects a shopper to the provided URI. # Defines a redirect-type control.
         "redirectUri": "A String", # Required. The URI to which the shopper will be redirected. Required. URI must have length equal or less than 2000 characters. Otherwise an INVALID ARGUMENT error is thrown.
       },
@@ -415,6 +455,16 @@ 
Method Details

     "filter": "A String", # Required. A filter to apply on the matching condition results. Required Syntax documentation: https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/filter-and-order Maximum length is 5000 characters. Otherwise an INVALID ARGUMENT error is thrown.
   },
   "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/*/locations/global/dataStore/*/controls/*`
+  "promoteAction": { # Promote certain links based on some trigger queries. Example: Promote shoe store link when searching for `shoe` keyword. The link can be outside of associated data store. # Promote certain links based on predefined trigger queries. This now only supports basic site search.
+    "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Data store with which this promotion is attached to.
+    "searchLinkPromotion": { # Promotion proto includes uri and other helping information to display the promotion. # Required. Promotion attached to this action.
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. The Promotion description. Maximum length: 200 characters.
+      "enabled": True or False, # Optional. The enabled promotion will be returned for any serving configs associated with the parent of the control this promotion is attached to. This flag is used for basic site search only.
+      "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The promotion thumbnail image url.
+      "title": "A String", # Required. The title of the promotion. Maximum length: 160 characters.
+      "uri": "A String", # Required. The URL for the page the user wants to promote.
+    },
+  },
   "redirectAction": { # Redirects a shopper to the provided URI. # Defines a redirect-type control.
     "redirectUri": "A String", # Required. The URI to which the shopper will be redirected. Required. URI must have length equal or less than 2000 characters. Otherwise an INVALID ARGUMENT error is thrown.
   },
@@ -470,6 +520,16 @@ 
Method Details

     "filter": "A String", # Required. A filter to apply on the matching condition results. Required Syntax documentation: https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/filter-and-order Maximum length is 5000 characters. Otherwise an INVALID ARGUMENT error is thrown.
   },
   "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/*/locations/global/dataStore/*/controls/*`
+  "promoteAction": { # Promote certain links based on some trigger queries. Example: Promote shoe store link when searching for `shoe` keyword. The link can be outside of associated data store. # Promote certain links based on predefined trigger queries. This now only supports basic site search.
+    "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Data store with which this promotion is attached to.
+    "searchLinkPromotion": { # Promotion proto includes uri and other helping information to display the promotion. # Required. Promotion attached to this action.
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. The Promotion description. Maximum length: 200 characters.
+      "enabled": True or False, # Optional. The enabled promotion will be returned for any serving configs associated with the parent of the control this promotion is attached to. This flag is used for basic site search only.
+      "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The promotion thumbnail image url.
+      "title": "A String", # Required. The title of the promotion. Maximum length: 160 characters.
+      "uri": "A String", # Required. The URL for the page the user wants to promote.
+    },
+  },
   "redirectAction": { # Redirects a shopper to the provided URI. # Defines a redirect-type control.
     "redirectUri": "A String", # Required. The URI to which the shopper will be redirected. Required. URI must have length equal or less than 2000 characters. Otherwise an INVALID ARGUMENT error is thrown.
   },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.html
index 5971609f4b..98a966e600 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.html
@@ -487,7 +487,7 @@ 
Method Details

     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for Recommend method.
-  "filter": "A String", # Filter for restricting recommendation results with a length limit of 5,000 characters. Currently, only filter expressions on the `filter_tags` attribute is supported. Examples: * `(filter_tags: ANY("Red", "Blue") OR filter_tags: ANY("Hot", "Cold"))` * `(filter_tags: ANY("Red", "Blue")) AND NOT (filter_tags: ANY("Green"))` If `attributeFilteringSyntax` is set to true under the `params` field, then attribute-based expressions are expected instead of the above described tag-based syntax. Examples: * (launguage: ANY("en", "es")) AND NOT (categories: ANY("Movie")) * (available: true) AND (launguage: ANY("en", "es")) OR (categories: ANY("Movie")) If your filter blocks all results, the API returns generic (unfiltered) popular Documents. If you only want results strictly matching the filters, set `strictFiltering` to `true` in RecommendRequest.params to receive empty results instead. Note that the API never returns Documents with `storageStatus` as `EXPIRED` or `DELETED` regardless of filter choices.
+  "filter": "A String", # Filter for restricting recommendation results with a length limit of 5,000 characters. Currently, only filter expressions on the `filter_tags` attribute is supported. Examples: * `(filter_tags: ANY("Red", "Blue") OR filter_tags: ANY("Hot", "Cold"))` * `(filter_tags: ANY("Red", "Blue")) AND NOT (filter_tags: ANY("Green"))` If `attributeFilteringSyntax` is set to true under the `params` field, then attribute-based expressions are expected instead of the above described tag-based syntax. Examples: * (language: ANY("en", "es")) AND NOT (categories: ANY("Movie")) * (available: true) AND (language: ANY("en", "es")) OR (categories: ANY("Movie")) If your filter blocks all results, the API returns generic (unfiltered) popular Documents. If you only want results strictly matching the filters, set `strictFiltering` to `true` in RecommendRequest.params to receive empty results instead. Note that the API never returns Documents with `storageStatus` as `EXPIRED` or `DELETED` regardless of filter choices.
   "pageSize": 42, # Maximum number of results to return. Set this property to the number of recommendation results needed. If zero, the service chooses a reasonable default. The maximum allowed value is 100. Values above 100 are set to 100.
   "params": { # Additional domain specific parameters for the recommendations. Allowed values: * `returnDocument`: Boolean. If set to `true`, the associated Document object is returned in RecommendResponse.RecommendationResult.document. * `returnScore`: Boolean. If set to true, the recommendation score corresponding to each returned Document is set in RecommendResponse.RecommendationResult.metadata. The given score indicates the probability of a Document conversion given the user's context and history. * `strictFiltering`: Boolean. True by default. If set to `false`, the service returns generic (unfiltered) popular Documents instead of empty if your filter blocks all recommendation results. * `diversityLevel`: String. Default empty. If set to be non-empty, then it needs to be one of: * `no-diversity` * `low-diversity` * `medium-diversity` * `high-diversity` * `auto-diversity` This gives request-level control and adjusts recommendation results based on Document category. * `attributeFilteringSyntax`: Boolean. False by default. If set to true, the `filter` field is interpreted according to the new, attribute-based syntax.
     "a_key": "",
@@ -734,7 +734,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "useSemanticChunks": True or False, # If true, answer will be generated from most relevant chunks from top search results. This feature will improve summary quality. Note that with this feature enabled, not all top search results will be referenced and included in the reference list, so the citation source index only points to the search results listed in the reference list.
     },
   },
-  "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specs defining dataStores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those dataStores. This is only considered for engines with multiple dataStores use case. For single dataStore within an engine, they should use the specs at the top level.
+  "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specs defining DataStores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. For engines with a single data store, the specs directly under SearchRequest should be used.
     { # A struct to define data stores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.
       "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`.
       "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata)
@@ -912,6 +912,15 @@ 
Method Details

       "id": "A String", # Document.id of the searched Document.
     },
   ],
+  "searchLinkPromotions": [ # Promotions for site search.
+    { # Promotion proto includes uri and other helping information to display the promotion.
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. The Promotion description. Maximum length: 200 characters.
+      "enabled": True or False, # Optional. The enabled promotion will be returned for any serving configs associated with the parent of the control this promotion is attached to. This flag is used for basic site search only.
+      "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The promotion thumbnail image url.
+      "title": "A String", # Required. The title of the promotion. Maximum length: 160 characters.
+      "uri": "A String", # Required. The URL for the page the user wants to promote.
+    },
+  ],
   "sessionInfo": { # Information about the session. # Session information. Only set if SearchRequest.session is provided. See its description for more details.
     "name": "A String", # Name of the session. If the auto-session mode is used (when SearchRequest.session ends with "-"), this field holds the newly generated session name.
     "queryId": "A String", # Query ID that corresponds to this search API call. One session can have multiple turns, each with a unique query ID. By specifying the session name and this query ID in the Answer API call, the answer generation happens in the context of the search results from this search call.
@@ -1029,7 +1038,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "useSemanticChunks": True or False, # If true, answer will be generated from most relevant chunks from top search results. This feature will improve summary quality. Note that with this feature enabled, not all top search results will be referenced and included in the reference list, so the citation source index only points to the search results listed in the reference list.
     },
   },
-  "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specs defining dataStores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those dataStores. This is only considered for engines with multiple dataStores use case. For single dataStore within an engine, they should use the specs at the top level.
+  "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specs defining DataStores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. For engines with a single data store, the specs directly under SearchRequest should be used.
     { # A struct to define data stores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.
       "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`.
       "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata)
@@ -1207,6 +1216,15 @@ 
Method Details

       "id": "A String", # Document.id of the searched Document.
     },
   ],
+  "searchLinkPromotions": [ # Promotions for site search.
+    { # Promotion proto includes uri and other helping information to display the promotion.
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. The Promotion description. Maximum length: 200 characters.
+      "enabled": True or False, # Optional. The enabled promotion will be returned for any serving configs associated with the parent of the control this promotion is attached to. This flag is used for basic site search only.
+      "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The promotion thumbnail image url.
+      "title": "A String", # Required. The title of the promotion. Maximum length: 160 characters.
+      "uri": "A String", # Required. The URL for the page the user wants to promote.
+    },
+  ],
   "sessionInfo": { # Information about the session. # Session information. Only set if SearchRequest.session is provided. See its description for more details.
     "name": "A String", # Name of the session. If the auto-session mode is used (when SearchRequest.session ends with "-"), this field holds the newly generated session name.
     "queryId": "A String", # Query ID that corresponds to this search API call. One session can have multiple turns, each with a unique query ID. By specifying the session name and this query ID in the Answer API call, the answer generation happens in the context of the search results from this search call.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.dataStores.userEvents.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.dataStores.userEvents.html
index 8784f26d22..aac3992435 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.dataStores.userEvents.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.locations.dataStores.userEvents.html
@@ -311,7 +311,7 @@ 
Method Details

     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for PurgeUserEvents method.
-  "filter": "A String", # Required. The filter string to specify the events to be deleted with a length limit of 5,000 characters. The eligible fields for filtering are: * `eventType`: Double quoted UserEvent.event_type string. * `eventTime`: in ISO 8601 "zulu" format. * `userPseudoId`: Double quoted string. Specifying this will delete all events associated with a visitor. * `userId`: Double quoted string. Specifying this will delete all events associated with a user. Examples: * Deleting all events in a time range: `eventTime > "2012-04-23T18:25:43.511Z" eventTime < "2012-04-23T18:30:43.511Z"` * Deleting specific eventType: `eventType = "search"` * Deleting all events for a specific visitor: `userPseudoId = "visitor1024"` * Deleting all events inside a DataStore: `*` The filtering fields are assumed to have an implicit AND.
+  "filter": "A String", # Required. The filter string to specify the events to be deleted with a length limit of 5,000 characters. The eligible fields for filtering are: * `eventType`: Double quoted UserEvent.event_type string. * `eventTime`: in ISO 8601 "zulu" format. * `userPseudoId`: Double quoted string. Specifying this will delete all events associated with a visitor. * `userId`: Double quoted string. Specifying this will delete all events associated with a user. Note: This API only supports purging a max range of 30 days. Examples: * Deleting all events in a time range: `eventTime > "2012-04-23T18:25:43.511Z" eventTime < "2012-04-23T18:30:43.511Z"` * Deleting specific eventType in a time range: `eventTime > "2012-04-23T18:25:43.511Z" eventTime < "2012-04-23T18:30:43.511Z" eventType = "search"` * Deleting all events for a specific visitor in a time range: `eventTime > "2012-04-23T18:25:43.511Z" eventTime < "2012-04-23T18:30:43.511Z" userPseudoId = "visitor1024"` * Deleting the past 30 days of events inside a DataStore: `*` The filtering fields are assumed to have an implicit AND.
   "force": True or False, # The `force` field is currently not supported. Purge user event requests will permanently delete all purgeable events. Once the development is complete: If `force` is set to false, the method will return the expected purge count without deleting any user events. This field will default to false if not included in the request.
 }
 
diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.operations.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.operations.html
index 121d945389..da5cb1b30a 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1.projects.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Discovery Engine API . 
   cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.branches.operations.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.branches.operations.html
index fc641c35a3..57816fcac9 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.branches.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.branches.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Discovery Engine API . 
   cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.controls.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.controls.html
index f7c814238c..56e5fe704a 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.controls.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.controls.html
@@ -142,6 +142,16 @@ 
Method Details

     "filter": "A String", # Required. A filter to apply on the matching condition results. Required Syntax documentation: https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/filter-and-order Maximum length is 5000 characters. Otherwise an INVALID ARGUMENT error is thrown.
   },
   "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/*/locations/global/dataStore/*/controls/*`
+  "promoteAction": { # Promote certain links based on some trigger queries. Example: Promote shoe store link when searching for `shoe` keyword. The link can be outside of associated data store. # Promote certain links based on predefined trigger queries. This now only supports basic site search.
+    "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Data store with which this promotion is attached to.
+    "searchLinkPromotion": { # Promotion proto includes uri and other helping information to display the promotion. # Required. Promotion attached to this action.
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. The Promotion description. Maximum length: 200 characters.
+      "enabled": True or False, # Optional. The enabled promotion will be returned for any serving configs associated with the parent of the control this promotion is attached to. This flag is used for basic site search only.
+      "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The promotion thumbnail image url.
+      "title": "A String", # Required. The title of the promotion. Maximum length: 160 characters.
+      "uri": "A String", # Required. The URL for the page the user wants to promote.
+    },
+  },
   "redirectAction": { # Redirects a shopper to the provided URI. # Defines a redirect-type control.
     "redirectUri": "A String", # Required. The URI to which the shopper will be redirected. Required. URI must have length equal or less than 2000 characters. Otherwise an INVALID ARGUMENT error is thrown.
   },
@@ -197,6 +207,16 @@ 
Method Details

     "filter": "A String", # Required. A filter to apply on the matching condition results. Required Syntax documentation: https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/filter-and-order Maximum length is 5000 characters. Otherwise an INVALID ARGUMENT error is thrown.
   },
   "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/*/locations/global/dataStore/*/controls/*`
+  "promoteAction": { # Promote certain links based on some trigger queries. Example: Promote shoe store link when searching for `shoe` keyword. The link can be outside of associated data store. # Promote certain links based on predefined trigger queries. This now only supports basic site search.
+    "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Data store with which this promotion is attached to.
+    "searchLinkPromotion": { # Promotion proto includes uri and other helping information to display the promotion. # Required. Promotion attached to this action.
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. The Promotion description. Maximum length: 200 characters.
+      "enabled": True or False, # Optional. The enabled promotion will be returned for any serving configs associated with the parent of the control this promotion is attached to. This flag is used for basic site search only.
+      "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The promotion thumbnail image url.
+      "title": "A String", # Required. The title of the promotion. Maximum length: 160 characters.
+      "uri": "A String", # Required. The URL for the page the user wants to promote.
+    },
+  },
   "redirectAction": { # Redirects a shopper to the provided URI. # Defines a redirect-type control.
     "redirectUri": "A String", # Required. The URI to which the shopper will be redirected. Required. URI must have length equal or less than 2000 characters. Otherwise an INVALID ARGUMENT error is thrown.
   },
@@ -276,6 +296,16 @@ 
Method Details

     "filter": "A String", # Required. A filter to apply on the matching condition results. Required Syntax documentation: https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/filter-and-order Maximum length is 5000 characters. Otherwise an INVALID ARGUMENT error is thrown.
   },
   "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/*/locations/global/dataStore/*/controls/*`
+  "promoteAction": { # Promote certain links based on some trigger queries. Example: Promote shoe store link when searching for `shoe` keyword. The link can be outside of associated data store. # Promote certain links based on predefined trigger queries. This now only supports basic site search.
+    "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Data store with which this promotion is attached to.
+    "searchLinkPromotion": { # Promotion proto includes uri and other helping information to display the promotion. # Required. Promotion attached to this action.
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. The Promotion description. Maximum length: 200 characters.
+      "enabled": True or False, # Optional. The enabled promotion will be returned for any serving configs associated with the parent of the control this promotion is attached to. This flag is used for basic site search only.
+      "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The promotion thumbnail image url.
+      "title": "A String", # Required. The title of the promotion. Maximum length: 160 characters.
+      "uri": "A String", # Required. The URL for the page the user wants to promote.
+    },
+  },
   "redirectAction": { # Redirects a shopper to the provided URI. # Defines a redirect-type control.
     "redirectUri": "A String", # Required. The URI to which the shopper will be redirected. Required. URI must have length equal or less than 2000 characters. Otherwise an INVALID ARGUMENT error is thrown.
   },
@@ -342,6 +372,16 @@ 
Method Details

         "filter": "A String", # Required. A filter to apply on the matching condition results. Required Syntax documentation: https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/filter-and-order Maximum length is 5000 characters. Otherwise an INVALID ARGUMENT error is thrown.
       },
       "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/*/locations/global/dataStore/*/controls/*`
+      "promoteAction": { # Promote certain links based on some trigger queries. Example: Promote shoe store link when searching for `shoe` keyword. The link can be outside of associated data store. # Promote certain links based on predefined trigger queries. This now only supports basic site search.
+        "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Data store with which this promotion is attached to.
+        "searchLinkPromotion": { # Promotion proto includes uri and other helping information to display the promotion. # Required. Promotion attached to this action.
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. The Promotion description. Maximum length: 200 characters.
+          "enabled": True or False, # Optional. The enabled promotion will be returned for any serving configs associated with the parent of the control this promotion is attached to. This flag is used for basic site search only.
+          "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The promotion thumbnail image url.
+          "title": "A String", # Required. The title of the promotion. Maximum length: 160 characters.
+          "uri": "A String", # Required. The URL for the page the user wants to promote.
+        },
+      },
       "redirectAction": { # Redirects a shopper to the provided URI. # Defines a redirect-type control.
         "redirectUri": "A String", # Required. The URI to which the shopper will be redirected. Required. URI must have length equal or less than 2000 characters. Otherwise an INVALID ARGUMENT error is thrown.
       },
@@ -415,6 +455,16 @@ 
Method Details

     "filter": "A String", # Required. A filter to apply on the matching condition results. Required Syntax documentation: https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/filter-and-order Maximum length is 5000 characters. Otherwise an INVALID ARGUMENT error is thrown.
   },
   "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/*/locations/global/dataStore/*/controls/*`
+  "promoteAction": { # Promote certain links based on some trigger queries. Example: Promote shoe store link when searching for `shoe` keyword. The link can be outside of associated data store. # Promote certain links based on predefined trigger queries. This now only supports basic site search.
+    "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Data store with which this promotion is attached to.
+    "searchLinkPromotion": { # Promotion proto includes uri and other helping information to display the promotion. # Required. Promotion attached to this action.
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. The Promotion description. Maximum length: 200 characters.
+      "enabled": True or False, # Optional. The enabled promotion will be returned for any serving configs associated with the parent of the control this promotion is attached to. This flag is used for basic site search only.
+      "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The promotion thumbnail image url.
+      "title": "A String", # Required. The title of the promotion. Maximum length: 160 characters.
+      "uri": "A String", # Required. The URL for the page the user wants to promote.
+    },
+  },
   "redirectAction": { # Redirects a shopper to the provided URI. # Defines a redirect-type control.
     "redirectUri": "A String", # Required. The URI to which the shopper will be redirected. Required. URI must have length equal or less than 2000 characters. Otherwise an INVALID ARGUMENT error is thrown.
   },
@@ -470,6 +520,16 @@ 
Method Details

     "filter": "A String", # Required. A filter to apply on the matching condition results. Required Syntax documentation: https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/filter-and-order Maximum length is 5000 characters. Otherwise an INVALID ARGUMENT error is thrown.
   },
   "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/*/locations/global/dataStore/*/controls/*`
+  "promoteAction": { # Promote certain links based on some trigger queries. Example: Promote shoe store link when searching for `shoe` keyword. The link can be outside of associated data store. # Promote certain links based on predefined trigger queries. This now only supports basic site search.
+    "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Data store with which this promotion is attached to.
+    "searchLinkPromotion": { # Promotion proto includes uri and other helping information to display the promotion. # Required. Promotion attached to this action.
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. The Promotion description. Maximum length: 200 characters.
+      "enabled": True or False, # Optional. The enabled promotion will be returned for any serving configs associated with the parent of the control this promotion is attached to. This flag is used for basic site search only.
+      "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The promotion thumbnail image url.
+      "title": "A String", # Required. The title of the promotion. Maximum length: 160 characters.
+      "uri": "A String", # Required. The URL for the page the user wants to promote.
+    },
+  },
   "redirectAction": { # Redirects a shopper to the provided URI. # Defines a redirect-type control.
     "redirectUri": "A String", # Required. The URI to which the shopper will be redirected. Required. URI must have length equal or less than 2000 characters. Otherwise an INVALID ARGUMENT error is thrown.
   },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.servingConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.servingConfigs.html
index 8e6d24bc0f..41250c26f9 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.servingConfigs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.servingConfigs.html
@@ -591,6 +591,9 @@ 
Method Details

   "personalizationSpec": { # The specification for personalization. # The specification for personalization spec. Notice that if both ServingConfig.personalization_spec and SearchRequest.personalization_spec are set, SearchRequest.personalization_spec overrides ServingConfig.personalization_spec.
     "mode": "A String", # The personalization mode of the search request. Defaults to Mode.AUTO.
   },
+  "promoteControlIds": [ # Condition promote specifications. Maximum number of specifications is 100.
+    "A String",
+  ],
   "rankingExpression": "A String", # The ranking expression controls the customized ranking on retrieval documents. To leverage this, document embedding is required. The ranking expression setting in ServingConfig applies to all search requests served by the serving config. However, if SearchRequest.ranking_expression is specified, it overrides the ServingConfig ranking expression. The ranking expression is a single function or multiple functions that are joined by "+". * ranking_expression = function, { " + ", function }; Supported functions: * double * relevance_score * double * dotProduct(embedding_field_path) Function variables: * `relevance_score`: pre-defined keywords, used for measure relevance between query and document. * `embedding_field_path`: the document embedding field used with query embedding vector. * `dotProduct`: embedding function between embedding_field_path and query embedding vector. Example ranking expression: If document has an embedding field doc_embedding, the ranking expression could be `0.5 * relevance_score + 0.3 * dotProduct(doc_embedding)`.
   "redirectControlIds": [ # IDs of the redirect controls. Only the first triggered redirect action is applied, even if multiple apply. Maximum number of specifications is 100. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH.
     "A String",
@@ -704,6 +707,9 @@ 
Method Details

       "personalizationSpec": { # The specification for personalization. # The specification for personalization spec. Notice that if both ServingConfig.personalization_spec and SearchRequest.personalization_spec are set, SearchRequest.personalization_spec overrides ServingConfig.personalization_spec.
         "mode": "A String", # The personalization mode of the search request. Defaults to Mode.AUTO.
       },
+      "promoteControlIds": [ # Condition promote specifications. Maximum number of specifications is 100.
+        "A String",
+      ],
       "rankingExpression": "A String", # The ranking expression controls the customized ranking on retrieval documents. To leverage this, document embedding is required. The ranking expression setting in ServingConfig applies to all search requests served by the serving config. However, if SearchRequest.ranking_expression is specified, it overrides the ServingConfig ranking expression. The ranking expression is a single function or multiple functions that are joined by "+". * ranking_expression = function, { " + ", function }; Supported functions: * double * relevance_score * double * dotProduct(embedding_field_path) Function variables: * `relevance_score`: pre-defined keywords, used for measure relevance between query and document. * `embedding_field_path`: the document embedding field used with query embedding vector. * `dotProduct`: embedding function between embedding_field_path and query embedding vector. Example ranking expression: If document has an embedding field doc_embedding, the ranking expression could be `0.5 * relevance_score + 0.3 * dotProduct(doc_embedding)`.
       "redirectControlIds": [ # IDs of the redirect controls. Only the first triggered redirect action is applied, even if multiple apply. Maximum number of specifications is 100. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH.
         "A String",
@@ -823,6 +829,9 @@ 
Method Details

   "personalizationSpec": { # The specification for personalization. # The specification for personalization spec. Notice that if both ServingConfig.personalization_spec and SearchRequest.personalization_spec are set, SearchRequest.personalization_spec overrides ServingConfig.personalization_spec.
     "mode": "A String", # The personalization mode of the search request. Defaults to Mode.AUTO.
   },
+  "promoteControlIds": [ # Condition promote specifications. Maximum number of specifications is 100.
+    "A String",
+  ],
   "rankingExpression": "A String", # The ranking expression controls the customized ranking on retrieval documents. To leverage this, document embedding is required. The ranking expression setting in ServingConfig applies to all search requests served by the serving config. However, if SearchRequest.ranking_expression is specified, it overrides the ServingConfig ranking expression. The ranking expression is a single function or multiple functions that are joined by "+". * ranking_expression = function, { " + ", function }; Supported functions: * double * relevance_score * double * dotProduct(embedding_field_path) Function variables: * `relevance_score`: pre-defined keywords, used for measure relevance between query and document. * `embedding_field_path`: the document embedding field used with query embedding vector. * `dotProduct`: embedding function between embedding_field_path and query embedding vector. Example ranking expression: If document has an embedding field doc_embedding, the ranking expression could be `0.5 * relevance_score + 0.3 * dotProduct(doc_embedding)`.
   "redirectControlIds": [ # IDs of the redirect controls. Only the first triggered redirect action is applied, even if multiple apply. Maximum number of specifications is 100. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH.
     "A String",
@@ -925,6 +934,9 @@ 
Method Details

   "personalizationSpec": { # The specification for personalization. # The specification for personalization spec. Notice that if both ServingConfig.personalization_spec and SearchRequest.personalization_spec are set, SearchRequest.personalization_spec overrides ServingConfig.personalization_spec.
     "mode": "A String", # The personalization mode of the search request. Defaults to Mode.AUTO.
   },
+  "promoteControlIds": [ # Condition promote specifications. Maximum number of specifications is 100.
+    "A String",
+  ],
   "rankingExpression": "A String", # The ranking expression controls the customized ranking on retrieval documents. To leverage this, document embedding is required. The ranking expression setting in ServingConfig applies to all search requests served by the serving config. However, if SearchRequest.ranking_expression is specified, it overrides the ServingConfig ranking expression. The ranking expression is a single function or multiple functions that are joined by "+". * ranking_expression = function, { " + ", function }; Supported functions: * double * relevance_score * double * dotProduct(embedding_field_path) Function variables: * `relevance_score`: pre-defined keywords, used for measure relevance between query and document. * `embedding_field_path`: the document embedding field used with query embedding vector. * `dotProduct`: embedding function between embedding_field_path and query embedding vector. Example ranking expression: If document has an embedding field doc_embedding, the ranking expression could be `0.5 * relevance_score + 0.3 * dotProduct(doc_embedding)`.
   "redirectControlIds": [ # IDs of the redirect controls. Only the first triggered redirect action is applied, even if multiple apply. Maximum number of specifications is 100. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH.
     "A String",
@@ -950,7 +962,7 @@ 
Method Details

     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for Recommend method.
-  "filter": "A String", # Filter for restricting recommendation results with a length limit of 5,000 characters. Currently, only filter expressions on the `filter_tags` attribute is supported. Examples: * `(filter_tags: ANY("Red", "Blue") OR filter_tags: ANY("Hot", "Cold"))` * `(filter_tags: ANY("Red", "Blue")) AND NOT (filter_tags: ANY("Green"))` If `attributeFilteringSyntax` is set to true under the `params` field, then attribute-based expressions are expected instead of the above described tag-based syntax. Examples: * (launguage: ANY("en", "es")) AND NOT (categories: ANY("Movie")) * (available: true) AND (launguage: ANY("en", "es")) OR (categories: ANY("Movie")) If your filter blocks all results, the API returns generic (unfiltered) popular Documents. If you only want results strictly matching the filters, set `strictFiltering` to `true` in RecommendRequest.params to receive empty results instead. Note that the API never returns Documents with `storageStatus` as `EXPIRED` or `DELETED` regardless of filter choices.
+  "filter": "A String", # Filter for restricting recommendation results with a length limit of 5,000 characters. Currently, only filter expressions on the `filter_tags` attribute is supported. Examples: * `(filter_tags: ANY("Red", "Blue") OR filter_tags: ANY("Hot", "Cold"))` * `(filter_tags: ANY("Red", "Blue")) AND NOT (filter_tags: ANY("Green"))` If `attributeFilteringSyntax` is set to true under the `params` field, then attribute-based expressions are expected instead of the above described tag-based syntax. Examples: * (language: ANY("en", "es")) AND NOT (categories: ANY("Movie")) * (available: true) AND (language: ANY("en", "es")) OR (categories: ANY("Movie")) If your filter blocks all results, the API returns generic (unfiltered) popular Documents. If you only want results strictly matching the filters, set `strictFiltering` to `true` in RecommendRequest.params to receive empty results instead. Note that the API never returns Documents with `storageStatus` as `EXPIRED` or `DELETED` regardless of filter choices.
   "pageSize": 42, # Maximum number of results to return. Set this property to the number of recommendation results needed. If zero, the service chooses a reasonable default. The maximum allowed value is 100. Values above 100 are set to 100.
   "params": { # Additional domain specific parameters for the recommendations. Allowed values: * `returnDocument`: Boolean. If set to `true`, the associated Document object is returned in RecommendResponse.RecommendationResult.document. * `returnScore`: Boolean. If set to true, the recommendation score corresponding to each returned Document is set in RecommendResponse.RecommendationResult.metadata. The given score indicates the probability of a Document conversion given the user's context and history. * `strictFiltering`: Boolean. True by default. If set to `false`, the service returns generic (unfiltered) popular Documents instead of empty if your filter blocks all recommendation results. * `diversityLevel`: String. Default empty. If set to be non-empty, then it needs to be one of: * `no-diversity` * `low-diversity` * `medium-diversity` * `high-diversity` * `auto-diversity` This gives request-level control and adjusts recommendation results based on Document category. * `attributeFilteringSyntax`: Boolean. False by default. If set to true, the `filter` field is interpreted according to the new, attribute-based syntax.
     "a_key": "",
@@ -1213,7 +1225,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "customFineTuningSpec": { # Defines custom fine tuning spec. # Custom fine tuning configs. If set, it has higher priority than the configs set in ServingConfig.custom_fine_tuning_spec.
     "enableSearchAdaptor": True or False, # Whether or not to enable and include custom fine tuned search adaptor model.
   },
-  "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specs defining dataStores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those dataStores. This is only considered for engines with multiple dataStores use case. For single dataStore within an engine, they should use the specs at the top level.
+  "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specs defining DataStores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. For engines with a single data store, the specs directly under SearchRequest should be used.
     { # A struct to define data stores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.
       "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`.
       "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata)
@@ -1583,6 +1595,15 @@ 
Method Details

       },
     },
   ],
+  "searchLinkPromotions": [ # Promotions for site search.
+    { # Promotion proto includes uri and other helping information to display the promotion.
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. The Promotion description. Maximum length: 200 characters.
+      "enabled": True or False, # Optional. The enabled promotion will be returned for any serving configs associated with the parent of the control this promotion is attached to. This flag is used for basic site search only.
+      "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The promotion thumbnail image url.
+      "title": "A String", # Required. The title of the promotion. Maximum length: 160 characters.
+      "uri": "A String", # Required. The URL for the page the user wants to promote.
+    },
+  ],
   "sessionInfo": { # Information about the session. # Session information. Only set if SearchRequest.session is provided. See its description for more details.
     "name": "A String", # Name of the session. If the auto-session mode is used (when SearchRequest.session ends with "-"), this field holds the newly generated session name.
     "queryId": "A String", # Query ID that corresponds to this search API call. One session can have multiple turns, each with a unique query ID. By specifying the session name and this query ID in the Answer API call, the answer generation happens in the context of the search results from this search call.
@@ -1703,7 +1724,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "customFineTuningSpec": { # Defines custom fine tuning spec. # Custom fine tuning configs. If set, it has higher priority than the configs set in ServingConfig.custom_fine_tuning_spec.
     "enableSearchAdaptor": True or False, # Whether or not to enable and include custom fine tuned search adaptor model.
   },
-  "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specs defining dataStores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those dataStores. This is only considered for engines with multiple dataStores use case. For single dataStore within an engine, they should use the specs at the top level.
+  "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specs defining DataStores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. For engines with a single data store, the specs directly under SearchRequest should be used.
     { # A struct to define data stores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.
       "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`.
       "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata)
@@ -2073,6 +2094,15 @@ 
Method Details

       },
     },
   ],
+  "searchLinkPromotions": [ # Promotions for site search.
+    { # Promotion proto includes uri and other helping information to display the promotion.
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. The Promotion description. Maximum length: 200 characters.
+      "enabled": True or False, # Optional. The enabled promotion will be returned for any serving configs associated with the parent of the control this promotion is attached to. This flag is used for basic site search only.
+      "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The promotion thumbnail image url.
+      "title": "A String", # Required. The title of the promotion. Maximum length: 160 characters.
+      "uri": "A String", # Required. The URL for the page the user wants to promote.
+    },
+  ],
   "sessionInfo": { # Information about the session. # Session information. Only set if SearchRequest.session is provided. See its description for more details.
     "name": "A String", # Name of the session. If the auto-session mode is used (when SearchRequest.session ends with "-"), this field holds the newly generated session name.
     "queryId": "A String", # Query ID that corresponds to this search API call. One session can have multiple turns, each with a unique query ID. By specifying the session name and this query ID in the Answer API call, the answer generation happens in the context of the search results from this search call.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.userEvents.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.userEvents.html
index 105e8d673e..e1b1317cdb 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.userEvents.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.userEvents.html
@@ -311,7 +311,7 @@ 
Method Details

     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for PurgeUserEvents method.
-  "filter": "A String", # Required. The filter string to specify the events to be deleted with a length limit of 5,000 characters. The eligible fields for filtering are: * `eventType`: Double quoted UserEvent.event_type string. * `eventTime`: in ISO 8601 "zulu" format. * `userPseudoId`: Double quoted string. Specifying this will delete all events associated with a visitor. * `userId`: Double quoted string. Specifying this will delete all events associated with a user. Examples: * Deleting all events in a time range: `eventTime > "2012-04-23T18:25:43.511Z" eventTime < "2012-04-23T18:30:43.511Z"` * Deleting specific eventType: `eventType = "search"` * Deleting all events for a specific visitor: `userPseudoId = "visitor1024"` * Deleting all events inside a DataStore: `*` The filtering fields are assumed to have an implicit AND.
+  "filter": "A String", # Required. The filter string to specify the events to be deleted with a length limit of 5,000 characters. The eligible fields for filtering are: * `eventType`: Double quoted UserEvent.event_type string. * `eventTime`: in ISO 8601 "zulu" format. * `userPseudoId`: Double quoted string. Specifying this will delete all events associated with a visitor. * `userId`: Double quoted string. Specifying this will delete all events associated with a user. Note: This API only supports purging a max range of 30 days. Examples: * Deleting all events in a time range: `eventTime > "2012-04-23T18:25:43.511Z" eventTime < "2012-04-23T18:30:43.511Z"` * Deleting specific eventType in a time range: `eventTime > "2012-04-23T18:25:43.511Z" eventTime < "2012-04-23T18:30:43.511Z" eventType = "search"` * Deleting all events for a specific visitor in a time range: `eventTime > "2012-04-23T18:25:43.511Z" eventTime < "2012-04-23T18:30:43.511Z" userPseudoId = "visitor1024"` * Deleting the past 30 days of events inside a DataStore: `*` The filtering fields are assumed to have an implicit AND.
   "force": True or False, # The `force` field is currently not supported. Purge user event requests will permanently delete all purgeable events. Once the development is complete: If `force` is set to false, the method will return the expected purge count without deleting any user events. This field will default to false if not included in the request.
 }
 
diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.controls.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.controls.html
index 0a9a721dbd..b970d54429 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.controls.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.controls.html
@@ -142,6 +142,16 @@ 
Method Details

     "filter": "A String", # Required. A filter to apply on the matching condition results. Required Syntax documentation: https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/filter-and-order Maximum length is 5000 characters. Otherwise an INVALID ARGUMENT error is thrown.
   },
   "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/*/locations/global/dataStore/*/controls/*`
+  "promoteAction": { # Promote certain links based on some trigger queries. Example: Promote shoe store link when searching for `shoe` keyword. The link can be outside of associated data store. # Promote certain links based on predefined trigger queries. This now only supports basic site search.
+    "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Data store with which this promotion is attached to.
+    "searchLinkPromotion": { # Promotion proto includes uri and other helping information to display the promotion. # Required. Promotion attached to this action.
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. The Promotion description. Maximum length: 200 characters.
+      "enabled": True or False, # Optional. The enabled promotion will be returned for any serving configs associated with the parent of the control this promotion is attached to. This flag is used for basic site search only.
+      "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The promotion thumbnail image url.
+      "title": "A String", # Required. The title of the promotion. Maximum length: 160 characters.
+      "uri": "A String", # Required. The URL for the page the user wants to promote.
+    },
+  },
   "redirectAction": { # Redirects a shopper to the provided URI. # Defines a redirect-type control.
     "redirectUri": "A String", # Required. The URI to which the shopper will be redirected. Required. URI must have length equal or less than 2000 characters. Otherwise an INVALID ARGUMENT error is thrown.
   },
@@ -197,6 +207,16 @@ 
Method Details

     "filter": "A String", # Required. A filter to apply on the matching condition results. Required Syntax documentation: https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/filter-and-order Maximum length is 5000 characters. Otherwise an INVALID ARGUMENT error is thrown.
   },
   "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/*/locations/global/dataStore/*/controls/*`
+  "promoteAction": { # Promote certain links based on some trigger queries. Example: Promote shoe store link when searching for `shoe` keyword. The link can be outside of associated data store. # Promote certain links based on predefined trigger queries. This now only supports basic site search.
+    "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Data store with which this promotion is attached to.
+    "searchLinkPromotion": { # Promotion proto includes uri and other helping information to display the promotion. # Required. Promotion attached to this action.
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. The Promotion description. Maximum length: 200 characters.
+      "enabled": True or False, # Optional. The enabled promotion will be returned for any serving configs associated with the parent of the control this promotion is attached to. This flag is used for basic site search only.
+      "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The promotion thumbnail image url.
+      "title": "A String", # Required. The title of the promotion. Maximum length: 160 characters.
+      "uri": "A String", # Required. The URL for the page the user wants to promote.
+    },
+  },
   "redirectAction": { # Redirects a shopper to the provided URI. # Defines a redirect-type control.
     "redirectUri": "A String", # Required. The URI to which the shopper will be redirected. Required. URI must have length equal or less than 2000 characters. Otherwise an INVALID ARGUMENT error is thrown.
   },
@@ -276,6 +296,16 @@ 
Method Details

     "filter": "A String", # Required. A filter to apply on the matching condition results. Required Syntax documentation: https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/filter-and-order Maximum length is 5000 characters. Otherwise an INVALID ARGUMENT error is thrown.
   },
   "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/*/locations/global/dataStore/*/controls/*`
+  "promoteAction": { # Promote certain links based on some trigger queries. Example: Promote shoe store link when searching for `shoe` keyword. The link can be outside of associated data store. # Promote certain links based on predefined trigger queries. This now only supports basic site search.
+    "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Data store with which this promotion is attached to.
+    "searchLinkPromotion": { # Promotion proto includes uri and other helping information to display the promotion. # Required. Promotion attached to this action.
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. The Promotion description. Maximum length: 200 characters.
+      "enabled": True or False, # Optional. The enabled promotion will be returned for any serving configs associated with the parent of the control this promotion is attached to. This flag is used for basic site search only.
+      "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The promotion thumbnail image url.
+      "title": "A String", # Required. The title of the promotion. Maximum length: 160 characters.
+      "uri": "A String", # Required. The URL for the page the user wants to promote.
+    },
+  },
   "redirectAction": { # Redirects a shopper to the provided URI. # Defines a redirect-type control.
     "redirectUri": "A String", # Required. The URI to which the shopper will be redirected. Required. URI must have length equal or less than 2000 characters. Otherwise an INVALID ARGUMENT error is thrown.
   },
@@ -342,6 +372,16 @@ 
Method Details

         "filter": "A String", # Required. A filter to apply on the matching condition results. Required Syntax documentation: https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/filter-and-order Maximum length is 5000 characters. Otherwise an INVALID ARGUMENT error is thrown.
       },
       "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/*/locations/global/dataStore/*/controls/*`
+      "promoteAction": { # Promote certain links based on some trigger queries. Example: Promote shoe store link when searching for `shoe` keyword. The link can be outside of associated data store. # Promote certain links based on predefined trigger queries. This now only supports basic site search.
+        "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Data store with which this promotion is attached to.
+        "searchLinkPromotion": { # Promotion proto includes uri and other helping information to display the promotion. # Required. Promotion attached to this action.
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. The Promotion description. Maximum length: 200 characters.
+          "enabled": True or False, # Optional. The enabled promotion will be returned for any serving configs associated with the parent of the control this promotion is attached to. This flag is used for basic site search only.
+          "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The promotion thumbnail image url.
+          "title": "A String", # Required. The title of the promotion. Maximum length: 160 characters.
+          "uri": "A String", # Required. The URL for the page the user wants to promote.
+        },
+      },
       "redirectAction": { # Redirects a shopper to the provided URI. # Defines a redirect-type control.
         "redirectUri": "A String", # Required. The URI to which the shopper will be redirected. Required. URI must have length equal or less than 2000 characters. Otherwise an INVALID ARGUMENT error is thrown.
       },
@@ -415,6 +455,16 @@ 
Method Details

     "filter": "A String", # Required. A filter to apply on the matching condition results. Required Syntax documentation: https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/filter-and-order Maximum length is 5000 characters. Otherwise an INVALID ARGUMENT error is thrown.
   },
   "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/*/locations/global/dataStore/*/controls/*`
+  "promoteAction": { # Promote certain links based on some trigger queries. Example: Promote shoe store link when searching for `shoe` keyword. The link can be outside of associated data store. # Promote certain links based on predefined trigger queries. This now only supports basic site search.
+    "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Data store with which this promotion is attached to.
+    "searchLinkPromotion": { # Promotion proto includes uri and other helping information to display the promotion. # Required. Promotion attached to this action.
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. The Promotion description. Maximum length: 200 characters.
+      "enabled": True or False, # Optional. The enabled promotion will be returned for any serving configs associated with the parent of the control this promotion is attached to. This flag is used for basic site search only.
+      "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The promotion thumbnail image url.
+      "title": "A String", # Required. The title of the promotion. Maximum length: 160 characters.
+      "uri": "A String", # Required. The URL for the page the user wants to promote.
+    },
+  },
   "redirectAction": { # Redirects a shopper to the provided URI. # Defines a redirect-type control.
     "redirectUri": "A String", # Required. The URI to which the shopper will be redirected. Required. URI must have length equal or less than 2000 characters. Otherwise an INVALID ARGUMENT error is thrown.
   },
@@ -470,6 +520,16 @@ 
Method Details

     "filter": "A String", # Required. A filter to apply on the matching condition results. Required Syntax documentation: https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/filter-and-order Maximum length is 5000 characters. Otherwise an INVALID ARGUMENT error is thrown.
   },
   "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/*/locations/global/dataStore/*/controls/*`
+  "promoteAction": { # Promote certain links based on some trigger queries. Example: Promote shoe store link when searching for `shoe` keyword. The link can be outside of associated data store. # Promote certain links based on predefined trigger queries. This now only supports basic site search.
+    "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Data store with which this promotion is attached to.
+    "searchLinkPromotion": { # Promotion proto includes uri and other helping information to display the promotion. # Required. Promotion attached to this action.
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. The Promotion description. Maximum length: 200 characters.
+      "enabled": True or False, # Optional. The enabled promotion will be returned for any serving configs associated with the parent of the control this promotion is attached to. This flag is used for basic site search only.
+      "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The promotion thumbnail image url.
+      "title": "A String", # Required. The title of the promotion. Maximum length: 160 characters.
+      "uri": "A String", # Required. The URL for the page the user wants to promote.
+    },
+  },
   "redirectAction": { # Redirects a shopper to the provided URI. # Defines a redirect-type control.
     "redirectUri": "A String", # Required. The URI to which the shopper will be redirected. Required. URI must have length equal or less than 2000 characters. Otherwise an INVALID ARGUMENT error is thrown.
   },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.servingConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.servingConfigs.html
index 61d914170f..3fee98f28e 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.servingConfigs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.collections.engines.servingConfigs.html
@@ -591,6 +591,9 @@ 
Method Details

   "personalizationSpec": { # The specification for personalization. # The specification for personalization spec. Notice that if both ServingConfig.personalization_spec and SearchRequest.personalization_spec are set, SearchRequest.personalization_spec overrides ServingConfig.personalization_spec.
     "mode": "A String", # The personalization mode of the search request. Defaults to Mode.AUTO.
   },
+  "promoteControlIds": [ # Condition promote specifications. Maximum number of specifications is 100.
+    "A String",
+  ],
   "rankingExpression": "A String", # The ranking expression controls the customized ranking on retrieval documents. To leverage this, document embedding is required. The ranking expression setting in ServingConfig applies to all search requests served by the serving config. However, if SearchRequest.ranking_expression is specified, it overrides the ServingConfig ranking expression. The ranking expression is a single function or multiple functions that are joined by "+". * ranking_expression = function, { " + ", function }; Supported functions: * double * relevance_score * double * dotProduct(embedding_field_path) Function variables: * `relevance_score`: pre-defined keywords, used for measure relevance between query and document. * `embedding_field_path`: the document embedding field used with query embedding vector. * `dotProduct`: embedding function between embedding_field_path and query embedding vector. Example ranking expression: If document has an embedding field doc_embedding, the ranking expression could be `0.5 * relevance_score + 0.3 * dotProduct(doc_embedding)`.
   "redirectControlIds": [ # IDs of the redirect controls. Only the first triggered redirect action is applied, even if multiple apply. Maximum number of specifications is 100. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH.
     "A String",
@@ -704,6 +707,9 @@ 
Method Details

       "personalizationSpec": { # The specification for personalization. # The specification for personalization spec. Notice that if both ServingConfig.personalization_spec and SearchRequest.personalization_spec are set, SearchRequest.personalization_spec overrides ServingConfig.personalization_spec.
         "mode": "A String", # The personalization mode of the search request. Defaults to Mode.AUTO.
       },
+      "promoteControlIds": [ # Condition promote specifications. Maximum number of specifications is 100.
+        "A String",
+      ],
       "rankingExpression": "A String", # The ranking expression controls the customized ranking on retrieval documents. To leverage this, document embedding is required. The ranking expression setting in ServingConfig applies to all search requests served by the serving config. However, if SearchRequest.ranking_expression is specified, it overrides the ServingConfig ranking expression. The ranking expression is a single function or multiple functions that are joined by "+". * ranking_expression = function, { " + ", function }; Supported functions: * double * relevance_score * double * dotProduct(embedding_field_path) Function variables: * `relevance_score`: pre-defined keywords, used for measure relevance between query and document. * `embedding_field_path`: the document embedding field used with query embedding vector. * `dotProduct`: embedding function between embedding_field_path and query embedding vector. Example ranking expression: If document has an embedding field doc_embedding, the ranking expression could be `0.5 * relevance_score + 0.3 * dotProduct(doc_embedding)`.
       "redirectControlIds": [ # IDs of the redirect controls. Only the first triggered redirect action is applied, even if multiple apply. Maximum number of specifications is 100. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH.
         "A String",
@@ -823,6 +829,9 @@ 
Method Details

   "personalizationSpec": { # The specification for personalization. # The specification for personalization spec. Notice that if both ServingConfig.personalization_spec and SearchRequest.personalization_spec are set, SearchRequest.personalization_spec overrides ServingConfig.personalization_spec.
     "mode": "A String", # The personalization mode of the search request. Defaults to Mode.AUTO.
   },
+  "promoteControlIds": [ # Condition promote specifications. Maximum number of specifications is 100.
+    "A String",
+  ],
   "rankingExpression": "A String", # The ranking expression controls the customized ranking on retrieval documents. To leverage this, document embedding is required. The ranking expression setting in ServingConfig applies to all search requests served by the serving config. However, if SearchRequest.ranking_expression is specified, it overrides the ServingConfig ranking expression. The ranking expression is a single function or multiple functions that are joined by "+". * ranking_expression = function, { " + ", function }; Supported functions: * double * relevance_score * double * dotProduct(embedding_field_path) Function variables: * `relevance_score`: pre-defined keywords, used for measure relevance between query and document. * `embedding_field_path`: the document embedding field used with query embedding vector. * `dotProduct`: embedding function between embedding_field_path and query embedding vector. Example ranking expression: If document has an embedding field doc_embedding, the ranking expression could be `0.5 * relevance_score + 0.3 * dotProduct(doc_embedding)`.
   "redirectControlIds": [ # IDs of the redirect controls. Only the first triggered redirect action is applied, even if multiple apply. Maximum number of specifications is 100. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH.
     "A String",
@@ -925,6 +934,9 @@ 
Method Details

   "personalizationSpec": { # The specification for personalization. # The specification for personalization spec. Notice that if both ServingConfig.personalization_spec and SearchRequest.personalization_spec are set, SearchRequest.personalization_spec overrides ServingConfig.personalization_spec.
     "mode": "A String", # The personalization mode of the search request. Defaults to Mode.AUTO.
   },
+  "promoteControlIds": [ # Condition promote specifications. Maximum number of specifications is 100.
+    "A String",
+  ],
   "rankingExpression": "A String", # The ranking expression controls the customized ranking on retrieval documents. To leverage this, document embedding is required. The ranking expression setting in ServingConfig applies to all search requests served by the serving config. However, if SearchRequest.ranking_expression is specified, it overrides the ServingConfig ranking expression. The ranking expression is a single function or multiple functions that are joined by "+". * ranking_expression = function, { " + ", function }; Supported functions: * double * relevance_score * double * dotProduct(embedding_field_path) Function variables: * `relevance_score`: pre-defined keywords, used for measure relevance between query and document. * `embedding_field_path`: the document embedding field used with query embedding vector. * `dotProduct`: embedding function between embedding_field_path and query embedding vector. Example ranking expression: If document has an embedding field doc_embedding, the ranking expression could be `0.5 * relevance_score + 0.3 * dotProduct(doc_embedding)`.
   "redirectControlIds": [ # IDs of the redirect controls. Only the first triggered redirect action is applied, even if multiple apply. Maximum number of specifications is 100. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH.
     "A String",
@@ -950,7 +962,7 @@ 
Method Details

     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for Recommend method.
-  "filter": "A String", # Filter for restricting recommendation results with a length limit of 5,000 characters. Currently, only filter expressions on the `filter_tags` attribute is supported. Examples: * `(filter_tags: ANY("Red", "Blue") OR filter_tags: ANY("Hot", "Cold"))` * `(filter_tags: ANY("Red", "Blue")) AND NOT (filter_tags: ANY("Green"))` If `attributeFilteringSyntax` is set to true under the `params` field, then attribute-based expressions are expected instead of the above described tag-based syntax. Examples: * (launguage: ANY("en", "es")) AND NOT (categories: ANY("Movie")) * (available: true) AND (launguage: ANY("en", "es")) OR (categories: ANY("Movie")) If your filter blocks all results, the API returns generic (unfiltered) popular Documents. If you only want results strictly matching the filters, set `strictFiltering` to `true` in RecommendRequest.params to receive empty results instead. Note that the API never returns Documents with `storageStatus` as `EXPIRED` or `DELETED` regardless of filter choices.
+  "filter": "A String", # Filter for restricting recommendation results with a length limit of 5,000 characters. Currently, only filter expressions on the `filter_tags` attribute is supported. Examples: * `(filter_tags: ANY("Red", "Blue") OR filter_tags: ANY("Hot", "Cold"))` * `(filter_tags: ANY("Red", "Blue")) AND NOT (filter_tags: ANY("Green"))` If `attributeFilteringSyntax` is set to true under the `params` field, then attribute-based expressions are expected instead of the above described tag-based syntax. Examples: * (language: ANY("en", "es")) AND NOT (categories: ANY("Movie")) * (available: true) AND (language: ANY("en", "es")) OR (categories: ANY("Movie")) If your filter blocks all results, the API returns generic (unfiltered) popular Documents. If you only want results strictly matching the filters, set `strictFiltering` to `true` in RecommendRequest.params to receive empty results instead. Note that the API never returns Documents with `storageStatus` as `EXPIRED` or `DELETED` regardless of filter choices.
   "pageSize": 42, # Maximum number of results to return. Set this property to the number of recommendation results needed. If zero, the service chooses a reasonable default. The maximum allowed value is 100. Values above 100 are set to 100.
   "params": { # Additional domain specific parameters for the recommendations. Allowed values: * `returnDocument`: Boolean. If set to `true`, the associated Document object is returned in RecommendResponse.RecommendationResult.document. * `returnScore`: Boolean. If set to true, the recommendation score corresponding to each returned Document is set in RecommendResponse.RecommendationResult.metadata. The given score indicates the probability of a Document conversion given the user's context and history. * `strictFiltering`: Boolean. True by default. If set to `false`, the service returns generic (unfiltered) popular Documents instead of empty if your filter blocks all recommendation results. * `diversityLevel`: String. Default empty. If set to be non-empty, then it needs to be one of: * `no-diversity` * `low-diversity` * `medium-diversity` * `high-diversity` * `auto-diversity` This gives request-level control and adjusts recommendation results based on Document category. * `attributeFilteringSyntax`: Boolean. False by default. If set to true, the `filter` field is interpreted according to the new, attribute-based syntax.
     "a_key": "",
@@ -1213,7 +1225,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "customFineTuningSpec": { # Defines custom fine tuning spec. # Custom fine tuning configs. If set, it has higher priority than the configs set in ServingConfig.custom_fine_tuning_spec.
     "enableSearchAdaptor": True or False, # Whether or not to enable and include custom fine tuned search adaptor model.
   },
-  "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specs defining dataStores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those dataStores. This is only considered for engines with multiple dataStores use case. For single dataStore within an engine, they should use the specs at the top level.
+  "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specs defining DataStores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. For engines with a single data store, the specs directly under SearchRequest should be used.
     { # A struct to define data stores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.
       "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`.
       "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata)
@@ -1583,6 +1595,15 @@ 
Method Details

       },
     },
   ],
+  "searchLinkPromotions": [ # Promotions for site search.
+    { # Promotion proto includes uri and other helping information to display the promotion.
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. The Promotion description. Maximum length: 200 characters.
+      "enabled": True or False, # Optional. The enabled promotion will be returned for any serving configs associated with the parent of the control this promotion is attached to. This flag is used for basic site search only.
+      "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The promotion thumbnail image url.
+      "title": "A String", # Required. The title of the promotion. Maximum length: 160 characters.
+      "uri": "A String", # Required. The URL for the page the user wants to promote.
+    },
+  ],
   "sessionInfo": { # Information about the session. # Session information. Only set if SearchRequest.session is provided. See its description for more details.
     "name": "A String", # Name of the session. If the auto-session mode is used (when SearchRequest.session ends with "-"), this field holds the newly generated session name.
     "queryId": "A String", # Query ID that corresponds to this search API call. One session can have multiple turns, each with a unique query ID. By specifying the session name and this query ID in the Answer API call, the answer generation happens in the context of the search results from this search call.
@@ -1703,7 +1724,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "customFineTuningSpec": { # Defines custom fine tuning spec. # Custom fine tuning configs. If set, it has higher priority than the configs set in ServingConfig.custom_fine_tuning_spec.
     "enableSearchAdaptor": True or False, # Whether or not to enable and include custom fine tuned search adaptor model.
   },
-  "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specs defining dataStores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those dataStores. This is only considered for engines with multiple dataStores use case. For single dataStore within an engine, they should use the specs at the top level.
+  "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specs defining DataStores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. For engines with a single data store, the specs directly under SearchRequest should be used.
     { # A struct to define data stores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.
       "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`.
       "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata)
@@ -2073,6 +2094,15 @@ 
Method Details

       },
     },
   ],
+  "searchLinkPromotions": [ # Promotions for site search.
+    { # Promotion proto includes uri and other helping information to display the promotion.
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. The Promotion description. Maximum length: 200 characters.
+      "enabled": True or False, # Optional. The enabled promotion will be returned for any serving configs associated with the parent of the control this promotion is attached to. This flag is used for basic site search only.
+      "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The promotion thumbnail image url.
+      "title": "A String", # Required. The title of the promotion. Maximum length: 160 characters.
+      "uri": "A String", # Required. The URL for the page the user wants to promote.
+    },
+  ],
   "sessionInfo": { # Information about the session. # Session information. Only set if SearchRequest.session is provided. See its description for more details.
     "name": "A String", # Name of the session. If the auto-session mode is used (when SearchRequest.session ends with "-"), this field holds the newly generated session name.
     "queryId": "A String", # Query ID that corresponds to this search API call. One session can have multiple turns, each with a unique query ID. By specifying the session name and this query ID in the Answer API call, the answer generation happens in the context of the search results from this search call.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.branches.operations.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.branches.operations.html
index f93b6970db..e8461ba4f1 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.branches.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.branches.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Discovery Engine API . 
   cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.controls.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.controls.html
index b5c29ff1ef..37ec58fefd 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.controls.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.controls.html
@@ -142,6 +142,16 @@ 
Method Details

     "filter": "A String", # Required. A filter to apply on the matching condition results. Required Syntax documentation: https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/filter-and-order Maximum length is 5000 characters. Otherwise an INVALID ARGUMENT error is thrown.
   },
   "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/*/locations/global/dataStore/*/controls/*`
+  "promoteAction": { # Promote certain links based on some trigger queries. Example: Promote shoe store link when searching for `shoe` keyword. The link can be outside of associated data store. # Promote certain links based on predefined trigger queries. This now only supports basic site search.
+    "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Data store with which this promotion is attached to.
+    "searchLinkPromotion": { # Promotion proto includes uri and other helping information to display the promotion. # Required. Promotion attached to this action.
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. The Promotion description. Maximum length: 200 characters.
+      "enabled": True or False, # Optional. The enabled promotion will be returned for any serving configs associated with the parent of the control this promotion is attached to. This flag is used for basic site search only.
+      "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The promotion thumbnail image url.
+      "title": "A String", # Required. The title of the promotion. Maximum length: 160 characters.
+      "uri": "A String", # Required. The URL for the page the user wants to promote.
+    },
+  },
   "redirectAction": { # Redirects a shopper to the provided URI. # Defines a redirect-type control.
     "redirectUri": "A String", # Required. The URI to which the shopper will be redirected. Required. URI must have length equal or less than 2000 characters. Otherwise an INVALID ARGUMENT error is thrown.
   },
@@ -197,6 +207,16 @@ 
Method Details

     "filter": "A String", # Required. A filter to apply on the matching condition results. Required Syntax documentation: https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/filter-and-order Maximum length is 5000 characters. Otherwise an INVALID ARGUMENT error is thrown.
   },
   "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/*/locations/global/dataStore/*/controls/*`
+  "promoteAction": { # Promote certain links based on some trigger queries. Example: Promote shoe store link when searching for `shoe` keyword. The link can be outside of associated data store. # Promote certain links based on predefined trigger queries. This now only supports basic site search.
+    "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Data store with which this promotion is attached to.
+    "searchLinkPromotion": { # Promotion proto includes uri and other helping information to display the promotion. # Required. Promotion attached to this action.
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. The Promotion description. Maximum length: 200 characters.
+      "enabled": True or False, # Optional. The enabled promotion will be returned for any serving configs associated with the parent of the control this promotion is attached to. This flag is used for basic site search only.
+      "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The promotion thumbnail image url.
+      "title": "A String", # Required. The title of the promotion. Maximum length: 160 characters.
+      "uri": "A String", # Required. The URL for the page the user wants to promote.
+    },
+  },
   "redirectAction": { # Redirects a shopper to the provided URI. # Defines a redirect-type control.
     "redirectUri": "A String", # Required. The URI to which the shopper will be redirected. Required. URI must have length equal or less than 2000 characters. Otherwise an INVALID ARGUMENT error is thrown.
   },
@@ -276,6 +296,16 @@ 
Method Details

     "filter": "A String", # Required. A filter to apply on the matching condition results. Required Syntax documentation: https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/filter-and-order Maximum length is 5000 characters. Otherwise an INVALID ARGUMENT error is thrown.
   },
   "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/*/locations/global/dataStore/*/controls/*`
+  "promoteAction": { # Promote certain links based on some trigger queries. Example: Promote shoe store link when searching for `shoe` keyword. The link can be outside of associated data store. # Promote certain links based on predefined trigger queries. This now only supports basic site search.
+    "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Data store with which this promotion is attached to.
+    "searchLinkPromotion": { # Promotion proto includes uri and other helping information to display the promotion. # Required. Promotion attached to this action.
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. The Promotion description. Maximum length: 200 characters.
+      "enabled": True or False, # Optional. The enabled promotion will be returned for any serving configs associated with the parent of the control this promotion is attached to. This flag is used for basic site search only.
+      "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The promotion thumbnail image url.
+      "title": "A String", # Required. The title of the promotion. Maximum length: 160 characters.
+      "uri": "A String", # Required. The URL for the page the user wants to promote.
+    },
+  },
   "redirectAction": { # Redirects a shopper to the provided URI. # Defines a redirect-type control.
     "redirectUri": "A String", # Required. The URI to which the shopper will be redirected. Required. URI must have length equal or less than 2000 characters. Otherwise an INVALID ARGUMENT error is thrown.
   },
@@ -342,6 +372,16 @@ 
Method Details

         "filter": "A String", # Required. A filter to apply on the matching condition results. Required Syntax documentation: https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/filter-and-order Maximum length is 5000 characters. Otherwise an INVALID ARGUMENT error is thrown.
       },
       "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/*/locations/global/dataStore/*/controls/*`
+      "promoteAction": { # Promote certain links based on some trigger queries. Example: Promote shoe store link when searching for `shoe` keyword. The link can be outside of associated data store. # Promote certain links based on predefined trigger queries. This now only supports basic site search.
+        "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Data store with which this promotion is attached to.
+        "searchLinkPromotion": { # Promotion proto includes uri and other helping information to display the promotion. # Required. Promotion attached to this action.
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. The Promotion description. Maximum length: 200 characters.
+          "enabled": True or False, # Optional. The enabled promotion will be returned for any serving configs associated with the parent of the control this promotion is attached to. This flag is used for basic site search only.
+          "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The promotion thumbnail image url.
+          "title": "A String", # Required. The title of the promotion. Maximum length: 160 characters.
+          "uri": "A String", # Required. The URL for the page the user wants to promote.
+        },
+      },
       "redirectAction": { # Redirects a shopper to the provided URI. # Defines a redirect-type control.
         "redirectUri": "A String", # Required. The URI to which the shopper will be redirected. Required. URI must have length equal or less than 2000 characters. Otherwise an INVALID ARGUMENT error is thrown.
       },
@@ -415,6 +455,16 @@ 
Method Details

     "filter": "A String", # Required. A filter to apply on the matching condition results. Required Syntax documentation: https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/filter-and-order Maximum length is 5000 characters. Otherwise an INVALID ARGUMENT error is thrown.
   },
   "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/*/locations/global/dataStore/*/controls/*`
+  "promoteAction": { # Promote certain links based on some trigger queries. Example: Promote shoe store link when searching for `shoe` keyword. The link can be outside of associated data store. # Promote certain links based on predefined trigger queries. This now only supports basic site search.
+    "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Data store with which this promotion is attached to.
+    "searchLinkPromotion": { # Promotion proto includes uri and other helping information to display the promotion. # Required. Promotion attached to this action.
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. The Promotion description. Maximum length: 200 characters.
+      "enabled": True or False, # Optional. The enabled promotion will be returned for any serving configs associated with the parent of the control this promotion is attached to. This flag is used for basic site search only.
+      "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The promotion thumbnail image url.
+      "title": "A String", # Required. The title of the promotion. Maximum length: 160 characters.
+      "uri": "A String", # Required. The URL for the page the user wants to promote.
+    },
+  },
   "redirectAction": { # Redirects a shopper to the provided URI. # Defines a redirect-type control.
     "redirectUri": "A String", # Required. The URI to which the shopper will be redirected. Required. URI must have length equal or less than 2000 characters. Otherwise an INVALID ARGUMENT error is thrown.
   },
@@ -470,6 +520,16 @@ 
Method Details

     "filter": "A String", # Required. A filter to apply on the matching condition results. Required Syntax documentation: https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/filter-and-order Maximum length is 5000 characters. Otherwise an INVALID ARGUMENT error is thrown.
   },
   "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/*/locations/global/dataStore/*/controls/*`
+  "promoteAction": { # Promote certain links based on some trigger queries. Example: Promote shoe store link when searching for `shoe` keyword. The link can be outside of associated data store. # Promote certain links based on predefined trigger queries. This now only supports basic site search.
+    "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Data store with which this promotion is attached to.
+    "searchLinkPromotion": { # Promotion proto includes uri and other helping information to display the promotion. # Required. Promotion attached to this action.
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. The Promotion description. Maximum length: 200 characters.
+      "enabled": True or False, # Optional. The enabled promotion will be returned for any serving configs associated with the parent of the control this promotion is attached to. This flag is used for basic site search only.
+      "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The promotion thumbnail image url.
+      "title": "A String", # Required. The title of the promotion. Maximum length: 160 characters.
+      "uri": "A String", # Required. The URL for the page the user wants to promote.
+    },
+  },
   "redirectAction": { # Redirects a shopper to the provided URI. # Defines a redirect-type control.
     "redirectUri": "A String", # Required. The URI to which the shopper will be redirected. Required. URI must have length equal or less than 2000 characters. Otherwise an INVALID ARGUMENT error is thrown.
   },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.html
index 26132a2b3f..1d70170add 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.html
@@ -591,6 +591,9 @@ 
Method Details

   "personalizationSpec": { # The specification for personalization. # The specification for personalization spec. Notice that if both ServingConfig.personalization_spec and SearchRequest.personalization_spec are set, SearchRequest.personalization_spec overrides ServingConfig.personalization_spec.
     "mode": "A String", # The personalization mode of the search request. Defaults to Mode.AUTO.
   },
+  "promoteControlIds": [ # Condition promote specifications. Maximum number of specifications is 100.
+    "A String",
+  ],
   "rankingExpression": "A String", # The ranking expression controls the customized ranking on retrieval documents. To leverage this, document embedding is required. The ranking expression setting in ServingConfig applies to all search requests served by the serving config. However, if SearchRequest.ranking_expression is specified, it overrides the ServingConfig ranking expression. The ranking expression is a single function or multiple functions that are joined by "+". * ranking_expression = function, { " + ", function }; Supported functions: * double * relevance_score * double * dotProduct(embedding_field_path) Function variables: * `relevance_score`: pre-defined keywords, used for measure relevance between query and document. * `embedding_field_path`: the document embedding field used with query embedding vector. * `dotProduct`: embedding function between embedding_field_path and query embedding vector. Example ranking expression: If document has an embedding field doc_embedding, the ranking expression could be `0.5 * relevance_score + 0.3 * dotProduct(doc_embedding)`.
   "redirectControlIds": [ # IDs of the redirect controls. Only the first triggered redirect action is applied, even if multiple apply. Maximum number of specifications is 100. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH.
     "A String",
@@ -704,6 +707,9 @@ 
Method Details

       "personalizationSpec": { # The specification for personalization. # The specification for personalization spec. Notice that if both ServingConfig.personalization_spec and SearchRequest.personalization_spec are set, SearchRequest.personalization_spec overrides ServingConfig.personalization_spec.
         "mode": "A String", # The personalization mode of the search request. Defaults to Mode.AUTO.
       },
+      "promoteControlIds": [ # Condition promote specifications. Maximum number of specifications is 100.
+        "A String",
+      ],
       "rankingExpression": "A String", # The ranking expression controls the customized ranking on retrieval documents. To leverage this, document embedding is required. The ranking expression setting in ServingConfig applies to all search requests served by the serving config. However, if SearchRequest.ranking_expression is specified, it overrides the ServingConfig ranking expression. The ranking expression is a single function or multiple functions that are joined by "+". * ranking_expression = function, { " + ", function }; Supported functions: * double * relevance_score * double * dotProduct(embedding_field_path) Function variables: * `relevance_score`: pre-defined keywords, used for measure relevance between query and document. * `embedding_field_path`: the document embedding field used with query embedding vector. * `dotProduct`: embedding function between embedding_field_path and query embedding vector. Example ranking expression: If document has an embedding field doc_embedding, the ranking expression could be `0.5 * relevance_score + 0.3 * dotProduct(doc_embedding)`.
       "redirectControlIds": [ # IDs of the redirect controls. Only the first triggered redirect action is applied, even if multiple apply. Maximum number of specifications is 100. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH.
         "A String",
@@ -823,6 +829,9 @@ 
Method Details

   "personalizationSpec": { # The specification for personalization. # The specification for personalization spec. Notice that if both ServingConfig.personalization_spec and SearchRequest.personalization_spec are set, SearchRequest.personalization_spec overrides ServingConfig.personalization_spec.
     "mode": "A String", # The personalization mode of the search request. Defaults to Mode.AUTO.
   },
+  "promoteControlIds": [ # Condition promote specifications. Maximum number of specifications is 100.
+    "A String",
+  ],
   "rankingExpression": "A String", # The ranking expression controls the customized ranking on retrieval documents. To leverage this, document embedding is required. The ranking expression setting in ServingConfig applies to all search requests served by the serving config. However, if SearchRequest.ranking_expression is specified, it overrides the ServingConfig ranking expression. The ranking expression is a single function or multiple functions that are joined by "+". * ranking_expression = function, { " + ", function }; Supported functions: * double * relevance_score * double * dotProduct(embedding_field_path) Function variables: * `relevance_score`: pre-defined keywords, used for measure relevance between query and document. * `embedding_field_path`: the document embedding field used with query embedding vector. * `dotProduct`: embedding function between embedding_field_path and query embedding vector. Example ranking expression: If document has an embedding field doc_embedding, the ranking expression could be `0.5 * relevance_score + 0.3 * dotProduct(doc_embedding)`.
   "redirectControlIds": [ # IDs of the redirect controls. Only the first triggered redirect action is applied, even if multiple apply. Maximum number of specifications is 100. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH.
     "A String",
@@ -925,6 +934,9 @@ 
Method Details

   "personalizationSpec": { # The specification for personalization. # The specification for personalization spec. Notice that if both ServingConfig.personalization_spec and SearchRequest.personalization_spec are set, SearchRequest.personalization_spec overrides ServingConfig.personalization_spec.
     "mode": "A String", # The personalization mode of the search request. Defaults to Mode.AUTO.
   },
+  "promoteControlIds": [ # Condition promote specifications. Maximum number of specifications is 100.
+    "A String",
+  ],
   "rankingExpression": "A String", # The ranking expression controls the customized ranking on retrieval documents. To leverage this, document embedding is required. The ranking expression setting in ServingConfig applies to all search requests served by the serving config. However, if SearchRequest.ranking_expression is specified, it overrides the ServingConfig ranking expression. The ranking expression is a single function or multiple functions that are joined by "+". * ranking_expression = function, { " + ", function }; Supported functions: * double * relevance_score * double * dotProduct(embedding_field_path) Function variables: * `relevance_score`: pre-defined keywords, used for measure relevance between query and document. * `embedding_field_path`: the document embedding field used with query embedding vector. * `dotProduct`: embedding function between embedding_field_path and query embedding vector. Example ranking expression: If document has an embedding field doc_embedding, the ranking expression could be `0.5 * relevance_score + 0.3 * dotProduct(doc_embedding)`.
   "redirectControlIds": [ # IDs of the redirect controls. Only the first triggered redirect action is applied, even if multiple apply. Maximum number of specifications is 100. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH.
     "A String",
@@ -950,7 +962,7 @@ 
Method Details

     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for Recommend method.
-  "filter": "A String", # Filter for restricting recommendation results with a length limit of 5,000 characters. Currently, only filter expressions on the `filter_tags` attribute is supported. Examples: * `(filter_tags: ANY("Red", "Blue") OR filter_tags: ANY("Hot", "Cold"))` * `(filter_tags: ANY("Red", "Blue")) AND NOT (filter_tags: ANY("Green"))` If `attributeFilteringSyntax` is set to true under the `params` field, then attribute-based expressions are expected instead of the above described tag-based syntax. Examples: * (launguage: ANY("en", "es")) AND NOT (categories: ANY("Movie")) * (available: true) AND (launguage: ANY("en", "es")) OR (categories: ANY("Movie")) If your filter blocks all results, the API returns generic (unfiltered) popular Documents. If you only want results strictly matching the filters, set `strictFiltering` to `true` in RecommendRequest.params to receive empty results instead. Note that the API never returns Documents with `storageStatus` as `EXPIRED` or `DELETED` regardless of filter choices.
+  "filter": "A String", # Filter for restricting recommendation results with a length limit of 5,000 characters. Currently, only filter expressions on the `filter_tags` attribute is supported. Examples: * `(filter_tags: ANY("Red", "Blue") OR filter_tags: ANY("Hot", "Cold"))` * `(filter_tags: ANY("Red", "Blue")) AND NOT (filter_tags: ANY("Green"))` If `attributeFilteringSyntax` is set to true under the `params` field, then attribute-based expressions are expected instead of the above described tag-based syntax. Examples: * (language: ANY("en", "es")) AND NOT (categories: ANY("Movie")) * (available: true) AND (language: ANY("en", "es")) OR (categories: ANY("Movie")) If your filter blocks all results, the API returns generic (unfiltered) popular Documents. If you only want results strictly matching the filters, set `strictFiltering` to `true` in RecommendRequest.params to receive empty results instead. Note that the API never returns Documents with `storageStatus` as `EXPIRED` or `DELETED` regardless of filter choices.
   "pageSize": 42, # Maximum number of results to return. Set this property to the number of recommendation results needed. If zero, the service chooses a reasonable default. The maximum allowed value is 100. Values above 100 are set to 100.
   "params": { # Additional domain specific parameters for the recommendations. Allowed values: * `returnDocument`: Boolean. If set to `true`, the associated Document object is returned in RecommendResponse.RecommendationResult.document. * `returnScore`: Boolean. If set to true, the recommendation score corresponding to each returned Document is set in RecommendResponse.RecommendationResult.metadata. The given score indicates the probability of a Document conversion given the user's context and history. * `strictFiltering`: Boolean. True by default. If set to `false`, the service returns generic (unfiltered) popular Documents instead of empty if your filter blocks all recommendation results. * `diversityLevel`: String. Default empty. If set to be non-empty, then it needs to be one of: * `no-diversity` * `low-diversity` * `medium-diversity` * `high-diversity` * `auto-diversity` This gives request-level control and adjusts recommendation results based on Document category. * `attributeFilteringSyntax`: Boolean. False by default. If set to true, the `filter` field is interpreted according to the new, attribute-based syntax.
     "a_key": "",
@@ -1213,7 +1225,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "customFineTuningSpec": { # Defines custom fine tuning spec. # Custom fine tuning configs. If set, it has higher priority than the configs set in ServingConfig.custom_fine_tuning_spec.
     "enableSearchAdaptor": True or False, # Whether or not to enable and include custom fine tuned search adaptor model.
   },
-  "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specs defining dataStores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those dataStores. This is only considered for engines with multiple dataStores use case. For single dataStore within an engine, they should use the specs at the top level.
+  "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specs defining DataStores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. For engines with a single data store, the specs directly under SearchRequest should be used.
     { # A struct to define data stores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.
       "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`.
       "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata)
@@ -1583,6 +1595,15 @@ 
Method Details

       },
     },
   ],
+  "searchLinkPromotions": [ # Promotions for site search.
+    { # Promotion proto includes uri and other helping information to display the promotion.
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. The Promotion description. Maximum length: 200 characters.
+      "enabled": True or False, # Optional. The enabled promotion will be returned for any serving configs associated with the parent of the control this promotion is attached to. This flag is used for basic site search only.
+      "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The promotion thumbnail image url.
+      "title": "A String", # Required. The title of the promotion. Maximum length: 160 characters.
+      "uri": "A String", # Required. The URL for the page the user wants to promote.
+    },
+  ],
   "sessionInfo": { # Information about the session. # Session information. Only set if SearchRequest.session is provided. See its description for more details.
     "name": "A String", # Name of the session. If the auto-session mode is used (when SearchRequest.session ends with "-"), this field holds the newly generated session name.
     "queryId": "A String", # Query ID that corresponds to this search API call. One session can have multiple turns, each with a unique query ID. By specifying the session name and this query ID in the Answer API call, the answer generation happens in the context of the search results from this search call.
@@ -1703,7 +1724,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "customFineTuningSpec": { # Defines custom fine tuning spec. # Custom fine tuning configs. If set, it has higher priority than the configs set in ServingConfig.custom_fine_tuning_spec.
     "enableSearchAdaptor": True or False, # Whether or not to enable and include custom fine tuned search adaptor model.
   },
-  "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specs defining dataStores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those dataStores. This is only considered for engines with multiple dataStores use case. For single dataStore within an engine, they should use the specs at the top level.
+  "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specs defining DataStores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. For engines with a single data store, the specs directly under SearchRequest should be used.
     { # A struct to define data stores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.
       "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`.
       "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata)
@@ -2073,6 +2094,15 @@ 
Method Details

       },
     },
   ],
+  "searchLinkPromotions": [ # Promotions for site search.
+    { # Promotion proto includes uri and other helping information to display the promotion.
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. The Promotion description. Maximum length: 200 characters.
+      "enabled": True or False, # Optional. The enabled promotion will be returned for any serving configs associated with the parent of the control this promotion is attached to. This flag is used for basic site search only.
+      "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The promotion thumbnail image url.
+      "title": "A String", # Required. The title of the promotion. Maximum length: 160 characters.
+      "uri": "A String", # Required. The URL for the page the user wants to promote.
+    },
+  ],
   "sessionInfo": { # Information about the session. # Session information. Only set if SearchRequest.session is provided. See its description for more details.
     "name": "A String", # Name of the session. If the auto-session mode is used (when SearchRequest.session ends with "-"), this field holds the newly generated session name.
     "queryId": "A String", # Query ID that corresponds to this search API call. One session can have multiple turns, each with a unique query ID. By specifying the session name and this query ID in the Answer API call, the answer generation happens in the context of the search results from this search call.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.userEvents.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.userEvents.html
index 8ff3f88ad6..0820d6eb85 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.userEvents.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.dataStores.userEvents.html
@@ -311,7 +311,7 @@ 
Method Details

     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for PurgeUserEvents method.
-  "filter": "A String", # Required. The filter string to specify the events to be deleted with a length limit of 5,000 characters. The eligible fields for filtering are: * `eventType`: Double quoted UserEvent.event_type string. * `eventTime`: in ISO 8601 "zulu" format. * `userPseudoId`: Double quoted string. Specifying this will delete all events associated with a visitor. * `userId`: Double quoted string. Specifying this will delete all events associated with a user. Examples: * Deleting all events in a time range: `eventTime > "2012-04-23T18:25:43.511Z" eventTime < "2012-04-23T18:30:43.511Z"` * Deleting specific eventType: `eventType = "search"` * Deleting all events for a specific visitor: `userPseudoId = "visitor1024"` * Deleting all events inside a DataStore: `*` The filtering fields are assumed to have an implicit AND.
+  "filter": "A String", # Required. The filter string to specify the events to be deleted with a length limit of 5,000 characters. The eligible fields for filtering are: * `eventType`: Double quoted UserEvent.event_type string. * `eventTime`: in ISO 8601 "zulu" format. * `userPseudoId`: Double quoted string. Specifying this will delete all events associated with a visitor. * `userId`: Double quoted string. Specifying this will delete all events associated with a user. Note: This API only supports purging a max range of 30 days. Examples: * Deleting all events in a time range: `eventTime > "2012-04-23T18:25:43.511Z" eventTime < "2012-04-23T18:30:43.511Z"` * Deleting specific eventType in a time range: `eventTime > "2012-04-23T18:25:43.511Z" eventTime < "2012-04-23T18:30:43.511Z" eventType = "search"` * Deleting all events for a specific visitor in a time range: `eventTime > "2012-04-23T18:25:43.511Z" eventTime < "2012-04-23T18:30:43.511Z" userPseudoId = "visitor1024"` * Deleting the past 30 days of events inside a DataStore: `*` The filtering fields are assumed to have an implicit AND.
   "force": True or False, # The `force` field is currently not supported. Purge user event requests will permanently delete all purgeable events. Once the development is complete: If `force` is set to false, the method will return the expected purge count without deleting any user events. This field will default to false if not included in the request.
 }
 
diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.evaluations.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.evaluations.html
index 10fb2b4184..6b48ccdb03 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.evaluations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.evaluations.html
@@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "customFineTuningSpec": { # Defines custom fine tuning spec. # Custom fine tuning configs. If set, it has higher priority than the configs set in ServingConfig.custom_fine_tuning_spec.
         "enableSearchAdaptor": True or False, # Whether or not to enable and include custom fine tuned search adaptor model.
       },
-      "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specs defining dataStores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those dataStores. This is only considered for engines with multiple dataStores use case. For single dataStore within an engine, they should use the specs at the top level.
+      "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specs defining DataStores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. For engines with a single data store, the specs directly under SearchRequest should be used.
         { # A struct to define data stores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.
           "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`.
           "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata)
@@ -468,7 +468,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "customFineTuningSpec": { # Defines custom fine tuning spec. # Custom fine tuning configs. If set, it has higher priority than the configs set in ServingConfig.custom_fine_tuning_spec.
         "enableSearchAdaptor": True or False, # Whether or not to enable and include custom fine tuned search adaptor model.
       },
-      "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specs defining dataStores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those dataStores. This is only considered for engines with multiple dataStores use case. For single dataStore within an engine, they should use the specs at the top level.
+      "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specs defining DataStores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. For engines with a single data store, the specs directly under SearchRequest should be used.
         { # A struct to define data stores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.
           "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`.
           "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata)
@@ -710,7 +710,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "customFineTuningSpec": { # Defines custom fine tuning spec. # Custom fine tuning configs. If set, it has higher priority than the configs set in ServingConfig.custom_fine_tuning_spec.
             "enableSearchAdaptor": True or False, # Whether or not to enable and include custom fine tuned search adaptor model.
           },
-          "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specs defining dataStores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those dataStores. This is only considered for engines with multiple dataStores use case. For single dataStore within an engine, they should use the specs at the top level.
+          "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specs defining DataStores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. For engines with a single data store, the specs directly under SearchRequest should be used.
             { # A struct to define data stores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.
               "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`.
               "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.requirements.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.requirements.html
index f9abf1145d..6f67f1449f 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.requirements.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1alpha.projects.locations.requirements.html
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 { # Request for CheckRequirement method.
   "requirementType": "A String", # The type specifying the requirement to check. The supported types are: * `discoveryengine.googleapis.com/media_recs/general/all/warning` * `discoveryengine.googleapis.com/media_recs/oyml/cvr/warning` * `discoveryengine.googleapis.com/media_recs/rfy/cvr/warning` * `discoveryengine.googleapis.com/media_recs/mlt/cvr/warning` * `discoveryengine.googleapis.com/media_recs/mp/cvr/warning` * `discoveryengine.googleapis.com/media_recs/oyml/wdps/warning` * `discoveryengine.googleapis.com/media_recs/rfy/wdps/warning` * `discoveryengine.googleapis.com/media_recs/mlt/wdps/warning`
-  "resources": [ # The type needed for the monitored resources: * `discoveryengine.googleapis.com/Branch`. * The labels needed for this resource: * `project`_`number` * `location`_`id` * `collection`_`id` * `datastore`_`id` * `branch`_`id` * `discoveryengine.googleapis.com/DataStore` * The labels needed for this resource: * `project`_`number` * `location`_`id` * `collection`_`id` * `datastore`_`id`
+  "resources": [ # The resources to be checked for this requirement. The type needed for the monitored resources: * `discoveryengine.googleapis.com/Branch`. * The labels needed for this resource: * `project_number` * `location_id` * `collection_id` * `datastore_id` * `branch_id` * `discoveryengine.googleapis.com/DataStore` * The labels needed for this resource: * `project_number` * `location_id` * `collection_id` * `datastore_id`
     { # An object representing a resource that can be used for monitoring, logging, billing, or other purposes. Examples include virtual machine instances, databases, and storage devices such as disks. The `type` field identifies a MonitoredResourceDescriptor object that describes the resource's schema. Information in the `labels` field identifies the actual resource and its attributes according to the schema. For example, a particular Compute Engine VM instance could be represented by the following object, because the MonitoredResourceDescriptor for `"gce_instance"` has labels `"project_id"`, `"instance_id"` and `"zone"`: { "type": "gce_instance", "labels": { "project_id": "my-project", "instance_id": "12345678901234", "zone": "us-central1-a" }}
       "labels": { # Required. Values for all of the labels listed in the associated monitored resource descriptor. For example, Compute Engine VM instances use the labels `"project_id"`, `"instance_id"`, and `"zone"`.
         "a_key": "A String",
@@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
     },
   ],
-  "oldestMetricTimestamp": "A String", # Timestamp of the oldest calculated metric (i.e. the most stale metric). Indicates that the `requirement_result` may not accurately reflect any Event and Product Catalog updates performed after this time.
+  "oldestMetricTimestamp": "A String", # Timestamp of the oldest calculated metric (i.e. the most stale metric). Indicates that the `result` may not accurately reflect any Event and Product Catalog updates performed after this time.
   "requirement": { # A data requirement. # Requirement definition.
     "condition": { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: "Summary size limit" description: "Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars" expression: "document.summary.size() < 100" Example (Equality): title: "Requestor is owner" description: "Determines if requestor is the document owner" expression: "document.owner == request.auth.claims.email" Example (Logic): title: "Public documents" description: "Determine whether the document should be publicly visible" expression: "document.type != 'private' && document.type != 'internal'" Example (Data Manipulation): title: "Notification string" description: "Create a notification string with a timestamp." expression: "'New message received at ' + string(document.create_time)" The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition for evaluating the requirement result. Variables in the expression should be provided by `metrics_bindings` or `threshold_bindings`. Where `metrics_bindings` are used for computed metrics and `threshold_bindings` are used to define thresholds for corresponding `metric_bindings`.
       "description": "A String", # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.branches.operations.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.branches.operations.html
index f9edb27aba..b6686cc753 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.branches.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.branches.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Discovery Engine API . 
   cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.controls.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.controls.html
index a49c0e1bf3..9898405f2a 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.controls.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.controls.html
@@ -142,6 +142,16 @@ 
Method Details

     "filter": "A String", # Required. A filter to apply on the matching condition results. Required Syntax documentation: https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/filter-and-order Maximum length is 5000 characters. Otherwise an INVALID ARGUMENT error is thrown.
   },
   "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/*/locations/global/dataStore/*/controls/*`
+  "promoteAction": { # Promote certain links based on some trigger queries. Example: Promote shoe store link when searching for `shoe` keyword. The link can be outside of associated data store. # Promote certain links based on predefined trigger queries. This now only supports basic site search.
+    "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Data store with which this promotion is attached to.
+    "searchLinkPromotion": { # Promotion proto includes uri and other helping information to display the promotion. # Required. Promotion attached to this action.
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. The Promotion description. Maximum length: 200 characters.
+      "enabled": True or False, # Optional. The enabled promotion will be returned for any serving configs associated with the parent of the control this promotion is attached to. This flag is used for basic site search only.
+      "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The promotion thumbnail image url.
+      "title": "A String", # Required. The title of the promotion. Maximum length: 160 characters.
+      "uri": "A String", # Required. The URL for the page the user wants to promote.
+    },
+  },
   "redirectAction": { # Redirects a shopper to the provided URI. # Defines a redirect-type control.
     "redirectUri": "A String", # Required. The URI to which the shopper will be redirected. Required. URI must have length equal or less than 2000 characters. Otherwise an INVALID ARGUMENT error is thrown.
   },
@@ -197,6 +207,16 @@ 
Method Details

     "filter": "A String", # Required. A filter to apply on the matching condition results. Required Syntax documentation: https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/filter-and-order Maximum length is 5000 characters. Otherwise an INVALID ARGUMENT error is thrown.
   },
   "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/*/locations/global/dataStore/*/controls/*`
+  "promoteAction": { # Promote certain links based on some trigger queries. Example: Promote shoe store link when searching for `shoe` keyword. The link can be outside of associated data store. # Promote certain links based on predefined trigger queries. This now only supports basic site search.
+    "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Data store with which this promotion is attached to.
+    "searchLinkPromotion": { # Promotion proto includes uri and other helping information to display the promotion. # Required. Promotion attached to this action.
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. The Promotion description. Maximum length: 200 characters.
+      "enabled": True or False, # Optional. The enabled promotion will be returned for any serving configs associated with the parent of the control this promotion is attached to. This flag is used for basic site search only.
+      "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The promotion thumbnail image url.
+      "title": "A String", # Required. The title of the promotion. Maximum length: 160 characters.
+      "uri": "A String", # Required. The URL for the page the user wants to promote.
+    },
+  },
   "redirectAction": { # Redirects a shopper to the provided URI. # Defines a redirect-type control.
     "redirectUri": "A String", # Required. The URI to which the shopper will be redirected. Required. URI must have length equal or less than 2000 characters. Otherwise an INVALID ARGUMENT error is thrown.
   },
@@ -276,6 +296,16 @@ 
Method Details

     "filter": "A String", # Required. A filter to apply on the matching condition results. Required Syntax documentation: https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/filter-and-order Maximum length is 5000 characters. Otherwise an INVALID ARGUMENT error is thrown.
   },
   "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/*/locations/global/dataStore/*/controls/*`
+  "promoteAction": { # Promote certain links based on some trigger queries. Example: Promote shoe store link when searching for `shoe` keyword. The link can be outside of associated data store. # Promote certain links based on predefined trigger queries. This now only supports basic site search.
+    "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Data store with which this promotion is attached to.
+    "searchLinkPromotion": { # Promotion proto includes uri and other helping information to display the promotion. # Required. Promotion attached to this action.
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. The Promotion description. Maximum length: 200 characters.
+      "enabled": True or False, # Optional. The enabled promotion will be returned for any serving configs associated with the parent of the control this promotion is attached to. This flag is used for basic site search only.
+      "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The promotion thumbnail image url.
+      "title": "A String", # Required. The title of the promotion. Maximum length: 160 characters.
+      "uri": "A String", # Required. The URL for the page the user wants to promote.
+    },
+  },
   "redirectAction": { # Redirects a shopper to the provided URI. # Defines a redirect-type control.
     "redirectUri": "A String", # Required. The URI to which the shopper will be redirected. Required. URI must have length equal or less than 2000 characters. Otherwise an INVALID ARGUMENT error is thrown.
   },
@@ -342,6 +372,16 @@ 
Method Details

         "filter": "A String", # Required. A filter to apply on the matching condition results. Required Syntax documentation: https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/filter-and-order Maximum length is 5000 characters. Otherwise an INVALID ARGUMENT error is thrown.
       },
       "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/*/locations/global/dataStore/*/controls/*`
+      "promoteAction": { # Promote certain links based on some trigger queries. Example: Promote shoe store link when searching for `shoe` keyword. The link can be outside of associated data store. # Promote certain links based on predefined trigger queries. This now only supports basic site search.
+        "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Data store with which this promotion is attached to.
+        "searchLinkPromotion": { # Promotion proto includes uri and other helping information to display the promotion. # Required. Promotion attached to this action.
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. The Promotion description. Maximum length: 200 characters.
+          "enabled": True or False, # Optional. The enabled promotion will be returned for any serving configs associated with the parent of the control this promotion is attached to. This flag is used for basic site search only.
+          "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The promotion thumbnail image url.
+          "title": "A String", # Required. The title of the promotion. Maximum length: 160 characters.
+          "uri": "A String", # Required. The URL for the page the user wants to promote.
+        },
+      },
       "redirectAction": { # Redirects a shopper to the provided URI. # Defines a redirect-type control.
         "redirectUri": "A String", # Required. The URI to which the shopper will be redirected. Required. URI must have length equal or less than 2000 characters. Otherwise an INVALID ARGUMENT error is thrown.
       },
@@ -415,6 +455,16 @@ 
Method Details

     "filter": "A String", # Required. A filter to apply on the matching condition results. Required Syntax documentation: https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/filter-and-order Maximum length is 5000 characters. Otherwise an INVALID ARGUMENT error is thrown.
   },
   "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/*/locations/global/dataStore/*/controls/*`
+  "promoteAction": { # Promote certain links based on some trigger queries. Example: Promote shoe store link when searching for `shoe` keyword. The link can be outside of associated data store. # Promote certain links based on predefined trigger queries. This now only supports basic site search.
+    "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Data store with which this promotion is attached to.
+    "searchLinkPromotion": { # Promotion proto includes uri and other helping information to display the promotion. # Required. Promotion attached to this action.
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. The Promotion description. Maximum length: 200 characters.
+      "enabled": True or False, # Optional. The enabled promotion will be returned for any serving configs associated with the parent of the control this promotion is attached to. This flag is used for basic site search only.
+      "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The promotion thumbnail image url.
+      "title": "A String", # Required. The title of the promotion. Maximum length: 160 characters.
+      "uri": "A String", # Required. The URL for the page the user wants to promote.
+    },
+  },
   "redirectAction": { # Redirects a shopper to the provided URI. # Defines a redirect-type control.
     "redirectUri": "A String", # Required. The URI to which the shopper will be redirected. Required. URI must have length equal or less than 2000 characters. Otherwise an INVALID ARGUMENT error is thrown.
   },
@@ -470,6 +520,16 @@ 
Method Details

     "filter": "A String", # Required. A filter to apply on the matching condition results. Required Syntax documentation: https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/filter-and-order Maximum length is 5000 characters. Otherwise an INVALID ARGUMENT error is thrown.
   },
   "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/*/locations/global/dataStore/*/controls/*`
+  "promoteAction": { # Promote certain links based on some trigger queries. Example: Promote shoe store link when searching for `shoe` keyword. The link can be outside of associated data store. # Promote certain links based on predefined trigger queries. This now only supports basic site search.
+    "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Data store with which this promotion is attached to.
+    "searchLinkPromotion": { # Promotion proto includes uri and other helping information to display the promotion. # Required. Promotion attached to this action.
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. The Promotion description. Maximum length: 200 characters.
+      "enabled": True or False, # Optional. The enabled promotion will be returned for any serving configs associated with the parent of the control this promotion is attached to. This flag is used for basic site search only.
+      "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The promotion thumbnail image url.
+      "title": "A String", # Required. The title of the promotion. Maximum length: 160 characters.
+      "uri": "A String", # Required. The URL for the page the user wants to promote.
+    },
+  },
   "redirectAction": { # Redirects a shopper to the provided URI. # Defines a redirect-type control.
     "redirectUri": "A String", # Required. The URI to which the shopper will be redirected. Required. URI must have length equal or less than 2000 characters. Otherwise an INVALID ARGUMENT error is thrown.
   },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.servingConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.servingConfigs.html
index 59fff85a0f..6a25ff153b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.servingConfigs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.servingConfigs.html
@@ -580,6 +580,9 @@ 
Method Details

   "personalizationSpec": { # The specification for personalization. # The specification for personalization spec. Notice that if both ServingConfig.personalization_spec and SearchRequest.personalization_spec are set, SearchRequest.personalization_spec overrides ServingConfig.personalization_spec.
     "mode": "A String", # The personalization mode of the search request. Defaults to Mode.AUTO.
   },
+  "promoteControlIds": [ # Condition promote specifications. Maximum number of specifications is 100.
+    "A String",
+  ],
   "rankingExpression": "A String", # The ranking expression controls the customized ranking on retrieval documents. To leverage this, document embedding is required. The ranking expression setting in ServingConfig applies to all search requests served by the serving config. However, if SearchRequest.ranking_expression is specified, it overrides the ServingConfig ranking expression. The ranking expression is a single function or multiple functions that are joined by "+". * ranking_expression = function, { " + ", function }; Supported functions: * double * relevance_score * double * dotProduct(embedding_field_path) Function variables: * `relevance_score`: pre-defined keywords, used for measure relevance between query and document. * `embedding_field_path`: the document embedding field used with query embedding vector. * `dotProduct`: embedding function between embedding_field_path and query embedding vector. Example ranking expression: If document has an embedding field doc_embedding, the ranking expression could be `0.5 * relevance_score + 0.3 * dotProduct(doc_embedding)`.
   "redirectControlIds": [ # IDs of the redirect controls. Only the first triggered redirect action is applied, even if multiple apply. Maximum number of specifications is 100. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH.
     "A String",
@@ -685,6 +688,9 @@ 
Method Details

       "personalizationSpec": { # The specification for personalization. # The specification for personalization spec. Notice that if both ServingConfig.personalization_spec and SearchRequest.personalization_spec are set, SearchRequest.personalization_spec overrides ServingConfig.personalization_spec.
         "mode": "A String", # The personalization mode of the search request. Defaults to Mode.AUTO.
       },
+      "promoteControlIds": [ # Condition promote specifications. Maximum number of specifications is 100.
+        "A String",
+      ],
       "rankingExpression": "A String", # The ranking expression controls the customized ranking on retrieval documents. To leverage this, document embedding is required. The ranking expression setting in ServingConfig applies to all search requests served by the serving config. However, if SearchRequest.ranking_expression is specified, it overrides the ServingConfig ranking expression. The ranking expression is a single function or multiple functions that are joined by "+". * ranking_expression = function, { " + ", function }; Supported functions: * double * relevance_score * double * dotProduct(embedding_field_path) Function variables: * `relevance_score`: pre-defined keywords, used for measure relevance between query and document. * `embedding_field_path`: the document embedding field used with query embedding vector. * `dotProduct`: embedding function between embedding_field_path and query embedding vector. Example ranking expression: If document has an embedding field doc_embedding, the ranking expression could be `0.5 * relevance_score + 0.3 * dotProduct(doc_embedding)`.
       "redirectControlIds": [ # IDs of the redirect controls. Only the first triggered redirect action is applied, even if multiple apply. Maximum number of specifications is 100. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH.
         "A String",
@@ -796,6 +802,9 @@ 
Method Details

   "personalizationSpec": { # The specification for personalization. # The specification for personalization spec. Notice that if both ServingConfig.personalization_spec and SearchRequest.personalization_spec are set, SearchRequest.personalization_spec overrides ServingConfig.personalization_spec.
     "mode": "A String", # The personalization mode of the search request. Defaults to Mode.AUTO.
   },
+  "promoteControlIds": [ # Condition promote specifications. Maximum number of specifications is 100.
+    "A String",
+  ],
   "rankingExpression": "A String", # The ranking expression controls the customized ranking on retrieval documents. To leverage this, document embedding is required. The ranking expression setting in ServingConfig applies to all search requests served by the serving config. However, if SearchRequest.ranking_expression is specified, it overrides the ServingConfig ranking expression. The ranking expression is a single function or multiple functions that are joined by "+". * ranking_expression = function, { " + ", function }; Supported functions: * double * relevance_score * double * dotProduct(embedding_field_path) Function variables: * `relevance_score`: pre-defined keywords, used for measure relevance between query and document. * `embedding_field_path`: the document embedding field used with query embedding vector. * `dotProduct`: embedding function between embedding_field_path and query embedding vector. Example ranking expression: If document has an embedding field doc_embedding, the ranking expression could be `0.5 * relevance_score + 0.3 * dotProduct(doc_embedding)`.
   "redirectControlIds": [ # IDs of the redirect controls. Only the first triggered redirect action is applied, even if multiple apply. Maximum number of specifications is 100. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH.
     "A String",
@@ -890,6 +899,9 @@ 
Method Details

   "personalizationSpec": { # The specification for personalization. # The specification for personalization spec. Notice that if both ServingConfig.personalization_spec and SearchRequest.personalization_spec are set, SearchRequest.personalization_spec overrides ServingConfig.personalization_spec.
     "mode": "A String", # The personalization mode of the search request. Defaults to Mode.AUTO.
   },
+  "promoteControlIds": [ # Condition promote specifications. Maximum number of specifications is 100.
+    "A String",
+  ],
   "rankingExpression": "A String", # The ranking expression controls the customized ranking on retrieval documents. To leverage this, document embedding is required. The ranking expression setting in ServingConfig applies to all search requests served by the serving config. However, if SearchRequest.ranking_expression is specified, it overrides the ServingConfig ranking expression. The ranking expression is a single function or multiple functions that are joined by "+". * ranking_expression = function, { " + ", function }; Supported functions: * double * relevance_score * double * dotProduct(embedding_field_path) Function variables: * `relevance_score`: pre-defined keywords, used for measure relevance between query and document. * `embedding_field_path`: the document embedding field used with query embedding vector. * `dotProduct`: embedding function between embedding_field_path and query embedding vector. Example ranking expression: If document has an embedding field doc_embedding, the ranking expression could be `0.5 * relevance_score + 0.3 * dotProduct(doc_embedding)`.
   "redirectControlIds": [ # IDs of the redirect controls. Only the first triggered redirect action is applied, even if multiple apply. Maximum number of specifications is 100. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH.
     "A String",
@@ -915,7 +927,7 @@ 
Method Details

     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for Recommend method.
-  "filter": "A String", # Filter for restricting recommendation results with a length limit of 5,000 characters. Currently, only filter expressions on the `filter_tags` attribute is supported. Examples: * `(filter_tags: ANY("Red", "Blue") OR filter_tags: ANY("Hot", "Cold"))` * `(filter_tags: ANY("Red", "Blue")) AND NOT (filter_tags: ANY("Green"))` If `attributeFilteringSyntax` is set to true under the `params` field, then attribute-based expressions are expected instead of the above described tag-based syntax. Examples: * (launguage: ANY("en", "es")) AND NOT (categories: ANY("Movie")) * (available: true) AND (launguage: ANY("en", "es")) OR (categories: ANY("Movie")) If your filter blocks all results, the API returns generic (unfiltered) popular Documents. If you only want results strictly matching the filters, set `strictFiltering` to `true` in RecommendRequest.params to receive empty results instead. Note that the API never returns Documents with `storageStatus` as `EXPIRED` or `DELETED` regardless of filter choices.
+  "filter": "A String", # Filter for restricting recommendation results with a length limit of 5,000 characters. Currently, only filter expressions on the `filter_tags` attribute is supported. Examples: * `(filter_tags: ANY("Red", "Blue") OR filter_tags: ANY("Hot", "Cold"))` * `(filter_tags: ANY("Red", "Blue")) AND NOT (filter_tags: ANY("Green"))` If `attributeFilteringSyntax` is set to true under the `params` field, then attribute-based expressions are expected instead of the above described tag-based syntax. Examples: * (language: ANY("en", "es")) AND NOT (categories: ANY("Movie")) * (available: true) AND (language: ANY("en", "es")) OR (categories: ANY("Movie")) If your filter blocks all results, the API returns generic (unfiltered) popular Documents. If you only want results strictly matching the filters, set `strictFiltering` to `true` in RecommendRequest.params to receive empty results instead. Note that the API never returns Documents with `storageStatus` as `EXPIRED` or `DELETED` regardless of filter choices.
   "pageSize": 42, # Maximum number of results to return. Set this property to the number of recommendation results needed. If zero, the service chooses a reasonable default. The maximum allowed value is 100. Values above 100 are set to 100.
   "params": { # Additional domain specific parameters for the recommendations. Allowed values: * `returnDocument`: Boolean. If set to `true`, the associated Document object is returned in RecommendResponse.RecommendationResult.document. * `returnScore`: Boolean. If set to true, the recommendation score corresponding to each returned Document is set in RecommendResponse.RecommendationResult.metadata. The given score indicates the probability of a Document conversion given the user's context and history. * `strictFiltering`: Boolean. True by default. If set to `false`, the service returns generic (unfiltered) popular Documents instead of empty if your filter blocks all recommendation results. * `diversityLevel`: String. Default empty. If set to be non-empty, then it needs to be one of: * `no-diversity` * `low-diversity` * `medium-diversity` * `high-diversity` * `auto-diversity` This gives request-level control and adjusts recommendation results based on Document category. * `attributeFilteringSyntax`: Boolean. False by default. If set to true, the `filter` field is interpreted according to the new, attribute-based syntax.
     "a_key": "",
@@ -1162,7 +1174,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "useSemanticChunks": True or False, # If true, answer will be generated from most relevant chunks from top search results. This feature will improve summary quality. Note that with this feature enabled, not all top search results will be referenced and included in the reference list, so the citation source index only points to the search results listed in the reference list.
     },
   },
-  "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specs defining dataStores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those dataStores. This is only considered for engines with multiple dataStores use case. For single dataStore within an engine, they should use the specs at the top level.
+  "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specs defining DataStores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. For engines with a single data store, the specs directly under SearchRequest should be used.
     { # A struct to define data stores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.
       "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`.
       "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata)
@@ -1506,6 +1518,15 @@ 
Method Details

       },
     },
   ],
+  "searchLinkPromotions": [ # Promotions for site search.
+    { # Promotion proto includes uri and other helping information to display the promotion.
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. The Promotion description. Maximum length: 200 characters.
+      "enabled": True or False, # Optional. The enabled promotion will be returned for any serving configs associated with the parent of the control this promotion is attached to. This flag is used for basic site search only.
+      "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The promotion thumbnail image url.
+      "title": "A String", # Required. The title of the promotion. Maximum length: 160 characters.
+      "uri": "A String", # Required. The URL for the page the user wants to promote.
+    },
+  ],
   "sessionInfo": { # Information about the session. # Session information. Only set if SearchRequest.session is provided. See its description for more details.
     "name": "A String", # Name of the session. If the auto-session mode is used (when SearchRequest.session ends with "-"), this field holds the newly generated session name.
     "queryId": "A String", # Query ID that corresponds to this search API call. One session can have multiple turns, each with a unique query ID. By specifying the session name and this query ID in the Answer API call, the answer generation happens in the context of the search results from this search call.
@@ -1623,7 +1644,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "useSemanticChunks": True or False, # If true, answer will be generated from most relevant chunks from top search results. This feature will improve summary quality. Note that with this feature enabled, not all top search results will be referenced and included in the reference list, so the citation source index only points to the search results listed in the reference list.
     },
   },
-  "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specs defining dataStores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those dataStores. This is only considered for engines with multiple dataStores use case. For single dataStore within an engine, they should use the specs at the top level.
+  "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specs defining DataStores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. For engines with a single data store, the specs directly under SearchRequest should be used.
     { # A struct to define data stores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.
       "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`.
       "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata)
@@ -1967,6 +1988,15 @@ 
Method Details

       },
     },
   ],
+  "searchLinkPromotions": [ # Promotions for site search.
+    { # Promotion proto includes uri and other helping information to display the promotion.
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. The Promotion description. Maximum length: 200 characters.
+      "enabled": True or False, # Optional. The enabled promotion will be returned for any serving configs associated with the parent of the control this promotion is attached to. This flag is used for basic site search only.
+      "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The promotion thumbnail image url.
+      "title": "A String", # Required. The title of the promotion. Maximum length: 160 characters.
+      "uri": "A String", # Required. The URL for the page the user wants to promote.
+    },
+  ],
   "sessionInfo": { # Information about the session. # Session information. Only set if SearchRequest.session is provided. See its description for more details.
     "name": "A String", # Name of the session. If the auto-session mode is used (when SearchRequest.session ends with "-"), this field holds the newly generated session name.
     "queryId": "A String", # Query ID that corresponds to this search API call. One session can have multiple turns, each with a unique query ID. By specifying the session name and this query ID in the Answer API call, the answer generation happens in the context of the search results from this search call.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.userEvents.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.userEvents.html
index 9a30e30271..e208cb402a 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.userEvents.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.userEvents.html
@@ -311,7 +311,7 @@ 
Method Details

     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for PurgeUserEvents method.
-  "filter": "A String", # Required. The filter string to specify the events to be deleted with a length limit of 5,000 characters. The eligible fields for filtering are: * `eventType`: Double quoted UserEvent.event_type string. * `eventTime`: in ISO 8601 "zulu" format. * `userPseudoId`: Double quoted string. Specifying this will delete all events associated with a visitor. * `userId`: Double quoted string. Specifying this will delete all events associated with a user. Examples: * Deleting all events in a time range: `eventTime > "2012-04-23T18:25:43.511Z" eventTime < "2012-04-23T18:30:43.511Z"` * Deleting specific eventType: `eventType = "search"` * Deleting all events for a specific visitor: `userPseudoId = "visitor1024"` * Deleting all events inside a DataStore: `*` The filtering fields are assumed to have an implicit AND.
+  "filter": "A String", # Required. The filter string to specify the events to be deleted with a length limit of 5,000 characters. The eligible fields for filtering are: * `eventType`: Double quoted UserEvent.event_type string. * `eventTime`: in ISO 8601 "zulu" format. * `userPseudoId`: Double quoted string. Specifying this will delete all events associated with a visitor. * `userId`: Double quoted string. Specifying this will delete all events associated with a user. Note: This API only supports purging a max range of 30 days. Examples: * Deleting all events in a time range: `eventTime > "2012-04-23T18:25:43.511Z" eventTime < "2012-04-23T18:30:43.511Z"` * Deleting specific eventType in a time range: `eventTime > "2012-04-23T18:25:43.511Z" eventTime < "2012-04-23T18:30:43.511Z" eventType = "search"` * Deleting all events for a specific visitor in a time range: `eventTime > "2012-04-23T18:25:43.511Z" eventTime < "2012-04-23T18:30:43.511Z" userPseudoId = "visitor1024"` * Deleting the past 30 days of events inside a DataStore: `*` The filtering fields are assumed to have an implicit AND.
   "force": True or False, # The `force` field is currently not supported. Purge user event requests will permanently delete all purgeable events. Once the development is complete: If `force` is set to false, the method will return the expected purge count without deleting any user events. This field will default to false if not included in the request.
 }
 
diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.engines.controls.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.engines.controls.html
index 42154ae747..dcd7e06c96 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.engines.controls.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.engines.controls.html
@@ -142,6 +142,16 @@ 
Method Details

     "filter": "A String", # Required. A filter to apply on the matching condition results. Required Syntax documentation: https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/filter-and-order Maximum length is 5000 characters. Otherwise an INVALID ARGUMENT error is thrown.
   },
   "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/*/locations/global/dataStore/*/controls/*`
+  "promoteAction": { # Promote certain links based on some trigger queries. Example: Promote shoe store link when searching for `shoe` keyword. The link can be outside of associated data store. # Promote certain links based on predefined trigger queries. This now only supports basic site search.
+    "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Data store with which this promotion is attached to.
+    "searchLinkPromotion": { # Promotion proto includes uri and other helping information to display the promotion. # Required. Promotion attached to this action.
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. The Promotion description. Maximum length: 200 characters.
+      "enabled": True or False, # Optional. The enabled promotion will be returned for any serving configs associated with the parent of the control this promotion is attached to. This flag is used for basic site search only.
+      "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The promotion thumbnail image url.
+      "title": "A String", # Required. The title of the promotion. Maximum length: 160 characters.
+      "uri": "A String", # Required. The URL for the page the user wants to promote.
+    },
+  },
   "redirectAction": { # Redirects a shopper to the provided URI. # Defines a redirect-type control.
     "redirectUri": "A String", # Required. The URI to which the shopper will be redirected. Required. URI must have length equal or less than 2000 characters. Otherwise an INVALID ARGUMENT error is thrown.
   },
@@ -197,6 +207,16 @@ 
Method Details

     "filter": "A String", # Required. A filter to apply on the matching condition results. Required Syntax documentation: https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/filter-and-order Maximum length is 5000 characters. Otherwise an INVALID ARGUMENT error is thrown.
   },
   "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/*/locations/global/dataStore/*/controls/*`
+  "promoteAction": { # Promote certain links based on some trigger queries. Example: Promote shoe store link when searching for `shoe` keyword. The link can be outside of associated data store. # Promote certain links based on predefined trigger queries. This now only supports basic site search.
+    "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Data store with which this promotion is attached to.
+    "searchLinkPromotion": { # Promotion proto includes uri and other helping information to display the promotion. # Required. Promotion attached to this action.
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. The Promotion description. Maximum length: 200 characters.
+      "enabled": True or False, # Optional. The enabled promotion will be returned for any serving configs associated with the parent of the control this promotion is attached to. This flag is used for basic site search only.
+      "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The promotion thumbnail image url.
+      "title": "A String", # Required. The title of the promotion. Maximum length: 160 characters.
+      "uri": "A String", # Required. The URL for the page the user wants to promote.
+    },
+  },
   "redirectAction": { # Redirects a shopper to the provided URI. # Defines a redirect-type control.
     "redirectUri": "A String", # Required. The URI to which the shopper will be redirected. Required. URI must have length equal or less than 2000 characters. Otherwise an INVALID ARGUMENT error is thrown.
   },
@@ -276,6 +296,16 @@ 
Method Details

     "filter": "A String", # Required. A filter to apply on the matching condition results. Required Syntax documentation: https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/filter-and-order Maximum length is 5000 characters. Otherwise an INVALID ARGUMENT error is thrown.
   },
   "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/*/locations/global/dataStore/*/controls/*`
+  "promoteAction": { # Promote certain links based on some trigger queries. Example: Promote shoe store link when searching for `shoe` keyword. The link can be outside of associated data store. # Promote certain links based on predefined trigger queries. This now only supports basic site search.
+    "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Data store with which this promotion is attached to.
+    "searchLinkPromotion": { # Promotion proto includes uri and other helping information to display the promotion. # Required. Promotion attached to this action.
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. The Promotion description. Maximum length: 200 characters.
+      "enabled": True or False, # Optional. The enabled promotion will be returned for any serving configs associated with the parent of the control this promotion is attached to. This flag is used for basic site search only.
+      "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The promotion thumbnail image url.
+      "title": "A String", # Required. The title of the promotion. Maximum length: 160 characters.
+      "uri": "A String", # Required. The URL for the page the user wants to promote.
+    },
+  },
   "redirectAction": { # Redirects a shopper to the provided URI. # Defines a redirect-type control.
     "redirectUri": "A String", # Required. The URI to which the shopper will be redirected. Required. URI must have length equal or less than 2000 characters. Otherwise an INVALID ARGUMENT error is thrown.
   },
@@ -342,6 +372,16 @@ 
Method Details

         "filter": "A String", # Required. A filter to apply on the matching condition results. Required Syntax documentation: https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/filter-and-order Maximum length is 5000 characters. Otherwise an INVALID ARGUMENT error is thrown.
       },
       "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/*/locations/global/dataStore/*/controls/*`
+      "promoteAction": { # Promote certain links based on some trigger queries. Example: Promote shoe store link when searching for `shoe` keyword. The link can be outside of associated data store. # Promote certain links based on predefined trigger queries. This now only supports basic site search.
+        "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Data store with which this promotion is attached to.
+        "searchLinkPromotion": { # Promotion proto includes uri and other helping information to display the promotion. # Required. Promotion attached to this action.
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. The Promotion description. Maximum length: 200 characters.
+          "enabled": True or False, # Optional. The enabled promotion will be returned for any serving configs associated with the parent of the control this promotion is attached to. This flag is used for basic site search only.
+          "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The promotion thumbnail image url.
+          "title": "A String", # Required. The title of the promotion. Maximum length: 160 characters.
+          "uri": "A String", # Required. The URL for the page the user wants to promote.
+        },
+      },
       "redirectAction": { # Redirects a shopper to the provided URI. # Defines a redirect-type control.
         "redirectUri": "A String", # Required. The URI to which the shopper will be redirected. Required. URI must have length equal or less than 2000 characters. Otherwise an INVALID ARGUMENT error is thrown.
       },
@@ -415,6 +455,16 @@ 
Method Details

     "filter": "A String", # Required. A filter to apply on the matching condition results. Required Syntax documentation: https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/filter-and-order Maximum length is 5000 characters. Otherwise an INVALID ARGUMENT error is thrown.
   },
   "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/*/locations/global/dataStore/*/controls/*`
+  "promoteAction": { # Promote certain links based on some trigger queries. Example: Promote shoe store link when searching for `shoe` keyword. The link can be outside of associated data store. # Promote certain links based on predefined trigger queries. This now only supports basic site search.
+    "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Data store with which this promotion is attached to.
+    "searchLinkPromotion": { # Promotion proto includes uri and other helping information to display the promotion. # Required. Promotion attached to this action.
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. The Promotion description. Maximum length: 200 characters.
+      "enabled": True or False, # Optional. The enabled promotion will be returned for any serving configs associated with the parent of the control this promotion is attached to. This flag is used for basic site search only.
+      "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The promotion thumbnail image url.
+      "title": "A String", # Required. The title of the promotion. Maximum length: 160 characters.
+      "uri": "A String", # Required. The URL for the page the user wants to promote.
+    },
+  },
   "redirectAction": { # Redirects a shopper to the provided URI. # Defines a redirect-type control.
     "redirectUri": "A String", # Required. The URI to which the shopper will be redirected. Required. URI must have length equal or less than 2000 characters. Otherwise an INVALID ARGUMENT error is thrown.
   },
@@ -470,6 +520,16 @@ 
Method Details

     "filter": "A String", # Required. A filter to apply on the matching condition results. Required Syntax documentation: https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/filter-and-order Maximum length is 5000 characters. Otherwise an INVALID ARGUMENT error is thrown.
   },
   "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/*/locations/global/dataStore/*/controls/*`
+  "promoteAction": { # Promote certain links based on some trigger queries. Example: Promote shoe store link when searching for `shoe` keyword. The link can be outside of associated data store. # Promote certain links based on predefined trigger queries. This now only supports basic site search.
+    "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Data store with which this promotion is attached to.
+    "searchLinkPromotion": { # Promotion proto includes uri and other helping information to display the promotion. # Required. Promotion attached to this action.
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. The Promotion description. Maximum length: 200 characters.
+      "enabled": True or False, # Optional. The enabled promotion will be returned for any serving configs associated with the parent of the control this promotion is attached to. This flag is used for basic site search only.
+      "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The promotion thumbnail image url.
+      "title": "A String", # Required. The title of the promotion. Maximum length: 160 characters.
+      "uri": "A String", # Required. The URL for the page the user wants to promote.
+    },
+  },
   "redirectAction": { # Redirects a shopper to the provided URI. # Defines a redirect-type control.
     "redirectUri": "A String", # Required. The URI to which the shopper will be redirected. Required. URI must have length equal or less than 2000 characters. Otherwise an INVALID ARGUMENT error is thrown.
   },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.engines.servingConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.engines.servingConfigs.html
index 29f68e1a79..0778aab22d 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.engines.servingConfigs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.collections.engines.servingConfigs.html
@@ -580,6 +580,9 @@ 
Method Details

   "personalizationSpec": { # The specification for personalization. # The specification for personalization spec. Notice that if both ServingConfig.personalization_spec and SearchRequest.personalization_spec are set, SearchRequest.personalization_spec overrides ServingConfig.personalization_spec.
     "mode": "A String", # The personalization mode of the search request. Defaults to Mode.AUTO.
   },
+  "promoteControlIds": [ # Condition promote specifications. Maximum number of specifications is 100.
+    "A String",
+  ],
   "rankingExpression": "A String", # The ranking expression controls the customized ranking on retrieval documents. To leverage this, document embedding is required. The ranking expression setting in ServingConfig applies to all search requests served by the serving config. However, if SearchRequest.ranking_expression is specified, it overrides the ServingConfig ranking expression. The ranking expression is a single function or multiple functions that are joined by "+". * ranking_expression = function, { " + ", function }; Supported functions: * double * relevance_score * double * dotProduct(embedding_field_path) Function variables: * `relevance_score`: pre-defined keywords, used for measure relevance between query and document. * `embedding_field_path`: the document embedding field used with query embedding vector. * `dotProduct`: embedding function between embedding_field_path and query embedding vector. Example ranking expression: If document has an embedding field doc_embedding, the ranking expression could be `0.5 * relevance_score + 0.3 * dotProduct(doc_embedding)`.
   "redirectControlIds": [ # IDs of the redirect controls. Only the first triggered redirect action is applied, even if multiple apply. Maximum number of specifications is 100. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH.
     "A String",
@@ -685,6 +688,9 @@ 
Method Details

       "personalizationSpec": { # The specification for personalization. # The specification for personalization spec. Notice that if both ServingConfig.personalization_spec and SearchRequest.personalization_spec are set, SearchRequest.personalization_spec overrides ServingConfig.personalization_spec.
         "mode": "A String", # The personalization mode of the search request. Defaults to Mode.AUTO.
       },
+      "promoteControlIds": [ # Condition promote specifications. Maximum number of specifications is 100.
+        "A String",
+      ],
       "rankingExpression": "A String", # The ranking expression controls the customized ranking on retrieval documents. To leverage this, document embedding is required. The ranking expression setting in ServingConfig applies to all search requests served by the serving config. However, if SearchRequest.ranking_expression is specified, it overrides the ServingConfig ranking expression. The ranking expression is a single function or multiple functions that are joined by "+". * ranking_expression = function, { " + ", function }; Supported functions: * double * relevance_score * double * dotProduct(embedding_field_path) Function variables: * `relevance_score`: pre-defined keywords, used for measure relevance between query and document. * `embedding_field_path`: the document embedding field used with query embedding vector. * `dotProduct`: embedding function between embedding_field_path and query embedding vector. Example ranking expression: If document has an embedding field doc_embedding, the ranking expression could be `0.5 * relevance_score + 0.3 * dotProduct(doc_embedding)`.
       "redirectControlIds": [ # IDs of the redirect controls. Only the first triggered redirect action is applied, even if multiple apply. Maximum number of specifications is 100. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH.
         "A String",
@@ -796,6 +802,9 @@ 
Method Details

   "personalizationSpec": { # The specification for personalization. # The specification for personalization spec. Notice that if both ServingConfig.personalization_spec and SearchRequest.personalization_spec are set, SearchRequest.personalization_spec overrides ServingConfig.personalization_spec.
     "mode": "A String", # The personalization mode of the search request. Defaults to Mode.AUTO.
   },
+  "promoteControlIds": [ # Condition promote specifications. Maximum number of specifications is 100.
+    "A String",
+  ],
   "rankingExpression": "A String", # The ranking expression controls the customized ranking on retrieval documents. To leverage this, document embedding is required. The ranking expression setting in ServingConfig applies to all search requests served by the serving config. However, if SearchRequest.ranking_expression is specified, it overrides the ServingConfig ranking expression. The ranking expression is a single function or multiple functions that are joined by "+". * ranking_expression = function, { " + ", function }; Supported functions: * double * relevance_score * double * dotProduct(embedding_field_path) Function variables: * `relevance_score`: pre-defined keywords, used for measure relevance between query and document. * `embedding_field_path`: the document embedding field used with query embedding vector. * `dotProduct`: embedding function between embedding_field_path and query embedding vector. Example ranking expression: If document has an embedding field doc_embedding, the ranking expression could be `0.5 * relevance_score + 0.3 * dotProduct(doc_embedding)`.
   "redirectControlIds": [ # IDs of the redirect controls. Only the first triggered redirect action is applied, even if multiple apply. Maximum number of specifications is 100. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH.
     "A String",
@@ -890,6 +899,9 @@ 
Method Details

   "personalizationSpec": { # The specification for personalization. # The specification for personalization spec. Notice that if both ServingConfig.personalization_spec and SearchRequest.personalization_spec are set, SearchRequest.personalization_spec overrides ServingConfig.personalization_spec.
     "mode": "A String", # The personalization mode of the search request. Defaults to Mode.AUTO.
   },
+  "promoteControlIds": [ # Condition promote specifications. Maximum number of specifications is 100.
+    "A String",
+  ],
   "rankingExpression": "A String", # The ranking expression controls the customized ranking on retrieval documents. To leverage this, document embedding is required. The ranking expression setting in ServingConfig applies to all search requests served by the serving config. However, if SearchRequest.ranking_expression is specified, it overrides the ServingConfig ranking expression. The ranking expression is a single function or multiple functions that are joined by "+". * ranking_expression = function, { " + ", function }; Supported functions: * double * relevance_score * double * dotProduct(embedding_field_path) Function variables: * `relevance_score`: pre-defined keywords, used for measure relevance between query and document. * `embedding_field_path`: the document embedding field used with query embedding vector. * `dotProduct`: embedding function between embedding_field_path and query embedding vector. Example ranking expression: If document has an embedding field doc_embedding, the ranking expression could be `0.5 * relevance_score + 0.3 * dotProduct(doc_embedding)`.
   "redirectControlIds": [ # IDs of the redirect controls. Only the first triggered redirect action is applied, even if multiple apply. Maximum number of specifications is 100. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH.
     "A String",
@@ -915,7 +927,7 @@ 
Method Details

     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for Recommend method.
-  "filter": "A String", # Filter for restricting recommendation results with a length limit of 5,000 characters. Currently, only filter expressions on the `filter_tags` attribute is supported. Examples: * `(filter_tags: ANY("Red", "Blue") OR filter_tags: ANY("Hot", "Cold"))` * `(filter_tags: ANY("Red", "Blue")) AND NOT (filter_tags: ANY("Green"))` If `attributeFilteringSyntax` is set to true under the `params` field, then attribute-based expressions are expected instead of the above described tag-based syntax. Examples: * (launguage: ANY("en", "es")) AND NOT (categories: ANY("Movie")) * (available: true) AND (launguage: ANY("en", "es")) OR (categories: ANY("Movie")) If your filter blocks all results, the API returns generic (unfiltered) popular Documents. If you only want results strictly matching the filters, set `strictFiltering` to `true` in RecommendRequest.params to receive empty results instead. Note that the API never returns Documents with `storageStatus` as `EXPIRED` or `DELETED` regardless of filter choices.
+  "filter": "A String", # Filter for restricting recommendation results with a length limit of 5,000 characters. Currently, only filter expressions on the `filter_tags` attribute is supported. Examples: * `(filter_tags: ANY("Red", "Blue") OR filter_tags: ANY("Hot", "Cold"))` * `(filter_tags: ANY("Red", "Blue")) AND NOT (filter_tags: ANY("Green"))` If `attributeFilteringSyntax` is set to true under the `params` field, then attribute-based expressions are expected instead of the above described tag-based syntax. Examples: * (language: ANY("en", "es")) AND NOT (categories: ANY("Movie")) * (available: true) AND (language: ANY("en", "es")) OR (categories: ANY("Movie")) If your filter blocks all results, the API returns generic (unfiltered) popular Documents. If you only want results strictly matching the filters, set `strictFiltering` to `true` in RecommendRequest.params to receive empty results instead. Note that the API never returns Documents with `storageStatus` as `EXPIRED` or `DELETED` regardless of filter choices.
   "pageSize": 42, # Maximum number of results to return. Set this property to the number of recommendation results needed. If zero, the service chooses a reasonable default. The maximum allowed value is 100. Values above 100 are set to 100.
   "params": { # Additional domain specific parameters for the recommendations. Allowed values: * `returnDocument`: Boolean. If set to `true`, the associated Document object is returned in RecommendResponse.RecommendationResult.document. * `returnScore`: Boolean. If set to true, the recommendation score corresponding to each returned Document is set in RecommendResponse.RecommendationResult.metadata. The given score indicates the probability of a Document conversion given the user's context and history. * `strictFiltering`: Boolean. True by default. If set to `false`, the service returns generic (unfiltered) popular Documents instead of empty if your filter blocks all recommendation results. * `diversityLevel`: String. Default empty. If set to be non-empty, then it needs to be one of: * `no-diversity` * `low-diversity` * `medium-diversity` * `high-diversity` * `auto-diversity` This gives request-level control and adjusts recommendation results based on Document category. * `attributeFilteringSyntax`: Boolean. False by default. If set to true, the `filter` field is interpreted according to the new, attribute-based syntax.
     "a_key": "",
@@ -1162,7 +1174,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "useSemanticChunks": True or False, # If true, answer will be generated from most relevant chunks from top search results. This feature will improve summary quality. Note that with this feature enabled, not all top search results will be referenced and included in the reference list, so the citation source index only points to the search results listed in the reference list.
     },
   },
-  "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specs defining dataStores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those dataStores. This is only considered for engines with multiple dataStores use case. For single dataStore within an engine, they should use the specs at the top level.
+  "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specs defining DataStores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. For engines with a single data store, the specs directly under SearchRequest should be used.
     { # A struct to define data stores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.
       "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`.
       "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata)
@@ -1506,6 +1518,15 @@ 
Method Details

       },
     },
   ],
+  "searchLinkPromotions": [ # Promotions for site search.
+    { # Promotion proto includes uri and other helping information to display the promotion.
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. The Promotion description. Maximum length: 200 characters.
+      "enabled": True or False, # Optional. The enabled promotion will be returned for any serving configs associated with the parent of the control this promotion is attached to. This flag is used for basic site search only.
+      "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The promotion thumbnail image url.
+      "title": "A String", # Required. The title of the promotion. Maximum length: 160 characters.
+      "uri": "A String", # Required. The URL for the page the user wants to promote.
+    },
+  ],
   "sessionInfo": { # Information about the session. # Session information. Only set if SearchRequest.session is provided. See its description for more details.
     "name": "A String", # Name of the session. If the auto-session mode is used (when SearchRequest.session ends with "-"), this field holds the newly generated session name.
     "queryId": "A String", # Query ID that corresponds to this search API call. One session can have multiple turns, each with a unique query ID. By specifying the session name and this query ID in the Answer API call, the answer generation happens in the context of the search results from this search call.
@@ -1623,7 +1644,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "useSemanticChunks": True or False, # If true, answer will be generated from most relevant chunks from top search results. This feature will improve summary quality. Note that with this feature enabled, not all top search results will be referenced and included in the reference list, so the citation source index only points to the search results listed in the reference list.
     },
   },
-  "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specs defining dataStores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those dataStores. This is only considered for engines with multiple dataStores use case. For single dataStore within an engine, they should use the specs at the top level.
+  "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specs defining DataStores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. For engines with a single data store, the specs directly under SearchRequest should be used.
     { # A struct to define data stores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.
       "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`.
       "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata)
@@ -1967,6 +1988,15 @@ 
Method Details

       },
     },
   ],
+  "searchLinkPromotions": [ # Promotions for site search.
+    { # Promotion proto includes uri and other helping information to display the promotion.
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. The Promotion description. Maximum length: 200 characters.
+      "enabled": True or False, # Optional. The enabled promotion will be returned for any serving configs associated with the parent of the control this promotion is attached to. This flag is used for basic site search only.
+      "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The promotion thumbnail image url.
+      "title": "A String", # Required. The title of the promotion. Maximum length: 160 characters.
+      "uri": "A String", # Required. The URL for the page the user wants to promote.
+    },
+  ],
   "sessionInfo": { # Information about the session. # Session information. Only set if SearchRequest.session is provided. See its description for more details.
     "name": "A String", # Name of the session. If the auto-session mode is used (when SearchRequest.session ends with "-"), this field holds the newly generated session name.
     "queryId": "A String", # Query ID that corresponds to this search API call. One session can have multiple turns, each with a unique query ID. By specifying the session name and this query ID in the Answer API call, the answer generation happens in the context of the search results from this search call.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.branches.operations.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.branches.operations.html
index 52ede79624..079d1b890a 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.branches.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.branches.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Discovery Engine API . 
   cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.controls.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.controls.html
index e427f64fff..7fb5f11965 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.controls.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.controls.html
@@ -142,6 +142,16 @@ 
Method Details

     "filter": "A String", # Required. A filter to apply on the matching condition results. Required Syntax documentation: https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/filter-and-order Maximum length is 5000 characters. Otherwise an INVALID ARGUMENT error is thrown.
   },
   "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/*/locations/global/dataStore/*/controls/*`
+  "promoteAction": { # Promote certain links based on some trigger queries. Example: Promote shoe store link when searching for `shoe` keyword. The link can be outside of associated data store. # Promote certain links based on predefined trigger queries. This now only supports basic site search.
+    "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Data store with which this promotion is attached to.
+    "searchLinkPromotion": { # Promotion proto includes uri and other helping information to display the promotion. # Required. Promotion attached to this action.
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. The Promotion description. Maximum length: 200 characters.
+      "enabled": True or False, # Optional. The enabled promotion will be returned for any serving configs associated with the parent of the control this promotion is attached to. This flag is used for basic site search only.
+      "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The promotion thumbnail image url.
+      "title": "A String", # Required. The title of the promotion. Maximum length: 160 characters.
+      "uri": "A String", # Required. The URL for the page the user wants to promote.
+    },
+  },
   "redirectAction": { # Redirects a shopper to the provided URI. # Defines a redirect-type control.
     "redirectUri": "A String", # Required. The URI to which the shopper will be redirected. Required. URI must have length equal or less than 2000 characters. Otherwise an INVALID ARGUMENT error is thrown.
   },
@@ -197,6 +207,16 @@ 
Method Details

     "filter": "A String", # Required. A filter to apply on the matching condition results. Required Syntax documentation: https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/filter-and-order Maximum length is 5000 characters. Otherwise an INVALID ARGUMENT error is thrown.
   },
   "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/*/locations/global/dataStore/*/controls/*`
+  "promoteAction": { # Promote certain links based on some trigger queries. Example: Promote shoe store link when searching for `shoe` keyword. The link can be outside of associated data store. # Promote certain links based on predefined trigger queries. This now only supports basic site search.
+    "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Data store with which this promotion is attached to.
+    "searchLinkPromotion": { # Promotion proto includes uri and other helping information to display the promotion. # Required. Promotion attached to this action.
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. The Promotion description. Maximum length: 200 characters.
+      "enabled": True or False, # Optional. The enabled promotion will be returned for any serving configs associated with the parent of the control this promotion is attached to. This flag is used for basic site search only.
+      "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The promotion thumbnail image url.
+      "title": "A String", # Required. The title of the promotion. Maximum length: 160 characters.
+      "uri": "A String", # Required. The URL for the page the user wants to promote.
+    },
+  },
   "redirectAction": { # Redirects a shopper to the provided URI. # Defines a redirect-type control.
     "redirectUri": "A String", # Required. The URI to which the shopper will be redirected. Required. URI must have length equal or less than 2000 characters. Otherwise an INVALID ARGUMENT error is thrown.
   },
@@ -276,6 +296,16 @@ 
Method Details

     "filter": "A String", # Required. A filter to apply on the matching condition results. Required Syntax documentation: https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/filter-and-order Maximum length is 5000 characters. Otherwise an INVALID ARGUMENT error is thrown.
   },
   "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/*/locations/global/dataStore/*/controls/*`
+  "promoteAction": { # Promote certain links based on some trigger queries. Example: Promote shoe store link when searching for `shoe` keyword. The link can be outside of associated data store. # Promote certain links based on predefined trigger queries. This now only supports basic site search.
+    "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Data store with which this promotion is attached to.
+    "searchLinkPromotion": { # Promotion proto includes uri and other helping information to display the promotion. # Required. Promotion attached to this action.
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. The Promotion description. Maximum length: 200 characters.
+      "enabled": True or False, # Optional. The enabled promotion will be returned for any serving configs associated with the parent of the control this promotion is attached to. This flag is used for basic site search only.
+      "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The promotion thumbnail image url.
+      "title": "A String", # Required. The title of the promotion. Maximum length: 160 characters.
+      "uri": "A String", # Required. The URL for the page the user wants to promote.
+    },
+  },
   "redirectAction": { # Redirects a shopper to the provided URI. # Defines a redirect-type control.
     "redirectUri": "A String", # Required. The URI to which the shopper will be redirected. Required. URI must have length equal or less than 2000 characters. Otherwise an INVALID ARGUMENT error is thrown.
   },
@@ -342,6 +372,16 @@ 
Method Details

         "filter": "A String", # Required. A filter to apply on the matching condition results. Required Syntax documentation: https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/filter-and-order Maximum length is 5000 characters. Otherwise an INVALID ARGUMENT error is thrown.
       },
       "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/*/locations/global/dataStore/*/controls/*`
+      "promoteAction": { # Promote certain links based on some trigger queries. Example: Promote shoe store link when searching for `shoe` keyword. The link can be outside of associated data store. # Promote certain links based on predefined trigger queries. This now only supports basic site search.
+        "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Data store with which this promotion is attached to.
+        "searchLinkPromotion": { # Promotion proto includes uri and other helping information to display the promotion. # Required. Promotion attached to this action.
+          "description": "A String", # Optional. The Promotion description. Maximum length: 200 characters.
+          "enabled": True or False, # Optional. The enabled promotion will be returned for any serving configs associated with the parent of the control this promotion is attached to. This flag is used for basic site search only.
+          "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The promotion thumbnail image url.
+          "title": "A String", # Required. The title of the promotion. Maximum length: 160 characters.
+          "uri": "A String", # Required. The URL for the page the user wants to promote.
+        },
+      },
       "redirectAction": { # Redirects a shopper to the provided URI. # Defines a redirect-type control.
         "redirectUri": "A String", # Required. The URI to which the shopper will be redirected. Required. URI must have length equal or less than 2000 characters. Otherwise an INVALID ARGUMENT error is thrown.
       },
@@ -415,6 +455,16 @@ 
Method Details

     "filter": "A String", # Required. A filter to apply on the matching condition results. Required Syntax documentation: https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/filter-and-order Maximum length is 5000 characters. Otherwise an INVALID ARGUMENT error is thrown.
   },
   "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/*/locations/global/dataStore/*/controls/*`
+  "promoteAction": { # Promote certain links based on some trigger queries. Example: Promote shoe store link when searching for `shoe` keyword. The link can be outside of associated data store. # Promote certain links based on predefined trigger queries. This now only supports basic site search.
+    "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Data store with which this promotion is attached to.
+    "searchLinkPromotion": { # Promotion proto includes uri and other helping information to display the promotion. # Required. Promotion attached to this action.
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. The Promotion description. Maximum length: 200 characters.
+      "enabled": True or False, # Optional. The enabled promotion will be returned for any serving configs associated with the parent of the control this promotion is attached to. This flag is used for basic site search only.
+      "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The promotion thumbnail image url.
+      "title": "A String", # Required. The title of the promotion. Maximum length: 160 characters.
+      "uri": "A String", # Required. The URL for the page the user wants to promote.
+    },
+  },
   "redirectAction": { # Redirects a shopper to the provided URI. # Defines a redirect-type control.
     "redirectUri": "A String", # Required. The URI to which the shopper will be redirected. Required. URI must have length equal or less than 2000 characters. Otherwise an INVALID ARGUMENT error is thrown.
   },
@@ -470,6 +520,16 @@ 
Method Details

     "filter": "A String", # Required. A filter to apply on the matching condition results. Required Syntax documentation: https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/filter-and-order Maximum length is 5000 characters. Otherwise an INVALID ARGUMENT error is thrown.
   },
   "name": "A String", # Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/*/locations/global/dataStore/*/controls/*`
+  "promoteAction": { # Promote certain links based on some trigger queries. Example: Promote shoe store link when searching for `shoe` keyword. The link can be outside of associated data store. # Promote certain links based on predefined trigger queries. This now only supports basic site search.
+    "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Data store with which this promotion is attached to.
+    "searchLinkPromotion": { # Promotion proto includes uri and other helping information to display the promotion. # Required. Promotion attached to this action.
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. The Promotion description. Maximum length: 200 characters.
+      "enabled": True or False, # Optional. The enabled promotion will be returned for any serving configs associated with the parent of the control this promotion is attached to. This flag is used for basic site search only.
+      "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The promotion thumbnail image url.
+      "title": "A String", # Required. The title of the promotion. Maximum length: 160 characters.
+      "uri": "A String", # Required. The URL for the page the user wants to promote.
+    },
+  },
   "redirectAction": { # Redirects a shopper to the provided URI. # Defines a redirect-type control.
     "redirectUri": "A String", # Required. The URI to which the shopper will be redirected. Required. URI must have length equal or less than 2000 characters. Otherwise an INVALID ARGUMENT error is thrown.
   },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.html
index 02ba36e47d..7dd11b049f 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.servingConfigs.html
@@ -580,6 +580,9 @@ 
Method Details

   "personalizationSpec": { # The specification for personalization. # The specification for personalization spec. Notice that if both ServingConfig.personalization_spec and SearchRequest.personalization_spec are set, SearchRequest.personalization_spec overrides ServingConfig.personalization_spec.
     "mode": "A String", # The personalization mode of the search request. Defaults to Mode.AUTO.
   },
+  "promoteControlIds": [ # Condition promote specifications. Maximum number of specifications is 100.
+    "A String",
+  ],
   "rankingExpression": "A String", # The ranking expression controls the customized ranking on retrieval documents. To leverage this, document embedding is required. The ranking expression setting in ServingConfig applies to all search requests served by the serving config. However, if SearchRequest.ranking_expression is specified, it overrides the ServingConfig ranking expression. The ranking expression is a single function or multiple functions that are joined by "+". * ranking_expression = function, { " + ", function }; Supported functions: * double * relevance_score * double * dotProduct(embedding_field_path) Function variables: * `relevance_score`: pre-defined keywords, used for measure relevance between query and document. * `embedding_field_path`: the document embedding field used with query embedding vector. * `dotProduct`: embedding function between embedding_field_path and query embedding vector. Example ranking expression: If document has an embedding field doc_embedding, the ranking expression could be `0.5 * relevance_score + 0.3 * dotProduct(doc_embedding)`.
   "redirectControlIds": [ # IDs of the redirect controls. Only the first triggered redirect action is applied, even if multiple apply. Maximum number of specifications is 100. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH.
     "A String",
@@ -685,6 +688,9 @@ 
Method Details

       "personalizationSpec": { # The specification for personalization. # The specification for personalization spec. Notice that if both ServingConfig.personalization_spec and SearchRequest.personalization_spec are set, SearchRequest.personalization_spec overrides ServingConfig.personalization_spec.
         "mode": "A String", # The personalization mode of the search request. Defaults to Mode.AUTO.
       },
+      "promoteControlIds": [ # Condition promote specifications. Maximum number of specifications is 100.
+        "A String",
+      ],
       "rankingExpression": "A String", # The ranking expression controls the customized ranking on retrieval documents. To leverage this, document embedding is required. The ranking expression setting in ServingConfig applies to all search requests served by the serving config. However, if SearchRequest.ranking_expression is specified, it overrides the ServingConfig ranking expression. The ranking expression is a single function or multiple functions that are joined by "+". * ranking_expression = function, { " + ", function }; Supported functions: * double * relevance_score * double * dotProduct(embedding_field_path) Function variables: * `relevance_score`: pre-defined keywords, used for measure relevance between query and document. * `embedding_field_path`: the document embedding field used with query embedding vector. * `dotProduct`: embedding function between embedding_field_path and query embedding vector. Example ranking expression: If document has an embedding field doc_embedding, the ranking expression could be `0.5 * relevance_score + 0.3 * dotProduct(doc_embedding)`.
       "redirectControlIds": [ # IDs of the redirect controls. Only the first triggered redirect action is applied, even if multiple apply. Maximum number of specifications is 100. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH.
         "A String",
@@ -796,6 +802,9 @@ 
Method Details

   "personalizationSpec": { # The specification for personalization. # The specification for personalization spec. Notice that if both ServingConfig.personalization_spec and SearchRequest.personalization_spec are set, SearchRequest.personalization_spec overrides ServingConfig.personalization_spec.
     "mode": "A String", # The personalization mode of the search request. Defaults to Mode.AUTO.
   },
+  "promoteControlIds": [ # Condition promote specifications. Maximum number of specifications is 100.
+    "A String",
+  ],
   "rankingExpression": "A String", # The ranking expression controls the customized ranking on retrieval documents. To leverage this, document embedding is required. The ranking expression setting in ServingConfig applies to all search requests served by the serving config. However, if SearchRequest.ranking_expression is specified, it overrides the ServingConfig ranking expression. The ranking expression is a single function or multiple functions that are joined by "+". * ranking_expression = function, { " + ", function }; Supported functions: * double * relevance_score * double * dotProduct(embedding_field_path) Function variables: * `relevance_score`: pre-defined keywords, used for measure relevance between query and document. * `embedding_field_path`: the document embedding field used with query embedding vector. * `dotProduct`: embedding function between embedding_field_path and query embedding vector. Example ranking expression: If document has an embedding field doc_embedding, the ranking expression could be `0.5 * relevance_score + 0.3 * dotProduct(doc_embedding)`.
   "redirectControlIds": [ # IDs of the redirect controls. Only the first triggered redirect action is applied, even if multiple apply. Maximum number of specifications is 100. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH.
     "A String",
@@ -890,6 +899,9 @@ 
Method Details

   "personalizationSpec": { # The specification for personalization. # The specification for personalization spec. Notice that if both ServingConfig.personalization_spec and SearchRequest.personalization_spec are set, SearchRequest.personalization_spec overrides ServingConfig.personalization_spec.
     "mode": "A String", # The personalization mode of the search request. Defaults to Mode.AUTO.
   },
+  "promoteControlIds": [ # Condition promote specifications. Maximum number of specifications is 100.
+    "A String",
+  ],
   "rankingExpression": "A String", # The ranking expression controls the customized ranking on retrieval documents. To leverage this, document embedding is required. The ranking expression setting in ServingConfig applies to all search requests served by the serving config. However, if SearchRequest.ranking_expression is specified, it overrides the ServingConfig ranking expression. The ranking expression is a single function or multiple functions that are joined by "+". * ranking_expression = function, { " + ", function }; Supported functions: * double * relevance_score * double * dotProduct(embedding_field_path) Function variables: * `relevance_score`: pre-defined keywords, used for measure relevance between query and document. * `embedding_field_path`: the document embedding field used with query embedding vector. * `dotProduct`: embedding function between embedding_field_path and query embedding vector. Example ranking expression: If document has an embedding field doc_embedding, the ranking expression could be `0.5 * relevance_score + 0.3 * dotProduct(doc_embedding)`.
   "redirectControlIds": [ # IDs of the redirect controls. Only the first triggered redirect action is applied, even if multiple apply. Maximum number of specifications is 100. Can only be set if SolutionType is SOLUTION_TYPE_SEARCH.
     "A String",
@@ -915,7 +927,7 @@ 
Method Details

     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for Recommend method.
-  "filter": "A String", # Filter for restricting recommendation results with a length limit of 5,000 characters. Currently, only filter expressions on the `filter_tags` attribute is supported. Examples: * `(filter_tags: ANY("Red", "Blue") OR filter_tags: ANY("Hot", "Cold"))` * `(filter_tags: ANY("Red", "Blue")) AND NOT (filter_tags: ANY("Green"))` If `attributeFilteringSyntax` is set to true under the `params` field, then attribute-based expressions are expected instead of the above described tag-based syntax. Examples: * (launguage: ANY("en", "es")) AND NOT (categories: ANY("Movie")) * (available: true) AND (launguage: ANY("en", "es")) OR (categories: ANY("Movie")) If your filter blocks all results, the API returns generic (unfiltered) popular Documents. If you only want results strictly matching the filters, set `strictFiltering` to `true` in RecommendRequest.params to receive empty results instead. Note that the API never returns Documents with `storageStatus` as `EXPIRED` or `DELETED` regardless of filter choices.
+  "filter": "A String", # Filter for restricting recommendation results with a length limit of 5,000 characters. Currently, only filter expressions on the `filter_tags` attribute is supported. Examples: * `(filter_tags: ANY("Red", "Blue") OR filter_tags: ANY("Hot", "Cold"))` * `(filter_tags: ANY("Red", "Blue")) AND NOT (filter_tags: ANY("Green"))` If `attributeFilteringSyntax` is set to true under the `params` field, then attribute-based expressions are expected instead of the above described tag-based syntax. Examples: * (language: ANY("en", "es")) AND NOT (categories: ANY("Movie")) * (available: true) AND (language: ANY("en", "es")) OR (categories: ANY("Movie")) If your filter blocks all results, the API returns generic (unfiltered) popular Documents. If you only want results strictly matching the filters, set `strictFiltering` to `true` in RecommendRequest.params to receive empty results instead. Note that the API never returns Documents with `storageStatus` as `EXPIRED` or `DELETED` regardless of filter choices.
   "pageSize": 42, # Maximum number of results to return. Set this property to the number of recommendation results needed. If zero, the service chooses a reasonable default. The maximum allowed value is 100. Values above 100 are set to 100.
   "params": { # Additional domain specific parameters for the recommendations. Allowed values: * `returnDocument`: Boolean. If set to `true`, the associated Document object is returned in RecommendResponse.RecommendationResult.document. * `returnScore`: Boolean. If set to true, the recommendation score corresponding to each returned Document is set in RecommendResponse.RecommendationResult.metadata. The given score indicates the probability of a Document conversion given the user's context and history. * `strictFiltering`: Boolean. True by default. If set to `false`, the service returns generic (unfiltered) popular Documents instead of empty if your filter blocks all recommendation results. * `diversityLevel`: String. Default empty. If set to be non-empty, then it needs to be one of: * `no-diversity` * `low-diversity` * `medium-diversity` * `high-diversity` * `auto-diversity` This gives request-level control and adjusts recommendation results based on Document category. * `attributeFilteringSyntax`: Boolean. False by default. If set to true, the `filter` field is interpreted according to the new, attribute-based syntax.
     "a_key": "",
@@ -1162,7 +1174,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "useSemanticChunks": True or False, # If true, answer will be generated from most relevant chunks from top search results. This feature will improve summary quality. Note that with this feature enabled, not all top search results will be referenced and included in the reference list, so the citation source index only points to the search results listed in the reference list.
     },
   },
-  "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specs defining dataStores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those dataStores. This is only considered for engines with multiple dataStores use case. For single dataStore within an engine, they should use the specs at the top level.
+  "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specs defining DataStores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. For engines with a single data store, the specs directly under SearchRequest should be used.
     { # A struct to define data stores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.
       "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`.
       "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata)
@@ -1506,6 +1518,15 @@ 
Method Details

       },
     },
   ],
+  "searchLinkPromotions": [ # Promotions for site search.
+    { # Promotion proto includes uri and other helping information to display the promotion.
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. The Promotion description. Maximum length: 200 characters.
+      "enabled": True or False, # Optional. The enabled promotion will be returned for any serving configs associated with the parent of the control this promotion is attached to. This flag is used for basic site search only.
+      "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The promotion thumbnail image url.
+      "title": "A String", # Required. The title of the promotion. Maximum length: 160 characters.
+      "uri": "A String", # Required. The URL for the page the user wants to promote.
+    },
+  ],
   "sessionInfo": { # Information about the session. # Session information. Only set if SearchRequest.session is provided. See its description for more details.
     "name": "A String", # Name of the session. If the auto-session mode is used (when SearchRequest.session ends with "-"), this field holds the newly generated session name.
     "queryId": "A String", # Query ID that corresponds to this search API call. One session can have multiple turns, each with a unique query ID. By specifying the session name and this query ID in the Answer API call, the answer generation happens in the context of the search results from this search call.
@@ -1623,7 +1644,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "useSemanticChunks": True or False, # If true, answer will be generated from most relevant chunks from top search results. This feature will improve summary quality. Note that with this feature enabled, not all top search results will be referenced and included in the reference list, so the citation source index only points to the search results listed in the reference list.
     },
   },
-  "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specs defining dataStores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those dataStores. This is only considered for engines with multiple dataStores use case. For single dataStore within an engine, they should use the specs at the top level.
+  "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specs defining DataStores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. For engines with a single data store, the specs directly under SearchRequest should be used.
     { # A struct to define data stores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.
       "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`.
       "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata)
@@ -1967,6 +1988,15 @@ 
Method Details

       },
     },
   ],
+  "searchLinkPromotions": [ # Promotions for site search.
+    { # Promotion proto includes uri and other helping information to display the promotion.
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. The Promotion description. Maximum length: 200 characters.
+      "enabled": True or False, # Optional. The enabled promotion will be returned for any serving configs associated with the parent of the control this promotion is attached to. This flag is used for basic site search only.
+      "imageUri": "A String", # Optional. The promotion thumbnail image url.
+      "title": "A String", # Required. The title of the promotion. Maximum length: 160 characters.
+      "uri": "A String", # Required. The URL for the page the user wants to promote.
+    },
+  ],
   "sessionInfo": { # Information about the session. # Session information. Only set if SearchRequest.session is provided. See its description for more details.
     "name": "A String", # Name of the session. If the auto-session mode is used (when SearchRequest.session ends with "-"), this field holds the newly generated session name.
     "queryId": "A String", # Query ID that corresponds to this search API call. One session can have multiple turns, each with a unique query ID. By specifying the session name and this query ID in the Answer API call, the answer generation happens in the context of the search results from this search call.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.userEvents.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.userEvents.html
index e26b3d90be..bc9655d9bb 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.userEvents.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.dataStores.userEvents.html
@@ -311,7 +311,7 @@ 
Method Details

     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for PurgeUserEvents method.
-  "filter": "A String", # Required. The filter string to specify the events to be deleted with a length limit of 5,000 characters. The eligible fields for filtering are: * `eventType`: Double quoted UserEvent.event_type string. * `eventTime`: in ISO 8601 "zulu" format. * `userPseudoId`: Double quoted string. Specifying this will delete all events associated with a visitor. * `userId`: Double quoted string. Specifying this will delete all events associated with a user. Examples: * Deleting all events in a time range: `eventTime > "2012-04-23T18:25:43.511Z" eventTime < "2012-04-23T18:30:43.511Z"` * Deleting specific eventType: `eventType = "search"` * Deleting all events for a specific visitor: `userPseudoId = "visitor1024"` * Deleting all events inside a DataStore: `*` The filtering fields are assumed to have an implicit AND.
+  "filter": "A String", # Required. The filter string to specify the events to be deleted with a length limit of 5,000 characters. The eligible fields for filtering are: * `eventType`: Double quoted UserEvent.event_type string. * `eventTime`: in ISO 8601 "zulu" format. * `userPseudoId`: Double quoted string. Specifying this will delete all events associated with a visitor. * `userId`: Double quoted string. Specifying this will delete all events associated with a user. Note: This API only supports purging a max range of 30 days. Examples: * Deleting all events in a time range: `eventTime > "2012-04-23T18:25:43.511Z" eventTime < "2012-04-23T18:30:43.511Z"` * Deleting specific eventType in a time range: `eventTime > "2012-04-23T18:25:43.511Z" eventTime < "2012-04-23T18:30:43.511Z" eventType = "search"` * Deleting all events for a specific visitor in a time range: `eventTime > "2012-04-23T18:25:43.511Z" eventTime < "2012-04-23T18:30:43.511Z" userPseudoId = "visitor1024"` * Deleting the past 30 days of events inside a DataStore: `*` The filtering fields are assumed to have an implicit AND.
   "force": True or False, # The `force` field is currently not supported. Purge user event requests will permanently delete all purgeable events. Once the development is complete: If `force` is set to false, the method will return the expected purge count without deleting any user events. This field will default to false if not included in the request.
 }
 
diff --git a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.evaluations.html b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.evaluations.html
index 8f4097d183..fb55ec2a06 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.evaluations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/discoveryengine_v1beta.projects.locations.evaluations.html
@@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "useSemanticChunks": True or False, # If true, answer will be generated from most relevant chunks from top search results. This feature will improve summary quality. Note that with this feature enabled, not all top search results will be referenced and included in the reference list, so the citation source index only points to the search results listed in the reference list.
         },
       },
-      "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specs defining dataStores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those dataStores. This is only considered for engines with multiple dataStores use case. For single dataStore within an engine, they should use the specs at the top level.
+      "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specs defining DataStores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. For engines with a single data store, the specs directly under SearchRequest should be used.
         { # A struct to define data stores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.
           "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`.
           "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata)
@@ -462,7 +462,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "useSemanticChunks": True or False, # If true, answer will be generated from most relevant chunks from top search results. This feature will improve summary quality. Note that with this feature enabled, not all top search results will be referenced and included in the reference list, so the citation source index only points to the search results listed in the reference list.
         },
       },
-      "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specs defining dataStores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those dataStores. This is only considered for engines with multiple dataStores use case. For single dataStore within an engine, they should use the specs at the top level.
+      "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specs defining DataStores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. For engines with a single data store, the specs directly under SearchRequest should be used.
         { # A struct to define data stores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.
           "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`.
           "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata)
@@ -701,7 +701,7 @@ 
Method Details

               "useSemanticChunks": True or False, # If true, answer will be generated from most relevant chunks from top search results. This feature will improve summary quality. Note that with this feature enabled, not all top search results will be referenced and included in the reference list, so the citation source index only points to the search results listed in the reference list.
             },
           },
-          "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specs defining dataStores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those dataStores. This is only considered for engines with multiple dataStores use case. For single dataStore within an engine, they should use the specs at the top level.
+          "dataStoreSpecs": [ # Specs defining DataStores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. For engines with a single data store, the specs directly under SearchRequest should be used.
             { # A struct to define data stores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. Otherwise, an `INVALID_ARGUMENT` error is returned.
               "dataStore": "A String", # Required. Full resource name of DataStore, such as `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection_id}/dataStores/{data_store_id}`.
               "filter": "A String", # Optional. Filter specification to filter documents in the data store specified by data_store field. For more information on filtering, see [Filtering](https://cloud.google.com/generative-ai-app-builder/docs/filter-search-metadata)
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1.json
index 54f78399c0..7533ee36bd 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1.json
@@ -779,7 +779,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/dataStores/{dataStoresId}/branches/{branchesId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.branches.operations.cancel",
@@ -4145,7 +4145,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/dataStores/{dataStoresId}/branches/{branchesId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.dataStores.branches.operations.cancel",
@@ -6042,7 +6042,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "discoveryengine.projects.operations.cancel",
@@ -6140,7 +6140,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241110",
+"revision": "20241123",
 "rootUrl": "https://discoveryengine.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "GoogleApiDistribution": {
@@ -8279,6 +8279,10 @@
 "description": "Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/*/locations/global/dataStore/*/controls/*`",
 "type": "string"
 },
+"promoteAction": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ControlPromoteAction",
+"description": "Promote certain links based on predefined trigger queries. This now only supports basic site search."
+},
 "redirectAction": {
 "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ControlRedirectAction",
 "description": "Defines a redirect-type control."
@@ -8360,6 +8364,21 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ControlPromoteAction": {
+"description": "Promote certain links based on some trigger queries. Example: Promote shoe store link when searching for `shoe` keyword. The link can be outside of associated data store.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ControlPromoteAction",
+"properties": {
+"dataStore": {
+"description": "Required. Data store with which this promotion is attached to.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"searchLinkPromotion": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1SearchLinkPromotion",
+"description": "Required. Promotion attached to this action."
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ControlRedirectAction": {
 "description": "Redirects a shopper to the provided URI.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ControlRedirectAction",
@@ -10495,7 +10514,7 @@
 "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1PurgeUserEventsRequest",
 "properties": {
 "filter": {
-"description": "Required. The filter string to specify the events to be deleted with a length limit of 5,000 characters. The eligible fields for filtering are: * `eventType`: Double quoted UserEvent.event_type string. * `eventTime`: in ISO 8601 \"zulu\" format. * `userPseudoId`: Double quoted string. Specifying this will delete all events associated with a visitor. * `userId`: Double quoted string. Specifying this will delete all events associated with a user. Examples: * Deleting all events in a time range: `eventTime > \"2012-04-23T18:25:43.511Z\" eventTime < \"2012-04-23T18:30:43.511Z\"` * Deleting specific eventType: `eventType = \"search\"` * Deleting all events for a specific visitor: `userPseudoId = \"visitor1024\"` * Deleting all events inside a DataStore: `*` The filtering fields are assumed to have an implicit AND.",
+"description": "Required. The filter string to specify the events to be deleted with a length limit of 5,000 characters. The eligible fields for filtering are: * `eventType`: Double quoted UserEvent.event_type string. * `eventTime`: in ISO 8601 \"zulu\" format. * `userPseudoId`: Double quoted string. Specifying this will delete all events associated with a visitor. * `userId`: Double quoted string. Specifying this will delete all events associated with a user. Note: This API only supports purging a max range of 30 days. Examples: * Deleting all events in a time range: `eventTime > \"2012-04-23T18:25:43.511Z\" eventTime < \"2012-04-23T18:30:43.511Z\"` * Deleting specific eventType in a time range: `eventTime > \"2012-04-23T18:25:43.511Z\" eventTime < \"2012-04-23T18:30:43.511Z\" eventType = \"search\"` * Deleting all events for a specific visitor in a time range: `eventTime > \"2012-04-23T18:25:43.511Z\" eventTime < \"2012-04-23T18:30:43.511Z\" userPseudoId = \"visitor1024\"` * Deleting the past 30 days of events inside a DataStore: `*` The filtering fields are assumed to have an implicit AND.",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "force": {
@@ -10601,7 +10620,7 @@
 "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1RecommendRequest",
 "properties": {
 "filter": {
-"description": "Filter for restricting recommendation results with a length limit of 5,000 characters. Currently, only filter expressions on the `filter_tags` attribute is supported. Examples: * `(filter_tags: ANY(\"Red\", \"Blue\") OR filter_tags: ANY(\"Hot\", \"Cold\"))` * `(filter_tags: ANY(\"Red\", \"Blue\")) AND NOT (filter_tags: ANY(\"Green\"))` If `attributeFilteringSyntax` is set to true under the `params` field, then attribute-based expressions are expected instead of the above described tag-based syntax. Examples: * (launguage: ANY(\"en\", \"es\")) AND NOT (categories: ANY(\"Movie\")) * (available: true) AND (launguage: ANY(\"en\", \"es\")) OR (categories: ANY(\"Movie\")) If your filter blocks all results, the API returns generic (unfiltered) popular Documents. If you only want results strictly matching the filters, set `strictFiltering` to `true` in RecommendRequest.params to receive empty results instead. Note that the API never returns Documents with `storageStatus` as `EXPIRED` or `DELETED` regardless of filter choices.",
+"description": "Filter for restricting recommendation results with a length limit of 5,000 characters. Currently, only filter expressions on the `filter_tags` attribute is supported. Examples: * `(filter_tags: ANY(\"Red\", \"Blue\") OR filter_tags: ANY(\"Hot\", \"Cold\"))` * `(filter_tags: ANY(\"Red\", \"Blue\")) AND NOT (filter_tags: ANY(\"Green\"))` If `attributeFilteringSyntax` is set to true under the `params` field, then attribute-based expressions are expected instead of the above described tag-based syntax. Examples: * (language: ANY(\"en\", \"es\")) AND NOT (categories: ANY(\"Movie\")) * (available: true) AND (language: ANY(\"en\", \"es\")) OR (categories: ANY(\"Movie\")) If your filter blocks all results, the API returns generic (unfiltered) popular Documents. If you only want results strictly matching the filters, set `strictFiltering` to `true` in RecommendRequest.params to receive empty results instead. Note that the API never returns Documents with `storageStatus` as `EXPIRED` or `DELETED` regardless of filter choices.",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "pageSize": {
@@ -10757,6 +10776,33 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1SearchLinkPromotion": {
+"description": "Promotion proto includes uri and other helping information to display the promotion.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1SearchLinkPromotion",
+"properties": {
+"description": {
+"description": "Optional. The Promotion description. Maximum length: 200 characters.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"enabled": {
+"description": "Optional. The enabled promotion will be returned for any serving configs associated with the parent of the control this promotion is attached to. This flag is used for basic site search only.",
+"type": "boolean"
+},
+"imageUri": {
+"description": "Optional. The promotion thumbnail image url.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"title": {
+"description": "Required. The title of the promotion. Maximum length: 160 characters.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"uri": {
+"description": "Required. The URL for the page the user wants to promote.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1SearchRequest": {
 "description": "Request message for SearchService.Search method.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1SearchRequest",
@@ -10778,7 +10824,7 @@
 "description": "A specification for configuring the behavior of content search."
 },
 "dataStoreSpecs": {
-"description": "Specs defining dataStores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those dataStores. This is only considered for engines with multiple dataStores use case. For single dataStore within an engine, they should use the specs at the top level.",
+"description": "Specs defining DataStores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. For engines with a single data store, the specs directly under SearchRequest should be used.",
 "items": {
 "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1SearchRequestDataStoreSpec"
 },
@@ -11371,6 +11417,13 @@
 },
 "type": "array"
 },
+"searchLinkPromotions": {
+"description": "Promotions for site search.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1SearchLinkPromotion"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
 "sessionInfo": {
 "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1SearchResponseSessionInfo",
 "description": "Session information. Only set if SearchRequest.session is provided. See its description for more details."
@@ -12980,6 +13033,10 @@
 "description": "Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/*/locations/global/dataStore/*/controls/*`",
 "type": "string"
 },
+"promoteAction": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaControlPromoteAction",
+"description": "Promote certain links based on predefined trigger queries. This now only supports basic site search."
+},
 "redirectAction": {
 "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaControlRedirectAction",
 "description": "Defines a redirect-type control."
@@ -13061,6 +13118,21 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaControlPromoteAction": {
+"description": "Promote certain links based on some trigger queries. Example: Promote shoe store link when searching for `shoe` keyword. The link can be outside of associated data store.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaControlPromoteAction",
+"properties": {
+"dataStore": {
+"description": "Required. Data store with which this promotion is attached to.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"searchLinkPromotion": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchLinkPromotion",
+"description": "Required. Promotion attached to this action."
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaControlRedirectAction": {
 "description": "Redirects a shopper to the provided URI.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaControlRedirectAction",
@@ -15207,6 +15279,33 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchLinkPromotion": {
+"description": "Promotion proto includes uri and other helping information to display the promotion.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchLinkPromotion",
+"properties": {
+"description": {
+"description": "Optional. The Promotion description. Maximum length: 200 characters.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"enabled": {
+"description": "Optional. The enabled promotion will be returned for any serving configs associated with the parent of the control this promotion is attached to. This flag is used for basic site search only.",
+"type": "boolean"
+},
+"imageUri": {
+"description": "Optional. The promotion thumbnail image url.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"title": {
+"description": "Required. The title of the promotion. Maximum length: 160 characters.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"uri": {
+"description": "Required. The URL for the page the user wants to promote.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchRequest": {
 "description": "Request message for SearchService.Search method.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchRequest",
@@ -15232,7 +15331,7 @@
 "description": "Custom fine tuning configs. If set, it has higher priority than the configs set in ServingConfig.custom_fine_tuning_spec."
 },
 "dataStoreSpecs": {
-"description": "Specs defining dataStores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those dataStores. This is only considered for engines with multiple dataStores use case. For single dataStore within an engine, they should use the specs at the top level.",
+"description": "Specs defining DataStores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. For engines with a single data store, the specs directly under SearchRequest should be used.",
 "items": {
 "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchRequestDataStoreSpec"
 },
@@ -16511,6 +16610,10 @@
 "description": "Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/*/locations/global/dataStore/*/controls/*`",
 "type": "string"
 },
+"promoteAction": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaControlPromoteAction",
+"description": "Promote certain links based on predefined trigger queries. This now only supports basic site search."
+},
 "redirectAction": {
 "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaControlRedirectAction",
 "description": "Defines a redirect-type control."
@@ -16592,6 +16695,21 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaControlPromoteAction": {
+"description": "Promote certain links based on some trigger queries. Example: Promote shoe store link when searching for `shoe` keyword. The link can be outside of associated data store.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaControlPromoteAction",
+"properties": {
+"dataStore": {
+"description": "Required. Data store with which this promotion is attached to.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"searchLinkPromotion": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchLinkPromotion",
+"description": "Required. Promotion attached to this action."
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaControlRedirectAction": {
 "description": "Redirects a shopper to the provided URI.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaControlRedirectAction",
@@ -18063,6 +18181,33 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchLinkPromotion": {
+"description": "Promotion proto includes uri and other helping information to display the promotion.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchLinkPromotion",
+"properties": {
+"description": {
+"description": "Optional. The Promotion description. Maximum length: 200 characters.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"enabled": {
+"description": "Optional. The enabled promotion will be returned for any serving configs associated with the parent of the control this promotion is attached to. This flag is used for basic site search only.",
+"type": "boolean"
+},
+"imageUri": {
+"description": "Optional. The promotion thumbnail image url.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"title": {
+"description": "Required. The title of the promotion. Maximum length: 160 characters.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"uri": {
+"description": "Required. The URL for the page the user wants to promote.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchRequest": {
 "description": "Request message for SearchService.Search method.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchRequest",
@@ -18084,7 +18229,7 @@
 "description": "A specification for configuring the behavior of content search."
 },
 "dataStoreSpecs": {
-"description": "Specs defining dataStores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those dataStores. This is only considered for engines with multiple dataStores use case. For single dataStore within an engine, they should use the specs at the top level.",
+"description": "Specs defining DataStores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. For engines with a single data store, the specs directly under SearchRequest should be used.",
 "items": {
 "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchRequestDataStoreSpec"
 },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1alpha.json
index 8d64349280..3c29788a33 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1alpha.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1alpha.json
@@ -1241,7 +1241,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/dataStores/{dataStoresId}/branches/{branchesId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.branches.operations.cancel",
@@ -5236,7 +5236,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/dataStores/{dataStoresId}/branches/{branchesId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.dataStores.branches.operations.cancel",
@@ -8057,7 +8057,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241110",
+"revision": "20241123",
 "rootUrl": "https://discoveryengine.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "GoogleApiDistribution": {
@@ -8614,6 +8614,10 @@
 "description": "Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/*/locations/global/dataStore/*/controls/*`",
 "type": "string"
 },
+"promoteAction": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ControlPromoteAction",
+"description": "Promote certain links based on predefined trigger queries. This now only supports basic site search."
+},
 "redirectAction": {
 "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ControlRedirectAction",
 "description": "Defines a redirect-type control."
@@ -8695,6 +8699,21 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ControlPromoteAction": {
+"description": "Promote certain links based on some trigger queries. Example: Promote shoe store link when searching for `shoe` keyword. The link can be outside of associated data store.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ControlPromoteAction",
+"properties": {
+"dataStore": {
+"description": "Required. Data store with which this promotion is attached to.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"searchLinkPromotion": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1SearchLinkPromotion",
+"description": "Required. Promotion attached to this action."
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ControlRedirectAction": {
 "description": "Redirects a shopper to the provided URI.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ControlRedirectAction",
@@ -9779,6 +9798,33 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1SearchLinkPromotion": {
+"description": "Promotion proto includes uri and other helping information to display the promotion.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1SearchLinkPromotion",
+"properties": {
+"description": {
+"description": "Optional. The Promotion description. Maximum length: 200 characters.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"enabled": {
+"description": "Optional. The enabled promotion will be returned for any serving configs associated with the parent of the control this promotion is attached to. This flag is used for basic site search only.",
+"type": "boolean"
+},
+"imageUri": {
+"description": "Optional. The promotion thumbnail image url.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"title": {
+"description": "Required. The title of the promotion. Maximum length: 160 characters.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"uri": {
+"description": "Required. The URL for the page the user wants to promote.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1SiteVerificationInfo": {
 "description": "Verification information for target sites in advanced site search.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1SiteVerificationInfo",
@@ -11712,7 +11758,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "resources": {
-"description": "The type needed for the monitored resources: * `discoveryengine.googleapis.com/Branch`. * The labels needed for this resource: * `project`_`number` * `location`_`id` * `collection`_`id` * `datastore`_`id` * `branch`_`id` * `discoveryengine.googleapis.com/DataStore` * The labels needed for this resource: * `project`_`number` * `location`_`id` * `collection`_`id` * `datastore`_`id`",
+"description": "The resources to be checked for this requirement. The type needed for the monitored resources: * `discoveryengine.googleapis.com/Branch`. * The labels needed for this resource: * `project_number` * `location_id` * `collection_id` * `datastore_id` * `branch_id` * `discoveryengine.googleapis.com/DataStore` * The labels needed for this resource: * `project_number` * `location_id` * `collection_id` * `datastore_id`",
 "items": {
 "$ref": "GoogleApiMonitoredResource"
 },
@@ -11733,7 +11779,7 @@
 "type": "array"
 },
 "oldestMetricTimestamp": {
-"description": "Timestamp of the oldest calculated metric (i.e. the most stale metric). Indicates that the `requirement_result` may not accurately reflect any Event and Product Catalog updates performed after this time.",
+"description": "Timestamp of the oldest calculated metric (i.e. the most stale metric). Indicates that the `result` may not accurately reflect any Event and Product Catalog updates performed after this time.",
 "format": "google-datetime",
 "type": "string"
 },
@@ -12157,6 +12203,10 @@
 "description": "Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/*/locations/global/dataStore/*/controls/*`",
 "type": "string"
 },
+"promoteAction": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaControlPromoteAction",
+"description": "Promote certain links based on predefined trigger queries. This now only supports basic site search."
+},
 "redirectAction": {
 "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaControlRedirectAction",
 "description": "Defines a redirect-type control."
@@ -12238,6 +12288,21 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaControlPromoteAction": {
+"description": "Promote certain links based on some trigger queries. Example: Promote shoe store link when searching for `shoe` keyword. The link can be outside of associated data store.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaControlPromoteAction",
+"properties": {
+"dataStore": {
+"description": "Required. Data store with which this promotion is attached to.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"searchLinkPromotion": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchLinkPromotion",
+"description": "Required. Promotion attached to this action."
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaControlRedirectAction": {
 "description": "Redirects a shopper to the provided URI.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaControlRedirectAction",
@@ -15477,7 +15542,7 @@
 "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaPurgeUserEventsRequest",
 "properties": {
 "filter": {
-"description": "Required. The filter string to specify the events to be deleted with a length limit of 5,000 characters. The eligible fields for filtering are: * `eventType`: Double quoted UserEvent.event_type string. * `eventTime`: in ISO 8601 \"zulu\" format. * `userPseudoId`: Double quoted string. Specifying this will delete all events associated with a visitor. * `userId`: Double quoted string. Specifying this will delete all events associated with a user. Examples: * Deleting all events in a time range: `eventTime > \"2012-04-23T18:25:43.511Z\" eventTime < \"2012-04-23T18:30:43.511Z\"` * Deleting specific eventType: `eventType = \"search\"` * Deleting all events for a specific visitor: `userPseudoId = \"visitor1024\"` * Deleting all events inside a DataStore: `*` The filtering fields are assumed to have an implicit AND.",
+"description": "Required. The filter string to specify the events to be deleted with a length limit of 5,000 characters. The eligible fields for filtering are: * `eventType`: Double quoted UserEvent.event_type string. * `eventTime`: in ISO 8601 \"zulu\" format. * `userPseudoId`: Double quoted string. Specifying this will delete all events associated with a visitor. * `userId`: Double quoted string. Specifying this will delete all events associated with a user. Note: This API only supports purging a max range of 30 days. Examples: * Deleting all events in a time range: `eventTime > \"2012-04-23T18:25:43.511Z\" eventTime < \"2012-04-23T18:30:43.511Z\"` * Deleting specific eventType in a time range: `eventTime > \"2012-04-23T18:25:43.511Z\" eventTime < \"2012-04-23T18:30:43.511Z\" eventType = \"search\"` * Deleting all events for a specific visitor in a time range: `eventTime > \"2012-04-23T18:25:43.511Z\" eventTime < \"2012-04-23T18:30:43.511Z\" userPseudoId = \"visitor1024\"` * Deleting the past 30 days of events inside a DataStore: `*` The filtering fields are assumed to have an implicit AND.",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "force": {
@@ -15649,7 +15714,7 @@
 "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaRecommendRequest",
 "properties": {
 "filter": {
-"description": "Filter for restricting recommendation results with a length limit of 5,000 characters. Currently, only filter expressions on the `filter_tags` attribute is supported. Examples: * `(filter_tags: ANY(\"Red\", \"Blue\") OR filter_tags: ANY(\"Hot\", \"Cold\"))` * `(filter_tags: ANY(\"Red\", \"Blue\")) AND NOT (filter_tags: ANY(\"Green\"))` If `attributeFilteringSyntax` is set to true under the `params` field, then attribute-based expressions are expected instead of the above described tag-based syntax. Examples: * (launguage: ANY(\"en\", \"es\")) AND NOT (categories: ANY(\"Movie\")) * (available: true) AND (launguage: ANY(\"en\", \"es\")) OR (categories: ANY(\"Movie\")) If your filter blocks all results, the API returns generic (unfiltered) popular Documents. If you only want results strictly matching the filters, set `strictFiltering` to `true` in RecommendRequest.params to receive empty results instead. Note that the API never returns Documents with `storageStatus` as `EXPIRED` or `DELETED` regardless of filter choices.",
+"description": "Filter for restricting recommendation results with a length limit of 5,000 characters. Currently, only filter expressions on the `filter_tags` attribute is supported. Examples: * `(filter_tags: ANY(\"Red\", \"Blue\") OR filter_tags: ANY(\"Hot\", \"Cold\"))` * `(filter_tags: ANY(\"Red\", \"Blue\")) AND NOT (filter_tags: ANY(\"Green\"))` If `attributeFilteringSyntax` is set to true under the `params` field, then attribute-based expressions are expected instead of the above described tag-based syntax. Examples: * (language: ANY(\"en\", \"es\")) AND NOT (categories: ANY(\"Movie\")) * (available: true) AND (language: ANY(\"en\", \"es\")) OR (categories: ANY(\"Movie\")) If your filter blocks all results, the API returns generic (unfiltered) popular Documents. If you only want results strictly matching the filters, set `strictFiltering` to `true` in RecommendRequest.params to receive empty results instead. Note that the API never returns Documents with `storageStatus` as `EXPIRED` or `DELETED` regardless of filter choices.",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "pageSize": {
@@ -16233,6 +16298,33 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchLinkPromotion": {
+"description": "Promotion proto includes uri and other helping information to display the promotion.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchLinkPromotion",
+"properties": {
+"description": {
+"description": "Optional. The Promotion description. Maximum length: 200 characters.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"enabled": {
+"description": "Optional. The enabled promotion will be returned for any serving configs associated with the parent of the control this promotion is attached to. This flag is used for basic site search only.",
+"type": "boolean"
+},
+"imageUri": {
+"description": "Optional. The promotion thumbnail image url.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"title": {
+"description": "Required. The title of the promotion. Maximum length: 160 characters.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"uri": {
+"description": "Required. The URL for the page the user wants to promote.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchRequest": {
 "description": "Request message for SearchService.Search method.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchRequest",
@@ -16258,7 +16350,7 @@
 "description": "Custom fine tuning configs. If set, it has higher priority than the configs set in ServingConfig.custom_fine_tuning_spec."
 },
 "dataStoreSpecs": {
-"description": "Specs defining dataStores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those dataStores. This is only considered for engines with multiple dataStores use case. For single dataStore within an engine, they should use the specs at the top level.",
+"description": "Specs defining DataStores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. For engines with a single data store, the specs directly under SearchRequest should be used.",
 "items": {
 "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchRequestDataStoreSpec"
 },
@@ -17003,6 +17095,13 @@
 },
 "type": "array"
 },
+"searchLinkPromotions": {
+"description": "Promotions for site search.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchLinkPromotion"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
 "sessionInfo": {
 "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchResponseSessionInfo",
 "description": "Session information. Only set if SearchRequest.session is provided. See its description for more details."
@@ -17648,6 +17747,13 @@
 "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchRequestPersonalizationSpec",
 "description": "The specification for personalization spec. Notice that if both ServingConfig.personalization_spec and SearchRequest.personalization_spec are set, SearchRequest.personalization_spec overrides ServingConfig.personalization_spec."
 },
+"promoteControlIds": {
+"description": "Condition promote specifications. Maximum number of specifications is 100.",
+"items": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
 "rankingExpression": {
 "description": "The ranking expression controls the customized ranking on retrieval documents. To leverage this, document embedding is required. The ranking expression setting in ServingConfig applies to all search requests served by the serving config. However, if SearchRequest.ranking_expression is specified, it overrides the ServingConfig ranking expression. The ranking expression is a single function or multiple functions that are joined by \"+\". * ranking_expression = function, { \" + \", function }; Supported functions: * double * relevance_score * double * dotProduct(embedding_field_path) Function variables: * `relevance_score`: pre-defined keywords, used for measure relevance between query and document. * `embedding_field_path`: the document embedding field used with query embedding vector. * `dotProduct`: embedding function between embedding_field_path and query embedding vector. Example ranking expression: If document has an embedding field doc_embedding, the ranking expression could be `0.5 * relevance_score + 0.3 * dotProduct(doc_embedding)`.",
 "type": "string"
@@ -18648,6 +18754,10 @@
 "description": "Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/*/locations/global/dataStore/*/controls/*`",
 "type": "string"
 },
+"promoteAction": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaControlPromoteAction",
+"description": "Promote certain links based on predefined trigger queries. This now only supports basic site search."
+},
 "redirectAction": {
 "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaControlRedirectAction",
 "description": "Defines a redirect-type control."
@@ -18729,6 +18839,21 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaControlPromoteAction": {
+"description": "Promote certain links based on some trigger queries. Example: Promote shoe store link when searching for `shoe` keyword. The link can be outside of associated data store.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaControlPromoteAction",
+"properties": {
+"dataStore": {
+"description": "Required. Data store with which this promotion is attached to.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"searchLinkPromotion": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchLinkPromotion",
+"description": "Required. Promotion attached to this action."
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaControlRedirectAction": {
 "description": "Redirects a shopper to the provided URI.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaControlRedirectAction",
@@ -20200,6 +20325,33 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchLinkPromotion": {
+"description": "Promotion proto includes uri and other helping information to display the promotion.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchLinkPromotion",
+"properties": {
+"description": {
+"description": "Optional. The Promotion description. Maximum length: 200 characters.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"enabled": {
+"description": "Optional. The enabled promotion will be returned for any serving configs associated with the parent of the control this promotion is attached to. This flag is used for basic site search only.",
+"type": "boolean"
+},
+"imageUri": {
+"description": "Optional. The promotion thumbnail image url.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"title": {
+"description": "Required. The title of the promotion. Maximum length: 160 characters.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"uri": {
+"description": "Required. The URL for the page the user wants to promote.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchRequest": {
 "description": "Request message for SearchService.Search method.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchRequest",
@@ -20221,7 +20373,7 @@
 "description": "A specification for configuring the behavior of content search."
 },
 "dataStoreSpecs": {
-"description": "Specs defining dataStores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those dataStores. This is only considered for engines with multiple dataStores use case. For single dataStore within an engine, they should use the specs at the top level.",
+"description": "Specs defining DataStores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. For engines with a single data store, the specs directly under SearchRequest should be used.",
 "items": {
 "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchRequestDataStoreSpec"
 },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1beta.json
index d7354e2536..c8ce5cbc1b 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/discoveryengine.v1beta.json
@@ -779,7 +779,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/collections/{collectionsId}/dataStores/{dataStoresId}/branches/{branchesId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.collections.dataStores.branches.operations.cancel",
@@ -4540,7 +4540,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/dataStores/{dataStoresId}/branches/{branchesId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "discoveryengine.projects.locations.dataStores.branches.operations.cancel",
@@ -7255,7 +7255,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241110",
+"revision": "20241123",
 "rootUrl": "https://discoveryengine.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "GoogleApiDistribution": {
@@ -7812,6 +7812,10 @@
 "description": "Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/*/locations/global/dataStore/*/controls/*`",
 "type": "string"
 },
+"promoteAction": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ControlPromoteAction",
+"description": "Promote certain links based on predefined trigger queries. This now only supports basic site search."
+},
 "redirectAction": {
 "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ControlRedirectAction",
 "description": "Defines a redirect-type control."
@@ -7893,6 +7897,21 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ControlPromoteAction": {
+"description": "Promote certain links based on some trigger queries. Example: Promote shoe store link when searching for `shoe` keyword. The link can be outside of associated data store.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ControlPromoteAction",
+"properties": {
+"dataStore": {
+"description": "Required. Data store with which this promotion is attached to.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"searchLinkPromotion": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1SearchLinkPromotion",
+"description": "Required. Promotion attached to this action."
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ControlRedirectAction": {
 "description": "Redirects a shopper to the provided URI.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1ControlRedirectAction",
@@ -8977,6 +8996,33 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1SearchLinkPromotion": {
+"description": "Promotion proto includes uri and other helping information to display the promotion.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1SearchLinkPromotion",
+"properties": {
+"description": {
+"description": "Optional. The Promotion description. Maximum length: 200 characters.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"enabled": {
+"description": "Optional. The enabled promotion will be returned for any serving configs associated with the parent of the control this promotion is attached to. This flag is used for basic site search only.",
+"type": "boolean"
+},
+"imageUri": {
+"description": "Optional. The promotion thumbnail image url.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"title": {
+"description": "Required. The title of the promotion. Maximum length: 160 characters.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"uri": {
+"description": "Required. The URL for the page the user wants to promote.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1SiteVerificationInfo": {
 "description": "Verification information for target sites in advanced site search.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1SiteVerificationInfo",
@@ -9942,6 +9988,10 @@
 "description": "Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/*/locations/global/dataStore/*/controls/*`",
 "type": "string"
 },
+"promoteAction": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaControlPromoteAction",
+"description": "Promote certain links based on predefined trigger queries. This now only supports basic site search."
+},
 "redirectAction": {
 "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaControlRedirectAction",
 "description": "Defines a redirect-type control."
@@ -10023,6 +10073,21 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaControlPromoteAction": {
+"description": "Promote certain links based on some trigger queries. Example: Promote shoe store link when searching for `shoe` keyword. The link can be outside of associated data store.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaControlPromoteAction",
+"properties": {
+"dataStore": {
+"description": "Required. Data store with which this promotion is attached to.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"searchLinkPromotion": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchLinkPromotion",
+"description": "Required. Promotion attached to this action."
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaControlRedirectAction": {
 "description": "Redirects a shopper to the provided URI.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaControlRedirectAction",
@@ -12169,6 +12234,33 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchLinkPromotion": {
+"description": "Promotion proto includes uri and other helping information to display the promotion.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchLinkPromotion",
+"properties": {
+"description": {
+"description": "Optional. The Promotion description. Maximum length: 200 characters.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"enabled": {
+"description": "Optional. The enabled promotion will be returned for any serving configs associated with the parent of the control this promotion is attached to. This flag is used for basic site search only.",
+"type": "boolean"
+},
+"imageUri": {
+"description": "Optional. The promotion thumbnail image url.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"title": {
+"description": "Required. The title of the promotion. Maximum length: 160 characters.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"uri": {
+"description": "Required. The URL for the page the user wants to promote.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchRequest": {
 "description": "Request message for SearchService.Search method.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchRequest",
@@ -12194,7 +12286,7 @@
 "description": "Custom fine tuning configs. If set, it has higher priority than the configs set in ServingConfig.custom_fine_tuning_spec."
 },
 "dataStoreSpecs": {
-"description": "Specs defining dataStores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those dataStores. This is only considered for engines with multiple dataStores use case. For single dataStore within an engine, they should use the specs at the top level.",
+"description": "Specs defining DataStores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. For engines with a single data store, the specs directly under SearchRequest should be used.",
 "items": {
 "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1alphaSearchRequestDataStoreSpec"
 },
@@ -15289,6 +15381,10 @@
 "description": "Immutable. Fully qualified name `projects/*/locations/global/dataStore/*/controls/*`",
 "type": "string"
 },
+"promoteAction": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaControlPromoteAction",
+"description": "Promote certain links based on predefined trigger queries. This now only supports basic site search."
+},
 "redirectAction": {
 "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaControlRedirectAction",
 "description": "Defines a redirect-type control."
@@ -15370,6 +15466,21 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaControlPromoteAction": {
+"description": "Promote certain links based on some trigger queries. Example: Promote shoe store link when searching for `shoe` keyword. The link can be outside of associated data store.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaControlPromoteAction",
+"properties": {
+"dataStore": {
+"description": "Required. Data store with which this promotion is attached to.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"searchLinkPromotion": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchLinkPromotion",
+"description": "Required. Promotion attached to this action."
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaControlRedirectAction": {
 "description": "Redirects a shopper to the provided URI.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaControlRedirectAction",
@@ -17913,7 +18024,7 @@
 "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaPurgeUserEventsRequest",
 "properties": {
 "filter": {
-"description": "Required. The filter string to specify the events to be deleted with a length limit of 5,000 characters. The eligible fields for filtering are: * `eventType`: Double quoted UserEvent.event_type string. * `eventTime`: in ISO 8601 \"zulu\" format. * `userPseudoId`: Double quoted string. Specifying this will delete all events associated with a visitor. * `userId`: Double quoted string. Specifying this will delete all events associated with a user. Examples: * Deleting all events in a time range: `eventTime > \"2012-04-23T18:25:43.511Z\" eventTime < \"2012-04-23T18:30:43.511Z\"` * Deleting specific eventType: `eventType = \"search\"` * Deleting all events for a specific visitor: `userPseudoId = \"visitor1024\"` * Deleting all events inside a DataStore: `*` The filtering fields are assumed to have an implicit AND.",
+"description": "Required. The filter string to specify the events to be deleted with a length limit of 5,000 characters. The eligible fields for filtering are: * `eventType`: Double quoted UserEvent.event_type string. * `eventTime`: in ISO 8601 \"zulu\" format. * `userPseudoId`: Double quoted string. Specifying this will delete all events associated with a visitor. * `userId`: Double quoted string. Specifying this will delete all events associated with a user. Note: This API only supports purging a max range of 30 days. Examples: * Deleting all events in a time range: `eventTime > \"2012-04-23T18:25:43.511Z\" eventTime < \"2012-04-23T18:30:43.511Z\"` * Deleting specific eventType in a time range: `eventTime > \"2012-04-23T18:25:43.511Z\" eventTime < \"2012-04-23T18:30:43.511Z\" eventType = \"search\"` * Deleting all events for a specific visitor in a time range: `eventTime > \"2012-04-23T18:25:43.511Z\" eventTime < \"2012-04-23T18:30:43.511Z\" userPseudoId = \"visitor1024\"` * Deleting the past 30 days of events inside a DataStore: `*` The filtering fields are assumed to have an implicit AND.",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "force": {
@@ -18073,7 +18184,7 @@
 "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaRecommendRequest",
 "properties": {
 "filter": {
-"description": "Filter for restricting recommendation results with a length limit of 5,000 characters. Currently, only filter expressions on the `filter_tags` attribute is supported. Examples: * `(filter_tags: ANY(\"Red\", \"Blue\") OR filter_tags: ANY(\"Hot\", \"Cold\"))` * `(filter_tags: ANY(\"Red\", \"Blue\")) AND NOT (filter_tags: ANY(\"Green\"))` If `attributeFilteringSyntax` is set to true under the `params` field, then attribute-based expressions are expected instead of the above described tag-based syntax. Examples: * (launguage: ANY(\"en\", \"es\")) AND NOT (categories: ANY(\"Movie\")) * (available: true) AND (launguage: ANY(\"en\", \"es\")) OR (categories: ANY(\"Movie\")) If your filter blocks all results, the API returns generic (unfiltered) popular Documents. If you only want results strictly matching the filters, set `strictFiltering` to `true` in RecommendRequest.params to receive empty results instead. Note that the API never returns Documents with `storageStatus` as `EXPIRED` or `DELETED` regardless of filter choices.",
+"description": "Filter for restricting recommendation results with a length limit of 5,000 characters. Currently, only filter expressions on the `filter_tags` attribute is supported. Examples: * `(filter_tags: ANY(\"Red\", \"Blue\") OR filter_tags: ANY(\"Hot\", \"Cold\"))` * `(filter_tags: ANY(\"Red\", \"Blue\")) AND NOT (filter_tags: ANY(\"Green\"))` If `attributeFilteringSyntax` is set to true under the `params` field, then attribute-based expressions are expected instead of the above described tag-based syntax. Examples: * (language: ANY(\"en\", \"es\")) AND NOT (categories: ANY(\"Movie\")) * (available: true) AND (language: ANY(\"en\", \"es\")) OR (categories: ANY(\"Movie\")) If your filter blocks all results, the API returns generic (unfiltered) popular Documents. If you only want results strictly matching the filters, set `strictFiltering` to `true` in RecommendRequest.params to receive empty results instead. Note that the API never returns Documents with `storageStatus` as `EXPIRED` or `DELETED` regardless of filter choices.",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "pageSize": {
@@ -18362,6 +18473,33 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchLinkPromotion": {
+"description": "Promotion proto includes uri and other helping information to display the promotion.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchLinkPromotion",
+"properties": {
+"description": {
+"description": "Optional. The Promotion description. Maximum length: 200 characters.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"enabled": {
+"description": "Optional. The enabled promotion will be returned for any serving configs associated with the parent of the control this promotion is attached to. This flag is used for basic site search only.",
+"type": "boolean"
+},
+"imageUri": {
+"description": "Optional. The promotion thumbnail image url.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"title": {
+"description": "Required. The title of the promotion. Maximum length: 160 characters.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"uri": {
+"description": "Required. The URL for the page the user wants to promote.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchRequest": {
 "description": "Request message for SearchService.Search method.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchRequest",
@@ -18383,7 +18521,7 @@
 "description": "A specification for configuring the behavior of content search."
 },
 "dataStoreSpecs": {
-"description": "Specs defining dataStores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those dataStores. This is only considered for engines with multiple dataStores use case. For single dataStore within an engine, they should use the specs at the top level.",
+"description": "Specs defining DataStores to filter on in a search call and configurations for those data stores. This is only considered for Engines with multiple data stores. For engines with a single data store, the specs directly under SearchRequest should be used.",
 "items": {
 "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchRequestDataStoreSpec"
 },
@@ -19128,6 +19266,13 @@
 },
 "type": "array"
 },
+"searchLinkPromotions": {
+"description": "Promotions for site search.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchLinkPromotion"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
 "sessionInfo": {
 "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchResponseSessionInfo",
 "description": "Session information. Only set if SearchRequest.session is provided. See its description for more details."
@@ -19765,6 +19910,13 @@
 "$ref": "GoogleCloudDiscoveryengineV1betaSearchRequestPersonalizationSpec",
 "description": "The specification for personalization spec. Notice that if both ServingConfig.personalization_spec and SearchRequest.personalization_spec are set, SearchRequest.personalization_spec overrides ServingConfig.personalization_spec."
 },
+"promoteControlIds": {
+"description": "Condition promote specifications. Maximum number of specifications is 100.",
+"items": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
 "rankingExpression": {
 "description": "The ranking expression controls the customized ranking on retrieval documents. To leverage this, document embedding is required. The ranking expression setting in ServingConfig applies to all search requests served by the serving config. However, if SearchRequest.ranking_expression is specified, it overrides the ServingConfig ranking expression. The ranking expression is a single function or multiple functions that are joined by \"+\". * ranking_expression = function, { \" + \", function }; Supported functions: * double * relevance_score * double * dotProduct(embedding_field_path) Function variables: * `relevance_score`: pre-defined keywords, used for measure relevance between query and document. * `embedding_field_path`: the document embedding field used with query embedding vector. * `dotProduct`: embedding function between embedding_field_path and query embedding vector. Example ranking expression: If document has an embedding field doc_embedding, the ranking expression could be `0.5 * relevance_score + 0.3 * dotProduct(doc_embedding)`.",
 "type": "string"

From 1c0258e84951c14c23a52924a4cc07d06228b169 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Yoshi Automation 
Date: Tue, 26 Nov 2024 07:08:51 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 16/31] feat(firebaseml): update the api

#### firebaseml:v2beta

The following keys were added:
- schemas.GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1RagRetrievalConfig (Total Keys: 28)
- schemas.GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1VertexRagStore.properties.ragRetrievalConfig.$ref (Total Keys: 1)
---
 docs/dyn/firebaseml_v1.operations.html        |   4 +-
 ....projects.locations.publishers.models.html |  57 ++++++++++
 .../documents/firebaseml.v1.json              |   4 +-
 .../documents/firebaseml.v2beta.json          | 100 +++++++++++++++++-
 4 files changed, 160 insertions(+), 5 deletions(-)

diff --git a/docs/dyn/firebaseml_v1.operations.html b/docs/dyn/firebaseml_v1.operations.html
index 26463f40cf..c477ff25a7 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/firebaseml_v1.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/firebaseml_v1.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Firebase ML API . 
   cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/firebaseml_v2beta.projects.locations.publishers.models.html b/docs/dyn/firebaseml_v2beta.projects.locations.publishers.models.html
index 9bd9b97957..adca9f98aa 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/firebaseml_v2beta.projects.locations.publishers.models.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/firebaseml_v2beta.projects.locations.publishers.models.html
@@ -348,6 +348,25 @@ 
Method Details

               ],
             },
           ],
+          "ragRetrievalConfig": { # Specifies the context retrieval config. # Optional. The retrieval config for the Rag query.
+            "filter": { # Config for filters. # Optional. Config for filters.
+              "metadataFilter": "A String", # Optional. String for metadata filtering.
+              "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector distance smaller than the threshold.
+              "vectorSimilarityThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector similarity larger than the threshold.
+            },
+            "hybridSearch": { # Config for Hybrid Search. # Optional. Config for Hybrid Search.
+              "alpha": 3.14, # Optional. Alpha value controls the weight between dense and sparse vector search results. The range is [0, 1], while 0 means sparse vector search only and 1 means dense vector search only. The default value is 0.5 which balances sparse and dense vector search equally.
+            },
+            "ranking": { # Config for ranking and reranking. # Optional. Config for ranking and reranking.
+              "llmRanker": { # Config for LlmRanker. # Optional. Config for LlmRanker.
+                "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. Format: `gemini-1.5-pro`
+              },
+              "rankService": { # Config for Rank Service. # Optional. Config for Rank Service.
+                "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name of the rank service. Format: `semantic-ranker-512@latest`
+              },
+            },
+            "topK": 42, # Optional. The number of contexts to retrieve.
+          },
           "similarityTopK": 42, # Optional. Number of top k results to return from the selected corpora.
           "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only return results with vector distance smaller than the threshold.
         },
@@ -641,6 +660,25 @@ 
Method Details

               ],
             },
           ],
+          "ragRetrievalConfig": { # Specifies the context retrieval config. # Optional. The retrieval config for the Rag query.
+            "filter": { # Config for filters. # Optional. Config for filters.
+              "metadataFilter": "A String", # Optional. String for metadata filtering.
+              "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector distance smaller than the threshold.
+              "vectorSimilarityThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector similarity larger than the threshold.
+            },
+            "hybridSearch": { # Config for Hybrid Search. # Optional. Config for Hybrid Search.
+              "alpha": 3.14, # Optional. Alpha value controls the weight between dense and sparse vector search results. The range is [0, 1], while 0 means sparse vector search only and 1 means dense vector search only. The default value is 0.5 which balances sparse and dense vector search equally.
+            },
+            "ranking": { # Config for ranking and reranking. # Optional. Config for ranking and reranking.
+              "llmRanker": { # Config for LlmRanker. # Optional. Config for LlmRanker.
+                "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. Format: `gemini-1.5-pro`
+              },
+              "rankService": { # Config for Rank Service. # Optional. Config for Rank Service.
+                "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name of the rank service. Format: `semantic-ranker-512@latest`
+              },
+            },
+            "topK": 42, # Optional. The number of contexts to retrieve.
+          },
           "similarityTopK": 42, # Optional. Number of top k results to return from the selected corpora.
           "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only return results with vector distance smaller than the threshold.
         },
@@ -1091,6 +1129,25 @@ 
Method Details

               ],
             },
           ],
+          "ragRetrievalConfig": { # Specifies the context retrieval config. # Optional. The retrieval config for the Rag query.
+            "filter": { # Config for filters. # Optional. Config for filters.
+              "metadataFilter": "A String", # Optional. String for metadata filtering.
+              "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector distance smaller than the threshold.
+              "vectorSimilarityThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only returns contexts with vector similarity larger than the threshold.
+            },
+            "hybridSearch": { # Config for Hybrid Search. # Optional. Config for Hybrid Search.
+              "alpha": 3.14, # Optional. Alpha value controls the weight between dense and sparse vector search results. The range is [0, 1], while 0 means sparse vector search only and 1 means dense vector search only. The default value is 0.5 which balances sparse and dense vector search equally.
+            },
+            "ranking": { # Config for ranking and reranking. # Optional. Config for ranking and reranking.
+              "llmRanker": { # Config for LlmRanker. # Optional. Config for LlmRanker.
+                "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name used for ranking. Format: `gemini-1.5-pro`
+              },
+              "rankService": { # Config for Rank Service. # Optional. Config for Rank Service.
+                "modelName": "A String", # Optional. The model name of the rank service. Format: `semantic-ranker-512@latest`
+              },
+            },
+            "topK": 42, # Optional. The number of contexts to retrieve.
+          },
           "similarityTopK": 42, # Optional. Number of top k results to return from the selected corpora.
           "vectorDistanceThreshold": 3.14, # Optional. Only return results with vector distance smaller than the threshold.
         },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseml.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseml.v1.json
index 7c11ea4c1e..f7a9fc49fb 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseml.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseml.v1.json
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "firebaseml.operations.cancel",
@@ -204,7 +204,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20240705",
+"revision": "20241117",
 "rootUrl": "https://firebaseml.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "CancelOperationRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseml.v2beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseml.v2beta.json
index 16442a2f70..1f16d3ecaa 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseml.v2beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseml.v2beta.json
@@ -206,7 +206,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241101",
+"revision": "20241117",
 "rootUrl": "https://firebaseml.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "Date": {
@@ -1138,6 +1138,100 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1RagRetrievalConfig": {
+"description": "Specifies the context retrieval config.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1RagRetrievalConfig",
+"properties": {
+"filter": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1RagRetrievalConfigFilter",
+"description": "Optional. Config for filters."
+},
+"hybridSearch": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1RagRetrievalConfigHybridSearch",
+"description": "Optional. Config for Hybrid Search."
+},
+"ranking": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1RagRetrievalConfigRanking",
+"description": "Optional. Config for ranking and reranking."
+},
+"topK": {
+"description": "Optional. The number of contexts to retrieve.",
+"format": "int32",
+"type": "integer"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1RagRetrievalConfigFilter": {
+"description": "Config for filters.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1RagRetrievalConfigFilter",
+"properties": {
+"metadataFilter": {
+"description": "Optional. String for metadata filtering.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"vectorDistanceThreshold": {
+"description": "Optional. Only returns contexts with vector distance smaller than the threshold.",
+"format": "double",
+"type": "number"
+},
+"vectorSimilarityThreshold": {
+"description": "Optional. Only returns contexts with vector similarity larger than the threshold.",
+"format": "double",
+"type": "number"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1RagRetrievalConfigHybridSearch": {
+"description": "Config for Hybrid Search.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1RagRetrievalConfigHybridSearch",
+"properties": {
+"alpha": {
+"description": "Optional. Alpha value controls the weight between dense and sparse vector search results. The range is [0, 1], while 0 means sparse vector search only and 1 means dense vector search only. The default value is 0.5 which balances sparse and dense vector search equally.",
+"format": "float",
+"type": "number"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1RagRetrievalConfigRanking": {
+"description": "Config for ranking and reranking.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1RagRetrievalConfigRanking",
+"properties": {
+"llmRanker": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1RagRetrievalConfigRankingLlmRanker",
+"description": "Optional. Config for LlmRanker."
+},
+"rankService": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1RagRetrievalConfigRankingRankService",
+"description": "Optional. Config for Rank Service."
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1RagRetrievalConfigRankingLlmRanker": {
+"description": "Config for LlmRanker.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1RagRetrievalConfigRankingLlmRanker",
+"properties": {
+"modelName": {
+"description": "Optional. The model name used for ranking. Format: `gemini-1.5-pro`",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1RagRetrievalConfigRankingRankService": {
+"description": "Config for Rank Service.",
+"id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1RagRetrievalConfigRankingRankService",
+"properties": {
+"modelName": {
+"description": "Optional. The model name of the rank service. Format: `semantic-ranker-512@latest`",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Retrieval": {
 "description": "Defines a retrieval tool that model can call to access external knowledge.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1Retrieval",
@@ -1569,6 +1663,10 @@
 },
 "type": "array"
 },
+"ragRetrievalConfig": {
+"$ref": "GoogleCloudAiplatformV1beta1RagRetrievalConfig",
+"description": "Optional. The retrieval config for the Rag query."
+},
 "similarityTopK": {
 "deprecated": true,
 "description": "Optional. Number of top k results to return from the selected corpora.",

From 60696736e8b42049dcddccbfb17a24cb495f2fc0 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Yoshi Automation 
Date: Tue, 26 Nov 2024 07:08:51 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 17/31] feat(forms): update the api

#### forms:v1

The following keys were added:
- schemas.Question.properties.ratingQuestion.$ref (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.RatingQuestion (Total Keys: 5)
---
 docs/dyn/forms_v1.forms.html                  | 48 +++++++++++++++++++
 .../discovery_cache/documents/forms.v1.json   | 34 ++++++++++++-
 2 files changed, 81 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/docs/dyn/forms_v1.forms.html b/docs/dyn/forms_v1.forms.html
index 38b3def7db..02f7f98bce 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/forms_v1.forms.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/forms_v1.forms.html
@@ -252,6 +252,10 @@ 
Method Details

                   },
                 },
                 "questionId": "A String", # Read only. The question ID. On creation, it can be provided but the ID must not be already used in the form. If not provided, a new ID is assigned.
+                "ratingQuestion": { # A rating question. The user has a range of icons to choose from. # A respondent can choose a rating from a pre-defined set of icons.
+                  "iconType": "A String", # Required. The icon type to use for the rating.
+                  "ratingScaleLevel": 42, # Required. The rating scale level of the rating question.
+                },
                 "required": True or False, # Whether the question must be answered in order for a respondent to submit their response.
                 "rowQuestion": { # Configuration for a question that is part of a question group. # A row of a QuestionGroupItem.
                   "title": "A String", # Required. The title for the single row in the QuestionGroupItem.
@@ -371,6 +375,10 @@ 
Method Details

                 },
               },
               "questionId": "A String", # Read only. The question ID. On creation, it can be provided but the ID must not be already used in the form. If not provided, a new ID is assigned.
+              "ratingQuestion": { # A rating question. The user has a range of icons to choose from. # A respondent can choose a rating from a pre-defined set of icons.
+                "iconType": "A String", # Required. The icon type to use for the rating.
+                "ratingScaleLevel": 42, # Required. The rating scale level of the rating question.
+              },
               "required": True or False, # Whether the question must be answered in order for a respondent to submit their response.
               "rowQuestion": { # Configuration for a question that is part of a question group. # A row of a QuestionGroupItem.
                 "title": "A String", # Required. The title for the single row in the QuestionGroupItem.
@@ -570,6 +578,10 @@ 
Method Details

                   },
                 },
                 "questionId": "A String", # Read only. The question ID. On creation, it can be provided but the ID must not be already used in the form. If not provided, a new ID is assigned.
+                "ratingQuestion": { # A rating question. The user has a range of icons to choose from. # A respondent can choose a rating from a pre-defined set of icons.
+                  "iconType": "A String", # Required. The icon type to use for the rating.
+                  "ratingScaleLevel": 42, # Required. The rating scale level of the rating question.
+                },
                 "required": True or False, # Whether the question must be answered in order for a respondent to submit their response.
                 "rowQuestion": { # Configuration for a question that is part of a question group. # A row of a QuestionGroupItem.
                   "title": "A String", # Required. The title for the single row in the QuestionGroupItem.
@@ -689,6 +701,10 @@ 
Method Details

                 },
               },
               "questionId": "A String", # Read only. The question ID. On creation, it can be provided but the ID must not be already used in the form. If not provided, a new ID is assigned.
+              "ratingQuestion": { # A rating question. The user has a range of icons to choose from. # A respondent can choose a rating from a pre-defined set of icons.
+                "iconType": "A String", # Required. The icon type to use for the rating.
+                "ratingScaleLevel": 42, # Required. The rating scale level of the rating question.
+              },
               "required": True or False, # Whether the question must be answered in order for a respondent to submit their response.
               "rowQuestion": { # Configuration for a question that is part of a question group. # A row of a QuestionGroupItem.
                 "title": "A String", # Required. The title for the single row in the QuestionGroupItem.
@@ -900,6 +916,10 @@ 
Method Details

                 },
               },
               "questionId": "A String", # Read only. The question ID. On creation, it can be provided but the ID must not be already used in the form. If not provided, a new ID is assigned.
+              "ratingQuestion": { # A rating question. The user has a range of icons to choose from. # A respondent can choose a rating from a pre-defined set of icons.
+                "iconType": "A String", # Required. The icon type to use for the rating.
+                "ratingScaleLevel": 42, # Required. The rating scale level of the rating question.
+              },
               "required": True or False, # Whether the question must be answered in order for a respondent to submit their response.
               "rowQuestion": { # Configuration for a question that is part of a question group. # A row of a QuestionGroupItem.
                 "title": "A String", # Required. The title for the single row in the QuestionGroupItem.
@@ -1019,6 +1039,10 @@ 
Method Details

               },
             },
             "questionId": "A String", # Read only. The question ID. On creation, it can be provided but the ID must not be already used in the form. If not provided, a new ID is assigned.
+            "ratingQuestion": { # A rating question. The user has a range of icons to choose from. # A respondent can choose a rating from a pre-defined set of icons.
+              "iconType": "A String", # Required. The icon type to use for the rating.
+              "ratingScaleLevel": 42, # Required. The rating scale level of the rating question.
+            },
             "required": True or False, # Whether the question must be answered in order for a respondent to submit their response.
             "rowQuestion": { # Configuration for a question that is part of a question group. # A row of a QuestionGroupItem.
               "title": "A String", # Required. The title for the single row in the QuestionGroupItem.
@@ -1240,6 +1264,10 @@ 
Method Details

               },
             },
             "questionId": "A String", # Read only. The question ID. On creation, it can be provided but the ID must not be already used in the form. If not provided, a new ID is assigned.
+            "ratingQuestion": { # A rating question. The user has a range of icons to choose from. # A respondent can choose a rating from a pre-defined set of icons.
+              "iconType": "A String", # Required. The icon type to use for the rating.
+              "ratingScaleLevel": 42, # Required. The rating scale level of the rating question.
+            },
             "required": True or False, # Whether the question must be answered in order for a respondent to submit their response.
             "rowQuestion": { # Configuration for a question that is part of a question group. # A row of a QuestionGroupItem.
               "title": "A String", # Required. The title for the single row in the QuestionGroupItem.
@@ -1359,6 +1387,10 @@ 
Method Details

             },
           },
           "questionId": "A String", # Read only. The question ID. On creation, it can be provided but the ID must not be already used in the form. If not provided, a new ID is assigned.
+          "ratingQuestion": { # A rating question. The user has a range of icons to choose from. # A respondent can choose a rating from a pre-defined set of icons.
+            "iconType": "A String", # Required. The icon type to use for the rating.
+            "ratingScaleLevel": 42, # Required. The rating scale level of the rating question.
+          },
           "required": True or False, # Whether the question must be answered in order for a respondent to submit their response.
           "rowQuestion": { # Configuration for a question that is part of a question group. # A row of a QuestionGroupItem.
             "title": "A String", # Required. The title for the single row in the QuestionGroupItem.
@@ -1559,6 +1591,10 @@ 
Method Details

               },
             },
             "questionId": "A String", # Read only. The question ID. On creation, it can be provided but the ID must not be already used in the form. If not provided, a new ID is assigned.
+            "ratingQuestion": { # A rating question. The user has a range of icons to choose from. # A respondent can choose a rating from a pre-defined set of icons.
+              "iconType": "A String", # Required. The icon type to use for the rating.
+              "ratingScaleLevel": 42, # Required. The rating scale level of the rating question.
+            },
             "required": True or False, # Whether the question must be answered in order for a respondent to submit their response.
             "rowQuestion": { # Configuration for a question that is part of a question group. # A row of a QuestionGroupItem.
               "title": "A String", # Required. The title for the single row in the QuestionGroupItem.
@@ -1678,6 +1714,10 @@ 
Method Details

             },
           },
           "questionId": "A String", # Read only. The question ID. On creation, it can be provided but the ID must not be already used in the form. If not provided, a new ID is assigned.
+          "ratingQuestion": { # A rating question. The user has a range of icons to choose from. # A respondent can choose a rating from a pre-defined set of icons.
+            "iconType": "A String", # Required. The icon type to use for the rating.
+            "ratingScaleLevel": 42, # Required. The rating scale level of the rating question.
+          },
           "required": True or False, # Whether the question must be answered in order for a respondent to submit their response.
           "rowQuestion": { # Configuration for a question that is part of a question group. # A row of a QuestionGroupItem.
             "title": "A String", # Required. The title for the single row in the QuestionGroupItem.
@@ -1885,6 +1925,10 @@ 
Method Details

               },
             },
             "questionId": "A String", # Read only. The question ID. On creation, it can be provided but the ID must not be already used in the form. If not provided, a new ID is assigned.
+            "ratingQuestion": { # A rating question. The user has a range of icons to choose from. # A respondent can choose a rating from a pre-defined set of icons.
+              "iconType": "A String", # Required. The icon type to use for the rating.
+              "ratingScaleLevel": 42, # Required. The rating scale level of the rating question.
+            },
             "required": True or False, # Whether the question must be answered in order for a respondent to submit their response.
             "rowQuestion": { # Configuration for a question that is part of a question group. # A row of a QuestionGroupItem.
               "title": "A String", # Required. The title for the single row in the QuestionGroupItem.
@@ -2004,6 +2048,10 @@ 
Method Details

             },
           },
           "questionId": "A String", # Read only. The question ID. On creation, it can be provided but the ID must not be already used in the form. If not provided, a new ID is assigned.
+          "ratingQuestion": { # A rating question. The user has a range of icons to choose from. # A respondent can choose a rating from a pre-defined set of icons.
+            "iconType": "A String", # Required. The icon type to use for the rating.
+            "ratingScaleLevel": 42, # Required. The rating scale level of the rating question.
+          },
           "required": True or False, # Whether the question must be answered in order for a respondent to submit their response.
           "rowQuestion": { # Configuration for a question that is part of a question group. # A row of a QuestionGroupItem.
             "title": "A String", # Required. The title for the single row in the QuestionGroupItem.
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/forms.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/forms.v1.json
index 4811c546de..3ca6dadc26 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/forms.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/forms.v1.json
@@ -423,7 +423,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20240625",
+"revision": "20241112",
 "rootUrl": "https://forms.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "Answer": {
@@ -1190,6 +1190,10 @@
 "description": "Read only. The question ID. On creation, it can be provided but the ID must not be already used in the form. If not provided, a new ID is assigned.",
 "type": "string"
 },
+"ratingQuestion": {
+"$ref": "RatingQuestion",
+"description": "A respondent can choose a rating from a pre-defined set of icons."
+},
 "required": {
 "description": "Whether the question must be answered in order for a respondent to submit their response.",
 "type": "boolean"
@@ -1261,6 +1265,34 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"RatingQuestion": {
+"description": "A rating question. The user has a range of icons to choose from.",
+"id": "RatingQuestion",
+"properties": {
+"iconType": {
+"description": "Required. The icon type to use for the rating.",
+"enum": [
+"RATING_ICON_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"STAR",
+"HEART",
+"THUMB_UP"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Default value. Unused.",
+"A star icon.",
+"A heart icon.",
+"A thumbs down icon."
+],
+"type": "string"
+},
+"ratingScaleLevel": {
+"description": "Required. The rating scale level of the rating question.",
+"format": "int32",
+"type": "integer"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "RenewWatchRequest": {
 "description": "Renew an existing Watch for seven days.",
 "id": "RenewWatchRequest",

From fdd69d7bf108494ed5a22e7e8f30951ed30ebb8e Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Yoshi Automation 
Date: Tue, 26 Nov 2024 07:08:51 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 18/31] feat(merchantapi): update the api

#### merchantapi:products_v1beta

The following keys were added:
- schemas.LoyaltyProgram.properties.shippingLabel.type (Total Keys: 1)
---
 ...accounts_v1beta.accounts.businessInfo.html | 66 +++++++++----------
 .../merchantapi_accounts_v1beta.accounts.html | 28 ++++----
 ...unts_v1beta.accounts.shippingSettings.html |  6 +-
 ...roducts_v1beta.accounts.productInputs.html |  6 +-
 ...api_products_v1beta.accounts.products.html |  2 +
 .../merchantapi.accounts_v1beta.json          | 26 ++++----
 .../merchantapi.conversions_v1beta.json       |  4 +-
 .../merchantapi.datasources_v1beta.json       |  4 +-
 .../merchantapi.inventories_v1beta.json       |  4 +-
 .../documents/merchantapi.lfp_v1beta.json     |  4 +-
 .../merchantapi.notifications_v1beta.json     |  4 +-
 .../merchantapi.products_v1beta.json          | 10 ++-
 .../merchantapi.promotions_v1beta.json        |  4 +-
 .../documents/merchantapi.quota_v1beta.json   |  4 +-
 .../documents/merchantapi.reports_v1beta.json |  4 +-
 .../documents/merchantapi.reviews_v1beta.json |  4 +-
 16 files changed, 94 insertions(+), 86 deletions(-)

diff --git a/docs/dyn/merchantapi_accounts_v1beta.accounts.businessInfo.html b/docs/dyn/merchantapi_accounts_v1beta.accounts.businessInfo.html
index beb1d052c5..2567af2af6 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/merchantapi_accounts_v1beta.accounts.businessInfo.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/merchantapi_accounts_v1beta.accounts.businessInfo.html
@@ -104,30 +104,30 @@ 
Method Details

   An object of the form:
 
     { # The `BusinessInfo` message contains essential information about a merchant's business. This message captures key business details such as physical address, customer service contacts, and region-specific identifiers.
-  "address": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Optional. The address of the business. Only `region_code`, `address_lines`, `postal_code`, `administrative_area` and `locality` fields are supported. All other fields are ignored.
-    "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+  "address": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Optional. The address of the business. Only `region_code`, `address_lines`, `postal_code`, `administrative_area` and `locality` fields are supported. All other fields are ignored.
+    "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
       "A String",
     ],
-    "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+    "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
     "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
     "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
     "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-    "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+    "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
     "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
       "A String",
     ],
     "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
     "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-    "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+    "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
     "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
   },
   "customerService": { # Customer service information. # Optional. The customer service of the business.
     "email": "A String", # Optional. The email address where customer service may be reached.
     "phone": { # An object representing a phone number, suitable as an API wire format. This representation: - should not be used for locale-specific formatting of a phone number, such as "+1 (650) 253-0000 ext. 123" - is not designed for efficient storage - may not be suitable for dialing - specialized libraries (see references) should be used to parse the number for that purpose To do something meaningful with this number, such as format it for various use-cases, convert it to an `i18n.phonenumbers.PhoneNumber` object first. For instance, in Java this would be: com.google.type.PhoneNumber wireProto = com.google.type.PhoneNumber.newBuilder().build(); com.google.i18n.phonenumbers.Phonenumber.PhoneNumber phoneNumber = PhoneNumberUtil.getInstance().parse(wireProto.getE164Number(), "ZZ"); if (!wireProto.getExtension().isEmpty()) { phoneNumber.setExtension(wireProto.getExtension()); } Reference(s): - https://github.com/google/libphonenumber # Optional. The phone number where customer service may be called.
-      "e164Number": "A String", # The phone number, represented as a leading plus sign ('+'), followed by a phone number that uses a relaxed ITU E.164 format consisting of the country calling code (1 to 3 digits) and the subscriber number, with no additional spaces or formatting, e.g.: - correct: "+15552220123" - incorrect: "+1 (555) 222-01234 x123". The ITU E.164 format limits the latter to 12 digits, but in practice not all countries respect that, so we relax that restriction here. National-only numbers are not allowed. References: - https://www.itu.int/rec/T-REC-E.164-201011-I - https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/E.164. - https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_country_calling_codes
+      "e164Number": "A String", # The phone number, represented as a leading plus sign ('+'), followed by a phone number that uses a relaxed ITU E.164 format consisting of the country calling code (1 to 3 digits) and the subscriber number, with no additional spaces or formatting. For example: - correct: "+15552220123" - incorrect: "+1 (555) 222-01234 x123". The ITU E.164 format limits the latter to 12 digits, but in practice not all countries respect that, so we relax that restriction here. National-only numbers are not allowed. References: - https://www.itu.int/rec/T-REC-E.164-201011-I - https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/E.164. - https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_country_calling_codes
       "extension": "A String", # The phone number's extension. The extension is not standardized in ITU recommendations, except for being defined as a series of numbers with a maximum length of 40 digits. Other than digits, some other dialing characters such as ',' (indicating a wait) or '#' may be stored here. Note that no regions currently use extensions with short codes, so this field is normally only set in conjunction with an E.164 number. It is held separately from the E.164 number to allow for short code extensions in the future.
-      "shortCode": { # An object representing a short code, which is a phone number that is typically much shorter than regular phone numbers and can be used to address messages in MMS and SMS systems, as well as for abbreviated dialing (e.g. "Text 611 to see how many minutes you have remaining on your plan."). Short codes are restricted to a region and are not internationally dialable, which means the same short code can exist in different regions, with different usage and pricing, even if those regions share the same country calling code (e.g. US and CA). # A short code. Reference(s): - https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Short_code
-        "number": "A String", # Required. The short code digits, without a leading plus ('+') or country calling code, e.g. "611".
+      "shortCode": { # An object representing a short code, which is a phone number that is typically much shorter than regular phone numbers and can be used to address messages in MMS and SMS systems, as well as for abbreviated dialing (For example "Text 611 to see how many minutes you have remaining on your plan."). Short codes are restricted to a region and are not internationally dialable, which means the same short code can exist in different regions, with different usage and pricing, even if those regions share the same country calling code (For example: US and CA). # A short code. Reference(s): - https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Short_code
+        "number": "A String", # Required. The short code digits, without a leading plus ('+') or country calling code. For example "611".
         "regionCode": "A String", # Required. The BCP-47 region code of the location where calls to this short code can be made, such as "US" and "BB". Reference(s): - http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#unicode_region_subtag
       },
     },
@@ -136,10 +136,10 @@ 
Method Details

   "koreanBusinessRegistrationNumber": "A String", # Optional. The 10-digit [Korean business registration number](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/9037766) separated with dashes in the format: XXX-XX-XXXXX.
   "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the business info. Format: `accounts/{account}/businessInfo`
   "phone": { # An object representing a phone number, suitable as an API wire format. This representation: - should not be used for locale-specific formatting of a phone number, such as "+1 (650) 253-0000 ext. 123" - is not designed for efficient storage - may not be suitable for dialing - specialized libraries (see references) should be used to parse the number for that purpose To do something meaningful with this number, such as format it for various use-cases, convert it to an `i18n.phonenumbers.PhoneNumber` object first. For instance, in Java this would be: com.google.type.PhoneNumber wireProto = com.google.type.PhoneNumber.newBuilder().build(); com.google.i18n.phonenumbers.Phonenumber.PhoneNumber phoneNumber = PhoneNumberUtil.getInstance().parse(wireProto.getE164Number(), "ZZ"); if (!wireProto.getExtension().isEmpty()) { phoneNumber.setExtension(wireProto.getExtension()); } Reference(s): - https://github.com/google/libphonenumber # Output only. The phone number of the business.
-    "e164Number": "A String", # The phone number, represented as a leading plus sign ('+'), followed by a phone number that uses a relaxed ITU E.164 format consisting of the country calling code (1 to 3 digits) and the subscriber number, with no additional spaces or formatting, e.g.: - correct: "+15552220123" - incorrect: "+1 (555) 222-01234 x123". The ITU E.164 format limits the latter to 12 digits, but in practice not all countries respect that, so we relax that restriction here. National-only numbers are not allowed. References: - https://www.itu.int/rec/T-REC-E.164-201011-I - https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/E.164. - https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_country_calling_codes
+    "e164Number": "A String", # The phone number, represented as a leading plus sign ('+'), followed by a phone number that uses a relaxed ITU E.164 format consisting of the country calling code (1 to 3 digits) and the subscriber number, with no additional spaces or formatting. For example: - correct: "+15552220123" - incorrect: "+1 (555) 222-01234 x123". The ITU E.164 format limits the latter to 12 digits, but in practice not all countries respect that, so we relax that restriction here. National-only numbers are not allowed. References: - https://www.itu.int/rec/T-REC-E.164-201011-I - https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/E.164. - https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_country_calling_codes
     "extension": "A String", # The phone number's extension. The extension is not standardized in ITU recommendations, except for being defined as a series of numbers with a maximum length of 40 digits. Other than digits, some other dialing characters such as ',' (indicating a wait) or '#' may be stored here. Note that no regions currently use extensions with short codes, so this field is normally only set in conjunction with an E.164 number. It is held separately from the E.164 number to allow for short code extensions in the future.
-    "shortCode": { # An object representing a short code, which is a phone number that is typically much shorter than regular phone numbers and can be used to address messages in MMS and SMS systems, as well as for abbreviated dialing (e.g. "Text 611 to see how many minutes you have remaining on your plan."). Short codes are restricted to a region and are not internationally dialable, which means the same short code can exist in different regions, with different usage and pricing, even if those regions share the same country calling code (e.g. US and CA). # A short code. Reference(s): - https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Short_code
-      "number": "A String", # Required. The short code digits, without a leading plus ('+') or country calling code, e.g. "611".
+    "shortCode": { # An object representing a short code, which is a phone number that is typically much shorter than regular phone numbers and can be used to address messages in MMS and SMS systems, as well as for abbreviated dialing (For example "Text 611 to see how many minutes you have remaining on your plan."). Short codes are restricted to a region and are not internationally dialable, which means the same short code can exist in different regions, with different usage and pricing, even if those regions share the same country calling code (For example: US and CA). # A short code. Reference(s): - https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Short_code
+      "number": "A String", # Required. The short code digits, without a leading plus ('+') or country calling code. For example "611".
       "regionCode": "A String", # Required. The BCP-47 region code of the location where calls to this short code can be made, such as "US" and "BB". Reference(s): - http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#unicode_region_subtag
     },
   },
@@ -157,30 +157,30 @@ 
Method Details

     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # The `BusinessInfo` message contains essential information about a merchant's business. This message captures key business details such as physical address, customer service contacts, and region-specific identifiers.
-  "address": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Optional. The address of the business. Only `region_code`, `address_lines`, `postal_code`, `administrative_area` and `locality` fields are supported. All other fields are ignored.
-    "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+  "address": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Optional. The address of the business. Only `region_code`, `address_lines`, `postal_code`, `administrative_area` and `locality` fields are supported. All other fields are ignored.
+    "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
       "A String",
     ],
-    "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+    "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
     "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
     "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
     "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-    "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+    "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
     "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
       "A String",
     ],
     "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
     "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-    "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+    "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
     "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
   },
   "customerService": { # Customer service information. # Optional. The customer service of the business.
     "email": "A String", # Optional. The email address where customer service may be reached.
     "phone": { # An object representing a phone number, suitable as an API wire format. This representation: - should not be used for locale-specific formatting of a phone number, such as "+1 (650) 253-0000 ext. 123" - is not designed for efficient storage - may not be suitable for dialing - specialized libraries (see references) should be used to parse the number for that purpose To do something meaningful with this number, such as format it for various use-cases, convert it to an `i18n.phonenumbers.PhoneNumber` object first. For instance, in Java this would be: com.google.type.PhoneNumber wireProto = com.google.type.PhoneNumber.newBuilder().build(); com.google.i18n.phonenumbers.Phonenumber.PhoneNumber phoneNumber = PhoneNumberUtil.getInstance().parse(wireProto.getE164Number(), "ZZ"); if (!wireProto.getExtension().isEmpty()) { phoneNumber.setExtension(wireProto.getExtension()); } Reference(s): - https://github.com/google/libphonenumber # Optional. The phone number where customer service may be called.
-      "e164Number": "A String", # The phone number, represented as a leading plus sign ('+'), followed by a phone number that uses a relaxed ITU E.164 format consisting of the country calling code (1 to 3 digits) and the subscriber number, with no additional spaces or formatting, e.g.: - correct: "+15552220123" - incorrect: "+1 (555) 222-01234 x123". The ITU E.164 format limits the latter to 12 digits, but in practice not all countries respect that, so we relax that restriction here. National-only numbers are not allowed. References: - https://www.itu.int/rec/T-REC-E.164-201011-I - https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/E.164. - https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_country_calling_codes
+      "e164Number": "A String", # The phone number, represented as a leading plus sign ('+'), followed by a phone number that uses a relaxed ITU E.164 format consisting of the country calling code (1 to 3 digits) and the subscriber number, with no additional spaces or formatting. For example: - correct: "+15552220123" - incorrect: "+1 (555) 222-01234 x123". The ITU E.164 format limits the latter to 12 digits, but in practice not all countries respect that, so we relax that restriction here. National-only numbers are not allowed. References: - https://www.itu.int/rec/T-REC-E.164-201011-I - https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/E.164. - https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_country_calling_codes
       "extension": "A String", # The phone number's extension. The extension is not standardized in ITU recommendations, except for being defined as a series of numbers with a maximum length of 40 digits. Other than digits, some other dialing characters such as ',' (indicating a wait) or '#' may be stored here. Note that no regions currently use extensions with short codes, so this field is normally only set in conjunction with an E.164 number. It is held separately from the E.164 number to allow for short code extensions in the future.
-      "shortCode": { # An object representing a short code, which is a phone number that is typically much shorter than regular phone numbers and can be used to address messages in MMS and SMS systems, as well as for abbreviated dialing (e.g. "Text 611 to see how many minutes you have remaining on your plan."). Short codes are restricted to a region and are not internationally dialable, which means the same short code can exist in different regions, with different usage and pricing, even if those regions share the same country calling code (e.g. US and CA). # A short code. Reference(s): - https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Short_code
-        "number": "A String", # Required. The short code digits, without a leading plus ('+') or country calling code, e.g. "611".
+      "shortCode": { # An object representing a short code, which is a phone number that is typically much shorter than regular phone numbers and can be used to address messages in MMS and SMS systems, as well as for abbreviated dialing (For example "Text 611 to see how many minutes you have remaining on your plan."). Short codes are restricted to a region and are not internationally dialable, which means the same short code can exist in different regions, with different usage and pricing, even if those regions share the same country calling code (For example: US and CA). # A short code. Reference(s): - https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Short_code
+        "number": "A String", # Required. The short code digits, without a leading plus ('+') or country calling code. For example "611".
         "regionCode": "A String", # Required. The BCP-47 region code of the location where calls to this short code can be made, such as "US" and "BB". Reference(s): - http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#unicode_region_subtag
       },
     },
@@ -189,10 +189,10 @@ 
Method Details

   "koreanBusinessRegistrationNumber": "A String", # Optional. The 10-digit [Korean business registration number](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/9037766) separated with dashes in the format: XXX-XX-XXXXX.
   "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the business info. Format: `accounts/{account}/businessInfo`
   "phone": { # An object representing a phone number, suitable as an API wire format. This representation: - should not be used for locale-specific formatting of a phone number, such as "+1 (650) 253-0000 ext. 123" - is not designed for efficient storage - may not be suitable for dialing - specialized libraries (see references) should be used to parse the number for that purpose To do something meaningful with this number, such as format it for various use-cases, convert it to an `i18n.phonenumbers.PhoneNumber` object first. For instance, in Java this would be: com.google.type.PhoneNumber wireProto = com.google.type.PhoneNumber.newBuilder().build(); com.google.i18n.phonenumbers.Phonenumber.PhoneNumber phoneNumber = PhoneNumberUtil.getInstance().parse(wireProto.getE164Number(), "ZZ"); if (!wireProto.getExtension().isEmpty()) { phoneNumber.setExtension(wireProto.getExtension()); } Reference(s): - https://github.com/google/libphonenumber # Output only. The phone number of the business.
-    "e164Number": "A String", # The phone number, represented as a leading plus sign ('+'), followed by a phone number that uses a relaxed ITU E.164 format consisting of the country calling code (1 to 3 digits) and the subscriber number, with no additional spaces or formatting, e.g.: - correct: "+15552220123" - incorrect: "+1 (555) 222-01234 x123". The ITU E.164 format limits the latter to 12 digits, but in practice not all countries respect that, so we relax that restriction here. National-only numbers are not allowed. References: - https://www.itu.int/rec/T-REC-E.164-201011-I - https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/E.164. - https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_country_calling_codes
+    "e164Number": "A String", # The phone number, represented as a leading plus sign ('+'), followed by a phone number that uses a relaxed ITU E.164 format consisting of the country calling code (1 to 3 digits) and the subscriber number, with no additional spaces or formatting. For example: - correct: "+15552220123" - incorrect: "+1 (555) 222-01234 x123". The ITU E.164 format limits the latter to 12 digits, but in practice not all countries respect that, so we relax that restriction here. National-only numbers are not allowed. References: - https://www.itu.int/rec/T-REC-E.164-201011-I - https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/E.164. - https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_country_calling_codes
     "extension": "A String", # The phone number's extension. The extension is not standardized in ITU recommendations, except for being defined as a series of numbers with a maximum length of 40 digits. Other than digits, some other dialing characters such as ',' (indicating a wait) or '#' may be stored here. Note that no regions currently use extensions with short codes, so this field is normally only set in conjunction with an E.164 number. It is held separately from the E.164 number to allow for short code extensions in the future.
-    "shortCode": { # An object representing a short code, which is a phone number that is typically much shorter than regular phone numbers and can be used to address messages in MMS and SMS systems, as well as for abbreviated dialing (e.g. "Text 611 to see how many minutes you have remaining on your plan."). Short codes are restricted to a region and are not internationally dialable, which means the same short code can exist in different regions, with different usage and pricing, even if those regions share the same country calling code (e.g. US and CA). # A short code. Reference(s): - https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Short_code
-      "number": "A String", # Required. The short code digits, without a leading plus ('+') or country calling code, e.g. "611".
+    "shortCode": { # An object representing a short code, which is a phone number that is typically much shorter than regular phone numbers and can be used to address messages in MMS and SMS systems, as well as for abbreviated dialing (For example "Text 611 to see how many minutes you have remaining on your plan."). Short codes are restricted to a region and are not internationally dialable, which means the same short code can exist in different regions, with different usage and pricing, even if those regions share the same country calling code (For example: US and CA). # A short code. Reference(s): - https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Short_code
+      "number": "A String", # Required. The short code digits, without a leading plus ('+') or country calling code. For example "611".
       "regionCode": "A String", # Required. The BCP-47 region code of the location where calls to this short code can be made, such as "US" and "BB". Reference(s): - http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#unicode_region_subtag
     },
   },
@@ -209,30 +209,30 @@ 
Method Details

   An object of the form:
 
     { # The `BusinessInfo` message contains essential information about a merchant's business. This message captures key business details such as physical address, customer service contacts, and region-specific identifiers.
-  "address": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Optional. The address of the business. Only `region_code`, `address_lines`, `postal_code`, `administrative_area` and `locality` fields are supported. All other fields are ignored.
-    "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+  "address": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Optional. The address of the business. Only `region_code`, `address_lines`, `postal_code`, `administrative_area` and `locality` fields are supported. All other fields are ignored.
+    "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
       "A String",
     ],
-    "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+    "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
     "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
     "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
     "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-    "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+    "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
     "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
       "A String",
     ],
     "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
     "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-    "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+    "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
     "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
   },
   "customerService": { # Customer service information. # Optional. The customer service of the business.
     "email": "A String", # Optional. The email address where customer service may be reached.
     "phone": { # An object representing a phone number, suitable as an API wire format. This representation: - should not be used for locale-specific formatting of a phone number, such as "+1 (650) 253-0000 ext. 123" - is not designed for efficient storage - may not be suitable for dialing - specialized libraries (see references) should be used to parse the number for that purpose To do something meaningful with this number, such as format it for various use-cases, convert it to an `i18n.phonenumbers.PhoneNumber` object first. For instance, in Java this would be: com.google.type.PhoneNumber wireProto = com.google.type.PhoneNumber.newBuilder().build(); com.google.i18n.phonenumbers.Phonenumber.PhoneNumber phoneNumber = PhoneNumberUtil.getInstance().parse(wireProto.getE164Number(), "ZZ"); if (!wireProto.getExtension().isEmpty()) { phoneNumber.setExtension(wireProto.getExtension()); } Reference(s): - https://github.com/google/libphonenumber # Optional. The phone number where customer service may be called.
-      "e164Number": "A String", # The phone number, represented as a leading plus sign ('+'), followed by a phone number that uses a relaxed ITU E.164 format consisting of the country calling code (1 to 3 digits) and the subscriber number, with no additional spaces or formatting, e.g.: - correct: "+15552220123" - incorrect: "+1 (555) 222-01234 x123". The ITU E.164 format limits the latter to 12 digits, but in practice not all countries respect that, so we relax that restriction here. National-only numbers are not allowed. References: - https://www.itu.int/rec/T-REC-E.164-201011-I - https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/E.164. - https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_country_calling_codes
+      "e164Number": "A String", # The phone number, represented as a leading plus sign ('+'), followed by a phone number that uses a relaxed ITU E.164 format consisting of the country calling code (1 to 3 digits) and the subscriber number, with no additional spaces or formatting. For example: - correct: "+15552220123" - incorrect: "+1 (555) 222-01234 x123". The ITU E.164 format limits the latter to 12 digits, but in practice not all countries respect that, so we relax that restriction here. National-only numbers are not allowed. References: - https://www.itu.int/rec/T-REC-E.164-201011-I - https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/E.164. - https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_country_calling_codes
       "extension": "A String", # The phone number's extension. The extension is not standardized in ITU recommendations, except for being defined as a series of numbers with a maximum length of 40 digits. Other than digits, some other dialing characters such as ',' (indicating a wait) or '#' may be stored here. Note that no regions currently use extensions with short codes, so this field is normally only set in conjunction with an E.164 number. It is held separately from the E.164 number to allow for short code extensions in the future.
-      "shortCode": { # An object representing a short code, which is a phone number that is typically much shorter than regular phone numbers and can be used to address messages in MMS and SMS systems, as well as for abbreviated dialing (e.g. "Text 611 to see how many minutes you have remaining on your plan."). Short codes are restricted to a region and are not internationally dialable, which means the same short code can exist in different regions, with different usage and pricing, even if those regions share the same country calling code (e.g. US and CA). # A short code. Reference(s): - https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Short_code
-        "number": "A String", # Required. The short code digits, without a leading plus ('+') or country calling code, e.g. "611".
+      "shortCode": { # An object representing a short code, which is a phone number that is typically much shorter than regular phone numbers and can be used to address messages in MMS and SMS systems, as well as for abbreviated dialing (For example "Text 611 to see how many minutes you have remaining on your plan."). Short codes are restricted to a region and are not internationally dialable, which means the same short code can exist in different regions, with different usage and pricing, even if those regions share the same country calling code (For example: US and CA). # A short code. Reference(s): - https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Short_code
+        "number": "A String", # Required. The short code digits, without a leading plus ('+') or country calling code. For example "611".
         "regionCode": "A String", # Required. The BCP-47 region code of the location where calls to this short code can be made, such as "US" and "BB". Reference(s): - http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#unicode_region_subtag
       },
     },
@@ -241,10 +241,10 @@ 
Method Details

   "koreanBusinessRegistrationNumber": "A String", # Optional. The 10-digit [Korean business registration number](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/9037766) separated with dashes in the format: XXX-XX-XXXXX.
   "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the business info. Format: `accounts/{account}/businessInfo`
   "phone": { # An object representing a phone number, suitable as an API wire format. This representation: - should not be used for locale-specific formatting of a phone number, such as "+1 (650) 253-0000 ext. 123" - is not designed for efficient storage - may not be suitable for dialing - specialized libraries (see references) should be used to parse the number for that purpose To do something meaningful with this number, such as format it for various use-cases, convert it to an `i18n.phonenumbers.PhoneNumber` object first. For instance, in Java this would be: com.google.type.PhoneNumber wireProto = com.google.type.PhoneNumber.newBuilder().build(); com.google.i18n.phonenumbers.Phonenumber.PhoneNumber phoneNumber = PhoneNumberUtil.getInstance().parse(wireProto.getE164Number(), "ZZ"); if (!wireProto.getExtension().isEmpty()) { phoneNumber.setExtension(wireProto.getExtension()); } Reference(s): - https://github.com/google/libphonenumber # Output only. The phone number of the business.
-    "e164Number": "A String", # The phone number, represented as a leading plus sign ('+'), followed by a phone number that uses a relaxed ITU E.164 format consisting of the country calling code (1 to 3 digits) and the subscriber number, with no additional spaces or formatting, e.g.: - correct: "+15552220123" - incorrect: "+1 (555) 222-01234 x123". The ITU E.164 format limits the latter to 12 digits, but in practice not all countries respect that, so we relax that restriction here. National-only numbers are not allowed. References: - https://www.itu.int/rec/T-REC-E.164-201011-I - https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/E.164. - https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_country_calling_codes
+    "e164Number": "A String", # The phone number, represented as a leading plus sign ('+'), followed by a phone number that uses a relaxed ITU E.164 format consisting of the country calling code (1 to 3 digits) and the subscriber number, with no additional spaces or formatting. For example: - correct: "+15552220123" - incorrect: "+1 (555) 222-01234 x123". The ITU E.164 format limits the latter to 12 digits, but in practice not all countries respect that, so we relax that restriction here. National-only numbers are not allowed. References: - https://www.itu.int/rec/T-REC-E.164-201011-I - https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/E.164. - https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_country_calling_codes
     "extension": "A String", # The phone number's extension. The extension is not standardized in ITU recommendations, except for being defined as a series of numbers with a maximum length of 40 digits. Other than digits, some other dialing characters such as ',' (indicating a wait) or '#' may be stored here. Note that no regions currently use extensions with short codes, so this field is normally only set in conjunction with an E.164 number. It is held separately from the E.164 number to allow for short code extensions in the future.
-    "shortCode": { # An object representing a short code, which is a phone number that is typically much shorter than regular phone numbers and can be used to address messages in MMS and SMS systems, as well as for abbreviated dialing (e.g. "Text 611 to see how many minutes you have remaining on your plan."). Short codes are restricted to a region and are not internationally dialable, which means the same short code can exist in different regions, with different usage and pricing, even if those regions share the same country calling code (e.g. US and CA). # A short code. Reference(s): - https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Short_code
-      "number": "A String", # Required. The short code digits, without a leading plus ('+') or country calling code, e.g. "611".
+    "shortCode": { # An object representing a short code, which is a phone number that is typically much shorter than regular phone numbers and can be used to address messages in MMS and SMS systems, as well as for abbreviated dialing (For example "Text 611 to see how many minutes you have remaining on your plan."). Short codes are restricted to a region and are not internationally dialable, which means the same short code can exist in different regions, with different usage and pricing, even if those regions share the same country calling code (For example: US and CA). # A short code. Reference(s): - https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Short_code
+      "number": "A String", # Required. The short code digits, without a leading plus ('+') or country calling code. For example "611".
       "regionCode": "A String", # Required. The BCP-47 region code of the location where calls to this short code can be made, such as "US" and "BB". Reference(s): - http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#unicode_region_subtag
     },
   },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/merchantapi_accounts_v1beta.accounts.html b/docs/dyn/merchantapi_accounts_v1beta.accounts.html
index cd34537757..76f4f4c358 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/merchantapi_accounts_v1beta.accounts.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/merchantapi_accounts_v1beta.accounts.html
@@ -184,8 +184,8 @@ 
Method Details

     "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the account. Format: `accounts/{account}`
     "testAccount": True or False, # Output only. Whether this is a test account.
     "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Required. The time zone of the account. On writes, `time_zone` sets both the `reporting_time_zone` and the `display_time_zone`. For reads, `time_zone` always returns the `display_time_zone`. If `display_time_zone` doesn't exist for your account, `time_zone` is empty.
-      "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-      "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+      "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+      "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
     },
   },
   "service": [ # Required. An account service between the account to be created and the provider account is initialized as part of the creation. At least one such service needs to be provided. Currently exactly one of these needs to be `account_aggregation`, which means you can only create sub accounts, not standalone account through this method. Additional `account_management` or `product_management` services may be provided.
@@ -226,8 +226,8 @@ 
Method Details

   "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the account. Format: `accounts/{account}`
   "testAccount": True or False, # Output only. Whether this is a test account.
   "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Required. The time zone of the account. On writes, `time_zone` sets both the `reporting_time_zone` and the `display_time_zone`. For reads, `time_zone` always returns the `display_time_zone`. If `display_time_zone` doesn't exist for your account, `time_zone` is empty.
-    "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-    "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+    "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+    "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
   },
 }

 

@@ -273,8 +273,8 @@ 
Method Details

   "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the account. Format: `accounts/{account}`
   "testAccount": True or False, # Output only. Whether this is a test account.
   "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Required. The time zone of the account. On writes, `time_zone` sets both the `reporting_time_zone` and the `display_time_zone`. For reads, `time_zone` always returns the `display_time_zone`. If `display_time_zone` doesn't exist for your account, `time_zone` is empty.
-    "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-    "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+    "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+    "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
   },
 }

 

@@ -305,8 +305,8 @@ 
Method Details

       "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the account. Format: `accounts/{account}`
       "testAccount": True or False, # Output only. Whether this is a test account.
       "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Required. The time zone of the account. On writes, `time_zone` sets both the `reporting_time_zone` and the `display_time_zone`. For reads, `time_zone` always returns the `display_time_zone`. If `display_time_zone` doesn't exist for your account, `time_zone` is empty.
-        "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-        "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+        "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+        "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
       },
     },
   ],
@@ -340,8 +340,8 @@ 
Method Details

       "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the account. Format: `accounts/{account}`
       "testAccount": True or False, # Output only. Whether this is a test account.
       "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Required. The time zone of the account. On writes, `time_zone` sets both the `reporting_time_zone` and the `display_time_zone`. For reads, `time_zone` always returns the `display_time_zone`. If `display_time_zone` doesn't exist for your account, `time_zone` is empty.
-        "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-        "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+        "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+        "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
       },
     },
   ],
@@ -394,8 +394,8 @@ 
Method Details

   "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the account. Format: `accounts/{account}`
   "testAccount": True or False, # Output only. Whether this is a test account.
   "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Required. The time zone of the account. On writes, `time_zone` sets both the `reporting_time_zone` and the `display_time_zone`. For reads, `time_zone` always returns the `display_time_zone`. If `display_time_zone` doesn't exist for your account, `time_zone` is empty.
-    "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-    "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+    "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+    "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
   },
 }
 
@@ -416,8 +416,8 @@ 
Method Details

   "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the account. Format: `accounts/{account}`
   "testAccount": True or False, # Output only. Whether this is a test account.
   "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Required. The time zone of the account. On writes, `time_zone` sets both the `reporting_time_zone` and the `display_time_zone`. For reads, `time_zone` always returns the `display_time_zone`. If `display_time_zone` doesn't exist for your account, `time_zone` is empty.
-    "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-    "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+    "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+    "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
   },
 }

 

diff --git a/docs/dyn/merchantapi_accounts_v1beta.accounts.shippingSettings.html b/docs/dyn/merchantapi_accounts_v1beta.accounts.shippingSettings.html
index 2fe210d5da..7af2a7d3ed 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/merchantapi_accounts_v1beta.accounts.shippingSettings.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/merchantapi_accounts_v1beta.accounts.shippingSettings.html
@@ -192,7 +192,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "A String",
           ],
           "carrierRates": [ # Optional. A list of carrier rates that can be referred to by `main_table` or `single_value`.
-            { # A list of carrier rates that can be referred to by `main_table` or `single_value`. Supported carrier services are defined in https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/12577710?hl=en&ref_topic=12570808&sjid=10662598224319463032-NC#zippy=%2Cdelivery-cost-rate-type%2Ccarrier-rate-au-de-uk-and-us-only.
+            { # A list of carrier rates that can be referred to by `main_table` or `single_value`. Supported carrier services are defined in https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/12577710?ref_topic=12570808&sjid=10662598224319463032-NC#zippy=%2Cdelivery-cost-rate-type%2Ccarrier-rate-au-de-uk-and-us-only.
               "carrier": "A String", # Required. Carrier service, such as `"UPS"` or `"Fedex"`.
               "carrierService": "A String", # Required. Carrier service, such as `"ground"` or `"2 days"`.
               "flatAdjustment": { # The price represented as a number and currency. # Optional. Additive shipping rate modifier. Can be negative. For example `{ "amount_micros": 1, "currency_code" : "USD" }` adds $1 to the rate, `{ "amount_micros": -3, "currency_code" : "USD" }` removes $3 from the rate.
@@ -510,7 +510,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "A String",
           ],
           "carrierRates": [ # Optional. A list of carrier rates that can be referred to by `main_table` or `single_value`.
-            { # A list of carrier rates that can be referred to by `main_table` or `single_value`. Supported carrier services are defined in https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/12577710?hl=en&ref_topic=12570808&sjid=10662598224319463032-NC#zippy=%2Cdelivery-cost-rate-type%2Ccarrier-rate-au-de-uk-and-us-only.
+            { # A list of carrier rates that can be referred to by `main_table` or `single_value`. Supported carrier services are defined in https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/12577710?ref_topic=12570808&sjid=10662598224319463032-NC#zippy=%2Cdelivery-cost-rate-type%2Ccarrier-rate-au-de-uk-and-us-only.
               "carrier": "A String", # Required. Carrier service, such as `"UPS"` or `"Fedex"`.
               "carrierService": "A String", # Required. Carrier service, such as `"ground"` or `"2 days"`.
               "flatAdjustment": { # The price represented as a number and currency. # Optional. Additive shipping rate modifier. Can be negative. For example `{ "amount_micros": 1, "currency_code" : "USD" }` adds $1 to the rate, `{ "amount_micros": -3, "currency_code" : "USD" }` removes $3 from the rate.
@@ -826,7 +826,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "A String",
           ],
           "carrierRates": [ # Optional. A list of carrier rates that can be referred to by `main_table` or `single_value`.
-            { # A list of carrier rates that can be referred to by `main_table` or `single_value`. Supported carrier services are defined in https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/12577710?hl=en&ref_topic=12570808&sjid=10662598224319463032-NC#zippy=%2Cdelivery-cost-rate-type%2Ccarrier-rate-au-de-uk-and-us-only.
+            { # A list of carrier rates that can be referred to by `main_table` or `single_value`. Supported carrier services are defined in https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/12577710?ref_topic=12570808&sjid=10662598224319463032-NC#zippy=%2Cdelivery-cost-rate-type%2Ccarrier-rate-au-de-uk-and-us-only.
               "carrier": "A String", # Required. Carrier service, such as `"UPS"` or `"Fedex"`.
               "carrierService": "A String", # Required. Carrier service, such as `"ground"` or `"2 days"`.
               "flatAdjustment": { # The price represented as a number and currency. # Optional. Additive shipping rate modifier. Can be negative. For example `{ "amount_micros": 1, "currency_code" : "USD" }` adds $1 to the rate, `{ "amount_micros": -3, "currency_code" : "USD" }` removes $3 from the rate.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/merchantapi_products_v1beta.accounts.productInputs.html b/docs/dyn/merchantapi_products_v1beta.accounts.productInputs.html
index d72ce22fea..08dd363d4d 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/merchantapi_products_v1beta.accounts.productInputs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/merchantapi_products_v1beta.accounts.productInputs.html
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ 
Method Details

   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # This resource represents input data you submit for a product, not the processed product that you see in Merchant Center, in Shopping ads, or across Google surfaces. Product inputs, rules and supplemental data source data are combined to create the processed product. Required product input attributes to pass data validation checks are primarily defined in the [Products Data Specification](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/188494). The following attributes are required: feedLabel, contentLanguage and offerId. After inserting, updating, or deleting a product input, it may take several minutes before the processed product can be retrieved. All fields in the product input and its sub-messages match the English name of their corresponding attribute in the vertical spec with [some exceptions](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/7052112).
+{ # This resource represents input data you submit for a product, not the processed product that you see in Merchant Center, in Shopping ads, or across Google surfaces. Product inputs, rules and supplemental data source data are combined to create the processed Product. Required product input attributes to pass data validation checks are primarily defined in the [Products Data Specification](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/188494). The following attributes are required: feedLabel, contentLanguage and offerId. After inserting, updating, or deleting a product input, it may take several minutes before the processed product can be retrieved. All fields in the product input and its sub-messages match the English name of their corresponding attribute in the vertical spec with [some exceptions](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/7052112).
   "attributes": { # Attributes. # Optional. A list of product attributes.
     "additionalImageLinks": [ # Additional URLs of images of the item.
       "A String",
@@ -248,6 +248,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "currencyCode": "A String", # The currency of the price using three-letter acronyms according to [ISO 4217](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_4217).
         },
         "programLabel": "A String", # The label of the loyalty program. This is an internal label that uniquely identifies the relationship between a merchant entity and a loyalty program entity. The label must be provided so that the system can associate the assets below (for example, price and points) with a merchant. The corresponding program must be linked to the merchant account.
+        "shippingLabel": "A String", # The label of the shipping benefit. If the field has value, this offer has loyalty shipping benefit. If the field value isn't provided, the item is not eligible for loyalty shipping for the given loyalty tier.
         "tierLabel": "A String", # The label of the tier within the loyalty program. Must match one of the labels within the program.
       },
     ],
@@ -418,7 +419,7 @@ 
Method Details

 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # This resource represents input data you submit for a product, not the processed product that you see in Merchant Center, in Shopping ads, or across Google surfaces. Product inputs, rules and supplemental data source data are combined to create the processed product. Required product input attributes to pass data validation checks are primarily defined in the [Products Data Specification](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/188494). The following attributes are required: feedLabel, contentLanguage and offerId. After inserting, updating, or deleting a product input, it may take several minutes before the processed product can be retrieved. All fields in the product input and its sub-messages match the English name of their corresponding attribute in the vertical spec with [some exceptions](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/7052112).
+    { # This resource represents input data you submit for a product, not the processed product that you see in Merchant Center, in Shopping ads, or across Google surfaces. Product inputs, rules and supplemental data source data are combined to create the processed Product. Required product input attributes to pass data validation checks are primarily defined in the [Products Data Specification](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/188494). The following attributes are required: feedLabel, contentLanguage and offerId. After inserting, updating, or deleting a product input, it may take several minutes before the processed product can be retrieved. All fields in the product input and its sub-messages match the English name of their corresponding attribute in the vertical spec with [some exceptions](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/7052112).
   "attributes": { # Attributes. # Optional. A list of product attributes.
     "additionalImageLinks": [ # Additional URLs of images of the item.
       "A String",
@@ -549,6 +550,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "currencyCode": "A String", # The currency of the price using three-letter acronyms according to [ISO 4217](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_4217).
         },
         "programLabel": "A String", # The label of the loyalty program. This is an internal label that uniquely identifies the relationship between a merchant entity and a loyalty program entity. The label must be provided so that the system can associate the assets below (for example, price and points) with a merchant. The corresponding program must be linked to the merchant account.
+        "shippingLabel": "A String", # The label of the shipping benefit. If the field has value, this offer has loyalty shipping benefit. If the field value isn't provided, the item is not eligible for loyalty shipping for the given loyalty tier.
         "tierLabel": "A String", # The label of the tier within the loyalty program. Must match one of the labels within the program.
       },
     ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/merchantapi_products_v1beta.accounts.products.html b/docs/dyn/merchantapi_products_v1beta.accounts.products.html
index 27e3e505d5..b3a7759211 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/merchantapi_products_v1beta.accounts.products.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/merchantapi_products_v1beta.accounts.products.html
@@ -237,6 +237,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "currencyCode": "A String", # The currency of the price using three-letter acronyms according to [ISO 4217](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_4217).
         },
         "programLabel": "A String", # The label of the loyalty program. This is an internal label that uniquely identifies the relationship between a merchant entity and a loyalty program entity. The label must be provided so that the system can associate the assets below (for example, price and points) with a merchant. The corresponding program must be linked to the merchant account.
+        "shippingLabel": "A String", # The label of the shipping benefit. If the field has value, this offer has loyalty shipping benefit. If the field value isn't provided, the item is not eligible for loyalty shipping for the given loyalty tier.
         "tierLabel": "A String", # The label of the tier within the loyalty program. Must match one of the labels within the program.
       },
     ],
@@ -583,6 +584,7 @@ 
Method Details

               "currencyCode": "A String", # The currency of the price using three-letter acronyms according to [ISO 4217](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_4217).
             },
             "programLabel": "A String", # The label of the loyalty program. This is an internal label that uniquely identifies the relationship between a merchant entity and a loyalty program entity. The label must be provided so that the system can associate the assets below (for example, price and points) with a merchant. The corresponding program must be linked to the merchant account.
+            "shippingLabel": "A String", # The label of the shipping benefit. If the field has value, this offer has loyalty shipping benefit. If the field value isn't provided, the item is not eligible for loyalty shipping for the given loyalty tier.
             "tierLabel": "A String", # The label of the tier within the loyalty program. Must match one of the labels within the program.
           },
         ],
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.accounts_v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.accounts_v1beta.json
index acaa37817e..47c441986c 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.accounts_v1beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.accounts_v1beta.json
@@ -1417,7 +1417,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241115",
+"revision": "20241120",
 "rootUrl": "https://merchantapi.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "Accepted": {
@@ -1714,7 +1714,7 @@
 "type": "object"
 },
 "CarrierRate": {
-"description": "A list of carrier rates that can be referred to by `main_table` or `single_value`. Supported carrier services are defined in https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/12577710?hl=en&ref_topic=12570808&sjid=10662598224319463032-NC#zippy=%2Cdelivery-cost-rate-type%2Ccarrier-rate-au-de-uk-and-us-only.",
+"description": "A list of carrier rates that can be referred to by `main_table` or `single_value`. Supported carrier services are defined in https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/12577710?ref_topic=12570808&sjid=10662598224319463032-NC#zippy=%2Cdelivery-cost-rate-type%2Ccarrier-rate-au-de-uk-and-us-only.",
 "id": "CarrierRate",
 "properties": {
 "carrier": {
@@ -2502,7 +2502,7 @@ false
 "id": "PhoneNumber",
 "properties": {
 "e164Number": {
-"description": "The phone number, represented as a leading plus sign ('+'), followed by a phone number that uses a relaxed ITU E.164 format consisting of the country calling code (1 to 3 digits) and the subscriber number, with no additional spaces or formatting, e.g.: - correct: \"+15552220123\" - incorrect: \"+1 (555) 222-01234 x123\". The ITU E.164 format limits the latter to 12 digits, but in practice not all countries respect that, so we relax that restriction here. National-only numbers are not allowed. References: - https://www.itu.int/rec/T-REC-E.164-201011-I - https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/E.164. - https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_country_calling_codes",
+"description": "The phone number, represented as a leading plus sign ('+'), followed by a phone number that uses a relaxed ITU E.164 format consisting of the country calling code (1 to 3 digits) and the subscriber number, with no additional spaces or formatting. For example: - correct: \"+15552220123\" - incorrect: \"+1 (555) 222-01234 x123\". The ITU E.164 format limits the latter to 12 digits, but in practice not all countries respect that, so we relax that restriction here. National-only numbers are not allowed. References: - https://www.itu.int/rec/T-REC-E.164-201011-I - https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/E.164. - https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_country_calling_codes",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "extension": {
@@ -2545,18 +2545,18 @@ false
 "type": "object"
 },
 "PostalAddress": {
-"description": "Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478",
+"description": "Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478",
 "id": "PostalAddress",
 "properties": {
 "addressLines": {
-"description": "Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. \"Austin, TX\"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be \"envelope order\" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. \"ja\" for large-to-small ordering and \"ja-Latn\" or \"en\" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).",
+"description": "Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example \"Austin, TX\"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be \"envelope order\" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example \"ja\" for large-to-small ordering and \"ja-Latn\" or \"en\" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).",
 "items": {
 "type": "string"
 },
 "type": "array"
 },
 "administrativeArea": {
-"description": "Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. \"Barcelona\" and not \"Catalonia\"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.",
+"description": "Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example \"Barcelona\" and not \"Catalonia\"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "languageCode": {
@@ -2572,7 +2572,7 @@ false
 "type": "string"
 },
 "postalCode": {
-"description": "Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).",
+"description": "Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "recipients": {
@@ -2592,7 +2592,7 @@ false
 "type": "integer"
 },
 "sortingCode": {
-"description": "Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like \"CEDEX\", optionally followed by a number (e.g. \"CEDEX 7\"), or just a number alone, representing the \"sector code\" (Jamaica), \"delivery area indicator\" (Malawi) or \"post office indicator\" (e.g. C\u00f4te d'Ivoire).",
+"description": "Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like \"CEDEX\", optionally followed by a number (For example \"CEDEX 7\"), or just a number alone, representing the \"sector code\" (Jamaica), \"delivery area indicator\" (Malawi) or \"post office indicator\" (For example C\u00f4te d'Ivoire).",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "sublocality": {
@@ -2762,7 +2762,7 @@ false
 "type": "array"
 },
 "expirationTime": {
-"description": "The product expiration time.",
+"description": "The product expiration time. This field will not bet set if the notification is sent for a product deletion event.",
 "format": "google-datetime",
 "type": "string"
 },
@@ -3112,11 +3112,11 @@ false
 "type": "object"
 },
 "ShortCode": {
-"description": "An object representing a short code, which is a phone number that is typically much shorter than regular phone numbers and can be used to address messages in MMS and SMS systems, as well as for abbreviated dialing (e.g. \"Text 611 to see how many minutes you have remaining on your plan.\"). Short codes are restricted to a region and are not internationally dialable, which means the same short code can exist in different regions, with different usage and pricing, even if those regions share the same country calling code (e.g. US and CA).",
+"description": "An object representing a short code, which is a phone number that is typically much shorter than regular phone numbers and can be used to address messages in MMS and SMS systems, as well as for abbreviated dialing (For example \"Text 611 to see how many minutes you have remaining on your plan.\"). Short codes are restricted to a region and are not internationally dialable, which means the same short code can exist in different regions, with different usage and pricing, even if those regions share the same country calling code (For example: US and CA).",
 "id": "ShortCode",
 "properties": {
 "number": {
-"description": "Required. The short code digits, without a leading plus ('+') or country calling code, e.g. \"611\".",
+"description": "Required. The short code digits, without a leading plus ('+') or country calling code. For example \"611\".",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "regionCode": {
@@ -3281,11 +3281,11 @@ false
 "id": "TimeZone",
 "properties": {
 "id": {
-"description": "IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. \"America/New_York\".",
+"description": "IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example \"America/New_York\".",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "version": {
-"description": "Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. \"2019a\".",
+"description": "Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example \"2019a\".",
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.conversions_v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.conversions_v1beta.json
index 63d442943d..10d9b5c57f 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.conversions_v1beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.conversions_v1beta.json
@@ -295,7 +295,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241101",
+"revision": "20241119",
 "rootUrl": "https://merchantapi.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AttributionSettings": {
@@ -597,7 +597,7 @@ false
 "type": "array"
 },
 "expirationTime": {
-"description": "The product expiration time.",
+"description": "The product expiration time. This field will not bet set if the notification is sent for a product deletion event.",
 "format": "google-datetime",
 "type": "string"
 },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.datasources_v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.datasources_v1beta.json
index 936bb630c7..ef20782d29 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.datasources_v1beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.datasources_v1beta.json
@@ -321,7 +321,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241112",
+"revision": "20241119",
 "rootUrl": "https://merchantapi.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "DataSource": {
@@ -861,7 +861,7 @@ false
 "type": "array"
 },
 "expirationTime": {
-"description": "The product expiration time.",
+"description": "The product expiration time. This field will not bet set if the notification is sent for a product deletion event.",
 "format": "google-datetime",
 "type": "string"
 },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.inventories_v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.inventories_v1beta.json
index e6a3d83cac..c9d96637fe 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.inventories_v1beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.inventories_v1beta.json
@@ -300,7 +300,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241115",
+"revision": "20241119",
 "rootUrl": "https://merchantapi.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "CustomAttribute": {
@@ -573,7 +573,7 @@ false
 "type": "array"
 },
 "expirationTime": {
-"description": "The product expiration time.",
+"description": "The product expiration time. This field will not bet set if the notification is sent for a product deletion event.",
 "format": "google-datetime",
 "type": "string"
 },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.lfp_v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.lfp_v1beta.json
index 7b46f2931c..7a49a16e25 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.lfp_v1beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.lfp_v1beta.json
@@ -298,7 +298,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241101",
+"revision": "20241119",
 "rootUrl": "https://merchantapi.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "Empty": {
@@ -647,7 +647,7 @@ false
 "type": "array"
 },
 "expirationTime": {
-"description": "The product expiration time.",
+"description": "The product expiration time. This field will not bet set if the notification is sent for a product deletion event.",
 "format": "google-datetime",
 "type": "string"
 },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.notifications_v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.notifications_v1beta.json
index 40c78dc464..28a9455d64 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.notifications_v1beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.notifications_v1beta.json
@@ -262,7 +262,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241101",
+"revision": "20241119",
 "rootUrl": "https://merchantapi.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "Empty": {
@@ -436,7 +436,7 @@ false
 "type": "array"
 },
 "expirationTime": {
-"description": "The product expiration time.",
+"description": "The product expiration time. This field will not bet set if the notification is sent for a product deletion event.",
 "format": "google-datetime",
 "type": "string"
 },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.products_v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.products_v1beta.json
index ed1e8a39de..49bc761e1d 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.products_v1beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.products_v1beta.json
@@ -242,7 +242,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241101",
+"revision": "20241119",
 "rootUrl": "https://merchantapi.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "Attributes": {
@@ -1118,6 +1118,10 @@ false
 "description": "The label of the loyalty program. This is an internal label that uniquely identifies the relationship between a merchant entity and a loyalty program entity. The label must be provided so that the system can associate the assets below (for example, price and points) with a merchant. The corresponding program must be linked to the merchant account.",
 "type": "string"
 },
+"shippingLabel": {
+"description": "The label of the shipping benefit. If the field has value, this offer has loyalty shipping benefit. If the field value isn't provided, the item is not eligible for loyalty shipping for the given loyalty tier.",
+"type": "string"
+},
 "tierLabel": {
 "description": "The label of the tier within the loyalty program. Must match one of the labels within the program.",
 "type": "string"
@@ -1330,7 +1334,7 @@ false
 "type": "object"
 },
 "ProductInput": {
-"description": "This resource represents input data you submit for a product, not the processed product that you see in Merchant Center, in Shopping ads, or across Google surfaces. Product inputs, rules and supplemental data source data are combined to create the processed product. Required product input attributes to pass data validation checks are primarily defined in the [Products Data Specification](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/188494). The following attributes are required: feedLabel, contentLanguage and offerId. After inserting, updating, or deleting a product input, it may take several minutes before the processed product can be retrieved. All fields in the product input and its sub-messages match the English name of their corresponding attribute in the vertical spec with [some exceptions](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/7052112).",
+"description": "This resource represents input data you submit for a product, not the processed product that you see in Merchant Center, in Shopping ads, or across Google surfaces. Product inputs, rules and supplemental data source data are combined to create the processed Product. Required product input attributes to pass data validation checks are primarily defined in the [Products Data Specification](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/188494). The following attributes are required: feedLabel, contentLanguage and offerId. After inserting, updating, or deleting a product input, it may take several minutes before the processed product can be retrieved. All fields in the product input and its sub-messages match the English name of their corresponding attribute in the vertical spec with [some exceptions](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/7052112).",
 "id": "ProductInput",
 "properties": {
 "attributes": {
@@ -1451,7 +1455,7 @@ false
 "type": "array"
 },
 "expirationTime": {
-"description": "The product expiration time.",
+"description": "The product expiration time. This field will not bet set if the notification is sent for a product deletion event.",
 "format": "google-datetime",
 "type": "string"
 },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.promotions_v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.promotions_v1beta.json
index 01f61df441..12f74a199e 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.promotions_v1beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.promotions_v1beta.json
@@ -203,7 +203,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241101",
+"revision": "20241119",
 "rootUrl": "https://merchantapi.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "Attributes": {
@@ -881,7 +881,7 @@ false
 "type": "array"
 },
 "expirationTime": {
-"description": "The product expiration time.",
+"description": "The product expiration time. This field will not bet set if the notification is sent for a product deletion event.",
 "format": "google-datetime",
 "type": "string"
 },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.quota_v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.quota_v1beta.json
index ef598fcf4b..033574a8bf 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.quota_v1beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.quota_v1beta.json
@@ -150,7 +150,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241109",
+"revision": "20241119",
 "rootUrl": "https://merchantapi.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "ListQuotaGroupsResponse": {
@@ -309,7 +309,7 @@ false
 "type": "array"
 },
 "expirationTime": {
-"description": "The product expiration time.",
+"description": "The product expiration time. This field will not bet set if the notification is sent for a product deletion event.",
 "format": "google-datetime",
 "type": "string"
 },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.reports_v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.reports_v1beta.json
index 1d759f4812..33e024df3d 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.reports_v1beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.reports_v1beta.json
@@ -142,7 +142,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241101",
+"revision": "20241119",
 "rootUrl": "https://merchantapi.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "BestSellersBrandView": {
@@ -1244,7 +1244,7 @@ false
 "type": "array"
 },
 "expirationTime": {
-"description": "The product expiration time.",
+"description": "The product expiration time. This field will not bet set if the notification is sent for a product deletion event.",
 "format": "google-datetime",
 "type": "string"
 },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.reviews_v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.reviews_v1beta.json
index e8765c4015..937fd4216e 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.reviews_v1beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/merchantapi.reviews_v1beta.json
@@ -356,7 +356,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241101",
+"revision": "20241119",
 "rootUrl": "https://merchantapi.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "CustomAttribute": {
@@ -1308,7 +1308,7 @@ false
 "type": "array"
 },
 "expirationTime": {
-"description": "The product expiration time.",
+"description": "The product expiration time. This field will not bet set if the notification is sent for a product deletion event.",
 "format": "google-datetime",
 "type": "string"
 },

From d97ac2b3dc5684fe82fda2e0853b6af5b108c475 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Yoshi Automation 
Date: Tue, 26 Nov 2024 07:08:52 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 19/31] feat(migrationcenter): update the api

#### migrationcenter:v1

The following keys were added:
- schemas.Asset.properties.databaseDeploymentDetails (Total Keys: 2)
- schemas.Asset.properties.databaseDetails (Total Keys: 2)
- schemas.AssetFrame.properties.databaseDeploymentDetails.$ref (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.AssetFrame.properties.databaseDetails.$ref (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.DailyResourceUsageAggregationDisk.properties.readIops.$ref (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.DailyResourceUsageAggregationDisk.properties.writeIops.$ref (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.DatabaseDeploymentDetails (Total Keys: 17)
- schemas.DatabaseDeploymentTopology (Total Keys: 20)
- schemas.DatabaseDetails (Total Keys: 12)
- schemas.DatabaseInstance (Total Keys: 12)
- schemas.DatabaseObjects (Total Keys: 5)
- schemas.DatabaseSchema (Total Keys: 10)
- schemas.DiskUsageSample.properties.averageReadIops (Total Keys: 2)
- schemas.DiskUsageSample.properties.averageWriteIops (Total Keys: 2)
- schemas.ImportRowError.properties.archiveError.$ref (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.ImportRowErrorArchiveErrorDetails (Total Keys: 5)
- schemas.MySqlPlugin (Total Keys: 5)
- schemas.MySqlProperty (Total Keys: 6)
- schemas.MySqlSchemaDetails (Total Keys: 4)
- schemas.MySqlStorageEngineDetails (Total Keys: 7)
- schemas.MySqlVariable (Total Keys: 5)
- schemas.MysqlDatabaseDeployment (Total Keys: 10)
- schemas.PostgreSqlDatabaseDeployment (Total Keys: 6)
- schemas.PostgreSqlExtension (Total Keys: 4)
- schemas.PostgreSqlProperty (Total Keys: 6)
- schemas.PostgreSqlSchemaDetails (Total Keys: 6)
- schemas.PostgreSqlSetting (Total Keys: 11)
- schemas.SqlServerDatabaseDeployment (Total Keys: 8)
- schemas.SqlServerFeature (Total Keys: 4)
- schemas.SqlServerSchemaDetails (Total Keys: 4)
- schemas.SqlServerServerFlag (Total Keys: 5)
- schemas.SqlServerTraceFlag (Total Keys: 4)
---
 ...oncenter_v1.projects.locations.assets.html | 1086 ++++++++++++++++-
 ...nter_v1.projects.locations.importJobs.html |   56 +
 ...rojects.locations.sources.errorFrames.html |  288 ++++-
 .../documents/migrationcenter.v1.json         |  727 ++++++++++-
 4 files changed, 2135 insertions(+), 22 deletions(-)

diff --git a/docs/dyn/migrationcenter_v1.projects.locations.assets.html b/docs/dyn/migrationcenter_v1.projects.locations.assets.html
index 4ab46aa3b0..c5e700301e 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/migrationcenter_v1.projects.locations.assets.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/migrationcenter_v1.projects.locations.assets.html
@@ -219,10 +219,150 @@ 
Method Details

           "a_key": "A String",
         },
         "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the asset was created.
+        "databaseDeploymentDetails": { # The details of a database deployment asset. # Output only. Asset information specific for database deployments.
+          "aggregatedStats": { # Aggregated stats for the database deployment. # Output only. Aggregated stats for the database deployment.
+            "databaseCount": 42, # Output only. The number of databases in the deployment.
+          },
+          "edition": "A String", # Optional. The database deployment edition.
+          "generatedId": "A String", # Optional. The database deployment generated ID.
+          "manualUniqueId": "A String", # Optional. A manual unique ID set by the user.
+          "mysql": { # Specific details for a Mysql database deployment. # Optional. Details of a MYSQL database deployment.
+            "plugins": [ # Optional. List of MySql plugins.
+              { # MySql plugin.
+                "enabled": True or False, # Required. The plugin is active.
+                "plugin": "A String", # Required. The plugin name.
+                "version": "A String", # Required. The plugin version.
+              },
+            ],
+            "properties": [ # Optional. List of MySql properties.
+              { # MySql property.
+                "enabled": True or False, # Required. The property is enabled.
+                "numericValue": "A String", # Required. The property numeric value.
+                "property": "A String", # Required. The property name.
+              },
+            ],
+            "resourceGroupsCount": 42, # Optional. Number of resource groups.
+            "variables": [ # Optional. List of MySql variables.
+              { # MySql variable.
+                "category": "A String", # Required. The variable category.
+                "value": "A String", # Required. The variable value.
+                "variable": "A String", # Required. The variable name.
+              },
+            ],
+          },
+          "postgresql": { # Specific details for a PostgreSQL database deployment. # Optional. Details of a PostgreSQL database deployment.
+            "properties": [ # Optional. List of PostgreSql properties.
+              { # PostgreSql property.
+                "enabled": True or False, # Required. The property is enabled.
+                "numericValue": "A String", # Required. The property numeric value.
+                "property": "A String", # Required. The property name.
+              },
+            ],
+            "settings": [ # Optional. List of PostgreSql settings.
+              { # PostgreSql setting.
+                "boolValue": True or False, # Required. The setting boolean value.
+                "intValue": "A String", # Required. The setting int value.
+                "realValue": 3.14, # Required. The setting real value.
+                "setting": "A String", # Required. The setting name.
+                "source": "A String", # Required. The setting source.
+                "stringValue": "A String", # Required. The setting string value. Notice that enum values are stored as strings.
+                "unit": "A String", # Optional. The setting unit.
+              },
+            ],
+          },
+          "sqlServer": { # Specific details for a Microsoft SQL Server database deployment. # Optional. Details of a Microsoft SQL Server database deployment.
+            "features": [ # Optional. List of SQL Server features.
+              { # SQL Server feature details.
+                "enabled": True or False, # Required. Field enabled is set when a feature is used on the source deployment.
+                "featureName": "A String", # Required. The feature name.
+              },
+            ],
+            "serverFlags": [ # Optional. List of SQL Server server flags.
+              { # SQL Server server flag details.
+                "serverFlagName": "A String", # Required. The server flag name.
+                "value": "A String", # Required. The server flag value set by the user.
+                "valueInUse": "A String", # Required. The server flag actual value. If `value_in_use` is different from `value` it means that either the configuration change was not applied or it is an expected behavior. See SQL Server documentation for more details.
+              },
+            ],
+            "traceFlags": [ # Optional. List of SQL Server trace flags.
+              { # SQL Server trace flag details.
+                "scope": "A String", # Required. The trace flag scope.
+                "traceFlagName": "A String", # Required. The trace flag name.
+              },
+            ],
+          },
+          "topology": { # Details of database deployment's topology. # Optional. Details of the database deployment topology.
+            "coreCount": 42, # Optional. Number of total logical cores.
+            "coreLimit": 42, # Optional. Number of total logical cores limited by db deployment.
+            "diskAllocatedBytes": "A String", # Optional. Disk allocated in bytes.
+            "diskUsedBytes": "A String", # Optional. Disk used in bytes.
+            "instances": [ # Optional. List of database instances.
+              { # Details of a database instance.
+                "instanceName": "A String", # Optional. The instance's name.
+                "network": { # Network details of a database instance. # Optional. Networking details.
+                  "hostNames": [ # Optional. The instance's host names.
+                    "A String",
+                  ],
+                  "ipAddresses": [ # Optional. The instance's IP addresses.
+                    "A String",
+                  ],
+                  "primaryMacAddress": "A String", # Optional. The instance's primary MAC address.
+                },
+                "role": "A String", # Optional. The instance role in the database engine.
+              },
+            ],
+            "memoryBytes": "A String", # Optional. Total memory in bytes.
+            "memoryLimitBytes": "A String", # Optional. Total memory in bytes limited by db deployment.
+            "physicalCoreCount": 42, # Optional. Number of total physical cores.
+            "physicalCoreLimit": 42, # Optional. Number of total physical cores limited by db deployment.
+          },
+          "version": "A String", # Optional. The database deployment version.
+        },
+        "databaseDetails": { # Details of a logical database. # Output only. Asset information specific for logical databases.
+          "allocatedStorageBytes": "A String", # Optional. The allocated storage for the database in bytes.
+          "databaseName": "A String", # Required. The name of the database.
+          "parentDatabaseDeployment": { # The identifiers of the parent database deployment. # Required. The parent database deployment that contains the logical database.
+            "generatedId": "A String", # Optional. The parent database deployment generated ID.
+            "manualUniqueId": "A String", # Optional. The parent database deployment optional manual unique ID set by the user.
+          },
+          "schemas": [ # Optional. The database schemas.
+            { # Details of a database schema.
+              "mysql": { # Specific details for a Mysql database. # Optional. Details of a Mysql schema.
+                "storageEngines": [ # Optional. Mysql storage engine tables.
+                  { # Mysql storage engine tables.
+                    "encryptedTableCount": 42, # Optional. The number of encrypted tables.
+                    "engine": "A String", # Required. The storage engine.
+                    "tableCount": 42, # Optional. The number of tables.
+                  },
+                ],
+              },
+              "objects": [ # Optional. List of details of objects by category.
+                { # Details of a group of database objects.
+                  "category": "A String", # Optional. The category of the objects.
+                  "count": "A String", # Optional. The number of objects.
+                },
+              ],
+              "postgresql": { # Specific details for a PostgreSql schema. # Optional. Details of a PostgreSql schema.
+                "foreignTablesCount": 42, # Optional. PostgreSql foreign tables.
+                "postgresqlExtensions": [ # Optional. PostgreSql extensions.
+                  { # PostgreSql extension.
+                    "extension": "A String", # Required. The extension name.
+                    "version": "A String", # Required. The extension version.
+                  },
+                ],
+              },
+              "schemaName": "A String", # Required. The name of the schema.
+              "sqlServer": { # Specific details for a SqlServer database. # Optional. Details of a SqlServer schema.
+                "clrObjectCount": 42, # Optional. SqlServer number of CLR objects.
+              },
+              "tablesSizeBytes": "A String", # Optional. The total size of tables in bytes.
+            },
+          ],
+        },
         "insightList": { # Message containing insights list. # Output only. The list of insights associated with the asset.
           "insights": [ # Output only. Insights of the list.
             { # An insight about an asset.
-              "genericInsight": { # A generic insight about an asset. # Output only. A generic insight about an asset
+              "genericInsight": { # A generic insight about an asset. # Output only. A generic insight about an asset.
                 "additionalInformation": [ # Output only. Additional information about the insight, each entry can be a logical entry and must make sense if it is displayed with line breaks between each entry. Text can contain md style links.
                   "A String",
                 ],
@@ -504,7 +644,19 @@ 
Method Details

                 "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
               },
               "disk": { # Statistical aggregation of disk usage. # Disk usage.
-                "iops": { # Statistical aggregation of samples for a single resource usage. # Disk I/O operations per second.
+                "iops": { # Statistical aggregation of samples for a single resource usage. # Optional. Disk I/O operations per second.
+                  "average": 3.14, # Average usage value.
+                  "median": 3.14, # Median usage value.
+                  "ninteyFifthPercentile": 3.14, # 95th percentile usage value.
+                  "peak": 3.14, # Peak usage value.
+                },
+                "readIops": { # Statistical aggregation of samples for a single resource usage. # Optional. Disk read I/O operations per second.
+                  "average": 3.14, # Average usage value.
+                  "median": 3.14, # Median usage value.
+                  "ninteyFifthPercentile": 3.14, # 95th percentile usage value.
+                  "peak": 3.14, # Peak usage value.
+                },
+                "writeIops": { # Statistical aggregation of samples for a single resource usage. # Optional. Disk write I/O operations per second.
                   "average": 3.14, # Average usage value.
                   "median": 3.14, # Median usage value.
                   "ninteyFifthPercentile": 3.14, # 95th percentile usage value.
@@ -539,6 +691,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "sources": [ # Output only. The list of sources contributing to the asset.
           "A String",
         ],
+        "title": "A String", # Output only. Server generated human readable name of the asset.
         "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the asset was last updated.
       },
       "requestId": "A String", # Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
@@ -565,10 +718,150 @@ 
Method Details

         "a_key": "A String",
       },
       "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the asset was created.
+      "databaseDeploymentDetails": { # The details of a database deployment asset. # Output only. Asset information specific for database deployments.
+        "aggregatedStats": { # Aggregated stats for the database deployment. # Output only. Aggregated stats for the database deployment.
+          "databaseCount": 42, # Output only. The number of databases in the deployment.
+        },
+        "edition": "A String", # Optional. The database deployment edition.
+        "generatedId": "A String", # Optional. The database deployment generated ID.
+        "manualUniqueId": "A String", # Optional. A manual unique ID set by the user.
+        "mysql": { # Specific details for a Mysql database deployment. # Optional. Details of a MYSQL database deployment.
+          "plugins": [ # Optional. List of MySql plugins.
+            { # MySql plugin.
+              "enabled": True or False, # Required. The plugin is active.
+              "plugin": "A String", # Required. The plugin name.
+              "version": "A String", # Required. The plugin version.
+            },
+          ],
+          "properties": [ # Optional. List of MySql properties.
+            { # MySql property.
+              "enabled": True or False, # Required. The property is enabled.
+              "numericValue": "A String", # Required. The property numeric value.
+              "property": "A String", # Required. The property name.
+            },
+          ],
+          "resourceGroupsCount": 42, # Optional. Number of resource groups.
+          "variables": [ # Optional. List of MySql variables.
+            { # MySql variable.
+              "category": "A String", # Required. The variable category.
+              "value": "A String", # Required. The variable value.
+              "variable": "A String", # Required. The variable name.
+            },
+          ],
+        },
+        "postgresql": { # Specific details for a PostgreSQL database deployment. # Optional. Details of a PostgreSQL database deployment.
+          "properties": [ # Optional. List of PostgreSql properties.
+            { # PostgreSql property.
+              "enabled": True or False, # Required. The property is enabled.
+              "numericValue": "A String", # Required. The property numeric value.
+              "property": "A String", # Required. The property name.
+            },
+          ],
+          "settings": [ # Optional. List of PostgreSql settings.
+            { # PostgreSql setting.
+              "boolValue": True or False, # Required. The setting boolean value.
+              "intValue": "A String", # Required. The setting int value.
+              "realValue": 3.14, # Required. The setting real value.
+              "setting": "A String", # Required. The setting name.
+              "source": "A String", # Required. The setting source.
+              "stringValue": "A String", # Required. The setting string value. Notice that enum values are stored as strings.
+              "unit": "A String", # Optional. The setting unit.
+            },
+          ],
+        },
+        "sqlServer": { # Specific details for a Microsoft SQL Server database deployment. # Optional. Details of a Microsoft SQL Server database deployment.
+          "features": [ # Optional. List of SQL Server features.
+            { # SQL Server feature details.
+              "enabled": True or False, # Required. Field enabled is set when a feature is used on the source deployment.
+              "featureName": "A String", # Required. The feature name.
+            },
+          ],
+          "serverFlags": [ # Optional. List of SQL Server server flags.
+            { # SQL Server server flag details.
+              "serverFlagName": "A String", # Required. The server flag name.
+              "value": "A String", # Required. The server flag value set by the user.
+              "valueInUse": "A String", # Required. The server flag actual value. If `value_in_use` is different from `value` it means that either the configuration change was not applied or it is an expected behavior. See SQL Server documentation for more details.
+            },
+          ],
+          "traceFlags": [ # Optional. List of SQL Server trace flags.
+            { # SQL Server trace flag details.
+              "scope": "A String", # Required. The trace flag scope.
+              "traceFlagName": "A String", # Required. The trace flag name.
+            },
+          ],
+        },
+        "topology": { # Details of database deployment's topology. # Optional. Details of the database deployment topology.
+          "coreCount": 42, # Optional. Number of total logical cores.
+          "coreLimit": 42, # Optional. Number of total logical cores limited by db deployment.
+          "diskAllocatedBytes": "A String", # Optional. Disk allocated in bytes.
+          "diskUsedBytes": "A String", # Optional. Disk used in bytes.
+          "instances": [ # Optional. List of database instances.
+            { # Details of a database instance.
+              "instanceName": "A String", # Optional. The instance's name.
+              "network": { # Network details of a database instance. # Optional. Networking details.
+                "hostNames": [ # Optional. The instance's host names.
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+                "ipAddresses": [ # Optional. The instance's IP addresses.
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+                "primaryMacAddress": "A String", # Optional. The instance's primary MAC address.
+              },
+              "role": "A String", # Optional. The instance role in the database engine.
+            },
+          ],
+          "memoryBytes": "A String", # Optional. Total memory in bytes.
+          "memoryLimitBytes": "A String", # Optional. Total memory in bytes limited by db deployment.
+          "physicalCoreCount": 42, # Optional. Number of total physical cores.
+          "physicalCoreLimit": 42, # Optional. Number of total physical cores limited by db deployment.
+        },
+        "version": "A String", # Optional. The database deployment version.
+      },
+      "databaseDetails": { # Details of a logical database. # Output only. Asset information specific for logical databases.
+        "allocatedStorageBytes": "A String", # Optional. The allocated storage for the database in bytes.
+        "databaseName": "A String", # Required. The name of the database.
+        "parentDatabaseDeployment": { # The identifiers of the parent database deployment. # Required. The parent database deployment that contains the logical database.
+          "generatedId": "A String", # Optional. The parent database deployment generated ID.
+          "manualUniqueId": "A String", # Optional. The parent database deployment optional manual unique ID set by the user.
+        },
+        "schemas": [ # Optional. The database schemas.
+          { # Details of a database schema.
+            "mysql": { # Specific details for a Mysql database. # Optional. Details of a Mysql schema.
+              "storageEngines": [ # Optional. Mysql storage engine tables.
+                { # Mysql storage engine tables.
+                  "encryptedTableCount": 42, # Optional. The number of encrypted tables.
+                  "engine": "A String", # Required. The storage engine.
+                  "tableCount": 42, # Optional. The number of tables.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "objects": [ # Optional. List of details of objects by category.
+              { # Details of a group of database objects.
+                "category": "A String", # Optional. The category of the objects.
+                "count": "A String", # Optional. The number of objects.
+              },
+            ],
+            "postgresql": { # Specific details for a PostgreSql schema. # Optional. Details of a PostgreSql schema.
+              "foreignTablesCount": 42, # Optional. PostgreSql foreign tables.
+              "postgresqlExtensions": [ # Optional. PostgreSql extensions.
+                { # PostgreSql extension.
+                  "extension": "A String", # Required. The extension name.
+                  "version": "A String", # Required. The extension version.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "schemaName": "A String", # Required. The name of the schema.
+            "sqlServer": { # Specific details for a SqlServer database. # Optional. Details of a SqlServer schema.
+              "clrObjectCount": 42, # Optional. SqlServer number of CLR objects.
+            },
+            "tablesSizeBytes": "A String", # Optional. The total size of tables in bytes.
+          },
+        ],
+      },
       "insightList": { # Message containing insights list. # Output only. The list of insights associated with the asset.
         "insights": [ # Output only. Insights of the list.
           { # An insight about an asset.
-            "genericInsight": { # A generic insight about an asset. # Output only. A generic insight about an asset
+            "genericInsight": { # A generic insight about an asset. # Output only. A generic insight about an asset.
               "additionalInformation": [ # Output only. Additional information about the insight, each entry can be a logical entry and must make sense if it is displayed with line breaks between each entry. Text can contain md style links.
                 "A String",
               ],
@@ -850,7 +1143,19 @@ 
Method Details

               "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
             },
             "disk": { # Statistical aggregation of disk usage. # Disk usage.
-              "iops": { # Statistical aggregation of samples for a single resource usage. # Disk I/O operations per second.
+              "iops": { # Statistical aggregation of samples for a single resource usage. # Optional. Disk I/O operations per second.
+                "average": 3.14, # Average usage value.
+                "median": 3.14, # Median usage value.
+                "ninteyFifthPercentile": 3.14, # 95th percentile usage value.
+                "peak": 3.14, # Peak usage value.
+              },
+              "readIops": { # Statistical aggregation of samples for a single resource usage. # Optional. Disk read I/O operations per second.
+                "average": 3.14, # Average usage value.
+                "median": 3.14, # Median usage value.
+                "ninteyFifthPercentile": 3.14, # 95th percentile usage value.
+                "peak": 3.14, # Peak usage value.
+              },
+              "writeIops": { # Statistical aggregation of samples for a single resource usage. # Optional. Disk write I/O operations per second.
                 "average": 3.14, # Average usage value.
                 "median": 3.14, # Median usage value.
                 "ninteyFifthPercentile": 3.14, # 95th percentile usage value.
@@ -885,6 +1190,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "sources": [ # Output only. The list of sources contributing to the asset.
         "A String",
       ],
+      "title": "A String", # Output only. Server generated human readable name of the asset.
       "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the asset was last updated.
     },
   ],
@@ -942,10 +1248,150 @@ 
Method Details

     "a_key": "A String",
   },
   "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the asset was created.
+  "databaseDeploymentDetails": { # The details of a database deployment asset. # Output only. Asset information specific for database deployments.
+    "aggregatedStats": { # Aggregated stats for the database deployment. # Output only. Aggregated stats for the database deployment.
+      "databaseCount": 42, # Output only. The number of databases in the deployment.
+    },
+    "edition": "A String", # Optional. The database deployment edition.
+    "generatedId": "A String", # Optional. The database deployment generated ID.
+    "manualUniqueId": "A String", # Optional. A manual unique ID set by the user.
+    "mysql": { # Specific details for a Mysql database deployment. # Optional. Details of a MYSQL database deployment.
+      "plugins": [ # Optional. List of MySql plugins.
+        { # MySql plugin.
+          "enabled": True or False, # Required. The plugin is active.
+          "plugin": "A String", # Required. The plugin name.
+          "version": "A String", # Required. The plugin version.
+        },
+      ],
+      "properties": [ # Optional. List of MySql properties.
+        { # MySql property.
+          "enabled": True or False, # Required. The property is enabled.
+          "numericValue": "A String", # Required. The property numeric value.
+          "property": "A String", # Required. The property name.
+        },
+      ],
+      "resourceGroupsCount": 42, # Optional. Number of resource groups.
+      "variables": [ # Optional. List of MySql variables.
+        { # MySql variable.
+          "category": "A String", # Required. The variable category.
+          "value": "A String", # Required. The variable value.
+          "variable": "A String", # Required. The variable name.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "postgresql": { # Specific details for a PostgreSQL database deployment. # Optional. Details of a PostgreSQL database deployment.
+      "properties": [ # Optional. List of PostgreSql properties.
+        { # PostgreSql property.
+          "enabled": True or False, # Required. The property is enabled.
+          "numericValue": "A String", # Required. The property numeric value.
+          "property": "A String", # Required. The property name.
+        },
+      ],
+      "settings": [ # Optional. List of PostgreSql settings.
+        { # PostgreSql setting.
+          "boolValue": True or False, # Required. The setting boolean value.
+          "intValue": "A String", # Required. The setting int value.
+          "realValue": 3.14, # Required. The setting real value.
+          "setting": "A String", # Required. The setting name.
+          "source": "A String", # Required. The setting source.
+          "stringValue": "A String", # Required. The setting string value. Notice that enum values are stored as strings.
+          "unit": "A String", # Optional. The setting unit.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "sqlServer": { # Specific details for a Microsoft SQL Server database deployment. # Optional. Details of a Microsoft SQL Server database deployment.
+      "features": [ # Optional. List of SQL Server features.
+        { # SQL Server feature details.
+          "enabled": True or False, # Required. Field enabled is set when a feature is used on the source deployment.
+          "featureName": "A String", # Required. The feature name.
+        },
+      ],
+      "serverFlags": [ # Optional. List of SQL Server server flags.
+        { # SQL Server server flag details.
+          "serverFlagName": "A String", # Required. The server flag name.
+          "value": "A String", # Required. The server flag value set by the user.
+          "valueInUse": "A String", # Required. The server flag actual value. If `value_in_use` is different from `value` it means that either the configuration change was not applied or it is an expected behavior. See SQL Server documentation for more details.
+        },
+      ],
+      "traceFlags": [ # Optional. List of SQL Server trace flags.
+        { # SQL Server trace flag details.
+          "scope": "A String", # Required. The trace flag scope.
+          "traceFlagName": "A String", # Required. The trace flag name.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "topology": { # Details of database deployment's topology. # Optional. Details of the database deployment topology.
+      "coreCount": 42, # Optional. Number of total logical cores.
+      "coreLimit": 42, # Optional. Number of total logical cores limited by db deployment.
+      "diskAllocatedBytes": "A String", # Optional. Disk allocated in bytes.
+      "diskUsedBytes": "A String", # Optional. Disk used in bytes.
+      "instances": [ # Optional. List of database instances.
+        { # Details of a database instance.
+          "instanceName": "A String", # Optional. The instance's name.
+          "network": { # Network details of a database instance. # Optional. Networking details.
+            "hostNames": [ # Optional. The instance's host names.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "ipAddresses": [ # Optional. The instance's IP addresses.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "primaryMacAddress": "A String", # Optional. The instance's primary MAC address.
+          },
+          "role": "A String", # Optional. The instance role in the database engine.
+        },
+      ],
+      "memoryBytes": "A String", # Optional. Total memory in bytes.
+      "memoryLimitBytes": "A String", # Optional. Total memory in bytes limited by db deployment.
+      "physicalCoreCount": 42, # Optional. Number of total physical cores.
+      "physicalCoreLimit": 42, # Optional. Number of total physical cores limited by db deployment.
+    },
+    "version": "A String", # Optional. The database deployment version.
+  },
+  "databaseDetails": { # Details of a logical database. # Output only. Asset information specific for logical databases.
+    "allocatedStorageBytes": "A String", # Optional. The allocated storage for the database in bytes.
+    "databaseName": "A String", # Required. The name of the database.
+    "parentDatabaseDeployment": { # The identifiers of the parent database deployment. # Required. The parent database deployment that contains the logical database.
+      "generatedId": "A String", # Optional. The parent database deployment generated ID.
+      "manualUniqueId": "A String", # Optional. The parent database deployment optional manual unique ID set by the user.
+    },
+    "schemas": [ # Optional. The database schemas.
+      { # Details of a database schema.
+        "mysql": { # Specific details for a Mysql database. # Optional. Details of a Mysql schema.
+          "storageEngines": [ # Optional. Mysql storage engine tables.
+            { # Mysql storage engine tables.
+              "encryptedTableCount": 42, # Optional. The number of encrypted tables.
+              "engine": "A String", # Required. The storage engine.
+              "tableCount": 42, # Optional. The number of tables.
+            },
+          ],
+        },
+        "objects": [ # Optional. List of details of objects by category.
+          { # Details of a group of database objects.
+            "category": "A String", # Optional. The category of the objects.
+            "count": "A String", # Optional. The number of objects.
+          },
+        ],
+        "postgresql": { # Specific details for a PostgreSql schema. # Optional. Details of a PostgreSql schema.
+          "foreignTablesCount": 42, # Optional. PostgreSql foreign tables.
+          "postgresqlExtensions": [ # Optional. PostgreSql extensions.
+            { # PostgreSql extension.
+              "extension": "A String", # Required. The extension name.
+              "version": "A String", # Required. The extension version.
+            },
+          ],
+        },
+        "schemaName": "A String", # Required. The name of the schema.
+        "sqlServer": { # Specific details for a SqlServer database. # Optional. Details of a SqlServer schema.
+          "clrObjectCount": 42, # Optional. SqlServer number of CLR objects.
+        },
+        "tablesSizeBytes": "A String", # Optional. The total size of tables in bytes.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
   "insightList": { # Message containing insights list. # Output only. The list of insights associated with the asset.
     "insights": [ # Output only. Insights of the list.
       { # An insight about an asset.
-        "genericInsight": { # A generic insight about an asset. # Output only. A generic insight about an asset
+        "genericInsight": { # A generic insight about an asset. # Output only. A generic insight about an asset.
           "additionalInformation": [ # Output only. Additional information about the insight, each entry can be a logical entry and must make sense if it is displayed with line breaks between each entry. Text can contain md style links.
             "A String",
           ],
@@ -1227,7 +1673,19 @@ 
Method Details

           "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
         },
         "disk": { # Statistical aggregation of disk usage. # Disk usage.
-          "iops": { # Statistical aggregation of samples for a single resource usage. # Disk I/O operations per second.
+          "iops": { # Statistical aggregation of samples for a single resource usage. # Optional. Disk I/O operations per second.
+            "average": 3.14, # Average usage value.
+            "median": 3.14, # Median usage value.
+            "ninteyFifthPercentile": 3.14, # 95th percentile usage value.
+            "peak": 3.14, # Peak usage value.
+          },
+          "readIops": { # Statistical aggregation of samples for a single resource usage. # Optional. Disk read I/O operations per second.
+            "average": 3.14, # Average usage value.
+            "median": 3.14, # Median usage value.
+            "ninteyFifthPercentile": 3.14, # 95th percentile usage value.
+            "peak": 3.14, # Peak usage value.
+          },
+          "writeIops": { # Statistical aggregation of samples for a single resource usage. # Optional. Disk write I/O operations per second.
             "average": 3.14, # Average usage value.
             "median": 3.14, # Median usage value.
             "ninteyFifthPercentile": 3.14, # 95th percentile usage value.
@@ -1262,6 +1720,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "sources": [ # Output only. The list of sources contributing to the asset.
     "A String",
   ],
+  "title": "A String", # Output only. Server generated human readable name of the asset.
   "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the asset was last updated.
 }

 

@@ -1299,10 +1758,150 @@ 
Method Details

         "a_key": "A String",
       },
       "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the asset was created.
+      "databaseDeploymentDetails": { # The details of a database deployment asset. # Output only. Asset information specific for database deployments.
+        "aggregatedStats": { # Aggregated stats for the database deployment. # Output only. Aggregated stats for the database deployment.
+          "databaseCount": 42, # Output only. The number of databases in the deployment.
+        },
+        "edition": "A String", # Optional. The database deployment edition.
+        "generatedId": "A String", # Optional. The database deployment generated ID.
+        "manualUniqueId": "A String", # Optional. A manual unique ID set by the user.
+        "mysql": { # Specific details for a Mysql database deployment. # Optional. Details of a MYSQL database deployment.
+          "plugins": [ # Optional. List of MySql plugins.
+            { # MySql plugin.
+              "enabled": True or False, # Required. The plugin is active.
+              "plugin": "A String", # Required. The plugin name.
+              "version": "A String", # Required. The plugin version.
+            },
+          ],
+          "properties": [ # Optional. List of MySql properties.
+            { # MySql property.
+              "enabled": True or False, # Required. The property is enabled.
+              "numericValue": "A String", # Required. The property numeric value.
+              "property": "A String", # Required. The property name.
+            },
+          ],
+          "resourceGroupsCount": 42, # Optional. Number of resource groups.
+          "variables": [ # Optional. List of MySql variables.
+            { # MySql variable.
+              "category": "A String", # Required. The variable category.
+              "value": "A String", # Required. The variable value.
+              "variable": "A String", # Required. The variable name.
+            },
+          ],
+        },
+        "postgresql": { # Specific details for a PostgreSQL database deployment. # Optional. Details of a PostgreSQL database deployment.
+          "properties": [ # Optional. List of PostgreSql properties.
+            { # PostgreSql property.
+              "enabled": True or False, # Required. The property is enabled.
+              "numericValue": "A String", # Required. The property numeric value.
+              "property": "A String", # Required. The property name.
+            },
+          ],
+          "settings": [ # Optional. List of PostgreSql settings.
+            { # PostgreSql setting.
+              "boolValue": True or False, # Required. The setting boolean value.
+              "intValue": "A String", # Required. The setting int value.
+              "realValue": 3.14, # Required. The setting real value.
+              "setting": "A String", # Required. The setting name.
+              "source": "A String", # Required. The setting source.
+              "stringValue": "A String", # Required. The setting string value. Notice that enum values are stored as strings.
+              "unit": "A String", # Optional. The setting unit.
+            },
+          ],
+        },
+        "sqlServer": { # Specific details for a Microsoft SQL Server database deployment. # Optional. Details of a Microsoft SQL Server database deployment.
+          "features": [ # Optional. List of SQL Server features.
+            { # SQL Server feature details.
+              "enabled": True or False, # Required. Field enabled is set when a feature is used on the source deployment.
+              "featureName": "A String", # Required. The feature name.
+            },
+          ],
+          "serverFlags": [ # Optional. List of SQL Server server flags.
+            { # SQL Server server flag details.
+              "serverFlagName": "A String", # Required. The server flag name.
+              "value": "A String", # Required. The server flag value set by the user.
+              "valueInUse": "A String", # Required. The server flag actual value. If `value_in_use` is different from `value` it means that either the configuration change was not applied or it is an expected behavior. See SQL Server documentation for more details.
+            },
+          ],
+          "traceFlags": [ # Optional. List of SQL Server trace flags.
+            { # SQL Server trace flag details.
+              "scope": "A String", # Required. The trace flag scope.
+              "traceFlagName": "A String", # Required. The trace flag name.
+            },
+          ],
+        },
+        "topology": { # Details of database deployment's topology. # Optional. Details of the database deployment topology.
+          "coreCount": 42, # Optional. Number of total logical cores.
+          "coreLimit": 42, # Optional. Number of total logical cores limited by db deployment.
+          "diskAllocatedBytes": "A String", # Optional. Disk allocated in bytes.
+          "diskUsedBytes": "A String", # Optional. Disk used in bytes.
+          "instances": [ # Optional. List of database instances.
+            { # Details of a database instance.
+              "instanceName": "A String", # Optional. The instance's name.
+              "network": { # Network details of a database instance. # Optional. Networking details.
+                "hostNames": [ # Optional. The instance's host names.
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+                "ipAddresses": [ # Optional. The instance's IP addresses.
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+                "primaryMacAddress": "A String", # Optional. The instance's primary MAC address.
+              },
+              "role": "A String", # Optional. The instance role in the database engine.
+            },
+          ],
+          "memoryBytes": "A String", # Optional. Total memory in bytes.
+          "memoryLimitBytes": "A String", # Optional. Total memory in bytes limited by db deployment.
+          "physicalCoreCount": 42, # Optional. Number of total physical cores.
+          "physicalCoreLimit": 42, # Optional. Number of total physical cores limited by db deployment.
+        },
+        "version": "A String", # Optional. The database deployment version.
+      },
+      "databaseDetails": { # Details of a logical database. # Output only. Asset information specific for logical databases.
+        "allocatedStorageBytes": "A String", # Optional. The allocated storage for the database in bytes.
+        "databaseName": "A String", # Required. The name of the database.
+        "parentDatabaseDeployment": { # The identifiers of the parent database deployment. # Required. The parent database deployment that contains the logical database.
+          "generatedId": "A String", # Optional. The parent database deployment generated ID.
+          "manualUniqueId": "A String", # Optional. The parent database deployment optional manual unique ID set by the user.
+        },
+        "schemas": [ # Optional. The database schemas.
+          { # Details of a database schema.
+            "mysql": { # Specific details for a Mysql database. # Optional. Details of a Mysql schema.
+              "storageEngines": [ # Optional. Mysql storage engine tables.
+                { # Mysql storage engine tables.
+                  "encryptedTableCount": 42, # Optional. The number of encrypted tables.
+                  "engine": "A String", # Required. The storage engine.
+                  "tableCount": 42, # Optional. The number of tables.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "objects": [ # Optional. List of details of objects by category.
+              { # Details of a group of database objects.
+                "category": "A String", # Optional. The category of the objects.
+                "count": "A String", # Optional. The number of objects.
+              },
+            ],
+            "postgresql": { # Specific details for a PostgreSql schema. # Optional. Details of a PostgreSql schema.
+              "foreignTablesCount": 42, # Optional. PostgreSql foreign tables.
+              "postgresqlExtensions": [ # Optional. PostgreSql extensions.
+                { # PostgreSql extension.
+                  "extension": "A String", # Required. The extension name.
+                  "version": "A String", # Required. The extension version.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "schemaName": "A String", # Required. The name of the schema.
+            "sqlServer": { # Specific details for a SqlServer database. # Optional. Details of a SqlServer schema.
+              "clrObjectCount": 42, # Optional. SqlServer number of CLR objects.
+            },
+            "tablesSizeBytes": "A String", # Optional. The total size of tables in bytes.
+          },
+        ],
+      },
       "insightList": { # Message containing insights list. # Output only. The list of insights associated with the asset.
         "insights": [ # Output only. Insights of the list.
           { # An insight about an asset.
-            "genericInsight": { # A generic insight about an asset. # Output only. A generic insight about an asset
+            "genericInsight": { # A generic insight about an asset. # Output only. A generic insight about an asset.
               "additionalInformation": [ # Output only. Additional information about the insight, each entry can be a logical entry and must make sense if it is displayed with line breaks between each entry. Text can contain md style links.
                 "A String",
               ],
@@ -1584,7 +2183,19 @@ 
Method Details

               "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
             },
             "disk": { # Statistical aggregation of disk usage. # Disk usage.
-              "iops": { # Statistical aggregation of samples for a single resource usage. # Disk I/O operations per second.
+              "iops": { # Statistical aggregation of samples for a single resource usage. # Optional. Disk I/O operations per second.
+                "average": 3.14, # Average usage value.
+                "median": 3.14, # Median usage value.
+                "ninteyFifthPercentile": 3.14, # 95th percentile usage value.
+                "peak": 3.14, # Peak usage value.
+              },
+              "readIops": { # Statistical aggregation of samples for a single resource usage. # Optional. Disk read I/O operations per second.
+                "average": 3.14, # Average usage value.
+                "median": 3.14, # Median usage value.
+                "ninteyFifthPercentile": 3.14, # 95th percentile usage value.
+                "peak": 3.14, # Peak usage value.
+              },
+              "writeIops": { # Statistical aggregation of samples for a single resource usage. # Optional. Disk write I/O operations per second.
                 "average": 3.14, # Average usage value.
                 "median": 3.14, # Median usage value.
                 "ninteyFifthPercentile": 3.14, # 95th percentile usage value.
@@ -1619,6 +2230,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "sources": [ # Output only. The list of sources contributing to the asset.
         "A String",
       ],
+      "title": "A String", # Output only. Server generated human readable name of the asset.
       "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the asset was last updated.
     },
   ],
@@ -1660,10 +2272,150 @@ 
Method Details

     "a_key": "A String",
   },
   "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the asset was created.
+  "databaseDeploymentDetails": { # The details of a database deployment asset. # Output only. Asset information specific for database deployments.
+    "aggregatedStats": { # Aggregated stats for the database deployment. # Output only. Aggregated stats for the database deployment.
+      "databaseCount": 42, # Output only. The number of databases in the deployment.
+    },
+    "edition": "A String", # Optional. The database deployment edition.
+    "generatedId": "A String", # Optional. The database deployment generated ID.
+    "manualUniqueId": "A String", # Optional. A manual unique ID set by the user.
+    "mysql": { # Specific details for a Mysql database deployment. # Optional. Details of a MYSQL database deployment.
+      "plugins": [ # Optional. List of MySql plugins.
+        { # MySql plugin.
+          "enabled": True or False, # Required. The plugin is active.
+          "plugin": "A String", # Required. The plugin name.
+          "version": "A String", # Required. The plugin version.
+        },
+      ],
+      "properties": [ # Optional. List of MySql properties.
+        { # MySql property.
+          "enabled": True or False, # Required. The property is enabled.
+          "numericValue": "A String", # Required. The property numeric value.
+          "property": "A String", # Required. The property name.
+        },
+      ],
+      "resourceGroupsCount": 42, # Optional. Number of resource groups.
+      "variables": [ # Optional. List of MySql variables.
+        { # MySql variable.
+          "category": "A String", # Required. The variable category.
+          "value": "A String", # Required. The variable value.
+          "variable": "A String", # Required. The variable name.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "postgresql": { # Specific details for a PostgreSQL database deployment. # Optional. Details of a PostgreSQL database deployment.
+      "properties": [ # Optional. List of PostgreSql properties.
+        { # PostgreSql property.
+          "enabled": True or False, # Required. The property is enabled.
+          "numericValue": "A String", # Required. The property numeric value.
+          "property": "A String", # Required. The property name.
+        },
+      ],
+      "settings": [ # Optional. List of PostgreSql settings.
+        { # PostgreSql setting.
+          "boolValue": True or False, # Required. The setting boolean value.
+          "intValue": "A String", # Required. The setting int value.
+          "realValue": 3.14, # Required. The setting real value.
+          "setting": "A String", # Required. The setting name.
+          "source": "A String", # Required. The setting source.
+          "stringValue": "A String", # Required. The setting string value. Notice that enum values are stored as strings.
+          "unit": "A String", # Optional. The setting unit.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "sqlServer": { # Specific details for a Microsoft SQL Server database deployment. # Optional. Details of a Microsoft SQL Server database deployment.
+      "features": [ # Optional. List of SQL Server features.
+        { # SQL Server feature details.
+          "enabled": True or False, # Required. Field enabled is set when a feature is used on the source deployment.
+          "featureName": "A String", # Required. The feature name.
+        },
+      ],
+      "serverFlags": [ # Optional. List of SQL Server server flags.
+        { # SQL Server server flag details.
+          "serverFlagName": "A String", # Required. The server flag name.
+          "value": "A String", # Required. The server flag value set by the user.
+          "valueInUse": "A String", # Required. The server flag actual value. If `value_in_use` is different from `value` it means that either the configuration change was not applied or it is an expected behavior. See SQL Server documentation for more details.
+        },
+      ],
+      "traceFlags": [ # Optional. List of SQL Server trace flags.
+        { # SQL Server trace flag details.
+          "scope": "A String", # Required. The trace flag scope.
+          "traceFlagName": "A String", # Required. The trace flag name.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "topology": { # Details of database deployment's topology. # Optional. Details of the database deployment topology.
+      "coreCount": 42, # Optional. Number of total logical cores.
+      "coreLimit": 42, # Optional. Number of total logical cores limited by db deployment.
+      "diskAllocatedBytes": "A String", # Optional. Disk allocated in bytes.
+      "diskUsedBytes": "A String", # Optional. Disk used in bytes.
+      "instances": [ # Optional. List of database instances.
+        { # Details of a database instance.
+          "instanceName": "A String", # Optional. The instance's name.
+          "network": { # Network details of a database instance. # Optional. Networking details.
+            "hostNames": [ # Optional. The instance's host names.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "ipAddresses": [ # Optional. The instance's IP addresses.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "primaryMacAddress": "A String", # Optional. The instance's primary MAC address.
+          },
+          "role": "A String", # Optional. The instance role in the database engine.
+        },
+      ],
+      "memoryBytes": "A String", # Optional. Total memory in bytes.
+      "memoryLimitBytes": "A String", # Optional. Total memory in bytes limited by db deployment.
+      "physicalCoreCount": 42, # Optional. Number of total physical cores.
+      "physicalCoreLimit": 42, # Optional. Number of total physical cores limited by db deployment.
+    },
+    "version": "A String", # Optional. The database deployment version.
+  },
+  "databaseDetails": { # Details of a logical database. # Output only. Asset information specific for logical databases.
+    "allocatedStorageBytes": "A String", # Optional. The allocated storage for the database in bytes.
+    "databaseName": "A String", # Required. The name of the database.
+    "parentDatabaseDeployment": { # The identifiers of the parent database deployment. # Required. The parent database deployment that contains the logical database.
+      "generatedId": "A String", # Optional. The parent database deployment generated ID.
+      "manualUniqueId": "A String", # Optional. The parent database deployment optional manual unique ID set by the user.
+    },
+    "schemas": [ # Optional. The database schemas.
+      { # Details of a database schema.
+        "mysql": { # Specific details for a Mysql database. # Optional. Details of a Mysql schema.
+          "storageEngines": [ # Optional. Mysql storage engine tables.
+            { # Mysql storage engine tables.
+              "encryptedTableCount": 42, # Optional. The number of encrypted tables.
+              "engine": "A String", # Required. The storage engine.
+              "tableCount": 42, # Optional. The number of tables.
+            },
+          ],
+        },
+        "objects": [ # Optional. List of details of objects by category.
+          { # Details of a group of database objects.
+            "category": "A String", # Optional. The category of the objects.
+            "count": "A String", # Optional. The number of objects.
+          },
+        ],
+        "postgresql": { # Specific details for a PostgreSql schema. # Optional. Details of a PostgreSql schema.
+          "foreignTablesCount": 42, # Optional. PostgreSql foreign tables.
+          "postgresqlExtensions": [ # Optional. PostgreSql extensions.
+            { # PostgreSql extension.
+              "extension": "A String", # Required. The extension name.
+              "version": "A String", # Required. The extension version.
+            },
+          ],
+        },
+        "schemaName": "A String", # Required. The name of the schema.
+        "sqlServer": { # Specific details for a SqlServer database. # Optional. Details of a SqlServer schema.
+          "clrObjectCount": 42, # Optional. SqlServer number of CLR objects.
+        },
+        "tablesSizeBytes": "A String", # Optional. The total size of tables in bytes.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
   "insightList": { # Message containing insights list. # Output only. The list of insights associated with the asset.
     "insights": [ # Output only. Insights of the list.
       { # An insight about an asset.
-        "genericInsight": { # A generic insight about an asset. # Output only. A generic insight about an asset
+        "genericInsight": { # A generic insight about an asset. # Output only. A generic insight about an asset.
           "additionalInformation": [ # Output only. Additional information about the insight, each entry can be a logical entry and must make sense if it is displayed with line breaks between each entry. Text can contain md style links.
             "A String",
           ],
@@ -1945,7 +2697,19 @@ 
Method Details

           "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
         },
         "disk": { # Statistical aggregation of disk usage. # Disk usage.
-          "iops": { # Statistical aggregation of samples for a single resource usage. # Disk I/O operations per second.
+          "iops": { # Statistical aggregation of samples for a single resource usage. # Optional. Disk I/O operations per second.
+            "average": 3.14, # Average usage value.
+            "median": 3.14, # Median usage value.
+            "ninteyFifthPercentile": 3.14, # 95th percentile usage value.
+            "peak": 3.14, # Peak usage value.
+          },
+          "readIops": { # Statistical aggregation of samples for a single resource usage. # Optional. Disk read I/O operations per second.
+            "average": 3.14, # Average usage value.
+            "median": 3.14, # Median usage value.
+            "ninteyFifthPercentile": 3.14, # 95th percentile usage value.
+            "peak": 3.14, # Peak usage value.
+          },
+          "writeIops": { # Statistical aggregation of samples for a single resource usage. # Optional. Disk write I/O operations per second.
             "average": 3.14, # Average usage value.
             "median": 3.14, # Median usage value.
             "ninteyFifthPercentile": 3.14, # 95th percentile usage value.
@@ -1980,6 +2744,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "sources": [ # Output only. The list of sources contributing to the asset.
     "A String",
   ],
+  "title": "A String", # Output only. Server generated human readable name of the asset.
   "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the asset was last updated.
 }
 
@@ -2001,10 +2766,150 @@ 
Method Details

     "a_key": "A String",
   },
   "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the asset was created.
+  "databaseDeploymentDetails": { # The details of a database deployment asset. # Output only. Asset information specific for database deployments.
+    "aggregatedStats": { # Aggregated stats for the database deployment. # Output only. Aggregated stats for the database deployment.
+      "databaseCount": 42, # Output only. The number of databases in the deployment.
+    },
+    "edition": "A String", # Optional. The database deployment edition.
+    "generatedId": "A String", # Optional. The database deployment generated ID.
+    "manualUniqueId": "A String", # Optional. A manual unique ID set by the user.
+    "mysql": { # Specific details for a Mysql database deployment. # Optional. Details of a MYSQL database deployment.
+      "plugins": [ # Optional. List of MySql plugins.
+        { # MySql plugin.
+          "enabled": True or False, # Required. The plugin is active.
+          "plugin": "A String", # Required. The plugin name.
+          "version": "A String", # Required. The plugin version.
+        },
+      ],
+      "properties": [ # Optional. List of MySql properties.
+        { # MySql property.
+          "enabled": True or False, # Required. The property is enabled.
+          "numericValue": "A String", # Required. The property numeric value.
+          "property": "A String", # Required. The property name.
+        },
+      ],
+      "resourceGroupsCount": 42, # Optional. Number of resource groups.
+      "variables": [ # Optional. List of MySql variables.
+        { # MySql variable.
+          "category": "A String", # Required. The variable category.
+          "value": "A String", # Required. The variable value.
+          "variable": "A String", # Required. The variable name.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "postgresql": { # Specific details for a PostgreSQL database deployment. # Optional. Details of a PostgreSQL database deployment.
+      "properties": [ # Optional. List of PostgreSql properties.
+        { # PostgreSql property.
+          "enabled": True or False, # Required. The property is enabled.
+          "numericValue": "A String", # Required. The property numeric value.
+          "property": "A String", # Required. The property name.
+        },
+      ],
+      "settings": [ # Optional. List of PostgreSql settings.
+        { # PostgreSql setting.
+          "boolValue": True or False, # Required. The setting boolean value.
+          "intValue": "A String", # Required. The setting int value.
+          "realValue": 3.14, # Required. The setting real value.
+          "setting": "A String", # Required. The setting name.
+          "source": "A String", # Required. The setting source.
+          "stringValue": "A String", # Required. The setting string value. Notice that enum values are stored as strings.
+          "unit": "A String", # Optional. The setting unit.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "sqlServer": { # Specific details for a Microsoft SQL Server database deployment. # Optional. Details of a Microsoft SQL Server database deployment.
+      "features": [ # Optional. List of SQL Server features.
+        { # SQL Server feature details.
+          "enabled": True or False, # Required. Field enabled is set when a feature is used on the source deployment.
+          "featureName": "A String", # Required. The feature name.
+        },
+      ],
+      "serverFlags": [ # Optional. List of SQL Server server flags.
+        { # SQL Server server flag details.
+          "serverFlagName": "A String", # Required. The server flag name.
+          "value": "A String", # Required. The server flag value set by the user.
+          "valueInUse": "A String", # Required. The server flag actual value. If `value_in_use` is different from `value` it means that either the configuration change was not applied or it is an expected behavior. See SQL Server documentation for more details.
+        },
+      ],
+      "traceFlags": [ # Optional. List of SQL Server trace flags.
+        { # SQL Server trace flag details.
+          "scope": "A String", # Required. The trace flag scope.
+          "traceFlagName": "A String", # Required. The trace flag name.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    "topology": { # Details of database deployment's topology. # Optional. Details of the database deployment topology.
+      "coreCount": 42, # Optional. Number of total logical cores.
+      "coreLimit": 42, # Optional. Number of total logical cores limited by db deployment.
+      "diskAllocatedBytes": "A String", # Optional. Disk allocated in bytes.
+      "diskUsedBytes": "A String", # Optional. Disk used in bytes.
+      "instances": [ # Optional. List of database instances.
+        { # Details of a database instance.
+          "instanceName": "A String", # Optional. The instance's name.
+          "network": { # Network details of a database instance. # Optional. Networking details.
+            "hostNames": [ # Optional. The instance's host names.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "ipAddresses": [ # Optional. The instance's IP addresses.
+              "A String",
+            ],
+            "primaryMacAddress": "A String", # Optional. The instance's primary MAC address.
+          },
+          "role": "A String", # Optional. The instance role in the database engine.
+        },
+      ],
+      "memoryBytes": "A String", # Optional. Total memory in bytes.
+      "memoryLimitBytes": "A String", # Optional. Total memory in bytes limited by db deployment.
+      "physicalCoreCount": 42, # Optional. Number of total physical cores.
+      "physicalCoreLimit": 42, # Optional. Number of total physical cores limited by db deployment.
+    },
+    "version": "A String", # Optional. The database deployment version.
+  },
+  "databaseDetails": { # Details of a logical database. # Output only. Asset information specific for logical databases.
+    "allocatedStorageBytes": "A String", # Optional. The allocated storage for the database in bytes.
+    "databaseName": "A String", # Required. The name of the database.
+    "parentDatabaseDeployment": { # The identifiers of the parent database deployment. # Required. The parent database deployment that contains the logical database.
+      "generatedId": "A String", # Optional. The parent database deployment generated ID.
+      "manualUniqueId": "A String", # Optional. The parent database deployment optional manual unique ID set by the user.
+    },
+    "schemas": [ # Optional. The database schemas.
+      { # Details of a database schema.
+        "mysql": { # Specific details for a Mysql database. # Optional. Details of a Mysql schema.
+          "storageEngines": [ # Optional. Mysql storage engine tables.
+            { # Mysql storage engine tables.
+              "encryptedTableCount": 42, # Optional. The number of encrypted tables.
+              "engine": "A String", # Required. The storage engine.
+              "tableCount": 42, # Optional. The number of tables.
+            },
+          ],
+        },
+        "objects": [ # Optional. List of details of objects by category.
+          { # Details of a group of database objects.
+            "category": "A String", # Optional. The category of the objects.
+            "count": "A String", # Optional. The number of objects.
+          },
+        ],
+        "postgresql": { # Specific details for a PostgreSql schema. # Optional. Details of a PostgreSql schema.
+          "foreignTablesCount": 42, # Optional. PostgreSql foreign tables.
+          "postgresqlExtensions": [ # Optional. PostgreSql extensions.
+            { # PostgreSql extension.
+              "extension": "A String", # Required. The extension name.
+              "version": "A String", # Required. The extension version.
+            },
+          ],
+        },
+        "schemaName": "A String", # Required. The name of the schema.
+        "sqlServer": { # Specific details for a SqlServer database. # Optional. Details of a SqlServer schema.
+          "clrObjectCount": 42, # Optional. SqlServer number of CLR objects.
+        },
+        "tablesSizeBytes": "A String", # Optional. The total size of tables in bytes.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
   "insightList": { # Message containing insights list. # Output only. The list of insights associated with the asset.
     "insights": [ # Output only. Insights of the list.
       { # An insight about an asset.
-        "genericInsight": { # A generic insight about an asset. # Output only. A generic insight about an asset
+        "genericInsight": { # A generic insight about an asset. # Output only. A generic insight about an asset.
           "additionalInformation": [ # Output only. Additional information about the insight, each entry can be a logical entry and must make sense if it is displayed with line breaks between each entry. Text can contain md style links.
             "A String",
           ],
@@ -2286,7 +3191,19 @@ 
Method Details

           "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
         },
         "disk": { # Statistical aggregation of disk usage. # Disk usage.
-          "iops": { # Statistical aggregation of samples for a single resource usage. # Disk I/O operations per second.
+          "iops": { # Statistical aggregation of samples for a single resource usage. # Optional. Disk I/O operations per second.
+            "average": 3.14, # Average usage value.
+            "median": 3.14, # Median usage value.
+            "ninteyFifthPercentile": 3.14, # 95th percentile usage value.
+            "peak": 3.14, # Peak usage value.
+          },
+          "readIops": { # Statistical aggregation of samples for a single resource usage. # Optional. Disk read I/O operations per second.
+            "average": 3.14, # Average usage value.
+            "median": 3.14, # Median usage value.
+            "ninteyFifthPercentile": 3.14, # 95th percentile usage value.
+            "peak": 3.14, # Peak usage value.
+          },
+          "writeIops": { # Statistical aggregation of samples for a single resource usage. # Optional. Disk write I/O operations per second.
             "average": 3.14, # Average usage value.
             "median": 3.14, # Median usage value.
             "ninteyFifthPercentile": 3.14, # 95th percentile usage value.
@@ -2321,6 +3238,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "sources": [ # Output only. The list of sources contributing to the asset.
     "A String",
   ],
+  "title": "A String", # Output only. Server generated human readable name of the asset.
   "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The timestamp when the asset was last updated.
 }

 

@@ -2341,6 +3259,146 @@ 
Method Details

         "a_key": "A String",
       },
       "collectionType": "A String", # Optional. Frame collection type, if not specified the collection type will be based on the source type of the source the frame was reported on.
+      "databaseDeploymentDetails": { # The details of a database deployment asset. # Asset information specific for database deployments.
+        "aggregatedStats": { # Aggregated stats for the database deployment. # Output only. Aggregated stats for the database deployment.
+          "databaseCount": 42, # Output only. The number of databases in the deployment.
+        },
+        "edition": "A String", # Optional. The database deployment edition.
+        "generatedId": "A String", # Optional. The database deployment generated ID.
+        "manualUniqueId": "A String", # Optional. A manual unique ID set by the user.
+        "mysql": { # Specific details for a Mysql database deployment. # Optional. Details of a MYSQL database deployment.
+          "plugins": [ # Optional. List of MySql plugins.
+            { # MySql plugin.
+              "enabled": True or False, # Required. The plugin is active.
+              "plugin": "A String", # Required. The plugin name.
+              "version": "A String", # Required. The plugin version.
+            },
+          ],
+          "properties": [ # Optional. List of MySql properties.
+            { # MySql property.
+              "enabled": True or False, # Required. The property is enabled.
+              "numericValue": "A String", # Required. The property numeric value.
+              "property": "A String", # Required. The property name.
+            },
+          ],
+          "resourceGroupsCount": 42, # Optional. Number of resource groups.
+          "variables": [ # Optional. List of MySql variables.
+            { # MySql variable.
+              "category": "A String", # Required. The variable category.
+              "value": "A String", # Required. The variable value.
+              "variable": "A String", # Required. The variable name.
+            },
+          ],
+        },
+        "postgresql": { # Specific details for a PostgreSQL database deployment. # Optional. Details of a PostgreSQL database deployment.
+          "properties": [ # Optional. List of PostgreSql properties.
+            { # PostgreSql property.
+              "enabled": True or False, # Required. The property is enabled.
+              "numericValue": "A String", # Required. The property numeric value.
+              "property": "A String", # Required. The property name.
+            },
+          ],
+          "settings": [ # Optional. List of PostgreSql settings.
+            { # PostgreSql setting.
+              "boolValue": True or False, # Required. The setting boolean value.
+              "intValue": "A String", # Required. The setting int value.
+              "realValue": 3.14, # Required. The setting real value.
+              "setting": "A String", # Required. The setting name.
+              "source": "A String", # Required. The setting source.
+              "stringValue": "A String", # Required. The setting string value. Notice that enum values are stored as strings.
+              "unit": "A String", # Optional. The setting unit.
+            },
+          ],
+        },
+        "sqlServer": { # Specific details for a Microsoft SQL Server database deployment. # Optional. Details of a Microsoft SQL Server database deployment.
+          "features": [ # Optional. List of SQL Server features.
+            { # SQL Server feature details.
+              "enabled": True or False, # Required. Field enabled is set when a feature is used on the source deployment.
+              "featureName": "A String", # Required. The feature name.
+            },
+          ],
+          "serverFlags": [ # Optional. List of SQL Server server flags.
+            { # SQL Server server flag details.
+              "serverFlagName": "A String", # Required. The server flag name.
+              "value": "A String", # Required. The server flag value set by the user.
+              "valueInUse": "A String", # Required. The server flag actual value. If `value_in_use` is different from `value` it means that either the configuration change was not applied or it is an expected behavior. See SQL Server documentation for more details.
+            },
+          ],
+          "traceFlags": [ # Optional. List of SQL Server trace flags.
+            { # SQL Server trace flag details.
+              "scope": "A String", # Required. The trace flag scope.
+              "traceFlagName": "A String", # Required. The trace flag name.
+            },
+          ],
+        },
+        "topology": { # Details of database deployment's topology. # Optional. Details of the database deployment topology.
+          "coreCount": 42, # Optional. Number of total logical cores.
+          "coreLimit": 42, # Optional. Number of total logical cores limited by db deployment.
+          "diskAllocatedBytes": "A String", # Optional. Disk allocated in bytes.
+          "diskUsedBytes": "A String", # Optional. Disk used in bytes.
+          "instances": [ # Optional. List of database instances.
+            { # Details of a database instance.
+              "instanceName": "A String", # Optional. The instance's name.
+              "network": { # Network details of a database instance. # Optional. Networking details.
+                "hostNames": [ # Optional. The instance's host names.
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+                "ipAddresses": [ # Optional. The instance's IP addresses.
+                  "A String",
+                ],
+                "primaryMacAddress": "A String", # Optional. The instance's primary MAC address.
+              },
+              "role": "A String", # Optional. The instance role in the database engine.
+            },
+          ],
+          "memoryBytes": "A String", # Optional. Total memory in bytes.
+          "memoryLimitBytes": "A String", # Optional. Total memory in bytes limited by db deployment.
+          "physicalCoreCount": 42, # Optional. Number of total physical cores.
+          "physicalCoreLimit": 42, # Optional. Number of total physical cores limited by db deployment.
+        },
+        "version": "A String", # Optional. The database deployment version.
+      },
+      "databaseDetails": { # Details of a logical database. # Asset information specific for logical databases.
+        "allocatedStorageBytes": "A String", # Optional. The allocated storage for the database in bytes.
+        "databaseName": "A String", # Required. The name of the database.
+        "parentDatabaseDeployment": { # The identifiers of the parent database deployment. # Required. The parent database deployment that contains the logical database.
+          "generatedId": "A String", # Optional. The parent database deployment generated ID.
+          "manualUniqueId": "A String", # Optional. The parent database deployment optional manual unique ID set by the user.
+        },
+        "schemas": [ # Optional. The database schemas.
+          { # Details of a database schema.
+            "mysql": { # Specific details for a Mysql database. # Optional. Details of a Mysql schema.
+              "storageEngines": [ # Optional. Mysql storage engine tables.
+                { # Mysql storage engine tables.
+                  "encryptedTableCount": 42, # Optional. The number of encrypted tables.
+                  "engine": "A String", # Required. The storage engine.
+                  "tableCount": 42, # Optional. The number of tables.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "objects": [ # Optional. List of details of objects by category.
+              { # Details of a group of database objects.
+                "category": "A String", # Optional. The category of the objects.
+                "count": "A String", # Optional. The number of objects.
+              },
+            ],
+            "postgresql": { # Specific details for a PostgreSql schema. # Optional. Details of a PostgreSql schema.
+              "foreignTablesCount": 42, # Optional. PostgreSql foreign tables.
+              "postgresqlExtensions": [ # Optional. PostgreSql extensions.
+                { # PostgreSql extension.
+                  "extension": "A String", # Required. The extension name.
+                  "version": "A String", # Required. The extension version.
+                },
+              ],
+            },
+            "schemaName": "A String", # Required. The name of the schema.
+            "sqlServer": { # Specific details for a SqlServer database. # Optional. Details of a SqlServer schema.
+              "clrObjectCount": 42, # Optional. SqlServer number of CLR objects.
+            },
+            "tablesSizeBytes": "A String", # Optional. The total size of tables in bytes.
+          },
+        ],
+      },
       "labels": { # Labels as key value pairs.
         "a_key": "A String",
       },
@@ -2580,7 +3638,9 @@ 
Method Details

             "utilizedPercentage": 3.14, # Percentage of total CPU capacity utilized. Must be in the interval [0, 100]. On most systems can be calculated using 100 - idle percentage.
           },
           "disk": { # Disk usage sample. Values are across all disks. # Disk usage sample.
-            "averageIops": 3.14, # Average IOPS sampled over a short window. Must be non-negative.
+            "averageIops": 3.14, # Optional. Average IOPS sampled over a short window. Must be non-negative. Must be equal to the sum of read and write if one of them is positive. if both read and write are zero they are ignored.
+            "averageReadIops": 3.14, # Optional. Average read IOPS sampled over a short window. Must be non-negative.
+            "averageWriteIops": 3.14, # Optional. Average write IOPS sampled over a short window. Must be non-negative.
           },
           "memory": { # Memory usage sample. # Memory usage sample.
             "utilizedPercentage": 3.14, # Percentage of system memory utilized. Must be in the interval [0, 100].
diff --git a/docs/dyn/migrationcenter_v1.projects.locations.importJobs.html b/docs/dyn/migrationcenter_v1.projects.locations.importJobs.html
index 0a0a2f7e9a..89b8ec3565 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/migrationcenter_v1.projects.locations.importJobs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/migrationcenter_v1.projects.locations.importJobs.html
@@ -140,6 +140,13 @@ 
Method Details

           "partialReport": True or False, # Flag indicating that processing was aborted due to maximum number of errors.
           "rowErrors": [ # Partial list of rows that encountered validation error.
             { # A resource that reports the import job errors at row level.
+              "archiveError": { # Error details for an archive file. # Error details for an archive file.
+                "csvError": { # Error details for a CSV file. # Error details for a CSV file.
+                  "rowNumber": 42, # The row number where the error was detected.
+                },
+                "filePath": "A String", # Output only. The file path inside the archive where the error was detected.
+              },
+              "assetTitle": "A String", # Output only. The asset title.
               "csvError": { # Error details for a CSV file. # Error details for a CSV file.
                 "rowNumber": 42, # The row number where the error was detected.
               },
@@ -189,6 +196,13 @@ 
Method Details

         "partialReport": True or False, # Flag indicating that processing was aborted due to maximum number of errors.
         "rowErrors": [ # Partial list of rows that encountered validation error.
           { # A resource that reports the import job errors at row level.
+            "archiveError": { # Error details for an archive file. # Error details for an archive file.
+              "csvError": { # Error details for a CSV file. # Error details for a CSV file.
+                "rowNumber": 42, # The row number where the error was detected.
+              },
+              "filePath": "A String", # Output only. The file path inside the archive where the error was detected.
+            },
+            "assetTitle": "A String", # Output only. The asset title.
             "csvError": { # Error details for a CSV file. # Error details for a CSV file.
               "rowNumber": 42, # The row number where the error was detected.
             },
@@ -324,6 +338,13 @@ 
Method Details

           "partialReport": True or False, # Flag indicating that processing was aborted due to maximum number of errors.
           "rowErrors": [ # Partial list of rows that encountered validation error.
             { # A resource that reports the import job errors at row level.
+              "archiveError": { # Error details for an archive file. # Error details for an archive file.
+                "csvError": { # Error details for a CSV file. # Error details for a CSV file.
+                  "rowNumber": 42, # The row number where the error was detected.
+                },
+                "filePath": "A String", # Output only. The file path inside the archive where the error was detected.
+              },
+              "assetTitle": "A String", # Output only. The asset title.
               "csvError": { # Error details for a CSV file. # Error details for a CSV file.
                 "rowNumber": 42, # The row number where the error was detected.
               },
@@ -373,6 +394,13 @@ 
Method Details

         "partialReport": True or False, # Flag indicating that processing was aborted due to maximum number of errors.
         "rowErrors": [ # Partial list of rows that encountered validation error.
           { # A resource that reports the import job errors at row level.
+            "archiveError": { # Error details for an archive file. # Error details for an archive file.
+              "csvError": { # Error details for a CSV file. # Error details for a CSV file.
+                "rowNumber": 42, # The row number where the error was detected.
+              },
+              "filePath": "A String", # Output only. The file path inside the archive where the error was detected.
+            },
+            "assetTitle": "A String", # Output only. The asset title.
             "csvError": { # Error details for a CSV file. # Error details for a CSV file.
               "rowNumber": 42, # The row number where the error was detected.
             },
@@ -447,6 +475,13 @@ 
Method Details

               "partialReport": True or False, # Flag indicating that processing was aborted due to maximum number of errors.
               "rowErrors": [ # Partial list of rows that encountered validation error.
                 { # A resource that reports the import job errors at row level.
+                  "archiveError": { # Error details for an archive file. # Error details for an archive file.
+                    "csvError": { # Error details for a CSV file. # Error details for a CSV file.
+                      "rowNumber": 42, # The row number where the error was detected.
+                    },
+                    "filePath": "A String", # Output only. The file path inside the archive where the error was detected.
+                  },
+                  "assetTitle": "A String", # Output only. The asset title.
                   "csvError": { # Error details for a CSV file. # Error details for a CSV file.
                     "rowNumber": 42, # The row number where the error was detected.
                   },
@@ -496,6 +531,13 @@ 
Method Details

             "partialReport": True or False, # Flag indicating that processing was aborted due to maximum number of errors.
             "rowErrors": [ # Partial list of rows that encountered validation error.
               { # A resource that reports the import job errors at row level.
+                "archiveError": { # Error details for an archive file. # Error details for an archive file.
+                  "csvError": { # Error details for a CSV file. # Error details for a CSV file.
+                    "rowNumber": 42, # The row number where the error was detected.
+                  },
+                  "filePath": "A String", # Output only. The file path inside the archive where the error was detected.
+                },
+                "assetTitle": "A String", # Output only. The asset title.
                 "csvError": { # Error details for a CSV file. # Error details for a CSV file.
                   "rowNumber": 42, # The row number where the error was detected.
                 },
@@ -574,6 +616,13 @@ 
Method Details

           "partialReport": True or False, # Flag indicating that processing was aborted due to maximum number of errors.
           "rowErrors": [ # Partial list of rows that encountered validation error.
             { # A resource that reports the import job errors at row level.
+              "archiveError": { # Error details for an archive file. # Error details for an archive file.
+                "csvError": { # Error details for a CSV file. # Error details for a CSV file.
+                  "rowNumber": 42, # The row number where the error was detected.
+                },
+                "filePath": "A String", # Output only. The file path inside the archive where the error was detected.
+              },
+              "assetTitle": "A String", # Output only. The asset title.
               "csvError": { # Error details for a CSV file. # Error details for a CSV file.
                 "rowNumber": 42, # The row number where the error was detected.
               },
@@ -623,6 +672,13 @@ 
Method Details

         "partialReport": True or False, # Flag indicating that processing was aborted due to maximum number of errors.
         "rowErrors": [ # Partial list of rows that encountered validation error.
           { # A resource that reports the import job errors at row level.
+            "archiveError": { # Error details for an archive file. # Error details for an archive file.
+              "csvError": { # Error details for a CSV file. # Error details for a CSV file.
+                "rowNumber": 42, # The row number where the error was detected.
+              },
+              "filePath": "A String", # Output only. The file path inside the archive where the error was detected.
+            },
+            "assetTitle": "A String", # Output only. The asset title.
             "csvError": { # Error details for a CSV file. # Error details for a CSV file.
               "rowNumber": 42, # The row number where the error was detected.
             },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/migrationcenter_v1.projects.locations.sources.errorFrames.html b/docs/dyn/migrationcenter_v1.projects.locations.sources.errorFrames.html
index 9b4a9c7ac1..e4e1745a92 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/migrationcenter_v1.projects.locations.sources.errorFrames.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/migrationcenter_v1.projects.locations.sources.errorFrames.html
@@ -119,6 +119,146 @@ 
Method Details

       "a_key": "A String",
     },
     "collectionType": "A String", # Optional. Frame collection type, if not specified the collection type will be based on the source type of the source the frame was reported on.
+    "databaseDeploymentDetails": { # The details of a database deployment asset. # Asset information specific for database deployments.
+      "aggregatedStats": { # Aggregated stats for the database deployment. # Output only. Aggregated stats for the database deployment.
+        "databaseCount": 42, # Output only. The number of databases in the deployment.
+      },
+      "edition": "A String", # Optional. The database deployment edition.
+      "generatedId": "A String", # Optional. The database deployment generated ID.
+      "manualUniqueId": "A String", # Optional. A manual unique ID set by the user.
+      "mysql": { # Specific details for a Mysql database deployment. # Optional. Details of a MYSQL database deployment.
+        "plugins": [ # Optional. List of MySql plugins.
+          { # MySql plugin.
+            "enabled": True or False, # Required. The plugin is active.
+            "plugin": "A String", # Required. The plugin name.
+            "version": "A String", # Required. The plugin version.
+          },
+        ],
+        "properties": [ # Optional. List of MySql properties.
+          { # MySql property.
+            "enabled": True or False, # Required. The property is enabled.
+            "numericValue": "A String", # Required. The property numeric value.
+            "property": "A String", # Required. The property name.
+          },
+        ],
+        "resourceGroupsCount": 42, # Optional. Number of resource groups.
+        "variables": [ # Optional. List of MySql variables.
+          { # MySql variable.
+            "category": "A String", # Required. The variable category.
+            "value": "A String", # Required. The variable value.
+            "variable": "A String", # Required. The variable name.
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+      "postgresql": { # Specific details for a PostgreSQL database deployment. # Optional. Details of a PostgreSQL database deployment.
+        "properties": [ # Optional. List of PostgreSql properties.
+          { # PostgreSql property.
+            "enabled": True or False, # Required. The property is enabled.
+            "numericValue": "A String", # Required. The property numeric value.
+            "property": "A String", # Required. The property name.
+          },
+        ],
+        "settings": [ # Optional. List of PostgreSql settings.
+          { # PostgreSql setting.
+            "boolValue": True or False, # Required. The setting boolean value.
+            "intValue": "A String", # Required. The setting int value.
+            "realValue": 3.14, # Required. The setting real value.
+            "setting": "A String", # Required. The setting name.
+            "source": "A String", # Required. The setting source.
+            "stringValue": "A String", # Required. The setting string value. Notice that enum values are stored as strings.
+            "unit": "A String", # Optional. The setting unit.
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+      "sqlServer": { # Specific details for a Microsoft SQL Server database deployment. # Optional. Details of a Microsoft SQL Server database deployment.
+        "features": [ # Optional. List of SQL Server features.
+          { # SQL Server feature details.
+            "enabled": True or False, # Required. Field enabled is set when a feature is used on the source deployment.
+            "featureName": "A String", # Required. The feature name.
+          },
+        ],
+        "serverFlags": [ # Optional. List of SQL Server server flags.
+          { # SQL Server server flag details.
+            "serverFlagName": "A String", # Required. The server flag name.
+            "value": "A String", # Required. The server flag value set by the user.
+            "valueInUse": "A String", # Required. The server flag actual value. If `value_in_use` is different from `value` it means that either the configuration change was not applied or it is an expected behavior. See SQL Server documentation for more details.
+          },
+        ],
+        "traceFlags": [ # Optional. List of SQL Server trace flags.
+          { # SQL Server trace flag details.
+            "scope": "A String", # Required. The trace flag scope.
+            "traceFlagName": "A String", # Required. The trace flag name.
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+      "topology": { # Details of database deployment's topology. # Optional. Details of the database deployment topology.
+        "coreCount": 42, # Optional. Number of total logical cores.
+        "coreLimit": 42, # Optional. Number of total logical cores limited by db deployment.
+        "diskAllocatedBytes": "A String", # Optional. Disk allocated in bytes.
+        "diskUsedBytes": "A String", # Optional. Disk used in bytes.
+        "instances": [ # Optional. List of database instances.
+          { # Details of a database instance.
+            "instanceName": "A String", # Optional. The instance's name.
+            "network": { # Network details of a database instance. # Optional. Networking details.
+              "hostNames": [ # Optional. The instance's host names.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+              "ipAddresses": [ # Optional. The instance's IP addresses.
+                "A String",
+              ],
+              "primaryMacAddress": "A String", # Optional. The instance's primary MAC address.
+            },
+            "role": "A String", # Optional. The instance role in the database engine.
+          },
+        ],
+        "memoryBytes": "A String", # Optional. Total memory in bytes.
+        "memoryLimitBytes": "A String", # Optional. Total memory in bytes limited by db deployment.
+        "physicalCoreCount": 42, # Optional. Number of total physical cores.
+        "physicalCoreLimit": 42, # Optional. Number of total physical cores limited by db deployment.
+      },
+      "version": "A String", # Optional. The database deployment version.
+    },
+    "databaseDetails": { # Details of a logical database. # Asset information specific for logical databases.
+      "allocatedStorageBytes": "A String", # Optional. The allocated storage for the database in bytes.
+      "databaseName": "A String", # Required. The name of the database.
+      "parentDatabaseDeployment": { # The identifiers of the parent database deployment. # Required. The parent database deployment that contains the logical database.
+        "generatedId": "A String", # Optional. The parent database deployment generated ID.
+        "manualUniqueId": "A String", # Optional. The parent database deployment optional manual unique ID set by the user.
+      },
+      "schemas": [ # Optional. The database schemas.
+        { # Details of a database schema.
+          "mysql": { # Specific details for a Mysql database. # Optional. Details of a Mysql schema.
+            "storageEngines": [ # Optional. Mysql storage engine tables.
+              { # Mysql storage engine tables.
+                "encryptedTableCount": 42, # Optional. The number of encrypted tables.
+                "engine": "A String", # Required. The storage engine.
+                "tableCount": 42, # Optional. The number of tables.
+              },
+            ],
+          },
+          "objects": [ # Optional. List of details of objects by category.
+            { # Details of a group of database objects.
+              "category": "A String", # Optional. The category of the objects.
+              "count": "A String", # Optional. The number of objects.
+            },
+          ],
+          "postgresql": { # Specific details for a PostgreSql schema. # Optional. Details of a PostgreSql schema.
+            "foreignTablesCount": 42, # Optional. PostgreSql foreign tables.
+            "postgresqlExtensions": [ # Optional. PostgreSql extensions.
+              { # PostgreSql extension.
+                "extension": "A String", # Required. The extension name.
+                "version": "A String", # Required. The extension version.
+              },
+            ],
+          },
+          "schemaName": "A String", # Required. The name of the schema.
+          "sqlServer": { # Specific details for a SqlServer database. # Optional. Details of a SqlServer schema.
+            "clrObjectCount": 42, # Optional. SqlServer number of CLR objects.
+          },
+          "tablesSizeBytes": "A String", # Optional. The total size of tables in bytes.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
     "labels": { # Labels as key value pairs.
       "a_key": "A String",
     },
@@ -358,7 +498,9 @@ 
Method Details

           "utilizedPercentage": 3.14, # Percentage of total CPU capacity utilized. Must be in the interval [0, 100]. On most systems can be calculated using 100 - idle percentage.
         },
         "disk": { # Disk usage sample. Values are across all disks. # Disk usage sample.
-          "averageIops": 3.14, # Average IOPS sampled over a short window. Must be non-negative.
+          "averageIops": 3.14, # Optional. Average IOPS sampled over a short window. Must be non-negative. Must be equal to the sum of read and write if one of them is positive. if both read and write are zero they are ignored.
+          "averageReadIops": 3.14, # Optional. Average read IOPS sampled over a short window. Must be non-negative.
+          "averageWriteIops": 3.14, # Optional. Average write IOPS sampled over a short window. Must be non-negative.
         },
         "memory": { # Memory usage sample. # Memory usage sample.
           "utilizedPercentage": 3.14, # Percentage of system memory utilized. Must be in the interval [0, 100].
@@ -413,6 +555,146 @@ 
Method Details

           "a_key": "A String",
         },
         "collectionType": "A String", # Optional. Frame collection type, if not specified the collection type will be based on the source type of the source the frame was reported on.
+        "databaseDeploymentDetails": { # The details of a database deployment asset. # Asset information specific for database deployments.
+          "aggregatedStats": { # Aggregated stats for the database deployment. # Output only. Aggregated stats for the database deployment.
+            "databaseCount": 42, # Output only. The number of databases in the deployment.
+          },
+          "edition": "A String", # Optional. The database deployment edition.
+          "generatedId": "A String", # Optional. The database deployment generated ID.
+          "manualUniqueId": "A String", # Optional. A manual unique ID set by the user.
+          "mysql": { # Specific details for a Mysql database deployment. # Optional. Details of a MYSQL database deployment.
+            "plugins": [ # Optional. List of MySql plugins.
+              { # MySql plugin.
+                "enabled": True or False, # Required. The plugin is active.
+                "plugin": "A String", # Required. The plugin name.
+                "version": "A String", # Required. The plugin version.
+              },
+            ],
+            "properties": [ # Optional. List of MySql properties.
+              { # MySql property.
+                "enabled": True or False, # Required. The property is enabled.
+                "numericValue": "A String", # Required. The property numeric value.
+                "property": "A String", # Required. The property name.
+              },
+            ],
+            "resourceGroupsCount": 42, # Optional. Number of resource groups.
+            "variables": [ # Optional. List of MySql variables.
+              { # MySql variable.
+                "category": "A String", # Required. The variable category.
+                "value": "A String", # Required. The variable value.
+                "variable": "A String", # Required. The variable name.
+              },
+            ],
+          },
+          "postgresql": { # Specific details for a PostgreSQL database deployment. # Optional. Details of a PostgreSQL database deployment.
+            "properties": [ # Optional. List of PostgreSql properties.
+              { # PostgreSql property.
+                "enabled": True or False, # Required. The property is enabled.
+                "numericValue": "A String", # Required. The property numeric value.
+                "property": "A String", # Required. The property name.
+              },
+            ],
+            "settings": [ # Optional. List of PostgreSql settings.
+              { # PostgreSql setting.
+                "boolValue": True or False, # Required. The setting boolean value.
+                "intValue": "A String", # Required. The setting int value.
+                "realValue": 3.14, # Required. The setting real value.
+                "setting": "A String", # Required. The setting name.
+                "source": "A String", # Required. The setting source.
+                "stringValue": "A String", # Required. The setting string value. Notice that enum values are stored as strings.
+                "unit": "A String", # Optional. The setting unit.
+              },
+            ],
+          },
+          "sqlServer": { # Specific details for a Microsoft SQL Server database deployment. # Optional. Details of a Microsoft SQL Server database deployment.
+            "features": [ # Optional. List of SQL Server features.
+              { # SQL Server feature details.
+                "enabled": True or False, # Required. Field enabled is set when a feature is used on the source deployment.
+                "featureName": "A String", # Required. The feature name.
+              },
+            ],
+            "serverFlags": [ # Optional. List of SQL Server server flags.
+              { # SQL Server server flag details.
+                "serverFlagName": "A String", # Required. The server flag name.
+                "value": "A String", # Required. The server flag value set by the user.
+                "valueInUse": "A String", # Required. The server flag actual value. If `value_in_use` is different from `value` it means that either the configuration change was not applied or it is an expected behavior. See SQL Server documentation for more details.
+              },
+            ],
+            "traceFlags": [ # Optional. List of SQL Server trace flags.
+              { # SQL Server trace flag details.
+                "scope": "A String", # Required. The trace flag scope.
+                "traceFlagName": "A String", # Required. The trace flag name.
+              },
+            ],
+          },
+          "topology": { # Details of database deployment's topology. # Optional. Details of the database deployment topology.
+            "coreCount": 42, # Optional. Number of total logical cores.
+            "coreLimit": 42, # Optional. Number of total logical cores limited by db deployment.
+            "diskAllocatedBytes": "A String", # Optional. Disk allocated in bytes.
+            "diskUsedBytes": "A String", # Optional. Disk used in bytes.
+            "instances": [ # Optional. List of database instances.
+              { # Details of a database instance.
+                "instanceName": "A String", # Optional. The instance's name.
+                "network": { # Network details of a database instance. # Optional. Networking details.
+                  "hostNames": [ # Optional. The instance's host names.
+                    "A String",
+                  ],
+                  "ipAddresses": [ # Optional. The instance's IP addresses.
+                    "A String",
+                  ],
+                  "primaryMacAddress": "A String", # Optional. The instance's primary MAC address.
+                },
+                "role": "A String", # Optional. The instance role in the database engine.
+              },
+            ],
+            "memoryBytes": "A String", # Optional. Total memory in bytes.
+            "memoryLimitBytes": "A String", # Optional. Total memory in bytes limited by db deployment.
+            "physicalCoreCount": 42, # Optional. Number of total physical cores.
+            "physicalCoreLimit": 42, # Optional. Number of total physical cores limited by db deployment.
+          },
+          "version": "A String", # Optional. The database deployment version.
+        },
+        "databaseDetails": { # Details of a logical database. # Asset information specific for logical databases.
+          "allocatedStorageBytes": "A String", # Optional. The allocated storage for the database in bytes.
+          "databaseName": "A String", # Required. The name of the database.
+          "parentDatabaseDeployment": { # The identifiers of the parent database deployment. # Required. The parent database deployment that contains the logical database.
+            "generatedId": "A String", # Optional. The parent database deployment generated ID.
+            "manualUniqueId": "A String", # Optional. The parent database deployment optional manual unique ID set by the user.
+          },
+          "schemas": [ # Optional. The database schemas.
+            { # Details of a database schema.
+              "mysql": { # Specific details for a Mysql database. # Optional. Details of a Mysql schema.
+                "storageEngines": [ # Optional. Mysql storage engine tables.
+                  { # Mysql storage engine tables.
+                    "encryptedTableCount": 42, # Optional. The number of encrypted tables.
+                    "engine": "A String", # Required. The storage engine.
+                    "tableCount": 42, # Optional. The number of tables.
+                  },
+                ],
+              },
+              "objects": [ # Optional. List of details of objects by category.
+                { # Details of a group of database objects.
+                  "category": "A String", # Optional. The category of the objects.
+                  "count": "A String", # Optional. The number of objects.
+                },
+              ],
+              "postgresql": { # Specific details for a PostgreSql schema. # Optional. Details of a PostgreSql schema.
+                "foreignTablesCount": 42, # Optional. PostgreSql foreign tables.
+                "postgresqlExtensions": [ # Optional. PostgreSql extensions.
+                  { # PostgreSql extension.
+                    "extension": "A String", # Required. The extension name.
+                    "version": "A String", # Required. The extension version.
+                  },
+                ],
+              },
+              "schemaName": "A String", # Required. The name of the schema.
+              "sqlServer": { # Specific details for a SqlServer database. # Optional. Details of a SqlServer schema.
+                "clrObjectCount": 42, # Optional. SqlServer number of CLR objects.
+              },
+              "tablesSizeBytes": "A String", # Optional. The total size of tables in bytes.
+            },
+          ],
+        },
         "labels": { # Labels as key value pairs.
           "a_key": "A String",
         },
@@ -652,7 +934,9 @@ 
Method Details

               "utilizedPercentage": 3.14, # Percentage of total CPU capacity utilized. Must be in the interval [0, 100]. On most systems can be calculated using 100 - idle percentage.
             },
             "disk": { # Disk usage sample. Values are across all disks. # Disk usage sample.
-              "averageIops": 3.14, # Average IOPS sampled over a short window. Must be non-negative.
+              "averageIops": 3.14, # Optional. Average IOPS sampled over a short window. Must be non-negative. Must be equal to the sum of read and write if one of them is positive. if both read and write are zero they are ignored.
+              "averageReadIops": 3.14, # Optional. Average read IOPS sampled over a short window. Must be non-negative.
+              "averageWriteIops": 3.14, # Optional. Average write IOPS sampled over a short window. Must be non-negative.
             },
             "memory": { # Memory usage sample. # Memory usage sample.
               "utilizedPercentage": 3.14, # Percentage of system memory utilized. Must be in the interval [0, 100].
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/migrationcenter.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/migrationcenter.v1.json
index 30b14a627d..02f0e1d6a9 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/migrationcenter.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/migrationcenter.v1.json
@@ -2309,7 +2309,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241014",
+"revision": "20241114",
 "rootUrl": "https://migrationcenter.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AddAssetsToGroupRequest": {
@@ -2542,6 +2542,16 @@
 "readOnly": true,
 "type": "string"
 },
+"databaseDeploymentDetails": {
+"$ref": "DatabaseDeploymentDetails",
+"description": "Output only. Asset information specific for database deployments.",
+"readOnly": true
+},
+"databaseDetails": {
+"$ref": "DatabaseDetails",
+"description": "Output only. Asset information specific for logical databases.",
+"readOnly": true
+},
 "insightList": {
 "$ref": "InsightList",
 "description": "Output only. The list of insights associated with the asset.",
@@ -2577,6 +2587,11 @@
 "readOnly": true,
 "type": "array"
 },
+"title": {
+"description": "Output only. Server generated human readable name of the asset.",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
 "updateTime": {
 "description": "Output only. The timestamp when the asset was last updated.",
 "format": "google-datetime",
@@ -2617,6 +2632,14 @@
 ],
 "type": "string"
 },
+"databaseDeploymentDetails": {
+"$ref": "DatabaseDeploymentDetails",
+"description": "Asset information specific for database deployments."
+},
+"databaseDetails": {
+"$ref": "DatabaseDetails",
+"description": "Asset information specific for logical databases."
+},
 "labels": {
 "additionalProperties": {
 "type": "string"
@@ -3000,7 +3023,15 @@
 "properties": {
 "iops": {
 "$ref": "DailyResourceUsageAggregationStats",
-"description": "Disk I/O operations per second."
+"description": "Optional. Disk I/O operations per second."
+},
+"readIops": {
+"$ref": "DailyResourceUsageAggregationStats",
+"description": "Optional. Disk read I/O operations per second."
+},
+"writeIops": {
+"$ref": "DailyResourceUsageAggregationStats",
+"description": "Optional. Disk write I/O operations per second."
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
@@ -3058,6 +3089,284 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"DatabaseDeploymentDetails": {
+"description": "The details of a database deployment asset.",
+"id": "DatabaseDeploymentDetails",
+"properties": {
+"aggregatedStats": {
+"$ref": "DatabaseDeploymentDetailsAggregatedStats",
+"description": "Output only. Aggregated stats for the database deployment.",
+"readOnly": true
+},
+"edition": {
+"description": "Optional. The database deployment edition.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"generatedId": {
+"description": "Optional. The database deployment generated ID.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"manualUniqueId": {
+"description": "Optional. A manual unique ID set by the user.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"mysql": {
+"$ref": "MysqlDatabaseDeployment",
+"description": "Optional. Details of a MYSQL database deployment."
+},
+"postgresql": {
+"$ref": "PostgreSqlDatabaseDeployment",
+"description": "Optional. Details of a PostgreSQL database deployment."
+},
+"sqlServer": {
+"$ref": "SqlServerDatabaseDeployment",
+"description": "Optional. Details of a Microsoft SQL Server database deployment."
+},
+"topology": {
+"$ref": "DatabaseDeploymentTopology",
+"description": "Optional. Details of the database deployment topology."
+},
+"version": {
+"description": "Optional. The database deployment version.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"DatabaseDeploymentDetailsAggregatedStats": {
+"description": "Aggregated stats for the database deployment.",
+"id": "DatabaseDeploymentDetailsAggregatedStats",
+"properties": {
+"databaseCount": {
+"description": "Output only. The number of databases in the deployment.",
+"format": "int32",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "integer"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"DatabaseDeploymentTopology": {
+"description": "Details of database deployment's topology.",
+"id": "DatabaseDeploymentTopology",
+"properties": {
+"coreCount": {
+"description": "Optional. Number of total logical cores.",
+"format": "int32",
+"type": "integer"
+},
+"coreLimit": {
+"description": "Optional. Number of total logical cores limited by db deployment.",
+"format": "int32",
+"type": "integer"
+},
+"diskAllocatedBytes": {
+"description": "Optional. Disk allocated in bytes.",
+"format": "int64",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"diskUsedBytes": {
+"description": "Optional. Disk used in bytes.",
+"format": "int64",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"instances": {
+"description": "Optional. List of database instances.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "DatabaseInstance"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"memoryBytes": {
+"description": "Optional. Total memory in bytes.",
+"format": "int64",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"memoryLimitBytes": {
+"description": "Optional. Total memory in bytes limited by db deployment.",
+"format": "int64",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"physicalCoreCount": {
+"description": "Optional. Number of total physical cores.",
+"format": "int32",
+"type": "integer"
+},
+"physicalCoreLimit": {
+"description": "Optional. Number of total physical cores limited by db deployment.",
+"format": "int32",
+"type": "integer"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"DatabaseDetails": {
+"description": "Details of a logical database.",
+"id": "DatabaseDetails",
+"properties": {
+"allocatedStorageBytes": {
+"description": "Optional. The allocated storage for the database in bytes.",
+"format": "int64",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"databaseName": {
+"description": "Required. The name of the database.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"parentDatabaseDeployment": {
+"$ref": "DatabaseDetailsParentDatabaseDeployment",
+"description": "Required. The parent database deployment that contains the logical database."
+},
+"schemas": {
+"description": "Optional. The database schemas.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "DatabaseSchema"
+},
+"type": "array"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"DatabaseDetailsParentDatabaseDeployment": {
+"description": "The identifiers of the parent database deployment.",
+"id": "DatabaseDetailsParentDatabaseDeployment",
+"properties": {
+"generatedId": {
+"description": "Optional. The parent database deployment generated ID.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"manualUniqueId": {
+"description": "Optional. The parent database deployment optional manual unique ID set by the user.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"DatabaseInstance": {
+"description": "Details of a database instance.",
+"id": "DatabaseInstance",
+"properties": {
+"instanceName": {
+"description": "Optional. The instance's name.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"network": {
+"$ref": "DatabaseInstanceNetwork",
+"description": "Optional. Networking details."
+},
+"role": {
+"description": "Optional. The instance role in the database engine.",
+"enum": [
+"ROLE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"PRIMARY",
+"SECONDARY",
+"ARBITER"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Unspecified.",
+"Primary.",
+"Secondary.",
+"Arbiter."
+],
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"DatabaseInstanceNetwork": {
+"description": "Network details of a database instance.",
+"id": "DatabaseInstanceNetwork",
+"properties": {
+"hostNames": {
+"description": "Optional. The instance's host names.",
+"items": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"ipAddresses": {
+"description": "Optional. The instance's IP addresses.",
+"items": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"primaryMacAddress": {
+"description": "Optional. The instance's primary MAC address.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"DatabaseObjects": {
+"description": "Details of a group of database objects.",
+"id": "DatabaseObjects",
+"properties": {
+"category": {
+"description": "Optional. The category of the objects.",
+"enum": [
+"CATEGORY_UNSPECIFIED",
+"TABLE",
+"INDEX",
+"CONSTRAINTS",
+"VIEWS",
+"SOURCE_CODE",
+"OTHER"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Unspecified type.",
+"Table.",
+"Index.",
+"Constraints.",
+"Views.",
+"Source code, e.g. procedures.",
+"Uncategorized objects."
+],
+"type": "string"
+},
+"count": {
+"description": "Optional. The number of objects.",
+"format": "int64",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"DatabaseSchema": {
+"description": "Details of a database schema.",
+"id": "DatabaseSchema",
+"properties": {
+"mysql": {
+"$ref": "MySqlSchemaDetails",
+"description": "Optional. Details of a Mysql schema."
+},
+"objects": {
+"description": "Optional. List of details of objects by category.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "DatabaseObjects"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"postgresql": {
+"$ref": "PostgreSqlSchemaDetails",
+"description": "Optional. Details of a PostgreSql schema."
+},
+"schemaName": {
+"description": "Required. The name of the schema.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"sqlServer": {
+"$ref": "SqlServerSchemaDetails",
+"description": "Optional. Details of a SqlServer schema."
+},
+"tablesSizeBytes": {
+"description": "Optional. The total size of tables in bytes.",
+"format": "int64",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "Date": {
 "description": "Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp",
 "id": "Date",
@@ -3311,7 +3620,17 @@
 "id": "DiskUsageSample",
 "properties": {
 "averageIops": {
-"description": "Average IOPS sampled over a short window. Must be non-negative.",
+"description": "Optional. Average IOPS sampled over a short window. Must be non-negative. Must be equal to the sum of read and write if one of them is positive. if both read and write are zero they are ignored.",
+"format": "float",
+"type": "number"
+},
+"averageReadIops": {
+"description": "Optional. Average read IOPS sampled over a short window. Must be non-negative.",
+"format": "float",
+"type": "number"
+},
+"averageWriteIops": {
+"description": "Optional. Average write IOPS sampled over a short window. Must be non-negative.",
 "format": "float",
 "type": "number"
 }
@@ -3817,7 +4136,8 @@
 "IMPORT_JOB_FORMAT_RVTOOLS_CSV",
 "IMPORT_JOB_FORMAT_EXPORTED_AWS_CSV",
 "IMPORT_JOB_FORMAT_EXPORTED_AZURE_CSV",
-"IMPORT_JOB_FORMAT_STRATOZONE_CSV"
+"IMPORT_JOB_FORMAT_STRATOZONE_CSV",
+"IMPORT_JOB_FORMAT_DATABASE_ZIP"
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
 "Default value.",
@@ -3825,7 +4145,8 @@
 "RVTools format (CSV).",
 "CSV format exported from AWS using the AWS collection script.",
 "CSV format exported from Azure using the Azure collection script.",
-"CSV format created manually and following the StratoZone format. For more information, see Manually create and upload data tables."
+"CSV format created manually and following the StratoZone format. For more information, see Manually create and upload data tables.",
+"ZIP file with nested CSV files generated by a database collector."
 ],
 "type": "string"
 },
@@ -3967,6 +4288,15 @@
 "description": "A resource that reports the import job errors at row level.",
 "id": "ImportRowError",
 "properties": {
+"archiveError": {
+"$ref": "ImportRowErrorArchiveErrorDetails",
+"description": "Error details for an archive file."
+},
+"assetTitle": {
+"description": "Output only. The asset title.",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
 "csvError": {
 "$ref": "ImportRowErrorCsvErrorDetails",
 "description": "Error details for a CSV file."
@@ -3999,6 +4329,22 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"ImportRowErrorArchiveErrorDetails": {
+"description": "Error details for an archive file.",
+"id": "ImportRowErrorArchiveErrorDetails",
+"properties": {
+"csvError": {
+"$ref": "ImportRowErrorCsvErrorDetails",
+"description": "Error details for a CSV file."
+},
+"filePath": {
+"description": "Output only. The file path inside the archive where the error was detected.",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "ImportRowErrorCsvErrorDetails": {
 "description": "Error details for a CSV file.",
 "id": "ImportRowErrorCsvErrorDetails",
@@ -4033,7 +4379,7 @@
 "properties": {
 "genericInsight": {
 "$ref": "GenericInsight",
-"description": "Output only. A generic insight about an asset",
+"description": "Output only. A generic insight about an asset.",
 "readOnly": true
 },
 "migrationInsight": {
@@ -4638,6 +4984,160 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"MySqlPlugin": {
+"description": "MySql plugin.",
+"id": "MySqlPlugin",
+"properties": {
+"enabled": {
+"description": "Required. The plugin is active.",
+"type": "boolean"
+},
+"plugin": {
+"description": "Required. The plugin name.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"version": {
+"description": "Required. The plugin version.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"MySqlProperty": {
+"description": "MySql property.",
+"id": "MySqlProperty",
+"properties": {
+"enabled": {
+"description": "Required. The property is enabled.",
+"type": "boolean"
+},
+"numericValue": {
+"description": "Required. The property numeric value.",
+"format": "int64",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"property": {
+"description": "Required. The property name.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"MySqlSchemaDetails": {
+"description": "Specific details for a Mysql database.",
+"id": "MySqlSchemaDetails",
+"properties": {
+"storageEngines": {
+"description": "Optional. Mysql storage engine tables.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "MySqlStorageEngineDetails"
+},
+"type": "array"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"MySqlStorageEngineDetails": {
+"description": "Mysql storage engine tables.",
+"id": "MySqlStorageEngineDetails",
+"properties": {
+"encryptedTableCount": {
+"description": "Optional. The number of encrypted tables.",
+"format": "int32",
+"type": "integer"
+},
+"engine": {
+"description": "Required. The storage engine.",
+"enum": [
+"ENGINE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"INNODB",
+"MYISAM",
+"MEMORY",
+"CSV",
+"ARCHIVE",
+"BLACKHOLE",
+"NDB",
+"MERGE",
+"FEDERATED",
+"EXAMPLE",
+"OTHER"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Unspecified storage engine.",
+"InnoDB.",
+"MyISAM.",
+"Memory.",
+"CSV.",
+"Archive.",
+"Blackhole.",
+"NDB.",
+"Merge.",
+"Federated.",
+"Example.",
+"Other."
+],
+"type": "string"
+},
+"tableCount": {
+"description": "Optional. The number of tables.",
+"format": "int32",
+"type": "integer"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"MySqlVariable": {
+"description": "MySql variable.",
+"id": "MySqlVariable",
+"properties": {
+"category": {
+"description": "Required. The variable category.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"value": {
+"description": "Required. The variable value.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"variable": {
+"description": "Required. The variable name.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"MysqlDatabaseDeployment": {
+"description": "Specific details for a Mysql database deployment.",
+"id": "MysqlDatabaseDeployment",
+"properties": {
+"plugins": {
+"description": "Optional. List of MySql plugins.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "MySqlPlugin"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"properties": {
+"description": "Optional. List of MySql properties.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "MySqlProperty"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"resourceGroupsCount": {
+"description": "Optional. Number of resource groups.",
+"format": "int32",
+"type": "integer"
+},
+"variables": {
+"description": "Optional. List of MySql variables.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "MySqlVariable"
+},
+"type": "array"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "NetworkAdapterDetails": {
 "description": "Details of network adapter.",
 "id": "NetworkAdapterDetails",
@@ -5038,6 +5538,118 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"PostgreSqlDatabaseDeployment": {
+"description": "Specific details for a PostgreSQL database deployment.",
+"id": "PostgreSqlDatabaseDeployment",
+"properties": {
+"properties": {
+"description": "Optional. List of PostgreSql properties.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "PostgreSqlProperty"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"settings": {
+"description": "Optional. List of PostgreSql settings.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "PostgreSqlSetting"
+},
+"type": "array"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"PostgreSqlExtension": {
+"description": "PostgreSql extension.",
+"id": "PostgreSqlExtension",
+"properties": {
+"extension": {
+"description": "Required. The extension name.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"version": {
+"description": "Required. The extension version.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"PostgreSqlProperty": {
+"description": "PostgreSql property.",
+"id": "PostgreSqlProperty",
+"properties": {
+"enabled": {
+"description": "Required. The property is enabled.",
+"type": "boolean"
+},
+"numericValue": {
+"description": "Required. The property numeric value.",
+"format": "int64",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"property": {
+"description": "Required. The property name.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"PostgreSqlSchemaDetails": {
+"description": "Specific details for a PostgreSql schema.",
+"id": "PostgreSqlSchemaDetails",
+"properties": {
+"foreignTablesCount": {
+"description": "Optional. PostgreSql foreign tables.",
+"format": "int32",
+"type": "integer"
+},
+"postgresqlExtensions": {
+"description": "Optional. PostgreSql extensions.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "PostgreSqlExtension"
+},
+"type": "array"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"PostgreSqlSetting": {
+"description": "PostgreSql setting.",
+"id": "PostgreSqlSetting",
+"properties": {
+"boolValue": {
+"description": "Required. The setting boolean value.",
+"type": "boolean"
+},
+"intValue": {
+"description": "Required. The setting int value.",
+"format": "int64",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"realValue": {
+"description": "Required. The setting real value.",
+"format": "float",
+"type": "number"
+},
+"setting": {
+"description": "Required. The setting name.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"source": {
+"description": "Required. The setting source.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"stringValue": {
+"description": "Required. The setting string value. Notice that enum values are stored as strings.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"unit": {
+"description": "Optional. The setting unit.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "PreferenceSet": {
 "description": "The preferences that apply to all assets in a given context.",
 "id": "PreferenceSet",
@@ -5973,6 +6585,107 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"SqlServerDatabaseDeployment": {
+"description": "Specific details for a Microsoft SQL Server database deployment.",
+"id": "SqlServerDatabaseDeployment",
+"properties": {
+"features": {
+"description": "Optional. List of SQL Server features.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "SqlServerFeature"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"serverFlags": {
+"description": "Optional. List of SQL Server server flags.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "SqlServerServerFlag"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"traceFlags": {
+"description": "Optional. List of SQL Server trace flags.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "SqlServerTraceFlag"
+},
+"type": "array"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"SqlServerFeature": {
+"description": "SQL Server feature details.",
+"id": "SqlServerFeature",
+"properties": {
+"enabled": {
+"description": "Required. Field enabled is set when a feature is used on the source deployment.",
+"type": "boolean"
+},
+"featureName": {
+"description": "Required. The feature name.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"SqlServerSchemaDetails": {
+"description": "Specific details for a SqlServer database.",
+"id": "SqlServerSchemaDetails",
+"properties": {
+"clrObjectCount": {
+"description": "Optional. SqlServer number of CLR objects.",
+"format": "int32",
+"type": "integer"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"SqlServerServerFlag": {
+"description": "SQL Server server flag details.",
+"id": "SqlServerServerFlag",
+"properties": {
+"serverFlagName": {
+"description": "Required. The server flag name.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"value": {
+"description": "Required. The server flag value set by the user.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"valueInUse": {
+"description": "Required. The server flag actual value. If `value_in_use` is different from `value` it means that either the configuration change was not applied or it is an expected behavior. See SQL Server documentation for more details.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"SqlServerTraceFlag": {
+"description": "SQL Server trace flag details.",
+"id": "SqlServerTraceFlag",
+"properties": {
+"scope": {
+"description": "Required. The trace flag scope.",
+"enum": [
+"SCOPE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"OFF",
+"GLOBAL",
+"SESSION"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Unspecified.",
+"Off.",
+"Global.",
+"Session."
+],
+"type": "string"
+},
+"traceFlagName": {
+"description": "Required. The trace flag name.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "Status": {
 "description": "The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors).",
 "id": "Status",
@@ -6137,7 +6850,7 @@
 "enumDescriptions": [
 "Unspecified (default value).",
 "Prefer to migrate to Google Cloud Compute Engine.",
-"Prefer to migrate to Google Cloud VMware Engine.",
+"Prefer to migrate to Google Cloud VMware Engine.6278",
 "Prefer to migrate to Google Cloud Sole Tenant Nodes."
 ],
 "type": "string"

From 7f1c6373b2cad026946fed5e9337cc91061d775f Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Yoshi Automation 
Date: Tue, 26 Nov 2024 07:08:52 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 20/31] feat(monitoring): update the api

#### monitoring:v3

The following keys were added:
- schemas.PrometheusQueryLanguageCondition.properties.disableMetricValidation.type (Total Keys: 1)
---
 docs/dyn/monitoring_v3.projects.alertPolicies.html   |  6 ++++++
 .../monitoring_v3.projects.metricDescriptors.html    |  6 +++---
 .../discovery_cache/documents/monitoring.v3.json     | 12 ++++++++----
 3 files changed, 17 insertions(+), 7 deletions(-)

diff --git a/docs/dyn/monitoring_v3.projects.alertPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/monitoring_v3.projects.alertPolicies.html
index c50e896240..d0e0567142 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/monitoring_v3.projects.alertPolicies.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/monitoring_v3.projects.alertPolicies.html
@@ -166,6 +166,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
       "conditionPrometheusQueryLanguage": { # A condition type that allows alerting policies to be defined using Prometheus Query Language (PromQL) (https://prometheus.io/docs/prometheus/latest/querying/basics/).The PrometheusQueryLanguageCondition message contains information from a Prometheus alerting rule and its associated rule group.A Prometheus alerting rule is described here (https://prometheus.io/docs/prometheus/latest/configuration/alerting_rules/). The semantics of a Prometheus alerting rule is described here (https://prometheus.io/docs/prometheus/latest/configuration/recording_rules/#rule).A Prometheus rule group is described here (https://prometheus.io/docs/prometheus/latest/configuration/recording_rules/). The semantics of a Prometheus rule group is described here (https://prometheus.io/docs/prometheus/latest/configuration/recording_rules/#rule_group).Because Cloud Alerting has no representation of a Prometheus rule group resource, we must embed the information of the parent rule group inside each of the conditions that refer to it. We must also update the contents of all Prometheus alerts in case the information of their rule group changes.The PrometheusQueryLanguageCondition protocol buffer combines the information of the corresponding rule group and alerting rule. The structure of the PrometheusQueryLanguageCondition protocol buffer does NOT mimic the structure of the Prometheus rule group and alerting rule YAML declarations. The PrometheusQueryLanguageCondition protocol buffer may change in the future to support future rule group and/or alerting rule features. There are no new such features at the present time (2023-06-26). # A condition that uses the Prometheus query language to define alerts.
         "alertRule": "A String", # Optional. The alerting rule name of this alert in the corresponding Prometheus configuration file.Some external tools may require this field to be populated correctly in order to refer to the original Prometheus configuration file. The rule group name and the alert name are necessary to update the relevant AlertPolicies in case the definition of the rule group changes in the future.This field is optional. If this field is not empty, then it must be a valid Prometheus label name (https://prometheus.io/docs/concepts/data_model/#metric-names-and-labels). This field may not exceed 2048 Unicode characters in length.
+        "disableMetricValidation": True or False, # Optional. Whether to disable metric existence validation for this condition.This allows alerting policies to be defined on metrics that do not yet exist, improving advanced customer workflows such as configuring alerting policies using Terraform.Users with the monitoring.alertPolicyViewer role are able to see the name of the non-existent metric in the alerting policy condition.
         "duration": "A String", # Optional. Alerts are considered firing once their PromQL expression was evaluated to be "true" for this long. Alerts whose PromQL expression was not evaluated to be "true" for long enough are considered pending. Must be a non-negative duration or missing. This field is optional. Its default value is zero.
         "evaluationInterval": "A String", # Optional. How often this rule should be evaluated. Must be a positive multiple of 30 seconds or missing. This field is optional. Its default value is 30 seconds. If this PrometheusQueryLanguageCondition was generated from a Prometheus alerting rule, then this value should be taken from the enclosing rule group.
         "labels": { # Optional. Labels to add to or overwrite in the PromQL query result. Label names must be valid (https://prometheus.io/docs/concepts/data_model/#metric-names-and-labels). Label values can be templatized by using variables (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/alerts/doc-variables#doc-vars). The only available variable names are the names of the labels in the PromQL result, including "__name__" and "value". "labels" may be empty.
@@ -343,6 +344,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
       "conditionPrometheusQueryLanguage": { # A condition type that allows alerting policies to be defined using Prometheus Query Language (PromQL) (https://prometheus.io/docs/prometheus/latest/querying/basics/).The PrometheusQueryLanguageCondition message contains information from a Prometheus alerting rule and its associated rule group.A Prometheus alerting rule is described here (https://prometheus.io/docs/prometheus/latest/configuration/alerting_rules/). The semantics of a Prometheus alerting rule is described here (https://prometheus.io/docs/prometheus/latest/configuration/recording_rules/#rule).A Prometheus rule group is described here (https://prometheus.io/docs/prometheus/latest/configuration/recording_rules/). The semantics of a Prometheus rule group is described here (https://prometheus.io/docs/prometheus/latest/configuration/recording_rules/#rule_group).Because Cloud Alerting has no representation of a Prometheus rule group resource, we must embed the information of the parent rule group inside each of the conditions that refer to it. We must also update the contents of all Prometheus alerts in case the information of their rule group changes.The PrometheusQueryLanguageCondition protocol buffer combines the information of the corresponding rule group and alerting rule. The structure of the PrometheusQueryLanguageCondition protocol buffer does NOT mimic the structure of the Prometheus rule group and alerting rule YAML declarations. The PrometheusQueryLanguageCondition protocol buffer may change in the future to support future rule group and/or alerting rule features. There are no new such features at the present time (2023-06-26). # A condition that uses the Prometheus query language to define alerts.
         "alertRule": "A String", # Optional. The alerting rule name of this alert in the corresponding Prometheus configuration file.Some external tools may require this field to be populated correctly in order to refer to the original Prometheus configuration file. The rule group name and the alert name are necessary to update the relevant AlertPolicies in case the definition of the rule group changes in the future.This field is optional. If this field is not empty, then it must be a valid Prometheus label name (https://prometheus.io/docs/concepts/data_model/#metric-names-and-labels). This field may not exceed 2048 Unicode characters in length.
+        "disableMetricValidation": True or False, # Optional. Whether to disable metric existence validation for this condition.This allows alerting policies to be defined on metrics that do not yet exist, improving advanced customer workflows such as configuring alerting policies using Terraform.Users with the monitoring.alertPolicyViewer role are able to see the name of the non-existent metric in the alerting policy condition.
         "duration": "A String", # Optional. Alerts are considered firing once their PromQL expression was evaluated to be "true" for this long. Alerts whose PromQL expression was not evaluated to be "true" for long enough are considered pending. Must be a non-negative duration or missing. This field is optional. Its default value is zero.
         "evaluationInterval": "A String", # Optional. How often this rule should be evaluated. Must be a positive multiple of 30 seconds or missing. This field is optional. Its default value is 30 seconds. If this PrometheusQueryLanguageCondition was generated from a Prometheus alerting rule, then this value should be taken from the enclosing rule group.
         "labels": { # Optional. Labels to add to or overwrite in the PromQL query result. Label names must be valid (https://prometheus.io/docs/concepts/data_model/#metric-names-and-labels). Label values can be templatized by using variables (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/alerts/doc-variables#doc-vars). The only available variable names are the names of the labels in the PromQL result, including "__name__" and "value". "labels" may be empty.
@@ -545,6 +547,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
       "conditionPrometheusQueryLanguage": { # A condition type that allows alerting policies to be defined using Prometheus Query Language (PromQL) (https://prometheus.io/docs/prometheus/latest/querying/basics/).The PrometheusQueryLanguageCondition message contains information from a Prometheus alerting rule and its associated rule group.A Prometheus alerting rule is described here (https://prometheus.io/docs/prometheus/latest/configuration/alerting_rules/). The semantics of a Prometheus alerting rule is described here (https://prometheus.io/docs/prometheus/latest/configuration/recording_rules/#rule).A Prometheus rule group is described here (https://prometheus.io/docs/prometheus/latest/configuration/recording_rules/). The semantics of a Prometheus rule group is described here (https://prometheus.io/docs/prometheus/latest/configuration/recording_rules/#rule_group).Because Cloud Alerting has no representation of a Prometheus rule group resource, we must embed the information of the parent rule group inside each of the conditions that refer to it. We must also update the contents of all Prometheus alerts in case the information of their rule group changes.The PrometheusQueryLanguageCondition protocol buffer combines the information of the corresponding rule group and alerting rule. The structure of the PrometheusQueryLanguageCondition protocol buffer does NOT mimic the structure of the Prometheus rule group and alerting rule YAML declarations. The PrometheusQueryLanguageCondition protocol buffer may change in the future to support future rule group and/or alerting rule features. There are no new such features at the present time (2023-06-26). # A condition that uses the Prometheus query language to define alerts.
         "alertRule": "A String", # Optional. The alerting rule name of this alert in the corresponding Prometheus configuration file.Some external tools may require this field to be populated correctly in order to refer to the original Prometheus configuration file. The rule group name and the alert name are necessary to update the relevant AlertPolicies in case the definition of the rule group changes in the future.This field is optional. If this field is not empty, then it must be a valid Prometheus label name (https://prometheus.io/docs/concepts/data_model/#metric-names-and-labels). This field may not exceed 2048 Unicode characters in length.
+        "disableMetricValidation": True or False, # Optional. Whether to disable metric existence validation for this condition.This allows alerting policies to be defined on metrics that do not yet exist, improving advanced customer workflows such as configuring alerting policies using Terraform.Users with the monitoring.alertPolicyViewer role are able to see the name of the non-existent metric in the alerting policy condition.
         "duration": "A String", # Optional. Alerts are considered firing once their PromQL expression was evaluated to be "true" for this long. Alerts whose PromQL expression was not evaluated to be "true" for long enough are considered pending. Must be a non-negative duration or missing. This field is optional. Its default value is zero.
         "evaluationInterval": "A String", # Optional. How often this rule should be evaluated. Must be a positive multiple of 30 seconds or missing. This field is optional. Its default value is 30 seconds. If this PrometheusQueryLanguageCondition was generated from a Prometheus alerting rule, then this value should be taken from the enclosing rule group.
         "labels": { # Optional. Labels to add to or overwrite in the PromQL query result. Label names must be valid (https://prometheus.io/docs/concepts/data_model/#metric-names-and-labels). Label values can be templatized by using variables (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/alerts/doc-variables#doc-vars). The only available variable names are the names of the labels in the PromQL result, including "__name__" and "value". "labels" may be empty.
@@ -735,6 +738,7 @@ 
Method Details

           },
           "conditionPrometheusQueryLanguage": { # A condition type that allows alerting policies to be defined using Prometheus Query Language (PromQL) (https://prometheus.io/docs/prometheus/latest/querying/basics/).The PrometheusQueryLanguageCondition message contains information from a Prometheus alerting rule and its associated rule group.A Prometheus alerting rule is described here (https://prometheus.io/docs/prometheus/latest/configuration/alerting_rules/). The semantics of a Prometheus alerting rule is described here (https://prometheus.io/docs/prometheus/latest/configuration/recording_rules/#rule).A Prometheus rule group is described here (https://prometheus.io/docs/prometheus/latest/configuration/recording_rules/). The semantics of a Prometheus rule group is described here (https://prometheus.io/docs/prometheus/latest/configuration/recording_rules/#rule_group).Because Cloud Alerting has no representation of a Prometheus rule group resource, we must embed the information of the parent rule group inside each of the conditions that refer to it. We must also update the contents of all Prometheus alerts in case the information of their rule group changes.The PrometheusQueryLanguageCondition protocol buffer combines the information of the corresponding rule group and alerting rule. The structure of the PrometheusQueryLanguageCondition protocol buffer does NOT mimic the structure of the Prometheus rule group and alerting rule YAML declarations. The PrometheusQueryLanguageCondition protocol buffer may change in the future to support future rule group and/or alerting rule features. There are no new such features at the present time (2023-06-26). # A condition that uses the Prometheus query language to define alerts.
             "alertRule": "A String", # Optional. The alerting rule name of this alert in the corresponding Prometheus configuration file.Some external tools may require this field to be populated correctly in order to refer to the original Prometheus configuration file. The rule group name and the alert name are necessary to update the relevant AlertPolicies in case the definition of the rule group changes in the future.This field is optional. If this field is not empty, then it must be a valid Prometheus label name (https://prometheus.io/docs/concepts/data_model/#metric-names-and-labels). This field may not exceed 2048 Unicode characters in length.
+            "disableMetricValidation": True or False, # Optional. Whether to disable metric existence validation for this condition.This allows alerting policies to be defined on metrics that do not yet exist, improving advanced customer workflows such as configuring alerting policies using Terraform.Users with the monitoring.alertPolicyViewer role are able to see the name of the non-existent metric in the alerting policy condition.
             "duration": "A String", # Optional. Alerts are considered firing once their PromQL expression was evaluated to be "true" for this long. Alerts whose PromQL expression was not evaluated to be "true" for long enough are considered pending. Must be a non-negative duration or missing. This field is optional. Its default value is zero.
             "evaluationInterval": "A String", # Optional. How often this rule should be evaluated. Must be a positive multiple of 30 seconds or missing. This field is optional. Its default value is 30 seconds. If this PrometheusQueryLanguageCondition was generated from a Prometheus alerting rule, then this value should be taken from the enclosing rule group.
             "labels": { # Optional. Labels to add to or overwrite in the PromQL query result. Label names must be valid (https://prometheus.io/docs/concepts/data_model/#metric-names-and-labels). Label values can be templatized by using variables (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/alerts/doc-variables#doc-vars). The only available variable names are the names of the labels in the PromQL result, including "__name__" and "value". "labels" may be empty.
@@ -932,6 +936,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
       "conditionPrometheusQueryLanguage": { # A condition type that allows alerting policies to be defined using Prometheus Query Language (PromQL) (https://prometheus.io/docs/prometheus/latest/querying/basics/).The PrometheusQueryLanguageCondition message contains information from a Prometheus alerting rule and its associated rule group.A Prometheus alerting rule is described here (https://prometheus.io/docs/prometheus/latest/configuration/alerting_rules/). The semantics of a Prometheus alerting rule is described here (https://prometheus.io/docs/prometheus/latest/configuration/recording_rules/#rule).A Prometheus rule group is described here (https://prometheus.io/docs/prometheus/latest/configuration/recording_rules/). The semantics of a Prometheus rule group is described here (https://prometheus.io/docs/prometheus/latest/configuration/recording_rules/#rule_group).Because Cloud Alerting has no representation of a Prometheus rule group resource, we must embed the information of the parent rule group inside each of the conditions that refer to it. We must also update the contents of all Prometheus alerts in case the information of their rule group changes.The PrometheusQueryLanguageCondition protocol buffer combines the information of the corresponding rule group and alerting rule. The structure of the PrometheusQueryLanguageCondition protocol buffer does NOT mimic the structure of the Prometheus rule group and alerting rule YAML declarations. The PrometheusQueryLanguageCondition protocol buffer may change in the future to support future rule group and/or alerting rule features. There are no new such features at the present time (2023-06-26). # A condition that uses the Prometheus query language to define alerts.
         "alertRule": "A String", # Optional. The alerting rule name of this alert in the corresponding Prometheus configuration file.Some external tools may require this field to be populated correctly in order to refer to the original Prometheus configuration file. The rule group name and the alert name are necessary to update the relevant AlertPolicies in case the definition of the rule group changes in the future.This field is optional. If this field is not empty, then it must be a valid Prometheus label name (https://prometheus.io/docs/concepts/data_model/#metric-names-and-labels). This field may not exceed 2048 Unicode characters in length.
+        "disableMetricValidation": True or False, # Optional. Whether to disable metric existence validation for this condition.This allows alerting policies to be defined on metrics that do not yet exist, improving advanced customer workflows such as configuring alerting policies using Terraform.Users with the monitoring.alertPolicyViewer role are able to see the name of the non-existent metric in the alerting policy condition.
         "duration": "A String", # Optional. Alerts are considered firing once their PromQL expression was evaluated to be "true" for this long. Alerts whose PromQL expression was not evaluated to be "true" for long enough are considered pending. Must be a non-negative duration or missing. This field is optional. Its default value is zero.
         "evaluationInterval": "A String", # Optional. How often this rule should be evaluated. Must be a positive multiple of 30 seconds or missing. This field is optional. Its default value is 30 seconds. If this PrometheusQueryLanguageCondition was generated from a Prometheus alerting rule, then this value should be taken from the enclosing rule group.
         "labels": { # Optional. Labels to add to or overwrite in the PromQL query result. Label names must be valid (https://prometheus.io/docs/concepts/data_model/#metric-names-and-labels). Label values can be templatized by using variables (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/alerts/doc-variables#doc-vars). The only available variable names are the names of the labels in the PromQL result, including "__name__" and "value". "labels" may be empty.
@@ -1110,6 +1115,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
       "conditionPrometheusQueryLanguage": { # A condition type that allows alerting policies to be defined using Prometheus Query Language (PromQL) (https://prometheus.io/docs/prometheus/latest/querying/basics/).The PrometheusQueryLanguageCondition message contains information from a Prometheus alerting rule and its associated rule group.A Prometheus alerting rule is described here (https://prometheus.io/docs/prometheus/latest/configuration/alerting_rules/). The semantics of a Prometheus alerting rule is described here (https://prometheus.io/docs/prometheus/latest/configuration/recording_rules/#rule).A Prometheus rule group is described here (https://prometheus.io/docs/prometheus/latest/configuration/recording_rules/). The semantics of a Prometheus rule group is described here (https://prometheus.io/docs/prometheus/latest/configuration/recording_rules/#rule_group).Because Cloud Alerting has no representation of a Prometheus rule group resource, we must embed the information of the parent rule group inside each of the conditions that refer to it. We must also update the contents of all Prometheus alerts in case the information of their rule group changes.The PrometheusQueryLanguageCondition protocol buffer combines the information of the corresponding rule group and alerting rule. The structure of the PrometheusQueryLanguageCondition protocol buffer does NOT mimic the structure of the Prometheus rule group and alerting rule YAML declarations. The PrometheusQueryLanguageCondition protocol buffer may change in the future to support future rule group and/or alerting rule features. There are no new such features at the present time (2023-06-26). # A condition that uses the Prometheus query language to define alerts.
         "alertRule": "A String", # Optional. The alerting rule name of this alert in the corresponding Prometheus configuration file.Some external tools may require this field to be populated correctly in order to refer to the original Prometheus configuration file. The rule group name and the alert name are necessary to update the relevant AlertPolicies in case the definition of the rule group changes in the future.This field is optional. If this field is not empty, then it must be a valid Prometheus label name (https://prometheus.io/docs/concepts/data_model/#metric-names-and-labels). This field may not exceed 2048 Unicode characters in length.
+        "disableMetricValidation": True or False, # Optional. Whether to disable metric existence validation for this condition.This allows alerting policies to be defined on metrics that do not yet exist, improving advanced customer workflows such as configuring alerting policies using Terraform.Users with the monitoring.alertPolicyViewer role are able to see the name of the non-existent metric in the alerting policy condition.
         "duration": "A String", # Optional. Alerts are considered firing once their PromQL expression was evaluated to be "true" for this long. Alerts whose PromQL expression was not evaluated to be "true" for long enough are considered pending. Must be a non-negative duration or missing. This field is optional. Its default value is zero.
         "evaluationInterval": "A String", # Optional. How often this rule should be evaluated. Must be a positive multiple of 30 seconds or missing. This field is optional. Its default value is 30 seconds. If this PrometheusQueryLanguageCondition was generated from a Prometheus alerting rule, then this value should be taken from the enclosing rule group.
         "labels": { # Optional. Labels to add to or overwrite in the PromQL query result. Label names must be valid (https://prometheus.io/docs/concepts/data_model/#metric-names-and-labels). Label values can be templatized by using variables (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/alerts/doc-variables#doc-vars). The only available variable names are the names of the labels in the PromQL result, including "__name__" and "value". "labels" may be empty.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/monitoring_v3.projects.metricDescriptors.html b/docs/dyn/monitoring_v3.projects.metricDescriptors.html
index d285d878fd..37bd25d0de 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/monitoring_v3.projects.metricDescriptors.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/monitoring_v3.projects.metricDescriptors.html
@@ -242,9 +242,9 @@ 
Method Details

 
 Args:
   name: string, Required. The project (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3#project_name) on which to execute the request. The format is: projects/[PROJECT_ID_OR_NUMBER]  (required)
-  filter: string, If this field is empty, all custom and system-defined metric descriptors are returned. Otherwise, the filter (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/filters) specifies which metric descriptors are to be returned. For example, the following filter matches all custom metrics (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/custom-metrics): metric.type = starts_with("custom.googleapis.com/") 
-  pageSize: integer, A positive number that is the maximum number of results to return. The default and maximum value is 10,000. If a page_size <= 0 or > 10,000 is submitted, will instead return a maximum of 10,000 results.
-  pageToken: string, If this field is not empty then it must contain the nextPageToken value returned by a previous call to this method. Using this field causes the method to return additional results from the previous method call.
+  filter: string, Optional. If this field is empty, all custom and system-defined metric descriptors are returned. Otherwise, the filter (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/filters) specifies which metric descriptors are to be returned. For example, the following filter matches all custom metrics (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/custom-metrics): metric.type = starts_with("custom.googleapis.com/") 
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. A positive number that is the maximum number of results to return. The default and maximum value is 10,000. If a page_size <= 0 or > 10,000 is submitted, will instead return a maximum of 10,000 results.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. If this field is not empty then it must contain the nextPageToken value returned by a previous call to this method. Using this field causes the method to return additional results from the previous method call.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/monitoring.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/monitoring.v3.json
index 26927930c4..62ded050da 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/monitoring.v3.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/monitoring.v3.json
@@ -1205,7 +1205,7 @@
 ],
 "parameters": {
 "filter": {
-"description": "If this field is empty, all custom and system-defined metric descriptors are returned. Otherwise, the filter (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/filters) specifies which metric descriptors are to be returned. For example, the following filter matches all custom metrics (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/custom-metrics): metric.type = starts_with(\"custom.googleapis.com/\") ",
+"description": "Optional. If this field is empty, all custom and system-defined metric descriptors are returned. Otherwise, the filter (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/api/v3/filters) specifies which metric descriptors are to be returned. For example, the following filter matches all custom metrics (https://cloud.google.com/monitoring/custom-metrics): metric.type = starts_with(\"custom.googleapis.com/\") ",
 "location": "query",
 "type": "string"
 },
@@ -1217,13 +1217,13 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "pageSize": {
-"description": "A positive number that is the maximum number of results to return. The default and maximum value is 10,000. If a page_size <= 0 or > 10,000 is submitted, will instead return a maximum of 10,000 results.",
+"description": "Optional. A positive number that is the maximum number of results to return. The default and maximum value is 10,000. If a page_size <= 0 or > 10,000 is submitted, will instead return a maximum of 10,000 results.",
 "format": "int32",
 "location": "query",
 "type": "integer"
 },
 "pageToken": {
-"description": "If this field is not empty then it must contain the nextPageToken value returned by a previous call to this method. Using this field causes the method to return additional results from the previous method call.",
+"description": "Optional. If this field is not empty then it must contain the nextPageToken value returned by a previous call to this method. Using this field causes the method to return additional results from the previous method call.",
 "location": "query",
 "type": "string"
 }
@@ -2715,7 +2715,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241017",
+"revision": "20241114",
 "rootUrl": "https://monitoring.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "Aggregation": {
@@ -5263,6 +5263,10 @@
 "description": "Optional. The alerting rule name of this alert in the corresponding Prometheus configuration file.Some external tools may require this field to be populated correctly in order to refer to the original Prometheus configuration file. The rule group name and the alert name are necessary to update the relevant AlertPolicies in case the definition of the rule group changes in the future.This field is optional. If this field is not empty, then it must be a valid Prometheus label name (https://prometheus.io/docs/concepts/data_model/#metric-names-and-labels). This field may not exceed 2048 Unicode characters in length.",
 "type": "string"
 },
+"disableMetricValidation": {
+"description": "Optional. Whether to disable metric existence validation for this condition.This allows alerting policies to be defined on metrics that do not yet exist, improving advanced customer workflows such as configuring alerting policies using Terraform.Users with the monitoring.alertPolicyViewer role are able to see the name of the non-existent metric in the alerting policy condition.",
+"type": "boolean"
+},
 "duration": {
 "description": "Optional. Alerts are considered firing once their PromQL expression was evaluated to be \"true\" for this long. Alerts whose PromQL expression was not evaluated to be \"true\" for long enough are considered pending. Must be a non-negative duration or missing. This field is optional. Its default value is zero.",
 "format": "google-duration",

From 966b2cad19071162de39686a442c6f662402729d Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Yoshi Automation 
Date: Tue, 26 Nov 2024 07:08:52 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 21/31] feat(playintegrity): update the api

#### playintegrity:v1

The following keys were added:
- schemas.DeviceAttributes (Total Keys: 4)
- schemas.DeviceIntegrity.properties.deviceAttributes.$ref (Total Keys: 1)
---
 docs/dyn/playintegrity_v1.v1.html              |  3 +++
 .../documents/playintegrity.v1.json            | 18 +++++++++++++++++-
 2 files changed, 20 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/docs/dyn/playintegrity_v1.v1.html b/docs/dyn/playintegrity_v1.v1.html
index 394267a509..14fe3489f2 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/playintegrity_v1.v1.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/playintegrity_v1.v1.html
@@ -124,6 +124,9 @@ 
Method Details

       "versionCode": "A String", # Version code of the application. Set iff app_recognition_verdict != UNEVALUATED.
     },
     "deviceIntegrity": { # Contains the device attestation information. # Required. Details about the device integrity.
+      "deviceAttributes": { # Contains information about the device for which the integrity token was generated, e.g. Android SDK version. # Attributes of the device where the integrity token was generated.
+        "sdkVersion": 42, # Android SDK version of the device, as defined in the public Android documentation: https://developer.android.com/reference/android/os/Build.VERSION_CODES. It won't be set if a necessary requirement was missed. For example DeviceIntegrity did not meet the minimum bar.
+      },
       "deviceRecall": { # Contains the recall bits per device set by the developer. # Details about the device recall bits set by the developer.
         "values": { # Contains the recall bits values. # Required. Contains the recall bits values.
           "bitFirst": True or False, # Required. First recall bit value.
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playintegrity.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playintegrity.v1.json
index 975e28954e..b9996ab9e7 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playintegrity.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playintegrity.v1.json
@@ -170,7 +170,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20240813",
+"revision": "20241119",
 "rootUrl": "https://playintegrity.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AccountActivity": {
@@ -366,10 +366,26 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"DeviceAttributes": {
+"description": "Contains information about the device for which the integrity token was generated, e.g. Android SDK version.",
+"id": "DeviceAttributes",
+"properties": {
+"sdkVersion": {
+"description": "Android SDK version of the device, as defined in the public Android documentation: https://developer.android.com/reference/android/os/Build.VERSION_CODES. It won't be set if a necessary requirement was missed. For example DeviceIntegrity did not meet the minimum bar.",
+"format": "int32",
+"type": "integer"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "DeviceIntegrity": {
 "description": "Contains the device attestation information.",
 "id": "DeviceIntegrity",
 "properties": {
+"deviceAttributes": {
+"$ref": "DeviceAttributes",
+"description": "Attributes of the device where the integrity token was generated."
+},
 "deviceRecall": {
 "$ref": "DeviceRecall",
 "description": "Details about the device recall bits set by the developer."

From 361668856a2d35c7bc23b429ba6acc7851807bac Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Yoshi Automation 
Date: Tue, 26 Nov 2024 07:08:52 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 22/31] feat(policysimulator): update the api

#### policysimulator:v1

The following keys were added:
- schemas.GoogleCloudOrgpolicyV2PolicySpecPolicyRule.properties.parameters (Total Keys: 2)

#### policysimulator:v1alpha

The following keys were added:
- schemas.GoogleCloudOrgpolicyV2PolicySpecPolicyRule.properties.parameters (Total Keys: 2)

#### policysimulator:v1beta

The following keys were added:
- schemas.GoogleCloudOrgpolicyV2PolicySpecPolicyRule.properties.parameters (Total Keys: 2)
---
 ...locations.orgPolicyViolationsPreviews.html | 36 +++++++++++++++++++
 ...locations.orgPolicyViolationsPreviews.html | 36 +++++++++++++++++++
 .../documents/policysimulator.v1.json         | 10 +++++-
 .../documents/policysimulator.v1alpha.json    | 10 +++++-
 .../documents/policysimulator.v1beta.json     | 10 +++++-
 5 files changed, 99 insertions(+), 3 deletions(-)

diff --git a/docs/dyn/policysimulator_v1alpha.organizations.locations.orgPolicyViolationsPreviews.html b/docs/dyn/policysimulator_v1alpha.organizations.locations.orgPolicyViolationsPreviews.html
index de7037fae5..b6600acb04 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/policysimulator_v1alpha.organizations.locations.orgPolicyViolationsPreviews.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/policysimulator_v1alpha.organizations.locations.orgPolicyViolationsPreviews.html
@@ -163,6 +163,9 @@ 
Method Details

                   },
                   "denyAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are denied. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints.
                   "enforce": True or False, # If `true`, then the policy is enforced. If `false`, then any configuration is acceptable. This field can be set only in policies for boolean constraints.
+                  "parameters": { # Optional. Required for GMCs if parameters defined in constraints. Pass parameter values when policy enforcement is enabled. Ensure that parameter value types match those defined in the constraint definition. For example: { "allowedLocations" : ["us-east1", "us-west1"], "allowAll" : true }
+                    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                  },
                   "values": { # A message that holds specific allowed and denied values. This message can define specific values and subtrees of the Resource Manager resource hierarchy (`Organizations`, `Folders`, `Projects`) that are allowed or denied. This is achieved by using the `under:` and optional `is:` prefixes. The `under:` prefix is used to denote resource subtree values. The `is:` prefix is used to denote specific values, and is required only if the value contains a ":". Values prefixed with "is:" are treated the same as values with no prefix. Ancestry subtrees must be in one of the following formats: - `projects/` (for example, `projects/tokyo-rain-123`) - `folders/` (for example, `folders/1234`) - `organizations/` (for example, `organizations/1234`) The `supports_under` field of the associated `Constraint` defines whether ancestry prefixes can be used. # List of values to be used for this policy rule. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints.
                     "allowedValues": [ # List of values allowed at this resource.
                       "A String",
@@ -191,6 +194,9 @@ 
Method Details

                 },
                 "denyAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are denied. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints.
                 "enforce": True or False, # If `true`, then the policy is enforced. If `false`, then any configuration is acceptable. This field can be set only in policies for boolean constraints.
+                "parameters": { # Optional. Required for GMCs if parameters defined in constraints. Pass parameter values when policy enforcement is enabled. Ensure that parameter value types match those defined in the constraint definition. For example: { "allowedLocations" : ["us-east1", "us-west1"], "allowAll" : true }
+                  "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                },
                 "values": { # A message that holds specific allowed and denied values. This message can define specific values and subtrees of the Resource Manager resource hierarchy (`Organizations`, `Folders`, `Projects`) that are allowed or denied. This is achieved by using the `under:` and optional `is:` prefixes. The `under:` prefix is used to denote resource subtree values. The `is:` prefix is used to denote specific values, and is required only if the value contains a ":". Values prefixed with "is:" are treated the same as values with no prefix. Ancestry subtrees must be in one of the following formats: - `projects/` (for example, `projects/tokyo-rain-123`) - `folders/` (for example, `folders/1234`) - `organizations/` (for example, `organizations/1234`) The `supports_under` field of the associated `Constraint` defines whether ancestry prefixes can be used. # List of values to be used for this policy rule. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints.
                   "allowedValues": [ # List of values allowed at this resource.
                     "A String",
@@ -220,6 +226,9 @@ 
Method Details

                 },
                 "denyAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are denied. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints.
                 "enforce": True or False, # If `true`, then the policy is enforced. If `false`, then any configuration is acceptable. This field can be set only in policies for boolean constraints.
+                "parameters": { # Optional. Required for GMCs if parameters defined in constraints. Pass parameter values when policy enforcement is enabled. Ensure that parameter value types match those defined in the constraint definition. For example: { "allowedLocations" : ["us-east1", "us-west1"], "allowAll" : true }
+                  "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                },
                 "values": { # A message that holds specific allowed and denied values. This message can define specific values and subtrees of the Resource Manager resource hierarchy (`Organizations`, `Folders`, `Projects`) that are allowed or denied. This is achieved by using the `under:` and optional `is:` prefixes. The `under:` prefix is used to denote resource subtree values. The `is:` prefix is used to denote specific values, and is required only if the value contains a ":". Values prefixed with "is:" are treated the same as values with no prefix. Ancestry subtrees must be in one of the following formats: - `projects/` (for example, `projects/tokyo-rain-123`) - `folders/` (for example, `folders/1234`) - `organizations/` (for example, `organizations/1234`) The `supports_under` field of the associated `Constraint` defines whether ancestry prefixes can be used. # List of values to be used for this policy rule. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints.
                   "allowedValues": [ # List of values allowed at this resource.
                     "A String",
@@ -333,6 +342,9 @@ 
Method Details

                   },
                   "denyAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are denied. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints.
                   "enforce": True or False, # If `true`, then the policy is enforced. If `false`, then any configuration is acceptable. This field can be set only in policies for boolean constraints.
+                  "parameters": { # Optional. Required for GMCs if parameters defined in constraints. Pass parameter values when policy enforcement is enabled. Ensure that parameter value types match those defined in the constraint definition. For example: { "allowedLocations" : ["us-east1", "us-west1"], "allowAll" : true }
+                    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                  },
                   "values": { # A message that holds specific allowed and denied values. This message can define specific values and subtrees of the Resource Manager resource hierarchy (`Organizations`, `Folders`, `Projects`) that are allowed or denied. This is achieved by using the `under:` and optional `is:` prefixes. The `under:` prefix is used to denote resource subtree values. The `is:` prefix is used to denote specific values, and is required only if the value contains a ":". Values prefixed with "is:" are treated the same as values with no prefix. Ancestry subtrees must be in one of the following formats: - `projects/` (for example, `projects/tokyo-rain-123`) - `folders/` (for example, `folders/1234`) - `organizations/` (for example, `organizations/1234`) The `supports_under` field of the associated `Constraint` defines whether ancestry prefixes can be used. # List of values to be used for this policy rule. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints.
                     "allowedValues": [ # List of values allowed at this resource.
                       "A String",
@@ -361,6 +373,9 @@ 
Method Details

                 },
                 "denyAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are denied. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints.
                 "enforce": True or False, # If `true`, then the policy is enforced. If `false`, then any configuration is acceptable. This field can be set only in policies for boolean constraints.
+                "parameters": { # Optional. Required for GMCs if parameters defined in constraints. Pass parameter values when policy enforcement is enabled. Ensure that parameter value types match those defined in the constraint definition. For example: { "allowedLocations" : ["us-east1", "us-west1"], "allowAll" : true }
+                  "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                },
                 "values": { # A message that holds specific allowed and denied values. This message can define specific values and subtrees of the Resource Manager resource hierarchy (`Organizations`, `Folders`, `Projects`) that are allowed or denied. This is achieved by using the `under:` and optional `is:` prefixes. The `under:` prefix is used to denote resource subtree values. The `is:` prefix is used to denote specific values, and is required only if the value contains a ":". Values prefixed with "is:" are treated the same as values with no prefix. Ancestry subtrees must be in one of the following formats: - `projects/` (for example, `projects/tokyo-rain-123`) - `folders/` (for example, `folders/1234`) - `organizations/` (for example, `organizations/1234`) The `supports_under` field of the associated `Constraint` defines whether ancestry prefixes can be used. # List of values to be used for this policy rule. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints.
                   "allowedValues": [ # List of values allowed at this resource.
                     "A String",
@@ -390,6 +405,9 @@ 
Method Details

                 },
                 "denyAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are denied. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints.
                 "enforce": True or False, # If `true`, then the policy is enforced. If `false`, then any configuration is acceptable. This field can be set only in policies for boolean constraints.
+                "parameters": { # Optional. Required for GMCs if parameters defined in constraints. Pass parameter values when policy enforcement is enabled. Ensure that parameter value types match those defined in the constraint definition. For example: { "allowedLocations" : ["us-east1", "us-west1"], "allowAll" : true }
+                  "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                },
                 "values": { # A message that holds specific allowed and denied values. This message can define specific values and subtrees of the Resource Manager resource hierarchy (`Organizations`, `Folders`, `Projects`) that are allowed or denied. This is achieved by using the `under:` and optional `is:` prefixes. The `under:` prefix is used to denote resource subtree values. The `is:` prefix is used to denote specific values, and is required only if the value contains a ":". Values prefixed with "is:" are treated the same as values with no prefix. Ancestry subtrees must be in one of the following formats: - `projects/` (for example, `projects/tokyo-rain-123`) - `folders/` (for example, `folders/1234`) - `organizations/` (for example, `organizations/1234`) The `supports_under` field of the associated `Constraint` defines whether ancestry prefixes can be used. # List of values to be used for this policy rule. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints.
                   "allowedValues": [ # List of values allowed at this resource.
                     "A String",
@@ -507,6 +525,9 @@ 
Method Details

                   },
                   "denyAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are denied. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints.
                   "enforce": True or False, # If `true`, then the policy is enforced. If `false`, then any configuration is acceptable. This field can be set only in policies for boolean constraints.
+                  "parameters": { # Optional. Required for GMCs if parameters defined in constraints. Pass parameter values when policy enforcement is enabled. Ensure that parameter value types match those defined in the constraint definition. For example: { "allowedLocations" : ["us-east1", "us-west1"], "allowAll" : true }
+                    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                  },
                   "values": { # A message that holds specific allowed and denied values. This message can define specific values and subtrees of the Resource Manager resource hierarchy (`Organizations`, `Folders`, `Projects`) that are allowed or denied. This is achieved by using the `under:` and optional `is:` prefixes. The `under:` prefix is used to denote resource subtree values. The `is:` prefix is used to denote specific values, and is required only if the value contains a ":". Values prefixed with "is:" are treated the same as values with no prefix. Ancestry subtrees must be in one of the following formats: - `projects/` (for example, `projects/tokyo-rain-123`) - `folders/` (for example, `folders/1234`) - `organizations/` (for example, `organizations/1234`) The `supports_under` field of the associated `Constraint` defines whether ancestry prefixes can be used. # List of values to be used for this policy rule. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints.
                     "allowedValues": [ # List of values allowed at this resource.
                       "A String",
@@ -535,6 +556,9 @@ 
Method Details

                 },
                 "denyAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are denied. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints.
                 "enforce": True or False, # If `true`, then the policy is enforced. If `false`, then any configuration is acceptable. This field can be set only in policies for boolean constraints.
+                "parameters": { # Optional. Required for GMCs if parameters defined in constraints. Pass parameter values when policy enforcement is enabled. Ensure that parameter value types match those defined in the constraint definition. For example: { "allowedLocations" : ["us-east1", "us-west1"], "allowAll" : true }
+                  "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                },
                 "values": { # A message that holds specific allowed and denied values. This message can define specific values and subtrees of the Resource Manager resource hierarchy (`Organizations`, `Folders`, `Projects`) that are allowed or denied. This is achieved by using the `under:` and optional `is:` prefixes. The `under:` prefix is used to denote resource subtree values. The `is:` prefix is used to denote specific values, and is required only if the value contains a ":". Values prefixed with "is:" are treated the same as values with no prefix. Ancestry subtrees must be in one of the following formats: - `projects/` (for example, `projects/tokyo-rain-123`) - `folders/` (for example, `folders/1234`) - `organizations/` (for example, `organizations/1234`) The `supports_under` field of the associated `Constraint` defines whether ancestry prefixes can be used. # List of values to be used for this policy rule. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints.
                   "allowedValues": [ # List of values allowed at this resource.
                     "A String",
@@ -564,6 +588,9 @@ 
Method Details

                 },
                 "denyAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are denied. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints.
                 "enforce": True or False, # If `true`, then the policy is enforced. If `false`, then any configuration is acceptable. This field can be set only in policies for boolean constraints.
+                "parameters": { # Optional. Required for GMCs if parameters defined in constraints. Pass parameter values when policy enforcement is enabled. Ensure that parameter value types match those defined in the constraint definition. For example: { "allowedLocations" : ["us-east1", "us-west1"], "allowAll" : true }
+                  "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                },
                 "values": { # A message that holds specific allowed and denied values. This message can define specific values and subtrees of the Resource Manager resource hierarchy (`Organizations`, `Folders`, `Projects`) that are allowed or denied. This is achieved by using the `under:` and optional `is:` prefixes. The `under:` prefix is used to denote resource subtree values. The `is:` prefix is used to denote specific values, and is required only if the value contains a ":". Values prefixed with "is:" are treated the same as values with no prefix. Ancestry subtrees must be in one of the following formats: - `projects/` (for example, `projects/tokyo-rain-123`) - `folders/` (for example, `folders/1234`) - `organizations/` (for example, `organizations/1234`) The `supports_under` field of the associated `Constraint` defines whether ancestry prefixes can be used. # List of values to be used for this policy rule. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints.
                   "allowedValues": [ # List of values allowed at this resource.
                     "A String",
@@ -658,6 +685,9 @@ 
Method Details

                       },
                       "denyAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are denied. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints.
                       "enforce": True or False, # If `true`, then the policy is enforced. If `false`, then any configuration is acceptable. This field can be set only in policies for boolean constraints.
+                      "parameters": { # Optional. Required for GMCs if parameters defined in constraints. Pass parameter values when policy enforcement is enabled. Ensure that parameter value types match those defined in the constraint definition. For example: { "allowedLocations" : ["us-east1", "us-west1"], "allowAll" : true }
+                        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                      },
                       "values": { # A message that holds specific allowed and denied values. This message can define specific values and subtrees of the Resource Manager resource hierarchy (`Organizations`, `Folders`, `Projects`) that are allowed or denied. This is achieved by using the `under:` and optional `is:` prefixes. The `under:` prefix is used to denote resource subtree values. The `is:` prefix is used to denote specific values, and is required only if the value contains a ":". Values prefixed with "is:" are treated the same as values with no prefix. Ancestry subtrees must be in one of the following formats: - `projects/` (for example, `projects/tokyo-rain-123`) - `folders/` (for example, `folders/1234`) - `organizations/` (for example, `organizations/1234`) The `supports_under` field of the associated `Constraint` defines whether ancestry prefixes can be used. # List of values to be used for this policy rule. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints.
                         "allowedValues": [ # List of values allowed at this resource.
                           "A String",
@@ -686,6 +716,9 @@ 
Method Details

                     },
                     "denyAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are denied. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints.
                     "enforce": True or False, # If `true`, then the policy is enforced. If `false`, then any configuration is acceptable. This field can be set only in policies for boolean constraints.
+                    "parameters": { # Optional. Required for GMCs if parameters defined in constraints. Pass parameter values when policy enforcement is enabled. Ensure that parameter value types match those defined in the constraint definition. For example: { "allowedLocations" : ["us-east1", "us-west1"], "allowAll" : true }
+                      "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                    },
                     "values": { # A message that holds specific allowed and denied values. This message can define specific values and subtrees of the Resource Manager resource hierarchy (`Organizations`, `Folders`, `Projects`) that are allowed or denied. This is achieved by using the `under:` and optional `is:` prefixes. The `under:` prefix is used to denote resource subtree values. The `is:` prefix is used to denote specific values, and is required only if the value contains a ":". Values prefixed with "is:" are treated the same as values with no prefix. Ancestry subtrees must be in one of the following formats: - `projects/` (for example, `projects/tokyo-rain-123`) - `folders/` (for example, `folders/1234`) - `organizations/` (for example, `organizations/1234`) The `supports_under` field of the associated `Constraint` defines whether ancestry prefixes can be used. # List of values to be used for this policy rule. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints.
                       "allowedValues": [ # List of values allowed at this resource.
                         "A String",
@@ -715,6 +748,9 @@ 
Method Details

                     },
                     "denyAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are denied. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints.
                     "enforce": True or False, # If `true`, then the policy is enforced. If `false`, then any configuration is acceptable. This field can be set only in policies for boolean constraints.
+                    "parameters": { # Optional. Required for GMCs if parameters defined in constraints. Pass parameter values when policy enforcement is enabled. Ensure that parameter value types match those defined in the constraint definition. For example: { "allowedLocations" : ["us-east1", "us-west1"], "allowAll" : true }
+                      "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                    },
                     "values": { # A message that holds specific allowed and denied values. This message can define specific values and subtrees of the Resource Manager resource hierarchy (`Organizations`, `Folders`, `Projects`) that are allowed or denied. This is achieved by using the `under:` and optional `is:` prefixes. The `under:` prefix is used to denote resource subtree values. The `is:` prefix is used to denote specific values, and is required only if the value contains a ":". Values prefixed with "is:" are treated the same as values with no prefix. Ancestry subtrees must be in one of the following formats: - `projects/` (for example, `projects/tokyo-rain-123`) - `folders/` (for example, `folders/1234`) - `organizations/` (for example, `organizations/1234`) The `supports_under` field of the associated `Constraint` defines whether ancestry prefixes can be used. # List of values to be used for this policy rule. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints.
                       "allowedValues": [ # List of values allowed at this resource.
                         "A String",
diff --git a/docs/dyn/policysimulator_v1beta.organizations.locations.orgPolicyViolationsPreviews.html b/docs/dyn/policysimulator_v1beta.organizations.locations.orgPolicyViolationsPreviews.html
index 66580258b8..3990af5885 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/policysimulator_v1beta.organizations.locations.orgPolicyViolationsPreviews.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/policysimulator_v1beta.organizations.locations.orgPolicyViolationsPreviews.html
@@ -163,6 +163,9 @@ 
Method Details

                   },
                   "denyAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are denied. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints.
                   "enforce": True or False, # If `true`, then the policy is enforced. If `false`, then any configuration is acceptable. This field can be set only in policies for boolean constraints.
+                  "parameters": { # Optional. Required for GMCs if parameters defined in constraints. Pass parameter values when policy enforcement is enabled. Ensure that parameter value types match those defined in the constraint definition. For example: { "allowedLocations" : ["us-east1", "us-west1"], "allowAll" : true }
+                    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                  },
                   "values": { # A message that holds specific allowed and denied values. This message can define specific values and subtrees of the Resource Manager resource hierarchy (`Organizations`, `Folders`, `Projects`) that are allowed or denied. This is achieved by using the `under:` and optional `is:` prefixes. The `under:` prefix is used to denote resource subtree values. The `is:` prefix is used to denote specific values, and is required only if the value contains a ":". Values prefixed with "is:" are treated the same as values with no prefix. Ancestry subtrees must be in one of the following formats: - `projects/` (for example, `projects/tokyo-rain-123`) - `folders/` (for example, `folders/1234`) - `organizations/` (for example, `organizations/1234`) The `supports_under` field of the associated `Constraint` defines whether ancestry prefixes can be used. # List of values to be used for this policy rule. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints.
                     "allowedValues": [ # List of values allowed at this resource.
                       "A String",
@@ -191,6 +194,9 @@ 
Method Details

                 },
                 "denyAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are denied. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints.
                 "enforce": True or False, # If `true`, then the policy is enforced. If `false`, then any configuration is acceptable. This field can be set only in policies for boolean constraints.
+                "parameters": { # Optional. Required for GMCs if parameters defined in constraints. Pass parameter values when policy enforcement is enabled. Ensure that parameter value types match those defined in the constraint definition. For example: { "allowedLocations" : ["us-east1", "us-west1"], "allowAll" : true }
+                  "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                },
                 "values": { # A message that holds specific allowed and denied values. This message can define specific values and subtrees of the Resource Manager resource hierarchy (`Organizations`, `Folders`, `Projects`) that are allowed or denied. This is achieved by using the `under:` and optional `is:` prefixes. The `under:` prefix is used to denote resource subtree values. The `is:` prefix is used to denote specific values, and is required only if the value contains a ":". Values prefixed with "is:" are treated the same as values with no prefix. Ancestry subtrees must be in one of the following formats: - `projects/` (for example, `projects/tokyo-rain-123`) - `folders/` (for example, `folders/1234`) - `organizations/` (for example, `organizations/1234`) The `supports_under` field of the associated `Constraint` defines whether ancestry prefixes can be used. # List of values to be used for this policy rule. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints.
                   "allowedValues": [ # List of values allowed at this resource.
                     "A String",
@@ -220,6 +226,9 @@ 
Method Details

                 },
                 "denyAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are denied. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints.
                 "enforce": True or False, # If `true`, then the policy is enforced. If `false`, then any configuration is acceptable. This field can be set only in policies for boolean constraints.
+                "parameters": { # Optional. Required for GMCs if parameters defined in constraints. Pass parameter values when policy enforcement is enabled. Ensure that parameter value types match those defined in the constraint definition. For example: { "allowedLocations" : ["us-east1", "us-west1"], "allowAll" : true }
+                  "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                },
                 "values": { # A message that holds specific allowed and denied values. This message can define specific values and subtrees of the Resource Manager resource hierarchy (`Organizations`, `Folders`, `Projects`) that are allowed or denied. This is achieved by using the `under:` and optional `is:` prefixes. The `under:` prefix is used to denote resource subtree values. The `is:` prefix is used to denote specific values, and is required only if the value contains a ":". Values prefixed with "is:" are treated the same as values with no prefix. Ancestry subtrees must be in one of the following formats: - `projects/` (for example, `projects/tokyo-rain-123`) - `folders/` (for example, `folders/1234`) - `organizations/` (for example, `organizations/1234`) The `supports_under` field of the associated `Constraint` defines whether ancestry prefixes can be used. # List of values to be used for this policy rule. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints.
                   "allowedValues": [ # List of values allowed at this resource.
                     "A String",
@@ -333,6 +342,9 @@ 
Method Details

                   },
                   "denyAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are denied. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints.
                   "enforce": True or False, # If `true`, then the policy is enforced. If `false`, then any configuration is acceptable. This field can be set only in policies for boolean constraints.
+                  "parameters": { # Optional. Required for GMCs if parameters defined in constraints. Pass parameter values when policy enforcement is enabled. Ensure that parameter value types match those defined in the constraint definition. For example: { "allowedLocations" : ["us-east1", "us-west1"], "allowAll" : true }
+                    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                  },
                   "values": { # A message that holds specific allowed and denied values. This message can define specific values and subtrees of the Resource Manager resource hierarchy (`Organizations`, `Folders`, `Projects`) that are allowed or denied. This is achieved by using the `under:` and optional `is:` prefixes. The `under:` prefix is used to denote resource subtree values. The `is:` prefix is used to denote specific values, and is required only if the value contains a ":". Values prefixed with "is:" are treated the same as values with no prefix. Ancestry subtrees must be in one of the following formats: - `projects/` (for example, `projects/tokyo-rain-123`) - `folders/` (for example, `folders/1234`) - `organizations/` (for example, `organizations/1234`) The `supports_under` field of the associated `Constraint` defines whether ancestry prefixes can be used. # List of values to be used for this policy rule. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints.
                     "allowedValues": [ # List of values allowed at this resource.
                       "A String",
@@ -361,6 +373,9 @@ 
Method Details

                 },
                 "denyAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are denied. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints.
                 "enforce": True or False, # If `true`, then the policy is enforced. If `false`, then any configuration is acceptable. This field can be set only in policies for boolean constraints.
+                "parameters": { # Optional. Required for GMCs if parameters defined in constraints. Pass parameter values when policy enforcement is enabled. Ensure that parameter value types match those defined in the constraint definition. For example: { "allowedLocations" : ["us-east1", "us-west1"], "allowAll" : true }
+                  "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                },
                 "values": { # A message that holds specific allowed and denied values. This message can define specific values and subtrees of the Resource Manager resource hierarchy (`Organizations`, `Folders`, `Projects`) that are allowed or denied. This is achieved by using the `under:` and optional `is:` prefixes. The `under:` prefix is used to denote resource subtree values. The `is:` prefix is used to denote specific values, and is required only if the value contains a ":". Values prefixed with "is:" are treated the same as values with no prefix. Ancestry subtrees must be in one of the following formats: - `projects/` (for example, `projects/tokyo-rain-123`) - `folders/` (for example, `folders/1234`) - `organizations/` (for example, `organizations/1234`) The `supports_under` field of the associated `Constraint` defines whether ancestry prefixes can be used. # List of values to be used for this policy rule. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints.
                   "allowedValues": [ # List of values allowed at this resource.
                     "A String",
@@ -390,6 +405,9 @@ 
Method Details

                 },
                 "denyAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are denied. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints.
                 "enforce": True or False, # If `true`, then the policy is enforced. If `false`, then any configuration is acceptable. This field can be set only in policies for boolean constraints.
+                "parameters": { # Optional. Required for GMCs if parameters defined in constraints. Pass parameter values when policy enforcement is enabled. Ensure that parameter value types match those defined in the constraint definition. For example: { "allowedLocations" : ["us-east1", "us-west1"], "allowAll" : true }
+                  "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                },
                 "values": { # A message that holds specific allowed and denied values. This message can define specific values and subtrees of the Resource Manager resource hierarchy (`Organizations`, `Folders`, `Projects`) that are allowed or denied. This is achieved by using the `under:` and optional `is:` prefixes. The `under:` prefix is used to denote resource subtree values. The `is:` prefix is used to denote specific values, and is required only if the value contains a ":". Values prefixed with "is:" are treated the same as values with no prefix. Ancestry subtrees must be in one of the following formats: - `projects/` (for example, `projects/tokyo-rain-123`) - `folders/` (for example, `folders/1234`) - `organizations/` (for example, `organizations/1234`) The `supports_under` field of the associated `Constraint` defines whether ancestry prefixes can be used. # List of values to be used for this policy rule. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints.
                   "allowedValues": [ # List of values allowed at this resource.
                     "A String",
@@ -507,6 +525,9 @@ 
Method Details

                   },
                   "denyAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are denied. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints.
                   "enforce": True or False, # If `true`, then the policy is enforced. If `false`, then any configuration is acceptable. This field can be set only in policies for boolean constraints.
+                  "parameters": { # Optional. Required for GMCs if parameters defined in constraints. Pass parameter values when policy enforcement is enabled. Ensure that parameter value types match those defined in the constraint definition. For example: { "allowedLocations" : ["us-east1", "us-west1"], "allowAll" : true }
+                    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                  },
                   "values": { # A message that holds specific allowed and denied values. This message can define specific values and subtrees of the Resource Manager resource hierarchy (`Organizations`, `Folders`, `Projects`) that are allowed or denied. This is achieved by using the `under:` and optional `is:` prefixes. The `under:` prefix is used to denote resource subtree values. The `is:` prefix is used to denote specific values, and is required only if the value contains a ":". Values prefixed with "is:" are treated the same as values with no prefix. Ancestry subtrees must be in one of the following formats: - `projects/` (for example, `projects/tokyo-rain-123`) - `folders/` (for example, `folders/1234`) - `organizations/` (for example, `organizations/1234`) The `supports_under` field of the associated `Constraint` defines whether ancestry prefixes can be used. # List of values to be used for this policy rule. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints.
                     "allowedValues": [ # List of values allowed at this resource.
                       "A String",
@@ -535,6 +556,9 @@ 
Method Details

                 },
                 "denyAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are denied. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints.
                 "enforce": True or False, # If `true`, then the policy is enforced. If `false`, then any configuration is acceptable. This field can be set only in policies for boolean constraints.
+                "parameters": { # Optional. Required for GMCs if parameters defined in constraints. Pass parameter values when policy enforcement is enabled. Ensure that parameter value types match those defined in the constraint definition. For example: { "allowedLocations" : ["us-east1", "us-west1"], "allowAll" : true }
+                  "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                },
                 "values": { # A message that holds specific allowed and denied values. This message can define specific values and subtrees of the Resource Manager resource hierarchy (`Organizations`, `Folders`, `Projects`) that are allowed or denied. This is achieved by using the `under:` and optional `is:` prefixes. The `under:` prefix is used to denote resource subtree values. The `is:` prefix is used to denote specific values, and is required only if the value contains a ":". Values prefixed with "is:" are treated the same as values with no prefix. Ancestry subtrees must be in one of the following formats: - `projects/` (for example, `projects/tokyo-rain-123`) - `folders/` (for example, `folders/1234`) - `organizations/` (for example, `organizations/1234`) The `supports_under` field of the associated `Constraint` defines whether ancestry prefixes can be used. # List of values to be used for this policy rule. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints.
                   "allowedValues": [ # List of values allowed at this resource.
                     "A String",
@@ -564,6 +588,9 @@ 
Method Details

                 },
                 "denyAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are denied. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints.
                 "enforce": True or False, # If `true`, then the policy is enforced. If `false`, then any configuration is acceptable. This field can be set only in policies for boolean constraints.
+                "parameters": { # Optional. Required for GMCs if parameters defined in constraints. Pass parameter values when policy enforcement is enabled. Ensure that parameter value types match those defined in the constraint definition. For example: { "allowedLocations" : ["us-east1", "us-west1"], "allowAll" : true }
+                  "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                },
                 "values": { # A message that holds specific allowed and denied values. This message can define specific values and subtrees of the Resource Manager resource hierarchy (`Organizations`, `Folders`, `Projects`) that are allowed or denied. This is achieved by using the `under:` and optional `is:` prefixes. The `under:` prefix is used to denote resource subtree values. The `is:` prefix is used to denote specific values, and is required only if the value contains a ":". Values prefixed with "is:" are treated the same as values with no prefix. Ancestry subtrees must be in one of the following formats: - `projects/` (for example, `projects/tokyo-rain-123`) - `folders/` (for example, `folders/1234`) - `organizations/` (for example, `organizations/1234`) The `supports_under` field of the associated `Constraint` defines whether ancestry prefixes can be used. # List of values to be used for this policy rule. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints.
                   "allowedValues": [ # List of values allowed at this resource.
                     "A String",
@@ -658,6 +685,9 @@ 
Method Details

                       },
                       "denyAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are denied. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints.
                       "enforce": True or False, # If `true`, then the policy is enforced. If `false`, then any configuration is acceptable. This field can be set only in policies for boolean constraints.
+                      "parameters": { # Optional. Required for GMCs if parameters defined in constraints. Pass parameter values when policy enforcement is enabled. Ensure that parameter value types match those defined in the constraint definition. For example: { "allowedLocations" : ["us-east1", "us-west1"], "allowAll" : true }
+                        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                      },
                       "values": { # A message that holds specific allowed and denied values. This message can define specific values and subtrees of the Resource Manager resource hierarchy (`Organizations`, `Folders`, `Projects`) that are allowed or denied. This is achieved by using the `under:` and optional `is:` prefixes. The `under:` prefix is used to denote resource subtree values. The `is:` prefix is used to denote specific values, and is required only if the value contains a ":". Values prefixed with "is:" are treated the same as values with no prefix. Ancestry subtrees must be in one of the following formats: - `projects/` (for example, `projects/tokyo-rain-123`) - `folders/` (for example, `folders/1234`) - `organizations/` (for example, `organizations/1234`) The `supports_under` field of the associated `Constraint` defines whether ancestry prefixes can be used. # List of values to be used for this policy rule. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints.
                         "allowedValues": [ # List of values allowed at this resource.
                           "A String",
@@ -686,6 +716,9 @@ 
Method Details

                     },
                     "denyAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are denied. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints.
                     "enforce": True or False, # If `true`, then the policy is enforced. If `false`, then any configuration is acceptable. This field can be set only in policies for boolean constraints.
+                    "parameters": { # Optional. Required for GMCs if parameters defined in constraints. Pass parameter values when policy enforcement is enabled. Ensure that parameter value types match those defined in the constraint definition. For example: { "allowedLocations" : ["us-east1", "us-west1"], "allowAll" : true }
+                      "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                    },
                     "values": { # A message that holds specific allowed and denied values. This message can define specific values and subtrees of the Resource Manager resource hierarchy (`Organizations`, `Folders`, `Projects`) that are allowed or denied. This is achieved by using the `under:` and optional `is:` prefixes. The `under:` prefix is used to denote resource subtree values. The `is:` prefix is used to denote specific values, and is required only if the value contains a ":". Values prefixed with "is:" are treated the same as values with no prefix. Ancestry subtrees must be in one of the following formats: - `projects/` (for example, `projects/tokyo-rain-123`) - `folders/` (for example, `folders/1234`) - `organizations/` (for example, `organizations/1234`) The `supports_under` field of the associated `Constraint` defines whether ancestry prefixes can be used. # List of values to be used for this policy rule. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints.
                       "allowedValues": [ # List of values allowed at this resource.
                         "A String",
@@ -715,6 +748,9 @@ 
Method Details

                     },
                     "denyAll": True or False, # Setting this to true means that all values are denied. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints.
                     "enforce": True or False, # If `true`, then the policy is enforced. If `false`, then any configuration is acceptable. This field can be set only in policies for boolean constraints.
+                    "parameters": { # Optional. Required for GMCs if parameters defined in constraints. Pass parameter values when policy enforcement is enabled. Ensure that parameter value types match those defined in the constraint definition. For example: { "allowedLocations" : ["us-east1", "us-west1"], "allowAll" : true }
+                      "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
+                    },
                     "values": { # A message that holds specific allowed and denied values. This message can define specific values and subtrees of the Resource Manager resource hierarchy (`Organizations`, `Folders`, `Projects`) that are allowed or denied. This is achieved by using the `under:` and optional `is:` prefixes. The `under:` prefix is used to denote resource subtree values. The `is:` prefix is used to denote specific values, and is required only if the value contains a ":". Values prefixed with "is:" are treated the same as values with no prefix. Ancestry subtrees must be in one of the following formats: - `projects/` (for example, `projects/tokyo-rain-123`) - `folders/` (for example, `folders/1234`) - `organizations/` (for example, `organizations/1234`) The `supports_under` field of the associated `Constraint` defines whether ancestry prefixes can be used. # List of values to be used for this policy rule. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints.
                       "allowedValues": [ # List of values allowed at this resource.
                         "A String",
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policysimulator.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policysimulator.v1.json
index 61e47c4c7b..78743e0105 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policysimulator.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policysimulator.v1.json
@@ -806,7 +806,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20240630",
+"revision": "20241118",
 "rootUrl": "https://policysimulator.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "GoogleCloudOrgpolicyV2AlternatePolicySpec": {
@@ -977,6 +977,14 @@
 "description": "If `true`, then the policy is enforced. If `false`, then any configuration is acceptable. This field can be set only in policies for boolean constraints.",
 "type": "boolean"
 },
+"parameters": {
+"additionalProperties": {
+"description": "Properties of the object.",
+"type": "any"
+},
+"description": "Optional. Required for GMCs if parameters defined in constraints. Pass parameter values when policy enforcement is enabled. Ensure that parameter value types match those defined in the constraint definition. For example: { \"allowedLocations\" : [\"us-east1\", \"us-west1\"], \"allowAll\" : true }",
+"type": "object"
+},
 "values": {
 "$ref": "GoogleCloudOrgpolicyV2PolicySpecPolicyRuleStringValues",
 "description": "List of values to be used for this policy rule. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints."
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policysimulator.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policysimulator.v1alpha.json
index b2898a5225..3cacaaec92 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policysimulator.v1alpha.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policysimulator.v1alpha.json
@@ -1078,7 +1078,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20240630",
+"revision": "20241118",
 "rootUrl": "https://policysimulator.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "GoogleCloudOrgpolicyV2AlternatePolicySpec": {
@@ -1249,6 +1249,14 @@
 "description": "If `true`, then the policy is enforced. If `false`, then any configuration is acceptable. This field can be set only in policies for boolean constraints.",
 "type": "boolean"
 },
+"parameters": {
+"additionalProperties": {
+"description": "Properties of the object.",
+"type": "any"
+},
+"description": "Optional. Required for GMCs if parameters defined in constraints. Pass parameter values when policy enforcement is enabled. Ensure that parameter value types match those defined in the constraint definition. For example: { \"allowedLocations\" : [\"us-east1\", \"us-west1\"], \"allowAll\" : true }",
+"type": "object"
+},
 "values": {
 "$ref": "GoogleCloudOrgpolicyV2PolicySpecPolicyRuleStringValues",
 "description": "List of values to be used for this policy rule. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints."
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policysimulator.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policysimulator.v1beta.json
index 48146cdfac..fb41bb44e6 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policysimulator.v1beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/policysimulator.v1beta.json
@@ -1078,7 +1078,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20240630",
+"revision": "20241118",
 "rootUrl": "https://policysimulator.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "GoogleCloudOrgpolicyV2AlternatePolicySpec": {
@@ -1249,6 +1249,14 @@
 "description": "If `true`, then the policy is enforced. If `false`, then any configuration is acceptable. This field can be set only in policies for boolean constraints.",
 "type": "boolean"
 },
+"parameters": {
+"additionalProperties": {
+"description": "Properties of the object.",
+"type": "any"
+},
+"description": "Optional. Required for GMCs if parameters defined in constraints. Pass parameter values when policy enforcement is enabled. Ensure that parameter value types match those defined in the constraint definition. For example: { \"allowedLocations\" : [\"us-east1\", \"us-west1\"], \"allowAll\" : true }",
+"type": "object"
+},
 "values": {
 "$ref": "GoogleCloudOrgpolicyV2PolicySpecPolicyRuleStringValues",
 "description": "List of values to be used for this policy rule. This field can be set only in policies for list constraints."

From c222b940685e79253c6fe67d354ef02e8a983306 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Yoshi Automation 
Date: Tue, 26 Nov 2024 07:08:52 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 23/31] feat(redis): update the api

#### redis:v1

The following keys were added:
- resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.backupCollections.methods.get (Total Keys: 11)
- resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.backupCollections.methods.list (Total Keys: 16)
- resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.backupCollections.resources.backups.methods.delete (Total Keys: 13)
- resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.backupCollections.resources.backups.methods.export (Total Keys: 12)
- resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.backupCollections.resources.backups.methods.get (Total Keys: 11)
- resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.backupCollections.resources.backups.methods.list (Total Keys: 16)
- resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.clusters.methods.backup (Total Keys: 12)
- schemas.AutomatedBackupConfig (Total Keys: 6)
- schemas.Backup (Total Keys: 55)
- schemas.Cluster.properties.automatedBackupConfig.$ref (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.Cluster.properties.backupCollection (Total Keys: 2)
- schemas.Cluster.properties.gcsSource.$ref (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.Cluster.properties.managedBackupSource.$ref (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.ExportBackupRequest (Total Keys: 3)
- schemas.FixedFrequencySchedule (Total Keys: 3)
- schemas.GcsBackupSource (Total Keys: 4)
- schemas.ListBackupCollectionsResponse (Total Keys: 7)
- schemas.ListBackupsResponse (Total Keys: 7)
- schemas.MachineConfiguration.properties.vcpuCount (Total Keys: 2)
- schemas.ManagedBackupSource (Total Keys: 3)

#### redis:v1beta1

The following keys were added:
- resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.backupCollections.methods.get (Total Keys: 11)
- resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.backupCollections.methods.list (Total Keys: 16)
- resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.backupCollections.resources.backups.methods.delete (Total Keys: 13)
- resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.backupCollections.resources.backups.methods.export (Total Keys: 12)
- resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.backupCollections.resources.backups.methods.get (Total Keys: 11)
- resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.backupCollections.resources.backups.methods.list (Total Keys: 16)
- resources.projects.resources.locations.resources.clusters.methods.backup (Total Keys: 12)
- schemas.AutomatedBackupConfig (Total Keys: 6)
- schemas.Backup (Total Keys: 55)
- schemas.Cluster.properties.automatedBackupConfig.$ref (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.Cluster.properties.backupCollection (Total Keys: 2)
- schemas.Cluster.properties.gcsSource.$ref (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.Cluster.properties.managedBackupSource.$ref (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.ExportBackupRequest (Total Keys: 3)
- schemas.FixedFrequencySchedule (Total Keys: 3)
- schemas.GcsBackupSource (Total Keys: 4)
- schemas.ListBackupCollectionsResponse (Total Keys: 7)
- schemas.ListBackupsResponse (Total Keys: 7)
- schemas.MachineConfiguration.properties.vcpuCount (Total Keys: 2)
- schemas.ManagedBackupSource (Total Keys: 3)
---
 ...s.locations.backupCollections.backups.html | 277 +++++++++
 ....projects.locations.backupCollections.html | 166 ++++++
 .../redis_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html | 130 +++++
 docs/dyn/redis_v1.projects.locations.html     |   5 +
 ...edis_v1.projects.locations.operations.html |   4 +-
 ...s.locations.backupCollections.backups.html | 277 +++++++++
 ....projects.locations.backupCollections.html | 166 ++++++
 ...s_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.html | 130 +++++
 .../dyn/redis_v1beta1.projects.locations.html |   5 +
 ...v1beta1.projects.locations.operations.html |   4 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1.json   | 547 ++++++++++++++++-
 .../documents/redis.v1beta1.json              | 549 +++++++++++++++++-
 12 files changed, 2251 insertions(+), 9 deletions(-)
 create mode 100644 docs/dyn/redis_v1.projects.locations.backupCollections.backups.html
 create mode 100644 docs/dyn/redis_v1.projects.locations.backupCollections.html
 create mode 100644 docs/dyn/redis_v1beta1.projects.locations.backupCollections.backups.html
 create mode 100644 docs/dyn/redis_v1beta1.projects.locations.backupCollections.html

diff --git a/docs/dyn/redis_v1.projects.locations.backupCollections.backups.html b/docs/dyn/redis_v1.projects.locations.backupCollections.backups.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..80df4b2783
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/redis_v1.projects.locations.backupCollections.backups.html
@@ -0,0 +1,277 @@
+
+
+
+
Google Cloud Memorystore for Redis API . projects . locations . backupCollections . backups

+
Instance Methods

+

+  close()

+
Close httplib2 connections.

+

+  delete(name, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Deletes a specific backup.

+

+  export(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Exports a specific backup to a customer target Cloud Storage URI.

+

+  get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+
Gets the details of a specific backup.

+

+  list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Lists all backups owned by a backup collection.

+

+  list_next()

+
Retrieves the next page of results.

+
Method Details

+

+    close()
+  
Close httplib2 connections.

+

+
+

+    delete(name, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Deletes a specific backup.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Redis backup resource name using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/backupCollections/{backup_collection_id}/backups/{backup_id}` (required)
+  requestId: string, Optional. Idempotent request UUID.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # { `createTime`: The time the operation was created. `endTime`: The time the operation finished running. `target`: Server-defined resource path for the target of the operation. `verb`: Name of the verb executed by the operation. `statusDetail`: Human-readable status of the operation, if any. `cancelRequested`: Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have successfully been cancelled have Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`. `apiVersion`: API version used to start the operation. }
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}

+

+
+

+    export(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Exports a specific backup to a customer target Cloud Storage URI.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Redis backup resource name using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/backupCollections/{backup_collection_id}/backups/{backup_id}` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request for [ExportBackup].
+  "gcsBucket": "A String", # Google Cloud Storage bucket, like "my-bucket".
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # { `createTime`: The time the operation was created. `endTime`: The time the operation finished running. `target`: Server-defined resource path for the target of the operation. `verb`: Name of the verb executed by the operation. `statusDetail`: Human-readable status of the operation, if any. `cancelRequested`: Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have successfully been cancelled have Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`. `apiVersion`: API version used to start the operation. }
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}

+

+
+

+    get(name, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Gets the details of a specific backup.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Redis backup resource name using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/backupCollections/{backup_collection_id}/backups/{backup_id}` (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Backup of a cluster.
+  "backupFiles": [ # Output only. List of backup files of the backup.
+    { # Backup is consisted of multiple backup files.
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the backup file was created.
+      "fileName": "A String", # Output only. e.g: .rdb
+      "sizeBytes": "A String", # Output only. Size of the backup file in bytes.
+    },
+  ],
+  "backupType": "A String", # Output only. Type of the backup.
+  "cluster": "A String", # Output only. Cluster resource path of this backup.
+  "clusterUid": "A String", # Output only. Cluster uid of this backup.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the backup was created.
+  "engineVersion": "A String", # Output only. redis-7.2, valkey-7.5
+  "expireTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the backup will expire.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. Full resource path of the backup. the last part of the name is the backup id with the following format: [YYYYMMDDHHMMSS]_[Shorted Cluster UID] OR customer specified while backup cluster. Example: 20240515123000_1234
+  "nodeType": "A String", # Output only. Node type of the cluster.
+  "replicaCount": 42, # Output only. Number of replicas for the cluster.
+  "shardCount": 42, # Output only. Number of shards for the cluster.
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the backup.
+  "totalSizeBytes": "A String", # Output only. Total size of the backup in bytes.
+}

+

+
+

+    list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Lists all backups owned by a backup collection.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The resource name of the backupCollection using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/backupCollections/{backup_collection_id}` (required)
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of items to return. If not specified, a default value of 1000 will be used by the service. Regardless of the page_size value, the response may include a partial list and a caller should only rely on response's `next_page_token` to determine if there are more clusters left to be queried.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. The `next_page_token` value returned from a previous [ListBackupCollections] request, if any.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response for [ListBackups].
+  "backups": [ # A list of backups in the project.
+    { # Backup of a cluster.
+      "backupFiles": [ # Output only. List of backup files of the backup.
+        { # Backup is consisted of multiple backup files.
+          "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the backup file was created.
+          "fileName": "A String", # Output only. e.g: .rdb
+          "sizeBytes": "A String", # Output only. Size of the backup file in bytes.
+        },
+      ],
+      "backupType": "A String", # Output only. Type of the backup.
+      "cluster": "A String", # Output only. Cluster resource path of this backup.
+      "clusterUid": "A String", # Output only. Cluster uid of this backup.
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the backup was created.
+      "engineVersion": "A String", # Output only. redis-7.2, valkey-7.5
+      "expireTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the backup will expire.
+      "name": "A String", # Identifier. Full resource path of the backup. the last part of the name is the backup id with the following format: [YYYYMMDDHHMMSS]_[Shorted Cluster UID] OR customer specified while backup cluster. Example: 20240515123000_1234
+      "nodeType": "A String", # Output only. Node type of the cluster.
+      "replicaCount": 42, # Output only. Number of replicas for the cluster.
+      "shardCount": 42, # Output only. Number of shards for the cluster.
+      "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the backup.
+      "totalSizeBytes": "A String", # Output only. Total size of the backup in bytes.
+    },
+  ],
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no more results in the list.
+  "unreachable": [ # Backups that could not be reached.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}

+

+
+

+    list_next()
+  
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        

+

+
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/redis_v1.projects.locations.backupCollections.html b/docs/dyn/redis_v1.projects.locations.backupCollections.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5d54a54014
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/redis_v1.projects.locations.backupCollections.html
@@ -0,0 +1,166 @@
+
+
+
+
Google Cloud Memorystore for Redis API . projects . locations . backupCollections

+
Instance Methods

+

+  backups()
+

+
Returns the backups Resource.

+
+

+  close()

+
Close httplib2 connections.

+

+  get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+
Get a backup collection.

+

+  list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Lists all backup collections owned by a consumer project in either the specified location (region) or all locations. If `location_id` is specified as `-` (wildcard), then all regions available to the project are queried, and the results are aggregated.

+

+  list_next()

+
Retrieves the next page of results.

+
Method Details

+

+    close()
+  
Close httplib2 connections.

+

+
+

+    get(name, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Get a backup collection.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Redis backupCollection resource name using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/backupCollections/{backup_collection_id}` where `location_id` refers to a GCP region. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # BackupCollection of a cluster.
+  "cluster": "A String", # Output only. The full resource path of the cluster the backup collection belongs to. Example: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/clusters/{cluster}
+  "clusterUid": "A String", # Output only. The cluster uid of the backup collection.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. Full resource path of the backup collection.
+}

+

+
+

+    list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Lists all backup collections owned by a consumer project in either the specified location (region) or all locations. If `location_id` is specified as `-` (wildcard), then all regions available to the project are queried, and the results are aggregated.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The resource name of the backupCollection location using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}` where `location_id` refers to a GCP region. (required)
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of items to return. If not specified, a default value of 1000 will be used by the service. Regardless of the page_size value, the response may include a partial list and a caller should only rely on response's `next_page_token` to determine if there are more clusters left to be queried.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. The `next_page_token` value returned from a previous [ListBackupCollections] request, if any.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response for [ListBackupCollections].
+  "backupCollections": [ # A list of backupCollections in the project. If the `location_id` in the parent field of the request is "-", all regions available to the project are queried, and the results aggregated. If in such an aggregated query a location is unavailable, a placeholder backupCollection entry is included in the response with the `name` field set to a value of the form `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/backupCollections/`- and the `status` field set to ERROR and `status_message` field set to "location not available for ListBackupCollections".
+    { # BackupCollection of a cluster.
+      "cluster": "A String", # Output only. The full resource path of the cluster the backup collection belongs to. Example: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/clusters/{cluster}
+      "clusterUid": "A String", # Output only. The cluster uid of the backup collection.
+      "name": "A String", # Identifier. Full resource path of the backup collection.
+    },
+  ],
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no more results in the list.
+  "unreachable": [ # Locations that could not be reached.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}

+

+
+

+    list_next()
+  
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        

+

+
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/redis_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html b/docs/dyn/redis_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html
index 3b06e386a5..1e421ed541 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/redis_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/redis_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html
@@ -74,6 +74,9 @@
 
 
Google Cloud Memorystore for Redis API . projects . locations . clusters

 
Instance Methods

+

+  backup(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Backup Redis Cluster. If this is the first time a backup is being created, a backup collection will be created at the backend, and this backup belongs to this collection. Both collection and backup will have a resource name. Backup will be executed for each shard. A replica (primary if nonHA) will be selected to perform the execution. Backup call will be rejected if there is an ongoing backup or update operation.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -102,6 +105,49 @@ 
Instance Methods

   rescheduleClusterMaintenance(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

 
Reschedules upcoming maintenance event.

 
Method Details

+

+    backup(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Backup Redis Cluster. If this is the first time a backup is being created, a backup collection will be created at the backend, and this backup belongs to this collection. Both collection and backup will have a resource name. Backup will be executed for each shard. A replica (primary if nonHA) will be selected to perform the execution. Backup call will be rejected if there is an ongoing backup or update operation.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Redis cluster resource name using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/clusters/{cluster_id}` where `location_id` refers to a GCP region. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request for [BackupCluster].
+  "backupId": "A String", # Optional. The id of the backup to be created. If not specified, the default value ([YYYYMMDDHHMMSS]_[Shortened Cluster UID] is used.
+  "ttl": "A String", # Optional. TTL for the backup to expire. Value range is 1 day to 100 years. If not specified, the default value is 100 years.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # { `createTime`: The time the operation was created. `endTime`: The time the operation finished running. `target`: Server-defined resource path for the target of the operation. `verb`: Name of the verb executed by the operation. `statusDetail`: Human-readable status of the operation, if any. `cancelRequested`: Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have successfully been cancelled have Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`. `apiVersion`: API version used to start the operation. }
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}

+

+
 

     close()
   
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -118,6 +164,19 @@ 
Method Details

 
 { # A cluster instance.
   "authorizationMode": "A String", # Optional. The authorization mode of the Redis cluster. If not provided, auth feature is disabled for the cluster.
+  "automatedBackupConfig": { # The automated backup config for a cluster. # Optional. The automated backup config for the cluster.
+    "automatedBackupMode": "A String", # Optional. The automated backup mode. If the mode is disabled, the other fields will be ignored.
+    "fixedFrequencySchedule": { # This schedule allows the backup to be triggered at a fixed frequency (currently only daily is supported). # Optional. Trigger automated backups at a fixed frequency.
+      "startTime": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. The start time of every automated backup in UTC. It must be set to the start of an hour. If not specified, the default value is the start of the hour when the automated backup config is enabled. For example, if the automated backup config is enabled at 10:13 AM UTC without specifying start_time, the default start time is 10:00 AM UTC.
+        "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+        "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+        "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+        "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+      },
+    },
+    "retention": "A String", # Optional. How long to keep automated backups before the backups are deleted. If not specified, the default value is 100 years which is also the maximum value supported. The minimum value is 1 day.
+  },
+  "backupCollection": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The backup collection full resource name. Example: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupCollections/{collection}
   "clusterEndpoints": [ # Optional. A list of cluster enpoints.
     { # ClusterEndpoint consists of PSC connections that are created as a group in each VPC network for accessing the cluster. In each group, there shall be one connection for each service attachment in the cluster.
       "connections": [ # A group of PSC connections. They are created in the same VPC network, one for each service attachment in the cluster.
@@ -173,6 +232,11 @@ 
Method Details

       },
     },
   ],
+  "gcsSource": { # Backups stored in Cloud Storage buckets. The Cloud Storage buckets need to be the same region as the clusters. # Optional. Backups stored in Cloud Storage buckets. The Cloud Storage buckets need to be the same region as the clusters. Read permission is required to import from the provided Cloud Storage objects.
+    "uris": [ # Optional. URIs of the GCS objects to import. Example: gs://bucket1/object1, gs://bucket2/folder2/object2
+      "A String",
+    ],
+  },
   "maintenancePolicy": { # Maintenance policy per cluster. # Optional. ClusterMaintenancePolicy determines when to allow or deny updates.
     "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the policy was created i.e. Maintenance Window or Deny Period was assigned.
     "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the policy was updated i.e. Maintenance Window or Deny Period was updated.
@@ -192,6 +256,9 @@ 
Method Details

     "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The end time of any upcoming scheduled maintenance for this instance.
     "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The start time of any upcoming scheduled maintenance for this instance.
   },
+  "managedBackupSource": { # Backups that generated and managed by memorystore. # Optional. Backups generated and managed by memorystore service.
+    "backup": "A String", # Optional. Example: //redis.googleapis.com/projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupCollections/{collection}/backups/{backup} A shorter version (without the prefix) of the backup name is also supported, like projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupCollections/{collection}/backups/{backup_id} In this case, it assumes the backup is under redis.googleapis.com.
+  },
   "name": "A String", # Required. Identifier. Unique name of the resource in this scope including project and location using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/clusters/{cluster_id}`
   "nodeType": "A String", # Optional. The type of a redis node in the cluster. NodeType determines the underlying machine-type of a redis node.
   "persistenceConfig": { # Configuration of the persistence functionality. # Optional. Persistence config (RDB, AOF) for the cluster.
@@ -332,6 +399,19 @@ 
Method Details

 
     { # A cluster instance.
   "authorizationMode": "A String", # Optional. The authorization mode of the Redis cluster. If not provided, auth feature is disabled for the cluster.
+  "automatedBackupConfig": { # The automated backup config for a cluster. # Optional. The automated backup config for the cluster.
+    "automatedBackupMode": "A String", # Optional. The automated backup mode. If the mode is disabled, the other fields will be ignored.
+    "fixedFrequencySchedule": { # This schedule allows the backup to be triggered at a fixed frequency (currently only daily is supported). # Optional. Trigger automated backups at a fixed frequency.
+      "startTime": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. The start time of every automated backup in UTC. It must be set to the start of an hour. If not specified, the default value is the start of the hour when the automated backup config is enabled. For example, if the automated backup config is enabled at 10:13 AM UTC without specifying start_time, the default start time is 10:00 AM UTC.
+        "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+        "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+        "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+        "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+      },
+    },
+    "retention": "A String", # Optional. How long to keep automated backups before the backups are deleted. If not specified, the default value is 100 years which is also the maximum value supported. The minimum value is 1 day.
+  },
+  "backupCollection": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The backup collection full resource name. Example: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupCollections/{collection}
   "clusterEndpoints": [ # Optional. A list of cluster enpoints.
     { # ClusterEndpoint consists of PSC connections that are created as a group in each VPC network for accessing the cluster. In each group, there shall be one connection for each service attachment in the cluster.
       "connections": [ # A group of PSC connections. They are created in the same VPC network, one for each service attachment in the cluster.
@@ -387,6 +467,11 @@ 
Method Details

       },
     },
   ],
+  "gcsSource": { # Backups stored in Cloud Storage buckets. The Cloud Storage buckets need to be the same region as the clusters. # Optional. Backups stored in Cloud Storage buckets. The Cloud Storage buckets need to be the same region as the clusters. Read permission is required to import from the provided Cloud Storage objects.
+    "uris": [ # Optional. URIs of the GCS objects to import. Example: gs://bucket1/object1, gs://bucket2/folder2/object2
+      "A String",
+    ],
+  },
   "maintenancePolicy": { # Maintenance policy per cluster. # Optional. ClusterMaintenancePolicy determines when to allow or deny updates.
     "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the policy was created i.e. Maintenance Window or Deny Period was assigned.
     "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the policy was updated i.e. Maintenance Window or Deny Period was updated.
@@ -406,6 +491,9 @@ 
Method Details

     "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The end time of any upcoming scheduled maintenance for this instance.
     "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The start time of any upcoming scheduled maintenance for this instance.
   },
+  "managedBackupSource": { # Backups that generated and managed by memorystore. # Optional. Backups generated and managed by memorystore service.
+    "backup": "A String", # Optional. Example: //redis.googleapis.com/projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupCollections/{collection}/backups/{backup} A shorter version (without the prefix) of the backup name is also supported, like projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupCollections/{collection}/backups/{backup_id} In this case, it assumes the backup is under redis.googleapis.com.
+  },
   "name": "A String", # Required. Identifier. Unique name of the resource in this scope including project and location using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/clusters/{cluster_id}`
   "nodeType": "A String", # Optional. The type of a redis node in the cluster. NodeType determines the underlying machine-type of a redis node.
   "persistenceConfig": { # Configuration of the persistence functionality. # Optional. Persistence config (RDB, AOF) for the cluster.
@@ -512,6 +600,19 @@ 
Method Details

   "clusters": [ # A list of Redis clusters in the project in the specified location, or across all locations. If the `location_id` in the parent field of the request is "-", all regions available to the project are queried, and the results aggregated. If in such an aggregated query a location is unavailable, a placeholder Redis entry is included in the response with the `name` field set to a value of the form `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/clusters/`- and the `status` field set to ERROR and `status_message` field set to "location not available for ListClusters".
     { # A cluster instance.
       "authorizationMode": "A String", # Optional. The authorization mode of the Redis cluster. If not provided, auth feature is disabled for the cluster.
+      "automatedBackupConfig": { # The automated backup config for a cluster. # Optional. The automated backup config for the cluster.
+        "automatedBackupMode": "A String", # Optional. The automated backup mode. If the mode is disabled, the other fields will be ignored.
+        "fixedFrequencySchedule": { # This schedule allows the backup to be triggered at a fixed frequency (currently only daily is supported). # Optional. Trigger automated backups at a fixed frequency.
+          "startTime": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. The start time of every automated backup in UTC. It must be set to the start of an hour. If not specified, the default value is the start of the hour when the automated backup config is enabled. For example, if the automated backup config is enabled at 10:13 AM UTC without specifying start_time, the default start time is 10:00 AM UTC.
+            "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+            "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+            "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+            "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+          },
+        },
+        "retention": "A String", # Optional. How long to keep automated backups before the backups are deleted. If not specified, the default value is 100 years which is also the maximum value supported. The minimum value is 1 day.
+      },
+      "backupCollection": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The backup collection full resource name. Example: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupCollections/{collection}
       "clusterEndpoints": [ # Optional. A list of cluster enpoints.
         { # ClusterEndpoint consists of PSC connections that are created as a group in each VPC network for accessing the cluster. In each group, there shall be one connection for each service attachment in the cluster.
           "connections": [ # A group of PSC connections. They are created in the same VPC network, one for each service attachment in the cluster.
@@ -567,6 +668,11 @@ 
Method Details

           },
         },
       ],
+      "gcsSource": { # Backups stored in Cloud Storage buckets. The Cloud Storage buckets need to be the same region as the clusters. # Optional. Backups stored in Cloud Storage buckets. The Cloud Storage buckets need to be the same region as the clusters. Read permission is required to import from the provided Cloud Storage objects.
+        "uris": [ # Optional. URIs of the GCS objects to import. Example: gs://bucket1/object1, gs://bucket2/folder2/object2
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
       "maintenancePolicy": { # Maintenance policy per cluster. # Optional. ClusterMaintenancePolicy determines when to allow or deny updates.
         "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the policy was created i.e. Maintenance Window or Deny Period was assigned.
         "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the policy was updated i.e. Maintenance Window or Deny Period was updated.
@@ -586,6 +692,9 @@ 
Method Details

         "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The end time of any upcoming scheduled maintenance for this instance.
         "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The start time of any upcoming scheduled maintenance for this instance.
       },
+      "managedBackupSource": { # Backups that generated and managed by memorystore. # Optional. Backups generated and managed by memorystore service.
+        "backup": "A String", # Optional. Example: //redis.googleapis.com/projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupCollections/{collection}/backups/{backup} A shorter version (without the prefix) of the backup name is also supported, like projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupCollections/{collection}/backups/{backup_id} In this case, it assumes the backup is under redis.googleapis.com.
+      },
       "name": "A String", # Required. Identifier. Unique name of the resource in this scope including project and location using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/clusters/{cluster_id}`
       "nodeType": "A String", # Optional. The type of a redis node in the cluster. NodeType determines the underlying machine-type of a redis node.
       "persistenceConfig": { # Configuration of the persistence functionality. # Optional. Persistence config (RDB, AOF) for the cluster.
@@ -675,6 +784,19 @@ 
Method Details

 
 { # A cluster instance.
   "authorizationMode": "A String", # Optional. The authorization mode of the Redis cluster. If not provided, auth feature is disabled for the cluster.
+  "automatedBackupConfig": { # The automated backup config for a cluster. # Optional. The automated backup config for the cluster.
+    "automatedBackupMode": "A String", # Optional. The automated backup mode. If the mode is disabled, the other fields will be ignored.
+    "fixedFrequencySchedule": { # This schedule allows the backup to be triggered at a fixed frequency (currently only daily is supported). # Optional. Trigger automated backups at a fixed frequency.
+      "startTime": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. The start time of every automated backup in UTC. It must be set to the start of an hour. If not specified, the default value is the start of the hour when the automated backup config is enabled. For example, if the automated backup config is enabled at 10:13 AM UTC without specifying start_time, the default start time is 10:00 AM UTC.
+        "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+        "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+        "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+        "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+      },
+    },
+    "retention": "A String", # Optional. How long to keep automated backups before the backups are deleted. If not specified, the default value is 100 years which is also the maximum value supported. The minimum value is 1 day.
+  },
+  "backupCollection": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The backup collection full resource name. Example: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupCollections/{collection}
   "clusterEndpoints": [ # Optional. A list of cluster enpoints.
     { # ClusterEndpoint consists of PSC connections that are created as a group in each VPC network for accessing the cluster. In each group, there shall be one connection for each service attachment in the cluster.
       "connections": [ # A group of PSC connections. They are created in the same VPC network, one for each service attachment in the cluster.
@@ -730,6 +852,11 @@ 
Method Details

       },
     },
   ],
+  "gcsSource": { # Backups stored in Cloud Storage buckets. The Cloud Storage buckets need to be the same region as the clusters. # Optional. Backups stored in Cloud Storage buckets. The Cloud Storage buckets need to be the same region as the clusters. Read permission is required to import from the provided Cloud Storage objects.
+    "uris": [ # Optional. URIs of the GCS objects to import. Example: gs://bucket1/object1, gs://bucket2/folder2/object2
+      "A String",
+    ],
+  },
   "maintenancePolicy": { # Maintenance policy per cluster. # Optional. ClusterMaintenancePolicy determines when to allow or deny updates.
     "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the policy was created i.e. Maintenance Window or Deny Period was assigned.
     "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the policy was updated i.e. Maintenance Window or Deny Period was updated.
@@ -749,6 +876,9 @@ 
Method Details

     "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The end time of any upcoming scheduled maintenance for this instance.
     "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The start time of any upcoming scheduled maintenance for this instance.
   },
+  "managedBackupSource": { # Backups that generated and managed by memorystore. # Optional. Backups generated and managed by memorystore service.
+    "backup": "A String", # Optional. Example: //redis.googleapis.com/projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupCollections/{collection}/backups/{backup} A shorter version (without the prefix) of the backup name is also supported, like projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupCollections/{collection}/backups/{backup_id} In this case, it assumes the backup is under redis.googleapis.com.
+  },
   "name": "A String", # Required. Identifier. Unique name of the resource in this scope including project and location using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/clusters/{cluster_id}`
   "nodeType": "A String", # Optional. The type of a redis node in the cluster. NodeType determines the underlying machine-type of a redis node.
   "persistenceConfig": { # Configuration of the persistence functionality. # Optional. Persistence config (RDB, AOF) for the cluster.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/redis_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/redis_v1.projects.locations.html
index 72ef4dc55b..08f82629dd 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/redis_v1.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/redis_v1.projects.locations.html
@@ -74,6 +74,11 @@
 
 
Google Cloud Memorystore for Redis API . projects . locations

 
Instance Methods

+

+  backupCollections()
+

+
Returns the backupCollections Resource.

+
 

   clusters()
 

diff --git a/docs/dyn/redis_v1.projects.locations.operations.html b/docs/dyn/redis_v1.projects.locations.operations.html
index e07c9c9a50..7b08b32ea6 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/redis_v1.projects.locations.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/redis_v1.projects.locations.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Google Cloud Memorystore for Redis API . Instance Methods

 

   cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/redis_v1beta1.projects.locations.backupCollections.backups.html b/docs/dyn/redis_v1beta1.projects.locations.backupCollections.backups.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c662c9dd4d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/redis_v1beta1.projects.locations.backupCollections.backups.html
@@ -0,0 +1,277 @@
+
+
+
+
Google Cloud Memorystore for Redis API . projects . locations . backupCollections . backups

+
Instance Methods

+

+  close()

+
Close httplib2 connections.

+

+  delete(name, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Deletes a specific backup.

+

+  export(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Exports a specific backup to a customer target Cloud Storage URI.

+

+  get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+
Gets the details of a specific backup.

+

+  list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Lists all backups owned by a backup collection.

+

+  list_next()

+
Retrieves the next page of results.

+
Method Details

+

+    close()
+  
Close httplib2 connections.

+

+
+

+    delete(name, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Deletes a specific backup.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Redis backup resource name using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/backupCollections/{backup_collection_id}/backups/{backup_id}` (required)
+  requestId: string, Optional. Idempotent request UUID.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # { `createTime`: The time the operation was created. `endTime`: The time the operation finished running. `target`: Server-defined resource path for the target of the operation. `verb`: Name of the verb executed by the operation. `statusDetail`: Human-readable status of the operation, if any. `cancelRequested`: Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have successfully been cancelled have Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`. `apiVersion`: API version used to start the operation. }
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}

+

+
+

+    export(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Exports a specific backup to a customer target Cloud Storage URI.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Redis backup resource name using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/backupCollections/{backup_collection_id}/backups/{backup_id}` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request for [ExportBackup].
+  "gcsBucket": "A String", # Google Cloud Storage bucket, like "my-bucket".
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # { `createTime`: The time the operation was created. `endTime`: The time the operation finished running. `target`: Server-defined resource path for the target of the operation. `verb`: Name of the verb executed by the operation. `statusDetail`: Human-readable status of the operation, if any. `cancelRequested`: Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have successfully been cancelled have Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`. `apiVersion`: API version used to start the operation. }
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}

+

+
+

+    get(name, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Gets the details of a specific backup.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Redis backup resource name using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/backupCollections/{backup_collection_id}/backups/{backup_id}` (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Backup of a cluster.
+  "backupFiles": [ # Output only. List of backup files of the backup.
+    { # Backup is consisted of multiple backup files.
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the backup file was created.
+      "fileName": "A String", # Output only. e.g: .rdb
+      "sizeBytes": "A String", # Output only. Size of the backup file in bytes.
+    },
+  ],
+  "backupType": "A String", # Output only. Type of the backup.
+  "cluster": "A String", # Output only. Cluster resource path of this backup.
+  "clusterUid": "A String", # Output only. Cluster uid of this backup.
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the backup was created.
+  "engineVersion": "A String", # Output only. redis-7.2, valkey-7.5
+  "expireTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the backup will expire.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. Full resource path of the backup. the last part of the name is the backup id with the following format: [YYYYMMDDHHMMSS]_[Shorted Cluster UID] OR customer specified while backup cluster. Example: 20240515123000_1234
+  "nodeType": "A String", # Output only. Node type of the cluster.
+  "replicaCount": 42, # Output only. Number of replicas for the cluster.
+  "shardCount": 42, # Output only. Number of shards for the cluster.
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the backup.
+  "totalSizeBytes": "A String", # Output only. Total size of the backup in bytes.
+}

+

+
+

+    list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Lists all backups owned by a backup collection.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The resource name of the backupCollection using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/backupCollections/{backup_collection_id}` (required)
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of items to return. If not specified, a default value of 1000 will be used by the service. Regardless of the page_size value, the response may include a partial list and a caller should only rely on response's `next_page_token` to determine if there are more clusters left to be queried.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. The `next_page_token` value returned from a previous [ListBackupCollections] request, if any.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response for [ListBackups].
+  "backups": [ # A list of backups in the project.
+    { # Backup of a cluster.
+      "backupFiles": [ # Output only. List of backup files of the backup.
+        { # Backup is consisted of multiple backup files.
+          "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the backup file was created.
+          "fileName": "A String", # Output only. e.g: .rdb
+          "sizeBytes": "A String", # Output only. Size of the backup file in bytes.
+        },
+      ],
+      "backupType": "A String", # Output only. Type of the backup.
+      "cluster": "A String", # Output only. Cluster resource path of this backup.
+      "clusterUid": "A String", # Output only. Cluster uid of this backup.
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the backup was created.
+      "engineVersion": "A String", # Output only. redis-7.2, valkey-7.5
+      "expireTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the backup will expire.
+      "name": "A String", # Identifier. Full resource path of the backup. the last part of the name is the backup id with the following format: [YYYYMMDDHHMMSS]_[Shorted Cluster UID] OR customer specified while backup cluster. Example: 20240515123000_1234
+      "nodeType": "A String", # Output only. Node type of the cluster.
+      "replicaCount": 42, # Output only. Number of replicas for the cluster.
+      "shardCount": 42, # Output only. Number of shards for the cluster.
+      "state": "A String", # Output only. State of the backup.
+      "totalSizeBytes": "A String", # Output only. Total size of the backup in bytes.
+    },
+  ],
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no more results in the list.
+  "unreachable": [ # Backups that could not be reached.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}

+

+
+

+    list_next()
+  
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        

+

+
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/redis_v1beta1.projects.locations.backupCollections.html b/docs/dyn/redis_v1beta1.projects.locations.backupCollections.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b2d4b7c402
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/redis_v1beta1.projects.locations.backupCollections.html
@@ -0,0 +1,166 @@
+
+
+
+
Google Cloud Memorystore for Redis API . projects . locations . backupCollections

+
Instance Methods

+

+  backups()
+

+
Returns the backups Resource.

+
+

+  close()

+
Close httplib2 connections.

+

+  get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+
Get a backup collection.

+

+  list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Lists all backup collections owned by a consumer project in either the specified location (region) or all locations. If `location_id` is specified as `-` (wildcard), then all regions available to the project are queried, and the results are aggregated.

+

+  list_next()

+
Retrieves the next page of results.

+
Method Details

+

+    close()
+  
Close httplib2 connections.

+

+
+

+    get(name, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Get a backup collection.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Redis backupCollection resource name using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/backupCollections/{backup_collection_id}` where `location_id` refers to a GCP region. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # BackupCollection of a cluster.
+  "cluster": "A String", # Output only. The full resource path of the cluster the backup collection belongs to. Example: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/clusters/{cluster}
+  "clusterUid": "A String", # Output only. The cluster uid of the backup collection.
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. Full resource path of the backup collection.
+}

+

+
+

+    list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Lists all backup collections owned by a consumer project in either the specified location (region) or all locations. If `location_id` is specified as `-` (wildcard), then all regions available to the project are queried, and the results are aggregated.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The resource name of the backupCollection location using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}` where `location_id` refers to a GCP region. (required)
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of items to return. If not specified, a default value of 1000 will be used by the service. Regardless of the page_size value, the response may include a partial list and a caller should only rely on response's `next_page_token` to determine if there are more clusters left to be queried.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. The `next_page_token` value returned from a previous [ListBackupCollections] request, if any.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response for [ListBackupCollections].
+  "backupCollections": [ # A list of backupCollections in the project. If the `location_id` in the parent field of the request is "-", all regions available to the project are queried, and the results aggregated. If in such an aggregated query a location is unavailable, a placeholder backupCollection entry is included in the response with the `name` field set to a value of the form `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/backupCollections/`- and the `status` field set to ERROR and `status_message` field set to "location not available for ListBackupCollections".
+    { # BackupCollection of a cluster.
+      "cluster": "A String", # Output only. The full resource path of the cluster the backup collection belongs to. Example: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/clusters/{cluster}
+      "clusterUid": "A String", # Output only. The cluster uid of the backup collection.
+      "name": "A String", # Identifier. Full resource path of the backup collection.
+    },
+  ],
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no more results in the list.
+  "unreachable": [ # Locations that could not be reached.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}

+

+
+

+    list_next()
+  
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        

+

+
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/redis_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.html b/docs/dyn/redis_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.html
index 684afdbbf2..86ce037e92 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/redis_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/redis_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.html
@@ -74,6 +74,9 @@
 
 
Google Cloud Memorystore for Redis API . projects . locations . clusters

 
Instance Methods

+

+  backup(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Backup Redis Cluster. If this is the first time a backup is being created, a backup collection will be created at the backend, and this backup belongs to this collection. Both collection and backup will have a resource name. Backup will be executed for each shard. A replica (primary if nonHA) will be selected to perform the execution. Backup call will be rejected if there is an ongoing backup or update operation.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -102,6 +105,49 @@ 
Instance Methods

   rescheduleClusterMaintenance(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

 
Reschedules upcoming maintenance event.

 
Method Details

+

+    backup(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Backup Redis Cluster. If this is the first time a backup is being created, a backup collection will be created at the backend, and this backup belongs to this collection. Both collection and backup will have a resource name. Backup will be executed for each shard. A replica (primary if nonHA) will be selected to perform the execution. Backup call will be rejected if there is an ongoing backup or update operation.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Redis cluster resource name using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/clusters/{cluster_id}` where `location_id` refers to a GCP region. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request for [BackupCluster].
+  "backupId": "A String", # Optional. The id of the backup to be created. If not specified, the default value ([YYYYMMDDHHMMSS]_[Shortened Cluster UID] is used.
+  "ttl": "A String", # Optional. TTL for the backup to expire. Value range is 1 day to 100 years. If not specified, the default value is 100 years.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # { `createTime`: The time the operation was created. `endTime`: The time the operation finished running. `target`: Server-defined resource path for the target of the operation. `verb`: Name of the verb executed by the operation. `statusDetail`: Human-readable status of the operation, if any. `cancelRequested`: Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have successfully been cancelled have Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`. `apiVersion`: API version used to start the operation. }
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}

+

+
 

     close()
   
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -118,6 +164,19 @@ 
Method Details

 
 { # A cluster instance.
   "authorizationMode": "A String", # Optional. The authorization mode of the Redis cluster. If not provided, auth feature is disabled for the cluster.
+  "automatedBackupConfig": { # The automated backup config for a cluster. # Optional. The automated backup config for the cluster.
+    "automatedBackupMode": "A String", # Optional. The automated backup mode. If the mode is disabled, the other fields will be ignored.
+    "fixedFrequencySchedule": { # This schedule allows the backup to be triggered at a fixed frequency (currently only daily is supported). # Optional. Trigger automated backups at a fixed frequency.
+      "startTime": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. The start time of every automated backup in UTC. It must be set to the start of an hour. If not specified, the default value is the start of the hour when the automated backup config is enabled. For example, if the automated backup config is enabled at 10:13 AM UTC without specifying start_time, the default start time is 10:00 AM UTC.
+        "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+        "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+        "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+        "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+      },
+    },
+    "retention": "A String", # Optional. How long to keep automated backups before the backups are deleted. If not specified, the default value is 100 years which is also the maximum value supported. The minimum value is 1 day.
+  },
+  "backupCollection": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The backup collection full resource name. Example: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupCollections/{collection}
   "clusterEndpoints": [ # Optional. A list of cluster enpoints.
     { # ClusterEndpoint consists of PSC connections that are created as a group in each VPC network for accessing the cluster. In each group, there shall be one connection for each service attachment in the cluster.
       "connections": [ # A group of PSC connections. They are created in the same VPC network, one for each service attachment in the cluster.
@@ -173,6 +232,11 @@ 
Method Details

       },
     },
   ],
+  "gcsSource": { # Backups stored in Cloud Storage buckets. The Cloud Storage buckets need to be the same region as the clusters. # Optional. Backups stored in Cloud Storage buckets. The Cloud Storage buckets need to be the same region as the clusters. Read permission is required to import from the provided Cloud Storage objects.
+    "uris": [ # Optional. URIs of the GCS objects to import. Example: gs://bucket1/object1, gs://bucket2/folder2/object2
+      "A String",
+    ],
+  },
   "maintenancePolicy": { # Maintenance policy per cluster. # Optional. ClusterMaintenancePolicy determines when to allow or deny updates.
     "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the policy was created i.e. Maintenance Window or Deny Period was assigned.
     "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the policy was updated i.e. Maintenance Window or Deny Period was updated.
@@ -192,6 +256,9 @@ 
Method Details

     "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The end time of any upcoming scheduled maintenance for this instance.
     "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The start time of any upcoming scheduled maintenance for this instance.
   },
+  "managedBackupSource": { # Backups that generated and managed by memorystore. # Optional. Backups generated and managed by memorystore service.
+    "backup": "A String", # Optional. Example: //redis.googleapis.com/projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupCollections/{collection}/backups/{backup} A shorter version (without the prefix) of the backup name is also supported, like projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupCollections/{collection}/backups/{backup_id} In this case, it assumes the backup is under redis.googleapis.com.
+  },
   "name": "A String", # Required. Identifier. Unique name of the resource in this scope including project and location using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/clusters/{cluster_id}`
   "nodeType": "A String", # Optional. The type of a redis node in the cluster. NodeType determines the underlying machine-type of a redis node.
   "persistenceConfig": { # Configuration of the persistence functionality. # Optional. Persistence config (RDB, AOF) for the cluster.
@@ -332,6 +399,19 @@ 
Method Details

 
     { # A cluster instance.
   "authorizationMode": "A String", # Optional. The authorization mode of the Redis cluster. If not provided, auth feature is disabled for the cluster.
+  "automatedBackupConfig": { # The automated backup config for a cluster. # Optional. The automated backup config for the cluster.
+    "automatedBackupMode": "A String", # Optional. The automated backup mode. If the mode is disabled, the other fields will be ignored.
+    "fixedFrequencySchedule": { # This schedule allows the backup to be triggered at a fixed frequency (currently only daily is supported). # Optional. Trigger automated backups at a fixed frequency.
+      "startTime": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. The start time of every automated backup in UTC. It must be set to the start of an hour. If not specified, the default value is the start of the hour when the automated backup config is enabled. For example, if the automated backup config is enabled at 10:13 AM UTC without specifying start_time, the default start time is 10:00 AM UTC.
+        "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+        "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+        "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+        "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+      },
+    },
+    "retention": "A String", # Optional. How long to keep automated backups before the backups are deleted. If not specified, the default value is 100 years which is also the maximum value supported. The minimum value is 1 day.
+  },
+  "backupCollection": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The backup collection full resource name. Example: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupCollections/{collection}
   "clusterEndpoints": [ # Optional. A list of cluster enpoints.
     { # ClusterEndpoint consists of PSC connections that are created as a group in each VPC network for accessing the cluster. In each group, there shall be one connection for each service attachment in the cluster.
       "connections": [ # A group of PSC connections. They are created in the same VPC network, one for each service attachment in the cluster.
@@ -387,6 +467,11 @@ 
Method Details

       },
     },
   ],
+  "gcsSource": { # Backups stored in Cloud Storage buckets. The Cloud Storage buckets need to be the same region as the clusters. # Optional. Backups stored in Cloud Storage buckets. The Cloud Storage buckets need to be the same region as the clusters. Read permission is required to import from the provided Cloud Storage objects.
+    "uris": [ # Optional. URIs of the GCS objects to import. Example: gs://bucket1/object1, gs://bucket2/folder2/object2
+      "A String",
+    ],
+  },
   "maintenancePolicy": { # Maintenance policy per cluster. # Optional. ClusterMaintenancePolicy determines when to allow or deny updates.
     "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the policy was created i.e. Maintenance Window or Deny Period was assigned.
     "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the policy was updated i.e. Maintenance Window or Deny Period was updated.
@@ -406,6 +491,9 @@ 
Method Details

     "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The end time of any upcoming scheduled maintenance for this instance.
     "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The start time of any upcoming scheduled maintenance for this instance.
   },
+  "managedBackupSource": { # Backups that generated and managed by memorystore. # Optional. Backups generated and managed by memorystore service.
+    "backup": "A String", # Optional. Example: //redis.googleapis.com/projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupCollections/{collection}/backups/{backup} A shorter version (without the prefix) of the backup name is also supported, like projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupCollections/{collection}/backups/{backup_id} In this case, it assumes the backup is under redis.googleapis.com.
+  },
   "name": "A String", # Required. Identifier. Unique name of the resource in this scope including project and location using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/clusters/{cluster_id}`
   "nodeType": "A String", # Optional. The type of a redis node in the cluster. NodeType determines the underlying machine-type of a redis node.
   "persistenceConfig": { # Configuration of the persistence functionality. # Optional. Persistence config (RDB, AOF) for the cluster.
@@ -512,6 +600,19 @@ 
Method Details

   "clusters": [ # A list of Redis clusters in the project in the specified location, or across all locations. If the `location_id` in the parent field of the request is "-", all regions available to the project are queried, and the results aggregated. If in such an aggregated query a location is unavailable, a placeholder Redis entry is included in the response with the `name` field set to a value of the form `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/clusters/`- and the `status` field set to ERROR and `status_message` field set to "location not available for ListClusters".
     { # A cluster instance.
       "authorizationMode": "A String", # Optional. The authorization mode of the Redis cluster. If not provided, auth feature is disabled for the cluster.
+      "automatedBackupConfig": { # The automated backup config for a cluster. # Optional. The automated backup config for the cluster.
+        "automatedBackupMode": "A String", # Optional. The automated backup mode. If the mode is disabled, the other fields will be ignored.
+        "fixedFrequencySchedule": { # This schedule allows the backup to be triggered at a fixed frequency (currently only daily is supported). # Optional. Trigger automated backups at a fixed frequency.
+          "startTime": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. The start time of every automated backup in UTC. It must be set to the start of an hour. If not specified, the default value is the start of the hour when the automated backup config is enabled. For example, if the automated backup config is enabled at 10:13 AM UTC without specifying start_time, the default start time is 10:00 AM UTC.
+            "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+            "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+            "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+            "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+          },
+        },
+        "retention": "A String", # Optional. How long to keep automated backups before the backups are deleted. If not specified, the default value is 100 years which is also the maximum value supported. The minimum value is 1 day.
+      },
+      "backupCollection": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The backup collection full resource name. Example: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupCollections/{collection}
       "clusterEndpoints": [ # Optional. A list of cluster enpoints.
         { # ClusterEndpoint consists of PSC connections that are created as a group in each VPC network for accessing the cluster. In each group, there shall be one connection for each service attachment in the cluster.
           "connections": [ # A group of PSC connections. They are created in the same VPC network, one for each service attachment in the cluster.
@@ -567,6 +668,11 @@ 
Method Details

           },
         },
       ],
+      "gcsSource": { # Backups stored in Cloud Storage buckets. The Cloud Storage buckets need to be the same region as the clusters. # Optional. Backups stored in Cloud Storage buckets. The Cloud Storage buckets need to be the same region as the clusters. Read permission is required to import from the provided Cloud Storage objects.
+        "uris": [ # Optional. URIs of the GCS objects to import. Example: gs://bucket1/object1, gs://bucket2/folder2/object2
+          "A String",
+        ],
+      },
       "maintenancePolicy": { # Maintenance policy per cluster. # Optional. ClusterMaintenancePolicy determines when to allow or deny updates.
         "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the policy was created i.e. Maintenance Window or Deny Period was assigned.
         "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the policy was updated i.e. Maintenance Window or Deny Period was updated.
@@ -586,6 +692,9 @@ 
Method Details

         "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The end time of any upcoming scheduled maintenance for this instance.
         "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The start time of any upcoming scheduled maintenance for this instance.
       },
+      "managedBackupSource": { # Backups that generated and managed by memorystore. # Optional. Backups generated and managed by memorystore service.
+        "backup": "A String", # Optional. Example: //redis.googleapis.com/projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupCollections/{collection}/backups/{backup} A shorter version (without the prefix) of the backup name is also supported, like projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupCollections/{collection}/backups/{backup_id} In this case, it assumes the backup is under redis.googleapis.com.
+      },
       "name": "A String", # Required. Identifier. Unique name of the resource in this scope including project and location using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/clusters/{cluster_id}`
       "nodeType": "A String", # Optional. The type of a redis node in the cluster. NodeType determines the underlying machine-type of a redis node.
       "persistenceConfig": { # Configuration of the persistence functionality. # Optional. Persistence config (RDB, AOF) for the cluster.
@@ -675,6 +784,19 @@ 
Method Details

 
 { # A cluster instance.
   "authorizationMode": "A String", # Optional. The authorization mode of the Redis cluster. If not provided, auth feature is disabled for the cluster.
+  "automatedBackupConfig": { # The automated backup config for a cluster. # Optional. The automated backup config for the cluster.
+    "automatedBackupMode": "A String", # Optional. The automated backup mode. If the mode is disabled, the other fields will be ignored.
+    "fixedFrequencySchedule": { # This schedule allows the backup to be triggered at a fixed frequency (currently only daily is supported). # Optional. Trigger automated backups at a fixed frequency.
+      "startTime": { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Optional. The start time of every automated backup in UTC. It must be set to the start of an hour. If not specified, the default value is the start of the hour when the automated backup config is enabled. For example, if the automated backup config is enabled at 10:13 AM UTC without specifying start_time, the default start time is 10:00 AM UTC.
+        "hours": 42, # Hours of a day in 24 hour format. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 23. An API may choose to allow the value "24:00:00" for scenarios like business closing time.
+        "minutes": 42, # Minutes of an hour. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 59.
+        "nanos": 42, # Fractions of seconds, in nanoseconds. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and less than or equal to 999,999,999.
+        "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+      },
+    },
+    "retention": "A String", # Optional. How long to keep automated backups before the backups are deleted. If not specified, the default value is 100 years which is also the maximum value supported. The minimum value is 1 day.
+  },
+  "backupCollection": "A String", # Optional. Output only. The backup collection full resource name. Example: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupCollections/{collection}
   "clusterEndpoints": [ # Optional. A list of cluster enpoints.
     { # ClusterEndpoint consists of PSC connections that are created as a group in each VPC network for accessing the cluster. In each group, there shall be one connection for each service attachment in the cluster.
       "connections": [ # A group of PSC connections. They are created in the same VPC network, one for each service attachment in the cluster.
@@ -730,6 +852,11 @@ 
Method Details

       },
     },
   ],
+  "gcsSource": { # Backups stored in Cloud Storage buckets. The Cloud Storage buckets need to be the same region as the clusters. # Optional. Backups stored in Cloud Storage buckets. The Cloud Storage buckets need to be the same region as the clusters. Read permission is required to import from the provided Cloud Storage objects.
+    "uris": [ # Optional. URIs of the GCS objects to import. Example: gs://bucket1/object1, gs://bucket2/folder2/object2
+      "A String",
+    ],
+  },
   "maintenancePolicy": { # Maintenance policy per cluster. # Optional. ClusterMaintenancePolicy determines when to allow or deny updates.
     "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the policy was created i.e. Maintenance Window or Deny Period was assigned.
     "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the policy was updated i.e. Maintenance Window or Deny Period was updated.
@@ -749,6 +876,9 @@ 
Method Details

     "endTime": "A String", # Output only. The end time of any upcoming scheduled maintenance for this instance.
     "startTime": "A String", # Output only. The start time of any upcoming scheduled maintenance for this instance.
   },
+  "managedBackupSource": { # Backups that generated and managed by memorystore. # Optional. Backups generated and managed by memorystore service.
+    "backup": "A String", # Optional. Example: //redis.googleapis.com/projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupCollections/{collection}/backups/{backup} A shorter version (without the prefix) of the backup name is also supported, like projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupCollections/{collection}/backups/{backup_id} In this case, it assumes the backup is under redis.googleapis.com.
+  },
   "name": "A String", # Required. Identifier. Unique name of the resource in this scope including project and location using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/clusters/{cluster_id}`
   "nodeType": "A String", # Optional. The type of a redis node in the cluster. NodeType determines the underlying machine-type of a redis node.
   "persistenceConfig": { # Configuration of the persistence functionality. # Optional. Persistence config (RDB, AOF) for the cluster.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/redis_v1beta1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/redis_v1beta1.projects.locations.html
index 9b20c8510e..0bacce0b6a 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/redis_v1beta1.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/redis_v1beta1.projects.locations.html
@@ -74,6 +74,11 @@
 
 
Google Cloud Memorystore for Redis API . projects . locations

 
Instance Methods

+

+  backupCollections()
+

+
Returns the backupCollections Resource.

+
 

   clusters()
 

diff --git a/docs/dyn/redis_v1beta1.projects.locations.operations.html b/docs/dyn/redis_v1beta1.projects.locations.operations.html
index 0fa5e37cb9..e691dcda78 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/redis_v1beta1.projects.locations.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/redis_v1beta1.projects.locations.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Google Cloud Memorystore for Redis API . Instance Methods

 

   cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1.json
index 081ced27fe..e3bbede8db 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1.json
@@ -177,8 +177,226 @@
 }
 },
 "resources": {
+"backupCollections": {
+"methods": {
+"get": {
+"description": "Get a backup collection.",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/backupCollections/{backupCollectionsId}",
+"httpMethod": "GET",
+"id": "redis.projects.locations.backupCollections.get",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "Required. Redis backupCollection resource name using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/backupCollections/{backup_collection_id}` where `location_id` refers to a GCP region.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/backupCollections/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+name}",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "BackupCollection"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
+"list": {
+"description": "Lists all backup collections owned by a consumer project in either the specified location (region) or all locations. If `location_id` is specified as `-` (wildcard), then all regions available to the project are queried, and the results are aggregated.",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/backupCollections",
+"httpMethod": "GET",
+"id": "redis.projects.locations.backupCollections.list",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"parent"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"pageSize": {
+"description": "Optional. The maximum number of items to return. If not specified, a default value of 1000 will be used by the service. Regardless of the page_size value, the response may include a partial list and a caller should only rely on response's `next_page_token` to determine if there are more clusters left to be queried.",
+"format": "int32",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "integer"
+},
+"pageToken": {
+"description": "Optional. The `next_page_token` value returned from a previous [ListBackupCollections] request, if any.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"parent": {
+"description": "Required. The resource name of the backupCollection location using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}` where `location_id` refers to a GCP region.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+parent}/backupCollections",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "ListBackupCollectionsResponse"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+}
+},
+"resources": {
+"backups": {
+"methods": {
+"delete": {
+"description": "Deletes a specific backup.",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/backupCollections/{backupCollectionsId}/backups/{backupsId}",
+"httpMethod": "DELETE",
+"id": "redis.projects.locations.backupCollections.backups.delete",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "Required. Redis backup resource name using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/backupCollections/{backup_collection_id}/backups/{backup_id}`",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/backupCollections/[^/]+/backups/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"requestId": {
+"description": "Optional. Idempotent request UUID.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+name}",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "Operation"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
+"export": {
+"description": "Exports a specific backup to a customer target Cloud Storage URI.",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/backupCollections/{backupCollectionsId}/backups/{backupsId}:export",
+"httpMethod": "POST",
+"id": "redis.projects.locations.backupCollections.backups.export",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "Required. Redis backup resource name using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/backupCollections/{backup_collection_id}/backups/{backup_id}`",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/backupCollections/[^/]+/backups/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+name}:export",
+"request": {
+"$ref": "ExportBackupRequest"
+},
+"response": {
+"$ref": "Operation"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
+"get": {
+"description": "Gets the details of a specific backup.",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/backupCollections/{backupCollectionsId}/backups/{backupsId}",
+"httpMethod": "GET",
+"id": "redis.projects.locations.backupCollections.backups.get",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "Required. Redis backup resource name using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/backupCollections/{backup_collection_id}/backups/{backup_id}`",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/backupCollections/[^/]+/backups/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+name}",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "Backup"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
+"list": {
+"description": "Lists all backups owned by a backup collection.",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/backupCollections/{backupCollectionsId}/backups",
+"httpMethod": "GET",
+"id": "redis.projects.locations.backupCollections.backups.list",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"parent"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"pageSize": {
+"description": "Optional. The maximum number of items to return. If not specified, a default value of 1000 will be used by the service. Regardless of the page_size value, the response may include a partial list and a caller should only rely on response's `next_page_token` to determine if there are more clusters left to be queried.",
+"format": "int32",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "integer"
+},
+"pageToken": {
+"description": "Optional. The `next_page_token` value returned from a previous [ListBackupCollections] request, if any.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"parent": {
+"description": "Required. The resource name of the backupCollection using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/backupCollections/{backup_collection_id}`",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/backupCollections/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+parent}/backups",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "ListBackupsResponse"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+}
+}
+}
+}
+},
 "clusters": {
 "methods": {
+"backup": {
+"description": "Backup Redis Cluster. If this is the first time a backup is being created, a backup collection will be created at the backend, and this backup belongs to this collection. Both collection and backup will have a resource name. Backup will be executed for each shard. A replica (primary if nonHA) will be selected to perform the execution. Backup call will be rejected if there is an ongoing backup or update operation.",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/clusters/{clustersId}:backup",
+"httpMethod": "POST",
+"id": "redis.projects.locations.clusters.backup",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "Required. Redis cluster resource name using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/clusters/{cluster_id}` where `location_id` refers to a GCP region.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/clusters/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+name}:backup",
+"request": {
+"$ref": "BackupClusterRequest"
+},
+"response": {
+"$ref": "Operation"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
 "create": {
 "description": "Creates a Redis cluster based on the specified properties. The creation is executed asynchronously and callers may check the returned operation to track its progress. Once the operation is completed the Redis cluster will be fully functional. The completed longrunning.Operation will contain the new cluster object in the response field. The returned operation is automatically deleted after a few hours, so there is no need to call DeleteOperation.",
 "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/clusters",
@@ -727,7 +945,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "redis.projects.locations.operations.cancel",
@@ -849,7 +1067,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241017",
+"revision": "20241114",
 "rootUrl": "https://redis.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AOFConfig": {
@@ -875,6 +1093,36 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"AutomatedBackupConfig": {
+"description": "The automated backup config for a cluster.",
+"id": "AutomatedBackupConfig",
+"properties": {
+"automatedBackupMode": {
+"description": "Optional. The automated backup mode. If the mode is disabled, the other fields will be ignored.",
+"enum": [
+"AUTOMATED_BACKUP_MODE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"DISABLED",
+"ENABLED"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Default value. Automated backup config is not specified.",
+"Automated backup config disabled.",
+"Automated backup config enabled."
+],
+"type": "string"
+},
+"fixedFrequencySchedule": {
+"$ref": "FixedFrequencySchedule",
+"description": "Optional. Trigger automated backups at a fixed frequency."
+},
+"retention": {
+"description": "Optional. How long to keep automated backups before the backups are deleted. If not specified, the default value is 100 years which is also the maximum value supported. The minimum value is 1 day.",
+"format": "google-duration",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "AvailabilityConfiguration": {
 "description": "Configuration for availability of database instance",
 "id": "AvailabilityConfiguration",
@@ -914,6 +1162,158 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"Backup": {
+"description": "Backup of a cluster.",
+"id": "Backup",
+"properties": {
+"backupFiles": {
+"description": "Output only. List of backup files of the backup.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "BackupFile"
+},
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "array"
+},
+"backupType": {
+"description": "Output only. Type of the backup.",
+"enum": [
+"BACKUP_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"ON_DEMAND",
+"AUTOMATED"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"The default value, not set.",
+"On-demand backup.",
+"Automated backup."
+],
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"cluster": {
+"description": "Output only. Cluster resource path of this backup.",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"clusterUid": {
+"description": "Output only. Cluster uid of this backup.",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"createTime": {
+"description": "Output only. The time when the backup was created.",
+"format": "google-datetime",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"engineVersion": {
+"description": "Output only. redis-7.2, valkey-7.5",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"expireTime": {
+"description": "Output only. The time when the backup will expire.",
+"format": "google-datetime",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"name": {
+"description": "Identifier. Full resource path of the backup. the last part of the name is the backup id with the following format: [YYYYMMDDHHMMSS]_[Shorted Cluster UID] OR customer specified while backup cluster. Example: 20240515123000_1234",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"nodeType": {
+"description": "Output only. Node type of the cluster.",
+"enum": [
+"NODE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"REDIS_SHARED_CORE_NANO",
+"REDIS_HIGHMEM_MEDIUM",
+"REDIS_HIGHMEM_XLARGE",
+"REDIS_STANDARD_SMALL"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Node type unspecified",
+"Redis shared core nano node_type.",
+"Redis highmem medium node_type.",
+"Redis highmem xlarge node_type.",
+"Redis standard small node_type."
+],
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"replicaCount": {
+"description": "Output only. Number of replicas for the cluster.",
+"format": "int32",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "integer"
+},
+"shardCount": {
+"description": "Output only. Number of shards for the cluster.",
+"format": "int32",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "integer"
+},
+"state": {
+"description": "Output only. State of the backup.",
+"enum": [
+"STATE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"CREATING",
+"ACTIVE",
+"DELETING"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"The default value, not set.",
+"The backup is being created.",
+"The backup is active to be used.",
+"The backup is being deleted."
+],
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"totalSizeBytes": {
+"description": "Output only. Total size of the backup in bytes.",
+"format": "int64",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"BackupClusterRequest": {
+"description": "Request for [BackupCluster].",
+"id": "BackupClusterRequest",
+"properties": {
+"backupId": {
+"description": "Optional. The id of the backup to be created. If not specified, the default value ([YYYYMMDDHHMMSS]_[Shortened Cluster UID] is used.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"ttl": {
+"description": "Optional. TTL for the backup to expire. Value range is 1 day to 100 years. If not specified, the default value is 100 years.",
+"format": "google-duration",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"BackupCollection": {
+"description": "BackupCollection of a cluster.",
+"id": "BackupCollection",
+"properties": {
+"cluster": {
+"description": "Output only. The full resource path of the cluster the backup collection belongs to. Example: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/clusters/{cluster}",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"clusterUid": {
+"description": "Output only. The cluster uid of the backup collection.",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"name": {
+"description": "Identifier. Full resource path of the backup collection.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "BackupConfiguration": {
 "description": "Configuration for automatic backups",
 "id": "BackupConfiguration",
@@ -933,6 +1333,30 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"BackupFile": {
+"description": "Backup is consisted of multiple backup files.",
+"id": "BackupFile",
+"properties": {
+"createTime": {
+"description": "Output only. The time when the backup file was created.",
+"format": "google-datetime",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"fileName": {
+"description": "Output only. e.g: .rdb",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"sizeBytes": {
+"description": "Output only. Size of the backup file in bytes.",
+"format": "int64",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "BackupRun": {
 "description": "A backup run.",
 "id": "BackupRun",
@@ -1013,6 +1437,15 @@
 ],
 "type": "string"
 },
+"automatedBackupConfig": {
+"$ref": "AutomatedBackupConfig",
+"description": "Optional. The automated backup config for the cluster."
+},
+"backupCollection": {
+"description": "Optional. Output only. The backup collection full resource name. Example: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupCollections/{collection}",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
 "clusterEndpoints": {
 "description": "Optional. A list of cluster enpoints.",
 "items": {
@@ -1042,6 +1475,10 @@
 "readOnly": true,
 "type": "array"
 },
+"gcsSource": {
+"$ref": "GcsBackupSource",
+"description": "Optional. Backups stored in Cloud Storage buckets. The Cloud Storage buckets need to be the same region as the clusters. Read permission is required to import from the provided Cloud Storage objects."
+},
 "maintenancePolicy": {
 "$ref": "ClusterMaintenancePolicy",
 "description": "Optional. ClusterMaintenancePolicy determines when to allow or deny updates."
@@ -1051,6 +1488,10 @@
 "description": "Output only. ClusterMaintenanceSchedule Output only Published maintenance schedule.",
 "readOnly": true
 },
+"managedBackupSource": {
+"$ref": "ManagedBackupSource",
+"description": "Optional. Backups generated and managed by memorystore service."
+},
 "name": {
 "description": "Required. Identifier. Unique name of the resource in this scope including project and location using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/clusters/{cluster_id}`",
 "type": "string"
@@ -2389,6 +2830,17 @@ false
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"ExportBackupRequest": {
+"description": "Request for [ExportBackup].",
+"id": "ExportBackupRequest",
+"properties": {
+"gcsBucket": {
+"description": "Google Cloud Storage bucket, like \"my-bucket\".",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "ExportInstanceRequest": {
 "description": "Request for Export.",
 "id": "ExportInstanceRequest",
@@ -2421,6 +2873,31 @@ false
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"FixedFrequencySchedule": {
+"description": "This schedule allows the backup to be triggered at a fixed frequency (currently only daily is supported).",
+"id": "FixedFrequencySchedule",
+"properties": {
+"startTime": {
+"$ref": "TimeOfDay",
+"description": "Optional. The start time of every automated backup in UTC. It must be set to the start of an hour. If not specified, the default value is the start of the hour when the automated backup config is enabled. For example, if the automated backup config is enabled at 10:13 AM UTC without specifying start_time, the default start time is 10:00 AM UTC."
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GcsBackupSource": {
+"description": "Backups stored in Cloud Storage buckets. The Cloud Storage buckets need to be the same region as the clusters.",
+"id": "GcsBackupSource",
+"properties": {
+"uris": {
+"description": "Optional. URIs of the GCS objects to import. Example: gs://bucket1/object1, gs://bucket2/folder2/object2",
+"items": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"type": "array"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "GcsDestination": {
 "description": "The Cloud Storage location for the output content",
 "id": "GcsDestination",
@@ -2821,6 +3298,56 @@ false
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"ListBackupCollectionsResponse": {
+"description": "Response for [ListBackupCollections].",
+"id": "ListBackupCollectionsResponse",
+"properties": {
+"backupCollections": {
+"description": "A list of backupCollections in the project. If the `location_id` in the parent field of the request is \"-\", all regions available to the project are queried, and the results aggregated. If in such an aggregated query a location is unavailable, a placeholder backupCollection entry is included in the response with the `name` field set to a value of the form `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/backupCollections/`- and the `status` field set to ERROR and `status_message` field set to \"location not available for ListBackupCollections\".",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "BackupCollection"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"nextPageToken": {
+"description": "Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no more results in the list.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"unreachable": {
+"description": "Locations that could not be reached.",
+"items": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"type": "array"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"ListBackupsResponse": {
+"description": "Response for [ListBackups].",
+"id": "ListBackupsResponse",
+"properties": {
+"backups": {
+"description": "A list of backups in the project.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "Backup"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"nextPageToken": {
+"description": "Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no more results in the list.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"unreachable": {
+"description": "Backups that could not be reached.",
+"items": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"type": "array"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "ListClustersResponse": {
 "description": "Response for ListClusters.",
 "id": "ListClustersResponse",
@@ -2959,6 +3486,11 @@ false
 "description": "Optional. Number of shards (if applicable).",
 "format": "int32",
 "type": "integer"
+},
+"vcpuCount": {
+"description": "Optional. The number of vCPUs. TODO(b/342344482, b/342346271) add proto validations again after bug fix.",
+"format": "double",
+"type": "number"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
@@ -3023,6 +3555,17 @@ false
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"ManagedBackupSource": {
+"description": "Backups that generated and managed by memorystore.",
+"id": "ManagedBackupSource",
+"properties": {
+"backup": {
+"description": "Optional. Example: //redis.googleapis.com/projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupCollections/{collection}/backups/{backup} A shorter version (without the prefix) of the backup name is also supported, like projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupCollections/{collection}/backups/{backup_id} In this case, it assumes the backup is under redis.googleapis.com.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "ManagedCertificateAuthority": {
 "id": "ManagedCertificateAuthority",
 "properties": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1beta1.json
index 3bc937a583..b122662a11 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/redis.v1beta1.json
@@ -177,8 +177,226 @@
 }
 },
 "resources": {
+"backupCollections": {
+"methods": {
+"get": {
+"description": "Get a backup collection.",
+"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/backupCollections/{backupCollectionsId}",
+"httpMethod": "GET",
+"id": "redis.projects.locations.backupCollections.get",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "Required. Redis backupCollection resource name using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/backupCollections/{backup_collection_id}` where `location_id` refers to a GCP region.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/backupCollections/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1beta1/{+name}",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "BackupCollection"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
+"list": {
+"description": "Lists all backup collections owned by a consumer project in either the specified location (region) or all locations. If `location_id` is specified as `-` (wildcard), then all regions available to the project are queried, and the results are aggregated.",
+"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/backupCollections",
+"httpMethod": "GET",
+"id": "redis.projects.locations.backupCollections.list",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"parent"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"pageSize": {
+"description": "Optional. The maximum number of items to return. If not specified, a default value of 1000 will be used by the service. Regardless of the page_size value, the response may include a partial list and a caller should only rely on response's `next_page_token` to determine if there are more clusters left to be queried.",
+"format": "int32",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "integer"
+},
+"pageToken": {
+"description": "Optional. The `next_page_token` value returned from a previous [ListBackupCollections] request, if any.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"parent": {
+"description": "Required. The resource name of the backupCollection location using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}` where `location_id` refers to a GCP region.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1beta1/{+parent}/backupCollections",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "ListBackupCollectionsResponse"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+}
+},
+"resources": {
+"backups": {
+"methods": {
+"delete": {
+"description": "Deletes a specific backup.",
+"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/backupCollections/{backupCollectionsId}/backups/{backupsId}",
+"httpMethod": "DELETE",
+"id": "redis.projects.locations.backupCollections.backups.delete",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "Required. Redis backup resource name using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/backupCollections/{backup_collection_id}/backups/{backup_id}`",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/backupCollections/[^/]+/backups/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"requestId": {
+"description": "Optional. Idempotent request UUID.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1beta1/{+name}",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "Operation"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
+"export": {
+"description": "Exports a specific backup to a customer target Cloud Storage URI.",
+"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/backupCollections/{backupCollectionsId}/backups/{backupsId}:export",
+"httpMethod": "POST",
+"id": "redis.projects.locations.backupCollections.backups.export",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "Required. Redis backup resource name using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/backupCollections/{backup_collection_id}/backups/{backup_id}`",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/backupCollections/[^/]+/backups/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1beta1/{+name}:export",
+"request": {
+"$ref": "ExportBackupRequest"
+},
+"response": {
+"$ref": "Operation"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
+"get": {
+"description": "Gets the details of a specific backup.",
+"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/backupCollections/{backupCollectionsId}/backups/{backupsId}",
+"httpMethod": "GET",
+"id": "redis.projects.locations.backupCollections.backups.get",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "Required. Redis backup resource name using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/backupCollections/{backup_collection_id}/backups/{backup_id}`",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/backupCollections/[^/]+/backups/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1beta1/{+name}",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "Backup"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
+"list": {
+"description": "Lists all backups owned by a backup collection.",
+"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/backupCollections/{backupCollectionsId}/backups",
+"httpMethod": "GET",
+"id": "redis.projects.locations.backupCollections.backups.list",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"parent"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"pageSize": {
+"description": "Optional. The maximum number of items to return. If not specified, a default value of 1000 will be used by the service. Regardless of the page_size value, the response may include a partial list and a caller should only rely on response's `next_page_token` to determine if there are more clusters left to be queried.",
+"format": "int32",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "integer"
+},
+"pageToken": {
+"description": "Optional. The `next_page_token` value returned from a previous [ListBackupCollections] request, if any.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"parent": {
+"description": "Required. The resource name of the backupCollection using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/backupCollections/{backup_collection_id}`",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/backupCollections/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1beta1/{+parent}/backups",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "ListBackupsResponse"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+}
+}
+}
+}
+},
 "clusters": {
 "methods": {
+"backup": {
+"description": "Backup Redis Cluster. If this is the first time a backup is being created, a backup collection will be created at the backend, and this backup belongs to this collection. Both collection and backup will have a resource name. Backup will be executed for each shard. A replica (primary if nonHA) will be selected to perform the execution. Backup call will be rejected if there is an ongoing backup or update operation.",
+"flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/clusters/{clustersId}:backup",
+"httpMethod": "POST",
+"id": "redis.projects.locations.clusters.backup",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "Required. Redis cluster resource name using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/clusters/{cluster_id}` where `location_id` refers to a GCP region.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/clusters/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1beta1/{+name}:backup",
+"request": {
+"$ref": "BackupClusterRequest"
+},
+"response": {
+"$ref": "Operation"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
 "create": {
 "description": "Creates a Redis cluster based on the specified properties. The creation is executed asynchronously and callers may check the returned operation to track its progress. Once the operation is completed the Redis cluster will be fully functional. The completed longrunning.Operation will contain the new cluster object in the response field. The returned operation is automatically deleted after a few hours, so there is no need to call DeleteOperation.",
 "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/clusters",
@@ -727,7 +945,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "redis.projects.locations.operations.cancel",
@@ -849,7 +1067,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241017",
+"revision": "20241114",
 "rootUrl": "https://redis.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AOFConfig": {
@@ -875,6 +1093,36 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"AutomatedBackupConfig": {
+"description": "The automated backup config for a cluster.",
+"id": "AutomatedBackupConfig",
+"properties": {
+"automatedBackupMode": {
+"description": "Optional. The automated backup mode. If the mode is disabled, the other fields will be ignored.",
+"enum": [
+"AUTOMATED_BACKUP_MODE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"DISABLED",
+"ENABLED"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Default value. Automated backup config is not specified.",
+"Automated backup config disabled.",
+"Automated backup config enabled."
+],
+"type": "string"
+},
+"fixedFrequencySchedule": {
+"$ref": "FixedFrequencySchedule",
+"description": "Optional. Trigger automated backups at a fixed frequency."
+},
+"retention": {
+"description": "Optional. How long to keep automated backups before the backups are deleted. If not specified, the default value is 100 years which is also the maximum value supported. The minimum value is 1 day.",
+"format": "google-duration",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "AvailabilityConfiguration": {
 "description": "Configuration for availability of database instance",
 "id": "AvailabilityConfiguration",
@@ -914,6 +1162,158 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"Backup": {
+"description": "Backup of a cluster.",
+"id": "Backup",
+"properties": {
+"backupFiles": {
+"description": "Output only. List of backup files of the backup.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "BackupFile"
+},
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "array"
+},
+"backupType": {
+"description": "Output only. Type of the backup.",
+"enum": [
+"BACKUP_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"ON_DEMAND",
+"AUTOMATED"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"The default value, not set.",
+"On-demand backup.",
+"Automated backup."
+],
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"cluster": {
+"description": "Output only. Cluster resource path of this backup.",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"clusterUid": {
+"description": "Output only. Cluster uid of this backup.",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"createTime": {
+"description": "Output only. The time when the backup was created.",
+"format": "google-datetime",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"engineVersion": {
+"description": "Output only. redis-7.2, valkey-7.5",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"expireTime": {
+"description": "Output only. The time when the backup will expire.",
+"format": "google-datetime",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"name": {
+"description": "Identifier. Full resource path of the backup. the last part of the name is the backup id with the following format: [YYYYMMDDHHMMSS]_[Shorted Cluster UID] OR customer specified while backup cluster. Example: 20240515123000_1234",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"nodeType": {
+"description": "Output only. Node type of the cluster.",
+"enum": [
+"NODE_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"REDIS_SHARED_CORE_NANO",
+"REDIS_HIGHMEM_MEDIUM",
+"REDIS_HIGHMEM_XLARGE",
+"REDIS_STANDARD_SMALL"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Node type unspecified",
+"Redis shared core nano node_type.",
+"Redis highmem medium node_type.",
+"Redis highmem xlarge node_type.",
+"Redis standard small node_type."
+],
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"replicaCount": {
+"description": "Output only. Number of replicas for the cluster.",
+"format": "int32",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "integer"
+},
+"shardCount": {
+"description": "Output only. Number of shards for the cluster.",
+"format": "int32",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "integer"
+},
+"state": {
+"description": "Output only. State of the backup.",
+"enum": [
+"STATE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"CREATING",
+"ACTIVE",
+"DELETING"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"The default value, not set.",
+"The backup is being created.",
+"The backup is active to be used.",
+"The backup is being deleted."
+],
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"totalSizeBytes": {
+"description": "Output only. Total size of the backup in bytes.",
+"format": "int64",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"BackupClusterRequest": {
+"description": "Request for [BackupCluster].",
+"id": "BackupClusterRequest",
+"properties": {
+"backupId": {
+"description": "Optional. The id of the backup to be created. If not specified, the default value ([YYYYMMDDHHMMSS]_[Shortened Cluster UID] is used.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"ttl": {
+"description": "Optional. TTL for the backup to expire. Value range is 1 day to 100 years. If not specified, the default value is 100 years.",
+"format": "google-duration",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"BackupCollection": {
+"description": "BackupCollection of a cluster.",
+"id": "BackupCollection",
+"properties": {
+"cluster": {
+"description": "Output only. The full resource path of the cluster the backup collection belongs to. Example: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/clusters/{cluster}",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"clusterUid": {
+"description": "Output only. The cluster uid of the backup collection.",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"name": {
+"description": "Identifier. Full resource path of the backup collection.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "BackupConfiguration": {
 "description": "Configuration for automatic backups",
 "id": "BackupConfiguration",
@@ -933,6 +1333,30 @@
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"BackupFile": {
+"description": "Backup is consisted of multiple backup files.",
+"id": "BackupFile",
+"properties": {
+"createTime": {
+"description": "Output only. The time when the backup file was created.",
+"format": "google-datetime",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"fileName": {
+"description": "Output only. e.g: .rdb",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"sizeBytes": {
+"description": "Output only. Size of the backup file in bytes.",
+"format": "int64",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "BackupRun": {
 "description": "A backup run.",
 "id": "BackupRun",
@@ -1013,6 +1437,15 @@
 ],
 "type": "string"
 },
+"automatedBackupConfig": {
+"$ref": "AutomatedBackupConfig",
+"description": "Optional. The automated backup config for the cluster."
+},
+"backupCollection": {
+"description": "Optional. Output only. The backup collection full resource name. Example: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupCollections/{collection}",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
 "clusterEndpoints": {
 "description": "Optional. A list of cluster enpoints.",
 "items": {
@@ -1042,6 +1475,10 @@
 "readOnly": true,
 "type": "array"
 },
+"gcsSource": {
+"$ref": "GcsBackupSource",
+"description": "Optional. Backups stored in Cloud Storage buckets. The Cloud Storage buckets need to be the same region as the clusters. Read permission is required to import from the provided Cloud Storage objects."
+},
 "maintenancePolicy": {
 "$ref": "ClusterMaintenancePolicy",
 "description": "Optional. ClusterMaintenancePolicy determines when to allow or deny updates."
@@ -1051,6 +1488,10 @@
 "description": "Output only. ClusterMaintenanceSchedule Output only Published maintenance schedule.",
 "readOnly": true
 },
+"managedBackupSource": {
+"$ref": "ManagedBackupSource",
+"description": "Optional. Backups generated and managed by memorystore service."
+},
 "name": {
 "description": "Required. Identifier. Unique name of the resource in this scope including project and location using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/clusters/{cluster_id}`",
 "type": "string"
@@ -2389,6 +2830,17 @@ false
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"ExportBackupRequest": {
+"description": "Request for [ExportBackup].",
+"id": "ExportBackupRequest",
+"properties": {
+"gcsBucket": {
+"description": "Google Cloud Storage bucket, like \"my-bucket\".",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "ExportInstanceRequest": {
 "description": "Request for Export.",
 "id": "ExportInstanceRequest",
@@ -2421,6 +2873,31 @@ false
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"FixedFrequencySchedule": {
+"description": "This schedule allows the backup to be triggered at a fixed frequency (currently only daily is supported).",
+"id": "FixedFrequencySchedule",
+"properties": {
+"startTime": {
+"$ref": "TimeOfDay",
+"description": "Optional. The start time of every automated backup in UTC. It must be set to the start of an hour. If not specified, the default value is the start of the hour when the automated backup config is enabled. For example, if the automated backup config is enabled at 10:13 AM UTC without specifying start_time, the default start time is 10:00 AM UTC."
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GcsBackupSource": {
+"description": "Backups stored in Cloud Storage buckets. The Cloud Storage buckets need to be the same region as the clusters.",
+"id": "GcsBackupSource",
+"properties": {
+"uris": {
+"description": "Optional. URIs of the GCS objects to import. Example: gs://bucket1/object1, gs://bucket2/folder2/object2",
+"items": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"type": "array"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "GcsDestination": {
 "description": "The Cloud Storage location for the output content",
 "id": "GcsDestination",
@@ -2453,7 +2930,7 @@ false
 "type": "string"
 },
 "cancelRequested": {
-"description": "Output only. Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have been cancelled successfully have Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Output only. Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have been cancelled successfully have google.longrunning.Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "readOnly": true,
 "type": "boolean"
 },
@@ -2828,6 +3305,56 @@ false
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"ListBackupCollectionsResponse": {
+"description": "Response for [ListBackupCollections].",
+"id": "ListBackupCollectionsResponse",
+"properties": {
+"backupCollections": {
+"description": "A list of backupCollections in the project. If the `location_id` in the parent field of the request is \"-\", all regions available to the project are queried, and the results aggregated. If in such an aggregated query a location is unavailable, a placeholder backupCollection entry is included in the response with the `name` field set to a value of the form `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/backupCollections/`- and the `status` field set to ERROR and `status_message` field set to \"location not available for ListBackupCollections\".",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "BackupCollection"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"nextPageToken": {
+"description": "Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no more results in the list.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"unreachable": {
+"description": "Locations that could not be reached.",
+"items": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"type": "array"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"ListBackupsResponse": {
+"description": "Response for [ListBackups].",
+"id": "ListBackupsResponse",
+"properties": {
+"backups": {
+"description": "A list of backups in the project.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "Backup"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"nextPageToken": {
+"description": "Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no more results in the list.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"unreachable": {
+"description": "Backups that could not be reached.",
+"items": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"type": "array"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "ListClustersResponse": {
 "description": "Response for ListClusters.",
 "id": "ListClustersResponse",
@@ -2966,6 +3493,11 @@ false
 "description": "Optional. Number of shards (if applicable).",
 "format": "int32",
 "type": "integer"
+},
+"vcpuCount": {
+"description": "Optional. The number of vCPUs. TODO(b/342344482, b/342346271) add proto validations again after bug fix.",
+"format": "double",
+"type": "number"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
@@ -3030,6 +3562,17 @@ false
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"ManagedBackupSource": {
+"description": "Backups that generated and managed by memorystore.",
+"id": "ManagedBackupSource",
+"properties": {
+"backup": {
+"description": "Optional. Example: //redis.googleapis.com/projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupCollections/{collection}/backups/{backup} A shorter version (without the prefix) of the backup name is also supported, like projects/{project}/locations/{location}/backupCollections/{collection}/backups/{backup_id} In this case, it assumes the backup is under redis.googleapis.com.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "ManagedCertificateAuthority": {
 "id": "ManagedCertificateAuthority",
 "properties": {

From 15162a868286f209d2604e45ace5f5db33339bde Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Yoshi Automation 
Date: Tue, 26 Nov 2024 07:08:52 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 24/31] feat(retail): update the api

#### retail:v2

The following keys were added:
- schemas.GoogleCloudRetailV2LocalInventory.properties.availability.type (Total Keys: 1)

#### retail:v2alpha

The following keys were added:
- schemas.GoogleCloudRetailV2alphaLocalInventory.properties.availability.type (Total Keys: 1)

#### retail:v2beta

The following keys were added:
- schemas.GoogleCloudRetailV2betaLocalInventory.properties.availability.type (Total Keys: 1)
---
 ...s.locations.catalogs.attributesConfig.html | 10 +--
 ....locations.catalogs.branches.products.html | 83 ++++++++++---------
 ...cts.locations.catalogs.completionData.html |  2 +-
 ...retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.html | 24 +++---
 ...rojects.locations.catalogs.placements.html | 28 ++++---
 ...cts.locations.catalogs.servingConfigs.html | 28 ++++---
 ...rojects.locations.catalogs.userEvents.html | 35 ++++----
 ...s.locations.catalogs.attributesConfig.html | 10 +--
 ....projects.locations.catalogs.branches.html | 18 ++--
 ....locations.catalogs.branches.products.html | 83 ++++++++++---------
 ...cts.locations.catalogs.completionData.html |  2 +-
 ...l_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.html | 24 +++---
 ...rojects.locations.catalogs.placements.html | 28 ++++---
 ...cts.locations.catalogs.servingConfigs.html | 28 ++++---
 ...rojects.locations.catalogs.userEvents.html | 35 ++++----
 ...s.locations.catalogs.attributesConfig.html | 10 +--
 ....locations.catalogs.branches.products.html | 83 ++++++++++---------
 ...cts.locations.catalogs.completionData.html |  2 +-
 ...il_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.html | 24 +++---
 ...rojects.locations.catalogs.placements.html | 28 ++++---
 ...cts.locations.catalogs.servingConfigs.html | 28 ++++---
 ...rojects.locations.catalogs.userEvents.html | 35 ++++----
 .../discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2.json  | 42 +++++++---
 .../documents/retail.v2alpha.json             | 42 +++++++---
 .../documents/retail.v2beta.json              | 42 +++++++---
 25 files changed, 439 insertions(+), 335 deletions(-)

diff --git a/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.attributesConfig.html b/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.attributesConfig.html
index 97a9a896f7..1a1b88e2ee 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.attributesConfig.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.attributesConfig.html
@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "rerankFacet": True or False, # If set to true, then we also rerank the dynamic facets based on the facet values engaged by the user for the current attribute key during serving.
       },
     },
-    "inUse": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether this attribute has been used by any products. `True` if at least one Product is using this attribute in Product.attributes. Otherwise, this field is `False`. CatalogAttribute can be pre-loaded by using CatalogService.AddCatalogAttribute, CatalogService.ImportCatalogAttributes, or CatalogService.UpdateAttributesConfig APIs. This field is `False` for pre-loaded CatalogAttributes. Only pre-loaded catalog attributes that are neither in use by products nor predefined can be deleted. Catalog attributes that are either in use by products or are predefined attributes cannot be deleted; however, their configuration properties will reset to default values upon removal request. After catalog changes, it takes about 10 minutes for this field to update.
+    "inUse": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether this attribute has been used by any products. `True` if at least one Product is using this attribute in Product.attributes. Otherwise, this field is `False`. CatalogAttribute can be pre-loaded by using CatalogService.AddCatalogAttribute or CatalogService.UpdateAttributesConfig APIs. This field is `False` for pre-loaded CatalogAttributes. Only pre-loaded catalog attributes that are neither in use by products nor predefined can be deleted. Catalog attributes that are either in use by products or are predefined attributes cannot be deleted; however, their configuration properties will reset to default values upon removal request. After catalog changes, it takes about 10 minutes for this field to update.
     "indexableOption": "A String", # When AttributesConfig.attribute_config_level is CATALOG_LEVEL_ATTRIBUTE_CONFIG, if INDEXABLE_ENABLED attribute values are indexed so that it can be filtered, faceted, or boosted in SearchService.Search. Must be specified when AttributesConfig.attribute_config_level is CATALOG_LEVEL_ATTRIBUTE_CONFIG, otherwise throws INVALID_FORMAT error.
     "key": "A String", # Required. Attribute name. For example: `color`, `brands`, `attributes.custom_attribute`, such as `attributes.xyz`. To be indexable, the attribute name can contain only alpha-numeric characters and underscores. For example, an attribute named `attributes.abc_xyz` can be indexed, but an attribute named `attributes.abc-xyz` cannot be indexed. If the attribute key starts with `attributes.`, then the attribute is a custom attribute. Attributes such as `brands`, `patterns`, and `title` are built-in and called system attributes.
     "retrievableOption": "A String", # If RETRIEVABLE_ENABLED, attribute values are retrievable in the search results. If unset, the server behavior defaults to RETRIEVABLE_DISABLED.
@@ -195,7 +195,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "rerankFacet": True or False, # If set to true, then we also rerank the dynamic facets based on the facet values engaged by the user for the current attribute key during serving.
         },
       },
-      "inUse": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether this attribute has been used by any products. `True` if at least one Product is using this attribute in Product.attributes. Otherwise, this field is `False`. CatalogAttribute can be pre-loaded by using CatalogService.AddCatalogAttribute, CatalogService.ImportCatalogAttributes, or CatalogService.UpdateAttributesConfig APIs. This field is `False` for pre-loaded CatalogAttributes. Only pre-loaded catalog attributes that are neither in use by products nor predefined can be deleted. Catalog attributes that are either in use by products or are predefined attributes cannot be deleted; however, their configuration properties will reset to default values upon removal request. After catalog changes, it takes about 10 minutes for this field to update.
+      "inUse": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether this attribute has been used by any products. `True` if at least one Product is using this attribute in Product.attributes. Otherwise, this field is `False`. CatalogAttribute can be pre-loaded by using CatalogService.AddCatalogAttribute or CatalogService.UpdateAttributesConfig APIs. This field is `False` for pre-loaded CatalogAttributes. Only pre-loaded catalog attributes that are neither in use by products nor predefined can be deleted. Catalog attributes that are either in use by products or are predefined attributes cannot be deleted; however, their configuration properties will reset to default values upon removal request. After catalog changes, it takes about 10 minutes for this field to update.
       "indexableOption": "A String", # When AttributesConfig.attribute_config_level is CATALOG_LEVEL_ATTRIBUTE_CONFIG, if INDEXABLE_ENABLED attribute values are indexed so that it can be filtered, faceted, or boosted in SearchService.Search. Must be specified when AttributesConfig.attribute_config_level is CATALOG_LEVEL_ATTRIBUTE_CONFIG, otherwise throws INVALID_FORMAT error.
       "key": "A String", # Required. Attribute name. For example: `color`, `brands`, `attributes.custom_attribute`, such as `attributes.xyz`. To be indexable, the attribute name can contain only alpha-numeric characters and underscores. For example, an attribute named `attributes.abc_xyz` can be indexed, but an attribute named `attributes.abc-xyz` cannot be indexed. If the attribute key starts with `attributes.`, then the attribute is a custom attribute. Attributes such as `brands`, `patterns`, and `title` are built-in and called system attributes.
       "retrievableOption": "A String", # If RETRIEVABLE_ENABLED, attribute values are retrievable in the search results. If unset, the server behavior defaults to RETRIEVABLE_DISABLED.
@@ -275,7 +275,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "rerankFacet": True or False, # If set to true, then we also rerank the dynamic facets based on the facet values engaged by the user for the current attribute key during serving.
         },
       },
-      "inUse": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether this attribute has been used by any products. `True` if at least one Product is using this attribute in Product.attributes. Otherwise, this field is `False`. CatalogAttribute can be pre-loaded by using CatalogService.AddCatalogAttribute, CatalogService.ImportCatalogAttributes, or CatalogService.UpdateAttributesConfig APIs. This field is `False` for pre-loaded CatalogAttributes. Only pre-loaded catalog attributes that are neither in use by products nor predefined can be deleted. Catalog attributes that are either in use by products or are predefined attributes cannot be deleted; however, their configuration properties will reset to default values upon removal request. After catalog changes, it takes about 10 minutes for this field to update.
+      "inUse": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether this attribute has been used by any products. `True` if at least one Product is using this attribute in Product.attributes. Otherwise, this field is `False`. CatalogAttribute can be pre-loaded by using CatalogService.AddCatalogAttribute or CatalogService.UpdateAttributesConfig APIs. This field is `False` for pre-loaded CatalogAttributes. Only pre-loaded catalog attributes that are neither in use by products nor predefined can be deleted. Catalog attributes that are either in use by products or are predefined attributes cannot be deleted; however, their configuration properties will reset to default values upon removal request. After catalog changes, it takes about 10 minutes for this field to update.
       "indexableOption": "A String", # When AttributesConfig.attribute_config_level is CATALOG_LEVEL_ATTRIBUTE_CONFIG, if INDEXABLE_ENABLED attribute values are indexed so that it can be filtered, faceted, or boosted in SearchService.Search. Must be specified when AttributesConfig.attribute_config_level is CATALOG_LEVEL_ATTRIBUTE_CONFIG, otherwise throws INVALID_FORMAT error.
       "key": "A String", # Required. Attribute name. For example: `color`, `brands`, `attributes.custom_attribute`, such as `attributes.xyz`. To be indexable, the attribute name can contain only alpha-numeric characters and underscores. For example, an attribute named `attributes.abc_xyz` can be indexed, but an attribute named `attributes.abc-xyz` cannot be indexed. If the attribute key starts with `attributes.`, then the attribute is a custom attribute. Attributes such as `brands`, `patterns`, and `title` are built-in and called system attributes.
       "retrievableOption": "A String", # If RETRIEVABLE_ENABLED, attribute values are retrievable in the search results. If unset, the server behavior defaults to RETRIEVABLE_DISABLED.
@@ -336,7 +336,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "rerankFacet": True or False, # If set to true, then we also rerank the dynamic facets based on the facet values engaged by the user for the current attribute key during serving.
       },
     },
-    "inUse": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether this attribute has been used by any products. `True` if at least one Product is using this attribute in Product.attributes. Otherwise, this field is `False`. CatalogAttribute can be pre-loaded by using CatalogService.AddCatalogAttribute, CatalogService.ImportCatalogAttributes, or CatalogService.UpdateAttributesConfig APIs. This field is `False` for pre-loaded CatalogAttributes. Only pre-loaded catalog attributes that are neither in use by products nor predefined can be deleted. Catalog attributes that are either in use by products or are predefined attributes cannot be deleted; however, their configuration properties will reset to default values upon removal request. After catalog changes, it takes about 10 minutes for this field to update.
+    "inUse": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether this attribute has been used by any products. `True` if at least one Product is using this attribute in Product.attributes. Otherwise, this field is `False`. CatalogAttribute can be pre-loaded by using CatalogService.AddCatalogAttribute or CatalogService.UpdateAttributesConfig APIs. This field is `False` for pre-loaded CatalogAttributes. Only pre-loaded catalog attributes that are neither in use by products nor predefined can be deleted. Catalog attributes that are either in use by products or are predefined attributes cannot be deleted; however, their configuration properties will reset to default values upon removal request. After catalog changes, it takes about 10 minutes for this field to update.
     "indexableOption": "A String", # When AttributesConfig.attribute_config_level is CATALOG_LEVEL_ATTRIBUTE_CONFIG, if INDEXABLE_ENABLED attribute values are indexed so that it can be filtered, faceted, or boosted in SearchService.Search. Must be specified when AttributesConfig.attribute_config_level is CATALOG_LEVEL_ATTRIBUTE_CONFIG, otherwise throws INVALID_FORMAT error.
     "key": "A String", # Required. Attribute name. For example: `color`, `brands`, `attributes.custom_attribute`, such as `attributes.xyz`. To be indexable, the attribute name can contain only alpha-numeric characters and underscores. For example, an attribute named `attributes.abc_xyz` can be indexed, but an attribute named `attributes.abc-xyz` cannot be indexed. If the attribute key starts with `attributes.`, then the attribute is a custom attribute. Attributes such as `brands`, `patterns`, and `title` are built-in and called system attributes.
     "retrievableOption": "A String", # If RETRIEVABLE_ENABLED, attribute values are retrievable in the search results. If unset, the server behavior defaults to RETRIEVABLE_DISABLED.
@@ -396,7 +396,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "rerankFacet": True or False, # If set to true, then we also rerank the dynamic facets based on the facet values engaged by the user for the current attribute key during serving.
         },
       },
-      "inUse": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether this attribute has been used by any products. `True` if at least one Product is using this attribute in Product.attributes. Otherwise, this field is `False`. CatalogAttribute can be pre-loaded by using CatalogService.AddCatalogAttribute, CatalogService.ImportCatalogAttributes, or CatalogService.UpdateAttributesConfig APIs. This field is `False` for pre-loaded CatalogAttributes. Only pre-loaded catalog attributes that are neither in use by products nor predefined can be deleted. Catalog attributes that are either in use by products or are predefined attributes cannot be deleted; however, their configuration properties will reset to default values upon removal request. After catalog changes, it takes about 10 minutes for this field to update.
+      "inUse": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether this attribute has been used by any products. `True` if at least one Product is using this attribute in Product.attributes. Otherwise, this field is `False`. CatalogAttribute can be pre-loaded by using CatalogService.AddCatalogAttribute or CatalogService.UpdateAttributesConfig APIs. This field is `False` for pre-loaded CatalogAttributes. Only pre-loaded catalog attributes that are neither in use by products nor predefined can be deleted. Catalog attributes that are either in use by products or are predefined attributes cannot be deleted; however, their configuration properties will reset to default values upon removal request. After catalog changes, it takes about 10 minutes for this field to update.
       "indexableOption": "A String", # When AttributesConfig.attribute_config_level is CATALOG_LEVEL_ATTRIBUTE_CONFIG, if INDEXABLE_ENABLED attribute values are indexed so that it can be filtered, faceted, or boosted in SearchService.Search. Must be specified when AttributesConfig.attribute_config_level is CATALOG_LEVEL_ATTRIBUTE_CONFIG, otherwise throws INVALID_FORMAT error.
       "key": "A String", # Required. Attribute name. For example: `color`, `brands`, `attributes.custom_attribute`, such as `attributes.xyz`. To be indexable, the attribute name can contain only alpha-numeric characters and underscores. For example, an attribute named `attributes.abc_xyz` can be indexed, but an attribute named `attributes.abc-xyz` cannot be indexed. If the attribute key starts with `attributes.`, then the attribute is a custom attribute. Attributes such as `brands`, `patterns`, and `title` are built-in and called system attributes.
       "retrievableOption": "A String", # If RETRIEVABLE_ENABLED, attribute values are retrievable in the search results. If unset, the server behavior defaults to RETRIEVABLE_DISABLED.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.branches.products.html b/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.branches.products.html
index 0c8c9c21a4..89be52b502 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.branches.products.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.branches.products.html
@@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "allowMissing": True or False, # If set to true, and the Product is not found, the local inventory will still be processed and retained for at most 1 day and processed once the Product is created. If set to false, a NOT_FOUND error is returned if the Product is not found.
   "localInventories": [ # Required. A list of inventory information at difference places. Each place is identified by its place ID. At most 3000 inventories are allowed per request.
     { # The inventory information at a place (e.g. a store) identified by a place ID.
-      "attributes": { # Additional local inventory attributes, for example, store name, promotion tags, etc. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * At most 30 attributes are allowed. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 32 characters. * The key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS. * The attribute values must be of the same type (text or number). * Only 1 value is allowed for each attribute. * For text values, the length limit is 256 UTF-8 characters. * The attribute does not support search. The `searchable` field should be unset or set to false. * The max summed total bytes of custom attribute keys and values per product is 5MiB.
+      "attributes": { # Optional. Additional local inventory attributes, for example, store name, promotion tags, etc. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * At most 30 attributes are allowed. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 32 characters. * The key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS. * The attribute values must be of the same type (text or number). * Only 1 value is allowed for each attribute. * For text values, the length limit is 256 UTF-8 characters. * The attribute does not support search. The `searchable` field should be unset or set to false. * The max summed total bytes of custom attribute keys and values per product is 5MiB.
         "a_key": { # A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in Product.
           "indexable": True or False, # This field is normally ignored unless AttributesConfig.attribute_config_level of the Catalog is set to the deprecated 'PRODUCT_LEVEL_ATTRIBUTE_CONFIG' mode. For information about product-level attribute configuration, see [Configuration modes](https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/attribute-config#config-modes). If true, custom attribute values are indexed, so that they can be filtered, faceted or boosted in SearchService.Search. This field is ignored in a UserEvent. See SearchRequest.filter, SearchRequest.facet_specs and SearchRequest.boost_spec for more details.
           "numbers": [ # The numerical values of this custom attribute. For example, `[2.3, 15.4]` when the key is "lengths_cm". Exactly one of text or numbers should be set. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -191,11 +191,12 @@ 
Method Details

           ],
         },
       },
-      "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Input only. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+      "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability).
+      "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Optional. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
         "A String",
       ],
-      "placeId": "A String", # The place ID for the current set of inventory information.
-      "priceInfo": { # The price information of a Product. # Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
+      "placeId": "A String", # Required. The place ID for the current set of inventory information.
+      "priceInfo": { # The price information of a Product. # Optional. Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
         "cost": 3.14, # The costs associated with the sale of a particular product. Used for gross profit reporting. * Profit = price - cost Google Merchant Center property [cost_of_goods_sold](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/9017895).
         "currencyCode": "A String", # The 3-letter currency code defined in [ISO 4217](https://www.iso.org/iso-4217-currency-codes.html). If this field is an unrecognizable currency code, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. The Product.Type.VARIANT Products with the same Product.primary_product_id must share the same currency_code. Otherwise, a FAILED_PRECONDITION error is returned.
         "originalPrice": 3.14, # Price of the product without any discount. If zero, by default set to be the price. If set, original_price should be greater than or equal to price, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is thrown.
@@ -330,7 +331,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "languageCode": "A String", # Language of the title/description and other string attributes. Use language tags defined by [BCP 47](https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt). For product prediction, this field is ignored and the model automatically detects the text language. The Product can include text in different languages, but duplicating Products to provide text in multiple languages can result in degraded model performance. For product search this field is in use. It defaults to "en-US" if unset.
   "localInventories": [ # Output only. A list of local inventories specific to different places. This field can be managed by ProductService.AddLocalInventories and ProductService.RemoveLocalInventories APIs if fine-grained, high-volume updates are necessary.
     { # The inventory information at a place (e.g. a store) identified by a place ID.
-      "attributes": { # Additional local inventory attributes, for example, store name, promotion tags, etc. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * At most 30 attributes are allowed. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 32 characters. * The key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS. * The attribute values must be of the same type (text or number). * Only 1 value is allowed for each attribute. * For text values, the length limit is 256 UTF-8 characters. * The attribute does not support search. The `searchable` field should be unset or set to false. * The max summed total bytes of custom attribute keys and values per product is 5MiB.
+      "attributes": { # Optional. Additional local inventory attributes, for example, store name, promotion tags, etc. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * At most 30 attributes are allowed. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 32 characters. * The key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS. * The attribute values must be of the same type (text or number). * Only 1 value is allowed for each attribute. * For text values, the length limit is 256 UTF-8 characters. * The attribute does not support search. The `searchable` field should be unset or set to false. * The max summed total bytes of custom attribute keys and values per product is 5MiB.
         "a_key": { # A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in Product.
           "indexable": True or False, # This field is normally ignored unless AttributesConfig.attribute_config_level of the Catalog is set to the deprecated 'PRODUCT_LEVEL_ATTRIBUTE_CONFIG' mode. For information about product-level attribute configuration, see [Configuration modes](https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/attribute-config#config-modes). If true, custom attribute values are indexed, so that they can be filtered, faceted or boosted in SearchService.Search. This field is ignored in a UserEvent. See SearchRequest.filter, SearchRequest.facet_specs and SearchRequest.boost_spec for more details.
           "numbers": [ # The numerical values of this custom attribute. For example, `[2.3, 15.4]` when the key is "lengths_cm". Exactly one of text or numbers should be set. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -342,11 +343,12 @@ 
Method Details

           ],
         },
       },
-      "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Input only. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+      "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability).
+      "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Optional. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
         "A String",
       ],
-      "placeId": "A String", # The place ID for the current set of inventory information.
-      "priceInfo": { # The price information of a Product. # Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
+      "placeId": "A String", # Required. The place ID for the current set of inventory information.
+      "priceInfo": { # The price information of a Product. # Optional. Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
         "cost": 3.14, # The costs associated with the sale of a particular product. Used for gross profit reporting. * Profit = price - cost Google Merchant Center property [cost_of_goods_sold](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/9017895).
         "currencyCode": "A String", # The 3-letter currency code defined in [ISO 4217](https://www.iso.org/iso-4217-currency-codes.html). If this field is an unrecognizable currency code, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. The Product.Type.VARIANT Products with the same Product.primary_product_id must share the same currency_code. Otherwise, a FAILED_PRECONDITION error is returned.
         "originalPrice": 3.14, # Price of the product without any discount. If zero, by default set to be the price. If set, original_price should be greater than or equal to price, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is thrown.
@@ -504,7 +506,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "languageCode": "A String", # Language of the title/description and other string attributes. Use language tags defined by [BCP 47](https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt). For product prediction, this field is ignored and the model automatically detects the text language. The Product can include text in different languages, but duplicating Products to provide text in multiple languages can result in degraded model performance. For product search this field is in use. It defaults to "en-US" if unset.
   "localInventories": [ # Output only. A list of local inventories specific to different places. This field can be managed by ProductService.AddLocalInventories and ProductService.RemoveLocalInventories APIs if fine-grained, high-volume updates are necessary.
     { # The inventory information at a place (e.g. a store) identified by a place ID.
-      "attributes": { # Additional local inventory attributes, for example, store name, promotion tags, etc. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * At most 30 attributes are allowed. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 32 characters. * The key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS. * The attribute values must be of the same type (text or number). * Only 1 value is allowed for each attribute. * For text values, the length limit is 256 UTF-8 characters. * The attribute does not support search. The `searchable` field should be unset or set to false. * The max summed total bytes of custom attribute keys and values per product is 5MiB.
+      "attributes": { # Optional. Additional local inventory attributes, for example, store name, promotion tags, etc. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * At most 30 attributes are allowed. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 32 characters. * The key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS. * The attribute values must be of the same type (text or number). * Only 1 value is allowed for each attribute. * For text values, the length limit is 256 UTF-8 characters. * The attribute does not support search. The `searchable` field should be unset or set to false. * The max summed total bytes of custom attribute keys and values per product is 5MiB.
         "a_key": { # A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in Product.
           "indexable": True or False, # This field is normally ignored unless AttributesConfig.attribute_config_level of the Catalog is set to the deprecated 'PRODUCT_LEVEL_ATTRIBUTE_CONFIG' mode. For information about product-level attribute configuration, see [Configuration modes](https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/attribute-config#config-modes). If true, custom attribute values are indexed, so that they can be filtered, faceted or boosted in SearchService.Search. This field is ignored in a UserEvent. See SearchRequest.filter, SearchRequest.facet_specs and SearchRequest.boost_spec for more details.
           "numbers": [ # The numerical values of this custom attribute. For example, `[2.3, 15.4]` when the key is "lengths_cm". Exactly one of text or numbers should be set. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -516,11 +518,12 @@ 
Method Details

           ],
         },
       },
-      "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Input only. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+      "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability).
+      "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Optional. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
         "A String",
       ],
-      "placeId": "A String", # The place ID for the current set of inventory information.
-      "priceInfo": { # The price information of a Product. # Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
+      "placeId": "A String", # Required. The place ID for the current set of inventory information.
+      "priceInfo": { # The price information of a Product. # Optional. Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
         "cost": 3.14, # The costs associated with the sale of a particular product. Used for gross profit reporting. * Profit = price - cost Google Merchant Center property [cost_of_goods_sold](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/9017895).
         "currencyCode": "A String", # The 3-letter currency code defined in [ISO 4217](https://www.iso.org/iso-4217-currency-codes.html). If this field is an unrecognizable currency code, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. The Product.Type.VARIANT Products with the same Product.primary_product_id must share the same currency_code. Otherwise, a FAILED_PRECONDITION error is returned.
         "originalPrice": 3.14, # Price of the product without any discount. If zero, by default set to be the price. If set, original_price should be greater than or equal to price, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is thrown.
@@ -702,7 +705,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "languageCode": "A String", # Language of the title/description and other string attributes. Use language tags defined by [BCP 47](https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt). For product prediction, this field is ignored and the model automatically detects the text language. The Product can include text in different languages, but duplicating Products to provide text in multiple languages can result in degraded model performance. For product search this field is in use. It defaults to "en-US" if unset.
   "localInventories": [ # Output only. A list of local inventories specific to different places. This field can be managed by ProductService.AddLocalInventories and ProductService.RemoveLocalInventories APIs if fine-grained, high-volume updates are necessary.
     { # The inventory information at a place (e.g. a store) identified by a place ID.
-      "attributes": { # Additional local inventory attributes, for example, store name, promotion tags, etc. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * At most 30 attributes are allowed. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 32 characters. * The key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS. * The attribute values must be of the same type (text or number). * Only 1 value is allowed for each attribute. * For text values, the length limit is 256 UTF-8 characters. * The attribute does not support search. The `searchable` field should be unset or set to false. * The max summed total bytes of custom attribute keys and values per product is 5MiB.
+      "attributes": { # Optional. Additional local inventory attributes, for example, store name, promotion tags, etc. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * At most 30 attributes are allowed. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 32 characters. * The key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS. * The attribute values must be of the same type (text or number). * Only 1 value is allowed for each attribute. * For text values, the length limit is 256 UTF-8 characters. * The attribute does not support search. The `searchable` field should be unset or set to false. * The max summed total bytes of custom attribute keys and values per product is 5MiB.
         "a_key": { # A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in Product.
           "indexable": True or False, # This field is normally ignored unless AttributesConfig.attribute_config_level of the Catalog is set to the deprecated 'PRODUCT_LEVEL_ATTRIBUTE_CONFIG' mode. For information about product-level attribute configuration, see [Configuration modes](https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/attribute-config#config-modes). If true, custom attribute values are indexed, so that they can be filtered, faceted or boosted in SearchService.Search. This field is ignored in a UserEvent. See SearchRequest.filter, SearchRequest.facet_specs and SearchRequest.boost_spec for more details.
           "numbers": [ # The numerical values of this custom attribute. For example, `[2.3, 15.4]` when the key is "lengths_cm". Exactly one of text or numbers should be set. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -714,11 +717,12 @@ 
Method Details

           ],
         },
       },
-      "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Input only. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+      "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability).
+      "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Optional. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
         "A String",
       ],
-      "placeId": "A String", # The place ID for the current set of inventory information.
-      "priceInfo": { # The price information of a Product. # Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
+      "placeId": "A String", # Required. The place ID for the current set of inventory information.
+      "priceInfo": { # The price information of a Product. # Optional. Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
         "cost": 3.14, # The costs associated with the sale of a particular product. Used for gross profit reporting. * Profit = price - cost Google Merchant Center property [cost_of_goods_sold](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/9017895).
         "currencyCode": "A String", # The 3-letter currency code defined in [ISO 4217](https://www.iso.org/iso-4217-currency-codes.html). If this field is an unrecognizable currency code, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. The Product.Type.VARIANT Products with the same Product.primary_product_id must share the same currency_code. Otherwise, a FAILED_PRECONDITION error is returned.
         "originalPrice": 3.14, # Price of the product without any discount. If zero, by default set to be the price. If set, original_price should be greater than or equal to price, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is thrown.
@@ -820,7 +824,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "dataSchema": "A String", # The schema to use when parsing the data from the source. Supported values for product imports: * `product` (default): One JSON Product per line. Each product must have a valid Product.id. * `product_merchant_center`: See [Importing catalog data from Merchant Center](https://cloud.google.com/retail/recommendations-ai/docs/upload-catalog#mc). Supported values for user events imports: * `user_event` (default): One JSON UserEvent per line. * `user_event_ga360`: The schema is available here: https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/3437719. * `user_event_ga4`: The schema is available here: https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/7029846. Supported values for autocomplete imports: * `suggestions` (default): One JSON completion suggestion per line. * `denylist`: One JSON deny suggestion per line. * `allowlist`: One JSON allow suggestion per line.
       "datasetId": "A String", # Required. The BigQuery data set to copy the data from with a length limit of 1,024 characters.
       "gcsStagingDir": "A String", # Intermediate Cloud Storage directory used for the import with a length limit of 2,000 characters. Can be specified if one wants to have the BigQuery export to a specific Cloud Storage directory.
-      "partitionDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # BigQuery time partitioned table's _PARTITIONDATE in YYYY-MM-DD format. Only supported in ImportProductsRequest.
+      "partitionDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # BigQuery time partitioned table's _PARTITIONDATE in YYYY-MM-DD format.
         "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
         "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
         "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
@@ -902,7 +906,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "languageCode": "A String", # Language of the title/description and other string attributes. Use language tags defined by [BCP 47](https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt). For product prediction, this field is ignored and the model automatically detects the text language. The Product can include text in different languages, but duplicating Products to provide text in multiple languages can result in degraded model performance. For product search this field is in use. It defaults to "en-US" if unset.
           "localInventories": [ # Output only. A list of local inventories specific to different places. This field can be managed by ProductService.AddLocalInventories and ProductService.RemoveLocalInventories APIs if fine-grained, high-volume updates are necessary.
             { # The inventory information at a place (e.g. a store) identified by a place ID.
-              "attributes": { # Additional local inventory attributes, for example, store name, promotion tags, etc. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * At most 30 attributes are allowed. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 32 characters. * The key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS. * The attribute values must be of the same type (text or number). * Only 1 value is allowed for each attribute. * For text values, the length limit is 256 UTF-8 characters. * The attribute does not support search. The `searchable` field should be unset or set to false. * The max summed total bytes of custom attribute keys and values per product is 5MiB.
+              "attributes": { # Optional. Additional local inventory attributes, for example, store name, promotion tags, etc. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * At most 30 attributes are allowed. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 32 characters. * The key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS. * The attribute values must be of the same type (text or number). * Only 1 value is allowed for each attribute. * For text values, the length limit is 256 UTF-8 characters. * The attribute does not support search. The `searchable` field should be unset or set to false. * The max summed total bytes of custom attribute keys and values per product is 5MiB.
                 "a_key": { # A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in Product.
                   "indexable": True or False, # This field is normally ignored unless AttributesConfig.attribute_config_level of the Catalog is set to the deprecated 'PRODUCT_LEVEL_ATTRIBUTE_CONFIG' mode. For information about product-level attribute configuration, see [Configuration modes](https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/attribute-config#config-modes). If true, custom attribute values are indexed, so that they can be filtered, faceted or boosted in SearchService.Search. This field is ignored in a UserEvent. See SearchRequest.filter, SearchRequest.facet_specs and SearchRequest.boost_spec for more details.
                   "numbers": [ # The numerical values of this custom attribute. For example, `[2.3, 15.4]` when the key is "lengths_cm". Exactly one of text or numbers should be set. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -914,11 +918,12 @@ 
Method Details

                   ],
                 },
               },
-              "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Input only. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+              "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability).
+              "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Optional. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
                 "A String",
               ],
-              "placeId": "A String", # The place ID for the current set of inventory information.
-              "priceInfo": { # The price information of a Product. # Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
+              "placeId": "A String", # Required. The place ID for the current set of inventory information.
+              "priceInfo": { # The price information of a Product. # Optional. Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
                 "cost": 3.14, # The costs associated with the sale of a particular product. Used for gross profit reporting. * Profit = price - cost Google Merchant Center property [cost_of_goods_sold](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/9017895).
                 "currencyCode": "A String", # The 3-letter currency code defined in [ISO 4217](https://www.iso.org/iso-4217-currency-codes.html). If this field is an unrecognizable currency code, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. The Product.Type.VARIANT Products with the same Product.primary_product_id must share the same currency_code. Otherwise, a FAILED_PRECONDITION error is returned.
                 "originalPrice": 3.14, # Price of the product without any discount. If zero, by default set to be the price. If set, original_price should be greater than or equal to price, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is thrown.
@@ -1125,7 +1130,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "languageCode": "A String", # Language of the title/description and other string attributes. Use language tags defined by [BCP 47](https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt). For product prediction, this field is ignored and the model automatically detects the text language. The Product can include text in different languages, but duplicating Products to provide text in multiple languages can result in degraded model performance. For product search this field is in use. It defaults to "en-US" if unset.
       "localInventories": [ # Output only. A list of local inventories specific to different places. This field can be managed by ProductService.AddLocalInventories and ProductService.RemoveLocalInventories APIs if fine-grained, high-volume updates are necessary.
         { # The inventory information at a place (e.g. a store) identified by a place ID.
-          "attributes": { # Additional local inventory attributes, for example, store name, promotion tags, etc. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * At most 30 attributes are allowed. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 32 characters. * The key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS. * The attribute values must be of the same type (text or number). * Only 1 value is allowed for each attribute. * For text values, the length limit is 256 UTF-8 characters. * The attribute does not support search. The `searchable` field should be unset or set to false. * The max summed total bytes of custom attribute keys and values per product is 5MiB.
+          "attributes": { # Optional. Additional local inventory attributes, for example, store name, promotion tags, etc. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * At most 30 attributes are allowed. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 32 characters. * The key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS. * The attribute values must be of the same type (text or number). * Only 1 value is allowed for each attribute. * For text values, the length limit is 256 UTF-8 characters. * The attribute does not support search. The `searchable` field should be unset or set to false. * The max summed total bytes of custom attribute keys and values per product is 5MiB.
             "a_key": { # A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in Product.
               "indexable": True or False, # This field is normally ignored unless AttributesConfig.attribute_config_level of the Catalog is set to the deprecated 'PRODUCT_LEVEL_ATTRIBUTE_CONFIG' mode. For information about product-level attribute configuration, see [Configuration modes](https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/attribute-config#config-modes). If true, custom attribute values are indexed, so that they can be filtered, faceted or boosted in SearchService.Search. This field is ignored in a UserEvent. See SearchRequest.filter, SearchRequest.facet_specs and SearchRequest.boost_spec for more details.
               "numbers": [ # The numerical values of this custom attribute. For example, `[2.3, 15.4]` when the key is "lengths_cm". Exactly one of text or numbers should be set. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -1137,11 +1142,12 @@ 
Method Details

               ],
             },
           },
-          "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Input only. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+          "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability).
+          "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Optional. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
             "A String",
           ],
-          "placeId": "A String", # The place ID for the current set of inventory information.
-          "priceInfo": { # The price information of a Product. # Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
+          "placeId": "A String", # Required. The place ID for the current set of inventory information.
+          "priceInfo": { # The price information of a Product. # Optional. Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
             "cost": 3.14, # The costs associated with the sale of a particular product. Used for gross profit reporting. * Profit = price - cost Google Merchant Center property [cost_of_goods_sold](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/9017895).
             "currencyCode": "A String", # The 3-letter currency code defined in [ISO 4217](https://www.iso.org/iso-4217-currency-codes.html). If this field is an unrecognizable currency code, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. The Product.Type.VARIANT Products with the same Product.primary_product_id must share the same currency_code. Otherwise, a FAILED_PRECONDITION error is returned.
             "originalPrice": 3.14, # Price of the product without any discount. If zero, by default set to be the price. If set, original_price should be greater than or equal to price, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is thrown.
@@ -1316,7 +1322,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "languageCode": "A String", # Language of the title/description and other string attributes. Use language tags defined by [BCP 47](https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt). For product prediction, this field is ignored and the model automatically detects the text language. The Product can include text in different languages, but duplicating Products to provide text in multiple languages can result in degraded model performance. For product search this field is in use. It defaults to "en-US" if unset.
   "localInventories": [ # Output only. A list of local inventories specific to different places. This field can be managed by ProductService.AddLocalInventories and ProductService.RemoveLocalInventories APIs if fine-grained, high-volume updates are necessary.
     { # The inventory information at a place (e.g. a store) identified by a place ID.
-      "attributes": { # Additional local inventory attributes, for example, store name, promotion tags, etc. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * At most 30 attributes are allowed. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 32 characters. * The key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS. * The attribute values must be of the same type (text or number). * Only 1 value is allowed for each attribute. * For text values, the length limit is 256 UTF-8 characters. * The attribute does not support search. The `searchable` field should be unset or set to false. * The max summed total bytes of custom attribute keys and values per product is 5MiB.
+      "attributes": { # Optional. Additional local inventory attributes, for example, store name, promotion tags, etc. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * At most 30 attributes are allowed. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 32 characters. * The key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS. * The attribute values must be of the same type (text or number). * Only 1 value is allowed for each attribute. * For text values, the length limit is 256 UTF-8 characters. * The attribute does not support search. The `searchable` field should be unset or set to false. * The max summed total bytes of custom attribute keys and values per product is 5MiB.
         "a_key": { # A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in Product.
           "indexable": True or False, # This field is normally ignored unless AttributesConfig.attribute_config_level of the Catalog is set to the deprecated 'PRODUCT_LEVEL_ATTRIBUTE_CONFIG' mode. For information about product-level attribute configuration, see [Configuration modes](https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/attribute-config#config-modes). If true, custom attribute values are indexed, so that they can be filtered, faceted or boosted in SearchService.Search. This field is ignored in a UserEvent. See SearchRequest.filter, SearchRequest.facet_specs and SearchRequest.boost_spec for more details.
           "numbers": [ # The numerical values of this custom attribute. For example, `[2.3, 15.4]` when the key is "lengths_cm". Exactly one of text or numbers should be set. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -1328,11 +1334,12 @@ 
Method Details

           ],
         },
       },
-      "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Input only. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+      "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability).
+      "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Optional. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
         "A String",
       ],
-      "placeId": "A String", # The place ID for the current set of inventory information.
-      "priceInfo": { # The price information of a Product. # Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
+      "placeId": "A String", # Required. The place ID for the current set of inventory information.
+      "priceInfo": { # The price information of a Product. # Optional. Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
         "cost": 3.14, # The costs associated with the sale of a particular product. Used for gross profit reporting. * Profit = price - cost Google Merchant Center property [cost_of_goods_sold](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/9017895).
         "currencyCode": "A String", # The 3-letter currency code defined in [ISO 4217](https://www.iso.org/iso-4217-currency-codes.html). If this field is an unrecognizable currency code, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. The Product.Type.VARIANT Products with the same Product.primary_product_id must share the same currency_code. Otherwise, a FAILED_PRECONDITION error is returned.
         "originalPrice": 3.14, # Price of the product without any discount. If zero, by default set to be the price. If set, original_price should be greater than or equal to price, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is thrown.
@@ -1491,7 +1498,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "languageCode": "A String", # Language of the title/description and other string attributes. Use language tags defined by [BCP 47](https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt). For product prediction, this field is ignored and the model automatically detects the text language. The Product can include text in different languages, but duplicating Products to provide text in multiple languages can result in degraded model performance. For product search this field is in use. It defaults to "en-US" if unset.
   "localInventories": [ # Output only. A list of local inventories specific to different places. This field can be managed by ProductService.AddLocalInventories and ProductService.RemoveLocalInventories APIs if fine-grained, high-volume updates are necessary.
     { # The inventory information at a place (e.g. a store) identified by a place ID.
-      "attributes": { # Additional local inventory attributes, for example, store name, promotion tags, etc. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * At most 30 attributes are allowed. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 32 characters. * The key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS. * The attribute values must be of the same type (text or number). * Only 1 value is allowed for each attribute. * For text values, the length limit is 256 UTF-8 characters. * The attribute does not support search. The `searchable` field should be unset or set to false. * The max summed total bytes of custom attribute keys and values per product is 5MiB.
+      "attributes": { # Optional. Additional local inventory attributes, for example, store name, promotion tags, etc. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * At most 30 attributes are allowed. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 32 characters. * The key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS. * The attribute values must be of the same type (text or number). * Only 1 value is allowed for each attribute. * For text values, the length limit is 256 UTF-8 characters. * The attribute does not support search. The `searchable` field should be unset or set to false. * The max summed total bytes of custom attribute keys and values per product is 5MiB.
         "a_key": { # A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in Product.
           "indexable": True or False, # This field is normally ignored unless AttributesConfig.attribute_config_level of the Catalog is set to the deprecated 'PRODUCT_LEVEL_ATTRIBUTE_CONFIG' mode. For information about product-level attribute configuration, see [Configuration modes](https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/attribute-config#config-modes). If true, custom attribute values are indexed, so that they can be filtered, faceted or boosted in SearchService.Search. This field is ignored in a UserEvent. See SearchRequest.filter, SearchRequest.facet_specs and SearchRequest.boost_spec for more details.
           "numbers": [ # The numerical values of this custom attribute. For example, `[2.3, 15.4]` when the key is "lengths_cm". Exactly one of text or numbers should be set. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -1503,11 +1510,12 @@ 
Method Details

           ],
         },
       },
-      "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Input only. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+      "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability).
+      "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Optional. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
         "A String",
       ],
-      "placeId": "A String", # The place ID for the current set of inventory information.
-      "priceInfo": { # The price information of a Product. # Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
+      "placeId": "A String", # Required. The place ID for the current set of inventory information.
+      "priceInfo": { # The price information of a Product. # Optional. Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
         "cost": 3.14, # The costs associated with the sale of a particular product. Used for gross profit reporting. * Profit = price - cost Google Merchant Center property [cost_of_goods_sold](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/9017895).
         "currencyCode": "A String", # The 3-letter currency code defined in [ISO 4217](https://www.iso.org/iso-4217-currency-codes.html). If this field is an unrecognizable currency code, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. The Product.Type.VARIANT Products with the same Product.primary_product_id must share the same currency_code. Otherwise, a FAILED_PRECONDITION error is returned.
         "originalPrice": 3.14, # Price of the product without any discount. If zero, by default set to be the price. If set, original_price should be greater than or equal to price, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is thrown.
@@ -1804,7 +1812,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "languageCode": "A String", # Language of the title/description and other string attributes. Use language tags defined by [BCP 47](https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt). For product prediction, this field is ignored and the model automatically detects the text language. The Product can include text in different languages, but duplicating Products to provide text in multiple languages can result in degraded model performance. For product search this field is in use. It defaults to "en-US" if unset.
     "localInventories": [ # Output only. A list of local inventories specific to different places. This field can be managed by ProductService.AddLocalInventories and ProductService.RemoveLocalInventories APIs if fine-grained, high-volume updates are necessary.
       { # The inventory information at a place (e.g. a store) identified by a place ID.
-        "attributes": { # Additional local inventory attributes, for example, store name, promotion tags, etc. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * At most 30 attributes are allowed. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 32 characters. * The key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS. * The attribute values must be of the same type (text or number). * Only 1 value is allowed for each attribute. * For text values, the length limit is 256 UTF-8 characters. * The attribute does not support search. The `searchable` field should be unset or set to false. * The max summed total bytes of custom attribute keys and values per product is 5MiB.
+        "attributes": { # Optional. Additional local inventory attributes, for example, store name, promotion tags, etc. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * At most 30 attributes are allowed. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 32 characters. * The key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS. * The attribute values must be of the same type (text or number). * Only 1 value is allowed for each attribute. * For text values, the length limit is 256 UTF-8 characters. * The attribute does not support search. The `searchable` field should be unset or set to false. * The max summed total bytes of custom attribute keys and values per product is 5MiB.
           "a_key": { # A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in Product.
             "indexable": True or False, # This field is normally ignored unless AttributesConfig.attribute_config_level of the Catalog is set to the deprecated 'PRODUCT_LEVEL_ATTRIBUTE_CONFIG' mode. For information about product-level attribute configuration, see [Configuration modes](https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/attribute-config#config-modes). If true, custom attribute values are indexed, so that they can be filtered, faceted or boosted in SearchService.Search. This field is ignored in a UserEvent. See SearchRequest.filter, SearchRequest.facet_specs and SearchRequest.boost_spec for more details.
             "numbers": [ # The numerical values of this custom attribute. For example, `[2.3, 15.4]` when the key is "lengths_cm". Exactly one of text or numbers should be set. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -1816,11 +1824,12 @@ 
Method Details

             ],
           },
         },
-        "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Input only. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+        "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability).
+        "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Optional. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
           "A String",
         ],
-        "placeId": "A String", # The place ID for the current set of inventory information.
-        "priceInfo": { # The price information of a Product. # Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
+        "placeId": "A String", # Required. The place ID for the current set of inventory information.
+        "priceInfo": { # The price information of a Product. # Optional. Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
           "cost": 3.14, # The costs associated with the sale of a particular product. Used for gross profit reporting. * Profit = price - cost Google Merchant Center property [cost_of_goods_sold](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/9017895).
           "currencyCode": "A String", # The 3-letter currency code defined in [ISO 4217](https://www.iso.org/iso-4217-currency-codes.html). If this field is an unrecognizable currency code, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. The Product.Type.VARIANT Products with the same Product.primary_product_id must share the same currency_code. Otherwise, a FAILED_PRECONDITION error is returned.
           "originalPrice": 3.14, # Price of the product without any discount. If zero, by default set to be the price. If set, original_price should be greater than or equal to price, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is thrown.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.completionData.html b/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.completionData.html
index 487cf8052b..d4de0ea291 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.completionData.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.completionData.html
@@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "dataSchema": "A String", # The schema to use when parsing the data from the source. Supported values for product imports: * `product` (default): One JSON Product per line. Each product must have a valid Product.id. * `product_merchant_center`: See [Importing catalog data from Merchant Center](https://cloud.google.com/retail/recommendations-ai/docs/upload-catalog#mc). Supported values for user events imports: * `user_event` (default): One JSON UserEvent per line. * `user_event_ga360`: The schema is available here: https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/3437719. * `user_event_ga4`: The schema is available here: https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/7029846. Supported values for autocomplete imports: * `suggestions` (default): One JSON completion suggestion per line. * `denylist`: One JSON deny suggestion per line. * `allowlist`: One JSON allow suggestion per line.
       "datasetId": "A String", # Required. The BigQuery data set to copy the data from with a length limit of 1,024 characters.
       "gcsStagingDir": "A String", # Intermediate Cloud Storage directory used for the import with a length limit of 2,000 characters. Can be specified if one wants to have the BigQuery export to a specific Cloud Storage directory.
-      "partitionDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # BigQuery time partitioned table's _PARTITIONDATE in YYYY-MM-DD format. Only supported in ImportProductsRequest.
+      "partitionDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # BigQuery time partitioned table's _PARTITIONDATE in YYYY-MM-DD format.
         "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
         "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
         "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.html b/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.html
index 0c7c9e5688..ae7348a02d 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.html
@@ -344,7 +344,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "rerankFacet": True or False, # If set to true, then we also rerank the dynamic facets based on the facet values engaged by the user for the current attribute key during serving.
         },
       },
-      "inUse": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether this attribute has been used by any products. `True` if at least one Product is using this attribute in Product.attributes. Otherwise, this field is `False`. CatalogAttribute can be pre-loaded by using CatalogService.AddCatalogAttribute, CatalogService.ImportCatalogAttributes, or CatalogService.UpdateAttributesConfig APIs. This field is `False` for pre-loaded CatalogAttributes. Only pre-loaded catalog attributes that are neither in use by products nor predefined can be deleted. Catalog attributes that are either in use by products or are predefined attributes cannot be deleted; however, their configuration properties will reset to default values upon removal request. After catalog changes, it takes about 10 minutes for this field to update.
+      "inUse": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether this attribute has been used by any products. `True` if at least one Product is using this attribute in Product.attributes. Otherwise, this field is `False`. CatalogAttribute can be pre-loaded by using CatalogService.AddCatalogAttribute or CatalogService.UpdateAttributesConfig APIs. This field is `False` for pre-loaded CatalogAttributes. Only pre-loaded catalog attributes that are neither in use by products nor predefined can be deleted. Catalog attributes that are either in use by products or are predefined attributes cannot be deleted; however, their configuration properties will reset to default values upon removal request. After catalog changes, it takes about 10 minutes for this field to update.
       "indexableOption": "A String", # When AttributesConfig.attribute_config_level is CATALOG_LEVEL_ATTRIBUTE_CONFIG, if INDEXABLE_ENABLED attribute values are indexed so that it can be filtered, faceted, or boosted in SearchService.Search. Must be specified when AttributesConfig.attribute_config_level is CATALOG_LEVEL_ATTRIBUTE_CONFIG, otherwise throws INVALID_FORMAT error.
       "key": "A String", # Required. Attribute name. For example: `color`, `brands`, `attributes.custom_attribute`, such as `attributes.xyz`. To be indexable, the attribute name can contain only alpha-numeric characters and underscores. For example, an attribute named `attributes.abc_xyz` can be indexed, but an attribute named `attributes.abc-xyz` cannot be indexed. If the attribute key starts with `attributes.`, then the attribute is a custom attribute. Attributes such as `brands`, `patterns`, and `title` are built-in and called system attributes.
       "retrievableOption": "A String", # If RETRIEVABLE_ENABLED, attribute values are retrievable in the search results. If unset, the server behavior defaults to RETRIEVABLE_DISABLED.
@@ -376,7 +376,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "dataSchema": "A String", # The schema to use when parsing the data from the source. Supported values for product imports: * `product` (default): One JSON Product per line. Each product must have a valid Product.id. * `product_merchant_center`: See [Importing catalog data from Merchant Center](https://cloud.google.com/retail/recommendations-ai/docs/upload-catalog#mc). Supported values for user events imports: * `user_event` (default): One JSON UserEvent per line. * `user_event_ga360`: The schema is available here: https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/3437719. * `user_event_ga4`: The schema is available here: https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/7029846. Supported values for autocomplete imports: * `suggestions` (default): One JSON completion suggestion per line. * `denylist`: One JSON deny suggestion per line. * `allowlist`: One JSON allow suggestion per line.
       "datasetId": "A String", # Required. The BigQuery data set to copy the data from with a length limit of 1,024 characters.
       "gcsStagingDir": "A String", # Intermediate Cloud Storage directory used for the import with a length limit of 2,000 characters. Can be specified if one wants to have the BigQuery export to a specific Cloud Storage directory.
-      "partitionDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # BigQuery time partitioned table's _PARTITIONDATE in YYYY-MM-DD format. Only supported in ImportProductsRequest.
+      "partitionDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # BigQuery time partitioned table's _PARTITIONDATE in YYYY-MM-DD format.
         "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
         "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
         "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
@@ -391,7 +391,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "dataSchema": "A String", # The schema to use when parsing the data from the source. Supported values for product imports: * `product` (default): One JSON Product per line. Each product must have a valid Product.id. * `product_merchant_center`: See [Importing catalog data from Merchant Center](https://cloud.google.com/retail/recommendations-ai/docs/upload-catalog#mc). Supported values for user events imports: * `user_event` (default): One JSON UserEvent per line. * `user_event_ga360`: The schema is available here: https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/3437719. * `user_event_ga4`: The schema is available here: https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/7029846. Supported values for autocomplete imports: * `suggestions` (default): One JSON completion suggestion per line. * `denylist`: One JSON deny suggestion per line. * `allowlist`: One JSON allow suggestion per line.
       "datasetId": "A String", # Required. The BigQuery data set to copy the data from with a length limit of 1,024 characters.
       "gcsStagingDir": "A String", # Intermediate Cloud Storage directory used for the import with a length limit of 2,000 characters. Can be specified if one wants to have the BigQuery export to a specific Cloud Storage directory.
-      "partitionDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # BigQuery time partitioned table's _PARTITIONDATE in YYYY-MM-DD format. Only supported in ImportProductsRequest.
+      "partitionDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # BigQuery time partitioned table's _PARTITIONDATE in YYYY-MM-DD format.
         "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
         "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
         "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
@@ -412,7 +412,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "dataSchema": "A String", # The schema to use when parsing the data from the source. Supported values for product imports: * `product` (default): One JSON Product per line. Each product must have a valid Product.id. * `product_merchant_center`: See [Importing catalog data from Merchant Center](https://cloud.google.com/retail/recommendations-ai/docs/upload-catalog#mc). Supported values for user events imports: * `user_event` (default): One JSON UserEvent per line. * `user_event_ga360`: The schema is available here: https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/3437719. * `user_event_ga4`: The schema is available here: https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/7029846. Supported values for autocomplete imports: * `suggestions` (default): One JSON completion suggestion per line. * `denylist`: One JSON deny suggestion per line. * `allowlist`: One JSON allow suggestion per line.
       "datasetId": "A String", # Required. The BigQuery data set to copy the data from with a length limit of 1,024 characters.
       "gcsStagingDir": "A String", # Intermediate Cloud Storage directory used for the import with a length limit of 2,000 characters. Can be specified if one wants to have the BigQuery export to a specific Cloud Storage directory.
-      "partitionDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # BigQuery time partitioned table's _PARTITIONDATE in YYYY-MM-DD format. Only supported in ImportProductsRequest.
+      "partitionDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # BigQuery time partitioned table's _PARTITIONDATE in YYYY-MM-DD format.
         "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
         "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
         "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
@@ -626,7 +626,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "rerankFacet": True or False, # If set to true, then we also rerank the dynamic facets based on the facet values engaged by the user for the current attribute key during serving.
         },
       },
-      "inUse": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether this attribute has been used by any products. `True` if at least one Product is using this attribute in Product.attributes. Otherwise, this field is `False`. CatalogAttribute can be pre-loaded by using CatalogService.AddCatalogAttribute, CatalogService.ImportCatalogAttributes, or CatalogService.UpdateAttributesConfig APIs. This field is `False` for pre-loaded CatalogAttributes. Only pre-loaded catalog attributes that are neither in use by products nor predefined can be deleted. Catalog attributes that are either in use by products or are predefined attributes cannot be deleted; however, their configuration properties will reset to default values upon removal request. After catalog changes, it takes about 10 minutes for this field to update.
+      "inUse": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether this attribute has been used by any products. `True` if at least one Product is using this attribute in Product.attributes. Otherwise, this field is `False`. CatalogAttribute can be pre-loaded by using CatalogService.AddCatalogAttribute or CatalogService.UpdateAttributesConfig APIs. This field is `False` for pre-loaded CatalogAttributes. Only pre-loaded catalog attributes that are neither in use by products nor predefined can be deleted. Catalog attributes that are either in use by products or are predefined attributes cannot be deleted; however, their configuration properties will reset to default values upon removal request. After catalog changes, it takes about 10 minutes for this field to update.
       "indexableOption": "A String", # When AttributesConfig.attribute_config_level is CATALOG_LEVEL_ATTRIBUTE_CONFIG, if INDEXABLE_ENABLED attribute values are indexed so that it can be filtered, faceted, or boosted in SearchService.Search. Must be specified when AttributesConfig.attribute_config_level is CATALOG_LEVEL_ATTRIBUTE_CONFIG, otherwise throws INVALID_FORMAT error.
       "key": "A String", # Required. Attribute name. For example: `color`, `brands`, `attributes.custom_attribute`, such as `attributes.xyz`. To be indexable, the attribute name can contain only alpha-numeric characters and underscores. For example, an attribute named `attributes.abc_xyz` can be indexed, but an attribute named `attributes.abc-xyz` cannot be indexed. If the attribute key starts with `attributes.`, then the attribute is a custom attribute. Attributes such as `brands`, `patterns`, and `title` are built-in and called system attributes.
       "retrievableOption": "A String", # If RETRIEVABLE_ENABLED, attribute values are retrievable in the search results. If unset, the server behavior defaults to RETRIEVABLE_DISABLED.
@@ -688,7 +688,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "rerankFacet": True or False, # If set to true, then we also rerank the dynamic facets based on the facet values engaged by the user for the current attribute key during serving.
         },
       },
-      "inUse": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether this attribute has been used by any products. `True` if at least one Product is using this attribute in Product.attributes. Otherwise, this field is `False`. CatalogAttribute can be pre-loaded by using CatalogService.AddCatalogAttribute, CatalogService.ImportCatalogAttributes, or CatalogService.UpdateAttributesConfig APIs. This field is `False` for pre-loaded CatalogAttributes. Only pre-loaded catalog attributes that are neither in use by products nor predefined can be deleted. Catalog attributes that are either in use by products or are predefined attributes cannot be deleted; however, their configuration properties will reset to default values upon removal request. After catalog changes, it takes about 10 minutes for this field to update.
+      "inUse": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether this attribute has been used by any products. `True` if at least one Product is using this attribute in Product.attributes. Otherwise, this field is `False`. CatalogAttribute can be pre-loaded by using CatalogService.AddCatalogAttribute or CatalogService.UpdateAttributesConfig APIs. This field is `False` for pre-loaded CatalogAttributes. Only pre-loaded catalog attributes that are neither in use by products nor predefined can be deleted. Catalog attributes that are either in use by products or are predefined attributes cannot be deleted; however, their configuration properties will reset to default values upon removal request. After catalog changes, it takes about 10 minutes for this field to update.
       "indexableOption": "A String", # When AttributesConfig.attribute_config_level is CATALOG_LEVEL_ATTRIBUTE_CONFIG, if INDEXABLE_ENABLED attribute values are indexed so that it can be filtered, faceted, or boosted in SearchService.Search. Must be specified when AttributesConfig.attribute_config_level is CATALOG_LEVEL_ATTRIBUTE_CONFIG, otherwise throws INVALID_FORMAT error.
       "key": "A String", # Required. Attribute name. For example: `color`, `brands`, `attributes.custom_attribute`, such as `attributes.xyz`. To be indexable, the attribute name can contain only alpha-numeric characters and underscores. For example, an attribute named `attributes.abc_xyz` can be indexed, but an attribute named `attributes.abc-xyz` cannot be indexed. If the attribute key starts with `attributes.`, then the attribute is a custom attribute. Attributes such as `brands`, `patterns`, and `title` are built-in and called system attributes.
       "retrievableOption": "A String", # If RETRIEVABLE_ENABLED, attribute values are retrievable in the search results. If unset, the server behavior defaults to RETRIEVABLE_DISABLED.
@@ -715,7 +715,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "dataSchema": "A String", # The schema to use when parsing the data from the source. Supported values for product imports: * `product` (default): One JSON Product per line. Each product must have a valid Product.id. * `product_merchant_center`: See [Importing catalog data from Merchant Center](https://cloud.google.com/retail/recommendations-ai/docs/upload-catalog#mc). Supported values for user events imports: * `user_event` (default): One JSON UserEvent per line. * `user_event_ga360`: The schema is available here: https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/3437719. * `user_event_ga4`: The schema is available here: https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/7029846. Supported values for autocomplete imports: * `suggestions` (default): One JSON completion suggestion per line. * `denylist`: One JSON deny suggestion per line. * `allowlist`: One JSON allow suggestion per line.
       "datasetId": "A String", # Required. The BigQuery data set to copy the data from with a length limit of 1,024 characters.
       "gcsStagingDir": "A String", # Intermediate Cloud Storage directory used for the import with a length limit of 2,000 characters. Can be specified if one wants to have the BigQuery export to a specific Cloud Storage directory.
-      "partitionDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # BigQuery time partitioned table's _PARTITIONDATE in YYYY-MM-DD format. Only supported in ImportProductsRequest.
+      "partitionDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # BigQuery time partitioned table's _PARTITIONDATE in YYYY-MM-DD format.
         "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
         "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
         "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
@@ -730,7 +730,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "dataSchema": "A String", # The schema to use when parsing the data from the source. Supported values for product imports: * `product` (default): One JSON Product per line. Each product must have a valid Product.id. * `product_merchant_center`: See [Importing catalog data from Merchant Center](https://cloud.google.com/retail/recommendations-ai/docs/upload-catalog#mc). Supported values for user events imports: * `user_event` (default): One JSON UserEvent per line. * `user_event_ga360`: The schema is available here: https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/3437719. * `user_event_ga4`: The schema is available here: https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/7029846. Supported values for autocomplete imports: * `suggestions` (default): One JSON completion suggestion per line. * `denylist`: One JSON deny suggestion per line. * `allowlist`: One JSON allow suggestion per line.
       "datasetId": "A String", # Required. The BigQuery data set to copy the data from with a length limit of 1,024 characters.
       "gcsStagingDir": "A String", # Intermediate Cloud Storage directory used for the import with a length limit of 2,000 characters. Can be specified if one wants to have the BigQuery export to a specific Cloud Storage directory.
-      "partitionDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # BigQuery time partitioned table's _PARTITIONDATE in YYYY-MM-DD format. Only supported in ImportProductsRequest.
+      "partitionDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # BigQuery time partitioned table's _PARTITIONDATE in YYYY-MM-DD format.
         "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
         "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
         "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
@@ -751,7 +751,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "dataSchema": "A String", # The schema to use when parsing the data from the source. Supported values for product imports: * `product` (default): One JSON Product per line. Each product must have a valid Product.id. * `product_merchant_center`: See [Importing catalog data from Merchant Center](https://cloud.google.com/retail/recommendations-ai/docs/upload-catalog#mc). Supported values for user events imports: * `user_event` (default): One JSON UserEvent per line. * `user_event_ga360`: The schema is available here: https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/3437719. * `user_event_ga4`: The schema is available here: https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/7029846. Supported values for autocomplete imports: * `suggestions` (default): One JSON completion suggestion per line. * `denylist`: One JSON deny suggestion per line. * `allowlist`: One JSON allow suggestion per line.
       "datasetId": "A String", # Required. The BigQuery data set to copy the data from with a length limit of 1,024 characters.
       "gcsStagingDir": "A String", # Intermediate Cloud Storage directory used for the import with a length limit of 2,000 characters. Can be specified if one wants to have the BigQuery export to a specific Cloud Storage directory.
-      "partitionDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # BigQuery time partitioned table's _PARTITIONDATE in YYYY-MM-DD format. Only supported in ImportProductsRequest.
+      "partitionDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # BigQuery time partitioned table's _PARTITIONDATE in YYYY-MM-DD format.
         "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
         "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
         "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
@@ -777,7 +777,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "dataSchema": "A String", # The schema to use when parsing the data from the source. Supported values for product imports: * `product` (default): One JSON Product per line. Each product must have a valid Product.id. * `product_merchant_center`: See [Importing catalog data from Merchant Center](https://cloud.google.com/retail/recommendations-ai/docs/upload-catalog#mc). Supported values for user events imports: * `user_event` (default): One JSON UserEvent per line. * `user_event_ga360`: The schema is available here: https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/3437719. * `user_event_ga4`: The schema is available here: https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/7029846. Supported values for autocomplete imports: * `suggestions` (default): One JSON completion suggestion per line. * `denylist`: One JSON deny suggestion per line. * `allowlist`: One JSON allow suggestion per line.
       "datasetId": "A String", # Required. The BigQuery data set to copy the data from with a length limit of 1,024 characters.
       "gcsStagingDir": "A String", # Intermediate Cloud Storage directory used for the import with a length limit of 2,000 characters. Can be specified if one wants to have the BigQuery export to a specific Cloud Storage directory.
-      "partitionDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # BigQuery time partitioned table's _PARTITIONDATE in YYYY-MM-DD format. Only supported in ImportProductsRequest.
+      "partitionDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # BigQuery time partitioned table's _PARTITIONDATE in YYYY-MM-DD format.
         "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
         "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
         "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
@@ -792,7 +792,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "dataSchema": "A String", # The schema to use when parsing the data from the source. Supported values for product imports: * `product` (default): One JSON Product per line. Each product must have a valid Product.id. * `product_merchant_center`: See [Importing catalog data from Merchant Center](https://cloud.google.com/retail/recommendations-ai/docs/upload-catalog#mc). Supported values for user events imports: * `user_event` (default): One JSON UserEvent per line. * `user_event_ga360`: The schema is available here: https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/3437719. * `user_event_ga4`: The schema is available here: https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/7029846. Supported values for autocomplete imports: * `suggestions` (default): One JSON completion suggestion per line. * `denylist`: One JSON deny suggestion per line. * `allowlist`: One JSON allow suggestion per line.
       "datasetId": "A String", # Required. The BigQuery data set to copy the data from with a length limit of 1,024 characters.
       "gcsStagingDir": "A String", # Intermediate Cloud Storage directory used for the import with a length limit of 2,000 characters. Can be specified if one wants to have the BigQuery export to a specific Cloud Storage directory.
-      "partitionDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # BigQuery time partitioned table's _PARTITIONDATE in YYYY-MM-DD format. Only supported in ImportProductsRequest.
+      "partitionDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # BigQuery time partitioned table's _PARTITIONDATE in YYYY-MM-DD format.
         "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
         "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
         "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
@@ -813,7 +813,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "dataSchema": "A String", # The schema to use when parsing the data from the source. Supported values for product imports: * `product` (default): One JSON Product per line. Each product must have a valid Product.id. * `product_merchant_center`: See [Importing catalog data from Merchant Center](https://cloud.google.com/retail/recommendations-ai/docs/upload-catalog#mc). Supported values for user events imports: * `user_event` (default): One JSON UserEvent per line. * `user_event_ga360`: The schema is available here: https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/3437719. * `user_event_ga4`: The schema is available here: https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/7029846. Supported values for autocomplete imports: * `suggestions` (default): One JSON completion suggestion per line. * `denylist`: One JSON deny suggestion per line. * `allowlist`: One JSON allow suggestion per line.
       "datasetId": "A String", # Required. The BigQuery data set to copy the data from with a length limit of 1,024 characters.
       "gcsStagingDir": "A String", # Intermediate Cloud Storage directory used for the import with a length limit of 2,000 characters. Can be specified if one wants to have the BigQuery export to a specific Cloud Storage directory.
-      "partitionDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # BigQuery time partitioned table's _PARTITIONDATE in YYYY-MM-DD format. Only supported in ImportProductsRequest.
+      "partitionDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # BigQuery time partitioned table's _PARTITIONDATE in YYYY-MM-DD format.
         "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
         "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
         "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.placements.html b/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.placements.html
index 3a67b1aa94..6489455c9c 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.placements.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.placements.html
@@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "languageCode": "A String", # Language of the title/description and other string attributes. Use language tags defined by [BCP 47](https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt). For product prediction, this field is ignored and the model automatically detects the text language. The Product can include text in different languages, but duplicating Products to provide text in multiple languages can result in degraded model performance. For product search this field is in use. It defaults to "en-US" if unset.
           "localInventories": [ # Output only. A list of local inventories specific to different places. This field can be managed by ProductService.AddLocalInventories and ProductService.RemoveLocalInventories APIs if fine-grained, high-volume updates are necessary.
             { # The inventory information at a place (e.g. a store) identified by a place ID.
-              "attributes": { # Additional local inventory attributes, for example, store name, promotion tags, etc. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * At most 30 attributes are allowed. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 32 characters. * The key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS. * The attribute values must be of the same type (text or number). * Only 1 value is allowed for each attribute. * For text values, the length limit is 256 UTF-8 characters. * The attribute does not support search. The `searchable` field should be unset or set to false. * The max summed total bytes of custom attribute keys and values per product is 5MiB.
+              "attributes": { # Optional. Additional local inventory attributes, for example, store name, promotion tags, etc. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * At most 30 attributes are allowed. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 32 characters. * The key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS. * The attribute values must be of the same type (text or number). * Only 1 value is allowed for each attribute. * For text values, the length limit is 256 UTF-8 characters. * The attribute does not support search. The `searchable` field should be unset or set to false. * The max summed total bytes of custom attribute keys and values per product is 5MiB.
                 "a_key": { # A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in Product.
                   "indexable": True or False, # This field is normally ignored unless AttributesConfig.attribute_config_level of the Catalog is set to the deprecated 'PRODUCT_LEVEL_ATTRIBUTE_CONFIG' mode. For information about product-level attribute configuration, see [Configuration modes](https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/attribute-config#config-modes). If true, custom attribute values are indexed, so that they can be filtered, faceted or boosted in SearchService.Search. This field is ignored in a UserEvent. See SearchRequest.filter, SearchRequest.facet_specs and SearchRequest.boost_spec for more details.
                   "numbers": [ # The numerical values of this custom attribute. For example, `[2.3, 15.4]` when the key is "lengths_cm". Exactly one of text or numbers should be set. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -224,11 +224,12 @@ 
Method Details

                   ],
                 },
               },
-              "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Input only. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+              "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability).
+              "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Optional. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
                 "A String",
               ],
-              "placeId": "A String", # The place ID for the current set of inventory information.
-              "priceInfo": { # The price information of a Product. # Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
+              "placeId": "A String", # Required. The place ID for the current set of inventory information.
+              "priceInfo": { # The price information of a Product. # Optional. Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
                 "cost": 3.14, # The costs associated with the sale of a particular product. Used for gross profit reporting. * Profit = price - cost Google Merchant Center property [cost_of_goods_sold](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/9017895).
                 "currencyCode": "A String", # The 3-letter currency code defined in [ISO 4217](https://www.iso.org/iso-4217-currency-codes.html). If this field is an unrecognizable currency code, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. The Product.Type.VARIANT Products with the same Product.primary_product_id must share the same currency_code. Otherwise, a FAILED_PRECONDITION error is returned.
                 "originalPrice": 3.14, # Price of the product without any discount. If zero, by default set to be the price. If set, original_price should be greater than or equal to price, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is thrown.
@@ -327,7 +328,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "userInfo": { # Information of an end user. # User information.
       "directUserRequest": True or False, # True if the request is made directly from the end user, in which case the ip_address and user_agent can be populated from the HTTP request. This flag should be set only if the API request is made directly from the end user such as a mobile app (and not if a gateway or a server is processing and pushing the user events). This should not be set when using the JavaScript tag in UserEventService.CollectUserEvent.
       "ipAddress": "A String", # The end user's IP address. This field is used to extract location information for personalization. This field must be either an IPv4 address (e.g. "104.133.9.80") or an IPv6 address (e.g. "2001:0db8:85a3:0000:0000:8a2e:0370:7334"). Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This should not be set when: * setting SearchRequest.user_info. * using the JavaScript tag in UserEventService.CollectUserEvent or if direct_user_request is set.
-      "userAgent": "A String", # User agent as included in the HTTP header. Required for getting SearchResponse.sponsored_results. The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1,000 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This should not be set when using the client side event reporting with GTM or JavaScript tag in UserEventService.CollectUserEvent or if direct_user_request is set.
+      "userAgent": "A String", # User agent as included in the HTTP header. The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1,000 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This should not be set when using the client side event reporting with GTM or JavaScript tag in UserEventService.CollectUserEvent or if direct_user_request is set.
       "userId": "A String", # Highly recommended for logged-in users. Unique identifier for logged-in user, such as a user name. Don't set for anonymous users. Always use a hashed value for this ID. Don't set the field to the same fixed ID for different users. This mixes the event history of those users together, which results in degraded model quality. The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
     },
     "visitorId": "A String", # Required. A unique identifier for tracking visitors. For example, this could be implemented with an HTTP cookie, which should be able to uniquely identify a visitor on a single device. This unique identifier should not change if the visitor log in/out of the website. Don't set the field to the same fixed ID for different users. This mixes the event history of those users together, which results in degraded model quality. The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. The field should not contain PII or user-data. We recommend to use Google Analytics [Client ID](https://developers.google.com/analytics/devguides/collection/analyticsjs/field-reference#clientId) for this field.
@@ -484,7 +485,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "userInfo": { # Information of an end user. # User information.
     "directUserRequest": True or False, # True if the request is made directly from the end user, in which case the ip_address and user_agent can be populated from the HTTP request. This flag should be set only if the API request is made directly from the end user such as a mobile app (and not if a gateway or a server is processing and pushing the user events). This should not be set when using the JavaScript tag in UserEventService.CollectUserEvent.
     "ipAddress": "A String", # The end user's IP address. This field is used to extract location information for personalization. This field must be either an IPv4 address (e.g. "104.133.9.80") or an IPv6 address (e.g. "2001:0db8:85a3:0000:0000:8a2e:0370:7334"). Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This should not be set when: * setting SearchRequest.user_info. * using the JavaScript tag in UserEventService.CollectUserEvent or if direct_user_request is set.
-    "userAgent": "A String", # User agent as included in the HTTP header. Required for getting SearchResponse.sponsored_results. The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1,000 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This should not be set when using the client side event reporting with GTM or JavaScript tag in UserEventService.CollectUserEvent or if direct_user_request is set.
+    "userAgent": "A String", # User agent as included in the HTTP header. The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1,000 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This should not be set when using the client side event reporting with GTM or JavaScript tag in UserEventService.CollectUserEvent or if direct_user_request is set.
     "userId": "A String", # Highly recommended for logged-in users. Unique identifier for logged-in user, such as a user name. Don't set for anonymous users. Always use a hashed value for this ID. Don't set the field to the same fixed ID for different users. This mixes the event history of those users together, which results in degraded model quality. The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
   },
   "variantRollupKeys": [ # The keys to fetch and rollup the matching variant Products attributes, FulfillmentInfo or LocalInventorys attributes. The attributes from all the matching variant Products or LocalInventorys are merged and de-duplicated. Notice that rollup attributes will lead to extra query latency. Maximum number of keys is 30. For FulfillmentInfo, a fulfillment type and a fulfillment ID must be provided in the format of "fulfillmentType.fulfillmentId". E.g., in "pickupInStore.store123", "pickupInStore" is fulfillment type and "store123" is the store ID. Supported keys are: * colorFamilies * price * originalPrice * discount * variantId * inventory(place_id,price) * inventory(place_id,original_price) * inventory(place_id,attributes.key), where key is any key in the Product.local_inventories.attributes map. * attributes.key, where key is any key in the Product.attributes map. * pickupInStore.id, where id is any FulfillmentInfo.place_ids for FulfillmentInfo.type "pickup-in-store". * shipToStore.id, where id is any FulfillmentInfo.place_ids for FulfillmentInfo.type "ship-to-store". * sameDayDelivery.id, where id is any FulfillmentInfo.place_ids for FulfillmentInfo.type "same-day-delivery". * nextDayDelivery.id, where id is any FulfillmentInfo.place_ids for FulfillmentInfo.type "next-day-delivery". * customFulfillment1.id, where id is any FulfillmentInfo.place_ids for FulfillmentInfo.type "custom-type-1". * customFulfillment2.id, where id is any FulfillmentInfo.place_ids for FulfillmentInfo.type "custom-type-2". * customFulfillment3.id, where id is any FulfillmentInfo.place_ids for FulfillmentInfo.type "custom-type-3". * customFulfillment4.id, where id is any FulfillmentInfo.place_ids for FulfillmentInfo.type "custom-type-4". * customFulfillment5.id, where id is any FulfillmentInfo.place_ids for FulfillmentInfo.type "custom-type-5". If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -534,11 +535,11 @@ 
Method Details

     ],
   },
   "correctedQuery": "A String", # Contains the spell corrected query, if found. If the spell correction type is AUTOMATIC, then the search results are based on corrected_query. Otherwise the original query is used for search.
-  "experimentInfo": [ # Metadata related to A/B testing Experiment associated with this response. Only exists when an experiment is triggered.
-    { # Metadata for active A/B testing Experiment.
+  "experimentInfo": [ # Metadata related to A/B testing experiment associated with this response. Only exists when an experiment is triggered.
+    { # Metadata for active A/B testing experiment.
       "experiment": "A String", # The fully qualified resource name of the experiment that provides the serving config under test, should an active experiment exist. For example: `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/experiments/experiment_id`
       "servingConfigExperiment": { # Metadata for active serving config A/B tests. # A/B test between existing Cloud Retail Search ServingConfigs.
-        "experimentServingConfig": "A String", # The fully qualified resource name of the serving config Experiment.VariantArm.serving_config_id responsible for generating the search response. For example: `projects/*/locations/*/catalogs/*/servingConfigs/*`.
+        "experimentServingConfig": "A String", # The fully qualified resource name of the serving config `Experiment.VariantArm.serving_config_id` responsible for generating the search response. For example: `projects/*/locations/*/catalogs/*/servingConfigs/*`.
         "originalServingConfig": "A String", # The fully qualified resource name of the original SearchRequest.placement in the search request prior to reassignment by experiment API. For example: `projects/*/locations/*/catalogs/*/servingConfigs/*`.
       },
     },
@@ -667,7 +668,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "languageCode": "A String", # Language of the title/description and other string attributes. Use language tags defined by [BCP 47](https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt). For product prediction, this field is ignored and the model automatically detects the text language. The Product can include text in different languages, but duplicating Products to provide text in multiple languages can result in degraded model performance. For product search this field is in use. It defaults to "en-US" if unset.
         "localInventories": [ # Output only. A list of local inventories specific to different places. This field can be managed by ProductService.AddLocalInventories and ProductService.RemoveLocalInventories APIs if fine-grained, high-volume updates are necessary.
           { # The inventory information at a place (e.g. a store) identified by a place ID.
-            "attributes": { # Additional local inventory attributes, for example, store name, promotion tags, etc. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * At most 30 attributes are allowed. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 32 characters. * The key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS. * The attribute values must be of the same type (text or number). * Only 1 value is allowed for each attribute. * For text values, the length limit is 256 UTF-8 characters. * The attribute does not support search. The `searchable` field should be unset or set to false. * The max summed total bytes of custom attribute keys and values per product is 5MiB.
+            "attributes": { # Optional. Additional local inventory attributes, for example, store name, promotion tags, etc. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * At most 30 attributes are allowed. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 32 characters. * The key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS. * The attribute values must be of the same type (text or number). * Only 1 value is allowed for each attribute. * For text values, the length limit is 256 UTF-8 characters. * The attribute does not support search. The `searchable` field should be unset or set to false. * The max summed total bytes of custom attribute keys and values per product is 5MiB.
               "a_key": { # A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in Product.
                 "indexable": True or False, # This field is normally ignored unless AttributesConfig.attribute_config_level of the Catalog is set to the deprecated 'PRODUCT_LEVEL_ATTRIBUTE_CONFIG' mode. For information about product-level attribute configuration, see [Configuration modes](https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/attribute-config#config-modes). If true, custom attribute values are indexed, so that they can be filtered, faceted or boosted in SearchService.Search. This field is ignored in a UserEvent. See SearchRequest.filter, SearchRequest.facet_specs and SearchRequest.boost_spec for more details.
                 "numbers": [ # The numerical values of this custom attribute. For example, `[2.3, 15.4]` when the key is "lengths_cm". Exactly one of text or numbers should be set. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -679,11 +680,12 @@ 
Method Details

                 ],
               },
             },
-            "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Input only. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+            "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability).
+            "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Optional. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
               "A String",
             ],
-            "placeId": "A String", # The place ID for the current set of inventory information.
-            "priceInfo": { # The price information of a Product. # Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
+            "placeId": "A String", # Required. The place ID for the current set of inventory information.
+            "priceInfo": { # The price information of a Product. # Optional. Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
               "cost": 3.14, # The costs associated with the sale of a particular product. Used for gross profit reporting. * Profit = price - cost Google Merchant Center property [cost_of_goods_sold](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/9017895).
               "currencyCode": "A String", # The 3-letter currency code defined in [ISO 4217](https://www.iso.org/iso-4217-currency-codes.html). If this field is an unrecognizable currency code, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. The Product.Type.VARIANT Products with the same Product.primary_product_id must share the same currency_code. Otherwise, a FAILED_PRECONDITION error is returned.
               "originalPrice": 3.14, # Price of the product without any discount. If zero, by default set to be the price. If set, original_price should be greater than or equal to price, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is thrown.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.servingConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.servingConfigs.html
index 6622e4d030..e01b0250c6 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.servingConfigs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.servingConfigs.html
@@ -694,7 +694,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "languageCode": "A String", # Language of the title/description and other string attributes. Use language tags defined by [BCP 47](https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt). For product prediction, this field is ignored and the model automatically detects the text language. The Product can include text in different languages, but duplicating Products to provide text in multiple languages can result in degraded model performance. For product search this field is in use. It defaults to "en-US" if unset.
           "localInventories": [ # Output only. A list of local inventories specific to different places. This field can be managed by ProductService.AddLocalInventories and ProductService.RemoveLocalInventories APIs if fine-grained, high-volume updates are necessary.
             { # The inventory information at a place (e.g. a store) identified by a place ID.
-              "attributes": { # Additional local inventory attributes, for example, store name, promotion tags, etc. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * At most 30 attributes are allowed. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 32 characters. * The key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS. * The attribute values must be of the same type (text or number). * Only 1 value is allowed for each attribute. * For text values, the length limit is 256 UTF-8 characters. * The attribute does not support search. The `searchable` field should be unset or set to false. * The max summed total bytes of custom attribute keys and values per product is 5MiB.
+              "attributes": { # Optional. Additional local inventory attributes, for example, store name, promotion tags, etc. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * At most 30 attributes are allowed. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 32 characters. * The key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS. * The attribute values must be of the same type (text or number). * Only 1 value is allowed for each attribute. * For text values, the length limit is 256 UTF-8 characters. * The attribute does not support search. The `searchable` field should be unset or set to false. * The max summed total bytes of custom attribute keys and values per product is 5MiB.
                 "a_key": { # A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in Product.
                   "indexable": True or False, # This field is normally ignored unless AttributesConfig.attribute_config_level of the Catalog is set to the deprecated 'PRODUCT_LEVEL_ATTRIBUTE_CONFIG' mode. For information about product-level attribute configuration, see [Configuration modes](https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/attribute-config#config-modes). If true, custom attribute values are indexed, so that they can be filtered, faceted or boosted in SearchService.Search. This field is ignored in a UserEvent. See SearchRequest.filter, SearchRequest.facet_specs and SearchRequest.boost_spec for more details.
                   "numbers": [ # The numerical values of this custom attribute. For example, `[2.3, 15.4]` when the key is "lengths_cm". Exactly one of text or numbers should be set. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -706,11 +706,12 @@ 
Method Details

                   ],
                 },
               },
-              "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Input only. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+              "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability).
+              "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Optional. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
                 "A String",
               ],
-              "placeId": "A String", # The place ID for the current set of inventory information.
-              "priceInfo": { # The price information of a Product. # Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
+              "placeId": "A String", # Required. The place ID for the current set of inventory information.
+              "priceInfo": { # The price information of a Product. # Optional. Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
                 "cost": 3.14, # The costs associated with the sale of a particular product. Used for gross profit reporting. * Profit = price - cost Google Merchant Center property [cost_of_goods_sold](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/9017895).
                 "currencyCode": "A String", # The 3-letter currency code defined in [ISO 4217](https://www.iso.org/iso-4217-currency-codes.html). If this field is an unrecognizable currency code, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. The Product.Type.VARIANT Products with the same Product.primary_product_id must share the same currency_code. Otherwise, a FAILED_PRECONDITION error is returned.
                 "originalPrice": 3.14, # Price of the product without any discount. If zero, by default set to be the price. If set, original_price should be greater than or equal to price, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is thrown.
@@ -809,7 +810,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "userInfo": { # Information of an end user. # User information.
       "directUserRequest": True or False, # True if the request is made directly from the end user, in which case the ip_address and user_agent can be populated from the HTTP request. This flag should be set only if the API request is made directly from the end user such as a mobile app (and not if a gateway or a server is processing and pushing the user events). This should not be set when using the JavaScript tag in UserEventService.CollectUserEvent.
       "ipAddress": "A String", # The end user's IP address. This field is used to extract location information for personalization. This field must be either an IPv4 address (e.g. "104.133.9.80") or an IPv6 address (e.g. "2001:0db8:85a3:0000:0000:8a2e:0370:7334"). Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This should not be set when: * setting SearchRequest.user_info. * using the JavaScript tag in UserEventService.CollectUserEvent or if direct_user_request is set.
-      "userAgent": "A String", # User agent as included in the HTTP header. Required for getting SearchResponse.sponsored_results. The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1,000 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This should not be set when using the client side event reporting with GTM or JavaScript tag in UserEventService.CollectUserEvent or if direct_user_request is set.
+      "userAgent": "A String", # User agent as included in the HTTP header. The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1,000 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This should not be set when using the client side event reporting with GTM or JavaScript tag in UserEventService.CollectUserEvent or if direct_user_request is set.
       "userId": "A String", # Highly recommended for logged-in users. Unique identifier for logged-in user, such as a user name. Don't set for anonymous users. Always use a hashed value for this ID. Don't set the field to the same fixed ID for different users. This mixes the event history of those users together, which results in degraded model quality. The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
     },
     "visitorId": "A String", # Required. A unique identifier for tracking visitors. For example, this could be implemented with an HTTP cookie, which should be able to uniquely identify a visitor on a single device. This unique identifier should not change if the visitor log in/out of the website. Don't set the field to the same fixed ID for different users. This mixes the event history of those users together, which results in degraded model quality. The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. The field should not contain PII or user-data. We recommend to use Google Analytics [Client ID](https://developers.google.com/analytics/devguides/collection/analyticsjs/field-reference#clientId) for this field.
@@ -1035,7 +1036,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "userInfo": { # Information of an end user. # User information.
     "directUserRequest": True or False, # True if the request is made directly from the end user, in which case the ip_address and user_agent can be populated from the HTTP request. This flag should be set only if the API request is made directly from the end user such as a mobile app (and not if a gateway or a server is processing and pushing the user events). This should not be set when using the JavaScript tag in UserEventService.CollectUserEvent.
     "ipAddress": "A String", # The end user's IP address. This field is used to extract location information for personalization. This field must be either an IPv4 address (e.g. "104.133.9.80") or an IPv6 address (e.g. "2001:0db8:85a3:0000:0000:8a2e:0370:7334"). Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This should not be set when: * setting SearchRequest.user_info. * using the JavaScript tag in UserEventService.CollectUserEvent or if direct_user_request is set.
-    "userAgent": "A String", # User agent as included in the HTTP header. Required for getting SearchResponse.sponsored_results. The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1,000 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This should not be set when using the client side event reporting with GTM or JavaScript tag in UserEventService.CollectUserEvent or if direct_user_request is set.
+    "userAgent": "A String", # User agent as included in the HTTP header. The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1,000 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This should not be set when using the client side event reporting with GTM or JavaScript tag in UserEventService.CollectUserEvent or if direct_user_request is set.
     "userId": "A String", # Highly recommended for logged-in users. Unique identifier for logged-in user, such as a user name. Don't set for anonymous users. Always use a hashed value for this ID. Don't set the field to the same fixed ID for different users. This mixes the event history of those users together, which results in degraded model quality. The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
   },
   "variantRollupKeys": [ # The keys to fetch and rollup the matching variant Products attributes, FulfillmentInfo or LocalInventorys attributes. The attributes from all the matching variant Products or LocalInventorys are merged and de-duplicated. Notice that rollup attributes will lead to extra query latency. Maximum number of keys is 30. For FulfillmentInfo, a fulfillment type and a fulfillment ID must be provided in the format of "fulfillmentType.fulfillmentId". E.g., in "pickupInStore.store123", "pickupInStore" is fulfillment type and "store123" is the store ID. Supported keys are: * colorFamilies * price * originalPrice * discount * variantId * inventory(place_id,price) * inventory(place_id,original_price) * inventory(place_id,attributes.key), where key is any key in the Product.local_inventories.attributes map. * attributes.key, where key is any key in the Product.attributes map. * pickupInStore.id, where id is any FulfillmentInfo.place_ids for FulfillmentInfo.type "pickup-in-store". * shipToStore.id, where id is any FulfillmentInfo.place_ids for FulfillmentInfo.type "ship-to-store". * sameDayDelivery.id, where id is any FulfillmentInfo.place_ids for FulfillmentInfo.type "same-day-delivery". * nextDayDelivery.id, where id is any FulfillmentInfo.place_ids for FulfillmentInfo.type "next-day-delivery". * customFulfillment1.id, where id is any FulfillmentInfo.place_ids for FulfillmentInfo.type "custom-type-1". * customFulfillment2.id, where id is any FulfillmentInfo.place_ids for FulfillmentInfo.type "custom-type-2". * customFulfillment3.id, where id is any FulfillmentInfo.place_ids for FulfillmentInfo.type "custom-type-3". * customFulfillment4.id, where id is any FulfillmentInfo.place_ids for FulfillmentInfo.type "custom-type-4". * customFulfillment5.id, where id is any FulfillmentInfo.place_ids for FulfillmentInfo.type "custom-type-5". If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -1085,11 +1086,11 @@ 
Method Details

     ],
   },
   "correctedQuery": "A String", # Contains the spell corrected query, if found. If the spell correction type is AUTOMATIC, then the search results are based on corrected_query. Otherwise the original query is used for search.
-  "experimentInfo": [ # Metadata related to A/B testing Experiment associated with this response. Only exists when an experiment is triggered.
-    { # Metadata for active A/B testing Experiment.
+  "experimentInfo": [ # Metadata related to A/B testing experiment associated with this response. Only exists when an experiment is triggered.
+    { # Metadata for active A/B testing experiment.
       "experiment": "A String", # The fully qualified resource name of the experiment that provides the serving config under test, should an active experiment exist. For example: `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/experiments/experiment_id`
       "servingConfigExperiment": { # Metadata for active serving config A/B tests. # A/B test between existing Cloud Retail Search ServingConfigs.
-        "experimentServingConfig": "A String", # The fully qualified resource name of the serving config Experiment.VariantArm.serving_config_id responsible for generating the search response. For example: `projects/*/locations/*/catalogs/*/servingConfigs/*`.
+        "experimentServingConfig": "A String", # The fully qualified resource name of the serving config `Experiment.VariantArm.serving_config_id` responsible for generating the search response. For example: `projects/*/locations/*/catalogs/*/servingConfigs/*`.
         "originalServingConfig": "A String", # The fully qualified resource name of the original SearchRequest.placement in the search request prior to reassignment by experiment API. For example: `projects/*/locations/*/catalogs/*/servingConfigs/*`.
       },
     },
@@ -1218,7 +1219,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "languageCode": "A String", # Language of the title/description and other string attributes. Use language tags defined by [BCP 47](https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt). For product prediction, this field is ignored and the model automatically detects the text language. The Product can include text in different languages, but duplicating Products to provide text in multiple languages can result in degraded model performance. For product search this field is in use. It defaults to "en-US" if unset.
         "localInventories": [ # Output only. A list of local inventories specific to different places. This field can be managed by ProductService.AddLocalInventories and ProductService.RemoveLocalInventories APIs if fine-grained, high-volume updates are necessary.
           { # The inventory information at a place (e.g. a store) identified by a place ID.
-            "attributes": { # Additional local inventory attributes, for example, store name, promotion tags, etc. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * At most 30 attributes are allowed. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 32 characters. * The key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS. * The attribute values must be of the same type (text or number). * Only 1 value is allowed for each attribute. * For text values, the length limit is 256 UTF-8 characters. * The attribute does not support search. The `searchable` field should be unset or set to false. * The max summed total bytes of custom attribute keys and values per product is 5MiB.
+            "attributes": { # Optional. Additional local inventory attributes, for example, store name, promotion tags, etc. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * At most 30 attributes are allowed. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 32 characters. * The key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS. * The attribute values must be of the same type (text or number). * Only 1 value is allowed for each attribute. * For text values, the length limit is 256 UTF-8 characters. * The attribute does not support search. The `searchable` field should be unset or set to false. * The max summed total bytes of custom attribute keys and values per product is 5MiB.
               "a_key": { # A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in Product.
                 "indexable": True or False, # This field is normally ignored unless AttributesConfig.attribute_config_level of the Catalog is set to the deprecated 'PRODUCT_LEVEL_ATTRIBUTE_CONFIG' mode. For information about product-level attribute configuration, see [Configuration modes](https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/attribute-config#config-modes). If true, custom attribute values are indexed, so that they can be filtered, faceted or boosted in SearchService.Search. This field is ignored in a UserEvent. See SearchRequest.filter, SearchRequest.facet_specs and SearchRequest.boost_spec for more details.
                 "numbers": [ # The numerical values of this custom attribute. For example, `[2.3, 15.4]` when the key is "lengths_cm". Exactly one of text or numbers should be set. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -1230,11 +1231,12 @@ 
Method Details

                 ],
               },
             },
-            "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Input only. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+            "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability).
+            "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Optional. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
               "A String",
             ],
-            "placeId": "A String", # The place ID for the current set of inventory information.
-            "priceInfo": { # The price information of a Product. # Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
+            "placeId": "A String", # Required. The place ID for the current set of inventory information.
+            "priceInfo": { # The price information of a Product. # Optional. Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
               "cost": 3.14, # The costs associated with the sale of a particular product. Used for gross profit reporting. * Profit = price - cost Google Merchant Center property [cost_of_goods_sold](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/9017895).
               "currencyCode": "A String", # The 3-letter currency code defined in [ISO 4217](https://www.iso.org/iso-4217-currency-codes.html). If this field is an unrecognizable currency code, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. The Product.Type.VARIANT Products with the same Product.primary_product_id must share the same currency_code. Otherwise, a FAILED_PRECONDITION error is returned.
               "originalPrice": 3.14, # Price of the product without any discount. If zero, by default set to be the price. If set, original_price should be greater than or equal to price, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is thrown.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.userEvents.html b/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.userEvents.html
index a46a613eb5..65617c2e71 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.userEvents.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.userEvents.html
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "dataSchema": "A String", # The schema to use when parsing the data from the source. Supported values for product imports: * `product` (default): One JSON Product per line. Each product must have a valid Product.id. * `product_merchant_center`: See [Importing catalog data from Merchant Center](https://cloud.google.com/retail/recommendations-ai/docs/upload-catalog#mc). Supported values for user events imports: * `user_event` (default): One JSON UserEvent per line. * `user_event_ga360`: The schema is available here: https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/3437719. * `user_event_ga4`: The schema is available here: https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/7029846. Supported values for autocomplete imports: * `suggestions` (default): One JSON completion suggestion per line. * `denylist`: One JSON deny suggestion per line. * `allowlist`: One JSON allow suggestion per line.
       "datasetId": "A String", # Required. The BigQuery data set to copy the data from with a length limit of 1,024 characters.
       "gcsStagingDir": "A String", # Intermediate Cloud Storage directory used for the import with a length limit of 2,000 characters. Can be specified if one wants to have the BigQuery export to a specific Cloud Storage directory.
-      "partitionDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # BigQuery time partitioned table's _PARTITIONDATE in YYYY-MM-DD format. Only supported in ImportProductsRequest.
+      "partitionDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # BigQuery time partitioned table's _PARTITIONDATE in YYYY-MM-DD format.
         "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
         "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
         "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
@@ -263,7 +263,7 @@ 
Method Details

                 "languageCode": "A String", # Language of the title/description and other string attributes. Use language tags defined by [BCP 47](https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt). For product prediction, this field is ignored and the model automatically detects the text language. The Product can include text in different languages, but duplicating Products to provide text in multiple languages can result in degraded model performance. For product search this field is in use. It defaults to "en-US" if unset.
                 "localInventories": [ # Output only. A list of local inventories specific to different places. This field can be managed by ProductService.AddLocalInventories and ProductService.RemoveLocalInventories APIs if fine-grained, high-volume updates are necessary.
                   { # The inventory information at a place (e.g. a store) identified by a place ID.
-                    "attributes": { # Additional local inventory attributes, for example, store name, promotion tags, etc. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * At most 30 attributes are allowed. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 32 characters. * The key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS. * The attribute values must be of the same type (text or number). * Only 1 value is allowed for each attribute. * For text values, the length limit is 256 UTF-8 characters. * The attribute does not support search. The `searchable` field should be unset or set to false. * The max summed total bytes of custom attribute keys and values per product is 5MiB.
+                    "attributes": { # Optional. Additional local inventory attributes, for example, store name, promotion tags, etc. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * At most 30 attributes are allowed. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 32 characters. * The key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS. * The attribute values must be of the same type (text or number). * Only 1 value is allowed for each attribute. * For text values, the length limit is 256 UTF-8 characters. * The attribute does not support search. The `searchable` field should be unset or set to false. * The max summed total bytes of custom attribute keys and values per product is 5MiB.
                       "a_key": { # A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in Product.
                         "indexable": True or False, # This field is normally ignored unless AttributesConfig.attribute_config_level of the Catalog is set to the deprecated 'PRODUCT_LEVEL_ATTRIBUTE_CONFIG' mode. For information about product-level attribute configuration, see [Configuration modes](https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/attribute-config#config-modes). If true, custom attribute values are indexed, so that they can be filtered, faceted or boosted in SearchService.Search. This field is ignored in a UserEvent. See SearchRequest.filter, SearchRequest.facet_specs and SearchRequest.boost_spec for more details.
                         "numbers": [ # The numerical values of this custom attribute. For example, `[2.3, 15.4]` when the key is "lengths_cm". Exactly one of text or numbers should be set. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -275,11 +275,12 @@ 
Method Details

                         ],
                       },
                     },
-                    "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Input only. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+                    "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability).
+                    "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Optional. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
                       "A String",
                     ],
-                    "placeId": "A String", # The place ID for the current set of inventory information.
-                    "priceInfo": { # The price information of a Product. # Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
+                    "placeId": "A String", # Required. The place ID for the current set of inventory information.
+                    "priceInfo": { # The price information of a Product. # Optional. Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
                       "cost": 3.14, # The costs associated with the sale of a particular product. Used for gross profit reporting. * Profit = price - cost Google Merchant Center property [cost_of_goods_sold](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/9017895).
                       "currencyCode": "A String", # The 3-letter currency code defined in [ISO 4217](https://www.iso.org/iso-4217-currency-codes.html). If this field is an unrecognizable currency code, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. The Product.Type.VARIANT Products with the same Product.primary_product_id must share the same currency_code. Otherwise, a FAILED_PRECONDITION error is returned.
                       "originalPrice": 3.14, # Price of the product without any discount. If zero, by default set to be the price. If set, original_price should be greater than or equal to price, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is thrown.
@@ -378,7 +379,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "userInfo": { # Information of an end user. # User information.
             "directUserRequest": True or False, # True if the request is made directly from the end user, in which case the ip_address and user_agent can be populated from the HTTP request. This flag should be set only if the API request is made directly from the end user such as a mobile app (and not if a gateway or a server is processing and pushing the user events). This should not be set when using the JavaScript tag in UserEventService.CollectUserEvent.
             "ipAddress": "A String", # The end user's IP address. This field is used to extract location information for personalization. This field must be either an IPv4 address (e.g. "104.133.9.80") or an IPv6 address (e.g. "2001:0db8:85a3:0000:0000:8a2e:0370:7334"). Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This should not be set when: * setting SearchRequest.user_info. * using the JavaScript tag in UserEventService.CollectUserEvent or if direct_user_request is set.
-            "userAgent": "A String", # User agent as included in the HTTP header. Required for getting SearchResponse.sponsored_results. The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1,000 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This should not be set when using the client side event reporting with GTM or JavaScript tag in UserEventService.CollectUserEvent or if direct_user_request is set.
+            "userAgent": "A String", # User agent as included in the HTTP header. The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1,000 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This should not be set when using the client side event reporting with GTM or JavaScript tag in UserEventService.CollectUserEvent or if direct_user_request is set.
             "userId": "A String", # Highly recommended for logged-in users. Unique identifier for logged-in user, such as a user name. Don't set for anonymous users. Always use a hashed value for this ID. Don't set the field to the same fixed ID for different users. This mixes the event history of those users together, which results in degraded model quality. The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
           },
           "visitorId": "A String", # Required. A unique identifier for tracking visitors. For example, this could be implemented with an HTTP cookie, which should be able to uniquely identify a visitor on a single device. This unique identifier should not change if the visitor log in/out of the website. Don't set the field to the same fixed ID for different users. This mixes the event history of those users together, which results in degraded model quality. The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. The field should not contain PII or user-data. We recommend to use Google Analytics [Client ID](https://developers.google.com/analytics/devguides/collection/analyticsjs/field-reference#clientId) for this field.
@@ -612,7 +613,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "languageCode": "A String", # Language of the title/description and other string attributes. Use language tags defined by [BCP 47](https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt). For product prediction, this field is ignored and the model automatically detects the text language. The Product can include text in different languages, but duplicating Products to provide text in multiple languages can result in degraded model performance. For product search this field is in use. It defaults to "en-US" if unset.
         "localInventories": [ # Output only. A list of local inventories specific to different places. This field can be managed by ProductService.AddLocalInventories and ProductService.RemoveLocalInventories APIs if fine-grained, high-volume updates are necessary.
           { # The inventory information at a place (e.g. a store) identified by a place ID.
-            "attributes": { # Additional local inventory attributes, for example, store name, promotion tags, etc. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * At most 30 attributes are allowed. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 32 characters. * The key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS. * The attribute values must be of the same type (text or number). * Only 1 value is allowed for each attribute. * For text values, the length limit is 256 UTF-8 characters. * The attribute does not support search. The `searchable` field should be unset or set to false. * The max summed total bytes of custom attribute keys and values per product is 5MiB.
+            "attributes": { # Optional. Additional local inventory attributes, for example, store name, promotion tags, etc. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * At most 30 attributes are allowed. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 32 characters. * The key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS. * The attribute values must be of the same type (text or number). * Only 1 value is allowed for each attribute. * For text values, the length limit is 256 UTF-8 characters. * The attribute does not support search. The `searchable` field should be unset or set to false. * The max summed total bytes of custom attribute keys and values per product is 5MiB.
               "a_key": { # A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in Product.
                 "indexable": True or False, # This field is normally ignored unless AttributesConfig.attribute_config_level of the Catalog is set to the deprecated 'PRODUCT_LEVEL_ATTRIBUTE_CONFIG' mode. For information about product-level attribute configuration, see [Configuration modes](https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/attribute-config#config-modes). If true, custom attribute values are indexed, so that they can be filtered, faceted or boosted in SearchService.Search. This field is ignored in a UserEvent. See SearchRequest.filter, SearchRequest.facet_specs and SearchRequest.boost_spec for more details.
                 "numbers": [ # The numerical values of this custom attribute. For example, `[2.3, 15.4]` when the key is "lengths_cm". Exactly one of text or numbers should be set. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -624,11 +625,12 @@ 
Method Details

                 ],
               },
             },
-            "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Input only. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+            "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability).
+            "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Optional. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
               "A String",
             ],
-            "placeId": "A String", # The place ID for the current set of inventory information.
-            "priceInfo": { # The price information of a Product. # Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
+            "placeId": "A String", # Required. The place ID for the current set of inventory information.
+            "priceInfo": { # The price information of a Product. # Optional. Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
               "cost": 3.14, # The costs associated with the sale of a particular product. Used for gross profit reporting. * Profit = price - cost Google Merchant Center property [cost_of_goods_sold](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/9017895).
               "currencyCode": "A String", # The 3-letter currency code defined in [ISO 4217](https://www.iso.org/iso-4217-currency-codes.html). If this field is an unrecognizable currency code, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. The Product.Type.VARIANT Products with the same Product.primary_product_id must share the same currency_code. Otherwise, a FAILED_PRECONDITION error is returned.
               "originalPrice": 3.14, # Price of the product without any discount. If zero, by default set to be the price. If set, original_price should be greater than or equal to price, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is thrown.
@@ -727,7 +729,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "userInfo": { # Information of an end user. # User information.
     "directUserRequest": True or False, # True if the request is made directly from the end user, in which case the ip_address and user_agent can be populated from the HTTP request. This flag should be set only if the API request is made directly from the end user such as a mobile app (and not if a gateway or a server is processing and pushing the user events). This should not be set when using the JavaScript tag in UserEventService.CollectUserEvent.
     "ipAddress": "A String", # The end user's IP address. This field is used to extract location information for personalization. This field must be either an IPv4 address (e.g. "104.133.9.80") or an IPv6 address (e.g. "2001:0db8:85a3:0000:0000:8a2e:0370:7334"). Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This should not be set when: * setting SearchRequest.user_info. * using the JavaScript tag in UserEventService.CollectUserEvent or if direct_user_request is set.
-    "userAgent": "A String", # User agent as included in the HTTP header. Required for getting SearchResponse.sponsored_results. The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1,000 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This should not be set when using the client side event reporting with GTM or JavaScript tag in UserEventService.CollectUserEvent or if direct_user_request is set.
+    "userAgent": "A String", # User agent as included in the HTTP header. The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1,000 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This should not be set when using the client side event reporting with GTM or JavaScript tag in UserEventService.CollectUserEvent or if direct_user_request is set.
     "userId": "A String", # Highly recommended for logged-in users. Unique identifier for logged-in user, such as a user name. Don't set for anonymous users. Always use a hashed value for this ID. Don't set the field to the same fixed ID for different users. This mixes the event history of those users together, which results in degraded model quality. The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
   },
   "visitorId": "A String", # Required. A unique identifier for tracking visitors. For example, this could be implemented with an HTTP cookie, which should be able to uniquely identify a visitor on a single device. This unique identifier should not change if the visitor log in/out of the website. Don't set the field to the same fixed ID for different users. This mixes the event history of those users together, which results in degraded model quality. The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. The field should not contain PII or user-data. We recommend to use Google Analytics [Client ID](https://developers.google.com/analytics/devguides/collection/analyticsjs/field-reference#clientId) for this field.
@@ -843,7 +845,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "languageCode": "A String", # Language of the title/description and other string attributes. Use language tags defined by [BCP 47](https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt). For product prediction, this field is ignored and the model automatically detects the text language. The Product can include text in different languages, but duplicating Products to provide text in multiple languages can result in degraded model performance. For product search this field is in use. It defaults to "en-US" if unset.
         "localInventories": [ # Output only. A list of local inventories specific to different places. This field can be managed by ProductService.AddLocalInventories and ProductService.RemoveLocalInventories APIs if fine-grained, high-volume updates are necessary.
           { # The inventory information at a place (e.g. a store) identified by a place ID.
-            "attributes": { # Additional local inventory attributes, for example, store name, promotion tags, etc. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * At most 30 attributes are allowed. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 32 characters. * The key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS. * The attribute values must be of the same type (text or number). * Only 1 value is allowed for each attribute. * For text values, the length limit is 256 UTF-8 characters. * The attribute does not support search. The `searchable` field should be unset or set to false. * The max summed total bytes of custom attribute keys and values per product is 5MiB.
+            "attributes": { # Optional. Additional local inventory attributes, for example, store name, promotion tags, etc. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * At most 30 attributes are allowed. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 32 characters. * The key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS. * The attribute values must be of the same type (text or number). * Only 1 value is allowed for each attribute. * For text values, the length limit is 256 UTF-8 characters. * The attribute does not support search. The `searchable` field should be unset or set to false. * The max summed total bytes of custom attribute keys and values per product is 5MiB.
               "a_key": { # A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in Product.
                 "indexable": True or False, # This field is normally ignored unless AttributesConfig.attribute_config_level of the Catalog is set to the deprecated 'PRODUCT_LEVEL_ATTRIBUTE_CONFIG' mode. For information about product-level attribute configuration, see [Configuration modes](https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/attribute-config#config-modes). If true, custom attribute values are indexed, so that they can be filtered, faceted or boosted in SearchService.Search. This field is ignored in a UserEvent. See SearchRequest.filter, SearchRequest.facet_specs and SearchRequest.boost_spec for more details.
                 "numbers": [ # The numerical values of this custom attribute. For example, `[2.3, 15.4]` when the key is "lengths_cm". Exactly one of text or numbers should be set. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -855,11 +857,12 @@ 
Method Details

                 ],
               },
             },
-            "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Input only. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+            "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability).
+            "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Optional. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
               "A String",
             ],
-            "placeId": "A String", # The place ID for the current set of inventory information.
-            "priceInfo": { # The price information of a Product. # Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
+            "placeId": "A String", # Required. The place ID for the current set of inventory information.
+            "priceInfo": { # The price information of a Product. # Optional. Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
               "cost": 3.14, # The costs associated with the sale of a particular product. Used for gross profit reporting. * Profit = price - cost Google Merchant Center property [cost_of_goods_sold](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/9017895).
               "currencyCode": "A String", # The 3-letter currency code defined in [ISO 4217](https://www.iso.org/iso-4217-currency-codes.html). If this field is an unrecognizable currency code, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. The Product.Type.VARIANT Products with the same Product.primary_product_id must share the same currency_code. Otherwise, a FAILED_PRECONDITION error is returned.
               "originalPrice": 3.14, # Price of the product without any discount. If zero, by default set to be the price. If set, original_price should be greater than or equal to price, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is thrown.
@@ -958,7 +961,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "userInfo": { # Information of an end user. # User information.
     "directUserRequest": True or False, # True if the request is made directly from the end user, in which case the ip_address and user_agent can be populated from the HTTP request. This flag should be set only if the API request is made directly from the end user such as a mobile app (and not if a gateway or a server is processing and pushing the user events). This should not be set when using the JavaScript tag in UserEventService.CollectUserEvent.
     "ipAddress": "A String", # The end user's IP address. This field is used to extract location information for personalization. This field must be either an IPv4 address (e.g. "104.133.9.80") or an IPv6 address (e.g. "2001:0db8:85a3:0000:0000:8a2e:0370:7334"). Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This should not be set when: * setting SearchRequest.user_info. * using the JavaScript tag in UserEventService.CollectUserEvent or if direct_user_request is set.
-    "userAgent": "A String", # User agent as included in the HTTP header. Required for getting SearchResponse.sponsored_results. The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1,000 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This should not be set when using the client side event reporting with GTM or JavaScript tag in UserEventService.CollectUserEvent or if direct_user_request is set.
+    "userAgent": "A String", # User agent as included in the HTTP header. The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1,000 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This should not be set when using the client side event reporting with GTM or JavaScript tag in UserEventService.CollectUserEvent or if direct_user_request is set.
     "userId": "A String", # Highly recommended for logged-in users. Unique identifier for logged-in user, such as a user name. Don't set for anonymous users. Always use a hashed value for this ID. Don't set the field to the same fixed ID for different users. This mixes the event history of those users together, which results in degraded model quality. The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
   },
   "visitorId": "A String", # Required. A unique identifier for tracking visitors. For example, this could be implemented with an HTTP cookie, which should be able to uniquely identify a visitor on a single device. This unique identifier should not change if the visitor log in/out of the website. Don't set the field to the same fixed ID for different users. This mixes the event history of those users together, which results in degraded model quality. The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. The field should not contain PII or user-data. We recommend to use Google Analytics [Client ID](https://developers.google.com/analytics/devguides/collection/analyticsjs/field-reference#clientId) for this field.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.attributesConfig.html b/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.attributesConfig.html
index 59b262049a..301d28a79c 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.attributesConfig.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.attributesConfig.html
@@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "rerankFacet": True or False, # If set to true, then we also rerank the dynamic facets based on the facet values engaged by the user for the current attribute key during serving.
       },
     },
-    "inUse": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether this attribute has been used by any products. `True` if at least one Product is using this attribute in Product.attributes. Otherwise, this field is `False`. CatalogAttribute can be pre-loaded by using CatalogService.AddCatalogAttribute, CatalogService.ImportCatalogAttributes, or CatalogService.UpdateAttributesConfig APIs. This field is `False` for pre-loaded CatalogAttributes. Only pre-loaded catalog attributes that are neither in use by products nor predefined can be deleted. Catalog attributes that are either in use by products or are predefined attributes cannot be deleted; however, their configuration properties will reset to default values upon removal request. After catalog changes, it takes about 10 minutes for this field to update.
+    "inUse": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether this attribute has been used by any products. `True` if at least one Product is using this attribute in Product.attributes. Otherwise, this field is `False`. CatalogAttribute can be pre-loaded by using CatalogService.AddCatalogAttribute or CatalogService.UpdateAttributesConfig APIs. This field is `False` for pre-loaded CatalogAttributes. Only pre-loaded catalog attributes that are neither in use by products nor predefined can be deleted. Catalog attributes that are either in use by products or are predefined attributes cannot be deleted; however, their configuration properties will reset to default values upon removal request. After catalog changes, it takes about 10 minutes for this field to update.
     "indexableOption": "A String", # When AttributesConfig.attribute_config_level is CATALOG_LEVEL_ATTRIBUTE_CONFIG, if INDEXABLE_ENABLED attribute values are indexed so that it can be filtered, faceted, or boosted in SearchService.Search. Must be specified when AttributesConfig.attribute_config_level is CATALOG_LEVEL_ATTRIBUTE_CONFIG, otherwise throws INVALID_FORMAT error.
     "key": "A String", # Required. Attribute name. For example: `color`, `brands`, `attributes.custom_attribute`, such as `attributes.xyz`. To be indexable, the attribute name can contain only alpha-numeric characters and underscores. For example, an attribute named `attributes.abc_xyz` can be indexed, but an attribute named `attributes.abc-xyz` cannot be indexed. If the attribute key starts with `attributes.`, then the attribute is a custom attribute. Attributes such as `brands`, `patterns`, and `title` are built-in and called system attributes.
     "recommendationsFilteringOption": "A String", # When AttributesConfig.attribute_config_level is CATALOG_LEVEL_ATTRIBUTE_CONFIG, if RECOMMENDATIONS_FILTERING_ENABLED, attribute values are filterable for recommendations. This option works for categorical features only, does not work for numerical features, inventory filtering.
@@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "rerankFacet": True or False, # If set to true, then we also rerank the dynamic facets based on the facet values engaged by the user for the current attribute key during serving.
         },
       },
-      "inUse": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether this attribute has been used by any products. `True` if at least one Product is using this attribute in Product.attributes. Otherwise, this field is `False`. CatalogAttribute can be pre-loaded by using CatalogService.AddCatalogAttribute, CatalogService.ImportCatalogAttributes, or CatalogService.UpdateAttributesConfig APIs. This field is `False` for pre-loaded CatalogAttributes. Only pre-loaded catalog attributes that are neither in use by products nor predefined can be deleted. Catalog attributes that are either in use by products or are predefined attributes cannot be deleted; however, their configuration properties will reset to default values upon removal request. After catalog changes, it takes about 10 minutes for this field to update.
+      "inUse": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether this attribute has been used by any products. `True` if at least one Product is using this attribute in Product.attributes. Otherwise, this field is `False`. CatalogAttribute can be pre-loaded by using CatalogService.AddCatalogAttribute or CatalogService.UpdateAttributesConfig APIs. This field is `False` for pre-loaded CatalogAttributes. Only pre-loaded catalog attributes that are neither in use by products nor predefined can be deleted. Catalog attributes that are either in use by products or are predefined attributes cannot be deleted; however, their configuration properties will reset to default values upon removal request. After catalog changes, it takes about 10 minutes for this field to update.
       "indexableOption": "A String", # When AttributesConfig.attribute_config_level is CATALOG_LEVEL_ATTRIBUTE_CONFIG, if INDEXABLE_ENABLED attribute values are indexed so that it can be filtered, faceted, or boosted in SearchService.Search. Must be specified when AttributesConfig.attribute_config_level is CATALOG_LEVEL_ATTRIBUTE_CONFIG, otherwise throws INVALID_FORMAT error.
       "key": "A String", # Required. Attribute name. For example: `color`, `brands`, `attributes.custom_attribute`, such as `attributes.xyz`. To be indexable, the attribute name can contain only alpha-numeric characters and underscores. For example, an attribute named `attributes.abc_xyz` can be indexed, but an attribute named `attributes.abc-xyz` cannot be indexed. If the attribute key starts with `attributes.`, then the attribute is a custom attribute. Attributes such as `brands`, `patterns`, and `title` are built-in and called system attributes.
       "recommendationsFilteringOption": "A String", # When AttributesConfig.attribute_config_level is CATALOG_LEVEL_ATTRIBUTE_CONFIG, if RECOMMENDATIONS_FILTERING_ENABLED, attribute values are filterable for recommendations. This option works for categorical features only, does not work for numerical features, inventory filtering.
@@ -313,7 +313,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "rerankFacet": True or False, # If set to true, then we also rerank the dynamic facets based on the facet values engaged by the user for the current attribute key during serving.
         },
       },
-      "inUse": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether this attribute has been used by any products. `True` if at least one Product is using this attribute in Product.attributes. Otherwise, this field is `False`. CatalogAttribute can be pre-loaded by using CatalogService.AddCatalogAttribute, CatalogService.ImportCatalogAttributes, or CatalogService.UpdateAttributesConfig APIs. This field is `False` for pre-loaded CatalogAttributes. Only pre-loaded catalog attributes that are neither in use by products nor predefined can be deleted. Catalog attributes that are either in use by products or are predefined attributes cannot be deleted; however, their configuration properties will reset to default values upon removal request. After catalog changes, it takes about 10 minutes for this field to update.
+      "inUse": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether this attribute has been used by any products. `True` if at least one Product is using this attribute in Product.attributes. Otherwise, this field is `False`. CatalogAttribute can be pre-loaded by using CatalogService.AddCatalogAttribute or CatalogService.UpdateAttributesConfig APIs. This field is `False` for pre-loaded CatalogAttributes. Only pre-loaded catalog attributes that are neither in use by products nor predefined can be deleted. Catalog attributes that are either in use by products or are predefined attributes cannot be deleted; however, their configuration properties will reset to default values upon removal request. After catalog changes, it takes about 10 minutes for this field to update.
       "indexableOption": "A String", # When AttributesConfig.attribute_config_level is CATALOG_LEVEL_ATTRIBUTE_CONFIG, if INDEXABLE_ENABLED attribute values are indexed so that it can be filtered, faceted, or boosted in SearchService.Search. Must be specified when AttributesConfig.attribute_config_level is CATALOG_LEVEL_ATTRIBUTE_CONFIG, otherwise throws INVALID_FORMAT error.
       "key": "A String", # Required. Attribute name. For example: `color`, `brands`, `attributes.custom_attribute`, such as `attributes.xyz`. To be indexable, the attribute name can contain only alpha-numeric characters and underscores. For example, an attribute named `attributes.abc_xyz` can be indexed, but an attribute named `attributes.abc-xyz` cannot be indexed. If the attribute key starts with `attributes.`, then the attribute is a custom attribute. Attributes such as `brands`, `patterns`, and `title` are built-in and called system attributes.
       "recommendationsFilteringOption": "A String", # When AttributesConfig.attribute_config_level is CATALOG_LEVEL_ATTRIBUTE_CONFIG, if RECOMMENDATIONS_FILTERING_ENABLED, attribute values are filterable for recommendations. This option works for categorical features only, does not work for numerical features, inventory filtering.
@@ -375,7 +375,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "rerankFacet": True or False, # If set to true, then we also rerank the dynamic facets based on the facet values engaged by the user for the current attribute key during serving.
       },
     },
-    "inUse": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether this attribute has been used by any products. `True` if at least one Product is using this attribute in Product.attributes. Otherwise, this field is `False`. CatalogAttribute can be pre-loaded by using CatalogService.AddCatalogAttribute, CatalogService.ImportCatalogAttributes, or CatalogService.UpdateAttributesConfig APIs. This field is `False` for pre-loaded CatalogAttributes. Only pre-loaded catalog attributes that are neither in use by products nor predefined can be deleted. Catalog attributes that are either in use by products or are predefined attributes cannot be deleted; however, their configuration properties will reset to default values upon removal request. After catalog changes, it takes about 10 minutes for this field to update.
+    "inUse": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether this attribute has been used by any products. `True` if at least one Product is using this attribute in Product.attributes. Otherwise, this field is `False`. CatalogAttribute can be pre-loaded by using CatalogService.AddCatalogAttribute or CatalogService.UpdateAttributesConfig APIs. This field is `False` for pre-loaded CatalogAttributes. Only pre-loaded catalog attributes that are neither in use by products nor predefined can be deleted. Catalog attributes that are either in use by products or are predefined attributes cannot be deleted; however, their configuration properties will reset to default values upon removal request. After catalog changes, it takes about 10 minutes for this field to update.
     "indexableOption": "A String", # When AttributesConfig.attribute_config_level is CATALOG_LEVEL_ATTRIBUTE_CONFIG, if INDEXABLE_ENABLED attribute values are indexed so that it can be filtered, faceted, or boosted in SearchService.Search. Must be specified when AttributesConfig.attribute_config_level is CATALOG_LEVEL_ATTRIBUTE_CONFIG, otherwise throws INVALID_FORMAT error.
     "key": "A String", # Required. Attribute name. For example: `color`, `brands`, `attributes.custom_attribute`, such as `attributes.xyz`. To be indexable, the attribute name can contain only alpha-numeric characters and underscores. For example, an attribute named `attributes.abc_xyz` can be indexed, but an attribute named `attributes.abc-xyz` cannot be indexed. If the attribute key starts with `attributes.`, then the attribute is a custom attribute. Attributes such as `brands`, `patterns`, and `title` are built-in and called system attributes.
     "recommendationsFilteringOption": "A String", # When AttributesConfig.attribute_config_level is CATALOG_LEVEL_ATTRIBUTE_CONFIG, if RECOMMENDATIONS_FILTERING_ENABLED, attribute values are filterable for recommendations. This option works for categorical features only, does not work for numerical features, inventory filtering.
@@ -436,7 +436,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "rerankFacet": True or False, # If set to true, then we also rerank the dynamic facets based on the facet values engaged by the user for the current attribute key during serving.
         },
       },
-      "inUse": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether this attribute has been used by any products. `True` if at least one Product is using this attribute in Product.attributes. Otherwise, this field is `False`. CatalogAttribute can be pre-loaded by using CatalogService.AddCatalogAttribute, CatalogService.ImportCatalogAttributes, or CatalogService.UpdateAttributesConfig APIs. This field is `False` for pre-loaded CatalogAttributes. Only pre-loaded catalog attributes that are neither in use by products nor predefined can be deleted. Catalog attributes that are either in use by products or are predefined attributes cannot be deleted; however, their configuration properties will reset to default values upon removal request. After catalog changes, it takes about 10 minutes for this field to update.
+      "inUse": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether this attribute has been used by any products. `True` if at least one Product is using this attribute in Product.attributes. Otherwise, this field is `False`. CatalogAttribute can be pre-loaded by using CatalogService.AddCatalogAttribute or CatalogService.UpdateAttributesConfig APIs. This field is `False` for pre-loaded CatalogAttributes. Only pre-loaded catalog attributes that are neither in use by products nor predefined can be deleted. Catalog attributes that are either in use by products or are predefined attributes cannot be deleted; however, their configuration properties will reset to default values upon removal request. After catalog changes, it takes about 10 minutes for this field to update.
       "indexableOption": "A String", # When AttributesConfig.attribute_config_level is CATALOG_LEVEL_ATTRIBUTE_CONFIG, if INDEXABLE_ENABLED attribute values are indexed so that it can be filtered, faceted, or boosted in SearchService.Search. Must be specified when AttributesConfig.attribute_config_level is CATALOG_LEVEL_ATTRIBUTE_CONFIG, otherwise throws INVALID_FORMAT error.
       "key": "A String", # Required. Attribute name. For example: `color`, `brands`, `attributes.custom_attribute`, such as `attributes.xyz`. To be indexable, the attribute name can contain only alpha-numeric characters and underscores. For example, an attribute named `attributes.abc_xyz` can be indexed, but an attribute named `attributes.abc-xyz` cannot be indexed. If the attribute key starts with `attributes.`, then the attribute is a custom attribute. Attributes such as `brands`, `patterns`, and `title` are built-in and called system attributes.
       "recommendationsFilteringOption": "A String", # When AttributesConfig.attribute_config_level is CATALOG_LEVEL_ATTRIBUTE_CONFIG, if RECOMMENDATIONS_FILTERING_ENABLED, attribute values are filterable for recommendations. This option works for categorical features only, does not work for numerical features, inventory filtering.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.branches.html b/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.branches.html
index fb965a7c30..449619390e 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.branches.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.branches.html
@@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "languageCode": "A String", # Language of the title/description and other string attributes. Use language tags defined by [BCP 47](https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt). For product prediction, this field is ignored and the model automatically detects the text language. The Product can include text in different languages, but duplicating Products to provide text in multiple languages can result in degraded model performance. For product search this field is in use. It defaults to "en-US" if unset.
           "localInventories": [ # Output only. A list of local inventories specific to different places. This field can be managed by ProductService.AddLocalInventories and ProductService.RemoveLocalInventories APIs if fine-grained, high-volume updates are necessary.
             { # The inventory information at a place (e.g. a store) identified by a place ID.
-              "attributes": { # Additional local inventory attributes, for example, store name, promotion tags, etc. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * At most 30 attributes are allowed. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 32 characters. * The key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS. * The attribute values must be of the same type (text or number). * Only 1 value is allowed for each attribute. * For text values, the length limit is 256 UTF-8 characters. * The attribute does not support search. The `searchable` field should be unset or set to false. * The max summed total bytes of custom attribute keys and values per product is 5MiB.
+              "attributes": { # Optional. Additional local inventory attributes, for example, store name, promotion tags, etc. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * At most 30 attributes are allowed. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 32 characters. * The key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS. * The attribute values must be of the same type (text or number). * Only 1 value is allowed for each attribute. * For text values, the length limit is 256 UTF-8 characters. * The attribute does not support search. The `searchable` field should be unset or set to false. * The max summed total bytes of custom attribute keys and values per product is 5MiB.
                 "a_key": { # A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in Product.
                   "indexable": True or False, # This field is normally ignored unless AttributesConfig.attribute_config_level of the Catalog is set to the deprecated 'PRODUCT_LEVEL_ATTRIBUTE_CONFIG' mode. For information about product-level attribute configuration, see [Configuration modes](https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/attribute-config#config-modes). If true, custom attribute values are indexed, so that they can be filtered, faceted or boosted in SearchService.Search. This field is ignored in a UserEvent. See SearchRequest.filter, SearchRequest.facet_specs and SearchRequest.boost_spec for more details.
                   "numbers": [ # The numerical values of this custom attribute. For example, `[2.3, 15.4]` when the key is "lengths_cm". Exactly one of text or numbers should be set. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -221,11 +221,12 @@ 
Method Details

                   ],
                 },
               },
-              "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Input only. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+              "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability).
+              "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Optional. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
                 "A String",
               ],
-              "placeId": "A String", # The place ID for the current set of inventory information.
-              "priceInfo": { # The price information of a Product. # Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
+              "placeId": "A String", # Required. The place ID for the current set of inventory information.
+              "priceInfo": { # The price information of a Product. # Optional. Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
                 "cost": 3.14, # The costs associated with the sale of a particular product. Used for gross profit reporting. * Profit = price - cost Google Merchant Center property [cost_of_goods_sold](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/9017895).
                 "currencyCode": "A String", # The 3-letter currency code defined in [ISO 4217](https://www.iso.org/iso-4217-currency-codes.html). If this field is an unrecognizable currency code, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. The Product.Type.VARIANT Products with the same Product.primary_product_id must share the same currency_code. Otherwise, a FAILED_PRECONDITION error is returned.
                 "originalPrice": 3.14, # Price of the product without any discount. If zero, by default set to be the price. If set, original_price should be greater than or equal to price, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is thrown.
@@ -420,7 +421,7 @@ 
Method Details

               "languageCode": "A String", # Language of the title/description and other string attributes. Use language tags defined by [BCP 47](https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt). For product prediction, this field is ignored and the model automatically detects the text language. The Product can include text in different languages, but duplicating Products to provide text in multiple languages can result in degraded model performance. For product search this field is in use. It defaults to "en-US" if unset.
               "localInventories": [ # Output only. A list of local inventories specific to different places. This field can be managed by ProductService.AddLocalInventories and ProductService.RemoveLocalInventories APIs if fine-grained, high-volume updates are necessary.
                 { # The inventory information at a place (e.g. a store) identified by a place ID.
-                  "attributes": { # Additional local inventory attributes, for example, store name, promotion tags, etc. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * At most 30 attributes are allowed. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 32 characters. * The key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS. * The attribute values must be of the same type (text or number). * Only 1 value is allowed for each attribute. * For text values, the length limit is 256 UTF-8 characters. * The attribute does not support search. The `searchable` field should be unset or set to false. * The max summed total bytes of custom attribute keys and values per product is 5MiB.
+                  "attributes": { # Optional. Additional local inventory attributes, for example, store name, promotion tags, etc. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * At most 30 attributes are allowed. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 32 characters. * The key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS. * The attribute values must be of the same type (text or number). * Only 1 value is allowed for each attribute. * For text values, the length limit is 256 UTF-8 characters. * The attribute does not support search. The `searchable` field should be unset or set to false. * The max summed total bytes of custom attribute keys and values per product is 5MiB.
                     "a_key": { # A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in Product.
                       "indexable": True or False, # This field is normally ignored unless AttributesConfig.attribute_config_level of the Catalog is set to the deprecated 'PRODUCT_LEVEL_ATTRIBUTE_CONFIG' mode. For information about product-level attribute configuration, see [Configuration modes](https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/attribute-config#config-modes). If true, custom attribute values are indexed, so that they can be filtered, faceted or boosted in SearchService.Search. This field is ignored in a UserEvent. See SearchRequest.filter, SearchRequest.facet_specs and SearchRequest.boost_spec for more details.
                       "numbers": [ # The numerical values of this custom attribute. For example, `[2.3, 15.4]` when the key is "lengths_cm". Exactly one of text or numbers should be set. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -432,11 +433,12 @@ 
Method Details

                       ],
                     },
                   },
-                  "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Input only. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+                  "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability).
+                  "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Optional. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
                     "A String",
                   ],
-                  "placeId": "A String", # The place ID for the current set of inventory information.
-                  "priceInfo": { # The price information of a Product. # Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
+                  "placeId": "A String", # Required. The place ID for the current set of inventory information.
+                  "priceInfo": { # The price information of a Product. # Optional. Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
                     "cost": 3.14, # The costs associated with the sale of a particular product. Used for gross profit reporting. * Profit = price - cost Google Merchant Center property [cost_of_goods_sold](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/9017895).
                     "currencyCode": "A String", # The 3-letter currency code defined in [ISO 4217](https://www.iso.org/iso-4217-currency-codes.html). If this field is an unrecognizable currency code, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. The Product.Type.VARIANT Products with the same Product.primary_product_id must share the same currency_code. Otherwise, a FAILED_PRECONDITION error is returned.
                     "originalPrice": 3.14, # Price of the product without any discount. If zero, by default set to be the price. If set, original_price should be greater than or equal to price, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is thrown.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.branches.products.html b/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.branches.products.html
index ea7cbf009c..4639e6d2b0 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.branches.products.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.branches.products.html
@@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "allowMissing": True or False, # If set to true, and the Product is not found, the local inventory will still be processed and retained for at most 1 day and processed once the Product is created. If set to false, a NOT_FOUND error is returned if the Product is not found.
   "localInventories": [ # Required. A list of inventory information at difference places. Each place is identified by its place ID. At most 3000 inventories are allowed per request.
     { # The inventory information at a place (e.g. a store) identified by a place ID.
-      "attributes": { # Additional local inventory attributes, for example, store name, promotion tags, etc. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * At most 30 attributes are allowed. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 32 characters. * The key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS. * The attribute values must be of the same type (text or number). * Only 1 value is allowed for each attribute. * For text values, the length limit is 256 UTF-8 characters. * The attribute does not support search. The `searchable` field should be unset or set to false. * The max summed total bytes of custom attribute keys and values per product is 5MiB.
+      "attributes": { # Optional. Additional local inventory attributes, for example, store name, promotion tags, etc. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * At most 30 attributes are allowed. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 32 characters. * The key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS. * The attribute values must be of the same type (text or number). * Only 1 value is allowed for each attribute. * For text values, the length limit is 256 UTF-8 characters. * The attribute does not support search. The `searchable` field should be unset or set to false. * The max summed total bytes of custom attribute keys and values per product is 5MiB.
         "a_key": { # A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in Product.
           "indexable": True or False, # This field is normally ignored unless AttributesConfig.attribute_config_level of the Catalog is set to the deprecated 'PRODUCT_LEVEL_ATTRIBUTE_CONFIG' mode. For information about product-level attribute configuration, see [Configuration modes](https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/attribute-config#config-modes). If true, custom attribute values are indexed, so that they can be filtered, faceted or boosted in SearchService.Search. This field is ignored in a UserEvent. See SearchRequest.filter, SearchRequest.facet_specs and SearchRequest.boost_spec for more details.
           "numbers": [ # The numerical values of this custom attribute. For example, `[2.3, 15.4]` when the key is "lengths_cm". Exactly one of text or numbers should be set. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -194,11 +194,12 @@ 
Method Details

           ],
         },
       },
-      "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Input only. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+      "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability).
+      "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Optional. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
         "A String",
       ],
-      "placeId": "A String", # The place ID for the current set of inventory information.
-      "priceInfo": { # The price information of a Product. # Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
+      "placeId": "A String", # Required. The place ID for the current set of inventory information.
+      "priceInfo": { # The price information of a Product. # Optional. Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
         "cost": 3.14, # The costs associated with the sale of a particular product. Used for gross profit reporting. * Profit = price - cost Google Merchant Center property [cost_of_goods_sold](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/9017895).
         "currencyCode": "A String", # The 3-letter currency code defined in [ISO 4217](https://www.iso.org/iso-4217-currency-codes.html). If this field is an unrecognizable currency code, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. The Product.Type.VARIANT Products with the same Product.primary_product_id must share the same currency_code. Otherwise, a FAILED_PRECONDITION error is returned.
         "originalPrice": 3.14, # Price of the product without any discount. If zero, by default set to be the price. If set, original_price should be greater than or equal to price, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is thrown.
@@ -333,7 +334,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "languageCode": "A String", # Language of the title/description and other string attributes. Use language tags defined by [BCP 47](https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt). For product prediction, this field is ignored and the model automatically detects the text language. The Product can include text in different languages, but duplicating Products to provide text in multiple languages can result in degraded model performance. For product search this field is in use. It defaults to "en-US" if unset.
   "localInventories": [ # Output only. A list of local inventories specific to different places. This field can be managed by ProductService.AddLocalInventories and ProductService.RemoveLocalInventories APIs if fine-grained, high-volume updates are necessary.
     { # The inventory information at a place (e.g. a store) identified by a place ID.
-      "attributes": { # Additional local inventory attributes, for example, store name, promotion tags, etc. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * At most 30 attributes are allowed. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 32 characters. * The key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS. * The attribute values must be of the same type (text or number). * Only 1 value is allowed for each attribute. * For text values, the length limit is 256 UTF-8 characters. * The attribute does not support search. The `searchable` field should be unset or set to false. * The max summed total bytes of custom attribute keys and values per product is 5MiB.
+      "attributes": { # Optional. Additional local inventory attributes, for example, store name, promotion tags, etc. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * At most 30 attributes are allowed. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 32 characters. * The key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS. * The attribute values must be of the same type (text or number). * Only 1 value is allowed for each attribute. * For text values, the length limit is 256 UTF-8 characters. * The attribute does not support search. The `searchable` field should be unset or set to false. * The max summed total bytes of custom attribute keys and values per product is 5MiB.
         "a_key": { # A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in Product.
           "indexable": True or False, # This field is normally ignored unless AttributesConfig.attribute_config_level of the Catalog is set to the deprecated 'PRODUCT_LEVEL_ATTRIBUTE_CONFIG' mode. For information about product-level attribute configuration, see [Configuration modes](https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/attribute-config#config-modes). If true, custom attribute values are indexed, so that they can be filtered, faceted or boosted in SearchService.Search. This field is ignored in a UserEvent. See SearchRequest.filter, SearchRequest.facet_specs and SearchRequest.boost_spec for more details.
           "numbers": [ # The numerical values of this custom attribute. For example, `[2.3, 15.4]` when the key is "lengths_cm". Exactly one of text or numbers should be set. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -345,11 +346,12 @@ 
Method Details

           ],
         },
       },
-      "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Input only. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+      "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability).
+      "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Optional. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
         "A String",
       ],
-      "placeId": "A String", # The place ID for the current set of inventory information.
-      "priceInfo": { # The price information of a Product. # Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
+      "placeId": "A String", # Required. The place ID for the current set of inventory information.
+      "priceInfo": { # The price information of a Product. # Optional. Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
         "cost": 3.14, # The costs associated with the sale of a particular product. Used for gross profit reporting. * Profit = price - cost Google Merchant Center property [cost_of_goods_sold](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/9017895).
         "currencyCode": "A String", # The 3-letter currency code defined in [ISO 4217](https://www.iso.org/iso-4217-currency-codes.html). If this field is an unrecognizable currency code, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. The Product.Type.VARIANT Products with the same Product.primary_product_id must share the same currency_code. Otherwise, a FAILED_PRECONDITION error is returned.
         "originalPrice": 3.14, # Price of the product without any discount. If zero, by default set to be the price. If set, original_price should be greater than or equal to price, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is thrown.
@@ -507,7 +509,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "languageCode": "A String", # Language of the title/description and other string attributes. Use language tags defined by [BCP 47](https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt). For product prediction, this field is ignored and the model automatically detects the text language. The Product can include text in different languages, but duplicating Products to provide text in multiple languages can result in degraded model performance. For product search this field is in use. It defaults to "en-US" if unset.
   "localInventories": [ # Output only. A list of local inventories specific to different places. This field can be managed by ProductService.AddLocalInventories and ProductService.RemoveLocalInventories APIs if fine-grained, high-volume updates are necessary.
     { # The inventory information at a place (e.g. a store) identified by a place ID.
-      "attributes": { # Additional local inventory attributes, for example, store name, promotion tags, etc. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * At most 30 attributes are allowed. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 32 characters. * The key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS. * The attribute values must be of the same type (text or number). * Only 1 value is allowed for each attribute. * For text values, the length limit is 256 UTF-8 characters. * The attribute does not support search. The `searchable` field should be unset or set to false. * The max summed total bytes of custom attribute keys and values per product is 5MiB.
+      "attributes": { # Optional. Additional local inventory attributes, for example, store name, promotion tags, etc. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * At most 30 attributes are allowed. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 32 characters. * The key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS. * The attribute values must be of the same type (text or number). * Only 1 value is allowed for each attribute. * For text values, the length limit is 256 UTF-8 characters. * The attribute does not support search. The `searchable` field should be unset or set to false. * The max summed total bytes of custom attribute keys and values per product is 5MiB.
         "a_key": { # A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in Product.
           "indexable": True or False, # This field is normally ignored unless AttributesConfig.attribute_config_level of the Catalog is set to the deprecated 'PRODUCT_LEVEL_ATTRIBUTE_CONFIG' mode. For information about product-level attribute configuration, see [Configuration modes](https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/attribute-config#config-modes). If true, custom attribute values are indexed, so that they can be filtered, faceted or boosted in SearchService.Search. This field is ignored in a UserEvent. See SearchRequest.filter, SearchRequest.facet_specs and SearchRequest.boost_spec for more details.
           "numbers": [ # The numerical values of this custom attribute. For example, `[2.3, 15.4]` when the key is "lengths_cm". Exactly one of text or numbers should be set. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -519,11 +521,12 @@ 
Method Details

           ],
         },
       },
-      "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Input only. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+      "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability).
+      "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Optional. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
         "A String",
       ],
-      "placeId": "A String", # The place ID for the current set of inventory information.
-      "priceInfo": { # The price information of a Product. # Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
+      "placeId": "A String", # Required. The place ID for the current set of inventory information.
+      "priceInfo": { # The price information of a Product. # Optional. Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
         "cost": 3.14, # The costs associated with the sale of a particular product. Used for gross profit reporting. * Profit = price - cost Google Merchant Center property [cost_of_goods_sold](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/9017895).
         "currencyCode": "A String", # The 3-letter currency code defined in [ISO 4217](https://www.iso.org/iso-4217-currency-codes.html). If this field is an unrecognizable currency code, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. The Product.Type.VARIANT Products with the same Product.primary_product_id must share the same currency_code. Otherwise, a FAILED_PRECONDITION error is returned.
         "originalPrice": 3.14, # Price of the product without any discount. If zero, by default set to be the price. If set, original_price should be greater than or equal to price, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is thrown.
@@ -758,7 +761,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "languageCode": "A String", # Language of the title/description and other string attributes. Use language tags defined by [BCP 47](https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt). For product prediction, this field is ignored and the model automatically detects the text language. The Product can include text in different languages, but duplicating Products to provide text in multiple languages can result in degraded model performance. For product search this field is in use. It defaults to "en-US" if unset.
   "localInventories": [ # Output only. A list of local inventories specific to different places. This field can be managed by ProductService.AddLocalInventories and ProductService.RemoveLocalInventories APIs if fine-grained, high-volume updates are necessary.
     { # The inventory information at a place (e.g. a store) identified by a place ID.
-      "attributes": { # Additional local inventory attributes, for example, store name, promotion tags, etc. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * At most 30 attributes are allowed. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 32 characters. * The key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS. * The attribute values must be of the same type (text or number). * Only 1 value is allowed for each attribute. * For text values, the length limit is 256 UTF-8 characters. * The attribute does not support search. The `searchable` field should be unset or set to false. * The max summed total bytes of custom attribute keys and values per product is 5MiB.
+      "attributes": { # Optional. Additional local inventory attributes, for example, store name, promotion tags, etc. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * At most 30 attributes are allowed. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 32 characters. * The key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS. * The attribute values must be of the same type (text or number). * Only 1 value is allowed for each attribute. * For text values, the length limit is 256 UTF-8 characters. * The attribute does not support search. The `searchable` field should be unset or set to false. * The max summed total bytes of custom attribute keys and values per product is 5MiB.
         "a_key": { # A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in Product.
           "indexable": True or False, # This field is normally ignored unless AttributesConfig.attribute_config_level of the Catalog is set to the deprecated 'PRODUCT_LEVEL_ATTRIBUTE_CONFIG' mode. For information about product-level attribute configuration, see [Configuration modes](https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/attribute-config#config-modes). If true, custom attribute values are indexed, so that they can be filtered, faceted or boosted in SearchService.Search. This field is ignored in a UserEvent. See SearchRequest.filter, SearchRequest.facet_specs and SearchRequest.boost_spec for more details.
           "numbers": [ # The numerical values of this custom attribute. For example, `[2.3, 15.4]` when the key is "lengths_cm". Exactly one of text or numbers should be set. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -770,11 +773,12 @@ 
Method Details

           ],
         },
       },
-      "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Input only. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+      "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability).
+      "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Optional. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
         "A String",
       ],
-      "placeId": "A String", # The place ID for the current set of inventory information.
-      "priceInfo": { # The price information of a Product. # Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
+      "placeId": "A String", # Required. The place ID for the current set of inventory information.
+      "priceInfo": { # The price information of a Product. # Optional. Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
         "cost": 3.14, # The costs associated with the sale of a particular product. Used for gross profit reporting. * Profit = price - cost Google Merchant Center property [cost_of_goods_sold](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/9017895).
         "currencyCode": "A String", # The 3-letter currency code defined in [ISO 4217](https://www.iso.org/iso-4217-currency-codes.html). If this field is an unrecognizable currency code, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. The Product.Type.VARIANT Products with the same Product.primary_product_id must share the same currency_code. Otherwise, a FAILED_PRECONDITION error is returned.
         "originalPrice": 3.14, # Price of the product without any discount. If zero, by default set to be the price. If set, original_price should be greater than or equal to price, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is thrown.
@@ -876,7 +880,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "dataSchema": "A String", # The schema to use when parsing the data from the source. Supported values for product imports: * `product` (default): One JSON Product per line. Each product must have a valid Product.id. * `product_merchant_center`: See [Importing catalog data from Merchant Center](https://cloud.google.com/retail/recommendations-ai/docs/upload-catalog#mc). Supported values for user events imports: * `user_event` (default): One JSON UserEvent per line. * `user_event_ga360`: The schema is available here: https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/3437719. * `user_event_ga4`: The schema is available here: https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/7029846. Supported values for autocomplete imports: * `suggestions` (default): One JSON completion suggestion per line. * `denylist`: One JSON deny suggestion per line. * `allowlist`: One JSON allow suggestion per line.
       "datasetId": "A String", # Required. The BigQuery data set to copy the data from with a length limit of 1,024 characters.
       "gcsStagingDir": "A String", # Intermediate Cloud Storage directory used for the import with a length limit of 2,000 characters. Can be specified if one wants to have the BigQuery export to a specific Cloud Storage directory.
-      "partitionDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # BigQuery time partitioned table's _PARTITIONDATE in YYYY-MM-DD format. Only supported in ImportProductsRequest.
+      "partitionDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # BigQuery time partitioned table's _PARTITIONDATE in YYYY-MM-DD format.
         "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
         "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
         "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
@@ -958,7 +962,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "languageCode": "A String", # Language of the title/description and other string attributes. Use language tags defined by [BCP 47](https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt). For product prediction, this field is ignored and the model automatically detects the text language. The Product can include text in different languages, but duplicating Products to provide text in multiple languages can result in degraded model performance. For product search this field is in use. It defaults to "en-US" if unset.
           "localInventories": [ # Output only. A list of local inventories specific to different places. This field can be managed by ProductService.AddLocalInventories and ProductService.RemoveLocalInventories APIs if fine-grained, high-volume updates are necessary.
             { # The inventory information at a place (e.g. a store) identified by a place ID.
-              "attributes": { # Additional local inventory attributes, for example, store name, promotion tags, etc. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * At most 30 attributes are allowed. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 32 characters. * The key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS. * The attribute values must be of the same type (text or number). * Only 1 value is allowed for each attribute. * For text values, the length limit is 256 UTF-8 characters. * The attribute does not support search. The `searchable` field should be unset or set to false. * The max summed total bytes of custom attribute keys and values per product is 5MiB.
+              "attributes": { # Optional. Additional local inventory attributes, for example, store name, promotion tags, etc. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * At most 30 attributes are allowed. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 32 characters. * The key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS. * The attribute values must be of the same type (text or number). * Only 1 value is allowed for each attribute. * For text values, the length limit is 256 UTF-8 characters. * The attribute does not support search. The `searchable` field should be unset or set to false. * The max summed total bytes of custom attribute keys and values per product is 5MiB.
                 "a_key": { # A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in Product.
                   "indexable": True or False, # This field is normally ignored unless AttributesConfig.attribute_config_level of the Catalog is set to the deprecated 'PRODUCT_LEVEL_ATTRIBUTE_CONFIG' mode. For information about product-level attribute configuration, see [Configuration modes](https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/attribute-config#config-modes). If true, custom attribute values are indexed, so that they can be filtered, faceted or boosted in SearchService.Search. This field is ignored in a UserEvent. See SearchRequest.filter, SearchRequest.facet_specs and SearchRequest.boost_spec for more details.
                   "numbers": [ # The numerical values of this custom attribute. For example, `[2.3, 15.4]` when the key is "lengths_cm". Exactly one of text or numbers should be set. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -970,11 +974,12 @@ 
Method Details

                   ],
                 },
               },
-              "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Input only. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+              "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability).
+              "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Optional. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
                 "A String",
               ],
-              "placeId": "A String", # The place ID for the current set of inventory information.
-              "priceInfo": { # The price information of a Product. # Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
+              "placeId": "A String", # Required. The place ID for the current set of inventory information.
+              "priceInfo": { # The price information of a Product. # Optional. Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
                 "cost": 3.14, # The costs associated with the sale of a particular product. Used for gross profit reporting. * Profit = price - cost Google Merchant Center property [cost_of_goods_sold](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/9017895).
                 "currencyCode": "A String", # The 3-letter currency code defined in [ISO 4217](https://www.iso.org/iso-4217-currency-codes.html). If this field is an unrecognizable currency code, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. The Product.Type.VARIANT Products with the same Product.primary_product_id must share the same currency_code. Otherwise, a FAILED_PRECONDITION error is returned.
                 "originalPrice": 3.14, # Price of the product without any discount. If zero, by default set to be the price. If set, original_price should be greater than or equal to price, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is thrown.
@@ -1183,7 +1188,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "languageCode": "A String", # Language of the title/description and other string attributes. Use language tags defined by [BCP 47](https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt). For product prediction, this field is ignored and the model automatically detects the text language. The Product can include text in different languages, but duplicating Products to provide text in multiple languages can result in degraded model performance. For product search this field is in use. It defaults to "en-US" if unset.
       "localInventories": [ # Output only. A list of local inventories specific to different places. This field can be managed by ProductService.AddLocalInventories and ProductService.RemoveLocalInventories APIs if fine-grained, high-volume updates are necessary.
         { # The inventory information at a place (e.g. a store) identified by a place ID.
-          "attributes": { # Additional local inventory attributes, for example, store name, promotion tags, etc. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * At most 30 attributes are allowed. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 32 characters. * The key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS. * The attribute values must be of the same type (text or number). * Only 1 value is allowed for each attribute. * For text values, the length limit is 256 UTF-8 characters. * The attribute does not support search. The `searchable` field should be unset or set to false. * The max summed total bytes of custom attribute keys and values per product is 5MiB.
+          "attributes": { # Optional. Additional local inventory attributes, for example, store name, promotion tags, etc. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * At most 30 attributes are allowed. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 32 characters. * The key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS. * The attribute values must be of the same type (text or number). * Only 1 value is allowed for each attribute. * For text values, the length limit is 256 UTF-8 characters. * The attribute does not support search. The `searchable` field should be unset or set to false. * The max summed total bytes of custom attribute keys and values per product is 5MiB.
             "a_key": { # A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in Product.
               "indexable": True or False, # This field is normally ignored unless AttributesConfig.attribute_config_level of the Catalog is set to the deprecated 'PRODUCT_LEVEL_ATTRIBUTE_CONFIG' mode. For information about product-level attribute configuration, see [Configuration modes](https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/attribute-config#config-modes). If true, custom attribute values are indexed, so that they can be filtered, faceted or boosted in SearchService.Search. This field is ignored in a UserEvent. See SearchRequest.filter, SearchRequest.facet_specs and SearchRequest.boost_spec for more details.
               "numbers": [ # The numerical values of this custom attribute. For example, `[2.3, 15.4]` when the key is "lengths_cm". Exactly one of text or numbers should be set. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -1195,11 +1200,12 @@ 
Method Details

               ],
             },
           },
-          "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Input only. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+          "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability).
+          "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Optional. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
             "A String",
           ],
-          "placeId": "A String", # The place ID for the current set of inventory information.
-          "priceInfo": { # The price information of a Product. # Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
+          "placeId": "A String", # Required. The place ID for the current set of inventory information.
+          "priceInfo": { # The price information of a Product. # Optional. Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
             "cost": 3.14, # The costs associated with the sale of a particular product. Used for gross profit reporting. * Profit = price - cost Google Merchant Center property [cost_of_goods_sold](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/9017895).
             "currencyCode": "A String", # The 3-letter currency code defined in [ISO 4217](https://www.iso.org/iso-4217-currency-codes.html). If this field is an unrecognizable currency code, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. The Product.Type.VARIANT Products with the same Product.primary_product_id must share the same currency_code. Otherwise, a FAILED_PRECONDITION error is returned.
             "originalPrice": 3.14, # Price of the product without any discount. If zero, by default set to be the price. If set, original_price should be greater than or equal to price, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is thrown.
@@ -1375,7 +1381,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "languageCode": "A String", # Language of the title/description and other string attributes. Use language tags defined by [BCP 47](https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt). For product prediction, this field is ignored and the model automatically detects the text language. The Product can include text in different languages, but duplicating Products to provide text in multiple languages can result in degraded model performance. For product search this field is in use. It defaults to "en-US" if unset.
   "localInventories": [ # Output only. A list of local inventories specific to different places. This field can be managed by ProductService.AddLocalInventories and ProductService.RemoveLocalInventories APIs if fine-grained, high-volume updates are necessary.
     { # The inventory information at a place (e.g. a store) identified by a place ID.
-      "attributes": { # Additional local inventory attributes, for example, store name, promotion tags, etc. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * At most 30 attributes are allowed. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 32 characters. * The key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS. * The attribute values must be of the same type (text or number). * Only 1 value is allowed for each attribute. * For text values, the length limit is 256 UTF-8 characters. * The attribute does not support search. The `searchable` field should be unset or set to false. * The max summed total bytes of custom attribute keys and values per product is 5MiB.
+      "attributes": { # Optional. Additional local inventory attributes, for example, store name, promotion tags, etc. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * At most 30 attributes are allowed. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 32 characters. * The key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS. * The attribute values must be of the same type (text or number). * Only 1 value is allowed for each attribute. * For text values, the length limit is 256 UTF-8 characters. * The attribute does not support search. The `searchable` field should be unset or set to false. * The max summed total bytes of custom attribute keys and values per product is 5MiB.
         "a_key": { # A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in Product.
           "indexable": True or False, # This field is normally ignored unless AttributesConfig.attribute_config_level of the Catalog is set to the deprecated 'PRODUCT_LEVEL_ATTRIBUTE_CONFIG' mode. For information about product-level attribute configuration, see [Configuration modes](https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/attribute-config#config-modes). If true, custom attribute values are indexed, so that they can be filtered, faceted or boosted in SearchService.Search. This field is ignored in a UserEvent. See SearchRequest.filter, SearchRequest.facet_specs and SearchRequest.boost_spec for more details.
           "numbers": [ # The numerical values of this custom attribute. For example, `[2.3, 15.4]` when the key is "lengths_cm". Exactly one of text or numbers should be set. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -1387,11 +1393,12 @@ 
Method Details

           ],
         },
       },
-      "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Input only. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+      "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability).
+      "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Optional. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
         "A String",
       ],
-      "placeId": "A String", # The place ID for the current set of inventory information.
-      "priceInfo": { # The price information of a Product. # Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
+      "placeId": "A String", # Required. The place ID for the current set of inventory information.
+      "priceInfo": { # The price information of a Product. # Optional. Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
         "cost": 3.14, # The costs associated with the sale of a particular product. Used for gross profit reporting. * Profit = price - cost Google Merchant Center property [cost_of_goods_sold](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/9017895).
         "currencyCode": "A String", # The 3-letter currency code defined in [ISO 4217](https://www.iso.org/iso-4217-currency-codes.html). If this field is an unrecognizable currency code, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. The Product.Type.VARIANT Products with the same Product.primary_product_id must share the same currency_code. Otherwise, a FAILED_PRECONDITION error is returned.
         "originalPrice": 3.14, # Price of the product without any discount. If zero, by default set to be the price. If set, original_price should be greater than or equal to price, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is thrown.
@@ -1550,7 +1557,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "languageCode": "A String", # Language of the title/description and other string attributes. Use language tags defined by [BCP 47](https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt). For product prediction, this field is ignored and the model automatically detects the text language. The Product can include text in different languages, but duplicating Products to provide text in multiple languages can result in degraded model performance. For product search this field is in use. It defaults to "en-US" if unset.
   "localInventories": [ # Output only. A list of local inventories specific to different places. This field can be managed by ProductService.AddLocalInventories and ProductService.RemoveLocalInventories APIs if fine-grained, high-volume updates are necessary.
     { # The inventory information at a place (e.g. a store) identified by a place ID.
-      "attributes": { # Additional local inventory attributes, for example, store name, promotion tags, etc. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * At most 30 attributes are allowed. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 32 characters. * The key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS. * The attribute values must be of the same type (text or number). * Only 1 value is allowed for each attribute. * For text values, the length limit is 256 UTF-8 characters. * The attribute does not support search. The `searchable` field should be unset or set to false. * The max summed total bytes of custom attribute keys and values per product is 5MiB.
+      "attributes": { # Optional. Additional local inventory attributes, for example, store name, promotion tags, etc. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * At most 30 attributes are allowed. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 32 characters. * The key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS. * The attribute values must be of the same type (text or number). * Only 1 value is allowed for each attribute. * For text values, the length limit is 256 UTF-8 characters. * The attribute does not support search. The `searchable` field should be unset or set to false. * The max summed total bytes of custom attribute keys and values per product is 5MiB.
         "a_key": { # A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in Product.
           "indexable": True or False, # This field is normally ignored unless AttributesConfig.attribute_config_level of the Catalog is set to the deprecated 'PRODUCT_LEVEL_ATTRIBUTE_CONFIG' mode. For information about product-level attribute configuration, see [Configuration modes](https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/attribute-config#config-modes). If true, custom attribute values are indexed, so that they can be filtered, faceted or boosted in SearchService.Search. This field is ignored in a UserEvent. See SearchRequest.filter, SearchRequest.facet_specs and SearchRequest.boost_spec for more details.
           "numbers": [ # The numerical values of this custom attribute. For example, `[2.3, 15.4]` when the key is "lengths_cm". Exactly one of text or numbers should be set. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -1562,11 +1569,12 @@ 
Method Details

           ],
         },
       },
-      "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Input only. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+      "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability).
+      "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Optional. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
         "A String",
       ],
-      "placeId": "A String", # The place ID for the current set of inventory information.
-      "priceInfo": { # The price information of a Product. # Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
+      "placeId": "A String", # Required. The place ID for the current set of inventory information.
+      "priceInfo": { # The price information of a Product. # Optional. Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
         "cost": 3.14, # The costs associated with the sale of a particular product. Used for gross profit reporting. * Profit = price - cost Google Merchant Center property [cost_of_goods_sold](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/9017895).
         "currencyCode": "A String", # The 3-letter currency code defined in [ISO 4217](https://www.iso.org/iso-4217-currency-codes.html). If this field is an unrecognizable currency code, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. The Product.Type.VARIANT Products with the same Product.primary_product_id must share the same currency_code. Otherwise, a FAILED_PRECONDITION error is returned.
         "originalPrice": 3.14, # Price of the product without any discount. If zero, by default set to be the price. If set, original_price should be greater than or equal to price, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is thrown.
@@ -1863,7 +1871,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "languageCode": "A String", # Language of the title/description and other string attributes. Use language tags defined by [BCP 47](https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt). For product prediction, this field is ignored and the model automatically detects the text language. The Product can include text in different languages, but duplicating Products to provide text in multiple languages can result in degraded model performance. For product search this field is in use. It defaults to "en-US" if unset.
     "localInventories": [ # Output only. A list of local inventories specific to different places. This field can be managed by ProductService.AddLocalInventories and ProductService.RemoveLocalInventories APIs if fine-grained, high-volume updates are necessary.
       { # The inventory information at a place (e.g. a store) identified by a place ID.
-        "attributes": { # Additional local inventory attributes, for example, store name, promotion tags, etc. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * At most 30 attributes are allowed. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 32 characters. * The key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS. * The attribute values must be of the same type (text or number). * Only 1 value is allowed for each attribute. * For text values, the length limit is 256 UTF-8 characters. * The attribute does not support search. The `searchable` field should be unset or set to false. * The max summed total bytes of custom attribute keys and values per product is 5MiB.
+        "attributes": { # Optional. Additional local inventory attributes, for example, store name, promotion tags, etc. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * At most 30 attributes are allowed. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 32 characters. * The key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS. * The attribute values must be of the same type (text or number). * Only 1 value is allowed for each attribute. * For text values, the length limit is 256 UTF-8 characters. * The attribute does not support search. The `searchable` field should be unset or set to false. * The max summed total bytes of custom attribute keys and values per product is 5MiB.
           "a_key": { # A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in Product.
             "indexable": True or False, # This field is normally ignored unless AttributesConfig.attribute_config_level of the Catalog is set to the deprecated 'PRODUCT_LEVEL_ATTRIBUTE_CONFIG' mode. For information about product-level attribute configuration, see [Configuration modes](https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/attribute-config#config-modes). If true, custom attribute values are indexed, so that they can be filtered, faceted or boosted in SearchService.Search. This field is ignored in a UserEvent. See SearchRequest.filter, SearchRequest.facet_specs and SearchRequest.boost_spec for more details.
             "numbers": [ # The numerical values of this custom attribute. For example, `[2.3, 15.4]` when the key is "lengths_cm". Exactly one of text or numbers should be set. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -1875,11 +1883,12 @@ 
Method Details

             ],
           },
         },
-        "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Input only. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+        "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability).
+        "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Optional. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
           "A String",
         ],
-        "placeId": "A String", # The place ID for the current set of inventory information.
-        "priceInfo": { # The price information of a Product. # Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
+        "placeId": "A String", # Required. The place ID for the current set of inventory information.
+        "priceInfo": { # The price information of a Product. # Optional. Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
           "cost": 3.14, # The costs associated with the sale of a particular product. Used for gross profit reporting. * Profit = price - cost Google Merchant Center property [cost_of_goods_sold](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/9017895).
           "currencyCode": "A String", # The 3-letter currency code defined in [ISO 4217](https://www.iso.org/iso-4217-currency-codes.html). If this field is an unrecognizable currency code, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. The Product.Type.VARIANT Products with the same Product.primary_product_id must share the same currency_code. Otherwise, a FAILED_PRECONDITION error is returned.
           "originalPrice": 3.14, # Price of the product without any discount. If zero, by default set to be the price. If set, original_price should be greater than or equal to price, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is thrown.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.completionData.html b/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.completionData.html
index aff55a5e43..4dc5e7a7b9 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.completionData.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.completionData.html
@@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "dataSchema": "A String", # The schema to use when parsing the data from the source. Supported values for product imports: * `product` (default): One JSON Product per line. Each product must have a valid Product.id. * `product_merchant_center`: See [Importing catalog data from Merchant Center](https://cloud.google.com/retail/recommendations-ai/docs/upload-catalog#mc). Supported values for user events imports: * `user_event` (default): One JSON UserEvent per line. * `user_event_ga360`: The schema is available here: https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/3437719. * `user_event_ga4`: The schema is available here: https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/7029846. Supported values for autocomplete imports: * `suggestions` (default): One JSON completion suggestion per line. * `denylist`: One JSON deny suggestion per line. * `allowlist`: One JSON allow suggestion per line.
       "datasetId": "A String", # Required. The BigQuery data set to copy the data from with a length limit of 1,024 characters.
       "gcsStagingDir": "A String", # Intermediate Cloud Storage directory used for the import with a length limit of 2,000 characters. Can be specified if one wants to have the BigQuery export to a specific Cloud Storage directory.
-      "partitionDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # BigQuery time partitioned table's _PARTITIONDATE in YYYY-MM-DD format. Only supported in ImportProductsRequest.
+      "partitionDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # BigQuery time partitioned table's _PARTITIONDATE in YYYY-MM-DD format.
         "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
         "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
         "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.html b/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.html
index 5821e0c5a3..81edfac07f 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.html
@@ -370,7 +370,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "rerankFacet": True or False, # If set to true, then we also rerank the dynamic facets based on the facet values engaged by the user for the current attribute key during serving.
         },
       },
-      "inUse": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether this attribute has been used by any products. `True` if at least one Product is using this attribute in Product.attributes. Otherwise, this field is `False`. CatalogAttribute can be pre-loaded by using CatalogService.AddCatalogAttribute, CatalogService.ImportCatalogAttributes, or CatalogService.UpdateAttributesConfig APIs. This field is `False` for pre-loaded CatalogAttributes. Only pre-loaded catalog attributes that are neither in use by products nor predefined can be deleted. Catalog attributes that are either in use by products or are predefined attributes cannot be deleted; however, their configuration properties will reset to default values upon removal request. After catalog changes, it takes about 10 minutes for this field to update.
+      "inUse": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether this attribute has been used by any products. `True` if at least one Product is using this attribute in Product.attributes. Otherwise, this field is `False`. CatalogAttribute can be pre-loaded by using CatalogService.AddCatalogAttribute or CatalogService.UpdateAttributesConfig APIs. This field is `False` for pre-loaded CatalogAttributes. Only pre-loaded catalog attributes that are neither in use by products nor predefined can be deleted. Catalog attributes that are either in use by products or are predefined attributes cannot be deleted; however, their configuration properties will reset to default values upon removal request. After catalog changes, it takes about 10 minutes for this field to update.
       "indexableOption": "A String", # When AttributesConfig.attribute_config_level is CATALOG_LEVEL_ATTRIBUTE_CONFIG, if INDEXABLE_ENABLED attribute values are indexed so that it can be filtered, faceted, or boosted in SearchService.Search. Must be specified when AttributesConfig.attribute_config_level is CATALOG_LEVEL_ATTRIBUTE_CONFIG, otherwise throws INVALID_FORMAT error.
       "key": "A String", # Required. Attribute name. For example: `color`, `brands`, `attributes.custom_attribute`, such as `attributes.xyz`. To be indexable, the attribute name can contain only alpha-numeric characters and underscores. For example, an attribute named `attributes.abc_xyz` can be indexed, but an attribute named `attributes.abc-xyz` cannot be indexed. If the attribute key starts with `attributes.`, then the attribute is a custom attribute. Attributes such as `brands`, `patterns`, and `title` are built-in and called system attributes.
       "recommendationsFilteringOption": "A String", # When AttributesConfig.attribute_config_level is CATALOG_LEVEL_ATTRIBUTE_CONFIG, if RECOMMENDATIONS_FILTERING_ENABLED, attribute values are filterable for recommendations. This option works for categorical features only, does not work for numerical features, inventory filtering.
@@ -403,7 +403,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "dataSchema": "A String", # The schema to use when parsing the data from the source. Supported values for product imports: * `product` (default): One JSON Product per line. Each product must have a valid Product.id. * `product_merchant_center`: See [Importing catalog data from Merchant Center](https://cloud.google.com/retail/recommendations-ai/docs/upload-catalog#mc). Supported values for user events imports: * `user_event` (default): One JSON UserEvent per line. * `user_event_ga360`: The schema is available here: https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/3437719. * `user_event_ga4`: The schema is available here: https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/7029846. Supported values for autocomplete imports: * `suggestions` (default): One JSON completion suggestion per line. * `denylist`: One JSON deny suggestion per line. * `allowlist`: One JSON allow suggestion per line.
       "datasetId": "A String", # Required. The BigQuery data set to copy the data from with a length limit of 1,024 characters.
       "gcsStagingDir": "A String", # Intermediate Cloud Storage directory used for the import with a length limit of 2,000 characters. Can be specified if one wants to have the BigQuery export to a specific Cloud Storage directory.
-      "partitionDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # BigQuery time partitioned table's _PARTITIONDATE in YYYY-MM-DD format. Only supported in ImportProductsRequest.
+      "partitionDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # BigQuery time partitioned table's _PARTITIONDATE in YYYY-MM-DD format.
         "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
         "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
         "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
@@ -418,7 +418,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "dataSchema": "A String", # The schema to use when parsing the data from the source. Supported values for product imports: * `product` (default): One JSON Product per line. Each product must have a valid Product.id. * `product_merchant_center`: See [Importing catalog data from Merchant Center](https://cloud.google.com/retail/recommendations-ai/docs/upload-catalog#mc). Supported values for user events imports: * `user_event` (default): One JSON UserEvent per line. * `user_event_ga360`: The schema is available here: https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/3437719. * `user_event_ga4`: The schema is available here: https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/7029846. Supported values for autocomplete imports: * `suggestions` (default): One JSON completion suggestion per line. * `denylist`: One JSON deny suggestion per line. * `allowlist`: One JSON allow suggestion per line.
       "datasetId": "A String", # Required. The BigQuery data set to copy the data from with a length limit of 1,024 characters.
       "gcsStagingDir": "A String", # Intermediate Cloud Storage directory used for the import with a length limit of 2,000 characters. Can be specified if one wants to have the BigQuery export to a specific Cloud Storage directory.
-      "partitionDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # BigQuery time partitioned table's _PARTITIONDATE in YYYY-MM-DD format. Only supported in ImportProductsRequest.
+      "partitionDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # BigQuery time partitioned table's _PARTITIONDATE in YYYY-MM-DD format.
         "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
         "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
         "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
@@ -439,7 +439,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "dataSchema": "A String", # The schema to use when parsing the data from the source. Supported values for product imports: * `product` (default): One JSON Product per line. Each product must have a valid Product.id. * `product_merchant_center`: See [Importing catalog data from Merchant Center](https://cloud.google.com/retail/recommendations-ai/docs/upload-catalog#mc). Supported values for user events imports: * `user_event` (default): One JSON UserEvent per line. * `user_event_ga360`: The schema is available here: https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/3437719. * `user_event_ga4`: The schema is available here: https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/7029846. Supported values for autocomplete imports: * `suggestions` (default): One JSON completion suggestion per line. * `denylist`: One JSON deny suggestion per line. * `allowlist`: One JSON allow suggestion per line.
       "datasetId": "A String", # Required. The BigQuery data set to copy the data from with a length limit of 1,024 characters.
       "gcsStagingDir": "A String", # Intermediate Cloud Storage directory used for the import with a length limit of 2,000 characters. Can be specified if one wants to have the BigQuery export to a specific Cloud Storage directory.
-      "partitionDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # BigQuery time partitioned table's _PARTITIONDATE in YYYY-MM-DD format. Only supported in ImportProductsRequest.
+      "partitionDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # BigQuery time partitioned table's _PARTITIONDATE in YYYY-MM-DD format.
         "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
         "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
         "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
@@ -710,7 +710,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "rerankFacet": True or False, # If set to true, then we also rerank the dynamic facets based on the facet values engaged by the user for the current attribute key during serving.
         },
       },
-      "inUse": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether this attribute has been used by any products. `True` if at least one Product is using this attribute in Product.attributes. Otherwise, this field is `False`. CatalogAttribute can be pre-loaded by using CatalogService.AddCatalogAttribute, CatalogService.ImportCatalogAttributes, or CatalogService.UpdateAttributesConfig APIs. This field is `False` for pre-loaded CatalogAttributes. Only pre-loaded catalog attributes that are neither in use by products nor predefined can be deleted. Catalog attributes that are either in use by products or are predefined attributes cannot be deleted; however, their configuration properties will reset to default values upon removal request. After catalog changes, it takes about 10 minutes for this field to update.
+      "inUse": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether this attribute has been used by any products. `True` if at least one Product is using this attribute in Product.attributes. Otherwise, this field is `False`. CatalogAttribute can be pre-loaded by using CatalogService.AddCatalogAttribute or CatalogService.UpdateAttributesConfig APIs. This field is `False` for pre-loaded CatalogAttributes. Only pre-loaded catalog attributes that are neither in use by products nor predefined can be deleted. Catalog attributes that are either in use by products or are predefined attributes cannot be deleted; however, their configuration properties will reset to default values upon removal request. After catalog changes, it takes about 10 minutes for this field to update.
       "indexableOption": "A String", # When AttributesConfig.attribute_config_level is CATALOG_LEVEL_ATTRIBUTE_CONFIG, if INDEXABLE_ENABLED attribute values are indexed so that it can be filtered, faceted, or boosted in SearchService.Search. Must be specified when AttributesConfig.attribute_config_level is CATALOG_LEVEL_ATTRIBUTE_CONFIG, otherwise throws INVALID_FORMAT error.
       "key": "A String", # Required. Attribute name. For example: `color`, `brands`, `attributes.custom_attribute`, such as `attributes.xyz`. To be indexable, the attribute name can contain only alpha-numeric characters and underscores. For example, an attribute named `attributes.abc_xyz` can be indexed, but an attribute named `attributes.abc-xyz` cannot be indexed. If the attribute key starts with `attributes.`, then the attribute is a custom attribute. Attributes such as `brands`, `patterns`, and `title` are built-in and called system attributes.
       "recommendationsFilteringOption": "A String", # When AttributesConfig.attribute_config_level is CATALOG_LEVEL_ATTRIBUTE_CONFIG, if RECOMMENDATIONS_FILTERING_ENABLED, attribute values are filterable for recommendations. This option works for categorical features only, does not work for numerical features, inventory filtering.
@@ -773,7 +773,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "rerankFacet": True or False, # If set to true, then we also rerank the dynamic facets based on the facet values engaged by the user for the current attribute key during serving.
         },
       },
-      "inUse": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether this attribute has been used by any products. `True` if at least one Product is using this attribute in Product.attributes. Otherwise, this field is `False`. CatalogAttribute can be pre-loaded by using CatalogService.AddCatalogAttribute, CatalogService.ImportCatalogAttributes, or CatalogService.UpdateAttributesConfig APIs. This field is `False` for pre-loaded CatalogAttributes. Only pre-loaded catalog attributes that are neither in use by products nor predefined can be deleted. Catalog attributes that are either in use by products or are predefined attributes cannot be deleted; however, their configuration properties will reset to default values upon removal request. After catalog changes, it takes about 10 minutes for this field to update.
+      "inUse": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether this attribute has been used by any products. `True` if at least one Product is using this attribute in Product.attributes. Otherwise, this field is `False`. CatalogAttribute can be pre-loaded by using CatalogService.AddCatalogAttribute or CatalogService.UpdateAttributesConfig APIs. This field is `False` for pre-loaded CatalogAttributes. Only pre-loaded catalog attributes that are neither in use by products nor predefined can be deleted. Catalog attributes that are either in use by products or are predefined attributes cannot be deleted; however, their configuration properties will reset to default values upon removal request. After catalog changes, it takes about 10 minutes for this field to update.
       "indexableOption": "A String", # When AttributesConfig.attribute_config_level is CATALOG_LEVEL_ATTRIBUTE_CONFIG, if INDEXABLE_ENABLED attribute values are indexed so that it can be filtered, faceted, or boosted in SearchService.Search. Must be specified when AttributesConfig.attribute_config_level is CATALOG_LEVEL_ATTRIBUTE_CONFIG, otherwise throws INVALID_FORMAT error.
       "key": "A String", # Required. Attribute name. For example: `color`, `brands`, `attributes.custom_attribute`, such as `attributes.xyz`. To be indexable, the attribute name can contain only alpha-numeric characters and underscores. For example, an attribute named `attributes.abc_xyz` can be indexed, but an attribute named `attributes.abc-xyz` cannot be indexed. If the attribute key starts with `attributes.`, then the attribute is a custom attribute. Attributes such as `brands`, `patterns`, and `title` are built-in and called system attributes.
       "recommendationsFilteringOption": "A String", # When AttributesConfig.attribute_config_level is CATALOG_LEVEL_ATTRIBUTE_CONFIG, if RECOMMENDATIONS_FILTERING_ENABLED, attribute values are filterable for recommendations. This option works for categorical features only, does not work for numerical features, inventory filtering.
@@ -801,7 +801,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "dataSchema": "A String", # The schema to use when parsing the data from the source. Supported values for product imports: * `product` (default): One JSON Product per line. Each product must have a valid Product.id. * `product_merchant_center`: See [Importing catalog data from Merchant Center](https://cloud.google.com/retail/recommendations-ai/docs/upload-catalog#mc). Supported values for user events imports: * `user_event` (default): One JSON UserEvent per line. * `user_event_ga360`: The schema is available here: https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/3437719. * `user_event_ga4`: The schema is available here: https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/7029846. Supported values for autocomplete imports: * `suggestions` (default): One JSON completion suggestion per line. * `denylist`: One JSON deny suggestion per line. * `allowlist`: One JSON allow suggestion per line.
       "datasetId": "A String", # Required. The BigQuery data set to copy the data from with a length limit of 1,024 characters.
       "gcsStagingDir": "A String", # Intermediate Cloud Storage directory used for the import with a length limit of 2,000 characters. Can be specified if one wants to have the BigQuery export to a specific Cloud Storage directory.
-      "partitionDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # BigQuery time partitioned table's _PARTITIONDATE in YYYY-MM-DD format. Only supported in ImportProductsRequest.
+      "partitionDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # BigQuery time partitioned table's _PARTITIONDATE in YYYY-MM-DD format.
         "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
         "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
         "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
@@ -816,7 +816,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "dataSchema": "A String", # The schema to use when parsing the data from the source. Supported values for product imports: * `product` (default): One JSON Product per line. Each product must have a valid Product.id. * `product_merchant_center`: See [Importing catalog data from Merchant Center](https://cloud.google.com/retail/recommendations-ai/docs/upload-catalog#mc). Supported values for user events imports: * `user_event` (default): One JSON UserEvent per line. * `user_event_ga360`: The schema is available here: https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/3437719. * `user_event_ga4`: The schema is available here: https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/7029846. Supported values for autocomplete imports: * `suggestions` (default): One JSON completion suggestion per line. * `denylist`: One JSON deny suggestion per line. * `allowlist`: One JSON allow suggestion per line.
       "datasetId": "A String", # Required. The BigQuery data set to copy the data from with a length limit of 1,024 characters.
       "gcsStagingDir": "A String", # Intermediate Cloud Storage directory used for the import with a length limit of 2,000 characters. Can be specified if one wants to have the BigQuery export to a specific Cloud Storage directory.
-      "partitionDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # BigQuery time partitioned table's _PARTITIONDATE in YYYY-MM-DD format. Only supported in ImportProductsRequest.
+      "partitionDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # BigQuery time partitioned table's _PARTITIONDATE in YYYY-MM-DD format.
         "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
         "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
         "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
@@ -837,7 +837,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "dataSchema": "A String", # The schema to use when parsing the data from the source. Supported values for product imports: * `product` (default): One JSON Product per line. Each product must have a valid Product.id. * `product_merchant_center`: See [Importing catalog data from Merchant Center](https://cloud.google.com/retail/recommendations-ai/docs/upload-catalog#mc). Supported values for user events imports: * `user_event` (default): One JSON UserEvent per line. * `user_event_ga360`: The schema is available here: https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/3437719. * `user_event_ga4`: The schema is available here: https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/7029846. Supported values for autocomplete imports: * `suggestions` (default): One JSON completion suggestion per line. * `denylist`: One JSON deny suggestion per line. * `allowlist`: One JSON allow suggestion per line.
       "datasetId": "A String", # Required. The BigQuery data set to copy the data from with a length limit of 1,024 characters.
       "gcsStagingDir": "A String", # Intermediate Cloud Storage directory used for the import with a length limit of 2,000 characters. Can be specified if one wants to have the BigQuery export to a specific Cloud Storage directory.
-      "partitionDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # BigQuery time partitioned table's _PARTITIONDATE in YYYY-MM-DD format. Only supported in ImportProductsRequest.
+      "partitionDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # BigQuery time partitioned table's _PARTITIONDATE in YYYY-MM-DD format.
         "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
         "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
         "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
@@ -863,7 +863,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "dataSchema": "A String", # The schema to use when parsing the data from the source. Supported values for product imports: * `product` (default): One JSON Product per line. Each product must have a valid Product.id. * `product_merchant_center`: See [Importing catalog data from Merchant Center](https://cloud.google.com/retail/recommendations-ai/docs/upload-catalog#mc). Supported values for user events imports: * `user_event` (default): One JSON UserEvent per line. * `user_event_ga360`: The schema is available here: https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/3437719. * `user_event_ga4`: The schema is available here: https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/7029846. Supported values for autocomplete imports: * `suggestions` (default): One JSON completion suggestion per line. * `denylist`: One JSON deny suggestion per line. * `allowlist`: One JSON allow suggestion per line.
       "datasetId": "A String", # Required. The BigQuery data set to copy the data from with a length limit of 1,024 characters.
       "gcsStagingDir": "A String", # Intermediate Cloud Storage directory used for the import with a length limit of 2,000 characters. Can be specified if one wants to have the BigQuery export to a specific Cloud Storage directory.
-      "partitionDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # BigQuery time partitioned table's _PARTITIONDATE in YYYY-MM-DD format. Only supported in ImportProductsRequest.
+      "partitionDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # BigQuery time partitioned table's _PARTITIONDATE in YYYY-MM-DD format.
         "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
         "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
         "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
@@ -878,7 +878,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "dataSchema": "A String", # The schema to use when parsing the data from the source. Supported values for product imports: * `product` (default): One JSON Product per line. Each product must have a valid Product.id. * `product_merchant_center`: See [Importing catalog data from Merchant Center](https://cloud.google.com/retail/recommendations-ai/docs/upload-catalog#mc). Supported values for user events imports: * `user_event` (default): One JSON UserEvent per line. * `user_event_ga360`: The schema is available here: https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/3437719. * `user_event_ga4`: The schema is available here: https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/7029846. Supported values for autocomplete imports: * `suggestions` (default): One JSON completion suggestion per line. * `denylist`: One JSON deny suggestion per line. * `allowlist`: One JSON allow suggestion per line.
       "datasetId": "A String", # Required. The BigQuery data set to copy the data from with a length limit of 1,024 characters.
       "gcsStagingDir": "A String", # Intermediate Cloud Storage directory used for the import with a length limit of 2,000 characters. Can be specified if one wants to have the BigQuery export to a specific Cloud Storage directory.
-      "partitionDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # BigQuery time partitioned table's _PARTITIONDATE in YYYY-MM-DD format. Only supported in ImportProductsRequest.
+      "partitionDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # BigQuery time partitioned table's _PARTITIONDATE in YYYY-MM-DD format.
         "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
         "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
         "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
@@ -899,7 +899,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "dataSchema": "A String", # The schema to use when parsing the data from the source. Supported values for product imports: * `product` (default): One JSON Product per line. Each product must have a valid Product.id. * `product_merchant_center`: See [Importing catalog data from Merchant Center](https://cloud.google.com/retail/recommendations-ai/docs/upload-catalog#mc). Supported values for user events imports: * `user_event` (default): One JSON UserEvent per line. * `user_event_ga360`: The schema is available here: https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/3437719. * `user_event_ga4`: The schema is available here: https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/7029846. Supported values for autocomplete imports: * `suggestions` (default): One JSON completion suggestion per line. * `denylist`: One JSON deny suggestion per line. * `allowlist`: One JSON allow suggestion per line.
       "datasetId": "A String", # Required. The BigQuery data set to copy the data from with a length limit of 1,024 characters.
       "gcsStagingDir": "A String", # Intermediate Cloud Storage directory used for the import with a length limit of 2,000 characters. Can be specified if one wants to have the BigQuery export to a specific Cloud Storage directory.
-      "partitionDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # BigQuery time partitioned table's _PARTITIONDATE in YYYY-MM-DD format. Only supported in ImportProductsRequest.
+      "partitionDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # BigQuery time partitioned table's _PARTITIONDATE in YYYY-MM-DD format.
         "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
         "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
         "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.placements.html b/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.placements.html
index 8cb12857dd..78b9960179 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.placements.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.placements.html
@@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "languageCode": "A String", # Language of the title/description and other string attributes. Use language tags defined by [BCP 47](https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt). For product prediction, this field is ignored and the model automatically detects the text language. The Product can include text in different languages, but duplicating Products to provide text in multiple languages can result in degraded model performance. For product search this field is in use. It defaults to "en-US" if unset.
           "localInventories": [ # Output only. A list of local inventories specific to different places. This field can be managed by ProductService.AddLocalInventories and ProductService.RemoveLocalInventories APIs if fine-grained, high-volume updates are necessary.
             { # The inventory information at a place (e.g. a store) identified by a place ID.
-              "attributes": { # Additional local inventory attributes, for example, store name, promotion tags, etc. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * At most 30 attributes are allowed. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 32 characters. * The key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS. * The attribute values must be of the same type (text or number). * Only 1 value is allowed for each attribute. * For text values, the length limit is 256 UTF-8 characters. * The attribute does not support search. The `searchable` field should be unset or set to false. * The max summed total bytes of custom attribute keys and values per product is 5MiB.
+              "attributes": { # Optional. Additional local inventory attributes, for example, store name, promotion tags, etc. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * At most 30 attributes are allowed. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 32 characters. * The key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS. * The attribute values must be of the same type (text or number). * Only 1 value is allowed for each attribute. * For text values, the length limit is 256 UTF-8 characters. * The attribute does not support search. The `searchable` field should be unset or set to false. * The max summed total bytes of custom attribute keys and values per product is 5MiB.
                 "a_key": { # A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in Product.
                   "indexable": True or False, # This field is normally ignored unless AttributesConfig.attribute_config_level of the Catalog is set to the deprecated 'PRODUCT_LEVEL_ATTRIBUTE_CONFIG' mode. For information about product-level attribute configuration, see [Configuration modes](https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/attribute-config#config-modes). If true, custom attribute values are indexed, so that they can be filtered, faceted or boosted in SearchService.Search. This field is ignored in a UserEvent. See SearchRequest.filter, SearchRequest.facet_specs and SearchRequest.boost_spec for more details.
                   "numbers": [ # The numerical values of this custom attribute. For example, `[2.3, 15.4]` when the key is "lengths_cm". Exactly one of text or numbers should be set. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -224,11 +224,12 @@ 
Method Details

                   ],
                 },
               },
-              "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Input only. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+              "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability).
+              "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Optional. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
                 "A String",
               ],
-              "placeId": "A String", # The place ID for the current set of inventory information.
-              "priceInfo": { # The price information of a Product. # Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
+              "placeId": "A String", # Required. The place ID for the current set of inventory information.
+              "priceInfo": { # The price information of a Product. # Optional. Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
                 "cost": 3.14, # The costs associated with the sale of a particular product. Used for gross profit reporting. * Profit = price - cost Google Merchant Center property [cost_of_goods_sold](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/9017895).
                 "currencyCode": "A String", # The 3-letter currency code defined in [ISO 4217](https://www.iso.org/iso-4217-currency-codes.html). If this field is an unrecognizable currency code, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. The Product.Type.VARIANT Products with the same Product.primary_product_id must share the same currency_code. Otherwise, a FAILED_PRECONDITION error is returned.
                 "originalPrice": 3.14, # Price of the product without any discount. If zero, by default set to be the price. If set, original_price should be greater than or equal to price, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is thrown.
@@ -327,7 +328,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "userInfo": { # Information of an end user. # User information.
       "directUserRequest": True or False, # True if the request is made directly from the end user, in which case the ip_address and user_agent can be populated from the HTTP request. This flag should be set only if the API request is made directly from the end user such as a mobile app (and not if a gateway or a server is processing and pushing the user events). This should not be set when using the JavaScript tag in UserEventService.CollectUserEvent.
       "ipAddress": "A String", # The end user's IP address. This field is used to extract location information for personalization. This field must be either an IPv4 address (e.g. "104.133.9.80") or an IPv6 address (e.g. "2001:0db8:85a3:0000:0000:8a2e:0370:7334"). Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This should not be set when: * setting SearchRequest.user_info. * using the JavaScript tag in UserEventService.CollectUserEvent or if direct_user_request is set.
-      "userAgent": "A String", # User agent as included in the HTTP header. Required for getting SearchResponse.sponsored_results. The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1,000 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This should not be set when using the client side event reporting with GTM or JavaScript tag in UserEventService.CollectUserEvent or if direct_user_request is set.
+      "userAgent": "A String", # User agent as included in the HTTP header. The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1,000 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This should not be set when using the client side event reporting with GTM or JavaScript tag in UserEventService.CollectUserEvent or if direct_user_request is set.
       "userId": "A String", # Highly recommended for logged-in users. Unique identifier for logged-in user, such as a user name. Don't set for anonymous users. Always use a hashed value for this ID. Don't set the field to the same fixed ID for different users. This mixes the event history of those users together, which results in degraded model quality. The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
     },
     "visitorId": "A String", # Required. A unique identifier for tracking visitors. For example, this could be implemented with an HTTP cookie, which should be able to uniquely identify a visitor on a single device. This unique identifier should not change if the visitor log in/out of the website. Don't set the field to the same fixed ID for different users. This mixes the event history of those users together, which results in degraded model quality. The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. The field should not contain PII or user-data. We recommend to use Google Analytics [Client ID](https://developers.google.com/analytics/devguides/collection/analyticsjs/field-reference#clientId) for this field.
@@ -485,7 +486,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "userInfo": { # Information of an end user. # User information.
     "directUserRequest": True or False, # True if the request is made directly from the end user, in which case the ip_address and user_agent can be populated from the HTTP request. This flag should be set only if the API request is made directly from the end user such as a mobile app (and not if a gateway or a server is processing and pushing the user events). This should not be set when using the JavaScript tag in UserEventService.CollectUserEvent.
     "ipAddress": "A String", # The end user's IP address. This field is used to extract location information for personalization. This field must be either an IPv4 address (e.g. "104.133.9.80") or an IPv6 address (e.g. "2001:0db8:85a3:0000:0000:8a2e:0370:7334"). Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This should not be set when: * setting SearchRequest.user_info. * using the JavaScript tag in UserEventService.CollectUserEvent or if direct_user_request is set.
-    "userAgent": "A String", # User agent as included in the HTTP header. Required for getting SearchResponse.sponsored_results. The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1,000 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This should not be set when using the client side event reporting with GTM or JavaScript tag in UserEventService.CollectUserEvent or if direct_user_request is set.
+    "userAgent": "A String", # User agent as included in the HTTP header. The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1,000 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This should not be set when using the client side event reporting with GTM or JavaScript tag in UserEventService.CollectUserEvent or if direct_user_request is set.
     "userId": "A String", # Highly recommended for logged-in users. Unique identifier for logged-in user, such as a user name. Don't set for anonymous users. Always use a hashed value for this ID. Don't set the field to the same fixed ID for different users. This mixes the event history of those users together, which results in degraded model quality. The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
   },
   "variantRollupKeys": [ # The keys to fetch and rollup the matching variant Products attributes, FulfillmentInfo or LocalInventorys attributes. The attributes from all the matching variant Products or LocalInventorys are merged and de-duplicated. Notice that rollup attributes will lead to extra query latency. Maximum number of keys is 30. For FulfillmentInfo, a fulfillment type and a fulfillment ID must be provided in the format of "fulfillmentType.fulfillmentId". E.g., in "pickupInStore.store123", "pickupInStore" is fulfillment type and "store123" is the store ID. Supported keys are: * colorFamilies * price * originalPrice * discount * variantId * inventory(place_id,price) * inventory(place_id,original_price) * inventory(place_id,attributes.key), where key is any key in the Product.local_inventories.attributes map. * attributes.key, where key is any key in the Product.attributes map. * pickupInStore.id, where id is any FulfillmentInfo.place_ids for FulfillmentInfo.type "pickup-in-store". * shipToStore.id, where id is any FulfillmentInfo.place_ids for FulfillmentInfo.type "ship-to-store". * sameDayDelivery.id, where id is any FulfillmentInfo.place_ids for FulfillmentInfo.type "same-day-delivery". * nextDayDelivery.id, where id is any FulfillmentInfo.place_ids for FulfillmentInfo.type "next-day-delivery". * customFulfillment1.id, where id is any FulfillmentInfo.place_ids for FulfillmentInfo.type "custom-type-1". * customFulfillment2.id, where id is any FulfillmentInfo.place_ids for FulfillmentInfo.type "custom-type-2". * customFulfillment3.id, where id is any FulfillmentInfo.place_ids for FulfillmentInfo.type "custom-type-3". * customFulfillment4.id, where id is any FulfillmentInfo.place_ids for FulfillmentInfo.type "custom-type-4". * customFulfillment5.id, where id is any FulfillmentInfo.place_ids for FulfillmentInfo.type "custom-type-5". If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -535,11 +536,11 @@ 
Method Details

     ],
   },
   "correctedQuery": "A String", # Contains the spell corrected query, if found. If the spell correction type is AUTOMATIC, then the search results are based on corrected_query. Otherwise the original query is used for search.
-  "experimentInfo": [ # Metadata related to A/B testing Experiment associated with this response. Only exists when an experiment is triggered.
-    { # Metadata for active A/B testing Experiment.
+  "experimentInfo": [ # Metadata related to A/B testing experiment associated with this response. Only exists when an experiment is triggered.
+    { # Metadata for active A/B testing experiment.
       "experiment": "A String", # The fully qualified resource name of the experiment that provides the serving config under test, should an active experiment exist. For example: `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/experiments/experiment_id`
       "servingConfigExperiment": { # Metadata for active serving config A/B tests. # A/B test between existing Cloud Retail Search ServingConfigs.
-        "experimentServingConfig": "A String", # The fully qualified resource name of the serving config Experiment.VariantArm.serving_config_id responsible for generating the search response. For example: `projects/*/locations/*/catalogs/*/servingConfigs/*`.
+        "experimentServingConfig": "A String", # The fully qualified resource name of the serving config `Experiment.VariantArm.serving_config_id` responsible for generating the search response. For example: `projects/*/locations/*/catalogs/*/servingConfigs/*`.
         "originalServingConfig": "A String", # The fully qualified resource name of the original SearchRequest.placement in the search request prior to reassignment by experiment API. For example: `projects/*/locations/*/catalogs/*/servingConfigs/*`.
       },
     },
@@ -668,7 +669,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "languageCode": "A String", # Language of the title/description and other string attributes. Use language tags defined by [BCP 47](https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt). For product prediction, this field is ignored and the model automatically detects the text language. The Product can include text in different languages, but duplicating Products to provide text in multiple languages can result in degraded model performance. For product search this field is in use. It defaults to "en-US" if unset.
         "localInventories": [ # Output only. A list of local inventories specific to different places. This field can be managed by ProductService.AddLocalInventories and ProductService.RemoveLocalInventories APIs if fine-grained, high-volume updates are necessary.
           { # The inventory information at a place (e.g. a store) identified by a place ID.
-            "attributes": { # Additional local inventory attributes, for example, store name, promotion tags, etc. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * At most 30 attributes are allowed. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 32 characters. * The key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS. * The attribute values must be of the same type (text or number). * Only 1 value is allowed for each attribute. * For text values, the length limit is 256 UTF-8 characters. * The attribute does not support search. The `searchable` field should be unset or set to false. * The max summed total bytes of custom attribute keys and values per product is 5MiB.
+            "attributes": { # Optional. Additional local inventory attributes, for example, store name, promotion tags, etc. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * At most 30 attributes are allowed. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 32 characters. * The key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS. * The attribute values must be of the same type (text or number). * Only 1 value is allowed for each attribute. * For text values, the length limit is 256 UTF-8 characters. * The attribute does not support search. The `searchable` field should be unset or set to false. * The max summed total bytes of custom attribute keys and values per product is 5MiB.
               "a_key": { # A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in Product.
                 "indexable": True or False, # This field is normally ignored unless AttributesConfig.attribute_config_level of the Catalog is set to the deprecated 'PRODUCT_LEVEL_ATTRIBUTE_CONFIG' mode. For information about product-level attribute configuration, see [Configuration modes](https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/attribute-config#config-modes). If true, custom attribute values are indexed, so that they can be filtered, faceted or boosted in SearchService.Search. This field is ignored in a UserEvent. See SearchRequest.filter, SearchRequest.facet_specs and SearchRequest.boost_spec for more details.
                 "numbers": [ # The numerical values of this custom attribute. For example, `[2.3, 15.4]` when the key is "lengths_cm". Exactly one of text or numbers should be set. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -680,11 +681,12 @@ 
Method Details

                 ],
               },
             },
-            "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Input only. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+            "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability).
+            "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Optional. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
               "A String",
             ],
-            "placeId": "A String", # The place ID for the current set of inventory information.
-            "priceInfo": { # The price information of a Product. # Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
+            "placeId": "A String", # Required. The place ID for the current set of inventory information.
+            "priceInfo": { # The price information of a Product. # Optional. Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
               "cost": 3.14, # The costs associated with the sale of a particular product. Used for gross profit reporting. * Profit = price - cost Google Merchant Center property [cost_of_goods_sold](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/9017895).
               "currencyCode": "A String", # The 3-letter currency code defined in [ISO 4217](https://www.iso.org/iso-4217-currency-codes.html). If this field is an unrecognizable currency code, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. The Product.Type.VARIANT Products with the same Product.primary_product_id must share the same currency_code. Otherwise, a FAILED_PRECONDITION error is returned.
               "originalPrice": 3.14, # Price of the product without any discount. If zero, by default set to be the price. If set, original_price should be greater than or equal to price, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is thrown.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.servingConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.servingConfigs.html
index 8bbba10662..29d1b2e8fb 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.servingConfigs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.servingConfigs.html
@@ -694,7 +694,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "languageCode": "A String", # Language of the title/description and other string attributes. Use language tags defined by [BCP 47](https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt). For product prediction, this field is ignored and the model automatically detects the text language. The Product can include text in different languages, but duplicating Products to provide text in multiple languages can result in degraded model performance. For product search this field is in use. It defaults to "en-US" if unset.
           "localInventories": [ # Output only. A list of local inventories specific to different places. This field can be managed by ProductService.AddLocalInventories and ProductService.RemoveLocalInventories APIs if fine-grained, high-volume updates are necessary.
             { # The inventory information at a place (e.g. a store) identified by a place ID.
-              "attributes": { # Additional local inventory attributes, for example, store name, promotion tags, etc. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * At most 30 attributes are allowed. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 32 characters. * The key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS. * The attribute values must be of the same type (text or number). * Only 1 value is allowed for each attribute. * For text values, the length limit is 256 UTF-8 characters. * The attribute does not support search. The `searchable` field should be unset or set to false. * The max summed total bytes of custom attribute keys and values per product is 5MiB.
+              "attributes": { # Optional. Additional local inventory attributes, for example, store name, promotion tags, etc. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * At most 30 attributes are allowed. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 32 characters. * The key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS. * The attribute values must be of the same type (text or number). * Only 1 value is allowed for each attribute. * For text values, the length limit is 256 UTF-8 characters. * The attribute does not support search. The `searchable` field should be unset or set to false. * The max summed total bytes of custom attribute keys and values per product is 5MiB.
                 "a_key": { # A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in Product.
                   "indexable": True or False, # This field is normally ignored unless AttributesConfig.attribute_config_level of the Catalog is set to the deprecated 'PRODUCT_LEVEL_ATTRIBUTE_CONFIG' mode. For information about product-level attribute configuration, see [Configuration modes](https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/attribute-config#config-modes). If true, custom attribute values are indexed, so that they can be filtered, faceted or boosted in SearchService.Search. This field is ignored in a UserEvent. See SearchRequest.filter, SearchRequest.facet_specs and SearchRequest.boost_spec for more details.
                   "numbers": [ # The numerical values of this custom attribute. For example, `[2.3, 15.4]` when the key is "lengths_cm". Exactly one of text or numbers should be set. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -706,11 +706,12 @@ 
Method Details

                   ],
                 },
               },
-              "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Input only. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+              "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability).
+              "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Optional. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
                 "A String",
               ],
-              "placeId": "A String", # The place ID for the current set of inventory information.
-              "priceInfo": { # The price information of a Product. # Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
+              "placeId": "A String", # Required. The place ID for the current set of inventory information.
+              "priceInfo": { # The price information of a Product. # Optional. Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
                 "cost": 3.14, # The costs associated with the sale of a particular product. Used for gross profit reporting. * Profit = price - cost Google Merchant Center property [cost_of_goods_sold](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/9017895).
                 "currencyCode": "A String", # The 3-letter currency code defined in [ISO 4217](https://www.iso.org/iso-4217-currency-codes.html). If this field is an unrecognizable currency code, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. The Product.Type.VARIANT Products with the same Product.primary_product_id must share the same currency_code. Otherwise, a FAILED_PRECONDITION error is returned.
                 "originalPrice": 3.14, # Price of the product without any discount. If zero, by default set to be the price. If set, original_price should be greater than or equal to price, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is thrown.
@@ -809,7 +810,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "userInfo": { # Information of an end user. # User information.
       "directUserRequest": True or False, # True if the request is made directly from the end user, in which case the ip_address and user_agent can be populated from the HTTP request. This flag should be set only if the API request is made directly from the end user such as a mobile app (and not if a gateway or a server is processing and pushing the user events). This should not be set when using the JavaScript tag in UserEventService.CollectUserEvent.
       "ipAddress": "A String", # The end user's IP address. This field is used to extract location information for personalization. This field must be either an IPv4 address (e.g. "104.133.9.80") or an IPv6 address (e.g. "2001:0db8:85a3:0000:0000:8a2e:0370:7334"). Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This should not be set when: * setting SearchRequest.user_info. * using the JavaScript tag in UserEventService.CollectUserEvent or if direct_user_request is set.
-      "userAgent": "A String", # User agent as included in the HTTP header. Required for getting SearchResponse.sponsored_results. The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1,000 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This should not be set when using the client side event reporting with GTM or JavaScript tag in UserEventService.CollectUserEvent or if direct_user_request is set.
+      "userAgent": "A String", # User agent as included in the HTTP header. The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1,000 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This should not be set when using the client side event reporting with GTM or JavaScript tag in UserEventService.CollectUserEvent or if direct_user_request is set.
       "userId": "A String", # Highly recommended for logged-in users. Unique identifier for logged-in user, such as a user name. Don't set for anonymous users. Always use a hashed value for this ID. Don't set the field to the same fixed ID for different users. This mixes the event history of those users together, which results in degraded model quality. The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
     },
     "visitorId": "A String", # Required. A unique identifier for tracking visitors. For example, this could be implemented with an HTTP cookie, which should be able to uniquely identify a visitor on a single device. This unique identifier should not change if the visitor log in/out of the website. Don't set the field to the same fixed ID for different users. This mixes the event history of those users together, which results in degraded model quality. The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. The field should not contain PII or user-data. We recommend to use Google Analytics [Client ID](https://developers.google.com/analytics/devguides/collection/analyticsjs/field-reference#clientId) for this field.
@@ -1036,7 +1037,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "userInfo": { # Information of an end user. # User information.
     "directUserRequest": True or False, # True if the request is made directly from the end user, in which case the ip_address and user_agent can be populated from the HTTP request. This flag should be set only if the API request is made directly from the end user such as a mobile app (and not if a gateway or a server is processing and pushing the user events). This should not be set when using the JavaScript tag in UserEventService.CollectUserEvent.
     "ipAddress": "A String", # The end user's IP address. This field is used to extract location information for personalization. This field must be either an IPv4 address (e.g. "104.133.9.80") or an IPv6 address (e.g. "2001:0db8:85a3:0000:0000:8a2e:0370:7334"). Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This should not be set when: * setting SearchRequest.user_info. * using the JavaScript tag in UserEventService.CollectUserEvent or if direct_user_request is set.
-    "userAgent": "A String", # User agent as included in the HTTP header. Required for getting SearchResponse.sponsored_results. The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1,000 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This should not be set when using the client side event reporting with GTM or JavaScript tag in UserEventService.CollectUserEvent or if direct_user_request is set.
+    "userAgent": "A String", # User agent as included in the HTTP header. The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1,000 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This should not be set when using the client side event reporting with GTM or JavaScript tag in UserEventService.CollectUserEvent or if direct_user_request is set.
     "userId": "A String", # Highly recommended for logged-in users. Unique identifier for logged-in user, such as a user name. Don't set for anonymous users. Always use a hashed value for this ID. Don't set the field to the same fixed ID for different users. This mixes the event history of those users together, which results in degraded model quality. The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
   },
   "variantRollupKeys": [ # The keys to fetch and rollup the matching variant Products attributes, FulfillmentInfo or LocalInventorys attributes. The attributes from all the matching variant Products or LocalInventorys are merged and de-duplicated. Notice that rollup attributes will lead to extra query latency. Maximum number of keys is 30. For FulfillmentInfo, a fulfillment type and a fulfillment ID must be provided in the format of "fulfillmentType.fulfillmentId". E.g., in "pickupInStore.store123", "pickupInStore" is fulfillment type and "store123" is the store ID. Supported keys are: * colorFamilies * price * originalPrice * discount * variantId * inventory(place_id,price) * inventory(place_id,original_price) * inventory(place_id,attributes.key), where key is any key in the Product.local_inventories.attributes map. * attributes.key, where key is any key in the Product.attributes map. * pickupInStore.id, where id is any FulfillmentInfo.place_ids for FulfillmentInfo.type "pickup-in-store". * shipToStore.id, where id is any FulfillmentInfo.place_ids for FulfillmentInfo.type "ship-to-store". * sameDayDelivery.id, where id is any FulfillmentInfo.place_ids for FulfillmentInfo.type "same-day-delivery". * nextDayDelivery.id, where id is any FulfillmentInfo.place_ids for FulfillmentInfo.type "next-day-delivery". * customFulfillment1.id, where id is any FulfillmentInfo.place_ids for FulfillmentInfo.type "custom-type-1". * customFulfillment2.id, where id is any FulfillmentInfo.place_ids for FulfillmentInfo.type "custom-type-2". * customFulfillment3.id, where id is any FulfillmentInfo.place_ids for FulfillmentInfo.type "custom-type-3". * customFulfillment4.id, where id is any FulfillmentInfo.place_ids for FulfillmentInfo.type "custom-type-4". * customFulfillment5.id, where id is any FulfillmentInfo.place_ids for FulfillmentInfo.type "custom-type-5". If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -1086,11 +1087,11 @@ 
Method Details

     ],
   },
   "correctedQuery": "A String", # Contains the spell corrected query, if found. If the spell correction type is AUTOMATIC, then the search results are based on corrected_query. Otherwise the original query is used for search.
-  "experimentInfo": [ # Metadata related to A/B testing Experiment associated with this response. Only exists when an experiment is triggered.
-    { # Metadata for active A/B testing Experiment.
+  "experimentInfo": [ # Metadata related to A/B testing experiment associated with this response. Only exists when an experiment is triggered.
+    { # Metadata for active A/B testing experiment.
       "experiment": "A String", # The fully qualified resource name of the experiment that provides the serving config under test, should an active experiment exist. For example: `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/experiments/experiment_id`
       "servingConfigExperiment": { # Metadata for active serving config A/B tests. # A/B test between existing Cloud Retail Search ServingConfigs.
-        "experimentServingConfig": "A String", # The fully qualified resource name of the serving config Experiment.VariantArm.serving_config_id responsible for generating the search response. For example: `projects/*/locations/*/catalogs/*/servingConfigs/*`.
+        "experimentServingConfig": "A String", # The fully qualified resource name of the serving config `Experiment.VariantArm.serving_config_id` responsible for generating the search response. For example: `projects/*/locations/*/catalogs/*/servingConfigs/*`.
         "originalServingConfig": "A String", # The fully qualified resource name of the original SearchRequest.placement in the search request prior to reassignment by experiment API. For example: `projects/*/locations/*/catalogs/*/servingConfigs/*`.
       },
     },
@@ -1219,7 +1220,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "languageCode": "A String", # Language of the title/description and other string attributes. Use language tags defined by [BCP 47](https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt). For product prediction, this field is ignored and the model automatically detects the text language. The Product can include text in different languages, but duplicating Products to provide text in multiple languages can result in degraded model performance. For product search this field is in use. It defaults to "en-US" if unset.
         "localInventories": [ # Output only. A list of local inventories specific to different places. This field can be managed by ProductService.AddLocalInventories and ProductService.RemoveLocalInventories APIs if fine-grained, high-volume updates are necessary.
           { # The inventory information at a place (e.g. a store) identified by a place ID.
-            "attributes": { # Additional local inventory attributes, for example, store name, promotion tags, etc. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * At most 30 attributes are allowed. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 32 characters. * The key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS. * The attribute values must be of the same type (text or number). * Only 1 value is allowed for each attribute. * For text values, the length limit is 256 UTF-8 characters. * The attribute does not support search. The `searchable` field should be unset or set to false. * The max summed total bytes of custom attribute keys and values per product is 5MiB.
+            "attributes": { # Optional. Additional local inventory attributes, for example, store name, promotion tags, etc. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * At most 30 attributes are allowed. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 32 characters. * The key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS. * The attribute values must be of the same type (text or number). * Only 1 value is allowed for each attribute. * For text values, the length limit is 256 UTF-8 characters. * The attribute does not support search. The `searchable` field should be unset or set to false. * The max summed total bytes of custom attribute keys and values per product is 5MiB.
               "a_key": { # A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in Product.
                 "indexable": True or False, # This field is normally ignored unless AttributesConfig.attribute_config_level of the Catalog is set to the deprecated 'PRODUCT_LEVEL_ATTRIBUTE_CONFIG' mode. For information about product-level attribute configuration, see [Configuration modes](https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/attribute-config#config-modes). If true, custom attribute values are indexed, so that they can be filtered, faceted or boosted in SearchService.Search. This field is ignored in a UserEvent. See SearchRequest.filter, SearchRequest.facet_specs and SearchRequest.boost_spec for more details.
                 "numbers": [ # The numerical values of this custom attribute. For example, `[2.3, 15.4]` when the key is "lengths_cm". Exactly one of text or numbers should be set. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -1231,11 +1232,12 @@ 
Method Details

                 ],
               },
             },
-            "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Input only. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+            "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability).
+            "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Optional. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
               "A String",
             ],
-            "placeId": "A String", # The place ID for the current set of inventory information.
-            "priceInfo": { # The price information of a Product. # Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
+            "placeId": "A String", # Required. The place ID for the current set of inventory information.
+            "priceInfo": { # The price information of a Product. # Optional. Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
               "cost": 3.14, # The costs associated with the sale of a particular product. Used for gross profit reporting. * Profit = price - cost Google Merchant Center property [cost_of_goods_sold](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/9017895).
               "currencyCode": "A String", # The 3-letter currency code defined in [ISO 4217](https://www.iso.org/iso-4217-currency-codes.html). If this field is an unrecognizable currency code, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. The Product.Type.VARIANT Products with the same Product.primary_product_id must share the same currency_code. Otherwise, a FAILED_PRECONDITION error is returned.
               "originalPrice": 3.14, # Price of the product without any discount. If zero, by default set to be the price. If set, original_price should be greater than or equal to price, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is thrown.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.userEvents.html b/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.userEvents.html
index 4df3f8695e..856858c373 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.userEvents.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.userEvents.html
@@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "dataSchema": "A String", # The schema to use when parsing the data from the source. Supported values for product imports: * `product` (default): One JSON Product per line. Each product must have a valid Product.id. * `product_merchant_center`: See [Importing catalog data from Merchant Center](https://cloud.google.com/retail/recommendations-ai/docs/upload-catalog#mc). Supported values for user events imports: * `user_event` (default): One JSON UserEvent per line. * `user_event_ga360`: The schema is available here: https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/3437719. * `user_event_ga4`: The schema is available here: https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/7029846. Supported values for autocomplete imports: * `suggestions` (default): One JSON completion suggestion per line. * `denylist`: One JSON deny suggestion per line. * `allowlist`: One JSON allow suggestion per line.
       "datasetId": "A String", # Required. The BigQuery data set to copy the data from with a length limit of 1,024 characters.
       "gcsStagingDir": "A String", # Intermediate Cloud Storage directory used for the import with a length limit of 2,000 characters. Can be specified if one wants to have the BigQuery export to a specific Cloud Storage directory.
-      "partitionDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # BigQuery time partitioned table's _PARTITIONDATE in YYYY-MM-DD format. Only supported in ImportProductsRequest.
+      "partitionDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # BigQuery time partitioned table's _PARTITIONDATE in YYYY-MM-DD format.
         "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
         "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
         "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
@@ -318,7 +318,7 @@ 
Method Details

                 "languageCode": "A String", # Language of the title/description and other string attributes. Use language tags defined by [BCP 47](https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt). For product prediction, this field is ignored and the model automatically detects the text language. The Product can include text in different languages, but duplicating Products to provide text in multiple languages can result in degraded model performance. For product search this field is in use. It defaults to "en-US" if unset.
                 "localInventories": [ # Output only. A list of local inventories specific to different places. This field can be managed by ProductService.AddLocalInventories and ProductService.RemoveLocalInventories APIs if fine-grained, high-volume updates are necessary.
                   { # The inventory information at a place (e.g. a store) identified by a place ID.
-                    "attributes": { # Additional local inventory attributes, for example, store name, promotion tags, etc. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * At most 30 attributes are allowed. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 32 characters. * The key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS. * The attribute values must be of the same type (text or number). * Only 1 value is allowed for each attribute. * For text values, the length limit is 256 UTF-8 characters. * The attribute does not support search. The `searchable` field should be unset or set to false. * The max summed total bytes of custom attribute keys and values per product is 5MiB.
+                    "attributes": { # Optional. Additional local inventory attributes, for example, store name, promotion tags, etc. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * At most 30 attributes are allowed. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 32 characters. * The key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS. * The attribute values must be of the same type (text or number). * Only 1 value is allowed for each attribute. * For text values, the length limit is 256 UTF-8 characters. * The attribute does not support search. The `searchable` field should be unset or set to false. * The max summed total bytes of custom attribute keys and values per product is 5MiB.
                       "a_key": { # A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in Product.
                         "indexable": True or False, # This field is normally ignored unless AttributesConfig.attribute_config_level of the Catalog is set to the deprecated 'PRODUCT_LEVEL_ATTRIBUTE_CONFIG' mode. For information about product-level attribute configuration, see [Configuration modes](https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/attribute-config#config-modes). If true, custom attribute values are indexed, so that they can be filtered, faceted or boosted in SearchService.Search. This field is ignored in a UserEvent. See SearchRequest.filter, SearchRequest.facet_specs and SearchRequest.boost_spec for more details.
                         "numbers": [ # The numerical values of this custom attribute. For example, `[2.3, 15.4]` when the key is "lengths_cm". Exactly one of text or numbers should be set. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -330,11 +330,12 @@ 
Method Details

                         ],
                       },
                     },
-                    "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Input only. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+                    "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability).
+                    "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Optional. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
                       "A String",
                     ],
-                    "placeId": "A String", # The place ID for the current set of inventory information.
-                    "priceInfo": { # The price information of a Product. # Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
+                    "placeId": "A String", # Required. The place ID for the current set of inventory information.
+                    "priceInfo": { # The price information of a Product. # Optional. Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
                       "cost": 3.14, # The costs associated with the sale of a particular product. Used for gross profit reporting. * Profit = price - cost Google Merchant Center property [cost_of_goods_sold](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/9017895).
                       "currencyCode": "A String", # The 3-letter currency code defined in [ISO 4217](https://www.iso.org/iso-4217-currency-codes.html). If this field is an unrecognizable currency code, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. The Product.Type.VARIANT Products with the same Product.primary_product_id must share the same currency_code. Otherwise, a FAILED_PRECONDITION error is returned.
                       "originalPrice": 3.14, # Price of the product without any discount. If zero, by default set to be the price. If set, original_price should be greater than or equal to price, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is thrown.
@@ -433,7 +434,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "userInfo": { # Information of an end user. # User information.
             "directUserRequest": True or False, # True if the request is made directly from the end user, in which case the ip_address and user_agent can be populated from the HTTP request. This flag should be set only if the API request is made directly from the end user such as a mobile app (and not if a gateway or a server is processing and pushing the user events). This should not be set when using the JavaScript tag in UserEventService.CollectUserEvent.
             "ipAddress": "A String", # The end user's IP address. This field is used to extract location information for personalization. This field must be either an IPv4 address (e.g. "104.133.9.80") or an IPv6 address (e.g. "2001:0db8:85a3:0000:0000:8a2e:0370:7334"). Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This should not be set when: * setting SearchRequest.user_info. * using the JavaScript tag in UserEventService.CollectUserEvent or if direct_user_request is set.
-            "userAgent": "A String", # User agent as included in the HTTP header. Required for getting SearchResponse.sponsored_results. The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1,000 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This should not be set when using the client side event reporting with GTM or JavaScript tag in UserEventService.CollectUserEvent or if direct_user_request is set.
+            "userAgent": "A String", # User agent as included in the HTTP header. The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1,000 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This should not be set when using the client side event reporting with GTM or JavaScript tag in UserEventService.CollectUserEvent or if direct_user_request is set.
             "userId": "A String", # Highly recommended for logged-in users. Unique identifier for logged-in user, such as a user name. Don't set for anonymous users. Always use a hashed value for this ID. Don't set the field to the same fixed ID for different users. This mixes the event history of those users together, which results in degraded model quality. The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
           },
           "visitorId": "A String", # Required. A unique identifier for tracking visitors. For example, this could be implemented with an HTTP cookie, which should be able to uniquely identify a visitor on a single device. This unique identifier should not change if the visitor log in/out of the website. Don't set the field to the same fixed ID for different users. This mixes the event history of those users together, which results in degraded model quality. The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. The field should not contain PII or user-data. We recommend to use Google Analytics [Client ID](https://developers.google.com/analytics/devguides/collection/analyticsjs/field-reference#clientId) for this field.
@@ -667,7 +668,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "languageCode": "A String", # Language of the title/description and other string attributes. Use language tags defined by [BCP 47](https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt). For product prediction, this field is ignored and the model automatically detects the text language. The Product can include text in different languages, but duplicating Products to provide text in multiple languages can result in degraded model performance. For product search this field is in use. It defaults to "en-US" if unset.
         "localInventories": [ # Output only. A list of local inventories specific to different places. This field can be managed by ProductService.AddLocalInventories and ProductService.RemoveLocalInventories APIs if fine-grained, high-volume updates are necessary.
           { # The inventory information at a place (e.g. a store) identified by a place ID.
-            "attributes": { # Additional local inventory attributes, for example, store name, promotion tags, etc. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * At most 30 attributes are allowed. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 32 characters. * The key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS. * The attribute values must be of the same type (text or number). * Only 1 value is allowed for each attribute. * For text values, the length limit is 256 UTF-8 characters. * The attribute does not support search. The `searchable` field should be unset or set to false. * The max summed total bytes of custom attribute keys and values per product is 5MiB.
+            "attributes": { # Optional. Additional local inventory attributes, for example, store name, promotion tags, etc. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * At most 30 attributes are allowed. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 32 characters. * The key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS. * The attribute values must be of the same type (text or number). * Only 1 value is allowed for each attribute. * For text values, the length limit is 256 UTF-8 characters. * The attribute does not support search. The `searchable` field should be unset or set to false. * The max summed total bytes of custom attribute keys and values per product is 5MiB.
               "a_key": { # A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in Product.
                 "indexable": True or False, # This field is normally ignored unless AttributesConfig.attribute_config_level of the Catalog is set to the deprecated 'PRODUCT_LEVEL_ATTRIBUTE_CONFIG' mode. For information about product-level attribute configuration, see [Configuration modes](https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/attribute-config#config-modes). If true, custom attribute values are indexed, so that they can be filtered, faceted or boosted in SearchService.Search. This field is ignored in a UserEvent. See SearchRequest.filter, SearchRequest.facet_specs and SearchRequest.boost_spec for more details.
                 "numbers": [ # The numerical values of this custom attribute. For example, `[2.3, 15.4]` when the key is "lengths_cm". Exactly one of text or numbers should be set. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -679,11 +680,12 @@ 
Method Details

                 ],
               },
             },
-            "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Input only. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+            "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability).
+            "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Optional. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
               "A String",
             ],
-            "placeId": "A String", # The place ID for the current set of inventory information.
-            "priceInfo": { # The price information of a Product. # Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
+            "placeId": "A String", # Required. The place ID for the current set of inventory information.
+            "priceInfo": { # The price information of a Product. # Optional. Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
               "cost": 3.14, # The costs associated with the sale of a particular product. Used for gross profit reporting. * Profit = price - cost Google Merchant Center property [cost_of_goods_sold](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/9017895).
               "currencyCode": "A String", # The 3-letter currency code defined in [ISO 4217](https://www.iso.org/iso-4217-currency-codes.html). If this field is an unrecognizable currency code, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. The Product.Type.VARIANT Products with the same Product.primary_product_id must share the same currency_code. Otherwise, a FAILED_PRECONDITION error is returned.
               "originalPrice": 3.14, # Price of the product without any discount. If zero, by default set to be the price. If set, original_price should be greater than or equal to price, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is thrown.
@@ -782,7 +784,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "userInfo": { # Information of an end user. # User information.
     "directUserRequest": True or False, # True if the request is made directly from the end user, in which case the ip_address and user_agent can be populated from the HTTP request. This flag should be set only if the API request is made directly from the end user such as a mobile app (and not if a gateway or a server is processing and pushing the user events). This should not be set when using the JavaScript tag in UserEventService.CollectUserEvent.
     "ipAddress": "A String", # The end user's IP address. This field is used to extract location information for personalization. This field must be either an IPv4 address (e.g. "104.133.9.80") or an IPv6 address (e.g. "2001:0db8:85a3:0000:0000:8a2e:0370:7334"). Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This should not be set when: * setting SearchRequest.user_info. * using the JavaScript tag in UserEventService.CollectUserEvent or if direct_user_request is set.
-    "userAgent": "A String", # User agent as included in the HTTP header. Required for getting SearchResponse.sponsored_results. The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1,000 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This should not be set when using the client side event reporting with GTM or JavaScript tag in UserEventService.CollectUserEvent or if direct_user_request is set.
+    "userAgent": "A String", # User agent as included in the HTTP header. The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1,000 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This should not be set when using the client side event reporting with GTM or JavaScript tag in UserEventService.CollectUserEvent or if direct_user_request is set.
     "userId": "A String", # Highly recommended for logged-in users. Unique identifier for logged-in user, such as a user name. Don't set for anonymous users. Always use a hashed value for this ID. Don't set the field to the same fixed ID for different users. This mixes the event history of those users together, which results in degraded model quality. The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
   },
   "visitorId": "A String", # Required. A unique identifier for tracking visitors. For example, this could be implemented with an HTTP cookie, which should be able to uniquely identify a visitor on a single device. This unique identifier should not change if the visitor log in/out of the website. Don't set the field to the same fixed ID for different users. This mixes the event history of those users together, which results in degraded model quality. The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. The field should not contain PII or user-data. We recommend to use Google Analytics [Client ID](https://developers.google.com/analytics/devguides/collection/analyticsjs/field-reference#clientId) for this field.
@@ -898,7 +900,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "languageCode": "A String", # Language of the title/description and other string attributes. Use language tags defined by [BCP 47](https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt). For product prediction, this field is ignored and the model automatically detects the text language. The Product can include text in different languages, but duplicating Products to provide text in multiple languages can result in degraded model performance. For product search this field is in use. It defaults to "en-US" if unset.
         "localInventories": [ # Output only. A list of local inventories specific to different places. This field can be managed by ProductService.AddLocalInventories and ProductService.RemoveLocalInventories APIs if fine-grained, high-volume updates are necessary.
           { # The inventory information at a place (e.g. a store) identified by a place ID.
-            "attributes": { # Additional local inventory attributes, for example, store name, promotion tags, etc. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * At most 30 attributes are allowed. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 32 characters. * The key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS. * The attribute values must be of the same type (text or number). * Only 1 value is allowed for each attribute. * For text values, the length limit is 256 UTF-8 characters. * The attribute does not support search. The `searchable` field should be unset or set to false. * The max summed total bytes of custom attribute keys and values per product is 5MiB.
+            "attributes": { # Optional. Additional local inventory attributes, for example, store name, promotion tags, etc. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * At most 30 attributes are allowed. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 32 characters. * The key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS. * The attribute values must be of the same type (text or number). * Only 1 value is allowed for each attribute. * For text values, the length limit is 256 UTF-8 characters. * The attribute does not support search. The `searchable` field should be unset or set to false. * The max summed total bytes of custom attribute keys and values per product is 5MiB.
               "a_key": { # A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in Product.
                 "indexable": True or False, # This field is normally ignored unless AttributesConfig.attribute_config_level of the Catalog is set to the deprecated 'PRODUCT_LEVEL_ATTRIBUTE_CONFIG' mode. For information about product-level attribute configuration, see [Configuration modes](https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/attribute-config#config-modes). If true, custom attribute values are indexed, so that they can be filtered, faceted or boosted in SearchService.Search. This field is ignored in a UserEvent. See SearchRequest.filter, SearchRequest.facet_specs and SearchRequest.boost_spec for more details.
                 "numbers": [ # The numerical values of this custom attribute. For example, `[2.3, 15.4]` when the key is "lengths_cm". Exactly one of text or numbers should be set. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -910,11 +912,12 @@ 
Method Details

                 ],
               },
             },
-            "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Input only. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+            "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability).
+            "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Optional. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
               "A String",
             ],
-            "placeId": "A String", # The place ID for the current set of inventory information.
-            "priceInfo": { # The price information of a Product. # Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
+            "placeId": "A String", # Required. The place ID for the current set of inventory information.
+            "priceInfo": { # The price information of a Product. # Optional. Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
               "cost": 3.14, # The costs associated with the sale of a particular product. Used for gross profit reporting. * Profit = price - cost Google Merchant Center property [cost_of_goods_sold](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/9017895).
               "currencyCode": "A String", # The 3-letter currency code defined in [ISO 4217](https://www.iso.org/iso-4217-currency-codes.html). If this field is an unrecognizable currency code, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. The Product.Type.VARIANT Products with the same Product.primary_product_id must share the same currency_code. Otherwise, a FAILED_PRECONDITION error is returned.
               "originalPrice": 3.14, # Price of the product without any discount. If zero, by default set to be the price. If set, original_price should be greater than or equal to price, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is thrown.
@@ -1013,7 +1016,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "userInfo": { # Information of an end user. # User information.
     "directUserRequest": True or False, # True if the request is made directly from the end user, in which case the ip_address and user_agent can be populated from the HTTP request. This flag should be set only if the API request is made directly from the end user such as a mobile app (and not if a gateway or a server is processing and pushing the user events). This should not be set when using the JavaScript tag in UserEventService.CollectUserEvent.
     "ipAddress": "A String", # The end user's IP address. This field is used to extract location information for personalization. This field must be either an IPv4 address (e.g. "104.133.9.80") or an IPv6 address (e.g. "2001:0db8:85a3:0000:0000:8a2e:0370:7334"). Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This should not be set when: * setting SearchRequest.user_info. * using the JavaScript tag in UserEventService.CollectUserEvent or if direct_user_request is set.
-    "userAgent": "A String", # User agent as included in the HTTP header. Required for getting SearchResponse.sponsored_results. The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1,000 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This should not be set when using the client side event reporting with GTM or JavaScript tag in UserEventService.CollectUserEvent or if direct_user_request is set.
+    "userAgent": "A String", # User agent as included in the HTTP header. The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1,000 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This should not be set when using the client side event reporting with GTM or JavaScript tag in UserEventService.CollectUserEvent or if direct_user_request is set.
     "userId": "A String", # Highly recommended for logged-in users. Unique identifier for logged-in user, such as a user name. Don't set for anonymous users. Always use a hashed value for this ID. Don't set the field to the same fixed ID for different users. This mixes the event history of those users together, which results in degraded model quality. The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
   },
   "visitorId": "A String", # Required. A unique identifier for tracking visitors. For example, this could be implemented with an HTTP cookie, which should be able to uniquely identify a visitor on a single device. This unique identifier should not change if the visitor log in/out of the website. Don't set the field to the same fixed ID for different users. This mixes the event history of those users together, which results in degraded model quality. The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. The field should not contain PII or user-data. We recommend to use Google Analytics [Client ID](https://developers.google.com/analytics/devguides/collection/analyticsjs/field-reference#clientId) for this field.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.attributesConfig.html b/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.attributesConfig.html
index 09eb2b7427..ab8e1a355b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.attributesConfig.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.attributesConfig.html
@@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "rerankFacet": True or False, # If set to true, then we also rerank the dynamic facets based on the facet values engaged by the user for the current attribute key during serving.
       },
     },
-    "inUse": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether this attribute has been used by any products. `True` if at least one Product is using this attribute in Product.attributes. Otherwise, this field is `False`. CatalogAttribute can be pre-loaded by using CatalogService.AddCatalogAttribute, CatalogService.ImportCatalogAttributes, or CatalogService.UpdateAttributesConfig APIs. This field is `False` for pre-loaded CatalogAttributes. Only pre-loaded catalog attributes that are neither in use by products nor predefined can be deleted. Catalog attributes that are either in use by products or are predefined attributes cannot be deleted; however, their configuration properties will reset to default values upon removal request. After catalog changes, it takes about 10 minutes for this field to update.
+    "inUse": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether this attribute has been used by any products. `True` if at least one Product is using this attribute in Product.attributes. Otherwise, this field is `False`. CatalogAttribute can be pre-loaded by using CatalogService.AddCatalogAttribute or CatalogService.UpdateAttributesConfig APIs. This field is `False` for pre-loaded CatalogAttributes. Only pre-loaded catalog attributes that are neither in use by products nor predefined can be deleted. Catalog attributes that are either in use by products or are predefined attributes cannot be deleted; however, their configuration properties will reset to default values upon removal request. After catalog changes, it takes about 10 minutes for this field to update.
     "indexableOption": "A String", # When AttributesConfig.attribute_config_level is CATALOG_LEVEL_ATTRIBUTE_CONFIG, if INDEXABLE_ENABLED attribute values are indexed so that it can be filtered, faceted, or boosted in SearchService.Search. Must be specified when AttributesConfig.attribute_config_level is CATALOG_LEVEL_ATTRIBUTE_CONFIG, otherwise throws INVALID_FORMAT error.
     "key": "A String", # Required. Attribute name. For example: `color`, `brands`, `attributes.custom_attribute`, such as `attributes.xyz`. To be indexable, the attribute name can contain only alpha-numeric characters and underscores. For example, an attribute named `attributes.abc_xyz` can be indexed, but an attribute named `attributes.abc-xyz` cannot be indexed. If the attribute key starts with `attributes.`, then the attribute is a custom attribute. Attributes such as `brands`, `patterns`, and `title` are built-in and called system attributes.
     "recommendationsFilteringOption": "A String", # When AttributesConfig.attribute_config_level is CATALOG_LEVEL_ATTRIBUTE_CONFIG, if RECOMMENDATIONS_FILTERING_ENABLED, attribute values are filterable for recommendations. This option works for categorical features only, does not work for numerical features, inventory filtering.
@@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "rerankFacet": True or False, # If set to true, then we also rerank the dynamic facets based on the facet values engaged by the user for the current attribute key during serving.
         },
       },
-      "inUse": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether this attribute has been used by any products. `True` if at least one Product is using this attribute in Product.attributes. Otherwise, this field is `False`. CatalogAttribute can be pre-loaded by using CatalogService.AddCatalogAttribute, CatalogService.ImportCatalogAttributes, or CatalogService.UpdateAttributesConfig APIs. This field is `False` for pre-loaded CatalogAttributes. Only pre-loaded catalog attributes that are neither in use by products nor predefined can be deleted. Catalog attributes that are either in use by products or are predefined attributes cannot be deleted; however, their configuration properties will reset to default values upon removal request. After catalog changes, it takes about 10 minutes for this field to update.
+      "inUse": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether this attribute has been used by any products. `True` if at least one Product is using this attribute in Product.attributes. Otherwise, this field is `False`. CatalogAttribute can be pre-loaded by using CatalogService.AddCatalogAttribute or CatalogService.UpdateAttributesConfig APIs. This field is `False` for pre-loaded CatalogAttributes. Only pre-loaded catalog attributes that are neither in use by products nor predefined can be deleted. Catalog attributes that are either in use by products or are predefined attributes cannot be deleted; however, their configuration properties will reset to default values upon removal request. After catalog changes, it takes about 10 minutes for this field to update.
       "indexableOption": "A String", # When AttributesConfig.attribute_config_level is CATALOG_LEVEL_ATTRIBUTE_CONFIG, if INDEXABLE_ENABLED attribute values are indexed so that it can be filtered, faceted, or boosted in SearchService.Search. Must be specified when AttributesConfig.attribute_config_level is CATALOG_LEVEL_ATTRIBUTE_CONFIG, otherwise throws INVALID_FORMAT error.
       "key": "A String", # Required. Attribute name. For example: `color`, `brands`, `attributes.custom_attribute`, such as `attributes.xyz`. To be indexable, the attribute name can contain only alpha-numeric characters and underscores. For example, an attribute named `attributes.abc_xyz` can be indexed, but an attribute named `attributes.abc-xyz` cannot be indexed. If the attribute key starts with `attributes.`, then the attribute is a custom attribute. Attributes such as `brands`, `patterns`, and `title` are built-in and called system attributes.
       "recommendationsFilteringOption": "A String", # When AttributesConfig.attribute_config_level is CATALOG_LEVEL_ATTRIBUTE_CONFIG, if RECOMMENDATIONS_FILTERING_ENABLED, attribute values are filterable for recommendations. This option works for categorical features only, does not work for numerical features, inventory filtering.
@@ -313,7 +313,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "rerankFacet": True or False, # If set to true, then we also rerank the dynamic facets based on the facet values engaged by the user for the current attribute key during serving.
         },
       },
-      "inUse": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether this attribute has been used by any products. `True` if at least one Product is using this attribute in Product.attributes. Otherwise, this field is `False`. CatalogAttribute can be pre-loaded by using CatalogService.AddCatalogAttribute, CatalogService.ImportCatalogAttributes, or CatalogService.UpdateAttributesConfig APIs. This field is `False` for pre-loaded CatalogAttributes. Only pre-loaded catalog attributes that are neither in use by products nor predefined can be deleted. Catalog attributes that are either in use by products or are predefined attributes cannot be deleted; however, their configuration properties will reset to default values upon removal request. After catalog changes, it takes about 10 minutes for this field to update.
+      "inUse": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether this attribute has been used by any products. `True` if at least one Product is using this attribute in Product.attributes. Otherwise, this field is `False`. CatalogAttribute can be pre-loaded by using CatalogService.AddCatalogAttribute or CatalogService.UpdateAttributesConfig APIs. This field is `False` for pre-loaded CatalogAttributes. Only pre-loaded catalog attributes that are neither in use by products nor predefined can be deleted. Catalog attributes that are either in use by products or are predefined attributes cannot be deleted; however, their configuration properties will reset to default values upon removal request. After catalog changes, it takes about 10 minutes for this field to update.
       "indexableOption": "A String", # When AttributesConfig.attribute_config_level is CATALOG_LEVEL_ATTRIBUTE_CONFIG, if INDEXABLE_ENABLED attribute values are indexed so that it can be filtered, faceted, or boosted in SearchService.Search. Must be specified when AttributesConfig.attribute_config_level is CATALOG_LEVEL_ATTRIBUTE_CONFIG, otherwise throws INVALID_FORMAT error.
       "key": "A String", # Required. Attribute name. For example: `color`, `brands`, `attributes.custom_attribute`, such as `attributes.xyz`. To be indexable, the attribute name can contain only alpha-numeric characters and underscores. For example, an attribute named `attributes.abc_xyz` can be indexed, but an attribute named `attributes.abc-xyz` cannot be indexed. If the attribute key starts with `attributes.`, then the attribute is a custom attribute. Attributes such as `brands`, `patterns`, and `title` are built-in and called system attributes.
       "recommendationsFilteringOption": "A String", # When AttributesConfig.attribute_config_level is CATALOG_LEVEL_ATTRIBUTE_CONFIG, if RECOMMENDATIONS_FILTERING_ENABLED, attribute values are filterable for recommendations. This option works for categorical features only, does not work for numerical features, inventory filtering.
@@ -375,7 +375,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "rerankFacet": True or False, # If set to true, then we also rerank the dynamic facets based on the facet values engaged by the user for the current attribute key during serving.
       },
     },
-    "inUse": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether this attribute has been used by any products. `True` if at least one Product is using this attribute in Product.attributes. Otherwise, this field is `False`. CatalogAttribute can be pre-loaded by using CatalogService.AddCatalogAttribute, CatalogService.ImportCatalogAttributes, or CatalogService.UpdateAttributesConfig APIs. This field is `False` for pre-loaded CatalogAttributes. Only pre-loaded catalog attributes that are neither in use by products nor predefined can be deleted. Catalog attributes that are either in use by products or are predefined attributes cannot be deleted; however, their configuration properties will reset to default values upon removal request. After catalog changes, it takes about 10 minutes for this field to update.
+    "inUse": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether this attribute has been used by any products. `True` if at least one Product is using this attribute in Product.attributes. Otherwise, this field is `False`. CatalogAttribute can be pre-loaded by using CatalogService.AddCatalogAttribute or CatalogService.UpdateAttributesConfig APIs. This field is `False` for pre-loaded CatalogAttributes. Only pre-loaded catalog attributes that are neither in use by products nor predefined can be deleted. Catalog attributes that are either in use by products or are predefined attributes cannot be deleted; however, their configuration properties will reset to default values upon removal request. After catalog changes, it takes about 10 minutes for this field to update.
     "indexableOption": "A String", # When AttributesConfig.attribute_config_level is CATALOG_LEVEL_ATTRIBUTE_CONFIG, if INDEXABLE_ENABLED attribute values are indexed so that it can be filtered, faceted, or boosted in SearchService.Search. Must be specified when AttributesConfig.attribute_config_level is CATALOG_LEVEL_ATTRIBUTE_CONFIG, otherwise throws INVALID_FORMAT error.
     "key": "A String", # Required. Attribute name. For example: `color`, `brands`, `attributes.custom_attribute`, such as `attributes.xyz`. To be indexable, the attribute name can contain only alpha-numeric characters and underscores. For example, an attribute named `attributes.abc_xyz` can be indexed, but an attribute named `attributes.abc-xyz` cannot be indexed. If the attribute key starts with `attributes.`, then the attribute is a custom attribute. Attributes such as `brands`, `patterns`, and `title` are built-in and called system attributes.
     "recommendationsFilteringOption": "A String", # When AttributesConfig.attribute_config_level is CATALOG_LEVEL_ATTRIBUTE_CONFIG, if RECOMMENDATIONS_FILTERING_ENABLED, attribute values are filterable for recommendations. This option works for categorical features only, does not work for numerical features, inventory filtering.
@@ -436,7 +436,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "rerankFacet": True or False, # If set to true, then we also rerank the dynamic facets based on the facet values engaged by the user for the current attribute key during serving.
         },
       },
-      "inUse": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether this attribute has been used by any products. `True` if at least one Product is using this attribute in Product.attributes. Otherwise, this field is `False`. CatalogAttribute can be pre-loaded by using CatalogService.AddCatalogAttribute, CatalogService.ImportCatalogAttributes, or CatalogService.UpdateAttributesConfig APIs. This field is `False` for pre-loaded CatalogAttributes. Only pre-loaded catalog attributes that are neither in use by products nor predefined can be deleted. Catalog attributes that are either in use by products or are predefined attributes cannot be deleted; however, their configuration properties will reset to default values upon removal request. After catalog changes, it takes about 10 minutes for this field to update.
+      "inUse": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether this attribute has been used by any products. `True` if at least one Product is using this attribute in Product.attributes. Otherwise, this field is `False`. CatalogAttribute can be pre-loaded by using CatalogService.AddCatalogAttribute or CatalogService.UpdateAttributesConfig APIs. This field is `False` for pre-loaded CatalogAttributes. Only pre-loaded catalog attributes that are neither in use by products nor predefined can be deleted. Catalog attributes that are either in use by products or are predefined attributes cannot be deleted; however, their configuration properties will reset to default values upon removal request. After catalog changes, it takes about 10 minutes for this field to update.
       "indexableOption": "A String", # When AttributesConfig.attribute_config_level is CATALOG_LEVEL_ATTRIBUTE_CONFIG, if INDEXABLE_ENABLED attribute values are indexed so that it can be filtered, faceted, or boosted in SearchService.Search. Must be specified when AttributesConfig.attribute_config_level is CATALOG_LEVEL_ATTRIBUTE_CONFIG, otherwise throws INVALID_FORMAT error.
       "key": "A String", # Required. Attribute name. For example: `color`, `brands`, `attributes.custom_attribute`, such as `attributes.xyz`. To be indexable, the attribute name can contain only alpha-numeric characters and underscores. For example, an attribute named `attributes.abc_xyz` can be indexed, but an attribute named `attributes.abc-xyz` cannot be indexed. If the attribute key starts with `attributes.`, then the attribute is a custom attribute. Attributes such as `brands`, `patterns`, and `title` are built-in and called system attributes.
       "recommendationsFilteringOption": "A String", # When AttributesConfig.attribute_config_level is CATALOG_LEVEL_ATTRIBUTE_CONFIG, if RECOMMENDATIONS_FILTERING_ENABLED, attribute values are filterable for recommendations. This option works for categorical features only, does not work for numerical features, inventory filtering.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.branches.products.html b/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.branches.products.html
index 9843be53df..725eac4bb7 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.branches.products.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.branches.products.html
@@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "allowMissing": True or False, # If set to true, and the Product is not found, the local inventory will still be processed and retained for at most 1 day and processed once the Product is created. If set to false, a NOT_FOUND error is returned if the Product is not found.
   "localInventories": [ # Required. A list of inventory information at difference places. Each place is identified by its place ID. At most 3000 inventories are allowed per request.
     { # The inventory information at a place (e.g. a store) identified by a place ID.
-      "attributes": { # Additional local inventory attributes, for example, store name, promotion tags, etc. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * At most 30 attributes are allowed. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 32 characters. * The key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS. * The attribute values must be of the same type (text or number). * Only 1 value is allowed for each attribute. * For text values, the length limit is 256 UTF-8 characters. * The attribute does not support search. The `searchable` field should be unset or set to false. * The max summed total bytes of custom attribute keys and values per product is 5MiB.
+      "attributes": { # Optional. Additional local inventory attributes, for example, store name, promotion tags, etc. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * At most 30 attributes are allowed. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 32 characters. * The key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS. * The attribute values must be of the same type (text or number). * Only 1 value is allowed for each attribute. * For text values, the length limit is 256 UTF-8 characters. * The attribute does not support search. The `searchable` field should be unset or set to false. * The max summed total bytes of custom attribute keys and values per product is 5MiB.
         "a_key": { # A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in Product.
           "indexable": True or False, # This field is normally ignored unless AttributesConfig.attribute_config_level of the Catalog is set to the deprecated 'PRODUCT_LEVEL_ATTRIBUTE_CONFIG' mode. For information about product-level attribute configuration, see [Configuration modes](https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/attribute-config#config-modes). If true, custom attribute values are indexed, so that they can be filtered, faceted or boosted in SearchService.Search. This field is ignored in a UserEvent. See SearchRequest.filter, SearchRequest.facet_specs and SearchRequest.boost_spec for more details.
           "numbers": [ # The numerical values of this custom attribute. For example, `[2.3, 15.4]` when the key is "lengths_cm". Exactly one of text or numbers should be set. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -194,11 +194,12 @@ 
Method Details

           ],
         },
       },
-      "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Input only. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+      "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability).
+      "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Optional. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
         "A String",
       ],
-      "placeId": "A String", # The place ID for the current set of inventory information.
-      "priceInfo": { # The price information of a Product. # Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
+      "placeId": "A String", # Required. The place ID for the current set of inventory information.
+      "priceInfo": { # The price information of a Product. # Optional. Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
         "cost": 3.14, # The costs associated with the sale of a particular product. Used for gross profit reporting. * Profit = price - cost Google Merchant Center property [cost_of_goods_sold](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/9017895).
         "currencyCode": "A String", # The 3-letter currency code defined in [ISO 4217](https://www.iso.org/iso-4217-currency-codes.html). If this field is an unrecognizable currency code, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. The Product.Type.VARIANT Products with the same Product.primary_product_id must share the same currency_code. Otherwise, a FAILED_PRECONDITION error is returned.
         "originalPrice": 3.14, # Price of the product without any discount. If zero, by default set to be the price. If set, original_price should be greater than or equal to price, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is thrown.
@@ -333,7 +334,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "languageCode": "A String", # Language of the title/description and other string attributes. Use language tags defined by [BCP 47](https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt). For product prediction, this field is ignored and the model automatically detects the text language. The Product can include text in different languages, but duplicating Products to provide text in multiple languages can result in degraded model performance. For product search this field is in use. It defaults to "en-US" if unset.
   "localInventories": [ # Output only. A list of local inventories specific to different places. This field can be managed by ProductService.AddLocalInventories and ProductService.RemoveLocalInventories APIs if fine-grained, high-volume updates are necessary.
     { # The inventory information at a place (e.g. a store) identified by a place ID.
-      "attributes": { # Additional local inventory attributes, for example, store name, promotion tags, etc. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * At most 30 attributes are allowed. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 32 characters. * The key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS. * The attribute values must be of the same type (text or number). * Only 1 value is allowed for each attribute. * For text values, the length limit is 256 UTF-8 characters. * The attribute does not support search. The `searchable` field should be unset or set to false. * The max summed total bytes of custom attribute keys and values per product is 5MiB.
+      "attributes": { # Optional. Additional local inventory attributes, for example, store name, promotion tags, etc. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * At most 30 attributes are allowed. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 32 characters. * The key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS. * The attribute values must be of the same type (text or number). * Only 1 value is allowed for each attribute. * For text values, the length limit is 256 UTF-8 characters. * The attribute does not support search. The `searchable` field should be unset or set to false. * The max summed total bytes of custom attribute keys and values per product is 5MiB.
         "a_key": { # A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in Product.
           "indexable": True or False, # This field is normally ignored unless AttributesConfig.attribute_config_level of the Catalog is set to the deprecated 'PRODUCT_LEVEL_ATTRIBUTE_CONFIG' mode. For information about product-level attribute configuration, see [Configuration modes](https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/attribute-config#config-modes). If true, custom attribute values are indexed, so that they can be filtered, faceted or boosted in SearchService.Search. This field is ignored in a UserEvent. See SearchRequest.filter, SearchRequest.facet_specs and SearchRequest.boost_spec for more details.
           "numbers": [ # The numerical values of this custom attribute. For example, `[2.3, 15.4]` when the key is "lengths_cm". Exactly one of text or numbers should be set. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -345,11 +346,12 @@ 
Method Details

           ],
         },
       },
-      "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Input only. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+      "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability).
+      "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Optional. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
         "A String",
       ],
-      "placeId": "A String", # The place ID for the current set of inventory information.
-      "priceInfo": { # The price information of a Product. # Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
+      "placeId": "A String", # Required. The place ID for the current set of inventory information.
+      "priceInfo": { # The price information of a Product. # Optional. Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
         "cost": 3.14, # The costs associated with the sale of a particular product. Used for gross profit reporting. * Profit = price - cost Google Merchant Center property [cost_of_goods_sold](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/9017895).
         "currencyCode": "A String", # The 3-letter currency code defined in [ISO 4217](https://www.iso.org/iso-4217-currency-codes.html). If this field is an unrecognizable currency code, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. The Product.Type.VARIANT Products with the same Product.primary_product_id must share the same currency_code. Otherwise, a FAILED_PRECONDITION error is returned.
         "originalPrice": 3.14, # Price of the product without any discount. If zero, by default set to be the price. If set, original_price should be greater than or equal to price, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is thrown.
@@ -507,7 +509,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "languageCode": "A String", # Language of the title/description and other string attributes. Use language tags defined by [BCP 47](https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt). For product prediction, this field is ignored and the model automatically detects the text language. The Product can include text in different languages, but duplicating Products to provide text in multiple languages can result in degraded model performance. For product search this field is in use. It defaults to "en-US" if unset.
   "localInventories": [ # Output only. A list of local inventories specific to different places. This field can be managed by ProductService.AddLocalInventories and ProductService.RemoveLocalInventories APIs if fine-grained, high-volume updates are necessary.
     { # The inventory information at a place (e.g. a store) identified by a place ID.
-      "attributes": { # Additional local inventory attributes, for example, store name, promotion tags, etc. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * At most 30 attributes are allowed. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 32 characters. * The key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS. * The attribute values must be of the same type (text or number). * Only 1 value is allowed for each attribute. * For text values, the length limit is 256 UTF-8 characters. * The attribute does not support search. The `searchable` field should be unset or set to false. * The max summed total bytes of custom attribute keys and values per product is 5MiB.
+      "attributes": { # Optional. Additional local inventory attributes, for example, store name, promotion tags, etc. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * At most 30 attributes are allowed. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 32 characters. * The key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS. * The attribute values must be of the same type (text or number). * Only 1 value is allowed for each attribute. * For text values, the length limit is 256 UTF-8 characters. * The attribute does not support search. The `searchable` field should be unset or set to false. * The max summed total bytes of custom attribute keys and values per product is 5MiB.
         "a_key": { # A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in Product.
           "indexable": True or False, # This field is normally ignored unless AttributesConfig.attribute_config_level of the Catalog is set to the deprecated 'PRODUCT_LEVEL_ATTRIBUTE_CONFIG' mode. For information about product-level attribute configuration, see [Configuration modes](https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/attribute-config#config-modes). If true, custom attribute values are indexed, so that they can be filtered, faceted or boosted in SearchService.Search. This field is ignored in a UserEvent. See SearchRequest.filter, SearchRequest.facet_specs and SearchRequest.boost_spec for more details.
           "numbers": [ # The numerical values of this custom attribute. For example, `[2.3, 15.4]` when the key is "lengths_cm". Exactly one of text or numbers should be set. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -519,11 +521,12 @@ 
Method Details

           ],
         },
       },
-      "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Input only. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+      "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability).
+      "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Optional. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
         "A String",
       ],
-      "placeId": "A String", # The place ID for the current set of inventory information.
-      "priceInfo": { # The price information of a Product. # Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
+      "placeId": "A String", # Required. The place ID for the current set of inventory information.
+      "priceInfo": { # The price information of a Product. # Optional. Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
         "cost": 3.14, # The costs associated with the sale of a particular product. Used for gross profit reporting. * Profit = price - cost Google Merchant Center property [cost_of_goods_sold](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/9017895).
         "currencyCode": "A String", # The 3-letter currency code defined in [ISO 4217](https://www.iso.org/iso-4217-currency-codes.html). If this field is an unrecognizable currency code, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. The Product.Type.VARIANT Products with the same Product.primary_product_id must share the same currency_code. Otherwise, a FAILED_PRECONDITION error is returned.
         "originalPrice": 3.14, # Price of the product without any discount. If zero, by default set to be the price. If set, original_price should be greater than or equal to price, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is thrown.
@@ -757,7 +760,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "languageCode": "A String", # Language of the title/description and other string attributes. Use language tags defined by [BCP 47](https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt). For product prediction, this field is ignored and the model automatically detects the text language. The Product can include text in different languages, but duplicating Products to provide text in multiple languages can result in degraded model performance. For product search this field is in use. It defaults to "en-US" if unset.
   "localInventories": [ # Output only. A list of local inventories specific to different places. This field can be managed by ProductService.AddLocalInventories and ProductService.RemoveLocalInventories APIs if fine-grained, high-volume updates are necessary.
     { # The inventory information at a place (e.g. a store) identified by a place ID.
-      "attributes": { # Additional local inventory attributes, for example, store name, promotion tags, etc. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * At most 30 attributes are allowed. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 32 characters. * The key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS. * The attribute values must be of the same type (text or number). * Only 1 value is allowed for each attribute. * For text values, the length limit is 256 UTF-8 characters. * The attribute does not support search. The `searchable` field should be unset or set to false. * The max summed total bytes of custom attribute keys and values per product is 5MiB.
+      "attributes": { # Optional. Additional local inventory attributes, for example, store name, promotion tags, etc. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * At most 30 attributes are allowed. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 32 characters. * The key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS. * The attribute values must be of the same type (text or number). * Only 1 value is allowed for each attribute. * For text values, the length limit is 256 UTF-8 characters. * The attribute does not support search. The `searchable` field should be unset or set to false. * The max summed total bytes of custom attribute keys and values per product is 5MiB.
         "a_key": { # A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in Product.
           "indexable": True or False, # This field is normally ignored unless AttributesConfig.attribute_config_level of the Catalog is set to the deprecated 'PRODUCT_LEVEL_ATTRIBUTE_CONFIG' mode. For information about product-level attribute configuration, see [Configuration modes](https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/attribute-config#config-modes). If true, custom attribute values are indexed, so that they can be filtered, faceted or boosted in SearchService.Search. This field is ignored in a UserEvent. See SearchRequest.filter, SearchRequest.facet_specs and SearchRequest.boost_spec for more details.
           "numbers": [ # The numerical values of this custom attribute. For example, `[2.3, 15.4]` when the key is "lengths_cm". Exactly one of text or numbers should be set. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -769,11 +772,12 @@ 
Method Details

           ],
         },
       },
-      "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Input only. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+      "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability).
+      "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Optional. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
         "A String",
       ],
-      "placeId": "A String", # The place ID for the current set of inventory information.
-      "priceInfo": { # The price information of a Product. # Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
+      "placeId": "A String", # Required. The place ID for the current set of inventory information.
+      "priceInfo": { # The price information of a Product. # Optional. Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
         "cost": 3.14, # The costs associated with the sale of a particular product. Used for gross profit reporting. * Profit = price - cost Google Merchant Center property [cost_of_goods_sold](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/9017895).
         "currencyCode": "A String", # The 3-letter currency code defined in [ISO 4217](https://www.iso.org/iso-4217-currency-codes.html). If this field is an unrecognizable currency code, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. The Product.Type.VARIANT Products with the same Product.primary_product_id must share the same currency_code. Otherwise, a FAILED_PRECONDITION error is returned.
         "originalPrice": 3.14, # Price of the product without any discount. If zero, by default set to be the price. If set, original_price should be greater than or equal to price, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is thrown.
@@ -875,7 +879,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "dataSchema": "A String", # The schema to use when parsing the data from the source. Supported values for product imports: * `product` (default): One JSON Product per line. Each product must have a valid Product.id. * `product_merchant_center`: See [Importing catalog data from Merchant Center](https://cloud.google.com/retail/recommendations-ai/docs/upload-catalog#mc). Supported values for user events imports: * `user_event` (default): One JSON UserEvent per line. * `user_event_ga360`: The schema is available here: https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/3437719. * `user_event_ga4`: The schema is available here: https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/7029846. Supported values for autocomplete imports: * `suggestions` (default): One JSON completion suggestion per line. * `denylist`: One JSON deny suggestion per line. * `allowlist`: One JSON allow suggestion per line.
       "datasetId": "A String", # Required. The BigQuery data set to copy the data from with a length limit of 1,024 characters.
       "gcsStagingDir": "A String", # Intermediate Cloud Storage directory used for the import with a length limit of 2,000 characters. Can be specified if one wants to have the BigQuery export to a specific Cloud Storage directory.
-      "partitionDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # BigQuery time partitioned table's _PARTITIONDATE in YYYY-MM-DD format. Only supported in ImportProductsRequest.
+      "partitionDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # BigQuery time partitioned table's _PARTITIONDATE in YYYY-MM-DD format.
         "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
         "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
         "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
@@ -957,7 +961,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "languageCode": "A String", # Language of the title/description and other string attributes. Use language tags defined by [BCP 47](https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt). For product prediction, this field is ignored and the model automatically detects the text language. The Product can include text in different languages, but duplicating Products to provide text in multiple languages can result in degraded model performance. For product search this field is in use. It defaults to "en-US" if unset.
           "localInventories": [ # Output only. A list of local inventories specific to different places. This field can be managed by ProductService.AddLocalInventories and ProductService.RemoveLocalInventories APIs if fine-grained, high-volume updates are necessary.
             { # The inventory information at a place (e.g. a store) identified by a place ID.
-              "attributes": { # Additional local inventory attributes, for example, store name, promotion tags, etc. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * At most 30 attributes are allowed. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 32 characters. * The key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS. * The attribute values must be of the same type (text or number). * Only 1 value is allowed for each attribute. * For text values, the length limit is 256 UTF-8 characters. * The attribute does not support search. The `searchable` field should be unset or set to false. * The max summed total bytes of custom attribute keys and values per product is 5MiB.
+              "attributes": { # Optional. Additional local inventory attributes, for example, store name, promotion tags, etc. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * At most 30 attributes are allowed. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 32 characters. * The key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS. * The attribute values must be of the same type (text or number). * Only 1 value is allowed for each attribute. * For text values, the length limit is 256 UTF-8 characters. * The attribute does not support search. The `searchable` field should be unset or set to false. * The max summed total bytes of custom attribute keys and values per product is 5MiB.
                 "a_key": { # A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in Product.
                   "indexable": True or False, # This field is normally ignored unless AttributesConfig.attribute_config_level of the Catalog is set to the deprecated 'PRODUCT_LEVEL_ATTRIBUTE_CONFIG' mode. For information about product-level attribute configuration, see [Configuration modes](https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/attribute-config#config-modes). If true, custom attribute values are indexed, so that they can be filtered, faceted or boosted in SearchService.Search. This field is ignored in a UserEvent. See SearchRequest.filter, SearchRequest.facet_specs and SearchRequest.boost_spec for more details.
                   "numbers": [ # The numerical values of this custom attribute. For example, `[2.3, 15.4]` when the key is "lengths_cm". Exactly one of text or numbers should be set. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -969,11 +973,12 @@ 
Method Details

                   ],
                 },
               },
-              "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Input only. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+              "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability).
+              "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Optional. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
                 "A String",
               ],
-              "placeId": "A String", # The place ID for the current set of inventory information.
-              "priceInfo": { # The price information of a Product. # Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
+              "placeId": "A String", # Required. The place ID for the current set of inventory information.
+              "priceInfo": { # The price information of a Product. # Optional. Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
                 "cost": 3.14, # The costs associated with the sale of a particular product. Used for gross profit reporting. * Profit = price - cost Google Merchant Center property [cost_of_goods_sold](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/9017895).
                 "currencyCode": "A String", # The 3-letter currency code defined in [ISO 4217](https://www.iso.org/iso-4217-currency-codes.html). If this field is an unrecognizable currency code, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. The Product.Type.VARIANT Products with the same Product.primary_product_id must share the same currency_code. Otherwise, a FAILED_PRECONDITION error is returned.
                 "originalPrice": 3.14, # Price of the product without any discount. If zero, by default set to be the price. If set, original_price should be greater than or equal to price, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is thrown.
@@ -1180,7 +1185,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "languageCode": "A String", # Language of the title/description and other string attributes. Use language tags defined by [BCP 47](https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt). For product prediction, this field is ignored and the model automatically detects the text language. The Product can include text in different languages, but duplicating Products to provide text in multiple languages can result in degraded model performance. For product search this field is in use. It defaults to "en-US" if unset.
       "localInventories": [ # Output only. A list of local inventories specific to different places. This field can be managed by ProductService.AddLocalInventories and ProductService.RemoveLocalInventories APIs if fine-grained, high-volume updates are necessary.
         { # The inventory information at a place (e.g. a store) identified by a place ID.
-          "attributes": { # Additional local inventory attributes, for example, store name, promotion tags, etc. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * At most 30 attributes are allowed. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 32 characters. * The key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS. * The attribute values must be of the same type (text or number). * Only 1 value is allowed for each attribute. * For text values, the length limit is 256 UTF-8 characters. * The attribute does not support search. The `searchable` field should be unset or set to false. * The max summed total bytes of custom attribute keys and values per product is 5MiB.
+          "attributes": { # Optional. Additional local inventory attributes, for example, store name, promotion tags, etc. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * At most 30 attributes are allowed. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 32 characters. * The key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS. * The attribute values must be of the same type (text or number). * Only 1 value is allowed for each attribute. * For text values, the length limit is 256 UTF-8 characters. * The attribute does not support search. The `searchable` field should be unset or set to false. * The max summed total bytes of custom attribute keys and values per product is 5MiB.
             "a_key": { # A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in Product.
               "indexable": True or False, # This field is normally ignored unless AttributesConfig.attribute_config_level of the Catalog is set to the deprecated 'PRODUCT_LEVEL_ATTRIBUTE_CONFIG' mode. For information about product-level attribute configuration, see [Configuration modes](https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/attribute-config#config-modes). If true, custom attribute values are indexed, so that they can be filtered, faceted or boosted in SearchService.Search. This field is ignored in a UserEvent. See SearchRequest.filter, SearchRequest.facet_specs and SearchRequest.boost_spec for more details.
               "numbers": [ # The numerical values of this custom attribute. For example, `[2.3, 15.4]` when the key is "lengths_cm". Exactly one of text or numbers should be set. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -1192,11 +1197,12 @@ 
Method Details

               ],
             },
           },
-          "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Input only. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+          "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability).
+          "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Optional. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
             "A String",
           ],
-          "placeId": "A String", # The place ID for the current set of inventory information.
-          "priceInfo": { # The price information of a Product. # Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
+          "placeId": "A String", # Required. The place ID for the current set of inventory information.
+          "priceInfo": { # The price information of a Product. # Optional. Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
             "cost": 3.14, # The costs associated with the sale of a particular product. Used for gross profit reporting. * Profit = price - cost Google Merchant Center property [cost_of_goods_sold](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/9017895).
             "currencyCode": "A String", # The 3-letter currency code defined in [ISO 4217](https://www.iso.org/iso-4217-currency-codes.html). If this field is an unrecognizable currency code, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. The Product.Type.VARIANT Products with the same Product.primary_product_id must share the same currency_code. Otherwise, a FAILED_PRECONDITION error is returned.
             "originalPrice": 3.14, # Price of the product without any discount. If zero, by default set to be the price. If set, original_price should be greater than or equal to price, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is thrown.
@@ -1371,7 +1377,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "languageCode": "A String", # Language of the title/description and other string attributes. Use language tags defined by [BCP 47](https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt). For product prediction, this field is ignored and the model automatically detects the text language. The Product can include text in different languages, but duplicating Products to provide text in multiple languages can result in degraded model performance. For product search this field is in use. It defaults to "en-US" if unset.
   "localInventories": [ # Output only. A list of local inventories specific to different places. This field can be managed by ProductService.AddLocalInventories and ProductService.RemoveLocalInventories APIs if fine-grained, high-volume updates are necessary.
     { # The inventory information at a place (e.g. a store) identified by a place ID.
-      "attributes": { # Additional local inventory attributes, for example, store name, promotion tags, etc. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * At most 30 attributes are allowed. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 32 characters. * The key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS. * The attribute values must be of the same type (text or number). * Only 1 value is allowed for each attribute. * For text values, the length limit is 256 UTF-8 characters. * The attribute does not support search. The `searchable` field should be unset or set to false. * The max summed total bytes of custom attribute keys and values per product is 5MiB.
+      "attributes": { # Optional. Additional local inventory attributes, for example, store name, promotion tags, etc. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * At most 30 attributes are allowed. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 32 characters. * The key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS. * The attribute values must be of the same type (text or number). * Only 1 value is allowed for each attribute. * For text values, the length limit is 256 UTF-8 characters. * The attribute does not support search. The `searchable` field should be unset or set to false. * The max summed total bytes of custom attribute keys and values per product is 5MiB.
         "a_key": { # A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in Product.
           "indexable": True or False, # This field is normally ignored unless AttributesConfig.attribute_config_level of the Catalog is set to the deprecated 'PRODUCT_LEVEL_ATTRIBUTE_CONFIG' mode. For information about product-level attribute configuration, see [Configuration modes](https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/attribute-config#config-modes). If true, custom attribute values are indexed, so that they can be filtered, faceted or boosted in SearchService.Search. This field is ignored in a UserEvent. See SearchRequest.filter, SearchRequest.facet_specs and SearchRequest.boost_spec for more details.
           "numbers": [ # The numerical values of this custom attribute. For example, `[2.3, 15.4]` when the key is "lengths_cm". Exactly one of text or numbers should be set. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -1383,11 +1389,12 @@ 
Method Details

           ],
         },
       },
-      "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Input only. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+      "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability).
+      "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Optional. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
         "A String",
       ],
-      "placeId": "A String", # The place ID for the current set of inventory information.
-      "priceInfo": { # The price information of a Product. # Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
+      "placeId": "A String", # Required. The place ID for the current set of inventory information.
+      "priceInfo": { # The price information of a Product. # Optional. Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
         "cost": 3.14, # The costs associated with the sale of a particular product. Used for gross profit reporting. * Profit = price - cost Google Merchant Center property [cost_of_goods_sold](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/9017895).
         "currencyCode": "A String", # The 3-letter currency code defined in [ISO 4217](https://www.iso.org/iso-4217-currency-codes.html). If this field is an unrecognizable currency code, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. The Product.Type.VARIANT Products with the same Product.primary_product_id must share the same currency_code. Otherwise, a FAILED_PRECONDITION error is returned.
         "originalPrice": 3.14, # Price of the product without any discount. If zero, by default set to be the price. If set, original_price should be greater than or equal to price, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is thrown.
@@ -1546,7 +1553,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "languageCode": "A String", # Language of the title/description and other string attributes. Use language tags defined by [BCP 47](https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt). For product prediction, this field is ignored and the model automatically detects the text language. The Product can include text in different languages, but duplicating Products to provide text in multiple languages can result in degraded model performance. For product search this field is in use. It defaults to "en-US" if unset.
   "localInventories": [ # Output only. A list of local inventories specific to different places. This field can be managed by ProductService.AddLocalInventories and ProductService.RemoveLocalInventories APIs if fine-grained, high-volume updates are necessary.
     { # The inventory information at a place (e.g. a store) identified by a place ID.
-      "attributes": { # Additional local inventory attributes, for example, store name, promotion tags, etc. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * At most 30 attributes are allowed. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 32 characters. * The key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS. * The attribute values must be of the same type (text or number). * Only 1 value is allowed for each attribute. * For text values, the length limit is 256 UTF-8 characters. * The attribute does not support search. The `searchable` field should be unset or set to false. * The max summed total bytes of custom attribute keys and values per product is 5MiB.
+      "attributes": { # Optional. Additional local inventory attributes, for example, store name, promotion tags, etc. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * At most 30 attributes are allowed. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 32 characters. * The key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS. * The attribute values must be of the same type (text or number). * Only 1 value is allowed for each attribute. * For text values, the length limit is 256 UTF-8 characters. * The attribute does not support search. The `searchable` field should be unset or set to false. * The max summed total bytes of custom attribute keys and values per product is 5MiB.
         "a_key": { # A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in Product.
           "indexable": True or False, # This field is normally ignored unless AttributesConfig.attribute_config_level of the Catalog is set to the deprecated 'PRODUCT_LEVEL_ATTRIBUTE_CONFIG' mode. For information about product-level attribute configuration, see [Configuration modes](https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/attribute-config#config-modes). If true, custom attribute values are indexed, so that they can be filtered, faceted or boosted in SearchService.Search. This field is ignored in a UserEvent. See SearchRequest.filter, SearchRequest.facet_specs and SearchRequest.boost_spec for more details.
           "numbers": [ # The numerical values of this custom attribute. For example, `[2.3, 15.4]` when the key is "lengths_cm". Exactly one of text or numbers should be set. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -1558,11 +1565,12 @@ 
Method Details

           ],
         },
       },
-      "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Input only. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+      "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability).
+      "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Optional. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
         "A String",
       ],
-      "placeId": "A String", # The place ID for the current set of inventory information.
-      "priceInfo": { # The price information of a Product. # Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
+      "placeId": "A String", # Required. The place ID for the current set of inventory information.
+      "priceInfo": { # The price information of a Product. # Optional. Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
         "cost": 3.14, # The costs associated with the sale of a particular product. Used for gross profit reporting. * Profit = price - cost Google Merchant Center property [cost_of_goods_sold](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/9017895).
         "currencyCode": "A String", # The 3-letter currency code defined in [ISO 4217](https://www.iso.org/iso-4217-currency-codes.html). If this field is an unrecognizable currency code, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. The Product.Type.VARIANT Products with the same Product.primary_product_id must share the same currency_code. Otherwise, a FAILED_PRECONDITION error is returned.
         "originalPrice": 3.14, # Price of the product without any discount. If zero, by default set to be the price. If set, original_price should be greater than or equal to price, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is thrown.
@@ -1859,7 +1867,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "languageCode": "A String", # Language of the title/description and other string attributes. Use language tags defined by [BCP 47](https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt). For product prediction, this field is ignored and the model automatically detects the text language. The Product can include text in different languages, but duplicating Products to provide text in multiple languages can result in degraded model performance. For product search this field is in use. It defaults to "en-US" if unset.
     "localInventories": [ # Output only. A list of local inventories specific to different places. This field can be managed by ProductService.AddLocalInventories and ProductService.RemoveLocalInventories APIs if fine-grained, high-volume updates are necessary.
       { # The inventory information at a place (e.g. a store) identified by a place ID.
-        "attributes": { # Additional local inventory attributes, for example, store name, promotion tags, etc. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * At most 30 attributes are allowed. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 32 characters. * The key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS. * The attribute values must be of the same type (text or number). * Only 1 value is allowed for each attribute. * For text values, the length limit is 256 UTF-8 characters. * The attribute does not support search. The `searchable` field should be unset or set to false. * The max summed total bytes of custom attribute keys and values per product is 5MiB.
+        "attributes": { # Optional. Additional local inventory attributes, for example, store name, promotion tags, etc. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * At most 30 attributes are allowed. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 32 characters. * The key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS. * The attribute values must be of the same type (text or number). * Only 1 value is allowed for each attribute. * For text values, the length limit is 256 UTF-8 characters. * The attribute does not support search. The `searchable` field should be unset or set to false. * The max summed total bytes of custom attribute keys and values per product is 5MiB.
           "a_key": { # A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in Product.
             "indexable": True or False, # This field is normally ignored unless AttributesConfig.attribute_config_level of the Catalog is set to the deprecated 'PRODUCT_LEVEL_ATTRIBUTE_CONFIG' mode. For information about product-level attribute configuration, see [Configuration modes](https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/attribute-config#config-modes). If true, custom attribute values are indexed, so that they can be filtered, faceted or boosted in SearchService.Search. This field is ignored in a UserEvent. See SearchRequest.filter, SearchRequest.facet_specs and SearchRequest.boost_spec for more details.
             "numbers": [ # The numerical values of this custom attribute. For example, `[2.3, 15.4]` when the key is "lengths_cm". Exactly one of text or numbers should be set. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -1871,11 +1879,12 @@ 
Method Details

             ],
           },
         },
-        "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Input only. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+        "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability).
+        "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Optional. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
           "A String",
         ],
-        "placeId": "A String", # The place ID for the current set of inventory information.
-        "priceInfo": { # The price information of a Product. # Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
+        "placeId": "A String", # Required. The place ID for the current set of inventory information.
+        "priceInfo": { # The price information of a Product. # Optional. Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
           "cost": 3.14, # The costs associated with the sale of a particular product. Used for gross profit reporting. * Profit = price - cost Google Merchant Center property [cost_of_goods_sold](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/9017895).
           "currencyCode": "A String", # The 3-letter currency code defined in [ISO 4217](https://www.iso.org/iso-4217-currency-codes.html). If this field is an unrecognizable currency code, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. The Product.Type.VARIANT Products with the same Product.primary_product_id must share the same currency_code. Otherwise, a FAILED_PRECONDITION error is returned.
           "originalPrice": 3.14, # Price of the product without any discount. If zero, by default set to be the price. If set, original_price should be greater than or equal to price, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is thrown.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.completionData.html b/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.completionData.html
index c462d49d5a..816e7273d0 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.completionData.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.completionData.html
@@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "dataSchema": "A String", # The schema to use when parsing the data from the source. Supported values for product imports: * `product` (default): One JSON Product per line. Each product must have a valid Product.id. * `product_merchant_center`: See [Importing catalog data from Merchant Center](https://cloud.google.com/retail/recommendations-ai/docs/upload-catalog#mc). Supported values for user events imports: * `user_event` (default): One JSON UserEvent per line. * `user_event_ga360`: The schema is available here: https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/3437719. * `user_event_ga4`: The schema is available here: https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/7029846. Supported values for autocomplete imports: * `suggestions` (default): One JSON completion suggestion per line. * `denylist`: One JSON deny suggestion per line. * `allowlist`: One JSON allow suggestion per line.
       "datasetId": "A String", # Required. The BigQuery data set to copy the data from with a length limit of 1,024 characters.
       "gcsStagingDir": "A String", # Intermediate Cloud Storage directory used for the import with a length limit of 2,000 characters. Can be specified if one wants to have the BigQuery export to a specific Cloud Storage directory.
-      "partitionDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # BigQuery time partitioned table's _PARTITIONDATE in YYYY-MM-DD format. Only supported in ImportProductsRequest.
+      "partitionDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # BigQuery time partitioned table's _PARTITIONDATE in YYYY-MM-DD format.
         "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
         "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
         "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.html b/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.html
index c7d2ac92e4..390104c1e2 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.html
@@ -344,7 +344,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "rerankFacet": True or False, # If set to true, then we also rerank the dynamic facets based on the facet values engaged by the user for the current attribute key during serving.
         },
       },
-      "inUse": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether this attribute has been used by any products. `True` if at least one Product is using this attribute in Product.attributes. Otherwise, this field is `False`. CatalogAttribute can be pre-loaded by using CatalogService.AddCatalogAttribute, CatalogService.ImportCatalogAttributes, or CatalogService.UpdateAttributesConfig APIs. This field is `False` for pre-loaded CatalogAttributes. Only pre-loaded catalog attributes that are neither in use by products nor predefined can be deleted. Catalog attributes that are either in use by products or are predefined attributes cannot be deleted; however, their configuration properties will reset to default values upon removal request. After catalog changes, it takes about 10 minutes for this field to update.
+      "inUse": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether this attribute has been used by any products. `True` if at least one Product is using this attribute in Product.attributes. Otherwise, this field is `False`. CatalogAttribute can be pre-loaded by using CatalogService.AddCatalogAttribute or CatalogService.UpdateAttributesConfig APIs. This field is `False` for pre-loaded CatalogAttributes. Only pre-loaded catalog attributes that are neither in use by products nor predefined can be deleted. Catalog attributes that are either in use by products or are predefined attributes cannot be deleted; however, their configuration properties will reset to default values upon removal request. After catalog changes, it takes about 10 minutes for this field to update.
       "indexableOption": "A String", # When AttributesConfig.attribute_config_level is CATALOG_LEVEL_ATTRIBUTE_CONFIG, if INDEXABLE_ENABLED attribute values are indexed so that it can be filtered, faceted, or boosted in SearchService.Search. Must be specified when AttributesConfig.attribute_config_level is CATALOG_LEVEL_ATTRIBUTE_CONFIG, otherwise throws INVALID_FORMAT error.
       "key": "A String", # Required. Attribute name. For example: `color`, `brands`, `attributes.custom_attribute`, such as `attributes.xyz`. To be indexable, the attribute name can contain only alpha-numeric characters and underscores. For example, an attribute named `attributes.abc_xyz` can be indexed, but an attribute named `attributes.abc-xyz` cannot be indexed. If the attribute key starts with `attributes.`, then the attribute is a custom attribute. Attributes such as `brands`, `patterns`, and `title` are built-in and called system attributes.
       "recommendationsFilteringOption": "A String", # When AttributesConfig.attribute_config_level is CATALOG_LEVEL_ATTRIBUTE_CONFIG, if RECOMMENDATIONS_FILTERING_ENABLED, attribute values are filterable for recommendations. This option works for categorical features only, does not work for numerical features, inventory filtering.
@@ -377,7 +377,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "dataSchema": "A String", # The schema to use when parsing the data from the source. Supported values for product imports: * `product` (default): One JSON Product per line. Each product must have a valid Product.id. * `product_merchant_center`: See [Importing catalog data from Merchant Center](https://cloud.google.com/retail/recommendations-ai/docs/upload-catalog#mc). Supported values for user events imports: * `user_event` (default): One JSON UserEvent per line. * `user_event_ga360`: The schema is available here: https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/3437719. * `user_event_ga4`: The schema is available here: https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/7029846. Supported values for autocomplete imports: * `suggestions` (default): One JSON completion suggestion per line. * `denylist`: One JSON deny suggestion per line. * `allowlist`: One JSON allow suggestion per line.
       "datasetId": "A String", # Required. The BigQuery data set to copy the data from with a length limit of 1,024 characters.
       "gcsStagingDir": "A String", # Intermediate Cloud Storage directory used for the import with a length limit of 2,000 characters. Can be specified if one wants to have the BigQuery export to a specific Cloud Storage directory.
-      "partitionDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # BigQuery time partitioned table's _PARTITIONDATE in YYYY-MM-DD format. Only supported in ImportProductsRequest.
+      "partitionDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # BigQuery time partitioned table's _PARTITIONDATE in YYYY-MM-DD format.
         "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
         "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
         "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
@@ -392,7 +392,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "dataSchema": "A String", # The schema to use when parsing the data from the source. Supported values for product imports: * `product` (default): One JSON Product per line. Each product must have a valid Product.id. * `product_merchant_center`: See [Importing catalog data from Merchant Center](https://cloud.google.com/retail/recommendations-ai/docs/upload-catalog#mc). Supported values for user events imports: * `user_event` (default): One JSON UserEvent per line. * `user_event_ga360`: The schema is available here: https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/3437719. * `user_event_ga4`: The schema is available here: https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/7029846. Supported values for autocomplete imports: * `suggestions` (default): One JSON completion suggestion per line. * `denylist`: One JSON deny suggestion per line. * `allowlist`: One JSON allow suggestion per line.
       "datasetId": "A String", # Required. The BigQuery data set to copy the data from with a length limit of 1,024 characters.
       "gcsStagingDir": "A String", # Intermediate Cloud Storage directory used for the import with a length limit of 2,000 characters. Can be specified if one wants to have the BigQuery export to a specific Cloud Storage directory.
-      "partitionDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # BigQuery time partitioned table's _PARTITIONDATE in YYYY-MM-DD format. Only supported in ImportProductsRequest.
+      "partitionDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # BigQuery time partitioned table's _PARTITIONDATE in YYYY-MM-DD format.
         "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
         "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
         "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
@@ -413,7 +413,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "dataSchema": "A String", # The schema to use when parsing the data from the source. Supported values for product imports: * `product` (default): One JSON Product per line. Each product must have a valid Product.id. * `product_merchant_center`: See [Importing catalog data from Merchant Center](https://cloud.google.com/retail/recommendations-ai/docs/upload-catalog#mc). Supported values for user events imports: * `user_event` (default): One JSON UserEvent per line. * `user_event_ga360`: The schema is available here: https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/3437719. * `user_event_ga4`: The schema is available here: https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/7029846. Supported values for autocomplete imports: * `suggestions` (default): One JSON completion suggestion per line. * `denylist`: One JSON deny suggestion per line. * `allowlist`: One JSON allow suggestion per line.
       "datasetId": "A String", # Required. The BigQuery data set to copy the data from with a length limit of 1,024 characters.
       "gcsStagingDir": "A String", # Intermediate Cloud Storage directory used for the import with a length limit of 2,000 characters. Can be specified if one wants to have the BigQuery export to a specific Cloud Storage directory.
-      "partitionDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # BigQuery time partitioned table's _PARTITIONDATE in YYYY-MM-DD format. Only supported in ImportProductsRequest.
+      "partitionDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # BigQuery time partitioned table's _PARTITIONDATE in YYYY-MM-DD format.
         "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
         "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
         "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
@@ -684,7 +684,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "rerankFacet": True or False, # If set to true, then we also rerank the dynamic facets based on the facet values engaged by the user for the current attribute key during serving.
         },
       },
-      "inUse": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether this attribute has been used by any products. `True` if at least one Product is using this attribute in Product.attributes. Otherwise, this field is `False`. CatalogAttribute can be pre-loaded by using CatalogService.AddCatalogAttribute, CatalogService.ImportCatalogAttributes, or CatalogService.UpdateAttributesConfig APIs. This field is `False` for pre-loaded CatalogAttributes. Only pre-loaded catalog attributes that are neither in use by products nor predefined can be deleted. Catalog attributes that are either in use by products or are predefined attributes cannot be deleted; however, their configuration properties will reset to default values upon removal request. After catalog changes, it takes about 10 minutes for this field to update.
+      "inUse": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether this attribute has been used by any products. `True` if at least one Product is using this attribute in Product.attributes. Otherwise, this field is `False`. CatalogAttribute can be pre-loaded by using CatalogService.AddCatalogAttribute or CatalogService.UpdateAttributesConfig APIs. This field is `False` for pre-loaded CatalogAttributes. Only pre-loaded catalog attributes that are neither in use by products nor predefined can be deleted. Catalog attributes that are either in use by products or are predefined attributes cannot be deleted; however, their configuration properties will reset to default values upon removal request. After catalog changes, it takes about 10 minutes for this field to update.
       "indexableOption": "A String", # When AttributesConfig.attribute_config_level is CATALOG_LEVEL_ATTRIBUTE_CONFIG, if INDEXABLE_ENABLED attribute values are indexed so that it can be filtered, faceted, or boosted in SearchService.Search. Must be specified when AttributesConfig.attribute_config_level is CATALOG_LEVEL_ATTRIBUTE_CONFIG, otherwise throws INVALID_FORMAT error.
       "key": "A String", # Required. Attribute name. For example: `color`, `brands`, `attributes.custom_attribute`, such as `attributes.xyz`. To be indexable, the attribute name can contain only alpha-numeric characters and underscores. For example, an attribute named `attributes.abc_xyz` can be indexed, but an attribute named `attributes.abc-xyz` cannot be indexed. If the attribute key starts with `attributes.`, then the attribute is a custom attribute. Attributes such as `brands`, `patterns`, and `title` are built-in and called system attributes.
       "recommendationsFilteringOption": "A String", # When AttributesConfig.attribute_config_level is CATALOG_LEVEL_ATTRIBUTE_CONFIG, if RECOMMENDATIONS_FILTERING_ENABLED, attribute values are filterable for recommendations. This option works for categorical features only, does not work for numerical features, inventory filtering.
@@ -747,7 +747,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "rerankFacet": True or False, # If set to true, then we also rerank the dynamic facets based on the facet values engaged by the user for the current attribute key during serving.
         },
       },
-      "inUse": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether this attribute has been used by any products. `True` if at least one Product is using this attribute in Product.attributes. Otherwise, this field is `False`. CatalogAttribute can be pre-loaded by using CatalogService.AddCatalogAttribute, CatalogService.ImportCatalogAttributes, or CatalogService.UpdateAttributesConfig APIs. This field is `False` for pre-loaded CatalogAttributes. Only pre-loaded catalog attributes that are neither in use by products nor predefined can be deleted. Catalog attributes that are either in use by products or are predefined attributes cannot be deleted; however, their configuration properties will reset to default values upon removal request. After catalog changes, it takes about 10 minutes for this field to update.
+      "inUse": True or False, # Output only. Indicates whether this attribute has been used by any products. `True` if at least one Product is using this attribute in Product.attributes. Otherwise, this field is `False`. CatalogAttribute can be pre-loaded by using CatalogService.AddCatalogAttribute or CatalogService.UpdateAttributesConfig APIs. This field is `False` for pre-loaded CatalogAttributes. Only pre-loaded catalog attributes that are neither in use by products nor predefined can be deleted. Catalog attributes that are either in use by products or are predefined attributes cannot be deleted; however, their configuration properties will reset to default values upon removal request. After catalog changes, it takes about 10 minutes for this field to update.
       "indexableOption": "A String", # When AttributesConfig.attribute_config_level is CATALOG_LEVEL_ATTRIBUTE_CONFIG, if INDEXABLE_ENABLED attribute values are indexed so that it can be filtered, faceted, or boosted in SearchService.Search. Must be specified when AttributesConfig.attribute_config_level is CATALOG_LEVEL_ATTRIBUTE_CONFIG, otherwise throws INVALID_FORMAT error.
       "key": "A String", # Required. Attribute name. For example: `color`, `brands`, `attributes.custom_attribute`, such as `attributes.xyz`. To be indexable, the attribute name can contain only alpha-numeric characters and underscores. For example, an attribute named `attributes.abc_xyz` can be indexed, but an attribute named `attributes.abc-xyz` cannot be indexed. If the attribute key starts with `attributes.`, then the attribute is a custom attribute. Attributes such as `brands`, `patterns`, and `title` are built-in and called system attributes.
       "recommendationsFilteringOption": "A String", # When AttributesConfig.attribute_config_level is CATALOG_LEVEL_ATTRIBUTE_CONFIG, if RECOMMENDATIONS_FILTERING_ENABLED, attribute values are filterable for recommendations. This option works for categorical features only, does not work for numerical features, inventory filtering.
@@ -775,7 +775,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "dataSchema": "A String", # The schema to use when parsing the data from the source. Supported values for product imports: * `product` (default): One JSON Product per line. Each product must have a valid Product.id. * `product_merchant_center`: See [Importing catalog data from Merchant Center](https://cloud.google.com/retail/recommendations-ai/docs/upload-catalog#mc). Supported values for user events imports: * `user_event` (default): One JSON UserEvent per line. * `user_event_ga360`: The schema is available here: https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/3437719. * `user_event_ga4`: The schema is available here: https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/7029846. Supported values for autocomplete imports: * `suggestions` (default): One JSON completion suggestion per line. * `denylist`: One JSON deny suggestion per line. * `allowlist`: One JSON allow suggestion per line.
       "datasetId": "A String", # Required. The BigQuery data set to copy the data from with a length limit of 1,024 characters.
       "gcsStagingDir": "A String", # Intermediate Cloud Storage directory used for the import with a length limit of 2,000 characters. Can be specified if one wants to have the BigQuery export to a specific Cloud Storage directory.
-      "partitionDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # BigQuery time partitioned table's _PARTITIONDATE in YYYY-MM-DD format. Only supported in ImportProductsRequest.
+      "partitionDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # BigQuery time partitioned table's _PARTITIONDATE in YYYY-MM-DD format.
         "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
         "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
         "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
@@ -790,7 +790,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "dataSchema": "A String", # The schema to use when parsing the data from the source. Supported values for product imports: * `product` (default): One JSON Product per line. Each product must have a valid Product.id. * `product_merchant_center`: See [Importing catalog data from Merchant Center](https://cloud.google.com/retail/recommendations-ai/docs/upload-catalog#mc). Supported values for user events imports: * `user_event` (default): One JSON UserEvent per line. * `user_event_ga360`: The schema is available here: https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/3437719. * `user_event_ga4`: The schema is available here: https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/7029846. Supported values for autocomplete imports: * `suggestions` (default): One JSON completion suggestion per line. * `denylist`: One JSON deny suggestion per line. * `allowlist`: One JSON allow suggestion per line.
       "datasetId": "A String", # Required. The BigQuery data set to copy the data from with a length limit of 1,024 characters.
       "gcsStagingDir": "A String", # Intermediate Cloud Storage directory used for the import with a length limit of 2,000 characters. Can be specified if one wants to have the BigQuery export to a specific Cloud Storage directory.
-      "partitionDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # BigQuery time partitioned table's _PARTITIONDATE in YYYY-MM-DD format. Only supported in ImportProductsRequest.
+      "partitionDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # BigQuery time partitioned table's _PARTITIONDATE in YYYY-MM-DD format.
         "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
         "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
         "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
@@ -811,7 +811,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "dataSchema": "A String", # The schema to use when parsing the data from the source. Supported values for product imports: * `product` (default): One JSON Product per line. Each product must have a valid Product.id. * `product_merchant_center`: See [Importing catalog data from Merchant Center](https://cloud.google.com/retail/recommendations-ai/docs/upload-catalog#mc). Supported values for user events imports: * `user_event` (default): One JSON UserEvent per line. * `user_event_ga360`: The schema is available here: https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/3437719. * `user_event_ga4`: The schema is available here: https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/7029846. Supported values for autocomplete imports: * `suggestions` (default): One JSON completion suggestion per line. * `denylist`: One JSON deny suggestion per line. * `allowlist`: One JSON allow suggestion per line.
       "datasetId": "A String", # Required. The BigQuery data set to copy the data from with a length limit of 1,024 characters.
       "gcsStagingDir": "A String", # Intermediate Cloud Storage directory used for the import with a length limit of 2,000 characters. Can be specified if one wants to have the BigQuery export to a specific Cloud Storage directory.
-      "partitionDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # BigQuery time partitioned table's _PARTITIONDATE in YYYY-MM-DD format. Only supported in ImportProductsRequest.
+      "partitionDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # BigQuery time partitioned table's _PARTITIONDATE in YYYY-MM-DD format.
         "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
         "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
         "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
@@ -837,7 +837,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "dataSchema": "A String", # The schema to use when parsing the data from the source. Supported values for product imports: * `product` (default): One JSON Product per line. Each product must have a valid Product.id. * `product_merchant_center`: See [Importing catalog data from Merchant Center](https://cloud.google.com/retail/recommendations-ai/docs/upload-catalog#mc). Supported values for user events imports: * `user_event` (default): One JSON UserEvent per line. * `user_event_ga360`: The schema is available here: https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/3437719. * `user_event_ga4`: The schema is available here: https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/7029846. Supported values for autocomplete imports: * `suggestions` (default): One JSON completion suggestion per line. * `denylist`: One JSON deny suggestion per line. * `allowlist`: One JSON allow suggestion per line.
       "datasetId": "A String", # Required. The BigQuery data set to copy the data from with a length limit of 1,024 characters.
       "gcsStagingDir": "A String", # Intermediate Cloud Storage directory used for the import with a length limit of 2,000 characters. Can be specified if one wants to have the BigQuery export to a specific Cloud Storage directory.
-      "partitionDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # BigQuery time partitioned table's _PARTITIONDATE in YYYY-MM-DD format. Only supported in ImportProductsRequest.
+      "partitionDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # BigQuery time partitioned table's _PARTITIONDATE in YYYY-MM-DD format.
         "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
         "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
         "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
@@ -852,7 +852,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "dataSchema": "A String", # The schema to use when parsing the data from the source. Supported values for product imports: * `product` (default): One JSON Product per line. Each product must have a valid Product.id. * `product_merchant_center`: See [Importing catalog data from Merchant Center](https://cloud.google.com/retail/recommendations-ai/docs/upload-catalog#mc). Supported values for user events imports: * `user_event` (default): One JSON UserEvent per line. * `user_event_ga360`: The schema is available here: https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/3437719. * `user_event_ga4`: The schema is available here: https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/7029846. Supported values for autocomplete imports: * `suggestions` (default): One JSON completion suggestion per line. * `denylist`: One JSON deny suggestion per line. * `allowlist`: One JSON allow suggestion per line.
       "datasetId": "A String", # Required. The BigQuery data set to copy the data from with a length limit of 1,024 characters.
       "gcsStagingDir": "A String", # Intermediate Cloud Storage directory used for the import with a length limit of 2,000 characters. Can be specified if one wants to have the BigQuery export to a specific Cloud Storage directory.
-      "partitionDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # BigQuery time partitioned table's _PARTITIONDATE in YYYY-MM-DD format. Only supported in ImportProductsRequest.
+      "partitionDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # BigQuery time partitioned table's _PARTITIONDATE in YYYY-MM-DD format.
         "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
         "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
         "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
@@ -873,7 +873,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "dataSchema": "A String", # The schema to use when parsing the data from the source. Supported values for product imports: * `product` (default): One JSON Product per line. Each product must have a valid Product.id. * `product_merchant_center`: See [Importing catalog data from Merchant Center](https://cloud.google.com/retail/recommendations-ai/docs/upload-catalog#mc). Supported values for user events imports: * `user_event` (default): One JSON UserEvent per line. * `user_event_ga360`: The schema is available here: https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/3437719. * `user_event_ga4`: The schema is available here: https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/7029846. Supported values for autocomplete imports: * `suggestions` (default): One JSON completion suggestion per line. * `denylist`: One JSON deny suggestion per line. * `allowlist`: One JSON allow suggestion per line.
       "datasetId": "A String", # Required. The BigQuery data set to copy the data from with a length limit of 1,024 characters.
       "gcsStagingDir": "A String", # Intermediate Cloud Storage directory used for the import with a length limit of 2,000 characters. Can be specified if one wants to have the BigQuery export to a specific Cloud Storage directory.
-      "partitionDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # BigQuery time partitioned table's _PARTITIONDATE in YYYY-MM-DD format. Only supported in ImportProductsRequest.
+      "partitionDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # BigQuery time partitioned table's _PARTITIONDATE in YYYY-MM-DD format.
         "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
         "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
         "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.placements.html b/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.placements.html
index 9fa608bc9d..f7bd2a6a3f 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.placements.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.placements.html
@@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "languageCode": "A String", # Language of the title/description and other string attributes. Use language tags defined by [BCP 47](https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt). For product prediction, this field is ignored and the model automatically detects the text language. The Product can include text in different languages, but duplicating Products to provide text in multiple languages can result in degraded model performance. For product search this field is in use. It defaults to "en-US" if unset.
           "localInventories": [ # Output only. A list of local inventories specific to different places. This field can be managed by ProductService.AddLocalInventories and ProductService.RemoveLocalInventories APIs if fine-grained, high-volume updates are necessary.
             { # The inventory information at a place (e.g. a store) identified by a place ID.
-              "attributes": { # Additional local inventory attributes, for example, store name, promotion tags, etc. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * At most 30 attributes are allowed. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 32 characters. * The key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS. * The attribute values must be of the same type (text or number). * Only 1 value is allowed for each attribute. * For text values, the length limit is 256 UTF-8 characters. * The attribute does not support search. The `searchable` field should be unset or set to false. * The max summed total bytes of custom attribute keys and values per product is 5MiB.
+              "attributes": { # Optional. Additional local inventory attributes, for example, store name, promotion tags, etc. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * At most 30 attributes are allowed. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 32 characters. * The key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS. * The attribute values must be of the same type (text or number). * Only 1 value is allowed for each attribute. * For text values, the length limit is 256 UTF-8 characters. * The attribute does not support search. The `searchable` field should be unset or set to false. * The max summed total bytes of custom attribute keys and values per product is 5MiB.
                 "a_key": { # A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in Product.
                   "indexable": True or False, # This field is normally ignored unless AttributesConfig.attribute_config_level of the Catalog is set to the deprecated 'PRODUCT_LEVEL_ATTRIBUTE_CONFIG' mode. For information about product-level attribute configuration, see [Configuration modes](https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/attribute-config#config-modes). If true, custom attribute values are indexed, so that they can be filtered, faceted or boosted in SearchService.Search. This field is ignored in a UserEvent. See SearchRequest.filter, SearchRequest.facet_specs and SearchRequest.boost_spec for more details.
                   "numbers": [ # The numerical values of this custom attribute. For example, `[2.3, 15.4]` when the key is "lengths_cm". Exactly one of text or numbers should be set. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -224,11 +224,12 @@ 
Method Details

                   ],
                 },
               },
-              "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Input only. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+              "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability).
+              "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Optional. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
                 "A String",
               ],
-              "placeId": "A String", # The place ID for the current set of inventory information.
-              "priceInfo": { # The price information of a Product. # Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
+              "placeId": "A String", # Required. The place ID for the current set of inventory information.
+              "priceInfo": { # The price information of a Product. # Optional. Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
                 "cost": 3.14, # The costs associated with the sale of a particular product. Used for gross profit reporting. * Profit = price - cost Google Merchant Center property [cost_of_goods_sold](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/9017895).
                 "currencyCode": "A String", # The 3-letter currency code defined in [ISO 4217](https://www.iso.org/iso-4217-currency-codes.html). If this field is an unrecognizable currency code, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. The Product.Type.VARIANT Products with the same Product.primary_product_id must share the same currency_code. Otherwise, a FAILED_PRECONDITION error is returned.
                 "originalPrice": 3.14, # Price of the product without any discount. If zero, by default set to be the price. If set, original_price should be greater than or equal to price, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is thrown.
@@ -327,7 +328,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "userInfo": { # Information of an end user. # User information.
       "directUserRequest": True or False, # True if the request is made directly from the end user, in which case the ip_address and user_agent can be populated from the HTTP request. This flag should be set only if the API request is made directly from the end user such as a mobile app (and not if a gateway or a server is processing and pushing the user events). This should not be set when using the JavaScript tag in UserEventService.CollectUserEvent.
       "ipAddress": "A String", # The end user's IP address. This field is used to extract location information for personalization. This field must be either an IPv4 address (e.g. "104.133.9.80") or an IPv6 address (e.g. "2001:0db8:85a3:0000:0000:8a2e:0370:7334"). Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This should not be set when: * setting SearchRequest.user_info. * using the JavaScript tag in UserEventService.CollectUserEvent or if direct_user_request is set.
-      "userAgent": "A String", # User agent as included in the HTTP header. Required for getting SearchResponse.sponsored_results. The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1,000 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This should not be set when using the client side event reporting with GTM or JavaScript tag in UserEventService.CollectUserEvent or if direct_user_request is set.
+      "userAgent": "A String", # User agent as included in the HTTP header. The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1,000 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This should not be set when using the client side event reporting with GTM or JavaScript tag in UserEventService.CollectUserEvent or if direct_user_request is set.
       "userId": "A String", # Highly recommended for logged-in users. Unique identifier for logged-in user, such as a user name. Don't set for anonymous users. Always use a hashed value for this ID. Don't set the field to the same fixed ID for different users. This mixes the event history of those users together, which results in degraded model quality. The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
     },
     "visitorId": "A String", # Required. A unique identifier for tracking visitors. For example, this could be implemented with an HTTP cookie, which should be able to uniquely identify a visitor on a single device. This unique identifier should not change if the visitor log in/out of the website. Don't set the field to the same fixed ID for different users. This mixes the event history of those users together, which results in degraded model quality. The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. The field should not contain PII or user-data. We recommend to use Google Analytics [Client ID](https://developers.google.com/analytics/devguides/collection/analyticsjs/field-reference#clientId) for this field.
@@ -484,7 +485,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "userInfo": { # Information of an end user. # User information.
     "directUserRequest": True or False, # True if the request is made directly from the end user, in which case the ip_address and user_agent can be populated from the HTTP request. This flag should be set only if the API request is made directly from the end user such as a mobile app (and not if a gateway or a server is processing and pushing the user events). This should not be set when using the JavaScript tag in UserEventService.CollectUserEvent.
     "ipAddress": "A String", # The end user's IP address. This field is used to extract location information for personalization. This field must be either an IPv4 address (e.g. "104.133.9.80") or an IPv6 address (e.g. "2001:0db8:85a3:0000:0000:8a2e:0370:7334"). Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This should not be set when: * setting SearchRequest.user_info. * using the JavaScript tag in UserEventService.CollectUserEvent or if direct_user_request is set.
-    "userAgent": "A String", # User agent as included in the HTTP header. Required for getting SearchResponse.sponsored_results. The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1,000 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This should not be set when using the client side event reporting with GTM or JavaScript tag in UserEventService.CollectUserEvent or if direct_user_request is set.
+    "userAgent": "A String", # User agent as included in the HTTP header. The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1,000 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This should not be set when using the client side event reporting with GTM or JavaScript tag in UserEventService.CollectUserEvent or if direct_user_request is set.
     "userId": "A String", # Highly recommended for logged-in users. Unique identifier for logged-in user, such as a user name. Don't set for anonymous users. Always use a hashed value for this ID. Don't set the field to the same fixed ID for different users. This mixes the event history of those users together, which results in degraded model quality. The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
   },
   "variantRollupKeys": [ # The keys to fetch and rollup the matching variant Products attributes, FulfillmentInfo or LocalInventorys attributes. The attributes from all the matching variant Products or LocalInventorys are merged and de-duplicated. Notice that rollup attributes will lead to extra query latency. Maximum number of keys is 30. For FulfillmentInfo, a fulfillment type and a fulfillment ID must be provided in the format of "fulfillmentType.fulfillmentId". E.g., in "pickupInStore.store123", "pickupInStore" is fulfillment type and "store123" is the store ID. Supported keys are: * colorFamilies * price * originalPrice * discount * variantId * inventory(place_id,price) * inventory(place_id,original_price) * inventory(place_id,attributes.key), where key is any key in the Product.local_inventories.attributes map. * attributes.key, where key is any key in the Product.attributes map. * pickupInStore.id, where id is any FulfillmentInfo.place_ids for FulfillmentInfo.type "pickup-in-store". * shipToStore.id, where id is any FulfillmentInfo.place_ids for FulfillmentInfo.type "ship-to-store". * sameDayDelivery.id, where id is any FulfillmentInfo.place_ids for FulfillmentInfo.type "same-day-delivery". * nextDayDelivery.id, where id is any FulfillmentInfo.place_ids for FulfillmentInfo.type "next-day-delivery". * customFulfillment1.id, where id is any FulfillmentInfo.place_ids for FulfillmentInfo.type "custom-type-1". * customFulfillment2.id, where id is any FulfillmentInfo.place_ids for FulfillmentInfo.type "custom-type-2". * customFulfillment3.id, where id is any FulfillmentInfo.place_ids for FulfillmentInfo.type "custom-type-3". * customFulfillment4.id, where id is any FulfillmentInfo.place_ids for FulfillmentInfo.type "custom-type-4". * customFulfillment5.id, where id is any FulfillmentInfo.place_ids for FulfillmentInfo.type "custom-type-5". If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -534,11 +535,11 @@ 
Method Details

     ],
   },
   "correctedQuery": "A String", # Contains the spell corrected query, if found. If the spell correction type is AUTOMATIC, then the search results are based on corrected_query. Otherwise the original query is used for search.
-  "experimentInfo": [ # Metadata related to A/B testing Experiment associated with this response. Only exists when an experiment is triggered.
-    { # Metadata for active A/B testing Experiment.
+  "experimentInfo": [ # Metadata related to A/B testing experiment associated with this response. Only exists when an experiment is triggered.
+    { # Metadata for active A/B testing experiment.
       "experiment": "A String", # The fully qualified resource name of the experiment that provides the serving config under test, should an active experiment exist. For example: `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/experiments/experiment_id`
       "servingConfigExperiment": { # Metadata for active serving config A/B tests. # A/B test between existing Cloud Retail Search ServingConfigs.
-        "experimentServingConfig": "A String", # The fully qualified resource name of the serving config Experiment.VariantArm.serving_config_id responsible for generating the search response. For example: `projects/*/locations/*/catalogs/*/servingConfigs/*`.
+        "experimentServingConfig": "A String", # The fully qualified resource name of the serving config `Experiment.VariantArm.serving_config_id` responsible for generating the search response. For example: `projects/*/locations/*/catalogs/*/servingConfigs/*`.
         "originalServingConfig": "A String", # The fully qualified resource name of the original SearchRequest.placement in the search request prior to reassignment by experiment API. For example: `projects/*/locations/*/catalogs/*/servingConfigs/*`.
       },
     },
@@ -667,7 +668,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "languageCode": "A String", # Language of the title/description and other string attributes. Use language tags defined by [BCP 47](https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt). For product prediction, this field is ignored and the model automatically detects the text language. The Product can include text in different languages, but duplicating Products to provide text in multiple languages can result in degraded model performance. For product search this field is in use. It defaults to "en-US" if unset.
         "localInventories": [ # Output only. A list of local inventories specific to different places. This field can be managed by ProductService.AddLocalInventories and ProductService.RemoveLocalInventories APIs if fine-grained, high-volume updates are necessary.
           { # The inventory information at a place (e.g. a store) identified by a place ID.
-            "attributes": { # Additional local inventory attributes, for example, store name, promotion tags, etc. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * At most 30 attributes are allowed. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 32 characters. * The key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS. * The attribute values must be of the same type (text or number). * Only 1 value is allowed for each attribute. * For text values, the length limit is 256 UTF-8 characters. * The attribute does not support search. The `searchable` field should be unset or set to false. * The max summed total bytes of custom attribute keys and values per product is 5MiB.
+            "attributes": { # Optional. Additional local inventory attributes, for example, store name, promotion tags, etc. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * At most 30 attributes are allowed. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 32 characters. * The key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS. * The attribute values must be of the same type (text or number). * Only 1 value is allowed for each attribute. * For text values, the length limit is 256 UTF-8 characters. * The attribute does not support search. The `searchable` field should be unset or set to false. * The max summed total bytes of custom attribute keys and values per product is 5MiB.
               "a_key": { # A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in Product.
                 "indexable": True or False, # This field is normally ignored unless AttributesConfig.attribute_config_level of the Catalog is set to the deprecated 'PRODUCT_LEVEL_ATTRIBUTE_CONFIG' mode. For information about product-level attribute configuration, see [Configuration modes](https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/attribute-config#config-modes). If true, custom attribute values are indexed, so that they can be filtered, faceted or boosted in SearchService.Search. This field is ignored in a UserEvent. See SearchRequest.filter, SearchRequest.facet_specs and SearchRequest.boost_spec for more details.
                 "numbers": [ # The numerical values of this custom attribute. For example, `[2.3, 15.4]` when the key is "lengths_cm". Exactly one of text or numbers should be set. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -679,11 +680,12 @@ 
Method Details

                 ],
               },
             },
-            "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Input only. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+            "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability).
+            "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Optional. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
               "A String",
             ],
-            "placeId": "A String", # The place ID for the current set of inventory information.
-            "priceInfo": { # The price information of a Product. # Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
+            "placeId": "A String", # Required. The place ID for the current set of inventory information.
+            "priceInfo": { # The price information of a Product. # Optional. Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
               "cost": 3.14, # The costs associated with the sale of a particular product. Used for gross profit reporting. * Profit = price - cost Google Merchant Center property [cost_of_goods_sold](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/9017895).
               "currencyCode": "A String", # The 3-letter currency code defined in [ISO 4217](https://www.iso.org/iso-4217-currency-codes.html). If this field is an unrecognizable currency code, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. The Product.Type.VARIANT Products with the same Product.primary_product_id must share the same currency_code. Otherwise, a FAILED_PRECONDITION error is returned.
               "originalPrice": 3.14, # Price of the product without any discount. If zero, by default set to be the price. If set, original_price should be greater than or equal to price, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is thrown.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.servingConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.servingConfigs.html
index dd9499aade..edc0125168 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.servingConfigs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.servingConfigs.html
@@ -694,7 +694,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "languageCode": "A String", # Language of the title/description and other string attributes. Use language tags defined by [BCP 47](https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt). For product prediction, this field is ignored and the model automatically detects the text language. The Product can include text in different languages, but duplicating Products to provide text in multiple languages can result in degraded model performance. For product search this field is in use. It defaults to "en-US" if unset.
           "localInventories": [ # Output only. A list of local inventories specific to different places. This field can be managed by ProductService.AddLocalInventories and ProductService.RemoveLocalInventories APIs if fine-grained, high-volume updates are necessary.
             { # The inventory information at a place (e.g. a store) identified by a place ID.
-              "attributes": { # Additional local inventory attributes, for example, store name, promotion tags, etc. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * At most 30 attributes are allowed. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 32 characters. * The key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS. * The attribute values must be of the same type (text or number). * Only 1 value is allowed for each attribute. * For text values, the length limit is 256 UTF-8 characters. * The attribute does not support search. The `searchable` field should be unset or set to false. * The max summed total bytes of custom attribute keys and values per product is 5MiB.
+              "attributes": { # Optional. Additional local inventory attributes, for example, store name, promotion tags, etc. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * At most 30 attributes are allowed. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 32 characters. * The key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS. * The attribute values must be of the same type (text or number). * Only 1 value is allowed for each attribute. * For text values, the length limit is 256 UTF-8 characters. * The attribute does not support search. The `searchable` field should be unset or set to false. * The max summed total bytes of custom attribute keys and values per product is 5MiB.
                 "a_key": { # A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in Product.
                   "indexable": True or False, # This field is normally ignored unless AttributesConfig.attribute_config_level of the Catalog is set to the deprecated 'PRODUCT_LEVEL_ATTRIBUTE_CONFIG' mode. For information about product-level attribute configuration, see [Configuration modes](https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/attribute-config#config-modes). If true, custom attribute values are indexed, so that they can be filtered, faceted or boosted in SearchService.Search. This field is ignored in a UserEvent. See SearchRequest.filter, SearchRequest.facet_specs and SearchRequest.boost_spec for more details.
                   "numbers": [ # The numerical values of this custom attribute. For example, `[2.3, 15.4]` when the key is "lengths_cm". Exactly one of text or numbers should be set. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -706,11 +706,12 @@ 
Method Details

                   ],
                 },
               },
-              "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Input only. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+              "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability).
+              "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Optional. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
                 "A String",
               ],
-              "placeId": "A String", # The place ID for the current set of inventory information.
-              "priceInfo": { # The price information of a Product. # Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
+              "placeId": "A String", # Required. The place ID for the current set of inventory information.
+              "priceInfo": { # The price information of a Product. # Optional. Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
                 "cost": 3.14, # The costs associated with the sale of a particular product. Used for gross profit reporting. * Profit = price - cost Google Merchant Center property [cost_of_goods_sold](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/9017895).
                 "currencyCode": "A String", # The 3-letter currency code defined in [ISO 4217](https://www.iso.org/iso-4217-currency-codes.html). If this field is an unrecognizable currency code, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. The Product.Type.VARIANT Products with the same Product.primary_product_id must share the same currency_code. Otherwise, a FAILED_PRECONDITION error is returned.
                 "originalPrice": 3.14, # Price of the product without any discount. If zero, by default set to be the price. If set, original_price should be greater than or equal to price, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is thrown.
@@ -809,7 +810,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "userInfo": { # Information of an end user. # User information.
       "directUserRequest": True or False, # True if the request is made directly from the end user, in which case the ip_address and user_agent can be populated from the HTTP request. This flag should be set only if the API request is made directly from the end user such as a mobile app (and not if a gateway or a server is processing and pushing the user events). This should not be set when using the JavaScript tag in UserEventService.CollectUserEvent.
       "ipAddress": "A String", # The end user's IP address. This field is used to extract location information for personalization. This field must be either an IPv4 address (e.g. "104.133.9.80") or an IPv6 address (e.g. "2001:0db8:85a3:0000:0000:8a2e:0370:7334"). Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This should not be set when: * setting SearchRequest.user_info. * using the JavaScript tag in UserEventService.CollectUserEvent or if direct_user_request is set.
-      "userAgent": "A String", # User agent as included in the HTTP header. Required for getting SearchResponse.sponsored_results. The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1,000 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This should not be set when using the client side event reporting with GTM or JavaScript tag in UserEventService.CollectUserEvent or if direct_user_request is set.
+      "userAgent": "A String", # User agent as included in the HTTP header. The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1,000 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This should not be set when using the client side event reporting with GTM or JavaScript tag in UserEventService.CollectUserEvent or if direct_user_request is set.
       "userId": "A String", # Highly recommended for logged-in users. Unique identifier for logged-in user, such as a user name. Don't set for anonymous users. Always use a hashed value for this ID. Don't set the field to the same fixed ID for different users. This mixes the event history of those users together, which results in degraded model quality. The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
     },
     "visitorId": "A String", # Required. A unique identifier for tracking visitors. For example, this could be implemented with an HTTP cookie, which should be able to uniquely identify a visitor on a single device. This unique identifier should not change if the visitor log in/out of the website. Don't set the field to the same fixed ID for different users. This mixes the event history of those users together, which results in degraded model quality. The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. The field should not contain PII or user-data. We recommend to use Google Analytics [Client ID](https://developers.google.com/analytics/devguides/collection/analyticsjs/field-reference#clientId) for this field.
@@ -1035,7 +1036,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "userInfo": { # Information of an end user. # User information.
     "directUserRequest": True or False, # True if the request is made directly from the end user, in which case the ip_address and user_agent can be populated from the HTTP request. This flag should be set only if the API request is made directly from the end user such as a mobile app (and not if a gateway or a server is processing and pushing the user events). This should not be set when using the JavaScript tag in UserEventService.CollectUserEvent.
     "ipAddress": "A String", # The end user's IP address. This field is used to extract location information for personalization. This field must be either an IPv4 address (e.g. "104.133.9.80") or an IPv6 address (e.g. "2001:0db8:85a3:0000:0000:8a2e:0370:7334"). Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This should not be set when: * setting SearchRequest.user_info. * using the JavaScript tag in UserEventService.CollectUserEvent or if direct_user_request is set.
-    "userAgent": "A String", # User agent as included in the HTTP header. Required for getting SearchResponse.sponsored_results. The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1,000 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This should not be set when using the client side event reporting with GTM or JavaScript tag in UserEventService.CollectUserEvent or if direct_user_request is set.
+    "userAgent": "A String", # User agent as included in the HTTP header. The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1,000 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This should not be set when using the client side event reporting with GTM or JavaScript tag in UserEventService.CollectUserEvent or if direct_user_request is set.
     "userId": "A String", # Highly recommended for logged-in users. Unique identifier for logged-in user, such as a user name. Don't set for anonymous users. Always use a hashed value for this ID. Don't set the field to the same fixed ID for different users. This mixes the event history of those users together, which results in degraded model quality. The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
   },
   "variantRollupKeys": [ # The keys to fetch and rollup the matching variant Products attributes, FulfillmentInfo or LocalInventorys attributes. The attributes from all the matching variant Products or LocalInventorys are merged and de-duplicated. Notice that rollup attributes will lead to extra query latency. Maximum number of keys is 30. For FulfillmentInfo, a fulfillment type and a fulfillment ID must be provided in the format of "fulfillmentType.fulfillmentId". E.g., in "pickupInStore.store123", "pickupInStore" is fulfillment type and "store123" is the store ID. Supported keys are: * colorFamilies * price * originalPrice * discount * variantId * inventory(place_id,price) * inventory(place_id,original_price) * inventory(place_id,attributes.key), where key is any key in the Product.local_inventories.attributes map. * attributes.key, where key is any key in the Product.attributes map. * pickupInStore.id, where id is any FulfillmentInfo.place_ids for FulfillmentInfo.type "pickup-in-store". * shipToStore.id, where id is any FulfillmentInfo.place_ids for FulfillmentInfo.type "ship-to-store". * sameDayDelivery.id, where id is any FulfillmentInfo.place_ids for FulfillmentInfo.type "same-day-delivery". * nextDayDelivery.id, where id is any FulfillmentInfo.place_ids for FulfillmentInfo.type "next-day-delivery". * customFulfillment1.id, where id is any FulfillmentInfo.place_ids for FulfillmentInfo.type "custom-type-1". * customFulfillment2.id, where id is any FulfillmentInfo.place_ids for FulfillmentInfo.type "custom-type-2". * customFulfillment3.id, where id is any FulfillmentInfo.place_ids for FulfillmentInfo.type "custom-type-3". * customFulfillment4.id, where id is any FulfillmentInfo.place_ids for FulfillmentInfo.type "custom-type-4". * customFulfillment5.id, where id is any FulfillmentInfo.place_ids for FulfillmentInfo.type "custom-type-5". If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -1085,11 +1086,11 @@ 
Method Details

     ],
   },
   "correctedQuery": "A String", # Contains the spell corrected query, if found. If the spell correction type is AUTOMATIC, then the search results are based on corrected_query. Otherwise the original query is used for search.
-  "experimentInfo": [ # Metadata related to A/B testing Experiment associated with this response. Only exists when an experiment is triggered.
-    { # Metadata for active A/B testing Experiment.
+  "experimentInfo": [ # Metadata related to A/B testing experiment associated with this response. Only exists when an experiment is triggered.
+    { # Metadata for active A/B testing experiment.
       "experiment": "A String", # The fully qualified resource name of the experiment that provides the serving config under test, should an active experiment exist. For example: `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/experiments/experiment_id`
       "servingConfigExperiment": { # Metadata for active serving config A/B tests. # A/B test between existing Cloud Retail Search ServingConfigs.
-        "experimentServingConfig": "A String", # The fully qualified resource name of the serving config Experiment.VariantArm.serving_config_id responsible for generating the search response. For example: `projects/*/locations/*/catalogs/*/servingConfigs/*`.
+        "experimentServingConfig": "A String", # The fully qualified resource name of the serving config `Experiment.VariantArm.serving_config_id` responsible for generating the search response. For example: `projects/*/locations/*/catalogs/*/servingConfigs/*`.
         "originalServingConfig": "A String", # The fully qualified resource name of the original SearchRequest.placement in the search request prior to reassignment by experiment API. For example: `projects/*/locations/*/catalogs/*/servingConfigs/*`.
       },
     },
@@ -1218,7 +1219,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "languageCode": "A String", # Language of the title/description and other string attributes. Use language tags defined by [BCP 47](https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt). For product prediction, this field is ignored and the model automatically detects the text language. The Product can include text in different languages, but duplicating Products to provide text in multiple languages can result in degraded model performance. For product search this field is in use. It defaults to "en-US" if unset.
         "localInventories": [ # Output only. A list of local inventories specific to different places. This field can be managed by ProductService.AddLocalInventories and ProductService.RemoveLocalInventories APIs if fine-grained, high-volume updates are necessary.
           { # The inventory information at a place (e.g. a store) identified by a place ID.
-            "attributes": { # Additional local inventory attributes, for example, store name, promotion tags, etc. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * At most 30 attributes are allowed. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 32 characters. * The key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS. * The attribute values must be of the same type (text or number). * Only 1 value is allowed for each attribute. * For text values, the length limit is 256 UTF-8 characters. * The attribute does not support search. The `searchable` field should be unset or set to false. * The max summed total bytes of custom attribute keys and values per product is 5MiB.
+            "attributes": { # Optional. Additional local inventory attributes, for example, store name, promotion tags, etc. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * At most 30 attributes are allowed. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 32 characters. * The key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS. * The attribute values must be of the same type (text or number). * Only 1 value is allowed for each attribute. * For text values, the length limit is 256 UTF-8 characters. * The attribute does not support search. The `searchable` field should be unset or set to false. * The max summed total bytes of custom attribute keys and values per product is 5MiB.
               "a_key": { # A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in Product.
                 "indexable": True or False, # This field is normally ignored unless AttributesConfig.attribute_config_level of the Catalog is set to the deprecated 'PRODUCT_LEVEL_ATTRIBUTE_CONFIG' mode. For information about product-level attribute configuration, see [Configuration modes](https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/attribute-config#config-modes). If true, custom attribute values are indexed, so that they can be filtered, faceted or boosted in SearchService.Search. This field is ignored in a UserEvent. See SearchRequest.filter, SearchRequest.facet_specs and SearchRequest.boost_spec for more details.
                 "numbers": [ # The numerical values of this custom attribute. For example, `[2.3, 15.4]` when the key is "lengths_cm". Exactly one of text or numbers should be set. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -1230,11 +1231,12 @@ 
Method Details

                 ],
               },
             },
-            "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Input only. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+            "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability).
+            "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Optional. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
               "A String",
             ],
-            "placeId": "A String", # The place ID for the current set of inventory information.
-            "priceInfo": { # The price information of a Product. # Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
+            "placeId": "A String", # Required. The place ID for the current set of inventory information.
+            "priceInfo": { # The price information of a Product. # Optional. Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
               "cost": 3.14, # The costs associated with the sale of a particular product. Used for gross profit reporting. * Profit = price - cost Google Merchant Center property [cost_of_goods_sold](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/9017895).
               "currencyCode": "A String", # The 3-letter currency code defined in [ISO 4217](https://www.iso.org/iso-4217-currency-codes.html). If this field is an unrecognizable currency code, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. The Product.Type.VARIANT Products with the same Product.primary_product_id must share the same currency_code. Otherwise, a FAILED_PRECONDITION error is returned.
               "originalPrice": 3.14, # Price of the product without any discount. If zero, by default set to be the price. If set, original_price should be greater than or equal to price, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is thrown.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.userEvents.html b/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.userEvents.html
index 5a4459fde6..02686585b9 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.userEvents.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.userEvents.html
@@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "dataSchema": "A String", # The schema to use when parsing the data from the source. Supported values for product imports: * `product` (default): One JSON Product per line. Each product must have a valid Product.id. * `product_merchant_center`: See [Importing catalog data from Merchant Center](https://cloud.google.com/retail/recommendations-ai/docs/upload-catalog#mc). Supported values for user events imports: * `user_event` (default): One JSON UserEvent per line. * `user_event_ga360`: The schema is available here: https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/3437719. * `user_event_ga4`: The schema is available here: https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/7029846. Supported values for autocomplete imports: * `suggestions` (default): One JSON completion suggestion per line. * `denylist`: One JSON deny suggestion per line. * `allowlist`: One JSON allow suggestion per line.
       "datasetId": "A String", # Required. The BigQuery data set to copy the data from with a length limit of 1,024 characters.
       "gcsStagingDir": "A String", # Intermediate Cloud Storage directory used for the import with a length limit of 2,000 characters. Can be specified if one wants to have the BigQuery export to a specific Cloud Storage directory.
-      "partitionDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # BigQuery time partitioned table's _PARTITIONDATE in YYYY-MM-DD format. Only supported in ImportProductsRequest.
+      "partitionDate": { # Represents a whole or partial calendar date, such as a birthday. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are insignificant. The date is relative to the Gregorian Calendar. This can represent one of the following: * A full date, with non-zero year, month, and day values. * A month and day, with a zero year (for example, an anniversary). * A year on its own, with a zero month and a zero day. * A year and month, with a zero day (for example, a credit card expiration date). Related types: * google.type.TimeOfDay * google.type.DateTime * google.protobuf.Timestamp # BigQuery time partitioned table's _PARTITIONDATE in YYYY-MM-DD format.
         "day": 42, # Day of a month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 to specify a year by itself or a year and month where the day isn't significant.
         "month": 42, # Month of a year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 to specify a year without a month and day.
         "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
@@ -318,7 +318,7 @@ 
Method Details

                 "languageCode": "A String", # Language of the title/description and other string attributes. Use language tags defined by [BCP 47](https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt). For product prediction, this field is ignored and the model automatically detects the text language. The Product can include text in different languages, but duplicating Products to provide text in multiple languages can result in degraded model performance. For product search this field is in use. It defaults to "en-US" if unset.
                 "localInventories": [ # Output only. A list of local inventories specific to different places. This field can be managed by ProductService.AddLocalInventories and ProductService.RemoveLocalInventories APIs if fine-grained, high-volume updates are necessary.
                   { # The inventory information at a place (e.g. a store) identified by a place ID.
-                    "attributes": { # Additional local inventory attributes, for example, store name, promotion tags, etc. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * At most 30 attributes are allowed. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 32 characters. * The key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS. * The attribute values must be of the same type (text or number). * Only 1 value is allowed for each attribute. * For text values, the length limit is 256 UTF-8 characters. * The attribute does not support search. The `searchable` field should be unset or set to false. * The max summed total bytes of custom attribute keys and values per product is 5MiB.
+                    "attributes": { # Optional. Additional local inventory attributes, for example, store name, promotion tags, etc. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * At most 30 attributes are allowed. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 32 characters. * The key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS. * The attribute values must be of the same type (text or number). * Only 1 value is allowed for each attribute. * For text values, the length limit is 256 UTF-8 characters. * The attribute does not support search. The `searchable` field should be unset or set to false. * The max summed total bytes of custom attribute keys and values per product is 5MiB.
                       "a_key": { # A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in Product.
                         "indexable": True or False, # This field is normally ignored unless AttributesConfig.attribute_config_level of the Catalog is set to the deprecated 'PRODUCT_LEVEL_ATTRIBUTE_CONFIG' mode. For information about product-level attribute configuration, see [Configuration modes](https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/attribute-config#config-modes). If true, custom attribute values are indexed, so that they can be filtered, faceted or boosted in SearchService.Search. This field is ignored in a UserEvent. See SearchRequest.filter, SearchRequest.facet_specs and SearchRequest.boost_spec for more details.
                         "numbers": [ # The numerical values of this custom attribute. For example, `[2.3, 15.4]` when the key is "lengths_cm". Exactly one of text or numbers should be set. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -330,11 +330,12 @@ 
Method Details

                         ],
                       },
                     },
-                    "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Input only. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+                    "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability).
+                    "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Optional. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
                       "A String",
                     ],
-                    "placeId": "A String", # The place ID for the current set of inventory information.
-                    "priceInfo": { # The price information of a Product. # Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
+                    "placeId": "A String", # Required. The place ID for the current set of inventory information.
+                    "priceInfo": { # The price information of a Product. # Optional. Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
                       "cost": 3.14, # The costs associated with the sale of a particular product. Used for gross profit reporting. * Profit = price - cost Google Merchant Center property [cost_of_goods_sold](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/9017895).
                       "currencyCode": "A String", # The 3-letter currency code defined in [ISO 4217](https://www.iso.org/iso-4217-currency-codes.html). If this field is an unrecognizable currency code, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. The Product.Type.VARIANT Products with the same Product.primary_product_id must share the same currency_code. Otherwise, a FAILED_PRECONDITION error is returned.
                       "originalPrice": 3.14, # Price of the product without any discount. If zero, by default set to be the price. If set, original_price should be greater than or equal to price, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is thrown.
@@ -433,7 +434,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "userInfo": { # Information of an end user. # User information.
             "directUserRequest": True or False, # True if the request is made directly from the end user, in which case the ip_address and user_agent can be populated from the HTTP request. This flag should be set only if the API request is made directly from the end user such as a mobile app (and not if a gateway or a server is processing and pushing the user events). This should not be set when using the JavaScript tag in UserEventService.CollectUserEvent.
             "ipAddress": "A String", # The end user's IP address. This field is used to extract location information for personalization. This field must be either an IPv4 address (e.g. "104.133.9.80") or an IPv6 address (e.g. "2001:0db8:85a3:0000:0000:8a2e:0370:7334"). Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This should not be set when: * setting SearchRequest.user_info. * using the JavaScript tag in UserEventService.CollectUserEvent or if direct_user_request is set.
-            "userAgent": "A String", # User agent as included in the HTTP header. Required for getting SearchResponse.sponsored_results. The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1,000 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This should not be set when using the client side event reporting with GTM or JavaScript tag in UserEventService.CollectUserEvent or if direct_user_request is set.
+            "userAgent": "A String", # User agent as included in the HTTP header. The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1,000 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This should not be set when using the client side event reporting with GTM or JavaScript tag in UserEventService.CollectUserEvent or if direct_user_request is set.
             "userId": "A String", # Highly recommended for logged-in users. Unique identifier for logged-in user, such as a user name. Don't set for anonymous users. Always use a hashed value for this ID. Don't set the field to the same fixed ID for different users. This mixes the event history of those users together, which results in degraded model quality. The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
           },
           "visitorId": "A String", # Required. A unique identifier for tracking visitors. For example, this could be implemented with an HTTP cookie, which should be able to uniquely identify a visitor on a single device. This unique identifier should not change if the visitor log in/out of the website. Don't set the field to the same fixed ID for different users. This mixes the event history of those users together, which results in degraded model quality. The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. The field should not contain PII or user-data. We recommend to use Google Analytics [Client ID](https://developers.google.com/analytics/devguides/collection/analyticsjs/field-reference#clientId) for this field.
@@ -667,7 +668,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "languageCode": "A String", # Language of the title/description and other string attributes. Use language tags defined by [BCP 47](https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt). For product prediction, this field is ignored and the model automatically detects the text language. The Product can include text in different languages, but duplicating Products to provide text in multiple languages can result in degraded model performance. For product search this field is in use. It defaults to "en-US" if unset.
         "localInventories": [ # Output only. A list of local inventories specific to different places. This field can be managed by ProductService.AddLocalInventories and ProductService.RemoveLocalInventories APIs if fine-grained, high-volume updates are necessary.
           { # The inventory information at a place (e.g. a store) identified by a place ID.
-            "attributes": { # Additional local inventory attributes, for example, store name, promotion tags, etc. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * At most 30 attributes are allowed. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 32 characters. * The key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS. * The attribute values must be of the same type (text or number). * Only 1 value is allowed for each attribute. * For text values, the length limit is 256 UTF-8 characters. * The attribute does not support search. The `searchable` field should be unset or set to false. * The max summed total bytes of custom attribute keys and values per product is 5MiB.
+            "attributes": { # Optional. Additional local inventory attributes, for example, store name, promotion tags, etc. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * At most 30 attributes are allowed. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 32 characters. * The key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS. * The attribute values must be of the same type (text or number). * Only 1 value is allowed for each attribute. * For text values, the length limit is 256 UTF-8 characters. * The attribute does not support search. The `searchable` field should be unset or set to false. * The max summed total bytes of custom attribute keys and values per product is 5MiB.
               "a_key": { # A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in Product.
                 "indexable": True or False, # This field is normally ignored unless AttributesConfig.attribute_config_level of the Catalog is set to the deprecated 'PRODUCT_LEVEL_ATTRIBUTE_CONFIG' mode. For information about product-level attribute configuration, see [Configuration modes](https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/attribute-config#config-modes). If true, custom attribute values are indexed, so that they can be filtered, faceted or boosted in SearchService.Search. This field is ignored in a UserEvent. See SearchRequest.filter, SearchRequest.facet_specs and SearchRequest.boost_spec for more details.
                 "numbers": [ # The numerical values of this custom attribute. For example, `[2.3, 15.4]` when the key is "lengths_cm". Exactly one of text or numbers should be set. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -679,11 +680,12 @@ 
Method Details

                 ],
               },
             },
-            "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Input only. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+            "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability).
+            "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Optional. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
               "A String",
             ],
-            "placeId": "A String", # The place ID for the current set of inventory information.
-            "priceInfo": { # The price information of a Product. # Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
+            "placeId": "A String", # Required. The place ID for the current set of inventory information.
+            "priceInfo": { # The price information of a Product. # Optional. Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
               "cost": 3.14, # The costs associated with the sale of a particular product. Used for gross profit reporting. * Profit = price - cost Google Merchant Center property [cost_of_goods_sold](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/9017895).
               "currencyCode": "A String", # The 3-letter currency code defined in [ISO 4217](https://www.iso.org/iso-4217-currency-codes.html). If this field is an unrecognizable currency code, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. The Product.Type.VARIANT Products with the same Product.primary_product_id must share the same currency_code. Otherwise, a FAILED_PRECONDITION error is returned.
               "originalPrice": 3.14, # Price of the product without any discount. If zero, by default set to be the price. If set, original_price should be greater than or equal to price, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is thrown.
@@ -782,7 +784,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "userInfo": { # Information of an end user. # User information.
     "directUserRequest": True or False, # True if the request is made directly from the end user, in which case the ip_address and user_agent can be populated from the HTTP request. This flag should be set only if the API request is made directly from the end user such as a mobile app (and not if a gateway or a server is processing and pushing the user events). This should not be set when using the JavaScript tag in UserEventService.CollectUserEvent.
     "ipAddress": "A String", # The end user's IP address. This field is used to extract location information for personalization. This field must be either an IPv4 address (e.g. "104.133.9.80") or an IPv6 address (e.g. "2001:0db8:85a3:0000:0000:8a2e:0370:7334"). Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This should not be set when: * setting SearchRequest.user_info. * using the JavaScript tag in UserEventService.CollectUserEvent or if direct_user_request is set.
-    "userAgent": "A String", # User agent as included in the HTTP header. Required for getting SearchResponse.sponsored_results. The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1,000 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This should not be set when using the client side event reporting with GTM or JavaScript tag in UserEventService.CollectUserEvent or if direct_user_request is set.
+    "userAgent": "A String", # User agent as included in the HTTP header. The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1,000 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This should not be set when using the client side event reporting with GTM or JavaScript tag in UserEventService.CollectUserEvent or if direct_user_request is set.
     "userId": "A String", # Highly recommended for logged-in users. Unique identifier for logged-in user, such as a user name. Don't set for anonymous users. Always use a hashed value for this ID. Don't set the field to the same fixed ID for different users. This mixes the event history of those users together, which results in degraded model quality. The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
   },
   "visitorId": "A String", # Required. A unique identifier for tracking visitors. For example, this could be implemented with an HTTP cookie, which should be able to uniquely identify a visitor on a single device. This unique identifier should not change if the visitor log in/out of the website. Don't set the field to the same fixed ID for different users. This mixes the event history of those users together, which results in degraded model quality. The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. The field should not contain PII or user-data. We recommend to use Google Analytics [Client ID](https://developers.google.com/analytics/devguides/collection/analyticsjs/field-reference#clientId) for this field.
@@ -898,7 +900,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "languageCode": "A String", # Language of the title/description and other string attributes. Use language tags defined by [BCP 47](https://www.rfc-editor.org/rfc/bcp/bcp47.txt). For product prediction, this field is ignored and the model automatically detects the text language. The Product can include text in different languages, but duplicating Products to provide text in multiple languages can result in degraded model performance. For product search this field is in use. It defaults to "en-US" if unset.
         "localInventories": [ # Output only. A list of local inventories specific to different places. This field can be managed by ProductService.AddLocalInventories and ProductService.RemoveLocalInventories APIs if fine-grained, high-volume updates are necessary.
           { # The inventory information at a place (e.g. a store) identified by a place ID.
-            "attributes": { # Additional local inventory attributes, for example, store name, promotion tags, etc. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * At most 30 attributes are allowed. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 32 characters. * The key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS. * The attribute values must be of the same type (text or number). * Only 1 value is allowed for each attribute. * For text values, the length limit is 256 UTF-8 characters. * The attribute does not support search. The `searchable` field should be unset or set to false. * The max summed total bytes of custom attribute keys and values per product is 5MiB.
+            "attributes": { # Optional. Additional local inventory attributes, for example, store name, promotion tags, etc. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * At most 30 attributes are allowed. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 32 characters. * The key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS. * The attribute values must be of the same type (text or number). * Only 1 value is allowed for each attribute. * For text values, the length limit is 256 UTF-8 characters. * The attribute does not support search. The `searchable` field should be unset or set to false. * The max summed total bytes of custom attribute keys and values per product is 5MiB.
               "a_key": { # A custom attribute that is not explicitly modeled in Product.
                 "indexable": True or False, # This field is normally ignored unless AttributesConfig.attribute_config_level of the Catalog is set to the deprecated 'PRODUCT_LEVEL_ATTRIBUTE_CONFIG' mode. For information about product-level attribute configuration, see [Configuration modes](https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/attribute-config#config-modes). If true, custom attribute values are indexed, so that they can be filtered, faceted or boosted in SearchService.Search. This field is ignored in a UserEvent. See SearchRequest.filter, SearchRequest.facet_specs and SearchRequest.boost_spec for more details.
                 "numbers": [ # The numerical values of this custom attribute. For example, `[2.3, 15.4]` when the key is "lengths_cm". Exactly one of text or numbers should be set. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
@@ -910,11 +912,12 @@ 
Method Details

                 ],
               },
             },
-            "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Input only. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+            "availability": "A String", # Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered "in stock" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability).
+            "fulfillmentTypes": [ # Optional. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * "pickup-in-store" * "ship-to-store" * "same-day-delivery" * "next-day-delivery" * "custom-type-1" * "custom-type-2" * "custom-type-3" * "custom-type-4" * "custom-type-5" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
               "A String",
             ],
-            "placeId": "A String", # The place ID for the current set of inventory information.
-            "priceInfo": { # The price information of a Product. # Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
+            "placeId": "A String", # Required. The place ID for the current set of inventory information.
+            "priceInfo": { # The price information of a Product. # Optional. Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371).
               "cost": 3.14, # The costs associated with the sale of a particular product. Used for gross profit reporting. * Profit = price - cost Google Merchant Center property [cost_of_goods_sold](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/9017895).
               "currencyCode": "A String", # The 3-letter currency code defined in [ISO 4217](https://www.iso.org/iso-4217-currency-codes.html). If this field is an unrecognizable currency code, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. The Product.Type.VARIANT Products with the same Product.primary_product_id must share the same currency_code. Otherwise, a FAILED_PRECONDITION error is returned.
               "originalPrice": 3.14, # Price of the product without any discount. If zero, by default set to be the price. If set, original_price should be greater than or equal to price, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is thrown.
@@ -1013,7 +1016,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "userInfo": { # Information of an end user. # User information.
     "directUserRequest": True or False, # True if the request is made directly from the end user, in which case the ip_address and user_agent can be populated from the HTTP request. This flag should be set only if the API request is made directly from the end user such as a mobile app (and not if a gateway or a server is processing and pushing the user events). This should not be set when using the JavaScript tag in UserEventService.CollectUserEvent.
     "ipAddress": "A String", # The end user's IP address. This field is used to extract location information for personalization. This field must be either an IPv4 address (e.g. "104.133.9.80") or an IPv6 address (e.g. "2001:0db8:85a3:0000:0000:8a2e:0370:7334"). Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This should not be set when: * setting SearchRequest.user_info. * using the JavaScript tag in UserEventService.CollectUserEvent or if direct_user_request is set.
-    "userAgent": "A String", # User agent as included in the HTTP header. Required for getting SearchResponse.sponsored_results. The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1,000 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This should not be set when using the client side event reporting with GTM or JavaScript tag in UserEventService.CollectUserEvent or if direct_user_request is set.
+    "userAgent": "A String", # User agent as included in the HTTP header. The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1,000 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This should not be set when using the client side event reporting with GTM or JavaScript tag in UserEventService.CollectUserEvent or if direct_user_request is set.
     "userId": "A String", # Highly recommended for logged-in users. Unique identifier for logged-in user, such as a user name. Don't set for anonymous users. Always use a hashed value for this ID. Don't set the field to the same fixed ID for different users. This mixes the event history of those users together, which results in degraded model quality. The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
   },
   "visitorId": "A String", # Required. A unique identifier for tracking visitors. For example, this could be implemented with an HTTP cookie, which should be able to uniquely identify a visitor on a single device. This unique identifier should not change if the visitor log in/out of the website. Don't set the field to the same fixed ID for different users. This mixes the event history of those users together, which results in degraded model quality. The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. The field should not contain PII or user-data. We recommend to use Google Analytics [Client ID](https://developers.google.com/analytics/devguides/collection/analyticsjs/field-reference#clientId) for this field.
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2.json
index a13e9a3acc..26477995f5 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2.json
@@ -2246,7 +2246,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241024",
+"revision": "20241114",
 "rootUrl": "https://retail.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "GoogleApiHttpBody": {
@@ -2514,7 +2514,7 @@
 "enumDescriptions": [
 "Value used when unset. In this case, server behavior defaults to CATALOG_LEVEL_ATTRIBUTE_CONFIG.",
 "At this level, we honor the attribute configurations set in Product.attributes.",
-"At this level, we honor the attribute configurations set in CatalogConfig.attribute_configs."
+"At this level, we honor the attribute configurations set in `CatalogConfig.attribute_configs`."
 ],
 "readOnly": true,
 "type": "string"
@@ -2615,7 +2615,7 @@
 },
 "partitionDate": {
 "$ref": "GoogleTypeDate",
-"description": "BigQuery time partitioned table's _PARTITIONDATE in YYYY-MM-DD format. Only supported in ImportProductsRequest."
+"description": "BigQuery time partitioned table's _PARTITIONDATE in YYYY-MM-DD format."
 },
 "projectId": {
 "description": "The project ID (can be project # or ID) that the BigQuery source is in with a length limit of 128 characters. If not specified, inherits the project ID from the parent request.",
@@ -2684,7 +2684,7 @@
 "description": "Contains facet options."
 },
 "inUse": {
-"description": "Output only. Indicates whether this attribute has been used by any products. `True` if at least one Product is using this attribute in Product.attributes. Otherwise, this field is `False`. CatalogAttribute can be pre-loaded by using CatalogService.AddCatalogAttribute, CatalogService.ImportCatalogAttributes, or CatalogService.UpdateAttributesConfig APIs. This field is `False` for pre-loaded CatalogAttributes. Only pre-loaded catalog attributes that are neither in use by products nor predefined can be deleted. Catalog attributes that are either in use by products or are predefined attributes cannot be deleted; however, their configuration properties will reset to default values upon removal request. After catalog changes, it takes about 10 minutes for this field to update.",
+"description": "Output only. Indicates whether this attribute has been used by any products. `True` if at least one Product is using this attribute in Product.attributes. Otherwise, this field is `False`. CatalogAttribute can be pre-loaded by using CatalogService.AddCatalogAttribute or CatalogService.UpdateAttributesConfig APIs. This field is `False` for pre-loaded CatalogAttributes. Only pre-loaded catalog attributes that are neither in use by products nor predefined can be deleted. Catalog attributes that are either in use by products or are predefined attributes cannot be deleted; however, their configuration properties will reset to default values upon removal request. After catalog changes, it takes about 10 minutes for this field to update.",
 "readOnly": true,
 "type": "boolean"
 },
@@ -3211,7 +3211,7 @@
 "type": "object"
 },
 "GoogleCloudRetailV2ExperimentInfo": {
-"description": "Metadata for active A/B testing Experiment.",
+"description": "Metadata for active A/B testing experiment.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudRetailV2ExperimentInfo",
 "properties": {
 "experiment": {
@@ -3230,7 +3230,7 @@
 "id": "GoogleCloudRetailV2ExperimentInfoServingConfigExperiment",
 "properties": {
 "experimentServingConfig": {
-"description": "The fully qualified resource name of the serving config Experiment.VariantArm.serving_config_id responsible for generating the search response. For example: `projects/*/locations/*/catalogs/*/servingConfigs/*`.",
+"description": "The fully qualified resource name of the serving config `Experiment.VariantArm.serving_config_id` responsible for generating the search response. For example: `projects/*/locations/*/catalogs/*/servingConfigs/*`.",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "originalServingConfig": {
@@ -3768,23 +3768,41 @@
 "additionalProperties": {
 "$ref": "GoogleCloudRetailV2CustomAttribute"
 },
-"description": "Additional local inventory attributes, for example, store name, promotion tags, etc. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * At most 30 attributes are allowed. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 32 characters. * The key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS. * The attribute values must be of the same type (text or number). * Only 1 value is allowed for each attribute. * For text values, the length limit is 256 UTF-8 characters. * The attribute does not support search. The `searchable` field should be unset or set to false. * The max summed total bytes of custom attribute keys and values per product is 5MiB.",
+"description": "Optional. Additional local inventory attributes, for example, store name, promotion tags, etc. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * At most 30 attributes are allowed. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 32 characters. * The key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS. * The attribute values must be of the same type (text or number). * Only 1 value is allowed for each attribute. * For text values, the length limit is 256 UTF-8 characters. * The attribute does not support search. The `searchable` field should be unset or set to false. * The max summed total bytes of custom attribute keys and values per product is 5MiB.",
 "type": "object"
 },
+"availability": {
+"description": "Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered \"in stock\" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability).",
+"enum": [
+"AVAILABILITY_UNSPECIFIED",
+"IN_STOCK",
+"OUT_OF_STOCK",
+"PREORDER",
+"BACKORDER"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Default product availability. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK if unset.",
+"Product in stock.",
+"Product out of stock.",
+"Product that is in pre-order state.",
+"Product that is back-ordered (i.e. temporarily out of stock)."
+],
+"type": "string"
+},
 "fulfillmentTypes": {
-"description": "Input only. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * \"pickup-in-store\" * \"ship-to-store\" * \"same-day-delivery\" * \"next-day-delivery\" * \"custom-type-1\" * \"custom-type-2\" * \"custom-type-3\" * \"custom-type-4\" * \"custom-type-5\" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.",
+"description": "Optional. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * \"pickup-in-store\" * \"ship-to-store\" * \"same-day-delivery\" * \"next-day-delivery\" * \"custom-type-1\" * \"custom-type-2\" * \"custom-type-3\" * \"custom-type-4\" * \"custom-type-5\" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.",
 "items": {
 "type": "string"
 },
 "type": "array"
 },
 "placeId": {
-"description": "The place ID for the current set of inventory information.",
+"description": "Required. The place ID for the current set of inventory information.",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "priceInfo": {
 "$ref": "GoogleCloudRetailV2PriceInfo",
-"description": "Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371)."
+"description": "Optional. Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371)."
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
@@ -5515,7 +5533,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "experimentInfo": {
-"description": "Metadata related to A/B testing Experiment associated with this response. Only exists when an experiment is triggered.",
+"description": "Metadata related to A/B testing experiment associated with this response. Only exists when an experiment is triggered.",
 "items": {
 "$ref": "GoogleCloudRetailV2ExperimentInfo"
 },
@@ -6173,7 +6191,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "userAgent": {
-"description": "User agent as included in the HTTP header. Required for getting SearchResponse.sponsored_results. The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1,000 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This should not be set when using the client side event reporting with GTM or JavaScript tag in UserEventService.CollectUserEvent or if direct_user_request is set.",
+"description": "User agent as included in the HTTP header. The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1,000 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This should not be set when using the client side event reporting with GTM or JavaScript tag in UserEventService.CollectUserEvent or if direct_user_request is set.",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "userId": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2alpha.json
index 38dcfa4115..e39fe405a4 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2alpha.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2alpha.json
@@ -2767,7 +2767,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241024",
+"revision": "20241114",
 "rootUrl": "https://retail.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "GoogleApiHttpBody": {
@@ -3667,7 +3667,7 @@
 "enumDescriptions": [
 "Value used when unset. In this case, server behavior defaults to CATALOG_LEVEL_ATTRIBUTE_CONFIG.",
 "At this level, we honor the attribute configurations set in Product.attributes.",
-"At this level, we honor the attribute configurations set in CatalogConfig.attribute_configs."
+"At this level, we honor the attribute configurations set in `CatalogConfig.attribute_configs`."
 ],
 "readOnly": true,
 "type": "string"
@@ -3803,7 +3803,7 @@
 },
 "partitionDate": {
 "$ref": "GoogleTypeDate",
-"description": "BigQuery time partitioned table's _PARTITIONDATE in YYYY-MM-DD format. Only supported in ImportProductsRequest."
+"description": "BigQuery time partitioned table's _PARTITIONDATE in YYYY-MM-DD format."
 },
 "projectId": {
 "description": "The project ID (can be project # or ID) that the BigQuery source is in with a length limit of 128 characters. If not specified, inherits the project ID from the parent request.",
@@ -3981,7 +3981,7 @@
 "description": "Contains facet options."
 },
 "inUse": {
-"description": "Output only. Indicates whether this attribute has been used by any products. `True` if at least one Product is using this attribute in Product.attributes. Otherwise, this field is `False`. CatalogAttribute can be pre-loaded by using CatalogService.AddCatalogAttribute, CatalogService.ImportCatalogAttributes, or CatalogService.UpdateAttributesConfig APIs. This field is `False` for pre-loaded CatalogAttributes. Only pre-loaded catalog attributes that are neither in use by products nor predefined can be deleted. Catalog attributes that are either in use by products or are predefined attributes cannot be deleted; however, their configuration properties will reset to default values upon removal request. After catalog changes, it takes about 10 minutes for this field to update.",
+"description": "Output only. Indicates whether this attribute has been used by any products. `True` if at least one Product is using this attribute in Product.attributes. Otherwise, this field is `False`. CatalogAttribute can be pre-loaded by using CatalogService.AddCatalogAttribute or CatalogService.UpdateAttributesConfig APIs. This field is `False` for pre-loaded CatalogAttributes. Only pre-loaded catalog attributes that are neither in use by products nor predefined can be deleted. Catalog attributes that are either in use by products or are predefined attributes cannot be deleted; however, their configuration properties will reset to default values upon removal request. After catalog changes, it takes about 10 minutes for this field to update.",
 "readOnly": true,
 "type": "boolean"
 },
@@ -4604,7 +4604,7 @@
 "type": "object"
 },
 "GoogleCloudRetailV2alphaExperimentInfo": {
-"description": "Metadata for active A/B testing Experiment.",
+"description": "Metadata for active A/B testing experiment.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudRetailV2alphaExperimentInfo",
 "properties": {
 "experiment": {
@@ -4623,7 +4623,7 @@
 "id": "GoogleCloudRetailV2alphaExperimentInfoServingConfigExperiment",
 "properties": {
 "experimentServingConfig": {
-"description": "The fully qualified resource name of the serving config Experiment.VariantArm.serving_config_id responsible for generating the search response. For example: `projects/*/locations/*/catalogs/*/servingConfigs/*`.",
+"description": "The fully qualified resource name of the serving config `Experiment.VariantArm.serving_config_id` responsible for generating the search response. For example: `projects/*/locations/*/catalogs/*/servingConfigs/*`.",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "originalServingConfig": {
@@ -5300,23 +5300,41 @@
 "additionalProperties": {
 "$ref": "GoogleCloudRetailV2alphaCustomAttribute"
 },
-"description": "Additional local inventory attributes, for example, store name, promotion tags, etc. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * At most 30 attributes are allowed. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 32 characters. * The key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS. * The attribute values must be of the same type (text or number). * Only 1 value is allowed for each attribute. * For text values, the length limit is 256 UTF-8 characters. * The attribute does not support search. The `searchable` field should be unset or set to false. * The max summed total bytes of custom attribute keys and values per product is 5MiB.",
+"description": "Optional. Additional local inventory attributes, for example, store name, promotion tags, etc. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * At most 30 attributes are allowed. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 32 characters. * The key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS. * The attribute values must be of the same type (text or number). * Only 1 value is allowed for each attribute. * For text values, the length limit is 256 UTF-8 characters. * The attribute does not support search. The `searchable` field should be unset or set to false. * The max summed total bytes of custom attribute keys and values per product is 5MiB.",
 "type": "object"
 },
+"availability": {
+"description": "Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered \"in stock\" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability).",
+"enum": [
+"AVAILABILITY_UNSPECIFIED",
+"IN_STOCK",
+"OUT_OF_STOCK",
+"PREORDER",
+"BACKORDER"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Default product availability. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK if unset.",
+"Product in stock.",
+"Product out of stock.",
+"Product that is in pre-order state.",
+"Product that is back-ordered (i.e. temporarily out of stock)."
+],
+"type": "string"
+},
 "fulfillmentTypes": {
-"description": "Input only. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * \"pickup-in-store\" * \"ship-to-store\" * \"same-day-delivery\" * \"next-day-delivery\" * \"custom-type-1\" * \"custom-type-2\" * \"custom-type-3\" * \"custom-type-4\" * \"custom-type-5\" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.",
+"description": "Optional. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * \"pickup-in-store\" * \"ship-to-store\" * \"same-day-delivery\" * \"next-day-delivery\" * \"custom-type-1\" * \"custom-type-2\" * \"custom-type-3\" * \"custom-type-4\" * \"custom-type-5\" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.",
 "items": {
 "type": "string"
 },
 "type": "array"
 },
 "placeId": {
-"description": "The place ID for the current set of inventory information.",
+"description": "Required. The place ID for the current set of inventory information.",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "priceInfo": {
 "$ref": "GoogleCloudRetailV2alphaPriceInfo",
-"description": "Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371)."
+"description": "Optional. Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371)."
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
@@ -7386,7 +7404,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "experimentInfo": {
-"description": "Metadata related to A/B testing Experiment associated with this response. Only exists when an experiment is triggered.",
+"description": "Metadata related to A/B testing experiment associated with this response. Only exists when an experiment is triggered.",
 "items": {
 "$ref": "GoogleCloudRetailV2alphaExperimentInfo"
 },
@@ -8061,7 +8079,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "userAgent": {
-"description": "User agent as included in the HTTP header. Required for getting SearchResponse.sponsored_results. The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1,000 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This should not be set when using the client side event reporting with GTM or JavaScript tag in UserEventService.CollectUserEvent or if direct_user_request is set.",
+"description": "User agent as included in the HTTP header. The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1,000 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This should not be set when using the client side event reporting with GTM or JavaScript tag in UserEventService.CollectUserEvent or if direct_user_request is set.",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "userId": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2beta.json
index d2b2d4f35c..eaf4198ca0 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/retail.v2beta.json
@@ -2391,7 +2391,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241024",
+"revision": "20241114",
 "rootUrl": "https://retail.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "GoogleApiHttpBody": {
@@ -4115,7 +4115,7 @@
 "enumDescriptions": [
 "Value used when unset. In this case, server behavior defaults to CATALOG_LEVEL_ATTRIBUTE_CONFIG.",
 "At this level, we honor the attribute configurations set in Product.attributes.",
-"At this level, we honor the attribute configurations set in CatalogConfig.attribute_configs."
+"At this level, we honor the attribute configurations set in `CatalogConfig.attribute_configs`."
 ],
 "readOnly": true,
 "type": "string"
@@ -4251,7 +4251,7 @@
 },
 "partitionDate": {
 "$ref": "GoogleTypeDate",
-"description": "BigQuery time partitioned table's _PARTITIONDATE in YYYY-MM-DD format. Only supported in ImportProductsRequest."
+"description": "BigQuery time partitioned table's _PARTITIONDATE in YYYY-MM-DD format."
 },
 "projectId": {
 "description": "The project ID (can be project # or ID) that the BigQuery source is in with a length limit of 128 characters. If not specified, inherits the project ID from the parent request.",
@@ -4324,7 +4324,7 @@
 "description": "Contains facet options."
 },
 "inUse": {
-"description": "Output only. Indicates whether this attribute has been used by any products. `True` if at least one Product is using this attribute in Product.attributes. Otherwise, this field is `False`. CatalogAttribute can be pre-loaded by using CatalogService.AddCatalogAttribute, CatalogService.ImportCatalogAttributes, or CatalogService.UpdateAttributesConfig APIs. This field is `False` for pre-loaded CatalogAttributes. Only pre-loaded catalog attributes that are neither in use by products nor predefined can be deleted. Catalog attributes that are either in use by products or are predefined attributes cannot be deleted; however, their configuration properties will reset to default values upon removal request. After catalog changes, it takes about 10 minutes for this field to update.",
+"description": "Output only. Indicates whether this attribute has been used by any products. `True` if at least one Product is using this attribute in Product.attributes. Otherwise, this field is `False`. CatalogAttribute can be pre-loaded by using CatalogService.AddCatalogAttribute or CatalogService.UpdateAttributesConfig APIs. This field is `False` for pre-loaded CatalogAttributes. Only pre-loaded catalog attributes that are neither in use by products nor predefined can be deleted. Catalog attributes that are either in use by products or are predefined attributes cannot be deleted; however, their configuration properties will reset to default values upon removal request. After catalog changes, it takes about 10 minutes for this field to update.",
 "readOnly": true,
 "type": "boolean"
 },
@@ -4870,7 +4870,7 @@
 "type": "object"
 },
 "GoogleCloudRetailV2betaExperimentInfo": {
-"description": "Metadata for active A/B testing Experiment.",
+"description": "Metadata for active A/B testing experiment.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudRetailV2betaExperimentInfo",
 "properties": {
 "experiment": {
@@ -4889,7 +4889,7 @@
 "id": "GoogleCloudRetailV2betaExperimentInfoServingConfigExperiment",
 "properties": {
 "experimentServingConfig": {
-"description": "The fully qualified resource name of the serving config Experiment.VariantArm.serving_config_id responsible for generating the search response. For example: `projects/*/locations/*/catalogs/*/servingConfigs/*`.",
+"description": "The fully qualified resource name of the serving config `Experiment.VariantArm.serving_config_id` responsible for generating the search response. For example: `projects/*/locations/*/catalogs/*/servingConfigs/*`.",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "originalServingConfig": {
@@ -5501,23 +5501,41 @@
 "additionalProperties": {
 "$ref": "GoogleCloudRetailV2betaCustomAttribute"
 },
-"description": "Additional local inventory attributes, for example, store name, promotion tags, etc. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * At most 30 attributes are allowed. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 32 characters. * The key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS. * The attribute values must be of the same type (text or number). * Only 1 value is allowed for each attribute. * For text values, the length limit is 256 UTF-8 characters. * The attribute does not support search. The `searchable` field should be unset or set to false. * The max summed total bytes of custom attribute keys and values per product is 5MiB.",
+"description": "Optional. Additional local inventory attributes, for example, store name, promotion tags, etc. This field needs to pass all below criteria, otherwise an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned: * At most 30 attributes are allowed. * The key must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 32 characters. * The key must match the pattern: `a-zA-Z0-9*`. For example, key0LikeThis or KEY_1_LIKE_THIS. * The attribute values must be of the same type (text or number). * Only 1 value is allowed for each attribute. * For text values, the length limit is 256 UTF-8 characters. * The attribute does not support search. The `searchable` field should be unset or set to false. * The max summed total bytes of custom attribute keys and values per product is 5MiB.",
 "type": "object"
 },
+"availability": {
+"description": "Optional. The availability of the Product at this place_id. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK. For primary products with variants set the availability of the primary as Availability.OUT_OF_STOCK and set the true availability at the variant level. This way the primary product will be considered \"in stock\" as long as it has at least one variant in stock. For primary products with no variants set the true availability at the primary level. Corresponding properties: Google Merchant Center property [availability](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324448). Schema.org property [Offer.availability](https://schema.org/availability).",
+"enum": [
+"AVAILABILITY_UNSPECIFIED",
+"IN_STOCK",
+"OUT_OF_STOCK",
+"PREORDER",
+"BACKORDER"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Default product availability. Default to Availability.IN_STOCK if unset.",
+"Product in stock.",
+"Product out of stock.",
+"Product that is in pre-order state.",
+"Product that is back-ordered (i.e. temporarily out of stock)."
+],
+"type": "string"
+},
 "fulfillmentTypes": {
-"description": "Input only. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * \"pickup-in-store\" * \"ship-to-store\" * \"same-day-delivery\" * \"next-day-delivery\" * \"custom-type-1\" * \"custom-type-2\" * \"custom-type-3\" * \"custom-type-4\" * \"custom-type-5\" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.",
+"description": "Optional. Supported fulfillment types. Valid fulfillment type values include commonly used types (such as pickup in store and same day delivery), and custom types. Customers have to map custom types to their display names before rendering UI. Supported values: * \"pickup-in-store\" * \"ship-to-store\" * \"same-day-delivery\" * \"next-day-delivery\" * \"custom-type-1\" * \"custom-type-2\" * \"custom-type-3\" * \"custom-type-4\" * \"custom-type-5\" If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. All the elements must be distinct. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.",
 "items": {
 "type": "string"
 },
 "type": "array"
 },
 "placeId": {
-"description": "The place ID for the current set of inventory information.",
+"description": "Required. The place ID for the current set of inventory information.",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "priceInfo": {
 "$ref": "GoogleCloudRetailV2betaPriceInfo",
-"description": "Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371)."
+"description": "Optional. Product price and cost information. Google Merchant Center property [price](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/6324371)."
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
@@ -7316,7 +7334,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "experimentInfo": {
-"description": "Metadata related to A/B testing Experiment associated with this response. Only exists when an experiment is triggered.",
+"description": "Metadata related to A/B testing experiment associated with this response. Only exists when an experiment is triggered.",
 "items": {
 "$ref": "GoogleCloudRetailV2betaExperimentInfo"
 },
@@ -7974,7 +7992,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "userAgent": {
-"description": "User agent as included in the HTTP header. Required for getting SearchResponse.sponsored_results. The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1,000 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This should not be set when using the client side event reporting with GTM or JavaScript tag in UserEventService.CollectUserEvent or if direct_user_request is set.",
+"description": "User agent as included in the HTTP header. The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1,000 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This should not be set when using the client side event reporting with GTM or JavaScript tag in UserEventService.CollectUserEvent or if direct_user_request is set.",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "userId": {

From a32f5436e2977212edd500af7a9f474c06cfe734 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Yoshi Automation 
Date: Tue, 26 Nov 2024 07:08:52 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 25/31] feat(run): update the api

#### run:v2

The following keys were added:
- schemas.GoogleCloudRunV2BuildpacksBuild.properties.projectDescriptor.type (Total Keys: 1)
---
 .../dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.builds.html |  1 +
 ...v2.projects.locations.jobs.executions.html |  8 +++----
 ...jects.locations.jobs.executions.tasks.html |  8 +++----
 docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.jobs.html  | 16 ++++++-------
 .../run_v2.projects.locations.services.html   | 24 +++++++++----------
 ...projects.locations.services.revisions.html |  8 +++----
 .../discovery_cache/documents/run.v2.json     | 12 ++++++----
 7 files changed, 41 insertions(+), 36 deletions(-)

diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.builds.html b/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.builds.html
index 493228d3ec..7f443b9cf3 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.builds.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.builds.html
@@ -104,6 +104,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "a_key": "A String",
     },
     "functionTarget": "A String", # Optional. Name of the function target if the source is a function source. Required for function builds.
+    "projectDescriptor": "A String", # Optional. project_descriptor stores the path to the project descriptor file. When empty, it means that there is no project descriptor file in the source.
     "runtime": "A String", # The runtime name, e.g. 'go113'. Leave blank for generic builds.
   },
   "dockerBuild": { # Build the source using Docker. This means the source has a Dockerfile. # Build the source using Docker. This means the source has a Dockerfile.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.jobs.executions.html b/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.jobs.executions.html
index 0966a79ae2..231aaa3bed 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.jobs.executions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.jobs.executions.html
@@ -400,10 +400,10 @@ 
Method Details

           "server": "A String", # Hostname or IP address of the NFS server
         },
         "secret": { # The secret's value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret. # Secret represents a secret that should populate this volume.
-          "defaultMode": 42, # Integer representation of mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0000 and 0777 (octal), defaulting to 0444. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 777 (a=rwx), set to 0777 (octal) or 511 (base-10). For chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and as a result, other mode bits could be set.
+          "defaultMode": 42, # Integer representation of mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0000 and 0777 (octal), defaulting to 0444. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and as a result, other mode bits could be set.
           "items": [ # If unspecified, the volume will expose a file whose name is the secret, relative to VolumeMount.mount_path. If specified, the key will be used as the version to fetch from Cloud Secret Manager and the path will be the name of the file exposed in the volume. When items are defined, they must specify a path and a version.
             { # VersionToPath maps a specific version of a secret to a relative file to mount to, relative to VolumeMount's mount_path.
-              "mode": 42, # Integer octal mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 01 and 0777 (octal). If 0 or not set, the Volume's default mode will be used. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 777 (a=rwx), set to 0777 (octal) or 511 (base-10). For chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+              "mode": 42, # Integer octal mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 01 and 0777 (octal). If 0 or not set, the Volume's default mode will be used. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
               "path": "A String", # Required. The relative path of the secret in the container.
               "version": "A String", # The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be 'latest' for the latest value, or an integer or a secret alias for a specific version.
             },
@@ -614,10 +614,10 @@ 
Method Details

               "server": "A String", # Hostname or IP address of the NFS server
             },
             "secret": { # The secret's value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret. # Secret represents a secret that should populate this volume.
-              "defaultMode": 42, # Integer representation of mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0000 and 0777 (octal), defaulting to 0444. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 777 (a=rwx), set to 0777 (octal) or 511 (base-10). For chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and as a result, other mode bits could be set.
+              "defaultMode": 42, # Integer representation of mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0000 and 0777 (octal), defaulting to 0444. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and as a result, other mode bits could be set.
               "items": [ # If unspecified, the volume will expose a file whose name is the secret, relative to VolumeMount.mount_path. If specified, the key will be used as the version to fetch from Cloud Secret Manager and the path will be the name of the file exposed in the volume. When items are defined, they must specify a path and a version.
                 { # VersionToPath maps a specific version of a secret to a relative file to mount to, relative to VolumeMount's mount_path.
-                  "mode": 42, # Integer octal mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 01 and 0777 (octal). If 0 or not set, the Volume's default mode will be used. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 777 (a=rwx), set to 0777 (octal) or 511 (base-10). For chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+                  "mode": 42, # Integer octal mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 01 and 0777 (octal). If 0 or not set, the Volume's default mode will be used. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
                   "path": "A String", # Required. The relative path of the secret in the container.
                   "version": "A String", # The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be 'latest' for the latest value, or an integer or a secret alias for a specific version.
                 },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.jobs.executions.tasks.html b/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.jobs.executions.tasks.html
index 8479b82c2c..1245db5a31 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.jobs.executions.tasks.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.jobs.executions.tasks.html
@@ -279,10 +279,10 @@ 
Method Details

         "server": "A String", # Hostname or IP address of the NFS server
       },
       "secret": { # The secret's value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret. # Secret represents a secret that should populate this volume.
-        "defaultMode": 42, # Integer representation of mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0000 and 0777 (octal), defaulting to 0444. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 777 (a=rwx), set to 0777 (octal) or 511 (base-10). For chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and as a result, other mode bits could be set.
+        "defaultMode": 42, # Integer representation of mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0000 and 0777 (octal), defaulting to 0444. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and as a result, other mode bits could be set.
         "items": [ # If unspecified, the volume will expose a file whose name is the secret, relative to VolumeMount.mount_path. If specified, the key will be used as the version to fetch from Cloud Secret Manager and the path will be the name of the file exposed in the volume. When items are defined, they must specify a path and a version.
           { # VersionToPath maps a specific version of a secret to a relative file to mount to, relative to VolumeMount's mount_path.
-            "mode": 42, # Integer octal mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 01 and 0777 (octal). If 0 or not set, the Volume's default mode will be used. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 777 (a=rwx), set to 0777 (octal) or 511 (base-10). For chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+            "mode": 42, # Integer octal mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 01 and 0777 (octal). If 0 or not set, the Volume's default mode will be used. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
             "path": "A String", # Required. The relative path of the secret in the container.
             "version": "A String", # The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be 'latest' for the latest value, or an integer or a secret alias for a specific version.
           },
@@ -500,10 +500,10 @@ 
Method Details

             "server": "A String", # Hostname or IP address of the NFS server
           },
           "secret": { # The secret's value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret. # Secret represents a secret that should populate this volume.
-            "defaultMode": 42, # Integer representation of mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0000 and 0777 (octal), defaulting to 0444. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 777 (a=rwx), set to 0777 (octal) or 511 (base-10). For chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and as a result, other mode bits could be set.
+            "defaultMode": 42, # Integer representation of mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0000 and 0777 (octal), defaulting to 0444. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and as a result, other mode bits could be set.
             "items": [ # If unspecified, the volume will expose a file whose name is the secret, relative to VolumeMount.mount_path. If specified, the key will be used as the version to fetch from Cloud Secret Manager and the path will be the name of the file exposed in the volume. When items are defined, they must specify a path and a version.
               { # VersionToPath maps a specific version of a secret to a relative file to mount to, relative to VolumeMount's mount_path.
-                "mode": 42, # Integer octal mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 01 and 0777 (octal). If 0 or not set, the Volume's default mode will be used. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 777 (a=rwx), set to 0777 (octal) or 511 (base-10). For chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+                "mode": 42, # Integer octal mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 01 and 0777 (octal). If 0 or not set, the Volume's default mode will be used. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
                 "path": "A String", # Required. The relative path of the secret in the container.
                 "version": "A String", # The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be 'latest' for the latest value, or an integer or a secret alias for a specific version.
               },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.jobs.html b/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.jobs.html
index 2965163ba8..ddf834c8b0 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.jobs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.jobs.html
@@ -308,10 +308,10 @@ 
Method Details

             "server": "A String", # Hostname or IP address of the NFS server
           },
           "secret": { # The secret's value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret. # Secret represents a secret that should populate this volume.
-            "defaultMode": 42, # Integer representation of mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0000 and 0777 (octal), defaulting to 0444. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 777 (a=rwx), set to 0777 (octal) or 511 (base-10). For chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and as a result, other mode bits could be set.
+            "defaultMode": 42, # Integer representation of mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0000 and 0777 (octal), defaulting to 0444. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and as a result, other mode bits could be set.
             "items": [ # If unspecified, the volume will expose a file whose name is the secret, relative to VolumeMount.mount_path. If specified, the key will be used as the version to fetch from Cloud Secret Manager and the path will be the name of the file exposed in the volume. When items are defined, they must specify a path and a version.
               { # VersionToPath maps a specific version of a secret to a relative file to mount to, relative to VolumeMount's mount_path.
-                "mode": 42, # Integer octal mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 01 and 0777 (octal). If 0 or not set, the Volume's default mode will be used. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 777 (a=rwx), set to 0777 (octal) or 511 (base-10). For chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+                "mode": 42, # Integer octal mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 01 and 0777 (octal). If 0 or not set, the Volume's default mode will be used. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
                 "path": "A String", # Required. The relative path of the secret in the container.
                 "version": "A String", # The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be 'latest' for the latest value, or an integer or a secret alias for a specific version.
               },
@@ -612,10 +612,10 @@ 
Method Details

             "server": "A String", # Hostname or IP address of the NFS server
           },
           "secret": { # The secret's value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret. # Secret represents a secret that should populate this volume.
-            "defaultMode": 42, # Integer representation of mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0000 and 0777 (octal), defaulting to 0444. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 777 (a=rwx), set to 0777 (octal) or 511 (base-10). For chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and as a result, other mode bits could be set.
+            "defaultMode": 42, # Integer representation of mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0000 and 0777 (octal), defaulting to 0444. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and as a result, other mode bits could be set.
             "items": [ # If unspecified, the volume will expose a file whose name is the secret, relative to VolumeMount.mount_path. If specified, the key will be used as the version to fetch from Cloud Secret Manager and the path will be the name of the file exposed in the volume. When items are defined, they must specify a path and a version.
               { # VersionToPath maps a specific version of a secret to a relative file to mount to, relative to VolumeMount's mount_path.
-                "mode": 42, # Integer octal mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 01 and 0777 (octal). If 0 or not set, the Volume's default mode will be used. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 777 (a=rwx), set to 0777 (octal) or 511 (base-10). For chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+                "mode": 42, # Integer octal mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 01 and 0777 (octal). If 0 or not set, the Volume's default mode will be used. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
                 "path": "A String", # Required. The relative path of the secret in the container.
                 "version": "A String", # The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be 'latest' for the latest value, or an integer or a secret alias for a specific version.
               },
@@ -902,10 +902,10 @@ 
Method Details

                 "server": "A String", # Hostname or IP address of the NFS server
               },
               "secret": { # The secret's value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret. # Secret represents a secret that should populate this volume.
-                "defaultMode": 42, # Integer representation of mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0000 and 0777 (octal), defaulting to 0444. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 777 (a=rwx), set to 0777 (octal) or 511 (base-10). For chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and as a result, other mode bits could be set.
+                "defaultMode": 42, # Integer representation of mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0000 and 0777 (octal), defaulting to 0444. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and as a result, other mode bits could be set.
                 "items": [ # If unspecified, the volume will expose a file whose name is the secret, relative to VolumeMount.mount_path. If specified, the key will be used as the version to fetch from Cloud Secret Manager and the path will be the name of the file exposed in the volume. When items are defined, they must specify a path and a version.
                   { # VersionToPath maps a specific version of a secret to a relative file to mount to, relative to VolumeMount's mount_path.
-                    "mode": 42, # Integer octal mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 01 and 0777 (octal). If 0 or not set, the Volume's default mode will be used. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 777 (a=rwx), set to 0777 (octal) or 511 (base-10). For chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+                    "mode": 42, # Integer octal mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 01 and 0777 (octal). If 0 or not set, the Volume's default mode will be used. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
                     "path": "A String", # Required. The relative path of the secret in the container.
                     "version": "A String", # The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be 'latest' for the latest value, or an integer or a secret alias for a specific version.
                   },
@@ -1151,10 +1151,10 @@ 
Method Details

             "server": "A String", # Hostname or IP address of the NFS server
           },
           "secret": { # The secret's value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret. # Secret represents a secret that should populate this volume.
-            "defaultMode": 42, # Integer representation of mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0000 and 0777 (octal), defaulting to 0444. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 777 (a=rwx), set to 0777 (octal) or 511 (base-10). For chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and as a result, other mode bits could be set.
+            "defaultMode": 42, # Integer representation of mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0000 and 0777 (octal), defaulting to 0444. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and as a result, other mode bits could be set.
             "items": [ # If unspecified, the volume will expose a file whose name is the secret, relative to VolumeMount.mount_path. If specified, the key will be used as the version to fetch from Cloud Secret Manager and the path will be the name of the file exposed in the volume. When items are defined, they must specify a path and a version.
               { # VersionToPath maps a specific version of a secret to a relative file to mount to, relative to VolumeMount's mount_path.
-                "mode": 42, # Integer octal mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 01 and 0777 (octal). If 0 or not set, the Volume's default mode will be used. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 777 (a=rwx), set to 0777 (octal) or 511 (base-10). For chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+                "mode": 42, # Integer octal mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 01 and 0777 (octal). If 0 or not set, the Volume's default mode will be used. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
                 "path": "A String", # Required. The relative path of the secret in the container.
                 "version": "A String", # The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be 'latest' for the latest value, or an integer or a secret alias for a specific version.
               },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.services.html b/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.services.html
index 0812038702..7ad3657acb 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.services.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.services.html
@@ -280,7 +280,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "labels": { # Optional. Unstructured key value map that can be used to organize and categorize objects. User-provided labels are shared with Google's billing system, so they can be used to filter, or break down billing charges by team, component, environment, state, etc. For more information, visit https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-labels or https://cloud.google.com/run/docs/configuring/labels. Cloud Run API v2 does not support labels with `run.googleapis.com`, `cloud.googleapis.com`, `serving.knative.dev`, or `autoscaling.knative.dev` namespaces, and they will be rejected. All system labels in v1 now have a corresponding field in v2 RevisionTemplate.
       "a_key": "A String",
     },
-    "maxInstanceRequestConcurrency": 42, # Optional. Sets the maximum number of requests that each serving instance can receive. If not specified or 0, defaults to 80 when requested `CPU >= 1` and defaults to 1 when requested `CPU < 1`.
+    "maxInstanceRequestConcurrency": 42, # Optional. Sets the maximum number of requests that each serving instance can receive. If not specified or 0, concurrency defaults to 80 when requested `CPU >= 1` and defaults to 1 when requested `CPU < 1`.
     "nodeSelector": { # Hardware constraints configuration. # Optional. The node selector for the revision template.
       "accelerator": "A String", # Required. GPU accelerator type to attach to an instance.
     },
@@ -320,10 +320,10 @@ 
Method Details

           "server": "A String", # Hostname or IP address of the NFS server
         },
         "secret": { # The secret's value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret. # Secret represents a secret that should populate this volume.
-          "defaultMode": 42, # Integer representation of mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0000 and 0777 (octal), defaulting to 0444. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 777 (a=rwx), set to 0777 (octal) or 511 (base-10). For chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and as a result, other mode bits could be set.
+          "defaultMode": 42, # Integer representation of mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0000 and 0777 (octal), defaulting to 0444. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and as a result, other mode bits could be set.
           "items": [ # If unspecified, the volume will expose a file whose name is the secret, relative to VolumeMount.mount_path. If specified, the key will be used as the version to fetch from Cloud Secret Manager and the path will be the name of the file exposed in the volume. When items are defined, they must specify a path and a version.
             { # VersionToPath maps a specific version of a secret to a relative file to mount to, relative to VolumeMount's mount_path.
-              "mode": 42, # Integer octal mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 01 and 0777 (octal). If 0 or not set, the Volume's default mode will be used. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 777 (a=rwx), set to 0777 (octal) or 511 (base-10). For chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+              "mode": 42, # Integer octal mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 01 and 0777 (octal). If 0 or not set, the Volume's default mode will be used. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
               "path": "A String", # Required. The relative path of the secret in the container.
               "version": "A String", # The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be 'latest' for the latest value, or an integer or a secret alias for a specific version.
             },
@@ -619,7 +619,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "labels": { # Optional. Unstructured key value map that can be used to organize and categorize objects. User-provided labels are shared with Google's billing system, so they can be used to filter, or break down billing charges by team, component, environment, state, etc. For more information, visit https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-labels or https://cloud.google.com/run/docs/configuring/labels. Cloud Run API v2 does not support labels with `run.googleapis.com`, `cloud.googleapis.com`, `serving.knative.dev`, or `autoscaling.knative.dev` namespaces, and they will be rejected. All system labels in v1 now have a corresponding field in v2 RevisionTemplate.
       "a_key": "A String",
     },
-    "maxInstanceRequestConcurrency": 42, # Optional. Sets the maximum number of requests that each serving instance can receive. If not specified or 0, defaults to 80 when requested `CPU >= 1` and defaults to 1 when requested `CPU < 1`.
+    "maxInstanceRequestConcurrency": 42, # Optional. Sets the maximum number of requests that each serving instance can receive. If not specified or 0, concurrency defaults to 80 when requested `CPU >= 1` and defaults to 1 when requested `CPU < 1`.
     "nodeSelector": { # Hardware constraints configuration. # Optional. The node selector for the revision template.
       "accelerator": "A String", # Required. GPU accelerator type to attach to an instance.
     },
@@ -659,10 +659,10 @@ 
Method Details

           "server": "A String", # Hostname or IP address of the NFS server
         },
         "secret": { # The secret's value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret. # Secret represents a secret that should populate this volume.
-          "defaultMode": 42, # Integer representation of mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0000 and 0777 (octal), defaulting to 0444. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 777 (a=rwx), set to 0777 (octal) or 511 (base-10). For chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and as a result, other mode bits could be set.
+          "defaultMode": 42, # Integer representation of mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0000 and 0777 (octal), defaulting to 0444. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and as a result, other mode bits could be set.
           "items": [ # If unspecified, the volume will expose a file whose name is the secret, relative to VolumeMount.mount_path. If specified, the key will be used as the version to fetch from Cloud Secret Manager and the path will be the name of the file exposed in the volume. When items are defined, they must specify a path and a version.
             { # VersionToPath maps a specific version of a secret to a relative file to mount to, relative to VolumeMount's mount_path.
-              "mode": 42, # Integer octal mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 01 and 0777 (octal). If 0 or not set, the Volume's default mode will be used. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 777 (a=rwx), set to 0777 (octal) or 511 (base-10). For chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+              "mode": 42, # Integer octal mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 01 and 0777 (octal). If 0 or not set, the Volume's default mode will be used. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
               "path": "A String", # Required. The relative path of the secret in the container.
               "version": "A String", # The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be 'latest' for the latest value, or an integer or a secret alias for a specific version.
             },
@@ -945,7 +945,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "labels": { # Optional. Unstructured key value map that can be used to organize and categorize objects. User-provided labels are shared with Google's billing system, so they can be used to filter, or break down billing charges by team, component, environment, state, etc. For more information, visit https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-labels or https://cloud.google.com/run/docs/configuring/labels. Cloud Run API v2 does not support labels with `run.googleapis.com`, `cloud.googleapis.com`, `serving.knative.dev`, or `autoscaling.knative.dev` namespaces, and they will be rejected. All system labels in v1 now have a corresponding field in v2 RevisionTemplate.
           "a_key": "A String",
         },
-        "maxInstanceRequestConcurrency": 42, # Optional. Sets the maximum number of requests that each serving instance can receive. If not specified or 0, defaults to 80 when requested `CPU >= 1` and defaults to 1 when requested `CPU < 1`.
+        "maxInstanceRequestConcurrency": 42, # Optional. Sets the maximum number of requests that each serving instance can receive. If not specified or 0, concurrency defaults to 80 when requested `CPU >= 1` and defaults to 1 when requested `CPU < 1`.
         "nodeSelector": { # Hardware constraints configuration. # Optional. The node selector for the revision template.
           "accelerator": "A String", # Required. GPU accelerator type to attach to an instance.
         },
@@ -985,10 +985,10 @@ 
Method Details

               "server": "A String", # Hostname or IP address of the NFS server
             },
             "secret": { # The secret's value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret. # Secret represents a secret that should populate this volume.
-              "defaultMode": 42, # Integer representation of mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0000 and 0777 (octal), defaulting to 0444. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 777 (a=rwx), set to 0777 (octal) or 511 (base-10). For chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and as a result, other mode bits could be set.
+              "defaultMode": 42, # Integer representation of mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0000 and 0777 (octal), defaulting to 0444. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and as a result, other mode bits could be set.
               "items": [ # If unspecified, the volume will expose a file whose name is the secret, relative to VolumeMount.mount_path. If specified, the key will be used as the version to fetch from Cloud Secret Manager and the path will be the name of the file exposed in the volume. When items are defined, they must specify a path and a version.
                 { # VersionToPath maps a specific version of a secret to a relative file to mount to, relative to VolumeMount's mount_path.
-                  "mode": 42, # Integer octal mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 01 and 0777 (octal). If 0 or not set, the Volume's default mode will be used. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 777 (a=rwx), set to 0777 (octal) or 511 (base-10). For chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+                  "mode": 42, # Integer octal mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 01 and 0777 (octal). If 0 or not set, the Volume's default mode will be used. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
                   "path": "A String", # Required. The relative path of the secret in the container.
                   "version": "A String", # The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be 'latest' for the latest value, or an integer or a secret alias for a specific version.
                 },
@@ -1228,7 +1228,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "labels": { # Optional. Unstructured key value map that can be used to organize and categorize objects. User-provided labels are shared with Google's billing system, so they can be used to filter, or break down billing charges by team, component, environment, state, etc. For more information, visit https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/creating-managing-labels or https://cloud.google.com/run/docs/configuring/labels. Cloud Run API v2 does not support labels with `run.googleapis.com`, `cloud.googleapis.com`, `serving.knative.dev`, or `autoscaling.knative.dev` namespaces, and they will be rejected. All system labels in v1 now have a corresponding field in v2 RevisionTemplate.
       "a_key": "A String",
     },
-    "maxInstanceRequestConcurrency": 42, # Optional. Sets the maximum number of requests that each serving instance can receive. If not specified or 0, defaults to 80 when requested `CPU >= 1` and defaults to 1 when requested `CPU < 1`.
+    "maxInstanceRequestConcurrency": 42, # Optional. Sets the maximum number of requests that each serving instance can receive. If not specified or 0, concurrency defaults to 80 when requested `CPU >= 1` and defaults to 1 when requested `CPU < 1`.
     "nodeSelector": { # Hardware constraints configuration. # Optional. The node selector for the revision template.
       "accelerator": "A String", # Required. GPU accelerator type to attach to an instance.
     },
@@ -1268,10 +1268,10 @@ 
Method Details

           "server": "A String", # Hostname or IP address of the NFS server
         },
         "secret": { # The secret's value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret. # Secret represents a secret that should populate this volume.
-          "defaultMode": 42, # Integer representation of mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0000 and 0777 (octal), defaulting to 0444. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 777 (a=rwx), set to 0777 (octal) or 511 (base-10). For chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and as a result, other mode bits could be set.
+          "defaultMode": 42, # Integer representation of mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0000 and 0777 (octal), defaulting to 0444. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and as a result, other mode bits could be set.
           "items": [ # If unspecified, the volume will expose a file whose name is the secret, relative to VolumeMount.mount_path. If specified, the key will be used as the version to fetch from Cloud Secret Manager and the path will be the name of the file exposed in the volume. When items are defined, they must specify a path and a version.
             { # VersionToPath maps a specific version of a secret to a relative file to mount to, relative to VolumeMount's mount_path.
-              "mode": 42, # Integer octal mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 01 and 0777 (octal). If 0 or not set, the Volume's default mode will be used. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 777 (a=rwx), set to 0777 (octal) or 511 (base-10). For chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+              "mode": 42, # Integer octal mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 01 and 0777 (octal). If 0 or not set, the Volume's default mode will be used. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
               "path": "A String", # Required. The relative path of the secret in the container.
               "version": "A String", # The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be 'latest' for the latest value, or an integer or a secret alias for a specific version.
             },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.services.revisions.html b/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.services.revisions.html
index ffd9e73abe..fd077bb477 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.services.revisions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/run_v2.projects.locations.services.revisions.html
@@ -357,10 +357,10 @@ 
Method Details

         "server": "A String", # Hostname or IP address of the NFS server
       },
       "secret": { # The secret's value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret. # Secret represents a secret that should populate this volume.
-        "defaultMode": 42, # Integer representation of mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0000 and 0777 (octal), defaulting to 0444. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 777 (a=rwx), set to 0777 (octal) or 511 (base-10). For chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and as a result, other mode bits could be set.
+        "defaultMode": 42, # Integer representation of mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0000 and 0777 (octal), defaulting to 0444. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and as a result, other mode bits could be set.
         "items": [ # If unspecified, the volume will expose a file whose name is the secret, relative to VolumeMount.mount_path. If specified, the key will be used as the version to fetch from Cloud Secret Manager and the path will be the name of the file exposed in the volume. When items are defined, they must specify a path and a version.
           { # VersionToPath maps a specific version of a secret to a relative file to mount to, relative to VolumeMount's mount_path.
-            "mode": 42, # Integer octal mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 01 and 0777 (octal). If 0 or not set, the Volume's default mode will be used. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 777 (a=rwx), set to 0777 (octal) or 511 (base-10). For chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+            "mode": 42, # Integer octal mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 01 and 0777 (octal). If 0 or not set, the Volume's default mode will be used. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
             "path": "A String", # Required. The relative path of the secret in the container.
             "version": "A String", # The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be 'latest' for the latest value, or an integer or a secret alias for a specific version.
           },
@@ -577,10 +577,10 @@ 
Method Details

             "server": "A String", # Hostname or IP address of the NFS server
           },
           "secret": { # The secret's value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret. # Secret represents a secret that should populate this volume.
-            "defaultMode": 42, # Integer representation of mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0000 and 0777 (octal), defaulting to 0444. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 777 (a=rwx), set to 0777 (octal) or 511 (base-10). For chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and as a result, other mode bits could be set.
+            "defaultMode": 42, # Integer representation of mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0000 and 0777 (octal), defaulting to 0444. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and as a result, other mode bits could be set.
             "items": [ # If unspecified, the volume will expose a file whose name is the secret, relative to VolumeMount.mount_path. If specified, the key will be used as the version to fetch from Cloud Secret Manager and the path will be the name of the file exposed in the volume. When items are defined, they must specify a path and a version.
               { # VersionToPath maps a specific version of a secret to a relative file to mount to, relative to VolumeMount's mount_path.
-                "mode": 42, # Integer octal mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 01 and 0777 (octal). If 0 or not set, the Volume's default mode will be used. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 777 (a=rwx), set to 0777 (octal) or 511 (base-10). For chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+                "mode": 42, # Integer octal mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 01 and 0777 (octal). If 0 or not set, the Volume's default mode will be used. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
                 "path": "A String", # Required. The relative path of the secret in the container.
                 "version": "A String", # The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be 'latest' for the latest value, or an integer or a secret alias for a specific version.
               },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v2.json
index d5d3a49a89..a2383b5d0a 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/run.v2.json
@@ -1526,7 +1526,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241109",
+"revision": "20241115",
 "rootUrl": "https://run.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "GoogleCloudRunV2BinaryAuthorization": {
@@ -1575,6 +1575,10 @@
 "description": "Optional. Name of the function target if the source is a function source. Required for function builds.",
 "type": "string"
 },
+"projectDescriptor": {
+"description": "Optional. project_descriptor stores the path to the project descriptor file. When empty, it means that there is no project descriptor file in the source.",
+"type": "string"
+},
 "runtime": {
 "deprecated": true,
 "description": "The runtime name, e.g. 'go113'. Leave blank for generic builds.",
@@ -3082,7 +3086,7 @@
 "type": "object"
 },
 "maxInstanceRequestConcurrency": {
-"description": "Optional. Sets the maximum number of requests that each serving instance can receive. If not specified or 0, defaults to 80 when requested `CPU >= 1` and defaults to 1 when requested `CPU < 1`.",
+"description": "Optional. Sets the maximum number of requests that each serving instance can receive. If not specified or 0, concurrency defaults to 80 when requested `CPU >= 1` and defaults to 1 when requested `CPU < 1`.",
 "format": "int32",
 "type": "integer"
 },
@@ -3168,7 +3172,7 @@
 "id": "GoogleCloudRunV2SecretVolumeSource",
 "properties": {
 "defaultMode": {
-"description": "Integer representation of mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0000 and 0777 (octal), defaulting to 0444. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 777 (a=rwx), set to 0777 (octal) or 511 (base-10). For chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and as a result, other mode bits could be set.",
+"description": "Integer representation of mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0000 and 0777 (octal), defaulting to 0444. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and as a result, other mode bits could be set.",
 "format": "int32",
 "type": "integer"
 },
@@ -3881,7 +3885,7 @@
 "id": "GoogleCloudRunV2VersionToPath",
 "properties": {
 "mode": {
-"description": "Integer octal mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 01 and 0777 (octal). If 0 or not set, the Volume's default mode will be used. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 777 (a=rwx), set to 0777 (octal) or 511 (base-10). For chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.",
+"description": "Integer octal mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 01 and 0777 (octal). If 0 or not set, the Volume's default mode will be used. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.",
 "format": "int32",
 "type": "integer"
 },

From 2a30279689ef1eb538e20a6062f2e1c1b81b75ba Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Yoshi Automation 
Date: Tue, 26 Nov 2024 07:08:52 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 26/31] feat(serviceconsumermanagement): update the api

#### serviceconsumermanagement:v1

The following keys were added:
- schemas.ExperimentalFeatures.properties.protobufPythonicTypesEnabled.type (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.GoSettings.properties.renamedServices (Total Keys: 2)

#### serviceconsumermanagement:v1beta1

The following keys were added:
- schemas.ExperimentalFeatures.properties.protobufPythonicTypesEnabled.type (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.GoSettings.properties.renamedServices (Total Keys: 2)
- schemas.V1Beta1ImportProducerQuotaPoliciesRequest.properties.forceSkipQuotaUsageCheck.type (Total Keys: 1)
---
 ...rviceconsumermanagement_v1.operations.html |  4 ++--
 ...v1beta1.services.consumerQuotaMetrics.html |  5 ++--
 .../serviceconsumermanagement.v1.json         | 17 +++++++++++---
 .../serviceconsumermanagement.v1beta1.json    | 23 +++++++++++++++----
 4 files changed, 38 insertions(+), 11 deletions(-)

diff --git a/docs/dyn/serviceconsumermanagement_v1.operations.html b/docs/dyn/serviceconsumermanagement_v1.operations.html
index 9d6da1b52d..9000c7b2a2 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/serviceconsumermanagement_v1.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/serviceconsumermanagement_v1.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Service Consumer Management API<
 
Instance Methods

 

   cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/serviceconsumermanagement_v1beta1.services.consumerQuotaMetrics.html b/docs/dyn/serviceconsumermanagement_v1beta1.services.consumerQuotaMetrics.html
index 05bb6acbb3..f14d227426 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/serviceconsumermanagement_v1beta1.services.consumerQuotaMetrics.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/serviceconsumermanagement_v1beta1.services.consumerQuotaMetrics.html
@@ -326,8 +326,9 @@ 
Method Details

     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for ImportProducerQuotaPolicies
-  "force": True or False, # Whether to force the import of the quota policies. If the policy import would decrease the default limit of any consumer tier by more than 10 percent, the call is rejected, as a safety measure to avoid accidentally decreasing quota too quickly. Setting the force parameter to true ignores this restriction.
-  "forceJustification": "A String", # If force option is set to true, force_justification is suggested to be set to log the reason in audit logs.
+  "force": True or False, # Whether quota policy can result in a decrease of effective limit. Don't allow any decreases if force is not specified. If force is specified, then don't allow any decreases below 120% of the 7d quota usage, or for cases where usage cannot be examined (custom dimensions/ per user/per resource), only allow a 10% decrease.
+  "forceJustification": "A String", # If force or force_skip_quota_usage_check option is set to true, force_justification is suggested to be set to log the reason in audit logs.
+  "forceSkipQuotaUsageCheck": True or False, # If set to true, skip the quota usage check. This field is only used when the effective limit can be decreased. If the force field is not set, this field will be ignored.
   "inlineSource": { # Import data embedded in the request message # The import data is specified in the request message itself
     "policies": [ # The policies to create. Each policy must have a value for 'metric' and 'unit', to specify which metric and which limit the policy should be applied to.
       { # Quota policy created by service producer.
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceconsumermanagement.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceconsumermanagement.v1.json
index 751dff105b..962335bce2 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceconsumermanagement.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceconsumermanagement.v1.json
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "serviceconsumermanagement.operations.cancel",
@@ -542,7 +542,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20240929",
+"revision": "20241115",
 "rootUrl": "https://serviceconsumermanagement.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AddTenantProjectRequest": {
@@ -1348,6 +1348,10 @@
 "description": "Experimental features to be included during client library generation. These fields will be deprecated once the feature graduates and is enabled by default.",
 "id": "ExperimentalFeatures",
 "properties": {
+"protobufPythonicTypesEnabled": {
+"description": "Enables generation of protobuf code using new types that are more Pythonic which are included in `protobuf>=5.29.x`. This feature will be enabled by default 1 month after launching the feature in preview packages.",
+"type": "boolean"
+},
 "restAsyncIoEnabled": {
 "description": "Enables generation of asynchronous REST clients if `rest` transport is enabled. By default, asynchronous REST clients will not be generated. This feature will be enabled by default 1 month after launching the feature in preview packages.",
 "type": "boolean"
@@ -1487,6 +1491,13 @@
 "common": {
 "$ref": "CommonLanguageSettings",
 "description": "Some settings."
+},
+"renamedServices": {
+"additionalProperties": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"description": "Map of service names to renamed services. Keys are the package relative service names and values are the name to be used for the service client and call options. publishing: go_settings: renamed_services: Publisher: TopicAdmin",
+"type": "object"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
@@ -2427,7 +2438,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "unit": {
-"description": "Specify the unit of the quota limit. It uses the same syntax as Metric.unit. The supported unit kinds are determined by the quota backend system. Here are some examples: * \"1/min/{project}\" for quota per minute per project. Note: the order of unit components is insignificant. The \"1\" at the beginning is required to follow the metric unit syntax.",
+"description": "Specify the unit of the quota limit. It uses the same syntax as MetricDescriptor.unit. The supported unit kinds are determined by the quota backend system. Here are some examples: * \"1/min/{project}\" for quota per minute per project. Note: the order of unit components is insignificant. The \"1\" at the beginning is required to follow the metric unit syntax.",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "values": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceconsumermanagement.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceconsumermanagement.v1beta1.json
index 375678dd8d..a4475f89c6 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceconsumermanagement.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceconsumermanagement.v1beta1.json
@@ -715,7 +715,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20240929",
+"revision": "20241115",
 "rootUrl": "https://serviceconsumermanagement.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "Api": {
@@ -1433,6 +1433,10 @@
 "description": "Experimental features to be included during client library generation. These fields will be deprecated once the feature graduates and is enabled by default.",
 "id": "ExperimentalFeatures",
 "properties": {
+"protobufPythonicTypesEnabled": {
+"description": "Enables generation of protobuf code using new types that are more Pythonic which are included in `protobuf>=5.29.x`. This feature will be enabled by default 1 month after launching the feature in preview packages.",
+"type": "boolean"
+},
 "restAsyncIoEnabled": {
 "description": "Enables generation of asynchronous REST clients if `rest` transport is enabled. By default, asynchronous REST clients will not be generated. This feature will be enabled by default 1 month after launching the feature in preview packages.",
 "type": "boolean"
@@ -1572,6 +1576,13 @@
 "common": {
 "$ref": "CommonLanguageSettings",
 "description": "Some settings."
+},
+"renamedServices": {
+"additionalProperties": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"description": "Map of service names to renamed services. Keys are the package relative service names and values are the name to be used for the service client and call options. publishing: go_settings: renamed_services: Publisher: TopicAdmin",
+"type": "object"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
@@ -2458,7 +2469,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "unit": {
-"description": "Specify the unit of the quota limit. It uses the same syntax as Metric.unit. The supported unit kinds are determined by the quota backend system. Here are some examples: * \"1/min/{project}\" for quota per minute per project. Note: the order of unit components is insignificant. The \"1\" at the beginning is required to follow the metric unit syntax.",
+"description": "Specify the unit of the quota limit. It uses the same syntax as MetricDescriptor.unit. The supported unit kinds are determined by the quota backend system. Here are some examples: * \"1/min/{project}\" for quota per minute per project. Note: the order of unit components is insignificant. The \"1\" at the beginning is required to follow the metric unit syntax.",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "values": {
@@ -3012,13 +3023,17 @@
 "id": "V1Beta1ImportProducerQuotaPoliciesRequest",
 "properties": {
 "force": {
-"description": "Whether to force the import of the quota policies. If the policy import would decrease the default limit of any consumer tier by more than 10 percent, the call is rejected, as a safety measure to avoid accidentally decreasing quota too quickly. Setting the force parameter to true ignores this restriction.",
+"description": "Whether quota policy can result in a decrease of effective limit. Don't allow any decreases if force is not specified. If force is specified, then don't allow any decreases below 120% of the 7d quota usage, or for cases where usage cannot be examined (custom dimensions/ per user/per resource), only allow a 10% decrease.",
 "type": "boolean"
 },
 "forceJustification": {
-"description": "If force option is set to true, force_justification is suggested to be set to log the reason in audit logs.",
+"description": "If force or force_skip_quota_usage_check option is set to true, force_justification is suggested to be set to log the reason in audit logs.",
 "type": "string"
 },
+"forceSkipQuotaUsageCheck": {
+"description": "If set to true, skip the quota usage check. This field is only used when the effective limit can be decreased. If the force field is not set, this field will be ignored.",
+"type": "boolean"
+},
 "inlineSource": {
 "$ref": "V1Beta1PolicyInlineSource",
 "description": "The import data is specified in the request message itself"

From 0a24948b3a748ab2303bede21b959f4e0947c916 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Yoshi Automation 
Date: Tue, 26 Nov 2024 07:08:52 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 27/31] feat(serviceusage): update the api

#### serviceusage:v1

The following keys were added:
- schemas.ExperimentalFeatures.properties.protobufPythonicTypesEnabled.type (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.GoSettings.properties.renamedServices (Total Keys: 2)

#### serviceusage:v1beta1

The following keys were added:
- schemas.ExperimentalFeatures.properties.protobufPythonicTypesEnabled.type (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.GoSettings.properties.renamedServices (Total Keys: 2)
---
 docs/dyn/serviceusage_v1.operations.html        |  4 ++--
 docs/dyn/serviceusage_v1.services.html          |  6 +++---
 docs/dyn/serviceusage_v1beta1.services.html     |  4 ++--
 .../documents/serviceusage.v1.json              | 17 ++++++++++++++---
 .../documents/serviceusage.v1beta1.json         | 15 +++++++++++++--
 5 files changed, 34 insertions(+), 12 deletions(-)

diff --git a/docs/dyn/serviceusage_v1.operations.html b/docs/dyn/serviceusage_v1.operations.html
index 1a4e861fa4..cc88e3ede7 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/serviceusage_v1.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/serviceusage_v1.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Service Usage API . 
   cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/serviceusage_v1.services.html b/docs/dyn/serviceusage_v1.services.html
index 01dd85fd8f..1280932faa 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/serviceusage_v1.services.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/serviceusage_v1.services.html
@@ -326,7 +326,7 @@ 
Method Details

               "maxLimit": "A String", # Maximum number of tokens that can be consumed during the specified duration. Client application developers can override the default limit up to this maximum. If specified, this value cannot be set to a value less than the default limit. If not specified, it is set to the default limit. To allow clients to apply overrides with no upper bound, set this to -1, indicating unlimited maximum quota. Used by group-based quotas only.
               "metric": "A String", # The name of the metric this quota limit applies to. The quota limits with the same metric will be checked together during runtime. The metric must be defined within the service config.
               "name": "A String", # Name of the quota limit. The name must be provided, and it must be unique within the service. The name can only include alphanumeric characters as well as '-'. The maximum length of the limit name is 64 characters.
-              "unit": "A String", # Specify the unit of the quota limit. It uses the same syntax as Metric.unit. The supported unit kinds are determined by the quota backend system. Here are some examples: * "1/min/{project}" for quota per minute per project. Note: the order of unit components is insignificant. The "1" at the beginning is required to follow the metric unit syntax.
+              "unit": "A String", # Specify the unit of the quota limit. It uses the same syntax as MetricDescriptor.unit. The supported unit kinds are determined by the quota backend system. Here are some examples: * "1/min/{project}" for quota per minute per project. Note: the order of unit components is insignificant. The "1" at the beginning is required to follow the metric unit syntax.
               "values": { # Tiered limit values. You must specify this as a key:value pair, with an integer value that is the maximum number of requests allowed for the specified unit. Currently only STANDARD is supported.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
@@ -633,7 +633,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "maxLimit": "A String", # Maximum number of tokens that can be consumed during the specified duration. Client application developers can override the default limit up to this maximum. If specified, this value cannot be set to a value less than the default limit. If not specified, it is set to the default limit. To allow clients to apply overrides with no upper bound, set this to -1, indicating unlimited maximum quota. Used by group-based quotas only.
           "metric": "A String", # The name of the metric this quota limit applies to. The quota limits with the same metric will be checked together during runtime. The metric must be defined within the service config.
           "name": "A String", # Name of the quota limit. The name must be provided, and it must be unique within the service. The name can only include alphanumeric characters as well as '-'. The maximum length of the limit name is 64 characters.
-          "unit": "A String", # Specify the unit of the quota limit. It uses the same syntax as Metric.unit. The supported unit kinds are determined by the quota backend system. Here are some examples: * "1/min/{project}" for quota per minute per project. Note: the order of unit components is insignificant. The "1" at the beginning is required to follow the metric unit syntax.
+          "unit": "A String", # Specify the unit of the quota limit. It uses the same syntax as MetricDescriptor.unit. The supported unit kinds are determined by the quota backend system. Here are some examples: * "1/min/{project}" for quota per minute per project. Note: the order of unit components is insignificant. The "1" at the beginning is required to follow the metric unit syntax.
           "values": { # Tiered limit values. You must specify this as a key:value pair, with an integer value that is the maximum number of requests allowed for the specified unit. Currently only STANDARD is supported.
             "a_key": "A String",
           },
@@ -855,7 +855,7 @@ 
Method Details

               "maxLimit": "A String", # Maximum number of tokens that can be consumed during the specified duration. Client application developers can override the default limit up to this maximum. If specified, this value cannot be set to a value less than the default limit. If not specified, it is set to the default limit. To allow clients to apply overrides with no upper bound, set this to -1, indicating unlimited maximum quota. Used by group-based quotas only.
               "metric": "A String", # The name of the metric this quota limit applies to. The quota limits with the same metric will be checked together during runtime. The metric must be defined within the service config.
               "name": "A String", # Name of the quota limit. The name must be provided, and it must be unique within the service. The name can only include alphanumeric characters as well as '-'. The maximum length of the limit name is 64 characters.
-              "unit": "A String", # Specify the unit of the quota limit. It uses the same syntax as Metric.unit. The supported unit kinds are determined by the quota backend system. Here are some examples: * "1/min/{project}" for quota per minute per project. Note: the order of unit components is insignificant. The "1" at the beginning is required to follow the metric unit syntax.
+              "unit": "A String", # Specify the unit of the quota limit. It uses the same syntax as MetricDescriptor.unit. The supported unit kinds are determined by the quota backend system. Here are some examples: * "1/min/{project}" for quota per minute per project. Note: the order of unit components is insignificant. The "1" at the beginning is required to follow the metric unit syntax.
               "values": { # Tiered limit values. You must specify this as a key:value pair, with an integer value that is the maximum number of requests allowed for the specified unit. Currently only STANDARD is supported.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/serviceusage_v1beta1.services.html b/docs/dyn/serviceusage_v1beta1.services.html
index 6677e896a0..fd4a8a3ebd 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/serviceusage_v1beta1.services.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/serviceusage_v1beta1.services.html
@@ -450,7 +450,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "maxLimit": "A String", # Maximum number of tokens that can be consumed during the specified duration. Client application developers can override the default limit up to this maximum. If specified, this value cannot be set to a value less than the default limit. If not specified, it is set to the default limit. To allow clients to apply overrides with no upper bound, set this to -1, indicating unlimited maximum quota. Used by group-based quotas only.
           "metric": "A String", # The name of the metric this quota limit applies to. The quota limits with the same metric will be checked together during runtime. The metric must be defined within the service config.
           "name": "A String", # Name of the quota limit. The name must be provided, and it must be unique within the service. The name can only include alphanumeric characters as well as '-'. The maximum length of the limit name is 64 characters.
-          "unit": "A String", # Specify the unit of the quota limit. It uses the same syntax as Metric.unit. The supported unit kinds are determined by the quota backend system. Here are some examples: * "1/min/{project}" for quota per minute per project. Note: the order of unit components is insignificant. The "1" at the beginning is required to follow the metric unit syntax.
+          "unit": "A String", # Specify the unit of the quota limit. It uses the same syntax as MetricDescriptor.unit. The supported unit kinds are determined by the quota backend system. Here are some examples: * "1/min/{project}" for quota per minute per project. Note: the order of unit components is insignificant. The "1" at the beginning is required to follow the metric unit syntax.
           "values": { # Tiered limit values. You must specify this as a key:value pair, with an integer value that is the maximum number of requests allowed for the specified unit. Currently only STANDARD is supported.
             "a_key": "A String",
           },
@@ -672,7 +672,7 @@ 
Method Details

               "maxLimit": "A String", # Maximum number of tokens that can be consumed during the specified duration. Client application developers can override the default limit up to this maximum. If specified, this value cannot be set to a value less than the default limit. If not specified, it is set to the default limit. To allow clients to apply overrides with no upper bound, set this to -1, indicating unlimited maximum quota. Used by group-based quotas only.
               "metric": "A String", # The name of the metric this quota limit applies to. The quota limits with the same metric will be checked together during runtime. The metric must be defined within the service config.
               "name": "A String", # Name of the quota limit. The name must be provided, and it must be unique within the service. The name can only include alphanumeric characters as well as '-'. The maximum length of the limit name is 64 characters.
-              "unit": "A String", # Specify the unit of the quota limit. It uses the same syntax as Metric.unit. The supported unit kinds are determined by the quota backend system. Here are some examples: * "1/min/{project}" for quota per minute per project. Note: the order of unit components is insignificant. The "1" at the beginning is required to follow the metric unit syntax.
+              "unit": "A String", # Specify the unit of the quota limit. It uses the same syntax as MetricDescriptor.unit. The supported unit kinds are determined by the quota backend system. Here are some examples: * "1/min/{project}" for quota per minute per project. Note: the order of unit components is insignificant. The "1" at the beginning is required to follow the metric unit syntax.
               "values": { # Tiered limit values. You must specify this as a key:value pair, with an integer value that is the maximum number of requests allowed for the specified unit. Currently only STANDARD is supported.
                 "a_key": "A String",
               },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1.json
index 06166225b5..d508d67183 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1.json
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "serviceusage.operations.cancel",
@@ -426,7 +426,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241025",
+"revision": "20241115",
 "rootUrl": "https://serviceusage.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AddEnableRulesMetadata": {
@@ -1524,6 +1524,10 @@
 "description": "Experimental features to be included during client library generation. These fields will be deprecated once the feature graduates and is enabled by default.",
 "id": "ExperimentalFeatures",
 "properties": {
+"protobufPythonicTypesEnabled": {
+"description": "Enables generation of protobuf code using new types that are more Pythonic which are included in `protobuf>=5.29.x`. This feature will be enabled by default 1 month after launching the feature in preview packages.",
+"type": "boolean"
+},
 "restAsyncIoEnabled": {
 "description": "Enables generation of asynchronous REST clients if `rest` transport is enabled. By default, asynchronous REST clients will not be generated. This feature will be enabled by default 1 month after launching the feature in preview packages.",
 "type": "boolean"
@@ -1692,6 +1696,13 @@
 "common": {
 "$ref": "CommonLanguageSettings",
 "description": "Some settings."
+},
+"renamedServices": {
+"additionalProperties": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"description": "Map of service names to renamed services. Keys are the package relative service names and values are the name to be used for the service client and call options. publishing: go_settings: renamed_services: Publisher: TopicAdmin",
+"type": "object"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
@@ -3226,7 +3237,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "unit": {
-"description": "Specify the unit of the quota limit. It uses the same syntax as Metric.unit. The supported unit kinds are determined by the quota backend system. Here are some examples: * \"1/min/{project}\" for quota per minute per project. Note: the order of unit components is insignificant. The \"1\" at the beginning is required to follow the metric unit syntax.",
+"description": "Specify the unit of the quota limit. It uses the same syntax as MetricDescriptor.unit. The supported unit kinds are determined by the quota backend system. Here are some examples: * \"1/min/{project}\" for quota per minute per project. Note: the order of unit components is insignificant. The \"1\" at the beginning is required to follow the metric unit syntax.",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "values": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1beta1.json
index f84d3d8834..496af851a7 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/serviceusage.v1beta1.json
@@ -964,7 +964,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241025",
+"revision": "20241115",
 "rootUrl": "https://serviceusage.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AddEnableRulesMetadata": {
@@ -2101,6 +2101,10 @@
 "description": "Experimental features to be included during client library generation. These fields will be deprecated once the feature graduates and is enabled by default.",
 "id": "ExperimentalFeatures",
 "properties": {
+"protobufPythonicTypesEnabled": {
+"description": "Enables generation of protobuf code using new types that are more Pythonic which are included in `protobuf>=5.29.x`. This feature will be enabled by default 1 month after launching the feature in preview packages.",
+"type": "boolean"
+},
 "restAsyncIoEnabled": {
 "description": "Enables generation of asynchronous REST clients if `rest` transport is enabled. By default, asynchronous REST clients will not be generated. This feature will be enabled by default 1 month after launching the feature in preview packages.",
 "type": "boolean"
@@ -2269,6 +2273,13 @@
 "common": {
 "$ref": "CommonLanguageSettings",
 "description": "Some settings."
+},
+"renamedServices": {
+"additionalProperties": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"description": "Map of service names to renamed services. Keys are the package relative service names and values are the name to be used for the service client and call options. publishing: go_settings: renamed_services: Publisher: TopicAdmin",
+"type": "object"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
@@ -4014,7 +4025,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "unit": {
-"description": "Specify the unit of the quota limit. It uses the same syntax as Metric.unit. The supported unit kinds are determined by the quota backend system. Here are some examples: * \"1/min/{project}\" for quota per minute per project. Note: the order of unit components is insignificant. The \"1\" at the beginning is required to follow the metric unit syntax.",
+"description": "Specify the unit of the quota limit. It uses the same syntax as MetricDescriptor.unit. The supported unit kinds are determined by the quota backend system. Here are some examples: * \"1/min/{project}\" for quota per minute per project. Note: the order of unit components is insignificant. The \"1\" at the beginning is required to follow the metric unit syntax.",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "values": {

From e7a05d48b67102459c895f229a7ce22aa692f394 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Yoshi Automation 
Date: Tue, 26 Nov 2024 07:08:52 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 28/31] feat(toolresults): update the api

#### toolresults:v1beta3

The following keys were added:
- fullyEncodeReservedExpansion (Total Keys: 1)
---
 .../discovery_cache/documents/toolresults.v1beta3.json         | 3 ++-
 1 file changed, 2 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/toolresults.v1beta3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/toolresults.v1beta3.json
index e2a0a8c7b5..0a2ac4da48 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/toolresults.v1beta3.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/toolresults.v1beta3.json
@@ -15,6 +15,7 @@
 "description": "API to publish and access results from developer tools.",
 "discoveryVersion": "v1",
 "documentationLink": "https://firebase.google.com/docs/test-lab/",
+"fullyEncodeReservedExpansion": true,
 "icons": {
 "x16": "http://www.google.com/images/icons/product/search-16.gif",
 "x32": "http://www.google.com/images/icons/product/search-32.gif"
@@ -1463,7 +1464,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20240708",
+"revision": "20241121",
 "rootUrl": "https://toolresults.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "ANR": {

From a06dc242df297b430bc2c6d50fb5be46742910eb Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Yoshi Automation 
Date: Tue, 26 Nov 2024 07:08:53 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 29/31] feat(walletobjects): update the api

#### walletobjects:v1

The following keys were added:
- schemas.EventTicketClass.properties.merchantLocations (Total Keys: 2)
- schemas.EventTicketObject.properties.merchantLocations (Total Keys: 2)
- schemas.FlightClass.properties.merchantLocations (Total Keys: 2)
- schemas.FlightObject.properties.merchantLocations (Total Keys: 2)
- schemas.GenericClass.properties.merchantLocations (Total Keys: 2)
- schemas.GenericObject.properties.merchantLocations (Total Keys: 2)
- schemas.GiftCardClass.properties.merchantLocations (Total Keys: 2)
- schemas.GiftCardObject.properties.merchantLocations (Total Keys: 2)
- schemas.LoyaltyClass.properties.merchantLocations (Total Keys: 2)
- schemas.LoyaltyObject.properties.merchantLocations (Total Keys: 2)
- schemas.MerchantLocation (Total Keys: 6)
- schemas.OfferClass.properties.merchantLocations (Total Keys: 2)
- schemas.OfferObject.properties.merchantLocations (Total Keys: 2)
- schemas.TransitClass.properties.merchantLocations (Total Keys: 2)
- schemas.TransitObject.properties.merchantLocations (Total Keys: 2)
---
 .../walletobjects_v1.eventticketclass.html    |  54 ++++++++
 .../walletobjects_v1.eventticketobject.html   | 120 ++++++++++++++++++
 docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.flightclass.html    |  54 ++++++++
 docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.flightobject.html   | 108 ++++++++++++++++
 docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.genericclass.html   |  54 ++++++++
 docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.genericobject.html  |  54 ++++++++
 docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.giftcardclass.html  |  54 ++++++++
 docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.giftcardobject.html | 108 ++++++++++++++++
 docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.jwt.html            | 120 ++++++++++++++++++
 docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.loyaltyclass.html   |  54 ++++++++
 docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.loyaltyobject.html  | 120 ++++++++++++++++++
 docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.offerclass.html     |  54 ++++++++
 docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.offerobject.html    | 108 ++++++++++++++++
 docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.transitclass.html   |  54 ++++++++
 docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.transitobject.html  | 108 ++++++++++++++++
 .../documents/walletobjects.v1.json           | 117 ++++++++++++++++-
 16 files changed, 1340 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.eventticketclass.html b/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.eventticketclass.html
index 9691844cea..e97c703af8 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.eventticketclass.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.eventticketclass.html
@@ -1042,6 +1042,12 @@ 
Method Details

         "uri": "A String", # The location of the image. URIs must have a scheme.
       },
     },
+    "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+      { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+        "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+        "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      },
+    ],
     "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
       { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
         "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -2237,6 +2243,12 @@ 
Method Details

       "uri": "A String", # The location of the image. URIs must have a scheme.
     },
   },
+  "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+    { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+      "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+    },
+  ],
   "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
     { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
       "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -3420,6 +3432,12 @@ 
Method Details

       "uri": "A String", # The location of the image. URIs must have a scheme.
     },
   },
+  "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+    { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+      "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+    },
+  ],
   "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
     { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
       "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -4602,6 +4620,12 @@ 
Method Details

       "uri": "A String", # The location of the image. URIs must have a scheme.
     },
   },
+  "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+    { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+      "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+    },
+  ],
   "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
     { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
       "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -5800,6 +5824,12 @@ 
Method Details

           "uri": "A String", # The location of the image. URIs must have a scheme.
         },
       },
+      "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+        { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+          "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+          "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+        },
+      ],
       "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
         { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
           "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -6986,6 +7016,12 @@ 
Method Details

       "uri": "A String", # The location of the image. URIs must have a scheme.
     },
   },
+  "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+    { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+      "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+    },
+  ],
   "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
     { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
       "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -8168,6 +8204,12 @@ 
Method Details

       "uri": "A String", # The location of the image. URIs must have a scheme.
     },
   },
+  "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+    { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+      "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+    },
+  ],
   "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
     { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
       "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -9352,6 +9394,12 @@ 
Method Details

       "uri": "A String", # The location of the image. URIs must have a scheme.
     },
   },
+  "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+    { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+      "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+    },
+  ],
   "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
     { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
       "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -10534,6 +10582,12 @@ 
Method Details

       "uri": "A String", # The location of the image. URIs must have a scheme.
     },
   },
+  "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+    { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+      "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+    },
+  ],
   "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
     { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
       "body": "A String", # The message body.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.eventticketobject.html b/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.eventticketobject.html
index e4afe50218..0facb48214 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.eventticketobject.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.eventticketobject.html
@@ -1365,6 +1365,12 @@ 
Method Details

           "uri": "A String", # The location of the image. URIs must have a scheme.
         },
       },
+      "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+        { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+          "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+          "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+        },
+      ],
       "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
         { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
           "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -1834,6 +1840,12 @@ 
Method Details

         "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
       },
     ],
+    "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the object. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+      { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+        "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+        "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      },
+    ],
     "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
       { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
         "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -3369,6 +3381,12 @@ 
Method Details

         "uri": "A String", # The location of the image. URIs must have a scheme.
       },
     },
+    "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+      { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+        "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+        "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      },
+    ],
     "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
       { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
         "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -3838,6 +3856,12 @@ 
Method Details

       "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
     },
   ],
+  "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the object. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+    { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+      "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+    },
+  ],
   "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
     { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
       "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -5361,6 +5385,12 @@ 
Method Details

         "uri": "A String", # The location of the image. URIs must have a scheme.
       },
     },
+    "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+      { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+        "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+        "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      },
+    ],
     "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
       { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
         "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -5830,6 +5860,12 @@ 
Method Details

       "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
     },
   ],
+  "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the object. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+    { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+      "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+    },
+  ],
   "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
     { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
       "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -7352,6 +7388,12 @@ 
Method Details

         "uri": "A String", # The location of the image. URIs must have a scheme.
       },
     },
+    "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+      { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+        "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+        "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      },
+    ],
     "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
       { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
         "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -7821,6 +7863,12 @@ 
Method Details

       "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
     },
   ],
+  "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the object. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+    { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+      "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+    },
+  ],
   "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
     { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
       "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -9359,6 +9407,12 @@ 
Method Details

             "uri": "A String", # The location of the image. URIs must have a scheme.
           },
         },
+        "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+          { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+            "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+            "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+          },
+        ],
         "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
           { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
             "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -9828,6 +9882,12 @@ 
Method Details

           "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
         },
       ],
+      "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the object. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+        { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+          "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+          "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+        },
+      ],
       "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
         { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
           "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -11373,6 +11433,12 @@ 
Method Details

         "uri": "A String", # The location of the image. URIs must have a scheme.
       },
     },
+    "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+      { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+        "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+        "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      },
+    ],
     "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
       { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
         "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -11842,6 +11908,12 @@ 
Method Details

       "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
     },
   ],
+  "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the object. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+    { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+      "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+    },
+  ],
   "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
     { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
       "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -13366,6 +13438,12 @@ 
Method Details

         "uri": "A String", # The location of the image. URIs must have a scheme.
       },
     },
+    "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+      { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+        "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+        "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      },
+    ],
     "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
       { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
         "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -13835,6 +13913,12 @@ 
Method Details

       "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
     },
   ],
+  "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the object. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+    { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+      "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+    },
+  ],
   "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
     { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
       "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -15357,6 +15441,12 @@ 
Method Details

         "uri": "A String", # The location of the image. URIs must have a scheme.
       },
     },
+    "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+      { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+        "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+        "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      },
+    ],
     "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
       { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
         "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -15826,6 +15916,12 @@ 
Method Details

       "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
     },
   ],
+  "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the object. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+    { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+      "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+    },
+  ],
   "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
     { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
       "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -17350,6 +17446,12 @@ 
Method Details

         "uri": "A String", # The location of the image. URIs must have a scheme.
       },
     },
+    "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+      { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+        "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+        "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      },
+    ],
     "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
       { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
         "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -17819,6 +17921,12 @@ 
Method Details

       "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
     },
   ],
+  "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the object. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+    { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+      "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+    },
+  ],
   "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
     { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
       "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -19341,6 +19449,12 @@ 
Method Details

         "uri": "A String", # The location of the image. URIs must have a scheme.
       },
     },
+    "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+      { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+        "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+        "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      },
+    ],
     "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
       { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
         "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -19810,6 +19924,12 @@ 
Method Details

       "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
     },
   ],
+  "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the object. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+    { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+      "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+    },
+  ],
   "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
     { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
       "body": "A String", # The message body.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.flightclass.html b/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.flightclass.html
index 16ddeac221..73e2567c24 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.flightclass.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.flightclass.html
@@ -1177,6 +1177,12 @@ 
Method Details

         "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
       },
     ],
+    "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected by the validator. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+      { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+        "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+        "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      },
+    ],
     "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
       { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
         "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -2455,6 +2461,12 @@ 
Method Details

       "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
     },
   ],
+  "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected by the validator. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+    { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+      "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+    },
+  ],
   "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
     { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
       "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -3721,6 +3733,12 @@ 
Method Details

       "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
     },
   ],
+  "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected by the validator. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+    { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+      "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+    },
+  ],
   "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
     { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
       "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -4986,6 +5004,12 @@ 
Method Details

       "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
     },
   ],
+  "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected by the validator. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+    { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+      "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+    },
+  ],
   "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
     { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
       "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -6267,6 +6291,12 @@ 
Method Details

           "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
         },
       ],
+      "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected by the validator. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+        { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+          "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+          "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+        },
+      ],
       "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
         { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
           "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -7536,6 +7566,12 @@ 
Method Details

       "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
     },
   ],
+  "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected by the validator. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+    { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+      "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+    },
+  ],
   "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
     { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
       "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -8801,6 +8837,12 @@ 
Method Details

       "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
     },
   ],
+  "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected by the validator. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+    { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+      "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+    },
+  ],
   "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
     { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
       "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -10068,6 +10110,12 @@ 
Method Details

       "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
     },
   ],
+  "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected by the validator. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+    { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+      "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+    },
+  ],
   "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
     { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
       "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -11333,6 +11381,12 @@ 
Method Details

       "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
     },
   ],
+  "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected by the validator. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+    { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+      "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+    },
+  ],
   "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
     { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
       "body": "A String", # The message body.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.flightobject.html b/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.flightobject.html
index f1794ed769..62c90b90ca 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.flightobject.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.flightobject.html
@@ -1558,6 +1558,12 @@ 
Method Details

           "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
         },
       ],
+      "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected by the validator. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+        { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+          "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+          "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+        },
+      ],
       "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
         { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
           "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -1967,6 +1973,12 @@ 
Method Details

         "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
       },
     ],
+    "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the object. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+      { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+        "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+        "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      },
+    ],
     "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
       { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
         "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -3676,6 +3688,12 @@ 
Method Details

         "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
       },
     ],
+    "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected by the validator. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+      { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+        "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+        "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      },
+    ],
     "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
       { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
         "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -4085,6 +4103,12 @@ 
Method Details

       "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
     },
   ],
+  "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the object. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+    { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+      "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+    },
+  ],
   "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
     { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
       "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -5782,6 +5806,12 @@ 
Method Details

         "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
       },
     ],
+    "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected by the validator. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+      { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+        "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+        "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      },
+    ],
     "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
       { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
         "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -6191,6 +6221,12 @@ 
Method Details

       "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
     },
   ],
+  "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the object. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+    { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+      "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+    },
+  ],
   "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
     { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
       "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -7887,6 +7923,12 @@ 
Method Details

         "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
       },
     ],
+    "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected by the validator. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+      { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+        "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+        "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      },
+    ],
     "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
       { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
         "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -8296,6 +8338,12 @@ 
Method Details

       "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
     },
   ],
+  "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the object. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+    { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+      "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+    },
+  ],
   "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
     { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
       "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -10008,6 +10056,12 @@ 
Method Details

             "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
           },
         ],
+        "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected by the validator. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+          { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+            "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+            "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+          },
+        ],
         "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
           { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
             "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -10417,6 +10471,12 @@ 
Method Details

           "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
         },
       ],
+      "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the object. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+        { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+          "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+          "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+        },
+      ],
       "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
         { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
           "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -12117,6 +12177,12 @@ 
Method Details

         "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
       },
     ],
+    "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected by the validator. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+      { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+        "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+        "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      },
+    ],
     "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
       { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
         "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -12526,6 +12592,12 @@ 
Method Details

       "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
     },
   ],
+  "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the object. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+    { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+      "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+    },
+  ],
   "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
     { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
       "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -14222,6 +14294,12 @@ 
Method Details

         "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
       },
     ],
+    "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected by the validator. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+      { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+        "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+        "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      },
+    ],
     "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
       { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
         "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -14631,6 +14709,12 @@ 
Method Details

       "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
     },
   ],
+  "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the object. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+    { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+      "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+    },
+  ],
   "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
     { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
       "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -16329,6 +16413,12 @@ 
Method Details

         "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
       },
     ],
+    "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected by the validator. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+      { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+        "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+        "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      },
+    ],
     "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
       { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
         "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -16738,6 +16828,12 @@ 
Method Details

       "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
     },
   ],
+  "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the object. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+    { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+      "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+    },
+  ],
   "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
     { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
       "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -18434,6 +18530,12 @@ 
Method Details

         "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
       },
     ],
+    "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected by the validator. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+      { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+        "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+        "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      },
+    ],
     "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
       { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
         "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -18843,6 +18945,12 @@ 
Method Details

       "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
     },
   ],
+  "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the object. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+    { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+      "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+    },
+  ],
   "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
     { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
       "body": "A String", # The message body.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.genericclass.html b/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.genericclass.html
index bcd1be273e..9185631afe 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.genericclass.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.genericclass.html
@@ -747,6 +747,12 @@ 
Method Details

         },
       ],
     },
+    "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+      { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+        "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+        "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      },
+    ],
     "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
       { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
         "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -1531,6 +1537,12 @@ 
Method Details

       },
     ],
   },
+  "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+    { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+      "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+    },
+  ],
   "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
     { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
       "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -2303,6 +2315,12 @@ 
Method Details

       },
     ],
   },
+  "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+    { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+      "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+    },
+  ],
   "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
     { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
       "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -3074,6 +3092,12 @@ 
Method Details

       },
     ],
   },
+  "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+    { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+      "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+    },
+  ],
   "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
     { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
       "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -3861,6 +3885,12 @@ 
Method Details

           },
         ],
       },
+      "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+        { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+          "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+          "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+        },
+      ],
       "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
         { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
           "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -4636,6 +4666,12 @@ 
Method Details

       },
     ],
   },
+  "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+    { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+      "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+    },
+  ],
   "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
     { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
       "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -5407,6 +5443,12 @@ 
Method Details

       },
     ],
   },
+  "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+    { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+      "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+    },
+  ],
   "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
     { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
       "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -6180,6 +6222,12 @@ 
Method Details

       },
     ],
   },
+  "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+    { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+      "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+    },
+  ],
   "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
     { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
       "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -6951,6 +6999,12 @@ 
Method Details

       },
     ],
   },
+  "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+    { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+      "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+    },
+  ],
   "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
     { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
       "body": "A String", # The message body.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.genericobject.html b/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.genericobject.html
index e70776bf0f..516e288a79 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.genericobject.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.genericobject.html
@@ -665,6 +665,12 @@ 
Method Details

         "uri": "A String", # The location of the image. URIs must have a scheme.
       },
     },
+    "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the object. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+      { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+        "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+        "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      },
+    ],
     "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
       { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
         "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -1477,6 +1483,12 @@ 
Method Details

       "uri": "A String", # The location of the image. URIs must have a scheme.
     },
   },
+  "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the object. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+    { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+      "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+    },
+  ],
   "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
     { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
       "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -2277,6 +2289,12 @@ 
Method Details

       "uri": "A String", # The location of the image. URIs must have a scheme.
     },
   },
+  "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the object. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+    { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+      "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+    },
+  ],
   "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
     { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
       "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -3076,6 +3094,12 @@ 
Method Details

       "uri": "A String", # The location of the image. URIs must have a scheme.
     },
   },
+  "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the object. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+    { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+      "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+    },
+  ],
   "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
     { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
       "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -3891,6 +3915,12 @@ 
Method Details

           "uri": "A String", # The location of the image. URIs must have a scheme.
         },
       },
+      "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the object. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+        { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+          "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+          "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+        },
+      ],
       "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
         { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
           "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -4694,6 +4724,12 @@ 
Method Details

       "uri": "A String", # The location of the image. URIs must have a scheme.
     },
   },
+  "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the object. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+    { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+      "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+    },
+  ],
   "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
     { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
       "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -5493,6 +5529,12 @@ 
Method Details

       "uri": "A String", # The location of the image. URIs must have a scheme.
     },
   },
+  "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the object. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+    { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+      "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+    },
+  ],
   "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
     { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
       "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -6294,6 +6336,12 @@ 
Method Details

       "uri": "A String", # The location of the image. URIs must have a scheme.
     },
   },
+  "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the object. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+    { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+      "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+    },
+  ],
   "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
     { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
       "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -7093,6 +7141,12 @@ 
Method Details

       "uri": "A String", # The location of the image. URIs must have a scheme.
     },
   },
+  "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the object. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+    { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+      "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+    },
+  ],
   "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
     { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
       "body": "A String", # The message body.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.giftcardclass.html b/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.giftcardclass.html
index 20dd37bf27..a433c38c82 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.giftcardclass.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.giftcardclass.html
@@ -938,6 +938,12 @@ 
Method Details

         "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
       },
     ],
+    "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+      { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+        "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+        "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      },
+    ],
     "merchantName": "A String", # Merchant name, such as "Adam's Apparel". The app may display an ellipsis after the first 20 characters to ensure full string is displayed on smaller screens.
     "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
       { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
@@ -2032,6 +2038,12 @@ 
Method Details

       "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
     },
   ],
+  "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+    { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+      "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+    },
+  ],
   "merchantName": "A String", # Merchant name, such as "Adam's Apparel". The app may display an ellipsis after the first 20 characters to ensure full string is displayed on smaller screens.
   "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
     { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
@@ -3114,6 +3126,12 @@ 
Method Details

       "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
     },
   ],
+  "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+    { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+      "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+    },
+  ],
   "merchantName": "A String", # Merchant name, such as "Adam's Apparel". The app may display an ellipsis after the first 20 characters to ensure full string is displayed on smaller screens.
   "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
     { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
@@ -4195,6 +4213,12 @@ 
Method Details

       "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
     },
   ],
+  "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+    { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+      "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+    },
+  ],
   "merchantName": "A String", # Merchant name, such as "Adam's Apparel". The app may display an ellipsis after the first 20 characters to ensure full string is displayed on smaller screens.
   "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
     { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
@@ -5292,6 +5316,12 @@ 
Method Details

           "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
         },
       ],
+      "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+        { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+          "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+          "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+        },
+      ],
       "merchantName": "A String", # Merchant name, such as "Adam's Apparel". The app may display an ellipsis after the first 20 characters to ensure full string is displayed on smaller screens.
       "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
         { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
@@ -6377,6 +6407,12 @@ 
Method Details

       "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
     },
   ],
+  "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+    { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+      "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+    },
+  ],
   "merchantName": "A String", # Merchant name, such as "Adam's Apparel". The app may display an ellipsis after the first 20 characters to ensure full string is displayed on smaller screens.
   "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
     { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
@@ -7458,6 +7494,12 @@ 
Method Details

       "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
     },
   ],
+  "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+    { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+      "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+    },
+  ],
   "merchantName": "A String", # Merchant name, such as "Adam's Apparel". The app may display an ellipsis after the first 20 characters to ensure full string is displayed on smaller screens.
   "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
     { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
@@ -8541,6 +8583,12 @@ 
Method Details

       "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
     },
   ],
+  "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+    { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+      "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+    },
+  ],
   "merchantName": "A String", # Merchant name, such as "Adam's Apparel". The app may display an ellipsis after the first 20 characters to ensure full string is displayed on smaller screens.
   "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
     { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
@@ -9622,6 +9670,12 @@ 
Method Details

       "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
     },
   ],
+  "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+    { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+      "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+    },
+  ],
   "merchantName": "A String", # Merchant name, such as "Adam's Apparel". The app may display an ellipsis after the first 20 characters to ensure full string is displayed on smaller screens.
   "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
     { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
diff --git a/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.giftcardobject.html b/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.giftcardobject.html
index cb146761d9..fac706d4f4 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.giftcardobject.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.giftcardobject.html
@@ -1267,6 +1267,12 @@ 
Method Details

           "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
         },
       ],
+      "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+        { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+          "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+          "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+        },
+      ],
       "merchantName": "A String", # Merchant name, such as "Adam's Apparel". The app may display an ellipsis after the first 20 characters to ensure full string is displayed on smaller screens.
       "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
         { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
@@ -1731,6 +1737,12 @@ 
Method Details

         "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
       },
     ],
+    "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the object. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+      { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+        "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+        "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      },
+    ],
     "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
       { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
         "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -3088,6 +3100,12 @@ 
Method Details

         "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
       },
     ],
+    "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+      { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+        "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+        "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      },
+    ],
     "merchantName": "A String", # Merchant name, such as "Adam's Apparel". The app may display an ellipsis after the first 20 characters to ensure full string is displayed on smaller screens.
     "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
       { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
@@ -3552,6 +3570,12 @@ 
Method Details

       "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
     },
   ],
+  "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the object. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+    { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+      "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+    },
+  ],
   "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
     { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
       "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -4897,6 +4921,12 @@ 
Method Details

         "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
       },
     ],
+    "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+      { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+        "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+        "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      },
+    ],
     "merchantName": "A String", # Merchant name, such as "Adam's Apparel". The app may display an ellipsis after the first 20 characters to ensure full string is displayed on smaller screens.
     "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
       { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
@@ -5361,6 +5391,12 @@ 
Method Details

       "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
     },
   ],
+  "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the object. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+    { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+      "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+    },
+  ],
   "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
     { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
       "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -6705,6 +6741,12 @@ 
Method Details

         "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
       },
     ],
+    "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+      { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+        "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+        "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      },
+    ],
     "merchantName": "A String", # Merchant name, such as "Adam's Apparel". The app may display an ellipsis after the first 20 characters to ensure full string is displayed on smaller screens.
     "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
       { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
@@ -7169,6 +7211,12 @@ 
Method Details

       "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
     },
   ],
+  "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the object. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+    { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+      "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+    },
+  ],
   "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
     { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
       "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -8529,6 +8577,12 @@ 
Method Details

             "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
           },
         ],
+        "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+          { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+            "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+            "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+          },
+        ],
         "merchantName": "A String", # Merchant name, such as "Adam's Apparel". The app may display an ellipsis after the first 20 characters to ensure full string is displayed on smaller screens.
         "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
           { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
@@ -8993,6 +9047,12 @@ 
Method Details

           "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
         },
       ],
+      "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the object. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+        { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+          "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+          "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+        },
+      ],
       "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
         { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
           "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -10341,6 +10401,12 @@ 
Method Details

         "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
       },
     ],
+    "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+      { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+        "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+        "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      },
+    ],
     "merchantName": "A String", # Merchant name, such as "Adam's Apparel". The app may display an ellipsis after the first 20 characters to ensure full string is displayed on smaller screens.
     "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
       { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
@@ -10805,6 +10871,12 @@ 
Method Details

       "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
     },
   ],
+  "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the object. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+    { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+      "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+    },
+  ],
   "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
     { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
       "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -12149,6 +12221,12 @@ 
Method Details

         "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
       },
     ],
+    "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+      { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+        "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+        "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      },
+    ],
     "merchantName": "A String", # Merchant name, such as "Adam's Apparel". The app may display an ellipsis after the first 20 characters to ensure full string is displayed on smaller screens.
     "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
       { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
@@ -12613,6 +12691,12 @@ 
Method Details

       "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
     },
   ],
+  "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the object. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+    { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+      "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+    },
+  ],
   "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
     { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
       "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -13959,6 +14043,12 @@ 
Method Details

         "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
       },
     ],
+    "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+      { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+        "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+        "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      },
+    ],
     "merchantName": "A String", # Merchant name, such as "Adam's Apparel". The app may display an ellipsis after the first 20 characters to ensure full string is displayed on smaller screens.
     "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
       { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
@@ -14423,6 +14513,12 @@ 
Method Details

       "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
     },
   ],
+  "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the object. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+    { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+      "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+    },
+  ],
   "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
     { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
       "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -15767,6 +15863,12 @@ 
Method Details

         "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
       },
     ],
+    "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+      { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+        "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+        "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      },
+    ],
     "merchantName": "A String", # Merchant name, such as "Adam's Apparel". The app may display an ellipsis after the first 20 characters to ensure full string is displayed on smaller screens.
     "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
       { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
@@ -16231,6 +16333,12 @@ 
Method Details

       "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
     },
   ],
+  "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the object. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+    { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+      "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+    },
+  ],
   "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
     { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
       "body": "A String", # The message body.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.jwt.html b/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.jwt.html
index a061a52004..dc46b41bda 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.jwt.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.jwt.html
@@ -988,6 +988,12 @@ 
Method Details

             "uri": "A String", # The location of the image. URIs must have a scheme.
           },
         },
+        "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+          { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+            "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+            "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+          },
+        ],
         "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
           { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
             "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -2483,6 +2489,12 @@ 
Method Details

               "uri": "A String", # The location of the image. URIs must have a scheme.
             },
           },
+          "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+            { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+              "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+              "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+            },
+          ],
           "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
             { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
               "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -2952,6 +2964,12 @@ 
Method Details

             "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
           },
         ],
+        "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the object. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+          { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+            "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+            "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+          },
+        ],
         "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
           { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
             "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -4282,6 +4300,12 @@ 
Method Details

             "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
           },
         ],
+        "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected by the validator. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+          { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+            "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+            "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+          },
+        ],
         "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
           { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
             "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -5921,6 +5945,12 @@ 
Method Details

               "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
             },
           ],
+          "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected by the validator. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+            { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+              "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+              "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+            },
+          ],
           "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
             { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
               "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -6330,6 +6360,12 @@ 
Method Details

             "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
           },
         ],
+        "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the object. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+          { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+            "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+            "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+          },
+        ],
         "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
           { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
             "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -7208,6 +7244,12 @@ 
Method Details

             },
           ],
         },
+        "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+          { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+            "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+            "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+          },
+        ],
         "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
           { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
             "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -7890,6 +7932,12 @@ 
Method Details

             "uri": "A String", # The location of the image. URIs must have a scheme.
           },
         },
+        "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the object. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+          { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+            "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+            "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+          },
+        ],
         "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
           { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
             "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -8955,6 +9003,12 @@ 
Method Details

             "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
           },
         ],
+        "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+          { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+            "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+            "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+          },
+        ],
         "merchantName": "A String", # Merchant name, such as "Adam's Apparel". The app may display an ellipsis after the first 20 characters to ensure full string is displayed on smaller screens.
         "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
           { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
@@ -10358,6 +10412,12 @@ 
Method Details

               "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
             },
           ],
+          "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+            { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+              "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+              "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+            },
+          ],
           "merchantName": "A String", # Merchant name, such as "Adam's Apparel". The app may display an ellipsis after the first 20 characters to ensure full string is displayed on smaller screens.
           "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
             { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
@@ -10822,6 +10882,12 @@ 
Method Details

             "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
           },
         ],
+        "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the object. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+          { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+            "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+            "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+          },
+        ],
         "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
           { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
             "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -11926,6 +11992,12 @@ 
Method Details

             "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
           },
         ],
+        "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+          { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+            "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+            "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+          },
+        ],
         "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
           { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
             "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -13421,6 +13493,12 @@ 
Method Details

               "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
             },
           ],
+          "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+            { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+              "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+              "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+            },
+          ],
           "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
             { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
               "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -13918,6 +13996,12 @@ 
Method Details

             ],
           },
         },
+        "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the object. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+          { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+            "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+            "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+          },
+        ],
         "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
           { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
             "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -14988,6 +15072,12 @@ 
Method Details

             "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
           },
         ],
+        "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+          { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+            "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+            "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+          },
+        ],
         "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
           { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
             "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -16419,6 +16509,12 @@ 
Method Details

               "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
             },
           ],
+          "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+            { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+              "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+              "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+            },
+          ],
           "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
             { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
               "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -16884,6 +16980,12 @@ 
Method Details

             "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
           },
         ],
+        "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the object. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+          { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+            "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+            "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+          },
+        ],
         "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
           { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
             "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -18155,6 +18257,12 @@ 
Method Details

             "uri": "A String", # The location of the image. URIs must have a scheme.
           },
         },
+        "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+          { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+            "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+            "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+          },
+        ],
         "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
           { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
             "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -19830,6 +19938,12 @@ 
Method Details

               "uri": "A String", # The location of the image. URIs must have a scheme.
             },
           },
+          "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+            { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+              "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+              "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+            },
+          ],
           "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
             { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
               "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -20341,6 +20455,12 @@ 
Method Details

             "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
           },
         ],
+        "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the object. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+          { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+            "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+            "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+          },
+        ],
         "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
           { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
             "body": "A String", # The message body.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.loyaltyclass.html b/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.loyaltyclass.html
index 735816bca7..bf3d4f4d28 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.loyaltyclass.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.loyaltyclass.html
@@ -1034,6 +1034,12 @@ 
Method Details

         "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
       },
     ],
+    "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+      { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+        "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+        "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      },
+    ],
     "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
       { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
         "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -2227,6 +2233,12 @@ 
Method Details

       "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
     },
   ],
+  "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+    { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+      "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+    },
+  ],
   "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
     { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
       "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -3408,6 +3420,12 @@ 
Method Details

       "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
     },
   ],
+  "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+    { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+      "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+    },
+  ],
   "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
     { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
       "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -4588,6 +4606,12 @@ 
Method Details

       "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
     },
   ],
+  "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+    { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+      "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+    },
+  ],
   "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
     { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
       "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -5784,6 +5808,12 @@ 
Method Details

           "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
         },
       ],
+      "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+        { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+          "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+          "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+        },
+      ],
       "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
         { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
           "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -6968,6 +6998,12 @@ 
Method Details

       "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
     },
   ],
+  "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+    { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+      "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+    },
+  ],
   "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
     { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
       "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -8148,6 +8184,12 @@ 
Method Details

       "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
     },
   ],
+  "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+    { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+      "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+    },
+  ],
   "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
     { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
       "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -9330,6 +9372,12 @@ 
Method Details

       "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
     },
   ],
+  "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+    { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+      "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+    },
+  ],
   "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
     { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
       "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -10510,6 +10558,12 @@ 
Method Details

       "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
     },
   ],
+  "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+    { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+      "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+    },
+  ],
   "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
     { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
       "body": "A String", # The message body.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.loyaltyobject.html b/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.loyaltyobject.html
index 704813d89c..decb0af821 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.loyaltyobject.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.loyaltyobject.html
@@ -1359,6 +1359,12 @@ 
Method Details

           "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
         },
       ],
+      "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+        { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+          "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+          "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+        },
+      ],
       "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
         { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
           "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -1856,6 +1862,12 @@ 
Method Details

         ],
       },
     },
+    "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the object. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+      { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+        "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+        "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      },
+    ],
     "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
       { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
         "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -3329,6 +3341,12 @@ 
Method Details

         "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
       },
     ],
+    "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+      { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+        "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+        "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      },
+    ],
     "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
       { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
         "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -3826,6 +3844,12 @@ 
Method Details

       ],
     },
   },
+  "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the object. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+    { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+      "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+    },
+  ],
   "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
     { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
       "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -5287,6 +5311,12 @@ 
Method Details

         "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
       },
     ],
+    "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+      { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+        "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+        "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      },
+    ],
     "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
       { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
         "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -5784,6 +5814,12 @@ 
Method Details

       ],
     },
   },
+  "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the object. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+    { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+      "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+    },
+  ],
   "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
     { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
       "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -7244,6 +7280,12 @@ 
Method Details

         "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
       },
     ],
+    "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+      { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+        "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+        "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      },
+    ],
     "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
       { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
         "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -7741,6 +7783,12 @@ 
Method Details

       ],
     },
   },
+  "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the object. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+    { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+      "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+    },
+  ],
   "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
     { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
       "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -9217,6 +9265,12 @@ 
Method Details

             "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
           },
         ],
+        "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+          { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+            "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+            "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+          },
+        ],
         "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
           { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
             "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -9714,6 +9768,12 @@ 
Method Details

           ],
         },
       },
+      "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the object. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+        { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+          "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+          "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+        },
+      ],
       "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
         { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
           "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -11197,6 +11257,12 @@ 
Method Details

         "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
       },
     ],
+    "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+      { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+        "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+        "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      },
+    ],
     "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
       { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
         "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -11694,6 +11760,12 @@ 
Method Details

       ],
     },
   },
+  "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the object. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+    { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+      "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+    },
+  ],
   "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
     { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
       "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -13156,6 +13228,12 @@ 
Method Details

         "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
       },
     ],
+    "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+      { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+        "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+        "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      },
+    ],
     "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
       { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
         "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -13653,6 +13731,12 @@ 
Method Details

       ],
     },
   },
+  "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the object. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+    { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+      "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+    },
+  ],
   "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
     { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
       "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -15113,6 +15197,12 @@ 
Method Details

         "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
       },
     ],
+    "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+      { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+        "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+        "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      },
+    ],
     "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
       { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
         "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -15610,6 +15700,12 @@ 
Method Details

       ],
     },
   },
+  "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the object. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+    { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+      "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+    },
+  ],
   "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
     { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
       "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -17072,6 +17168,12 @@ 
Method Details

         "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
       },
     ],
+    "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+      { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+        "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+        "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      },
+    ],
     "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
       { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
         "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -17569,6 +17671,12 @@ 
Method Details

       ],
     },
   },
+  "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the object. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+    { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+      "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+    },
+  ],
   "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
     { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
       "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -19029,6 +19137,12 @@ 
Method Details

         "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
       },
     ],
+    "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+      { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+        "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+        "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      },
+    ],
     "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
       { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
         "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -19526,6 +19640,12 @@ 
Method Details

       ],
     },
   },
+  "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the object. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+    { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+      "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+    },
+  ],
   "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
     { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
       "body": "A String", # The message body.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.offerclass.html b/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.offerclass.html
index b33ff8dc95..5c493caf96 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.offerclass.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.offerclass.html
@@ -973,6 +973,12 @@ 
Method Details

         "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
       },
     ],
+    "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+      { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+        "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+        "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      },
+    ],
     "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
       { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
         "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -2104,6 +2110,12 @@ 
Method Details

       "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
     },
   ],
+  "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+    { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+      "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+    },
+  ],
   "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
     { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
       "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -3223,6 +3235,12 @@ 
Method Details

       "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
     },
   ],
+  "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+    { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+      "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+    },
+  ],
   "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
     { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
       "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -4341,6 +4359,12 @@ 
Method Details

       "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
     },
   ],
+  "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+    { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+      "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+    },
+  ],
   "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
     { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
       "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -5475,6 +5499,12 @@ 
Method Details

           "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
         },
       ],
+      "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+        { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+          "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+          "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+        },
+      ],
       "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
         { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
           "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -6597,6 +6627,12 @@ 
Method Details

       "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
     },
   ],
+  "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+    { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+      "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+    },
+  ],
   "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
     { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
       "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -7715,6 +7751,12 @@ 
Method Details

       "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
     },
   ],
+  "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+    { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+      "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+    },
+  ],
   "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
     { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
       "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -8835,6 +8877,12 @@ 
Method Details

       "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
     },
   ],
+  "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+    { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+      "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+    },
+  ],
   "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
     { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
       "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -9953,6 +10001,12 @@ 
Method Details

       "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
     },
   ],
+  "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+    { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+      "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+    },
+  ],
   "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
     { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
       "body": "A String", # The message body.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.offerobject.html b/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.offerobject.html
index 6f31c9f6a9..bd2b6f4407 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.offerobject.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.offerobject.html
@@ -1293,6 +1293,12 @@ 
Method Details

           "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
         },
       ],
+      "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+        { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+          "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+          "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+        },
+      ],
       "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
         { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
           "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -1758,6 +1764,12 @@ 
Method Details

         "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
       },
     ],
+    "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the object. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+      { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+        "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+        "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      },
+    ],
     "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
       { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
         "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -3140,6 +3152,12 @@ 
Method Details

         "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
       },
     ],
+    "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+      { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+        "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+        "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      },
+    ],
     "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
       { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
         "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -3605,6 +3623,12 @@ 
Method Details

       "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
     },
   ],
+  "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the object. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+    { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+      "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+    },
+  ],
   "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
     { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
       "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -4975,6 +4999,12 @@ 
Method Details

         "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
       },
     ],
+    "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+      { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+        "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+        "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      },
+    ],
     "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
       { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
         "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -5440,6 +5470,12 @@ 
Method Details

       "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
     },
   ],
+  "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the object. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+    { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+      "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+    },
+  ],
   "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
     { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
       "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -6809,6 +6845,12 @@ 
Method Details

         "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
       },
     ],
+    "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+      { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+        "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+        "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      },
+    ],
     "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
       { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
         "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -7274,6 +7316,12 @@ 
Method Details

       "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
     },
   ],
+  "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the object. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+    { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+      "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+    },
+  ],
   "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
     { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
       "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -8659,6 +8707,12 @@ 
Method Details

             "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
           },
         ],
+        "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+          { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+            "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+            "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+          },
+        ],
         "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
           { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
             "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -9124,6 +9178,12 @@ 
Method Details

           "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
         },
       ],
+      "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the object. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+        { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+          "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+          "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+        },
+      ],
       "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
         { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
           "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -10497,6 +10557,12 @@ 
Method Details

         "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
       },
     ],
+    "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+      { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+        "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+        "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      },
+    ],
     "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
       { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
         "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -10962,6 +11028,12 @@ 
Method Details

       "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
     },
   ],
+  "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the object. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+    { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+      "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+    },
+  ],
   "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
     { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
       "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -12331,6 +12403,12 @@ 
Method Details

         "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
       },
     ],
+    "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+      { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+        "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+        "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      },
+    ],
     "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
       { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
         "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -12796,6 +12874,12 @@ 
Method Details

       "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
     },
   ],
+  "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the object. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+    { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+      "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+    },
+  ],
   "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
     { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
       "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -14167,6 +14251,12 @@ 
Method Details

         "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
       },
     ],
+    "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+      { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+        "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+        "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      },
+    ],
     "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
       { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
         "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -14632,6 +14722,12 @@ 
Method Details

       "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
     },
   ],
+  "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the object. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+    { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+      "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+    },
+  ],
   "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
     { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
       "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -16001,6 +16097,12 @@ 
Method Details

         "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
       },
     ],
+    "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+      { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+        "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+        "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      },
+    ],
     "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
       { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
         "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -16466,6 +16568,12 @@ 
Method Details

       "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
     },
   ],
+  "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the object. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+    { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+      "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+    },
+  ],
   "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
     { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
       "body": "A String", # The message body.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.transitclass.html b/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.transitclass.html
index e82c2063ba..faaf644034 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.transitclass.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.transitclass.html
@@ -1202,6 +1202,12 @@ 
Method Details

         "uri": "A String", # The location of the image. URIs must have a scheme.
       },
     },
+    "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+      { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+        "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+        "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      },
+    ],
     "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
       { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
         "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -2574,6 +2580,12 @@ 
Method Details

       "uri": "A String", # The location of the image. URIs must have a scheme.
     },
   },
+  "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+    { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+      "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+    },
+  ],
   "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
     { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
       "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -3934,6 +3946,12 @@ 
Method Details

       "uri": "A String", # The location of the image. URIs must have a scheme.
     },
   },
+  "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+    { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+      "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+    },
+  ],
   "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
     { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
       "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -5293,6 +5311,12 @@ 
Method Details

       "uri": "A String", # The location of the image. URIs must have a scheme.
     },
   },
+  "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+    { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+      "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+    },
+  ],
   "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
     { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
       "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -6668,6 +6692,12 @@ 
Method Details

           "uri": "A String", # The location of the image. URIs must have a scheme.
         },
       },
+      "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+        { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+          "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+          "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+        },
+      ],
       "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
         { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
           "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -8031,6 +8061,12 @@ 
Method Details

       "uri": "A String", # The location of the image. URIs must have a scheme.
     },
   },
+  "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+    { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+      "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+    },
+  ],
   "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
     { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
       "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -9390,6 +9426,12 @@ 
Method Details

       "uri": "A String", # The location of the image. URIs must have a scheme.
     },
   },
+  "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+    { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+      "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+    },
+  ],
   "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
     { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
       "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -10751,6 +10793,12 @@ 
Method Details

       "uri": "A String", # The location of the image. URIs must have a scheme.
     },
   },
+  "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+    { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+      "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+    },
+  ],
   "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
     { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
       "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -12110,6 +12158,12 @@ 
Method Details

       "uri": "A String", # The location of the image. URIs must have a scheme.
     },
   },
+  "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+    { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+      "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+    },
+  ],
   "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
     { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
       "body": "A String", # The message body.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.transitobject.html b/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.transitobject.html
index 64ece82c7f..6f853e009e 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.transitobject.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/walletobjects_v1.transitobject.html
@@ -1525,6 +1525,12 @@ 
Method Details

           "uri": "A String", # The location of the image. URIs must have a scheme.
         },
       },
+      "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+        { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+          "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+          "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+        },
+      ],
       "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
         { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
           "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -2036,6 +2042,12 @@ 
Method Details

         "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
       },
     ],
+    "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the object. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+      { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+        "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+        "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      },
+    ],
     "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
       { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
         "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -4065,6 +4077,12 @@ 
Method Details

         "uri": "A String", # The location of the image. URIs must have a scheme.
       },
     },
+    "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+      { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+        "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+        "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      },
+    ],
     "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
       { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
         "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -4576,6 +4594,12 @@ 
Method Details

       "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
     },
   ],
+  "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the object. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+    { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+      "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+    },
+  ],
   "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
     { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
       "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -6593,6 +6617,12 @@ 
Method Details

         "uri": "A String", # The location of the image. URIs must have a scheme.
       },
     },
+    "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+      { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+        "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+        "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      },
+    ],
     "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
       { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
         "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -7104,6 +7134,12 @@ 
Method Details

       "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
     },
   ],
+  "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the object. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+    { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+      "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+    },
+  ],
   "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
     { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
       "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -9120,6 +9156,12 @@ 
Method Details

         "uri": "A String", # The location of the image. URIs must have a scheme.
       },
     },
+    "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+      { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+        "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+        "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      },
+    ],
     "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
       { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
         "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -9631,6 +9673,12 @@ 
Method Details

       "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
     },
   ],
+  "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the object. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+    { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+      "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+    },
+  ],
   "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
     { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
       "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -11663,6 +11711,12 @@ 
Method Details

             "uri": "A String", # The location of the image. URIs must have a scheme.
           },
         },
+        "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+          { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+            "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+            "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+          },
+        ],
         "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
           { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
             "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -12174,6 +12228,12 @@ 
Method Details

           "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
         },
       ],
+      "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the object. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+        { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+          "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+          "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+        },
+      ],
       "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
         { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
           "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -14194,6 +14254,12 @@ 
Method Details

         "uri": "A String", # The location of the image. URIs must have a scheme.
       },
     },
+    "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+      { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+        "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+        "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      },
+    ],
     "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
       { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
         "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -14705,6 +14771,12 @@ 
Method Details

       "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
     },
   ],
+  "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the object. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+    { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+      "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+    },
+  ],
   "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
     { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
       "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -16721,6 +16793,12 @@ 
Method Details

         "uri": "A String", # The location of the image. URIs must have a scheme.
       },
     },
+    "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+      { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+        "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+        "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      },
+    ],
     "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
       { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
         "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -17232,6 +17310,12 @@ 
Method Details

       "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
     },
   ],
+  "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the object. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+    { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+      "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+    },
+  ],
   "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
     { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
       "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -19250,6 +19334,12 @@ 
Method Details

         "uri": "A String", # The location of the image. URIs must have a scheme.
       },
     },
+    "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+      { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+        "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+        "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      },
+    ],
     "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
       { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
         "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -19761,6 +19851,12 @@ 
Method Details

       "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
     },
   ],
+  "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the object. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+    { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+      "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+    },
+  ],
   "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
     { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
       "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -21777,6 +21873,12 @@ 
Method Details

         "uri": "A String", # The location of the image. URIs must have a scheme.
       },
     },
+    "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+      { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+        "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+        "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      },
+    ],
     "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
       { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
         "body": "A String", # The message body.
@@ -22288,6 +22390,12 @@ 
Method Details

       "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
     },
   ],
+  "merchantLocations": [ # Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the object. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.
+    { # Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.
+      "latitude": 3.14, # The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+      "longitude": 3.14, # The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.
+    },
+  ],
   "messages": [ # An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.
     { # A message that will be displayed with a Valuable
       "body": "A String", # The message body.
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/walletobjects.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/walletobjects.v1.json
index 89dc87a3af..284262300a 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/walletobjects.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/walletobjects.v1.json
@@ -2681,7 +2681,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241114",
+"revision": "20241119",
 "rootUrl": "https://walletobjects.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "ActivationOptions": {
@@ -3921,6 +3921,13 @@ true
 "$ref": "Image",
 "description": "The logo image of the ticket. This image is displayed in the card detail view of the app."
 },
+"merchantLocations": {
+"description": "Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "MerchantLocation"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
 "messages": {
 "description": "An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.",
 "items": {
@@ -4257,6 +4264,13 @@ true
 },
 "type": "array"
 },
+"merchantLocations": {
+"description": "Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the object. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "MerchantLocation"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
 "messages": {
 "description": "An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.",
 "items": {
@@ -4752,6 +4766,13 @@ true
 },
 "type": "array"
 },
+"merchantLocations": {
+"description": "Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected by the validator. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "MerchantLocation"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
 "messages": {
 "description": "An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.",
 "items": {
@@ -5045,6 +5066,13 @@ true
 },
 "type": "array"
 },
+"merchantLocations": {
+"description": "Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the object. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "MerchantLocation"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
 "messages": {
 "description": "An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.",
 "items": {
@@ -5237,6 +5265,13 @@ true
 "$ref": "LinksModuleData",
 "description": "Links module data. If `linksModuleData` is also defined on the object, both will be displayed. The maximum number of these fields displayed is 10 from class and 10 from object."
 },
+"merchantLocations": {
+"description": "Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "MerchantLocation"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
 "messages": {
 "description": "An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.",
 "items": {
@@ -5449,6 +5484,13 @@ true
 "$ref": "Image",
 "description": "The logo image of the pass. This image is displayed in the card detail view in upper left, and also on the list/thumbnail view. If the logo is not present, the first letter of `cardTitle` would be shown as logo."
 },
+"merchantLocations": {
+"description": "Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the object. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "MerchantLocation"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
 "messages": {
 "description": "An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.",
 "items": {
@@ -5680,6 +5722,13 @@ true
 },
 "type": "array"
 },
+"merchantLocations": {
+"description": "Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "MerchantLocation"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
 "merchantName": {
 "description": "Merchant name, such as \"Adam's Apparel\". The app may display an ellipsis after the first 20 characters to ensure full string is displayed on smaller screens.",
 "type": "string"
@@ -5962,6 +6011,13 @@ true
 },
 "type": "array"
 },
+"merchantLocations": {
+"description": "Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the object. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "MerchantLocation"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
 "messages": {
 "description": "An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.",
 "items": {
@@ -6544,6 +6600,13 @@ true
 },
 "type": "array"
 },
+"merchantLocations": {
+"description": "Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "MerchantLocation"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
 "messages": {
 "description": "An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.",
 "items": {
@@ -6841,6 +6904,13 @@ true
 "$ref": "LoyaltyPoints",
 "description": "The loyalty reward points label, balance, and type."
 },
+"merchantLocations": {
+"description": "Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the object. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "MerchantLocation"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
 "messages": {
 "description": "An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.",
 "items": {
@@ -7249,6 +7319,23 @@ true
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"MerchantLocation": {
+"description": "Locations of interest for this class or object. Currently, this location is used for geofenced notifications. When a user is within a set radius of this lat/long, and dwells there, Google will trigger a notification. When a user exits this radius, the notification will be hidden.",
+"id": "MerchantLocation",
+"properties": {
+"latitude": {
+"description": "The latitude specified as any value in the range of -90.0 through +90.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.",
+"format": "double",
+"type": "number"
+},
+"longitude": {
+"description": "The longitude specified in the range -180.0 through +180.0, both inclusive. Values outside these bounds will be rejected.",
+"format": "double",
+"type": "number"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "Message": {
 "description": "A message that will be displayed with a Valuable",
 "id": "Message",
@@ -7522,6 +7609,13 @@ false
 },
 "type": "array"
 },
+"merchantLocations": {
+"description": "Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "MerchantLocation"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
 "messages": {
 "description": "An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.",
 "items": {
@@ -7828,6 +7922,13 @@ true
 },
 "type": "array"
 },
+"merchantLocations": {
+"description": "Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the object. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "MerchantLocation"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
 "messages": {
 "description": "An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.",
 "items": {
@@ -8937,6 +9038,13 @@ true
 "$ref": "Image",
 "description": "Required. The logo image of the ticket. This image is displayed in the card detail view of the app."
 },
+"merchantLocations": {
+"description": "Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the class. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "MerchantLocation"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
 "messages": {
 "description": "An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.",
 "items": {
@@ -9288,6 +9396,13 @@ true
 },
 "type": "array"
 },
+"merchantLocations": {
+"description": "Merchant locations. There is a maximum of ten on the object. Any additional MerchantLocations added beyond the 10 will be rejected. These locations will trigger a notification when a user enters within a Google-set radius of the point. This field replaces the deprecated LatLongPoints.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "MerchantLocation"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
 "messages": {
 "description": "An array of messages displayed in the app. All users of this object will receive its associated messages. The maximum number of these fields is 10.",
 "items": {

From d24dff5a2a6c44f6c9b234d61258a4adf1a40c28 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Yoshi Automation 
Date: Tue, 26 Nov 2024 07:08:53 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 30/31] feat(youtube): update the api

#### youtube:v3

The following keys were added:
- schemas.ChannelToStoreLinkDetails.properties.merchantAffiliateProgramDetails.$ref (Total Keys: 1)
- schemas.ChannelToStoreLinkDetailsMerchantAffiliateProgramDetails (Total Keys: 3)
---
 docs/dyn/youtube_v3.thirdPartyLinks.html      | 15 ++++++++++
 .../discovery_cache/documents/youtube.v3.json | 29 ++++++++++++++++++-
 2 files changed, 43 insertions(+), 1 deletion(-)

diff --git a/docs/dyn/youtube_v3.thirdPartyLinks.html b/docs/dyn/youtube_v3.thirdPartyLinks.html
index bd29d9651c..312505bf64 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/youtube_v3.thirdPartyLinks.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/youtube_v3.thirdPartyLinks.html
@@ -132,6 +132,9 @@ 
Method Details

       "billingDetails": { # Information specific to billing. # Information specific to billing (read-only).
         "billingStatus": "A String", # The current billing profile status.
       },
+      "merchantAffiliateProgramDetails": { # Information specific to merchant affiliate program. # Information specific to merchant affiliate program (read-only).
+        "status": "A String", # The current merchant affiliate program status.
+      },
       "merchantId": "A String", # Google Merchant Center id of the store.
       "storeName": "A String", # Name of the store.
       "storeUrl": "A String", # Landing page of the store.
@@ -161,6 +164,9 @@ 
Method Details

       "billingDetails": { # Information specific to billing. # Information specific to billing (read-only).
         "billingStatus": "A String", # The current billing profile status.
       },
+      "merchantAffiliateProgramDetails": { # Information specific to merchant affiliate program. # Information specific to merchant affiliate program (read-only).
+        "status": "A String", # The current merchant affiliate program status.
+      },
       "merchantId": "A String", # Google Merchant Center id of the store.
       "storeName": "A String", # Name of the store.
       "storeUrl": "A String", # Landing page of the store.
@@ -205,6 +211,9 @@ 
Method Details

           "billingDetails": { # Information specific to billing. # Information specific to billing (read-only).
             "billingStatus": "A String", # The current billing profile status.
           },
+          "merchantAffiliateProgramDetails": { # Information specific to merchant affiliate program. # Information specific to merchant affiliate program (read-only).
+            "status": "A String", # The current merchant affiliate program status.
+          },
           "merchantId": "A String", # Google Merchant Center id of the store.
           "storeName": "A String", # Name of the store.
           "storeUrl": "A String", # Landing page of the store.
@@ -238,6 +247,9 @@ 
Method Details

       "billingDetails": { # Information specific to billing. # Information specific to billing (read-only).
         "billingStatus": "A String", # The current billing profile status.
       },
+      "merchantAffiliateProgramDetails": { # Information specific to merchant affiliate program. # Information specific to merchant affiliate program (read-only).
+        "status": "A String", # The current merchant affiliate program status.
+      },
       "merchantId": "A String", # Google Merchant Center id of the store.
       "storeName": "A String", # Name of the store.
       "storeUrl": "A String", # Landing page of the store.
@@ -267,6 +279,9 @@ 
Method Details

       "billingDetails": { # Information specific to billing. # Information specific to billing (read-only).
         "billingStatus": "A String", # The current billing profile status.
       },
+      "merchantAffiliateProgramDetails": { # Information specific to merchant affiliate program. # Information specific to merchant affiliate program (read-only).
+        "status": "A String", # The current merchant affiliate program status.
+      },
       "merchantId": "A String", # Google Merchant Center id of the store.
       "storeName": "A String", # Name of the store.
       "storeUrl": "A String", # Landing page of the store.
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtube.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtube.v3.json
index 1207e47e6e..bc711b0a99 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtube.v3.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/youtube.v3.json
@@ -4133,7 +4133,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241105",
+"revision": "20241117",
 "rootUrl": "https://youtube.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AbuseReport": {
@@ -5612,6 +5612,10 @@ false
 "$ref": "ChannelToStoreLinkDetailsBillingDetails",
 "description": "Information specific to billing (read-only)."
 },
+"merchantAffiliateProgramDetails": {
+"$ref": "ChannelToStoreLinkDetailsMerchantAffiliateProgramDetails",
+"description": "Information specific to merchant affiliate program (read-only)."
+},
 "merchantId": {
 "description": "Google Merchant Center id of the store.",
 "format": "uint64",
@@ -5651,6 +5655,29 @@ false
 },
 "type": "object"
 },
+"ChannelToStoreLinkDetailsMerchantAffiliateProgramDetails": {
+"description": "Information specific to merchant affiliate program.",
+"id": "ChannelToStoreLinkDetailsMerchantAffiliateProgramDetails",
+"properties": {
+"status": {
+"description": "The current merchant affiliate program status.",
+"enum": [
+"merchantAffiliateProgramStatusUnspecified",
+"merchantAffiliateProgramStatusEligible",
+"merchantAffiliateProgramStatusActive",
+"merchantAffiliateProgramStatusPaused"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Unspecified status.",
+"Merchant is eligible for the merchant affiliate program.",
+"Merchant affiliate program is active.",
+"Merchant affiliate program is paused."
+],
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
 "ChannelTopicDetails": {
 "description": "Freebase topic information related to the channel.",
 "id": "ChannelTopicDetails",

From 961f55f6810748aa12020274cc2b0e2c23d2053c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001
From: Yoshi Automation 
Date: Tue, 26 Nov 2024 07:08:53 +0000
Subject: [PATCH 31/31] chore(docs): Add new discovery artifacts and artifacts
 with minor updates

---
 ...r_v1.accessPolicies.servicePerimeters.html |  30 +-
 .../accesscontextmanager_v1.operations.html   |   4 +-
 docs/dyn/addressvalidation_v1.v1.html         |  30 +-
 ...marketplace_v1.bidders.finalizedDeals.html |   4 +-
 ...smarketplace_v1.buyers.finalizedDeals.html |  24 +-
 ...marketplace_v1.buyers.proposals.deals.html |  24 +-
 ...tplace_v1alpha.bidders.finalizedDeals.html |   4 +-
 ...etplace_v1alpha.buyers.finalizedDeals.html |  24 +-
 ...tplace_v1alpha.buyers.proposals.deals.html |  24 +-
 ...on_v1.projects.locations.reservations.html |  60 +-
 docs/dyn/binaryauthorization_v1.projects.html |  30 +-
 .../binaryauthorization_v1.systempolicy.html  |  10 +-
 ...romepolicy_v1.customers.policySchemas.html |   4 +-
 docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1.assets.html            |   2 +-
 docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1.v1.html                |   4 +-
 .../dyn/cloudasset_v1beta1.organizations.html |   2 +-
 docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1beta1.projects.html     |   2 +-
 docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1p5beta1.assets.html     |   2 +-
 ...el_v1.accounts.customers.entitlements.html |   8 +-
 .../cloudchannel_v1.accounts.customers.html   |   4 +-
 docs/dyn/cloudchannel_v1.operations.html      |   4 +-
 ...tions_v2.projects.locations.functions.html |  16 +-
 ..._v2alpha.projects.locations.functions.html |  16 +-
 ...s_v2beta.projects.locations.functions.html |  16 +-
 ...keyRings.cryptoKeys.cryptoKeyVersions.html |   2 +-
 docs/dyn/cloudshell_v1.operations.html        |   4 +-
 .../dyn/css_v1.accounts.cssProductInputs.html |  20 +-
 docs/dyn/css_v1.accounts.cssProducts.html     |  44 +-
 ...alabeling_v1beta1.projects.operations.html |   4 +-
 ...cts.agent.environments.users.sessions.html |   2 +-
 ...dialogflow_v2.projects.agent.sessions.html |   2 +-
 .../dialogflow_v2.projects.answerRecords.html |  12 +-
 ...flow_v2.projects.conversationProfiles.html |  12 +-
 ...ow_v2.projects.conversations.messages.html |   2 +-
 ...2.projects.conversations.participants.html |   6 +-
 ...v2.projects.conversations.suggestions.html |   4 +-
 .../dialogflow_v2.projects.generators.html    |   6 +-
 ...ons.agent.environments.users.sessions.html |   2 +-
 ..._v2.projects.locations.agent.sessions.html |   2 +-
 ...w_v2.projects.locations.answerRecords.html |  12 +-
 ...ojects.locations.conversationProfiles.html |  12 +-
 ...ects.locations.conversations.messages.html |   2 +-
 ....locations.conversations.participants.html |   6 +-
 ...s.locations.conversations.suggestions.html |   4 +-
 ...flow_v2.projects.locations.generators.html |  12 +-
 ...rojects.locations.statelessSuggestion.html |   2 +-
 ...low_v2.projects.locations.suggestions.html |   6 +-
 .../dialogflow_v2.projects.suggestions.html   |   6 +-
 ...a1.projects.conversations.suggestions.html |   2 +-
 ...ialogflow_v2beta1.projects.generators.html |   6 +-
 ...s.locations.conversations.suggestions.html |   2 +-
 ...v2beta1.projects.locations.generators.html |  12 +-
 ...rojects.locations.statelessSuggestion.html |   2 +-
 ...2beta1.projects.locations.suggestions.html |   2 +-
 ...alogflow_v2beta1.projects.suggestions.html |   2 +-
 ...ocations.agents.environments.sessions.html |   8 +-
 ...v3.projects.locations.agents.sessions.html |   8 +-
 ...3.projects.locations.agents.testCases.html |  24 +-
 ...ts.locations.agents.testCases.results.html |   4 +-
 ...ojects.locations.agents.conversations.html |   8 +-
 ...ocations.agents.environments.sessions.html |  16 +-
 ...a1.projects.locations.agents.sessions.html |  16 +-
 ...1.projects.locations.agents.testCases.html |  24 +-
 ...ts.locations.agents.testCases.results.html |   4 +-
 docs/dyn/drive_v3.operation.html              |   4 +-
 ...ution_v1alpha.projects.apps.testCases.html |  12 +-
 ...ts.locations.oauthClients.credentials.html |  14 +-
 ...am_v1.projects.locations.oauthClients.html |  18 +-
 ...jects.locations.workloadIdentityPools.html |  24 +-
 ...tions.workloadIdentityPools.providers.html |  48 +-
 .../ml_v1.projects.locations.operations.html  |   4 +-
 docs/dyn/ml_v1.projects.operations.html       |   4 +-
 ...businessaccountmanagement_v1.accounts.html |  60 +-
 ...untmanagement_v1.accounts.invitations.html |  10 +-
 ...nessinformation_v1.accounts.locations.html |  30 +-
 ...usinessinformation_v1.googleLocations.html |  20 +-
 ...inessbusinessinformation_v1.locations.html |  40 +-
 .../mybusinessverifications_v1.locations.html |  30 +-
 ...ations.osPolicyAssignments.operations.html |   4 +-
 ...osconfig_v1.projects.patchDeployments.html |  32 +-
 ...ations.osPolicyAssignments.operations.html |   4 +-
 ...nfig_v1beta.projects.patchDeployments.html |  32 +-
 ...g_v2beta.folders.locations.operations.html |   4 +-
 ...ta.organizations.locations.operations.html |   4 +-
 ..._v2beta.projects.locations.operations.html |   4 +-
 docs/dyn/parallelstore_v1.html                | 111 ++
 docs/dyn/parallelstore_v1.projects.html       |  91 ++
 .../parallelstore_v1.projects.locations.html  | 181 ++++
 ...store_v1.projects.locations.instances.html | 464 +++++++++
 ...tore_v1.projects.locations.operations.html | 235 +++++
 docs/dyn/parallelstore_v1beta.html            | 111 ++
 docs/dyn/parallelstore_v1beta.projects.html   |  91 ++
 ...rallelstore_v1beta.projects.locations.html | 181 ++++
 ...e_v1beta.projects.locations.instances.html | 468 +++++++++
 ..._v1beta.projects.locations.operations.html | 229 ++++
 docs/dyn/places_v1.places.html                | 102 +-
 ...developerreporting_v1alpha1.anomalies.html |   8 +-
 ...operreporting_v1alpha1.vitals.anrrate.html |  16 +-
 ...erreporting_v1alpha1.vitals.crashrate.html |  16 +-
 ...porting_v1alpha1.vitals.errors.counts.html |  16 +-
 ...porting_v1alpha1.vitals.errors.issues.html |   8 +-
 ...orting_v1alpha1.vitals.errors.reports.html |   8 +-
 ...g_v1alpha1.vitals.excessivewakeuprate.html |  16 +-
 ...ing_v1alpha1.vitals.slowrenderingrate.html |  16 +-
 ...porting_v1alpha1.vitals.slowstartrate.html |  16 +-
 ...a1.vitals.stuckbackgroundwakelockrate.html |  16 +-
 ...ydeveloperreporting_v1beta1.anomalies.html |   8 +-
 ...loperreporting_v1beta1.vitals.anrrate.html |  16 +-
 ...perreporting_v1beta1.vitals.crashrate.html |  16 +-
 ...eporting_v1beta1.vitals.errors.counts.html |  16 +-
 ...eporting_v1beta1.vitals.errors.issues.html |   8 +-
 ...porting_v1beta1.vitals.errors.reports.html |   8 +-
 ...ng_v1beta1.vitals.excessivewakeuprate.html |  16 +-
 ...ting_v1beta1.vitals.slowrenderingrate.html |  16 +-
 ...eporting_v1beta1.vitals.slowstartrate.html |  16 +-
 ...a1.vitals.stuckbackgroundwakelockrate.html |  16 +-
 ...1.admin.projects.locations.operations.html |   4 +-
 ...manager_v1.projects.locations.secrets.html |  12 +-
 .../secretmanager_v1.projects.secrets.html    |  12 +-
 ...er_v1beta2.projects.locations.secrets.html |  12 +-
 ...ecretmanager_v1beta2.projects.secrets.html |  12 +-
 docs/dyn/servicenetworking_v1.operations.html |   4 +-
 .../spanner_v1.projects.instanceConfigs.html  |   4 +-
 ...s.instances.databases.backupSchedules.html |  12 +-
 ...instances.instancePartitionOperations.html |   2 +-
 docs/dyn/verifiedaccess_v2.challenge.html     |   2 +-
 docs/dyn/vision_v1.operations.html            |   4 +-
 ...tion_v1.projects.locations.operations.html |   4 +-
 ...1alpha1.projects.locations.operations.html |   4 +-
 docs/dyn/webrisk_v1.projects.operations.html  |   4 +-
 .../documents/accesscontextmanager.v1.json    |  14 +-
 .../documents/addressvalidation.v1.json       |  12 +-
 .../documents/androidmanagement.v1.json       |  16 +-
 .../authorizedbuyersmarketplace.v1.json       |   6 +-
 .../authorizedbuyersmarketplace.v1alpha.json  |   6 +-
 .../documents/bigqueryreservation.v1.json     |  16 +-
 .../documents/binaryauthorization.v1.json     |   3 +-
 .../documents/chromepolicy.v1.json            |   4 +-
 .../documents/cloudasset.v1.json              |   4 +-
 .../documents/cloudasset.v1beta1.json         |   4 +-
 .../documents/cloudasset.v1p1beta1.json       |   4 +-
 .../documents/cloudasset.v1p5beta1.json       |   4 +-
 .../documents/cloudasset.v1p7beta1.json       |   6 +-
 .../documents/cloudchannel.v1.json            |  10 +-
 .../documents/cloudfunctions.v2.json          |   4 +-
 .../documents/cloudfunctions.v2alpha.json     |   4 +-
 .../documents/cloudfunctions.v2beta.json      |   4 +-
 .../documents/cloudkms.v1.json                |   4 +-
 .../documents/cloudshell.v1.json              |   4 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/css.v1.json     |  24 +-
 .../documents/datalabeling.v1beta1.json       |   4 +-
 .../documents/dialogflow.v2.json              |  40 +-
 .../documents/dialogflow.v2beta1.json         |  20 +-
 .../documents/dialogflow.v3.json              |  16 +-
 .../documents/dialogflow.v3beta1.json         |  18 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/drive.v3.json   |   4 +-
 .../firebaseappdistribution.v1alpha.json      |   5 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/iam.v1.json     |  30 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/iam.v2.json     |   4 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/iam.v2beta.json |   4 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/ml.v1.json      |   6 +-
 .../mybusinessaccountmanagement.v1.json       |  12 +-
 .../mybusinessbusinessinformation.v1.json     |  12 +-
 .../documents/mybusinessverifications.v1.json |  12 +-
 .../documents/osconfig.v1.json                |   8 +-
 .../documents/osconfig.v1alpha.json           |   4 +-
 .../documents/osconfig.v1beta.json            |   6 +-
 .../documents/osconfig.v2beta.json            |   8 +-
 .../documents/parallelstore.v1.json           | 975 +++++++++++++++++
 .../documents/parallelstore.v1beta.json       | 980 ++++++++++++++++++
 .../discovery_cache/documents/places.v1.json  |   8 +-
 .../playdeveloperreporting.v1alpha1.json      |  22 +-
 .../playdeveloperreporting.v1beta1.json       |  22 +-
 .../documents/pubsublite.v1.json              |   4 +-
 .../documents/secretmanager.v1.json           |   4 +-
 .../documents/secretmanager.v1beta2.json      |   4 +-
 .../documents/servicenetworking.v1.json       |   4 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/spanner.v1.json |  12 +-
 .../documents/verifiedaccess.v2.json          |   4 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/vision.v1.json  |   4 +-
 .../documents/vmmigration.v1.json             |   4 +-
 .../documents/vmmigration.v1alpha1.json       |   4 +-
 .../discovery_cache/documents/webrisk.v1.json |   4 +-
 183 files changed, 5137 insertions(+), 988 deletions(-)
 create mode 100644 docs/dyn/parallelstore_v1.html
 create mode 100644 docs/dyn/parallelstore_v1.projects.html
 create mode 100644 docs/dyn/parallelstore_v1.projects.locations.html
 create mode 100644 docs/dyn/parallelstore_v1.projects.locations.instances.html
 create mode 100644 docs/dyn/parallelstore_v1.projects.locations.operations.html
 create mode 100644 docs/dyn/parallelstore_v1beta.html
 create mode 100644 docs/dyn/parallelstore_v1beta.projects.html
 create mode 100644 docs/dyn/parallelstore_v1beta.projects.locations.html
 create mode 100644 docs/dyn/parallelstore_v1beta.projects.locations.instances.html
 create mode 100644 docs/dyn/parallelstore_v1beta.projects.locations.operations.html
 create mode 100644 googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/parallelstore.v1.json
 create mode 100644 googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/parallelstore.v1beta.json

diff --git a/docs/dyn/accesscontextmanager_v1.accessPolicies.servicePerimeters.html b/docs/dyn/accesscontextmanager_v1.accessPolicies.servicePerimeters.html
index 5530484935..c878350629 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/accesscontextmanager_v1.accessPolicies.servicePerimeters.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/accesscontextmanager_v1.accessPolicies.servicePerimeters.html
@@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 { # `ServicePerimeter` describes a set of Google Cloud resources which can freely import and export data amongst themselves, but not export outside of the `ServicePerimeter`. If a request with a source within this `ServicePerimeter` has a target outside of the `ServicePerimeter`, the request will be blocked. Otherwise the request is allowed. There are two types of Service Perimeter - Regular and Bridge. Regular Service Perimeters cannot overlap, a single Google Cloud project or VPC network can only belong to a single regular Service Perimeter. Service Perimeter Bridges can contain only Google Cloud projects as members, a single Google Cloud project may belong to multiple Service Perimeter Bridges.
   "description": "A String", # Description of the `ServicePerimeter` and its use. Does not affect behavior.
-  "etag": "A String", # Optional. An opaque identifier for the current version of the `ServicePerimeter`. Clients should not expect this to be in any specific format. If etag is not provided, the operation will be performed as if a valid etag is provided.
+  "etag": "A String", # Optional. An opaque identifier for the current version of the `ServicePerimeter`. This identifier does not follow any specific format. If an etag is not provided, the operation will be performed as if a valid etag is provided.
   "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name for the `ServicePerimeter`. Format: `accessPolicies/{access_policy}/servicePerimeters/{service_perimeter}`. The `service_perimeter` component must begin with a letter, followed by alphanumeric characters or `_`. After you create a `ServicePerimeter`, you cannot change its `name`.
   "perimeterType": "A String", # Perimeter type indicator. A single project or VPC network is allowed to be a member of single regular perimeter, but multiple service perimeter bridges. A project cannot be a included in a perimeter bridge without being included in regular perimeter. For perimeter bridges, the restricted service list as well as access level lists must be empty.
   "spec": { # `ServicePerimeterConfig` specifies a set of Google Cloud resources that describe specific Service Perimeter configuration. # Proposed (or dry run) ServicePerimeter configuration. This configuration allows to specify and test ServicePerimeter configuration without enforcing actual access restrictions. Only allowed to be set when the "use_explicit_dry_run_spec" flag is set.
@@ -203,6 +203,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "A String",
           ],
         },
+        "title": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable title for the egress rule. The title must be unique within the perimeter and can not exceed 100 characters. Within the access policy, the combined length of all rule titles must not exceed 240,000 characters.
       },
     ],
     "ingressPolicies": [ # List of IngressPolicies to apply to the perimeter. A perimeter may have multiple IngressPolicies, each of which is evaluated separately. Access is granted if any Ingress Policy grants it. Must be empty for a perimeter bridge.
@@ -235,6 +236,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "A String",
           ],
         },
+        "title": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable title for the ingress rule. The title must be unique within the perimeter and can not exceed 100 characters. Within the access policy, the combined length of all rule titles must not exceed 240,000 characters.
       },
     ],
     "resources": [ # A list of Google Cloud resources that are inside of the service perimeter. Currently only projects and VPCs are allowed. Project format: `projects/{project_number}` VPC network format: `//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{PROJECT_ID}/global/networks/{NAME}`.
@@ -287,6 +289,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "A String",
           ],
         },
+        "title": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable title for the egress rule. The title must be unique within the perimeter and can not exceed 100 characters. Within the access policy, the combined length of all rule titles must not exceed 240,000 characters.
       },
     ],
     "ingressPolicies": [ # List of IngressPolicies to apply to the perimeter. A perimeter may have multiple IngressPolicies, each of which is evaluated separately. Access is granted if any Ingress Policy grants it. Must be empty for a perimeter bridge.
@@ -319,6 +322,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "A String",
           ],
         },
+        "title": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable title for the ingress rule. The title must be unique within the perimeter and can not exceed 100 characters. Within the access policy, the combined length of all rule titles must not exceed 240,000 characters.
       },
     ],
     "resources": [ # A list of Google Cloud resources that are inside of the service perimeter. Currently only projects and VPCs are allowed. Project format: `projects/{project_number}` VPC network format: `//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{PROJECT_ID}/global/networks/{NAME}`.
@@ -418,7 +422,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
     { # `ServicePerimeter` describes a set of Google Cloud resources which can freely import and export data amongst themselves, but not export outside of the `ServicePerimeter`. If a request with a source within this `ServicePerimeter` has a target outside of the `ServicePerimeter`, the request will be blocked. Otherwise the request is allowed. There are two types of Service Perimeter - Regular and Bridge. Regular Service Perimeters cannot overlap, a single Google Cloud project or VPC network can only belong to a single regular Service Perimeter. Service Perimeter Bridges can contain only Google Cloud projects as members, a single Google Cloud project may belong to multiple Service Perimeter Bridges.
   "description": "A String", # Description of the `ServicePerimeter` and its use. Does not affect behavior.
-  "etag": "A String", # Optional. An opaque identifier for the current version of the `ServicePerimeter`. Clients should not expect this to be in any specific format. If etag is not provided, the operation will be performed as if a valid etag is provided.
+  "etag": "A String", # Optional. An opaque identifier for the current version of the `ServicePerimeter`. This identifier does not follow any specific format. If an etag is not provided, the operation will be performed as if a valid etag is provided.
   "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name for the `ServicePerimeter`. Format: `accessPolicies/{access_policy}/servicePerimeters/{service_perimeter}`. The `service_perimeter` component must begin with a letter, followed by alphanumeric characters or `_`. After you create a `ServicePerimeter`, you cannot change its `name`.
   "perimeterType": "A String", # Perimeter type indicator. A single project or VPC network is allowed to be a member of single regular perimeter, but multiple service perimeter bridges. A project cannot be a included in a perimeter bridge without being included in regular perimeter. For perimeter bridges, the restricted service list as well as access level lists must be empty.
   "spec": { # `ServicePerimeterConfig` specifies a set of Google Cloud resources that describe specific Service Perimeter configuration. # Proposed (or dry run) ServicePerimeter configuration. This configuration allows to specify and test ServicePerimeter configuration without enforcing actual access restrictions. Only allowed to be set when the "use_explicit_dry_run_spec" flag is set.
@@ -458,6 +462,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "A String",
           ],
         },
+        "title": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable title for the egress rule. The title must be unique within the perimeter and can not exceed 100 characters. Within the access policy, the combined length of all rule titles must not exceed 240,000 characters.
       },
     ],
     "ingressPolicies": [ # List of IngressPolicies to apply to the perimeter. A perimeter may have multiple IngressPolicies, each of which is evaluated separately. Access is granted if any Ingress Policy grants it. Must be empty for a perimeter bridge.
@@ -490,6 +495,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "A String",
           ],
         },
+        "title": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable title for the ingress rule. The title must be unique within the perimeter and can not exceed 100 characters. Within the access policy, the combined length of all rule titles must not exceed 240,000 characters.
       },
     ],
     "resources": [ # A list of Google Cloud resources that are inside of the service perimeter. Currently only projects and VPCs are allowed. Project format: `projects/{project_number}` VPC network format: `//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{PROJECT_ID}/global/networks/{NAME}`.
@@ -542,6 +548,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "A String",
           ],
         },
+        "title": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable title for the egress rule. The title must be unique within the perimeter and can not exceed 100 characters. Within the access policy, the combined length of all rule titles must not exceed 240,000 characters.
       },
     ],
     "ingressPolicies": [ # List of IngressPolicies to apply to the perimeter. A perimeter may have multiple IngressPolicies, each of which is evaluated separately. Access is granted if any Ingress Policy grants it. Must be empty for a perimeter bridge.
@@ -574,6 +581,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "A String",
           ],
         },
+        "title": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable title for the ingress rule. The title must be unique within the perimeter and can not exceed 100 characters. Within the access policy, the combined length of all rule titles must not exceed 240,000 characters.
       },
     ],
     "resources": [ # A list of Google Cloud resources that are inside of the service perimeter. Currently only projects and VPCs are allowed. Project format: `projects/{project_number}` VPC network format: `//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{PROJECT_ID}/global/networks/{NAME}`.
@@ -615,7 +623,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "servicePerimeters": [ # List of the Service Perimeter instances.
     { # `ServicePerimeter` describes a set of Google Cloud resources which can freely import and export data amongst themselves, but not export outside of the `ServicePerimeter`. If a request with a source within this `ServicePerimeter` has a target outside of the `ServicePerimeter`, the request will be blocked. Otherwise the request is allowed. There are two types of Service Perimeter - Regular and Bridge. Regular Service Perimeters cannot overlap, a single Google Cloud project or VPC network can only belong to a single regular Service Perimeter. Service Perimeter Bridges can contain only Google Cloud projects as members, a single Google Cloud project may belong to multiple Service Perimeter Bridges.
       "description": "A String", # Description of the `ServicePerimeter` and its use. Does not affect behavior.
-      "etag": "A String", # Optional. An opaque identifier for the current version of the `ServicePerimeter`. Clients should not expect this to be in any specific format. If etag is not provided, the operation will be performed as if a valid etag is provided.
+      "etag": "A String", # Optional. An opaque identifier for the current version of the `ServicePerimeter`. This identifier does not follow any specific format. If an etag is not provided, the operation will be performed as if a valid etag is provided.
       "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name for the `ServicePerimeter`. Format: `accessPolicies/{access_policy}/servicePerimeters/{service_perimeter}`. The `service_perimeter` component must begin with a letter, followed by alphanumeric characters or `_`. After you create a `ServicePerimeter`, you cannot change its `name`.
       "perimeterType": "A String", # Perimeter type indicator. A single project or VPC network is allowed to be a member of single regular perimeter, but multiple service perimeter bridges. A project cannot be a included in a perimeter bridge without being included in regular perimeter. For perimeter bridges, the restricted service list as well as access level lists must be empty.
       "spec": { # `ServicePerimeterConfig` specifies a set of Google Cloud resources that describe specific Service Perimeter configuration. # Proposed (or dry run) ServicePerimeter configuration. This configuration allows to specify and test ServicePerimeter configuration without enforcing actual access restrictions. Only allowed to be set when the "use_explicit_dry_run_spec" flag is set.
@@ -655,6 +663,7 @@ 
Method Details

                 "A String",
               ],
             },
+            "title": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable title for the egress rule. The title must be unique within the perimeter and can not exceed 100 characters. Within the access policy, the combined length of all rule titles must not exceed 240,000 characters.
           },
         ],
         "ingressPolicies": [ # List of IngressPolicies to apply to the perimeter. A perimeter may have multiple IngressPolicies, each of which is evaluated separately. Access is granted if any Ingress Policy grants it. Must be empty for a perimeter bridge.
@@ -687,6 +696,7 @@ 
Method Details

                 "A String",
               ],
             },
+            "title": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable title for the ingress rule. The title must be unique within the perimeter and can not exceed 100 characters. Within the access policy, the combined length of all rule titles must not exceed 240,000 characters.
           },
         ],
         "resources": [ # A list of Google Cloud resources that are inside of the service perimeter. Currently only projects and VPCs are allowed. Project format: `projects/{project_number}` VPC network format: `//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{PROJECT_ID}/global/networks/{NAME}`.
@@ -739,6 +749,7 @@ 
Method Details

                 "A String",
               ],
             },
+            "title": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable title for the egress rule. The title must be unique within the perimeter and can not exceed 100 characters. Within the access policy, the combined length of all rule titles must not exceed 240,000 characters.
           },
         ],
         "ingressPolicies": [ # List of IngressPolicies to apply to the perimeter. A perimeter may have multiple IngressPolicies, each of which is evaluated separately. Access is granted if any Ingress Policy grants it. Must be empty for a perimeter bridge.
@@ -771,6 +782,7 @@ 
Method Details

                 "A String",
               ],
             },
+            "title": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable title for the ingress rule. The title must be unique within the perimeter and can not exceed 100 characters. Within the access policy, the combined length of all rule titles must not exceed 240,000 characters.
           },
         ],
         "resources": [ # A list of Google Cloud resources that are inside of the service perimeter. Currently only projects and VPCs are allowed. Project format: `projects/{project_number}` VPC network format: `//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{PROJECT_ID}/global/networks/{NAME}`.
@@ -818,7 +830,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 { # `ServicePerimeter` describes a set of Google Cloud resources which can freely import and export data amongst themselves, but not export outside of the `ServicePerimeter`. If a request with a source within this `ServicePerimeter` has a target outside of the `ServicePerimeter`, the request will be blocked. Otherwise the request is allowed. There are two types of Service Perimeter - Regular and Bridge. Regular Service Perimeters cannot overlap, a single Google Cloud project or VPC network can only belong to a single regular Service Perimeter. Service Perimeter Bridges can contain only Google Cloud projects as members, a single Google Cloud project may belong to multiple Service Perimeter Bridges.
   "description": "A String", # Description of the `ServicePerimeter` and its use. Does not affect behavior.
-  "etag": "A String", # Optional. An opaque identifier for the current version of the `ServicePerimeter`. Clients should not expect this to be in any specific format. If etag is not provided, the operation will be performed as if a valid etag is provided.
+  "etag": "A String", # Optional. An opaque identifier for the current version of the `ServicePerimeter`. This identifier does not follow any specific format. If an etag is not provided, the operation will be performed as if a valid etag is provided.
   "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name for the `ServicePerimeter`. Format: `accessPolicies/{access_policy}/servicePerimeters/{service_perimeter}`. The `service_perimeter` component must begin with a letter, followed by alphanumeric characters or `_`. After you create a `ServicePerimeter`, you cannot change its `name`.
   "perimeterType": "A String", # Perimeter type indicator. A single project or VPC network is allowed to be a member of single regular perimeter, but multiple service perimeter bridges. A project cannot be a included in a perimeter bridge without being included in regular perimeter. For perimeter bridges, the restricted service list as well as access level lists must be empty.
   "spec": { # `ServicePerimeterConfig` specifies a set of Google Cloud resources that describe specific Service Perimeter configuration. # Proposed (or dry run) ServicePerimeter configuration. This configuration allows to specify and test ServicePerimeter configuration without enforcing actual access restrictions. Only allowed to be set when the "use_explicit_dry_run_spec" flag is set.
@@ -858,6 +870,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "A String",
           ],
         },
+        "title": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable title for the egress rule. The title must be unique within the perimeter and can not exceed 100 characters. Within the access policy, the combined length of all rule titles must not exceed 240,000 characters.
       },
     ],
     "ingressPolicies": [ # List of IngressPolicies to apply to the perimeter. A perimeter may have multiple IngressPolicies, each of which is evaluated separately. Access is granted if any Ingress Policy grants it. Must be empty for a perimeter bridge.
@@ -890,6 +903,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "A String",
           ],
         },
+        "title": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable title for the ingress rule. The title must be unique within the perimeter and can not exceed 100 characters. Within the access policy, the combined length of all rule titles must not exceed 240,000 characters.
       },
     ],
     "resources": [ # A list of Google Cloud resources that are inside of the service perimeter. Currently only projects and VPCs are allowed. Project format: `projects/{project_number}` VPC network format: `//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{PROJECT_ID}/global/networks/{NAME}`.
@@ -942,6 +956,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "A String",
           ],
         },
+        "title": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable title for the egress rule. The title must be unique within the perimeter and can not exceed 100 characters. Within the access policy, the combined length of all rule titles must not exceed 240,000 characters.
       },
     ],
     "ingressPolicies": [ # List of IngressPolicies to apply to the perimeter. A perimeter may have multiple IngressPolicies, each of which is evaluated separately. Access is granted if any Ingress Policy grants it. Must be empty for a perimeter bridge.
@@ -974,6 +989,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "A String",
           ],
         },
+        "title": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable title for the ingress rule. The title must be unique within the perimeter and can not exceed 100 characters. Within the access policy, the combined length of all rule titles must not exceed 240,000 characters.
       },
     ],
     "resources": [ # A list of Google Cloud resources that are inside of the service perimeter. Currently only projects and VPCs are allowed. Project format: `projects/{project_number}` VPC network format: `//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{PROJECT_ID}/global/networks/{NAME}`.
@@ -1037,7 +1053,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "servicePerimeters": [ # Required. The desired Service Perimeters that should replace all existing Service Perimeters in the Access Policy.
     { # `ServicePerimeter` describes a set of Google Cloud resources which can freely import and export data amongst themselves, but not export outside of the `ServicePerimeter`. If a request with a source within this `ServicePerimeter` has a target outside of the `ServicePerimeter`, the request will be blocked. Otherwise the request is allowed. There are two types of Service Perimeter - Regular and Bridge. Regular Service Perimeters cannot overlap, a single Google Cloud project or VPC network can only belong to a single regular Service Perimeter. Service Perimeter Bridges can contain only Google Cloud projects as members, a single Google Cloud project may belong to multiple Service Perimeter Bridges.
       "description": "A String", # Description of the `ServicePerimeter` and its use. Does not affect behavior.
-      "etag": "A String", # Optional. An opaque identifier for the current version of the `ServicePerimeter`. Clients should not expect this to be in any specific format. If etag is not provided, the operation will be performed as if a valid etag is provided.
+      "etag": "A String", # Optional. An opaque identifier for the current version of the `ServicePerimeter`. This identifier does not follow any specific format. If an etag is not provided, the operation will be performed as if a valid etag is provided.
       "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name for the `ServicePerimeter`. Format: `accessPolicies/{access_policy}/servicePerimeters/{service_perimeter}`. The `service_perimeter` component must begin with a letter, followed by alphanumeric characters or `_`. After you create a `ServicePerimeter`, you cannot change its `name`.
       "perimeterType": "A String", # Perimeter type indicator. A single project or VPC network is allowed to be a member of single regular perimeter, but multiple service perimeter bridges. A project cannot be a included in a perimeter bridge without being included in regular perimeter. For perimeter bridges, the restricted service list as well as access level lists must be empty.
       "spec": { # `ServicePerimeterConfig` specifies a set of Google Cloud resources that describe specific Service Perimeter configuration. # Proposed (or dry run) ServicePerimeter configuration. This configuration allows to specify and test ServicePerimeter configuration without enforcing actual access restrictions. Only allowed to be set when the "use_explicit_dry_run_spec" flag is set.
@@ -1077,6 +1093,7 @@ 
Method Details

                 "A String",
               ],
             },
+            "title": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable title for the egress rule. The title must be unique within the perimeter and can not exceed 100 characters. Within the access policy, the combined length of all rule titles must not exceed 240,000 characters.
           },
         ],
         "ingressPolicies": [ # List of IngressPolicies to apply to the perimeter. A perimeter may have multiple IngressPolicies, each of which is evaluated separately. Access is granted if any Ingress Policy grants it. Must be empty for a perimeter bridge.
@@ -1109,6 +1126,7 @@ 
Method Details

                 "A String",
               ],
             },
+            "title": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable title for the ingress rule. The title must be unique within the perimeter and can not exceed 100 characters. Within the access policy, the combined length of all rule titles must not exceed 240,000 characters.
           },
         ],
         "resources": [ # A list of Google Cloud resources that are inside of the service perimeter. Currently only projects and VPCs are allowed. Project format: `projects/{project_number}` VPC network format: `//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{PROJECT_ID}/global/networks/{NAME}`.
@@ -1161,6 +1179,7 @@ 
Method Details

                 "A String",
               ],
             },
+            "title": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable title for the egress rule. The title must be unique within the perimeter and can not exceed 100 characters. Within the access policy, the combined length of all rule titles must not exceed 240,000 characters.
           },
         ],
         "ingressPolicies": [ # List of IngressPolicies to apply to the perimeter. A perimeter may have multiple IngressPolicies, each of which is evaluated separately. Access is granted if any Ingress Policy grants it. Must be empty for a perimeter bridge.
@@ -1193,6 +1212,7 @@ 
Method Details

                 "A String",
               ],
             },
+            "title": "A String", # Optional. Human-readable title for the ingress rule. The title must be unique within the perimeter and can not exceed 100 characters. Within the access policy, the combined length of all rule titles must not exceed 240,000 characters.
           },
         ],
         "resources": [ # A list of Google Cloud resources that are inside of the service perimeter. Currently only projects and VPCs are allowed. Project format: `projects/{project_number}` VPC network format: `//compute.googleapis.com/projects/{PROJECT_ID}/global/networks/{NAME}`.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/accesscontextmanager_v1.operations.html b/docs/dyn/accesscontextmanager_v1.operations.html
index b468ca3223..aa80a1671a 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/accesscontextmanager_v1.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/accesscontextmanager_v1.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Access Context Manager API . Instance Methods

 

   cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/addressvalidation_v1.v1.html b/docs/dyn/addressvalidation_v1.v1.html
index 50637ce794..9aebc6632f 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/addressvalidation_v1.v1.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/addressvalidation_v1.v1.html
@@ -123,21 +123,21 @@ 
Method Details

     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # The request for validating an address.
-  "address": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. The address being validated. Unformatted addresses should be submitted via `address_lines`. The total length of the fields in this input must not exceed 280 characters. Supported regions can be found [here](https://developers.google.com/maps/documentation/address-validation/coverage). The language_code value in the input address is reserved for future uses and is ignored today. The validated address result will be populated based on the preferred language for the given address, as identified by the system. The Address Validation API ignores the values in recipients and organization. Any values in those fields will be discarded and not returned. Please do not set them.
-    "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+  "address": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. The address being validated. Unformatted addresses should be submitted via `address_lines`. The total length of the fields in this input must not exceed 280 characters. Supported regions can be found [here](https://developers.google.com/maps/documentation/address-validation/coverage). The language_code value in the input address is reserved for future uses and is ignored today. The validated address result will be populated based on the preferred language for the given address, as identified by the system. The Address Validation API ignores the values in recipients and organization. Any values in those fields will be discarded and not returned. Please do not set them.
+    "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
       "A String",
     ],
-    "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+    "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
     "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
     "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
     "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-    "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+    "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
     "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
       "A String",
     ],
     "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
     "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-    "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+    "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
     "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
   },
   "enableUspsCass": True or False, # Enables USPS CASS compatible mode. This affects _only_ the [google.maps.addressvalidation.v1.ValidationResult.usps_data] field of [google.maps.addressvalidation.v1.ValidationResult]. Note: for USPS CASS enabled requests for addresses in Puerto Rico, a [google.type.PostalAddress.region_code] of the `address` must be provided as "PR", or an [google.type.PostalAddress.administrative_area] of the `address` must be provided as "Puerto Rico" (case-insensitive) or "PR". It's recommended to use a componentized `address`, or alternatively specify at least two [google.type.PostalAddress.address_lines] where the first line contains the street number and name and the second line contains the city, state, and zip code.
@@ -178,21 +178,21 @@ 
Method Details

       "missingComponentTypes": [ # The types of components that were expected to be present in a correctly formatted mailing address but were not found in the input AND could not be inferred. Components of this type are not present in `formatted_address`, `postal_address`, or `address_components`. An example might be `['street_number', 'route']` for an input like "Boulder, Colorado, 80301, USA". The list of possible types can be found [here](https://developers.google.com/maps/documentation/geocoding/requests-geocoding#Types).
         "A String",
       ],
-      "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # The post-processed address represented as a postal address.
-        "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+      "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # The post-processed address represented as a postal address.
+        "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
           "A String",
         ],
-        "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+        "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
         "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
         "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
         "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-        "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+        "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
         "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
           "A String",
         ],
         "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
         "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-        "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+        "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
         "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
       },
       "unconfirmedComponentTypes": [ # The types of the components that are present in the `address_components` but could not be confirmed to be correct. This field is provided for the sake of convenience: its contents are equivalent to iterating through the `address_components` to find the types of all the components where the confirmation_level is not CONFIRMED or the inferred flag is not set to `true`. The list of possible types can be found [here](https://developers.google.com/maps/documentation/geocoding/requests-geocoding#Types).
@@ -221,21 +221,21 @@ 
Method Details

       "missingComponentTypes": [ # The types of components that were expected to be present in a correctly formatted mailing address but were not found in the input AND could not be inferred. Components of this type are not present in `formatted_address`, `postal_address`, or `address_components`. An example might be `['street_number', 'route']` for an input like "Boulder, Colorado, 80301, USA". The list of possible types can be found [here](https://developers.google.com/maps/documentation/geocoding/requests-geocoding#Types).
         "A String",
       ],
-      "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # The post-processed address represented as a postal address.
-        "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+      "postalAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # The post-processed address represented as a postal address.
+        "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
           "A String",
         ],
-        "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+        "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
         "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
         "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
         "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-        "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+        "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
         "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
           "A String",
         ],
         "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
         "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-        "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+        "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
         "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
       },
       "unconfirmedComponentTypes": [ # The types of the components that are present in the `address_components` but could not be confirmed to be correct. This field is provided for the sake of convenience: its contents are equivalent to iterating through the `address_components` to find the types of all the components where the confirmation_level is not CONFIRMED or the inferred flag is not set to `true`. The list of possible types can be found [here](https://developers.google.com/maps/documentation/geocoding/requests-geocoding#Types).
diff --git a/docs/dyn/authorizedbuyersmarketplace_v1.bidders.finalizedDeals.html b/docs/dyn/authorizedbuyersmarketplace_v1.bidders.finalizedDeals.html
index 2f2355a1a8..18735e273a 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/authorizedbuyersmarketplace_v1.bidders.finalizedDeals.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/authorizedbuyersmarketplace_v1.bidders.finalizedDeals.html
@@ -192,8 +192,8 @@ 
Method Details

         "proposalRevision": "A String", # Output only. The revision number for the proposal and is the same value as proposal.proposal_revision. Each update to deal causes the proposal revision number to auto-increment. The buyer keeps track of the last revision number they know of and pass it in when making an update. If the head revision number on the server has since incremented, then an ABORTED error is returned during the update operation to let the buyer know that a subsequent update was made.
         "publisherProfile": "A String", # Immutable. Reference to the seller on the deal. Format: `buyers/{buyerAccountId}/publisherProfiles/{publisherProfileId}`
         "sellerTimeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Output only. Time zone of the seller used to mark the boundaries of a day for daypart targeting and CPD billing.
-          "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-          "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+          "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+          "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
         },
         "targeting": { # Targeting represents different criteria that can be used to target deals or auction packages. For example, they can choose to target inventory only if the user is in the US. Multiple types of targeting are always applied as a logical AND, unless noted otherwise. # Specifies the subset of inventory targeted by the deal. Can be updated by the buyer before the deal is finalized.
           "daypartTargeting": { # Represents Daypart targeting. # Daypart targeting information.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/authorizedbuyersmarketplace_v1.buyers.finalizedDeals.html b/docs/dyn/authorizedbuyersmarketplace_v1.buyers.finalizedDeals.html
index f0b0a3e33d..dedadf52c4 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/authorizedbuyersmarketplace_v1.buyers.finalizedDeals.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/authorizedbuyersmarketplace_v1.buyers.finalizedDeals.html
@@ -203,8 +203,8 @@ 
Method Details

     "proposalRevision": "A String", # Output only. The revision number for the proposal and is the same value as proposal.proposal_revision. Each update to deal causes the proposal revision number to auto-increment. The buyer keeps track of the last revision number they know of and pass it in when making an update. If the head revision number on the server has since incremented, then an ABORTED error is returned during the update operation to let the buyer know that a subsequent update was made.
     "publisherProfile": "A String", # Immutable. Reference to the seller on the deal. Format: `buyers/{buyerAccountId}/publisherProfiles/{publisherProfileId}`
     "sellerTimeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Output only. Time zone of the seller used to mark the boundaries of a day for daypart targeting and CPD billing.
-      "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-      "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+      "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+      "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
     },
     "targeting": { # Targeting represents different criteria that can be used to target deals or auction packages. For example, they can choose to target inventory only if the user is in the US. Multiple types of targeting are always applied as a logical AND, unless noted otherwise. # Specifies the subset of inventory targeted by the deal. Can be updated by the buyer before the deal is finalized.
       "daypartTargeting": { # Represents Daypart targeting. # Daypart targeting information.
@@ -463,8 +463,8 @@ 
Method Details

     "proposalRevision": "A String", # Output only. The revision number for the proposal and is the same value as proposal.proposal_revision. Each update to deal causes the proposal revision number to auto-increment. The buyer keeps track of the last revision number they know of and pass it in when making an update. If the head revision number on the server has since incremented, then an ABORTED error is returned during the update operation to let the buyer know that a subsequent update was made.
     "publisherProfile": "A String", # Immutable. Reference to the seller on the deal. Format: `buyers/{buyerAccountId}/publisherProfiles/{publisherProfileId}`
     "sellerTimeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Output only. Time zone of the seller used to mark the boundaries of a day for daypart targeting and CPD billing.
-      "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-      "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+      "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+      "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
     },
     "targeting": { # Targeting represents different criteria that can be used to target deals or auction packages. For example, they can choose to target inventory only if the user is in the US. Multiple types of targeting are always applied as a logical AND, unless noted otherwise. # Specifies the subset of inventory targeted by the deal. Can be updated by the buyer before the deal is finalized.
       "daypartTargeting": { # Represents Daypart targeting. # Daypart targeting information.
@@ -724,8 +724,8 @@ 
Method Details

         "proposalRevision": "A String", # Output only. The revision number for the proposal and is the same value as proposal.proposal_revision. Each update to deal causes the proposal revision number to auto-increment. The buyer keeps track of the last revision number they know of and pass it in when making an update. If the head revision number on the server has since incremented, then an ABORTED error is returned during the update operation to let the buyer know that a subsequent update was made.
         "publisherProfile": "A String", # Immutable. Reference to the seller on the deal. Format: `buyers/{buyerAccountId}/publisherProfiles/{publisherProfileId}`
         "sellerTimeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Output only. Time zone of the seller used to mark the boundaries of a day for daypart targeting and CPD billing.
-          "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-          "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+          "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+          "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
         },
         "targeting": { # Targeting represents different criteria that can be used to target deals or auction packages. For example, they can choose to target inventory only if the user is in the US. Multiple types of targeting are always applied as a logical AND, unless noted otherwise. # Specifies the subset of inventory targeted by the deal. Can be updated by the buyer before the deal is finalized.
           "daypartTargeting": { # Represents Daypart targeting. # Daypart targeting information.
@@ -1003,8 +1003,8 @@ 
Method Details

     "proposalRevision": "A String", # Output only. The revision number for the proposal and is the same value as proposal.proposal_revision. Each update to deal causes the proposal revision number to auto-increment. The buyer keeps track of the last revision number they know of and pass it in when making an update. If the head revision number on the server has since incremented, then an ABORTED error is returned during the update operation to let the buyer know that a subsequent update was made.
     "publisherProfile": "A String", # Immutable. Reference to the seller on the deal. Format: `buyers/{buyerAccountId}/publisherProfiles/{publisherProfileId}`
     "sellerTimeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Output only. Time zone of the seller used to mark the boundaries of a day for daypart targeting and CPD billing.
-      "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-      "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+      "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+      "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
     },
     "targeting": { # Targeting represents different criteria that can be used to target deals or auction packages. For example, they can choose to target inventory only if the user is in the US. Multiple types of targeting are always applied as a logical AND, unless noted otherwise. # Specifies the subset of inventory targeted by the deal. Can be updated by the buyer before the deal is finalized.
       "daypartTargeting": { # Represents Daypart targeting. # Daypart targeting information.
@@ -1264,8 +1264,8 @@ 
Method Details

     "proposalRevision": "A String", # Output only. The revision number for the proposal and is the same value as proposal.proposal_revision. Each update to deal causes the proposal revision number to auto-increment. The buyer keeps track of the last revision number they know of and pass it in when making an update. If the head revision number on the server has since incremented, then an ABORTED error is returned during the update operation to let the buyer know that a subsequent update was made.
     "publisherProfile": "A String", # Immutable. Reference to the seller on the deal. Format: `buyers/{buyerAccountId}/publisherProfiles/{publisherProfileId}`
     "sellerTimeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Output only. Time zone of the seller used to mark the boundaries of a day for daypart targeting and CPD billing.
-      "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-      "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+      "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+      "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
     },
     "targeting": { # Targeting represents different criteria that can be used to target deals or auction packages. For example, they can choose to target inventory only if the user is in the US. Multiple types of targeting are always applied as a logical AND, unless noted otherwise. # Specifies the subset of inventory targeted by the deal. Can be updated by the buyer before the deal is finalized.
       "daypartTargeting": { # Represents Daypart targeting. # Daypart targeting information.
@@ -1525,8 +1525,8 @@ 
Method Details

     "proposalRevision": "A String", # Output only. The revision number for the proposal and is the same value as proposal.proposal_revision. Each update to deal causes the proposal revision number to auto-increment. The buyer keeps track of the last revision number they know of and pass it in when making an update. If the head revision number on the server has since incremented, then an ABORTED error is returned during the update operation to let the buyer know that a subsequent update was made.
     "publisherProfile": "A String", # Immutable. Reference to the seller on the deal. Format: `buyers/{buyerAccountId}/publisherProfiles/{publisherProfileId}`
     "sellerTimeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Output only. Time zone of the seller used to mark the boundaries of a day for daypart targeting and CPD billing.
-      "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-      "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+      "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+      "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
     },
     "targeting": { # Targeting represents different criteria that can be used to target deals or auction packages. For example, they can choose to target inventory only if the user is in the US. Multiple types of targeting are always applied as a logical AND, unless noted otherwise. # Specifies the subset of inventory targeted by the deal. Can be updated by the buyer before the deal is finalized.
       "daypartTargeting": { # Represents Daypart targeting. # Daypart targeting information.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/authorizedbuyersmarketplace_v1.buyers.proposals.deals.html b/docs/dyn/authorizedbuyersmarketplace_v1.buyers.proposals.deals.html
index e633f0d51e..c30e76a7c7 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/authorizedbuyersmarketplace_v1.buyers.proposals.deals.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/authorizedbuyersmarketplace_v1.buyers.proposals.deals.html
@@ -187,8 +187,8 @@ 
Method Details

         "proposalRevision": "A String", # Output only. The revision number for the proposal and is the same value as proposal.proposal_revision. Each update to deal causes the proposal revision number to auto-increment. The buyer keeps track of the last revision number they know of and pass it in when making an update. If the head revision number on the server has since incremented, then an ABORTED error is returned during the update operation to let the buyer know that a subsequent update was made.
         "publisherProfile": "A String", # Immutable. Reference to the seller on the deal. Format: `buyers/{buyerAccountId}/publisherProfiles/{publisherProfileId}`
         "sellerTimeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Output only. Time zone of the seller used to mark the boundaries of a day for daypart targeting and CPD billing.
-          "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-          "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+          "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+          "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
         },
         "targeting": { # Targeting represents different criteria that can be used to target deals or auction packages. For example, they can choose to target inventory only if the user is in the US. Multiple types of targeting are always applied as a logical AND, unless noted otherwise. # Specifies the subset of inventory targeted by the deal. Can be updated by the buyer before the deal is finalized.
           "daypartTargeting": { # Represents Daypart targeting. # Daypart targeting information.
@@ -423,8 +423,8 @@ 
Method Details

       "proposalRevision": "A String", # Output only. The revision number for the proposal and is the same value as proposal.proposal_revision. Each update to deal causes the proposal revision number to auto-increment. The buyer keeps track of the last revision number they know of and pass it in when making an update. If the head revision number on the server has since incremented, then an ABORTED error is returned during the update operation to let the buyer know that a subsequent update was made.
       "publisherProfile": "A String", # Immutable. Reference to the seller on the deal. Format: `buyers/{buyerAccountId}/publisherProfiles/{publisherProfileId}`
       "sellerTimeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Output only. Time zone of the seller used to mark the boundaries of a day for daypart targeting and CPD billing.
-        "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-        "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+        "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+        "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
       },
       "targeting": { # Targeting represents different criteria that can be used to target deals or auction packages. For example, they can choose to target inventory only if the user is in the US. Multiple types of targeting are always applied as a logical AND, unless noted otherwise. # Specifies the subset of inventory targeted by the deal. Can be updated by the buyer before the deal is finalized.
         "daypartTargeting": { # Represents Daypart targeting. # Daypart targeting information.
@@ -667,8 +667,8 @@ 
Method Details

   "proposalRevision": "A String", # Output only. The revision number for the proposal and is the same value as proposal.proposal_revision. Each update to deal causes the proposal revision number to auto-increment. The buyer keeps track of the last revision number they know of and pass it in when making an update. If the head revision number on the server has since incremented, then an ABORTED error is returned during the update operation to let the buyer know that a subsequent update was made.
   "publisherProfile": "A String", # Immutable. Reference to the seller on the deal. Format: `buyers/{buyerAccountId}/publisherProfiles/{publisherProfileId}`
   "sellerTimeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Output only. Time zone of the seller used to mark the boundaries of a day for daypart targeting and CPD billing.
-    "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-    "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+    "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+    "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
   },
   "targeting": { # Targeting represents different criteria that can be used to target deals or auction packages. For example, they can choose to target inventory only if the user is in the US. Multiple types of targeting are always applied as a logical AND, unless noted otherwise. # Specifies the subset of inventory targeted by the deal. Can be updated by the buyer before the deal is finalized.
     "daypartTargeting": { # Represents Daypart targeting. # Daypart targeting information.
@@ -908,8 +908,8 @@ 
Method Details

       "proposalRevision": "A String", # Output only. The revision number for the proposal and is the same value as proposal.proposal_revision. Each update to deal causes the proposal revision number to auto-increment. The buyer keeps track of the last revision number they know of and pass it in when making an update. If the head revision number on the server has since incremented, then an ABORTED error is returned during the update operation to let the buyer know that a subsequent update was made.
       "publisherProfile": "A String", # Immutable. Reference to the seller on the deal. Format: `buyers/{buyerAccountId}/publisherProfiles/{publisherProfileId}`
       "sellerTimeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Output only. Time zone of the seller used to mark the boundaries of a day for daypart targeting and CPD billing.
-        "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-        "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+        "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+        "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
       },
       "targeting": { # Targeting represents different criteria that can be used to target deals or auction packages. For example, they can choose to target inventory only if the user is in the US. Multiple types of targeting are always applied as a logical AND, unless noted otherwise. # Specifies the subset of inventory targeted by the deal. Can be updated by the buyer before the deal is finalized.
         "daypartTargeting": { # Represents Daypart targeting. # Daypart targeting information.
@@ -1157,8 +1157,8 @@ 
Method Details

   "proposalRevision": "A String", # Output only. The revision number for the proposal and is the same value as proposal.proposal_revision. Each update to deal causes the proposal revision number to auto-increment. The buyer keeps track of the last revision number they know of and pass it in when making an update. If the head revision number on the server has since incremented, then an ABORTED error is returned during the update operation to let the buyer know that a subsequent update was made.
   "publisherProfile": "A String", # Immutable. Reference to the seller on the deal. Format: `buyers/{buyerAccountId}/publisherProfiles/{publisherProfileId}`
   "sellerTimeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Output only. Time zone of the seller used to mark the boundaries of a day for daypart targeting and CPD billing.
-    "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-    "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+    "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+    "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
   },
   "targeting": { # Targeting represents different criteria that can be used to target deals or auction packages. For example, they can choose to target inventory only if the user is in the US. Multiple types of targeting are always applied as a logical AND, unless noted otherwise. # Specifies the subset of inventory targeted by the deal. Can be updated by the buyer before the deal is finalized.
     "daypartTargeting": { # Represents Daypart targeting. # Daypart targeting information.
@@ -1388,8 +1388,8 @@ 
Method Details

   "proposalRevision": "A String", # Output only. The revision number for the proposal and is the same value as proposal.proposal_revision. Each update to deal causes the proposal revision number to auto-increment. The buyer keeps track of the last revision number they know of and pass it in when making an update. If the head revision number on the server has since incremented, then an ABORTED error is returned during the update operation to let the buyer know that a subsequent update was made.
   "publisherProfile": "A String", # Immutable. Reference to the seller on the deal. Format: `buyers/{buyerAccountId}/publisherProfiles/{publisherProfileId}`
   "sellerTimeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Output only. Time zone of the seller used to mark the boundaries of a day for daypart targeting and CPD billing.
-    "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-    "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+    "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+    "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
   },
   "targeting": { # Targeting represents different criteria that can be used to target deals or auction packages. For example, they can choose to target inventory only if the user is in the US. Multiple types of targeting are always applied as a logical AND, unless noted otherwise. # Specifies the subset of inventory targeted by the deal. Can be updated by the buyer before the deal is finalized.
     "daypartTargeting": { # Represents Daypart targeting. # Daypart targeting information.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/authorizedbuyersmarketplace_v1alpha.bidders.finalizedDeals.html b/docs/dyn/authorizedbuyersmarketplace_v1alpha.bidders.finalizedDeals.html
index f2b5999798..3b8c8476bf 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/authorizedbuyersmarketplace_v1alpha.bidders.finalizedDeals.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/authorizedbuyersmarketplace_v1alpha.bidders.finalizedDeals.html
@@ -192,8 +192,8 @@ 
Method Details

         "proposalRevision": "A String", # Output only. The revision number for the proposal and is the same value as proposal.proposal_revision. Each update to deal causes the proposal revision number to auto-increment. The buyer keeps track of the last revision number they know of and pass it in when making an update. If the head revision number on the server has since incremented, then an ABORTED error is returned during the update operation to let the buyer know that a subsequent update was made.
         "publisherProfile": "A String", # Immutable. Reference to the seller on the deal. Format: `buyers/{buyerAccountId}/publisherProfiles/{publisherProfileId}`
         "sellerTimeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Output only. Time zone of the seller used to mark the boundaries of a day for daypart targeting and CPD billing.
-          "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-          "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+          "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+          "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
         },
         "targeting": { # Targeting represents different criteria that can be used to target deals or auction packages. For example, they can choose to target inventory only if the user is in the US. Multiple types of targeting are always applied as a logical AND, unless noted otherwise. # Specifies the subset of inventory targeted by the deal. Can be updated by the buyer before the deal is finalized.
           "daypartTargeting": { # Represents Daypart targeting. # Daypart targeting information.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/authorizedbuyersmarketplace_v1alpha.buyers.finalizedDeals.html b/docs/dyn/authorizedbuyersmarketplace_v1alpha.buyers.finalizedDeals.html
index 17d9ced8ea..73340031e3 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/authorizedbuyersmarketplace_v1alpha.buyers.finalizedDeals.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/authorizedbuyersmarketplace_v1alpha.buyers.finalizedDeals.html
@@ -203,8 +203,8 @@ 
Method Details

     "proposalRevision": "A String", # Output only. The revision number for the proposal and is the same value as proposal.proposal_revision. Each update to deal causes the proposal revision number to auto-increment. The buyer keeps track of the last revision number they know of and pass it in when making an update. If the head revision number on the server has since incremented, then an ABORTED error is returned during the update operation to let the buyer know that a subsequent update was made.
     "publisherProfile": "A String", # Immutable. Reference to the seller on the deal. Format: `buyers/{buyerAccountId}/publisherProfiles/{publisherProfileId}`
     "sellerTimeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Output only. Time zone of the seller used to mark the boundaries of a day for daypart targeting and CPD billing.
-      "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-      "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+      "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+      "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
     },
     "targeting": { # Targeting represents different criteria that can be used to target deals or auction packages. For example, they can choose to target inventory only if the user is in the US. Multiple types of targeting are always applied as a logical AND, unless noted otherwise. # Specifies the subset of inventory targeted by the deal. Can be updated by the buyer before the deal is finalized.
       "daypartTargeting": { # Represents Daypart targeting. # Daypart targeting information.
@@ -463,8 +463,8 @@ 
Method Details

     "proposalRevision": "A String", # Output only. The revision number for the proposal and is the same value as proposal.proposal_revision. Each update to deal causes the proposal revision number to auto-increment. The buyer keeps track of the last revision number they know of and pass it in when making an update. If the head revision number on the server has since incremented, then an ABORTED error is returned during the update operation to let the buyer know that a subsequent update was made.
     "publisherProfile": "A String", # Immutable. Reference to the seller on the deal. Format: `buyers/{buyerAccountId}/publisherProfiles/{publisherProfileId}`
     "sellerTimeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Output only. Time zone of the seller used to mark the boundaries of a day for daypart targeting and CPD billing.
-      "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-      "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+      "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+      "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
     },
     "targeting": { # Targeting represents different criteria that can be used to target deals or auction packages. For example, they can choose to target inventory only if the user is in the US. Multiple types of targeting are always applied as a logical AND, unless noted otherwise. # Specifies the subset of inventory targeted by the deal. Can be updated by the buyer before the deal is finalized.
       "daypartTargeting": { # Represents Daypart targeting. # Daypart targeting information.
@@ -724,8 +724,8 @@ 
Method Details

         "proposalRevision": "A String", # Output only. The revision number for the proposal and is the same value as proposal.proposal_revision. Each update to deal causes the proposal revision number to auto-increment. The buyer keeps track of the last revision number they know of and pass it in when making an update. If the head revision number on the server has since incremented, then an ABORTED error is returned during the update operation to let the buyer know that a subsequent update was made.
         "publisherProfile": "A String", # Immutable. Reference to the seller on the deal. Format: `buyers/{buyerAccountId}/publisherProfiles/{publisherProfileId}`
         "sellerTimeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Output only. Time zone of the seller used to mark the boundaries of a day for daypart targeting and CPD billing.
-          "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-          "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+          "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+          "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
         },
         "targeting": { # Targeting represents different criteria that can be used to target deals or auction packages. For example, they can choose to target inventory only if the user is in the US. Multiple types of targeting are always applied as a logical AND, unless noted otherwise. # Specifies the subset of inventory targeted by the deal. Can be updated by the buyer before the deal is finalized.
           "daypartTargeting": { # Represents Daypart targeting. # Daypart targeting information.
@@ -1003,8 +1003,8 @@ 
Method Details

     "proposalRevision": "A String", # Output only. The revision number for the proposal and is the same value as proposal.proposal_revision. Each update to deal causes the proposal revision number to auto-increment. The buyer keeps track of the last revision number they know of and pass it in when making an update. If the head revision number on the server has since incremented, then an ABORTED error is returned during the update operation to let the buyer know that a subsequent update was made.
     "publisherProfile": "A String", # Immutable. Reference to the seller on the deal. Format: `buyers/{buyerAccountId}/publisherProfiles/{publisherProfileId}`
     "sellerTimeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Output only. Time zone of the seller used to mark the boundaries of a day for daypart targeting and CPD billing.
-      "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-      "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+      "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+      "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
     },
     "targeting": { # Targeting represents different criteria that can be used to target deals or auction packages. For example, they can choose to target inventory only if the user is in the US. Multiple types of targeting are always applied as a logical AND, unless noted otherwise. # Specifies the subset of inventory targeted by the deal. Can be updated by the buyer before the deal is finalized.
       "daypartTargeting": { # Represents Daypart targeting. # Daypart targeting information.
@@ -1264,8 +1264,8 @@ 
Method Details

     "proposalRevision": "A String", # Output only. The revision number for the proposal and is the same value as proposal.proposal_revision. Each update to deal causes the proposal revision number to auto-increment. The buyer keeps track of the last revision number they know of and pass it in when making an update. If the head revision number on the server has since incremented, then an ABORTED error is returned during the update operation to let the buyer know that a subsequent update was made.
     "publisherProfile": "A String", # Immutable. Reference to the seller on the deal. Format: `buyers/{buyerAccountId}/publisherProfiles/{publisherProfileId}`
     "sellerTimeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Output only. Time zone of the seller used to mark the boundaries of a day for daypart targeting and CPD billing.
-      "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-      "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+      "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+      "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
     },
     "targeting": { # Targeting represents different criteria that can be used to target deals or auction packages. For example, they can choose to target inventory only if the user is in the US. Multiple types of targeting are always applied as a logical AND, unless noted otherwise. # Specifies the subset of inventory targeted by the deal. Can be updated by the buyer before the deal is finalized.
       "daypartTargeting": { # Represents Daypart targeting. # Daypart targeting information.
@@ -1525,8 +1525,8 @@ 
Method Details

     "proposalRevision": "A String", # Output only. The revision number for the proposal and is the same value as proposal.proposal_revision. Each update to deal causes the proposal revision number to auto-increment. The buyer keeps track of the last revision number they know of and pass it in when making an update. If the head revision number on the server has since incremented, then an ABORTED error is returned during the update operation to let the buyer know that a subsequent update was made.
     "publisherProfile": "A String", # Immutable. Reference to the seller on the deal. Format: `buyers/{buyerAccountId}/publisherProfiles/{publisherProfileId}`
     "sellerTimeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Output only. Time zone of the seller used to mark the boundaries of a day for daypart targeting and CPD billing.
-      "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-      "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+      "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+      "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
     },
     "targeting": { # Targeting represents different criteria that can be used to target deals or auction packages. For example, they can choose to target inventory only if the user is in the US. Multiple types of targeting are always applied as a logical AND, unless noted otherwise. # Specifies the subset of inventory targeted by the deal. Can be updated by the buyer before the deal is finalized.
       "daypartTargeting": { # Represents Daypart targeting. # Daypart targeting information.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/authorizedbuyersmarketplace_v1alpha.buyers.proposals.deals.html b/docs/dyn/authorizedbuyersmarketplace_v1alpha.buyers.proposals.deals.html
index 29e74d1d62..5e2ff1ee7e 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/authorizedbuyersmarketplace_v1alpha.buyers.proposals.deals.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/authorizedbuyersmarketplace_v1alpha.buyers.proposals.deals.html
@@ -187,8 +187,8 @@ 
Method Details

         "proposalRevision": "A String", # Output only. The revision number for the proposal and is the same value as proposal.proposal_revision. Each update to deal causes the proposal revision number to auto-increment. The buyer keeps track of the last revision number they know of and pass it in when making an update. If the head revision number on the server has since incremented, then an ABORTED error is returned during the update operation to let the buyer know that a subsequent update was made.
         "publisherProfile": "A String", # Immutable. Reference to the seller on the deal. Format: `buyers/{buyerAccountId}/publisherProfiles/{publisherProfileId}`
         "sellerTimeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Output only. Time zone of the seller used to mark the boundaries of a day for daypart targeting and CPD billing.
-          "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-          "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+          "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+          "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
         },
         "targeting": { # Targeting represents different criteria that can be used to target deals or auction packages. For example, they can choose to target inventory only if the user is in the US. Multiple types of targeting are always applied as a logical AND, unless noted otherwise. # Specifies the subset of inventory targeted by the deal. Can be updated by the buyer before the deal is finalized.
           "daypartTargeting": { # Represents Daypart targeting. # Daypart targeting information.
@@ -423,8 +423,8 @@ 
Method Details

       "proposalRevision": "A String", # Output only. The revision number for the proposal and is the same value as proposal.proposal_revision. Each update to deal causes the proposal revision number to auto-increment. The buyer keeps track of the last revision number they know of and pass it in when making an update. If the head revision number on the server has since incremented, then an ABORTED error is returned during the update operation to let the buyer know that a subsequent update was made.
       "publisherProfile": "A String", # Immutable. Reference to the seller on the deal. Format: `buyers/{buyerAccountId}/publisherProfiles/{publisherProfileId}`
       "sellerTimeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Output only. Time zone of the seller used to mark the boundaries of a day for daypart targeting and CPD billing.
-        "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-        "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+        "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+        "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
       },
       "targeting": { # Targeting represents different criteria that can be used to target deals or auction packages. For example, they can choose to target inventory only if the user is in the US. Multiple types of targeting are always applied as a logical AND, unless noted otherwise. # Specifies the subset of inventory targeted by the deal. Can be updated by the buyer before the deal is finalized.
         "daypartTargeting": { # Represents Daypart targeting. # Daypart targeting information.
@@ -667,8 +667,8 @@ 
Method Details

   "proposalRevision": "A String", # Output only. The revision number for the proposal and is the same value as proposal.proposal_revision. Each update to deal causes the proposal revision number to auto-increment. The buyer keeps track of the last revision number they know of and pass it in when making an update. If the head revision number on the server has since incremented, then an ABORTED error is returned during the update operation to let the buyer know that a subsequent update was made.
   "publisherProfile": "A String", # Immutable. Reference to the seller on the deal. Format: `buyers/{buyerAccountId}/publisherProfiles/{publisherProfileId}`
   "sellerTimeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Output only. Time zone of the seller used to mark the boundaries of a day for daypart targeting and CPD billing.
-    "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-    "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+    "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+    "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
   },
   "targeting": { # Targeting represents different criteria that can be used to target deals or auction packages. For example, they can choose to target inventory only if the user is in the US. Multiple types of targeting are always applied as a logical AND, unless noted otherwise. # Specifies the subset of inventory targeted by the deal. Can be updated by the buyer before the deal is finalized.
     "daypartTargeting": { # Represents Daypart targeting. # Daypart targeting information.
@@ -908,8 +908,8 @@ 
Method Details

       "proposalRevision": "A String", # Output only. The revision number for the proposal and is the same value as proposal.proposal_revision. Each update to deal causes the proposal revision number to auto-increment. The buyer keeps track of the last revision number they know of and pass it in when making an update. If the head revision number on the server has since incremented, then an ABORTED error is returned during the update operation to let the buyer know that a subsequent update was made.
       "publisherProfile": "A String", # Immutable. Reference to the seller on the deal. Format: `buyers/{buyerAccountId}/publisherProfiles/{publisherProfileId}`
       "sellerTimeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Output only. Time zone of the seller used to mark the boundaries of a day for daypart targeting and CPD billing.
-        "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-        "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+        "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+        "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
       },
       "targeting": { # Targeting represents different criteria that can be used to target deals or auction packages. For example, they can choose to target inventory only if the user is in the US. Multiple types of targeting are always applied as a logical AND, unless noted otherwise. # Specifies the subset of inventory targeted by the deal. Can be updated by the buyer before the deal is finalized.
         "daypartTargeting": { # Represents Daypart targeting. # Daypart targeting information.
@@ -1157,8 +1157,8 @@ 
Method Details

   "proposalRevision": "A String", # Output only. The revision number for the proposal and is the same value as proposal.proposal_revision. Each update to deal causes the proposal revision number to auto-increment. The buyer keeps track of the last revision number they know of and pass it in when making an update. If the head revision number on the server has since incremented, then an ABORTED error is returned during the update operation to let the buyer know that a subsequent update was made.
   "publisherProfile": "A String", # Immutable. Reference to the seller on the deal. Format: `buyers/{buyerAccountId}/publisherProfiles/{publisherProfileId}`
   "sellerTimeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Output only. Time zone of the seller used to mark the boundaries of a day for daypart targeting and CPD billing.
-    "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-    "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+    "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+    "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
   },
   "targeting": { # Targeting represents different criteria that can be used to target deals or auction packages. For example, they can choose to target inventory only if the user is in the US. Multiple types of targeting are always applied as a logical AND, unless noted otherwise. # Specifies the subset of inventory targeted by the deal. Can be updated by the buyer before the deal is finalized.
     "daypartTargeting": { # Represents Daypart targeting. # Daypart targeting information.
@@ -1388,8 +1388,8 @@ 
Method Details

   "proposalRevision": "A String", # Output only. The revision number for the proposal and is the same value as proposal.proposal_revision. Each update to deal causes the proposal revision number to auto-increment. The buyer keeps track of the last revision number they know of and pass it in when making an update. If the head revision number on the server has since incremented, then an ABORTED error is returned during the update operation to let the buyer know that a subsequent update was made.
   "publisherProfile": "A String", # Immutable. Reference to the seller on the deal. Format: `buyers/{buyerAccountId}/publisherProfiles/{publisherProfileId}`
   "sellerTimeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Output only. Time zone of the seller used to mark the boundaries of a day for daypart targeting and CPD billing.
-    "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-    "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+    "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+    "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
   },
   "targeting": { # Targeting represents different criteria that can be used to target deals or auction packages. For example, they can choose to target inventory only if the user is in the US. Multiple types of targeting are always applied as a logical AND, unless noted otherwise. # Specifies the subset of inventory targeted by the deal. Can be updated by the buyer before the deal is finalized.
     "daypartTargeting": { # Represents Daypart targeting. # Daypart targeting information.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/bigqueryreservation_v1.projects.locations.reservations.html b/docs/dyn/bigqueryreservation_v1.projects.locations.reservations.html
index 53ac5fc44f..93081afc39 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/bigqueryreservation_v1.projects.locations.reservations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/bigqueryreservation_v1.projects.locations.reservations.html
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Deletes a reservation. Returns `google.rpc.Code.FAILED_PRECONDITION` when reservation has assignments.

 

   failoverReservation(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-
Failover a reservation to the secondary location. The operation should be done in the current secondary location, which will be promoted to the new primary location for the reservation. Attempting to failover a reservation in the current primary location will fail with the error code `google.rpc.Code.FAILED_PRECONDITION`.

+
Fail over a reservation to the secondary location. The operation should be done in the current secondary location, which will be promoted to the new primary location for the reservation. Attempting to failover a reservation in the current primary location will fail with the error code `google.rpc.Code.FAILED_PRECONDITION`.

 

   get(name, x__xgafv=None)

 
Returns information about the reservation.

@@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "currentSlots": "A String", # Output only. The slot capacity added to this reservation when autoscale happens. Will be between [0, max_slots]. Note: after users reduce max_slots, it may take a while before it can be propagated, so current_slots may stay in the original value and could be larger than max_slots for that brief period (less than one minute)
     "maxSlots": "A String", # Number of slots to be scaled when needed.
   },
-  "concurrency": "A String", # Job concurrency target which sets a soft upper bound on the number of jobs that can run concurrently in this reservation. This is a soft target due to asynchronous nature of the system and various optimizations for small queries. Default value is 0 which means that concurrency target will be automatically computed by the system. NOTE: this field is exposed as target job concurrency in the Information Schema, DDL and BQ CLI.
+  "concurrency": "A String", # Job concurrency target which sets a soft upper bound on the number of jobs that can run concurrently in this reservation. This is a soft target due to asynchronous nature of the system and various optimizations for small queries. Default value is 0 which means that concurrency target will be automatically computed by the system. NOTE: this field is exposed as target job concurrency in the Information Schema, DDL and BigQuery CLI.
   "creationTime": "A String", # Output only. Creation time of the reservation.
   "edition": "A String", # Edition of the reservation.
   "ignoreIdleSlots": True or False, # If false, any query or pipeline job using this reservation will use idle slots from other reservations within the same admin project. If true, a query or pipeline job using this reservation will execute with the slot capacity specified in the slot_capacity field at most.
@@ -132,9 +132,9 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "multiRegionAuxiliary": True or False, # Applicable only for reservations located within one of the BigQuery multi-regions (US or EU). If set to true, this reservation is placed in the organization's secondary region which is designated for disaster recovery purposes. If false, this reservation is placed in the organization's default region. NOTE: this is a preview feature. Project must be allow-listed in order to set this field.
   "name": "A String", # The resource name of the reservation, e.g., `projects/*/locations/*/reservations/team1-prod`. The reservation_id must only contain lower case alphanumeric characters or dashes. It must start with a letter and must not end with a dash. Its maximum length is 64 characters.
-  "originalPrimaryLocation": "A String", # Optional. The original primary location of the reservation which is set only during its creation and remains unchanged afterwards. It can be used by the customer to answer questions about disaster recovery billing. The field is output only for customers and should not be specified, however, the google.api.field_behavior is not set to OUTPUT_ONLY since these fields are set in rerouted requests sent across regions.
-  "primaryLocation": "A String", # Optional. The primary location of the reservation. The field is only meaningful for reservation used for cross region disaster recovery. The field is output only for customers and should not be specified, however, the google.api.field_behavior is not set to OUTPUT_ONLY since these fields are set in rerouted requests sent across regions.
-  "secondaryLocation": "A String", # Optional. The secondary location of the reservation which is used for cross region disaster recovery purposes. Customer can set this in create/update reservation calls to create a failover reservation or convert a non-failover reservation to a failover reservation.
+  "originalPrimaryLocation": "A String", # Optional. The original primary location of the reservation which is set only during its creation and remains unchanged afterwards. It can be used by the customer to answer questions about disaster recovery billing. The field is output only for customers and should not be specified, however, the `google.api.field_behavior` is not set to `OUTPUT_ONLY` since these fields are set in rerouted requests sent across regions.
+  "primaryLocation": "A String", # Optional. The primary location of the reservation. The field is only meaningful for a failover reservation that is used for managed disaster recovery. The field is output only for customers and should not be specified. However, the `google.api.field_behavior` is not set to `OUTPUT_ONLY` since these fields are set in rerouted requests sent across regions.
+  "secondaryLocation": "A String", # Optional. The secondary location of the reservation that is used for managed disaster recovery. Customers can set this in create/update reservation calls to create a failover reservation or convert a non-failover reservation to a failover reservation.
   "slotCapacity": "A String", # Baseline slots available to this reservation. A slot is a unit of computational power in BigQuery, and serves as the unit of parallelism. Queries using this reservation might use more slots during runtime if ignore_idle_slots is set to false, or autoscaling is enabled. If edition is EDITION_UNSPECIFIED and total slot_capacity of the reservation and its siblings exceeds the total slot_count of all capacity commitments, the request will fail with `google.rpc.Code.RESOURCE_EXHAUSTED`. If edition is any value but EDITION_UNSPECIFIED, then the above requirement is not needed. The total slot_capacity of the reservation and its siblings may exceed the total slot_count of capacity commitments. In that case, the exceeding slots will be charged with the autoscale SKU. You can increase the number of baseline slots in a reservation every few minutes. If you want to decrease your baseline slots, you are limited to once an hour if you have recently changed your baseline slot capacity and your baseline slots exceed your committed slots. Otherwise, you can decrease your baseline slots every few minutes.
   "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Last update time of the reservation.
 }
@@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "currentSlots": "A String", # Output only. The slot capacity added to this reservation when autoscale happens. Will be between [0, max_slots]. Note: after users reduce max_slots, it may take a while before it can be propagated, so current_slots may stay in the original value and could be larger than max_slots for that brief period (less than one minute)
     "maxSlots": "A String", # Number of slots to be scaled when needed.
   },
-  "concurrency": "A String", # Job concurrency target which sets a soft upper bound on the number of jobs that can run concurrently in this reservation. This is a soft target due to asynchronous nature of the system and various optimizations for small queries. Default value is 0 which means that concurrency target will be automatically computed by the system. NOTE: this field is exposed as target job concurrency in the Information Schema, DDL and BQ CLI.
+  "concurrency": "A String", # Job concurrency target which sets a soft upper bound on the number of jobs that can run concurrently in this reservation. This is a soft target due to asynchronous nature of the system and various optimizations for small queries. Default value is 0 which means that concurrency target will be automatically computed by the system. NOTE: this field is exposed as target job concurrency in the Information Schema, DDL and BigQuery CLI.
   "creationTime": "A String", # Output only. Creation time of the reservation.
   "edition": "A String", # Edition of the reservation.
   "ignoreIdleSlots": True or False, # If false, any query or pipeline job using this reservation will use idle slots from other reservations within the same admin project. If true, a query or pipeline job using this reservation will execute with the slot capacity specified in the slot_capacity field at most.
@@ -162,9 +162,9 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "multiRegionAuxiliary": True or False, # Applicable only for reservations located within one of the BigQuery multi-regions (US or EU). If set to true, this reservation is placed in the organization's secondary region which is designated for disaster recovery purposes. If false, this reservation is placed in the organization's default region. NOTE: this is a preview feature. Project must be allow-listed in order to set this field.
   "name": "A String", # The resource name of the reservation, e.g., `projects/*/locations/*/reservations/team1-prod`. The reservation_id must only contain lower case alphanumeric characters or dashes. It must start with a letter and must not end with a dash. Its maximum length is 64 characters.
-  "originalPrimaryLocation": "A String", # Optional. The original primary location of the reservation which is set only during its creation and remains unchanged afterwards. It can be used by the customer to answer questions about disaster recovery billing. The field is output only for customers and should not be specified, however, the google.api.field_behavior is not set to OUTPUT_ONLY since these fields are set in rerouted requests sent across regions.
-  "primaryLocation": "A String", # Optional. The primary location of the reservation. The field is only meaningful for reservation used for cross region disaster recovery. The field is output only for customers and should not be specified, however, the google.api.field_behavior is not set to OUTPUT_ONLY since these fields are set in rerouted requests sent across regions.
-  "secondaryLocation": "A String", # Optional. The secondary location of the reservation which is used for cross region disaster recovery purposes. Customer can set this in create/update reservation calls to create a failover reservation or convert a non-failover reservation to a failover reservation.
+  "originalPrimaryLocation": "A String", # Optional. The original primary location of the reservation which is set only during its creation and remains unchanged afterwards. It can be used by the customer to answer questions about disaster recovery billing. The field is output only for customers and should not be specified, however, the `google.api.field_behavior` is not set to `OUTPUT_ONLY` since these fields are set in rerouted requests sent across regions.
+  "primaryLocation": "A String", # Optional. The primary location of the reservation. The field is only meaningful for a failover reservation that is used for managed disaster recovery. The field is output only for customers and should not be specified. However, the `google.api.field_behavior` is not set to `OUTPUT_ONLY` since these fields are set in rerouted requests sent across regions.
+  "secondaryLocation": "A String", # Optional. The secondary location of the reservation that is used for managed disaster recovery. Customers can set this in create/update reservation calls to create a failover reservation or convert a non-failover reservation to a failover reservation.
   "slotCapacity": "A String", # Baseline slots available to this reservation. A slot is a unit of computational power in BigQuery, and serves as the unit of parallelism. Queries using this reservation might use more slots during runtime if ignore_idle_slots is set to false, or autoscaling is enabled. If edition is EDITION_UNSPECIFIED and total slot_capacity of the reservation and its siblings exceeds the total slot_count of all capacity commitments, the request will fail with `google.rpc.Code.RESOURCE_EXHAUSTED`. If edition is any value but EDITION_UNSPECIFIED, then the above requirement is not needed. The total slot_capacity of the reservation and its siblings may exceed the total slot_count of capacity commitments. In that case, the exceeding slots will be charged with the autoscale SKU. You can increase the number of baseline slots in a reservation every few minutes. If you want to decrease your baseline slots, you are limited to once an hour if you have recently changed your baseline slot capacity and your baseline slots exceed your committed slots. Otherwise, you can decrease your baseline slots every few minutes.
   "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Last update time of the reservation.
 }

@@ -190,7 +190,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 

     failoverReservation(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Failover a reservation to the secondary location. The operation should be done in the current secondary location, which will be promoted to the new primary location for the reservation. Attempting to failover a reservation in the current primary location will fail with the error code `google.rpc.Code.FAILED_PRECONDITION`.
+  
Fail over a reservation to the secondary location. The operation should be done in the current secondary location, which will be promoted to the new primary location for the reservation. Attempting to failover a reservation in the current primary location will fail with the error code `google.rpc.Code.FAILED_PRECONDITION`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, Required. Resource name of the reservation to failover. E.g., `projects/myproject/locations/US/reservations/team1-prod` (required)
@@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "currentSlots": "A String", # Output only. The slot capacity added to this reservation when autoscale happens. Will be between [0, max_slots]. Note: after users reduce max_slots, it may take a while before it can be propagated, so current_slots may stay in the original value and could be larger than max_slots for that brief period (less than one minute)
     "maxSlots": "A String", # Number of slots to be scaled when needed.
   },
-  "concurrency": "A String", # Job concurrency target which sets a soft upper bound on the number of jobs that can run concurrently in this reservation. This is a soft target due to asynchronous nature of the system and various optimizations for small queries. Default value is 0 which means that concurrency target will be automatically computed by the system. NOTE: this field is exposed as target job concurrency in the Information Schema, DDL and BQ CLI.
+  "concurrency": "A String", # Job concurrency target which sets a soft upper bound on the number of jobs that can run concurrently in this reservation. This is a soft target due to asynchronous nature of the system and various optimizations for small queries. Default value is 0 which means that concurrency target will be automatically computed by the system. NOTE: this field is exposed as target job concurrency in the Information Schema, DDL and BigQuery CLI.
   "creationTime": "A String", # Output only. Creation time of the reservation.
   "edition": "A String", # Edition of the reservation.
   "ignoreIdleSlots": True or False, # If false, any query or pipeline job using this reservation will use idle slots from other reservations within the same admin project. If true, a query or pipeline job using this reservation will execute with the slot capacity specified in the slot_capacity field at most.
@@ -222,9 +222,9 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "multiRegionAuxiliary": True or False, # Applicable only for reservations located within one of the BigQuery multi-regions (US or EU). If set to true, this reservation is placed in the organization's secondary region which is designated for disaster recovery purposes. If false, this reservation is placed in the organization's default region. NOTE: this is a preview feature. Project must be allow-listed in order to set this field.
   "name": "A String", # The resource name of the reservation, e.g., `projects/*/locations/*/reservations/team1-prod`. The reservation_id must only contain lower case alphanumeric characters or dashes. It must start with a letter and must not end with a dash. Its maximum length is 64 characters.
-  "originalPrimaryLocation": "A String", # Optional. The original primary location of the reservation which is set only during its creation and remains unchanged afterwards. It can be used by the customer to answer questions about disaster recovery billing. The field is output only for customers and should not be specified, however, the google.api.field_behavior is not set to OUTPUT_ONLY since these fields are set in rerouted requests sent across regions.
-  "primaryLocation": "A String", # Optional. The primary location of the reservation. The field is only meaningful for reservation used for cross region disaster recovery. The field is output only for customers and should not be specified, however, the google.api.field_behavior is not set to OUTPUT_ONLY since these fields are set in rerouted requests sent across regions.
-  "secondaryLocation": "A String", # Optional. The secondary location of the reservation which is used for cross region disaster recovery purposes. Customer can set this in create/update reservation calls to create a failover reservation or convert a non-failover reservation to a failover reservation.
+  "originalPrimaryLocation": "A String", # Optional. The original primary location of the reservation which is set only during its creation and remains unchanged afterwards. It can be used by the customer to answer questions about disaster recovery billing. The field is output only for customers and should not be specified, however, the `google.api.field_behavior` is not set to `OUTPUT_ONLY` since these fields are set in rerouted requests sent across regions.
+  "primaryLocation": "A String", # Optional. The primary location of the reservation. The field is only meaningful for a failover reservation that is used for managed disaster recovery. The field is output only for customers and should not be specified. However, the `google.api.field_behavior` is not set to `OUTPUT_ONLY` since these fields are set in rerouted requests sent across regions.
+  "secondaryLocation": "A String", # Optional. The secondary location of the reservation that is used for managed disaster recovery. Customers can set this in create/update reservation calls to create a failover reservation or convert a non-failover reservation to a failover reservation.
   "slotCapacity": "A String", # Baseline slots available to this reservation. A slot is a unit of computational power in BigQuery, and serves as the unit of parallelism. Queries using this reservation might use more slots during runtime if ignore_idle_slots is set to false, or autoscaling is enabled. If edition is EDITION_UNSPECIFIED and total slot_capacity of the reservation and its siblings exceeds the total slot_count of all capacity commitments, the request will fail with `google.rpc.Code.RESOURCE_EXHAUSTED`. If edition is any value but EDITION_UNSPECIFIED, then the above requirement is not needed. The total slot_capacity of the reservation and its siblings may exceed the total slot_count of capacity commitments. In that case, the exceeding slots will be charged with the autoscale SKU. You can increase the number of baseline slots in a reservation every few minutes. If you want to decrease your baseline slots, you are limited to once an hour if you have recently changed your baseline slot capacity and your baseline slots exceed your committed slots. Otherwise, you can decrease your baseline slots every few minutes.
   "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Last update time of the reservation.
 }

@@ -249,7 +249,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "currentSlots": "A String", # Output only. The slot capacity added to this reservation when autoscale happens. Will be between [0, max_slots]. Note: after users reduce max_slots, it may take a while before it can be propagated, so current_slots may stay in the original value and could be larger than max_slots for that brief period (less than one minute)
     "maxSlots": "A String", # Number of slots to be scaled when needed.
   },
-  "concurrency": "A String", # Job concurrency target which sets a soft upper bound on the number of jobs that can run concurrently in this reservation. This is a soft target due to asynchronous nature of the system and various optimizations for small queries. Default value is 0 which means that concurrency target will be automatically computed by the system. NOTE: this field is exposed as target job concurrency in the Information Schema, DDL and BQ CLI.
+  "concurrency": "A String", # Job concurrency target which sets a soft upper bound on the number of jobs that can run concurrently in this reservation. This is a soft target due to asynchronous nature of the system and various optimizations for small queries. Default value is 0 which means that concurrency target will be automatically computed by the system. NOTE: this field is exposed as target job concurrency in the Information Schema, DDL and BigQuery CLI.
   "creationTime": "A String", # Output only. Creation time of the reservation.
   "edition": "A String", # Edition of the reservation.
   "ignoreIdleSlots": True or False, # If false, any query or pipeline job using this reservation will use idle slots from other reservations within the same admin project. If true, a query or pipeline job using this reservation will execute with the slot capacity specified in the slot_capacity field at most.
@@ -258,9 +258,9 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "multiRegionAuxiliary": True or False, # Applicable only for reservations located within one of the BigQuery multi-regions (US or EU). If set to true, this reservation is placed in the organization's secondary region which is designated for disaster recovery purposes. If false, this reservation is placed in the organization's default region. NOTE: this is a preview feature. Project must be allow-listed in order to set this field.
   "name": "A String", # The resource name of the reservation, e.g., `projects/*/locations/*/reservations/team1-prod`. The reservation_id must only contain lower case alphanumeric characters or dashes. It must start with a letter and must not end with a dash. Its maximum length is 64 characters.
-  "originalPrimaryLocation": "A String", # Optional. The original primary location of the reservation which is set only during its creation and remains unchanged afterwards. It can be used by the customer to answer questions about disaster recovery billing. The field is output only for customers and should not be specified, however, the google.api.field_behavior is not set to OUTPUT_ONLY since these fields are set in rerouted requests sent across regions.
-  "primaryLocation": "A String", # Optional. The primary location of the reservation. The field is only meaningful for reservation used for cross region disaster recovery. The field is output only for customers and should not be specified, however, the google.api.field_behavior is not set to OUTPUT_ONLY since these fields are set in rerouted requests sent across regions.
-  "secondaryLocation": "A String", # Optional. The secondary location of the reservation which is used for cross region disaster recovery purposes. Customer can set this in create/update reservation calls to create a failover reservation or convert a non-failover reservation to a failover reservation.
+  "originalPrimaryLocation": "A String", # Optional. The original primary location of the reservation which is set only during its creation and remains unchanged afterwards. It can be used by the customer to answer questions about disaster recovery billing. The field is output only for customers and should not be specified, however, the `google.api.field_behavior` is not set to `OUTPUT_ONLY` since these fields are set in rerouted requests sent across regions.
+  "primaryLocation": "A String", # Optional. The primary location of the reservation. The field is only meaningful for a failover reservation that is used for managed disaster recovery. The field is output only for customers and should not be specified. However, the `google.api.field_behavior` is not set to `OUTPUT_ONLY` since these fields are set in rerouted requests sent across regions.
+  "secondaryLocation": "A String", # Optional. The secondary location of the reservation that is used for managed disaster recovery. Customers can set this in create/update reservation calls to create a failover reservation or convert a non-failover reservation to a failover reservation.
   "slotCapacity": "A String", # Baseline slots available to this reservation. A slot is a unit of computational power in BigQuery, and serves as the unit of parallelism. Queries using this reservation might use more slots during runtime if ignore_idle_slots is set to false, or autoscaling is enabled. If edition is EDITION_UNSPECIFIED and total slot_capacity of the reservation and its siblings exceeds the total slot_count of all capacity commitments, the request will fail with `google.rpc.Code.RESOURCE_EXHAUSTED`. If edition is any value but EDITION_UNSPECIFIED, then the above requirement is not needed. The total slot_capacity of the reservation and its siblings may exceed the total slot_count of capacity commitments. In that case, the exceeding slots will be charged with the autoscale SKU. You can increase the number of baseline slots in a reservation every few minutes. If you want to decrease your baseline slots, you are limited to once an hour if you have recently changed your baseline slot capacity and your baseline slots exceed your committed slots. Otherwise, you can decrease your baseline slots every few minutes.
   "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Last update time of the reservation.
 }

@@ -290,7 +290,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "currentSlots": "A String", # Output only. The slot capacity added to this reservation when autoscale happens. Will be between [0, max_slots]. Note: after users reduce max_slots, it may take a while before it can be propagated, so current_slots may stay in the original value and could be larger than max_slots for that brief period (less than one minute)
         "maxSlots": "A String", # Number of slots to be scaled when needed.
       },
-      "concurrency": "A String", # Job concurrency target which sets a soft upper bound on the number of jobs that can run concurrently in this reservation. This is a soft target due to asynchronous nature of the system and various optimizations for small queries. Default value is 0 which means that concurrency target will be automatically computed by the system. NOTE: this field is exposed as target job concurrency in the Information Schema, DDL and BQ CLI.
+      "concurrency": "A String", # Job concurrency target which sets a soft upper bound on the number of jobs that can run concurrently in this reservation. This is a soft target due to asynchronous nature of the system and various optimizations for small queries. Default value is 0 which means that concurrency target will be automatically computed by the system. NOTE: this field is exposed as target job concurrency in the Information Schema, DDL and BigQuery CLI.
       "creationTime": "A String", # Output only. Creation time of the reservation.
       "edition": "A String", # Edition of the reservation.
       "ignoreIdleSlots": True or False, # If false, any query or pipeline job using this reservation will use idle slots from other reservations within the same admin project. If true, a query or pipeline job using this reservation will execute with the slot capacity specified in the slot_capacity field at most.
@@ -299,9 +299,9 @@ 
Method Details

       },
       "multiRegionAuxiliary": True or False, # Applicable only for reservations located within one of the BigQuery multi-regions (US or EU). If set to true, this reservation is placed in the organization's secondary region which is designated for disaster recovery purposes. If false, this reservation is placed in the organization's default region. NOTE: this is a preview feature. Project must be allow-listed in order to set this field.
       "name": "A String", # The resource name of the reservation, e.g., `projects/*/locations/*/reservations/team1-prod`. The reservation_id must only contain lower case alphanumeric characters or dashes. It must start with a letter and must not end with a dash. Its maximum length is 64 characters.
-      "originalPrimaryLocation": "A String", # Optional. The original primary location of the reservation which is set only during its creation and remains unchanged afterwards. It can be used by the customer to answer questions about disaster recovery billing. The field is output only for customers and should not be specified, however, the google.api.field_behavior is not set to OUTPUT_ONLY since these fields are set in rerouted requests sent across regions.
-      "primaryLocation": "A String", # Optional. The primary location of the reservation. The field is only meaningful for reservation used for cross region disaster recovery. The field is output only for customers and should not be specified, however, the google.api.field_behavior is not set to OUTPUT_ONLY since these fields are set in rerouted requests sent across regions.
-      "secondaryLocation": "A String", # Optional. The secondary location of the reservation which is used for cross region disaster recovery purposes. Customer can set this in create/update reservation calls to create a failover reservation or convert a non-failover reservation to a failover reservation.
+      "originalPrimaryLocation": "A String", # Optional. The original primary location of the reservation which is set only during its creation and remains unchanged afterwards. It can be used by the customer to answer questions about disaster recovery billing. The field is output only for customers and should not be specified, however, the `google.api.field_behavior` is not set to `OUTPUT_ONLY` since these fields are set in rerouted requests sent across regions.
+      "primaryLocation": "A String", # Optional. The primary location of the reservation. The field is only meaningful for a failover reservation that is used for managed disaster recovery. The field is output only for customers and should not be specified. However, the `google.api.field_behavior` is not set to `OUTPUT_ONLY` since these fields are set in rerouted requests sent across regions.
+      "secondaryLocation": "A String", # Optional. The secondary location of the reservation that is used for managed disaster recovery. Customers can set this in create/update reservation calls to create a failover reservation or convert a non-failover reservation to a failover reservation.
       "slotCapacity": "A String", # Baseline slots available to this reservation. A slot is a unit of computational power in BigQuery, and serves as the unit of parallelism. Queries using this reservation might use more slots during runtime if ignore_idle_slots is set to false, or autoscaling is enabled. If edition is EDITION_UNSPECIFIED and total slot_capacity of the reservation and its siblings exceeds the total slot_count of all capacity commitments, the request will fail with `google.rpc.Code.RESOURCE_EXHAUSTED`. If edition is any value but EDITION_UNSPECIFIED, then the above requirement is not needed. The total slot_capacity of the reservation and its siblings may exceed the total slot_count of capacity commitments. In that case, the exceeding slots will be charged with the autoscale SKU. You can increase the number of baseline slots in a reservation every few minutes. If you want to decrease your baseline slots, you are limited to once an hour if you have recently changed your baseline slot capacity and your baseline slots exceed your committed slots. Otherwise, you can decrease your baseline slots every few minutes.
       "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Last update time of the reservation.
     },
@@ -337,7 +337,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "currentSlots": "A String", # Output only. The slot capacity added to this reservation when autoscale happens. Will be between [0, max_slots]. Note: after users reduce max_slots, it may take a while before it can be propagated, so current_slots may stay in the original value and could be larger than max_slots for that brief period (less than one minute)
     "maxSlots": "A String", # Number of slots to be scaled when needed.
   },
-  "concurrency": "A String", # Job concurrency target which sets a soft upper bound on the number of jobs that can run concurrently in this reservation. This is a soft target due to asynchronous nature of the system and various optimizations for small queries. Default value is 0 which means that concurrency target will be automatically computed by the system. NOTE: this field is exposed as target job concurrency in the Information Schema, DDL and BQ CLI.
+  "concurrency": "A String", # Job concurrency target which sets a soft upper bound on the number of jobs that can run concurrently in this reservation. This is a soft target due to asynchronous nature of the system and various optimizations for small queries. Default value is 0 which means that concurrency target will be automatically computed by the system. NOTE: this field is exposed as target job concurrency in the Information Schema, DDL and BigQuery CLI.
   "creationTime": "A String", # Output only. Creation time of the reservation.
   "edition": "A String", # Edition of the reservation.
   "ignoreIdleSlots": True or False, # If false, any query or pipeline job using this reservation will use idle slots from other reservations within the same admin project. If true, a query or pipeline job using this reservation will execute with the slot capacity specified in the slot_capacity field at most.
@@ -346,9 +346,9 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "multiRegionAuxiliary": True or False, # Applicable only for reservations located within one of the BigQuery multi-regions (US or EU). If set to true, this reservation is placed in the organization's secondary region which is designated for disaster recovery purposes. If false, this reservation is placed in the organization's default region. NOTE: this is a preview feature. Project must be allow-listed in order to set this field.
   "name": "A String", # The resource name of the reservation, e.g., `projects/*/locations/*/reservations/team1-prod`. The reservation_id must only contain lower case alphanumeric characters or dashes. It must start with a letter and must not end with a dash. Its maximum length is 64 characters.
-  "originalPrimaryLocation": "A String", # Optional. The original primary location of the reservation which is set only during its creation and remains unchanged afterwards. It can be used by the customer to answer questions about disaster recovery billing. The field is output only for customers and should not be specified, however, the google.api.field_behavior is not set to OUTPUT_ONLY since these fields are set in rerouted requests sent across regions.
-  "primaryLocation": "A String", # Optional. The primary location of the reservation. The field is only meaningful for reservation used for cross region disaster recovery. The field is output only for customers and should not be specified, however, the google.api.field_behavior is not set to OUTPUT_ONLY since these fields are set in rerouted requests sent across regions.
-  "secondaryLocation": "A String", # Optional. The secondary location of the reservation which is used for cross region disaster recovery purposes. Customer can set this in create/update reservation calls to create a failover reservation or convert a non-failover reservation to a failover reservation.
+  "originalPrimaryLocation": "A String", # Optional. The original primary location of the reservation which is set only during its creation and remains unchanged afterwards. It can be used by the customer to answer questions about disaster recovery billing. The field is output only for customers and should not be specified, however, the `google.api.field_behavior` is not set to `OUTPUT_ONLY` since these fields are set in rerouted requests sent across regions.
+  "primaryLocation": "A String", # Optional. The primary location of the reservation. The field is only meaningful for a failover reservation that is used for managed disaster recovery. The field is output only for customers and should not be specified. However, the `google.api.field_behavior` is not set to `OUTPUT_ONLY` since these fields are set in rerouted requests sent across regions.
+  "secondaryLocation": "A String", # Optional. The secondary location of the reservation that is used for managed disaster recovery. Customers can set this in create/update reservation calls to create a failover reservation or convert a non-failover reservation to a failover reservation.
   "slotCapacity": "A String", # Baseline slots available to this reservation. A slot is a unit of computational power in BigQuery, and serves as the unit of parallelism. Queries using this reservation might use more slots during runtime if ignore_idle_slots is set to false, or autoscaling is enabled. If edition is EDITION_UNSPECIFIED and total slot_capacity of the reservation and its siblings exceeds the total slot_count of all capacity commitments, the request will fail with `google.rpc.Code.RESOURCE_EXHAUSTED`. If edition is any value but EDITION_UNSPECIFIED, then the above requirement is not needed. The total slot_capacity of the reservation and its siblings may exceed the total slot_count of capacity commitments. In that case, the exceeding slots will be charged with the autoscale SKU. You can increase the number of baseline slots in a reservation every few minutes. If you want to decrease your baseline slots, you are limited to once an hour if you have recently changed your baseline slot capacity and your baseline slots exceed your committed slots. Otherwise, you can decrease your baseline slots every few minutes.
   "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Last update time of the reservation.
 }
@@ -367,7 +367,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "currentSlots": "A String", # Output only. The slot capacity added to this reservation when autoscale happens. Will be between [0, max_slots]. Note: after users reduce max_slots, it may take a while before it can be propagated, so current_slots may stay in the original value and could be larger than max_slots for that brief period (less than one minute)
     "maxSlots": "A String", # Number of slots to be scaled when needed.
   },
-  "concurrency": "A String", # Job concurrency target which sets a soft upper bound on the number of jobs that can run concurrently in this reservation. This is a soft target due to asynchronous nature of the system and various optimizations for small queries. Default value is 0 which means that concurrency target will be automatically computed by the system. NOTE: this field is exposed as target job concurrency in the Information Schema, DDL and BQ CLI.
+  "concurrency": "A String", # Job concurrency target which sets a soft upper bound on the number of jobs that can run concurrently in this reservation. This is a soft target due to asynchronous nature of the system and various optimizations for small queries. Default value is 0 which means that concurrency target will be automatically computed by the system. NOTE: this field is exposed as target job concurrency in the Information Schema, DDL and BigQuery CLI.
   "creationTime": "A String", # Output only. Creation time of the reservation.
   "edition": "A String", # Edition of the reservation.
   "ignoreIdleSlots": True or False, # If false, any query or pipeline job using this reservation will use idle slots from other reservations within the same admin project. If true, a query or pipeline job using this reservation will execute with the slot capacity specified in the slot_capacity field at most.
@@ -376,9 +376,9 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "multiRegionAuxiliary": True or False, # Applicable only for reservations located within one of the BigQuery multi-regions (US or EU). If set to true, this reservation is placed in the organization's secondary region which is designated for disaster recovery purposes. If false, this reservation is placed in the organization's default region. NOTE: this is a preview feature. Project must be allow-listed in order to set this field.
   "name": "A String", # The resource name of the reservation, e.g., `projects/*/locations/*/reservations/team1-prod`. The reservation_id must only contain lower case alphanumeric characters or dashes. It must start with a letter and must not end with a dash. Its maximum length is 64 characters.
-  "originalPrimaryLocation": "A String", # Optional. The original primary location of the reservation which is set only during its creation and remains unchanged afterwards. It can be used by the customer to answer questions about disaster recovery billing. The field is output only for customers and should not be specified, however, the google.api.field_behavior is not set to OUTPUT_ONLY since these fields are set in rerouted requests sent across regions.
-  "primaryLocation": "A String", # Optional. The primary location of the reservation. The field is only meaningful for reservation used for cross region disaster recovery. The field is output only for customers and should not be specified, however, the google.api.field_behavior is not set to OUTPUT_ONLY since these fields are set in rerouted requests sent across regions.
-  "secondaryLocation": "A String", # Optional. The secondary location of the reservation which is used for cross region disaster recovery purposes. Customer can set this in create/update reservation calls to create a failover reservation or convert a non-failover reservation to a failover reservation.
+  "originalPrimaryLocation": "A String", # Optional. The original primary location of the reservation which is set only during its creation and remains unchanged afterwards. It can be used by the customer to answer questions about disaster recovery billing. The field is output only for customers and should not be specified, however, the `google.api.field_behavior` is not set to `OUTPUT_ONLY` since these fields are set in rerouted requests sent across regions.
+  "primaryLocation": "A String", # Optional. The primary location of the reservation. The field is only meaningful for a failover reservation that is used for managed disaster recovery. The field is output only for customers and should not be specified. However, the `google.api.field_behavior` is not set to `OUTPUT_ONLY` since these fields are set in rerouted requests sent across regions.
+  "secondaryLocation": "A String", # Optional. The secondary location of the reservation that is used for managed disaster recovery. Customers can set this in create/update reservation calls to create a failover reservation or convert a non-failover reservation to a failover reservation.
   "slotCapacity": "A String", # Baseline slots available to this reservation. A slot is a unit of computational power in BigQuery, and serves as the unit of parallelism. Queries using this reservation might use more slots during runtime if ignore_idle_slots is set to false, or autoscaling is enabled. If edition is EDITION_UNSPECIFIED and total slot_capacity of the reservation and its siblings exceeds the total slot_count of all capacity commitments, the request will fail with `google.rpc.Code.RESOURCE_EXHAUSTED`. If edition is any value but EDITION_UNSPECIFIED, then the above requirement is not needed. The total slot_capacity of the reservation and its siblings may exceed the total slot_count of capacity commitments. In that case, the exceeding slots will be charged with the autoscale SKU. You can increase the number of baseline slots in a reservation every few minutes. If you want to decrease your baseline slots, you are limited to once an hour if you have recently changed your baseline slot capacity and your baseline slots exceed your committed slots. Otherwise, you can decrease your baseline slots every few minutes.
   "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. Last update time of the reservation.
 }

diff --git a/docs/dyn/binaryauthorization_v1.projects.html b/docs/dyn/binaryauthorization_v1.projects.html
index 62788c45dd..395f7c9d4e 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/binaryauthorization_v1.projects.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/binaryauthorization_v1.projects.html
@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "a_key": { # An admission rule specifies either that all container images used in a pod creation request must be attested to by one or more attestors, that all pod creations will be allowed, or that all pod creations will be denied. Images matching an admission allowlist pattern are exempted from admission rules and will never block a pod creation.
       "enforcementMode": "A String", # Required. The action when a pod creation is denied by the admission rule.
       "evaluationMode": "A String", # Required. How this admission rule will be evaluated.
-      "requireAttestationsBy": [ # Optional. The resource names of the attestors that must attest to a container image, in the format `projects/*/attestors/*`. Each attestor must exist before a policy can reference it. To add an attestor to a policy the principal issuing the policy change request must be able to read the attestor resource. Note: this field must be non-empty when the `evaluation_mode` field specifies `REQUIRE_ATTESTATION`, otherwise it must be empty.
+      "requireAttestationsBy": [
         "A String",
       ],
     },
@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "defaultAdmissionRule": { # An admission rule specifies either that all container images used in a pod creation request must be attested to by one or more attestors, that all pod creations will be allowed, or that all pod creations will be denied. Images matching an admission allowlist pattern are exempted from admission rules and will never block a pod creation. # Required. Default admission rule for a cluster without a per-cluster, per- kubernetes-service-account, or per-istio-service-identity admission rule.
     "enforcementMode": "A String", # Required. The action when a pod creation is denied by the admission rule.
     "evaluationMode": "A String", # Required. How this admission rule will be evaluated.
-    "requireAttestationsBy": [ # Optional. The resource names of the attestors that must attest to a container image, in the format `projects/*/attestors/*`. Each attestor must exist before a policy can reference it. To add an attestor to a policy the principal issuing the policy change request must be able to read the attestor resource. Note: this field must be non-empty when the `evaluation_mode` field specifies `REQUIRE_ATTESTATION`, otherwise it must be empty.
+    "requireAttestationsBy": [
       "A String",
     ],
   },
@@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "a_key": { # An admission rule specifies either that all container images used in a pod creation request must be attested to by one or more attestors, that all pod creations will be allowed, or that all pod creations will be denied. Images matching an admission allowlist pattern are exempted from admission rules and will never block a pod creation.
       "enforcementMode": "A String", # Required. The action when a pod creation is denied by the admission rule.
       "evaluationMode": "A String", # Required. How this admission rule will be evaluated.
-      "requireAttestationsBy": [ # Optional. The resource names of the attestors that must attest to a container image, in the format `projects/*/attestors/*`. Each attestor must exist before a policy can reference it. To add an attestor to a policy the principal issuing the policy change request must be able to read the attestor resource. Note: this field must be non-empty when the `evaluation_mode` field specifies `REQUIRE_ATTESTATION`, otherwise it must be empty.
+      "requireAttestationsBy": [
         "A String",
       ],
     },
@@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "a_key": { # An admission rule specifies either that all container images used in a pod creation request must be attested to by one or more attestors, that all pod creations will be allowed, or that all pod creations will be denied. Images matching an admission allowlist pattern are exempted from admission rules and will never block a pod creation.
       "enforcementMode": "A String", # Required. The action when a pod creation is denied by the admission rule.
       "evaluationMode": "A String", # Required. How this admission rule will be evaluated.
-      "requireAttestationsBy": [ # Optional. The resource names of the attestors that must attest to a container image, in the format `projects/*/attestors/*`. Each attestor must exist before a policy can reference it. To add an attestor to a policy the principal issuing the policy change request must be able to read the attestor resource. Note: this field must be non-empty when the `evaluation_mode` field specifies `REQUIRE_ATTESTATION`, otherwise it must be empty.
+      "requireAttestationsBy": [
         "A String",
       ],
     },
@@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "a_key": { # An admission rule specifies either that all container images used in a pod creation request must be attested to by one or more attestors, that all pod creations will be allowed, or that all pod creations will be denied. Images matching an admission allowlist pattern are exempted from admission rules and will never block a pod creation.
       "enforcementMode": "A String", # Required. The action when a pod creation is denied by the admission rule.
       "evaluationMode": "A String", # Required. How this admission rule will be evaluated.
-      "requireAttestationsBy": [ # Optional. The resource names of the attestors that must attest to a container image, in the format `projects/*/attestors/*`. Each attestor must exist before a policy can reference it. To add an attestor to a policy the principal issuing the policy change request must be able to read the attestor resource. Note: this field must be non-empty when the `evaluation_mode` field specifies `REQUIRE_ATTESTATION`, otherwise it must be empty.
+      "requireAttestationsBy": [
         "A String",
       ],
     },
@@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "a_key": { # An admission rule specifies either that all container images used in a pod creation request must be attested to by one or more attestors, that all pod creations will be allowed, or that all pod creations will be denied. Images matching an admission allowlist pattern are exempted from admission rules and will never block a pod creation.
       "enforcementMode": "A String", # Required. The action when a pod creation is denied by the admission rule.
       "evaluationMode": "A String", # Required. How this admission rule will be evaluated.
-      "requireAttestationsBy": [ # Optional. The resource names of the attestors that must attest to a container image, in the format `projects/*/attestors/*`. Each attestor must exist before a policy can reference it. To add an attestor to a policy the principal issuing the policy change request must be able to read the attestor resource. Note: this field must be non-empty when the `evaluation_mode` field specifies `REQUIRE_ATTESTATION`, otherwise it must be empty.
+      "requireAttestationsBy": [
         "A String",
       ],
     },
@@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "defaultAdmissionRule": { # An admission rule specifies either that all container images used in a pod creation request must be attested to by one or more attestors, that all pod creations will be allowed, or that all pod creations will be denied. Images matching an admission allowlist pattern are exempted from admission rules and will never block a pod creation. # Required. Default admission rule for a cluster without a per-cluster, per- kubernetes-service-account, or per-istio-service-identity admission rule.
     "enforcementMode": "A String", # Required. The action when a pod creation is denied by the admission rule.
     "evaluationMode": "A String", # Required. How this admission rule will be evaluated.
-    "requireAttestationsBy": [ # Optional. The resource names of the attestors that must attest to a container image, in the format `projects/*/attestors/*`. Each attestor must exist before a policy can reference it. To add an attestor to a policy the principal issuing the policy change request must be able to read the attestor resource. Note: this field must be non-empty when the `evaluation_mode` field specifies `REQUIRE_ATTESTATION`, otherwise it must be empty.
+    "requireAttestationsBy": [
       "A String",
     ],
   },
@@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "a_key": { # An admission rule specifies either that all container images used in a pod creation request must be attested to by one or more attestors, that all pod creations will be allowed, or that all pod creations will be denied. Images matching an admission allowlist pattern are exempted from admission rules and will never block a pod creation.
       "enforcementMode": "A String", # Required. The action when a pod creation is denied by the admission rule.
       "evaluationMode": "A String", # Required. How this admission rule will be evaluated.
-      "requireAttestationsBy": [ # Optional. The resource names of the attestors that must attest to a container image, in the format `projects/*/attestors/*`. Each attestor must exist before a policy can reference it. To add an attestor to a policy the principal issuing the policy change request must be able to read the attestor resource. Note: this field must be non-empty when the `evaluation_mode` field specifies `REQUIRE_ATTESTATION`, otherwise it must be empty.
+      "requireAttestationsBy": [
         "A String",
       ],
     },
@@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "a_key": { # An admission rule specifies either that all container images used in a pod creation request must be attested to by one or more attestors, that all pod creations will be allowed, or that all pod creations will be denied. Images matching an admission allowlist pattern are exempted from admission rules and will never block a pod creation.
       "enforcementMode": "A String", # Required. The action when a pod creation is denied by the admission rule.
       "evaluationMode": "A String", # Required. How this admission rule will be evaluated.
-      "requireAttestationsBy": [ # Optional. The resource names of the attestors that must attest to a container image, in the format `projects/*/attestors/*`. Each attestor must exist before a policy can reference it. To add an attestor to a policy the principal issuing the policy change request must be able to read the attestor resource. Note: this field must be non-empty when the `evaluation_mode` field specifies `REQUIRE_ATTESTATION`, otherwise it must be empty.
+      "requireAttestationsBy": [
         "A String",
       ],
     },
@@ -231,7 +231,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "a_key": { # An admission rule specifies either that all container images used in a pod creation request must be attested to by one or more attestors, that all pod creations will be allowed, or that all pod creations will be denied. Images matching an admission allowlist pattern are exempted from admission rules and will never block a pod creation.
       "enforcementMode": "A String", # Required. The action when a pod creation is denied by the admission rule.
       "evaluationMode": "A String", # Required. How this admission rule will be evaluated.
-      "requireAttestationsBy": [ # Optional. The resource names of the attestors that must attest to a container image, in the format `projects/*/attestors/*`. Each attestor must exist before a policy can reference it. To add an attestor to a policy the principal issuing the policy change request must be able to read the attestor resource. Note: this field must be non-empty when the `evaluation_mode` field specifies `REQUIRE_ATTESTATION`, otherwise it must be empty.
+      "requireAttestationsBy": [
         "A String",
       ],
     },
@@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "a_key": { # An admission rule specifies either that all container images used in a pod creation request must be attested to by one or more attestors, that all pod creations will be allowed, or that all pod creations will be denied. Images matching an admission allowlist pattern are exempted from admission rules and will never block a pod creation.
       "enforcementMode": "A String", # Required. The action when a pod creation is denied by the admission rule.
       "evaluationMode": "A String", # Required. How this admission rule will be evaluated.
-      "requireAttestationsBy": [ # Optional. The resource names of the attestors that must attest to a container image, in the format `projects/*/attestors/*`. Each attestor must exist before a policy can reference it. To add an attestor to a policy the principal issuing the policy change request must be able to read the attestor resource. Note: this field must be non-empty when the `evaluation_mode` field specifies `REQUIRE_ATTESTATION`, otherwise it must be empty.
+      "requireAttestationsBy": [
         "A String",
       ],
     },
@@ -266,7 +266,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "defaultAdmissionRule": { # An admission rule specifies either that all container images used in a pod creation request must be attested to by one or more attestors, that all pod creations will be allowed, or that all pod creations will be denied. Images matching an admission allowlist pattern are exempted from admission rules and will never block a pod creation. # Required. Default admission rule for a cluster without a per-cluster, per- kubernetes-service-account, or per-istio-service-identity admission rule.
     "enforcementMode": "A String", # Required. The action when a pod creation is denied by the admission rule.
     "evaluationMode": "A String", # Required. How this admission rule will be evaluated.
-    "requireAttestationsBy": [ # Optional. The resource names of the attestors that must attest to a container image, in the format `projects/*/attestors/*`. Each attestor must exist before a policy can reference it. To add an attestor to a policy the principal issuing the policy change request must be able to read the attestor resource. Note: this field must be non-empty when the `evaluation_mode` field specifies `REQUIRE_ATTESTATION`, otherwise it must be empty.
+    "requireAttestationsBy": [
       "A String",
     ],
   },
@@ -277,7 +277,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "a_key": { # An admission rule specifies either that all container images used in a pod creation request must be attested to by one or more attestors, that all pod creations will be allowed, or that all pod creations will be denied. Images matching an admission allowlist pattern are exempted from admission rules and will never block a pod creation.
       "enforcementMode": "A String", # Required. The action when a pod creation is denied by the admission rule.
       "evaluationMode": "A String", # Required. How this admission rule will be evaluated.
-      "requireAttestationsBy": [ # Optional. The resource names of the attestors that must attest to a container image, in the format `projects/*/attestors/*`. Each attestor must exist before a policy can reference it. To add an attestor to a policy the principal issuing the policy change request must be able to read the attestor resource. Note: this field must be non-empty when the `evaluation_mode` field specifies `REQUIRE_ATTESTATION`, otherwise it must be empty.
+      "requireAttestationsBy": [
         "A String",
       ],
     },
@@ -286,7 +286,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "a_key": { # An admission rule specifies either that all container images used in a pod creation request must be attested to by one or more attestors, that all pod creations will be allowed, or that all pod creations will be denied. Images matching an admission allowlist pattern are exempted from admission rules and will never block a pod creation.
       "enforcementMode": "A String", # Required. The action when a pod creation is denied by the admission rule.
       "evaluationMode": "A String", # Required. How this admission rule will be evaluated.
-      "requireAttestationsBy": [ # Optional. The resource names of the attestors that must attest to a container image, in the format `projects/*/attestors/*`. Each attestor must exist before a policy can reference it. To add an attestor to a policy the principal issuing the policy change request must be able to read the attestor resource. Note: this field must be non-empty when the `evaluation_mode` field specifies `REQUIRE_ATTESTATION`, otherwise it must be empty.
+      "requireAttestationsBy": [
         "A String",
       ],
     },
@@ -295,7 +295,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "a_key": { # An admission rule specifies either that all container images used in a pod creation request must be attested to by one or more attestors, that all pod creations will be allowed, or that all pod creations will be denied. Images matching an admission allowlist pattern are exempted from admission rules and will never block a pod creation.
       "enforcementMode": "A String", # Required. The action when a pod creation is denied by the admission rule.
       "evaluationMode": "A String", # Required. How this admission rule will be evaluated.
-      "requireAttestationsBy": [ # Optional. The resource names of the attestors that must attest to a container image, in the format `projects/*/attestors/*`. Each attestor must exist before a policy can reference it. To add an attestor to a policy the principal issuing the policy change request must be able to read the attestor resource. Note: this field must be non-empty when the `evaluation_mode` field specifies `REQUIRE_ATTESTATION`, otherwise it must be empty.
+      "requireAttestationsBy": [
         "A String",
       ],
     },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/binaryauthorization_v1.systempolicy.html b/docs/dyn/binaryauthorization_v1.systempolicy.html
index c8c2d2cea1..db3d8d1b61 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/binaryauthorization_v1.systempolicy.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/binaryauthorization_v1.systempolicy.html
@@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "a_key": { # An admission rule specifies either that all container images used in a pod creation request must be attested to by one or more attestors, that all pod creations will be allowed, or that all pod creations will be denied. Images matching an admission allowlist pattern are exempted from admission rules and will never block a pod creation.
       "enforcementMode": "A String", # Required. The action when a pod creation is denied by the admission rule.
       "evaluationMode": "A String", # Required. How this admission rule will be evaluated.
-      "requireAttestationsBy": [ # Optional. The resource names of the attestors that must attest to a container image, in the format `projects/*/attestors/*`. Each attestor must exist before a policy can reference it. To add an attestor to a policy the principal issuing the policy change request must be able to read the attestor resource. Note: this field must be non-empty when the `evaluation_mode` field specifies `REQUIRE_ATTESTATION`, otherwise it must be empty.
+      "requireAttestationsBy": [
         "A String",
       ],
     },
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "defaultAdmissionRule": { # An admission rule specifies either that all container images used in a pod creation request must be attested to by one or more attestors, that all pod creations will be allowed, or that all pod creations will be denied. Images matching an admission allowlist pattern are exempted from admission rules and will never block a pod creation. # Required. Default admission rule for a cluster without a per-cluster, per- kubernetes-service-account, or per-istio-service-identity admission rule.
     "enforcementMode": "A String", # Required. The action when a pod creation is denied by the admission rule.
     "evaluationMode": "A String", # Required. How this admission rule will be evaluated.
-    "requireAttestationsBy": [ # Optional. The resource names of the attestors that must attest to a container image, in the format `projects/*/attestors/*`. Each attestor must exist before a policy can reference it. To add an attestor to a policy the principal issuing the policy change request must be able to read the attestor resource. Note: this field must be non-empty when the `evaluation_mode` field specifies `REQUIRE_ATTESTATION`, otherwise it must be empty.
+    "requireAttestationsBy": [
       "A String",
     ],
   },
@@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "a_key": { # An admission rule specifies either that all container images used in a pod creation request must be attested to by one or more attestors, that all pod creations will be allowed, or that all pod creations will be denied. Images matching an admission allowlist pattern are exempted from admission rules and will never block a pod creation.
       "enforcementMode": "A String", # Required. The action when a pod creation is denied by the admission rule.
       "evaluationMode": "A String", # Required. How this admission rule will be evaluated.
-      "requireAttestationsBy": [ # Optional. The resource names of the attestors that must attest to a container image, in the format `projects/*/attestors/*`. Each attestor must exist before a policy can reference it. To add an attestor to a policy the principal issuing the policy change request must be able to read the attestor resource. Note: this field must be non-empty when the `evaluation_mode` field specifies `REQUIRE_ATTESTATION`, otherwise it must be empty.
+      "requireAttestationsBy": [
         "A String",
       ],
     },
@@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "a_key": { # An admission rule specifies either that all container images used in a pod creation request must be attested to by one or more attestors, that all pod creations will be allowed, or that all pod creations will be denied. Images matching an admission allowlist pattern are exempted from admission rules and will never block a pod creation.
       "enforcementMode": "A String", # Required. The action when a pod creation is denied by the admission rule.
       "evaluationMode": "A String", # Required. How this admission rule will be evaluated.
-      "requireAttestationsBy": [ # Optional. The resource names of the attestors that must attest to a container image, in the format `projects/*/attestors/*`. Each attestor must exist before a policy can reference it. To add an attestor to a policy the principal issuing the policy change request must be able to read the attestor resource. Note: this field must be non-empty when the `evaluation_mode` field specifies `REQUIRE_ATTESTATION`, otherwise it must be empty.
+      "requireAttestationsBy": [
         "A String",
       ],
     },
@@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "a_key": { # An admission rule specifies either that all container images used in a pod creation request must be attested to by one or more attestors, that all pod creations will be allowed, or that all pod creations will be denied. Images matching an admission allowlist pattern are exempted from admission rules and will never block a pod creation.
       "enforcementMode": "A String", # Required. The action when a pod creation is denied by the admission rule.
       "evaluationMode": "A String", # Required. How this admission rule will be evaluated.
-      "requireAttestationsBy": [ # Optional. The resource names of the attestors that must attest to a container image, in the format `projects/*/attestors/*`. Each attestor must exist before a policy can reference it. To add an attestor to a policy the principal issuing the policy change request must be able to read the attestor resource. Note: this field must be non-empty when the `evaluation_mode` field specifies `REQUIRE_ATTESTATION`, otherwise it must be empty.
+      "requireAttestationsBy": [
         "A String",
       ],
     },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/chromepolicy_v1.customers.policySchemas.html b/docs/dyn/chromepolicy_v1.customers.policySchemas.html
index d81db4680a..8663e4592e 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/chromepolicy_v1.customers.policySchemas.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/chromepolicy_v1.customers.policySchemas.html
@@ -169,7 +169,7 @@ 
Method Details

     ],
     "name": "A String", # file name, relative to root of source tree
     "package": "A String", # e.g. "foo", "foo.bar", etc.
-    "syntax": "A String", # The syntax of the proto file. The supported values are "proto2", "proto3", and "editions". If `edition` is present, this value must be "editions".
+    "syntax": "A String", # The syntax of the proto file. The supported values are "proto2", "proto3", and "editions". If `edition` is present, this value must be "editions". WARNING: This field should only be used by protobuf plugins or special cases like the proto compiler. Other uses are discouraged and developers should rely on the protoreflect APIs for their client language.
   },
   "fieldDescriptions": [ # Output only. Detailed description of each field that is part of the schema. Fields are suggested to be displayed by the ordering in this list, not by field number.
     { # Provides detailed information for a particular field that is part of a PolicySchema.
@@ -343,7 +343,7 @@ 
Method Details

         ],
         "name": "A String", # file name, relative to root of source tree
         "package": "A String", # e.g. "foo", "foo.bar", etc.
-        "syntax": "A String", # The syntax of the proto file. The supported values are "proto2", "proto3", and "editions". If `edition` is present, this value must be "editions".
+        "syntax": "A String", # The syntax of the proto file. The supported values are "proto2", "proto3", and "editions". If `edition` is present, this value must be "editions". WARNING: This field should only be used by protobuf plugins or special cases like the proto compiler. Other uses are discouraged and developers should rely on the protoreflect APIs for their client language.
       },
       "fieldDescriptions": [ # Output only. Detailed description of each field that is part of the schema. Fields are suggested to be displayed by the ordering in this list, not by field number.
         { # Provides detailed information for a particular field that is part of a PolicySchema.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1.assets.html b/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1.assets.html
index a799489e57..7a88f781d1 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1.assets.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1.assets.html
@@ -452,7 +452,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
       "servicePerimeter": { # `ServicePerimeter` describes a set of Google Cloud resources which can freely import and export data amongst themselves, but not export outside of the `ServicePerimeter`. If a request with a source within this `ServicePerimeter` has a target outside of the `ServicePerimeter`, the request will be blocked. Otherwise the request is allowed. There are two types of Service Perimeter - Regular and Bridge. Regular Service Perimeters cannot overlap, a single Google Cloud project or VPC network can only belong to a single regular Service Perimeter. Service Perimeter Bridges can contain only Google Cloud projects as members, a single Google Cloud project may belong to multiple Service Perimeter Bridges. # Also refer to the [service perimeter user guide](https://cloud.google.com/vpc-service-controls/docs/overview).
         "description": "A String", # Description of the `ServicePerimeter` and its use. Does not affect behavior.
-        "etag": "A String", # Optional. An opaque identifier for the current version of the `ServicePerimeter`. Clients should not expect this to be in any specific format. If etag is not provided, the operation will be performed as if a valid etag is provided.
+        "etag": "A String", # Optional. An opaque identifier for the current version of the `ServicePerimeter`. This identifier does not follow any specific format. If an etag is not provided, the operation will be performed as if a valid etag is provided.
         "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name for the `ServicePerimeter`. Format: `accessPolicies/{access_policy}/servicePerimeters/{service_perimeter}`. The `service_perimeter` component must begin with a letter, followed by alphanumeric characters or `_`. After you create a `ServicePerimeter`, you cannot change its `name`.
         "perimeterType": "A String", # Perimeter type indicator. A single project or VPC network is allowed to be a member of single regular perimeter, but multiple service perimeter bridges. A project cannot be a included in a perimeter bridge without being included in regular perimeter. For perimeter bridges, the restricted service list as well as access level lists must be empty.
         "spec": { # `ServicePerimeterConfig` specifies a set of Google Cloud resources that describe specific Service Perimeter configuration. # Proposed (or dry run) ServicePerimeter configuration. This configuration allows to specify and test ServicePerimeter configuration without enforcing actual access restrictions. Only allowed to be set when the "use_explicit_dry_run_spec" flag is set.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1.v1.html b/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1.v1.html
index 398bda7f85..9c8c843f88 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1.v1.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1.v1.html
@@ -1340,7 +1340,7 @@ 
Method Details

         },
         "servicePerimeter": { # `ServicePerimeter` describes a set of Google Cloud resources which can freely import and export data amongst themselves, but not export outside of the `ServicePerimeter`. If a request with a source within this `ServicePerimeter` has a target outside of the `ServicePerimeter`, the request will be blocked. Otherwise the request is allowed. There are two types of Service Perimeter - Regular and Bridge. Regular Service Perimeters cannot overlap, a single Google Cloud project or VPC network can only belong to a single regular Service Perimeter. Service Perimeter Bridges can contain only Google Cloud projects as members, a single Google Cloud project may belong to multiple Service Perimeter Bridges. # Also refer to the [service perimeter user guide](https://cloud.google.com/vpc-service-controls/docs/overview).
           "description": "A String", # Description of the `ServicePerimeter` and its use. Does not affect behavior.
-          "etag": "A String", # Optional. An opaque identifier for the current version of the `ServicePerimeter`. Clients should not expect this to be in any specific format. If etag is not provided, the operation will be performed as if a valid etag is provided.
+          "etag": "A String", # Optional. An opaque identifier for the current version of the `ServicePerimeter`. This identifier does not follow any specific format. If an etag is not provided, the operation will be performed as if a valid etag is provided.
           "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name for the `ServicePerimeter`. Format: `accessPolicies/{access_policy}/servicePerimeters/{service_perimeter}`. The `service_perimeter` component must begin with a letter, followed by alphanumeric characters or `_`. After you create a `ServicePerimeter`, you cannot change its `name`.
           "perimeterType": "A String", # Perimeter type indicator. A single project or VPC network is allowed to be a member of single regular perimeter, but multiple service perimeter bridges. A project cannot be a included in a perimeter bridge without being included in regular perimeter. For perimeter bridges, the restricted service list as well as access level lists must be empty.
           "spec": { # `ServicePerimeterConfig` specifies a set of Google Cloud resources that describe specific Service Perimeter configuration. # Proposed (or dry run) ServicePerimeter configuration. This configuration allows to specify and test ServicePerimeter configuration without enforcing actual access restrictions. Only allowed to be set when the "use_explicit_dry_run_spec" flag is set.
@@ -1850,7 +1850,7 @@ 
Method Details

         },
         "servicePerimeter": { # `ServicePerimeter` describes a set of Google Cloud resources which can freely import and export data amongst themselves, but not export outside of the `ServicePerimeter`. If a request with a source within this `ServicePerimeter` has a target outside of the `ServicePerimeter`, the request will be blocked. Otherwise the request is allowed. There are two types of Service Perimeter - Regular and Bridge. Regular Service Perimeters cannot overlap, a single Google Cloud project or VPC network can only belong to a single regular Service Perimeter. Service Perimeter Bridges can contain only Google Cloud projects as members, a single Google Cloud project may belong to multiple Service Perimeter Bridges. # Also refer to the [service perimeter user guide](https://cloud.google.com/vpc-service-controls/docs/overview).
           "description": "A String", # Description of the `ServicePerimeter` and its use. Does not affect behavior.
-          "etag": "A String", # Optional. An opaque identifier for the current version of the `ServicePerimeter`. Clients should not expect this to be in any specific format. If etag is not provided, the operation will be performed as if a valid etag is provided.
+          "etag": "A String", # Optional. An opaque identifier for the current version of the `ServicePerimeter`. This identifier does not follow any specific format. If an etag is not provided, the operation will be performed as if a valid etag is provided.
           "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name for the `ServicePerimeter`. Format: `accessPolicies/{access_policy}/servicePerimeters/{service_perimeter}`. The `service_perimeter` component must begin with a letter, followed by alphanumeric characters or `_`. After you create a `ServicePerimeter`, you cannot change its `name`.
           "perimeterType": "A String", # Perimeter type indicator. A single project or VPC network is allowed to be a member of single regular perimeter, but multiple service perimeter bridges. A project cannot be a included in a perimeter bridge without being included in regular perimeter. For perimeter bridges, the restricted service list as well as access level lists must be empty.
           "spec": { # `ServicePerimeterConfig` specifies a set of Google Cloud resources that describe specific Service Perimeter configuration. # Proposed (or dry run) ServicePerimeter configuration. This configuration allows to specify and test ServicePerimeter configuration without enforcing actual access restrictions. Only allowed to be set when the "use_explicit_dry_run_spec" flag is set.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1beta1.organizations.html b/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1beta1.organizations.html
index 832f3c2d2b..8ecc4fadc1 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1beta1.organizations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1beta1.organizations.html
@@ -254,7 +254,7 @@ 
Method Details

         },
         "servicePerimeter": { # `ServicePerimeter` describes a set of Google Cloud resources which can freely import and export data amongst themselves, but not export outside of the `ServicePerimeter`. If a request with a source within this `ServicePerimeter` has a target outside of the `ServicePerimeter`, the request will be blocked. Otherwise the request is allowed. There are two types of Service Perimeter - Regular and Bridge. Regular Service Perimeters cannot overlap, a single Google Cloud project or VPC network can only belong to a single regular Service Perimeter. Service Perimeter Bridges can contain only Google Cloud projects as members, a single Google Cloud project may belong to multiple Service Perimeter Bridges. # Please also refer to the [service perimeter user guide](https://cloud.google.com/vpc-service-controls/docs/overview).
           "description": "A String", # Description of the `ServicePerimeter` and its use. Does not affect behavior.
-          "etag": "A String", # Optional. An opaque identifier for the current version of the `ServicePerimeter`. Clients should not expect this to be in any specific format. If etag is not provided, the operation will be performed as if a valid etag is provided.
+          "etag": "A String", # Optional. An opaque identifier for the current version of the `ServicePerimeter`. This identifier does not follow any specific format. If an etag is not provided, the operation will be performed as if a valid etag is provided.
           "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name for the `ServicePerimeter`. Format: `accessPolicies/{access_policy}/servicePerimeters/{service_perimeter}`. The `service_perimeter` component must begin with a letter, followed by alphanumeric characters or `_`. After you create a `ServicePerimeter`, you cannot change its `name`.
           "perimeterType": "A String", # Perimeter type indicator. A single project or VPC network is allowed to be a member of single regular perimeter, but multiple service perimeter bridges. A project cannot be a included in a perimeter bridge without being included in regular perimeter. For perimeter bridges, the restricted service list as well as access level lists must be empty.
           "spec": { # `ServicePerimeterConfig` specifies a set of Google Cloud resources that describe specific Service Perimeter configuration. # Proposed (or dry run) ServicePerimeter configuration. This configuration allows to specify and test ServicePerimeter configuration without enforcing actual access restrictions. Only allowed to be set when the "use_explicit_dry_run_spec" flag is set.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1beta1.projects.html b/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1beta1.projects.html
index 9d03e001b4..3c67c39699 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1beta1.projects.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1beta1.projects.html
@@ -254,7 +254,7 @@ 
Method Details

         },
         "servicePerimeter": { # `ServicePerimeter` describes a set of Google Cloud resources which can freely import and export data amongst themselves, but not export outside of the `ServicePerimeter`. If a request with a source within this `ServicePerimeter` has a target outside of the `ServicePerimeter`, the request will be blocked. Otherwise the request is allowed. There are two types of Service Perimeter - Regular and Bridge. Regular Service Perimeters cannot overlap, a single Google Cloud project or VPC network can only belong to a single regular Service Perimeter. Service Perimeter Bridges can contain only Google Cloud projects as members, a single Google Cloud project may belong to multiple Service Perimeter Bridges. # Please also refer to the [service perimeter user guide](https://cloud.google.com/vpc-service-controls/docs/overview).
           "description": "A String", # Description of the `ServicePerimeter` and its use. Does not affect behavior.
-          "etag": "A String", # Optional. An opaque identifier for the current version of the `ServicePerimeter`. Clients should not expect this to be in any specific format. If etag is not provided, the operation will be performed as if a valid etag is provided.
+          "etag": "A String", # Optional. An opaque identifier for the current version of the `ServicePerimeter`. This identifier does not follow any specific format. If an etag is not provided, the operation will be performed as if a valid etag is provided.
           "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name for the `ServicePerimeter`. Format: `accessPolicies/{access_policy}/servicePerimeters/{service_perimeter}`. The `service_perimeter` component must begin with a letter, followed by alphanumeric characters or `_`. After you create a `ServicePerimeter`, you cannot change its `name`.
           "perimeterType": "A String", # Perimeter type indicator. A single project or VPC network is allowed to be a member of single regular perimeter, but multiple service perimeter bridges. A project cannot be a included in a perimeter bridge without being included in regular perimeter. For perimeter bridges, the restricted service list as well as access level lists must be empty.
           "spec": { # `ServicePerimeterConfig` specifies a set of Google Cloud resources that describe specific Service Perimeter configuration. # Proposed (or dry run) ServicePerimeter configuration. This configuration allows to specify and test ServicePerimeter configuration without enforcing actual access restrictions. Only allowed to be set when the "use_explicit_dry_run_spec" flag is set.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1p5beta1.assets.html b/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1p5beta1.assets.html
index 6249ed12ec..f0a07cca3d 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1p5beta1.assets.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudasset_v1p5beta1.assets.html
@@ -259,7 +259,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
       "servicePerimeter": { # `ServicePerimeter` describes a set of Google Cloud resources which can freely import and export data amongst themselves, but not export outside of the `ServicePerimeter`. If a request with a source within this `ServicePerimeter` has a target outside of the `ServicePerimeter`, the request will be blocked. Otherwise the request is allowed. There are two types of Service Perimeter - Regular and Bridge. Regular Service Perimeters cannot overlap, a single Google Cloud project or VPC network can only belong to a single regular Service Perimeter. Service Perimeter Bridges can contain only Google Cloud projects as members, a single Google Cloud project may belong to multiple Service Perimeter Bridges. # Please also refer to the [service perimeter user guide](https://cloud.google.com/vpc-service-controls/docs/overview).
         "description": "A String", # Description of the `ServicePerimeter` and its use. Does not affect behavior.
-        "etag": "A String", # Optional. An opaque identifier for the current version of the `ServicePerimeter`. Clients should not expect this to be in any specific format. If etag is not provided, the operation will be performed as if a valid etag is provided.
+        "etag": "A String", # Optional. An opaque identifier for the current version of the `ServicePerimeter`. This identifier does not follow any specific format. If an etag is not provided, the operation will be performed as if a valid etag is provided.
         "name": "A String", # Identifier. Resource name for the `ServicePerimeter`. Format: `accessPolicies/{access_policy}/servicePerimeters/{service_perimeter}`. The `service_perimeter` component must begin with a letter, followed by alphanumeric characters or `_`. After you create a `ServicePerimeter`, you cannot change its `name`.
         "perimeterType": "A String", # Perimeter type indicator. A single project or VPC network is allowed to be a member of single regular perimeter, but multiple service perimeter bridges. A project cannot be a included in a perimeter bridge without being included in regular perimeter. For perimeter bridges, the restricted service list as well as access level lists must be empty.
         "spec": { # `ServicePerimeterConfig` specifies a set of Google Cloud resources that describe specific Service Perimeter configuration. # Proposed (or dry run) ServicePerimeter configuration. This configuration allows to specify and test ServicePerimeter configuration without enforcing actual access restrictions. Only allowed to be set when the "use_explicit_dry_run_spec" flag is set.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudchannel_v1.accounts.customers.entitlements.html b/docs/dyn/cloudchannel_v1.accounts.customers.entitlements.html
index 2d1c1e7c9c..207b7cb44e 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudchannel_v1.accounts.customers.entitlements.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudchannel_v1.accounts.customers.entitlements.html
@@ -231,7 +231,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
     },
   ],
-  "priceReferenceId": "A String", # Optional. Price reference ID for the offer. Optional field only for offers that require additional price information. Used to guarantee that the pricing is consistent between quoting the offer and placing the order. Yet to be implemented: this field is currently not evaluated in the API if populated in a request.
+  "priceReferenceId": "A String", # Optional. Price reference ID for the offer. Optional field only for offers that require additional price information. Used to guarantee that the pricing is consistent between quoting the offer and placing the order. Not yet implemented: if populated in a request, this field isn't evaluated in the API.
   "purchaseOrderId": "A String", # Optional. Purchase order id provided by the reseller.
   "requestId": "A String", # Optional. You can specify an optional unique request ID, and if you need to retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it's complete. For example, you make an initial request and the request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if it received the original operation with the same request ID. If it did, it will ignore the second request. The request ID must be a valid [UUID](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc4122) with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (`00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000`).
 }
@@ -425,7 +425,7 @@ 
Method Details

         },
       },
     ],
-    "priceReferenceId": "A String", # Optional. Price reference ID for the offer. Optional field only for offers that require additional price information. Used to guarantee that the pricing is consistent between quoting the offer and placing the order. Yet to be implemented: this field is currently not evaluated in the API if populated in a request.
+    "priceReferenceId": "A String", # Optional. Price reference ID for the offer. Optional field only for offers that require additional price information. Used to guarantee that the pricing is consistent between quoting the offer and placing the order. Not yet implemented: if this field is populated in a request, it isn't evaluated in the API.
     "provisionedService": { # Service provisioned for an entitlement. # Output only. Service provisioning details for the entitlement.
       "productId": "A String", # Output only. The product pertaining to the provisioning resource as specified in the Offer.
       "provisioningId": "A String", # Output only. Provisioning ID of the entitlement. For Google Workspace, this is the underlying Subscription ID. For Google Cloud, this is the Billing Account ID of the billing subaccount.
@@ -524,7 +524,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
     },
   ],
-  "priceReferenceId": "A String", # Optional. Price reference ID for the offer. Optional field only for offers that require additional price information. Used to guarantee that the pricing is consistent between quoting the offer and placing the order. Yet to be implemented: this field is currently not evaluated in the API if populated in a request.
+  "priceReferenceId": "A String", # Optional. Price reference ID for the offer. Optional field only for offers that require additional price information. Used to guarantee that the pricing is consistent between quoting the offer and placing the order. Not yet implemented: if this field is populated in a request, it isn't evaluated in the API.
   "provisionedService": { # Service provisioned for an entitlement. # Output only. Service provisioning details for the entitlement.
     "productId": "A String", # Output only. The product pertaining to the provisioning resource as specified in the Offer.
     "provisioningId": "A String", # Output only. Provisioning ID of the entitlement. For Google Workspace, this is the underlying Subscription ID. For Google Cloud, this is the Billing Account ID of the billing subaccount.
@@ -597,7 +597,7 @@ 
Method Details

           },
         },
       ],
-      "priceReferenceId": "A String", # Optional. Price reference ID for the offer. Optional field only for offers that require additional price information. Used to guarantee that the pricing is consistent between quoting the offer and placing the order. Yet to be implemented: this field is currently not evaluated in the API if populated in a request.
+      "priceReferenceId": "A String", # Optional. Price reference ID for the offer. Optional field only for offers that require additional price information. Used to guarantee that the pricing is consistent between quoting the offer and placing the order. Not yet implemented: if this field is populated in a request, it isn't evaluated in the API.
       "provisionedService": { # Service provisioned for an entitlement. # Output only. Service provisioning details for the entitlement.
         "productId": "A String", # Output only. The product pertaining to the provisioning resource as specified in the Offer.
         "provisioningId": "A String", # Output only. Provisioning ID of the entitlement. For Google Workspace, this is the underlying Subscription ID. For Google Cloud, this is the Billing Account ID of the billing subaccount.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudchannel_v1.accounts.customers.html b/docs/dyn/cloudchannel_v1.accounts.customers.html
index b26bacacb1..9e72ee74e2 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudchannel_v1.accounts.customers.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudchannel_v1.accounts.customers.html
@@ -1061,7 +1061,7 @@ 
Method Details

           },
         },
       ],
-      "priceReferenceId": "A String", # Optional. Price reference ID for the offer. Optional field only for offers that require additional price information. Used to guarantee that the pricing is consistent between quoting the offer and placing the order. Yet to be implemented: this field is currently not evaluated in the API if populated in a request.
+      "priceReferenceId": "A String", # Optional. Price reference ID for the offer. Optional field only for offers that require additional price information. Used to guarantee that the pricing is consistent between quoting the offer and placing the order. Not yet implemented: if this field is populated in a request, it isn't evaluated in the API.
       "provisionedService": { # Service provisioned for an entitlement. # Output only. Service provisioning details for the entitlement.
         "productId": "A String", # Output only. The product pertaining to the provisioning resource as specified in the Offer.
         "provisioningId": "A String", # Output only. Provisioning ID of the entitlement. For Google Workspace, this is the underlying Subscription ID. For Google Cloud, this is the Billing Account ID of the billing subaccount.
@@ -1158,7 +1158,7 @@ 
Method Details

           },
         },
       ],
-      "priceReferenceId": "A String", # Optional. Price reference ID for the offer. Optional field only for offers that require additional price information. Used to guarantee that the pricing is consistent between quoting the offer and placing the order. Yet to be implemented: this field is currently not evaluated in the API if populated in a request.
+      "priceReferenceId": "A String", # Optional. Price reference ID for the offer. Optional field only for offers that require additional price information. Used to guarantee that the pricing is consistent between quoting the offer and placing the order. Not yet implemented: if this field is populated in a request, it isn't evaluated in the API.
       "provisionedService": { # Service provisioned for an entitlement. # Output only. Service provisioning details for the entitlement.
         "productId": "A String", # Output only. The product pertaining to the provisioning resource as specified in the Offer.
         "provisioningId": "A String", # Output only. Provisioning ID of the entitlement. For Google Workspace, this is the underlying Subscription ID. For Google Cloud, this is the Billing Account ID of the billing subaccount.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudchannel_v1.operations.html b/docs/dyn/cloudchannel_v1.operations.html
index 4cf54a0b0f..8aa9e15b8e 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudchannel_v1.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudchannel_v1.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Cloud Channel API . 
   cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v2.projects.locations.functions.html b/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v2.projects.locations.functions.html
index 60d9e24eef..c987a2dff0 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v2.projects.locations.functions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v2.projects.locations.functions.html
@@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ 
Method Details

     },
     "build": "A String", # Output only. The Cloud Build name of the latest successful deployment of the function.
     "dockerRegistry": "A String", # Docker Registry to use for this deployment. This configuration is only applicable to 1st Gen functions, 2nd Gen functions can only use Artifact Registry. If unspecified, it defaults to `ARTIFACT_REGISTRY`. If `docker_repository` field is specified, this field should either be left unspecified or set to `ARTIFACT_REGISTRY`.
-    "dockerRepository": "A String", # Repository in Artifact Registry to which the function docker image will be pushed after it is built by Cloud Build. If specified by user, it is created and managed by user with a customer managed encryption key. Otherwise, GCF will create and use a repository named 'gcf-artifacts' for every deployed region. It must match the pattern `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/repositories/{repository}`. Cross-project repositories are not supported. Cross-location repositories are not supported. Repository format must be 'DOCKER'.
+    "dockerRepository": "A String", # Repository in Artifact Registry to which the function docker image will be pushed after it is built by Cloud Build. If specified by user, it is created and managed by user with a customer managed encryption key. Otherwise, GCF will create and use a repository named 'gcf-artifacts' for every deployed region. It must match the pattern `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/repositories/{repository}`. Repository format must be 'DOCKER'.
     "entryPoint": "A String", # The name of the function (as defined in source code) that will be executed. Defaults to the resource name suffix, if not specified. For backward compatibility, if function with given name is not found, then the system will try to use function named "function". For Node.js this is name of a function exported by the module specified in `source_location`.
     "environmentVariables": { # User-provided build-time environment variables for the function
       "a_key": "A String",
@@ -358,7 +358,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
       "build": "A String", # Output only. The Cloud Build name of the latest successful deployment of the function.
       "dockerRegistry": "A String", # Docker Registry to use for this deployment. This configuration is only applicable to 1st Gen functions, 2nd Gen functions can only use Artifact Registry. If unspecified, it defaults to `ARTIFACT_REGISTRY`. If `docker_repository` field is specified, this field should either be left unspecified or set to `ARTIFACT_REGISTRY`.
-      "dockerRepository": "A String", # Repository in Artifact Registry to which the function docker image will be pushed after it is built by Cloud Build. If specified by user, it is created and managed by user with a customer managed encryption key. Otherwise, GCF will create and use a repository named 'gcf-artifacts' for every deployed region. It must match the pattern `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/repositories/{repository}`. Cross-project repositories are not supported. Cross-location repositories are not supported. Repository format must be 'DOCKER'.
+      "dockerRepository": "A String", # Repository in Artifact Registry to which the function docker image will be pushed after it is built by Cloud Build. If specified by user, it is created and managed by user with a customer managed encryption key. Otherwise, GCF will create and use a repository named 'gcf-artifacts' for every deployed region. It must match the pattern `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/repositories/{repository}`. Repository format must be 'DOCKER'.
       "entryPoint": "A String", # The name of the function (as defined in source code) that will be executed. Defaults to the resource name suffix, if not specified. For backward compatibility, if function with given name is not found, then the system will try to use function named "function". For Node.js this is name of a function exported by the module specified in `source_location`.
       "environmentVariables": { # User-provided build-time environment variables for the function
         "a_key": "A String",
@@ -613,7 +613,7 @@ 
Method Details

     },
     "build": "A String", # Output only. The Cloud Build name of the latest successful deployment of the function.
     "dockerRegistry": "A String", # Docker Registry to use for this deployment. This configuration is only applicable to 1st Gen functions, 2nd Gen functions can only use Artifact Registry. If unspecified, it defaults to `ARTIFACT_REGISTRY`. If `docker_repository` field is specified, this field should either be left unspecified or set to `ARTIFACT_REGISTRY`.
-    "dockerRepository": "A String", # Repository in Artifact Registry to which the function docker image will be pushed after it is built by Cloud Build. If specified by user, it is created and managed by user with a customer managed encryption key. Otherwise, GCF will create and use a repository named 'gcf-artifacts' for every deployed region. It must match the pattern `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/repositories/{repository}`. Cross-project repositories are not supported. Cross-location repositories are not supported. Repository format must be 'DOCKER'.
+    "dockerRepository": "A String", # Repository in Artifact Registry to which the function docker image will be pushed after it is built by Cloud Build. If specified by user, it is created and managed by user with a customer managed encryption key. Otherwise, GCF will create and use a repository named 'gcf-artifacts' for every deployed region. It must match the pattern `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/repositories/{repository}`. Repository format must be 'DOCKER'.
     "entryPoint": "A String", # The name of the function (as defined in source code) that will be executed. Defaults to the resource name suffix, if not specified. For backward compatibility, if function with given name is not found, then the system will try to use function named "function". For Node.js this is name of a function exported by the module specified in `source_location`.
     "environmentVariables": { # User-provided build-time environment variables for the function
       "a_key": "A String",
@@ -743,7 +743,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
       "build": "A String", # Output only. The Cloud Build name of the latest successful deployment of the function.
       "dockerRegistry": "A String", # Docker Registry to use for this deployment. This configuration is only applicable to 1st Gen functions, 2nd Gen functions can only use Artifact Registry. If unspecified, it defaults to `ARTIFACT_REGISTRY`. If `docker_repository` field is specified, this field should either be left unspecified or set to `ARTIFACT_REGISTRY`.
-      "dockerRepository": "A String", # Repository in Artifact Registry to which the function docker image will be pushed after it is built by Cloud Build. If specified by user, it is created and managed by user with a customer managed encryption key. Otherwise, GCF will create and use a repository named 'gcf-artifacts' for every deployed region. It must match the pattern `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/repositories/{repository}`. Cross-project repositories are not supported. Cross-location repositories are not supported. Repository format must be 'DOCKER'.
+      "dockerRepository": "A String", # Repository in Artifact Registry to which the function docker image will be pushed after it is built by Cloud Build. If specified by user, it is created and managed by user with a customer managed encryption key. Otherwise, GCF will create and use a repository named 'gcf-artifacts' for every deployed region. It must match the pattern `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/repositories/{repository}`. Repository format must be 'DOCKER'.
       "entryPoint": "A String", # The name of the function (as defined in source code) that will be executed. Defaults to the resource name suffix, if not specified. For backward compatibility, if function with given name is not found, then the system will try to use function named "function". For Node.js this is name of a function exported by the module specified in `source_location`.
       "environmentVariables": { # User-provided build-time environment variables for the function
         "a_key": "A String",
@@ -929,7 +929,7 @@ 
Method Details

         },
         "build": "A String", # Output only. The Cloud Build name of the latest successful deployment of the function.
         "dockerRegistry": "A String", # Docker Registry to use for this deployment. This configuration is only applicable to 1st Gen functions, 2nd Gen functions can only use Artifact Registry. If unspecified, it defaults to `ARTIFACT_REGISTRY`. If `docker_repository` field is specified, this field should either be left unspecified or set to `ARTIFACT_REGISTRY`.
-        "dockerRepository": "A String", # Repository in Artifact Registry to which the function docker image will be pushed after it is built by Cloud Build. If specified by user, it is created and managed by user with a customer managed encryption key. Otherwise, GCF will create and use a repository named 'gcf-artifacts' for every deployed region. It must match the pattern `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/repositories/{repository}`. Cross-project repositories are not supported. Cross-location repositories are not supported. Repository format must be 'DOCKER'.
+        "dockerRepository": "A String", # Repository in Artifact Registry to which the function docker image will be pushed after it is built by Cloud Build. If specified by user, it is created and managed by user with a customer managed encryption key. Otherwise, GCF will create and use a repository named 'gcf-artifacts' for every deployed region. It must match the pattern `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/repositories/{repository}`. Repository format must be 'DOCKER'.
         "entryPoint": "A String", # The name of the function (as defined in source code) that will be executed. Defaults to the resource name suffix, if not specified. For backward compatibility, if function with given name is not found, then the system will try to use function named "function". For Node.js this is name of a function exported by the module specified in `source_location`.
         "environmentVariables": { # User-provided build-time environment variables for the function
           "a_key": "A String",
@@ -1059,7 +1059,7 @@ 
Method Details

           },
           "build": "A String", # Output only. The Cloud Build name of the latest successful deployment of the function.
           "dockerRegistry": "A String", # Docker Registry to use for this deployment. This configuration is only applicable to 1st Gen functions, 2nd Gen functions can only use Artifact Registry. If unspecified, it defaults to `ARTIFACT_REGISTRY`. If `docker_repository` field is specified, this field should either be left unspecified or set to `ARTIFACT_REGISTRY`.
-          "dockerRepository": "A String", # Repository in Artifact Registry to which the function docker image will be pushed after it is built by Cloud Build. If specified by user, it is created and managed by user with a customer managed encryption key. Otherwise, GCF will create and use a repository named 'gcf-artifacts' for every deployed region. It must match the pattern `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/repositories/{repository}`. Cross-project repositories are not supported. Cross-location repositories are not supported. Repository format must be 'DOCKER'.
+          "dockerRepository": "A String", # Repository in Artifact Registry to which the function docker image will be pushed after it is built by Cloud Build. If specified by user, it is created and managed by user with a customer managed encryption key. Otherwise, GCF will create and use a repository named 'gcf-artifacts' for every deployed region. It must match the pattern `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/repositories/{repository}`. Repository format must be 'DOCKER'.
           "entryPoint": "A String", # The name of the function (as defined in source code) that will be executed. Defaults to the resource name suffix, if not specified. For backward compatibility, if function with given name is not found, then the system will try to use function named "function". For Node.js this is name of a function exported by the module specified in `source_location`.
           "environmentVariables": { # User-provided build-time environment variables for the function
             "a_key": "A String",
@@ -1206,7 +1206,7 @@ 
Method Details

     },
     "build": "A String", # Output only. The Cloud Build name of the latest successful deployment of the function.
     "dockerRegistry": "A String", # Docker Registry to use for this deployment. This configuration is only applicable to 1st Gen functions, 2nd Gen functions can only use Artifact Registry. If unspecified, it defaults to `ARTIFACT_REGISTRY`. If `docker_repository` field is specified, this field should either be left unspecified or set to `ARTIFACT_REGISTRY`.
-    "dockerRepository": "A String", # Repository in Artifact Registry to which the function docker image will be pushed after it is built by Cloud Build. If specified by user, it is created and managed by user with a customer managed encryption key. Otherwise, GCF will create and use a repository named 'gcf-artifacts' for every deployed region. It must match the pattern `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/repositories/{repository}`. Cross-project repositories are not supported. Cross-location repositories are not supported. Repository format must be 'DOCKER'.
+    "dockerRepository": "A String", # Repository in Artifact Registry to which the function docker image will be pushed after it is built by Cloud Build. If specified by user, it is created and managed by user with a customer managed encryption key. Otherwise, GCF will create and use a repository named 'gcf-artifacts' for every deployed region. It must match the pattern `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/repositories/{repository}`. Repository format must be 'DOCKER'.
     "entryPoint": "A String", # The name of the function (as defined in source code) that will be executed. Defaults to the resource name suffix, if not specified. For backward compatibility, if function with given name is not found, then the system will try to use function named "function". For Node.js this is name of a function exported by the module specified in `source_location`.
     "environmentVariables": { # User-provided build-time environment variables for the function
       "a_key": "A String",
@@ -1336,7 +1336,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
       "build": "A String", # Output only. The Cloud Build name of the latest successful deployment of the function.
       "dockerRegistry": "A String", # Docker Registry to use for this deployment. This configuration is only applicable to 1st Gen functions, 2nd Gen functions can only use Artifact Registry. If unspecified, it defaults to `ARTIFACT_REGISTRY`. If `docker_repository` field is specified, this field should either be left unspecified or set to `ARTIFACT_REGISTRY`.
-      "dockerRepository": "A String", # Repository in Artifact Registry to which the function docker image will be pushed after it is built by Cloud Build. If specified by user, it is created and managed by user with a customer managed encryption key. Otherwise, GCF will create and use a repository named 'gcf-artifacts' for every deployed region. It must match the pattern `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/repositories/{repository}`. Cross-project repositories are not supported. Cross-location repositories are not supported. Repository format must be 'DOCKER'.
+      "dockerRepository": "A String", # Repository in Artifact Registry to which the function docker image will be pushed after it is built by Cloud Build. If specified by user, it is created and managed by user with a customer managed encryption key. Otherwise, GCF will create and use a repository named 'gcf-artifacts' for every deployed region. It must match the pattern `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/repositories/{repository}`. Repository format must be 'DOCKER'.
       "entryPoint": "A String", # The name of the function (as defined in source code) that will be executed. Defaults to the resource name suffix, if not specified. For backward compatibility, if function with given name is not found, then the system will try to use function named "function". For Node.js this is name of a function exported by the module specified in `source_location`.
       "environmentVariables": { # User-provided build-time environment variables for the function
         "a_key": "A String",
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v2alpha.projects.locations.functions.html b/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v2alpha.projects.locations.functions.html
index 31cbcbc22f..12ba11322d 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v2alpha.projects.locations.functions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v2alpha.projects.locations.functions.html
@@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ 
Method Details

     },
     "build": "A String", # Output only. The Cloud Build name of the latest successful deployment of the function.
     "dockerRegistry": "A String", # Docker Registry to use for this deployment. This configuration is only applicable to 1st Gen functions, 2nd Gen functions can only use Artifact Registry. If unspecified, it defaults to `ARTIFACT_REGISTRY`. If `docker_repository` field is specified, this field should either be left unspecified or set to `ARTIFACT_REGISTRY`.
-    "dockerRepository": "A String", # Repository in Artifact Registry to which the function docker image will be pushed after it is built by Cloud Build. If specified by user, it is created and managed by user with a customer managed encryption key. Otherwise, GCF will create and use a repository named 'gcf-artifacts' for every deployed region. It must match the pattern `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/repositories/{repository}`. Cross-project repositories are not supported. Cross-location repositories are not supported. Repository format must be 'DOCKER'.
+    "dockerRepository": "A String", # Repository in Artifact Registry to which the function docker image will be pushed after it is built by Cloud Build. If specified by user, it is created and managed by user with a customer managed encryption key. Otherwise, GCF will create and use a repository named 'gcf-artifacts' for every deployed region. It must match the pattern `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/repositories/{repository}`. Repository format must be 'DOCKER'.
     "entryPoint": "A String", # The name of the function (as defined in source code) that will be executed. Defaults to the resource name suffix, if not specified. For backward compatibility, if function with given name is not found, then the system will try to use function named "function". For Node.js this is name of a function exported by the module specified in `source_location`.
     "environmentVariables": { # User-provided build-time environment variables for the function
       "a_key": "A String",
@@ -358,7 +358,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
       "build": "A String", # Output only. The Cloud Build name of the latest successful deployment of the function.
       "dockerRegistry": "A String", # Docker Registry to use for this deployment. This configuration is only applicable to 1st Gen functions, 2nd Gen functions can only use Artifact Registry. If unspecified, it defaults to `ARTIFACT_REGISTRY`. If `docker_repository` field is specified, this field should either be left unspecified or set to `ARTIFACT_REGISTRY`.
-      "dockerRepository": "A String", # Repository in Artifact Registry to which the function docker image will be pushed after it is built by Cloud Build. If specified by user, it is created and managed by user with a customer managed encryption key. Otherwise, GCF will create and use a repository named 'gcf-artifacts' for every deployed region. It must match the pattern `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/repositories/{repository}`. Cross-project repositories are not supported. Cross-location repositories are not supported. Repository format must be 'DOCKER'.
+      "dockerRepository": "A String", # Repository in Artifact Registry to which the function docker image will be pushed after it is built by Cloud Build. If specified by user, it is created and managed by user with a customer managed encryption key. Otherwise, GCF will create and use a repository named 'gcf-artifacts' for every deployed region. It must match the pattern `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/repositories/{repository}`. Repository format must be 'DOCKER'.
       "entryPoint": "A String", # The name of the function (as defined in source code) that will be executed. Defaults to the resource name suffix, if not specified. For backward compatibility, if function with given name is not found, then the system will try to use function named "function". For Node.js this is name of a function exported by the module specified in `source_location`.
       "environmentVariables": { # User-provided build-time environment variables for the function
         "a_key": "A String",
@@ -613,7 +613,7 @@ 
Method Details

     },
     "build": "A String", # Output only. The Cloud Build name of the latest successful deployment of the function.
     "dockerRegistry": "A String", # Docker Registry to use for this deployment. This configuration is only applicable to 1st Gen functions, 2nd Gen functions can only use Artifact Registry. If unspecified, it defaults to `ARTIFACT_REGISTRY`. If `docker_repository` field is specified, this field should either be left unspecified or set to `ARTIFACT_REGISTRY`.
-    "dockerRepository": "A String", # Repository in Artifact Registry to which the function docker image will be pushed after it is built by Cloud Build. If specified by user, it is created and managed by user with a customer managed encryption key. Otherwise, GCF will create and use a repository named 'gcf-artifacts' for every deployed region. It must match the pattern `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/repositories/{repository}`. Cross-project repositories are not supported. Cross-location repositories are not supported. Repository format must be 'DOCKER'.
+    "dockerRepository": "A String", # Repository in Artifact Registry to which the function docker image will be pushed after it is built by Cloud Build. If specified by user, it is created and managed by user with a customer managed encryption key. Otherwise, GCF will create and use a repository named 'gcf-artifacts' for every deployed region. It must match the pattern `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/repositories/{repository}`. Repository format must be 'DOCKER'.
     "entryPoint": "A String", # The name of the function (as defined in source code) that will be executed. Defaults to the resource name suffix, if not specified. For backward compatibility, if function with given name is not found, then the system will try to use function named "function". For Node.js this is name of a function exported by the module specified in `source_location`.
     "environmentVariables": { # User-provided build-time environment variables for the function
       "a_key": "A String",
@@ -743,7 +743,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
       "build": "A String", # Output only. The Cloud Build name of the latest successful deployment of the function.
       "dockerRegistry": "A String", # Docker Registry to use for this deployment. This configuration is only applicable to 1st Gen functions, 2nd Gen functions can only use Artifact Registry. If unspecified, it defaults to `ARTIFACT_REGISTRY`. If `docker_repository` field is specified, this field should either be left unspecified or set to `ARTIFACT_REGISTRY`.
-      "dockerRepository": "A String", # Repository in Artifact Registry to which the function docker image will be pushed after it is built by Cloud Build. If specified by user, it is created and managed by user with a customer managed encryption key. Otherwise, GCF will create and use a repository named 'gcf-artifacts' for every deployed region. It must match the pattern `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/repositories/{repository}`. Cross-project repositories are not supported. Cross-location repositories are not supported. Repository format must be 'DOCKER'.
+      "dockerRepository": "A String", # Repository in Artifact Registry to which the function docker image will be pushed after it is built by Cloud Build. If specified by user, it is created and managed by user with a customer managed encryption key. Otherwise, GCF will create and use a repository named 'gcf-artifacts' for every deployed region. It must match the pattern `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/repositories/{repository}`. Repository format must be 'DOCKER'.
       "entryPoint": "A String", # The name of the function (as defined in source code) that will be executed. Defaults to the resource name suffix, if not specified. For backward compatibility, if function with given name is not found, then the system will try to use function named "function". For Node.js this is name of a function exported by the module specified in `source_location`.
       "environmentVariables": { # User-provided build-time environment variables for the function
         "a_key": "A String",
@@ -929,7 +929,7 @@ 
Method Details

         },
         "build": "A String", # Output only. The Cloud Build name of the latest successful deployment of the function.
         "dockerRegistry": "A String", # Docker Registry to use for this deployment. This configuration is only applicable to 1st Gen functions, 2nd Gen functions can only use Artifact Registry. If unspecified, it defaults to `ARTIFACT_REGISTRY`. If `docker_repository` field is specified, this field should either be left unspecified or set to `ARTIFACT_REGISTRY`.
-        "dockerRepository": "A String", # Repository in Artifact Registry to which the function docker image will be pushed after it is built by Cloud Build. If specified by user, it is created and managed by user with a customer managed encryption key. Otherwise, GCF will create and use a repository named 'gcf-artifacts' for every deployed region. It must match the pattern `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/repositories/{repository}`. Cross-project repositories are not supported. Cross-location repositories are not supported. Repository format must be 'DOCKER'.
+        "dockerRepository": "A String", # Repository in Artifact Registry to which the function docker image will be pushed after it is built by Cloud Build. If specified by user, it is created and managed by user with a customer managed encryption key. Otherwise, GCF will create and use a repository named 'gcf-artifacts' for every deployed region. It must match the pattern `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/repositories/{repository}`. Repository format must be 'DOCKER'.
         "entryPoint": "A String", # The name of the function (as defined in source code) that will be executed. Defaults to the resource name suffix, if not specified. For backward compatibility, if function with given name is not found, then the system will try to use function named "function". For Node.js this is name of a function exported by the module specified in `source_location`.
         "environmentVariables": { # User-provided build-time environment variables for the function
           "a_key": "A String",
@@ -1059,7 +1059,7 @@ 
Method Details

           },
           "build": "A String", # Output only. The Cloud Build name of the latest successful deployment of the function.
           "dockerRegistry": "A String", # Docker Registry to use for this deployment. This configuration is only applicable to 1st Gen functions, 2nd Gen functions can only use Artifact Registry. If unspecified, it defaults to `ARTIFACT_REGISTRY`. If `docker_repository` field is specified, this field should either be left unspecified or set to `ARTIFACT_REGISTRY`.
-          "dockerRepository": "A String", # Repository in Artifact Registry to which the function docker image will be pushed after it is built by Cloud Build. If specified by user, it is created and managed by user with a customer managed encryption key. Otherwise, GCF will create and use a repository named 'gcf-artifacts' for every deployed region. It must match the pattern `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/repositories/{repository}`. Cross-project repositories are not supported. Cross-location repositories are not supported. Repository format must be 'DOCKER'.
+          "dockerRepository": "A String", # Repository in Artifact Registry to which the function docker image will be pushed after it is built by Cloud Build. If specified by user, it is created and managed by user with a customer managed encryption key. Otherwise, GCF will create and use a repository named 'gcf-artifacts' for every deployed region. It must match the pattern `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/repositories/{repository}`. Repository format must be 'DOCKER'.
           "entryPoint": "A String", # The name of the function (as defined in source code) that will be executed. Defaults to the resource name suffix, if not specified. For backward compatibility, if function with given name is not found, then the system will try to use function named "function". For Node.js this is name of a function exported by the module specified in `source_location`.
           "environmentVariables": { # User-provided build-time environment variables for the function
             "a_key": "A String",
@@ -1206,7 +1206,7 @@ 
Method Details

     },
     "build": "A String", # Output only. The Cloud Build name of the latest successful deployment of the function.
     "dockerRegistry": "A String", # Docker Registry to use for this deployment. This configuration is only applicable to 1st Gen functions, 2nd Gen functions can only use Artifact Registry. If unspecified, it defaults to `ARTIFACT_REGISTRY`. If `docker_repository` field is specified, this field should either be left unspecified or set to `ARTIFACT_REGISTRY`.
-    "dockerRepository": "A String", # Repository in Artifact Registry to which the function docker image will be pushed after it is built by Cloud Build. If specified by user, it is created and managed by user with a customer managed encryption key. Otherwise, GCF will create and use a repository named 'gcf-artifacts' for every deployed region. It must match the pattern `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/repositories/{repository}`. Cross-project repositories are not supported. Cross-location repositories are not supported. Repository format must be 'DOCKER'.
+    "dockerRepository": "A String", # Repository in Artifact Registry to which the function docker image will be pushed after it is built by Cloud Build. If specified by user, it is created and managed by user with a customer managed encryption key. Otherwise, GCF will create and use a repository named 'gcf-artifacts' for every deployed region. It must match the pattern `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/repositories/{repository}`. Repository format must be 'DOCKER'.
     "entryPoint": "A String", # The name of the function (as defined in source code) that will be executed. Defaults to the resource name suffix, if not specified. For backward compatibility, if function with given name is not found, then the system will try to use function named "function". For Node.js this is name of a function exported by the module specified in `source_location`.
     "environmentVariables": { # User-provided build-time environment variables for the function
       "a_key": "A String",
@@ -1336,7 +1336,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
       "build": "A String", # Output only. The Cloud Build name of the latest successful deployment of the function.
       "dockerRegistry": "A String", # Docker Registry to use for this deployment. This configuration is only applicable to 1st Gen functions, 2nd Gen functions can only use Artifact Registry. If unspecified, it defaults to `ARTIFACT_REGISTRY`. If `docker_repository` field is specified, this field should either be left unspecified or set to `ARTIFACT_REGISTRY`.
-      "dockerRepository": "A String", # Repository in Artifact Registry to which the function docker image will be pushed after it is built by Cloud Build. If specified by user, it is created and managed by user with a customer managed encryption key. Otherwise, GCF will create and use a repository named 'gcf-artifacts' for every deployed region. It must match the pattern `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/repositories/{repository}`. Cross-project repositories are not supported. Cross-location repositories are not supported. Repository format must be 'DOCKER'.
+      "dockerRepository": "A String", # Repository in Artifact Registry to which the function docker image will be pushed after it is built by Cloud Build. If specified by user, it is created and managed by user with a customer managed encryption key. Otherwise, GCF will create and use a repository named 'gcf-artifacts' for every deployed region. It must match the pattern `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/repositories/{repository}`. Repository format must be 'DOCKER'.
       "entryPoint": "A String", # The name of the function (as defined in source code) that will be executed. Defaults to the resource name suffix, if not specified. For backward compatibility, if function with given name is not found, then the system will try to use function named "function". For Node.js this is name of a function exported by the module specified in `source_location`.
       "environmentVariables": { # User-provided build-time environment variables for the function
         "a_key": "A String",
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v2beta.projects.locations.functions.html b/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v2beta.projects.locations.functions.html
index d75c619d68..fb1614e1cc 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v2beta.projects.locations.functions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v2beta.projects.locations.functions.html
@@ -228,7 +228,7 @@ 
Method Details

     },
     "build": "A String", # Output only. The Cloud Build name of the latest successful deployment of the function.
     "dockerRegistry": "A String", # Docker Registry to use for this deployment. This configuration is only applicable to 1st Gen functions, 2nd Gen functions can only use Artifact Registry. If unspecified, it defaults to `ARTIFACT_REGISTRY`. If `docker_repository` field is specified, this field should either be left unspecified or set to `ARTIFACT_REGISTRY`.
-    "dockerRepository": "A String", # Repository in Artifact Registry to which the function docker image will be pushed after it is built by Cloud Build. If specified by user, it is created and managed by user with a customer managed encryption key. Otherwise, GCF will create and use a repository named 'gcf-artifacts' for every deployed region. It must match the pattern `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/repositories/{repository}`. Cross-project repositories are not supported. Cross-location repositories are not supported. Repository format must be 'DOCKER'.
+    "dockerRepository": "A String", # Repository in Artifact Registry to which the function docker image will be pushed after it is built by Cloud Build. If specified by user, it is created and managed by user with a customer managed encryption key. Otherwise, GCF will create and use a repository named 'gcf-artifacts' for every deployed region. It must match the pattern `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/repositories/{repository}`. Repository format must be 'DOCKER'.
     "entryPoint": "A String", # The name of the function (as defined in source code) that will be executed. Defaults to the resource name suffix, if not specified. For backward compatibility, if function with given name is not found, then the system will try to use function named "function". For Node.js this is name of a function exported by the module specified in `source_location`.
     "environmentVariables": { # User-provided build-time environment variables for the function
       "a_key": "A String",
@@ -358,7 +358,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
       "build": "A String", # Output only. The Cloud Build name of the latest successful deployment of the function.
       "dockerRegistry": "A String", # Docker Registry to use for this deployment. This configuration is only applicable to 1st Gen functions, 2nd Gen functions can only use Artifact Registry. If unspecified, it defaults to `ARTIFACT_REGISTRY`. If `docker_repository` field is specified, this field should either be left unspecified or set to `ARTIFACT_REGISTRY`.
-      "dockerRepository": "A String", # Repository in Artifact Registry to which the function docker image will be pushed after it is built by Cloud Build. If specified by user, it is created and managed by user with a customer managed encryption key. Otherwise, GCF will create and use a repository named 'gcf-artifacts' for every deployed region. It must match the pattern `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/repositories/{repository}`. Cross-project repositories are not supported. Cross-location repositories are not supported. Repository format must be 'DOCKER'.
+      "dockerRepository": "A String", # Repository in Artifact Registry to which the function docker image will be pushed after it is built by Cloud Build. If specified by user, it is created and managed by user with a customer managed encryption key. Otherwise, GCF will create and use a repository named 'gcf-artifacts' for every deployed region. It must match the pattern `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/repositories/{repository}`. Repository format must be 'DOCKER'.
       "entryPoint": "A String", # The name of the function (as defined in source code) that will be executed. Defaults to the resource name suffix, if not specified. For backward compatibility, if function with given name is not found, then the system will try to use function named "function". For Node.js this is name of a function exported by the module specified in `source_location`.
       "environmentVariables": { # User-provided build-time environment variables for the function
         "a_key": "A String",
@@ -613,7 +613,7 @@ 
Method Details

     },
     "build": "A String", # Output only. The Cloud Build name of the latest successful deployment of the function.
     "dockerRegistry": "A String", # Docker Registry to use for this deployment. This configuration is only applicable to 1st Gen functions, 2nd Gen functions can only use Artifact Registry. If unspecified, it defaults to `ARTIFACT_REGISTRY`. If `docker_repository` field is specified, this field should either be left unspecified or set to `ARTIFACT_REGISTRY`.
-    "dockerRepository": "A String", # Repository in Artifact Registry to which the function docker image will be pushed after it is built by Cloud Build. If specified by user, it is created and managed by user with a customer managed encryption key. Otherwise, GCF will create and use a repository named 'gcf-artifacts' for every deployed region. It must match the pattern `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/repositories/{repository}`. Cross-project repositories are not supported. Cross-location repositories are not supported. Repository format must be 'DOCKER'.
+    "dockerRepository": "A String", # Repository in Artifact Registry to which the function docker image will be pushed after it is built by Cloud Build. If specified by user, it is created and managed by user with a customer managed encryption key. Otherwise, GCF will create and use a repository named 'gcf-artifacts' for every deployed region. It must match the pattern `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/repositories/{repository}`. Repository format must be 'DOCKER'.
     "entryPoint": "A String", # The name of the function (as defined in source code) that will be executed. Defaults to the resource name suffix, if not specified. For backward compatibility, if function with given name is not found, then the system will try to use function named "function". For Node.js this is name of a function exported by the module specified in `source_location`.
     "environmentVariables": { # User-provided build-time environment variables for the function
       "a_key": "A String",
@@ -743,7 +743,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
       "build": "A String", # Output only. The Cloud Build name of the latest successful deployment of the function.
       "dockerRegistry": "A String", # Docker Registry to use for this deployment. This configuration is only applicable to 1st Gen functions, 2nd Gen functions can only use Artifact Registry. If unspecified, it defaults to `ARTIFACT_REGISTRY`. If `docker_repository` field is specified, this field should either be left unspecified or set to `ARTIFACT_REGISTRY`.
-      "dockerRepository": "A String", # Repository in Artifact Registry to which the function docker image will be pushed after it is built by Cloud Build. If specified by user, it is created and managed by user with a customer managed encryption key. Otherwise, GCF will create and use a repository named 'gcf-artifacts' for every deployed region. It must match the pattern `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/repositories/{repository}`. Cross-project repositories are not supported. Cross-location repositories are not supported. Repository format must be 'DOCKER'.
+      "dockerRepository": "A String", # Repository in Artifact Registry to which the function docker image will be pushed after it is built by Cloud Build. If specified by user, it is created and managed by user with a customer managed encryption key. Otherwise, GCF will create and use a repository named 'gcf-artifacts' for every deployed region. It must match the pattern `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/repositories/{repository}`. Repository format must be 'DOCKER'.
       "entryPoint": "A String", # The name of the function (as defined in source code) that will be executed. Defaults to the resource name suffix, if not specified. For backward compatibility, if function with given name is not found, then the system will try to use function named "function". For Node.js this is name of a function exported by the module specified in `source_location`.
       "environmentVariables": { # User-provided build-time environment variables for the function
         "a_key": "A String",
@@ -929,7 +929,7 @@ 
Method Details

         },
         "build": "A String", # Output only. The Cloud Build name of the latest successful deployment of the function.
         "dockerRegistry": "A String", # Docker Registry to use for this deployment. This configuration is only applicable to 1st Gen functions, 2nd Gen functions can only use Artifact Registry. If unspecified, it defaults to `ARTIFACT_REGISTRY`. If `docker_repository` field is specified, this field should either be left unspecified or set to `ARTIFACT_REGISTRY`.
-        "dockerRepository": "A String", # Repository in Artifact Registry to which the function docker image will be pushed after it is built by Cloud Build. If specified by user, it is created and managed by user with a customer managed encryption key. Otherwise, GCF will create and use a repository named 'gcf-artifacts' for every deployed region. It must match the pattern `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/repositories/{repository}`. Cross-project repositories are not supported. Cross-location repositories are not supported. Repository format must be 'DOCKER'.
+        "dockerRepository": "A String", # Repository in Artifact Registry to which the function docker image will be pushed after it is built by Cloud Build. If specified by user, it is created and managed by user with a customer managed encryption key. Otherwise, GCF will create and use a repository named 'gcf-artifacts' for every deployed region. It must match the pattern `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/repositories/{repository}`. Repository format must be 'DOCKER'.
         "entryPoint": "A String", # The name of the function (as defined in source code) that will be executed. Defaults to the resource name suffix, if not specified. For backward compatibility, if function with given name is not found, then the system will try to use function named "function". For Node.js this is name of a function exported by the module specified in `source_location`.
         "environmentVariables": { # User-provided build-time environment variables for the function
           "a_key": "A String",
@@ -1059,7 +1059,7 @@ 
Method Details

           },
           "build": "A String", # Output only. The Cloud Build name of the latest successful deployment of the function.
           "dockerRegistry": "A String", # Docker Registry to use for this deployment. This configuration is only applicable to 1st Gen functions, 2nd Gen functions can only use Artifact Registry. If unspecified, it defaults to `ARTIFACT_REGISTRY`. If `docker_repository` field is specified, this field should either be left unspecified or set to `ARTIFACT_REGISTRY`.
-          "dockerRepository": "A String", # Repository in Artifact Registry to which the function docker image will be pushed after it is built by Cloud Build. If specified by user, it is created and managed by user with a customer managed encryption key. Otherwise, GCF will create and use a repository named 'gcf-artifacts' for every deployed region. It must match the pattern `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/repositories/{repository}`. Cross-project repositories are not supported. Cross-location repositories are not supported. Repository format must be 'DOCKER'.
+          "dockerRepository": "A String", # Repository in Artifact Registry to which the function docker image will be pushed after it is built by Cloud Build. If specified by user, it is created and managed by user with a customer managed encryption key. Otherwise, GCF will create and use a repository named 'gcf-artifacts' for every deployed region. It must match the pattern `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/repositories/{repository}`. Repository format must be 'DOCKER'.
           "entryPoint": "A String", # The name of the function (as defined in source code) that will be executed. Defaults to the resource name suffix, if not specified. For backward compatibility, if function with given name is not found, then the system will try to use function named "function". For Node.js this is name of a function exported by the module specified in `source_location`.
           "environmentVariables": { # User-provided build-time environment variables for the function
             "a_key": "A String",
@@ -1206,7 +1206,7 @@ 
Method Details

     },
     "build": "A String", # Output only. The Cloud Build name of the latest successful deployment of the function.
     "dockerRegistry": "A String", # Docker Registry to use for this deployment. This configuration is only applicable to 1st Gen functions, 2nd Gen functions can only use Artifact Registry. If unspecified, it defaults to `ARTIFACT_REGISTRY`. If `docker_repository` field is specified, this field should either be left unspecified or set to `ARTIFACT_REGISTRY`.
-    "dockerRepository": "A String", # Repository in Artifact Registry to which the function docker image will be pushed after it is built by Cloud Build. If specified by user, it is created and managed by user with a customer managed encryption key. Otherwise, GCF will create and use a repository named 'gcf-artifacts' for every deployed region. It must match the pattern `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/repositories/{repository}`. Cross-project repositories are not supported. Cross-location repositories are not supported. Repository format must be 'DOCKER'.
+    "dockerRepository": "A String", # Repository in Artifact Registry to which the function docker image will be pushed after it is built by Cloud Build. If specified by user, it is created and managed by user with a customer managed encryption key. Otherwise, GCF will create and use a repository named 'gcf-artifacts' for every deployed region. It must match the pattern `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/repositories/{repository}`. Repository format must be 'DOCKER'.
     "entryPoint": "A String", # The name of the function (as defined in source code) that will be executed. Defaults to the resource name suffix, if not specified. For backward compatibility, if function with given name is not found, then the system will try to use function named "function". For Node.js this is name of a function exported by the module specified in `source_location`.
     "environmentVariables": { # User-provided build-time environment variables for the function
       "a_key": "A String",
@@ -1336,7 +1336,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
       "build": "A String", # Output only. The Cloud Build name of the latest successful deployment of the function.
       "dockerRegistry": "A String", # Docker Registry to use for this deployment. This configuration is only applicable to 1st Gen functions, 2nd Gen functions can only use Artifact Registry. If unspecified, it defaults to `ARTIFACT_REGISTRY`. If `docker_repository` field is specified, this field should either be left unspecified or set to `ARTIFACT_REGISTRY`.
-      "dockerRepository": "A String", # Repository in Artifact Registry to which the function docker image will be pushed after it is built by Cloud Build. If specified by user, it is created and managed by user with a customer managed encryption key. Otherwise, GCF will create and use a repository named 'gcf-artifacts' for every deployed region. It must match the pattern `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/repositories/{repository}`. Cross-project repositories are not supported. Cross-location repositories are not supported. Repository format must be 'DOCKER'.
+      "dockerRepository": "A String", # Repository in Artifact Registry to which the function docker image will be pushed after it is built by Cloud Build. If specified by user, it is created and managed by user with a customer managed encryption key. Otherwise, GCF will create and use a repository named 'gcf-artifacts' for every deployed region. It must match the pattern `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/repositories/{repository}`. Repository format must be 'DOCKER'.
       "entryPoint": "A String", # The name of the function (as defined in source code) that will be executed. Defaults to the resource name suffix, if not specified. For backward compatibility, if function with given name is not found, then the system will try to use function named "function". For Node.js this is name of a function exported by the module specified in `source_location`.
       "environmentVariables": { # User-provided build-time environment variables for the function
         "a_key": "A String",
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.projects.locations.keyRings.cryptoKeys.cryptoKeyVersions.html b/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.projects.locations.keyRings.cryptoKeys.cryptoKeyVersions.html
index 1d006c125a..06ffddfae8 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.projects.locations.keyRings.cryptoKeys.cryptoKeyVersions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudkms_v1.projects.locations.keyRings.cryptoKeys.cryptoKeyVersions.html
@@ -602,7 +602,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "data": "A String", # Required. The data used previously as a MacSignRequest.data to generate the MAC tag.
   "dataCrc32c": "A String", # Optional. An optional CRC32C checksum of the MacVerifyRequest.data. If specified, KeyManagementService will verify the integrity of the received MacVerifyRequest.data using this checksum. KeyManagementService will report an error if the checksum verification fails. If you receive a checksum error, your client should verify that CRC32C(MacVerifyRequest.data) is equal to MacVerifyRequest.data_crc32c, and if so, perform a limited number of retries. A persistent mismatch may indicate an issue in your computation of the CRC32C checksum. Note: This field is defined as int64 for reasons of compatibility across different languages. However, it is a non-negative integer, which will never exceed 2^32-1, and can be safely downconverted to uint32 in languages that support this type.
   "mac": "A String", # Required. The signature to verify.
-  "macCrc32c": "A String", # Optional. An optional CRC32C checksum of the MacVerifyRequest.mac. If specified, KeyManagementService will verify the integrity of the received MacVerifyRequest.mac using this checksum. KeyManagementService will report an error if the checksum verification fails. If you receive a checksum error, your client should verify that CRC32C(MacVerifyRequest.tag) is equal to MacVerifyRequest.mac_crc32c, and if so, perform a limited number of retries. A persistent mismatch may indicate an issue in your computation of the CRC32C checksum. Note: This field is defined as int64 for reasons of compatibility across different languages. However, it is a non-negative integer, which will never exceed 2^32-1, and can be safely downconverted to uint32 in languages that support this type.
+  "macCrc32c": "A String", # Optional. An optional CRC32C checksum of the MacVerifyRequest.mac. If specified, KeyManagementService will verify the integrity of the received MacVerifyRequest.mac using this checksum. KeyManagementService will report an error if the checksum verification fails. If you receive a checksum error, your client should verify that CRC32C(MacVerifyRequest.mac) is equal to MacVerifyRequest.mac_crc32c, and if so, perform a limited number of retries. A persistent mismatch may indicate an issue in your computation of the CRC32C checksum. Note: This field is defined as int64 for reasons of compatibility across different languages. However, it is a non-negative integer, which will never exceed 2^32-1, and can be safely downconverted to uint32 in languages that support this type.
 }
 
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudshell_v1.operations.html b/docs/dyn/cloudshell_v1.operations.html
index 824764e6c6..c177616c0b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudshell_v1.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudshell_v1.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Cloud Shell API . 
   cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/css_v1.accounts.cssProductInputs.html b/docs/dyn/css_v1.accounts.cssProductInputs.html
index 583fc286f7..df17145b1c 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/css_v1.accounts.cssProductInputs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/css_v1.accounts.cssProductInputs.html
@@ -163,11 +163,11 @@ 
Method Details

     },
     "headlineOfferLink": "A String", # Link to the headline offer.
     "headlineOfferMobileLink": "A String", # Mobile Link to the headline offer.
-    "headlineOfferPrice": { # The price represented as a number and currency. # Headline Price of the aggregate offer.
+    "headlineOfferPrice": { # The price represented as a number and currency. # Headline Price of the CSS Product.
       "amountMicros": "A String", # The price represented as a number in micros (1 million micros is an equivalent to one's currency standard unit, for example, 1 USD = 1000000 micros).
       "currencyCode": "A String", # The currency of the price using three-letter acronyms according to [ISO 4217](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_4217).
     },
-    "headlineOfferShippingPrice": { # The price represented as a number and currency. # Headline Price of the aggregate offer.
+    "headlineOfferShippingPrice": { # The price represented as a number and currency. # Headline Price of the CSS Product.
       "amountMicros": "A String", # The price represented as a number in micros (1 million micros is an equivalent to one's currency standard unit, for example, 1 USD = 1000000 micros).
       "currencyCode": "A String", # The currency of the price using three-letter acronyms according to [ISO 4217](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_4217).
     },
@@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "period": "A String", # The type of subscription period. Supported values are: * "`month`" * "`year`"
       "periodLength": "A String", # The number of subscription periods the buyer has to pay.
     },
-    "highPrice": { # The price represented as a number and currency. # High Price of the aggregate offer.
+    "highPrice": { # The price represented as a number and currency. # High Price of the CSS Product.
       "amountMicros": "A String", # The price represented as a number in micros (1 million micros is an equivalent to one's currency standard unit, for example, 1 USD = 1000000 micros).
       "currencyCode": "A String", # The currency of the price using three-letter acronyms according to [ISO 4217](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_4217).
     },
@@ -189,14 +189,14 @@ 
Method Details

     ],
     "isBundle": True or False, # Whether the item is a merchant-defined bundle. A bundle is a custom grouping of different products sold by a merchant for a single price.
     "itemGroupId": "A String", # Shared identifier for all variants of the same product.
-    "lowPrice": { # The price represented as a number and currency. # Low Price of the aggregate offer.
+    "lowPrice": { # The price represented as a number and currency. # Low Price of the CSS Product.
       "amountMicros": "A String", # The price represented as a number in micros (1 million micros is an equivalent to one's currency standard unit, for example, 1 USD = 1000000 micros).
       "currencyCode": "A String", # The currency of the price using three-letter acronyms according to [ISO 4217](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_4217).
     },
     "material": "A String", # The material of which the item is made.
     "mpn": "A String", # Manufacturer Part Number ([MPN](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/188494#mpn)) of the item.
     "multipack": "A String", # The number of identical products in a merchant-defined multipack.
-    "numberOfOffers": "A String", # The number of aggregate offers.
+    "numberOfOffers": "A String", # The number of CSS Products.
     "pattern": "A String", # The item's pattern (e.g. polka dots).
     "pause": "A String", # Publication of this item will be temporarily paused.
     "productDetails": [ # Technical specification or additional product details.
@@ -307,11 +307,11 @@ 
Method Details

     },
     "headlineOfferLink": "A String", # Link to the headline offer.
     "headlineOfferMobileLink": "A String", # Mobile Link to the headline offer.
-    "headlineOfferPrice": { # The price represented as a number and currency. # Headline Price of the aggregate offer.
+    "headlineOfferPrice": { # The price represented as a number and currency. # Headline Price of the CSS Product.
       "amountMicros": "A String", # The price represented as a number in micros (1 million micros is an equivalent to one's currency standard unit, for example, 1 USD = 1000000 micros).
       "currencyCode": "A String", # The currency of the price using three-letter acronyms according to [ISO 4217](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_4217).
     },
-    "headlineOfferShippingPrice": { # The price represented as a number and currency. # Headline Price of the aggregate offer.
+    "headlineOfferShippingPrice": { # The price represented as a number and currency. # Headline Price of the CSS Product.
       "amountMicros": "A String", # The price represented as a number in micros (1 million micros is an equivalent to one's currency standard unit, for example, 1 USD = 1000000 micros).
       "currencyCode": "A String", # The currency of the price using three-letter acronyms according to [ISO 4217](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_4217).
     },
@@ -323,7 +323,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "period": "A String", # The type of subscription period. Supported values are: * "`month`" * "`year`"
       "periodLength": "A String", # The number of subscription periods the buyer has to pay.
     },
-    "highPrice": { # The price represented as a number and currency. # High Price of the aggregate offer.
+    "highPrice": { # The price represented as a number and currency. # High Price of the CSS Product.
       "amountMicros": "A String", # The price represented as a number in micros (1 million micros is an equivalent to one's currency standard unit, for example, 1 USD = 1000000 micros).
       "currencyCode": "A String", # The currency of the price using three-letter acronyms according to [ISO 4217](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_4217).
     },
@@ -333,14 +333,14 @@ 
Method Details

     ],
     "isBundle": True or False, # Whether the item is a merchant-defined bundle. A bundle is a custom grouping of different products sold by a merchant for a single price.
     "itemGroupId": "A String", # Shared identifier for all variants of the same product.
-    "lowPrice": { # The price represented as a number and currency. # Low Price of the aggregate offer.
+    "lowPrice": { # The price represented as a number and currency. # Low Price of the CSS Product.
       "amountMicros": "A String", # The price represented as a number in micros (1 million micros is an equivalent to one's currency standard unit, for example, 1 USD = 1000000 micros).
       "currencyCode": "A String", # The currency of the price using three-letter acronyms according to [ISO 4217](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_4217).
     },
     "material": "A String", # The material of which the item is made.
     "mpn": "A String", # Manufacturer Part Number ([MPN](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/188494#mpn)) of the item.
     "multipack": "A String", # The number of identical products in a merchant-defined multipack.
-    "numberOfOffers": "A String", # The number of aggregate offers.
+    "numberOfOffers": "A String", # The number of CSS Products.
     "pattern": "A String", # The item's pattern (e.g. polka dots).
     "pause": "A String", # Publication of this item will be temporarily paused.
     "productDetails": [ # Technical specification or additional product details.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/css_v1.accounts.cssProducts.html b/docs/dyn/css_v1.accounts.cssProducts.html
index cf48bcfdd2..ad663be135 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/css_v1.accounts.cssProducts.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/css_v1.accounts.cssProducts.html
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ 
Method Details

 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # The processed CSS Product(a.k.a Aggregate Offer internally).
+    { # The processed CSS Product.
   "attributes": { # Attributes for CSS Product. # Output only. A list of product attributes.
     "additionalImageLinks": [ # Additional URL of images of the item.
       "A String",
@@ -152,11 +152,11 @@ 
Method Details

     },
     "headlineOfferLink": "A String", # Link to the headline offer.
     "headlineOfferMobileLink": "A String", # Mobile Link to the headline offer.
-    "headlineOfferPrice": { # The price represented as a number and currency. # Headline Price of the aggregate offer.
+    "headlineOfferPrice": { # The price represented as a number and currency. # Headline Price of the CSS Product.
       "amountMicros": "A String", # The price represented as a number in micros (1 million micros is an equivalent to one's currency standard unit, for example, 1 USD = 1000000 micros).
       "currencyCode": "A String", # The currency of the price using three-letter acronyms according to [ISO 4217](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_4217).
     },
-    "headlineOfferShippingPrice": { # The price represented as a number and currency. # Headline Price of the aggregate offer.
+    "headlineOfferShippingPrice": { # The price represented as a number and currency. # Headline Price of the CSS Product.
       "amountMicros": "A String", # The price represented as a number in micros (1 million micros is an equivalent to one's currency standard unit, for example, 1 USD = 1000000 micros).
       "currencyCode": "A String", # The currency of the price using three-letter acronyms according to [ISO 4217](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_4217).
     },
@@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "period": "A String", # The type of subscription period. Supported values are: * "`month`" * "`year`"
       "periodLength": "A String", # The number of subscription periods the buyer has to pay.
     },
-    "highPrice": { # The price represented as a number and currency. # High Price of the aggregate offer.
+    "highPrice": { # The price represented as a number and currency. # High Price of the CSS Product.
       "amountMicros": "A String", # The price represented as a number in micros (1 million micros is an equivalent to one's currency standard unit, for example, 1 USD = 1000000 micros).
       "currencyCode": "A String", # The currency of the price using three-letter acronyms according to [ISO 4217](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_4217).
     },
@@ -178,14 +178,14 @@ 
Method Details

     ],
     "isBundle": True or False, # Whether the item is a merchant-defined bundle. A bundle is a custom grouping of different products sold by a merchant for a single price.
     "itemGroupId": "A String", # Shared identifier for all variants of the same product.
-    "lowPrice": { # The price represented as a number and currency. # Low Price of the aggregate offer.
+    "lowPrice": { # The price represented as a number and currency. # Low Price of the CSS Product.
       "amountMicros": "A String", # The price represented as a number in micros (1 million micros is an equivalent to one's currency standard unit, for example, 1 USD = 1000000 micros).
       "currencyCode": "A String", # The currency of the price using three-letter acronyms according to [ISO 4217](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_4217).
     },
     "material": "A String", # The material of which the item is made.
     "mpn": "A String", # Manufacturer Part Number ([MPN](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/188494#mpn)) of the item.
     "multipack": "A String", # The number of identical products in a merchant-defined multipack.
-    "numberOfOffers": "A String", # The number of aggregate offers.
+    "numberOfOffers": "A String", # The number of CSS Products.
     "pattern": "A String", # The item's pattern (e.g. polka dots).
     "pause": "A String", # Publication of this item will be temporarily paused.
     "productDetails": [ # Technical specification or additional product details.
@@ -229,14 +229,14 @@ 
Method Details

     "creationDate": "A String", # Date on which the item has been created, in [ISO 8601](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601) format.
     "destinationStatuses": [ # The intended destinations for the product.
       { # The destination status of the product status.
-        "approvedCountries": [ # List of country codes (ISO 3166-1 alpha-2) where the aggregate offer is approved.
+        "approvedCountries": [ # List of country codes (ISO 3166-1 alpha-2) where the CSS Product is approved.
           "A String",
         ],
         "destination": "A String", # The name of the destination
-        "disapprovedCountries": [ # List of country codes (ISO 3166-1 alpha-2) where the aggregate offer is disapproved.
+        "disapprovedCountries": [ # List of country codes (ISO 3166-1 alpha-2) where the CSS Product is disapproved.
           "A String",
         ],
-        "pendingCountries": [ # List of country codes (ISO 3166-1 alpha-2) where the aggregate offer is pending approval.
+        "pendingCountries": [ # List of country codes (ISO 3166-1 alpha-2) where the CSS Product is pending approval.
           "A String",
         ],
       },
@@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "googleExpirationDate": "A String", # Date on which the item expires, in [ISO 8601](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601) format.
     "itemLevelIssues": [ # A list of all issues associated with the product.
       { # The ItemLevelIssue of the product status.
-        "applicableCountries": [ # List of country codes (ISO 3166-1 alpha-2) where issue applies to the aggregate offer.
+        "applicableCountries": [ # List of country codes (ISO 3166-1 alpha-2) where issue applies to the CSS Product.
           "A String",
         ],
         "attribute": "A String", # The attribute's name, if the issue is caused by a single attribute.
@@ -254,7 +254,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "detail": "A String", # A detailed issue description in English.
         "documentation": "A String", # The URL of a web page to help with resolving this issue.
         "resolution": "A String", # Whether the issue can be resolved by the merchant.
-        "servability": "A String", # How this issue affects serving of the aggregate offer.
+        "servability": "A String", # How this issue affects serving of the CSS Product.
       },
     ],
     "lastUpdateDate": "A String", # Date on which the item has been last updated, in [ISO 8601](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601) format.
@@ -292,7 +292,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
     { # Response message for the ListCssProducts method.
   "cssProducts": [ # The processed CSS products from the specified account. These are your processed CSS products after applying rules and supplemental feeds.
-    { # The processed CSS Product(a.k.a Aggregate Offer internally).
+    { # The processed CSS Product.
       "attributes": { # Attributes for CSS Product. # Output only. A list of product attributes.
         "additionalImageLinks": [ # Additional URL of images of the item.
           "A String",
@@ -338,11 +338,11 @@ 
Method Details

         },
         "headlineOfferLink": "A String", # Link to the headline offer.
         "headlineOfferMobileLink": "A String", # Mobile Link to the headline offer.
-        "headlineOfferPrice": { # The price represented as a number and currency. # Headline Price of the aggregate offer.
+        "headlineOfferPrice": { # The price represented as a number and currency. # Headline Price of the CSS Product.
           "amountMicros": "A String", # The price represented as a number in micros (1 million micros is an equivalent to one's currency standard unit, for example, 1 USD = 1000000 micros).
           "currencyCode": "A String", # The currency of the price using three-letter acronyms according to [ISO 4217](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_4217).
         },
-        "headlineOfferShippingPrice": { # The price represented as a number and currency. # Headline Price of the aggregate offer.
+        "headlineOfferShippingPrice": { # The price represented as a number and currency. # Headline Price of the CSS Product.
           "amountMicros": "A String", # The price represented as a number in micros (1 million micros is an equivalent to one's currency standard unit, for example, 1 USD = 1000000 micros).
           "currencyCode": "A String", # The currency of the price using three-letter acronyms according to [ISO 4217](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_4217).
         },
@@ -354,7 +354,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "period": "A String", # The type of subscription period. Supported values are: * "`month`" * "`year`"
           "periodLength": "A String", # The number of subscription periods the buyer has to pay.
         },
-        "highPrice": { # The price represented as a number and currency. # High Price of the aggregate offer.
+        "highPrice": { # The price represented as a number and currency. # High Price of the CSS Product.
           "amountMicros": "A String", # The price represented as a number in micros (1 million micros is an equivalent to one's currency standard unit, for example, 1 USD = 1000000 micros).
           "currencyCode": "A String", # The currency of the price using three-letter acronyms according to [ISO 4217](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_4217).
         },
@@ -364,14 +364,14 @@ 
Method Details

         ],
         "isBundle": True or False, # Whether the item is a merchant-defined bundle. A bundle is a custom grouping of different products sold by a merchant for a single price.
         "itemGroupId": "A String", # Shared identifier for all variants of the same product.
-        "lowPrice": { # The price represented as a number and currency. # Low Price of the aggregate offer.
+        "lowPrice": { # The price represented as a number and currency. # Low Price of the CSS Product.
           "amountMicros": "A String", # The price represented as a number in micros (1 million micros is an equivalent to one's currency standard unit, for example, 1 USD = 1000000 micros).
           "currencyCode": "A String", # The currency of the price using three-letter acronyms according to [ISO 4217](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_4217).
         },
         "material": "A String", # The material of which the item is made.
         "mpn": "A String", # Manufacturer Part Number ([MPN](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/188494#mpn)) of the item.
         "multipack": "A String", # The number of identical products in a merchant-defined multipack.
-        "numberOfOffers": "A String", # The number of aggregate offers.
+        "numberOfOffers": "A String", # The number of CSS Products.
         "pattern": "A String", # The item's pattern (e.g. polka dots).
         "pause": "A String", # Publication of this item will be temporarily paused.
         "productDetails": [ # Technical specification or additional product details.
@@ -415,14 +415,14 @@ 
Method Details

         "creationDate": "A String", # Date on which the item has been created, in [ISO 8601](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601) format.
         "destinationStatuses": [ # The intended destinations for the product.
           { # The destination status of the product status.
-            "approvedCountries": [ # List of country codes (ISO 3166-1 alpha-2) where the aggregate offer is approved.
+            "approvedCountries": [ # List of country codes (ISO 3166-1 alpha-2) where the CSS Product is approved.
               "A String",
             ],
             "destination": "A String", # The name of the destination
-            "disapprovedCountries": [ # List of country codes (ISO 3166-1 alpha-2) where the aggregate offer is disapproved.
+            "disapprovedCountries": [ # List of country codes (ISO 3166-1 alpha-2) where the CSS Product is disapproved.
               "A String",
             ],
-            "pendingCountries": [ # List of country codes (ISO 3166-1 alpha-2) where the aggregate offer is pending approval.
+            "pendingCountries": [ # List of country codes (ISO 3166-1 alpha-2) where the CSS Product is pending approval.
               "A String",
             ],
           },
@@ -430,7 +430,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "googleExpirationDate": "A String", # Date on which the item expires, in [ISO 8601](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601) format.
         "itemLevelIssues": [ # A list of all issues associated with the product.
           { # The ItemLevelIssue of the product status.
-            "applicableCountries": [ # List of country codes (ISO 3166-1 alpha-2) where issue applies to the aggregate offer.
+            "applicableCountries": [ # List of country codes (ISO 3166-1 alpha-2) where issue applies to the CSS Product.
               "A String",
             ],
             "attribute": "A String", # The attribute's name, if the issue is caused by a single attribute.
@@ -440,7 +440,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "detail": "A String", # A detailed issue description in English.
             "documentation": "A String", # The URL of a web page to help with resolving this issue.
             "resolution": "A String", # Whether the issue can be resolved by the merchant.
-            "servability": "A String", # How this issue affects serving of the aggregate offer.
+            "servability": "A String", # How this issue affects serving of the CSS Product.
           },
         ],
         "lastUpdateDate": "A String", # Date on which the item has been last updated, in [ISO 8601](http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/ISO_8601) format.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/datalabeling_v1beta1.projects.operations.html b/docs/dyn/datalabeling_v1beta1.projects.operations.html
index 611cc37108..649274bcf0 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/datalabeling_v1beta1.projects.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/datalabeling_v1beta1.projects.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Data Labeling API . 
   cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.agent.environments.users.sessions.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.agent.environments.users.sessions.html
index 9a2192908c..bfeb9159df 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.agent.environments.users.sessions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.agent.environments.users.sessions.html
@@ -697,7 +697,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
     },
     "queryText": "A String", # The original conversational query text: - If natural language text was provided as input, `query_text` contains a copy of the input. - If natural language speech audio was provided as input, `query_text` contains the speech recognition result. If speech recognizer produced multiple alternatives, a particular one is picked. - If automatic spell correction is enabled, `query_text` will contain the corrected user input.
-    "sentimentAnalysisResult": { # The result of sentiment analysis. Sentiment analysis inspects user input and identifies the prevailing subjective opinion, especially to determine a user's attitude as positive, negative, or neutral. For Participants.DetectIntent, it needs to be configured in DetectIntentRequest.query_params. For Participants.StreamingDetectIntent, it needs to be configured in StreamingDetectIntentRequest.query_params. And for Participants.AnalyzeContent and Participants.StreamingAnalyzeContent, it needs to be configured in ConversationProfile.human_agent_assistant_config # The sentiment analysis result, which depends on the `sentiment_analysis_request_config` specified in the request.
+    "sentimentAnalysisResult": { # The result of sentiment analysis. Sentiment analysis inspects user input and identifies the prevailing subjective opinion, especially to determine a user's attitude as positive, negative, or neutral. For DetectIntent, it needs to be configured in DetectIntentRequest.query_params. For StreamingDetectIntent, it needs to be configured in StreamingDetectIntentRequest.query_params. And for Participants.AnalyzeContent and Participants.StreamingAnalyzeContent, it needs to be configured in ConversationProfile.human_agent_assistant_config # The sentiment analysis result, which depends on the `sentiment_analysis_request_config` specified in the request.
       "queryTextSentiment": { # The sentiment, such as positive/negative feeling or association, for a unit of analysis, such as the query text. See: https://cloud.google.com/natural-language/docs/basics#interpreting_sentiment_analysis_values for how to interpret the result. # The sentiment analysis result for `query_text`.
         "magnitude": 3.14, # A non-negative number in the [0, +inf) range, which represents the absolute magnitude of sentiment, regardless of score (positive or negative).
         "score": 3.14, # Sentiment score between -1.0 (negative sentiment) and 1.0 (positive sentiment).
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.agent.sessions.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.agent.sessions.html
index d0f7e3be96..15213d9849 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.agent.sessions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.agent.sessions.html
@@ -697,7 +697,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
     },
     "queryText": "A String", # The original conversational query text: - If natural language text was provided as input, `query_text` contains a copy of the input. - If natural language speech audio was provided as input, `query_text` contains the speech recognition result. If speech recognizer produced multiple alternatives, a particular one is picked. - If automatic spell correction is enabled, `query_text` will contain the corrected user input.
-    "sentimentAnalysisResult": { # The result of sentiment analysis. Sentiment analysis inspects user input and identifies the prevailing subjective opinion, especially to determine a user's attitude as positive, negative, or neutral. For Participants.DetectIntent, it needs to be configured in DetectIntentRequest.query_params. For Participants.StreamingDetectIntent, it needs to be configured in StreamingDetectIntentRequest.query_params. And for Participants.AnalyzeContent and Participants.StreamingAnalyzeContent, it needs to be configured in ConversationProfile.human_agent_assistant_config # The sentiment analysis result, which depends on the `sentiment_analysis_request_config` specified in the request.
+    "sentimentAnalysisResult": { # The result of sentiment analysis. Sentiment analysis inspects user input and identifies the prevailing subjective opinion, especially to determine a user's attitude as positive, negative, or neutral. For DetectIntent, it needs to be configured in DetectIntentRequest.query_params. For StreamingDetectIntent, it needs to be configured in StreamingDetectIntentRequest.query_params. And for Participants.AnalyzeContent and Participants.StreamingAnalyzeContent, it needs to be configured in ConversationProfile.human_agent_assistant_config # The sentiment analysis result, which depends on the `sentiment_analysis_request_config` specified in the request.
       "queryTextSentiment": { # The sentiment, such as positive/negative feeling or association, for a unit of analysis, such as the query text. See: https://cloud.google.com/natural-language/docs/basics#interpreting_sentiment_analysis_values for how to interpret the result. # The sentiment analysis result for `query_text`.
         "magnitude": 3.14, # A non-negative number in the [0, +inf) range, which represents the absolute magnitude of sentiment, regardless of score (positive or negative).
         "score": 3.14, # Sentiment score between -1.0 (negative sentiment) and 1.0 (positive sentiment).
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.answerRecords.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.answerRecords.html
index 8372fd53e4..4e9e0d6e29 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.answerRecords.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.answerRecords.html
@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
     { # Response message for AnswerRecords.ListAnswerRecords.
   "answerRecords": [ # The list of answer records.
-    { # Answer records are records to manage answer history and feedbacks for Dialogflow. Currently, answer record includes: - human agent assistant article suggestion - human agent assistant faq article It doesn't include: - `DetectIntent` intent matching - `DetectIntent` knowledge Answer records are not related to the conversation history in the Dialogflow Console. A Record is generated even when the end-user disables conversation history in the console. Records are created when there's a human agent assistant suggestion generated. A typical workflow for customers provide feedback to an answer is: 1. For human agent assistant, customers get suggestion via ListSuggestions API. Together with the answers, AnswerRecord.name are returned to the customers. 2. The customer uses the AnswerRecord.name to call the UpdateAnswerRecord method to send feedback about a specific answer that they believe is wrong.
+    { # Answer records are records to manage answer history and feedbacks for Dialogflow. Currently, answer record includes: - human agent assistant article suggestion - human agent assistant faq article It doesn't include: - `DetectIntent` intent matching - `DetectIntent` knowledge Answer records are not related to the conversation history in the Dialogflow Console. A Record is generated even when the end-user disables conversation history in the console. Records are created when there's a human agent assistant suggestion generated. A typical workflow for customers provide feedback to an answer is: 1. For human agent assistant, customers get suggestion via ListSuggestions API. Together with the answers, AnswerRecord.name are returned to the customers. 2. The customer uses the AnswerRecord.name to call the AnswerRecords.UpdateAnswerRecord method to send feedback about a specific answer that they believe is wrong.
       "agentAssistantRecord": { # Represents a record of a human agent assist answer. # Output only. The record for human agent assistant.
         "articleSuggestionAnswer": { # Represents article answer. # Output only. The article suggestion answer.
           "answerRecord": "A String", # The name of answer record, in the format of "projects//locations//answerRecords/"
@@ -576,7 +576,7 @@ 
Method Details

               "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
             },
             "queryText": "A String", # The original conversational query text: - If natural language text was provided as input, `query_text` contains a copy of the input. - If natural language speech audio was provided as input, `query_text` contains the speech recognition result. If speech recognizer produced multiple alternatives, a particular one is picked. - If automatic spell correction is enabled, `query_text` will contain the corrected user input.
-            "sentimentAnalysisResult": { # The result of sentiment analysis. Sentiment analysis inspects user input and identifies the prevailing subjective opinion, especially to determine a user's attitude as positive, negative, or neutral. For Participants.DetectIntent, it needs to be configured in DetectIntentRequest.query_params. For Participants.StreamingDetectIntent, it needs to be configured in StreamingDetectIntentRequest.query_params. And for Participants.AnalyzeContent and Participants.StreamingAnalyzeContent, it needs to be configured in ConversationProfile.human_agent_assistant_config # The sentiment analysis result, which depends on the `sentiment_analysis_request_config` specified in the request.
+            "sentimentAnalysisResult": { # The result of sentiment analysis. Sentiment analysis inspects user input and identifies the prevailing subjective opinion, especially to determine a user's attitude as positive, negative, or neutral. For DetectIntent, it needs to be configured in DetectIntentRequest.query_params. For StreamingDetectIntent, it needs to be configured in StreamingDetectIntentRequest.query_params. And for Participants.AnalyzeContent and Participants.StreamingAnalyzeContent, it needs to be configured in ConversationProfile.human_agent_assistant_config # The sentiment analysis result, which depends on the `sentiment_analysis_request_config` specified in the request.
               "queryTextSentiment": { # The sentiment, such as positive/negative feeling or association, for a unit of analysis, such as the query text. See: https://cloud.google.com/natural-language/docs/basics#interpreting_sentiment_analysis_values for how to interpret the result. # The sentiment analysis result for `query_text`.
                 "magnitude": 3.14, # A non-negative number in the [0, +inf) range, which represents the absolute magnitude of sentiment, regardless of score (positive or negative).
                 "score": 3.14, # Sentiment score between -1.0 (negative sentiment) and 1.0 (positive sentiment).
@@ -662,7 +662,7 @@ 
Method Details

   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Answer records are records to manage answer history and feedbacks for Dialogflow. Currently, answer record includes: - human agent assistant article suggestion - human agent assistant faq article It doesn't include: - `DetectIntent` intent matching - `DetectIntent` knowledge Answer records are not related to the conversation history in the Dialogflow Console. A Record is generated even when the end-user disables conversation history in the console. Records are created when there's a human agent assistant suggestion generated. A typical workflow for customers provide feedback to an answer is: 1. For human agent assistant, customers get suggestion via ListSuggestions API. Together with the answers, AnswerRecord.name are returned to the customers. 2. The customer uses the AnswerRecord.name to call the UpdateAnswerRecord method to send feedback about a specific answer that they believe is wrong.
+{ # Answer records are records to manage answer history and feedbacks for Dialogflow. Currently, answer record includes: - human agent assistant article suggestion - human agent assistant faq article It doesn't include: - `DetectIntent` intent matching - `DetectIntent` knowledge Answer records are not related to the conversation history in the Dialogflow Console. A Record is generated even when the end-user disables conversation history in the console. Records are created when there's a human agent assistant suggestion generated. A typical workflow for customers provide feedback to an answer is: 1. For human agent assistant, customers get suggestion via ListSuggestions API. Together with the answers, AnswerRecord.name are returned to the customers. 2. The customer uses the AnswerRecord.name to call the AnswerRecords.UpdateAnswerRecord method to send feedback about a specific answer that they believe is wrong.
   "agentAssistantRecord": { # Represents a record of a human agent assist answer. # Output only. The record for human agent assistant.
     "articleSuggestionAnswer": { # Represents article answer. # Output only. The article suggestion answer.
       "answerRecord": "A String", # The name of answer record, in the format of "projects//locations//answerRecords/"
@@ -1127,7 +1127,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
         },
         "queryText": "A String", # The original conversational query text: - If natural language text was provided as input, `query_text` contains a copy of the input. - If natural language speech audio was provided as input, `query_text` contains the speech recognition result. If speech recognizer produced multiple alternatives, a particular one is picked. - If automatic spell correction is enabled, `query_text` will contain the corrected user input.
-        "sentimentAnalysisResult": { # The result of sentiment analysis. Sentiment analysis inspects user input and identifies the prevailing subjective opinion, especially to determine a user's attitude as positive, negative, or neutral. For Participants.DetectIntent, it needs to be configured in DetectIntentRequest.query_params. For Participants.StreamingDetectIntent, it needs to be configured in StreamingDetectIntentRequest.query_params. And for Participants.AnalyzeContent and Participants.StreamingAnalyzeContent, it needs to be configured in ConversationProfile.human_agent_assistant_config # The sentiment analysis result, which depends on the `sentiment_analysis_request_config` specified in the request.
+        "sentimentAnalysisResult": { # The result of sentiment analysis. Sentiment analysis inspects user input and identifies the prevailing subjective opinion, especially to determine a user's attitude as positive, negative, or neutral. For DetectIntent, it needs to be configured in DetectIntentRequest.query_params. For StreamingDetectIntent, it needs to be configured in StreamingDetectIntentRequest.query_params. And for Participants.AnalyzeContent and Participants.StreamingAnalyzeContent, it needs to be configured in ConversationProfile.human_agent_assistant_config # The sentiment analysis result, which depends on the `sentiment_analysis_request_config` specified in the request.
           "queryTextSentiment": { # The sentiment, such as positive/negative feeling or association, for a unit of analysis, such as the query text. See: https://cloud.google.com/natural-language/docs/basics#interpreting_sentiment_analysis_values for how to interpret the result. # The sentiment analysis result for `query_text`.
             "magnitude": 3.14, # A non-negative number in the [0, +inf) range, which represents the absolute magnitude of sentiment, regardless of score (positive or negative).
             "score": 3.14, # Sentiment score between -1.0 (negative sentiment) and 1.0 (positive sentiment).
@@ -1195,7 +1195,7 @@ 
Method Details

 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # Answer records are records to manage answer history and feedbacks for Dialogflow. Currently, answer record includes: - human agent assistant article suggestion - human agent assistant faq article It doesn't include: - `DetectIntent` intent matching - `DetectIntent` knowledge Answer records are not related to the conversation history in the Dialogflow Console. A Record is generated even when the end-user disables conversation history in the console. Records are created when there's a human agent assistant suggestion generated. A typical workflow for customers provide feedback to an answer is: 1. For human agent assistant, customers get suggestion via ListSuggestions API. Together with the answers, AnswerRecord.name are returned to the customers. 2. The customer uses the AnswerRecord.name to call the UpdateAnswerRecord method to send feedback about a specific answer that they believe is wrong.
+    { # Answer records are records to manage answer history and feedbacks for Dialogflow. Currently, answer record includes: - human agent assistant article suggestion - human agent assistant faq article It doesn't include: - `DetectIntent` intent matching - `DetectIntent` knowledge Answer records are not related to the conversation history in the Dialogflow Console. A Record is generated even when the end-user disables conversation history in the console. Records are created when there's a human agent assistant suggestion generated. A typical workflow for customers provide feedback to an answer is: 1. For human agent assistant, customers get suggestion via ListSuggestions API. Together with the answers, AnswerRecord.name are returned to the customers. 2. The customer uses the AnswerRecord.name to call the AnswerRecords.UpdateAnswerRecord method to send feedback about a specific answer that they believe is wrong.
   "agentAssistantRecord": { # Represents a record of a human agent assist answer. # Output only. The record for human agent assistant.
     "articleSuggestionAnswer": { # Represents article answer. # Output only. The article suggestion answer.
       "answerRecord": "A String", # The name of answer record, in the format of "projects//locations//answerRecords/"
@@ -1660,7 +1660,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
         },
         "queryText": "A String", # The original conversational query text: - If natural language text was provided as input, `query_text` contains a copy of the input. - If natural language speech audio was provided as input, `query_text` contains the speech recognition result. If speech recognizer produced multiple alternatives, a particular one is picked. - If automatic spell correction is enabled, `query_text` will contain the corrected user input.
-        "sentimentAnalysisResult": { # The result of sentiment analysis. Sentiment analysis inspects user input and identifies the prevailing subjective opinion, especially to determine a user's attitude as positive, negative, or neutral. For Participants.DetectIntent, it needs to be configured in DetectIntentRequest.query_params. For Participants.StreamingDetectIntent, it needs to be configured in StreamingDetectIntentRequest.query_params. And for Participants.AnalyzeContent and Participants.StreamingAnalyzeContent, it needs to be configured in ConversationProfile.human_agent_assistant_config # The sentiment analysis result, which depends on the `sentiment_analysis_request_config` specified in the request.
+        "sentimentAnalysisResult": { # The result of sentiment analysis. Sentiment analysis inspects user input and identifies the prevailing subjective opinion, especially to determine a user's attitude as positive, negative, or neutral. For DetectIntent, it needs to be configured in DetectIntentRequest.query_params. For StreamingDetectIntent, it needs to be configured in StreamingDetectIntentRequest.query_params. And for Participants.AnalyzeContent and Participants.StreamingAnalyzeContent, it needs to be configured in ConversationProfile.human_agent_assistant_config # The sentiment analysis result, which depends on the `sentiment_analysis_request_config` specified in the request.
           "queryTextSentiment": { # The sentiment, such as positive/negative feeling or association, for a unit of analysis, such as the query text. See: https://cloud.google.com/natural-language/docs/basics#interpreting_sentiment_analysis_values for how to interpret the result. # The sentiment analysis result for `query_text`.
             "magnitude": 3.14, # A non-negative number in the [0, +inf) range, which represents the absolute magnitude of sentiment, regardless of score (positive or negative).
             "score": 3.14, # Sentiment score between -1.0 (negative sentiment) and 1.0 (positive sentiment).
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.conversationProfiles.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.conversationProfiles.html
index 1608dc8b9a..a93f2770c3 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.conversationProfiles.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.conversationProfiles.html
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Close httplib2 connections.

 

   create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-
Creates a conversation profile in the specified project. ConversationProfile.CreateTime and ConversationProfile.UpdateTime aren't populated in the response. You can retrieve them via GetConversationProfile API.

+
Creates a conversation profile in the specified project. ConversationProfile.create_time and ConversationProfile.update_time aren't populated in the response. You can retrieve them via GetConversationProfile API.

 

   delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

 
Deletes the specified conversation profile.

@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Retrieves the next page of results.

 

   patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

-
Updates the specified conversation profile. ConversationProfile.CreateTime and ConversationProfile.UpdateTime aren't populated in the response. You can retrieve them via GetConversationProfile API.

+
Updates the specified conversation profile. ConversationProfile.create_time and ConversationProfile.update_time aren't populated in the response. You can retrieve them via GetConversationProfile API.

 

   setSuggestionFeatureConfig(conversationProfile, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

 
Adds or updates a suggestion feature in a conversation profile. If the conversation profile contains the type of suggestion feature for the participant role, it will update it. Otherwise it will insert the suggestion feature. This method is a [long-running operation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/how/long-running-operations). The returned `Operation` type has the following method-specific fields: - `metadata`: SetSuggestionFeatureConfigOperationMetadata - `response`: ConversationProfile If a long running operation to add or update suggestion feature config for the same conversation profile, participant role and suggestion feature type exists, please cancel the existing long running operation before sending such request, otherwise the request will be rejected.

@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ 
Method Details

   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # The request message for ConversationProfiles.ClearFeature.
+{ # The request message for ConversationProfiles.ClearSuggestionFeatureConfig.
   "participantRole": "A String", # Required. The participant role to remove the suggestion feature config. Only HUMAN_AGENT or END_USER can be used.
   "suggestionFeatureType": "A String", # Required. The type of the suggestion feature to remove.
 }
@@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 

     create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Creates a conversation profile in the specified project. ConversationProfile.CreateTime and ConversationProfile.UpdateTime aren't populated in the response. You can retrieve them via GetConversationProfile API.
+  
Creates a conversation profile in the specified project. ConversationProfile.create_time and ConversationProfile.update_time aren't populated in the response. You can retrieve them via GetConversationProfile API.
 
 Args:
   parent: string, Required. The project to create a conversation profile for. Format: `projects//locations/`. (required)
@@ -1007,7 +1007,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 

     patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Updates the specified conversation profile. ConversationProfile.CreateTime and ConversationProfile.UpdateTime aren't populated in the response. You can retrieve them via GetConversationProfile API.
+  
Updates the specified conversation profile. ConversationProfile.create_time and ConversationProfile.update_time aren't populated in the response. You can retrieve them via GetConversationProfile API.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The unique identifier of this conversation profile. Format: `projects//locations//conversationProfiles/`. (required)
@@ -1417,7 +1417,7 @@ 
Method Details

   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # The request message for ConversationProfiles.SetSuggestionFeature.
+{ # The request message for ConversationProfiles.SetSuggestionFeatureConfig.
   "participantRole": "A String", # Required. The participant role to add or update the suggestion feature config. Only HUMAN_AGENT or END_USER can be used.
   "suggestionFeatureConfig": { # Config for suggestion features. # Required. The suggestion feature config to add or update.
     "conversationModelConfig": { # Custom conversation models used in agent assist feature. Supported feature: ARTICLE_SUGGESTION, SMART_COMPOSE, SMART_REPLY, CONVERSATION_SUMMARIZATION. # Configs of custom conversation model.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.conversations.messages.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.conversations.messages.html
index a266ac242e..162f775258 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.conversations.messages.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.conversations.messages.html
@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "participant": "A String", # Output only. The participant that sends this message.
       "participantRole": "A String", # Output only. The role of the participant.
       "sendTime": "A String", # Optional. The time when the message was sent.
-      "sentimentAnalysis": { # The result of sentiment analysis. Sentiment analysis inspects user input and identifies the prevailing subjective opinion, especially to determine a user's attitude as positive, negative, or neutral. For Participants.DetectIntent, it needs to be configured in DetectIntentRequest.query_params. For Participants.StreamingDetectIntent, it needs to be configured in StreamingDetectIntentRequest.query_params. And for Participants.AnalyzeContent and Participants.StreamingAnalyzeContent, it needs to be configured in ConversationProfile.human_agent_assistant_config # Output only. The sentiment analysis result for the message.
+      "sentimentAnalysis": { # The result of sentiment analysis. Sentiment analysis inspects user input and identifies the prevailing subjective opinion, especially to determine a user's attitude as positive, negative, or neutral. For DetectIntent, it needs to be configured in DetectIntentRequest.query_params. For StreamingDetectIntent, it needs to be configured in StreamingDetectIntentRequest.query_params. And for Participants.AnalyzeContent and Participants.StreamingAnalyzeContent, it needs to be configured in ConversationProfile.human_agent_assistant_config # Output only. The sentiment analysis result for the message.
         "queryTextSentiment": { # The sentiment, such as positive/negative feeling or association, for a unit of analysis, such as the query text. See: https://cloud.google.com/natural-language/docs/basics#interpreting_sentiment_analysis_values for how to interpret the result. # The sentiment analysis result for `query_text`.
           "magnitude": 3.14, # A non-negative number in the [0, +inf) range, which represents the absolute magnitude of sentiment, regardless of score (positive or negative).
           "score": 3.14, # Sentiment score between -1.0 (negative sentiment) and 1.0 (positive sentiment).
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.conversations.participants.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.conversations.participants.html
index 24d5ade4c3..bdd1c21fc2 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.conversations.participants.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.conversations.participants.html
@@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ 
Method Details

   An object of the form:
 
     { # The response message for Participants.AnalyzeContent.
-  "automatedAgentReply": { # Represents a response from an automated agent. # Only set if a Dialogflow automated agent has responded. Note that: AutomatedAgentReply.detect_intent_response.output_audio and AutomatedAgentReply.detect_intent_response.output_audio_config are always empty, use reply_audio instead.
+  "automatedAgentReply": { # Represents a response from an automated agent. # Only set if a Dialogflow automated agent has responded. Note that in AutomatedAgentReply.DetectIntentResponse, Sessions.DetectIntentResponse.output_audio and Sessions.DetectIntentResponse.output_audio_config are always empty, use reply_audio instead.
     "allowCancellation": True or False, # Indicates whether the partial automated agent reply is interruptible when a later reply message arrives. e.g. if the agent specified some music as partial response, it can be cancelled.
     "automatedAgentReplyType": "A String", # AutomatedAgentReply type.
     "cxCurrentPage": "A String", # The unique identifier of the current Dialogflow CX conversation page. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`.
@@ -668,7 +668,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
         },
         "queryText": "A String", # The original conversational query text: - If natural language text was provided as input, `query_text` contains a copy of the input. - If natural language speech audio was provided as input, `query_text` contains the speech recognition result. If speech recognizer produced multiple alternatives, a particular one is picked. - If automatic spell correction is enabled, `query_text` will contain the corrected user input.
-        "sentimentAnalysisResult": { # The result of sentiment analysis. Sentiment analysis inspects user input and identifies the prevailing subjective opinion, especially to determine a user's attitude as positive, negative, or neutral. For Participants.DetectIntent, it needs to be configured in DetectIntentRequest.query_params. For Participants.StreamingDetectIntent, it needs to be configured in StreamingDetectIntentRequest.query_params. And for Participants.AnalyzeContent and Participants.StreamingAnalyzeContent, it needs to be configured in ConversationProfile.human_agent_assistant_config # The sentiment analysis result, which depends on the `sentiment_analysis_request_config` specified in the request.
+        "sentimentAnalysisResult": { # The result of sentiment analysis. Sentiment analysis inspects user input and identifies the prevailing subjective opinion, especially to determine a user's attitude as positive, negative, or neutral. For DetectIntent, it needs to be configured in DetectIntentRequest.query_params. For StreamingDetectIntent, it needs to be configured in StreamingDetectIntentRequest.query_params. And for Participants.AnalyzeContent and Participants.StreamingAnalyzeContent, it needs to be configured in ConversationProfile.human_agent_assistant_config # The sentiment analysis result, which depends on the `sentiment_analysis_request_config` specified in the request.
           "queryTextSentiment": { # The sentiment, such as positive/negative feeling or association, for a unit of analysis, such as the query text. See: https://cloud.google.com/natural-language/docs/basics#interpreting_sentiment_analysis_values for how to interpret the result. # The sentiment analysis result for `query_text`.
             "magnitude": 3.14, # A non-negative number in the [0, +inf) range, which represents the absolute magnitude of sentiment, regardless of score (positive or negative).
             "score": 3.14, # Sentiment score between -1.0 (negative sentiment) and 1.0 (positive sentiment).
@@ -885,7 +885,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "participant": "A String", # Output only. The participant that sends this message.
     "participantRole": "A String", # Output only. The role of the participant.
     "sendTime": "A String", # Optional. The time when the message was sent.
-    "sentimentAnalysis": { # The result of sentiment analysis. Sentiment analysis inspects user input and identifies the prevailing subjective opinion, especially to determine a user's attitude as positive, negative, or neutral. For Participants.DetectIntent, it needs to be configured in DetectIntentRequest.query_params. For Participants.StreamingDetectIntent, it needs to be configured in StreamingDetectIntentRequest.query_params. And for Participants.AnalyzeContent and Participants.StreamingAnalyzeContent, it needs to be configured in ConversationProfile.human_agent_assistant_config # Output only. The sentiment analysis result for the message.
+    "sentimentAnalysis": { # The result of sentiment analysis. Sentiment analysis inspects user input and identifies the prevailing subjective opinion, especially to determine a user's attitude as positive, negative, or neutral. For DetectIntent, it needs to be configured in DetectIntentRequest.query_params. For StreamingDetectIntent, it needs to be configured in StreamingDetectIntentRequest.query_params. And for Participants.AnalyzeContent and Participants.StreamingAnalyzeContent, it needs to be configured in ConversationProfile.human_agent_assistant_config # Output only. The sentiment analysis result for the message.
       "queryTextSentiment": { # The sentiment, such as positive/negative feeling or association, for a unit of analysis, such as the query text. See: https://cloud.google.com/natural-language/docs/basics#interpreting_sentiment_analysis_values for how to interpret the result. # The sentiment analysis result for `query_text`.
         "magnitude": 3.14, # A non-negative number in the [0, +inf) range, which represents the absolute magnitude of sentiment, regardless of score (positive or negative).
         "score": 3.14, # Sentiment score between -1.0 (negative sentiment) and 1.0 (positive sentiment).
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.conversations.suggestions.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.conversations.suggestions.html
index e563c48e64..fb44f7ddac 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.conversations.suggestions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.conversations.suggestions.html
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "searchConfig": { # Configuration specific to search queries with data stores. # Optional. Configuration specific to search queries with data stores.
     "boostSpecs": [ # Optional. Boost specifications for data stores.
       { # Boost specifications for data stores.
-        "dataStores": [ # Optional. Data Stores where the boosting configuration is applied. The full names of the referenced data stores. Formats: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}` `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/dataStores/{data_store}
+        "dataStores": [ # Optional. Data Stores where the boosting configuration is applied. The full names of the referenced data stores. Formats: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}` `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/dataStores/{data_store}`
           "A String",
         ],
         "spec": [ # Optional. A list of boosting specifications.
@@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ 
Method Details

   An object of the form:
 
     { # The response message for Conversations.SuggestConversationSummary.
-  "contextSize": 42, # Number of messages prior to and including last_conversation_message used to compile the suggestion. It may be smaller than the SuggestSummaryRequest.context_size field in the request if there weren't that many messages in the conversation.
+  "contextSize": 42, # Number of messages prior to and including latest_message used to compile the suggestion. It may be smaller than the SuggestConversationSummaryRequest.context_size field in the request if there weren't that many messages in the conversation.
   "latestMessage": "A String", # The name of the latest conversation message used as context for compiling suggestion. Format: `projects//locations//conversations//messages/`.
   "summary": { # Generated summary for a conversation. # Generated summary.
     "answerRecord": "A String", # The name of the answer record. Format: "projects//answerRecords/"
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.generators.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.generators.html
index 58723d760a..5201a18e47 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.generators.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.generators.html
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The resource name of the generator. Format: `projects//locations//generators/`
   "summarizationContext": { # Summarization context that customer can configure. # Input of prebuilt Summarization feature.
     "fewShotExamples": [ # Optional. List of few shot examples.
-      { # Providing examples in the generator (i.e. building a few-shot generator) helps convey the desired format of the LLM response. NEXT_ID: 10
+      { # Providing examples in the generator (i.e. building a few-shot generator) helps convey the desired format of the LLM response.
         "conversationContext": { # Context of the conversation, including transcripts. # Optional. Conversation transcripts.
           "messageEntries": [ # Optional. List of message transcripts in the conversation.
             { # Represents a message entry of a conversation.
@@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The resource name of the generator. Format: `projects//locations//generators/`
   "summarizationContext": { # Summarization context that customer can configure. # Input of prebuilt Summarization feature.
     "fewShotExamples": [ # Optional. List of few shot examples.
-      { # Providing examples in the generator (i.e. building a few-shot generator) helps convey the desired format of the LLM response. NEXT_ID: 10
+      { # Providing examples in the generator (i.e. building a few-shot generator) helps convey the desired format of the LLM response.
         "conversationContext": { # Context of the conversation, including transcripts. # Optional. Conversation transcripts.
           "messageEntries": [ # Optional. List of message transcripts in the conversation.
             { # Represents a message entry of a conversation.
@@ -263,7 +263,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The resource name of the generator. Format: `projects//locations//generators/`
       "summarizationContext": { # Summarization context that customer can configure. # Input of prebuilt Summarization feature.
         "fewShotExamples": [ # Optional. List of few shot examples.
-          { # Providing examples in the generator (i.e. building a few-shot generator) helps convey the desired format of the LLM response. NEXT_ID: 10
+          { # Providing examples in the generator (i.e. building a few-shot generator) helps convey the desired format of the LLM response.
             "conversationContext": { # Context of the conversation, including transcripts. # Optional. Conversation transcripts.
               "messageEntries": [ # Optional. List of message transcripts in the conversation.
                 { # Represents a message entry of a conversation.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.agent.environments.users.sessions.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.agent.environments.users.sessions.html
index cee03c8a48..79e58b688a 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.agent.environments.users.sessions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.agent.environments.users.sessions.html
@@ -697,7 +697,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
     },
     "queryText": "A String", # The original conversational query text: - If natural language text was provided as input, `query_text` contains a copy of the input. - If natural language speech audio was provided as input, `query_text` contains the speech recognition result. If speech recognizer produced multiple alternatives, a particular one is picked. - If automatic spell correction is enabled, `query_text` will contain the corrected user input.
-    "sentimentAnalysisResult": { # The result of sentiment analysis. Sentiment analysis inspects user input and identifies the prevailing subjective opinion, especially to determine a user's attitude as positive, negative, or neutral. For Participants.DetectIntent, it needs to be configured in DetectIntentRequest.query_params. For Participants.StreamingDetectIntent, it needs to be configured in StreamingDetectIntentRequest.query_params. And for Participants.AnalyzeContent and Participants.StreamingAnalyzeContent, it needs to be configured in ConversationProfile.human_agent_assistant_config # The sentiment analysis result, which depends on the `sentiment_analysis_request_config` specified in the request.
+    "sentimentAnalysisResult": { # The result of sentiment analysis. Sentiment analysis inspects user input and identifies the prevailing subjective opinion, especially to determine a user's attitude as positive, negative, or neutral. For DetectIntent, it needs to be configured in DetectIntentRequest.query_params. For StreamingDetectIntent, it needs to be configured in StreamingDetectIntentRequest.query_params. And for Participants.AnalyzeContent and Participants.StreamingAnalyzeContent, it needs to be configured in ConversationProfile.human_agent_assistant_config # The sentiment analysis result, which depends on the `sentiment_analysis_request_config` specified in the request.
       "queryTextSentiment": { # The sentiment, such as positive/negative feeling or association, for a unit of analysis, such as the query text. See: https://cloud.google.com/natural-language/docs/basics#interpreting_sentiment_analysis_values for how to interpret the result. # The sentiment analysis result for `query_text`.
         "magnitude": 3.14, # A non-negative number in the [0, +inf) range, which represents the absolute magnitude of sentiment, regardless of score (positive or negative).
         "score": 3.14, # Sentiment score between -1.0 (negative sentiment) and 1.0 (positive sentiment).
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.agent.sessions.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.agent.sessions.html
index 23442d36a1..4c98d04419 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.agent.sessions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.agent.sessions.html
@@ -697,7 +697,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
     },
     "queryText": "A String", # The original conversational query text: - If natural language text was provided as input, `query_text` contains a copy of the input. - If natural language speech audio was provided as input, `query_text` contains the speech recognition result. If speech recognizer produced multiple alternatives, a particular one is picked. - If automatic spell correction is enabled, `query_text` will contain the corrected user input.
-    "sentimentAnalysisResult": { # The result of sentiment analysis. Sentiment analysis inspects user input and identifies the prevailing subjective opinion, especially to determine a user's attitude as positive, negative, or neutral. For Participants.DetectIntent, it needs to be configured in DetectIntentRequest.query_params. For Participants.StreamingDetectIntent, it needs to be configured in StreamingDetectIntentRequest.query_params. And for Participants.AnalyzeContent and Participants.StreamingAnalyzeContent, it needs to be configured in ConversationProfile.human_agent_assistant_config # The sentiment analysis result, which depends on the `sentiment_analysis_request_config` specified in the request.
+    "sentimentAnalysisResult": { # The result of sentiment analysis. Sentiment analysis inspects user input and identifies the prevailing subjective opinion, especially to determine a user's attitude as positive, negative, or neutral. For DetectIntent, it needs to be configured in DetectIntentRequest.query_params. For StreamingDetectIntent, it needs to be configured in StreamingDetectIntentRequest.query_params. And for Participants.AnalyzeContent and Participants.StreamingAnalyzeContent, it needs to be configured in ConversationProfile.human_agent_assistant_config # The sentiment analysis result, which depends on the `sentiment_analysis_request_config` specified in the request.
       "queryTextSentiment": { # The sentiment, such as positive/negative feeling or association, for a unit of analysis, such as the query text. See: https://cloud.google.com/natural-language/docs/basics#interpreting_sentiment_analysis_values for how to interpret the result. # The sentiment analysis result for `query_text`.
         "magnitude": 3.14, # A non-negative number in the [0, +inf) range, which represents the absolute magnitude of sentiment, regardless of score (positive or negative).
         "score": 3.14, # Sentiment score between -1.0 (negative sentiment) and 1.0 (positive sentiment).
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.answerRecords.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.answerRecords.html
index 957e1671ed..4ed8c4ed2b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.answerRecords.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.answerRecords.html
@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
     { # Response message for AnswerRecords.ListAnswerRecords.
   "answerRecords": [ # The list of answer records.
-    { # Answer records are records to manage answer history and feedbacks for Dialogflow. Currently, answer record includes: - human agent assistant article suggestion - human agent assistant faq article It doesn't include: - `DetectIntent` intent matching - `DetectIntent` knowledge Answer records are not related to the conversation history in the Dialogflow Console. A Record is generated even when the end-user disables conversation history in the console. Records are created when there's a human agent assistant suggestion generated. A typical workflow for customers provide feedback to an answer is: 1. For human agent assistant, customers get suggestion via ListSuggestions API. Together with the answers, AnswerRecord.name are returned to the customers. 2. The customer uses the AnswerRecord.name to call the UpdateAnswerRecord method to send feedback about a specific answer that they believe is wrong.
+    { # Answer records are records to manage answer history and feedbacks for Dialogflow. Currently, answer record includes: - human agent assistant article suggestion - human agent assistant faq article It doesn't include: - `DetectIntent` intent matching - `DetectIntent` knowledge Answer records are not related to the conversation history in the Dialogflow Console. A Record is generated even when the end-user disables conversation history in the console. Records are created when there's a human agent assistant suggestion generated. A typical workflow for customers provide feedback to an answer is: 1. For human agent assistant, customers get suggestion via ListSuggestions API. Together with the answers, AnswerRecord.name are returned to the customers. 2. The customer uses the AnswerRecord.name to call the AnswerRecords.UpdateAnswerRecord method to send feedback about a specific answer that they believe is wrong.
       "agentAssistantRecord": { # Represents a record of a human agent assist answer. # Output only. The record for human agent assistant.
         "articleSuggestionAnswer": { # Represents article answer. # Output only. The article suggestion answer.
           "answerRecord": "A String", # The name of answer record, in the format of "projects//locations//answerRecords/"
@@ -576,7 +576,7 @@ 
Method Details

               "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
             },
             "queryText": "A String", # The original conversational query text: - If natural language text was provided as input, `query_text` contains a copy of the input. - If natural language speech audio was provided as input, `query_text` contains the speech recognition result. If speech recognizer produced multiple alternatives, a particular one is picked. - If automatic spell correction is enabled, `query_text` will contain the corrected user input.
-            "sentimentAnalysisResult": { # The result of sentiment analysis. Sentiment analysis inspects user input and identifies the prevailing subjective opinion, especially to determine a user's attitude as positive, negative, or neutral. For Participants.DetectIntent, it needs to be configured in DetectIntentRequest.query_params. For Participants.StreamingDetectIntent, it needs to be configured in StreamingDetectIntentRequest.query_params. And for Participants.AnalyzeContent and Participants.StreamingAnalyzeContent, it needs to be configured in ConversationProfile.human_agent_assistant_config # The sentiment analysis result, which depends on the `sentiment_analysis_request_config` specified in the request.
+            "sentimentAnalysisResult": { # The result of sentiment analysis. Sentiment analysis inspects user input and identifies the prevailing subjective opinion, especially to determine a user's attitude as positive, negative, or neutral. For DetectIntent, it needs to be configured in DetectIntentRequest.query_params. For StreamingDetectIntent, it needs to be configured in StreamingDetectIntentRequest.query_params. And for Participants.AnalyzeContent and Participants.StreamingAnalyzeContent, it needs to be configured in ConversationProfile.human_agent_assistant_config # The sentiment analysis result, which depends on the `sentiment_analysis_request_config` specified in the request.
               "queryTextSentiment": { # The sentiment, such as positive/negative feeling or association, for a unit of analysis, such as the query text. See: https://cloud.google.com/natural-language/docs/basics#interpreting_sentiment_analysis_values for how to interpret the result. # The sentiment analysis result for `query_text`.
                 "magnitude": 3.14, # A non-negative number in the [0, +inf) range, which represents the absolute magnitude of sentiment, regardless of score (positive or negative).
                 "score": 3.14, # Sentiment score between -1.0 (negative sentiment) and 1.0 (positive sentiment).
@@ -662,7 +662,7 @@ 
Method Details

   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Answer records are records to manage answer history and feedbacks for Dialogflow. Currently, answer record includes: - human agent assistant article suggestion - human agent assistant faq article It doesn't include: - `DetectIntent` intent matching - `DetectIntent` knowledge Answer records are not related to the conversation history in the Dialogflow Console. A Record is generated even when the end-user disables conversation history in the console. Records are created when there's a human agent assistant suggestion generated. A typical workflow for customers provide feedback to an answer is: 1. For human agent assistant, customers get suggestion via ListSuggestions API. Together with the answers, AnswerRecord.name are returned to the customers. 2. The customer uses the AnswerRecord.name to call the UpdateAnswerRecord method to send feedback about a specific answer that they believe is wrong.
+{ # Answer records are records to manage answer history and feedbacks for Dialogflow. Currently, answer record includes: - human agent assistant article suggestion - human agent assistant faq article It doesn't include: - `DetectIntent` intent matching - `DetectIntent` knowledge Answer records are not related to the conversation history in the Dialogflow Console. A Record is generated even when the end-user disables conversation history in the console. Records are created when there's a human agent assistant suggestion generated. A typical workflow for customers provide feedback to an answer is: 1. For human agent assistant, customers get suggestion via ListSuggestions API. Together with the answers, AnswerRecord.name are returned to the customers. 2. The customer uses the AnswerRecord.name to call the AnswerRecords.UpdateAnswerRecord method to send feedback about a specific answer that they believe is wrong.
   "agentAssistantRecord": { # Represents a record of a human agent assist answer. # Output only. The record for human agent assistant.
     "articleSuggestionAnswer": { # Represents article answer. # Output only. The article suggestion answer.
       "answerRecord": "A String", # The name of answer record, in the format of "projects//locations//answerRecords/"
@@ -1127,7 +1127,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
         },
         "queryText": "A String", # The original conversational query text: - If natural language text was provided as input, `query_text` contains a copy of the input. - If natural language speech audio was provided as input, `query_text` contains the speech recognition result. If speech recognizer produced multiple alternatives, a particular one is picked. - If automatic spell correction is enabled, `query_text` will contain the corrected user input.
-        "sentimentAnalysisResult": { # The result of sentiment analysis. Sentiment analysis inspects user input and identifies the prevailing subjective opinion, especially to determine a user's attitude as positive, negative, or neutral. For Participants.DetectIntent, it needs to be configured in DetectIntentRequest.query_params. For Participants.StreamingDetectIntent, it needs to be configured in StreamingDetectIntentRequest.query_params. And for Participants.AnalyzeContent and Participants.StreamingAnalyzeContent, it needs to be configured in ConversationProfile.human_agent_assistant_config # The sentiment analysis result, which depends on the `sentiment_analysis_request_config` specified in the request.
+        "sentimentAnalysisResult": { # The result of sentiment analysis. Sentiment analysis inspects user input and identifies the prevailing subjective opinion, especially to determine a user's attitude as positive, negative, or neutral. For DetectIntent, it needs to be configured in DetectIntentRequest.query_params. For StreamingDetectIntent, it needs to be configured in StreamingDetectIntentRequest.query_params. And for Participants.AnalyzeContent and Participants.StreamingAnalyzeContent, it needs to be configured in ConversationProfile.human_agent_assistant_config # The sentiment analysis result, which depends on the `sentiment_analysis_request_config` specified in the request.
           "queryTextSentiment": { # The sentiment, such as positive/negative feeling or association, for a unit of analysis, such as the query text. See: https://cloud.google.com/natural-language/docs/basics#interpreting_sentiment_analysis_values for how to interpret the result. # The sentiment analysis result for `query_text`.
             "magnitude": 3.14, # A non-negative number in the [0, +inf) range, which represents the absolute magnitude of sentiment, regardless of score (positive or negative).
             "score": 3.14, # Sentiment score between -1.0 (negative sentiment) and 1.0 (positive sentiment).
@@ -1195,7 +1195,7 @@ 
Method Details

 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # Answer records are records to manage answer history and feedbacks for Dialogflow. Currently, answer record includes: - human agent assistant article suggestion - human agent assistant faq article It doesn't include: - `DetectIntent` intent matching - `DetectIntent` knowledge Answer records are not related to the conversation history in the Dialogflow Console. A Record is generated even when the end-user disables conversation history in the console. Records are created when there's a human agent assistant suggestion generated. A typical workflow for customers provide feedback to an answer is: 1. For human agent assistant, customers get suggestion via ListSuggestions API. Together with the answers, AnswerRecord.name are returned to the customers. 2. The customer uses the AnswerRecord.name to call the UpdateAnswerRecord method to send feedback about a specific answer that they believe is wrong.
+    { # Answer records are records to manage answer history and feedbacks for Dialogflow. Currently, answer record includes: - human agent assistant article suggestion - human agent assistant faq article It doesn't include: - `DetectIntent` intent matching - `DetectIntent` knowledge Answer records are not related to the conversation history in the Dialogflow Console. A Record is generated even when the end-user disables conversation history in the console. Records are created when there's a human agent assistant suggestion generated. A typical workflow for customers provide feedback to an answer is: 1. For human agent assistant, customers get suggestion via ListSuggestions API. Together with the answers, AnswerRecord.name are returned to the customers. 2. The customer uses the AnswerRecord.name to call the AnswerRecords.UpdateAnswerRecord method to send feedback about a specific answer that they believe is wrong.
   "agentAssistantRecord": { # Represents a record of a human agent assist answer. # Output only. The record for human agent assistant.
     "articleSuggestionAnswer": { # Represents article answer. # Output only. The article suggestion answer.
       "answerRecord": "A String", # The name of answer record, in the format of "projects//locations//answerRecords/"
@@ -1660,7 +1660,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
         },
         "queryText": "A String", # The original conversational query text: - If natural language text was provided as input, `query_text` contains a copy of the input. - If natural language speech audio was provided as input, `query_text` contains the speech recognition result. If speech recognizer produced multiple alternatives, a particular one is picked. - If automatic spell correction is enabled, `query_text` will contain the corrected user input.
-        "sentimentAnalysisResult": { # The result of sentiment analysis. Sentiment analysis inspects user input and identifies the prevailing subjective opinion, especially to determine a user's attitude as positive, negative, or neutral. For Participants.DetectIntent, it needs to be configured in DetectIntentRequest.query_params. For Participants.StreamingDetectIntent, it needs to be configured in StreamingDetectIntentRequest.query_params. And for Participants.AnalyzeContent and Participants.StreamingAnalyzeContent, it needs to be configured in ConversationProfile.human_agent_assistant_config # The sentiment analysis result, which depends on the `sentiment_analysis_request_config` specified in the request.
+        "sentimentAnalysisResult": { # The result of sentiment analysis. Sentiment analysis inspects user input and identifies the prevailing subjective opinion, especially to determine a user's attitude as positive, negative, or neutral. For DetectIntent, it needs to be configured in DetectIntentRequest.query_params. For StreamingDetectIntent, it needs to be configured in StreamingDetectIntentRequest.query_params. And for Participants.AnalyzeContent and Participants.StreamingAnalyzeContent, it needs to be configured in ConversationProfile.human_agent_assistant_config # The sentiment analysis result, which depends on the `sentiment_analysis_request_config` specified in the request.
           "queryTextSentiment": { # The sentiment, such as positive/negative feeling or association, for a unit of analysis, such as the query text. See: https://cloud.google.com/natural-language/docs/basics#interpreting_sentiment_analysis_values for how to interpret the result. # The sentiment analysis result for `query_text`.
             "magnitude": 3.14, # A non-negative number in the [0, +inf) range, which represents the absolute magnitude of sentiment, regardless of score (positive or negative).
             "score": 3.14, # Sentiment score between -1.0 (negative sentiment) and 1.0 (positive sentiment).
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.conversationProfiles.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.conversationProfiles.html
index 13b71c5a3a..7999965bd7 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.conversationProfiles.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.conversationProfiles.html
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Close httplib2 connections.

 

   create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-
Creates a conversation profile in the specified project. ConversationProfile.CreateTime and ConversationProfile.UpdateTime aren't populated in the response. You can retrieve them via GetConversationProfile API.

+
Creates a conversation profile in the specified project. ConversationProfile.create_time and ConversationProfile.update_time aren't populated in the response. You can retrieve them via GetConversationProfile API.

 

   delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

 
Deletes the specified conversation profile.

@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Retrieves the next page of results.

 

   patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

-
Updates the specified conversation profile. ConversationProfile.CreateTime and ConversationProfile.UpdateTime aren't populated in the response. You can retrieve them via GetConversationProfile API.

+
Updates the specified conversation profile. ConversationProfile.create_time and ConversationProfile.update_time aren't populated in the response. You can retrieve them via GetConversationProfile API.

 

   setSuggestionFeatureConfig(conversationProfile, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

 
Adds or updates a suggestion feature in a conversation profile. If the conversation profile contains the type of suggestion feature for the participant role, it will update it. Otherwise it will insert the suggestion feature. This method is a [long-running operation](https://cloud.google.com/dialogflow/es/docs/how/long-running-operations). The returned `Operation` type has the following method-specific fields: - `metadata`: SetSuggestionFeatureConfigOperationMetadata - `response`: ConversationProfile If a long running operation to add or update suggestion feature config for the same conversation profile, participant role and suggestion feature type exists, please cancel the existing long running operation before sending such request, otherwise the request will be rejected.

@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ 
Method Details

   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # The request message for ConversationProfiles.ClearFeature.
+{ # The request message for ConversationProfiles.ClearSuggestionFeatureConfig.
   "participantRole": "A String", # Required. The participant role to remove the suggestion feature config. Only HUMAN_AGENT or END_USER can be used.
   "suggestionFeatureType": "A String", # Required. The type of the suggestion feature to remove.
 }
@@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 

     create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Creates a conversation profile in the specified project. ConversationProfile.CreateTime and ConversationProfile.UpdateTime aren't populated in the response. You can retrieve them via GetConversationProfile API.
+  
Creates a conversation profile in the specified project. ConversationProfile.create_time and ConversationProfile.update_time aren't populated in the response. You can retrieve them via GetConversationProfile API.
 
 Args:
   parent: string, Required. The project to create a conversation profile for. Format: `projects//locations/`. (required)
@@ -1007,7 +1007,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
 

     patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Updates the specified conversation profile. ConversationProfile.CreateTime and ConversationProfile.UpdateTime aren't populated in the response. You can retrieve them via GetConversationProfile API.
+  
Updates the specified conversation profile. ConversationProfile.create_time and ConversationProfile.update_time aren't populated in the response. You can retrieve them via GetConversationProfile API.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The unique identifier of this conversation profile. Format: `projects//locations//conversationProfiles/`. (required)
@@ -1417,7 +1417,7 @@ 
Method Details

   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # The request message for ConversationProfiles.SetSuggestionFeature.
+{ # The request message for ConversationProfiles.SetSuggestionFeatureConfig.
   "participantRole": "A String", # Required. The participant role to add or update the suggestion feature config. Only HUMAN_AGENT or END_USER can be used.
   "suggestionFeatureConfig": { # Config for suggestion features. # Required. The suggestion feature config to add or update.
     "conversationModelConfig": { # Custom conversation models used in agent assist feature. Supported feature: ARTICLE_SUGGESTION, SMART_COMPOSE, SMART_REPLY, CONVERSATION_SUMMARIZATION. # Configs of custom conversation model.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.conversations.messages.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.conversations.messages.html
index c152f96b97..d17dfc4c89 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.conversations.messages.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.conversations.messages.html
@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "participant": "A String", # Output only. The participant that sends this message.
       "participantRole": "A String", # Output only. The role of the participant.
       "sendTime": "A String", # Optional. The time when the message was sent.
-      "sentimentAnalysis": { # The result of sentiment analysis. Sentiment analysis inspects user input and identifies the prevailing subjective opinion, especially to determine a user's attitude as positive, negative, or neutral. For Participants.DetectIntent, it needs to be configured in DetectIntentRequest.query_params. For Participants.StreamingDetectIntent, it needs to be configured in StreamingDetectIntentRequest.query_params. And for Participants.AnalyzeContent and Participants.StreamingAnalyzeContent, it needs to be configured in ConversationProfile.human_agent_assistant_config # Output only. The sentiment analysis result for the message.
+      "sentimentAnalysis": { # The result of sentiment analysis. Sentiment analysis inspects user input and identifies the prevailing subjective opinion, especially to determine a user's attitude as positive, negative, or neutral. For DetectIntent, it needs to be configured in DetectIntentRequest.query_params. For StreamingDetectIntent, it needs to be configured in StreamingDetectIntentRequest.query_params. And for Participants.AnalyzeContent and Participants.StreamingAnalyzeContent, it needs to be configured in ConversationProfile.human_agent_assistant_config # Output only. The sentiment analysis result for the message.
         "queryTextSentiment": { # The sentiment, such as positive/negative feeling or association, for a unit of analysis, such as the query text. See: https://cloud.google.com/natural-language/docs/basics#interpreting_sentiment_analysis_values for how to interpret the result. # The sentiment analysis result for `query_text`.
           "magnitude": 3.14, # A non-negative number in the [0, +inf) range, which represents the absolute magnitude of sentiment, regardless of score (positive or negative).
           "score": 3.14, # Sentiment score between -1.0 (negative sentiment) and 1.0 (positive sentiment).
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.conversations.participants.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.conversations.participants.html
index ed86b428c5..fabfc07dad 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.conversations.participants.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.conversations.participants.html
@@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ 
Method Details

   An object of the form:
 
     { # The response message for Participants.AnalyzeContent.
-  "automatedAgentReply": { # Represents a response from an automated agent. # Only set if a Dialogflow automated agent has responded. Note that: AutomatedAgentReply.detect_intent_response.output_audio and AutomatedAgentReply.detect_intent_response.output_audio_config are always empty, use reply_audio instead.
+  "automatedAgentReply": { # Represents a response from an automated agent. # Only set if a Dialogflow automated agent has responded. Note that in AutomatedAgentReply.DetectIntentResponse, Sessions.DetectIntentResponse.output_audio and Sessions.DetectIntentResponse.output_audio_config are always empty, use reply_audio instead.
     "allowCancellation": True or False, # Indicates whether the partial automated agent reply is interruptible when a later reply message arrives. e.g. if the agent specified some music as partial response, it can be cancelled.
     "automatedAgentReplyType": "A String", # AutomatedAgentReply type.
     "cxCurrentPage": "A String", # The unique identifier of the current Dialogflow CX conversation page. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`.
@@ -668,7 +668,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
         },
         "queryText": "A String", # The original conversational query text: - If natural language text was provided as input, `query_text` contains a copy of the input. - If natural language speech audio was provided as input, `query_text` contains the speech recognition result. If speech recognizer produced multiple alternatives, a particular one is picked. - If automatic spell correction is enabled, `query_text` will contain the corrected user input.
-        "sentimentAnalysisResult": { # The result of sentiment analysis. Sentiment analysis inspects user input and identifies the prevailing subjective opinion, especially to determine a user's attitude as positive, negative, or neutral. For Participants.DetectIntent, it needs to be configured in DetectIntentRequest.query_params. For Participants.StreamingDetectIntent, it needs to be configured in StreamingDetectIntentRequest.query_params. And for Participants.AnalyzeContent and Participants.StreamingAnalyzeContent, it needs to be configured in ConversationProfile.human_agent_assistant_config # The sentiment analysis result, which depends on the `sentiment_analysis_request_config` specified in the request.
+        "sentimentAnalysisResult": { # The result of sentiment analysis. Sentiment analysis inspects user input and identifies the prevailing subjective opinion, especially to determine a user's attitude as positive, negative, or neutral. For DetectIntent, it needs to be configured in DetectIntentRequest.query_params. For StreamingDetectIntent, it needs to be configured in StreamingDetectIntentRequest.query_params. And for Participants.AnalyzeContent and Participants.StreamingAnalyzeContent, it needs to be configured in ConversationProfile.human_agent_assistant_config # The sentiment analysis result, which depends on the `sentiment_analysis_request_config` specified in the request.
           "queryTextSentiment": { # The sentiment, such as positive/negative feeling or association, for a unit of analysis, such as the query text. See: https://cloud.google.com/natural-language/docs/basics#interpreting_sentiment_analysis_values for how to interpret the result. # The sentiment analysis result for `query_text`.
             "magnitude": 3.14, # A non-negative number in the [0, +inf) range, which represents the absolute magnitude of sentiment, regardless of score (positive or negative).
             "score": 3.14, # Sentiment score between -1.0 (negative sentiment) and 1.0 (positive sentiment).
@@ -885,7 +885,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "participant": "A String", # Output only. The participant that sends this message.
     "participantRole": "A String", # Output only. The role of the participant.
     "sendTime": "A String", # Optional. The time when the message was sent.
-    "sentimentAnalysis": { # The result of sentiment analysis. Sentiment analysis inspects user input and identifies the prevailing subjective opinion, especially to determine a user's attitude as positive, negative, or neutral. For Participants.DetectIntent, it needs to be configured in DetectIntentRequest.query_params. For Participants.StreamingDetectIntent, it needs to be configured in StreamingDetectIntentRequest.query_params. And for Participants.AnalyzeContent and Participants.StreamingAnalyzeContent, it needs to be configured in ConversationProfile.human_agent_assistant_config # Output only. The sentiment analysis result for the message.
+    "sentimentAnalysis": { # The result of sentiment analysis. Sentiment analysis inspects user input and identifies the prevailing subjective opinion, especially to determine a user's attitude as positive, negative, or neutral. For DetectIntent, it needs to be configured in DetectIntentRequest.query_params. For StreamingDetectIntent, it needs to be configured in StreamingDetectIntentRequest.query_params. And for Participants.AnalyzeContent and Participants.StreamingAnalyzeContent, it needs to be configured in ConversationProfile.human_agent_assistant_config # Output only. The sentiment analysis result for the message.
       "queryTextSentiment": { # The sentiment, such as positive/negative feeling or association, for a unit of analysis, such as the query text. See: https://cloud.google.com/natural-language/docs/basics#interpreting_sentiment_analysis_values for how to interpret the result. # The sentiment analysis result for `query_text`.
         "magnitude": 3.14, # A non-negative number in the [0, +inf) range, which represents the absolute magnitude of sentiment, regardless of score (positive or negative).
         "score": 3.14, # Sentiment score between -1.0 (negative sentiment) and 1.0 (positive sentiment).
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.conversations.suggestions.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.conversations.suggestions.html
index 36ab718c3b..bdbd1653f0 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.conversations.suggestions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.conversations.suggestions.html
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "searchConfig": { # Configuration specific to search queries with data stores. # Optional. Configuration specific to search queries with data stores.
     "boostSpecs": [ # Optional. Boost specifications for data stores.
       { # Boost specifications for data stores.
-        "dataStores": [ # Optional. Data Stores where the boosting configuration is applied. The full names of the referenced data stores. Formats: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}` `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/dataStores/{data_store}
+        "dataStores": [ # Optional. Data Stores where the boosting configuration is applied. The full names of the referenced data stores. Formats: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}` `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/dataStores/{data_store}`
           "A String",
         ],
         "spec": [ # Optional. A list of boosting specifications.
@@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ 
Method Details

   An object of the form:
 
     { # The response message for Conversations.SuggestConversationSummary.
-  "contextSize": 42, # Number of messages prior to and including last_conversation_message used to compile the suggestion. It may be smaller than the SuggestSummaryRequest.context_size field in the request if there weren't that many messages in the conversation.
+  "contextSize": 42, # Number of messages prior to and including latest_message used to compile the suggestion. It may be smaller than the SuggestConversationSummaryRequest.context_size field in the request if there weren't that many messages in the conversation.
   "latestMessage": "A String", # The name of the latest conversation message used as context for compiling suggestion. Format: `projects//locations//conversations//messages/`.
   "summary": { # Generated summary for a conversation. # Generated summary.
     "answerRecord": "A String", # The name of the answer record. Format: "projects//answerRecords/"
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.generators.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.generators.html
index bbefcd87a4..cdabb798c8 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.generators.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.generators.html
@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The resource name of the generator. Format: `projects//locations//generators/`
   "summarizationContext": { # Summarization context that customer can configure. # Input of prebuilt Summarization feature.
     "fewShotExamples": [ # Optional. List of few shot examples.
-      { # Providing examples in the generator (i.e. building a few-shot generator) helps convey the desired format of the LLM response. NEXT_ID: 10
+      { # Providing examples in the generator (i.e. building a few-shot generator) helps convey the desired format of the LLM response.
         "conversationContext": { # Context of the conversation, including transcripts. # Optional. Conversation transcripts.
           "messageEntries": [ # Optional. List of message transcripts in the conversation.
             { # Represents a message entry of a conversation.
@@ -192,7 +192,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The resource name of the generator. Format: `projects//locations//generators/`
   "summarizationContext": { # Summarization context that customer can configure. # Input of prebuilt Summarization feature.
     "fewShotExamples": [ # Optional. List of few shot examples.
-      { # Providing examples in the generator (i.e. building a few-shot generator) helps convey the desired format of the LLM response. NEXT_ID: 10
+      { # Providing examples in the generator (i.e. building a few-shot generator) helps convey the desired format of the LLM response.
         "conversationContext": { # Context of the conversation, including transcripts. # Optional. Conversation transcripts.
           "messageEntries": [ # Optional. List of message transcripts in the conversation.
             { # Represents a message entry of a conversation.
@@ -286,7 +286,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The resource name of the generator. Format: `projects//locations//generators/`
   "summarizationContext": { # Summarization context that customer can configure. # Input of prebuilt Summarization feature.
     "fewShotExamples": [ # Optional. List of few shot examples.
-      { # Providing examples in the generator (i.e. building a few-shot generator) helps convey the desired format of the LLM response. NEXT_ID: 10
+      { # Providing examples in the generator (i.e. building a few-shot generator) helps convey the desired format of the LLM response.
         "conversationContext": { # Context of the conversation, including transcripts. # Optional. Conversation transcripts.
           "messageEntries": [ # Optional. List of message transcripts in the conversation.
             { # Represents a message entry of a conversation.
@@ -366,7 +366,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The resource name of the generator. Format: `projects//locations//generators/`
       "summarizationContext": { # Summarization context that customer can configure. # Input of prebuilt Summarization feature.
         "fewShotExamples": [ # Optional. List of few shot examples.
-          { # Providing examples in the generator (i.e. building a few-shot generator) helps convey the desired format of the LLM response. NEXT_ID: 10
+          { # Providing examples in the generator (i.e. building a few-shot generator) helps convey the desired format of the LLM response.
             "conversationContext": { # Context of the conversation, including transcripts. # Optional. Conversation transcripts.
               "messageEntries": [ # Optional. List of message transcripts in the conversation.
                 { # Represents a message entry of a conversation.
@@ -454,7 +454,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The resource name of the generator. Format: `projects//locations//generators/`
   "summarizationContext": { # Summarization context that customer can configure. # Input of prebuilt Summarization feature.
     "fewShotExamples": [ # Optional. List of few shot examples.
-      { # Providing examples in the generator (i.e. building a few-shot generator) helps convey the desired format of the LLM response. NEXT_ID: 10
+      { # Providing examples in the generator (i.e. building a few-shot generator) helps convey the desired format of the LLM response.
         "conversationContext": { # Context of the conversation, including transcripts. # Optional. Conversation transcripts.
           "messageEntries": [ # Optional. List of message transcripts in the conversation.
             { # Represents a message entry of a conversation.
@@ -524,7 +524,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The resource name of the generator. Format: `projects//locations//generators/`
   "summarizationContext": { # Summarization context that customer can configure. # Input of prebuilt Summarization feature.
     "fewShotExamples": [ # Optional. List of few shot examples.
-      { # Providing examples in the generator (i.e. building a few-shot generator) helps convey the desired format of the LLM response. NEXT_ID: 10
+      { # Providing examples in the generator (i.e. building a few-shot generator) helps convey the desired format of the LLM response.
         "conversationContext": { # Context of the conversation, including transcripts. # Optional. Conversation transcripts.
           "messageEntries": [ # Optional. List of message transcripts in the conversation.
             { # Represents a message entry of a conversation.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.statelessSuggestion.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.statelessSuggestion.html
index 53066f0dc8..26ba1d2f17 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.statelessSuggestion.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.statelessSuggestion.html
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The resource name of the generator. Format: `projects//locations//generators/`
     "summarizationContext": { # Summarization context that customer can configure. # Input of prebuilt Summarization feature.
       "fewShotExamples": [ # Optional. List of few shot examples.
-        { # Providing examples in the generator (i.e. building a few-shot generator) helps convey the desired format of the LLM response. NEXT_ID: 10
+        { # Providing examples in the generator (i.e. building a few-shot generator) helps convey the desired format of the LLM response.
           "conversationContext": { # Context of the conversation, including transcripts. # Optional. Conversation transcripts.
             "messageEntries": [ # Optional. List of message transcripts in the conversation.
               { # Represents a message entry of a conversation.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.suggestions.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.suggestions.html
index a59e9a668a..35357a2d90 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.suggestions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.locations.suggestions.html
@@ -312,7 +312,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "participant": "A String", # Output only. The participant that sends this message.
         "participantRole": "A String", # Output only. The role of the participant.
         "sendTime": "A String", # Optional. The time when the message was sent.
-        "sentimentAnalysis": { # The result of sentiment analysis. Sentiment analysis inspects user input and identifies the prevailing subjective opinion, especially to determine a user's attitude as positive, negative, or neutral. For Participants.DetectIntent, it needs to be configured in DetectIntentRequest.query_params. For Participants.StreamingDetectIntent, it needs to be configured in StreamingDetectIntentRequest.query_params. And for Participants.AnalyzeContent and Participants.StreamingAnalyzeContent, it needs to be configured in ConversationProfile.human_agent_assistant_config # Output only. The sentiment analysis result for the message.
+        "sentimentAnalysis": { # The result of sentiment analysis. Sentiment analysis inspects user input and identifies the prevailing subjective opinion, especially to determine a user's attitude as positive, negative, or neutral. For DetectIntent, it needs to be configured in DetectIntentRequest.query_params. For StreamingDetectIntent, it needs to be configured in StreamingDetectIntentRequest.query_params. And for Participants.AnalyzeContent and Participants.StreamingAnalyzeContent, it needs to be configured in ConversationProfile.human_agent_assistant_config # Output only. The sentiment analysis result for the message.
           "queryTextSentiment": { # The sentiment, such as positive/negative feeling or association, for a unit of analysis, such as the query text. See: https://cloud.google.com/natural-language/docs/basics#interpreting_sentiment_analysis_values for how to interpret the result. # The sentiment analysis result for `query_text`.
             "magnitude": 3.14, # A non-negative number in the [0, +inf) range, which represents the absolute magnitude of sentiment, regardless of score (positive or negative).
             "score": 3.14, # Sentiment score between -1.0 (negative sentiment) and 1.0 (positive sentiment).
@@ -332,7 +332,7 @@ 
Method Details

   An object of the form:
 
     { # The response message for Conversations.GenerateStatelessSummary.
-  "contextSize": 42, # Number of messages prior to and including last_conversation_message used to compile the suggestion. It may be smaller than the GenerateStatelessSummaryRequest.context_size field in the request if there weren't that many messages in the conversation.
+  "contextSize": 42, # Number of messages prior to and including latest_message used to compile the suggestion. It may be smaller than the GenerateStatelessSummaryRequest.max_context_size field in the request if there weren't that many messages in the conversation.
   "latestMessage": "A String", # The name of the latest conversation message used as context for compiling suggestion. The format is specific to the user and the names of the messages provided.
   "summary": { # Generated summary for a conversation. # Generated summary.
     "baselineModelVersion": "A String", # The baseline model version used to generate this summary. It is empty if a baseline model was not used to generate this summary.
@@ -370,7 +370,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "searchConfig": { # Configuration specific to search queries with data stores. # Optional. Configuration specific to search queries with data stores.
     "boostSpecs": [ # Optional. Boost specifications for data stores.
       { # Boost specifications for data stores.
-        "dataStores": [ # Optional. Data Stores where the boosting configuration is applied. The full names of the referenced data stores. Formats: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}` `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/dataStores/{data_store}
+        "dataStores": [ # Optional. Data Stores where the boosting configuration is applied. The full names of the referenced data stores. Formats: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}` `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/dataStores/{data_store}`
           "A String",
         ],
         "spec": [ # Optional. A list of boosting specifications.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.suggestions.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.suggestions.html
index 572af4cc1b..9db2757303 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.suggestions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2.projects.suggestions.html
@@ -312,7 +312,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "participant": "A String", # Output only. The participant that sends this message.
         "participantRole": "A String", # Output only. The role of the participant.
         "sendTime": "A String", # Optional. The time when the message was sent.
-        "sentimentAnalysis": { # The result of sentiment analysis. Sentiment analysis inspects user input and identifies the prevailing subjective opinion, especially to determine a user's attitude as positive, negative, or neutral. For Participants.DetectIntent, it needs to be configured in DetectIntentRequest.query_params. For Participants.StreamingDetectIntent, it needs to be configured in StreamingDetectIntentRequest.query_params. And for Participants.AnalyzeContent and Participants.StreamingAnalyzeContent, it needs to be configured in ConversationProfile.human_agent_assistant_config # Output only. The sentiment analysis result for the message.
+        "sentimentAnalysis": { # The result of sentiment analysis. Sentiment analysis inspects user input and identifies the prevailing subjective opinion, especially to determine a user's attitude as positive, negative, or neutral. For DetectIntent, it needs to be configured in DetectIntentRequest.query_params. For StreamingDetectIntent, it needs to be configured in StreamingDetectIntentRequest.query_params. And for Participants.AnalyzeContent and Participants.StreamingAnalyzeContent, it needs to be configured in ConversationProfile.human_agent_assistant_config # Output only. The sentiment analysis result for the message.
           "queryTextSentiment": { # The sentiment, such as positive/negative feeling or association, for a unit of analysis, such as the query text. See: https://cloud.google.com/natural-language/docs/basics#interpreting_sentiment_analysis_values for how to interpret the result. # The sentiment analysis result for `query_text`.
             "magnitude": 3.14, # A non-negative number in the [0, +inf) range, which represents the absolute magnitude of sentiment, regardless of score (positive or negative).
             "score": 3.14, # Sentiment score between -1.0 (negative sentiment) and 1.0 (positive sentiment).
@@ -332,7 +332,7 @@ 
Method Details

   An object of the form:
 
     { # The response message for Conversations.GenerateStatelessSummary.
-  "contextSize": 42, # Number of messages prior to and including last_conversation_message used to compile the suggestion. It may be smaller than the GenerateStatelessSummaryRequest.context_size field in the request if there weren't that many messages in the conversation.
+  "contextSize": 42, # Number of messages prior to and including latest_message used to compile the suggestion. It may be smaller than the GenerateStatelessSummaryRequest.max_context_size field in the request if there weren't that many messages in the conversation.
   "latestMessage": "A String", # The name of the latest conversation message used as context for compiling suggestion. The format is specific to the user and the names of the messages provided.
   "summary": { # Generated summary for a conversation. # Generated summary.
     "baselineModelVersion": "A String", # The baseline model version used to generate this summary. It is empty if a baseline model was not used to generate this summary.
@@ -370,7 +370,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "searchConfig": { # Configuration specific to search queries with data stores. # Optional. Configuration specific to search queries with data stores.
     "boostSpecs": [ # Optional. Boost specifications for data stores.
       { # Boost specifications for data stores.
-        "dataStores": [ # Optional. Data Stores where the boosting configuration is applied. The full names of the referenced data stores. Formats: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}` `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/dataStores/{data_store}
+        "dataStores": [ # Optional. Data Stores where the boosting configuration is applied. The full names of the referenced data stores. Formats: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}` `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/dataStores/{data_store}`
           "A String",
         ],
         "spec": [ # Optional. A list of boosting specifications.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.conversations.suggestions.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.conversations.suggestions.html
index de51e11693..1fe64ad1d1 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.conversations.suggestions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.conversations.suggestions.html
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "searchConfig": { # Configuration specific to search queries with data stores. # Optional. Configuration specific to search queries with data stores.
     "boostSpecs": [ # Optional. Boost specifications for data stores.
       { # Boost specifications for data stores.
-        "dataStores": [ # Optional. Data Stores where the boosting configuration is applied. The full names of the referenced data stores. Formats: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}` `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/dataStores/{data_store}
+        "dataStores": [ # Optional. Data Stores where the boosting configuration is applied. The full names of the referenced data stores. Formats: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}` `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/dataStores/{data_store}`
           "A String",
         ],
         "spec": [ # Optional. A list of boosting specifications.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.generators.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.generators.html
index 5c4bb81306..cf3ef7a583 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.generators.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.generators.html
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The resource name of the generator. Format: `projects//locations//generators/`
   "summarizationContext": { # Summarization context that customer can configure. # Input of Summarization feature.
     "fewShotExamples": [ # Optional. List of few shot examples.
-      { # Providing examples in the generator (i.e. building a few-shot generator) helps convey the desired format of the LLM response. NEXT_ID: 11
+      { # Providing examples in the generator (i.e. building a few-shot generator) helps convey the desired format of the LLM response.
         "conversationContext": { # Context of the conversation, including transcripts. # Optional. Conversation transcripts.
           "messageEntries": [ # Optional. List of message transcripts in the conversation.
             { # Represents a message entry of a conversation.
@@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The resource name of the generator. Format: `projects//locations//generators/`
   "summarizationContext": { # Summarization context that customer can configure. # Input of Summarization feature.
     "fewShotExamples": [ # Optional. List of few shot examples.
-      { # Providing examples in the generator (i.e. building a few-shot generator) helps convey the desired format of the LLM response. NEXT_ID: 11
+      { # Providing examples in the generator (i.e. building a few-shot generator) helps convey the desired format of the LLM response.
         "conversationContext": { # Context of the conversation, including transcripts. # Optional. Conversation transcripts.
           "messageEntries": [ # Optional. List of message transcripts in the conversation.
             { # Represents a message entry of a conversation.
@@ -263,7 +263,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The resource name of the generator. Format: `projects//locations//generators/`
       "summarizationContext": { # Summarization context that customer can configure. # Input of Summarization feature.
         "fewShotExamples": [ # Optional. List of few shot examples.
-          { # Providing examples in the generator (i.e. building a few-shot generator) helps convey the desired format of the LLM response. NEXT_ID: 11
+          { # Providing examples in the generator (i.e. building a few-shot generator) helps convey the desired format of the LLM response.
             "conversationContext": { # Context of the conversation, including transcripts. # Optional. Conversation transcripts.
               "messageEntries": [ # Optional. List of message transcripts in the conversation.
                 { # Represents a message entry of a conversation.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.conversations.suggestions.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.conversations.suggestions.html
index f5b5bf2dc7..ec1f9271f3 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.conversations.suggestions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.conversations.suggestions.html
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "searchConfig": { # Configuration specific to search queries with data stores. # Optional. Configuration specific to search queries with data stores.
     "boostSpecs": [ # Optional. Boost specifications for data stores.
       { # Boost specifications for data stores.
-        "dataStores": [ # Optional. Data Stores where the boosting configuration is applied. The full names of the referenced data stores. Formats: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}` `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/dataStores/{data_store}
+        "dataStores": [ # Optional. Data Stores where the boosting configuration is applied. The full names of the referenced data stores. Formats: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}` `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/dataStores/{data_store}`
           "A String",
         ],
         "spec": [ # Optional. A list of boosting specifications.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.generators.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.generators.html
index 04edfd5867..a7e5c6a16b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.generators.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.generators.html
@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The resource name of the generator. Format: `projects//locations//generators/`
   "summarizationContext": { # Summarization context that customer can configure. # Input of Summarization feature.
     "fewShotExamples": [ # Optional. List of few shot examples.
-      { # Providing examples in the generator (i.e. building a few-shot generator) helps convey the desired format of the LLM response. NEXT_ID: 11
+      { # Providing examples in the generator (i.e. building a few-shot generator) helps convey the desired format of the LLM response.
         "conversationContext": { # Context of the conversation, including transcripts. # Optional. Conversation transcripts.
           "messageEntries": [ # Optional. List of message transcripts in the conversation.
             { # Represents a message entry of a conversation.
@@ -192,7 +192,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The resource name of the generator. Format: `projects//locations//generators/`
   "summarizationContext": { # Summarization context that customer can configure. # Input of Summarization feature.
     "fewShotExamples": [ # Optional. List of few shot examples.
-      { # Providing examples in the generator (i.e. building a few-shot generator) helps convey the desired format of the LLM response. NEXT_ID: 11
+      { # Providing examples in the generator (i.e. building a few-shot generator) helps convey the desired format of the LLM response.
         "conversationContext": { # Context of the conversation, including transcripts. # Optional. Conversation transcripts.
           "messageEntries": [ # Optional. List of message transcripts in the conversation.
             { # Represents a message entry of a conversation.
@@ -286,7 +286,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The resource name of the generator. Format: `projects//locations//generators/`
   "summarizationContext": { # Summarization context that customer can configure. # Input of Summarization feature.
     "fewShotExamples": [ # Optional. List of few shot examples.
-      { # Providing examples in the generator (i.e. building a few-shot generator) helps convey the desired format of the LLM response. NEXT_ID: 11
+      { # Providing examples in the generator (i.e. building a few-shot generator) helps convey the desired format of the LLM response.
         "conversationContext": { # Context of the conversation, including transcripts. # Optional. Conversation transcripts.
           "messageEntries": [ # Optional. List of message transcripts in the conversation.
             { # Represents a message entry of a conversation.
@@ -366,7 +366,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The resource name of the generator. Format: `projects//locations//generators/`
       "summarizationContext": { # Summarization context that customer can configure. # Input of Summarization feature.
         "fewShotExamples": [ # Optional. List of few shot examples.
-          { # Providing examples in the generator (i.e. building a few-shot generator) helps convey the desired format of the LLM response. NEXT_ID: 11
+          { # Providing examples in the generator (i.e. building a few-shot generator) helps convey the desired format of the LLM response.
             "conversationContext": { # Context of the conversation, including transcripts. # Optional. Conversation transcripts.
               "messageEntries": [ # Optional. List of message transcripts in the conversation.
                 { # Represents a message entry of a conversation.
@@ -454,7 +454,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The resource name of the generator. Format: `projects//locations//generators/`
   "summarizationContext": { # Summarization context that customer can configure. # Input of Summarization feature.
     "fewShotExamples": [ # Optional. List of few shot examples.
-      { # Providing examples in the generator (i.e. building a few-shot generator) helps convey the desired format of the LLM response. NEXT_ID: 11
+      { # Providing examples in the generator (i.e. building a few-shot generator) helps convey the desired format of the LLM response.
         "conversationContext": { # Context of the conversation, including transcripts. # Optional. Conversation transcripts.
           "messageEntries": [ # Optional. List of message transcripts in the conversation.
             { # Represents a message entry of a conversation.
@@ -524,7 +524,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The resource name of the generator. Format: `projects//locations//generators/`
   "summarizationContext": { # Summarization context that customer can configure. # Input of Summarization feature.
     "fewShotExamples": [ # Optional. List of few shot examples.
-      { # Providing examples in the generator (i.e. building a few-shot generator) helps convey the desired format of the LLM response. NEXT_ID: 11
+      { # Providing examples in the generator (i.e. building a few-shot generator) helps convey the desired format of the LLM response.
         "conversationContext": { # Context of the conversation, including transcripts. # Optional. Conversation transcripts.
           "messageEntries": [ # Optional. List of message transcripts in the conversation.
             { # Represents a message entry of a conversation.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.statelessSuggestion.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.statelessSuggestion.html
index 20914042b0..0c2fdb1d24 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.statelessSuggestion.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.statelessSuggestion.html
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "name": "A String", # Output only. Identifier. The resource name of the generator. Format: `projects//locations//generators/`
     "summarizationContext": { # Summarization context that customer can configure. # Input of Summarization feature.
       "fewShotExamples": [ # Optional. List of few shot examples.
-        { # Providing examples in the generator (i.e. building a few-shot generator) helps convey the desired format of the LLM response. NEXT_ID: 11
+        { # Providing examples in the generator (i.e. building a few-shot generator) helps convey the desired format of the LLM response.
           "conversationContext": { # Context of the conversation, including transcripts. # Optional. Conversation transcripts.
             "messageEntries": [ # Optional. List of message transcripts in the conversation.
               { # Represents a message entry of a conversation.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.suggestions.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.suggestions.html
index 0e5482544d..6526d4481b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.suggestions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.locations.suggestions.html
@@ -402,7 +402,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "searchConfig": { # Configuration specific to search queries with data stores. # Optional. Configuration specific to search queries with data stores.
     "boostSpecs": [ # Optional. Boost specifications for data stores.
       { # Boost specifications for data stores.
-        "dataStores": [ # Optional. Data Stores where the boosting configuration is applied. The full names of the referenced data stores. Formats: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}` `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/dataStores/{data_store}
+        "dataStores": [ # Optional. Data Stores where the boosting configuration is applied. The full names of the referenced data stores. Formats: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}` `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/dataStores/{data_store}`
           "A String",
         ],
         "spec": [ # Optional. A list of boosting specifications.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.suggestions.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.suggestions.html
index 52cbb50f51..45f1847fba 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.suggestions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v2beta1.projects.suggestions.html
@@ -402,7 +402,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "searchConfig": { # Configuration specific to search queries with data stores. # Optional. Configuration specific to search queries with data stores.
     "boostSpecs": [ # Optional. Boost specifications for data stores.
       { # Boost specifications for data stores.
-        "dataStores": [ # Optional. Data Stores where the boosting configuration is applied. The full names of the referenced data stores. Formats: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}` `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/dataStores/{data_store}
+        "dataStores": [ # Optional. Data Stores where the boosting configuration is applied. The full names of the referenced data stores. Formats: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}` `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/dataStores/{data_store}`
           "A String",
         ],
         "spec": [ # Optional. A list of boosting specifications.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.environments.sessions.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.environments.sessions.html
index b62646a561..e2d5647500 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.environments.sessions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.environments.sessions.html
@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "audio": "A String", # The natural language speech audio to be processed. A single request can contain up to 2 minutes of speech audio data. The transcribed text cannot contain more than 256 bytes. For non-streaming audio detect intent, both `config` and `audio` must be provided. For streaming audio detect intent, `config` must be provided in the first request and `audio` must be provided in all following requests.
       "config": { # Instructs the speech recognizer on how to process the audio content. # Required. Instructs the speech recognizer how to process the speech audio.
         "audioEncoding": "A String", # Required. Audio encoding of the audio content to process.
-        "bargeInConfig": { # Configuration of the barge-in behavior. Barge-in instructs the API to return a detected utterance at a proper time while the client is playing back the response audio from a previous request. When the client sees the utterance, it should stop the playback and immediately get ready for receiving the responses for the current request. The barge-in handling requires the client to start streaming audio input as soon as it starts playing back the audio from the previous response. The playback is modeled into two phases: * No barge-in phase: which goes first and during which speech detection should not be carried out. * Barge-in phase: which follows the no barge-in phase and during which the API starts speech detection and may inform the client that an utterance has been detected. Note that no-speech event is not expected in this phase. The client provides this configuration in terms of the durations of those two phases. The durations are measured in terms of the audio length from the the start of the input audio. No-speech event is a response with END_OF_UTTERANCE without any transcript following up. # Configuration of barge-in behavior during the streaming of input audio.
+        "bargeInConfig": { # Configuration of the barge-in behavior. Barge-in instructs the API to return a detected utterance at a proper time while the client is playing back the response audio from a previous request. When the client sees the utterance, it should stop the playback and immediately get ready for receiving the responses for the current request. The barge-in handling requires the client to start streaming audio input as soon as it starts playing back the audio from the previous response. The playback is modeled into two phases: * No barge-in phase: which goes first and during which speech detection should not be carried out. * Barge-in phase: which follows the no barge-in phase and during which the API starts speech detection and may inform the client that an utterance has been detected. Note that no-speech event is not expected in this phase. The client provides this configuration in terms of the durations of those two phases. The durations are measured in terms of the audio length from the start of the input audio. No-speech event is a response with END_OF_UTTERANCE without any transcript following up. # Configuration of barge-in behavior during the streaming of input audio.
           "noBargeInDuration": "A String", # Duration that is not eligible for barge-in at the beginning of the input audio.
           "totalDuration": "A String", # Total duration for the playback at the beginning of the input audio.
         },
@@ -1567,7 +1567,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "audio": "A String", # The natural language speech audio to be processed. A single request can contain up to 2 minutes of speech audio data. The transcribed text cannot contain more than 256 bytes. For non-streaming audio detect intent, both `config` and `audio` must be provided. For streaming audio detect intent, `config` must be provided in the first request and `audio` must be provided in all following requests.
         "config": { # Instructs the speech recognizer on how to process the audio content. # Required. Instructs the speech recognizer how to process the speech audio.
           "audioEncoding": "A String", # Required. Audio encoding of the audio content to process.
-          "bargeInConfig": { # Configuration of the barge-in behavior. Barge-in instructs the API to return a detected utterance at a proper time while the client is playing back the response audio from a previous request. When the client sees the utterance, it should stop the playback and immediately get ready for receiving the responses for the current request. The barge-in handling requires the client to start streaming audio input as soon as it starts playing back the audio from the previous response. The playback is modeled into two phases: * No barge-in phase: which goes first and during which speech detection should not be carried out. * Barge-in phase: which follows the no barge-in phase and during which the API starts speech detection and may inform the client that an utterance has been detected. Note that no-speech event is not expected in this phase. The client provides this configuration in terms of the durations of those two phases. The durations are measured in terms of the audio length from the the start of the input audio. No-speech event is a response with END_OF_UTTERANCE without any transcript following up. # Configuration of barge-in behavior during the streaming of input audio.
+          "bargeInConfig": { # Configuration of the barge-in behavior. Barge-in instructs the API to return a detected utterance at a proper time while the client is playing back the response audio from a previous request. When the client sees the utterance, it should stop the playback and immediately get ready for receiving the responses for the current request. The barge-in handling requires the client to start streaming audio input as soon as it starts playing back the audio from the previous response. The playback is modeled into two phases: * No barge-in phase: which goes first and during which speech detection should not be carried out. * Barge-in phase: which follows the no barge-in phase and during which the API starts speech detection and may inform the client that an utterance has been detected. Note that no-speech event is not expected in this phase. The client provides this configuration in terms of the durations of those two phases. The durations are measured in terms of the audio length from the start of the input audio. No-speech event is a response with END_OF_UTTERANCE without any transcript following up. # Configuration of barge-in behavior during the streaming of input audio.
             "noBargeInDuration": "A String", # Duration that is not eligible for barge-in at the beginning of the input audio.
             "totalDuration": "A String", # Total duration for the playback at the beginning of the input audio.
           },
@@ -2978,7 +2978,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "audio": "A String", # The natural language speech audio to be processed. A single request can contain up to 2 minutes of speech audio data. The transcribed text cannot contain more than 256 bytes. For non-streaming audio detect intent, both `config` and `audio` must be provided. For streaming audio detect intent, `config` must be provided in the first request and `audio` must be provided in all following requests.
       "config": { # Instructs the speech recognizer on how to process the audio content. # Required. Instructs the speech recognizer how to process the speech audio.
         "audioEncoding": "A String", # Required. Audio encoding of the audio content to process.
-        "bargeInConfig": { # Configuration of the barge-in behavior. Barge-in instructs the API to return a detected utterance at a proper time while the client is playing back the response audio from a previous request. When the client sees the utterance, it should stop the playback and immediately get ready for receiving the responses for the current request. The barge-in handling requires the client to start streaming audio input as soon as it starts playing back the audio from the previous response. The playback is modeled into two phases: * No barge-in phase: which goes first and during which speech detection should not be carried out. * Barge-in phase: which follows the no barge-in phase and during which the API starts speech detection and may inform the client that an utterance has been detected. Note that no-speech event is not expected in this phase. The client provides this configuration in terms of the durations of those two phases. The durations are measured in terms of the audio length from the the start of the input audio. No-speech event is a response with END_OF_UTTERANCE without any transcript following up. # Configuration of barge-in behavior during the streaming of input audio.
+        "bargeInConfig": { # Configuration of the barge-in behavior. Barge-in instructs the API to return a detected utterance at a proper time while the client is playing back the response audio from a previous request. When the client sees the utterance, it should stop the playback and immediately get ready for receiving the responses for the current request. The barge-in handling requires the client to start streaming audio input as soon as it starts playing back the audio from the previous response. The playback is modeled into two phases: * No barge-in phase: which goes first and during which speech detection should not be carried out. * Barge-in phase: which follows the no barge-in phase and during which the API starts speech detection and may inform the client that an utterance has been detected. Note that no-speech event is not expected in this phase. The client provides this configuration in terms of the durations of those two phases. The durations are measured in terms of the audio length from the start of the input audio. No-speech event is a response with END_OF_UTTERANCE without any transcript following up. # Configuration of barge-in behavior during the streaming of input audio.
           "noBargeInDuration": "A String", # Duration that is not eligible for barge-in at the beginning of the input audio.
           "totalDuration": "A String", # Total duration for the playback at the beginning of the input audio.
         },
@@ -4183,7 +4183,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "audio": "A String", # The natural language speech audio to be processed. A single request can contain up to 2 minutes of speech audio data. The transcribed text cannot contain more than 256 bytes. For non-streaming audio detect intent, both `config` and `audio` must be provided. For streaming audio detect intent, `config` must be provided in the first request and `audio` must be provided in all following requests.
       "config": { # Instructs the speech recognizer on how to process the audio content. # Required. Instructs the speech recognizer how to process the speech audio.
         "audioEncoding": "A String", # Required. Audio encoding of the audio content to process.
-        "bargeInConfig": { # Configuration of the barge-in behavior. Barge-in instructs the API to return a detected utterance at a proper time while the client is playing back the response audio from a previous request. When the client sees the utterance, it should stop the playback and immediately get ready for receiving the responses for the current request. The barge-in handling requires the client to start streaming audio input as soon as it starts playing back the audio from the previous response. The playback is modeled into two phases: * No barge-in phase: which goes first and during which speech detection should not be carried out. * Barge-in phase: which follows the no barge-in phase and during which the API starts speech detection and may inform the client that an utterance has been detected. Note that no-speech event is not expected in this phase. The client provides this configuration in terms of the durations of those two phases. The durations are measured in terms of the audio length from the the start of the input audio. No-speech event is a response with END_OF_UTTERANCE without any transcript following up. # Configuration of barge-in behavior during the streaming of input audio.
+        "bargeInConfig": { # Configuration of the barge-in behavior. Barge-in instructs the API to return a detected utterance at a proper time while the client is playing back the response audio from a previous request. When the client sees the utterance, it should stop the playback and immediately get ready for receiving the responses for the current request. The barge-in handling requires the client to start streaming audio input as soon as it starts playing back the audio from the previous response. The playback is modeled into two phases: * No barge-in phase: which goes first and during which speech detection should not be carried out. * Barge-in phase: which follows the no barge-in phase and during which the API starts speech detection and may inform the client that an utterance has been detected. Note that no-speech event is not expected in this phase. The client provides this configuration in terms of the durations of those two phases. The durations are measured in terms of the audio length from the start of the input audio. No-speech event is a response with END_OF_UTTERANCE without any transcript following up. # Configuration of barge-in behavior during the streaming of input audio.
           "noBargeInDuration": "A String", # Duration that is not eligible for barge-in at the beginning of the input audio.
           "totalDuration": "A String", # Total duration for the playback at the beginning of the input audio.
         },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.sessions.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.sessions.html
index cf0e4708e7..f715aad340 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.sessions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.sessions.html
@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "audio": "A String", # The natural language speech audio to be processed. A single request can contain up to 2 minutes of speech audio data. The transcribed text cannot contain more than 256 bytes. For non-streaming audio detect intent, both `config` and `audio` must be provided. For streaming audio detect intent, `config` must be provided in the first request and `audio` must be provided in all following requests.
       "config": { # Instructs the speech recognizer on how to process the audio content. # Required. Instructs the speech recognizer how to process the speech audio.
         "audioEncoding": "A String", # Required. Audio encoding of the audio content to process.
-        "bargeInConfig": { # Configuration of the barge-in behavior. Barge-in instructs the API to return a detected utterance at a proper time while the client is playing back the response audio from a previous request. When the client sees the utterance, it should stop the playback and immediately get ready for receiving the responses for the current request. The barge-in handling requires the client to start streaming audio input as soon as it starts playing back the audio from the previous response. The playback is modeled into two phases: * No barge-in phase: which goes first and during which speech detection should not be carried out. * Barge-in phase: which follows the no barge-in phase and during which the API starts speech detection and may inform the client that an utterance has been detected. Note that no-speech event is not expected in this phase. The client provides this configuration in terms of the durations of those two phases. The durations are measured in terms of the audio length from the the start of the input audio. No-speech event is a response with END_OF_UTTERANCE without any transcript following up. # Configuration of barge-in behavior during the streaming of input audio.
+        "bargeInConfig": { # Configuration of the barge-in behavior. Barge-in instructs the API to return a detected utterance at a proper time while the client is playing back the response audio from a previous request. When the client sees the utterance, it should stop the playback and immediately get ready for receiving the responses for the current request. The barge-in handling requires the client to start streaming audio input as soon as it starts playing back the audio from the previous response. The playback is modeled into two phases: * No barge-in phase: which goes first and during which speech detection should not be carried out. * Barge-in phase: which follows the no barge-in phase and during which the API starts speech detection and may inform the client that an utterance has been detected. Note that no-speech event is not expected in this phase. The client provides this configuration in terms of the durations of those two phases. The durations are measured in terms of the audio length from the start of the input audio. No-speech event is a response with END_OF_UTTERANCE without any transcript following up. # Configuration of barge-in behavior during the streaming of input audio.
           "noBargeInDuration": "A String", # Duration that is not eligible for barge-in at the beginning of the input audio.
           "totalDuration": "A String", # Total duration for the playback at the beginning of the input audio.
         },
@@ -1570,7 +1570,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "audio": "A String", # The natural language speech audio to be processed. A single request can contain up to 2 minutes of speech audio data. The transcribed text cannot contain more than 256 bytes. For non-streaming audio detect intent, both `config` and `audio` must be provided. For streaming audio detect intent, `config` must be provided in the first request and `audio` must be provided in all following requests.
         "config": { # Instructs the speech recognizer on how to process the audio content. # Required. Instructs the speech recognizer how to process the speech audio.
           "audioEncoding": "A String", # Required. Audio encoding of the audio content to process.
-          "bargeInConfig": { # Configuration of the barge-in behavior. Barge-in instructs the API to return a detected utterance at a proper time while the client is playing back the response audio from a previous request. When the client sees the utterance, it should stop the playback and immediately get ready for receiving the responses for the current request. The barge-in handling requires the client to start streaming audio input as soon as it starts playing back the audio from the previous response. The playback is modeled into two phases: * No barge-in phase: which goes first and during which speech detection should not be carried out. * Barge-in phase: which follows the no barge-in phase and during which the API starts speech detection and may inform the client that an utterance has been detected. Note that no-speech event is not expected in this phase. The client provides this configuration in terms of the durations of those two phases. The durations are measured in terms of the audio length from the the start of the input audio. No-speech event is a response with END_OF_UTTERANCE without any transcript following up. # Configuration of barge-in behavior during the streaming of input audio.
+          "bargeInConfig": { # Configuration of the barge-in behavior. Barge-in instructs the API to return a detected utterance at a proper time while the client is playing back the response audio from a previous request. When the client sees the utterance, it should stop the playback and immediately get ready for receiving the responses for the current request. The barge-in handling requires the client to start streaming audio input as soon as it starts playing back the audio from the previous response. The playback is modeled into two phases: * No barge-in phase: which goes first and during which speech detection should not be carried out. * Barge-in phase: which follows the no barge-in phase and during which the API starts speech detection and may inform the client that an utterance has been detected. Note that no-speech event is not expected in this phase. The client provides this configuration in terms of the durations of those two phases. The durations are measured in terms of the audio length from the start of the input audio. No-speech event is a response with END_OF_UTTERANCE without any transcript following up. # Configuration of barge-in behavior during the streaming of input audio.
             "noBargeInDuration": "A String", # Duration that is not eligible for barge-in at the beginning of the input audio.
             "totalDuration": "A String", # Total duration for the playback at the beginning of the input audio.
           },
@@ -2981,7 +2981,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "audio": "A String", # The natural language speech audio to be processed. A single request can contain up to 2 minutes of speech audio data. The transcribed text cannot contain more than 256 bytes. For non-streaming audio detect intent, both `config` and `audio` must be provided. For streaming audio detect intent, `config` must be provided in the first request and `audio` must be provided in all following requests.
       "config": { # Instructs the speech recognizer on how to process the audio content. # Required. Instructs the speech recognizer how to process the speech audio.
         "audioEncoding": "A String", # Required. Audio encoding of the audio content to process.
-        "bargeInConfig": { # Configuration of the barge-in behavior. Barge-in instructs the API to return a detected utterance at a proper time while the client is playing back the response audio from a previous request. When the client sees the utterance, it should stop the playback and immediately get ready for receiving the responses for the current request. The barge-in handling requires the client to start streaming audio input as soon as it starts playing back the audio from the previous response. The playback is modeled into two phases: * No barge-in phase: which goes first and during which speech detection should not be carried out. * Barge-in phase: which follows the no barge-in phase and during which the API starts speech detection and may inform the client that an utterance has been detected. Note that no-speech event is not expected in this phase. The client provides this configuration in terms of the durations of those two phases. The durations are measured in terms of the audio length from the the start of the input audio. No-speech event is a response with END_OF_UTTERANCE without any transcript following up. # Configuration of barge-in behavior during the streaming of input audio.
+        "bargeInConfig": { # Configuration of the barge-in behavior. Barge-in instructs the API to return a detected utterance at a proper time while the client is playing back the response audio from a previous request. When the client sees the utterance, it should stop the playback and immediately get ready for receiving the responses for the current request. The barge-in handling requires the client to start streaming audio input as soon as it starts playing back the audio from the previous response. The playback is modeled into two phases: * No barge-in phase: which goes first and during which speech detection should not be carried out. * Barge-in phase: which follows the no barge-in phase and during which the API starts speech detection and may inform the client that an utterance has been detected. Note that no-speech event is not expected in this phase. The client provides this configuration in terms of the durations of those two phases. The durations are measured in terms of the audio length from the start of the input audio. No-speech event is a response with END_OF_UTTERANCE without any transcript following up. # Configuration of barge-in behavior during the streaming of input audio.
           "noBargeInDuration": "A String", # Duration that is not eligible for barge-in at the beginning of the input audio.
           "totalDuration": "A String", # Total duration for the playback at the beginning of the input audio.
         },
@@ -4186,7 +4186,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "audio": "A String", # The natural language speech audio to be processed. A single request can contain up to 2 minutes of speech audio data. The transcribed text cannot contain more than 256 bytes. For non-streaming audio detect intent, both `config` and `audio` must be provided. For streaming audio detect intent, `config` must be provided in the first request and `audio` must be provided in all following requests.
       "config": { # Instructs the speech recognizer on how to process the audio content. # Required. Instructs the speech recognizer how to process the speech audio.
         "audioEncoding": "A String", # Required. Audio encoding of the audio content to process.
-        "bargeInConfig": { # Configuration of the barge-in behavior. Barge-in instructs the API to return a detected utterance at a proper time while the client is playing back the response audio from a previous request. When the client sees the utterance, it should stop the playback and immediately get ready for receiving the responses for the current request. The barge-in handling requires the client to start streaming audio input as soon as it starts playing back the audio from the previous response. The playback is modeled into two phases: * No barge-in phase: which goes first and during which speech detection should not be carried out. * Barge-in phase: which follows the no barge-in phase and during which the API starts speech detection and may inform the client that an utterance has been detected. Note that no-speech event is not expected in this phase. The client provides this configuration in terms of the durations of those two phases. The durations are measured in terms of the audio length from the the start of the input audio. No-speech event is a response with END_OF_UTTERANCE without any transcript following up. # Configuration of barge-in behavior during the streaming of input audio.
+        "bargeInConfig": { # Configuration of the barge-in behavior. Barge-in instructs the API to return a detected utterance at a proper time while the client is playing back the response audio from a previous request. When the client sees the utterance, it should stop the playback and immediately get ready for receiving the responses for the current request. The barge-in handling requires the client to start streaming audio input as soon as it starts playing back the audio from the previous response. The playback is modeled into two phases: * No barge-in phase: which goes first and during which speech detection should not be carried out. * Barge-in phase: which follows the no barge-in phase and during which the API starts speech detection and may inform the client that an utterance has been detected. Note that no-speech event is not expected in this phase. The client provides this configuration in terms of the durations of those two phases. The durations are measured in terms of the audio length from the start of the input audio. No-speech event is a response with END_OF_UTTERANCE without any transcript following up. # Configuration of barge-in behavior during the streaming of input audio.
           "noBargeInDuration": "A String", # Duration that is not eligible for barge-in at the beginning of the input audio.
           "totalDuration": "A String", # Total duration for the playback at the beginning of the input audio.
         },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.testCases.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.testCases.html
index ceb952473c..ff0c073771 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.testCases.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.testCases.html
@@ -3965,7 +3965,7 @@ 
Method Details

               "audio": "A String", # The natural language speech audio to be processed. A single request can contain up to 2 minutes of speech audio data. The transcribed text cannot contain more than 256 bytes. For non-streaming audio detect intent, both `config` and `audio` must be provided. For streaming audio detect intent, `config` must be provided in the first request and `audio` must be provided in all following requests.
               "config": { # Instructs the speech recognizer on how to process the audio content. # Required. Instructs the speech recognizer how to process the speech audio.
                 "audioEncoding": "A String", # Required. Audio encoding of the audio content to process.
-                "bargeInConfig": { # Configuration of the barge-in behavior. Barge-in instructs the API to return a detected utterance at a proper time while the client is playing back the response audio from a previous request. When the client sees the utterance, it should stop the playback and immediately get ready for receiving the responses for the current request. The barge-in handling requires the client to start streaming audio input as soon as it starts playing back the audio from the previous response. The playback is modeled into two phases: * No barge-in phase: which goes first and during which speech detection should not be carried out. * Barge-in phase: which follows the no barge-in phase and during which the API starts speech detection and may inform the client that an utterance has been detected. Note that no-speech event is not expected in this phase. The client provides this configuration in terms of the durations of those two phases. The durations are measured in terms of the audio length from the the start of the input audio. No-speech event is a response with END_OF_UTTERANCE without any transcript following up. # Configuration of barge-in behavior during the streaming of input audio.
+                "bargeInConfig": { # Configuration of the barge-in behavior. Barge-in instructs the API to return a detected utterance at a proper time while the client is playing back the response audio from a previous request. When the client sees the utterance, it should stop the playback and immediately get ready for receiving the responses for the current request. The barge-in handling requires the client to start streaming audio input as soon as it starts playing back the audio from the previous response. The playback is modeled into two phases: * No barge-in phase: which goes first and during which speech detection should not be carried out. * Barge-in phase: which follows the no barge-in phase and during which the API starts speech detection and may inform the client that an utterance has been detected. Note that no-speech event is not expected in this phase. The client provides this configuration in terms of the durations of those two phases. The durations are measured in terms of the audio length from the start of the input audio. No-speech event is a response with END_OF_UTTERANCE without any transcript following up. # Configuration of barge-in behavior during the streaming of input audio.
                   "noBargeInDuration": "A String", # Duration that is not eligible for barge-in at the beginning of the input audio.
                   "totalDuration": "A String", # Total duration for the playback at the beginning of the input audio.
                 },
@@ -5087,7 +5087,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "audio": "A String", # The natural language speech audio to be processed. A single request can contain up to 2 minutes of speech audio data. The transcribed text cannot contain more than 256 bytes. For non-streaming audio detect intent, both `config` and `audio` must be provided. For streaming audio detect intent, `config` must be provided in the first request and `audio` must be provided in all following requests.
             "config": { # Instructs the speech recognizer on how to process the audio content. # Required. Instructs the speech recognizer how to process the speech audio.
               "audioEncoding": "A String", # Required. Audio encoding of the audio content to process.
-              "bargeInConfig": { # Configuration of the barge-in behavior. Barge-in instructs the API to return a detected utterance at a proper time while the client is playing back the response audio from a previous request. When the client sees the utterance, it should stop the playback and immediately get ready for receiving the responses for the current request. The barge-in handling requires the client to start streaming audio input as soon as it starts playing back the audio from the previous response. The playback is modeled into two phases: * No barge-in phase: which goes first and during which speech detection should not be carried out. * Barge-in phase: which follows the no barge-in phase and during which the API starts speech detection and may inform the client that an utterance has been detected. Note that no-speech event is not expected in this phase. The client provides this configuration in terms of the durations of those two phases. The durations are measured in terms of the audio length from the the start of the input audio. No-speech event is a response with END_OF_UTTERANCE without any transcript following up. # Configuration of barge-in behavior during the streaming of input audio.
+              "bargeInConfig": { # Configuration of the barge-in behavior. Barge-in instructs the API to return a detected utterance at a proper time while the client is playing back the response audio from a previous request. When the client sees the utterance, it should stop the playback and immediately get ready for receiving the responses for the current request. The barge-in handling requires the client to start streaming audio input as soon as it starts playing back the audio from the previous response. The playback is modeled into two phases: * No barge-in phase: which goes first and during which speech detection should not be carried out. * Barge-in phase: which follows the no barge-in phase and during which the API starts speech detection and may inform the client that an utterance has been detected. Note that no-speech event is not expected in this phase. The client provides this configuration in terms of the durations of those two phases. The durations are measured in terms of the audio length from the start of the input audio. No-speech event is a response with END_OF_UTTERANCE without any transcript following up. # Configuration of barge-in behavior during the streaming of input audio.
                 "noBargeInDuration": "A String", # Duration that is not eligible for barge-in at the beginning of the input audio.
                 "totalDuration": "A String", # Total duration for the playback at the beginning of the input audio.
               },
@@ -6220,7 +6220,7 @@ 
Method Details

               "audio": "A String", # The natural language speech audio to be processed. A single request can contain up to 2 minutes of speech audio data. The transcribed text cannot contain more than 256 bytes. For non-streaming audio detect intent, both `config` and `audio` must be provided. For streaming audio detect intent, `config` must be provided in the first request and `audio` must be provided in all following requests.
               "config": { # Instructs the speech recognizer on how to process the audio content. # Required. Instructs the speech recognizer how to process the speech audio.
                 "audioEncoding": "A String", # Required. Audio encoding of the audio content to process.
-                "bargeInConfig": { # Configuration of the barge-in behavior. Barge-in instructs the API to return a detected utterance at a proper time while the client is playing back the response audio from a previous request. When the client sees the utterance, it should stop the playback and immediately get ready for receiving the responses for the current request. The barge-in handling requires the client to start streaming audio input as soon as it starts playing back the audio from the previous response. The playback is modeled into two phases: * No barge-in phase: which goes first and during which speech detection should not be carried out. * Barge-in phase: which follows the no barge-in phase and during which the API starts speech detection and may inform the client that an utterance has been detected. Note that no-speech event is not expected in this phase. The client provides this configuration in terms of the durations of those two phases. The durations are measured in terms of the audio length from the the start of the input audio. No-speech event is a response with END_OF_UTTERANCE without any transcript following up. # Configuration of barge-in behavior during the streaming of input audio.
+                "bargeInConfig": { # Configuration of the barge-in behavior. Barge-in instructs the API to return a detected utterance at a proper time while the client is playing back the response audio from a previous request. When the client sees the utterance, it should stop the playback and immediately get ready for receiving the responses for the current request. The barge-in handling requires the client to start streaming audio input as soon as it starts playing back the audio from the previous response. The playback is modeled into two phases: * No barge-in phase: which goes first and during which speech detection should not be carried out. * Barge-in phase: which follows the no barge-in phase and during which the API starts speech detection and may inform the client that an utterance has been detected. Note that no-speech event is not expected in this phase. The client provides this configuration in terms of the durations of those two phases. The durations are measured in terms of the audio length from the start of the input audio. No-speech event is a response with END_OF_UTTERANCE without any transcript following up. # Configuration of barge-in behavior during the streaming of input audio.
                   "noBargeInDuration": "A String", # Duration that is not eligible for barge-in at the beginning of the input audio.
                   "totalDuration": "A String", # Total duration for the playback at the beginning of the input audio.
                 },
@@ -7342,7 +7342,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "audio": "A String", # The natural language speech audio to be processed. A single request can contain up to 2 minutes of speech audio data. The transcribed text cannot contain more than 256 bytes. For non-streaming audio detect intent, both `config` and `audio` must be provided. For streaming audio detect intent, `config` must be provided in the first request and `audio` must be provided in all following requests.
             "config": { # Instructs the speech recognizer on how to process the audio content. # Required. Instructs the speech recognizer how to process the speech audio.
               "audioEncoding": "A String", # Required. Audio encoding of the audio content to process.
-              "bargeInConfig": { # Configuration of the barge-in behavior. Barge-in instructs the API to return a detected utterance at a proper time while the client is playing back the response audio from a previous request. When the client sees the utterance, it should stop the playback and immediately get ready for receiving the responses for the current request. The barge-in handling requires the client to start streaming audio input as soon as it starts playing back the audio from the previous response. The playback is modeled into two phases: * No barge-in phase: which goes first and during which speech detection should not be carried out. * Barge-in phase: which follows the no barge-in phase and during which the API starts speech detection and may inform the client that an utterance has been detected. Note that no-speech event is not expected in this phase. The client provides this configuration in terms of the durations of those two phases. The durations are measured in terms of the audio length from the the start of the input audio. No-speech event is a response with END_OF_UTTERANCE without any transcript following up. # Configuration of barge-in behavior during the streaming of input audio.
+              "bargeInConfig": { # Configuration of the barge-in behavior. Barge-in instructs the API to return a detected utterance at a proper time while the client is playing back the response audio from a previous request. When the client sees the utterance, it should stop the playback and immediately get ready for receiving the responses for the current request. The barge-in handling requires the client to start streaming audio input as soon as it starts playing back the audio from the previous response. The playback is modeled into two phases: * No barge-in phase: which goes first and during which speech detection should not be carried out. * Barge-in phase: which follows the no barge-in phase and during which the API starts speech detection and may inform the client that an utterance has been detected. Note that no-speech event is not expected in this phase. The client provides this configuration in terms of the durations of those two phases. The durations are measured in terms of the audio length from the start of the input audio. No-speech event is a response with END_OF_UTTERANCE without any transcript following up. # Configuration of barge-in behavior during the streaming of input audio.
                 "noBargeInDuration": "A String", # Duration that is not eligible for barge-in at the beginning of the input audio.
                 "totalDuration": "A String", # Total duration for the playback at the beginning of the input audio.
               },
@@ -8526,7 +8526,7 @@ 
Method Details

               "audio": "A String", # The natural language speech audio to be processed. A single request can contain up to 2 minutes of speech audio data. The transcribed text cannot contain more than 256 bytes. For non-streaming audio detect intent, both `config` and `audio` must be provided. For streaming audio detect intent, `config` must be provided in the first request and `audio` must be provided in all following requests.
               "config": { # Instructs the speech recognizer on how to process the audio content. # Required. Instructs the speech recognizer how to process the speech audio.
                 "audioEncoding": "A String", # Required. Audio encoding of the audio content to process.
-                "bargeInConfig": { # Configuration of the barge-in behavior. Barge-in instructs the API to return a detected utterance at a proper time while the client is playing back the response audio from a previous request. When the client sees the utterance, it should stop the playback and immediately get ready for receiving the responses for the current request. The barge-in handling requires the client to start streaming audio input as soon as it starts playing back the audio from the previous response. The playback is modeled into two phases: * No barge-in phase: which goes first and during which speech detection should not be carried out. * Barge-in phase: which follows the no barge-in phase and during which the API starts speech detection and may inform the client that an utterance has been detected. Note that no-speech event is not expected in this phase. The client provides this configuration in terms of the durations of those two phases. The durations are measured in terms of the audio length from the the start of the input audio. No-speech event is a response with END_OF_UTTERANCE without any transcript following up. # Configuration of barge-in behavior during the streaming of input audio.
+                "bargeInConfig": { # Configuration of the barge-in behavior. Barge-in instructs the API to return a detected utterance at a proper time while the client is playing back the response audio from a previous request. When the client sees the utterance, it should stop the playback and immediately get ready for receiving the responses for the current request. The barge-in handling requires the client to start streaming audio input as soon as it starts playing back the audio from the previous response. The playback is modeled into two phases: * No barge-in phase: which goes first and during which speech detection should not be carried out. * Barge-in phase: which follows the no barge-in phase and during which the API starts speech detection and may inform the client that an utterance has been detected. Note that no-speech event is not expected in this phase. The client provides this configuration in terms of the durations of those two phases. The durations are measured in terms of the audio length from the start of the input audio. No-speech event is a response with END_OF_UTTERANCE without any transcript following up. # Configuration of barge-in behavior during the streaming of input audio.
                   "noBargeInDuration": "A String", # Duration that is not eligible for barge-in at the beginning of the input audio.
                   "totalDuration": "A String", # Total duration for the playback at the beginning of the input audio.
                 },
@@ -9648,7 +9648,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "audio": "A String", # The natural language speech audio to be processed. A single request can contain up to 2 minutes of speech audio data. The transcribed text cannot contain more than 256 bytes. For non-streaming audio detect intent, both `config` and `audio` must be provided. For streaming audio detect intent, `config` must be provided in the first request and `audio` must be provided in all following requests.
             "config": { # Instructs the speech recognizer on how to process the audio content. # Required. Instructs the speech recognizer how to process the speech audio.
               "audioEncoding": "A String", # Required. Audio encoding of the audio content to process.
-              "bargeInConfig": { # Configuration of the barge-in behavior. Barge-in instructs the API to return a detected utterance at a proper time while the client is playing back the response audio from a previous request. When the client sees the utterance, it should stop the playback and immediately get ready for receiving the responses for the current request. The barge-in handling requires the client to start streaming audio input as soon as it starts playing back the audio from the previous response. The playback is modeled into two phases: * No barge-in phase: which goes first and during which speech detection should not be carried out. * Barge-in phase: which follows the no barge-in phase and during which the API starts speech detection and may inform the client that an utterance has been detected. Note that no-speech event is not expected in this phase. The client provides this configuration in terms of the durations of those two phases. The durations are measured in terms of the audio length from the the start of the input audio. No-speech event is a response with END_OF_UTTERANCE without any transcript following up. # Configuration of barge-in behavior during the streaming of input audio.
+              "bargeInConfig": { # Configuration of the barge-in behavior. Barge-in instructs the API to return a detected utterance at a proper time while the client is playing back the response audio from a previous request. When the client sees the utterance, it should stop the playback and immediately get ready for receiving the responses for the current request. The barge-in handling requires the client to start streaming audio input as soon as it starts playing back the audio from the previous response. The playback is modeled into two phases: * No barge-in phase: which goes first and during which speech detection should not be carried out. * Barge-in phase: which follows the no barge-in phase and during which the API starts speech detection and may inform the client that an utterance has been detected. Note that no-speech event is not expected in this phase. The client provides this configuration in terms of the durations of those two phases. The durations are measured in terms of the audio length from the start of the input audio. No-speech event is a response with END_OF_UTTERANCE without any transcript following up. # Configuration of barge-in behavior during the streaming of input audio.
                 "noBargeInDuration": "A String", # Duration that is not eligible for barge-in at the beginning of the input audio.
                 "totalDuration": "A String", # Total duration for the playback at the beginning of the input audio.
               },
@@ -10841,7 +10841,7 @@ 
Method Details

                   "audio": "A String", # The natural language speech audio to be processed. A single request can contain up to 2 minutes of speech audio data. The transcribed text cannot contain more than 256 bytes. For non-streaming audio detect intent, both `config` and `audio` must be provided. For streaming audio detect intent, `config` must be provided in the first request and `audio` must be provided in all following requests.
                   "config": { # Instructs the speech recognizer on how to process the audio content. # Required. Instructs the speech recognizer how to process the speech audio.
                     "audioEncoding": "A String", # Required. Audio encoding of the audio content to process.
-                    "bargeInConfig": { # Configuration of the barge-in behavior. Barge-in instructs the API to return a detected utterance at a proper time while the client is playing back the response audio from a previous request. When the client sees the utterance, it should stop the playback and immediately get ready for receiving the responses for the current request. The barge-in handling requires the client to start streaming audio input as soon as it starts playing back the audio from the previous response. The playback is modeled into two phases: * No barge-in phase: which goes first and during which speech detection should not be carried out. * Barge-in phase: which follows the no barge-in phase and during which the API starts speech detection and may inform the client that an utterance has been detected. Note that no-speech event is not expected in this phase. The client provides this configuration in terms of the durations of those two phases. The durations are measured in terms of the audio length from the the start of the input audio. No-speech event is a response with END_OF_UTTERANCE without any transcript following up. # Configuration of barge-in behavior during the streaming of input audio.
+                    "bargeInConfig": { # Configuration of the barge-in behavior. Barge-in instructs the API to return a detected utterance at a proper time while the client is playing back the response audio from a previous request. When the client sees the utterance, it should stop the playback and immediately get ready for receiving the responses for the current request. The barge-in handling requires the client to start streaming audio input as soon as it starts playing back the audio from the previous response. The playback is modeled into two phases: * No barge-in phase: which goes first and during which speech detection should not be carried out. * Barge-in phase: which follows the no barge-in phase and during which the API starts speech detection and may inform the client that an utterance has been detected. Note that no-speech event is not expected in this phase. The client provides this configuration in terms of the durations of those two phases. The durations are measured in terms of the audio length from the start of the input audio. No-speech event is a response with END_OF_UTTERANCE without any transcript following up. # Configuration of barge-in behavior during the streaming of input audio.
                       "noBargeInDuration": "A String", # Duration that is not eligible for barge-in at the beginning of the input audio.
                       "totalDuration": "A String", # Total duration for the playback at the beginning of the input audio.
                     },
@@ -11963,7 +11963,7 @@ 
Method Details

                 "audio": "A String", # The natural language speech audio to be processed. A single request can contain up to 2 minutes of speech audio data. The transcribed text cannot contain more than 256 bytes. For non-streaming audio detect intent, both `config` and `audio` must be provided. For streaming audio detect intent, `config` must be provided in the first request and `audio` must be provided in all following requests.
                 "config": { # Instructs the speech recognizer on how to process the audio content. # Required. Instructs the speech recognizer how to process the speech audio.
                   "audioEncoding": "A String", # Required. Audio encoding of the audio content to process.
-                  "bargeInConfig": { # Configuration of the barge-in behavior. Barge-in instructs the API to return a detected utterance at a proper time while the client is playing back the response audio from a previous request. When the client sees the utterance, it should stop the playback and immediately get ready for receiving the responses for the current request. The barge-in handling requires the client to start streaming audio input as soon as it starts playing back the audio from the previous response. The playback is modeled into two phases: * No barge-in phase: which goes first and during which speech detection should not be carried out. * Barge-in phase: which follows the no barge-in phase and during which the API starts speech detection and may inform the client that an utterance has been detected. Note that no-speech event is not expected in this phase. The client provides this configuration in terms of the durations of those two phases. The durations are measured in terms of the audio length from the the start of the input audio. No-speech event is a response with END_OF_UTTERANCE without any transcript following up. # Configuration of barge-in behavior during the streaming of input audio.
+                  "bargeInConfig": { # Configuration of the barge-in behavior. Barge-in instructs the API to return a detected utterance at a proper time while the client is playing back the response audio from a previous request. When the client sees the utterance, it should stop the playback and immediately get ready for receiving the responses for the current request. The barge-in handling requires the client to start streaming audio input as soon as it starts playing back the audio from the previous response. The playback is modeled into two phases: * No barge-in phase: which goes first and during which speech detection should not be carried out. * Barge-in phase: which follows the no barge-in phase and during which the API starts speech detection and may inform the client that an utterance has been detected. Note that no-speech event is not expected in this phase. The client provides this configuration in terms of the durations of those two phases. The durations are measured in terms of the audio length from the start of the input audio. No-speech event is a response with END_OF_UTTERANCE without any transcript following up. # Configuration of barge-in behavior during the streaming of input audio.
                     "noBargeInDuration": "A String", # Duration that is not eligible for barge-in at the beginning of the input audio.
                     "totalDuration": "A String", # Total duration for the playback at the beginning of the input audio.
                   },
@@ -13114,7 +13114,7 @@ 
Method Details

               "audio": "A String", # The natural language speech audio to be processed. A single request can contain up to 2 minutes of speech audio data. The transcribed text cannot contain more than 256 bytes. For non-streaming audio detect intent, both `config` and `audio` must be provided. For streaming audio detect intent, `config` must be provided in the first request and `audio` must be provided in all following requests.
               "config": { # Instructs the speech recognizer on how to process the audio content. # Required. Instructs the speech recognizer how to process the speech audio.
                 "audioEncoding": "A String", # Required. Audio encoding of the audio content to process.
-                "bargeInConfig": { # Configuration of the barge-in behavior. Barge-in instructs the API to return a detected utterance at a proper time while the client is playing back the response audio from a previous request. When the client sees the utterance, it should stop the playback and immediately get ready for receiving the responses for the current request. The barge-in handling requires the client to start streaming audio input as soon as it starts playing back the audio from the previous response. The playback is modeled into two phases: * No barge-in phase: which goes first and during which speech detection should not be carried out. * Barge-in phase: which follows the no barge-in phase and during which the API starts speech detection and may inform the client that an utterance has been detected. Note that no-speech event is not expected in this phase. The client provides this configuration in terms of the durations of those two phases. The durations are measured in terms of the audio length from the the start of the input audio. No-speech event is a response with END_OF_UTTERANCE without any transcript following up. # Configuration of barge-in behavior during the streaming of input audio.
+                "bargeInConfig": { # Configuration of the barge-in behavior. Barge-in instructs the API to return a detected utterance at a proper time while the client is playing back the response audio from a previous request. When the client sees the utterance, it should stop the playback and immediately get ready for receiving the responses for the current request. The barge-in handling requires the client to start streaming audio input as soon as it starts playing back the audio from the previous response. The playback is modeled into two phases: * No barge-in phase: which goes first and during which speech detection should not be carried out. * Barge-in phase: which follows the no barge-in phase and during which the API starts speech detection and may inform the client that an utterance has been detected. Note that no-speech event is not expected in this phase. The client provides this configuration in terms of the durations of those two phases. The durations are measured in terms of the audio length from the start of the input audio. No-speech event is a response with END_OF_UTTERANCE without any transcript following up. # Configuration of barge-in behavior during the streaming of input audio.
                   "noBargeInDuration": "A String", # Duration that is not eligible for barge-in at the beginning of the input audio.
                   "totalDuration": "A String", # Total duration for the playback at the beginning of the input audio.
                 },
@@ -14236,7 +14236,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "audio": "A String", # The natural language speech audio to be processed. A single request can contain up to 2 minutes of speech audio data. The transcribed text cannot contain more than 256 bytes. For non-streaming audio detect intent, both `config` and `audio` must be provided. For streaming audio detect intent, `config` must be provided in the first request and `audio` must be provided in all following requests.
             "config": { # Instructs the speech recognizer on how to process the audio content. # Required. Instructs the speech recognizer how to process the speech audio.
               "audioEncoding": "A String", # Required. Audio encoding of the audio content to process.
-              "bargeInConfig": { # Configuration of the barge-in behavior. Barge-in instructs the API to return a detected utterance at a proper time while the client is playing back the response audio from a previous request. When the client sees the utterance, it should stop the playback and immediately get ready for receiving the responses for the current request. The barge-in handling requires the client to start streaming audio input as soon as it starts playing back the audio from the previous response. The playback is modeled into two phases: * No barge-in phase: which goes first and during which speech detection should not be carried out. * Barge-in phase: which follows the no barge-in phase and during which the API starts speech detection and may inform the client that an utterance has been detected. Note that no-speech event is not expected in this phase. The client provides this configuration in terms of the durations of those two phases. The durations are measured in terms of the audio length from the the start of the input audio. No-speech event is a response with END_OF_UTTERANCE without any transcript following up. # Configuration of barge-in behavior during the streaming of input audio.
+              "bargeInConfig": { # Configuration of the barge-in behavior. Barge-in instructs the API to return a detected utterance at a proper time while the client is playing back the response audio from a previous request. When the client sees the utterance, it should stop the playback and immediately get ready for receiving the responses for the current request. The barge-in handling requires the client to start streaming audio input as soon as it starts playing back the audio from the previous response. The playback is modeled into two phases: * No barge-in phase: which goes first and during which speech detection should not be carried out. * Barge-in phase: which follows the no barge-in phase and during which the API starts speech detection and may inform the client that an utterance has been detected. Note that no-speech event is not expected in this phase. The client provides this configuration in terms of the durations of those two phases. The durations are measured in terms of the audio length from the start of the input audio. No-speech event is a response with END_OF_UTTERANCE without any transcript following up. # Configuration of barge-in behavior during the streaming of input audio.
                 "noBargeInDuration": "A String", # Duration that is not eligible for barge-in at the beginning of the input audio.
                 "totalDuration": "A String", # Total duration for the playback at the beginning of the input audio.
               },
@@ -15370,7 +15370,7 @@ 
Method Details

               "audio": "A String", # The natural language speech audio to be processed. A single request can contain up to 2 minutes of speech audio data. The transcribed text cannot contain more than 256 bytes. For non-streaming audio detect intent, both `config` and `audio` must be provided. For streaming audio detect intent, `config` must be provided in the first request and `audio` must be provided in all following requests.
               "config": { # Instructs the speech recognizer on how to process the audio content. # Required. Instructs the speech recognizer how to process the speech audio.
                 "audioEncoding": "A String", # Required. Audio encoding of the audio content to process.
-                "bargeInConfig": { # Configuration of the barge-in behavior. Barge-in instructs the API to return a detected utterance at a proper time while the client is playing back the response audio from a previous request. When the client sees the utterance, it should stop the playback and immediately get ready for receiving the responses for the current request. The barge-in handling requires the client to start streaming audio input as soon as it starts playing back the audio from the previous response. The playback is modeled into two phases: * No barge-in phase: which goes first and during which speech detection should not be carried out. * Barge-in phase: which follows the no barge-in phase and during which the API starts speech detection and may inform the client that an utterance has been detected. Note that no-speech event is not expected in this phase. The client provides this configuration in terms of the durations of those two phases. The durations are measured in terms of the audio length from the the start of the input audio. No-speech event is a response with END_OF_UTTERANCE without any transcript following up. # Configuration of barge-in behavior during the streaming of input audio.
+                "bargeInConfig": { # Configuration of the barge-in behavior. Barge-in instructs the API to return a detected utterance at a proper time while the client is playing back the response audio from a previous request. When the client sees the utterance, it should stop the playback and immediately get ready for receiving the responses for the current request. The barge-in handling requires the client to start streaming audio input as soon as it starts playing back the audio from the previous response. The playback is modeled into two phases: * No barge-in phase: which goes first and during which speech detection should not be carried out. * Barge-in phase: which follows the no barge-in phase and during which the API starts speech detection and may inform the client that an utterance has been detected. Note that no-speech event is not expected in this phase. The client provides this configuration in terms of the durations of those two phases. The durations are measured in terms of the audio length from the start of the input audio. No-speech event is a response with END_OF_UTTERANCE without any transcript following up. # Configuration of barge-in behavior during the streaming of input audio.
                   "noBargeInDuration": "A String", # Duration that is not eligible for barge-in at the beginning of the input audio.
                   "totalDuration": "A String", # Total duration for the playback at the beginning of the input audio.
                 },
@@ -16492,7 +16492,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "audio": "A String", # The natural language speech audio to be processed. A single request can contain up to 2 minutes of speech audio data. The transcribed text cannot contain more than 256 bytes. For non-streaming audio detect intent, both `config` and `audio` must be provided. For streaming audio detect intent, `config` must be provided in the first request and `audio` must be provided in all following requests.
             "config": { # Instructs the speech recognizer on how to process the audio content. # Required. Instructs the speech recognizer how to process the speech audio.
               "audioEncoding": "A String", # Required. Audio encoding of the audio content to process.
-              "bargeInConfig": { # Configuration of the barge-in behavior. Barge-in instructs the API to return a detected utterance at a proper time while the client is playing back the response audio from a previous request. When the client sees the utterance, it should stop the playback and immediately get ready for receiving the responses for the current request. The barge-in handling requires the client to start streaming audio input as soon as it starts playing back the audio from the previous response. The playback is modeled into two phases: * No barge-in phase: which goes first and during which speech detection should not be carried out. * Barge-in phase: which follows the no barge-in phase and during which the API starts speech detection and may inform the client that an utterance has been detected. Note that no-speech event is not expected in this phase. The client provides this configuration in terms of the durations of those two phases. The durations are measured in terms of the audio length from the the start of the input audio. No-speech event is a response with END_OF_UTTERANCE without any transcript following up. # Configuration of barge-in behavior during the streaming of input audio.
+              "bargeInConfig": { # Configuration of the barge-in behavior. Barge-in instructs the API to return a detected utterance at a proper time while the client is playing back the response audio from a previous request. When the client sees the utterance, it should stop the playback and immediately get ready for receiving the responses for the current request. The barge-in handling requires the client to start streaming audio input as soon as it starts playing back the audio from the previous response. The playback is modeled into two phases: * No barge-in phase: which goes first and during which speech detection should not be carried out. * Barge-in phase: which follows the no barge-in phase and during which the API starts speech detection and may inform the client that an utterance has been detected. Note that no-speech event is not expected in this phase. The client provides this configuration in terms of the durations of those two phases. The durations are measured in terms of the audio length from the start of the input audio. No-speech event is a response with END_OF_UTTERANCE without any transcript following up. # Configuration of barge-in behavior during the streaming of input audio.
                 "noBargeInDuration": "A String", # Duration that is not eligible for barge-in at the beginning of the input audio.
                 "totalDuration": "A String", # Total duration for the playback at the beginning of the input audio.
               },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.testCases.results.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.testCases.results.html
index a40007cff0..e5c8e75654 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.testCases.results.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.testCases.results.html
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "audio": "A String", # The natural language speech audio to be processed. A single request can contain up to 2 minutes of speech audio data. The transcribed text cannot contain more than 256 bytes. For non-streaming audio detect intent, both `config` and `audio` must be provided. For streaming audio detect intent, `config` must be provided in the first request and `audio` must be provided in all following requests.
             "config": { # Instructs the speech recognizer on how to process the audio content. # Required. Instructs the speech recognizer how to process the speech audio.
               "audioEncoding": "A String", # Required. Audio encoding of the audio content to process.
-              "bargeInConfig": { # Configuration of the barge-in behavior. Barge-in instructs the API to return a detected utterance at a proper time while the client is playing back the response audio from a previous request. When the client sees the utterance, it should stop the playback and immediately get ready for receiving the responses for the current request. The barge-in handling requires the client to start streaming audio input as soon as it starts playing back the audio from the previous response. The playback is modeled into two phases: * No barge-in phase: which goes first and during which speech detection should not be carried out. * Barge-in phase: which follows the no barge-in phase and during which the API starts speech detection and may inform the client that an utterance has been detected. Note that no-speech event is not expected in this phase. The client provides this configuration in terms of the durations of those two phases. The durations are measured in terms of the audio length from the the start of the input audio. No-speech event is a response with END_OF_UTTERANCE without any transcript following up. # Configuration of barge-in behavior during the streaming of input audio.
+              "bargeInConfig": { # Configuration of the barge-in behavior. Barge-in instructs the API to return a detected utterance at a proper time while the client is playing back the response audio from a previous request. When the client sees the utterance, it should stop the playback and immediately get ready for receiving the responses for the current request. The barge-in handling requires the client to start streaming audio input as soon as it starts playing back the audio from the previous response. The playback is modeled into two phases: * No barge-in phase: which goes first and during which speech detection should not be carried out. * Barge-in phase: which follows the no barge-in phase and during which the API starts speech detection and may inform the client that an utterance has been detected. Note that no-speech event is not expected in this phase. The client provides this configuration in terms of the durations of those two phases. The durations are measured in terms of the audio length from the start of the input audio. No-speech event is a response with END_OF_UTTERANCE without any transcript following up. # Configuration of barge-in behavior during the streaming of input audio.
                 "noBargeInDuration": "A String", # Duration that is not eligible for barge-in at the beginning of the input audio.
                 "totalDuration": "A String", # Total duration for the playback at the beginning of the input audio.
               },
@@ -1259,7 +1259,7 @@ 
Method Details

                 "audio": "A String", # The natural language speech audio to be processed. A single request can contain up to 2 minutes of speech audio data. The transcribed text cannot contain more than 256 bytes. For non-streaming audio detect intent, both `config` and `audio` must be provided. For streaming audio detect intent, `config` must be provided in the first request and `audio` must be provided in all following requests.
                 "config": { # Instructs the speech recognizer on how to process the audio content. # Required. Instructs the speech recognizer how to process the speech audio.
                   "audioEncoding": "A String", # Required. Audio encoding of the audio content to process.
-                  "bargeInConfig": { # Configuration of the barge-in behavior. Barge-in instructs the API to return a detected utterance at a proper time while the client is playing back the response audio from a previous request. When the client sees the utterance, it should stop the playback and immediately get ready for receiving the responses for the current request. The barge-in handling requires the client to start streaming audio input as soon as it starts playing back the audio from the previous response. The playback is modeled into two phases: * No barge-in phase: which goes first and during which speech detection should not be carried out. * Barge-in phase: which follows the no barge-in phase and during which the API starts speech detection and may inform the client that an utterance has been detected. Note that no-speech event is not expected in this phase. The client provides this configuration in terms of the durations of those two phases. The durations are measured in terms of the audio length from the the start of the input audio. No-speech event is a response with END_OF_UTTERANCE without any transcript following up. # Configuration of barge-in behavior during the streaming of input audio.
+                  "bargeInConfig": { # Configuration of the barge-in behavior. Barge-in instructs the API to return a detected utterance at a proper time while the client is playing back the response audio from a previous request. When the client sees the utterance, it should stop the playback and immediately get ready for receiving the responses for the current request. The barge-in handling requires the client to start streaming audio input as soon as it starts playing back the audio from the previous response. The playback is modeled into two phases: * No barge-in phase: which goes first and during which speech detection should not be carried out. * Barge-in phase: which follows the no barge-in phase and during which the API starts speech detection and may inform the client that an utterance has been detected. Note that no-speech event is not expected in this phase. The client provides this configuration in terms of the durations of those two phases. The durations are measured in terms of the audio length from the start of the input audio. No-speech event is a response with END_OF_UTTERANCE without any transcript following up. # Configuration of barge-in behavior during the streaming of input audio.
                     "noBargeInDuration": "A String", # Duration that is not eligible for barge-in at the beginning of the input audio.
                     "totalDuration": "A String", # Total duration for the playback at the beginning of the input audio.
                   },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.conversations.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.conversations.html
index 3058b77795..1d8000b721 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.conversations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.conversations.html
@@ -2817,7 +2817,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "audio": "A String", # The natural language speech audio to be processed. A single request can contain up to 2 minutes of speech audio data. The transcribed text cannot contain more than 256 bytes. For non-streaming audio detect intent, both `config` and `audio` must be provided. For streaming audio detect intent, `config` must be provided in the first request and `audio` must be provided in all following requests.
             "config": { # Instructs the speech recognizer on how to process the audio content. # Required. Instructs the speech recognizer how to process the speech audio.
               "audioEncoding": "A String", # Required. Audio encoding of the audio content to process.
-              "bargeInConfig": { # Configuration of the barge-in behavior. Barge-in instructs the API to return a detected utterance at a proper time while the client is playing back the response audio from a previous request. When the client sees the utterance, it should stop the playback and immediately get ready for receiving the responses for the current request. The barge-in handling requires the client to start streaming audio input as soon as it starts playing back the audio from the previous response. The playback is modeled into two phases: * No barge-in phase: which goes first and during which speech detection should not be carried out. * Barge-in phase: which follows the no barge-in phase and during which the API starts speech detection and may inform the client that an utterance has been detected. Note that no-speech event is not expected in this phase. The client provides this configuration in terms of the durations of those two phases. The durations are measured in terms of the audio length from the the start of the input audio. No-speech event is a response with END_OF_UTTERANCE without any transcript following up. # Configuration of barge-in behavior during the streaming of input audio.
+              "bargeInConfig": { # Configuration of the barge-in behavior. Barge-in instructs the API to return a detected utterance at a proper time while the client is playing back the response audio from a previous request. When the client sees the utterance, it should stop the playback and immediately get ready for receiving the responses for the current request. The barge-in handling requires the client to start streaming audio input as soon as it starts playing back the audio from the previous response. The playback is modeled into two phases: * No barge-in phase: which goes first and during which speech detection should not be carried out. * Barge-in phase: which follows the no barge-in phase and during which the API starts speech detection and may inform the client that an utterance has been detected. Note that no-speech event is not expected in this phase. The client provides this configuration in terms of the durations of those two phases. The durations are measured in terms of the audio length from the start of the input audio. No-speech event is a response with END_OF_UTTERANCE without any transcript following up. # Configuration of barge-in behavior during the streaming of input audio.
                 "noBargeInDuration": "A String", # Duration that is not eligible for barge-in at the beginning of the input audio.
                 "totalDuration": "A String", # Total duration for the playback at the beginning of the input audio.
               },
@@ -2861,7 +2861,7 @@ 
Method Details

           "analyzeQueryTextSentiment": True or False, # Configures whether sentiment analysis should be performed. If not provided, sentiment analysis is not performed.
           "channel": "A String", # The channel which this query is for. If specified, only the ResponseMessage associated with the channel will be returned. If no ResponseMessage is associated with the channel, it falls back to the ResponseMessage with unspecified channel. If unspecified, the ResponseMessage with unspecified channel will be returned.
           "currentPage": "A String", # The unique identifier of the page to override the current page in the session. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. If `current_page` is specified, the previous state of the session will be ignored by Dialogflow, including the previous page and the previous session parameters. In most cases, current_page and parameters should be configured together to direct a session to a specific state.
-          "currentPlaybook": "A String", # Optional. Start the session with the specified playbook. You can only specify the playbook at the beginning of the session. Otherwise, an error will be thrown. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`.
+          "currentPlaybook": "A String", # Optional. The unique identifier of the playbook to start or continue the session with. If `current_playbook` is specified, the previous state of the session will be ignored by Dialogflow. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`.
           "disableWebhook": True or False, # Whether to disable webhook calls for this request.
           "endUserMetadata": { # Optional. Information about the end-user to improve the relevance and accuracy of generative answers. This will be interpreted and used by a language model, so, for good results, the data should be self-descriptive, and in a simple structure. Example: ```json { "subscription plan": "Business Premium Plus", "devices owned": [ {"model": "Google Pixel 7"}, {"model": "Google Pixel Tablet"} ] } ```
             "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
@@ -8747,7 +8747,7 @@ 
Method Details

                 "audio": "A String", # The natural language speech audio to be processed. A single request can contain up to 2 minutes of speech audio data. The transcribed text cannot contain more than 256 bytes. For non-streaming audio detect intent, both `config` and `audio` must be provided. For streaming audio detect intent, `config` must be provided in the first request and `audio` must be provided in all following requests.
                 "config": { # Instructs the speech recognizer on how to process the audio content. # Required. Instructs the speech recognizer how to process the speech audio.
                   "audioEncoding": "A String", # Required. Audio encoding of the audio content to process.
-                  "bargeInConfig": { # Configuration of the barge-in behavior. Barge-in instructs the API to return a detected utterance at a proper time while the client is playing back the response audio from a previous request. When the client sees the utterance, it should stop the playback and immediately get ready for receiving the responses for the current request. The barge-in handling requires the client to start streaming audio input as soon as it starts playing back the audio from the previous response. The playback is modeled into two phases: * No barge-in phase: which goes first and during which speech detection should not be carried out. * Barge-in phase: which follows the no barge-in phase and during which the API starts speech detection and may inform the client that an utterance has been detected. Note that no-speech event is not expected in this phase. The client provides this configuration in terms of the durations of those two phases. The durations are measured in terms of the audio length from the the start of the input audio. No-speech event is a response with END_OF_UTTERANCE without any transcript following up. # Configuration of barge-in behavior during the streaming of input audio.
+                  "bargeInConfig": { # Configuration of the barge-in behavior. Barge-in instructs the API to return a detected utterance at a proper time while the client is playing back the response audio from a previous request. When the client sees the utterance, it should stop the playback and immediately get ready for receiving the responses for the current request. The barge-in handling requires the client to start streaming audio input as soon as it starts playing back the audio from the previous response. The playback is modeled into two phases: * No barge-in phase: which goes first and during which speech detection should not be carried out. * Barge-in phase: which follows the no barge-in phase and during which the API starts speech detection and may inform the client that an utterance has been detected. Note that no-speech event is not expected in this phase. The client provides this configuration in terms of the durations of those two phases. The durations are measured in terms of the audio length from the start of the input audio. No-speech event is a response with END_OF_UTTERANCE without any transcript following up. # Configuration of barge-in behavior during the streaming of input audio.
                     "noBargeInDuration": "A String", # Duration that is not eligible for barge-in at the beginning of the input audio.
                     "totalDuration": "A String", # Total duration for the playback at the beginning of the input audio.
                   },
@@ -8791,7 +8791,7 @@ 
Method Details

               "analyzeQueryTextSentiment": True or False, # Configures whether sentiment analysis should be performed. If not provided, sentiment analysis is not performed.
               "channel": "A String", # The channel which this query is for. If specified, only the ResponseMessage associated with the channel will be returned. If no ResponseMessage is associated with the channel, it falls back to the ResponseMessage with unspecified channel. If unspecified, the ResponseMessage with unspecified channel will be returned.
               "currentPage": "A String", # The unique identifier of the page to override the current page in the session. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. If `current_page` is specified, the previous state of the session will be ignored by Dialogflow, including the previous page and the previous session parameters. In most cases, current_page and parameters should be configured together to direct a session to a specific state.
-              "currentPlaybook": "A String", # Optional. Start the session with the specified playbook. You can only specify the playbook at the beginning of the session. Otherwise, an error will be thrown. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`.
+              "currentPlaybook": "A String", # Optional. The unique identifier of the playbook to start or continue the session with. If `current_playbook` is specified, the previous state of the session will be ignored by Dialogflow. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`.
               "disableWebhook": True or False, # Whether to disable webhook calls for this request.
               "endUserMetadata": { # Optional. Information about the end-user to improve the relevance and accuracy of generative answers. This will be interpreted and used by a language model, so, for good results, the data should be self-descriptive, and in a simple structure. Example: ```json { "subscription plan": "Business Premium Plus", "devices owned": [ {"model": "Google Pixel 7"}, {"model": "Google Pixel Tablet"} ] } ```
                 "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.environments.sessions.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.environments.sessions.html
index 6db5f44b20..7c9f935703 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.environments.sessions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.environments.sessions.html
@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "audio": "A String", # The natural language speech audio to be processed. A single request can contain up to 2 minutes of speech audio data. The transcribed text cannot contain more than 256 bytes. For non-streaming audio detect intent, both `config` and `audio` must be provided. For streaming audio detect intent, `config` must be provided in the first request and `audio` must be provided in all following requests.
       "config": { # Instructs the speech recognizer on how to process the audio content. # Required. Instructs the speech recognizer how to process the speech audio.
         "audioEncoding": "A String", # Required. Audio encoding of the audio content to process.
-        "bargeInConfig": { # Configuration of the barge-in behavior. Barge-in instructs the API to return a detected utterance at a proper time while the client is playing back the response audio from a previous request. When the client sees the utterance, it should stop the playback and immediately get ready for receiving the responses for the current request. The barge-in handling requires the client to start streaming audio input as soon as it starts playing back the audio from the previous response. The playback is modeled into two phases: * No barge-in phase: which goes first and during which speech detection should not be carried out. * Barge-in phase: which follows the no barge-in phase and during which the API starts speech detection and may inform the client that an utterance has been detected. Note that no-speech event is not expected in this phase. The client provides this configuration in terms of the durations of those two phases. The durations are measured in terms of the audio length from the the start of the input audio. No-speech event is a response with END_OF_UTTERANCE without any transcript following up. # Configuration of barge-in behavior during the streaming of input audio.
+        "bargeInConfig": { # Configuration of the barge-in behavior. Barge-in instructs the API to return a detected utterance at a proper time while the client is playing back the response audio from a previous request. When the client sees the utterance, it should stop the playback and immediately get ready for receiving the responses for the current request. The barge-in handling requires the client to start streaming audio input as soon as it starts playing back the audio from the previous response. The playback is modeled into two phases: * No barge-in phase: which goes first and during which speech detection should not be carried out. * Barge-in phase: which follows the no barge-in phase and during which the API starts speech detection and may inform the client that an utterance has been detected. Note that no-speech event is not expected in this phase. The client provides this configuration in terms of the durations of those two phases. The durations are measured in terms of the audio length from the start of the input audio. No-speech event is a response with END_OF_UTTERANCE without any transcript following up. # Configuration of barge-in behavior during the streaming of input audio.
           "noBargeInDuration": "A String", # Duration that is not eligible for barge-in at the beginning of the input audio.
           "totalDuration": "A String", # Total duration for the playback at the beginning of the input audio.
         },
@@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "analyzeQueryTextSentiment": True or False, # Configures whether sentiment analysis should be performed. If not provided, sentiment analysis is not performed.
     "channel": "A String", # The channel which this query is for. If specified, only the ResponseMessage associated with the channel will be returned. If no ResponseMessage is associated with the channel, it falls back to the ResponseMessage with unspecified channel. If unspecified, the ResponseMessage with unspecified channel will be returned.
     "currentPage": "A String", # The unique identifier of the page to override the current page in the session. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. If `current_page` is specified, the previous state of the session will be ignored by Dialogflow, including the previous page and the previous session parameters. In most cases, current_page and parameters should be configured together to direct a session to a specific state.
-    "currentPlaybook": "A String", # Optional. Start the session with the specified playbook. You can only specify the playbook at the beginning of the session. Otherwise, an error will be thrown. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`.
+    "currentPlaybook": "A String", # Optional. The unique identifier of the playbook to start or continue the session with. If `current_playbook` is specified, the previous state of the session will be ignored by Dialogflow. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`.
     "disableWebhook": True or False, # Whether to disable webhook calls for this request.
     "endUserMetadata": { # Optional. Information about the end-user to improve the relevance and accuracy of generative answers. This will be interpreted and used by a language model, so, for good results, the data should be self-descriptive, and in a simple structure. Example: ```json { "subscription plan": "Business Premium Plus", "devices owned": [ {"model": "Google Pixel 7"}, {"model": "Google Pixel Tablet"} ] } ```
       "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
@@ -2304,7 +2304,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "audio": "A String", # The natural language speech audio to be processed. A single request can contain up to 2 minutes of speech audio data. The transcribed text cannot contain more than 256 bytes. For non-streaming audio detect intent, both `config` and `audio` must be provided. For streaming audio detect intent, `config` must be provided in the first request and `audio` must be provided in all following requests.
         "config": { # Instructs the speech recognizer on how to process the audio content. # Required. Instructs the speech recognizer how to process the speech audio.
           "audioEncoding": "A String", # Required. Audio encoding of the audio content to process.
-          "bargeInConfig": { # Configuration of the barge-in behavior. Barge-in instructs the API to return a detected utterance at a proper time while the client is playing back the response audio from a previous request. When the client sees the utterance, it should stop the playback and immediately get ready for receiving the responses for the current request. The barge-in handling requires the client to start streaming audio input as soon as it starts playing back the audio from the previous response. The playback is modeled into two phases: * No barge-in phase: which goes first and during which speech detection should not be carried out. * Barge-in phase: which follows the no barge-in phase and during which the API starts speech detection and may inform the client that an utterance has been detected. Note that no-speech event is not expected in this phase. The client provides this configuration in terms of the durations of those two phases. The durations are measured in terms of the audio length from the the start of the input audio. No-speech event is a response with END_OF_UTTERANCE without any transcript following up. # Configuration of barge-in behavior during the streaming of input audio.
+          "bargeInConfig": { # Configuration of the barge-in behavior. Barge-in instructs the API to return a detected utterance at a proper time while the client is playing back the response audio from a previous request. When the client sees the utterance, it should stop the playback and immediately get ready for receiving the responses for the current request. The barge-in handling requires the client to start streaming audio input as soon as it starts playing back the audio from the previous response. The playback is modeled into two phases: * No barge-in phase: which goes first and during which speech detection should not be carried out. * Barge-in phase: which follows the no barge-in phase and during which the API starts speech detection and may inform the client that an utterance has been detected. Note that no-speech event is not expected in this phase. The client provides this configuration in terms of the durations of those two phases. The durations are measured in terms of the audio length from the start of the input audio. No-speech event is a response with END_OF_UTTERANCE without any transcript following up. # Configuration of barge-in behavior during the streaming of input audio.
             "noBargeInDuration": "A String", # Duration that is not eligible for barge-in at the beginning of the input audio.
             "totalDuration": "A String", # Total duration for the playback at the beginning of the input audio.
           },
@@ -2348,7 +2348,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "analyzeQueryTextSentiment": True or False, # Configures whether sentiment analysis should be performed. If not provided, sentiment analysis is not performed.
       "channel": "A String", # The channel which this query is for. If specified, only the ResponseMessage associated with the channel will be returned. If no ResponseMessage is associated with the channel, it falls back to the ResponseMessage with unspecified channel. If unspecified, the ResponseMessage with unspecified channel will be returned.
       "currentPage": "A String", # The unique identifier of the page to override the current page in the session. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. If `current_page` is specified, the previous state of the session will be ignored by Dialogflow, including the previous page and the previous session parameters. In most cases, current_page and parameters should be configured together to direct a session to a specific state.
-      "currentPlaybook": "A String", # Optional. Start the session with the specified playbook. You can only specify the playbook at the beginning of the session. Otherwise, an error will be thrown. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`.
+      "currentPlaybook": "A String", # Optional. The unique identifier of the playbook to start or continue the session with. If `current_playbook` is specified, the previous state of the session will be ignored by Dialogflow. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`.
       "disableWebhook": True or False, # Whether to disable webhook calls for this request.
       "endUserMetadata": { # Optional. Information about the end-user to improve the relevance and accuracy of generative answers. This will be interpreted and used by a language model, so, for good results, the data should be self-descriptive, and in a simple structure. Example: ```json { "subscription plan": "Business Premium Plus", "devices owned": [ {"model": "Google Pixel 7"}, {"model": "Google Pixel Tablet"} ] } ```
         "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
@@ -4451,7 +4451,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "audio": "A String", # The natural language speech audio to be processed. A single request can contain up to 2 minutes of speech audio data. The transcribed text cannot contain more than 256 bytes. For non-streaming audio detect intent, both `config` and `audio` must be provided. For streaming audio detect intent, `config` must be provided in the first request and `audio` must be provided in all following requests.
       "config": { # Instructs the speech recognizer on how to process the audio content. # Required. Instructs the speech recognizer how to process the speech audio.
         "audioEncoding": "A String", # Required. Audio encoding of the audio content to process.
-        "bargeInConfig": { # Configuration of the barge-in behavior. Barge-in instructs the API to return a detected utterance at a proper time while the client is playing back the response audio from a previous request. When the client sees the utterance, it should stop the playback and immediately get ready for receiving the responses for the current request. The barge-in handling requires the client to start streaming audio input as soon as it starts playing back the audio from the previous response. The playback is modeled into two phases: * No barge-in phase: which goes first and during which speech detection should not be carried out. * Barge-in phase: which follows the no barge-in phase and during which the API starts speech detection and may inform the client that an utterance has been detected. Note that no-speech event is not expected in this phase. The client provides this configuration in terms of the durations of those two phases. The durations are measured in terms of the audio length from the the start of the input audio. No-speech event is a response with END_OF_UTTERANCE without any transcript following up. # Configuration of barge-in behavior during the streaming of input audio.
+        "bargeInConfig": { # Configuration of the barge-in behavior. Barge-in instructs the API to return a detected utterance at a proper time while the client is playing back the response audio from a previous request. When the client sees the utterance, it should stop the playback and immediately get ready for receiving the responses for the current request. The barge-in handling requires the client to start streaming audio input as soon as it starts playing back the audio from the previous response. The playback is modeled into two phases: * No barge-in phase: which goes first and during which speech detection should not be carried out. * Barge-in phase: which follows the no barge-in phase and during which the API starts speech detection and may inform the client that an utterance has been detected. Note that no-speech event is not expected in this phase. The client provides this configuration in terms of the durations of those two phases. The durations are measured in terms of the audio length from the start of the input audio. No-speech event is a response with END_OF_UTTERANCE without any transcript following up. # Configuration of barge-in behavior during the streaming of input audio.
           "noBargeInDuration": "A String", # Duration that is not eligible for barge-in at the beginning of the input audio.
           "totalDuration": "A String", # Total duration for the playback at the beginning of the input audio.
         },
@@ -4495,7 +4495,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "analyzeQueryTextSentiment": True or False, # Configures whether sentiment analysis should be performed. If not provided, sentiment analysis is not performed.
     "channel": "A String", # The channel which this query is for. If specified, only the ResponseMessage associated with the channel will be returned. If no ResponseMessage is associated with the channel, it falls back to the ResponseMessage with unspecified channel. If unspecified, the ResponseMessage with unspecified channel will be returned.
     "currentPage": "A String", # The unique identifier of the page to override the current page in the session. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. If `current_page` is specified, the previous state of the session will be ignored by Dialogflow, including the previous page and the previous session parameters. In most cases, current_page and parameters should be configured together to direct a session to a specific state.
-    "currentPlaybook": "A String", # Optional. Start the session with the specified playbook. You can only specify the playbook at the beginning of the session. Otherwise, an error will be thrown. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`.
+    "currentPlaybook": "A String", # Optional. The unique identifier of the playbook to start or continue the session with. If `current_playbook` is specified, the previous state of the session will be ignored by Dialogflow. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`.
     "disableWebhook": True or False, # Whether to disable webhook calls for this request.
     "endUserMetadata": { # Optional. Information about the end-user to improve the relevance and accuracy of generative answers. This will be interpreted and used by a language model, so, for good results, the data should be self-descriptive, and in a simple structure. Example: ```json { "subscription plan": "Business Premium Plus", "devices owned": [ {"model": "Google Pixel 7"}, {"model": "Google Pixel Tablet"} ] } ```
       "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
@@ -5743,7 +5743,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "audio": "A String", # The natural language speech audio to be processed. A single request can contain up to 2 minutes of speech audio data. The transcribed text cannot contain more than 256 bytes. For non-streaming audio detect intent, both `config` and `audio` must be provided. For streaming audio detect intent, `config` must be provided in the first request and `audio` must be provided in all following requests.
       "config": { # Instructs the speech recognizer on how to process the audio content. # Required. Instructs the speech recognizer how to process the speech audio.
         "audioEncoding": "A String", # Required. Audio encoding of the audio content to process.
-        "bargeInConfig": { # Configuration of the barge-in behavior. Barge-in instructs the API to return a detected utterance at a proper time while the client is playing back the response audio from a previous request. When the client sees the utterance, it should stop the playback and immediately get ready for receiving the responses for the current request. The barge-in handling requires the client to start streaming audio input as soon as it starts playing back the audio from the previous response. The playback is modeled into two phases: * No barge-in phase: which goes first and during which speech detection should not be carried out. * Barge-in phase: which follows the no barge-in phase and during which the API starts speech detection and may inform the client that an utterance has been detected. Note that no-speech event is not expected in this phase. The client provides this configuration in terms of the durations of those two phases. The durations are measured in terms of the audio length from the the start of the input audio. No-speech event is a response with END_OF_UTTERANCE without any transcript following up. # Configuration of barge-in behavior during the streaming of input audio.
+        "bargeInConfig": { # Configuration of the barge-in behavior. Barge-in instructs the API to return a detected utterance at a proper time while the client is playing back the response audio from a previous request. When the client sees the utterance, it should stop the playback and immediately get ready for receiving the responses for the current request. The barge-in handling requires the client to start streaming audio input as soon as it starts playing back the audio from the previous response. The playback is modeled into two phases: * No barge-in phase: which goes first and during which speech detection should not be carried out. * Barge-in phase: which follows the no barge-in phase and during which the API starts speech detection and may inform the client that an utterance has been detected. Note that no-speech event is not expected in this phase. The client provides this configuration in terms of the durations of those two phases. The durations are measured in terms of the audio length from the start of the input audio. No-speech event is a response with END_OF_UTTERANCE without any transcript following up. # Configuration of barge-in behavior during the streaming of input audio.
           "noBargeInDuration": "A String", # Duration that is not eligible for barge-in at the beginning of the input audio.
           "totalDuration": "A String", # Total duration for the playback at the beginning of the input audio.
         },
@@ -5787,7 +5787,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "analyzeQueryTextSentiment": True or False, # Configures whether sentiment analysis should be performed. If not provided, sentiment analysis is not performed.
     "channel": "A String", # The channel which this query is for. If specified, only the ResponseMessage associated with the channel will be returned. If no ResponseMessage is associated with the channel, it falls back to the ResponseMessage with unspecified channel. If unspecified, the ResponseMessage with unspecified channel will be returned.
     "currentPage": "A String", # The unique identifier of the page to override the current page in the session. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. If `current_page` is specified, the previous state of the session will be ignored by Dialogflow, including the previous page and the previous session parameters. In most cases, current_page and parameters should be configured together to direct a session to a specific state.
-    "currentPlaybook": "A String", # Optional. Start the session with the specified playbook. You can only specify the playbook at the beginning of the session. Otherwise, an error will be thrown. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`.
+    "currentPlaybook": "A String", # Optional. The unique identifier of the playbook to start or continue the session with. If `current_playbook` is specified, the previous state of the session will be ignored by Dialogflow. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`.
     "disableWebhook": True or False, # Whether to disable webhook calls for this request.
     "endUserMetadata": { # Optional. Information about the end-user to improve the relevance and accuracy of generative answers. This will be interpreted and used by a language model, so, for good results, the data should be self-descriptive, and in a simple structure. Example: ```json { "subscription plan": "Business Premium Plus", "devices owned": [ {"model": "Google Pixel 7"}, {"model": "Google Pixel Tablet"} ] } ```
       "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.sessions.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.sessions.html
index 0819c673f7..64465c4c48 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.sessions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.sessions.html
@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "audio": "A String", # The natural language speech audio to be processed. A single request can contain up to 2 minutes of speech audio data. The transcribed text cannot contain more than 256 bytes. For non-streaming audio detect intent, both `config` and `audio` must be provided. For streaming audio detect intent, `config` must be provided in the first request and `audio` must be provided in all following requests.
       "config": { # Instructs the speech recognizer on how to process the audio content. # Required. Instructs the speech recognizer how to process the speech audio.
         "audioEncoding": "A String", # Required. Audio encoding of the audio content to process.
-        "bargeInConfig": { # Configuration of the barge-in behavior. Barge-in instructs the API to return a detected utterance at a proper time while the client is playing back the response audio from a previous request. When the client sees the utterance, it should stop the playback and immediately get ready for receiving the responses for the current request. The barge-in handling requires the client to start streaming audio input as soon as it starts playing back the audio from the previous response. The playback is modeled into two phases: * No barge-in phase: which goes first and during which speech detection should not be carried out. * Barge-in phase: which follows the no barge-in phase and during which the API starts speech detection and may inform the client that an utterance has been detected. Note that no-speech event is not expected in this phase. The client provides this configuration in terms of the durations of those two phases. The durations are measured in terms of the audio length from the the start of the input audio. No-speech event is a response with END_OF_UTTERANCE without any transcript following up. # Configuration of barge-in behavior during the streaming of input audio.
+        "bargeInConfig": { # Configuration of the barge-in behavior. Barge-in instructs the API to return a detected utterance at a proper time while the client is playing back the response audio from a previous request. When the client sees the utterance, it should stop the playback and immediately get ready for receiving the responses for the current request. The barge-in handling requires the client to start streaming audio input as soon as it starts playing back the audio from the previous response. The playback is modeled into two phases: * No barge-in phase: which goes first and during which speech detection should not be carried out. * Barge-in phase: which follows the no barge-in phase and during which the API starts speech detection and may inform the client that an utterance has been detected. Note that no-speech event is not expected in this phase. The client provides this configuration in terms of the durations of those two phases. The durations are measured in terms of the audio length from the start of the input audio. No-speech event is a response with END_OF_UTTERANCE without any transcript following up. # Configuration of barge-in behavior during the streaming of input audio.
           "noBargeInDuration": "A String", # Duration that is not eligible for barge-in at the beginning of the input audio.
           "totalDuration": "A String", # Total duration for the playback at the beginning of the input audio.
         },
@@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "analyzeQueryTextSentiment": True or False, # Configures whether sentiment analysis should be performed. If not provided, sentiment analysis is not performed.
     "channel": "A String", # The channel which this query is for. If specified, only the ResponseMessage associated with the channel will be returned. If no ResponseMessage is associated with the channel, it falls back to the ResponseMessage with unspecified channel. If unspecified, the ResponseMessage with unspecified channel will be returned.
     "currentPage": "A String", # The unique identifier of the page to override the current page in the session. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. If `current_page` is specified, the previous state of the session will be ignored by Dialogflow, including the previous page and the previous session parameters. In most cases, current_page and parameters should be configured together to direct a session to a specific state.
-    "currentPlaybook": "A String", # Optional. Start the session with the specified playbook. You can only specify the playbook at the beginning of the session. Otherwise, an error will be thrown. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`.
+    "currentPlaybook": "A String", # Optional. The unique identifier of the playbook to start or continue the session with. If `current_playbook` is specified, the previous state of the session will be ignored by Dialogflow. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`.
     "disableWebhook": True or False, # Whether to disable webhook calls for this request.
     "endUserMetadata": { # Optional. Information about the end-user to improve the relevance and accuracy of generative answers. This will be interpreted and used by a language model, so, for good results, the data should be self-descriptive, and in a simple structure. Example: ```json { "subscription plan": "Business Premium Plus", "devices owned": [ {"model": "Google Pixel 7"}, {"model": "Google Pixel Tablet"} ] } ```
       "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
@@ -2307,7 +2307,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "audio": "A String", # The natural language speech audio to be processed. A single request can contain up to 2 minutes of speech audio data. The transcribed text cannot contain more than 256 bytes. For non-streaming audio detect intent, both `config` and `audio` must be provided. For streaming audio detect intent, `config` must be provided in the first request and `audio` must be provided in all following requests.
         "config": { # Instructs the speech recognizer on how to process the audio content. # Required. Instructs the speech recognizer how to process the speech audio.
           "audioEncoding": "A String", # Required. Audio encoding of the audio content to process.
-          "bargeInConfig": { # Configuration of the barge-in behavior. Barge-in instructs the API to return a detected utterance at a proper time while the client is playing back the response audio from a previous request. When the client sees the utterance, it should stop the playback and immediately get ready for receiving the responses for the current request. The barge-in handling requires the client to start streaming audio input as soon as it starts playing back the audio from the previous response. The playback is modeled into two phases: * No barge-in phase: which goes first and during which speech detection should not be carried out. * Barge-in phase: which follows the no barge-in phase and during which the API starts speech detection and may inform the client that an utterance has been detected. Note that no-speech event is not expected in this phase. The client provides this configuration in terms of the durations of those two phases. The durations are measured in terms of the audio length from the the start of the input audio. No-speech event is a response with END_OF_UTTERANCE without any transcript following up. # Configuration of barge-in behavior during the streaming of input audio.
+          "bargeInConfig": { # Configuration of the barge-in behavior. Barge-in instructs the API to return a detected utterance at a proper time while the client is playing back the response audio from a previous request. When the client sees the utterance, it should stop the playback and immediately get ready for receiving the responses for the current request. The barge-in handling requires the client to start streaming audio input as soon as it starts playing back the audio from the previous response. The playback is modeled into two phases: * No barge-in phase: which goes first and during which speech detection should not be carried out. * Barge-in phase: which follows the no barge-in phase and during which the API starts speech detection and may inform the client that an utterance has been detected. Note that no-speech event is not expected in this phase. The client provides this configuration in terms of the durations of those two phases. The durations are measured in terms of the audio length from the start of the input audio. No-speech event is a response with END_OF_UTTERANCE without any transcript following up. # Configuration of barge-in behavior during the streaming of input audio.
             "noBargeInDuration": "A String", # Duration that is not eligible for barge-in at the beginning of the input audio.
             "totalDuration": "A String", # Total duration for the playback at the beginning of the input audio.
           },
@@ -2351,7 +2351,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "analyzeQueryTextSentiment": True or False, # Configures whether sentiment analysis should be performed. If not provided, sentiment analysis is not performed.
       "channel": "A String", # The channel which this query is for. If specified, only the ResponseMessage associated with the channel will be returned. If no ResponseMessage is associated with the channel, it falls back to the ResponseMessage with unspecified channel. If unspecified, the ResponseMessage with unspecified channel will be returned.
       "currentPage": "A String", # The unique identifier of the page to override the current page in the session. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. If `current_page` is specified, the previous state of the session will be ignored by Dialogflow, including the previous page and the previous session parameters. In most cases, current_page and parameters should be configured together to direct a session to a specific state.
-      "currentPlaybook": "A String", # Optional. Start the session with the specified playbook. You can only specify the playbook at the beginning of the session. Otherwise, an error will be thrown. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`.
+      "currentPlaybook": "A String", # Optional. The unique identifier of the playbook to start or continue the session with. If `current_playbook` is specified, the previous state of the session will be ignored by Dialogflow. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`.
       "disableWebhook": True or False, # Whether to disable webhook calls for this request.
       "endUserMetadata": { # Optional. Information about the end-user to improve the relevance and accuracy of generative answers. This will be interpreted and used by a language model, so, for good results, the data should be self-descriptive, and in a simple structure. Example: ```json { "subscription plan": "Business Premium Plus", "devices owned": [ {"model": "Google Pixel 7"}, {"model": "Google Pixel Tablet"} ] } ```
         "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
@@ -4454,7 +4454,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "audio": "A String", # The natural language speech audio to be processed. A single request can contain up to 2 minutes of speech audio data. The transcribed text cannot contain more than 256 bytes. For non-streaming audio detect intent, both `config` and `audio` must be provided. For streaming audio detect intent, `config` must be provided in the first request and `audio` must be provided in all following requests.
       "config": { # Instructs the speech recognizer on how to process the audio content. # Required. Instructs the speech recognizer how to process the speech audio.
         "audioEncoding": "A String", # Required. Audio encoding of the audio content to process.
-        "bargeInConfig": { # Configuration of the barge-in behavior. Barge-in instructs the API to return a detected utterance at a proper time while the client is playing back the response audio from a previous request. When the client sees the utterance, it should stop the playback and immediately get ready for receiving the responses for the current request. The barge-in handling requires the client to start streaming audio input as soon as it starts playing back the audio from the previous response. The playback is modeled into two phases: * No barge-in phase: which goes first and during which speech detection should not be carried out. * Barge-in phase: which follows the no barge-in phase and during which the API starts speech detection and may inform the client that an utterance has been detected. Note that no-speech event is not expected in this phase. The client provides this configuration in terms of the durations of those two phases. The durations are measured in terms of the audio length from the the start of the input audio. No-speech event is a response with END_OF_UTTERANCE without any transcript following up. # Configuration of barge-in behavior during the streaming of input audio.
+        "bargeInConfig": { # Configuration of the barge-in behavior. Barge-in instructs the API to return a detected utterance at a proper time while the client is playing back the response audio from a previous request. When the client sees the utterance, it should stop the playback and immediately get ready for receiving the responses for the current request. The barge-in handling requires the client to start streaming audio input as soon as it starts playing back the audio from the previous response. The playback is modeled into two phases: * No barge-in phase: which goes first and during which speech detection should not be carried out. * Barge-in phase: which follows the no barge-in phase and during which the API starts speech detection and may inform the client that an utterance has been detected. Note that no-speech event is not expected in this phase. The client provides this configuration in terms of the durations of those two phases. The durations are measured in terms of the audio length from the start of the input audio. No-speech event is a response with END_OF_UTTERANCE without any transcript following up. # Configuration of barge-in behavior during the streaming of input audio.
           "noBargeInDuration": "A String", # Duration that is not eligible for barge-in at the beginning of the input audio.
           "totalDuration": "A String", # Total duration for the playback at the beginning of the input audio.
         },
@@ -4498,7 +4498,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "analyzeQueryTextSentiment": True or False, # Configures whether sentiment analysis should be performed. If not provided, sentiment analysis is not performed.
     "channel": "A String", # The channel which this query is for. If specified, only the ResponseMessage associated with the channel will be returned. If no ResponseMessage is associated with the channel, it falls back to the ResponseMessage with unspecified channel. If unspecified, the ResponseMessage with unspecified channel will be returned.
     "currentPage": "A String", # The unique identifier of the page to override the current page in the session. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. If `current_page` is specified, the previous state of the session will be ignored by Dialogflow, including the previous page and the previous session parameters. In most cases, current_page and parameters should be configured together to direct a session to a specific state.
-    "currentPlaybook": "A String", # Optional. Start the session with the specified playbook. You can only specify the playbook at the beginning of the session. Otherwise, an error will be thrown. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`.
+    "currentPlaybook": "A String", # Optional. The unique identifier of the playbook to start or continue the session with. If `current_playbook` is specified, the previous state of the session will be ignored by Dialogflow. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`.
     "disableWebhook": True or False, # Whether to disable webhook calls for this request.
     "endUserMetadata": { # Optional. Information about the end-user to improve the relevance and accuracy of generative answers. This will be interpreted and used by a language model, so, for good results, the data should be self-descriptive, and in a simple structure. Example: ```json { "subscription plan": "Business Premium Plus", "devices owned": [ {"model": "Google Pixel 7"}, {"model": "Google Pixel Tablet"} ] } ```
       "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
@@ -5746,7 +5746,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "audio": "A String", # The natural language speech audio to be processed. A single request can contain up to 2 minutes of speech audio data. The transcribed text cannot contain more than 256 bytes. For non-streaming audio detect intent, both `config` and `audio` must be provided. For streaming audio detect intent, `config` must be provided in the first request and `audio` must be provided in all following requests.
       "config": { # Instructs the speech recognizer on how to process the audio content. # Required. Instructs the speech recognizer how to process the speech audio.
         "audioEncoding": "A String", # Required. Audio encoding of the audio content to process.
-        "bargeInConfig": { # Configuration of the barge-in behavior. Barge-in instructs the API to return a detected utterance at a proper time while the client is playing back the response audio from a previous request. When the client sees the utterance, it should stop the playback and immediately get ready for receiving the responses for the current request. The barge-in handling requires the client to start streaming audio input as soon as it starts playing back the audio from the previous response. The playback is modeled into two phases: * No barge-in phase: which goes first and during which speech detection should not be carried out. * Barge-in phase: which follows the no barge-in phase and during which the API starts speech detection and may inform the client that an utterance has been detected. Note that no-speech event is not expected in this phase. The client provides this configuration in terms of the durations of those two phases. The durations are measured in terms of the audio length from the the start of the input audio. No-speech event is a response with END_OF_UTTERANCE without any transcript following up. # Configuration of barge-in behavior during the streaming of input audio.
+        "bargeInConfig": { # Configuration of the barge-in behavior. Barge-in instructs the API to return a detected utterance at a proper time while the client is playing back the response audio from a previous request. When the client sees the utterance, it should stop the playback and immediately get ready for receiving the responses for the current request. The barge-in handling requires the client to start streaming audio input as soon as it starts playing back the audio from the previous response. The playback is modeled into two phases: * No barge-in phase: which goes first and during which speech detection should not be carried out. * Barge-in phase: which follows the no barge-in phase and during which the API starts speech detection and may inform the client that an utterance has been detected. Note that no-speech event is not expected in this phase. The client provides this configuration in terms of the durations of those two phases. The durations are measured in terms of the audio length from the start of the input audio. No-speech event is a response with END_OF_UTTERANCE without any transcript following up. # Configuration of barge-in behavior during the streaming of input audio.
           "noBargeInDuration": "A String", # Duration that is not eligible for barge-in at the beginning of the input audio.
           "totalDuration": "A String", # Total duration for the playback at the beginning of the input audio.
         },
@@ -5790,7 +5790,7 @@ 
Method Details

     "analyzeQueryTextSentiment": True or False, # Configures whether sentiment analysis should be performed. If not provided, sentiment analysis is not performed.
     "channel": "A String", # The channel which this query is for. If specified, only the ResponseMessage associated with the channel will be returned. If no ResponseMessage is associated with the channel, it falls back to the ResponseMessage with unspecified channel. If unspecified, the ResponseMessage with unspecified channel will be returned.
     "currentPage": "A String", # The unique identifier of the page to override the current page in the session. Format: `projects//locations//agents//flows//pages/`. If `current_page` is specified, the previous state of the session will be ignored by Dialogflow, including the previous page and the previous session parameters. In most cases, current_page and parameters should be configured together to direct a session to a specific state.
-    "currentPlaybook": "A String", # Optional. Start the session with the specified playbook. You can only specify the playbook at the beginning of the session. Otherwise, an error will be thrown. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`.
+    "currentPlaybook": "A String", # Optional. The unique identifier of the playbook to start or continue the session with. If `current_playbook` is specified, the previous state of the session will be ignored by Dialogflow. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`.
     "disableWebhook": True or False, # Whether to disable webhook calls for this request.
     "endUserMetadata": { # Optional. Information about the end-user to improve the relevance and accuracy of generative answers. This will be interpreted and used by a language model, so, for good results, the data should be self-descriptive, and in a simple structure. Example: ```json { "subscription plan": "Business Premium Plus", "devices owned": [ {"model": "Google Pixel 7"}, {"model": "Google Pixel Tablet"} ] } ```
       "a_key": "", # Properties of the object.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.testCases.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.testCases.html
index 625ad1f642..274259f7b4 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.testCases.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.testCases.html
@@ -4229,7 +4229,7 @@ 
Method Details

               "audio": "A String", # The natural language speech audio to be processed. A single request can contain up to 2 minutes of speech audio data. The transcribed text cannot contain more than 256 bytes. For non-streaming audio detect intent, both `config` and `audio` must be provided. For streaming audio detect intent, `config` must be provided in the first request and `audio` must be provided in all following requests.
               "config": { # Instructs the speech recognizer on how to process the audio content. # Required. Instructs the speech recognizer how to process the speech audio.
                 "audioEncoding": "A String", # Required. Audio encoding of the audio content to process.
-                "bargeInConfig": { # Configuration of the barge-in behavior. Barge-in instructs the API to return a detected utterance at a proper time while the client is playing back the response audio from a previous request. When the client sees the utterance, it should stop the playback and immediately get ready for receiving the responses for the current request. The barge-in handling requires the client to start streaming audio input as soon as it starts playing back the audio from the previous response. The playback is modeled into two phases: * No barge-in phase: which goes first and during which speech detection should not be carried out. * Barge-in phase: which follows the no barge-in phase and during which the API starts speech detection and may inform the client that an utterance has been detected. Note that no-speech event is not expected in this phase. The client provides this configuration in terms of the durations of those two phases. The durations are measured in terms of the audio length from the the start of the input audio. No-speech event is a response with END_OF_UTTERANCE without any transcript following up. # Configuration of barge-in behavior during the streaming of input audio.
+                "bargeInConfig": { # Configuration of the barge-in behavior. Barge-in instructs the API to return a detected utterance at a proper time while the client is playing back the response audio from a previous request. When the client sees the utterance, it should stop the playback and immediately get ready for receiving the responses for the current request. The barge-in handling requires the client to start streaming audio input as soon as it starts playing back the audio from the previous response. The playback is modeled into two phases: * No barge-in phase: which goes first and during which speech detection should not be carried out. * Barge-in phase: which follows the no barge-in phase and during which the API starts speech detection and may inform the client that an utterance has been detected. Note that no-speech event is not expected in this phase. The client provides this configuration in terms of the durations of those two phases. The durations are measured in terms of the audio length from the start of the input audio. No-speech event is a response with END_OF_UTTERANCE without any transcript following up. # Configuration of barge-in behavior during the streaming of input audio.
                   "noBargeInDuration": "A String", # Duration that is not eligible for barge-in at the beginning of the input audio.
                   "totalDuration": "A String", # Total duration for the playback at the beginning of the input audio.
                 },
@@ -5433,7 +5433,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "audio": "A String", # The natural language speech audio to be processed. A single request can contain up to 2 minutes of speech audio data. The transcribed text cannot contain more than 256 bytes. For non-streaming audio detect intent, both `config` and `audio` must be provided. For streaming audio detect intent, `config` must be provided in the first request and `audio` must be provided in all following requests.
             "config": { # Instructs the speech recognizer on how to process the audio content. # Required. Instructs the speech recognizer how to process the speech audio.
               "audioEncoding": "A String", # Required. Audio encoding of the audio content to process.
-              "bargeInConfig": { # Configuration of the barge-in behavior. Barge-in instructs the API to return a detected utterance at a proper time while the client is playing back the response audio from a previous request. When the client sees the utterance, it should stop the playback and immediately get ready for receiving the responses for the current request. The barge-in handling requires the client to start streaming audio input as soon as it starts playing back the audio from the previous response. The playback is modeled into two phases: * No barge-in phase: which goes first and during which speech detection should not be carried out. * Barge-in phase: which follows the no barge-in phase and during which the API starts speech detection and may inform the client that an utterance has been detected. Note that no-speech event is not expected in this phase. The client provides this configuration in terms of the durations of those two phases. The durations are measured in terms of the audio length from the the start of the input audio. No-speech event is a response with END_OF_UTTERANCE without any transcript following up. # Configuration of barge-in behavior during the streaming of input audio.
+              "bargeInConfig": { # Configuration of the barge-in behavior. Barge-in instructs the API to return a detected utterance at a proper time while the client is playing back the response audio from a previous request. When the client sees the utterance, it should stop the playback and immediately get ready for receiving the responses for the current request. The barge-in handling requires the client to start streaming audio input as soon as it starts playing back the audio from the previous response. The playback is modeled into two phases: * No barge-in phase: which goes first and during which speech detection should not be carried out. * Barge-in phase: which follows the no barge-in phase and during which the API starts speech detection and may inform the client that an utterance has been detected. Note that no-speech event is not expected in this phase. The client provides this configuration in terms of the durations of those two phases. The durations are measured in terms of the audio length from the start of the input audio. No-speech event is a response with END_OF_UTTERANCE without any transcript following up. # Configuration of barge-in behavior during the streaming of input audio.
                 "noBargeInDuration": "A String", # Duration that is not eligible for barge-in at the beginning of the input audio.
                 "totalDuration": "A String", # Total duration for the playback at the beginning of the input audio.
               },
@@ -6648,7 +6648,7 @@ 
Method Details

               "audio": "A String", # The natural language speech audio to be processed. A single request can contain up to 2 minutes of speech audio data. The transcribed text cannot contain more than 256 bytes. For non-streaming audio detect intent, both `config` and `audio` must be provided. For streaming audio detect intent, `config` must be provided in the first request and `audio` must be provided in all following requests.
               "config": { # Instructs the speech recognizer on how to process the audio content. # Required. Instructs the speech recognizer how to process the speech audio.
                 "audioEncoding": "A String", # Required. Audio encoding of the audio content to process.
-                "bargeInConfig": { # Configuration of the barge-in behavior. Barge-in instructs the API to return a detected utterance at a proper time while the client is playing back the response audio from a previous request. When the client sees the utterance, it should stop the playback and immediately get ready for receiving the responses for the current request. The barge-in handling requires the client to start streaming audio input as soon as it starts playing back the audio from the previous response. The playback is modeled into two phases: * No barge-in phase: which goes first and during which speech detection should not be carried out. * Barge-in phase: which follows the no barge-in phase and during which the API starts speech detection and may inform the client that an utterance has been detected. Note that no-speech event is not expected in this phase. The client provides this configuration in terms of the durations of those two phases. The durations are measured in terms of the audio length from the the start of the input audio. No-speech event is a response with END_OF_UTTERANCE without any transcript following up. # Configuration of barge-in behavior during the streaming of input audio.
+                "bargeInConfig": { # Configuration of the barge-in behavior. Barge-in instructs the API to return a detected utterance at a proper time while the client is playing back the response audio from a previous request. When the client sees the utterance, it should stop the playback and immediately get ready for receiving the responses for the current request. The barge-in handling requires the client to start streaming audio input as soon as it starts playing back the audio from the previous response. The playback is modeled into two phases: * No barge-in phase: which goes first and during which speech detection should not be carried out. * Barge-in phase: which follows the no barge-in phase and during which the API starts speech detection and may inform the client that an utterance has been detected. Note that no-speech event is not expected in this phase. The client provides this configuration in terms of the durations of those two phases. The durations are measured in terms of the audio length from the start of the input audio. No-speech event is a response with END_OF_UTTERANCE without any transcript following up. # Configuration of barge-in behavior during the streaming of input audio.
                   "noBargeInDuration": "A String", # Duration that is not eligible for barge-in at the beginning of the input audio.
                   "totalDuration": "A String", # Total duration for the playback at the beginning of the input audio.
                 },
@@ -7852,7 +7852,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "audio": "A String", # The natural language speech audio to be processed. A single request can contain up to 2 minutes of speech audio data. The transcribed text cannot contain more than 256 bytes. For non-streaming audio detect intent, both `config` and `audio` must be provided. For streaming audio detect intent, `config` must be provided in the first request and `audio` must be provided in all following requests.
             "config": { # Instructs the speech recognizer on how to process the audio content. # Required. Instructs the speech recognizer how to process the speech audio.
               "audioEncoding": "A String", # Required. Audio encoding of the audio content to process.
-              "bargeInConfig": { # Configuration of the barge-in behavior. Barge-in instructs the API to return a detected utterance at a proper time while the client is playing back the response audio from a previous request. When the client sees the utterance, it should stop the playback and immediately get ready for receiving the responses for the current request. The barge-in handling requires the client to start streaming audio input as soon as it starts playing back the audio from the previous response. The playback is modeled into two phases: * No barge-in phase: which goes first and during which speech detection should not be carried out. * Barge-in phase: which follows the no barge-in phase and during which the API starts speech detection and may inform the client that an utterance has been detected. Note that no-speech event is not expected in this phase. The client provides this configuration in terms of the durations of those two phases. The durations are measured in terms of the audio length from the the start of the input audio. No-speech event is a response with END_OF_UTTERANCE without any transcript following up. # Configuration of barge-in behavior during the streaming of input audio.
+              "bargeInConfig": { # Configuration of the barge-in behavior. Barge-in instructs the API to return a detected utterance at a proper time while the client is playing back the response audio from a previous request. When the client sees the utterance, it should stop the playback and immediately get ready for receiving the responses for the current request. The barge-in handling requires the client to start streaming audio input as soon as it starts playing back the audio from the previous response. The playback is modeled into two phases: * No barge-in phase: which goes first and during which speech detection should not be carried out. * Barge-in phase: which follows the no barge-in phase and during which the API starts speech detection and may inform the client that an utterance has been detected. Note that no-speech event is not expected in this phase. The client provides this configuration in terms of the durations of those two phases. The durations are measured in terms of the audio length from the start of the input audio. No-speech event is a response with END_OF_UTTERANCE without any transcript following up. # Configuration of barge-in behavior during the streaming of input audio.
                 "noBargeInDuration": "A String", # Duration that is not eligible for barge-in at the beginning of the input audio.
                 "totalDuration": "A String", # Total duration for the playback at the beginning of the input audio.
               },
@@ -9118,7 +9118,7 @@ 
Method Details

               "audio": "A String", # The natural language speech audio to be processed. A single request can contain up to 2 minutes of speech audio data. The transcribed text cannot contain more than 256 bytes. For non-streaming audio detect intent, both `config` and `audio` must be provided. For streaming audio detect intent, `config` must be provided in the first request and `audio` must be provided in all following requests.
               "config": { # Instructs the speech recognizer on how to process the audio content. # Required. Instructs the speech recognizer how to process the speech audio.
                 "audioEncoding": "A String", # Required. Audio encoding of the audio content to process.
-                "bargeInConfig": { # Configuration of the barge-in behavior. Barge-in instructs the API to return a detected utterance at a proper time while the client is playing back the response audio from a previous request. When the client sees the utterance, it should stop the playback and immediately get ready for receiving the responses for the current request. The barge-in handling requires the client to start streaming audio input as soon as it starts playing back the audio from the previous response. The playback is modeled into two phases: * No barge-in phase: which goes first and during which speech detection should not be carried out. * Barge-in phase: which follows the no barge-in phase and during which the API starts speech detection and may inform the client that an utterance has been detected. Note that no-speech event is not expected in this phase. The client provides this configuration in terms of the durations of those two phases. The durations are measured in terms of the audio length from the the start of the input audio. No-speech event is a response with END_OF_UTTERANCE without any transcript following up. # Configuration of barge-in behavior during the streaming of input audio.
+                "bargeInConfig": { # Configuration of the barge-in behavior. Barge-in instructs the API to return a detected utterance at a proper time while the client is playing back the response audio from a previous request. When the client sees the utterance, it should stop the playback and immediately get ready for receiving the responses for the current request. The barge-in handling requires the client to start streaming audio input as soon as it starts playing back the audio from the previous response. The playback is modeled into two phases: * No barge-in phase: which goes first and during which speech detection should not be carried out. * Barge-in phase: which follows the no barge-in phase and during which the API starts speech detection and may inform the client that an utterance has been detected. Note that no-speech event is not expected in this phase. The client provides this configuration in terms of the durations of those two phases. The durations are measured in terms of the audio length from the start of the input audio. No-speech event is a response with END_OF_UTTERANCE without any transcript following up. # Configuration of barge-in behavior during the streaming of input audio.
                   "noBargeInDuration": "A String", # Duration that is not eligible for barge-in at the beginning of the input audio.
                   "totalDuration": "A String", # Total duration for the playback at the beginning of the input audio.
                 },
@@ -10322,7 +10322,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "audio": "A String", # The natural language speech audio to be processed. A single request can contain up to 2 minutes of speech audio data. The transcribed text cannot contain more than 256 bytes. For non-streaming audio detect intent, both `config` and `audio` must be provided. For streaming audio detect intent, `config` must be provided in the first request and `audio` must be provided in all following requests.
             "config": { # Instructs the speech recognizer on how to process the audio content. # Required. Instructs the speech recognizer how to process the speech audio.
               "audioEncoding": "A String", # Required. Audio encoding of the audio content to process.
-              "bargeInConfig": { # Configuration of the barge-in behavior. Barge-in instructs the API to return a detected utterance at a proper time while the client is playing back the response audio from a previous request. When the client sees the utterance, it should stop the playback and immediately get ready for receiving the responses for the current request. The barge-in handling requires the client to start streaming audio input as soon as it starts playing back the audio from the previous response. The playback is modeled into two phases: * No barge-in phase: which goes first and during which speech detection should not be carried out. * Barge-in phase: which follows the no barge-in phase and during which the API starts speech detection and may inform the client that an utterance has been detected. Note that no-speech event is not expected in this phase. The client provides this configuration in terms of the durations of those two phases. The durations are measured in terms of the audio length from the the start of the input audio. No-speech event is a response with END_OF_UTTERANCE without any transcript following up. # Configuration of barge-in behavior during the streaming of input audio.
+              "bargeInConfig": { # Configuration of the barge-in behavior. Barge-in instructs the API to return a detected utterance at a proper time while the client is playing back the response audio from a previous request. When the client sees the utterance, it should stop the playback and immediately get ready for receiving the responses for the current request. The barge-in handling requires the client to start streaming audio input as soon as it starts playing back the audio from the previous response. The playback is modeled into two phases: * No barge-in phase: which goes first and during which speech detection should not be carried out. * Barge-in phase: which follows the no barge-in phase and during which the API starts speech detection and may inform the client that an utterance has been detected. Note that no-speech event is not expected in this phase. The client provides this configuration in terms of the durations of those two phases. The durations are measured in terms of the audio length from the start of the input audio. No-speech event is a response with END_OF_UTTERANCE without any transcript following up. # Configuration of barge-in behavior during the streaming of input audio.
                 "noBargeInDuration": "A String", # Duration that is not eligible for barge-in at the beginning of the input audio.
                 "totalDuration": "A String", # Total duration for the playback at the beginning of the input audio.
               },
@@ -11597,7 +11597,7 @@ 
Method Details

                   "audio": "A String", # The natural language speech audio to be processed. A single request can contain up to 2 minutes of speech audio data. The transcribed text cannot contain more than 256 bytes. For non-streaming audio detect intent, both `config` and `audio` must be provided. For streaming audio detect intent, `config` must be provided in the first request and `audio` must be provided in all following requests.
                   "config": { # Instructs the speech recognizer on how to process the audio content. # Required. Instructs the speech recognizer how to process the speech audio.
                     "audioEncoding": "A String", # Required. Audio encoding of the audio content to process.
-                    "bargeInConfig": { # Configuration of the barge-in behavior. Barge-in instructs the API to return a detected utterance at a proper time while the client is playing back the response audio from a previous request. When the client sees the utterance, it should stop the playback and immediately get ready for receiving the responses for the current request. The barge-in handling requires the client to start streaming audio input as soon as it starts playing back the audio from the previous response. The playback is modeled into two phases: * No barge-in phase: which goes first and during which speech detection should not be carried out. * Barge-in phase: which follows the no barge-in phase and during which the API starts speech detection and may inform the client that an utterance has been detected. Note that no-speech event is not expected in this phase. The client provides this configuration in terms of the durations of those two phases. The durations are measured in terms of the audio length from the the start of the input audio. No-speech event is a response with END_OF_UTTERANCE without any transcript following up. # Configuration of barge-in behavior during the streaming of input audio.
+                    "bargeInConfig": { # Configuration of the barge-in behavior. Barge-in instructs the API to return a detected utterance at a proper time while the client is playing back the response audio from a previous request. When the client sees the utterance, it should stop the playback and immediately get ready for receiving the responses for the current request. The barge-in handling requires the client to start streaming audio input as soon as it starts playing back the audio from the previous response. The playback is modeled into two phases: * No barge-in phase: which goes first and during which speech detection should not be carried out. * Barge-in phase: which follows the no barge-in phase and during which the API starts speech detection and may inform the client that an utterance has been detected. Note that no-speech event is not expected in this phase. The client provides this configuration in terms of the durations of those two phases. The durations are measured in terms of the audio length from the start of the input audio. No-speech event is a response with END_OF_UTTERANCE without any transcript following up. # Configuration of barge-in behavior during the streaming of input audio.
                       "noBargeInDuration": "A String", # Duration that is not eligible for barge-in at the beginning of the input audio.
                       "totalDuration": "A String", # Total duration for the playback at the beginning of the input audio.
                     },
@@ -12801,7 +12801,7 @@ 
Method Details

                 "audio": "A String", # The natural language speech audio to be processed. A single request can contain up to 2 minutes of speech audio data. The transcribed text cannot contain more than 256 bytes. For non-streaming audio detect intent, both `config` and `audio` must be provided. For streaming audio detect intent, `config` must be provided in the first request and `audio` must be provided in all following requests.
                 "config": { # Instructs the speech recognizer on how to process the audio content. # Required. Instructs the speech recognizer how to process the speech audio.
                   "audioEncoding": "A String", # Required. Audio encoding of the audio content to process.
-                  "bargeInConfig": { # Configuration of the barge-in behavior. Barge-in instructs the API to return a detected utterance at a proper time while the client is playing back the response audio from a previous request. When the client sees the utterance, it should stop the playback and immediately get ready for receiving the responses for the current request. The barge-in handling requires the client to start streaming audio input as soon as it starts playing back the audio from the previous response. The playback is modeled into two phases: * No barge-in phase: which goes first and during which speech detection should not be carried out. * Barge-in phase: which follows the no barge-in phase and during which the API starts speech detection and may inform the client that an utterance has been detected. Note that no-speech event is not expected in this phase. The client provides this configuration in terms of the durations of those two phases. The durations are measured in terms of the audio length from the the start of the input audio. No-speech event is a response with END_OF_UTTERANCE without any transcript following up. # Configuration of barge-in behavior during the streaming of input audio.
+                  "bargeInConfig": { # Configuration of the barge-in behavior. Barge-in instructs the API to return a detected utterance at a proper time while the client is playing back the response audio from a previous request. When the client sees the utterance, it should stop the playback and immediately get ready for receiving the responses for the current request. The barge-in handling requires the client to start streaming audio input as soon as it starts playing back the audio from the previous response. The playback is modeled into two phases: * No barge-in phase: which goes first and during which speech detection should not be carried out. * Barge-in phase: which follows the no barge-in phase and during which the API starts speech detection and may inform the client that an utterance has been detected. Note that no-speech event is not expected in this phase. The client provides this configuration in terms of the durations of those two phases. The durations are measured in terms of the audio length from the start of the input audio. No-speech event is a response with END_OF_UTTERANCE without any transcript following up. # Configuration of barge-in behavior during the streaming of input audio.
                     "noBargeInDuration": "A String", # Duration that is not eligible for barge-in at the beginning of the input audio.
                     "totalDuration": "A String", # Total duration for the playback at the beginning of the input audio.
                   },
@@ -14034,7 +14034,7 @@ 
Method Details

               "audio": "A String", # The natural language speech audio to be processed. A single request can contain up to 2 minutes of speech audio data. The transcribed text cannot contain more than 256 bytes. For non-streaming audio detect intent, both `config` and `audio` must be provided. For streaming audio detect intent, `config` must be provided in the first request and `audio` must be provided in all following requests.
               "config": { # Instructs the speech recognizer on how to process the audio content. # Required. Instructs the speech recognizer how to process the speech audio.
                 "audioEncoding": "A String", # Required. Audio encoding of the audio content to process.
-                "bargeInConfig": { # Configuration of the barge-in behavior. Barge-in instructs the API to return a detected utterance at a proper time while the client is playing back the response audio from a previous request. When the client sees the utterance, it should stop the playback and immediately get ready for receiving the responses for the current request. The barge-in handling requires the client to start streaming audio input as soon as it starts playing back the audio from the previous response. The playback is modeled into two phases: * No barge-in phase: which goes first and during which speech detection should not be carried out. * Barge-in phase: which follows the no barge-in phase and during which the API starts speech detection and may inform the client that an utterance has been detected. Note that no-speech event is not expected in this phase. The client provides this configuration in terms of the durations of those two phases. The durations are measured in terms of the audio length from the the start of the input audio. No-speech event is a response with END_OF_UTTERANCE without any transcript following up. # Configuration of barge-in behavior during the streaming of input audio.
+                "bargeInConfig": { # Configuration of the barge-in behavior. Barge-in instructs the API to return a detected utterance at a proper time while the client is playing back the response audio from a previous request. When the client sees the utterance, it should stop the playback and immediately get ready for receiving the responses for the current request. The barge-in handling requires the client to start streaming audio input as soon as it starts playing back the audio from the previous response. The playback is modeled into two phases: * No barge-in phase: which goes first and during which speech detection should not be carried out. * Barge-in phase: which follows the no barge-in phase and during which the API starts speech detection and may inform the client that an utterance has been detected. Note that no-speech event is not expected in this phase. The client provides this configuration in terms of the durations of those two phases. The durations are measured in terms of the audio length from the start of the input audio. No-speech event is a response with END_OF_UTTERANCE without any transcript following up. # Configuration of barge-in behavior during the streaming of input audio.
                   "noBargeInDuration": "A String", # Duration that is not eligible for barge-in at the beginning of the input audio.
                   "totalDuration": "A String", # Total duration for the playback at the beginning of the input audio.
                 },
@@ -15238,7 +15238,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "audio": "A String", # The natural language speech audio to be processed. A single request can contain up to 2 minutes of speech audio data. The transcribed text cannot contain more than 256 bytes. For non-streaming audio detect intent, both `config` and `audio` must be provided. For streaming audio detect intent, `config` must be provided in the first request and `audio` must be provided in all following requests.
             "config": { # Instructs the speech recognizer on how to process the audio content. # Required. Instructs the speech recognizer how to process the speech audio.
               "audioEncoding": "A String", # Required. Audio encoding of the audio content to process.
-              "bargeInConfig": { # Configuration of the barge-in behavior. Barge-in instructs the API to return a detected utterance at a proper time while the client is playing back the response audio from a previous request. When the client sees the utterance, it should stop the playback and immediately get ready for receiving the responses for the current request. The barge-in handling requires the client to start streaming audio input as soon as it starts playing back the audio from the previous response. The playback is modeled into two phases: * No barge-in phase: which goes first and during which speech detection should not be carried out. * Barge-in phase: which follows the no barge-in phase and during which the API starts speech detection and may inform the client that an utterance has been detected. Note that no-speech event is not expected in this phase. The client provides this configuration in terms of the durations of those two phases. The durations are measured in terms of the audio length from the the start of the input audio. No-speech event is a response with END_OF_UTTERANCE without any transcript following up. # Configuration of barge-in behavior during the streaming of input audio.
+              "bargeInConfig": { # Configuration of the barge-in behavior. Barge-in instructs the API to return a detected utterance at a proper time while the client is playing back the response audio from a previous request. When the client sees the utterance, it should stop the playback and immediately get ready for receiving the responses for the current request. The barge-in handling requires the client to start streaming audio input as soon as it starts playing back the audio from the previous response. The playback is modeled into two phases: * No barge-in phase: which goes first and during which speech detection should not be carried out. * Barge-in phase: which follows the no barge-in phase and during which the API starts speech detection and may inform the client that an utterance has been detected. Note that no-speech event is not expected in this phase. The client provides this configuration in terms of the durations of those two phases. The durations are measured in terms of the audio length from the start of the input audio. No-speech event is a response with END_OF_UTTERANCE without any transcript following up. # Configuration of barge-in behavior during the streaming of input audio.
                 "noBargeInDuration": "A String", # Duration that is not eligible for barge-in at the beginning of the input audio.
                 "totalDuration": "A String", # Total duration for the playback at the beginning of the input audio.
               },
@@ -16454,7 +16454,7 @@ 
Method Details

               "audio": "A String", # The natural language speech audio to be processed. A single request can contain up to 2 minutes of speech audio data. The transcribed text cannot contain more than 256 bytes. For non-streaming audio detect intent, both `config` and `audio` must be provided. For streaming audio detect intent, `config` must be provided in the first request and `audio` must be provided in all following requests.
               "config": { # Instructs the speech recognizer on how to process the audio content. # Required. Instructs the speech recognizer how to process the speech audio.
                 "audioEncoding": "A String", # Required. Audio encoding of the audio content to process.
-                "bargeInConfig": { # Configuration of the barge-in behavior. Barge-in instructs the API to return a detected utterance at a proper time while the client is playing back the response audio from a previous request. When the client sees the utterance, it should stop the playback and immediately get ready for receiving the responses for the current request. The barge-in handling requires the client to start streaming audio input as soon as it starts playing back the audio from the previous response. The playback is modeled into two phases: * No barge-in phase: which goes first and during which speech detection should not be carried out. * Barge-in phase: which follows the no barge-in phase and during which the API starts speech detection and may inform the client that an utterance has been detected. Note that no-speech event is not expected in this phase. The client provides this configuration in terms of the durations of those two phases. The durations are measured in terms of the audio length from the the start of the input audio. No-speech event is a response with END_OF_UTTERANCE without any transcript following up. # Configuration of barge-in behavior during the streaming of input audio.
+                "bargeInConfig": { # Configuration of the barge-in behavior. Barge-in instructs the API to return a detected utterance at a proper time while the client is playing back the response audio from a previous request. When the client sees the utterance, it should stop the playback and immediately get ready for receiving the responses for the current request. The barge-in handling requires the client to start streaming audio input as soon as it starts playing back the audio from the previous response. The playback is modeled into two phases: * No barge-in phase: which goes first and during which speech detection should not be carried out. * Barge-in phase: which follows the no barge-in phase and during which the API starts speech detection and may inform the client that an utterance has been detected. Note that no-speech event is not expected in this phase. The client provides this configuration in terms of the durations of those two phases. The durations are measured in terms of the audio length from the start of the input audio. No-speech event is a response with END_OF_UTTERANCE without any transcript following up. # Configuration of barge-in behavior during the streaming of input audio.
                   "noBargeInDuration": "A String", # Duration that is not eligible for barge-in at the beginning of the input audio.
                   "totalDuration": "A String", # Total duration for the playback at the beginning of the input audio.
                 },
@@ -17658,7 +17658,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "audio": "A String", # The natural language speech audio to be processed. A single request can contain up to 2 minutes of speech audio data. The transcribed text cannot contain more than 256 bytes. For non-streaming audio detect intent, both `config` and `audio` must be provided. For streaming audio detect intent, `config` must be provided in the first request and `audio` must be provided in all following requests.
             "config": { # Instructs the speech recognizer on how to process the audio content. # Required. Instructs the speech recognizer how to process the speech audio.
               "audioEncoding": "A String", # Required. Audio encoding of the audio content to process.
-              "bargeInConfig": { # Configuration of the barge-in behavior. Barge-in instructs the API to return a detected utterance at a proper time while the client is playing back the response audio from a previous request. When the client sees the utterance, it should stop the playback and immediately get ready for receiving the responses for the current request. The barge-in handling requires the client to start streaming audio input as soon as it starts playing back the audio from the previous response. The playback is modeled into two phases: * No barge-in phase: which goes first and during which speech detection should not be carried out. * Barge-in phase: which follows the no barge-in phase and during which the API starts speech detection and may inform the client that an utterance has been detected. Note that no-speech event is not expected in this phase. The client provides this configuration in terms of the durations of those two phases. The durations are measured in terms of the audio length from the the start of the input audio. No-speech event is a response with END_OF_UTTERANCE without any transcript following up. # Configuration of barge-in behavior during the streaming of input audio.
+              "bargeInConfig": { # Configuration of the barge-in behavior. Barge-in instructs the API to return a detected utterance at a proper time while the client is playing back the response audio from a previous request. When the client sees the utterance, it should stop the playback and immediately get ready for receiving the responses for the current request. The barge-in handling requires the client to start streaming audio input as soon as it starts playing back the audio from the previous response. The playback is modeled into two phases: * No barge-in phase: which goes first and during which speech detection should not be carried out. * Barge-in phase: which follows the no barge-in phase and during which the API starts speech detection and may inform the client that an utterance has been detected. Note that no-speech event is not expected in this phase. The client provides this configuration in terms of the durations of those two phases. The durations are measured in terms of the audio length from the start of the input audio. No-speech event is a response with END_OF_UTTERANCE without any transcript following up. # Configuration of barge-in behavior during the streaming of input audio.
                 "noBargeInDuration": "A String", # Duration that is not eligible for barge-in at the beginning of the input audio.
                 "totalDuration": "A String", # Total duration for the playback at the beginning of the input audio.
               },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.testCases.results.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.testCases.results.html
index ae353502e8..c4a729bded 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.testCases.results.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.testCases.results.html
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "audio": "A String", # The natural language speech audio to be processed. A single request can contain up to 2 minutes of speech audio data. The transcribed text cannot contain more than 256 bytes. For non-streaming audio detect intent, both `config` and `audio` must be provided. For streaming audio detect intent, `config` must be provided in the first request and `audio` must be provided in all following requests.
             "config": { # Instructs the speech recognizer on how to process the audio content. # Required. Instructs the speech recognizer how to process the speech audio.
               "audioEncoding": "A String", # Required. Audio encoding of the audio content to process.
-              "bargeInConfig": { # Configuration of the barge-in behavior. Barge-in instructs the API to return a detected utterance at a proper time while the client is playing back the response audio from a previous request. When the client sees the utterance, it should stop the playback and immediately get ready for receiving the responses for the current request. The barge-in handling requires the client to start streaming audio input as soon as it starts playing back the audio from the previous response. The playback is modeled into two phases: * No barge-in phase: which goes first and during which speech detection should not be carried out. * Barge-in phase: which follows the no barge-in phase and during which the API starts speech detection and may inform the client that an utterance has been detected. Note that no-speech event is not expected in this phase. The client provides this configuration in terms of the durations of those two phases. The durations are measured in terms of the audio length from the the start of the input audio. No-speech event is a response with END_OF_UTTERANCE without any transcript following up. # Configuration of barge-in behavior during the streaming of input audio.
+              "bargeInConfig": { # Configuration of the barge-in behavior. Barge-in instructs the API to return a detected utterance at a proper time while the client is playing back the response audio from a previous request. When the client sees the utterance, it should stop the playback and immediately get ready for receiving the responses for the current request. The barge-in handling requires the client to start streaming audio input as soon as it starts playing back the audio from the previous response. The playback is modeled into two phases: * No barge-in phase: which goes first and during which speech detection should not be carried out. * Barge-in phase: which follows the no barge-in phase and during which the API starts speech detection and may inform the client that an utterance has been detected. Note that no-speech event is not expected in this phase. The client provides this configuration in terms of the durations of those two phases. The durations are measured in terms of the audio length from the start of the input audio. No-speech event is a response with END_OF_UTTERANCE without any transcript following up. # Configuration of barge-in behavior during the streaming of input audio.
                 "noBargeInDuration": "A String", # Duration that is not eligible for barge-in at the beginning of the input audio.
                 "totalDuration": "A String", # Total duration for the playback at the beginning of the input audio.
               },
@@ -1341,7 +1341,7 @@ 
Method Details

                 "audio": "A String", # The natural language speech audio to be processed. A single request can contain up to 2 minutes of speech audio data. The transcribed text cannot contain more than 256 bytes. For non-streaming audio detect intent, both `config` and `audio` must be provided. For streaming audio detect intent, `config` must be provided in the first request and `audio` must be provided in all following requests.
                 "config": { # Instructs the speech recognizer on how to process the audio content. # Required. Instructs the speech recognizer how to process the speech audio.
                   "audioEncoding": "A String", # Required. Audio encoding of the audio content to process.
-                  "bargeInConfig": { # Configuration of the barge-in behavior. Barge-in instructs the API to return a detected utterance at a proper time while the client is playing back the response audio from a previous request. When the client sees the utterance, it should stop the playback and immediately get ready for receiving the responses for the current request. The barge-in handling requires the client to start streaming audio input as soon as it starts playing back the audio from the previous response. The playback is modeled into two phases: * No barge-in phase: which goes first and during which speech detection should not be carried out. * Barge-in phase: which follows the no barge-in phase and during which the API starts speech detection and may inform the client that an utterance has been detected. Note that no-speech event is not expected in this phase. The client provides this configuration in terms of the durations of those two phases. The durations are measured in terms of the audio length from the the start of the input audio. No-speech event is a response with END_OF_UTTERANCE without any transcript following up. # Configuration of barge-in behavior during the streaming of input audio.
+                  "bargeInConfig": { # Configuration of the barge-in behavior. Barge-in instructs the API to return a detected utterance at a proper time while the client is playing back the response audio from a previous request. When the client sees the utterance, it should stop the playback and immediately get ready for receiving the responses for the current request. The barge-in handling requires the client to start streaming audio input as soon as it starts playing back the audio from the previous response. The playback is modeled into two phases: * No barge-in phase: which goes first and during which speech detection should not be carried out. * Barge-in phase: which follows the no barge-in phase and during which the API starts speech detection and may inform the client that an utterance has been detected. Note that no-speech event is not expected in this phase. The client provides this configuration in terms of the durations of those two phases. The durations are measured in terms of the audio length from the start of the input audio. No-speech event is a response with END_OF_UTTERANCE without any transcript following up. # Configuration of barge-in behavior during the streaming of input audio.
                     "noBargeInDuration": "A String", # Duration that is not eligible for barge-in at the beginning of the input audio.
                     "totalDuration": "A String", # Total duration for the playback at the beginning of the input audio.
                   },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/drive_v3.operation.html b/docs/dyn/drive_v3.operation.html
index 9b47ad33a6..556ef76d13 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/drive_v3.operation.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/drive_v3.operation.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Google Drive API . 
   cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/firebaseappdistribution_v1alpha.projects.apps.testCases.html b/docs/dyn/firebaseappdistribution_v1alpha.projects.apps.testCases.html
index ec6af13596..0cae881b19 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/firebaseappdistribution_v1alpha.projects.apps.testCases.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/firebaseappdistribution_v1alpha.projects.apps.testCases.html
@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
     ],
   },
-  "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the test case.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Required. Display name of the test case.
   "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the test case resource. Format: `projects/{project_number}/apps/{app_id}/testCases/{test_case_id}`
 }
 
@@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
     ],
   },
-  "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the test case.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Required. Display name of the test case.
   "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the test case resource. Format: `projects/{project_number}/apps/{app_id}/testCases/{test_case_id}`
 }

 

@@ -196,7 +196,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
     ],
   },
-  "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the test case.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Required. Display name of the test case.
   "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the test case resource. Format: `projects/{project_number}/apps/{app_id}/testCases/{test_case_id}`
 }

 

@@ -232,7 +232,7 @@ 
Method Details

           },
         ],
       },
-      "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the test case.
+      "displayName": "A String", # Required. Display name of the test case.
       "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the test case resource. Format: `projects/{project_number}/apps/{app_id}/testCases/{test_case_id}`
     },
   ],
@@ -274,7 +274,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
     ],
   },
-  "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the test case.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Required. Display name of the test case.
   "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the test case resource. Format: `projects/{project_number}/apps/{app_id}/testCases/{test_case_id}`
 }
 
@@ -298,7 +298,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
     ],
   },
-  "displayName": "A String", # Optional. Display name of the test case.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Required. Display name of the test case.
   "name": "A String", # Identifier. The name of the test case resource. Format: `projects/{project_number}/apps/{app_id}/testCases/{test_case_id}`
 }

 

diff --git a/docs/dyn/iam_v1.projects.locations.oauthClients.credentials.html b/docs/dyn/iam_v1.projects.locations.oauthClients.credentials.html
index a48bae6315..08436b8a20 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/iam_v1.projects.locations.oauthClients.credentials.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/iam_v1.projects.locations.oauthClients.credentials.html
@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "clientSecret": "A String", # Output only. The system-generated OAuth client secret. The client secret must be stored securely. If the client secret is leaked, you must delete and re-create the client credential. To learn more, see [OAuth client and credential security risks and mitigations](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/workforce-oauth-app#security)
   "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the OauthClientCredential is disabled. You cannot use a disabled OauthClientCredential.
   "displayName": "A String", # Optional. A user-specified display name of the OauthClientCredential. Cannot exceed 32 characters.
-  "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the OauthClientCredential. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/oauthClients/{oauth_client}/credentials/{credential}`
+  "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. The resource name of the OauthClientCredential. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/oauthClients/{oauth_client}/credentials/{credential}`
 }
 
   oauthClientCredentialId: string, Required. The ID to use for the OauthClientCredential, which becomes the final component of the resource name. This value should be 4-32 characters, and may contain the characters [a-z0-9-]. The prefix `gcp-` is reserved for use by Google, and may not be specified.
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "clientSecret": "A String", # Output only. The system-generated OAuth client secret. The client secret must be stored securely. If the client secret is leaked, you must delete and re-create the client credential. To learn more, see [OAuth client and credential security risks and mitigations](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/workforce-oauth-app#security)
   "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the OauthClientCredential is disabled. You cannot use a disabled OauthClientCredential.
   "displayName": "A String", # Optional. A user-specified display name of the OauthClientCredential. Cannot exceed 32 characters.
-  "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the OauthClientCredential. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/oauthClients/{oauth_client}/credentials/{credential}`
+  "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. The resource name of the OauthClientCredential. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/oauthClients/{oauth_client}/credentials/{credential}`
 }

 

 
@@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "clientSecret": "A String", # Output only. The system-generated OAuth client secret. The client secret must be stored securely. If the client secret is leaked, you must delete and re-create the client credential. To learn more, see [OAuth client and credential security risks and mitigations](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/workforce-oauth-app#security)
   "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the OauthClientCredential is disabled. You cannot use a disabled OauthClientCredential.
   "displayName": "A String", # Optional. A user-specified display name of the OauthClientCredential. Cannot exceed 32 characters.
-  "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the OauthClientCredential. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/oauthClients/{oauth_client}/credentials/{credential}`
+  "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. The resource name of the OauthClientCredential. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/oauthClients/{oauth_client}/credentials/{credential}`
 }

 

 
@@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "clientSecret": "A String", # Output only. The system-generated OAuth client secret. The client secret must be stored securely. If the client secret is leaked, you must delete and re-create the client credential. To learn more, see [OAuth client and credential security risks and mitigations](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/workforce-oauth-app#security)
       "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the OauthClientCredential is disabled. You cannot use a disabled OauthClientCredential.
       "displayName": "A String", # Optional. A user-specified display name of the OauthClientCredential. Cannot exceed 32 characters.
-      "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the OauthClientCredential. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/oauthClients/{oauth_client}/credentials/{credential}`
+      "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. The resource name of the OauthClientCredential. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/oauthClients/{oauth_client}/credentials/{credential}`
     },
   ],
 }

@@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ 
Method Details

   
Updates an existing OauthClientCredential.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Immutable. The resource name of the OauthClientCredential. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/oauthClients/{oauth_client}/credentials/{credential}` (required)
+  name: string, Immutable. Identifier. The resource name of the OauthClientCredential. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/oauthClients/{oauth_client}/credentials/{credential}` (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -210,7 +210,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "clientSecret": "A String", # Output only. The system-generated OAuth client secret. The client secret must be stored securely. If the client secret is leaked, you must delete and re-create the client credential. To learn more, see [OAuth client and credential security risks and mitigations](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/workforce-oauth-app#security)
   "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the OauthClientCredential is disabled. You cannot use a disabled OauthClientCredential.
   "displayName": "A String", # Optional. A user-specified display name of the OauthClientCredential. Cannot exceed 32 characters.
-  "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the OauthClientCredential. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/oauthClients/{oauth_client}/credentials/{credential}`
+  "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. The resource name of the OauthClientCredential. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/oauthClients/{oauth_client}/credentials/{credential}`
 }
 
   updateMask: string, Required. The list of fields to update.
@@ -226,7 +226,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "clientSecret": "A String", # Output only. The system-generated OAuth client secret. The client secret must be stored securely. If the client secret is leaked, you must delete and re-create the client credential. To learn more, see [OAuth client and credential security risks and mitigations](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/workforce-oauth-app#security)
   "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the OauthClientCredential is disabled. You cannot use a disabled OauthClientCredential.
   "displayName": "A String", # Optional. A user-specified display name of the OauthClientCredential. Cannot exceed 32 characters.
-  "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the OauthClientCredential. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/oauthClients/{oauth_client}/credentials/{credential}`
+  "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. The resource name of the OauthClientCredential. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/oauthClients/{oauth_client}/credentials/{credential}`
 }

 

 
diff --git a/docs/dyn/iam_v1.projects.locations.oauthClients.html b/docs/dyn/iam_v1.projects.locations.oauthClients.html
index 326384df89..5b2d31e451 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/iam_v1.projects.locations.oauthClients.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/iam_v1.projects.locations.oauthClients.html
@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the OauthClient is disabled. You cannot use a disabled OAuth client.
   "displayName": "A String", # Optional. A user-specified display name of the OauthClient. Cannot exceed 32 characters.
   "expireTime": "A String", # Output only. Time after which the OauthClient will be permanently purged and cannot be recovered.
-  "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the OauthClient. Format:`projects/{project}/locations/{location}/oauthClients/{oauth_client}`.
+  "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. The resource name of the OauthClient. Format:`projects/{project}/locations/{location}/oauthClients/{oauth_client}`.
   "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the OauthClient.
 }
 
@@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the OauthClient is disabled. You cannot use a disabled OAuth client.
   "displayName": "A String", # Optional. A user-specified display name of the OauthClient. Cannot exceed 32 characters.
   "expireTime": "A String", # Output only. Time after which the OauthClient will be permanently purged and cannot be recovered.
-  "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the OauthClient. Format:`projects/{project}/locations/{location}/oauthClients/{oauth_client}`.
+  "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. The resource name of the OauthClient. Format:`projects/{project}/locations/{location}/oauthClients/{oauth_client}`.
   "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the OauthClient.
 }

 

@@ -198,7 +198,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the OauthClient is disabled. You cannot use a disabled OAuth client.
   "displayName": "A String", # Optional. A user-specified display name of the OauthClient. Cannot exceed 32 characters.
   "expireTime": "A String", # Output only. Time after which the OauthClient will be permanently purged and cannot be recovered.
-  "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the OauthClient. Format:`projects/{project}/locations/{location}/oauthClients/{oauth_client}`.
+  "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. The resource name of the OauthClient. Format:`projects/{project}/locations/{location}/oauthClients/{oauth_client}`.
   "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the OauthClient.
 }

 

@@ -233,7 +233,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the OauthClient is disabled. You cannot use a disabled OAuth client.
   "displayName": "A String", # Optional. A user-specified display name of the OauthClient. Cannot exceed 32 characters.
   "expireTime": "A String", # Output only. Time after which the OauthClient will be permanently purged and cannot be recovered.
-  "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the OauthClient. Format:`projects/{project}/locations/{location}/oauthClients/{oauth_client}`.
+  "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. The resource name of the OauthClient. Format:`projects/{project}/locations/{location}/oauthClients/{oauth_client}`.
   "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the OauthClient.
 }

 

@@ -274,7 +274,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the OauthClient is disabled. You cannot use a disabled OAuth client.
       "displayName": "A String", # Optional. A user-specified display name of the OauthClient. Cannot exceed 32 characters.
       "expireTime": "A String", # Output only. Time after which the OauthClient will be permanently purged and cannot be recovered.
-      "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the OauthClient. Format:`projects/{project}/locations/{location}/oauthClients/{oauth_client}`.
+      "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. The resource name of the OauthClient. Format:`projects/{project}/locations/{location}/oauthClients/{oauth_client}`.
       "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the OauthClient.
     },
   ],
@@ -300,7 +300,7 @@ 
Method Details

   
Updates an existing OauthClient.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Immutable. The resource name of the OauthClient. Format:`projects/{project}/locations/{location}/oauthClients/{oauth_client}`. (required)
+  name: string, Immutable. Identifier. The resource name of the OauthClient. Format:`projects/{project}/locations/{location}/oauthClients/{oauth_client}`. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
@@ -320,7 +320,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the OauthClient is disabled. You cannot use a disabled OAuth client.
   "displayName": "A String", # Optional. A user-specified display name of the OauthClient. Cannot exceed 32 characters.
   "expireTime": "A String", # Output only. Time after which the OauthClient will be permanently purged and cannot be recovered.
-  "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the OauthClient. Format:`projects/{project}/locations/{location}/oauthClients/{oauth_client}`.
+  "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. The resource name of the OauthClient. Format:`projects/{project}/locations/{location}/oauthClients/{oauth_client}`.
   "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the OauthClient.
 }
 
@@ -349,7 +349,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the OauthClient is disabled. You cannot use a disabled OAuth client.
   "displayName": "A String", # Optional. A user-specified display name of the OauthClient. Cannot exceed 32 characters.
   "expireTime": "A String", # Output only. Time after which the OauthClient will be permanently purged and cannot be recovered.
-  "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the OauthClient. Format:`projects/{project}/locations/{location}/oauthClients/{oauth_client}`.
+  "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. The resource name of the OauthClient. Format:`projects/{project}/locations/{location}/oauthClients/{oauth_client}`.
   "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the OauthClient.
 }

 

@@ -390,7 +390,7 @@ 
Method Details

   "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the OauthClient is disabled. You cannot use a disabled OAuth client.
   "displayName": "A String", # Optional. A user-specified display name of the OauthClient. Cannot exceed 32 characters.
   "expireTime": "A String", # Output only. Time after which the OauthClient will be permanently purged and cannot be recovered.
-  "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name of the OauthClient. Format:`projects/{project}/locations/{location}/oauthClients/{oauth_client}`.
+  "name": "A String", # Immutable. Identifier. The resource name of the OauthClient. Format:`projects/{project}/locations/{location}/oauthClients/{oauth_client}`.
   "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the OauthClient.
 }

 

diff --git a/docs/dyn/iam_v1.projects.locations.workloadIdentityPools.html b/docs/dyn/iam_v1.projects.locations.workloadIdentityPools.html
index 8badded88b..cb68f74d50 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/iam_v1.projects.locations.workloadIdentityPools.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/iam_v1.projects.locations.workloadIdentityPools.html
@@ -129,9 +129,9 @@ 
Method Details

     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Represents a collection of workload identities. You can define IAM policies to grant these identities access to Google Cloud resources.
-  "description": "A String", # A description of the pool. Cannot exceed 256 characters.
-  "disabled": True or False, # Whether the pool is disabled. You cannot use a disabled pool to exchange tokens, or use existing tokens to access resources. If the pool is re-enabled, existing tokens grant access again.
-  "displayName": "A String", # A display name for the pool. Cannot exceed 32 characters.
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. A description of the pool. Cannot exceed 256 characters.
+  "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the pool is disabled. You cannot use a disabled pool to exchange tokens, or use existing tokens to access resources. If the pool is re-enabled, existing tokens grant access again.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Optional. A display name for the pool. Cannot exceed 32 characters.
   "expireTime": "A String", # Output only. Time after which the workload identity pool will be permanently purged and cannot be recovered.
   "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the pool.
   "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the pool.
@@ -217,9 +217,9 @@ 
Method Details

   An object of the form:
 
     { # Represents a collection of workload identities. You can define IAM policies to grant these identities access to Google Cloud resources.
-  "description": "A String", # A description of the pool. Cannot exceed 256 characters.
-  "disabled": True or False, # Whether the pool is disabled. You cannot use a disabled pool to exchange tokens, or use existing tokens to access resources. If the pool is re-enabled, existing tokens grant access again.
-  "displayName": "A String", # A display name for the pool. Cannot exceed 32 characters.
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. A description of the pool. Cannot exceed 256 characters.
+  "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the pool is disabled. You cannot use a disabled pool to exchange tokens, or use existing tokens to access resources. If the pool is re-enabled, existing tokens grant access again.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Optional. A display name for the pool. Cannot exceed 32 characters.
   "expireTime": "A String", # Output only. Time after which the workload identity pool will be permanently purged and cannot be recovered.
   "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the pool.
   "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the pool.
@@ -247,9 +247,9 @@ 
Method Details

   "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.
   "workloadIdentityPools": [ # A list of pools.
     { # Represents a collection of workload identities. You can define IAM policies to grant these identities access to Google Cloud resources.
-      "description": "A String", # A description of the pool. Cannot exceed 256 characters.
-      "disabled": True or False, # Whether the pool is disabled. You cannot use a disabled pool to exchange tokens, or use existing tokens to access resources. If the pool is re-enabled, existing tokens grant access again.
-      "displayName": "A String", # A display name for the pool. Cannot exceed 32 characters.
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. A description of the pool. Cannot exceed 256 characters.
+      "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the pool is disabled. You cannot use a disabled pool to exchange tokens, or use existing tokens to access resources. If the pool is re-enabled, existing tokens grant access again.
+      "displayName": "A String", # Optional. A display name for the pool. Cannot exceed 32 characters.
       "expireTime": "A String", # Output only. Time after which the workload identity pool will be permanently purged and cannot be recovered.
       "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the pool.
       "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the pool.
@@ -282,9 +282,9 @@ 
Method Details

     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Represents a collection of workload identities. You can define IAM policies to grant these identities access to Google Cloud resources.
-  "description": "A String", # A description of the pool. Cannot exceed 256 characters.
-  "disabled": True or False, # Whether the pool is disabled. You cannot use a disabled pool to exchange tokens, or use existing tokens to access resources. If the pool is re-enabled, existing tokens grant access again.
-  "displayName": "A String", # A display name for the pool. Cannot exceed 32 characters.
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. A description of the pool. Cannot exceed 256 characters.
+  "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the pool is disabled. You cannot use a disabled pool to exchange tokens, or use existing tokens to access resources. If the pool is re-enabled, existing tokens grant access again.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Optional. A display name for the pool. Cannot exceed 32 characters.
   "expireTime": "A String", # Output only. Time after which the workload identity pool will be permanently purged and cannot be recovered.
   "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the pool.
   "state": "A String", # Output only. The state of the pool.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/iam_v1.projects.locations.workloadIdentityPools.providers.html b/docs/dyn/iam_v1.projects.locations.workloadIdentityPools.providers.html
index 309d376e01..1cd23398ee 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/iam_v1.projects.locations.workloadIdentityPools.providers.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/iam_v1.projects.locations.workloadIdentityPools.providers.html
@@ -124,20 +124,20 @@ 
Method Details

     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # A configuration for an external identity provider.
-  "attributeCondition": "A String", # [A Common Expression Language](https://opensource.google/projects/cel) expression, in plain text, to restrict what otherwise valid authentication credentials issued by the provider should not be accepted. The expression must output a boolean representing whether to allow the federation. The following keywords may be referenced in the expressions: * `assertion`: JSON representing the authentication credential issued by the provider. * `google`: The Google attributes mapped from the assertion in the `attribute_mappings`. * `attribute`: The custom attributes mapped from the assertion in the `attribute_mappings`. The maximum length of the attribute condition expression is 4096 characters. If unspecified, all valid authentication credential are accepted. The following example shows how to only allow credentials with a mapped `google.groups` value of `admins`: ``` "'admins' in google.groups" ```
-  "attributeMapping": { #  Maps attributes from authentication credentials issued by an external identity provider to Google Cloud attributes, such as `subject` and `segment`. Each key must be a string specifying the Google Cloud IAM attribute to map to. The following keys are supported: * `google.subject`: The principal IAM is authenticating. You can reference this value in IAM bindings. This is also the subject that appears in Cloud Logging logs. Cannot exceed 127 bytes. * `google.groups`: Groups the external identity belongs to. You can grant groups access to resources using an IAM `principalSet` binding; access applies to all members of the group. You can also provide custom attributes by specifying `attribute.{custom_attribute}`, where `{custom_attribute}` is the name of the custom attribute to be mapped. You can define a maximum of 50 custom attributes. The maximum length of a mapped attribute key is 100 characters, and the key may only contain the characters [a-z0-9_]. You can reference these attributes in IAM policies to define fine-grained access for a workload to Google Cloud resources. For example: * `google.subject`: `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project}/locations/{location}/workloadIdentityPools/{pool}/subject/{value}` * `google.groups`: `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project}/locations/{location}/workloadIdentityPools/{pool}/group/{value}` * `attribute.{custom_attribute}`: `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project}/locations/{location}/workloadIdentityPools/{pool}/attribute.{custom_attribute}/{value}` Each value must be a [Common Expression Language] (https://opensource.google/projects/cel) function that maps an identity provider credential to the normalized attribute specified by the corresponding map key. You can use the `assertion` keyword in the expression to access a JSON representation of the authentication credential issued by the provider. The maximum length of an attribute mapping expression is 2048 characters. When evaluated, the total size of all mapped attributes must not exceed 8KB. For AWS providers, if no attribute mapping is defined, the following default mapping applies: ``` { "google.subject":"assertion.arn", "attribute.aws_role": "assertion.arn.contains('assumed-role')" " ? assertion.arn.extract('{account_arn}assumed-role/')" " + 'assumed-role/'" " + assertion.arn.extract('assumed-role/{role_name}/')" " : assertion.arn", } ``` If any custom attribute mappings are defined, they must include a mapping to the `google.subject` attribute. For OIDC providers, you must supply a custom mapping, which must include the `google.subject` attribute. For example, the following maps the `sub` claim of the incoming credential to the `subject` attribute on a Google token: ``` {"google.subject": "assertion.sub"} ```
+  "attributeCondition": "A String", # Optional. [A Common Expression Language](https://opensource.google/projects/cel) expression, in plain text, to restrict what otherwise valid authentication credentials issued by the provider should not be accepted. The expression must output a boolean representing whether to allow the federation. The following keywords may be referenced in the expressions: * `assertion`: JSON representing the authentication credential issued by the provider. * `google`: The Google attributes mapped from the assertion in the `attribute_mappings`. * `attribute`: The custom attributes mapped from the assertion in the `attribute_mappings`. The maximum length of the attribute condition expression is 4096 characters. If unspecified, all valid authentication credential are accepted. The following example shows how to only allow credentials with a mapped `google.groups` value of `admins`: ``` "'admins' in google.groups" ```
+  "attributeMapping": { # Optional. Maps attributes from authentication credentials issued by an external identity provider to Google Cloud attributes, such as `subject` and `segment`. Each key must be a string specifying the Google Cloud IAM attribute to map to. The following keys are supported: * `google.subject`: The principal IAM is authenticating. You can reference this value in IAM bindings. This is also the subject that appears in Cloud Logging logs. Cannot exceed 127 bytes. * `google.groups`: Groups the external identity belongs to. You can grant groups access to resources using an IAM `principalSet` binding; access applies to all members of the group. You can also provide custom attributes by specifying `attribute.{custom_attribute}`, where `{custom_attribute}` is the name of the custom attribute to be mapped. You can define a maximum of 50 custom attributes. The maximum length of a mapped attribute key is 100 characters, and the key may only contain the characters [a-z0-9_]. You can reference these attributes in IAM policies to define fine-grained access for a workload to Google Cloud resources. For example: * `google.subject`: `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project}/locations/{location}/workloadIdentityPools/{pool}/subject/{value}` * `google.groups`: `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project}/locations/{location}/workloadIdentityPools/{pool}/group/{value}` * `attribute.{custom_attribute}`: `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project}/locations/{location}/workloadIdentityPools/{pool}/attribute.{custom_attribute}/{value}` Each value must be a [Common Expression Language] (https://opensource.google/projects/cel) function that maps an identity provider credential to the normalized attribute specified by the corresponding map key. You can use the `assertion` keyword in the expression to access a JSON representation of the authentication credential issued by the provider. The maximum length of an attribute mapping expression is 2048 characters. When evaluated, the total size of all mapped attributes must not exceed 8KB. For AWS providers, if no attribute mapping is defined, the following default mapping applies: ``` { "google.subject":"assertion.arn", "attribute.aws_role": "assertion.arn.contains('assumed-role')" " ? assertion.arn.extract('{account_arn}assumed-role/')" " + 'assumed-role/'" " + assertion.arn.extract('assumed-role/{role_name}/')" " : assertion.arn", } ``` If any custom attribute mappings are defined, they must include a mapping to the `google.subject` attribute. For OIDC providers, you must supply a custom mapping, which must include the `google.subject` attribute. For example, the following maps the `sub` claim of the incoming credential to the `subject` attribute on a Google token: ``` {"google.subject": "assertion.sub"} ```
     "a_key": "A String",
   },
   "aws": { # Represents an Amazon Web Services identity provider. # An Amazon Web Services identity provider.
     "accountId": "A String", # Required. The AWS account ID.
   },
-  "description": "A String", # A description for the provider. Cannot exceed 256 characters.
-  "disabled": True or False, # Whether the provider is disabled. You cannot use a disabled provider to exchange tokens. However, existing tokens still grant access.
-  "displayName": "A String", # A display name for the provider. Cannot exceed 32 characters.
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. A description for the provider. Cannot exceed 256 characters.
+  "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the provider is disabled. You cannot use a disabled provider to exchange tokens. However, existing tokens still grant access.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Optional. A display name for the provider. Cannot exceed 32 characters.
   "expireTime": "A String", # Output only. Time after which the workload identity pool provider will be permanently purged and cannot be recovered.
   "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the provider.
   "oidc": { # Represents an OpenId Connect 1.0 identity provider. # An OpenId Connect 1.0 identity provider.
-    "allowedAudiences": [ # Acceptable values for the `aud` field (audience) in the OIDC token. Token exchange requests are rejected if the token audience does not match one of the configured values. Each audience may be at most 256 characters. A maximum of 10 audiences may be configured. If this list is empty, the OIDC token audience must be equal to the full canonical resource name of the WorkloadIdentityPoolProvider, with or without the HTTPS prefix. For example: ``` //iam.googleapis.com/projects//locations//workloadIdentityPools//providers/ https://iam.googleapis.com/projects//locations//workloadIdentityPools//providers/ ```
+    "allowedAudiences": [ # Optional. Acceptable values for the `aud` field (audience) in the OIDC token. Token exchange requests are rejected if the token audience does not match one of the configured values. Each audience may be at most 256 characters. A maximum of 10 audiences may be configured. If this list is empty, the OIDC token audience must be equal to the full canonical resource name of the WorkloadIdentityPoolProvider, with or without the HTTPS prefix. For example: ``` //iam.googleapis.com/projects//locations//workloadIdentityPools//providers/ https://iam.googleapis.com/projects//locations//workloadIdentityPools//providers/ ```
       "A String",
     ],
     "issuerUri": "A String", # Required. The OIDC issuer URL. Must be an HTTPS endpoint.
@@ -229,20 +229,20 @@ 
Method Details

   An object of the form:
 
     { # A configuration for an external identity provider.
-  "attributeCondition": "A String", # [A Common Expression Language](https://opensource.google/projects/cel) expression, in plain text, to restrict what otherwise valid authentication credentials issued by the provider should not be accepted. The expression must output a boolean representing whether to allow the federation. The following keywords may be referenced in the expressions: * `assertion`: JSON representing the authentication credential issued by the provider. * `google`: The Google attributes mapped from the assertion in the `attribute_mappings`. * `attribute`: The custom attributes mapped from the assertion in the `attribute_mappings`. The maximum length of the attribute condition expression is 4096 characters. If unspecified, all valid authentication credential are accepted. The following example shows how to only allow credentials with a mapped `google.groups` value of `admins`: ``` "'admins' in google.groups" ```
-  "attributeMapping": { #  Maps attributes from authentication credentials issued by an external identity provider to Google Cloud attributes, such as `subject` and `segment`. Each key must be a string specifying the Google Cloud IAM attribute to map to. The following keys are supported: * `google.subject`: The principal IAM is authenticating. You can reference this value in IAM bindings. This is also the subject that appears in Cloud Logging logs. Cannot exceed 127 bytes. * `google.groups`: Groups the external identity belongs to. You can grant groups access to resources using an IAM `principalSet` binding; access applies to all members of the group. You can also provide custom attributes by specifying `attribute.{custom_attribute}`, where `{custom_attribute}` is the name of the custom attribute to be mapped. You can define a maximum of 50 custom attributes. The maximum length of a mapped attribute key is 100 characters, and the key may only contain the characters [a-z0-9_]. You can reference these attributes in IAM policies to define fine-grained access for a workload to Google Cloud resources. For example: * `google.subject`: `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project}/locations/{location}/workloadIdentityPools/{pool}/subject/{value}` * `google.groups`: `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project}/locations/{location}/workloadIdentityPools/{pool}/group/{value}` * `attribute.{custom_attribute}`: `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project}/locations/{location}/workloadIdentityPools/{pool}/attribute.{custom_attribute}/{value}` Each value must be a [Common Expression Language] (https://opensource.google/projects/cel) function that maps an identity provider credential to the normalized attribute specified by the corresponding map key. You can use the `assertion` keyword in the expression to access a JSON representation of the authentication credential issued by the provider. The maximum length of an attribute mapping expression is 2048 characters. When evaluated, the total size of all mapped attributes must not exceed 8KB. For AWS providers, if no attribute mapping is defined, the following default mapping applies: ``` { "google.subject":"assertion.arn", "attribute.aws_role": "assertion.arn.contains('assumed-role')" " ? assertion.arn.extract('{account_arn}assumed-role/')" " + 'assumed-role/'" " + assertion.arn.extract('assumed-role/{role_name}/')" " : assertion.arn", } ``` If any custom attribute mappings are defined, they must include a mapping to the `google.subject` attribute. For OIDC providers, you must supply a custom mapping, which must include the `google.subject` attribute. For example, the following maps the `sub` claim of the incoming credential to the `subject` attribute on a Google token: ``` {"google.subject": "assertion.sub"} ```
+  "attributeCondition": "A String", # Optional. [A Common Expression Language](https://opensource.google/projects/cel) expression, in plain text, to restrict what otherwise valid authentication credentials issued by the provider should not be accepted. The expression must output a boolean representing whether to allow the federation. The following keywords may be referenced in the expressions: * `assertion`: JSON representing the authentication credential issued by the provider. * `google`: The Google attributes mapped from the assertion in the `attribute_mappings`. * `attribute`: The custom attributes mapped from the assertion in the `attribute_mappings`. The maximum length of the attribute condition expression is 4096 characters. If unspecified, all valid authentication credential are accepted. The following example shows how to only allow credentials with a mapped `google.groups` value of `admins`: ``` "'admins' in google.groups" ```
+  "attributeMapping": { # Optional. Maps attributes from authentication credentials issued by an external identity provider to Google Cloud attributes, such as `subject` and `segment`. Each key must be a string specifying the Google Cloud IAM attribute to map to. The following keys are supported: * `google.subject`: The principal IAM is authenticating. You can reference this value in IAM bindings. This is also the subject that appears in Cloud Logging logs. Cannot exceed 127 bytes. * `google.groups`: Groups the external identity belongs to. You can grant groups access to resources using an IAM `principalSet` binding; access applies to all members of the group. You can also provide custom attributes by specifying `attribute.{custom_attribute}`, where `{custom_attribute}` is the name of the custom attribute to be mapped. You can define a maximum of 50 custom attributes. The maximum length of a mapped attribute key is 100 characters, and the key may only contain the characters [a-z0-9_]. You can reference these attributes in IAM policies to define fine-grained access for a workload to Google Cloud resources. For example: * `google.subject`: `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project}/locations/{location}/workloadIdentityPools/{pool}/subject/{value}` * `google.groups`: `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project}/locations/{location}/workloadIdentityPools/{pool}/group/{value}` * `attribute.{custom_attribute}`: `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project}/locations/{location}/workloadIdentityPools/{pool}/attribute.{custom_attribute}/{value}` Each value must be a [Common Expression Language] (https://opensource.google/projects/cel) function that maps an identity provider credential to the normalized attribute specified by the corresponding map key. You can use the `assertion` keyword in the expression to access a JSON representation of the authentication credential issued by the provider. The maximum length of an attribute mapping expression is 2048 characters. When evaluated, the total size of all mapped attributes must not exceed 8KB. For AWS providers, if no attribute mapping is defined, the following default mapping applies: ``` { "google.subject":"assertion.arn", "attribute.aws_role": "assertion.arn.contains('assumed-role')" " ? assertion.arn.extract('{account_arn}assumed-role/')" " + 'assumed-role/'" " + assertion.arn.extract('assumed-role/{role_name}/')" " : assertion.arn", } ``` If any custom attribute mappings are defined, they must include a mapping to the `google.subject` attribute. For OIDC providers, you must supply a custom mapping, which must include the `google.subject` attribute. For example, the following maps the `sub` claim of the incoming credential to the `subject` attribute on a Google token: ``` {"google.subject": "assertion.sub"} ```
     "a_key": "A String",
   },
   "aws": { # Represents an Amazon Web Services identity provider. # An Amazon Web Services identity provider.
     "accountId": "A String", # Required. The AWS account ID.
   },
-  "description": "A String", # A description for the provider. Cannot exceed 256 characters.
-  "disabled": True or False, # Whether the provider is disabled. You cannot use a disabled provider to exchange tokens. However, existing tokens still grant access.
-  "displayName": "A String", # A display name for the provider. Cannot exceed 32 characters.
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. A description for the provider. Cannot exceed 256 characters.
+  "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the provider is disabled. You cannot use a disabled provider to exchange tokens. However, existing tokens still grant access.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Optional. A display name for the provider. Cannot exceed 32 characters.
   "expireTime": "A String", # Output only. Time after which the workload identity pool provider will be permanently purged and cannot be recovered.
   "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the provider.
   "oidc": { # Represents an OpenId Connect 1.0 identity provider. # An OpenId Connect 1.0 identity provider.
-    "allowedAudiences": [ # Acceptable values for the `aud` field (audience) in the OIDC token. Token exchange requests are rejected if the token audience does not match one of the configured values. Each audience may be at most 256 characters. A maximum of 10 audiences may be configured. If this list is empty, the OIDC token audience must be equal to the full canonical resource name of the WorkloadIdentityPoolProvider, with or without the HTTPS prefix. For example: ``` //iam.googleapis.com/projects//locations//workloadIdentityPools//providers/ https://iam.googleapis.com/projects//locations//workloadIdentityPools//providers/ ```
+    "allowedAudiences": [ # Optional. Acceptable values for the `aud` field (audience) in the OIDC token. Token exchange requests are rejected if the token audience does not match one of the configured values. Each audience may be at most 256 characters. A maximum of 10 audiences may be configured. If this list is empty, the OIDC token audience must be equal to the full canonical resource name of the WorkloadIdentityPoolProvider, with or without the HTTPS prefix. For example: ``` //iam.googleapis.com/projects//locations//workloadIdentityPools//providers/ https://iam.googleapis.com/projects//locations//workloadIdentityPools//providers/ ```
       "A String",
     ],
     "issuerUri": "A String", # Required. The OIDC issuer URL. Must be an HTTPS endpoint.
@@ -276,20 +276,20 @@ 
Method Details

   "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.
   "workloadIdentityPoolProviders": [ # A list of providers.
     { # A configuration for an external identity provider.
-      "attributeCondition": "A String", # [A Common Expression Language](https://opensource.google/projects/cel) expression, in plain text, to restrict what otherwise valid authentication credentials issued by the provider should not be accepted. The expression must output a boolean representing whether to allow the federation. The following keywords may be referenced in the expressions: * `assertion`: JSON representing the authentication credential issued by the provider. * `google`: The Google attributes mapped from the assertion in the `attribute_mappings`. * `attribute`: The custom attributes mapped from the assertion in the `attribute_mappings`. The maximum length of the attribute condition expression is 4096 characters. If unspecified, all valid authentication credential are accepted. The following example shows how to only allow credentials with a mapped `google.groups` value of `admins`: ``` "'admins' in google.groups" ```
-      "attributeMapping": { #  Maps attributes from authentication credentials issued by an external identity provider to Google Cloud attributes, such as `subject` and `segment`. Each key must be a string specifying the Google Cloud IAM attribute to map to. The following keys are supported: * `google.subject`: The principal IAM is authenticating. You can reference this value in IAM bindings. This is also the subject that appears in Cloud Logging logs. Cannot exceed 127 bytes. * `google.groups`: Groups the external identity belongs to. You can grant groups access to resources using an IAM `principalSet` binding; access applies to all members of the group. You can also provide custom attributes by specifying `attribute.{custom_attribute}`, where `{custom_attribute}` is the name of the custom attribute to be mapped. You can define a maximum of 50 custom attributes. The maximum length of a mapped attribute key is 100 characters, and the key may only contain the characters [a-z0-9_]. You can reference these attributes in IAM policies to define fine-grained access for a workload to Google Cloud resources. For example: * `google.subject`: `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project}/locations/{location}/workloadIdentityPools/{pool}/subject/{value}` * `google.groups`: `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project}/locations/{location}/workloadIdentityPools/{pool}/group/{value}` * `attribute.{custom_attribute}`: `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project}/locations/{location}/workloadIdentityPools/{pool}/attribute.{custom_attribute}/{value}` Each value must be a [Common Expression Language] (https://opensource.google/projects/cel) function that maps an identity provider credential to the normalized attribute specified by the corresponding map key. You can use the `assertion` keyword in the expression to access a JSON representation of the authentication credential issued by the provider. The maximum length of an attribute mapping expression is 2048 characters. When evaluated, the total size of all mapped attributes must not exceed 8KB. For AWS providers, if no attribute mapping is defined, the following default mapping applies: ``` { "google.subject":"assertion.arn", "attribute.aws_role": "assertion.arn.contains('assumed-role')" " ? assertion.arn.extract('{account_arn}assumed-role/')" " + 'assumed-role/'" " + assertion.arn.extract('assumed-role/{role_name}/')" " : assertion.arn", } ``` If any custom attribute mappings are defined, they must include a mapping to the `google.subject` attribute. For OIDC providers, you must supply a custom mapping, which must include the `google.subject` attribute. For example, the following maps the `sub` claim of the incoming credential to the `subject` attribute on a Google token: ``` {"google.subject": "assertion.sub"} ```
+      "attributeCondition": "A String", # Optional. [A Common Expression Language](https://opensource.google/projects/cel) expression, in plain text, to restrict what otherwise valid authentication credentials issued by the provider should not be accepted. The expression must output a boolean representing whether to allow the federation. The following keywords may be referenced in the expressions: * `assertion`: JSON representing the authentication credential issued by the provider. * `google`: The Google attributes mapped from the assertion in the `attribute_mappings`. * `attribute`: The custom attributes mapped from the assertion in the `attribute_mappings`. The maximum length of the attribute condition expression is 4096 characters. If unspecified, all valid authentication credential are accepted. The following example shows how to only allow credentials with a mapped `google.groups` value of `admins`: ``` "'admins' in google.groups" ```
+      "attributeMapping": { # Optional. Maps attributes from authentication credentials issued by an external identity provider to Google Cloud attributes, such as `subject` and `segment`. Each key must be a string specifying the Google Cloud IAM attribute to map to. The following keys are supported: * `google.subject`: The principal IAM is authenticating. You can reference this value in IAM bindings. This is also the subject that appears in Cloud Logging logs. Cannot exceed 127 bytes. * `google.groups`: Groups the external identity belongs to. You can grant groups access to resources using an IAM `principalSet` binding; access applies to all members of the group. You can also provide custom attributes by specifying `attribute.{custom_attribute}`, where `{custom_attribute}` is the name of the custom attribute to be mapped. You can define a maximum of 50 custom attributes. The maximum length of a mapped attribute key is 100 characters, and the key may only contain the characters [a-z0-9_]. You can reference these attributes in IAM policies to define fine-grained access for a workload to Google Cloud resources. For example: * `google.subject`: `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project}/locations/{location}/workloadIdentityPools/{pool}/subject/{value}` * `google.groups`: `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project}/locations/{location}/workloadIdentityPools/{pool}/group/{value}` * `attribute.{custom_attribute}`: `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project}/locations/{location}/workloadIdentityPools/{pool}/attribute.{custom_attribute}/{value}` Each value must be a [Common Expression Language] (https://opensource.google/projects/cel) function that maps an identity provider credential to the normalized attribute specified by the corresponding map key. You can use the `assertion` keyword in the expression to access a JSON representation of the authentication credential issued by the provider. The maximum length of an attribute mapping expression is 2048 characters. When evaluated, the total size of all mapped attributes must not exceed 8KB. For AWS providers, if no attribute mapping is defined, the following default mapping applies: ``` { "google.subject":"assertion.arn", "attribute.aws_role": "assertion.arn.contains('assumed-role')" " ? assertion.arn.extract('{account_arn}assumed-role/')" " + 'assumed-role/'" " + assertion.arn.extract('assumed-role/{role_name}/')" " : assertion.arn", } ``` If any custom attribute mappings are defined, they must include a mapping to the `google.subject` attribute. For OIDC providers, you must supply a custom mapping, which must include the `google.subject` attribute. For example, the following maps the `sub` claim of the incoming credential to the `subject` attribute on a Google token: ``` {"google.subject": "assertion.sub"} ```
         "a_key": "A String",
       },
       "aws": { # Represents an Amazon Web Services identity provider. # An Amazon Web Services identity provider.
         "accountId": "A String", # Required. The AWS account ID.
       },
-      "description": "A String", # A description for the provider. Cannot exceed 256 characters.
-      "disabled": True or False, # Whether the provider is disabled. You cannot use a disabled provider to exchange tokens. However, existing tokens still grant access.
-      "displayName": "A String", # A display name for the provider. Cannot exceed 32 characters.
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. A description for the provider. Cannot exceed 256 characters.
+      "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the provider is disabled. You cannot use a disabled provider to exchange tokens. However, existing tokens still grant access.
+      "displayName": "A String", # Optional. A display name for the provider. Cannot exceed 32 characters.
       "expireTime": "A String", # Output only. Time after which the workload identity pool provider will be permanently purged and cannot be recovered.
       "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the provider.
       "oidc": { # Represents an OpenId Connect 1.0 identity provider. # An OpenId Connect 1.0 identity provider.
-        "allowedAudiences": [ # Acceptable values for the `aud` field (audience) in the OIDC token. Token exchange requests are rejected if the token audience does not match one of the configured values. Each audience may be at most 256 characters. A maximum of 10 audiences may be configured. If this list is empty, the OIDC token audience must be equal to the full canonical resource name of the WorkloadIdentityPoolProvider, with or without the HTTPS prefix. For example: ``` //iam.googleapis.com/projects//locations//workloadIdentityPools//providers/ https://iam.googleapis.com/projects//locations//workloadIdentityPools//providers/ ```
+        "allowedAudiences": [ # Optional. Acceptable values for the `aud` field (audience) in the OIDC token. Token exchange requests are rejected if the token audience does not match one of the configured values. Each audience may be at most 256 characters. A maximum of 10 audiences may be configured. If this list is empty, the OIDC token audience must be equal to the full canonical resource name of the WorkloadIdentityPoolProvider, with or without the HTTPS prefix. For example: ``` //iam.googleapis.com/projects//locations//workloadIdentityPools//providers/ https://iam.googleapis.com/projects//locations//workloadIdentityPools//providers/ ```
           "A String",
         ],
         "issuerUri": "A String", # Required. The OIDC issuer URL. Must be an HTTPS endpoint.
@@ -328,20 +328,20 @@ 
Method Details

     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # A configuration for an external identity provider.
-  "attributeCondition": "A String", # [A Common Expression Language](https://opensource.google/projects/cel) expression, in plain text, to restrict what otherwise valid authentication credentials issued by the provider should not be accepted. The expression must output a boolean representing whether to allow the federation. The following keywords may be referenced in the expressions: * `assertion`: JSON representing the authentication credential issued by the provider. * `google`: The Google attributes mapped from the assertion in the `attribute_mappings`. * `attribute`: The custom attributes mapped from the assertion in the `attribute_mappings`. The maximum length of the attribute condition expression is 4096 characters. If unspecified, all valid authentication credential are accepted. The following example shows how to only allow credentials with a mapped `google.groups` value of `admins`: ``` "'admins' in google.groups" ```
-  "attributeMapping": { #  Maps attributes from authentication credentials issued by an external identity provider to Google Cloud attributes, such as `subject` and `segment`. Each key must be a string specifying the Google Cloud IAM attribute to map to. The following keys are supported: * `google.subject`: The principal IAM is authenticating. You can reference this value in IAM bindings. This is also the subject that appears in Cloud Logging logs. Cannot exceed 127 bytes. * `google.groups`: Groups the external identity belongs to. You can grant groups access to resources using an IAM `principalSet` binding; access applies to all members of the group. You can also provide custom attributes by specifying `attribute.{custom_attribute}`, where `{custom_attribute}` is the name of the custom attribute to be mapped. You can define a maximum of 50 custom attributes. The maximum length of a mapped attribute key is 100 characters, and the key may only contain the characters [a-z0-9_]. You can reference these attributes in IAM policies to define fine-grained access for a workload to Google Cloud resources. For example: * `google.subject`: `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project}/locations/{location}/workloadIdentityPools/{pool}/subject/{value}` * `google.groups`: `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project}/locations/{location}/workloadIdentityPools/{pool}/group/{value}` * `attribute.{custom_attribute}`: `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project}/locations/{location}/workloadIdentityPools/{pool}/attribute.{custom_attribute}/{value}` Each value must be a [Common Expression Language] (https://opensource.google/projects/cel) function that maps an identity provider credential to the normalized attribute specified by the corresponding map key. You can use the `assertion` keyword in the expression to access a JSON representation of the authentication credential issued by the provider. The maximum length of an attribute mapping expression is 2048 characters. When evaluated, the total size of all mapped attributes must not exceed 8KB. For AWS providers, if no attribute mapping is defined, the following default mapping applies: ``` { "google.subject":"assertion.arn", "attribute.aws_role": "assertion.arn.contains('assumed-role')" " ? assertion.arn.extract('{account_arn}assumed-role/')" " + 'assumed-role/'" " + assertion.arn.extract('assumed-role/{role_name}/')" " : assertion.arn", } ``` If any custom attribute mappings are defined, they must include a mapping to the `google.subject` attribute. For OIDC providers, you must supply a custom mapping, which must include the `google.subject` attribute. For example, the following maps the `sub` claim of the incoming credential to the `subject` attribute on a Google token: ``` {"google.subject": "assertion.sub"} ```
+  "attributeCondition": "A String", # Optional. [A Common Expression Language](https://opensource.google/projects/cel) expression, in plain text, to restrict what otherwise valid authentication credentials issued by the provider should not be accepted. The expression must output a boolean representing whether to allow the federation. The following keywords may be referenced in the expressions: * `assertion`: JSON representing the authentication credential issued by the provider. * `google`: The Google attributes mapped from the assertion in the `attribute_mappings`. * `attribute`: The custom attributes mapped from the assertion in the `attribute_mappings`. The maximum length of the attribute condition expression is 4096 characters. If unspecified, all valid authentication credential are accepted. The following example shows how to only allow credentials with a mapped `google.groups` value of `admins`: ``` "'admins' in google.groups" ```
+  "attributeMapping": { # Optional. Maps attributes from authentication credentials issued by an external identity provider to Google Cloud attributes, such as `subject` and `segment`. Each key must be a string specifying the Google Cloud IAM attribute to map to. The following keys are supported: * `google.subject`: The principal IAM is authenticating. You can reference this value in IAM bindings. This is also the subject that appears in Cloud Logging logs. Cannot exceed 127 bytes. * `google.groups`: Groups the external identity belongs to. You can grant groups access to resources using an IAM `principalSet` binding; access applies to all members of the group. You can also provide custom attributes by specifying `attribute.{custom_attribute}`, where `{custom_attribute}` is the name of the custom attribute to be mapped. You can define a maximum of 50 custom attributes. The maximum length of a mapped attribute key is 100 characters, and the key may only contain the characters [a-z0-9_]. You can reference these attributes in IAM policies to define fine-grained access for a workload to Google Cloud resources. For example: * `google.subject`: `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project}/locations/{location}/workloadIdentityPools/{pool}/subject/{value}` * `google.groups`: `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project}/locations/{location}/workloadIdentityPools/{pool}/group/{value}` * `attribute.{custom_attribute}`: `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project}/locations/{location}/workloadIdentityPools/{pool}/attribute.{custom_attribute}/{value}` Each value must be a [Common Expression Language] (https://opensource.google/projects/cel) function that maps an identity provider credential to the normalized attribute specified by the corresponding map key. You can use the `assertion` keyword in the expression to access a JSON representation of the authentication credential issued by the provider. The maximum length of an attribute mapping expression is 2048 characters. When evaluated, the total size of all mapped attributes must not exceed 8KB. For AWS providers, if no attribute mapping is defined, the following default mapping applies: ``` { "google.subject":"assertion.arn", "attribute.aws_role": "assertion.arn.contains('assumed-role')" " ? assertion.arn.extract('{account_arn}assumed-role/')" " + 'assumed-role/'" " + assertion.arn.extract('assumed-role/{role_name}/')" " : assertion.arn", } ``` If any custom attribute mappings are defined, they must include a mapping to the `google.subject` attribute. For OIDC providers, you must supply a custom mapping, which must include the `google.subject` attribute. For example, the following maps the `sub` claim of the incoming credential to the `subject` attribute on a Google token: ``` {"google.subject": "assertion.sub"} ```
     "a_key": "A String",
   },
   "aws": { # Represents an Amazon Web Services identity provider. # An Amazon Web Services identity provider.
     "accountId": "A String", # Required. The AWS account ID.
   },
-  "description": "A String", # A description for the provider. Cannot exceed 256 characters.
-  "disabled": True or False, # Whether the provider is disabled. You cannot use a disabled provider to exchange tokens. However, existing tokens still grant access.
-  "displayName": "A String", # A display name for the provider. Cannot exceed 32 characters.
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. A description for the provider. Cannot exceed 256 characters.
+  "disabled": True or False, # Optional. Whether the provider is disabled. You cannot use a disabled provider to exchange tokens. However, existing tokens still grant access.
+  "displayName": "A String", # Optional. A display name for the provider. Cannot exceed 32 characters.
   "expireTime": "A String", # Output only. Time after which the workload identity pool provider will be permanently purged and cannot be recovered.
   "name": "A String", # Output only. The resource name of the provider.
   "oidc": { # Represents an OpenId Connect 1.0 identity provider. # An OpenId Connect 1.0 identity provider.
-    "allowedAudiences": [ # Acceptable values for the `aud` field (audience) in the OIDC token. Token exchange requests are rejected if the token audience does not match one of the configured values. Each audience may be at most 256 characters. A maximum of 10 audiences may be configured. If this list is empty, the OIDC token audience must be equal to the full canonical resource name of the WorkloadIdentityPoolProvider, with or without the HTTPS prefix. For example: ``` //iam.googleapis.com/projects//locations//workloadIdentityPools//providers/ https://iam.googleapis.com/projects//locations//workloadIdentityPools//providers/ ```
+    "allowedAudiences": [ # Optional. Acceptable values for the `aud` field (audience) in the OIDC token. Token exchange requests are rejected if the token audience does not match one of the configured values. Each audience may be at most 256 characters. A maximum of 10 audiences may be configured. If this list is empty, the OIDC token audience must be equal to the full canonical resource name of the WorkloadIdentityPoolProvider, with or without the HTTPS prefix. For example: ``` //iam.googleapis.com/projects//locations//workloadIdentityPools//providers/ https://iam.googleapis.com/projects//locations//workloadIdentityPools//providers/ ```
       "A String",
     ],
     "issuerUri": "A String", # Required. The OIDC issuer URL. Must be an HTTPS endpoint.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/ml_v1.projects.locations.operations.html b/docs/dyn/ml_v1.projects.locations.operations.html
index fed218e594..b35961332a 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/ml_v1.projects.locations.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/ml_v1.projects.locations.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
AI Platform Training & Prediction API . 
   cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/ml_v1.projects.operations.html b/docs/dyn/ml_v1.projects.operations.html
index 1550b3ac09..f80f2defc7 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/ml_v1.projects.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/ml_v1.projects.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
AI Platform Training & Prediction API . 
   cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/mybusinessaccountmanagement_v1.accounts.html b/docs/dyn/mybusinessaccountmanagement_v1.accounts.html
index 096353e295..4e62e3b632 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/mybusinessaccountmanagement_v1.accounts.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/mybusinessaccountmanagement_v1.accounts.html
@@ -121,21 +121,21 @@ 
Method Details

   "accountNumber": "A String", # Output only. Account reference number if provisioned.
   "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name, in the format `accounts/{account_id}`.
   "organizationInfo": { # Additional information stored for an organization. # Output only. Additional info for an organization. This is populated only for an organization account.
-    "address": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Output only. The postal address for the account.
-      "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+    "address": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Output only. The postal address for the account.
+      "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
         "A String",
       ],
-      "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+      "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
       "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
       "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
       "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-      "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+      "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
       "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
         "A String",
       ],
       "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
       "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-      "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+      "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
       "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
     },
     "phoneNumber": "A String", # Output only. The contact number for the organization.
@@ -162,21 +162,21 @@ 
Method Details

   "accountNumber": "A String", # Output only. Account reference number if provisioned.
   "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name, in the format `accounts/{account_id}`.
   "organizationInfo": { # Additional information stored for an organization. # Output only. Additional info for an organization. This is populated only for an organization account.
-    "address": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Output only. The postal address for the account.
-      "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+    "address": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Output only. The postal address for the account.
+      "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
         "A String",
       ],
-      "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+      "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
       "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
       "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
       "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-      "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+      "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
       "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
         "A String",
       ],
       "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
       "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-      "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+      "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
       "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
     },
     "phoneNumber": "A String", # Output only. The contact number for the organization.
@@ -210,21 +210,21 @@ 
Method Details

   "accountNumber": "A String", # Output only. Account reference number if provisioned.
   "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name, in the format `accounts/{account_id}`.
   "organizationInfo": { # Additional information stored for an organization. # Output only. Additional info for an organization. This is populated only for an organization account.
-    "address": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Output only. The postal address for the account.
-      "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+    "address": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Output only. The postal address for the account.
+      "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
         "A String",
       ],
-      "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+      "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
       "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
       "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
       "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-      "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+      "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
       "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
         "A String",
       ],
       "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
       "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-      "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+      "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
       "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
     },
     "phoneNumber": "A String", # Output only. The contact number for the organization.
@@ -263,21 +263,21 @@ 
Method Details

       "accountNumber": "A String", # Output only. Account reference number if provisioned.
       "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name, in the format `accounts/{account_id}`.
       "organizationInfo": { # Additional information stored for an organization. # Output only. Additional info for an organization. This is populated only for an organization account.
-        "address": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Output only. The postal address for the account.
-          "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+        "address": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Output only. The postal address for the account.
+          "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
             "A String",
           ],
-          "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+          "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
           "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
           "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
           "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-          "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+          "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
           "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
             "A String",
           ],
           "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
           "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-          "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+          "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
           "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
         },
         "phoneNumber": "A String", # Output only. The contact number for the organization.
@@ -323,21 +323,21 @@ 
Method Details

   "accountNumber": "A String", # Output only. Account reference number if provisioned.
   "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name, in the format `accounts/{account_id}`.
   "organizationInfo": { # Additional information stored for an organization. # Output only. Additional info for an organization. This is populated only for an organization account.
-    "address": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Output only. The postal address for the account.
-      "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+    "address": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Output only. The postal address for the account.
+      "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
         "A String",
       ],
-      "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+      "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
       "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
       "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
       "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-      "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+      "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
       "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
         "A String",
       ],
       "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
       "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-      "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+      "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
       "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
     },
     "phoneNumber": "A String", # Output only. The contact number for the organization.
@@ -366,21 +366,21 @@ 
Method Details

   "accountNumber": "A String", # Output only. Account reference number if provisioned.
   "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name, in the format `accounts/{account_id}`.
   "organizationInfo": { # Additional information stored for an organization. # Output only. Additional info for an organization. This is populated only for an organization account.
-    "address": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Output only. The postal address for the account.
-      "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+    "address": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Output only. The postal address for the account.
+      "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
         "A String",
       ],
-      "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+      "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
       "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
       "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
       "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-      "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+      "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
       "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
         "A String",
       ],
       "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
       "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-      "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+      "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
       "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
     },
     "phoneNumber": "A String", # Output only. The contact number for the organization.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/mybusinessaccountmanagement_v1.accounts.invitations.html b/docs/dyn/mybusinessaccountmanagement_v1.accounts.invitations.html
index 6cc0359d52..17b34795f6 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/mybusinessaccountmanagement_v1.accounts.invitations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/mybusinessaccountmanagement_v1.accounts.invitations.html
@@ -165,21 +165,21 @@ 
Method Details

         "accountNumber": "A String", # Output only. Account reference number if provisioned.
         "name": "A String", # Immutable. The resource name, in the format `accounts/{account_id}`.
         "organizationInfo": { # Additional information stored for an organization. # Output only. Additional info for an organization. This is populated only for an organization account.
-          "address": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Output only. The postal address for the account.
-            "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+          "address": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Output only. The postal address for the account.
+            "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
               "A String",
             ],
-            "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+            "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
             "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
             "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
             "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-            "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+            "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
             "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
               "A String",
             ],
             "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
             "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-            "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+            "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
             "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
           },
           "phoneNumber": "A String", # Output only. The contact number for the organization.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/mybusinessbusinessinformation_v1.accounts.locations.html b/docs/dyn/mybusinessbusinessinformation_v1.accounts.locations.html
index 65ac5aae6b..c6037a3ea9 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/mybusinessbusinessinformation_v1.accounts.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/mybusinessbusinessinformation_v1.accounts.locations.html
@@ -305,21 +305,21 @@ 
Method Details

     ],
   },
   "storeCode": "A String", # Optional. External identifier for this location, which must be unique within a given account. This is a means of associating the location with your own records.
-  "storefrontAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Optional. A precise, accurate address to describe your business location. PO boxes or mailboxes located at remote locations are not acceptable. At this time, you can specify a maximum of five `address_lines` values in the address. This field should only be set for businesses that have a storefront. This field should not be set for locations of type `CUSTOMER_LOCATION_ONLY` but if set, any value provided will be discarded.
-    "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+  "storefrontAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Optional. A precise, accurate address to describe your business location. PO boxes or mailboxes located at remote locations are not acceptable. At this time, you can specify a maximum of five `address_lines` values in the address. This field should only be set for businesses that have a storefront. This field should not be set for locations of type `CUSTOMER_LOCATION_ONLY` but if set, any value provided will be discarded.
+    "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
       "A String",
     ],
-    "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+    "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
     "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
     "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
     "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-    "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+    "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
     "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
       "A String",
     ],
     "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
     "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-    "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+    "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
     "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
   },
   "title": "A String", # Required. Location name should reflect your business's real-world name, as used consistently on your storefront, website, and stationery, and as known to customers. Any additional information, when relevant, can be included in other fields of the resource (for example, `Address`, `Categories`). Don't add unnecessary information to your name (for example, prefer "Google" over "Google Inc. - Mountain View Corporate Headquarters"). Don't include marketing taglines, store codes, special characters, hours or closed/open status, phone numbers, website URLs, service/product information, location/address or directions, or containment information (for example, "Chase ATM in Duane Reade").
@@ -540,21 +540,21 @@ 
Method Details

     ],
   },
   "storeCode": "A String", # Optional. External identifier for this location, which must be unique within a given account. This is a means of associating the location with your own records.
-  "storefrontAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Optional. A precise, accurate address to describe your business location. PO boxes or mailboxes located at remote locations are not acceptable. At this time, you can specify a maximum of five `address_lines` values in the address. This field should only be set for businesses that have a storefront. This field should not be set for locations of type `CUSTOMER_LOCATION_ONLY` but if set, any value provided will be discarded.
-    "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+  "storefrontAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Optional. A precise, accurate address to describe your business location. PO boxes or mailboxes located at remote locations are not acceptable. At this time, you can specify a maximum of five `address_lines` values in the address. This field should only be set for businesses that have a storefront. This field should not be set for locations of type `CUSTOMER_LOCATION_ONLY` but if set, any value provided will be discarded.
+    "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
       "A String",
     ],
-    "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+    "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
     "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
     "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
     "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-    "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+    "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
     "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
       "A String",
     ],
     "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
     "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-    "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+    "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
     "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
   },
   "title": "A String", # Required. Location name should reflect your business's real-world name, as used consistently on your storefront, website, and stationery, and as known to customers. Any additional information, when relevant, can be included in other fields of the resource (for example, `Address`, `Categories`). Don't add unnecessary information to your name (for example, prefer "Google" over "Google Inc. - Mountain View Corporate Headquarters"). Don't include marketing taglines, store codes, special characters, hours or closed/open status, phone numbers, website URLs, service/product information, location/address or directions, or containment information (for example, "Chase ATM in Duane Reade").
@@ -787,21 +787,21 @@ 
Method Details

         ],
       },
       "storeCode": "A String", # Optional. External identifier for this location, which must be unique within a given account. This is a means of associating the location with your own records.
-      "storefrontAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Optional. A precise, accurate address to describe your business location. PO boxes or mailboxes located at remote locations are not acceptable. At this time, you can specify a maximum of five `address_lines` values in the address. This field should only be set for businesses that have a storefront. This field should not be set for locations of type `CUSTOMER_LOCATION_ONLY` but if set, any value provided will be discarded.
-        "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+      "storefrontAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Optional. A precise, accurate address to describe your business location. PO boxes or mailboxes located at remote locations are not acceptable. At this time, you can specify a maximum of five `address_lines` values in the address. This field should only be set for businesses that have a storefront. This field should not be set for locations of type `CUSTOMER_LOCATION_ONLY` but if set, any value provided will be discarded.
+        "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
           "A String",
         ],
-        "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+        "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
         "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
         "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
         "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-        "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+        "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
         "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
           "A String",
         ],
         "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
         "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-        "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+        "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
         "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
       },
       "title": "A String", # Required. Location name should reflect your business's real-world name, as used consistently on your storefront, website, and stationery, and as known to customers. Any additional information, when relevant, can be included in other fields of the resource (for example, `Address`, `Categories`). Don't add unnecessary information to your name (for example, prefer "Google" over "Google Inc. - Mountain View Corporate Headquarters"). Don't include marketing taglines, store codes, special characters, hours or closed/open status, phone numbers, website URLs, service/product information, location/address or directions, or containment information (for example, "Chase ATM in Duane Reade").
diff --git a/docs/dyn/mybusinessbusinessinformation_v1.googleLocations.html b/docs/dyn/mybusinessbusinessinformation_v1.googleLocations.html
index 0ef409dbd9..4403bd5a0a 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/mybusinessbusinessinformation_v1.googleLocations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/mybusinessbusinessinformation_v1.googleLocations.html
@@ -299,21 +299,21 @@ 
Method Details

       ],
     },
     "storeCode": "A String", # Optional. External identifier for this location, which must be unique within a given account. This is a means of associating the location with your own records.
-    "storefrontAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Optional. A precise, accurate address to describe your business location. PO boxes or mailboxes located at remote locations are not acceptable. At this time, you can specify a maximum of five `address_lines` values in the address. This field should only be set for businesses that have a storefront. This field should not be set for locations of type `CUSTOMER_LOCATION_ONLY` but if set, any value provided will be discarded.
-      "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+    "storefrontAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Optional. A precise, accurate address to describe your business location. PO boxes or mailboxes located at remote locations are not acceptable. At this time, you can specify a maximum of five `address_lines` values in the address. This field should only be set for businesses that have a storefront. This field should not be set for locations of type `CUSTOMER_LOCATION_ONLY` but if set, any value provided will be discarded.
+      "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
         "A String",
       ],
-      "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+      "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
       "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
       "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
       "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-      "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+      "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
       "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
         "A String",
       ],
       "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
       "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-      "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+      "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
       "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
     },
     "title": "A String", # Required. Location name should reflect your business's real-world name, as used consistently on your storefront, website, and stationery, and as known to customers. Any additional information, when relevant, can be included in other fields of the resource (for example, `Address`, `Categories`). Don't add unnecessary information to your name (for example, prefer "Google" over "Google Inc. - Mountain View Corporate Headquarters"). Don't include marketing taglines, store codes, special characters, hours or closed/open status, phone numbers, website URLs, service/product information, location/address or directions, or containment information (for example, "Chase ATM in Duane Reade").
@@ -538,21 +538,21 @@ 
Method Details

           ],
         },
         "storeCode": "A String", # Optional. External identifier for this location, which must be unique within a given account. This is a means of associating the location with your own records.
-        "storefrontAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Optional. A precise, accurate address to describe your business location. PO boxes or mailboxes located at remote locations are not acceptable. At this time, you can specify a maximum of five `address_lines` values in the address. This field should only be set for businesses that have a storefront. This field should not be set for locations of type `CUSTOMER_LOCATION_ONLY` but if set, any value provided will be discarded.
-          "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+        "storefrontAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Optional. A precise, accurate address to describe your business location. PO boxes or mailboxes located at remote locations are not acceptable. At this time, you can specify a maximum of five `address_lines` values in the address. This field should only be set for businesses that have a storefront. This field should not be set for locations of type `CUSTOMER_LOCATION_ONLY` but if set, any value provided will be discarded.
+          "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
             "A String",
           ],
-          "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+          "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
           "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
           "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
           "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-          "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+          "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
           "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
             "A String",
           ],
           "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
           "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-          "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+          "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
           "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
         },
         "title": "A String", # Required. Location name should reflect your business's real-world name, as used consistently on your storefront, website, and stationery, and as known to customers. Any additional information, when relevant, can be included in other fields of the resource (for example, `Address`, `Categories`). Don't add unnecessary information to your name (for example, prefer "Google" over "Google Inc. - Mountain View Corporate Headquarters"). Don't include marketing taglines, store codes, special characters, hours or closed/open status, phone numbers, website URLs, service/product information, location/address or directions, or containment information (for example, "Chase ATM in Duane Reade").
diff --git a/docs/dyn/mybusinessbusinessinformation_v1.locations.html b/docs/dyn/mybusinessbusinessinformation_v1.locations.html
index 21663a2014..918cb76a98 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/mybusinessbusinessinformation_v1.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/mybusinessbusinessinformation_v1.locations.html
@@ -343,21 +343,21 @@ 
Method Details

     ],
   },
   "storeCode": "A String", # Optional. External identifier for this location, which must be unique within a given account. This is a means of associating the location with your own records.
-  "storefrontAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Optional. A precise, accurate address to describe your business location. PO boxes or mailboxes located at remote locations are not acceptable. At this time, you can specify a maximum of five `address_lines` values in the address. This field should only be set for businesses that have a storefront. This field should not be set for locations of type `CUSTOMER_LOCATION_ONLY` but if set, any value provided will be discarded.
-    "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+  "storefrontAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Optional. A precise, accurate address to describe your business location. PO boxes or mailboxes located at remote locations are not acceptable. At this time, you can specify a maximum of five `address_lines` values in the address. This field should only be set for businesses that have a storefront. This field should not be set for locations of type `CUSTOMER_LOCATION_ONLY` but if set, any value provided will be discarded.
+    "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
       "A String",
     ],
-    "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+    "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
     "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
     "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
     "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-    "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+    "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
     "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
       "A String",
     ],
     "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
     "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-    "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+    "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
     "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
   },
   "title": "A String", # Required. Location name should reflect your business's real-world name, as used consistently on your storefront, website, and stationery, and as known to customers. Any additional information, when relevant, can be included in other fields of the resource (for example, `Address`, `Categories`). Don't add unnecessary information to your name (for example, prefer "Google" over "Google Inc. - Mountain View Corporate Headquarters"). Don't include marketing taglines, store codes, special characters, hours or closed/open status, phone numbers, website URLs, service/product information, location/address or directions, or containment information (for example, "Chase ATM in Duane Reade").
@@ -627,21 +627,21 @@ 
Method Details

       ],
     },
     "storeCode": "A String", # Optional. External identifier for this location, which must be unique within a given account. This is a means of associating the location with your own records.
-    "storefrontAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Optional. A precise, accurate address to describe your business location. PO boxes or mailboxes located at remote locations are not acceptable. At this time, you can specify a maximum of five `address_lines` values in the address. This field should only be set for businesses that have a storefront. This field should not be set for locations of type `CUSTOMER_LOCATION_ONLY` but if set, any value provided will be discarded.
-      "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+    "storefrontAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Optional. A precise, accurate address to describe your business location. PO boxes or mailboxes located at remote locations are not acceptable. At this time, you can specify a maximum of five `address_lines` values in the address. This field should only be set for businesses that have a storefront. This field should not be set for locations of type `CUSTOMER_LOCATION_ONLY` but if set, any value provided will be discarded.
+      "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
         "A String",
       ],
-      "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+      "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
       "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
       "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
       "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-      "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+      "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
       "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
         "A String",
       ],
       "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
       "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-      "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+      "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
       "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
     },
     "title": "A String", # Required. Location name should reflect your business's real-world name, as used consistently on your storefront, website, and stationery, and as known to customers. Any additional information, when relevant, can be included in other fields of the resource (for example, `Address`, `Categories`). Don't add unnecessary information to your name (for example, prefer "Google" over "Google Inc. - Mountain View Corporate Headquarters"). Don't include marketing taglines, store codes, special characters, hours or closed/open status, phone numbers, website URLs, service/product information, location/address or directions, or containment information (for example, "Chase ATM in Duane Reade").
@@ -864,21 +864,21 @@ 
Method Details

     ],
   },
   "storeCode": "A String", # Optional. External identifier for this location, which must be unique within a given account. This is a means of associating the location with your own records.
-  "storefrontAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Optional. A precise, accurate address to describe your business location. PO boxes or mailboxes located at remote locations are not acceptable. At this time, you can specify a maximum of five `address_lines` values in the address. This field should only be set for businesses that have a storefront. This field should not be set for locations of type `CUSTOMER_LOCATION_ONLY` but if set, any value provided will be discarded.
-    "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+  "storefrontAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Optional. A precise, accurate address to describe your business location. PO boxes or mailboxes located at remote locations are not acceptable. At this time, you can specify a maximum of five `address_lines` values in the address. This field should only be set for businesses that have a storefront. This field should not be set for locations of type `CUSTOMER_LOCATION_ONLY` but if set, any value provided will be discarded.
+    "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
       "A String",
     ],
-    "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+    "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
     "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
     "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
     "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-    "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+    "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
     "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
       "A String",
     ],
     "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
     "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-    "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+    "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
     "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
   },
   "title": "A String", # Required. Location name should reflect your business's real-world name, as used consistently on your storefront, website, and stationery, and as known to customers. Any additional information, when relevant, can be included in other fields of the resource (for example, `Address`, `Categories`). Don't add unnecessary information to your name (for example, prefer "Google" over "Google Inc. - Mountain View Corporate Headquarters"). Don't include marketing taglines, store codes, special characters, hours or closed/open status, phone numbers, website URLs, service/product information, location/address or directions, or containment information (for example, "Chase ATM in Duane Reade").
@@ -1099,21 +1099,21 @@ 
Method Details

     ],
   },
   "storeCode": "A String", # Optional. External identifier for this location, which must be unique within a given account. This is a means of associating the location with your own records.
-  "storefrontAddress": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Optional. A precise, accurate address to describe your business location. PO boxes or mailboxes located at remote locations are not acceptable. At this time, you can specify a maximum of five `address_lines` values in the address. This field should only be set for businesses that have a storefront. This field should not be set for locations of type `CUSTOMER_LOCATION_ONLY` but if set, any value provided will be discarded.
-    "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+  "storefrontAddress": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Optional. A precise, accurate address to describe your business location. PO boxes or mailboxes located at remote locations are not acceptable. At this time, you can specify a maximum of five `address_lines` values in the address. This field should only be set for businesses that have a storefront. This field should not be set for locations of type `CUSTOMER_LOCATION_ONLY` but if set, any value provided will be discarded.
+    "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
       "A String",
     ],
-    "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+    "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
     "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
     "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
     "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-    "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+    "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
     "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
       "A String",
     ],
     "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
     "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-    "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+    "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
     "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
   },
   "title": "A String", # Required. Location name should reflect your business's real-world name, as used consistently on your storefront, website, and stationery, and as known to customers. Any additional information, when relevant, can be included in other fields of the resource (for example, `Address`, `Categories`). Don't add unnecessary information to your name (for example, prefer "Google" over "Google Inc. - Mountain View Corporate Headquarters"). Don't include marketing taglines, store codes, special characters, hours or closed/open status, phone numbers, website URLs, service/product information, location/address or directions, or containment information (for example, "Chase ATM in Duane Reade").
diff --git a/docs/dyn/mybusinessverifications_v1.locations.html b/docs/dyn/mybusinessverifications_v1.locations.html
index ed62d139b6..d49829db4b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/mybusinessverifications_v1.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/mybusinessverifications_v1.locations.html
@@ -108,21 +108,21 @@ 
Method Details

 
 { # Request message for Verifications.FetchVerificationOptions.
   "context": { # Additional data for service business verification. # Optional. Extra context information for the verification of service businesses. Can only be applied to the locations whose business type is CUSTOMER_LOCATION_ONLY. Specifying an accurate address could enable more options. INVALID_ARGUMENT will be thrown if it is set for other business types of locations.
-    "address": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # The verification address of the location. It is used to either enable more verification options or send a postcard.
-      "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+    "address": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # The verification address of the location. It is used to either enable more verification options or send a postcard.
+      "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
         "A String",
       ],
-      "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+      "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
       "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
       "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
       "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-      "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+      "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
       "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
         "A String",
       ],
       "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
       "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-      "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+      "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
       "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
     },
   },
@@ -141,21 +141,21 @@ 
Method Details

   "options": [ # The available verification options.
     { # The verification option represents how to verify the location (indicated by verification method) and where the verification will be sent to (indicated by display data).
       "addressData": { # Display data for verifications through postcard. # Set only if the method is MAIL.
-        "address": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Address that a postcard can be sent to.
-          "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+        "address": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Address that a postcard can be sent to.
+          "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
             "A String",
           ],
-          "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+          "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
           "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
           "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
           "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-          "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+          "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
           "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
             "A String",
           ],
           "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
           "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-          "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+          "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
           "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
         },
         "business": "A String", # Merchant's business name.
@@ -215,21 +215,21 @@ 
Method Details

 
 { # Request message for Verifications.VerifyLocation.
   "context": { # Additional data for service business verification. # Optional. Extra context information for the verification of service businesses. It is only required for the locations whose business type is CUSTOMER_LOCATION_ONLY. For ADDRESS verification, the address will be used to send out postcard. For other methods, it should be the same as the one that is passed to GetVerificationOptions. INVALID_ARGUMENT will be thrown if it is set for other types of business locations.
-    "address": { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # The verification address of the location. It is used to either enable more verification options or send a postcard.
-      "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+    "address": { # Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # The verification address of the location. It is used to either enable more verification options or send a postcard.
+      "addressLines": [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example "Austin, TX"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be "envelope order" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example "ja" for large-to-small ordering and "ja-Latn" or "en" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
         "A String",
       ],
-      "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+      "administrativeArea": "A String", # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example "Barcelona" and not "Catalonia"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
       "languageCode": "A String", # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address' country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: "zh-Hant", "ja", "ja-Latn", "en".
       "locality": "A String", # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
       "organization": "A String", # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
-      "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+      "postalCode": "A String", # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
       "recipients": [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain "care of" information.
         "A String",
       ],
       "regionCode": "A String", # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See https://cldr.unicode.org/ and https://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: "CH" for Switzerland.
       "revision": 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
-      "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (e.g. "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (e.g. Côte d'Ivoire).
+      "sortingCode": "A String", # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like "CEDEX", optionally followed by a number (For example "CEDEX 7"), or just a number alone, representing the "sector code" (Jamaica), "delivery area indicator" (Malawi) or "post office indicator" (For example Côte d'Ivoire).
       "sublocality": "A String", # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
     },
   },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/osconfig_v1.projects.locations.osPolicyAssignments.operations.html b/docs/dyn/osconfig_v1.projects.locations.osPolicyAssignments.operations.html
index ed0ac1c8f7..8334bc9ae0 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/osconfig_v1.projects.locations.osPolicyAssignments.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/osconfig_v1.projects.locations.osPolicyAssignments.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
OS Config API . 
   cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/osconfig_v1.projects.patchDeployments.html b/docs/dyn/osconfig_v1.projects.patchDeployments.html
index 5be7ba3c02..7a8a0f0f08 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/osconfig_v1.projects.patchDeployments.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/osconfig_v1.projects.patchDeployments.html
@@ -269,8 +269,8 @@ 
Method Details

       "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
     },
     "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Required. Defines the time zone that `time_of_day` is relative to. The rules for daylight saving time are determined by the chosen time zone.
-      "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-      "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+      "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+      "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
     },
     "weekly": { # Represents a weekly schedule. # Required. Schedule with weekly executions.
       "dayOfWeek": "A String", # Required. Day of the week.
@@ -449,8 +449,8 @@ 
Method Details

       "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
     },
     "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Required. Defines the time zone that `time_of_day` is relative to. The rules for daylight saving time are determined by the chosen time zone.
-      "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-      "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+      "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+      "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
     },
     "weekly": { # Represents a weekly schedule. # Required. Schedule with weekly executions.
       "dayOfWeek": "A String", # Required. Day of the week.
@@ -653,8 +653,8 @@ 
Method Details

       "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
     },
     "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Required. Defines the time zone that `time_of_day` is relative to. The rules for daylight saving time are determined by the chosen time zone.
-      "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-      "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+      "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+      "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
     },
     "weekly": { # Represents a weekly schedule. # Required. Schedule with weekly executions.
       "dayOfWeek": "A String", # Required. Day of the week.
@@ -844,8 +844,8 @@ 
Method Details

           "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
         },
         "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Required. Defines the time zone that `time_of_day` is relative to. The rules for daylight saving time are determined by the chosen time zone.
-          "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-          "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+          "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+          "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
         },
         "weekly": { # Represents a weekly schedule. # Required. Schedule with weekly executions.
           "dayOfWeek": "A String", # Required. Day of the week.
@@ -1041,8 +1041,8 @@ 
Method Details

       "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
     },
     "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Required. Defines the time zone that `time_of_day` is relative to. The rules for daylight saving time are determined by the chosen time zone.
-      "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-      "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+      "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+      "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
     },
     "weekly": { # Represents a weekly schedule. # Required. Schedule with weekly executions.
       "dayOfWeek": "A String", # Required. Day of the week.
@@ -1221,8 +1221,8 @@ 
Method Details

       "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
     },
     "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Required. Defines the time zone that `time_of_day` is relative to. The rules for daylight saving time are determined by the chosen time zone.
-      "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-      "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+      "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+      "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
     },
     "weekly": { # Represents a weekly schedule. # Required. Schedule with weekly executions.
       "dayOfWeek": "A String", # Required. Day of the week.
@@ -1413,8 +1413,8 @@ 
Method Details

       "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
     },
     "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Required. Defines the time zone that `time_of_day` is relative to. The rules for daylight saving time are determined by the chosen time zone.
-      "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-      "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+      "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+      "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
     },
     "weekly": { # Represents a weekly schedule. # Required. Schedule with weekly executions.
       "dayOfWeek": "A String", # Required. Day of the week.
@@ -1605,8 +1605,8 @@ 
Method Details

       "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
     },
     "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Required. Defines the time zone that `time_of_day` is relative to. The rules for daylight saving time are determined by the chosen time zone.
-      "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-      "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+      "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+      "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
     },
     "weekly": { # Represents a weekly schedule. # Required. Schedule with weekly executions.
       "dayOfWeek": "A String", # Required. Day of the week.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/osconfig_v1alpha.projects.locations.osPolicyAssignments.operations.html b/docs/dyn/osconfig_v1alpha.projects.locations.osPolicyAssignments.operations.html
index 380e38e1b2..f56649dcfd 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/osconfig_v1alpha.projects.locations.osPolicyAssignments.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/osconfig_v1alpha.projects.locations.osPolicyAssignments.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
OS Config API . 
   cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/osconfig_v1beta.projects.patchDeployments.html b/docs/dyn/osconfig_v1beta.projects.patchDeployments.html
index 4b547c23b2..8af397f9e1 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/osconfig_v1beta.projects.patchDeployments.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/osconfig_v1beta.projects.patchDeployments.html
@@ -269,8 +269,8 @@ 
Method Details

       "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
     },
     "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Required. Defines the time zone that `time_of_day` is relative to. The rules for daylight saving time are determined by the chosen time zone.
-      "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-      "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+      "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+      "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
     },
     "weekly": { # Represents a weekly schedule. # Required. Schedule with weekly executions.
       "dayOfWeek": "A String", # Required. Day of the week.
@@ -449,8 +449,8 @@ 
Method Details

       "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
     },
     "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Required. Defines the time zone that `time_of_day` is relative to. The rules for daylight saving time are determined by the chosen time zone.
-      "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-      "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+      "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+      "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
     },
     "weekly": { # Represents a weekly schedule. # Required. Schedule with weekly executions.
       "dayOfWeek": "A String", # Required. Day of the week.
@@ -653,8 +653,8 @@ 
Method Details

       "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
     },
     "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Required. Defines the time zone that `time_of_day` is relative to. The rules for daylight saving time are determined by the chosen time zone.
-      "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-      "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+      "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+      "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
     },
     "weekly": { # Represents a weekly schedule. # Required. Schedule with weekly executions.
       "dayOfWeek": "A String", # Required. Day of the week.
@@ -844,8 +844,8 @@ 
Method Details

           "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
         },
         "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Required. Defines the time zone that `time_of_day` is relative to. The rules for daylight saving time are determined by the chosen time zone.
-          "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-          "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+          "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+          "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
         },
         "weekly": { # Represents a weekly schedule. # Required. Schedule with weekly executions.
           "dayOfWeek": "A String", # Required. Day of the week.
@@ -1041,8 +1041,8 @@ 
Method Details

       "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
     },
     "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Required. Defines the time zone that `time_of_day` is relative to. The rules for daylight saving time are determined by the chosen time zone.
-      "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-      "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+      "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+      "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
     },
     "weekly": { # Represents a weekly schedule. # Required. Schedule with weekly executions.
       "dayOfWeek": "A String", # Required. Day of the week.
@@ -1221,8 +1221,8 @@ 
Method Details

       "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
     },
     "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Required. Defines the time zone that `time_of_day` is relative to. The rules for daylight saving time are determined by the chosen time zone.
-      "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-      "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+      "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+      "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
     },
     "weekly": { # Represents a weekly schedule. # Required. Schedule with weekly executions.
       "dayOfWeek": "A String", # Required. Day of the week.
@@ -1413,8 +1413,8 @@ 
Method Details

       "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
     },
     "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Required. Defines the time zone that `time_of_day` is relative to. The rules for daylight saving time are determined by the chosen time zone.
-      "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-      "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+      "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+      "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
     },
     "weekly": { # Represents a weekly schedule. # Required. Schedule with weekly executions.
       "dayOfWeek": "A String", # Required. Day of the week.
@@ -1605,8 +1605,8 @@ 
Method Details

       "seconds": 42, # Seconds of a minute. Must be greater than or equal to 0 and typically must be less than or equal to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
     },
     "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Required. Defines the time zone that `time_of_day` is relative to. The rules for daylight saving time are determined by the chosen time zone.
-      "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-      "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+      "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+      "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
     },
     "weekly": { # Represents a weekly schedule. # Required. Schedule with weekly executions.
       "dayOfWeek": "A String", # Required. Day of the week.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/osconfig_v2beta.folders.locations.operations.html b/docs/dyn/osconfig_v2beta.folders.locations.operations.html
index 097c0b7cfa..084a8fe475 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/osconfig_v2beta.folders.locations.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/osconfig_v2beta.folders.locations.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
OS Config API . 
   cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/osconfig_v2beta.organizations.locations.operations.html b/docs/dyn/osconfig_v2beta.organizations.locations.operations.html
index be0e40dd70..1b0433247d 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/osconfig_v2beta.organizations.locations.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/osconfig_v2beta.organizations.locations.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
OS Config API . 
   cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/osconfig_v2beta.projects.locations.operations.html b/docs/dyn/osconfig_v2beta.projects.locations.operations.html
index 3ca4a0056f..dfdce75248 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/osconfig_v2beta.projects.locations.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/osconfig_v2beta.projects.locations.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
OS Config API . 
   cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/parallelstore_v1.html b/docs/dyn/parallelstore_v1.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b95abf8d1c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/parallelstore_v1.html
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+
+
+
+
Parallelstore API

+
Instance Methods

+

+  projects()
+

+
Returns the projects Resource.

+
+

+  close()

+
Close httplib2 connections.

+

+  new_batch_http_request()

+
Create a BatchHttpRequest object based on the discovery document.

+
Method Details

+

+    close()
+  
Close httplib2 connections.

+

+
+

+    new_batch_http_request()
+  
Create a BatchHttpRequest object based on the discovery document.
+
+                Args:
+                  callback: callable, A callback to be called for each response, of the
+                    form callback(id, response, exception). The first parameter is the
+                    request id, and the second is the deserialized response object. The
+                    third is an apiclient.errors.HttpError exception object if an HTTP
+                    error occurred while processing the request, or None if no error
+                    occurred.
+
+                Returns:
+                  A BatchHttpRequest object based on the discovery document.
+                

+

+
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/parallelstore_v1.projects.html b/docs/dyn/parallelstore_v1.projects.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e1833a7cda
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/parallelstore_v1.projects.html
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+
+
+
+
Parallelstore API . projects

+
Instance Methods

+

+  locations()
+

+
Returns the locations Resource.

+
+

+  close()

+
Close httplib2 connections.

+
Method Details

+

+    close()
+  
Close httplib2 connections.

+

+
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/parallelstore_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/parallelstore_v1.projects.locations.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..245a595917
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/parallelstore_v1.projects.locations.html
@@ -0,0 +1,181 @@
+
+
+
+
Parallelstore API . projects . locations

+
Instance Methods

+

+  instances()
+

+
Returns the instances Resource.

+
+

+  operations()
+

+
Returns the operations Resource.

+
+

+  close()

+
Close httplib2 connections.

+

+  get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+
Gets information about a location.

+

+  list(name, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Lists information about the supported locations for this service.

+

+  list_next()

+
Retrieves the next page of results.

+
Method Details

+

+    close()
+  
Close httplib2 connections.

+

+
+

+    get(name, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Gets information about a location.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Resource name for the location. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A resource that represents a Google Cloud location.
+  "displayName": "A String", # The friendly name for this location, typically a nearby city name. For example, "Tokyo".
+  "labels": { # Cross-service attributes for the location. For example {"cloud.googleapis.com/region": "us-east1"}
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "locationId": "A String", # The canonical id for this location. For example: `"us-east1"`.
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata. For example the available capacity at the given location.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Resource name for the location, which may vary between implementations. For example: `"projects/example-project/locations/us-east1"`
+}

+

+
+

+    list(name, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
+  filter: string, A filter to narrow down results to a preferred subset. The filtering language accepts strings like `"displayName=tokyo"`, and is documented in more detail in [AIP-160](https://google.aip.dev/160).
+  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of results to return. If not set, the service selects a default.
+  pageToken: string, A page token received from the `next_page_token` field in the response. Send that page token to receive the subsequent page.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The response message for Locations.ListLocations.
+  "locations": [ # A list of locations that matches the specified filter in the request.
+    { # A resource that represents a Google Cloud location.
+      "displayName": "A String", # The friendly name for this location, typically a nearby city name. For example, "Tokyo".
+      "labels": { # Cross-service attributes for the location. For example {"cloud.googleapis.com/region": "us-east1"}
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "locationId": "A String", # The canonical id for this location. For example: `"us-east1"`.
+      "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata. For example the available capacity at the given location.
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+      "name": "A String", # Resource name for the location, which may vary between implementations. For example: `"projects/example-project/locations/us-east1"`
+    },
+  ],
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # The standard List next-page token.
+}

+

+
+

+    list_next()
+  
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        

+

+
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/parallelstore_v1.projects.locations.instances.html b/docs/dyn/parallelstore_v1.projects.locations.instances.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ec9167e841
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/parallelstore_v1.projects.locations.instances.html
@@ -0,0 +1,464 @@
+
+
+
+
Parallelstore API . projects . locations . instances

+
Instance Methods

+

+  close()

+
Close httplib2 connections.

+

+  create(parent, body=None, instanceId=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Creates a Parallelstore instance in a given project and location.

+

+  delete(name, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Deletes a single instance.

+

+  exportData(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Copies data from Parallelstore to Cloud Storage.

+

+  get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+
Gets details of a single instance.

+

+  importData(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Copies data from Cloud Storage to Parallelstore.

+

+  list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Lists all instances in a given project and location.

+

+  list_next()

+
Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+  patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Updates the parameters of a single instance.

+
Method Details

+

+    close()
+  
Close httplib2 connections.

+

+
+

+    create(parent, body=None, instanceId=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Creates a Parallelstore instance in a given project and location.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The instance's project and location, in the format `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`. Locations map to Google Cloud zones; for example, `us-west1-b`. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # A Parallelstore instance.
+  "accessPoints": [ # Output only. A list of IPv4 addresses used for client side configuration.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "capacityGib": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The instance's storage capacity in Gibibytes (GiB). Allowed values are between 12000 and 100000, in multiples of 4000; e.g., 12000, 16000, 20000, ...
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the instance was created.
+  "daosVersion": "A String", # Output only. The version of DAOS software running in the instance.
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the instance. 2048 characters or less.
+  "directoryStripeLevel": "A String", # Optional. Stripe level for directories. Allowed values are: * `DIRECTORY_STRIPE_LEVEL_MIN`: recommended when directories contain a small number of files. * `DIRECTORY_STRIPE_LEVEL_BALANCED`: balances performance for workloads involving a mix of small and large directories. * `DIRECTORY_STRIPE_LEVEL_MAX`: recommended for directories with a large number of files.
+  "effectiveReservedIpRange": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. The ID of the IP address range being used by the instance's VPC network. This field is populated by the service and contains the value currently used by the service.
+  "fileStripeLevel": "A String", # Optional. Stripe level for files. Allowed values are: * `FILE_STRIPE_LEVEL_MIN`: offers the best performance for small size files. * `FILE_STRIPE_LEVEL_BALANCED`: balances performance for workloads involving a mix of small and large files. * `FILE_STRIPE_LEVEL_MAX`: higher throughput performance for larger files.
+  "labels": { # Optional. Cloud Labels are a flexible and lightweight mechanism for organizing cloud resources into groups that reflect a customer's organizational needs and deployment strategies. See https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/labels-overview for details.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the instance, in the format `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/instances/{instance_id}`.
+  "network": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. The name of the Compute Engine [VPC network](https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/vpc) to which the instance is connected.
+  "reservedIpRange": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. The ID of the IP address range being used by the instance's VPC network. See [Configure a VPC network](https://cloud.google.com/parallelstore/docs/vpc#create_and_configure_the_vpc). If no ID is provided, all ranges are considered.
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. The instance state.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the instance was updated.
+}
+
+  instanceId: string, Required. The name of the Parallelstore instance. * Must contain only lowercase letters, numbers, and hyphens. * Must start with a letter. * Must be between 1-63 characters. * Must end with a number or a letter. * Must be unique within the customer project / location
+  requestId: string, Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and t he request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}

+

+
+

+    delete(name, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Deletes a single instance.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Name of the resource (required)
+  requestId: string, Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and t he request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}

+

+
+

+    exportData(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Copies data from Parallelstore to Cloud Storage.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Name of the resource. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Export data from Parallelstore to Cloud Storage.
+  "destinationGcsBucket": { # Cloud Storage as the destination of a data transfer. # Cloud Storage destination.
+    "uri": "A String", # Required. URI to a Cloud Storage bucket in the format: `gs:///`. The path inside the bucket is optional.
+  },
+  "requestId": "A String", # Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and t he request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. User-specified Service Account (SA) credentials to be used when performing the transfer. Use one of the following formats: * `{EMAIL_ADDRESS_OR_UNIQUE_ID}` * `projects/{PROJECT_ID_OR_NUMBER}/serviceAccounts/{EMAIL_ADDRESS_OR_UNIQUE_ID}` * `projects/-/serviceAccounts/{EMAIL_ADDRESS_OR_UNIQUE_ID}` If unspecified, the Parallelstore service agent is used: `service-@gcp-sa-parallelstore.iam.gserviceaccount.com`
+  "sourceParallelstore": { # Parallelstore as the source of a data transfer. # Parallelstore source.
+    "path": "A String", # Optional. Root directory path to the Paralellstore filesystem, starting with `/`. Defaults to `/` if unset.
+  },
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}

+

+
+

+    get(name, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Gets details of a single instance.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The instance resource name, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/instances/{instance_id}`. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A Parallelstore instance.
+  "accessPoints": [ # Output only. A list of IPv4 addresses used for client side configuration.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "capacityGib": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The instance's storage capacity in Gibibytes (GiB). Allowed values are between 12000 and 100000, in multiples of 4000; e.g., 12000, 16000, 20000, ...
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the instance was created.
+  "daosVersion": "A String", # Output only. The version of DAOS software running in the instance.
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the instance. 2048 characters or less.
+  "directoryStripeLevel": "A String", # Optional. Stripe level for directories. Allowed values are: * `DIRECTORY_STRIPE_LEVEL_MIN`: recommended when directories contain a small number of files. * `DIRECTORY_STRIPE_LEVEL_BALANCED`: balances performance for workloads involving a mix of small and large directories. * `DIRECTORY_STRIPE_LEVEL_MAX`: recommended for directories with a large number of files.
+  "effectiveReservedIpRange": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. The ID of the IP address range being used by the instance's VPC network. This field is populated by the service and contains the value currently used by the service.
+  "fileStripeLevel": "A String", # Optional. Stripe level for files. Allowed values are: * `FILE_STRIPE_LEVEL_MIN`: offers the best performance for small size files. * `FILE_STRIPE_LEVEL_BALANCED`: balances performance for workloads involving a mix of small and large files. * `FILE_STRIPE_LEVEL_MAX`: higher throughput performance for larger files.
+  "labels": { # Optional. Cloud Labels are a flexible and lightweight mechanism for organizing cloud resources into groups that reflect a customer's organizational needs and deployment strategies. See https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/labels-overview for details.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the instance, in the format `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/instances/{instance_id}`.
+  "network": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. The name of the Compute Engine [VPC network](https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/vpc) to which the instance is connected.
+  "reservedIpRange": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. The ID of the IP address range being used by the instance's VPC network. See [Configure a VPC network](https://cloud.google.com/parallelstore/docs/vpc#create_and_configure_the_vpc). If no ID is provided, all ranges are considered.
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. The instance state.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the instance was updated.
+}

+

+
+

+    importData(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Copies data from Cloud Storage to Parallelstore.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Name of the resource. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Import data from Cloud Storage into a Parallelstore instance.
+  "destinationParallelstore": { # Parallelstore as the destination of a data transfer. # Parallelstore destination.
+    "path": "A String", # Optional. Root directory path to the Paralellstore filesystem, starting with `/`. Defaults to `/` if unset.
+  },
+  "requestId": "A String", # Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and t he request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. User-specified service account credentials to be used when performing the transfer. Use one of the following formats: * `{EMAIL_ADDRESS_OR_UNIQUE_ID}` * `projects/{PROJECT_ID_OR_NUMBER}/serviceAccounts/{EMAIL_ADDRESS_OR_UNIQUE_ID}` * `projects/-/serviceAccounts/{EMAIL_ADDRESS_OR_UNIQUE_ID}` If unspecified, the Parallelstore service agent is used: `service-@gcp-sa-parallelstore.iam.gserviceaccount.com`
+  "sourceGcsBucket": { # Cloud Storage as the source of a data transfer. # The Cloud Storage source bucket and, optionally, path inside the bucket.
+    "uri": "A String", # Required. URI to a Cloud Storage bucket in the format: `gs:///`. The path inside the bucket is optional.
+  },
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}

+

+
+

+    list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Lists all instances in a given project and location.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The project and location for which to retrieve instance information, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}`. To retrieve instance information for all locations, use "-" as the value of `{location}`. (required)
+  filter: string, Optional. Filtering results.
+  orderBy: string, Optional. Hint for how to order the results.
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. Requested page size. Server may return fewer items than requested. If unspecified, the server will pick an appropriate default.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. A token identifying a page of results the server should return.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response from ListInstances.
+  "instances": [ # The list of Parallelstore instances.
+    { # A Parallelstore instance.
+      "accessPoints": [ # Output only. A list of IPv4 addresses used for client side configuration.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "capacityGib": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The instance's storage capacity in Gibibytes (GiB). Allowed values are between 12000 and 100000, in multiples of 4000; e.g., 12000, 16000, 20000, ...
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the instance was created.
+      "daosVersion": "A String", # Output only. The version of DAOS software running in the instance.
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the instance. 2048 characters or less.
+      "directoryStripeLevel": "A String", # Optional. Stripe level for directories. Allowed values are: * `DIRECTORY_STRIPE_LEVEL_MIN`: recommended when directories contain a small number of files. * `DIRECTORY_STRIPE_LEVEL_BALANCED`: balances performance for workloads involving a mix of small and large directories. * `DIRECTORY_STRIPE_LEVEL_MAX`: recommended for directories with a large number of files.
+      "effectiveReservedIpRange": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. The ID of the IP address range being used by the instance's VPC network. This field is populated by the service and contains the value currently used by the service.
+      "fileStripeLevel": "A String", # Optional. Stripe level for files. Allowed values are: * `FILE_STRIPE_LEVEL_MIN`: offers the best performance for small size files. * `FILE_STRIPE_LEVEL_BALANCED`: balances performance for workloads involving a mix of small and large files. * `FILE_STRIPE_LEVEL_MAX`: higher throughput performance for larger files.
+      "labels": { # Optional. Cloud Labels are a flexible and lightweight mechanism for organizing cloud resources into groups that reflect a customer's organizational needs and deployment strategies. See https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/labels-overview for details.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the instance, in the format `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/instances/{instance_id}`.
+      "network": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. The name of the Compute Engine [VPC network](https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/vpc) to which the instance is connected.
+      "reservedIpRange": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. The ID of the IP address range being used by the instance's VPC network. See [Configure a VPC network](https://cloud.google.com/parallelstore/docs/vpc#create_and_configure_the_vpc). If no ID is provided, all ranges are considered.
+      "state": "A String", # Output only. The instance state.
+      "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the instance was updated.
+    },
+  ],
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token identifying a page of results the server should return.
+  "unreachable": [ # Locations that could not be reached.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}

+

+
+

+    list_next()
+  
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        

+

+
+

+    patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Updates the parameters of a single instance.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Identifier. The resource name of the instance, in the format `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/instances/{instance_id}`. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # A Parallelstore instance.
+  "accessPoints": [ # Output only. A list of IPv4 addresses used for client side configuration.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "capacityGib": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The instance's storage capacity in Gibibytes (GiB). Allowed values are between 12000 and 100000, in multiples of 4000; e.g., 12000, 16000, 20000, ...
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the instance was created.
+  "daosVersion": "A String", # Output only. The version of DAOS software running in the instance.
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the instance. 2048 characters or less.
+  "directoryStripeLevel": "A String", # Optional. Stripe level for directories. Allowed values are: * `DIRECTORY_STRIPE_LEVEL_MIN`: recommended when directories contain a small number of files. * `DIRECTORY_STRIPE_LEVEL_BALANCED`: balances performance for workloads involving a mix of small and large directories. * `DIRECTORY_STRIPE_LEVEL_MAX`: recommended for directories with a large number of files.
+  "effectiveReservedIpRange": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. The ID of the IP address range being used by the instance's VPC network. This field is populated by the service and contains the value currently used by the service.
+  "fileStripeLevel": "A String", # Optional. Stripe level for files. Allowed values are: * `FILE_STRIPE_LEVEL_MIN`: offers the best performance for small size files. * `FILE_STRIPE_LEVEL_BALANCED`: balances performance for workloads involving a mix of small and large files. * `FILE_STRIPE_LEVEL_MAX`: higher throughput performance for larger files.
+  "labels": { # Optional. Cloud Labels are a flexible and lightweight mechanism for organizing cloud resources into groups that reflect a customer's organizational needs and deployment strategies. See https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/labels-overview for details.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the instance, in the format `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/instances/{instance_id}`.
+  "network": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. The name of the Compute Engine [VPC network](https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/vpc) to which the instance is connected.
+  "reservedIpRange": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. The ID of the IP address range being used by the instance's VPC network. See [Configure a VPC network](https://cloud.google.com/parallelstore/docs/vpc#create_and_configure_the_vpc). If no ID is provided, all ranges are considered.
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. The instance state.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the instance was updated.
+}
+
+  requestId: string, Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and t he request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  updateMask: string, Required. Mask of fields to update. Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the Instance resource by the update. At least one path must be supplied in this field. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}

+

+
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/parallelstore_v1.projects.locations.operations.html b/docs/dyn/parallelstore_v1.projects.locations.operations.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..536ba386ef
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/parallelstore_v1.projects.locations.operations.html
@@ -0,0 +1,235 @@
+
+
+
+
Parallelstore API . projects . locations . operations

+
Instance Methods

+

+  cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+

+  close()

+
Close httplib2 connections.

+

+  delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

+
Deletes a long-running operation. This method indicates that the client is no longer interested in the operation result. It does not cancel the operation. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`.

+

+  get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+
Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service.

+

+  list(name, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Lists operations that match the specified filter in the request. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `UNIMPLEMENTED`.

+

+  list_next()

+
Retrieves the next page of results.

+
Method Details

+

+    cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # The request message for Operations.CancelOperation.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }
+}

+

+
+

+    close()
+  
Close httplib2 connections.

+

+
+

+    delete(name, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Deletes a long-running operation. This method indicates that the client is no longer interested in the operation result. It does not cancel the operation. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The name of the operation resource to be deleted. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }
+}

+

+
+

+    get(name, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The name of the operation resource. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}

+

+
+

+    list(name, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Lists operations that match the specified filter in the request. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `UNIMPLEMENTED`.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The name of the operation's parent resource. (required)
+  filter: string, The standard list filter.
+  pageSize: integer, The standard list page size.
+  pageToken: string, The standard list page token.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The response message for Operations.ListOperations.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # The standard List next-page token.
+  "operations": [ # A list of operations that matches the specified filter in the request.
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+      "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+      "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+        "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+        "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+          {
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+          },
+        ],
+        "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+      },
+      "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+      "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+      "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+}

+

+
+

+    list_next()
+  
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        

+

+
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/parallelstore_v1beta.html b/docs/dyn/parallelstore_v1beta.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..da472f84f8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/parallelstore_v1beta.html
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+
+
+
+
Parallelstore API

+
Instance Methods

+

+  projects()
+

+
Returns the projects Resource.

+
+

+  close()

+
Close httplib2 connections.

+

+  new_batch_http_request()

+
Create a BatchHttpRequest object based on the discovery document.

+
Method Details

+

+    close()
+  
Close httplib2 connections.

+

+
+

+    new_batch_http_request()
+  
Create a BatchHttpRequest object based on the discovery document.
+
+                Args:
+                  callback: callable, A callback to be called for each response, of the
+                    form callback(id, response, exception). The first parameter is the
+                    request id, and the second is the deserialized response object. The
+                    third is an apiclient.errors.HttpError exception object if an HTTP
+                    error occurred while processing the request, or None if no error
+                    occurred.
+
+                Returns:
+                  A BatchHttpRequest object based on the discovery document.
+                

+

+
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/parallelstore_v1beta.projects.html b/docs/dyn/parallelstore_v1beta.projects.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..0863215f02
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/parallelstore_v1beta.projects.html
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+
+
+
+
Parallelstore API . projects

+
Instance Methods

+

+  locations()
+

+
Returns the locations Resource.

+
+

+  close()

+
Close httplib2 connections.

+
Method Details

+

+    close()
+  
Close httplib2 connections.

+

+
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/parallelstore_v1beta.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/parallelstore_v1beta.projects.locations.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..59b739971c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/parallelstore_v1beta.projects.locations.html
@@ -0,0 +1,181 @@
+
+
+
+
Parallelstore API . projects . locations

+
Instance Methods

+

+  instances()
+

+
Returns the instances Resource.

+
+

+  operations()
+

+
Returns the operations Resource.

+
+

+  close()

+
Close httplib2 connections.

+

+  get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+
Gets information about a location.

+

+  list(name, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Lists information about the supported locations for this service.

+

+  list_next()

+
Retrieves the next page of results.

+
Method Details

+

+    close()
+  
Close httplib2 connections.

+

+
+

+    get(name, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Gets information about a location.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Resource name for the location. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A resource that represents a Google Cloud location.
+  "displayName": "A String", # The friendly name for this location, typically a nearby city name. For example, "Tokyo".
+  "labels": { # Cross-service attributes for the location. For example {"cloud.googleapis.com/region": "us-east1"}
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "locationId": "A String", # The canonical id for this location. For example: `"us-east1"`.
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata. For example the available capacity at the given location.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Resource name for the location, which may vary between implementations. For example: `"projects/example-project/locations/us-east1"`
+}

+

+
+

+    list(name, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Lists information about the supported locations for this service.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable. (required)
+  filter: string, A filter to narrow down results to a preferred subset. The filtering language accepts strings like `"displayName=tokyo"`, and is documented in more detail in [AIP-160](https://google.aip.dev/160).
+  pageSize: integer, The maximum number of results to return. If not set, the service selects a default.
+  pageToken: string, A page token received from the `next_page_token` field in the response. Send that page token to receive the subsequent page.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The response message for Locations.ListLocations.
+  "locations": [ # A list of locations that matches the specified filter in the request.
+    { # A resource that represents a Google Cloud location.
+      "displayName": "A String", # The friendly name for this location, typically a nearby city name. For example, "Tokyo".
+      "labels": { # Cross-service attributes for the location. For example {"cloud.googleapis.com/region": "us-east1"}
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "locationId": "A String", # The canonical id for this location. For example: `"us-east1"`.
+      "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata. For example the available capacity at the given location.
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+      "name": "A String", # Resource name for the location, which may vary between implementations. For example: `"projects/example-project/locations/us-east1"`
+    },
+  ],
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # The standard List next-page token.
+}

+

+
+

+    list_next()
+  
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        

+

+
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/parallelstore_v1beta.projects.locations.instances.html b/docs/dyn/parallelstore_v1beta.projects.locations.instances.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c85df7b10d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/parallelstore_v1beta.projects.locations.instances.html
@@ -0,0 +1,468 @@
+
+
+
+
Parallelstore API . projects . locations . instances

+
Instance Methods

+

+  close()

+
Close httplib2 connections.

+

+  create(parent, body=None, instanceId=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Creates a Parallelstore instance in a given project and location.

+

+  delete(name, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Deletes a single instance.

+

+  exportData(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Copies data from Parallelstore to Cloud Storage.

+

+  get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+
Gets details of a single instance.

+

+  importData(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Copies data from Cloud Storage to Parallelstore.

+

+  list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Lists all instances in a given project and location.

+

+  list_next()

+
Retrieves the next page of results.

+

+  patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Updates the parameters of a single instance.

+
Method Details

+

+    close()
+  
Close httplib2 connections.

+

+
+

+    create(parent, body=None, instanceId=None, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Creates a Parallelstore instance in a given project and location.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The instance's project and location, in the format `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`. Locations map to Google Cloud zones; for example, `us-west1-b`. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # A Parallelstore instance.
+  "accessPoints": [ # Output only. A list of IPv4 addresses used for client side configuration.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "capacityGib": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The instance's storage capacity in Gibibytes (GiB). Allowed values are between 12000 and 100000, in multiples of 4000; e.g., 12000, 16000, 20000, ...
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the instance was created.
+  "daosVersion": "A String", # Output only. The version of DAOS software running in the instance.
+  "deploymentType": "A String", # Optional. The deployment type of the instance. Allowed values are: * `SCRATCH`: the instance is a scratch instance. * `PERSISTENT`: the instance is a persistent instance.
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the instance. 2048 characters or less.
+  "directoryStripeLevel": "A String", # Optional. Stripe level for directories. Allowed values are: * `DIRECTORY_STRIPE_LEVEL_MIN`: recommended when directories contain a small number of files. * `DIRECTORY_STRIPE_LEVEL_BALANCED`: balances performance for workloads involving a mix of small and large directories. * `DIRECTORY_STRIPE_LEVEL_MAX`: recommended for directories with a large number of files.
+  "effectiveReservedIpRange": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. The ID of the IP address range being used by the instance's VPC network. This field is populated by the service and contains the value currently used by the service.
+  "fileStripeLevel": "A String", # Optional. Stripe level for files. Allowed values are: * `FILE_STRIPE_LEVEL_MIN`: offers the best performance for small size files. * `FILE_STRIPE_LEVEL_BALANCED`: balances performance for workloads involving a mix of small and large files. * `FILE_STRIPE_LEVEL_MAX`: higher throughput performance for larger files.
+  "labels": { # Optional. Cloud Labels are a flexible and lightweight mechanism for organizing cloud resources into groups that reflect a customer's organizational needs and deployment strategies. See https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/labels-overview for details.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the instance, in the format `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/instances/{instance_id}`.
+  "network": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. The name of the Compute Engine [VPC network](https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/vpc) to which the instance is connected.
+  "reservedIpRange": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. The ID of the IP address range being used by the instance's VPC network. See [Configure a VPC network](https://cloud.google.com/parallelstore/docs/vpc#create_and_configure_the_vpc). If no ID is provided, all ranges are considered.
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. The instance state.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the instance was updated.
+}
+
+  instanceId: string, Required. The name of the Parallelstore instance. * Must contain only lowercase letters, numbers, and hyphens. * Must start with a letter. * Must be between 1-63 characters. * Must end with a number or a letter. * Must be unique within the customer project / location
+  requestId: string, Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and t he request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}

+

+
+

+    delete(name, requestId=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Deletes a single instance.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Name of the resource (required)
+  requestId: string, Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and t he request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}

+

+
+

+    exportData(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Copies data from Parallelstore to Cloud Storage.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Name of the resource. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Export data from Parallelstore to Cloud Storage.
+  "destinationGcsBucket": { # Cloud Storage as the destination of a data transfer. # Cloud Storage destination.
+    "uri": "A String", # Required. URI to a Cloud Storage bucket in the format: `gs:///`. The path inside the bucket is optional.
+  },
+  "requestId": "A String", # Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and t he request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. User-specified Service Account (SA) credentials to be used when performing the transfer. Use one of the following formats: * `{EMAIL_ADDRESS_OR_UNIQUE_ID}` * `projects/{PROJECT_ID_OR_NUMBER}/serviceAccounts/{EMAIL_ADDRESS_OR_UNIQUE_ID}` * `projects/-/serviceAccounts/{EMAIL_ADDRESS_OR_UNIQUE_ID}` If unspecified, the Parallelstore service agent is used: `service-@gcp-sa-parallelstore.iam.gserviceaccount.com`
+  "sourceParallelstore": { # Parallelstore as the source of a data transfer. # Parallelstore source.
+    "path": "A String", # Optional. Root directory path to the Paralellstore filesystem, starting with `/`. Defaults to `/` if unset.
+  },
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}

+

+
+

+    get(name, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Gets details of a single instance.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The instance resource name, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/instances/{instance_id}`. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A Parallelstore instance.
+  "accessPoints": [ # Output only. A list of IPv4 addresses used for client side configuration.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "capacityGib": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The instance's storage capacity in Gibibytes (GiB). Allowed values are between 12000 and 100000, in multiples of 4000; e.g., 12000, 16000, 20000, ...
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the instance was created.
+  "daosVersion": "A String", # Output only. The version of DAOS software running in the instance.
+  "deploymentType": "A String", # Optional. The deployment type of the instance. Allowed values are: * `SCRATCH`: the instance is a scratch instance. * `PERSISTENT`: the instance is a persistent instance.
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the instance. 2048 characters or less.
+  "directoryStripeLevel": "A String", # Optional. Stripe level for directories. Allowed values are: * `DIRECTORY_STRIPE_LEVEL_MIN`: recommended when directories contain a small number of files. * `DIRECTORY_STRIPE_LEVEL_BALANCED`: balances performance for workloads involving a mix of small and large directories. * `DIRECTORY_STRIPE_LEVEL_MAX`: recommended for directories with a large number of files.
+  "effectiveReservedIpRange": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. The ID of the IP address range being used by the instance's VPC network. This field is populated by the service and contains the value currently used by the service.
+  "fileStripeLevel": "A String", # Optional. Stripe level for files. Allowed values are: * `FILE_STRIPE_LEVEL_MIN`: offers the best performance for small size files. * `FILE_STRIPE_LEVEL_BALANCED`: balances performance for workloads involving a mix of small and large files. * `FILE_STRIPE_LEVEL_MAX`: higher throughput performance for larger files.
+  "labels": { # Optional. Cloud Labels are a flexible and lightweight mechanism for organizing cloud resources into groups that reflect a customer's organizational needs and deployment strategies. See https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/labels-overview for details.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the instance, in the format `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/instances/{instance_id}`.
+  "network": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. The name of the Compute Engine [VPC network](https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/vpc) to which the instance is connected.
+  "reservedIpRange": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. The ID of the IP address range being used by the instance's VPC network. See [Configure a VPC network](https://cloud.google.com/parallelstore/docs/vpc#create_and_configure_the_vpc). If no ID is provided, all ranges are considered.
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. The instance state.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the instance was updated.
+}

+

+
+

+    importData(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Copies data from Cloud Storage to Parallelstore.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Name of the resource. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Import data from Cloud Storage into a Parallelstore instance.
+  "destinationParallelstore": { # Parallelstore as the destination of a data transfer. # Parallelstore destination.
+    "path": "A String", # Optional. Root directory path to the Paralellstore filesystem, starting with `/`. Defaults to `/` if unset.
+  },
+  "requestId": "A String", # Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and t he request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  "serviceAccount": "A String", # Optional. User-specified service account credentials to be used when performing the transfer. Use one of the following formats: * `{EMAIL_ADDRESS_OR_UNIQUE_ID}` * `projects/{PROJECT_ID_OR_NUMBER}/serviceAccounts/{EMAIL_ADDRESS_OR_UNIQUE_ID}` * `projects/-/serviceAccounts/{EMAIL_ADDRESS_OR_UNIQUE_ID}` If unspecified, the Parallelstore service agent is used: `service-@gcp-sa-parallelstore.iam.gserviceaccount.com`
+  "sourceGcsBucket": { # Cloud Storage as the source of a data transfer. # The Cloud Storage source bucket and, optionally, path inside the bucket.
+    "uri": "A String", # Required. URI to a Cloud Storage bucket in the format: `gs:///`. The path inside the bucket is optional.
+  },
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}

+

+
+

+    list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Lists all instances in a given project and location.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The project and location for which to retrieve instance information, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}`. To retrieve instance information for all locations, use "-" as the value of `{location}`. (required)
+  filter: string, Optional. Filtering results.
+  orderBy: string, Optional. Hint for how to order the results.
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. Requested page size. Server may return fewer items than requested. If unspecified, the server will pick an appropriate default.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. A token identifying a page of results the server should return.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response from ListInstances.
+  "instances": [ # The list of Parallelstore instances.
+    { # A Parallelstore instance.
+      "accessPoints": [ # Output only. A list of IPv4 addresses used for client side configuration.
+        "A String",
+      ],
+      "capacityGib": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The instance's storage capacity in Gibibytes (GiB). Allowed values are between 12000 and 100000, in multiples of 4000; e.g., 12000, 16000, 20000, ...
+      "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the instance was created.
+      "daosVersion": "A String", # Output only. The version of DAOS software running in the instance.
+      "deploymentType": "A String", # Optional. The deployment type of the instance. Allowed values are: * `SCRATCH`: the instance is a scratch instance. * `PERSISTENT`: the instance is a persistent instance.
+      "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the instance. 2048 characters or less.
+      "directoryStripeLevel": "A String", # Optional. Stripe level for directories. Allowed values are: * `DIRECTORY_STRIPE_LEVEL_MIN`: recommended when directories contain a small number of files. * `DIRECTORY_STRIPE_LEVEL_BALANCED`: balances performance for workloads involving a mix of small and large directories. * `DIRECTORY_STRIPE_LEVEL_MAX`: recommended for directories with a large number of files.
+      "effectiveReservedIpRange": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. The ID of the IP address range being used by the instance's VPC network. This field is populated by the service and contains the value currently used by the service.
+      "fileStripeLevel": "A String", # Optional. Stripe level for files. Allowed values are: * `FILE_STRIPE_LEVEL_MIN`: offers the best performance for small size files. * `FILE_STRIPE_LEVEL_BALANCED`: balances performance for workloads involving a mix of small and large files. * `FILE_STRIPE_LEVEL_MAX`: higher throughput performance for larger files.
+      "labels": { # Optional. Cloud Labels are a flexible and lightweight mechanism for organizing cloud resources into groups that reflect a customer's organizational needs and deployment strategies. See https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/labels-overview for details.
+        "a_key": "A String",
+      },
+      "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the instance, in the format `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/instances/{instance_id}`.
+      "network": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. The name of the Compute Engine [VPC network](https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/vpc) to which the instance is connected.
+      "reservedIpRange": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. The ID of the IP address range being used by the instance's VPC network. See [Configure a VPC network](https://cloud.google.com/parallelstore/docs/vpc#create_and_configure_the_vpc). If no ID is provided, all ranges are considered.
+      "state": "A String", # Output only. The instance state.
+      "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the instance was updated.
+    },
+  ],
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # A token identifying a page of results the server should return.
+  "unreachable": [ # Locations that could not be reached.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+}

+

+
+

+    list_next()
+  
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        

+

+
+

+    patch(name, body=None, requestId=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Updates the parameters of a single instance.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Identifier. The resource name of the instance, in the format `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/instances/{instance_id}`. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # A Parallelstore instance.
+  "accessPoints": [ # Output only. A list of IPv4 addresses used for client side configuration.
+    "A String",
+  ],
+  "capacityGib": "A String", # Required. Immutable. The instance's storage capacity in Gibibytes (GiB). Allowed values are between 12000 and 100000, in multiples of 4000; e.g., 12000, 16000, 20000, ...
+  "createTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the instance was created.
+  "daosVersion": "A String", # Output only. The version of DAOS software running in the instance.
+  "deploymentType": "A String", # Optional. The deployment type of the instance. Allowed values are: * `SCRATCH`: the instance is a scratch instance. * `PERSISTENT`: the instance is a persistent instance.
+  "description": "A String", # Optional. The description of the instance. 2048 characters or less.
+  "directoryStripeLevel": "A String", # Optional. Stripe level for directories. Allowed values are: * `DIRECTORY_STRIPE_LEVEL_MIN`: recommended when directories contain a small number of files. * `DIRECTORY_STRIPE_LEVEL_BALANCED`: balances performance for workloads involving a mix of small and large directories. * `DIRECTORY_STRIPE_LEVEL_MAX`: recommended for directories with a large number of files.
+  "effectiveReservedIpRange": "A String", # Output only. Immutable. The ID of the IP address range being used by the instance's VPC network. This field is populated by the service and contains the value currently used by the service.
+  "fileStripeLevel": "A String", # Optional. Stripe level for files. Allowed values are: * `FILE_STRIPE_LEVEL_MIN`: offers the best performance for small size files. * `FILE_STRIPE_LEVEL_BALANCED`: balances performance for workloads involving a mix of small and large files. * `FILE_STRIPE_LEVEL_MAX`: higher throughput performance for larger files.
+  "labels": { # Optional. Cloud Labels are a flexible and lightweight mechanism for organizing cloud resources into groups that reflect a customer's organizational needs and deployment strategies. See https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/labels-overview for details.
+    "a_key": "A String",
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # Identifier. The resource name of the instance, in the format `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/instances/{instance_id}`.
+  "network": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. The name of the Compute Engine [VPC network](https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/vpc) to which the instance is connected.
+  "reservedIpRange": "A String", # Optional. Immutable. The ID of the IP address range being used by the instance's VPC network. See [Configure a VPC network](https://cloud.google.com/parallelstore/docs/vpc#create_and_configure_the_vpc). If no ID is provided, all ranges are considered.
+  "state": "A String", # Output only. The instance state.
+  "updateTime": "A String", # Output only. The time when the instance was updated.
+}
+
+  requestId: string, Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and t he request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).
+  updateMask: string, Required. Mask of fields to update. Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the Instance resource by the update. At least one path must be supplied in this field. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}

+

+
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/parallelstore_v1beta.projects.locations.operations.html b/docs/dyn/parallelstore_v1beta.projects.locations.operations.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2af13d18fa
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/parallelstore_v1beta.projects.locations.operations.html
@@ -0,0 +1,229 @@
+
+
+
+
Parallelstore API . projects . locations . operations

+
Instance Methods

+

+  cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+

+  close()

+
Close httplib2 connections.

+

+  delete(name, x__xgafv=None)

+
Deletes a long-running operation. This method indicates that the client is no longer interested in the operation result. It does not cancel the operation. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`.

+

+  get(name, x__xgafv=None)

+
Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service.

+

+  list(name, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)

+
Lists operations that match the specified filter in the request. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `UNIMPLEMENTED`.

+

+  list_next()

+
Retrieves the next page of results.

+
Method Details

+

+    cancel(name, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }
+}

+

+
+

+    close()
+  
Close httplib2 connections.

+

+
+

+    delete(name, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Deletes a long-running operation. This method indicates that the client is no longer interested in the operation result. It does not cancel the operation. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The name of the operation resource to be deleted. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }
+}

+

+
+

+    get(name, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The name of the operation resource. (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}

+

+
+

+    list(name, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)
+  
Lists operations that match the specified filter in the request. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `UNIMPLEMENTED`.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, The name of the operation's parent resource. (required)
+  filter: string, The standard list filter.
+  pageSize: integer, The standard list page size.
+  pageToken: string, The standard list page token.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The response message for Operations.ListOperations.
+  "nextPageToken": "A String", # The standard List next-page token.
+  "operations": [ # A list of operations that matches the specified filter in the request.
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+      "done": True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+      "error": { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+        "code": 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+        "details": [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+          {
+            "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+          },
+        ],
+        "message": "A String", # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+      },
+      "metadata": { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+      "name": "A String", # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+      "response": { # The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+        "a_key": "", # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+}

+

+
+

+    list_next()
+  
Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+        Args:
+          previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+          previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+        Returns:
+          A request object that you can call 'execute()' on to request the next
+          page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+        

+

+
+
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/places_v1.places.html b/docs/dyn/places_v1.places.html
index 0864490599..61e05ebe26 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/places_v1.places.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/places_v1.places.html
@@ -385,8 +385,8 @@ 
Method Details

             "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
           },
           "day": 42, # A day of the week, as an integer in the range 0-6. 0 is Sunday, 1 is Monday, etc.
-          "hour": 42, # The hour in 2 digits. Ranges from 00 to 23.
-          "minute": 42, # The minute in 2 digits. Ranges from 00 to 59.
+          "hour": 42, # The hour in 24 hour format. Ranges from 0 to 23.
+          "minute": 42, # The minute. Ranges from 0 to 59.
           "truncated": True or False, # Whether or not this endpoint was truncated. Truncation occurs when the real hours are outside the times we are willing to return hours between, so we truncate the hours back to these boundaries. This ensures that at most 24 * 7 hours from midnight of the day of the request are returned.
         },
         "open": { # Status changing points. # The time that the place starts to be open.
@@ -396,8 +396,8 @@ 
Method Details

             "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
           },
           "day": 42, # A day of the week, as an integer in the range 0-6. 0 is Sunday, 1 is Monday, etc.
-          "hour": 42, # The hour in 2 digits. Ranges from 00 to 23.
-          "minute": 42, # The minute in 2 digits. Ranges from 00 to 59.
+          "hour": 42, # The hour in 24 hour format. Ranges from 0 to 23.
+          "minute": 42, # The minute. Ranges from 0 to 59.
           "truncated": True or False, # Whether or not this endpoint was truncated. Truncation occurs when the real hours are outside the times we are willing to return hours between, so we truncate the hours back to these boundaries. This ensures that at most 24 * 7 hours from midnight of the day of the request are returned.
         },
       },
@@ -430,8 +430,8 @@ 
Method Details

               "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
             },
             "day": 42, # A day of the week, as an integer in the range 0-6. 0 is Sunday, 1 is Monday, etc.
-            "hour": 42, # The hour in 2 digits. Ranges from 00 to 23.
-            "minute": 42, # The minute in 2 digits. Ranges from 00 to 59.
+            "hour": 42, # The hour in 24 hour format. Ranges from 0 to 23.
+            "minute": 42, # The minute. Ranges from 0 to 59.
             "truncated": True or False, # Whether or not this endpoint was truncated. Truncation occurs when the real hours are outside the times we are willing to return hours between, so we truncate the hours back to these boundaries. This ensures that at most 24 * 7 hours from midnight of the day of the request are returned.
           },
           "open": { # Status changing points. # The time that the place starts to be open.
@@ -441,8 +441,8 @@ 
Method Details

               "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
             },
             "day": 42, # A day of the week, as an integer in the range 0-6. 0 is Sunday, 1 is Monday, etc.
-            "hour": 42, # The hour in 2 digits. Ranges from 00 to 23.
-            "minute": 42, # The minute in 2 digits. Ranges from 00 to 59.
+            "hour": 42, # The hour in 24 hour format. Ranges from 0 to 23.
+            "minute": 42, # The minute. Ranges from 0 to 59.
             "truncated": True or False, # Whether or not this endpoint was truncated. Truncation occurs when the real hours are outside the times we are willing to return hours between, so we truncate the hours back to these boundaries. This ensures that at most 24 * 7 hours from midnight of the day of the request are returned.
           },
         },
@@ -618,7 +618,7 @@ 
Method Details

   },
   "pureServiceAreaBusiness": True or False, # Indicates whether the place is a pure service area business. Pure service area business is a business that visits or delivers to customers directly but does not serve customers at their business address. For example, businesses like cleaning services or plumbers. Those businesses may not have a physical address or location on Google Maps.
   "rating": 3.14, # A rating between 1.0 and 5.0, based on user reviews of this place.
-  "regularOpeningHours": { # Information about business hour of the place. # The regular hours of operation.
+  "regularOpeningHours": { # Information about business hour of the place. # The regular hours of operation. Note that if a place is always open (24 hours), the `close` field will not be set. Clients can rely on always open (24 hours) being represented as an `open` period containing day with value `0`, hour with value `0`, and minute with value `0`.
     "nextCloseTime": "A String", # The next time the current opening hours period ends up to 7 days in the future. This field is only populated if the opening hours period is active at the time of serving the request.
     "nextOpenTime": "A String", # The next time the current opening hours period starts up to 7 days in the future. This field is only populated if the opening hours period is not active at the time of serving the request.
     "openNow": True or False, # Whether the opening hours period is currently active. For regular opening hours and current opening hours, this field means whether the place is open. For secondary opening hours and current secondary opening hours, this field means whether the secondary hours of this place is active.
@@ -631,8 +631,8 @@ 
Method Details

             "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
           },
           "day": 42, # A day of the week, as an integer in the range 0-6. 0 is Sunday, 1 is Monday, etc.
-          "hour": 42, # The hour in 2 digits. Ranges from 00 to 23.
-          "minute": 42, # The minute in 2 digits. Ranges from 00 to 59.
+          "hour": 42, # The hour in 24 hour format. Ranges from 0 to 23.
+          "minute": 42, # The minute. Ranges from 0 to 59.
           "truncated": True or False, # Whether or not this endpoint was truncated. Truncation occurs when the real hours are outside the times we are willing to return hours between, so we truncate the hours back to these boundaries. This ensures that at most 24 * 7 hours from midnight of the day of the request are returned.
         },
         "open": { # Status changing points. # The time that the place starts to be open.
@@ -642,8 +642,8 @@ 
Method Details

             "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
           },
           "day": 42, # A day of the week, as an integer in the range 0-6. 0 is Sunday, 1 is Monday, etc.
-          "hour": 42, # The hour in 2 digits. Ranges from 00 to 23.
-          "minute": 42, # The minute in 2 digits. Ranges from 00 to 59.
+          "hour": 42, # The hour in 24 hour format. Ranges from 0 to 23.
+          "minute": 42, # The minute. Ranges from 0 to 59.
           "truncated": True or False, # Whether or not this endpoint was truncated. Truncation occurs when the real hours are outside the times we are willing to return hours between, so we truncate the hours back to these boundaries. This ensures that at most 24 * 7 hours from midnight of the day of the request are returned.
         },
       },
@@ -676,8 +676,8 @@ 
Method Details

               "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
             },
             "day": 42, # A day of the week, as an integer in the range 0-6. 0 is Sunday, 1 is Monday, etc.
-            "hour": 42, # The hour in 2 digits. Ranges from 00 to 23.
-            "minute": 42, # The minute in 2 digits. Ranges from 00 to 59.
+            "hour": 42, # The hour in 24 hour format. Ranges from 0 to 23.
+            "minute": 42, # The minute. Ranges from 0 to 59.
             "truncated": True or False, # Whether or not this endpoint was truncated. Truncation occurs when the real hours are outside the times we are willing to return hours between, so we truncate the hours back to these boundaries. This ensures that at most 24 * 7 hours from midnight of the day of the request are returned.
           },
           "open": { # Status changing points. # The time that the place starts to be open.
@@ -687,8 +687,8 @@ 
Method Details

               "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
             },
             "day": 42, # A day of the week, as an integer in the range 0-6. 0 is Sunday, 1 is Monday, etc.
-            "hour": 42, # The hour in 2 digits. Ranges from 00 to 23.
-            "minute": 42, # The minute in 2 digits. Ranges from 00 to 59.
+            "hour": 42, # The hour in 24 hour format. Ranges from 0 to 23.
+            "minute": 42, # The minute. Ranges from 0 to 59.
             "truncated": True or False, # Whether or not this endpoint was truncated. Truncation occurs when the real hours are outside the times we are willing to return hours between, so we truncate the hours back to these boundaries. This ensures that at most 24 * 7 hours from midnight of the day of the request are returned.
           },
         },
@@ -945,8 +945,8 @@ 
Method Details

                 "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
               },
               "day": 42, # A day of the week, as an integer in the range 0-6. 0 is Sunday, 1 is Monday, etc.
-              "hour": 42, # The hour in 2 digits. Ranges from 00 to 23.
-              "minute": 42, # The minute in 2 digits. Ranges from 00 to 59.
+              "hour": 42, # The hour in 24 hour format. Ranges from 0 to 23.
+              "minute": 42, # The minute. Ranges from 0 to 59.
               "truncated": True or False, # Whether or not this endpoint was truncated. Truncation occurs when the real hours are outside the times we are willing to return hours between, so we truncate the hours back to these boundaries. This ensures that at most 24 * 7 hours from midnight of the day of the request are returned.
             },
             "open": { # Status changing points. # The time that the place starts to be open.
@@ -956,8 +956,8 @@ 
Method Details

                 "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
               },
               "day": 42, # A day of the week, as an integer in the range 0-6. 0 is Sunday, 1 is Monday, etc.
-              "hour": 42, # The hour in 2 digits. Ranges from 00 to 23.
-              "minute": 42, # The minute in 2 digits. Ranges from 00 to 59.
+              "hour": 42, # The hour in 24 hour format. Ranges from 0 to 23.
+              "minute": 42, # The minute. Ranges from 0 to 59.
               "truncated": True or False, # Whether or not this endpoint was truncated. Truncation occurs when the real hours are outside the times we are willing to return hours between, so we truncate the hours back to these boundaries. This ensures that at most 24 * 7 hours from midnight of the day of the request are returned.
             },
           },
@@ -990,8 +990,8 @@ 
Method Details

                   "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
                 },
                 "day": 42, # A day of the week, as an integer in the range 0-6. 0 is Sunday, 1 is Monday, etc.
-                "hour": 42, # The hour in 2 digits. Ranges from 00 to 23.
-                "minute": 42, # The minute in 2 digits. Ranges from 00 to 59.
+                "hour": 42, # The hour in 24 hour format. Ranges from 0 to 23.
+                "minute": 42, # The minute. Ranges from 0 to 59.
                 "truncated": True or False, # Whether or not this endpoint was truncated. Truncation occurs when the real hours are outside the times we are willing to return hours between, so we truncate the hours back to these boundaries. This ensures that at most 24 * 7 hours from midnight of the day of the request are returned.
               },
               "open": { # Status changing points. # The time that the place starts to be open.
@@ -1001,8 +1001,8 @@ 
Method Details

                   "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
                 },
                 "day": 42, # A day of the week, as an integer in the range 0-6. 0 is Sunday, 1 is Monday, etc.
-                "hour": 42, # The hour in 2 digits. Ranges from 00 to 23.
-                "minute": 42, # The minute in 2 digits. Ranges from 00 to 59.
+                "hour": 42, # The hour in 24 hour format. Ranges from 0 to 23.
+                "minute": 42, # The minute. Ranges from 0 to 59.
                 "truncated": True or False, # Whether or not this endpoint was truncated. Truncation occurs when the real hours are outside the times we are willing to return hours between, so we truncate the hours back to these boundaries. This ensures that at most 24 * 7 hours from midnight of the day of the request are returned.
               },
             },
@@ -1178,7 +1178,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
       "pureServiceAreaBusiness": True or False, # Indicates whether the place is a pure service area business. Pure service area business is a business that visits or delivers to customers directly but does not serve customers at their business address. For example, businesses like cleaning services or plumbers. Those businesses may not have a physical address or location on Google Maps.
       "rating": 3.14, # A rating between 1.0 and 5.0, based on user reviews of this place.
-      "regularOpeningHours": { # Information about business hour of the place. # The regular hours of operation.
+      "regularOpeningHours": { # Information about business hour of the place. # The regular hours of operation. Note that if a place is always open (24 hours), the `close` field will not be set. Clients can rely on always open (24 hours) being represented as an `open` period containing day with value `0`, hour with value `0`, and minute with value `0`.
         "nextCloseTime": "A String", # The next time the current opening hours period ends up to 7 days in the future. This field is only populated if the opening hours period is active at the time of serving the request.
         "nextOpenTime": "A String", # The next time the current opening hours period starts up to 7 days in the future. This field is only populated if the opening hours period is not active at the time of serving the request.
         "openNow": True or False, # Whether the opening hours period is currently active. For regular opening hours and current opening hours, this field means whether the place is open. For secondary opening hours and current secondary opening hours, this field means whether the secondary hours of this place is active.
@@ -1191,8 +1191,8 @@ 
Method Details

                 "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
               },
               "day": 42, # A day of the week, as an integer in the range 0-6. 0 is Sunday, 1 is Monday, etc.
-              "hour": 42, # The hour in 2 digits. Ranges from 00 to 23.
-              "minute": 42, # The minute in 2 digits. Ranges from 00 to 59.
+              "hour": 42, # The hour in 24 hour format. Ranges from 0 to 23.
+              "minute": 42, # The minute. Ranges from 0 to 59.
               "truncated": True or False, # Whether or not this endpoint was truncated. Truncation occurs when the real hours are outside the times we are willing to return hours between, so we truncate the hours back to these boundaries. This ensures that at most 24 * 7 hours from midnight of the day of the request are returned.
             },
             "open": { # Status changing points. # The time that the place starts to be open.
@@ -1202,8 +1202,8 @@ 
Method Details

                 "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
               },
               "day": 42, # A day of the week, as an integer in the range 0-6. 0 is Sunday, 1 is Monday, etc.
-              "hour": 42, # The hour in 2 digits. Ranges from 00 to 23.
-              "minute": 42, # The minute in 2 digits. Ranges from 00 to 59.
+              "hour": 42, # The hour in 24 hour format. Ranges from 0 to 23.
+              "minute": 42, # The minute. Ranges from 0 to 59.
               "truncated": True or False, # Whether or not this endpoint was truncated. Truncation occurs when the real hours are outside the times we are willing to return hours between, so we truncate the hours back to these boundaries. This ensures that at most 24 * 7 hours from midnight of the day of the request are returned.
             },
           },
@@ -1236,8 +1236,8 @@ 
Method Details

                   "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
                 },
                 "day": 42, # A day of the week, as an integer in the range 0-6. 0 is Sunday, 1 is Monday, etc.
-                "hour": 42, # The hour in 2 digits. Ranges from 00 to 23.
-                "minute": 42, # The minute in 2 digits. Ranges from 00 to 59.
+                "hour": 42, # The hour in 24 hour format. Ranges from 0 to 23.
+                "minute": 42, # The minute. Ranges from 0 to 59.
                 "truncated": True or False, # Whether or not this endpoint was truncated. Truncation occurs when the real hours are outside the times we are willing to return hours between, so we truncate the hours back to these boundaries. This ensures that at most 24 * 7 hours from midnight of the day of the request are returned.
               },
               "open": { # Status changing points. # The time that the place starts to be open.
@@ -1247,8 +1247,8 @@ 
Method Details

                   "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
                 },
                 "day": 42, # A day of the week, as an integer in the range 0-6. 0 is Sunday, 1 is Monday, etc.
-                "hour": 42, # The hour in 2 digits. Ranges from 00 to 23.
-                "minute": 42, # The minute in 2 digits. Ranges from 00 to 59.
+                "hour": 42, # The hour in 24 hour format. Ranges from 0 to 23.
+                "minute": 42, # The minute. Ranges from 0 to 59.
                 "truncated": True or False, # Whether or not this endpoint was truncated. Truncation occurs when the real hours are outside the times we are willing to return hours between, so we truncate the hours back to these boundaries. This ensures that at most 24 * 7 hours from midnight of the day of the request are returned.
               },
             },
@@ -1635,8 +1635,8 @@ 
Method Details

                 "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
               },
               "day": 42, # A day of the week, as an integer in the range 0-6. 0 is Sunday, 1 is Monday, etc.
-              "hour": 42, # The hour in 2 digits. Ranges from 00 to 23.
-              "minute": 42, # The minute in 2 digits. Ranges from 00 to 59.
+              "hour": 42, # The hour in 24 hour format. Ranges from 0 to 23.
+              "minute": 42, # The minute. Ranges from 0 to 59.
               "truncated": True or False, # Whether or not this endpoint was truncated. Truncation occurs when the real hours are outside the times we are willing to return hours between, so we truncate the hours back to these boundaries. This ensures that at most 24 * 7 hours from midnight of the day of the request are returned.
             },
             "open": { # Status changing points. # The time that the place starts to be open.
@@ -1646,8 +1646,8 @@ 
Method Details

                 "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
               },
               "day": 42, # A day of the week, as an integer in the range 0-6. 0 is Sunday, 1 is Monday, etc.
-              "hour": 42, # The hour in 2 digits. Ranges from 00 to 23.
-              "minute": 42, # The minute in 2 digits. Ranges from 00 to 59.
+              "hour": 42, # The hour in 24 hour format. Ranges from 0 to 23.
+              "minute": 42, # The minute. Ranges from 0 to 59.
               "truncated": True or False, # Whether or not this endpoint was truncated. Truncation occurs when the real hours are outside the times we are willing to return hours between, so we truncate the hours back to these boundaries. This ensures that at most 24 * 7 hours from midnight of the day of the request are returned.
             },
           },
@@ -1680,8 +1680,8 @@ 
Method Details

                   "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
                 },
                 "day": 42, # A day of the week, as an integer in the range 0-6. 0 is Sunday, 1 is Monday, etc.
-                "hour": 42, # The hour in 2 digits. Ranges from 00 to 23.
-                "minute": 42, # The minute in 2 digits. Ranges from 00 to 59.
+                "hour": 42, # The hour in 24 hour format. Ranges from 0 to 23.
+                "minute": 42, # The minute. Ranges from 0 to 59.
                 "truncated": True or False, # Whether or not this endpoint was truncated. Truncation occurs when the real hours are outside the times we are willing to return hours between, so we truncate the hours back to these boundaries. This ensures that at most 24 * 7 hours from midnight of the day of the request are returned.
               },
               "open": { # Status changing points. # The time that the place starts to be open.
@@ -1691,8 +1691,8 @@ 
Method Details

                   "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
                 },
                 "day": 42, # A day of the week, as an integer in the range 0-6. 0 is Sunday, 1 is Monday, etc.
-                "hour": 42, # The hour in 2 digits. Ranges from 00 to 23.
-                "minute": 42, # The minute in 2 digits. Ranges from 00 to 59.
+                "hour": 42, # The hour in 24 hour format. Ranges from 0 to 23.
+                "minute": 42, # The minute. Ranges from 0 to 59.
                 "truncated": True or False, # Whether or not this endpoint was truncated. Truncation occurs when the real hours are outside the times we are willing to return hours between, so we truncate the hours back to these boundaries. This ensures that at most 24 * 7 hours from midnight of the day of the request are returned.
               },
             },
@@ -1868,7 +1868,7 @@ 
Method Details

       },
       "pureServiceAreaBusiness": True or False, # Indicates whether the place is a pure service area business. Pure service area business is a business that visits or delivers to customers directly but does not serve customers at their business address. For example, businesses like cleaning services or plumbers. Those businesses may not have a physical address or location on Google Maps.
       "rating": 3.14, # A rating between 1.0 and 5.0, based on user reviews of this place.
-      "regularOpeningHours": { # Information about business hour of the place. # The regular hours of operation.
+      "regularOpeningHours": { # Information about business hour of the place. # The regular hours of operation. Note that if a place is always open (24 hours), the `close` field will not be set. Clients can rely on always open (24 hours) being represented as an `open` period containing day with value `0`, hour with value `0`, and minute with value `0`.
         "nextCloseTime": "A String", # The next time the current opening hours period ends up to 7 days in the future. This field is only populated if the opening hours period is active at the time of serving the request.
         "nextOpenTime": "A String", # The next time the current opening hours period starts up to 7 days in the future. This field is only populated if the opening hours period is not active at the time of serving the request.
         "openNow": True or False, # Whether the opening hours period is currently active. For regular opening hours and current opening hours, this field means whether the place is open. For secondary opening hours and current secondary opening hours, this field means whether the secondary hours of this place is active.
@@ -1881,8 +1881,8 @@ 
Method Details

                 "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
               },
               "day": 42, # A day of the week, as an integer in the range 0-6. 0 is Sunday, 1 is Monday, etc.
-              "hour": 42, # The hour in 2 digits. Ranges from 00 to 23.
-              "minute": 42, # The minute in 2 digits. Ranges from 00 to 59.
+              "hour": 42, # The hour in 24 hour format. Ranges from 0 to 23.
+              "minute": 42, # The minute. Ranges from 0 to 59.
               "truncated": True or False, # Whether or not this endpoint was truncated. Truncation occurs when the real hours are outside the times we are willing to return hours between, so we truncate the hours back to these boundaries. This ensures that at most 24 * 7 hours from midnight of the day of the request are returned.
             },
             "open": { # Status changing points. # The time that the place starts to be open.
@@ -1892,8 +1892,8 @@ 
Method Details

                 "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
               },
               "day": 42, # A day of the week, as an integer in the range 0-6. 0 is Sunday, 1 is Monday, etc.
-              "hour": 42, # The hour in 2 digits. Ranges from 00 to 23.
-              "minute": 42, # The minute in 2 digits. Ranges from 00 to 59.
+              "hour": 42, # The hour in 24 hour format. Ranges from 0 to 23.
+              "minute": 42, # The minute. Ranges from 0 to 59.
               "truncated": True or False, # Whether or not this endpoint was truncated. Truncation occurs when the real hours are outside the times we are willing to return hours between, so we truncate the hours back to these boundaries. This ensures that at most 24 * 7 hours from midnight of the day of the request are returned.
             },
           },
@@ -1926,8 +1926,8 @@ 
Method Details

                   "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
                 },
                 "day": 42, # A day of the week, as an integer in the range 0-6. 0 is Sunday, 1 is Monday, etc.
-                "hour": 42, # The hour in 2 digits. Ranges from 00 to 23.
-                "minute": 42, # The minute in 2 digits. Ranges from 00 to 59.
+                "hour": 42, # The hour in 24 hour format. Ranges from 0 to 23.
+                "minute": 42, # The minute. Ranges from 0 to 59.
                 "truncated": True or False, # Whether or not this endpoint was truncated. Truncation occurs when the real hours are outside the times we are willing to return hours between, so we truncate the hours back to these boundaries. This ensures that at most 24 * 7 hours from midnight of the day of the request are returned.
               },
               "open": { # Status changing points. # The time that the place starts to be open.
@@ -1937,8 +1937,8 @@ 
Method Details

                   "year": 42, # Year of the date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 to specify a date without a year.
                 },
                 "day": 42, # A day of the week, as an integer in the range 0-6. 0 is Sunday, 1 is Monday, etc.
-                "hour": 42, # The hour in 2 digits. Ranges from 00 to 23.
-                "minute": 42, # The minute in 2 digits. Ranges from 00 to 59.
+                "hour": 42, # The hour in 24 hour format. Ranges from 0 to 23.
+                "minute": 42, # The minute. Ranges from 0 to 59.
                 "truncated": True or False, # Whether or not this endpoint was truncated. Truncation occurs when the real hours are outside the times we are willing to return hours between, so we truncate the hours back to these boundaries. This ensures that at most 24 * 7 hours from midnight of the day of the request are returned.
               },
             },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1alpha1.anomalies.html b/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1alpha1.anomalies.html
index 147ea8cc21..21b27ba6eb 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1alpha1.anomalies.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1alpha1.anomalies.html
@@ -143,8 +143,8 @@ 
Method Details

           "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0.
           "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
           "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone.
-            "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-            "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+            "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+            "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
           },
           "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }.
           "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year.
@@ -157,8 +157,8 @@ 
Method Details

           "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0.
           "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
           "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone.
-            "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-            "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+            "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+            "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
           },
           "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }.
           "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1alpha1.vitals.anrrate.html b/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1alpha1.vitals.anrrate.html
index aa23afaf96..8eecfa43ff 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1alpha1.vitals.anrrate.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1alpha1.vitals.anrrate.html
@@ -119,8 +119,8 @@ 
Method Details

           "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0.
           "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
           "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone.
-            "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-            "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+            "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+            "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
           },
           "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }.
           "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year.
@@ -161,8 +161,8 @@ 
Method Details

       "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0.
       "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
       "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone.
-        "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-        "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+        "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+        "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
       },
       "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }.
       "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year.
@@ -175,8 +175,8 @@ 
Method Details

       "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0.
       "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
       "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone.
-        "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-        "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+        "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+        "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
       },
       "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }.
       "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year.
@@ -230,8 +230,8 @@ 
Method Details

         "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0.
         "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
         "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone.
-          "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-          "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+          "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+          "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
         },
         "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }.
         "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1alpha1.vitals.crashrate.html b/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1alpha1.vitals.crashrate.html
index 2f22a0205a..2648096d1d 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1alpha1.vitals.crashrate.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1alpha1.vitals.crashrate.html
@@ -119,8 +119,8 @@ 
Method Details

           "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0.
           "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
           "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone.
-            "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-            "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+            "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+            "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
           },
           "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }.
           "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year.
@@ -161,8 +161,8 @@ 
Method Details

       "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0.
       "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
       "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone.
-        "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-        "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+        "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+        "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
       },
       "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }.
       "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year.
@@ -175,8 +175,8 @@ 
Method Details

       "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0.
       "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
       "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone.
-        "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-        "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+        "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+        "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
       },
       "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }.
       "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year.
@@ -230,8 +230,8 @@ 
Method Details

         "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0.
         "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
         "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone.
-          "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-          "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+          "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+          "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
         },
         "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }.
         "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1alpha1.vitals.errors.counts.html b/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1alpha1.vitals.errors.counts.html
index 3e6cebfa30..f03b336d3f 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1alpha1.vitals.errors.counts.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1alpha1.vitals.errors.counts.html
@@ -119,8 +119,8 @@ 
Method Details

           "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0.
           "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
           "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone.
-            "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-            "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+            "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+            "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
           },
           "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }.
           "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year.
@@ -161,8 +161,8 @@ 
Method Details

       "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0.
       "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
       "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone.
-        "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-        "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+        "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+        "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
       },
       "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }.
       "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year.
@@ -175,8 +175,8 @@ 
Method Details

       "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0.
       "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
       "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone.
-        "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-        "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+        "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+        "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
       },
       "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }.
       "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year.
@@ -229,8 +229,8 @@ 
Method Details

         "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0.
         "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
         "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone.
-          "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-          "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+          "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+          "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
         },
         "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }.
         "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1alpha1.vitals.errors.issues.html b/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1alpha1.vitals.errors.issues.html
index 6c9c78ca50..4ddf54c305 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1alpha1.vitals.errors.issues.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1alpha1.vitals.errors.issues.html
@@ -102,8 +102,8 @@ 
Method Details

   interval_endTime_month: integer, Optional. Month of year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a month.
   interval_endTime_nanos: integer, Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0.
   interval_endTime_seconds: integer, Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
-  interval_endTime_timeZone_id: string, IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-  interval_endTime_timeZone_version: string, Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+  interval_endTime_timeZone_id: string, IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+  interval_endTime_timeZone_version: string, Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
   interval_endTime_utcOffset: string, UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }.
   interval_endTime_year: integer, Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year.
   interval_startTime_day: integer, Optional. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a day.
@@ -112,8 +112,8 @@ 
Method Details

   interval_startTime_month: integer, Optional. Month of year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a month.
   interval_startTime_nanos: integer, Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0.
   interval_startTime_seconds: integer, Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
-  interval_startTime_timeZone_id: string, IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-  interval_startTime_timeZone_version: string, Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+  interval_startTime_timeZone_id: string, IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+  interval_startTime_timeZone_version: string, Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
   interval_startTime_utcOffset: string, UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }.
   interval_startTime_year: integer, Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year.
   orderBy: string, Specifies a field that will be used to order the results. ** Supported dimensions:** * `errorReportCount`: Orders issues by number of error reports. * `distinctUsers`: Orders issues by number of unique affected users. ** Supported operations:** * `asc` for ascending order. * `desc` for descending order. Format: A field and an operation, e.g., `errorReportCount desc` *Note:* currently only one field is supported at a time.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1alpha1.vitals.errors.reports.html b/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1alpha1.vitals.errors.reports.html
index f87f104ac7..bac384a48c 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1alpha1.vitals.errors.reports.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1alpha1.vitals.errors.reports.html
@@ -102,8 +102,8 @@ 
Method Details

   interval_endTime_month: integer, Optional. Month of year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a month.
   interval_endTime_nanos: integer, Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0.
   interval_endTime_seconds: integer, Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
-  interval_endTime_timeZone_id: string, IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-  interval_endTime_timeZone_version: string, Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+  interval_endTime_timeZone_id: string, IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+  interval_endTime_timeZone_version: string, Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
   interval_endTime_utcOffset: string, UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }.
   interval_endTime_year: integer, Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year.
   interval_startTime_day: integer, Optional. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a day.
@@ -112,8 +112,8 @@ 
Method Details

   interval_startTime_month: integer, Optional. Month of year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a month.
   interval_startTime_nanos: integer, Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0.
   interval_startTime_seconds: integer, Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
-  interval_startTime_timeZone_id: string, IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-  interval_startTime_timeZone_version: string, Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+  interval_startTime_timeZone_id: string, IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+  interval_startTime_timeZone_version: string, Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
   interval_startTime_utcOffset: string, UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }.
   interval_startTime_year: integer, Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year.
   pageSize: integer, The maximum number of reports to return. The service may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, at most 50 reports will be returned. The maximum value is 100; values above 100 will be coerced to 100.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1alpha1.vitals.excessivewakeuprate.html b/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1alpha1.vitals.excessivewakeuprate.html
index 83f57a6bc4..747a78e7e5 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1alpha1.vitals.excessivewakeuprate.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1alpha1.vitals.excessivewakeuprate.html
@@ -119,8 +119,8 @@ 
Method Details

           "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0.
           "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
           "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone.
-            "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-            "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+            "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+            "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
           },
           "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }.
           "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year.
@@ -161,8 +161,8 @@ 
Method Details

       "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0.
       "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
       "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone.
-        "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-        "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+        "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+        "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
       },
       "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }.
       "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year.
@@ -175,8 +175,8 @@ 
Method Details

       "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0.
       "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
       "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone.
-        "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-        "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+        "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+        "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
       },
       "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }.
       "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year.
@@ -230,8 +230,8 @@ 
Method Details

         "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0.
         "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
         "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone.
-          "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-          "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+          "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+          "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
         },
         "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }.
         "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1alpha1.vitals.slowrenderingrate.html b/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1alpha1.vitals.slowrenderingrate.html
index 19a1ebbb2d..07a0f77aff 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1alpha1.vitals.slowrenderingrate.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1alpha1.vitals.slowrenderingrate.html
@@ -119,8 +119,8 @@ 
Method Details

           "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0.
           "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
           "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone.
-            "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-            "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+            "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+            "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
           },
           "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }.
           "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year.
@@ -161,8 +161,8 @@ 
Method Details

       "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0.
       "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
       "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone.
-        "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-        "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+        "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+        "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
       },
       "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }.
       "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year.
@@ -175,8 +175,8 @@ 
Method Details

       "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0.
       "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
       "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone.
-        "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-        "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+        "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+        "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
       },
       "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }.
       "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year.
@@ -230,8 +230,8 @@ 
Method Details

         "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0.
         "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
         "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone.
-          "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-          "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+          "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+          "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
         },
         "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }.
         "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1alpha1.vitals.slowstartrate.html b/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1alpha1.vitals.slowstartrate.html
index 5c826154ea..9db3df8246 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1alpha1.vitals.slowstartrate.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1alpha1.vitals.slowstartrate.html
@@ -119,8 +119,8 @@ 
Method Details

           "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0.
           "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
           "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone.
-            "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-            "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+            "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+            "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
           },
           "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }.
           "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year.
@@ -161,8 +161,8 @@ 
Method Details

       "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0.
       "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
       "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone.
-        "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-        "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+        "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+        "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
       },
       "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }.
       "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year.
@@ -175,8 +175,8 @@ 
Method Details

       "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0.
       "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
       "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone.
-        "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-        "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+        "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+        "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
       },
       "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }.
       "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year.
@@ -230,8 +230,8 @@ 
Method Details

         "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0.
         "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
         "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone.
-          "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-          "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+          "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+          "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
         },
         "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }.
         "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1alpha1.vitals.stuckbackgroundwakelockrate.html b/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1alpha1.vitals.stuckbackgroundwakelockrate.html
index ee201735e2..e69a0f86f3 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1alpha1.vitals.stuckbackgroundwakelockrate.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1alpha1.vitals.stuckbackgroundwakelockrate.html
@@ -119,8 +119,8 @@ 
Method Details

           "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0.
           "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
           "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone.
-            "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-            "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+            "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+            "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
           },
           "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }.
           "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year.
@@ -161,8 +161,8 @@ 
Method Details

       "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0.
       "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
       "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone.
-        "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-        "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+        "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+        "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
       },
       "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }.
       "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year.
@@ -175,8 +175,8 @@ 
Method Details

       "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0.
       "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
       "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone.
-        "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-        "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+        "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+        "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
       },
       "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }.
       "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year.
@@ -230,8 +230,8 @@ 
Method Details

         "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0.
         "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
         "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone.
-          "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-          "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+          "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+          "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
         },
         "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }.
         "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1beta1.anomalies.html b/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1beta1.anomalies.html
index 0509a81c63..330fb535e7 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1beta1.anomalies.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1beta1.anomalies.html
@@ -143,8 +143,8 @@ 
Method Details

           "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0.
           "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
           "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone.
-            "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-            "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+            "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+            "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
           },
           "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }.
           "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year.
@@ -157,8 +157,8 @@ 
Method Details

           "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0.
           "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
           "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone.
-            "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-            "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+            "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+            "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
           },
           "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }.
           "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1beta1.vitals.anrrate.html b/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1beta1.vitals.anrrate.html
index 894dac10fe..4061e2d585 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1beta1.vitals.anrrate.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1beta1.vitals.anrrate.html
@@ -119,8 +119,8 @@ 
Method Details

           "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0.
           "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
           "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone.
-            "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-            "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+            "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+            "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
           },
           "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }.
           "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year.
@@ -161,8 +161,8 @@ 
Method Details

       "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0.
       "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
       "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone.
-        "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-        "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+        "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+        "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
       },
       "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }.
       "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year.
@@ -175,8 +175,8 @@ 
Method Details

       "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0.
       "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
       "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone.
-        "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-        "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+        "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+        "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
       },
       "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }.
       "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year.
@@ -230,8 +230,8 @@ 
Method Details

         "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0.
         "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
         "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone.
-          "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-          "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+          "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+          "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
         },
         "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }.
         "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1beta1.vitals.crashrate.html b/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1beta1.vitals.crashrate.html
index dc0e36df77..01882eee20 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1beta1.vitals.crashrate.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1beta1.vitals.crashrate.html
@@ -119,8 +119,8 @@ 
Method Details

           "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0.
           "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
           "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone.
-            "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-            "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+            "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+            "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
           },
           "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }.
           "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year.
@@ -161,8 +161,8 @@ 
Method Details

       "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0.
       "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
       "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone.
-        "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-        "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+        "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+        "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
       },
       "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }.
       "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year.
@@ -175,8 +175,8 @@ 
Method Details

       "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0.
       "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
       "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone.
-        "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-        "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+        "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+        "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
       },
       "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }.
       "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year.
@@ -230,8 +230,8 @@ 
Method Details

         "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0.
         "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
         "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone.
-          "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-          "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+          "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+          "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
         },
         "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }.
         "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1beta1.vitals.errors.counts.html b/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1beta1.vitals.errors.counts.html
index d1526202a2..d96aa95fae 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1beta1.vitals.errors.counts.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1beta1.vitals.errors.counts.html
@@ -119,8 +119,8 @@ 
Method Details

           "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0.
           "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
           "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone.
-            "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-            "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+            "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+            "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
           },
           "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }.
           "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year.
@@ -161,8 +161,8 @@ 
Method Details

       "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0.
       "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
       "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone.
-        "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-        "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+        "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+        "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
       },
       "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }.
       "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year.
@@ -175,8 +175,8 @@ 
Method Details

       "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0.
       "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
       "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone.
-        "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-        "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+        "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+        "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
       },
       "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }.
       "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year.
@@ -229,8 +229,8 @@ 
Method Details

         "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0.
         "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
         "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone.
-          "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-          "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+          "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+          "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
         },
         "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }.
         "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1beta1.vitals.errors.issues.html b/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1beta1.vitals.errors.issues.html
index 7f01fb04a8..6587fd9d70 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1beta1.vitals.errors.issues.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1beta1.vitals.errors.issues.html
@@ -102,8 +102,8 @@ 
Method Details

   interval_endTime_month: integer, Optional. Month of year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a month.
   interval_endTime_nanos: integer, Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0.
   interval_endTime_seconds: integer, Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
-  interval_endTime_timeZone_id: string, IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-  interval_endTime_timeZone_version: string, Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+  interval_endTime_timeZone_id: string, IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+  interval_endTime_timeZone_version: string, Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
   interval_endTime_utcOffset: string, UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }.
   interval_endTime_year: integer, Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year.
   interval_startTime_day: integer, Optional. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a day.
@@ -112,8 +112,8 @@ 
Method Details

   interval_startTime_month: integer, Optional. Month of year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a month.
   interval_startTime_nanos: integer, Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0.
   interval_startTime_seconds: integer, Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
-  interval_startTime_timeZone_id: string, IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-  interval_startTime_timeZone_version: string, Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+  interval_startTime_timeZone_id: string, IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+  interval_startTime_timeZone_version: string, Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
   interval_startTime_utcOffset: string, UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }.
   interval_startTime_year: integer, Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year.
   orderBy: string, Specifies a field that will be used to order the results. ** Supported dimensions:** * `errorReportCount`: Orders issues by number of error reports. * `distinctUsers`: Orders issues by number of unique affected users. ** Supported operations:** * `asc` for ascending order. * `desc` for descending order. Format: A field and an operation, e.g., `errorReportCount desc` *Note:* currently only one field is supported at a time.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1beta1.vitals.errors.reports.html b/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1beta1.vitals.errors.reports.html
index f37c91d696..b3ab237784 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1beta1.vitals.errors.reports.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1beta1.vitals.errors.reports.html
@@ -102,8 +102,8 @@ 
Method Details

   interval_endTime_month: integer, Optional. Month of year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a month.
   interval_endTime_nanos: integer, Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0.
   interval_endTime_seconds: integer, Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
-  interval_endTime_timeZone_id: string, IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-  interval_endTime_timeZone_version: string, Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+  interval_endTime_timeZone_id: string, IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+  interval_endTime_timeZone_version: string, Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
   interval_endTime_utcOffset: string, UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }.
   interval_endTime_year: integer, Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year.
   interval_startTime_day: integer, Optional. Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a day.
@@ -112,8 +112,8 @@ 
Method Details

   interval_startTime_month: integer, Optional. Month of year. Must be from 1 to 12, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a month.
   interval_startTime_nanos: integer, Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0.
   interval_startTime_seconds: integer, Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
-  interval_startTime_timeZone_id: string, IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-  interval_startTime_timeZone_version: string, Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+  interval_startTime_timeZone_id: string, IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+  interval_startTime_timeZone_version: string, Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
   interval_startTime_utcOffset: string, UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }.
   interval_startTime_year: integer, Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year.
   pageSize: integer, The maximum number of reports to return. The service may return fewer than this value. If unspecified, at most 50 reports will be returned. The maximum value is 100; values above 100 will be coerced to 100.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1beta1.vitals.excessivewakeuprate.html b/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1beta1.vitals.excessivewakeuprate.html
index 33f8096e42..0b30ecbf55 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1beta1.vitals.excessivewakeuprate.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1beta1.vitals.excessivewakeuprate.html
@@ -119,8 +119,8 @@ 
Method Details

           "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0.
           "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
           "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone.
-            "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-            "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+            "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+            "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
           },
           "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }.
           "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year.
@@ -161,8 +161,8 @@ 
Method Details

       "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0.
       "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
       "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone.
-        "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-        "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+        "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+        "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
       },
       "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }.
       "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year.
@@ -175,8 +175,8 @@ 
Method Details

       "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0.
       "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
       "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone.
-        "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-        "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+        "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+        "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
       },
       "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }.
       "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year.
@@ -230,8 +230,8 @@ 
Method Details

         "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0.
         "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
         "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone.
-          "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-          "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+          "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+          "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
         },
         "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }.
         "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1beta1.vitals.slowrenderingrate.html b/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1beta1.vitals.slowrenderingrate.html
index b03532965d..808b846b72 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1beta1.vitals.slowrenderingrate.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1beta1.vitals.slowrenderingrate.html
@@ -119,8 +119,8 @@ 
Method Details

           "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0.
           "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
           "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone.
-            "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-            "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+            "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+            "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
           },
           "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }.
           "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year.
@@ -161,8 +161,8 @@ 
Method Details

       "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0.
       "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
       "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone.
-        "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-        "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+        "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+        "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
       },
       "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }.
       "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year.
@@ -175,8 +175,8 @@ 
Method Details

       "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0.
       "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
       "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone.
-        "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-        "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+        "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+        "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
       },
       "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }.
       "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year.
@@ -230,8 +230,8 @@ 
Method Details

         "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0.
         "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
         "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone.
-          "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-          "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+          "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+          "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
         },
         "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }.
         "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1beta1.vitals.slowstartrate.html b/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1beta1.vitals.slowstartrate.html
index 6a4986fa37..f3eeab4923 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1beta1.vitals.slowstartrate.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1beta1.vitals.slowstartrate.html
@@ -119,8 +119,8 @@ 
Method Details

           "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0.
           "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
           "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone.
-            "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-            "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+            "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+            "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
           },
           "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }.
           "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year.
@@ -161,8 +161,8 @@ 
Method Details

       "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0.
       "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
       "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone.
-        "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-        "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+        "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+        "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
       },
       "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }.
       "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year.
@@ -175,8 +175,8 @@ 
Method Details

       "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0.
       "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
       "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone.
-        "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-        "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+        "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+        "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
       },
       "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }.
       "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year.
@@ -230,8 +230,8 @@ 
Method Details

         "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0.
         "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
         "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone.
-          "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-          "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+          "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+          "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
         },
         "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }.
         "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1beta1.vitals.stuckbackgroundwakelockrate.html b/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1beta1.vitals.stuckbackgroundwakelockrate.html
index 6bd6820fc4..6e07a552a9 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1beta1.vitals.stuckbackgroundwakelockrate.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/playdeveloperreporting_v1beta1.vitals.stuckbackgroundwakelockrate.html
@@ -119,8 +119,8 @@ 
Method Details

           "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0.
           "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
           "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone.
-            "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-            "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+            "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+            "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
           },
           "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }.
           "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year.
@@ -161,8 +161,8 @@ 
Method Details

       "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0.
       "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
       "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone.
-        "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-        "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+        "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+        "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
       },
       "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }.
       "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year.
@@ -175,8 +175,8 @@ 
Method Details

       "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0.
       "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
       "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone.
-        "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-        "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+        "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+        "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
       },
       "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }.
       "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year.
@@ -230,8 +230,8 @@ 
Method Details

         "nanos": 42, # Optional. Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999, defaults to 0.
         "seconds": 42, # Optional. Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59, defaults to 0. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
         "timeZone": { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Time zone.
-          "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. "America/New_York".
-          "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. "2019a".
+          "id": "A String", # IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example "America/New_York".
+          "version": "A String", # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example "2019a".
         },
         "utcOffset": "A String", # UTC offset. Must be whole seconds, between -18 hours and +18 hours. For example, a UTC offset of -4:00 would be represented as { seconds: -14400 }.
         "year": 42, # Optional. Year of date. Must be from 1 to 9999, or 0 if specifying a datetime without a year.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/pubsublite_v1.admin.projects.locations.operations.html b/docs/dyn/pubsublite_v1.admin.projects.locations.operations.html
index 7c0d30b172..0a2745e645 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/pubsublite_v1.admin.projects.locations.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/pubsublite_v1.admin.projects.locations.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Pub/Sub Lite API . 
   cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/secretmanager_v1.projects.locations.secrets.html b/docs/dyn/secretmanager_v1.projects.locations.secrets.html
index b8d3589c4e..1dc37e3620 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/secretmanager_v1.projects.locations.secrets.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/secretmanager_v1.projects.locations.secrets.html
@@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Cloud KMS CryptoKey used to encrypt secret payloads. For secrets using the UserManaged replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in the same location as the replica location. For secrets using the Automatic replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in `global`. The expected format is `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`.
       },
     },
-    "userManaged": { # A replication policy that replicates the Secret payload into the locations specified in Secret.replication.user_managed.replicas # The Secret will only be replicated into the locations specified.
+    "userManaged": { # A replication policy that replicates the Secret payload into the locations specified in Replication.UserManaged.replicas # The Secret will only be replicated into the locations specified.
       "replicas": [ # Required. The list of Replicas for this Secret. Cannot be empty.
         { # Represents a Replica for this Secret.
           "customerManagedEncryption": { # Configuration for encrypting secret payloads using customer-managed encryption keys (CMEK). # Optional. The customer-managed encryption configuration of the User-Managed Replica. If no configuration is provided, Google-managed default encryption is used. Updates to the Secret encryption configuration only apply to SecretVersions added afterwards. They do not apply retroactively to existing SecretVersions.
@@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Cloud KMS CryptoKey used to encrypt secret payloads. For secrets using the UserManaged replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in the same location as the replica location. For secrets using the Automatic replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in `global`. The expected format is `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`.
       },
     },
-    "userManaged": { # A replication policy that replicates the Secret payload into the locations specified in Secret.replication.user_managed.replicas # The Secret will only be replicated into the locations specified.
+    "userManaged": { # A replication policy that replicates the Secret payload into the locations specified in Replication.UserManaged.replicas # The Secret will only be replicated into the locations specified.
       "replicas": [ # Required. The list of Replicas for this Secret. Cannot be empty.
         { # Represents a Replica for this Secret.
           "customerManagedEncryption": { # Configuration for encrypting secret payloads using customer-managed encryption keys (CMEK). # Optional. The customer-managed encryption configuration of the User-Managed Replica. If no configuration is provided, Google-managed default encryption is used. Updates to the Secret encryption configuration only apply to SecretVersions added afterwards. They do not apply retroactively to existing SecretVersions.
@@ -339,7 +339,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Cloud KMS CryptoKey used to encrypt secret payloads. For secrets using the UserManaged replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in the same location as the replica location. For secrets using the Automatic replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in `global`. The expected format is `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`.
       },
     },
-    "userManaged": { # A replication policy that replicates the Secret payload into the locations specified in Secret.replication.user_managed.replicas # The Secret will only be replicated into the locations specified.
+    "userManaged": { # A replication policy that replicates the Secret payload into the locations specified in Replication.UserManaged.replicas # The Secret will only be replicated into the locations specified.
       "replicas": [ # Required. The list of Replicas for this Secret. Cannot be empty.
         { # Represents a Replica for this Secret.
           "customerManagedEncryption": { # Configuration for encrypting secret payloads using customer-managed encryption keys (CMEK). # Optional. The customer-managed encryption configuration of the User-Managed Replica. If no configuration is provided, Google-managed default encryption is used. Updates to the Secret encryption configuration only apply to SecretVersions added afterwards. They do not apply retroactively to existing SecretVersions.
@@ -455,7 +455,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Cloud KMS CryptoKey used to encrypt secret payloads. For secrets using the UserManaged replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in the same location as the replica location. For secrets using the Automatic replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in `global`. The expected format is `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`.
           },
         },
-        "userManaged": { # A replication policy that replicates the Secret payload into the locations specified in Secret.replication.user_managed.replicas # The Secret will only be replicated into the locations specified.
+        "userManaged": { # A replication policy that replicates the Secret payload into the locations specified in Replication.UserManaged.replicas # The Secret will only be replicated into the locations specified.
           "replicas": [ # Required. The list of Replicas for this Secret. Cannot be empty.
             { # Represents a Replica for this Secret.
               "customerManagedEncryption": { # Configuration for encrypting secret payloads using customer-managed encryption keys (CMEK). # Optional. The customer-managed encryption configuration of the User-Managed Replica. If no configuration is provided, Google-managed default encryption is used. Updates to the Secret encryption configuration only apply to SecretVersions added afterwards. They do not apply retroactively to existing SecretVersions.
@@ -529,7 +529,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Cloud KMS CryptoKey used to encrypt secret payloads. For secrets using the UserManaged replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in the same location as the replica location. For secrets using the Automatic replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in `global`. The expected format is `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`.
       },
     },
-    "userManaged": { # A replication policy that replicates the Secret payload into the locations specified in Secret.replication.user_managed.replicas # The Secret will only be replicated into the locations specified.
+    "userManaged": { # A replication policy that replicates the Secret payload into the locations specified in Replication.UserManaged.replicas # The Secret will only be replicated into the locations specified.
       "replicas": [ # Required. The list of Replicas for this Secret. Cannot be empty.
         { # Represents a Replica for this Secret.
           "customerManagedEncryption": { # Configuration for encrypting secret payloads using customer-managed encryption keys (CMEK). # Optional. The customer-managed encryption configuration of the User-Managed Replica. If no configuration is provided, Google-managed default encryption is used. Updates to the Secret encryption configuration only apply to SecretVersions added afterwards. They do not apply retroactively to existing SecretVersions.
@@ -585,7 +585,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Cloud KMS CryptoKey used to encrypt secret payloads. For secrets using the UserManaged replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in the same location as the replica location. For secrets using the Automatic replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in `global`. The expected format is `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`.
       },
     },
-    "userManaged": { # A replication policy that replicates the Secret payload into the locations specified in Secret.replication.user_managed.replicas # The Secret will only be replicated into the locations specified.
+    "userManaged": { # A replication policy that replicates the Secret payload into the locations specified in Replication.UserManaged.replicas # The Secret will only be replicated into the locations specified.
       "replicas": [ # Required. The list of Replicas for this Secret. Cannot be empty.
         { # Represents a Replica for this Secret.
           "customerManagedEncryption": { # Configuration for encrypting secret payloads using customer-managed encryption keys (CMEK). # Optional. The customer-managed encryption configuration of the User-Managed Replica. If no configuration is provided, Google-managed default encryption is used. Updates to the Secret encryption configuration only apply to SecretVersions added afterwards. They do not apply retroactively to existing SecretVersions.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/secretmanager_v1.projects.secrets.html b/docs/dyn/secretmanager_v1.projects.secrets.html
index a4bf6ba44c..3944b636df 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/secretmanager_v1.projects.secrets.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/secretmanager_v1.projects.secrets.html
@@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Cloud KMS CryptoKey used to encrypt secret payloads. For secrets using the UserManaged replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in the same location as the replica location. For secrets using the Automatic replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in `global`. The expected format is `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`.
       },
     },
-    "userManaged": { # A replication policy that replicates the Secret payload into the locations specified in Secret.replication.user_managed.replicas # The Secret will only be replicated into the locations specified.
+    "userManaged": { # A replication policy that replicates the Secret payload into the locations specified in Replication.UserManaged.replicas # The Secret will only be replicated into the locations specified.
       "replicas": [ # Required. The list of Replicas for this Secret. Cannot be empty.
         { # Represents a Replica for this Secret.
           "customerManagedEncryption": { # Configuration for encrypting secret payloads using customer-managed encryption keys (CMEK). # Optional. The customer-managed encryption configuration of the User-Managed Replica. If no configuration is provided, Google-managed default encryption is used. Updates to the Secret encryption configuration only apply to SecretVersions added afterwards. They do not apply retroactively to existing SecretVersions.
@@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Cloud KMS CryptoKey used to encrypt secret payloads. For secrets using the UserManaged replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in the same location as the replica location. For secrets using the Automatic replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in `global`. The expected format is `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`.
       },
     },
-    "userManaged": { # A replication policy that replicates the Secret payload into the locations specified in Secret.replication.user_managed.replicas # The Secret will only be replicated into the locations specified.
+    "userManaged": { # A replication policy that replicates the Secret payload into the locations specified in Replication.UserManaged.replicas # The Secret will only be replicated into the locations specified.
       "replicas": [ # Required. The list of Replicas for this Secret. Cannot be empty.
         { # Represents a Replica for this Secret.
           "customerManagedEncryption": { # Configuration for encrypting secret payloads using customer-managed encryption keys (CMEK). # Optional. The customer-managed encryption configuration of the User-Managed Replica. If no configuration is provided, Google-managed default encryption is used. Updates to the Secret encryption configuration only apply to SecretVersions added afterwards. They do not apply retroactively to existing SecretVersions.
@@ -339,7 +339,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Cloud KMS CryptoKey used to encrypt secret payloads. For secrets using the UserManaged replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in the same location as the replica location. For secrets using the Automatic replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in `global`. The expected format is `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`.
       },
     },
-    "userManaged": { # A replication policy that replicates the Secret payload into the locations specified in Secret.replication.user_managed.replicas # The Secret will only be replicated into the locations specified.
+    "userManaged": { # A replication policy that replicates the Secret payload into the locations specified in Replication.UserManaged.replicas # The Secret will only be replicated into the locations specified.
       "replicas": [ # Required. The list of Replicas for this Secret. Cannot be empty.
         { # Represents a Replica for this Secret.
           "customerManagedEncryption": { # Configuration for encrypting secret payloads using customer-managed encryption keys (CMEK). # Optional. The customer-managed encryption configuration of the User-Managed Replica. If no configuration is provided, Google-managed default encryption is used. Updates to the Secret encryption configuration only apply to SecretVersions added afterwards. They do not apply retroactively to existing SecretVersions.
@@ -455,7 +455,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Cloud KMS CryptoKey used to encrypt secret payloads. For secrets using the UserManaged replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in the same location as the replica location. For secrets using the Automatic replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in `global`. The expected format is `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`.
           },
         },
-        "userManaged": { # A replication policy that replicates the Secret payload into the locations specified in Secret.replication.user_managed.replicas # The Secret will only be replicated into the locations specified.
+        "userManaged": { # A replication policy that replicates the Secret payload into the locations specified in Replication.UserManaged.replicas # The Secret will only be replicated into the locations specified.
           "replicas": [ # Required. The list of Replicas for this Secret. Cannot be empty.
             { # Represents a Replica for this Secret.
               "customerManagedEncryption": { # Configuration for encrypting secret payloads using customer-managed encryption keys (CMEK). # Optional. The customer-managed encryption configuration of the User-Managed Replica. If no configuration is provided, Google-managed default encryption is used. Updates to the Secret encryption configuration only apply to SecretVersions added afterwards. They do not apply retroactively to existing SecretVersions.
@@ -529,7 +529,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Cloud KMS CryptoKey used to encrypt secret payloads. For secrets using the UserManaged replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in the same location as the replica location. For secrets using the Automatic replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in `global`. The expected format is `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`.
       },
     },
-    "userManaged": { # A replication policy that replicates the Secret payload into the locations specified in Secret.replication.user_managed.replicas # The Secret will only be replicated into the locations specified.
+    "userManaged": { # A replication policy that replicates the Secret payload into the locations specified in Replication.UserManaged.replicas # The Secret will only be replicated into the locations specified.
       "replicas": [ # Required. The list of Replicas for this Secret. Cannot be empty.
         { # Represents a Replica for this Secret.
           "customerManagedEncryption": { # Configuration for encrypting secret payloads using customer-managed encryption keys (CMEK). # Optional. The customer-managed encryption configuration of the User-Managed Replica. If no configuration is provided, Google-managed default encryption is used. Updates to the Secret encryption configuration only apply to SecretVersions added afterwards. They do not apply retroactively to existing SecretVersions.
@@ -585,7 +585,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Cloud KMS CryptoKey used to encrypt secret payloads. For secrets using the UserManaged replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in the same location as the replica location. For secrets using the Automatic replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in `global`. The expected format is `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`.
       },
     },
-    "userManaged": { # A replication policy that replicates the Secret payload into the locations specified in Secret.replication.user_managed.replicas # The Secret will only be replicated into the locations specified.
+    "userManaged": { # A replication policy that replicates the Secret payload into the locations specified in Replication.UserManaged.replicas # The Secret will only be replicated into the locations specified.
       "replicas": [ # Required. The list of Replicas for this Secret. Cannot be empty.
         { # Represents a Replica for this Secret.
           "customerManagedEncryption": { # Configuration for encrypting secret payloads using customer-managed encryption keys (CMEK). # Optional. The customer-managed encryption configuration of the User-Managed Replica. If no configuration is provided, Google-managed default encryption is used. Updates to the Secret encryption configuration only apply to SecretVersions added afterwards. They do not apply retroactively to existing SecretVersions.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/secretmanager_v1beta2.projects.locations.secrets.html b/docs/dyn/secretmanager_v1beta2.projects.locations.secrets.html
index a1a256370a..b8d7411740 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/secretmanager_v1beta2.projects.locations.secrets.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/secretmanager_v1beta2.projects.locations.secrets.html
@@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Cloud KMS CryptoKey used to encrypt secret payloads. For secrets using the UserManaged replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in the same location as the replica location. For secrets using the Automatic replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in `global`. The expected format is `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`.
       },
     },
-    "userManaged": { # A replication policy that replicates the Secret payload into the locations specified in Secret.replication.user_managed.replicas # The Secret will only be replicated into the locations specified.
+    "userManaged": { # A replication policy that replicates the Secret payload into the locations specified in Replication.UserManaged.replicas # The Secret will only be replicated into the locations specified.
       "replicas": [ # Required. The list of Replicas for this Secret. Cannot be empty.
         { # Represents a Replica for this Secret.
           "customerManagedEncryption": { # Configuration for encrypting secret payloads using customer-managed encryption keys (CMEK). # Optional. The customer-managed encryption configuration of the User-Managed Replica. If no configuration is provided, Google-managed default encryption is used. Updates to the Secret encryption configuration only apply to SecretVersions added afterwards. They do not apply retroactively to existing SecretVersions.
@@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Cloud KMS CryptoKey used to encrypt secret payloads. For secrets using the UserManaged replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in the same location as the replica location. For secrets using the Automatic replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in `global`. The expected format is `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`.
       },
     },
-    "userManaged": { # A replication policy that replicates the Secret payload into the locations specified in Secret.replication.user_managed.replicas # The Secret will only be replicated into the locations specified.
+    "userManaged": { # A replication policy that replicates the Secret payload into the locations specified in Replication.UserManaged.replicas # The Secret will only be replicated into the locations specified.
       "replicas": [ # Required. The list of Replicas for this Secret. Cannot be empty.
         { # Represents a Replica for this Secret.
           "customerManagedEncryption": { # Configuration for encrypting secret payloads using customer-managed encryption keys (CMEK). # Optional. The customer-managed encryption configuration of the User-Managed Replica. If no configuration is provided, Google-managed default encryption is used. Updates to the Secret encryption configuration only apply to SecretVersions added afterwards. They do not apply retroactively to existing SecretVersions.
@@ -339,7 +339,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Cloud KMS CryptoKey used to encrypt secret payloads. For secrets using the UserManaged replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in the same location as the replica location. For secrets using the Automatic replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in `global`. The expected format is `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`.
       },
     },
-    "userManaged": { # A replication policy that replicates the Secret payload into the locations specified in Secret.replication.user_managed.replicas # The Secret will only be replicated into the locations specified.
+    "userManaged": { # A replication policy that replicates the Secret payload into the locations specified in Replication.UserManaged.replicas # The Secret will only be replicated into the locations specified.
       "replicas": [ # Required. The list of Replicas for this Secret. Cannot be empty.
         { # Represents a Replica for this Secret.
           "customerManagedEncryption": { # Configuration for encrypting secret payloads using customer-managed encryption keys (CMEK). # Optional. The customer-managed encryption configuration of the User-Managed Replica. If no configuration is provided, Google-managed default encryption is used. Updates to the Secret encryption configuration only apply to SecretVersions added afterwards. They do not apply retroactively to existing SecretVersions.
@@ -455,7 +455,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Cloud KMS CryptoKey used to encrypt secret payloads. For secrets using the UserManaged replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in the same location as the replica location. For secrets using the Automatic replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in `global`. The expected format is `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`.
           },
         },
-        "userManaged": { # A replication policy that replicates the Secret payload into the locations specified in Secret.replication.user_managed.replicas # The Secret will only be replicated into the locations specified.
+        "userManaged": { # A replication policy that replicates the Secret payload into the locations specified in Replication.UserManaged.replicas # The Secret will only be replicated into the locations specified.
           "replicas": [ # Required. The list of Replicas for this Secret. Cannot be empty.
             { # Represents a Replica for this Secret.
               "customerManagedEncryption": { # Configuration for encrypting secret payloads using customer-managed encryption keys (CMEK). # Optional. The customer-managed encryption configuration of the User-Managed Replica. If no configuration is provided, Google-managed default encryption is used. Updates to the Secret encryption configuration only apply to SecretVersions added afterwards. They do not apply retroactively to existing SecretVersions.
@@ -529,7 +529,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Cloud KMS CryptoKey used to encrypt secret payloads. For secrets using the UserManaged replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in the same location as the replica location. For secrets using the Automatic replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in `global`. The expected format is `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`.
       },
     },
-    "userManaged": { # A replication policy that replicates the Secret payload into the locations specified in Secret.replication.user_managed.replicas # The Secret will only be replicated into the locations specified.
+    "userManaged": { # A replication policy that replicates the Secret payload into the locations specified in Replication.UserManaged.replicas # The Secret will only be replicated into the locations specified.
       "replicas": [ # Required. The list of Replicas for this Secret. Cannot be empty.
         { # Represents a Replica for this Secret.
           "customerManagedEncryption": { # Configuration for encrypting secret payloads using customer-managed encryption keys (CMEK). # Optional. The customer-managed encryption configuration of the User-Managed Replica. If no configuration is provided, Google-managed default encryption is used. Updates to the Secret encryption configuration only apply to SecretVersions added afterwards. They do not apply retroactively to existing SecretVersions.
@@ -585,7 +585,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Cloud KMS CryptoKey used to encrypt secret payloads. For secrets using the UserManaged replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in the same location as the replica location. For secrets using the Automatic replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in `global`. The expected format is `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`.
       },
     },
-    "userManaged": { # A replication policy that replicates the Secret payload into the locations specified in Secret.replication.user_managed.replicas # The Secret will only be replicated into the locations specified.
+    "userManaged": { # A replication policy that replicates the Secret payload into the locations specified in Replication.UserManaged.replicas # The Secret will only be replicated into the locations specified.
       "replicas": [ # Required. The list of Replicas for this Secret. Cannot be empty.
         { # Represents a Replica for this Secret.
           "customerManagedEncryption": { # Configuration for encrypting secret payloads using customer-managed encryption keys (CMEK). # Optional. The customer-managed encryption configuration of the User-Managed Replica. If no configuration is provided, Google-managed default encryption is used. Updates to the Secret encryption configuration only apply to SecretVersions added afterwards. They do not apply retroactively to existing SecretVersions.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/secretmanager_v1beta2.projects.secrets.html b/docs/dyn/secretmanager_v1beta2.projects.secrets.html
index 4c73cd0a60..94ea50f9e6 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/secretmanager_v1beta2.projects.secrets.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/secretmanager_v1beta2.projects.secrets.html
@@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Cloud KMS CryptoKey used to encrypt secret payloads. For secrets using the UserManaged replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in the same location as the replica location. For secrets using the Automatic replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in `global`. The expected format is `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`.
       },
     },
-    "userManaged": { # A replication policy that replicates the Secret payload into the locations specified in Secret.replication.user_managed.replicas # The Secret will only be replicated into the locations specified.
+    "userManaged": { # A replication policy that replicates the Secret payload into the locations specified in Replication.UserManaged.replicas # The Secret will only be replicated into the locations specified.
       "replicas": [ # Required. The list of Replicas for this Secret. Cannot be empty.
         { # Represents a Replica for this Secret.
           "customerManagedEncryption": { # Configuration for encrypting secret payloads using customer-managed encryption keys (CMEK). # Optional. The customer-managed encryption configuration of the User-Managed Replica. If no configuration is provided, Google-managed default encryption is used. Updates to the Secret encryption configuration only apply to SecretVersions added afterwards. They do not apply retroactively to existing SecretVersions.
@@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Cloud KMS CryptoKey used to encrypt secret payloads. For secrets using the UserManaged replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in the same location as the replica location. For secrets using the Automatic replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in `global`. The expected format is `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`.
       },
     },
-    "userManaged": { # A replication policy that replicates the Secret payload into the locations specified in Secret.replication.user_managed.replicas # The Secret will only be replicated into the locations specified.
+    "userManaged": { # A replication policy that replicates the Secret payload into the locations specified in Replication.UserManaged.replicas # The Secret will only be replicated into the locations specified.
       "replicas": [ # Required. The list of Replicas for this Secret. Cannot be empty.
         { # Represents a Replica for this Secret.
           "customerManagedEncryption": { # Configuration for encrypting secret payloads using customer-managed encryption keys (CMEK). # Optional. The customer-managed encryption configuration of the User-Managed Replica. If no configuration is provided, Google-managed default encryption is used. Updates to the Secret encryption configuration only apply to SecretVersions added afterwards. They do not apply retroactively to existing SecretVersions.
@@ -339,7 +339,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Cloud KMS CryptoKey used to encrypt secret payloads. For secrets using the UserManaged replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in the same location as the replica location. For secrets using the Automatic replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in `global`. The expected format is `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`.
       },
     },
-    "userManaged": { # A replication policy that replicates the Secret payload into the locations specified in Secret.replication.user_managed.replicas # The Secret will only be replicated into the locations specified.
+    "userManaged": { # A replication policy that replicates the Secret payload into the locations specified in Replication.UserManaged.replicas # The Secret will only be replicated into the locations specified.
       "replicas": [ # Required. The list of Replicas for this Secret. Cannot be empty.
         { # Represents a Replica for this Secret.
           "customerManagedEncryption": { # Configuration for encrypting secret payloads using customer-managed encryption keys (CMEK). # Optional. The customer-managed encryption configuration of the User-Managed Replica. If no configuration is provided, Google-managed default encryption is used. Updates to the Secret encryption configuration only apply to SecretVersions added afterwards. They do not apply retroactively to existing SecretVersions.
@@ -455,7 +455,7 @@ 
Method Details

             "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Cloud KMS CryptoKey used to encrypt secret payloads. For secrets using the UserManaged replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in the same location as the replica location. For secrets using the Automatic replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in `global`. The expected format is `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`.
           },
         },
-        "userManaged": { # A replication policy that replicates the Secret payload into the locations specified in Secret.replication.user_managed.replicas # The Secret will only be replicated into the locations specified.
+        "userManaged": { # A replication policy that replicates the Secret payload into the locations specified in Replication.UserManaged.replicas # The Secret will only be replicated into the locations specified.
           "replicas": [ # Required. The list of Replicas for this Secret. Cannot be empty.
             { # Represents a Replica for this Secret.
               "customerManagedEncryption": { # Configuration for encrypting secret payloads using customer-managed encryption keys (CMEK). # Optional. The customer-managed encryption configuration of the User-Managed Replica. If no configuration is provided, Google-managed default encryption is used. Updates to the Secret encryption configuration only apply to SecretVersions added afterwards. They do not apply retroactively to existing SecretVersions.
@@ -529,7 +529,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Cloud KMS CryptoKey used to encrypt secret payloads. For secrets using the UserManaged replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in the same location as the replica location. For secrets using the Automatic replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in `global`. The expected format is `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`.
       },
     },
-    "userManaged": { # A replication policy that replicates the Secret payload into the locations specified in Secret.replication.user_managed.replicas # The Secret will only be replicated into the locations specified.
+    "userManaged": { # A replication policy that replicates the Secret payload into the locations specified in Replication.UserManaged.replicas # The Secret will only be replicated into the locations specified.
       "replicas": [ # Required. The list of Replicas for this Secret. Cannot be empty.
         { # Represents a Replica for this Secret.
           "customerManagedEncryption": { # Configuration for encrypting secret payloads using customer-managed encryption keys (CMEK). # Optional. The customer-managed encryption configuration of the User-Managed Replica. If no configuration is provided, Google-managed default encryption is used. Updates to the Secret encryption configuration only apply to SecretVersions added afterwards. They do not apply retroactively to existing SecretVersions.
@@ -585,7 +585,7 @@ 
Method Details

         "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Required. The resource name of the Cloud KMS CryptoKey used to encrypt secret payloads. For secrets using the UserManaged replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in the same location as the replica location. For secrets using the Automatic replication policy type, Cloud KMS CryptoKeys must reside in `global`. The expected format is `projects/*/locations/*/keyRings/*/cryptoKeys/*`.
       },
     },
-    "userManaged": { # A replication policy that replicates the Secret payload into the locations specified in Secret.replication.user_managed.replicas # The Secret will only be replicated into the locations specified.
+    "userManaged": { # A replication policy that replicates the Secret payload into the locations specified in Replication.UserManaged.replicas # The Secret will only be replicated into the locations specified.
       "replicas": [ # Required. The list of Replicas for this Secret. Cannot be empty.
         { # Represents a Replica for this Secret.
           "customerManagedEncryption": { # Configuration for encrypting secret payloads using customer-managed encryption keys (CMEK). # Optional. The customer-managed encryption configuration of the User-Managed Replica. If no configuration is provided, Google-managed default encryption is used. Updates to the Secret encryption configuration only apply to SecretVersions added afterwards. They do not apply retroactively to existing SecretVersions.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/servicenetworking_v1.operations.html b/docs/dyn/servicenetworking_v1.operations.html
index a954f6f1d5..3ff8551c8f 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/servicenetworking_v1.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/servicenetworking_v1.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Service Networking API . 
   cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instanceConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instanceConfigs.html
index bfda814c9d..a6f3c9c45c 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instanceConfigs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instanceConfigs.html
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ 
Method Details

   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # The request for CreateInstanceConfigRequest.
+{ # The request for CreateInstanceConfig.
   "instanceConfig": { # A possible configuration for a Cloud Spanner instance. Configurations define the geographic placement of nodes and their replication. # Required. The `InstanceConfig` proto of the configuration to create. `instance_config.name` must be `/instanceConfigs/`. `instance_config.base_config` must be a Google-managed configuration name, e.g. /instanceConfigs/us-east1, /instanceConfigs/nam3.
     "baseConfig": "A String", # Base configuration name, e.g. projects//instanceConfigs/nam3, based on which this configuration is created. Only set for user-managed configurations. `base_config` must refer to a configuration of type `GOOGLE_MANAGED` in the same project as this configuration.
     "configType": "A String", # Output only. Whether this instance configuration is a Google-managed or user-managed configuration.
@@ -332,7 +332,7 @@ 
Method Details

   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # The request for UpdateInstanceConfigRequest.
+{ # The request for UpdateInstanceConfig.
   "instanceConfig": { # A possible configuration for a Cloud Spanner instance. Configurations define the geographic placement of nodes and their replication. # Required. The user instance configuration to update, which must always include the instance configuration name. Otherwise, only fields mentioned in update_mask need be included. To prevent conflicts of concurrent updates, etag can be used.
     "baseConfig": "A String", # Base configuration name, e.g. projects//instanceConfigs/nam3, based on which this configuration is created. Only set for user-managed configurations. `base_config` must refer to a configuration of type `GOOGLE_MANAGED` in the same project as this configuration.
     "configType": "A String", # Output only. Whether this instance configuration is a Google-managed or user-managed configuration.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instances.databases.backupSchedules.html b/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instances.databases.backupSchedules.html
index f8c459646c..0644d2ca21 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instances.databases.backupSchedules.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instances.databases.backupSchedules.html
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ 
Method Details

   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # BackupSchedule expresses the automated backup creation specification for a Spanner database. Next ID: 10
+{ # BackupSchedule expresses the automated backup creation specification for a Spanner database.
   "encryptionConfig": { # Encryption configuration for the backup to create. # Optional. The encryption configuration that will be used to encrypt the backup. If this field is not specified, the backup will use the same encryption configuration as the database.
     "encryptionType": "A String", # Required. The encryption type of the backup.
     "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Optional. The Cloud KMS key that will be used to protect the backup. This field should be set only when encryption_type is `CUSTOMER_MANAGED_ENCRYPTION`. Values are of the form `projects//locations//keyRings//cryptoKeys/`.
@@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ 
Method Details

 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # BackupSchedule expresses the automated backup creation specification for a Spanner database. Next ID: 10
+    { # BackupSchedule expresses the automated backup creation specification for a Spanner database.
   "encryptionConfig": { # Encryption configuration for the backup to create. # Optional. The encryption configuration that will be used to encrypt the backup. If this field is not specified, the backup will use the same encryption configuration as the database.
     "encryptionType": "A String", # Required. The encryption type of the backup.
     "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Optional. The Cloud KMS key that will be used to protect the backup. This field should be set only when encryption_type is `CUSTOMER_MANAGED_ENCRYPTION`. Values are of the form `projects//locations//keyRings//cryptoKeys/`.
@@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ 
Method Details

 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # BackupSchedule expresses the automated backup creation specification for a Spanner database. Next ID: 10
+    { # BackupSchedule expresses the automated backup creation specification for a Spanner database.
   "encryptionConfig": { # Encryption configuration for the backup to create. # Optional. The encryption configuration that will be used to encrypt the backup. If this field is not specified, the backup will use the same encryption configuration as the database.
     "encryptionType": "A String", # Required. The encryption type of the backup.
     "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Optional. The Cloud KMS key that will be used to protect the backup. This field should be set only when encryption_type is `CUSTOMER_MANAGED_ENCRYPTION`. Values are of the form `projects//locations//keyRings//cryptoKeys/`.
@@ -295,7 +295,7 @@ 
Method Details

 
     { # The response for ListBackupSchedules.
   "backupSchedules": [ # The list of backup schedules for a database.
-    { # BackupSchedule expresses the automated backup creation specification for a Spanner database. Next ID: 10
+    { # BackupSchedule expresses the automated backup creation specification for a Spanner database.
       "encryptionConfig": { # Encryption configuration for the backup to create. # Optional. The encryption configuration that will be used to encrypt the backup. If this field is not specified, the backup will use the same encryption configuration as the database.
         "encryptionType": "A String", # Required. The encryption type of the backup.
         "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Optional. The Cloud KMS key that will be used to protect the backup. This field should be set only when encryption_type is `CUSTOMER_MANAGED_ENCRYPTION`. Values are of the form `projects//locations//keyRings//cryptoKeys/`.
@@ -346,7 +346,7 @@ 
Method Details

   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # BackupSchedule expresses the automated backup creation specification for a Spanner database. Next ID: 10
+{ # BackupSchedule expresses the automated backup creation specification for a Spanner database.
   "encryptionConfig": { # Encryption configuration for the backup to create. # Optional. The encryption configuration that will be used to encrypt the backup. If this field is not specified, the backup will use the same encryption configuration as the database.
     "encryptionType": "A String", # Required. The encryption type of the backup.
     "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Optional. The Cloud KMS key that will be used to protect the backup. This field should be set only when encryption_type is `CUSTOMER_MANAGED_ENCRYPTION`. Values are of the form `projects//locations//keyRings//cryptoKeys/`.
@@ -379,7 +379,7 @@ 
Method Details

 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # BackupSchedule expresses the automated backup creation specification for a Spanner database. Next ID: 10
+    { # BackupSchedule expresses the automated backup creation specification for a Spanner database.
   "encryptionConfig": { # Encryption configuration for the backup to create. # Optional. The encryption configuration that will be used to encrypt the backup. If this field is not specified, the backup will use the same encryption configuration as the database.
     "encryptionType": "A String", # Required. The encryption type of the backup.
     "kmsKeyName": "A String", # Optional. The Cloud KMS key that will be used to protect the backup. This field should be set only when encryption_type is `CUSTOMER_MANAGED_ENCRYPTION`. Values are of the form `projects//locations//keyRings//cryptoKeys/`.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instances.instancePartitionOperations.html b/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instances.instancePartitionOperations.html
index 427e786b6a..977ca7642b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instances.instancePartitionOperations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instances.instancePartitionOperations.html
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ 
Method Details

 Args:
   parent: string, Required. The parent instance of the instance partition operations. Values are of the form `projects//instances/`. (required)
   filter: string, Optional. An expression that filters the list of returned operations. A filter expression consists of a field name, a comparison operator, and a value for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be one of: `<`, `>`, `<=`, `>=`, `!=`, `=`, or `:`. Colon `:` is the contains operator. Filter rules are not case sensitive. The following fields in the Operation are eligible for filtering: * `name` - The name of the long-running operation * `done` - False if the operation is in progress, else true. * `metadata.@type` - the type of metadata. For example, the type string for CreateInstancePartitionMetadata is `type.googleapis.com/google.spanner.admin.instance.v1.CreateInstancePartitionMetadata`. * `metadata.` - any field in metadata.value. `metadata.@type` must be specified first, if filtering on metadata fields. * `error` - Error associated with the long-running operation. * `response.@type` - the type of response. * `response.` - any field in response.value. You can combine multiple expressions by enclosing each expression in parentheses. By default, expressions are combined with AND logic. However, you can specify AND, OR, and NOT logic explicitly. Here are a few examples: * `done:true` - The operation is complete. * `(metadata.@type=` \ `type.googleapis.com/google.spanner.admin.instance.v1.CreateInstancePartitionMetadata) AND` \ `(metadata.instance_partition.name:custom-instance-partition) AND` \ `(metadata.start_time < \"2021-03-28T14:50:00Z\") AND` \ `(error:*)` - Return operations where: * The operation's metadata type is CreateInstancePartitionMetadata. * The instance partition name contains "custom-instance-partition". * The operation started before 2021-03-28T14:50:00Z. * The operation resulted in an error.
-  instancePartitionDeadline: string, Optional. Deadline used while retrieving metadata for instance partition operations. Instance partitions whose operation metadata cannot be retrieved within this deadline will be added to unreachable in ListInstancePartitionOperationsResponse.
+  instancePartitionDeadline: string, Optional. Deadline used while retrieving metadata for instance partition operations. Instance partitions whose operation metadata cannot be retrieved within this deadline will be added to unreachable_instance_partitions in ListInstancePartitionOperationsResponse.
   pageSize: integer, Optional. Number of operations to be returned in the response. If 0 or less, defaults to the server's maximum allowed page size.
   pageToken: string, Optional. If non-empty, `page_token` should contain a next_page_token from a previous ListInstancePartitionOperationsResponse to the same `parent` and with the same `filter`.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/verifiedaccess_v2.challenge.html b/docs/dyn/verifiedaccess_v2.challenge.html
index 41b39e3543..8317d2a598 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/verifiedaccess_v2.challenge.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/verifiedaccess_v2.challenge.html
@@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ 
Method Details

       "A String",
     ],
     "operatingSystem": "A String", # The type of the Operating System currently running on the device.
-    "osFirewall": "A String", # The state of the OS level firewall. On ChromeOS, the value will always be ENABLED on regular devices and UNKNOWN on devices in developer mode. The signal is currently not available on MacOS 15 (Sequoia) and later.
+    "osFirewall": "A String", # The state of the OS level firewall. On ChromeOS, the value will always be ENABLED on regular devices and UNKNOWN on devices in developer mode. Support for MacOS 15 (Sequoia) and later has been introduced in Chrome M131.
     "osVersion": "A String", # The current version of the Operating System. On Windows and linux, the value will also include the security patch information.
     "passwordProtectionWarningTrigger": "A String", # Whether the Password Protection Warning feature is enabled or not. Password protection alerts users when they reuse their protected password on potentially suspicious sites. This setting is controlled by an enterprise policy: https://chromeenterprise.google/policies/#PasswordProtectionWarningTrigger. Note that the policy unset does not have the same effects as having the policy explicitly set to `PASSWORD_PROTECTION_OFF`.
     "profileAffiliationIds": [ # Affiliation IDs of the organizations that are affiliated with the organization that is currently managing the Chrome Profile’s user or ChromeOS user.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/vision_v1.operations.html b/docs/dyn/vision_v1.operations.html
index 1a450f5765..809abfdfa2 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/vision_v1.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/vision_v1.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Cloud Vision API . 
   cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/vmmigration_v1.projects.locations.operations.html b/docs/dyn/vmmigration_v1.projects.locations.operations.html
index 7cf29f05a5..a42d0aea64 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/vmmigration_v1.projects.locations.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/vmmigration_v1.projects.locations.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
VM Migration API . 
   cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/vmmigration_v1alpha1.projects.locations.operations.html b/docs/dyn/vmmigration_v1alpha1.projects.locations.operations.html
index bf310eecf9..66157dc7b5 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/vmmigration_v1alpha1.projects.locations.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/vmmigration_v1alpha1.projects.locations.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
VM Migration API . 
   cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/webrisk_v1.projects.operations.html b/docs/dyn/webrisk_v1.projects.operations.html
index f155a010e9..bac86cbc1d 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/webrisk_v1.projects.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/webrisk_v1.projects.operations.html
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ 
Web Risk API . 
   cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)

-
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

+
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.

 

   close()

 
Close httplib2 connections.

@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ 
Instance Methods

 
Method Details

 

     cancel(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)
-  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
+  
Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.
 
 Args:
   name: string, The name of the operation resource to be cancelled. (required)
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/accesscontextmanager.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/accesscontextmanager.v1.json
index 5fa2a78140..eac87679a4 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/accesscontextmanager.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/accesscontextmanager.v1.json
@@ -958,7 +958,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "accesscontextmanager.operations.cancel",
@@ -1295,7 +1295,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241103",
+"revision": "20241119",
 "rootUrl": "https://accesscontextmanager.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AccessContextManagerOperationMetadata": {
@@ -1807,6 +1807,10 @@
 "egressTo": {
 "$ref": "EgressTo",
 "description": "Defines the conditions on the ApiOperation and destination resources that cause this EgressPolicy to apply."
+},
+"title": {
+"description": "Optional. Human-readable title for the egress rule. The title must be unique within the perimeter and can not exceed 100 characters. Within the access policy, the combined length of all rule titles must not exceed 240,000 characters.",
+"type": "string"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
@@ -2003,6 +2007,10 @@
 "ingressTo": {
 "$ref": "IngressTo",
 "description": "Defines the conditions on the ApiOperation and request destination that cause this IngressPolicy to apply."
+},
+"title": {
+"description": "Optional. Human-readable title for the ingress rule. The title must be unique within the perimeter and can not exceed 100 characters. Within the access policy, the combined length of all rule titles must not exceed 240,000 characters.",
+"type": "string"
 }
 },
 "type": "object"
@@ -2379,7 +2387,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "etag": {
-"description": "Optional. An opaque identifier for the current version of the `ServicePerimeter`. Clients should not expect this to be in any specific format. If etag is not provided, the operation will be performed as if a valid etag is provided.",
+"description": "Optional. An opaque identifier for the current version of the `ServicePerimeter`. This identifier does not follow any specific format. If an etag is not provided, the operation will be performed as if a valid etag is provided.",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "name": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/addressvalidation.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/addressvalidation.v1.json
index a2e433d7ae..d201b7316a 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/addressvalidation.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/addressvalidation.v1.json
@@ -151,7 +151,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241110",
+"revision": "20241120",
 "rootUrl": "https://addressvalidation.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "GoogleGeoTypeViewport": {
@@ -769,18 +769,18 @@
 "type": "object"
 },
 "GoogleTypePostalAddress": {
-"description": "Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478",
+"description": "Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478",
 "id": "GoogleTypePostalAddress",
 "properties": {
 "addressLines": {
-"description": "Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. \"Austin, TX\"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be \"envelope order\" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. \"ja\" for large-to-small ordering and \"ja-Latn\" or \"en\" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).",
+"description": "Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example \"Austin, TX\"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be \"envelope order\" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example \"ja\" for large-to-small ordering and \"ja-Latn\" or \"en\" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).",
 "items": {
 "type": "string"
 },
 "type": "array"
 },
 "administrativeArea": {
-"description": "Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. \"Barcelona\" and not \"Catalonia\"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.",
+"description": "Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example \"Barcelona\" and not \"Catalonia\"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "languageCode": {
@@ -796,7 +796,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "postalCode": {
-"description": "Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).",
+"description": "Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "recipients": {
@@ -816,7 +816,7 @@
 "type": "integer"
 },
 "sortingCode": {
-"description": "Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like \"CEDEX\", optionally followed by a number (e.g. \"CEDEX 7\"), or just a number alone, representing the \"sector code\" (Jamaica), \"delivery area indicator\" (Malawi) or \"post office indicator\" (e.g. C\u00f4te d'Ivoire).",
+"description": "Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like \"CEDEX\", optionally followed by a number (For example \"CEDEX 7\"), or just a number alone, representing the \"sector code\" (Jamaica), \"delivery area indicator\" (Malawi) or \"post office indicator\" (For example C\u00f4te d'Ivoire).",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "sublocality": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidmanagement.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidmanagement.v1.json
index 4f13a836a9..a21f091549 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidmanagement.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/androidmanagement.v1.json
@@ -1168,7 +1168,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241114",
+"revision": "20241120",
 "rootUrl": "https://androidmanagement.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AdbShellCommandEvent": {
@@ -1738,15 +1738,15 @@
 ],
 "enumDescriptions": [
 "No delegation scope specified.",
-"Grants access to certificate installation and management.",
-"Grants access to managed configurations management.",
-"Grants access to blocking uninstallation.",
-"Grants access to permission policy and permission grant state.",
-"Grants access to package access state.",
-"Grants access for enabling system apps.",
+"Grants access to certificate installation and management. This scope can be delegated to multiple applications.",
+"Grants access to managed configurations management. This scope can be delegated to multiple applications.",
+"Grants access to blocking uninstallation. This scope can be delegated to multiple applications.",
+"Grants access to permission policy and permission grant state. This scope can be delegated to multiple applications.",
+"Grants access to package access state. This scope can be delegated to multiple applications.",
+"Grants access for enabling system apps. This scope can be delegated to multiple applications.",
 "Grants access to network activity logs. Allows the delegated application to call setNetworkLoggingEnabled (https://developer.android.com/reference/android/app/admin/DevicePolicyManager#setNetworkLoggingEnabled%28android.content.ComponentName,%20boolean%29), isNetworkLoggingEnabled (https://developer.android.com/reference/android/app/admin/DevicePolicyManager#isNetworkLoggingEnabled%28android.content.ComponentName%29) and retrieveNetworkLogs (https://developer.android.com/reference/android/app/admin/DevicePolicyManager#retrieveNetworkLogs%28android.content.ComponentName,%20long%29) methods. This scope can be delegated to at most one application. Supported for fully managed devices on Android 10 and above. Supported for a work profile on Android 12 and above. When delegation is supported and set, NETWORK_ACTIVITY_LOGS is ignored.",
 "Grants access to security logs. Allows the delegated application to call setSecurityLoggingEnabled (https://developer.android.com/reference/android/app/admin/DevicePolicyManager#setSecurityLoggingEnabled%28android.content.ComponentName,%20boolean%29), isSecurityLoggingEnabled (https://developer.android.com/reference/android/app/admin/DevicePolicyManager#isSecurityLoggingEnabled%28android.content.ComponentName%29), retrieveSecurityLogs (https://developer.android.com/reference/android/app/admin/DevicePolicyManager#retrieveSecurityLogs%28android.content.ComponentName%29) and retrievePreRebootSecurityLogs (https://developer.android.com/reference/android/app/admin/DevicePolicyManager#retrievePreRebootSecurityLogs%28android.content.ComponentName%29) methods. This scope can be delegated to at most one application. Supported for fully managed devices and company-owned devices with a work profile on Android 12 and above. When delegation is supported and set, SECURITY_LOGS is ignored.",
-"Grants access to selection of KeyChain certificates on behalf of requesting apps. Once granted, the delegated application will start receiving DelegatedAdminReceiver#onChoosePrivateKeyAlias (https://developer.android.com/reference/android/app/admin/DelegatedAdminReceiver#onChoosePrivateKeyAlias%28android.content.Context,%20android.content.Intent,%20int,%20android.net.Uri,%20java.lang.String%29). Allows the delegated application to call grantKeyPairToApp (https://developer.android.com/reference/android/app/admin/DevicePolicyManager#grantKeyPairToApp%28android.content.ComponentName,%20java.lang.String,%20java.lang.String%29) and revokeKeyPairFromApp (https://developer.android.com/reference/android/app/admin/DevicePolicyManager#revokeKeyPairFromApp%28android.content.ComponentName,%20java.lang.String,%20java.lang.String%29) methods. There can be at most one app that has this delegation. choosePrivateKeyRules must be empty and privateKeySelectionEnabled has no effect if certificate selection is delegated to an application."
+"Grants access to selection of KeyChain certificates on behalf of requesting apps. Once granted, the delegated application will start receiving DelegatedAdminReceiver#onChoosePrivateKeyAlias (https://developer.android.com/reference/android/app/admin/DelegatedAdminReceiver#onChoosePrivateKeyAlias%28android.content.Context,%20android.content.Intent,%20int,%20android.net.Uri,%20java.lang.String%29). Allows the delegated application to call grantKeyPairToApp (https://developer.android.com/reference/android/app/admin/DevicePolicyManager#grantKeyPairToApp%28android.content.ComponentName,%20java.lang.String,%20java.lang.String%29) and revokeKeyPairFromApp (https://developer.android.com/reference/android/app/admin/DevicePolicyManager#revokeKeyPairFromApp%28android.content.ComponentName,%20java.lang.String,%20java.lang.String%29) methods. This scope can be delegated to at most one application. choosePrivateKeyRules must be empty and privateKeySelectionEnabled has no effect if certificate selection is delegated to an application."
 ],
 "type": "string"
 },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/authorizedbuyersmarketplace.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/authorizedbuyersmarketplace.v1.json
index 78163371a4..750bc49e5a 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/authorizedbuyersmarketplace.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/authorizedbuyersmarketplace.v1.json
@@ -1367,7 +1367,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241002",
+"revision": "20241120",
 "rootUrl": "https://authorizedbuyersmarketplace.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AcceptProposalRequest": {
@@ -3138,11 +3138,11 @@
 "id": "TimeZone",
 "properties": {
 "id": {
-"description": "IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. \"America/New_York\".",
+"description": "IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example \"America/New_York\".",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "version": {
-"description": "Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. \"2019a\".",
+"description": "Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example \"2019a\".",
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/authorizedbuyersmarketplace.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/authorizedbuyersmarketplace.v1alpha.json
index 4ff4282fdc..3d447a3e6b 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/authorizedbuyersmarketplace.v1alpha.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/authorizedbuyersmarketplace.v1alpha.json
@@ -1550,7 +1550,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241002",
+"revision": "20241120",
 "rootUrl": "https://authorizedbuyersmarketplace.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AcceptProposalRequest": {
@@ -3393,11 +3393,11 @@
 "id": "TimeZone",
 "properties": {
 "id": {
-"description": "IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. \"America/New_York\".",
+"description": "IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example \"America/New_York\".",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "version": {
-"description": "Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. \"2019a\".",
+"description": "Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example \"2019a\".",
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigqueryreservation.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigqueryreservation.v1.json
index 21173b3f37..0436474e09 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigqueryreservation.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/bigqueryreservation.v1.json
@@ -635,7 +635,7 @@
 ]
 },
 "failoverReservation": {
-"description": "Failover a reservation to the secondary location. The operation should be done in the current secondary location, which will be promoted to the new primary location for the reservation. Attempting to failover a reservation in the current primary location will fail with the error code `google.rpc.Code.FAILED_PRECONDITION`.",
+"description": "Fail over a reservation to the secondary location. The operation should be done in the current secondary location, which will be promoted to the new primary location for the reservation. Attempting to failover a reservation in the current primary location will fail with the error code `google.rpc.Code.FAILED_PRECONDITION`.",
 "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/reservations/{reservationsId}:failoverReservation",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "bigqueryreservation.projects.locations.reservations.failoverReservation",
@@ -935,7 +935,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241023",
+"revision": "20241110",
 "rootUrl": "https://bigqueryreservation.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "Assignment": {
@@ -1068,7 +1068,7 @@
 "Default value, which will be treated as ENTERPRISE.",
 "Standard edition.",
 "Enterprise edition.",
-"Enterprise plus edition."
+"Enterprise Plus edition."
 ],
 "type": "string"
 },
@@ -1300,7 +1300,7 @@ false
 "description": "The configuration parameters for the auto scaling feature."
 },
 "concurrency": {
-"description": "Job concurrency target which sets a soft upper bound on the number of jobs that can run concurrently in this reservation. This is a soft target due to asynchronous nature of the system and various optimizations for small queries. Default value is 0 which means that concurrency target will be automatically computed by the system. NOTE: this field is exposed as target job concurrency in the Information Schema, DDL and BQ CLI.",
+"description": "Job concurrency target which sets a soft upper bound on the number of jobs that can run concurrently in this reservation. This is a soft target due to asynchronous nature of the system and various optimizations for small queries. Default value is 0 which means that concurrency target will be automatically computed by the system. NOTE: this field is exposed as target job concurrency in the Information Schema, DDL and BigQuery CLI.",
 "format": "int64",
 "type": "string"
 },
@@ -1322,7 +1322,7 @@ false
 "Default value, which will be treated as ENTERPRISE.",
 "Standard edition.",
 "Enterprise edition.",
-"Enterprise plus edition."
+"Enterprise Plus edition."
 ],
 "type": "string"
 },
@@ -1346,15 +1346,15 @@ false
 "type": "string"
 },
 "originalPrimaryLocation": {
-"description": "Optional. The original primary location of the reservation which is set only during its creation and remains unchanged afterwards. It can be used by the customer to answer questions about disaster recovery billing. The field is output only for customers and should not be specified, however, the google.api.field_behavior is not set to OUTPUT_ONLY since these fields are set in rerouted requests sent across regions.",
+"description": "Optional. The original primary location of the reservation which is set only during its creation and remains unchanged afterwards. It can be used by the customer to answer questions about disaster recovery billing. The field is output only for customers and should not be specified, however, the `google.api.field_behavior` is not set to `OUTPUT_ONLY` since these fields are set in rerouted requests sent across regions.",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "primaryLocation": {
-"description": "Optional. The primary location of the reservation. The field is only meaningful for reservation used for cross region disaster recovery. The field is output only for customers and should not be specified, however, the google.api.field_behavior is not set to OUTPUT_ONLY since these fields are set in rerouted requests sent across regions.",
+"description": "Optional. The primary location of the reservation. The field is only meaningful for a failover reservation that is used for managed disaster recovery. The field is output only for customers and should not be specified. However, the `google.api.field_behavior` is not set to `OUTPUT_ONLY` since these fields are set in rerouted requests sent across regions.",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "secondaryLocation": {
-"description": "Optional. The secondary location of the reservation which is used for cross region disaster recovery purposes. Customer can set this in create/update reservation calls to create a failover reservation or convert a non-failover reservation to a failover reservation.",
+"description": "Optional. The secondary location of the reservation that is used for managed disaster recovery. Customers can set this in create/update reservation calls to create a failover reservation or convert a non-failover reservation to a failover reservation.",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "slotCapacity": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/binaryauthorization.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/binaryauthorization.v1.json
index 1d8bb0b292..6e46e9022b 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/binaryauthorization.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/binaryauthorization.v1.json
@@ -747,7 +747,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20240705",
+"revision": "20241115",
 "rootUrl": "https://binaryauthorization.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AdmissionRule": {
@@ -785,7 +785,6 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "requireAttestationsBy": {
-"description": "Optional. The resource names of the attestors that must attest to a container image, in the format `projects/*/attestors/*`. Each attestor must exist before a policy can reference it. To add an attestor to a policy the principal issuing the policy change request must be able to read the attestor resource. Note: this field must be non-empty when the `evaluation_mode` field specifies `REQUIRE_ATTESTATION`, otherwise it must be empty.",
 "items": {
 "type": "string"
 },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromepolicy.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromepolicy.v1.json
index c6388b3fc2..44bff9dd28 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromepolicy.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/chromepolicy.v1.json
@@ -557,7 +557,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241004",
+"revision": "20241118",
 "rootUrl": "https://chromepolicy.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "GoogleChromePolicyVersionsV1AdditionalTargetKeyName": {
@@ -1786,7 +1786,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "syntax": {
-"description": "The syntax of the proto file. The supported values are \"proto2\", \"proto3\", and \"editions\". If `edition` is present, this value must be \"editions\".",
+"description": "The syntax of the proto file. The supported values are \"proto2\", \"proto3\", and \"editions\". If `edition` is present, this value must be \"editions\". WARNING: This field should only be used by protobuf plugins or special cases like the proto compiler. Other uses are discouraged and developers should rely on the protoreflect APIs for their client language.",
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1.json
index 0e820d979d..59e18f1f5c 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1.json
@@ -1095,7 +1095,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241110",
+"revision": "20241115",
 "rootUrl": "https://cloudasset.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AccessSelector": {
@@ -3063,7 +3063,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "etag": {
-"description": "Optional. An opaque identifier for the current version of the `ServicePerimeter`. Clients should not expect this to be in any specific format. If etag is not provided, the operation will be performed as if a valid etag is provided.",
+"description": "Optional. An opaque identifier for the current version of the `ServicePerimeter`. This identifier does not follow any specific format. If an etag is not provided, the operation will be performed as if a valid etag is provided.",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "name": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1beta1.json
index acb8e01449..a82c9f602f 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1beta1.json
@@ -411,7 +411,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241110",
+"revision": "20241115",
 "rootUrl": "https://cloudasset.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AnalyzeIamPolicyLongrunningMetadata": {
@@ -1373,7 +1373,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "etag": {
-"description": "Optional. An opaque identifier for the current version of the `ServicePerimeter`. Clients should not expect this to be in any specific format. If etag is not provided, the operation will be performed as if a valid etag is provided.",
+"description": "Optional. An opaque identifier for the current version of the `ServicePerimeter`. This identifier does not follow any specific format. If an etag is not provided, the operation will be performed as if a valid etag is provided.",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "name": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p1beta1.json
index bbc2f49019..ea3fbbea40 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p1beta1.json
@@ -207,7 +207,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241110",
+"revision": "20241115",
 "rootUrl": "https://cloudasset.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AnalyzeIamPolicyLongrunningMetadata": {
@@ -1075,7 +1075,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "etag": {
-"description": "Optional. An opaque identifier for the current version of the `ServicePerimeter`. Clients should not expect this to be in any specific format. If etag is not provided, the operation will be performed as if a valid etag is provided.",
+"description": "Optional. An opaque identifier for the current version of the `ServicePerimeter`. This identifier does not follow any specific format. If an etag is not provided, the operation will be performed as if a valid etag is provided.",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "name": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p5beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p5beta1.json
index 04b25f94cc..12bd9ac36f 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p5beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p5beta1.json
@@ -177,7 +177,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241110",
+"revision": "20241115",
 "rootUrl": "https://cloudasset.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AnalyzeIamPolicyLongrunningMetadata": {
@@ -1080,7 +1080,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "etag": {
-"description": "Optional. An opaque identifier for the current version of the `ServicePerimeter`. Clients should not expect this to be in any specific format. If etag is not provided, the operation will be performed as if a valid etag is provided.",
+"description": "Optional. An opaque identifier for the current version of the `ServicePerimeter`. This identifier does not follow any specific format. If an etag is not provided, the operation will be performed as if a valid etag is provided.",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "name": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p7beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p7beta1.json
index a6dd2ffc06..7376f3969f 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p7beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudasset.v1p7beta1.json
@@ -167,7 +167,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20240803",
+"revision": "20241115",
 "rootUrl": "https://cloudasset.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AnalyzeIamPolicyLongrunningMetadata": {
@@ -1148,6 +1148,10 @@
 "description": "Description of the `ServicePerimeter` and its use. Does not affect behavior.",
 "type": "string"
 },
+"etag": {
+"description": "Optional. An opaque identifier for the current version of the `ServicePerimeter`. This identifier does not follow any specific format. If an etag is not provided, the operation will be performed as if a valid etag is provided.",
+"type": "string"
+},
 "name": {
 "description": "Identifier. Resource name for the `ServicePerimeter`. Format: `accessPolicies/{access_policy}/servicePerimeters/{service_perimeter}`. The `service_perimeter` component must begin with a letter, followed by alphanumeric characters or `_`. After you create a `ServicePerimeter`, you cannot change its `name`.",
 "type": "string"
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudchannel.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudchannel.v1.json
index 64aea45b48..9bb3e0af1f 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudchannel.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudchannel.v1.json
@@ -2075,7 +2075,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "cloudchannel.operations.cancel",
@@ -2289,7 +2289,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241109",
+"revision": "20241116",
 "rootUrl": "https://cloudchannel.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "GoogleCloudChannelV1ActivateEntitlementRequest": {
@@ -2430,7 +2430,7 @@
 "type": "array"
 },
 "priceReferenceId": {
-"description": "Optional. Price reference ID for the offer. Optional field only for offers that require additional price information. Used to guarantee that the pricing is consistent between quoting the offer and placing the order. Yet to be implemented: this field is currently not evaluated in the API if populated in a request.",
+"description": "Optional. Price reference ID for the offer. Optional field only for offers that require additional price information. Used to guarantee that the pricing is consistent between quoting the offer and placing the order. Not yet implemented: if populated in a request, this field isn't evaluated in the API.",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "purchaseOrderId": {
@@ -3109,7 +3109,7 @@
 "type": "array"
 },
 "priceReferenceId": {
-"description": "Optional. Price reference ID for the offer. Optional field only for offers that require additional price information. Used to guarantee that the pricing is consistent between quoting the offer and placing the order. Yet to be implemented: this field is currently not evaluated in the API if populated in a request.",
+"description": "Optional. Price reference ID for the offer. Optional field only for offers that require additional price information. Used to guarantee that the pricing is consistent between quoting the offer and placing the order. Not yet implemented: if this field is populated in a request, it isn't evaluated in the API.",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "provisionedService": {
@@ -5230,7 +5230,7 @@
 "type": "array"
 },
 "priceReferenceId": {
-"description": "Optional. Price reference ID for the offer. Optional field only for offers that require additional price information. Used to guarantee that the pricing is consistent between quoting the offer and placing the order. Yet to be implemented: this field is currently not evaluated in the API if populated in a request.",
+"description": "Optional. Price reference ID for the offer. Optional field only for offers that require additional price information. Used to guarantee that the pricing is consistent between quoting the offer and placing the order. Not yet implemented: if this field is populated in a request, it isn't evaluated in the API.",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "provisionedService": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2.json
index ff925af736..6b0f180450 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2.json
@@ -716,7 +716,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241024",
+"revision": "20241117",
 "rootUrl": "https://cloudfunctions.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AbortFunctionUpgradeRequest": {
@@ -828,7 +828,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "dockerRepository": {
-"description": "Repository in Artifact Registry to which the function docker image will be pushed after it is built by Cloud Build. If specified by user, it is created and managed by user with a customer managed encryption key. Otherwise, GCF will create and use a repository named 'gcf-artifacts' for every deployed region. It must match the pattern `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/repositories/{repository}`. Cross-project repositories are not supported. Cross-location repositories are not supported. Repository format must be 'DOCKER'.",
+"description": "Repository in Artifact Registry to which the function docker image will be pushed after it is built by Cloud Build. If specified by user, it is created and managed by user with a customer managed encryption key. Otherwise, GCF will create and use a repository named 'gcf-artifacts' for every deployed region. It must match the pattern `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/repositories/{repository}`. Repository format must be 'DOCKER'.",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "entryPoint": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2alpha.json
index 5101c73f70..6438bebe0e 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2alpha.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2alpha.json
@@ -716,7 +716,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241024",
+"revision": "20241117",
 "rootUrl": "https://cloudfunctions.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AbortFunctionUpgradeRequest": {
@@ -828,7 +828,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "dockerRepository": {
-"description": "Repository in Artifact Registry to which the function docker image will be pushed after it is built by Cloud Build. If specified by user, it is created and managed by user with a customer managed encryption key. Otherwise, GCF will create and use a repository named 'gcf-artifacts' for every deployed region. It must match the pattern `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/repositories/{repository}`. Cross-project repositories are not supported. Cross-location repositories are not supported. Repository format must be 'DOCKER'.",
+"description": "Repository in Artifact Registry to which the function docker image will be pushed after it is built by Cloud Build. If specified by user, it is created and managed by user with a customer managed encryption key. Otherwise, GCF will create and use a repository named 'gcf-artifacts' for every deployed region. It must match the pattern `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/repositories/{repository}`. Repository format must be 'DOCKER'.",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "entryPoint": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2beta.json
index 6b1d1f89b2..616c0cccba 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudfunctions.v2beta.json
@@ -716,7 +716,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241024",
+"revision": "20241117",
 "rootUrl": "https://cloudfunctions.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AbortFunctionUpgradeRequest": {
@@ -828,7 +828,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "dockerRepository": {
-"description": "Repository in Artifact Registry to which the function docker image will be pushed after it is built by Cloud Build. If specified by user, it is created and managed by user with a customer managed encryption key. Otherwise, GCF will create and use a repository named 'gcf-artifacts' for every deployed region. It must match the pattern `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/repositories/{repository}`. Cross-project repositories are not supported. Cross-location repositories are not supported. Repository format must be 'DOCKER'.",
+"description": "Repository in Artifact Registry to which the function docker image will be pushed after it is built by Cloud Build. If specified by user, it is created and managed by user with a customer managed encryption key. Otherwise, GCF will create and use a repository named 'gcf-artifacts' for every deployed region. It must match the pattern `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/repositories/{repository}`. Repository format must be 'DOCKER'.",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "entryPoint": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudkms.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudkms.v1.json
index 77975ce8c0..dae86e1e92 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudkms.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudkms.v1.json
@@ -2132,7 +2132,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20240926",
+"revision": "20241111",
 "rootUrl": "https://cloudkms.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AsymmetricDecryptRequest": {
@@ -3760,7 +3760,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "macCrc32c": {
-"description": "Optional. An optional CRC32C checksum of the MacVerifyRequest.mac. If specified, KeyManagementService will verify the integrity of the received MacVerifyRequest.mac using this checksum. KeyManagementService will report an error if the checksum verification fails. If you receive a checksum error, your client should verify that CRC32C(MacVerifyRequest.tag) is equal to MacVerifyRequest.mac_crc32c, and if so, perform a limited number of retries. A persistent mismatch may indicate an issue in your computation of the CRC32C checksum. Note: This field is defined as int64 for reasons of compatibility across different languages. However, it is a non-negative integer, which will never exceed 2^32-1, and can be safely downconverted to uint32 in languages that support this type.",
+"description": "Optional. An optional CRC32C checksum of the MacVerifyRequest.mac. If specified, KeyManagementService will verify the integrity of the received MacVerifyRequest.mac using this checksum. KeyManagementService will report an error if the checksum verification fails. If you receive a checksum error, your client should verify that CRC32C(MacVerifyRequest.mac) is equal to MacVerifyRequest.mac_crc32c, and if so, perform a limited number of retries. A persistent mismatch may indicate an issue in your computation of the CRC32C checksum. Note: This field is defined as int64 for reasons of compatibility across different languages. However, it is a non-negative integer, which will never exceed 2^32-1, and can be safely downconverted to uint32 in languages that support this type.",
 "format": "int64",
 "type": "string"
 }
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudshell.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudshell.v1.json
index 513f8b46d5..529edf2bca 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudshell.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/cloudshell.v1.json
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "cloudshell.operations.cancel",
@@ -374,7 +374,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20240708",
+"revision": "20241118",
 "rootUrl": "https://cloudshell.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AddPublicKeyMetadata": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/css.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/css.v1.json
index a0b155e1d1..4182f37024 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/css.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/css.v1.json
@@ -472,7 +472,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241104",
+"revision": "20241124",
 "rootUrl": "https://css.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "Account": {
@@ -705,11 +705,11 @@
 },
 "headlineOfferPrice": {
 "$ref": "Price",
-"description": "Headline Price of the aggregate offer."
+"description": "Headline Price of the CSS Product."
 },
 "headlineOfferShippingPrice": {
 "$ref": "Price",
-"description": "Headline Price of the aggregate offer."
+"description": "Headline Price of the CSS Product."
 },
 "headlineOfferSubscriptionCost": {
 "$ref": "HeadlineOfferSubscriptionCost",
@@ -717,7 +717,7 @@
 },
 "highPrice": {
 "$ref": "Price",
-"description": "High Price of the aggregate offer."
+"description": "High Price of the CSS Product."
 },
 "imageLink": {
 "description": "URL of an image of the item.",
@@ -740,7 +740,7 @@
 },
 "lowPrice": {
 "$ref": "Price",
-"description": "Low Price of the aggregate offer."
+"description": "Low Price of the CSS Product."
 },
 "material": {
 "description": "The material of which the item is made.",
@@ -756,7 +756,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "numberOfOffers": {
-"description": "The number of aggregate offers.",
+"description": "The number of CSS Products.",
 "format": "int64",
 "type": "string"
 },
@@ -847,7 +847,7 @@
 "type": "object"
 },
 "CssProduct": {
-"description": "The processed CSS Product(a.k.a Aggregate Offer internally).",
+"description": "The processed CSS Product.",
 "id": "CssProduct",
 "properties": {
 "attributes": {
@@ -997,7 +997,7 @@
 "id": "DestinationStatus",
 "properties": {
 "approvedCountries": {
-"description": "List of country codes (ISO 3166-1 alpha-2) where the aggregate offer is approved.",
+"description": "List of country codes (ISO 3166-1 alpha-2) where the CSS Product is approved.",
 "items": {
 "type": "string"
 },
@@ -1008,14 +1008,14 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "disapprovedCountries": {
-"description": "List of country codes (ISO 3166-1 alpha-2) where the aggregate offer is disapproved.",
+"description": "List of country codes (ISO 3166-1 alpha-2) where the CSS Product is disapproved.",
 "items": {
 "type": "string"
 },
 "type": "array"
 },
 "pendingCountries": {
-"description": "List of country codes (ISO 3166-1 alpha-2) where the aggregate offer is pending approval.",
+"description": "List of country codes (ISO 3166-1 alpha-2) where the CSS Product is pending approval.",
 "items": {
 "type": "string"
 },
@@ -1085,7 +1085,7 @@
 "id": "ItemLevelIssue",
 "properties": {
 "applicableCountries": {
-"description": "List of country codes (ISO 3166-1 alpha-2) where issue applies to the aggregate offer.",
+"description": "List of country codes (ISO 3166-1 alpha-2) where issue applies to the CSS Product.",
 "items": {
 "type": "string"
 },
@@ -1120,7 +1120,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "servability": {
-"description": "How this issue affects serving of the aggregate offer.",
+"description": "How this issue affects serving of the CSS Product.",
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datalabeling.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datalabeling.v1beta1.json
index 59a2c7723b..012062d34c 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datalabeling.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/datalabeling.v1beta1.json
@@ -1476,7 +1476,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1beta1/projects/{projectsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "GET",
 "id": "datalabeling.projects.operations.cancel",
@@ -1596,7 +1596,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20240207",
+"revision": "20241117",
 "rootUrl": "https://datalabeling.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "GoogleCloudDatalabelingV1alpha1CreateInstructionMetadata": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v2.json
index ee5c8847ea..a77072b274 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v2.json
@@ -3060,7 +3060,7 @@
 ]
 },
 "create": {
-"description": "Creates a conversation profile in the specified project. ConversationProfile.CreateTime and ConversationProfile.UpdateTime aren't populated in the response. You can retrieve them via GetConversationProfile API.",
+"description": "Creates a conversation profile in the specified project. ConversationProfile.create_time and ConversationProfile.update_time aren't populated in the response. You can retrieve them via GetConversationProfile API.",
 "flatPath": "v2/projects/{projectsId}/conversationProfiles",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "dialogflow.projects.conversationProfiles.create",
@@ -3178,7 +3178,7 @@
 ]
 },
 "patch": {
-"description": "Updates the specified conversation profile. ConversationProfile.CreateTime and ConversationProfile.UpdateTime aren't populated in the response. You can retrieve them via GetConversationProfile API.",
+"description": "Updates the specified conversation profile. ConversationProfile.create_time and ConversationProfile.update_time aren't populated in the response. You can retrieve them via GetConversationProfile API.",
 "flatPath": "v2/projects/{projectsId}/conversationProfiles/{conversationProfilesId}",
 "httpMethod": "PATCH",
 "id": "dialogflow.projects.conversationProfiles.patch",
@@ -7033,7 +7033,7 @@
 ]
 },
 "create": {
-"description": "Creates a conversation profile in the specified project. ConversationProfile.CreateTime and ConversationProfile.UpdateTime aren't populated in the response. You can retrieve them via GetConversationProfile API.",
+"description": "Creates a conversation profile in the specified project. ConversationProfile.create_time and ConversationProfile.update_time aren't populated in the response. You can retrieve them via GetConversationProfile API.",
 "flatPath": "v2/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/conversationProfiles",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.conversationProfiles.create",
@@ -7151,7 +7151,7 @@
 ]
 },
 "patch": {
-"description": "Updates the specified conversation profile. ConversationProfile.CreateTime and ConversationProfile.UpdateTime aren't populated in the response. You can retrieve them via GetConversationProfile API.",
+"description": "Updates the specified conversation profile. ConversationProfile.create_time and ConversationProfile.update_time aren't populated in the response. You can retrieve them via GetConversationProfile API.",
 "flatPath": "v2/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/conversationProfiles/{conversationProfilesId}",
 "httpMethod": "PATCH",
 "id": "dialogflow.projects.locations.conversationProfiles.patch",
@@ -8714,7 +8714,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241019",
+"revision": "20241119",
 "rootUrl": "https://dialogflow.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AdvancedSettings": {
@@ -8834,7 +8834,7 @@
 "type": "object"
 },
 "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3BargeInConfig": {
-"description": "Configuration of the barge-in behavior. Barge-in instructs the API to return a detected utterance at a proper time while the client is playing back the response audio from a previous request. When the client sees the utterance, it should stop the playback and immediately get ready for receiving the responses for the current request. The barge-in handling requires the client to start streaming audio input as soon as it starts playing back the audio from the previous response. The playback is modeled into two phases: * No barge-in phase: which goes first and during which speech detection should not be carried out. * Barge-in phase: which follows the no barge-in phase and during which the API starts speech detection and may inform the client that an utterance has been detected. Note that no-speech event is not expected in this phase. The client provides this configuration in terms of the durations of those two phases. The durations are measured in terms of the audio length from the the start of the input audio. No-speech event is a response with END_OF_UTTERANCE without any transcript following up.",
+"description": "Configuration of the barge-in behavior. Barge-in instructs the API to return a detected utterance at a proper time while the client is playing back the response audio from a previous request. When the client sees the utterance, it should stop the playback and immediately get ready for receiving the responses for the current request. The barge-in handling requires the client to start streaming audio input as soon as it starts playing back the audio from the previous response. The playback is modeled into two phases: * No barge-in phase: which goes first and during which speech detection should not be carried out. * Barge-in phase: which follows the no barge-in phase and during which the API starts speech detection and may inform the client that an utterance has been detected. Note that no-speech event is not expected in this phase. The client provides this configuration in terms of the durations of those two phases. The durations are measured in terms of the audio length from the start of the input audio. No-speech event is a response with END_OF_UTTERANCE without any transcript following up.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3BargeInConfig",
 "properties": {
 "noBargeInDuration": {
@@ -11141,7 +11141,7 @@
 "type": "object"
 },
 "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1BargeInConfig": {
-"description": "Configuration of the barge-in behavior. Barge-in instructs the API to return a detected utterance at a proper time while the client is playing back the response audio from a previous request. When the client sees the utterance, it should stop the playback and immediately get ready for receiving the responses for the current request. The barge-in handling requires the client to start streaming audio input as soon as it starts playing back the audio from the previous response. The playback is modeled into two phases: * No barge-in phase: which goes first and during which speech detection should not be carried out. * Barge-in phase: which follows the no barge-in phase and during which the API starts speech detection and may inform the client that an utterance has been detected. Note that no-speech event is not expected in this phase. The client provides this configuration in terms of the durations of those two phases. The durations are measured in terms of the audio length from the the start of the input audio. No-speech event is a response with END_OF_UTTERANCE without any transcript following up.",
+"description": "Configuration of the barge-in behavior. Barge-in instructs the API to return a detected utterance at a proper time while the client is playing back the response audio from a previous request. When the client sees the utterance, it should stop the playback and immediately get ready for receiving the responses for the current request. The barge-in handling requires the client to start streaming audio input as soon as it starts playing back the audio from the previous response. The playback is modeled into two phases: * No barge-in phase: which goes first and during which speech detection should not be carried out. * Barge-in phase: which follows the no barge-in phase and during which the API starts speech detection and may inform the client that an utterance has been detected. Note that no-speech event is not expected in this phase. The client provides this configuration in terms of the durations of those two phases. The durations are measured in terms of the audio length from the start of the input audio. No-speech event is a response with END_OF_UTTERANCE without any transcript following up.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1BargeInConfig",
 "properties": {
 "noBargeInDuration": {
@@ -13680,7 +13680,7 @@ true
 "properties": {
 "automatedAgentReply": {
 "$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2AutomatedAgentReply",
-"description": "Only set if a Dialogflow automated agent has responded. Note that: AutomatedAgentReply.detect_intent_response.output_audio and AutomatedAgentReply.detect_intent_response.output_audio_config are always empty, use reply_audio instead."
+"description": "Only set if a Dialogflow automated agent has responded. Note that in AutomatedAgentReply.DetectIntentResponse, Sessions.DetectIntentResponse.output_audio and Sessions.DetectIntentResponse.output_audio_config are always empty, use reply_audio instead."
 },
 "dtmfParameters": {
 "$ref": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2DtmfParameters",
@@ -13780,7 +13780,7 @@ true
 "type": "object"
 },
 "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2AnswerRecord": {
-"description": "Answer records are records to manage answer history and feedbacks for Dialogflow. Currently, answer record includes: - human agent assistant article suggestion - human agent assistant faq article It doesn't include: - `DetectIntent` intent matching - `DetectIntent` knowledge Answer records are not related to the conversation history in the Dialogflow Console. A Record is generated even when the end-user disables conversation history in the console. Records are created when there's a human agent assistant suggestion generated. A typical workflow for customers provide feedback to an answer is: 1. For human agent assistant, customers get suggestion via ListSuggestions API. Together with the answers, AnswerRecord.name are returned to the customers. 2. The customer uses the AnswerRecord.name to call the UpdateAnswerRecord method to send feedback about a specific answer that they believe is wrong.",
+"description": "Answer records are records to manage answer history and feedbacks for Dialogflow. Currently, answer record includes: - human agent assistant article suggestion - human agent assistant faq article It doesn't include: - `DetectIntent` intent matching - `DetectIntent` knowledge Answer records are not related to the conversation history in the Dialogflow Console. A Record is generated even when the end-user disables conversation history in the console. Records are created when there's a human agent assistant suggestion generated. A typical workflow for customers provide feedback to an answer is: 1. For human agent assistant, customers get suggestion via ListSuggestions API. Together with the answers, AnswerRecord.name are returned to the customers. 2. The customer uses the AnswerRecord.name to call the AnswerRecords.UpdateAnswerRecord method to send feedback about a specific answer that they believe is wrong.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2AnswerRecord",
 "properties": {
 "agentAssistantRecord": {
@@ -14096,7 +14096,7 @@ true
 "type": "object"
 },
 "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2ClearSuggestionFeatureConfigOperationMetadata": {
-"description": "Metadata for a ConversationProfile.ClearSuggestionFeatureConfig operation.",
+"description": "Metadata for a ConversationProfiles.ClearSuggestionFeatureConfig operation.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2ClearSuggestionFeatureConfigOperationMetadata",
 "properties": {
 "conversationProfile": {
@@ -14148,7 +14148,7 @@ true
 "type": "object"
 },
 "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2ClearSuggestionFeatureConfigRequest": {
-"description": "The request message for ConversationProfiles.ClearFeature.",
+"description": "The request message for ConversationProfiles.ClearSuggestionFeatureConfig.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2ClearSuggestionFeatureConfigRequest",
 "properties": {
 "participantRole": {
@@ -14594,7 +14594,7 @@ true
 "type": "object"
 },
 "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2CreateConversationDatasetOperationMetadata": {
-"description": "Metadata for ConversationDatasets.",
+"description": "Metadata for CreateConversationDataset.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2CreateConversationDatasetOperationMetadata",
 "properties": {
 "conversationDataset": {
@@ -14694,7 +14694,7 @@ true
 "type": "object"
 },
 "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2DeleteConversationDatasetOperationMetadata": {
-"description": "Metadata for ConversationDatasets.",
+"description": "Metadata for DeleteConversationDataset.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2DeleteConversationDatasetOperationMetadata",
 "properties": {},
 "type": "object"
@@ -15293,7 +15293,7 @@ true
 "type": "object"
 },
 "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2FewShotExample": {
-"description": "Providing examples in the generator (i.e. building a few-shot generator) helps convey the desired format of the LLM response. NEXT_ID: 10",
+"description": "Providing examples in the generator (i.e. building a few-shot generator) helps convey the desired format of the LLM response.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2FewShotExample",
 "properties": {
 "conversationContext": {
@@ -15513,7 +15513,7 @@ true
 "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2GenerateStatelessSummaryResponse",
 "properties": {
 "contextSize": {
-"description": "Number of messages prior to and including last_conversation_message used to compile the suggestion. It may be smaller than the GenerateStatelessSummaryRequest.context_size field in the request if there weren't that many messages in the conversation.",
+"description": "Number of messages prior to and including latest_message used to compile the suggestion. It may be smaller than the GenerateStatelessSummaryRequest.max_context_size field in the request if there weren't that many messages in the conversation.",
 "format": "int32",
 "type": "integer"
 },
@@ -18347,7 +18347,7 @@ true
 "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2SearchKnowledgeRequestSearchConfigBoostSpecs",
 "properties": {
 "dataStores": {
-"description": "Optional. Data Stores where the boosting configuration is applied. The full names of the referenced data stores. Formats: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}` `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/dataStores/{data_store}",
+"description": "Optional. Data Stores where the boosting configuration is applied. The full names of the referenced data stores. Formats: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}` `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/dataStores/{data_store}`",
 "items": {
 "type": "string"
 },
@@ -18522,7 +18522,7 @@ true
 "type": "object"
 },
 "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2SentimentAnalysisResult": {
-"description": "The result of sentiment analysis. Sentiment analysis inspects user input and identifies the prevailing subjective opinion, especially to determine a user's attitude as positive, negative, or neutral. For Participants.DetectIntent, it needs to be configured in DetectIntentRequest.query_params. For Participants.StreamingDetectIntent, it needs to be configured in StreamingDetectIntentRequest.query_params. And for Participants.AnalyzeContent and Participants.StreamingAnalyzeContent, it needs to be configured in ConversationProfile.human_agent_assistant_config",
+"description": "The result of sentiment analysis. Sentiment analysis inspects user input and identifies the prevailing subjective opinion, especially to determine a user's attitude as positive, negative, or neutral. For DetectIntent, it needs to be configured in DetectIntentRequest.query_params. For StreamingDetectIntent, it needs to be configured in StreamingDetectIntentRequest.query_params. And for Participants.AnalyzeContent and Participants.StreamingAnalyzeContent, it needs to be configured in ConversationProfile.human_agent_assistant_config",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2SentimentAnalysisResult",
 "properties": {
 "queryTextSentiment": {
@@ -18565,7 +18565,7 @@ true
 "type": "object"
 },
 "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2SetSuggestionFeatureConfigOperationMetadata": {
-"description": "Metadata for a ConversationProfile.SetSuggestionFeatureConfig operation.",
+"description": "Metadata for a ConversationProfiles.SetSuggestionFeatureConfig operation.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2SetSuggestionFeatureConfigOperationMetadata",
 "properties": {
 "conversationProfile": {
@@ -18617,7 +18617,7 @@ true
 "type": "object"
 },
 "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2SetSuggestionFeatureConfigRequest": {
-"description": "The request message for ConversationProfiles.SetSuggestionFeature.",
+"description": "The request message for ConversationProfiles.SetSuggestionFeatureConfig.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2SetSuggestionFeatureConfigRequest",
 "properties": {
 "participantRole": {
@@ -18889,7 +18889,7 @@ true
 "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2SuggestConversationSummaryResponse",
 "properties": {
 "contextSize": {
-"description": "Number of messages prior to and including last_conversation_message used to compile the suggestion. It may be smaller than the SuggestSummaryRequest.context_size field in the request if there weren't that many messages in the conversation.",
+"description": "Number of messages prior to and including latest_message used to compile the suggestion. It may be smaller than the SuggestConversationSummaryRequest.context_size field in the request if there weren't that many messages in the conversation.",
 "format": "int32",
 "type": "integer"
 },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v2beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v2beta1.json
index c730e20830..b19d44496c 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v2beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v2beta1.json
@@ -8239,7 +8239,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241112",
+"revision": "20241119",
 "rootUrl": "https://dialogflow.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AdvancedSettings": {
@@ -8359,7 +8359,7 @@
 "type": "object"
 },
 "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3BargeInConfig": {
-"description": "Configuration of the barge-in behavior. Barge-in instructs the API to return a detected utterance at a proper time while the client is playing back the response audio from a previous request. When the client sees the utterance, it should stop the playback and immediately get ready for receiving the responses for the current request. The barge-in handling requires the client to start streaming audio input as soon as it starts playing back the audio from the previous response. The playback is modeled into two phases: * No barge-in phase: which goes first and during which speech detection should not be carried out. * Barge-in phase: which follows the no barge-in phase and during which the API starts speech detection and may inform the client that an utterance has been detected. Note that no-speech event is not expected in this phase. The client provides this configuration in terms of the durations of those two phases. The durations are measured in terms of the audio length from the the start of the input audio. No-speech event is a response with END_OF_UTTERANCE without any transcript following up.",
+"description": "Configuration of the barge-in behavior. Barge-in instructs the API to return a detected utterance at a proper time while the client is playing back the response audio from a previous request. When the client sees the utterance, it should stop the playback and immediately get ready for receiving the responses for the current request. The barge-in handling requires the client to start streaming audio input as soon as it starts playing back the audio from the previous response. The playback is modeled into two phases: * No barge-in phase: which goes first and during which speech detection should not be carried out. * Barge-in phase: which follows the no barge-in phase and during which the API starts speech detection and may inform the client that an utterance has been detected. Note that no-speech event is not expected in this phase. The client provides this configuration in terms of the durations of those two phases. The durations are measured in terms of the audio length from the start of the input audio. No-speech event is a response with END_OF_UTTERANCE without any transcript following up.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3BargeInConfig",
 "properties": {
 "noBargeInDuration": {
@@ -10666,7 +10666,7 @@
 "type": "object"
 },
 "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1BargeInConfig": {
-"description": "Configuration of the barge-in behavior. Barge-in instructs the API to return a detected utterance at a proper time while the client is playing back the response audio from a previous request. When the client sees the utterance, it should stop the playback and immediately get ready for receiving the responses for the current request. The barge-in handling requires the client to start streaming audio input as soon as it starts playing back the audio from the previous response. The playback is modeled into two phases: * No barge-in phase: which goes first and during which speech detection should not be carried out. * Barge-in phase: which follows the no barge-in phase and during which the API starts speech detection and may inform the client that an utterance has been detected. Note that no-speech event is not expected in this phase. The client provides this configuration in terms of the durations of those two phases. The durations are measured in terms of the audio length from the the start of the input audio. No-speech event is a response with END_OF_UTTERANCE without any transcript following up.",
+"description": "Configuration of the barge-in behavior. Barge-in instructs the API to return a detected utterance at a proper time while the client is playing back the response audio from a previous request. When the client sees the utterance, it should stop the playback and immediately get ready for receiving the responses for the current request. The barge-in handling requires the client to start streaming audio input as soon as it starts playing back the audio from the previous response. The playback is modeled into two phases: * No barge-in phase: which goes first and during which speech detection should not be carried out. * Barge-in phase: which follows the no barge-in phase and during which the API starts speech detection and may inform the client that an utterance has been detected. Note that no-speech event is not expected in this phase. The client provides this configuration in terms of the durations of those two phases. The durations are measured in terms of the audio length from the start of the input audio. No-speech event is a response with END_OF_UTTERANCE without any transcript following up.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1BargeInConfig",
 "properties": {
 "noBargeInDuration": {
@@ -13016,7 +13016,7 @@
 "type": "object"
 },
 "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2ClearSuggestionFeatureConfigOperationMetadata": {
-"description": "Metadata for a ConversationProfile.ClearSuggestionFeatureConfig operation.",
+"description": "Metadata for a ConversationProfiles.ClearSuggestionFeatureConfig operation.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2ClearSuggestionFeatureConfigOperationMetadata",
 "properties": {
 "conversationProfile": {
@@ -13208,7 +13208,7 @@
 "type": "object"
 },
 "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2CreateConversationDatasetOperationMetadata": {
-"description": "Metadata for ConversationDatasets.",
+"description": "Metadata for CreateConversationDataset.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2CreateConversationDatasetOperationMetadata",
 "properties": {
 "conversationDataset": {
@@ -13297,7 +13297,7 @@
 "type": "object"
 },
 "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2DeleteConversationDatasetOperationMetadata": {
-"description": "Metadata for ConversationDatasets.",
+"description": "Metadata for DeleteConversationDataset.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2DeleteConversationDatasetOperationMetadata",
 "properties": {},
 "type": "object"
@@ -14886,7 +14886,7 @@ true
 "type": "object"
 },
 "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2SentimentAnalysisResult": {
-"description": "The result of sentiment analysis. Sentiment analysis inspects user input and identifies the prevailing subjective opinion, especially to determine a user's attitude as positive, negative, or neutral. For Participants.DetectIntent, it needs to be configured in DetectIntentRequest.query_params. For Participants.StreamingDetectIntent, it needs to be configured in StreamingDetectIntentRequest.query_params. And for Participants.AnalyzeContent and Participants.StreamingAnalyzeContent, it needs to be configured in ConversationProfile.human_agent_assistant_config",
+"description": "The result of sentiment analysis. Sentiment analysis inspects user input and identifies the prevailing subjective opinion, especially to determine a user's attitude as positive, negative, or neutral. For DetectIntent, it needs to be configured in DetectIntentRequest.query_params. For StreamingDetectIntent, it needs to be configured in StreamingDetectIntentRequest.query_params. And for Participants.AnalyzeContent and Participants.StreamingAnalyzeContent, it needs to be configured in ConversationProfile.human_agent_assistant_config",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2SentimentAnalysisResult",
 "properties": {
 "queryTextSentiment": {
@@ -14929,7 +14929,7 @@ true
 "type": "object"
 },
 "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2SetSuggestionFeatureConfigOperationMetadata": {
-"description": "Metadata for a ConversationProfile.SetSuggestionFeatureConfig operation.",
+"description": "Metadata for a ConversationProfiles.SetSuggestionFeatureConfig operation.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2SetSuggestionFeatureConfigOperationMetadata",
 "properties": {
 "conversationProfile": {
@@ -16992,7 +16992,7 @@ true
 "type": "object"
 },
 "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1FewShotExample": {
-"description": "Providing examples in the generator (i.e. building a few-shot generator) helps convey the desired format of the LLM response. NEXT_ID: 11",
+"description": "Providing examples in the generator (i.e. building a few-shot generator) helps convey the desired format of the LLM response.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1FewShotExample",
 "properties": {
 "conversationContext": {
@@ -20485,7 +20485,7 @@ true
 "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2beta1SearchKnowledgeRequestSearchConfigBoostSpecs",
 "properties": {
 "dataStores": {
-"description": "Optional. Data Stores where the boosting configuration is applied. The full names of the referenced data stores. Formats: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}` `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/dataStores/{data_store}",
+"description": "Optional. Data Stores where the boosting configuration is applied. The full names of the referenced data stores. Formats: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/collections/{collection}/dataStores/{data_store}` `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/dataStores/{data_store}`",
 "items": {
 "type": "string"
 },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v3.json
index d8eb9493ff..677d59332a 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v3.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v3.json
@@ -4453,7 +4453,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241025",
+"revision": "20241119",
 "rootUrl": "https://dialogflow.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AdvancedSettings": {
@@ -4830,7 +4830,7 @@
 "type": "object"
 },
 "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3BargeInConfig": {
-"description": "Configuration of the barge-in behavior. Barge-in instructs the API to return a detected utterance at a proper time while the client is playing back the response audio from a previous request. When the client sees the utterance, it should stop the playback and immediately get ready for receiving the responses for the current request. The barge-in handling requires the client to start streaming audio input as soon as it starts playing back the audio from the previous response. The playback is modeled into two phases: * No barge-in phase: which goes first and during which speech detection should not be carried out. * Barge-in phase: which follows the no barge-in phase and during which the API starts speech detection and may inform the client that an utterance has been detected. Note that no-speech event is not expected in this phase. The client provides this configuration in terms of the durations of those two phases. The durations are measured in terms of the audio length from the the start of the input audio. No-speech event is a response with END_OF_UTTERANCE without any transcript following up.",
+"description": "Configuration of the barge-in behavior. Barge-in instructs the API to return a detected utterance at a proper time while the client is playing back the response audio from a previous request. When the client sees the utterance, it should stop the playback and immediately get ready for receiving the responses for the current request. The barge-in handling requires the client to start streaming audio input as soon as it starts playing back the audio from the previous response. The playback is modeled into two phases: * No barge-in phase: which goes first and during which speech detection should not be carried out. * Barge-in phase: which follows the no barge-in phase and during which the API starts speech detection and may inform the client that an utterance has been detected. Note that no-speech event is not expected in this phase. The client provides this configuration in terms of the durations of those two phases. The durations are measured in terms of the audio length from the start of the input audio. No-speech event is a response with END_OF_UTTERANCE without any transcript following up.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3BargeInConfig",
 "properties": {
 "noBargeInDuration": {
@@ -10371,7 +10371,7 @@ false
 "type": "object"
 },
 "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1BargeInConfig": {
-"description": "Configuration of the barge-in behavior. Barge-in instructs the API to return a detected utterance at a proper time while the client is playing back the response audio from a previous request. When the client sees the utterance, it should stop the playback and immediately get ready for receiving the responses for the current request. The barge-in handling requires the client to start streaming audio input as soon as it starts playing back the audio from the previous response. The playback is modeled into two phases: * No barge-in phase: which goes first and during which speech detection should not be carried out. * Barge-in phase: which follows the no barge-in phase and during which the API starts speech detection and may inform the client that an utterance has been detected. Note that no-speech event is not expected in this phase. The client provides this configuration in terms of the durations of those two phases. The durations are measured in terms of the audio length from the the start of the input audio. No-speech event is a response with END_OF_UTTERANCE without any transcript following up.",
+"description": "Configuration of the barge-in behavior. Barge-in instructs the API to return a detected utterance at a proper time while the client is playing back the response audio from a previous request. When the client sees the utterance, it should stop the playback and immediately get ready for receiving the responses for the current request. The barge-in handling requires the client to start streaming audio input as soon as it starts playing back the audio from the previous response. The playback is modeled into two phases: * No barge-in phase: which goes first and during which speech detection should not be carried out. * Barge-in phase: which follows the no barge-in phase and during which the API starts speech detection and may inform the client that an utterance has been detected. Note that no-speech event is not expected in this phase. The client provides this configuration in terms of the durations of those two phases. The durations are measured in terms of the audio length from the start of the input audio. No-speech event is a response with END_OF_UTTERANCE without any transcript following up.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1BargeInConfig",
 "properties": {
 "noBargeInDuration": {
@@ -12721,7 +12721,7 @@ false
 "type": "object"
 },
 "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2ClearSuggestionFeatureConfigOperationMetadata": {
-"description": "Metadata for a ConversationProfile.ClearSuggestionFeatureConfig operation.",
+"description": "Metadata for a ConversationProfiles.ClearSuggestionFeatureConfig operation.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2ClearSuggestionFeatureConfigOperationMetadata",
 "properties": {
 "conversationProfile": {
@@ -12913,7 +12913,7 @@ false
 "type": "object"
 },
 "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2CreateConversationDatasetOperationMetadata": {
-"description": "Metadata for ConversationDatasets.",
+"description": "Metadata for CreateConversationDataset.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2CreateConversationDatasetOperationMetadata",
 "properties": {
 "conversationDataset": {
@@ -13002,7 +13002,7 @@ false
 "type": "object"
 },
 "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2DeleteConversationDatasetOperationMetadata": {
-"description": "Metadata for ConversationDatasets.",
+"description": "Metadata for DeleteConversationDataset.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2DeleteConversationDatasetOperationMetadata",
 "properties": {},
 "type": "object"
@@ -14591,7 +14591,7 @@ true
 "type": "object"
 },
 "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2SentimentAnalysisResult": {
-"description": "The result of sentiment analysis. Sentiment analysis inspects user input and identifies the prevailing subjective opinion, especially to determine a user's attitude as positive, negative, or neutral. For Participants.DetectIntent, it needs to be configured in DetectIntentRequest.query_params. For Participants.StreamingDetectIntent, it needs to be configured in StreamingDetectIntentRequest.query_params. And for Participants.AnalyzeContent and Participants.StreamingAnalyzeContent, it needs to be configured in ConversationProfile.human_agent_assistant_config",
+"description": "The result of sentiment analysis. Sentiment analysis inspects user input and identifies the prevailing subjective opinion, especially to determine a user's attitude as positive, negative, or neutral. For DetectIntent, it needs to be configured in DetectIntentRequest.query_params. For StreamingDetectIntent, it needs to be configured in StreamingDetectIntentRequest.query_params. And for Participants.AnalyzeContent and Participants.StreamingAnalyzeContent, it needs to be configured in ConversationProfile.human_agent_assistant_config",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2SentimentAnalysisResult",
 "properties": {
 "queryTextSentiment": {
@@ -14634,7 +14634,7 @@ true
 "type": "object"
 },
 "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2SetSuggestionFeatureConfigOperationMetadata": {
-"description": "Metadata for a ConversationProfile.SetSuggestionFeatureConfig operation.",
+"description": "Metadata for a ConversationProfiles.SetSuggestionFeatureConfig operation.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2SetSuggestionFeatureConfigOperationMetadata",
 "properties": {
 "conversationProfile": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v3beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v3beta1.json
index 368e78e933..b563eb316d 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v3beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/dialogflow.v3beta1.json
@@ -5185,7 +5185,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241112",
+"revision": "20241119",
 "rootUrl": "https://dialogflow.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3AdvancedSettings": {
@@ -5305,7 +5305,7 @@
 "type": "object"
 },
 "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3BargeInConfig": {
-"description": "Configuration of the barge-in behavior. Barge-in instructs the API to return a detected utterance at a proper time while the client is playing back the response audio from a previous request. When the client sees the utterance, it should stop the playback and immediately get ready for receiving the responses for the current request. The barge-in handling requires the client to start streaming audio input as soon as it starts playing back the audio from the previous response. The playback is modeled into two phases: * No barge-in phase: which goes first and during which speech detection should not be carried out. * Barge-in phase: which follows the no barge-in phase and during which the API starts speech detection and may inform the client that an utterance has been detected. Note that no-speech event is not expected in this phase. The client provides this configuration in terms of the durations of those two phases. The durations are measured in terms of the audio length from the the start of the input audio. No-speech event is a response with END_OF_UTTERANCE without any transcript following up.",
+"description": "Configuration of the barge-in behavior. Barge-in instructs the API to return a detected utterance at a proper time while the client is playing back the response audio from a previous request. When the client sees the utterance, it should stop the playback and immediately get ready for receiving the responses for the current request. The barge-in handling requires the client to start streaming audio input as soon as it starts playing back the audio from the previous response. The playback is modeled into two phases: * No barge-in phase: which goes first and during which speech detection should not be carried out. * Barge-in phase: which follows the no barge-in phase and during which the API starts speech detection and may inform the client that an utterance has been detected. Note that no-speech event is not expected in this phase. The client provides this configuration in terms of the durations of those two phases. The durations are measured in terms of the audio length from the start of the input audio. No-speech event is a response with END_OF_UTTERANCE without any transcript following up.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3BargeInConfig",
 "properties": {
 "noBargeInDuration": {
@@ -7915,7 +7915,7 @@
 "type": "object"
 },
 "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1BargeInConfig": {
-"description": "Configuration of the barge-in behavior. Barge-in instructs the API to return a detected utterance at a proper time while the client is playing back the response audio from a previous request. When the client sees the utterance, it should stop the playback and immediately get ready for receiving the responses for the current request. The barge-in handling requires the client to start streaming audio input as soon as it starts playing back the audio from the previous response. The playback is modeled into two phases: * No barge-in phase: which goes first and during which speech detection should not be carried out. * Barge-in phase: which follows the no barge-in phase and during which the API starts speech detection and may inform the client that an utterance has been detected. Note that no-speech event is not expected in this phase. The client provides this configuration in terms of the durations of those two phases. The durations are measured in terms of the audio length from the the start of the input audio. No-speech event is a response with END_OF_UTTERANCE without any transcript following up.",
+"description": "Configuration of the barge-in behavior. Barge-in instructs the API to return a detected utterance at a proper time while the client is playing back the response audio from a previous request. When the client sees the utterance, it should stop the playback and immediately get ready for receiving the responses for the current request. The barge-in handling requires the client to start streaming audio input as soon as it starts playing back the audio from the previous response. The playback is modeled into two phases: * No barge-in phase: which goes first and during which speech detection should not be carried out. * Barge-in phase: which follows the no barge-in phase and during which the API starts speech detection and may inform the client that an utterance has been detected. Note that no-speech event is not expected in this phase. The client provides this configuration in terms of the durations of those two phases. The durations are measured in terms of the audio length from the start of the input audio. No-speech event is a response with END_OF_UTTERANCE without any transcript following up.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowCxV3beta1BargeInConfig",
 "properties": {
 "noBargeInDuration": {
@@ -12238,7 +12238,7 @@ false
 "type": "string"
 },
 "currentPlaybook": {
-"description": "Optional. Start the session with the specified playbook. You can only specify the playbook at the beginning of the session. Otherwise, an error will be thrown. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`.",
+"description": "Optional. The unique identifier of the playbook to start or continue the session with. If `current_playbook` is specified, the previous state of the session will be ignored by Dialogflow. Format: `projects//locations//agents//playbooks/`.",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "disableWebhook": {
@@ -14791,7 +14791,7 @@ false
 "type": "object"
 },
 "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2ClearSuggestionFeatureConfigOperationMetadata": {
-"description": "Metadata for a ConversationProfile.ClearSuggestionFeatureConfig operation.",
+"description": "Metadata for a ConversationProfiles.ClearSuggestionFeatureConfig operation.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2ClearSuggestionFeatureConfigOperationMetadata",
 "properties": {
 "conversationProfile": {
@@ -14983,7 +14983,7 @@ false
 "type": "object"
 },
 "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2CreateConversationDatasetOperationMetadata": {
-"description": "Metadata for ConversationDatasets.",
+"description": "Metadata for CreateConversationDataset.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2CreateConversationDatasetOperationMetadata",
 "properties": {
 "conversationDataset": {
@@ -15072,7 +15072,7 @@ false
 "type": "object"
 },
 "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2DeleteConversationDatasetOperationMetadata": {
-"description": "Metadata for ConversationDatasets.",
+"description": "Metadata for DeleteConversationDataset.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2DeleteConversationDatasetOperationMetadata",
 "properties": {},
 "type": "object"
@@ -16661,7 +16661,7 @@ true
 "type": "object"
 },
 "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2SentimentAnalysisResult": {
-"description": "The result of sentiment analysis. Sentiment analysis inspects user input and identifies the prevailing subjective opinion, especially to determine a user's attitude as positive, negative, or neutral. For Participants.DetectIntent, it needs to be configured in DetectIntentRequest.query_params. For Participants.StreamingDetectIntent, it needs to be configured in StreamingDetectIntentRequest.query_params. And for Participants.AnalyzeContent and Participants.StreamingAnalyzeContent, it needs to be configured in ConversationProfile.human_agent_assistant_config",
+"description": "The result of sentiment analysis. Sentiment analysis inspects user input and identifies the prevailing subjective opinion, especially to determine a user's attitude as positive, negative, or neutral. For DetectIntent, it needs to be configured in DetectIntentRequest.query_params. For StreamingDetectIntent, it needs to be configured in StreamingDetectIntentRequest.query_params. And for Participants.AnalyzeContent and Participants.StreamingAnalyzeContent, it needs to be configured in ConversationProfile.human_agent_assistant_config",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2SentimentAnalysisResult",
 "properties": {
 "queryTextSentiment": {
@@ -16704,7 +16704,7 @@ true
 "type": "object"
 },
 "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2SetSuggestionFeatureConfigOperationMetadata": {
-"description": "Metadata for a ConversationProfile.SetSuggestionFeatureConfig operation.",
+"description": "Metadata for a ConversationProfiles.SetSuggestionFeatureConfig operation.",
 "id": "GoogleCloudDialogflowV2SetSuggestionFeatureConfigOperationMetadata",
 "properties": {
 "conversationProfile": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drive.v3.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drive.v3.json
index 7cbeb8db3a..65d407c5c4 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drive.v3.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/drive.v3.json
@@ -1817,7 +1817,7 @@
 "operation": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "operation/{name}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "drive.operation.cancel",
@@ -2774,7 +2774,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241110",
+"revision": "20241117",
 "rootUrl": "https://www.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "About": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseappdistribution.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseappdistribution.v1alpha.json
index fef577d32e..0465a6bd94 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseappdistribution.v1alpha.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/firebaseappdistribution.v1alpha.json
@@ -776,7 +776,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241115",
+"revision": "20241121",
 "rootUrl": "https://firebaseappdistribution.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AndroidxCrawlerOutputPoint": {
@@ -908,6 +908,7 @@
 "id": "GoogleFirebaseAppdistroV1alphaAiInstructions",
 "properties": {
 "appDescription": {
+"deprecated": true,
 "description": "Optional. Describes the app to give the AI some context",
 "type": "string"
 },
@@ -1804,7 +1805,7 @@
 "description": "Optional. Instructions for AI driven test."
 },
 "displayName": {
-"description": "Optional. Display name of the test case.",
+"description": "Required. Display name of the test case.",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "name": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iam.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iam.v1.json
index 2caa7ebcd4..70507b74ff 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iam.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iam.v1.json
@@ -1325,7 +1325,7 @@
 ],
 "parameters": {
 "name": {
-"description": "Immutable. The resource name of the OauthClient. Format:`projects/{project}/locations/{location}/oauthClients/{oauth_client}`.",
+"description": "Immutable. Identifier. The resource name of the OauthClient. Format:`projects/{project}/locations/{location}/oauthClients/{oauth_client}`.",
 "location": "path",
 "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/oauthClients/[^/]+$",
 "required": true,
@@ -1499,7 +1499,7 @@
 ],
 "parameters": {
 "name": {
-"description": "Immutable. The resource name of the OauthClientCredential. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/oauthClients/{oauth_client}/credentials/{credential}`",
+"description": "Immutable. Identifier. The resource name of the OauthClientCredential. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/oauthClients/{oauth_client}/credentials/{credential}`",
 "location": "path",
 "pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/oauthClients/[^/]+/credentials/[^/]+$",
 "required": true,
@@ -3188,7 +3188,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241028",
+"revision": "20241114",
 "rootUrl": "https://iam.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AccessRestrictions": {
@@ -4097,7 +4097,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "name": {
-"description": "Immutable. The resource name of the OauthClient. Format:`projects/{project}/locations/{location}/oauthClients/{oauth_client}`.",
+"description": "Immutable. Identifier. The resource name of the OauthClient. Format:`projects/{project}/locations/{location}/oauthClients/{oauth_client}`.",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "state": {
@@ -4136,7 +4136,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "name": {
-"description": "Immutable. The resource name of the OauthClientCredential. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/oauthClients/{oauth_client}/credentials/{credential}`",
+"description": "Immutable. Identifier. The resource name of the OauthClientCredential. Format: `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/oauthClients/{oauth_client}/credentials/{credential}`",
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
@@ -4147,7 +4147,7 @@
 "id": "Oidc",
 "properties": {
 "allowedAudiences": {
-"description": "Acceptable values for the `aud` field (audience) in the OIDC token. Token exchange requests are rejected if the token audience does not match one of the configured values. Each audience may be at most 256 characters. A maximum of 10 audiences may be configured. If this list is empty, the OIDC token audience must be equal to the full canonical resource name of the WorkloadIdentityPoolProvider, with or without the HTTPS prefix. For example: ``` //iam.googleapis.com/projects//locations//workloadIdentityPools//providers/ https://iam.googleapis.com/projects//locations//workloadIdentityPools//providers/ ```",
+"description": "Optional. Acceptable values for the `aud` field (audience) in the OIDC token. Token exchange requests are rejected if the token audience does not match one of the configured values. Each audience may be at most 256 characters. A maximum of 10 audiences may be configured. If this list is empty, the OIDC token audience must be equal to the full canonical resource name of the WorkloadIdentityPoolProvider, with or without the HTTPS prefix. For example: ``` //iam.googleapis.com/projects//locations//workloadIdentityPools//providers/ https://iam.googleapis.com/projects//locations//workloadIdentityPools//providers/ ```",
 "items": {
 "type": "string"
 },
@@ -4209,7 +4209,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "cancelRequested": {
-"description": "Output only. Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have been cancelled successfully have Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Output only. Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have been cancelled successfully have google.longrunning.Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "readOnly": true,
 "type": "boolean"
 },
@@ -5169,15 +5169,15 @@ false
 "id": "WorkloadIdentityPool",
 "properties": {
 "description": {
-"description": "A description of the pool. Cannot exceed 256 characters.",
+"description": "Optional. A description of the pool. Cannot exceed 256 characters.",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "disabled": {
-"description": "Whether the pool is disabled. You cannot use a disabled pool to exchange tokens, or use existing tokens to access resources. If the pool is re-enabled, existing tokens grant access again.",
+"description": "Optional. Whether the pool is disabled. You cannot use a disabled pool to exchange tokens, or use existing tokens to access resources. If the pool is re-enabled, existing tokens grant access again.",
 "type": "boolean"
 },
 "displayName": {
-"description": "A display name for the pool. Cannot exceed 32 characters.",
+"description": "Optional. A display name for the pool. Cannot exceed 32 characters.",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "expireTime": {
@@ -5220,14 +5220,14 @@ false
 "id": "WorkloadIdentityPoolProvider",
 "properties": {
 "attributeCondition": {
-"description": "[A Common Expression Language](https://opensource.google/projects/cel) expression, in plain text, to restrict what otherwise valid authentication credentials issued by the provider should not be accepted. The expression must output a boolean representing whether to allow the federation. The following keywords may be referenced in the expressions: * `assertion`: JSON representing the authentication credential issued by the provider. * `google`: The Google attributes mapped from the assertion in the `attribute_mappings`. * `attribute`: The custom attributes mapped from the assertion in the `attribute_mappings`. The maximum length of the attribute condition expression is 4096 characters. If unspecified, all valid authentication credential are accepted. The following example shows how to only allow credentials with a mapped `google.groups` value of `admins`: ``` \"'admins' in google.groups\" ```",
+"description": "Optional. [A Common Expression Language](https://opensource.google/projects/cel) expression, in plain text, to restrict what otherwise valid authentication credentials issued by the provider should not be accepted. The expression must output a boolean representing whether to allow the federation. The following keywords may be referenced in the expressions: * `assertion`: JSON representing the authentication credential issued by the provider. * `google`: The Google attributes mapped from the assertion in the `attribute_mappings`. * `attribute`: The custom attributes mapped from the assertion in the `attribute_mappings`. The maximum length of the attribute condition expression is 4096 characters. If unspecified, all valid authentication credential are accepted. The following example shows how to only allow credentials with a mapped `google.groups` value of `admins`: ``` \"'admins' in google.groups\" ```",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "attributeMapping": {
 "additionalProperties": {
 "type": "string"
 },
-"description": " Maps attributes from authentication credentials issued by an external identity provider to Google Cloud attributes, such as `subject` and `segment`. Each key must be a string specifying the Google Cloud IAM attribute to map to. The following keys are supported: * `google.subject`: The principal IAM is authenticating. You can reference this value in IAM bindings. This is also the subject that appears in Cloud Logging logs. Cannot exceed 127 bytes. * `google.groups`: Groups the external identity belongs to. You can grant groups access to resources using an IAM `principalSet` binding; access applies to all members of the group. You can also provide custom attributes by specifying `attribute.{custom_attribute}`, where `{custom_attribute}` is the name of the custom attribute to be mapped. You can define a maximum of 50 custom attributes. The maximum length of a mapped attribute key is 100 characters, and the key may only contain the characters [a-z0-9_]. You can reference these attributes in IAM policies to define fine-grained access for a workload to Google Cloud resources. For example: * `google.subject`: `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project}/locations/{location}/workloadIdentityPools/{pool}/subject/{value}` * `google.groups`: `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project}/locations/{location}/workloadIdentityPools/{pool}/group/{value}` * `attribute.{custom_attribute}`: `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project}/locations/{location}/workloadIdentityPools/{pool}/attribute.{custom_attribute}/{value}` Each value must be a [Common Expression Language] (https://opensource.google/projects/cel) function that maps an identity provider credential to the normalized attribute specified by the corresponding map key. You can use the `assertion` keyword in the expression to access a JSON representation of the authentication credential issued by the provider. The maximum length of an attribute mapping expression is 2048 characters. When evaluated, the total size of all mapped attributes must not exceed 8KB. For AWS providers, if no attribute mapping is defined, the following default mapping applies: ``` { \"google.subject\":\"assertion.arn\", \"attribute.aws_role\": \"assertion.arn.contains('assumed-role')\" \" ? assertion.arn.extract('{account_arn}assumed-role/')\" \" + 'assumed-role/'\" \" + assertion.arn.extract('assumed-role/{role_name}/')\" \" : assertion.arn\", } ``` If any custom attribute mappings are defined, they must include a mapping to the `google.subject` attribute. For OIDC providers, you must supply a custom mapping, which must include the `google.subject` attribute. For example, the following maps the `sub` claim of the incoming credential to the `subject` attribute on a Google token: ``` {\"google.subject\": \"assertion.sub\"} ```",
+"description": "Optional. Maps attributes from authentication credentials issued by an external identity provider to Google Cloud attributes, such as `subject` and `segment`. Each key must be a string specifying the Google Cloud IAM attribute to map to. The following keys are supported: * `google.subject`: The principal IAM is authenticating. You can reference this value in IAM bindings. This is also the subject that appears in Cloud Logging logs. Cannot exceed 127 bytes. * `google.groups`: Groups the external identity belongs to. You can grant groups access to resources using an IAM `principalSet` binding; access applies to all members of the group. You can also provide custom attributes by specifying `attribute.{custom_attribute}`, where `{custom_attribute}` is the name of the custom attribute to be mapped. You can define a maximum of 50 custom attributes. The maximum length of a mapped attribute key is 100 characters, and the key may only contain the characters [a-z0-9_]. You can reference these attributes in IAM policies to define fine-grained access for a workload to Google Cloud resources. For example: * `google.subject`: `principal://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project}/locations/{location}/workloadIdentityPools/{pool}/subject/{value}` * `google.groups`: `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project}/locations/{location}/workloadIdentityPools/{pool}/group/{value}` * `attribute.{custom_attribute}`: `principalSet://iam.googleapis.com/projects/{project}/locations/{location}/workloadIdentityPools/{pool}/attribute.{custom_attribute}/{value}` Each value must be a [Common Expression Language] (https://opensource.google/projects/cel) function that maps an identity provider credential to the normalized attribute specified by the corresponding map key. You can use the `assertion` keyword in the expression to access a JSON representation of the authentication credential issued by the provider. The maximum length of an attribute mapping expression is 2048 characters. When evaluated, the total size of all mapped attributes must not exceed 8KB. For AWS providers, if no attribute mapping is defined, the following default mapping applies: ``` { \"google.subject\":\"assertion.arn\", \"attribute.aws_role\": \"assertion.arn.contains('assumed-role')\" \" ? assertion.arn.extract('{account_arn}assumed-role/')\" \" + 'assumed-role/'\" \" + assertion.arn.extract('assumed-role/{role_name}/')\" \" : assertion.arn\", } ``` If any custom attribute mappings are defined, they must include a mapping to the `google.subject` attribute. For OIDC providers, you must supply a custom mapping, which must include the `google.subject` attribute. For example, the following maps the `sub` claim of the incoming credential to the `subject` attribute on a Google token: ``` {\"google.subject\": \"assertion.sub\"} ```",
 "type": "object"
 },
 "aws": {
@@ -5235,15 +5235,15 @@ false
 "description": "An Amazon Web Services identity provider."
 },
 "description": {
-"description": "A description for the provider. Cannot exceed 256 characters.",
+"description": "Optional. A description for the provider. Cannot exceed 256 characters.",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "disabled": {
-"description": "Whether the provider is disabled. You cannot use a disabled provider to exchange tokens. However, existing tokens still grant access.",
+"description": "Optional. Whether the provider is disabled. You cannot use a disabled provider to exchange tokens. However, existing tokens still grant access.",
 "type": "boolean"
 },
 "displayName": {
-"description": "A display name for the provider. Cannot exceed 32 characters.",
+"description": "Optional. A display name for the provider. Cannot exceed 32 characters.",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "expireTime": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iam.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iam.v2.json
index 5d948ea002..0d16cf9328 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iam.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iam.v2.json
@@ -293,7 +293,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20240703",
+"revision": "20241114",
 "rootUrl": "https://iam.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "CloudControl2SharedOperationsReconciliationOperationMetadata": {
@@ -337,7 +337,7 @@ false
 "type": "string"
 },
 "cancelRequested": {
-"description": "Output only. Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have been cancelled successfully have Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Output only. Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have been cancelled successfully have google.longrunning.Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "readOnly": true,
 "type": "boolean"
 },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iam.v2beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iam.v2beta.json
index 097484ad39..e5875c4eee 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iam.v2beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/iam.v2beta.json
@@ -293,7 +293,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20240703",
+"revision": "20241114",
 "rootUrl": "https://iam.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "CloudControl2SharedOperationsReconciliationOperationMetadata": {
@@ -337,7 +337,7 @@ false
 "type": "string"
 },
 "cancelRequested": {
-"description": "Output only. Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have been cancelled successfully have Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Output only. Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have been cancelled successfully have google.longrunning.Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "readOnly": true,
 "type": "boolean"
 },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ml.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ml.v1.json
index c75fc29eae..7377cab279 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ml.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/ml.v1.json
@@ -512,7 +512,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "ml.projects.locations.operations.cancel",
@@ -1391,7 +1391,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "ml.projects.operations.cancel",
@@ -1486,7 +1486,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20240607",
+"revision": "20241116",
 "rootUrl": "https://ml.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "GoogleApi__HttpBody": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessaccountmanagement.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessaccountmanagement.v1.json
index 1da0081c65..20cec6cde0 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessaccountmanagement.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessaccountmanagement.v1.json
@@ -530,7 +530,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20240707",
+"revision": "20241120",
 "rootUrl": "https://mybusinessaccountmanagement.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AcceptInvitationRequest": {
@@ -844,18 +844,18 @@
 "type": "object"
 },
 "PostalAddress": {
-"description": "Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478",
+"description": "Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478",
 "id": "PostalAddress",
 "properties": {
 "addressLines": {
-"description": "Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. \"Austin, TX\"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be \"envelope order\" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. \"ja\" for large-to-small ordering and \"ja-Latn\" or \"en\" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).",
+"description": "Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example \"Austin, TX\"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be \"envelope order\" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example \"ja\" for large-to-small ordering and \"ja-Latn\" or \"en\" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).",
 "items": {
 "type": "string"
 },
 "type": "array"
 },
 "administrativeArea": {
-"description": "Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. \"Barcelona\" and not \"Catalonia\"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.",
+"description": "Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example \"Barcelona\" and not \"Catalonia\"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "languageCode": {
@@ -871,7 +871,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "postalCode": {
-"description": "Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).",
+"description": "Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "recipients": {
@@ -891,7 +891,7 @@
 "type": "integer"
 },
 "sortingCode": {
-"description": "Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like \"CEDEX\", optionally followed by a number (e.g. \"CEDEX 7\"), or just a number alone, representing the \"sector code\" (Jamaica), \"delivery area indicator\" (Malawi) or \"post office indicator\" (e.g. C\u00f4te d'Ivoire).",
+"description": "Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like \"CEDEX\", optionally followed by a number (For example \"CEDEX 7\"), or just a number alone, representing the \"sector code\" (Jamaica), \"delivery area indicator\" (Malawi) or \"post office indicator\" (For example C\u00f4te d'Ivoire).",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "sublocality": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessbusinessinformation.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessbusinessinformation.v1.json
index 0971cca8c1..575aecc23c 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessbusinessinformation.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessbusinessinformation.v1.json
@@ -612,7 +612,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241002",
+"revision": "20241120",
 "rootUrl": "https://mybusinessbusinessinformation.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AdWordsLocationExtensions": {
@@ -1386,18 +1386,18 @@
 "type": "object"
 },
 "PostalAddress": {
-"description": "Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478",
+"description": "Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478",
 "id": "PostalAddress",
 "properties": {
 "addressLines": {
-"description": "Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. \"Austin, TX\"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be \"envelope order\" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. \"ja\" for large-to-small ordering and \"ja-Latn\" or \"en\" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).",
+"description": "Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example \"Austin, TX\"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be \"envelope order\" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example \"ja\" for large-to-small ordering and \"ja-Latn\" or \"en\" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).",
 "items": {
 "type": "string"
 },
 "type": "array"
 },
 "administrativeArea": {
-"description": "Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. \"Barcelona\" and not \"Catalonia\"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.",
+"description": "Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example \"Barcelona\" and not \"Catalonia\"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "languageCode": {
@@ -1413,7 +1413,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "postalCode": {
-"description": "Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).",
+"description": "Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "recipients": {
@@ -1433,7 +1433,7 @@
 "type": "integer"
 },
 "sortingCode": {
-"description": "Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like \"CEDEX\", optionally followed by a number (e.g. \"CEDEX 7\"), or just a number alone, representing the \"sector code\" (Jamaica), \"delivery area indicator\" (Malawi) or \"post office indicator\" (e.g. C\u00f4te d'Ivoire).",
+"description": "Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like \"CEDEX\", optionally followed by a number (For example \"CEDEX 7\"), or just a number alone, representing the \"sector code\" (Jamaica), \"delivery area indicator\" (Malawi) or \"post office indicator\" (For example C\u00f4te d'Ivoire).",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "sublocality": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessverifications.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessverifications.v1.json
index 2ebf6ae045..ce35318b83 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessverifications.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/mybusinessverifications.v1.json
@@ -237,7 +237,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20240707",
+"revision": "20241120",
 "rootUrl": "https://mybusinessverifications.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AddressVerificationData": {
@@ -370,18 +370,18 @@
 "type": "object"
 },
 "PostalAddress": {
-"description": "Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478",
+"description": "Represents a postal address. For example for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created by user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an internationalization-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478",
 "id": "PostalAddress",
 "properties": {
 "addressLines": {
-"description": "Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. \"Austin, TX\"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be \"envelope order\" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. \"ja\" for large-to-small ordering and \"ja-Latn\" or \"en\" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).",
+"description": "Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (For example \"Austin, TX\"), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be \"envelope order\" for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (For example Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (For example \"ja\" for large-to-small ordering and \"ja-Latn\" or \"en\" for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).",
 "items": {
 "type": "string"
 },
 "type": "array"
 },
 "administrativeArea": {
-"description": "Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. \"Barcelona\" and not \"Catalonia\"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.",
+"description": "Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (For example \"Barcelona\" and not \"Catalonia\"). Many countries don't use an administrative area in postal addresses. For example in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "languageCode": {
@@ -397,7 +397,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "postalCode": {
-"description": "Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).",
+"description": "Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (For example state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "recipients": {
@@ -417,7 +417,7 @@
 "type": "integer"
 },
 "sortingCode": {
-"description": "Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like \"CEDEX\", optionally followed by a number (e.g. \"CEDEX 7\"), or just a number alone, representing the \"sector code\" (Jamaica), \"delivery area indicator\" (Malawi) or \"post office indicator\" (e.g. C\u00f4te d'Ivoire).",
+"description": "Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like \"CEDEX\", optionally followed by a number (For example \"CEDEX 7\"), or just a number alone, representing the \"sector code\" (Jamaica), \"delivery area indicator\" (Malawi) or \"post office indicator\" (For example C\u00f4te d'Ivoire).",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "sublocality": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1.json
index 6a7142b545..f81dc4362c 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1.json
@@ -636,7 +636,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/osPolicyAssignments/{osPolicyAssignmentsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "osconfig.projects.locations.osPolicyAssignments.operations.cancel",
@@ -1083,7 +1083,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241021",
+"revision": "20241124",
 "rootUrl": "https://osconfig.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AptSettings": {
@@ -3571,11 +3571,11 @@
 "id": "TimeZone",
 "properties": {
 "id": {
-"description": "IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. \"America/New_York\".",
+"description": "IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example \"America/New_York\".",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "version": {
-"description": "Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. \"2019a\".",
+"description": "Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example \"2019a\".",
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1alpha.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1alpha.json
index 93e533a677..a417a4744c 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1alpha.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1alpha.json
@@ -646,7 +646,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1alpha/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/osPolicyAssignments/{osPolicyAssignmentsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "osconfig.projects.locations.osPolicyAssignments.operations.cancel",
@@ -707,7 +707,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241021",
+"revision": "20241117",
 "rootUrl": "https://osconfig.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "CVSSv3": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1beta.json
index f9f220b056..aee47837c4 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v1beta.json
@@ -689,7 +689,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241021",
+"revision": "20241124",
 "rootUrl": "https://osconfig.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AptRepository": {
@@ -2339,11 +2339,11 @@
 "id": "TimeZone",
 "properties": {
 "id": {
-"description": "IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. \"America/New_York\".",
+"description": "IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example \"America/New_York\".",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "version": {
-"description": "Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. \"2019a\".",
+"description": "Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example \"2019a\".",
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v2beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v2beta.json
index 64a2a7c8c7..406129cb81 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v2beta.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/osconfig.v2beta.json
@@ -298,7 +298,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v2beta/folders/{foldersId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "osconfig.folders.locations.operations.cancel",
@@ -615,7 +615,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v2beta/organizations/{organizationsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "osconfig.organizations.locations.operations.cancel",
@@ -932,7 +932,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v2beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "osconfig.projects.locations.operations.cancel",
@@ -1057,7 +1057,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241104",
+"revision": "20241117",
 "rootUrl": "https://osconfig.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "CancelOperationRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/parallelstore.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/parallelstore.v1.json
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..cb715793dc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/parallelstore.v1.json
@@ -0,0 +1,975 @@
+{
+"auth": {
+"oauth2": {
+"scopes": {
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
+"description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
+}
+}
+}
+},
+"basePath": "",
+"baseUrl": "https://parallelstore.googleapis.com/",
+"batchPath": "batch",
+"canonicalName": "Parallelstore",
+"description": "",
+"discoveryVersion": "v1",
+"documentationLink": "https://cloud.google.com/",
+"fullyEncodeReservedExpansion": true,
+"icons": {
+"x16": "http://www.google.com/images/icons/product/search-16.gif",
+"x32": "http://www.google.com/images/icons/product/search-32.gif"
+},
+"id": "parallelstore:v1",
+"kind": "discovery#restDescription",
+"mtlsRootUrl": "https://parallelstore.mtls.googleapis.com/",
+"name": "parallelstore",
+"ownerDomain": "google.com",
+"ownerName": "Google",
+"parameters": {
+"$.xgafv": {
+"description": "V1 error format.",
+"enum": [
+"1",
+"2"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"v1 error format",
+"v2 error format"
+],
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"access_token": {
+"description": "OAuth access token.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"alt": {
+"default": "json",
+"description": "Data format for response.",
+"enum": [
+"json",
+"media",
+"proto"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Responses with Content-Type of application/json",
+"Media download with context-dependent Content-Type",
+"Responses with Content-Type of application/x-protobuf"
+],
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"callback": {
+"description": "JSONP",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"fields": {
+"description": "Selector specifying which fields to include in a partial response.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"key": {
+"description": "API key. Your API key identifies your project and provides you with API access, quota, and reports. Required unless you provide an OAuth 2.0 token.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"oauth_token": {
+"description": "OAuth 2.0 token for the current user.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"prettyPrint": {
+"default": "true",
+"description": "Returns response with indentations and line breaks.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "boolean"
+},
+"quotaUser": {
+"description": "Available to use for quota purposes for server-side applications. Can be any arbitrary string assigned to a user, but should not exceed 40 characters.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"uploadType": {
+"description": "Legacy upload protocol for media (e.g. \"media\", \"multipart\").",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"upload_protocol": {
+"description": "Upload protocol for media (e.g. \"raw\", \"multipart\").",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"protocol": "rest",
+"resources": {
+"projects": {
+"resources": {
+"locations": {
+"methods": {
+"get": {
+"description": "Gets information about a location.",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}",
+"httpMethod": "GET",
+"id": "parallelstore.projects.locations.get",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "Resource name for the location.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+name}",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "Location"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
+"list": {
+"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service.",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations",
+"httpMethod": "GET",
+"id": "parallelstore.projects.locations.list",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"filter": {
+"description": "A filter to narrow down results to a preferred subset. The filtering language accepts strings like `\"displayName=tokyo\"`, and is documented in more detail in [AIP-160](https://google.aip.dev/160).",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"name": {
+"description": "The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"pageSize": {
+"description": "The maximum number of results to return. If not set, the service selects a default.",
+"format": "int32",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "integer"
+},
+"pageToken": {
+"description": "A page token received from the `next_page_token` field in the response. Send that page token to receive the subsequent page.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+name}/locations",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "ListLocationsResponse"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+}
+},
+"resources": {
+"instances": {
+"methods": {
+"create": {
+"description": "Creates a Parallelstore instance in a given project and location.",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/instances",
+"httpMethod": "POST",
+"id": "parallelstore.projects.locations.instances.create",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"parent"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"instanceId": {
+"description": "Required. The name of the Parallelstore instance. * Must contain only lowercase letters, numbers, and hyphens. * Must start with a letter. * Must be between 1-63 characters. * Must end with a number or a letter. * Must be unique within the customer project / location",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"parent": {
+"description": "Required. The instance's project and location, in the format `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`. Locations map to Google Cloud zones; for example, `us-west1-b`.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"requestId": {
+"description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and t he request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+parent}/instances",
+"request": {
+"$ref": "Instance"
+},
+"response": {
+"$ref": "Operation"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
+"delete": {
+"description": "Deletes a single instance.",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/instances/{instancesId}",
+"httpMethod": "DELETE",
+"id": "parallelstore.projects.locations.instances.delete",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "Required. Name of the resource",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/instances/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"requestId": {
+"description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and t he request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+name}",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "Operation"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
+"exportData": {
+"description": "Copies data from Parallelstore to Cloud Storage.",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/instances/{instancesId}:exportData",
+"httpMethod": "POST",
+"id": "parallelstore.projects.locations.instances.exportData",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "Required. Name of the resource.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/instances/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+name}:exportData",
+"request": {
+"$ref": "ExportDataRequest"
+},
+"response": {
+"$ref": "Operation"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
+"get": {
+"description": "Gets details of a single instance.",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/instances/{instancesId}",
+"httpMethod": "GET",
+"id": "parallelstore.projects.locations.instances.get",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "Required. The instance resource name, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/instances/{instance_id}`.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/instances/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+name}",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "Instance"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
+"importData": {
+"description": "Copies data from Cloud Storage to Parallelstore.",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/instances/{instancesId}:importData",
+"httpMethod": "POST",
+"id": "parallelstore.projects.locations.instances.importData",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "Required. Name of the resource.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/instances/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+name}:importData",
+"request": {
+"$ref": "ImportDataRequest"
+},
+"response": {
+"$ref": "Operation"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
+"list": {
+"description": "Lists all instances in a given project and location.",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/instances",
+"httpMethod": "GET",
+"id": "parallelstore.projects.locations.instances.list",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"parent"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"filter": {
+"description": "Optional. Filtering results.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"orderBy": {
+"description": "Optional. Hint for how to order the results.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"pageSize": {
+"description": "Optional. Requested page size. Server may return fewer items than requested. If unspecified, the server will pick an appropriate default.",
+"format": "int32",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "integer"
+},
+"pageToken": {
+"description": "Optional. A token identifying a page of results the server should return.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"parent": {
+"description": "Required. The project and location for which to retrieve instance information, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}`. To retrieve instance information for all locations, use \"-\" as the value of `{location}`.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+parent}/instances",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "ListInstancesResponse"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
+"patch": {
+"description": "Updates the parameters of a single instance.",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/instances/{instancesId}",
+"httpMethod": "PATCH",
+"id": "parallelstore.projects.locations.instances.patch",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "Identifier. The resource name of the instance, in the format `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/instances/{instance_id}`.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/instances/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"requestId": {
+"description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and t he request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"updateMask": {
+"description": "Required. Mask of fields to update. Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the Instance resource by the update. At least one path must be supplied in this field. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request.",
+"format": "google-fieldmask",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+name}",
+"request": {
+"$ref": "Instance"
+},
+"response": {
+"$ref": "Operation"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+}
+}
+},
+"operations": {
+"methods": {
+"cancel": {
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
+"httpMethod": "POST",
+"id": "parallelstore.projects.locations.operations.cancel",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "The name of the operation resource to be cancelled.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+name}:cancel",
+"request": {
+"$ref": "CancelOperationRequest"
+},
+"response": {
+"$ref": "GoogleProtobufEmpty"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
+"delete": {
+"description": "Deletes a long-running operation. This method indicates that the client is no longer interested in the operation result. It does not cancel the operation. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`.",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}",
+"httpMethod": "DELETE",
+"id": "parallelstore.projects.locations.operations.delete",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "The name of the operation resource to be deleted.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+name}",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "GoogleProtobufEmpty"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
+"get": {
+"description": "Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service.",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}",
+"httpMethod": "GET",
+"id": "parallelstore.projects.locations.operations.get",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "The name of the operation resource.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+name}",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "Operation"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
+"list": {
+"description": "Lists operations that match the specified filter in the request. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `UNIMPLEMENTED`.",
+"flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations",
+"httpMethod": "GET",
+"id": "parallelstore.projects.locations.operations.list",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"filter": {
+"description": "The standard list filter.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"name": {
+"description": "The name of the operation's parent resource.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"pageSize": {
+"description": "The standard list page size.",
+"format": "int32",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "integer"
+},
+"pageToken": {
+"description": "The standard list page token.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1/{+name}/operations",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "ListOperationsResponse"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+}
+}
+}
+}
+}
+}
+}
+},
+"revision": "20241115",
+"rootUrl": "https://parallelstore.googleapis.com/",
+"schemas": {
+"CancelOperationRequest": {
+"description": "The request message for Operations.CancelOperation.",
+"id": "CancelOperationRequest",
+"properties": {},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"DestinationGcsBucket": {
+"description": "Cloud Storage as the destination of a data transfer.",
+"id": "DestinationGcsBucket",
+"properties": {
+"uri": {
+"description": "Required. URI to a Cloud Storage bucket in the format: `gs:///`. The path inside the bucket is optional.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"DestinationParallelstore": {
+"description": "Parallelstore as the destination of a data transfer.",
+"id": "DestinationParallelstore",
+"properties": {
+"path": {
+"description": "Optional. Root directory path to the Paralellstore filesystem, starting with `/`. Defaults to `/` if unset.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"ExportDataRequest": {
+"description": "Export data from Parallelstore to Cloud Storage.",
+"id": "ExportDataRequest",
+"properties": {
+"destinationGcsBucket": {
+"$ref": "DestinationGcsBucket",
+"description": "Cloud Storage destination."
+},
+"requestId": {
+"description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and t he request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"serviceAccount": {
+"description": "Optional. User-specified Service Account (SA) credentials to be used when performing the transfer. Use one of the following formats: * `{EMAIL_ADDRESS_OR_UNIQUE_ID}` * `projects/{PROJECT_ID_OR_NUMBER}/serviceAccounts/{EMAIL_ADDRESS_OR_UNIQUE_ID}` * `projects/-/serviceAccounts/{EMAIL_ADDRESS_OR_UNIQUE_ID}` If unspecified, the Parallelstore service agent is used: `service-@gcp-sa-parallelstore.iam.gserviceaccount.com`",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"sourceParallelstore": {
+"$ref": "SourceParallelstore",
+"description": "Parallelstore source."
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleProtobufEmpty": {
+"description": "A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }",
+"id": "GoogleProtobufEmpty",
+"properties": {},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"ImportDataRequest": {
+"description": "Import data from Cloud Storage into a Parallelstore instance.",
+"id": "ImportDataRequest",
+"properties": {
+"destinationParallelstore": {
+"$ref": "DestinationParallelstore",
+"description": "Parallelstore destination."
+},
+"requestId": {
+"description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and t he request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"serviceAccount": {
+"description": "Optional. User-specified service account credentials to be used when performing the transfer. Use one of the following formats: * `{EMAIL_ADDRESS_OR_UNIQUE_ID}` * `projects/{PROJECT_ID_OR_NUMBER}/serviceAccounts/{EMAIL_ADDRESS_OR_UNIQUE_ID}` * `projects/-/serviceAccounts/{EMAIL_ADDRESS_OR_UNIQUE_ID}` If unspecified, the Parallelstore service agent is used: `service-@gcp-sa-parallelstore.iam.gserviceaccount.com`",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"sourceGcsBucket": {
+"$ref": "SourceGcsBucket",
+"description": "The Cloud Storage source bucket and, optionally, path inside the bucket."
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"Instance": {
+"description": "A Parallelstore instance.",
+"id": "Instance",
+"properties": {
+"accessPoints": {
+"description": "Output only. A list of IPv4 addresses used for client side configuration.",
+"items": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "array"
+},
+"capacityGib": {
+"description": "Required. Immutable. The instance's storage capacity in Gibibytes (GiB). Allowed values are between 12000 and 100000, in multiples of 4000; e.g., 12000, 16000, 20000, ...",
+"format": "int64",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"createTime": {
+"description": "Output only. The time when the instance was created.",
+"format": "google-datetime",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"daosVersion": {
+"description": "Output only. The version of DAOS software running in the instance.",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"description": {
+"description": "Optional. The description of the instance. 2048 characters or less.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"directoryStripeLevel": {
+"description": "Optional. Stripe level for directories. Allowed values are: * `DIRECTORY_STRIPE_LEVEL_MIN`: recommended when directories contain a small number of files. * `DIRECTORY_STRIPE_LEVEL_BALANCED`: balances performance for workloads involving a mix of small and large directories. * `DIRECTORY_STRIPE_LEVEL_MAX`: recommended for directories with a large number of files.",
+"enum": [
+"DIRECTORY_STRIPE_LEVEL_UNSPECIFIED",
+"DIRECTORY_STRIPE_LEVEL_MIN",
+"DIRECTORY_STRIPE_LEVEL_BALANCED",
+"DIRECTORY_STRIPE_LEVEL_MAX"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"If not set, DirectoryStripeLevel will default to DIRECTORY_STRIPE_LEVEL_MAX",
+"Minimum directory striping",
+"Medium directory striping",
+"Maximum directory striping"
+],
+"type": "string"
+},
+"effectiveReservedIpRange": {
+"description": "Output only. Immutable. The ID of the IP address range being used by the instance's VPC network. This field is populated by the service and contains the value currently used by the service.",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"fileStripeLevel": {
+"description": "Optional. Stripe level for files. Allowed values are: * `FILE_STRIPE_LEVEL_MIN`: offers the best performance for small size files. * `FILE_STRIPE_LEVEL_BALANCED`: balances performance for workloads involving a mix of small and large files. * `FILE_STRIPE_LEVEL_MAX`: higher throughput performance for larger files.",
+"enum": [
+"FILE_STRIPE_LEVEL_UNSPECIFIED",
+"FILE_STRIPE_LEVEL_MIN",
+"FILE_STRIPE_LEVEL_BALANCED",
+"FILE_STRIPE_LEVEL_MAX"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"If not set, FileStripeLevel will default to FILE_STRIPE_LEVEL_BALANCED",
+"Minimum file striping",
+"Medium file striping",
+"Maximum file striping"
+],
+"type": "string"
+},
+"labels": {
+"additionalProperties": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"description": "Optional. Cloud Labels are a flexible and lightweight mechanism for organizing cloud resources into groups that reflect a customer's organizational needs and deployment strategies. See https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/labels-overview for details.",
+"type": "object"
+},
+"name": {
+"description": "Identifier. The resource name of the instance, in the format `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/instances/{instance_id}`.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"network": {
+"description": "Optional. Immutable. The name of the Compute Engine [VPC network](https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/vpc) to which the instance is connected.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"reservedIpRange": {
+"description": "Optional. Immutable. The ID of the IP address range being used by the instance's VPC network. See [Configure a VPC network](https://cloud.google.com/parallelstore/docs/vpc#create_and_configure_the_vpc). If no ID is provided, all ranges are considered.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"state": {
+"description": "Output only. The instance state.",
+"enum": [
+"STATE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"CREATING",
+"ACTIVE",
+"DELETING",
+"FAILED",
+"UPGRADING"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Not set.",
+"The instance is being created.",
+"The instance is available for use.",
+"The instance is being deleted.",
+"The instance is not usable.",
+"The instance is being upgraded."
+],
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"updateTime": {
+"description": "Output only. The time when the instance was updated.",
+"format": "google-datetime",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"ListInstancesResponse": {
+"description": "Response from ListInstances.",
+"id": "ListInstancesResponse",
+"properties": {
+"instances": {
+"description": "The list of Parallelstore instances.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "Instance"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"nextPageToken": {
+"description": "A token identifying a page of results the server should return.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"unreachable": {
+"description": "Locations that could not be reached.",
+"items": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"type": "array"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"ListLocationsResponse": {
+"description": "The response message for Locations.ListLocations.",
+"id": "ListLocationsResponse",
+"properties": {
+"locations": {
+"description": "A list of locations that matches the specified filter in the request.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "Location"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"nextPageToken": {
+"description": "The standard List next-page token.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"ListOperationsResponse": {
+"description": "The response message for Operations.ListOperations.",
+"id": "ListOperationsResponse",
+"properties": {
+"nextPageToken": {
+"description": "The standard List next-page token.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"operations": {
+"description": "A list of operations that matches the specified filter in the request.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "Operation"
+},
+"type": "array"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"Location": {
+"description": "A resource that represents a Google Cloud location.",
+"id": "Location",
+"properties": {
+"displayName": {
+"description": "The friendly name for this location, typically a nearby city name. For example, \"Tokyo\".",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"labels": {
+"additionalProperties": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"description": "Cross-service attributes for the location. For example {\"cloud.googleapis.com/region\": \"us-east1\"}",
+"type": "object"
+},
+"locationId": {
+"description": "The canonical id for this location. For example: `\"us-east1\"`.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"metadata": {
+"additionalProperties": {
+"description": "Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.",
+"type": "any"
+},
+"description": "Service-specific metadata. For example the available capacity at the given location.",
+"type": "object"
+},
+"name": {
+"description": "Resource name for the location, which may vary between implementations. For example: `\"projects/example-project/locations/us-east1\"`",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"Operation": {
+"description": "This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.",
+"id": "Operation",
+"properties": {
+"done": {
+"description": "If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.",
+"type": "boolean"
+},
+"error": {
+"$ref": "Status",
+"description": "The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation."
+},
+"metadata": {
+"additionalProperties": {
+"description": "Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.",
+"type": "any"
+},
+"description": "Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.",
+"type": "object"
+},
+"name": {
+"description": "The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"response": {
+"additionalProperties": {
+"description": "Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.",
+"type": "any"
+},
+"description": "The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.",
+"type": "object"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"OperationMetadata": {
+"description": "Long-running operation metadata.",
+"id": "OperationMetadata",
+"properties": {
+"apiVersion": {
+"description": "Output only. API version used to start the operation.",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"createTime": {
+"description": "Output only. The time the operation was created.",
+"format": "google-datetime",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"endTime": {
+"description": "Output only. The time the operation finished running.",
+"format": "google-datetime",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"requestedCancellation": {
+"description": "Output only. Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have been cancelled successfully have Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "boolean"
+},
+"statusMessage": {
+"description": "Output only. Human-readable status of the operation, if any.",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"target": {
+"description": "Output only. Server-defined resource path for the target of the operation.",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"verb": {
+"description": "Output only. Name of the verb executed by the operation.",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"SourceGcsBucket": {
+"description": "Cloud Storage as the source of a data transfer.",
+"id": "SourceGcsBucket",
+"properties": {
+"uri": {
+"description": "Required. URI to a Cloud Storage bucket in the format: `gs:///`. The path inside the bucket is optional.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"SourceParallelstore": {
+"description": "Parallelstore as the source of a data transfer.",
+"id": "SourceParallelstore",
+"properties": {
+"path": {
+"description": "Optional. Root directory path to the Paralellstore filesystem, starting with `/`. Defaults to `/` if unset.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"Status": {
+"description": "The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors).",
+"id": "Status",
+"properties": {
+"code": {
+"description": "The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.",
+"format": "int32",
+"type": "integer"
+},
+"details": {
+"description": "A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.",
+"items": {
+"additionalProperties": {
+"description": "Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.",
+"type": "any"
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"message": {
+"description": "A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+}
+},
+"servicePath": "",
+"title": "Parallelstore API",
+"version": "v1",
+"version_module": true
+}
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/parallelstore.v1beta.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/parallelstore.v1beta.json
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..97a87ffba5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/parallelstore.v1beta.json
@@ -0,0 +1,980 @@
+{
+"auth": {
+"oauth2": {
+"scopes": {
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform": {
+"description": "See, edit, configure, and delete your Google Cloud data and see the email address for your Google Account."
+}
+}
+}
+},
+"basePath": "",
+"baseUrl": "https://parallelstore.googleapis.com/",
+"batchPath": "batch",
+"canonicalName": "Parallelstore",
+"description": "",
+"discoveryVersion": "v1",
+"documentationLink": "https://cloud.google.com/",
+"fullyEncodeReservedExpansion": true,
+"icons": {
+"x16": "http://www.google.com/images/icons/product/search-16.gif",
+"x32": "http://www.google.com/images/icons/product/search-32.gif"
+},
+"id": "parallelstore:v1beta",
+"kind": "discovery#restDescription",
+"mtlsRootUrl": "https://parallelstore.mtls.googleapis.com/",
+"name": "parallelstore",
+"ownerDomain": "google.com",
+"ownerName": "Google",
+"parameters": {
+"$.xgafv": {
+"description": "V1 error format.",
+"enum": [
+"1",
+"2"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"v1 error format",
+"v2 error format"
+],
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"access_token": {
+"description": "OAuth access token.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"alt": {
+"default": "json",
+"description": "Data format for response.",
+"enum": [
+"json",
+"media",
+"proto"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Responses with Content-Type of application/json",
+"Media download with context-dependent Content-Type",
+"Responses with Content-Type of application/x-protobuf"
+],
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"callback": {
+"description": "JSONP",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"fields": {
+"description": "Selector specifying which fields to include in a partial response.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"key": {
+"description": "API key. Your API key identifies your project and provides you with API access, quota, and reports. Required unless you provide an OAuth 2.0 token.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"oauth_token": {
+"description": "OAuth 2.0 token for the current user.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"prettyPrint": {
+"default": "true",
+"description": "Returns response with indentations and line breaks.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "boolean"
+},
+"quotaUser": {
+"description": "Available to use for quota purposes for server-side applications. Can be any arbitrary string assigned to a user, but should not exceed 40 characters.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"uploadType": {
+"description": "Legacy upload protocol for media (e.g. \"media\", \"multipart\").",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"upload_protocol": {
+"description": "Upload protocol for media (e.g. \"raw\", \"multipart\").",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"protocol": "rest",
+"resources": {
+"projects": {
+"resources": {
+"locations": {
+"methods": {
+"get": {
+"description": "Gets information about a location.",
+"flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}",
+"httpMethod": "GET",
+"id": "parallelstore.projects.locations.get",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "Resource name for the location.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1beta/{+name}",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "Location"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
+"list": {
+"description": "Lists information about the supported locations for this service.",
+"flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations",
+"httpMethod": "GET",
+"id": "parallelstore.projects.locations.list",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"filter": {
+"description": "A filter to narrow down results to a preferred subset. The filtering language accepts strings like `\"displayName=tokyo\"`, and is documented in more detail in [AIP-160](https://google.aip.dev/160).",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"name": {
+"description": "The resource that owns the locations collection, if applicable.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"pageSize": {
+"description": "The maximum number of results to return. If not set, the service selects a default.",
+"format": "int32",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "integer"
+},
+"pageToken": {
+"description": "A page token received from the `next_page_token` field in the response. Send that page token to receive the subsequent page.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1beta/{+name}/locations",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "ListLocationsResponse"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+}
+},
+"resources": {
+"instances": {
+"methods": {
+"create": {
+"description": "Creates a Parallelstore instance in a given project and location.",
+"flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/instances",
+"httpMethod": "POST",
+"id": "parallelstore.projects.locations.instances.create",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"parent"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"instanceId": {
+"description": "Required. The name of the Parallelstore instance. * Must contain only lowercase letters, numbers, and hyphens. * Must start with a letter. * Must be between 1-63 characters. * Must end with a number or a letter. * Must be unique within the customer project / location",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"parent": {
+"description": "Required. The instance's project and location, in the format `projects/{project}/locations/{location}`. Locations map to Google Cloud zones; for example, `us-west1-b`.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"requestId": {
+"description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and t he request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1beta/{+parent}/instances",
+"request": {
+"$ref": "Instance"
+},
+"response": {
+"$ref": "Operation"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
+"delete": {
+"description": "Deletes a single instance.",
+"flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/instances/{instancesId}",
+"httpMethod": "DELETE",
+"id": "parallelstore.projects.locations.instances.delete",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "Required. Name of the resource",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/instances/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"requestId": {
+"description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes after the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and t he request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1beta/{+name}",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "Operation"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
+"exportData": {
+"description": "Copies data from Parallelstore to Cloud Storage.",
+"flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/instances/{instancesId}:exportData",
+"httpMethod": "POST",
+"id": "parallelstore.projects.locations.instances.exportData",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "Required. Name of the resource.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/instances/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1beta/{+name}:exportData",
+"request": {
+"$ref": "ExportDataRequest"
+},
+"response": {
+"$ref": "Operation"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
+"get": {
+"description": "Gets details of a single instance.",
+"flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/instances/{instancesId}",
+"httpMethod": "GET",
+"id": "parallelstore.projects.locations.instances.get",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "Required. The instance resource name, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}/instances/{instance_id}`.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/instances/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1beta/{+name}",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "Instance"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
+"importData": {
+"description": "Copies data from Cloud Storage to Parallelstore.",
+"flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/instances/{instancesId}:importData",
+"httpMethod": "POST",
+"id": "parallelstore.projects.locations.instances.importData",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "Required. Name of the resource.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/instances/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1beta/{+name}:importData",
+"request": {
+"$ref": "ImportDataRequest"
+},
+"response": {
+"$ref": "Operation"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
+"list": {
+"description": "Lists all instances in a given project and location.",
+"flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/instances",
+"httpMethod": "GET",
+"id": "parallelstore.projects.locations.instances.list",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"parent"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"filter": {
+"description": "Optional. Filtering results.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"orderBy": {
+"description": "Optional. Hint for how to order the results.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"pageSize": {
+"description": "Optional. Requested page size. Server may return fewer items than requested. If unspecified, the server will pick an appropriate default.",
+"format": "int32",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "integer"
+},
+"pageToken": {
+"description": "Optional. A token identifying a page of results the server should return.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"parent": {
+"description": "Required. The project and location for which to retrieve instance information, in the format `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location}`. To retrieve instance information for all locations, use \"-\" as the value of `{location}`.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1beta/{+parent}/instances",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "ListInstancesResponse"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
+"patch": {
+"description": "Updates the parameters of a single instance.",
+"flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/instances/{instancesId}",
+"httpMethod": "PATCH",
+"id": "parallelstore.projects.locations.instances.patch",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "Identifier. The resource name of the instance, in the format `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/instances/{instance_id}`.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/instances/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"requestId": {
+"description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and t he request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"updateMask": {
+"description": "Required. Mask of fields to update. Field mask is used to specify the fields to be overwritten in the Instance resource by the update. At least one path must be supplied in this field. The fields specified in the update_mask are relative to the resource, not the full request.",
+"format": "google-fieldmask",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1beta/{+name}",
+"request": {
+"$ref": "Instance"
+},
+"response": {
+"$ref": "Operation"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+}
+}
+},
+"operations": {
+"methods": {
+"cancel": {
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
+"httpMethod": "POST",
+"id": "parallelstore.projects.locations.operations.cancel",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "The name of the operation resource to be cancelled.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1beta/{+name}:cancel",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "GoogleProtobufEmpty"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
+"delete": {
+"description": "Deletes a long-running operation. This method indicates that the client is no longer interested in the operation result. It does not cancel the operation. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`.",
+"flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}",
+"httpMethod": "DELETE",
+"id": "parallelstore.projects.locations.operations.delete",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "The name of the operation resource to be deleted.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1beta/{+name}",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "GoogleProtobufEmpty"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
+"get": {
+"description": "Gets the latest state of a long-running operation. Clients can use this method to poll the operation result at intervals as recommended by the API service.",
+"flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}",
+"httpMethod": "GET",
+"id": "parallelstore.projects.locations.operations.get",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"name": {
+"description": "The name of the operation resource.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+/operations/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1beta/{+name}",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "Operation"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+},
+"list": {
+"description": "Lists operations that match the specified filter in the request. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `UNIMPLEMENTED`.",
+"flatPath": "v1beta/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations",
+"httpMethod": "GET",
+"id": "parallelstore.projects.locations.operations.list",
+"parameterOrder": [
+"name"
+],
+"parameters": {
+"filter": {
+"description": "The standard list filter.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"name": {
+"description": "The name of the operation's parent resource.",
+"location": "path",
+"pattern": "^projects/[^/]+/locations/[^/]+$",
+"required": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"pageSize": {
+"description": "The standard list page size.",
+"format": "int32",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "integer"
+},
+"pageToken": {
+"description": "The standard list page token.",
+"location": "query",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"path": "v1beta/{+name}/operations",
+"response": {
+"$ref": "ListOperationsResponse"
+},
+"scopes": [
+"https://www.googleapis.com/auth/cloud-platform"
+]
+}
+}
+}
+}
+}
+}
+}
+},
+"revision": "20241115",
+"rootUrl": "https://parallelstore.googleapis.com/",
+"schemas": {
+"DestinationGcsBucket": {
+"description": "Cloud Storage as the destination of a data transfer.",
+"id": "DestinationGcsBucket",
+"properties": {
+"uri": {
+"description": "Required. URI to a Cloud Storage bucket in the format: `gs:///`. The path inside the bucket is optional.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"DestinationParallelstore": {
+"description": "Parallelstore as the destination of a data transfer.",
+"id": "DestinationParallelstore",
+"properties": {
+"path": {
+"description": "Optional. Root directory path to the Paralellstore filesystem, starting with `/`. Defaults to `/` if unset.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"ExportDataRequest": {
+"description": "Export data from Parallelstore to Cloud Storage.",
+"id": "ExportDataRequest",
+"properties": {
+"destinationGcsBucket": {
+"$ref": "DestinationGcsBucket",
+"description": "Cloud Storage destination."
+},
+"requestId": {
+"description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and t he request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"serviceAccount": {
+"description": "Optional. User-specified Service Account (SA) credentials to be used when performing the transfer. Use one of the following formats: * `{EMAIL_ADDRESS_OR_UNIQUE_ID}` * `projects/{PROJECT_ID_OR_NUMBER}/serviceAccounts/{EMAIL_ADDRESS_OR_UNIQUE_ID}` * `projects/-/serviceAccounts/{EMAIL_ADDRESS_OR_UNIQUE_ID}` If unspecified, the Parallelstore service agent is used: `service-@gcp-sa-parallelstore.iam.gserviceaccount.com`",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"sourceParallelstore": {
+"$ref": "SourceParallelstore",
+"description": "Parallelstore source."
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"GoogleProtobufEmpty": {
+"description": "A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); }",
+"id": "GoogleProtobufEmpty",
+"properties": {},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"ImportDataRequest": {
+"description": "Import data from Cloud Storage into a Parallelstore instance.",
+"id": "ImportDataRequest",
+"properties": {
+"destinationParallelstore": {
+"$ref": "DestinationParallelstore",
+"description": "Parallelstore destination."
+},
+"requestId": {
+"description": "Optional. An optional request ID to identify requests. Specify a unique request ID so that if you must retry your request, the server will know to ignore the request if it has already been completed. The server will guarantee that for at least 60 minutes since the first request. For example, consider a situation where you make an initial request and t he request times out. If you make the request again with the same request ID, the server can check if original operation with the same request ID was received, and if so, will ignore the second request. This prevents clients from accidentally creating duplicate commitments. The request ID must be a valid UUID with the exception that zero UUID is not supported (00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000).",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"serviceAccount": {
+"description": "Optional. User-specified service account credentials to be used when performing the transfer. Use one of the following formats: * `{EMAIL_ADDRESS_OR_UNIQUE_ID}` * `projects/{PROJECT_ID_OR_NUMBER}/serviceAccounts/{EMAIL_ADDRESS_OR_UNIQUE_ID}` * `projects/-/serviceAccounts/{EMAIL_ADDRESS_OR_UNIQUE_ID}` If unspecified, the Parallelstore service agent is used: `service-@gcp-sa-parallelstore.iam.gserviceaccount.com`",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"sourceGcsBucket": {
+"$ref": "SourceGcsBucket",
+"description": "The Cloud Storage source bucket and, optionally, path inside the bucket."
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"Instance": {
+"description": "A Parallelstore instance.",
+"id": "Instance",
+"properties": {
+"accessPoints": {
+"description": "Output only. A list of IPv4 addresses used for client side configuration.",
+"items": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "array"
+},
+"capacityGib": {
+"description": "Required. Immutable. The instance's storage capacity in Gibibytes (GiB). Allowed values are between 12000 and 100000, in multiples of 4000; e.g., 12000, 16000, 20000, ...",
+"format": "int64",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"createTime": {
+"description": "Output only. The time when the instance was created.",
+"format": "google-datetime",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"daosVersion": {
+"description": "Output only. The version of DAOS software running in the instance.",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"deploymentType": {
+"description": "Optional. The deployment type of the instance. Allowed values are: * `SCRATCH`: the instance is a scratch instance. * `PERSISTENT`: the instance is a persistent instance.",
+"enum": [
+"DEPLOYMENT_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"SCRATCH",
+"PERSISTENT"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Default Deployment Type It is equivalent to SCRATCH",
+"Scratch",
+"Persistent"
+],
+"type": "string"
+},
+"description": {
+"description": "Optional. The description of the instance. 2048 characters or less.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"directoryStripeLevel": {
+"description": "Optional. Stripe level for directories. Allowed values are: * `DIRECTORY_STRIPE_LEVEL_MIN`: recommended when directories contain a small number of files. * `DIRECTORY_STRIPE_LEVEL_BALANCED`: balances performance for workloads involving a mix of small and large directories. * `DIRECTORY_STRIPE_LEVEL_MAX`: recommended for directories with a large number of files.",
+"enum": [
+"DIRECTORY_STRIPE_LEVEL_UNSPECIFIED",
+"DIRECTORY_STRIPE_LEVEL_MIN",
+"DIRECTORY_STRIPE_LEVEL_BALANCED",
+"DIRECTORY_STRIPE_LEVEL_MAX"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"If not set, DirectoryStripeLevel will default to DIRECTORY_STRIPE_LEVEL_MAX",
+"Minimum directory striping",
+"Medium directory striping",
+"Maximum directory striping"
+],
+"type": "string"
+},
+"effectiveReservedIpRange": {
+"description": "Output only. Immutable. The ID of the IP address range being used by the instance's VPC network. This field is populated by the service and contains the value currently used by the service.",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"fileStripeLevel": {
+"description": "Optional. Stripe level for files. Allowed values are: * `FILE_STRIPE_LEVEL_MIN`: offers the best performance for small size files. * `FILE_STRIPE_LEVEL_BALANCED`: balances performance for workloads involving a mix of small and large files. * `FILE_STRIPE_LEVEL_MAX`: higher throughput performance for larger files.",
+"enum": [
+"FILE_STRIPE_LEVEL_UNSPECIFIED",
+"FILE_STRIPE_LEVEL_MIN",
+"FILE_STRIPE_LEVEL_BALANCED",
+"FILE_STRIPE_LEVEL_MAX"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"If not set, FileStripeLevel will default to FILE_STRIPE_LEVEL_BALANCED",
+"Minimum file striping",
+"Medium file striping",
+"Maximum file striping"
+],
+"type": "string"
+},
+"labels": {
+"additionalProperties": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"description": "Optional. Cloud Labels are a flexible and lightweight mechanism for organizing cloud resources into groups that reflect a customer's organizational needs and deployment strategies. See https://cloud.google.com/resource-manager/docs/labels-overview for details.",
+"type": "object"
+},
+"name": {
+"description": "Identifier. The resource name of the instance, in the format `projects/{project}/locations/{location}/instances/{instance_id}`.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"network": {
+"description": "Optional. Immutable. The name of the Compute Engine [VPC network](https://cloud.google.com/vpc/docs/vpc) to which the instance is connected.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"reservedIpRange": {
+"description": "Optional. Immutable. The ID of the IP address range being used by the instance's VPC network. See [Configure a VPC network](https://cloud.google.com/parallelstore/docs/vpc#create_and_configure_the_vpc). If no ID is provided, all ranges are considered.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"state": {
+"description": "Output only. The instance state.",
+"enum": [
+"STATE_UNSPECIFIED",
+"CREATING",
+"ACTIVE",
+"DELETING",
+"FAILED",
+"UPGRADING"
+],
+"enumDescriptions": [
+"Not set.",
+"The instance is being created.",
+"The instance is available for use.",
+"The instance is being deleted.",
+"The instance is not usable.",
+"The instance is being upgraded."
+],
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"updateTime": {
+"description": "Output only. The time when the instance was updated.",
+"format": "google-datetime",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"ListInstancesResponse": {
+"description": "Response from ListInstances.",
+"id": "ListInstancesResponse",
+"properties": {
+"instances": {
+"description": "The list of Parallelstore instances.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "Instance"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"nextPageToken": {
+"description": "A token identifying a page of results the server should return.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"unreachable": {
+"description": "Locations that could not be reached.",
+"items": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"type": "array"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"ListLocationsResponse": {
+"description": "The response message for Locations.ListLocations.",
+"id": "ListLocationsResponse",
+"properties": {
+"locations": {
+"description": "A list of locations that matches the specified filter in the request.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "Location"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"nextPageToken": {
+"description": "The standard List next-page token.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"ListOperationsResponse": {
+"description": "The response message for Operations.ListOperations.",
+"id": "ListOperationsResponse",
+"properties": {
+"nextPageToken": {
+"description": "The standard List next-page token.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"operations": {
+"description": "A list of operations that matches the specified filter in the request.",
+"items": {
+"$ref": "Operation"
+},
+"type": "array"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"Location": {
+"description": "A resource that represents a Google Cloud location.",
+"id": "Location",
+"properties": {
+"displayName": {
+"description": "The friendly name for this location, typically a nearby city name. For example, \"Tokyo\".",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"labels": {
+"additionalProperties": {
+"type": "string"
+},
+"description": "Cross-service attributes for the location. For example {\"cloud.googleapis.com/region\": \"us-east1\"}",
+"type": "object"
+},
+"locationId": {
+"description": "The canonical id for this location. For example: `\"us-east1\"`.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"metadata": {
+"additionalProperties": {
+"description": "Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.",
+"type": "any"
+},
+"description": "Service-specific metadata. For example the available capacity at the given location.",
+"type": "object"
+},
+"name": {
+"description": "Resource name for the location, which may vary between implementations. For example: `\"projects/example-project/locations/us-east1\"`",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"Operation": {
+"description": "This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.",
+"id": "Operation",
+"properties": {
+"done": {
+"description": "If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.",
+"type": "boolean"
+},
+"error": {
+"$ref": "Status",
+"description": "The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation."
+},
+"metadata": {
+"additionalProperties": {
+"description": "Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.",
+"type": "any"
+},
+"description": "Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.",
+"type": "object"
+},
+"name": {
+"description": "The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.",
+"type": "string"
+},
+"response": {
+"additionalProperties": {
+"description": "Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.",
+"type": "any"
+},
+"description": "The normal, successful response of the operation. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.",
+"type": "object"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"OperationMetadata": {
+"description": "Long-running operation metadata.",
+"id": "OperationMetadata",
+"properties": {
+"apiVersion": {
+"description": "Output only. API version used to start the operation.",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"createTime": {
+"description": "Output only. The time the operation was created.",
+"format": "google-datetime",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"endTime": {
+"description": "Output only. The time the operation finished running.",
+"format": "google-datetime",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"requestedCancellation": {
+"description": "Output only. Identifies whether the user has requested cancellation of the operation. Operations that have been cancelled successfully have Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "boolean"
+},
+"statusMessage": {
+"description": "Output only. Human-readable status of the operation, if any.",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"target": {
+"description": "Output only. Server-defined resource path for the target of the operation.",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+},
+"verb": {
+"description": "Output only. Name of the verb executed by the operation.",
+"readOnly": true,
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"SourceGcsBucket": {
+"description": "Cloud Storage as the source of a data transfer.",
+"id": "SourceGcsBucket",
+"properties": {
+"uri": {
+"description": "Required. URI to a Cloud Storage bucket in the format: `gs:///`. The path inside the bucket is optional.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"SourceParallelstore": {
+"description": "Parallelstore as the source of a data transfer.",
+"id": "SourceParallelstore",
+"properties": {
+"path": {
+"description": "Optional. Root directory path to the Paralellstore filesystem, starting with `/`. Defaults to `/` if unset.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"Status": {
+"description": "The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors).",
+"id": "Status",
+"properties": {
+"code": {
+"description": "The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.",
+"format": "int32",
+"type": "integer"
+},
+"details": {
+"description": "A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.",
+"items": {
+"additionalProperties": {
+"description": "Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.",
+"type": "any"
+},
+"type": "object"
+},
+"type": "array"
+},
+"message": {
+"description": "A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.",
+"type": "string"
+}
+},
+"type": "object"
+}
+},
+"servicePath": "",
+"title": "Parallelstore API",
+"version": "v1beta",
+"version_module": true
+}
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/places.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/places.v1.json
index cfc7885b2c..0e6593e245 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/places.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/places.v1.json
@@ -280,7 +280,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241106",
+"revision": "20241117",
 "rootUrl": "https://places.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "GoogleGeoTypeViewport": {
@@ -1231,7 +1231,7 @@
 },
 "regularOpeningHours": {
 "$ref": "GoogleMapsPlacesV1PlaceOpeningHours",
-"description": "The regular hours of operation."
+"description": "The regular hours of operation. Note that if a place is always open (24 hours), the `close` field will not be set. Clients can rely on always open (24 hours) being represented as an `open` period containing day with value `0`, hour with value `0`, and minute with value `0`."
 },
 "regularSecondaryOpeningHours": {
 "description": "Contains an array of entries for information about regular secondary hours of a business. Secondary hours are different from a business's main hours. For example, a restaurant can specify drive through hours or delivery hours as its secondary hours. This field populates the type subfield, which draws from a predefined list of opening hours types (such as DRIVE_THROUGH, PICKUP, or TAKEOUT) based on the types of the place.",
@@ -1596,12 +1596,12 @@
 "type": "integer"
 },
 "hour": {
-"description": "The hour in 2 digits. Ranges from 00 to 23.",
+"description": "The hour in 24 hour format. Ranges from 0 to 23.",
 "format": "int32",
 "type": "integer"
 },
 "minute": {
-"description": "The minute in 2 digits. Ranges from 00 to 59.",
+"description": "The minute. Ranges from 0 to 59.",
 "format": "int32",
 "type": "integer"
 },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playdeveloperreporting.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playdeveloperreporting.v1alpha1.json
index 0a65c79b1f..632db17e2c 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playdeveloperreporting.v1alpha1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playdeveloperreporting.v1alpha1.json
@@ -434,12 +434,12 @@
 "type": "integer"
 },
 "interval.endTime.timeZone.id": {
-"description": "IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. \"America/New_York\".",
+"description": "IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example \"America/New_York\".",
 "location": "query",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "interval.endTime.timeZone.version": {
-"description": "Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. \"2019a\".",
+"description": "Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example \"2019a\".",
 "location": "query",
 "type": "string"
 },
@@ -492,12 +492,12 @@
 "type": "integer"
 },
 "interval.startTime.timeZone.id": {
-"description": "IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. \"America/New_York\".",
+"description": "IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example \"America/New_York\".",
 "location": "query",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "interval.startTime.timeZone.version": {
-"description": "Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. \"2019a\".",
+"description": "Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example \"2019a\".",
 "location": "query",
 "type": "string"
 },
@@ -606,12 +606,12 @@
 "type": "integer"
 },
 "interval.endTime.timeZone.id": {
-"description": "IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. \"America/New_York\".",
+"description": "IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example \"America/New_York\".",
 "location": "query",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "interval.endTime.timeZone.version": {
-"description": "Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. \"2019a\".",
+"description": "Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example \"2019a\".",
 "location": "query",
 "type": "string"
 },
@@ -664,12 +664,12 @@
 "type": "integer"
 },
 "interval.startTime.timeZone.id": {
-"description": "IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. \"America/New_York\".",
+"description": "IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example \"America/New_York\".",
 "location": "query",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "interval.startTime.timeZone.version": {
-"description": "Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. \"2019a\".",
+"description": "Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example \"2019a\".",
 "location": "query",
 "type": "string"
 },
@@ -947,7 +947,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241102",
+"revision": "20241120",
 "rootUrl": "https://playdeveloperreporting.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "GooglePlayDeveloperReportingV1alpha1Anomaly": {
@@ -2179,11 +2179,11 @@
 "id": "GoogleTypeTimeZone",
 "properties": {
 "id": {
-"description": "IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. \"America/New_York\".",
+"description": "IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example \"America/New_York\".",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "version": {
-"description": "Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. \"2019a\".",
+"description": "Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example \"2019a\".",
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playdeveloperreporting.v1beta1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playdeveloperreporting.v1beta1.json
index b82c19abbb..91b45c5b0c 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playdeveloperreporting.v1beta1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/playdeveloperreporting.v1beta1.json
@@ -434,12 +434,12 @@
 "type": "integer"
 },
 "interval.endTime.timeZone.id": {
-"description": "IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. \"America/New_York\".",
+"description": "IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example \"America/New_York\".",
 "location": "query",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "interval.endTime.timeZone.version": {
-"description": "Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. \"2019a\".",
+"description": "Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example \"2019a\".",
 "location": "query",
 "type": "string"
 },
@@ -492,12 +492,12 @@
 "type": "integer"
 },
 "interval.startTime.timeZone.id": {
-"description": "IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. \"America/New_York\".",
+"description": "IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example \"America/New_York\".",
 "location": "query",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "interval.startTime.timeZone.version": {
-"description": "Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. \"2019a\".",
+"description": "Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example \"2019a\".",
 "location": "query",
 "type": "string"
 },
@@ -606,12 +606,12 @@
 "type": "integer"
 },
 "interval.endTime.timeZone.id": {
-"description": "IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. \"America/New_York\".",
+"description": "IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example \"America/New_York\".",
 "location": "query",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "interval.endTime.timeZone.version": {
-"description": "Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. \"2019a\".",
+"description": "Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example \"2019a\".",
 "location": "query",
 "type": "string"
 },
@@ -664,12 +664,12 @@
 "type": "integer"
 },
 "interval.startTime.timeZone.id": {
-"description": "IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. \"America/New_York\".",
+"description": "IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example \"America/New_York\".",
 "location": "query",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "interval.startTime.timeZone.version": {
-"description": "Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. \"2019a\".",
+"description": "Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example \"2019a\".",
 "location": "query",
 "type": "string"
 },
@@ -947,7 +947,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241102",
+"revision": "20241120",
 "rootUrl": "https://playdeveloperreporting.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "GooglePlayDeveloperReportingV1beta1Anomaly": {
@@ -2179,11 +2179,11 @@
 "id": "GoogleTypeTimeZone",
 "properties": {
 "id": {
-"description": "IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. \"America/New_York\".",
+"description": "IANA Time Zone Database time zone. For example \"America/New_York\".",
 "type": "string"
 },
 "version": {
-"description": "Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. \"2019a\".",
+"description": "Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number. For example \"2019a\".",
 "type": "string"
 }
 },
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsublite.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsublite.v1.json
index 88754f01e5..cf9c81cf68 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsublite.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/pubsublite.v1.json
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1/admin/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "pubsublite.admin.projects.locations.operations.cancel",
@@ -1040,7 +1040,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20240621",
+"revision": "20241116",
 "rootUrl": "https://pubsublite.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "CancelOperationRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/secretmanager.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/secretmanager.v1.json
index b3b98a2f4e..c95a5dbe27 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/secretmanager.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/secretmanager.v1.json
@@ -1190,7 +1190,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20240924",
+"revision": "20241114",
 "rootUrl": "https://secretmanager.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AccessSecretVersionResponse": {
@@ -1821,7 +1821,7 @@
 "type": "object"
 },
 "UserManaged": {
-"description": "A replication policy that replicates the Secret payload into the locations specified in Secret.replication.user_managed.replicas",
+"description": "A replication policy that replicates the Secret payload into the locations specified in Replication.UserManaged.replicas",
 "id": "UserManaged",
 "properties": {
 "replicas": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/secretmanager.v1beta2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/secretmanager.v1beta2.json
index 28c2e02c0b..aebff2b937 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/secretmanager.v1beta2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/secretmanager.v1beta2.json
@@ -1190,7 +1190,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20240726",
+"revision": "20241114",
 "rootUrl": "https://secretmanager.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AccessSecretVersionResponse": {
@@ -1821,7 +1821,7 @@
 "type": "object"
 },
 "UserManaged": {
-"description": "A replication policy that replicates the Secret payload into the locations specified in Secret.replication.user_managed.replicas",
+"description": "A replication policy that replicates the Secret payload into the locations specified in Replication.UserManaged.replicas",
 "id": "UserManaged",
 "properties": {
 "replicas": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicenetworking.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicenetworking.v1.json
index 974eb7003f..2780949f05 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicenetworking.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/servicenetworking.v1.json
@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "servicenetworking.operations.cancel",
@@ -1029,7 +1029,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241113",
+"revision": "20241117",
 "rootUrl": "https://servicenetworking.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AddDnsRecordSetMetadata": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/spanner.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/spanner.v1.json
index 0698e769ba..df12d08a04 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/spanner.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/spanner.v1.json
@@ -2806,7 +2806,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "instancePartitionDeadline": {
-"description": "Optional. Deadline used while retrieving metadata for instance partition operations. Instance partitions whose operation metadata cannot be retrieved within this deadline will be added to unreachable in ListInstancePartitionOperationsResponse.",
+"description": "Optional. Deadline used while retrieving metadata for instance partition operations. Instance partitions whose operation metadata cannot be retrieved within this deadline will be added to unreachable_instance_partitions in ListInstancePartitionOperationsResponse.",
 "format": "google-datetime",
 "location": "query",
 "type": "string"
@@ -3319,7 +3319,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241020",
+"revision": "20241119",
 "rootUrl": "https://spanner.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AsymmetricAutoscalingOption": {
@@ -3578,7 +3578,7 @@
 "type": "object"
 },
 "BackupSchedule": {
-"description": "BackupSchedule expresses the automated backup creation specification for a Spanner database. Next ID: 10",
+"description": "BackupSchedule expresses the automated backup creation specification for a Spanner database.",
 "id": "BackupSchedule",
 "properties": {
 "encryptionConfig": {
@@ -4126,7 +4126,7 @@
 "type": "object"
 },
 "CreateInstanceConfigRequest": {
-"description": "The request for CreateInstanceConfigRequest.",
+"description": "The request for CreateInstanceConfig.",
 "id": "CreateInstanceConfigRequest",
 "properties": {
 "instanceConfig": {
@@ -4912,7 +4912,7 @@
 "enumDescriptions": [
 "Not specified.",
 "No default backup schedule will be created automatically on creation of a database within the instance.",
-"A default backup schedule will be created automatically on creation of a database within the instance. The default backup schedule creates a full backup every 24 hours and retains the backup for a period of 7 days. Once created, the default backup schedule can be edited/deleted similar to any other backup schedule."
+"A default backup schedule will be created automatically on creation of a database within the instance. Once created, the default backup schedule can be edited or deleted just like any other backup schedule. Currently, the default backup schedule creates a full backup every 24 hours and retains the backup for a period of 7 days."
 ],
 "type": "string"
 },
@@ -7240,7 +7240,7 @@
 "type": "object"
 },
 "UpdateInstanceConfigRequest": {
-"description": "The request for UpdateInstanceConfigRequest.",
+"description": "The request for UpdateInstanceConfig.",
 "id": "UpdateInstanceConfigRequest",
 "properties": {
 "instanceConfig": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/verifiedaccess.v2.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/verifiedaccess.v2.json
index 0e7c5792ba..27bb9f83dc 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/verifiedaccess.v2.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/verifiedaccess.v2.json
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241001",
+"revision": "20241112",
 "rootUrl": "https://verifiedaccess.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "Challenge": {
@@ -285,7 +285,7 @@
 "type": "string"
 },
 "osFirewall": {
-"description": "The state of the OS level firewall. On ChromeOS, the value will always be ENABLED on regular devices and UNKNOWN on devices in developer mode. The signal is currently not available on MacOS 15 (Sequoia) and later.",
+"description": "The state of the OS level firewall. On ChromeOS, the value will always be ENABLED on regular devices and UNKNOWN on devices in developer mode. Support for MacOS 15 (Sequoia) and later has been introduced in Chrome M131.",
 "enum": [
 "OS_FIREWALL_UNSPECIFIED",
 "OS_FIREWALL_UNKNOWN",
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vision.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vision.v1.json
index 67ea70abda..5f29da0f7a 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vision.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vision.v1.json
@@ -229,7 +229,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "vision.operations.cancel",
@@ -1282,7 +1282,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20240823",
+"revision": "20241115",
 "rootUrl": "https://vision.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AddProductToProductSetRequest": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vmmigration.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vmmigration.v1.json
index 684990e65e..d54572f4fc 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vmmigration.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vmmigration.v1.json
@@ -666,7 +666,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "vmmigration.projects.locations.operations.cancel",
@@ -2220,7 +2220,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241013",
+"revision": "20241114",
 "rootUrl": "https://vmmigration.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AccessKeyCredentials": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vmmigration.v1alpha1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vmmigration.v1alpha1.json
index 1b49303e19..058035e48f 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vmmigration.v1alpha1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/vmmigration.v1alpha1.json
@@ -666,7 +666,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1alpha1/projects/{projectsId}/locations/{locationsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "vmmigration.projects.locations.operations.cancel",
@@ -2220,7 +2220,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20241013",
+"revision": "20241114",
 "rootUrl": "https://vmmigration.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "AccessKeyCredentials": {
diff --git a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/webrisk.v1.json b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/webrisk.v1.json
index 9bfd23994d..68db15558e 100644
--- a/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/webrisk.v1.json
+++ b/googleapiclient/discovery_cache/documents/webrisk.v1.json
@@ -156,7 +156,7 @@
 "operations": {
 "methods": {
 "cancel": {
-"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of 1, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
+"description": "Starts asynchronous cancellation on a long-running operation. The server makes a best effort to cancel the operation, but success is not guaranteed. If the server doesn't support this method, it returns `google.rpc.Code.UNIMPLEMENTED`. Clients can use Operations.GetOperation or other methods to check whether the cancellation succeeded or whether the operation completed despite cancellation. On successful cancellation, the operation is not deleted; instead, it becomes an operation with an Operation.error value with a google.rpc.Status.code of `1`, corresponding to `Code.CANCELLED`.",
 "flatPath": "v1/projects/{projectsId}/operations/{operationsId}:cancel",
 "httpMethod": "POST",
 "id": "webrisk.projects.operations.cancel",
@@ -420,7 +420,7 @@
 }
 }
 },
-"revision": "20240707",
+"revision": "20241117",
 "rootUrl": "https://webrisk.googleapis.com/",
 "schemas": {
 "GoogleCloudWebriskV1ComputeThreatListDiffResponse": {